r?
GOV DO
op
^
Given By
V. S. SUPT. OF DOCUMENTS
3^
^rie/ ^eha^Tnenl/ ^ t/taie/
VOLUME XXI: Numbers 522-547
July 4-December 26, 1949
INDEX
•^-TES O*
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, tT. S. Oi
Washington 25, D. C. - Prlq "
PUBLIC
; Printing Office
U. S. SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS
•APn IT 1951
Publication 4135
INDEX
Volume XXI: Numbers 522-547, July 4-December 26, 1949
Abs, Herman V., visits U.S.; text of letter from Jack
McFall to Senator Gillette with information on, 988
Acheson, Secretary Dean (See also Webb, James E.,
Acting Secretary) :
Addresses :
Foreign policy problems before Alfred E. Smith Me-
morial Foundation, New York, 668
Fourth anniversary of U.N. before National Citizens
Committee, 455
Inter-American principles and policy before Pan
American Society of U.S., New York, 462
Technical assistance program, summary of remarks
before 11th OIO Constitutional Convention,
Cleveland, 719
U.S. as an importer before National Foreign Trade
Council, New York, 747
U.S. position on 4th General Assembly problems be-
fore 1st plenary session. New York, 489
Correspondence :
Chairman (Kee), House Committee on Foreign Af-
fairs, refuting Wolverton's charges against
Assistant Secretary Miller in Sabalo Transpor-
tation Co. case, 55.3
Consultant (Fosdick) on Far Eastern policy, 358
ImjMjrtations of U.S. surplus property located in
foreign areas ; text of Departmental regula-
tion, 357
Isbrandtsen Co. on release of vessels detained in
China, 557
Bepresentative Lodge, exchange of letters on
MDAP, 476
Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman (McCarran)
on opposition to Immigration Act amendments
(S. 1832), 516
Thirty nations on Chinese Communist detention of
Consul General Ward and staff, 799
TJ.N. Acting Secretary-General (Price) on U.S. views
on testimony concerning U.N. Secretariat, 2."i2
Japanese Government, former, control relinquished over
certain property, text of public notice, 37
Statements :
Albania and Bulgaria, embargo on arms ship-
ments, 911
Atomic explosion in TJ.S.S.R., 487
Burmese Foreign Minister (Maung) visits U.S., 313
China White Paper, reply to criticisms, 350
Chinese attacks on U.S. shipping, 908
Christian University in Japan, proposed, 909
Council of Europe, 1st meeting, 269
Council of Foreign Ministers, Paris conference :
impressions, 860; reports to Congressional Com-
mittees, 859
Acheson, Secretary Dean — Continued
Statements — Continued
Czechoslovak charges of espionage against U.S. Em-
bassy personnel, 710
Czechoslovak church-state conflict, 30, 148
Dominican Republic arms threat, 990
Ecuador earthquake disaster, 278
German elections, 303
Greek guerrillas cease-fire activities, 658
Guatemalan flood, U.S. aid, 712
Hulen, Bert, death of, 117
Indonesian independence, 752
Israeli-Syrian armistice, 180
Italy-U.S. treaty of friendship, commerce, and navi-
gation enters into force, 114
Jammu-Kashmir new truce proposal, 399
Korean aid, 37
Latvian Minister to U.S. (Feldmans), credentials, 34
Mutual Defense Assistance Program :
Testimony before House Foreign Affairs Com-
mittee, 189 ; Senate Committee on Foreign Re-
lations, 264
Progress, 909
North Atlantic Council (NAC), 2d session, 821
North Atlantic Treaty, Senate approval, 148
Palestine situation, negotiations of U.N. Palestine
Conciliation Commission in Lausanne, 16, 148
Panama coup d'etat, U.S. position, 911
Panama, U.S. recognition of Arias government, 990
Reciprocal Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1949,
549
Satellites protest establishment of German Federal
Republic, 634
Shah of Iran, visit of, 832
Smith-Bender detention by Chinese Communists, 908
Stettinius, death of former Secretary, 795
Uranium shipments to U.S.S.R., 944
Uruguay-U.S. treaty of friendship, signature, 909
U.S. foreign service personnel refused exit visas by
Chinese Communists, 709
U.S. policy toward China, 236, 1037
VGA facilities, recommendations for additional appro-
priations for improving, 312
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, U.S. foreign ofiice elevated to
Embassy, 78
Administrative unions. See Trusteeship Council
Advisory Social Welfare Services, U.N., continuation of,
766
AEC. See Atomic Energy Commission, U.N. and U.S.
Afghanistan : U.S. foreign aid programs, 867
Africa :
Trust territories. Trusteeship Council resolution on
higher education in, text, 255
Index, July /o December 7949
995
Africa — Continued
U.S. mission representatives in Africa, conference of, 951
Agriculture :
Caribbean, research in, 159
Dairy Congress, Twelftli International ; U.S. delega-
tion, 20
Foreign workers, emploj'ment in U.S. discussed by
Daniel Goott, 43
Franco-Italian Customs Union problems, 204, 208, 211,
243
GATT negotiations on potatoes, U.S.-Cuba, 77
Inter-American cooperation discussed by Willard F. Bar-
ber, 923
Isotopes, uses in, 251
Mexico-U.S. agricultural workers agreement, signature,
313
Potato crop agreement (U.S.-Canada) terminated, 38
Renewable Natural Resources, proceedings of Inter-
American Conference on Conservation of, published,
483
South Pacific research program for economic develop-
ment, 260
U.N. Scientific Conference on conservation and utiliza-
tion of resources ; U.S. delegation, 261
Venezuelan irrigation problem reviewed, 86 ; table list-
ing government projects, 87
Wheat Agreement, International. See Wheat Agree-
ment, International
Wool Study Group, International ; U.S. delegation to 3d
meeting, 701
Aid to foreign countries:
Afghanistan, 867
American Republics, 188, 191, 267, 464, 923, 925, 926,
928, 976
Brazil, 866
Burden of loss in foreign-aid transactions, article by
Michael H. Cardozo, 215
Canada, 188, 191, 267
China, 476, 477, 603, 605
Cuba, 866
Discussed by :
Allen, George V., 311
Truman, President, 118
Webb, Acting Secretary, 551
Ecuador, 278, 312, 436
Educational aid. See Educational Exchange Program
France, 298
Greece, 188, 191, 198, 232, 267, 603, 605, 814
Guatemala, 712
Haiti, 866
Iran, 188, 191, 267, 603, 605
Italy, 296
Korea. 37, 117, 188, 191, 267, 476, 603, 605
Liberia, 648
Mexico, 76. 153, 866, 978
Military assistance. See Mutual Defense Assistance
Act of 1949
Military missions :
Air Force mission agreement with Mexico, 76
Military mission agreement with Peru, 38
Near East, 333
Norway, 299
Paraguay, 923, 924
Aid to foreign countries — Continued
Peru, 38, 866
Philippines, 188, 191, 267, 951, 603, G05
Technical assistance. See Technical assistance
Thailand, 277
Turkey, 188, 191, 267, 603, 605
United Kingdom, 867
Venezuela, 86, 979
Western Europe, 188, 191, 229, 267, 295
Aircraft Rights, Convention of International, recognition
of, 938
Air force mission agreement, U.S.-Mexico, signature, 76
Air transport agreements, U.S. and:
Burma, signature, 557
Canada, consultation on suspension of Colonial Air-
lines license, 949
Dominican Republic, signature, 153, 279
Albania :
Greek problem (Balkan situation) : threats, to politi-
cal and territorial security :
Aid to guerrillas, 407, 420, 430, 489, 495, 588, 658, 779,
813
Arms-shipments embargo, U.S. cooperation ; state-
ment by Secretary Acheson, 911
Attitude, 407, 422, 430, 588, 657, 697, 779, 813
Children and refugees, 408, 409, 410, 412, 416, 427,
658, 697, 780, 781, 817, 853a
Conciliation Commission proposed, 499; U.S. support,
500, 542 ; reports, 662, 771 ; suspension of activi-
ties, 657
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 489, 658, 911
Austin, Warren R., 972
Cohen, Benjamin V., 542, 779, 813
Howard, Harry N., 407
Jessup, Philip C, 494
Rusk, Dean, 654
United Nations, 4.59, 489, 494, 662, 697, 745, 817
Investigation, U.N. Commission of, 407
Soviet action, 407, 408, 410, 459, 490, 662, 813, 826
Summary record (1946-49) in U.N. by Harry N.
Howard, 407
U.N. resolution (Nov. 19, 1949), text, 852a, 1037
UNSCOB action. See Balkans, U.N. Special Com-
mittee on
U.N. membership application, 13, 14, 15, 48, 459, 697
Alien Property, Office of; former Japanese Government
property, control over, 37
Aliens, admission to U.S. (See also Immigration) :
Classification of aliens, 527
Control at departure or entrance ; text of Presidential
Proclamation, 314
Displaced persons, 532
German ethnic origin, persons of 533
Immigration laws, descriptive listing, 535
Immigration quotas ; text of presidential proclamation,
315
Reciprocal visa fee agreements and arrangements, list-
ing of countries and fees, 534
U.S. treaties under Act of 1924, listing, 535 ; correction,
706
Visa and immigration control, 523
Wartime regulations, 531
996
Department of State Bulletin
Allen, George V. :
Addresses :
Point 4, U.S. stand, before American Society of En-
gineering Education, Troy, N.Y., SG5
Propaganda, Dul^e University, DurUam, N. C, 941
Turkish-American relations before American-Turk-
ish Society, 707
UNESCO's role in world iieace at 4th session of
UNESCO, Paris, 536
Statements :
American-Turkish Association promotes cultural re-
lations, 39
UNESCO and American foreign policy, 497
U.S. Information Service in Shanghai and Hankow
ordered closed by Communists, 152
Soviet jamming of VOA, 32
VOA. reprint of Washington Sunday Star article, 310
Allied High Commission for Germany. See Germany
Allied-owned trade-marks in Japan, PEC policy decision
for restoration and protection of, 308 ; text of de-
cision, 309
American foreign policy and public opinion, address by
President Truman, 145
American Republics :
Caribbean situation :
Inter-American Peace Committee action, 450, 665
U.S. memorandum, text, 450
Exchange of persons program (Act for Cooi^eration
with other American Republics, Public Law 355) :
Application instructions, 794
U.S. scholarships awarded, listed of names, 317
Former Italian colonies, Latin American views, 369;
draft resolution, 376.
Illiteracy and Education of Adults in Americas, Con-
ference on Problems ; U.S. delegation, 22S
Inter-American Commission of Women, U.S. delegate
(Cannon) to special assembly, 263
Inter-American principles and policies discu.ssed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 462
Barber, Willard F., 149, 923, 976
Miller, Edward G., 466
Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance. See
Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance
Juridical Committee, Inter-American ; U.S. member
(Freeman) appointed, 76
Labor developments, 977
Military aid from U.S. since V-J Day, surplus property,
sales and transfers listed, 480, 481
Pan American Institute of Geography and History,
U.S. delegation and agenda, 461
Pan American Railway Congress :
Background, 51
U.S. National Commission, report on 1st meeting, 21,
49
Pan American Sanitary Organization 3d meeting, U.S.
delegation and agenda, .589
Rio treaty. iSee Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal
Assistance (1947)
Travel Congress, Third Inter-American, report by Am-
bassador George P. Shaw, 8S9
U. S. aid, 188. 191, 267, 465, 479, 480, 481, 866, 867, 976
American States, Organization of (OAS). .S'cc Organiza-
tion of American States
Anderson, Alvin named as U. S. member to Pacific Salmon
Fisheries Commission, 184
Anderson, Mrs. Eugenie, appointed as U. S. Ambassador
to Denmark, 714 ; address before Women's National
Press Club, Wa.shington, D.C., 788
Anglo-American Council on Productivity, reisort of 2d
session, 648
Antarctica, Argentina-Chile-U.K. agreement not to send
warships to, 833
Arab states {See also Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Lebanon, Saudi-
Arabia, Syria, Yemen) :
Palestine situation :
Acting Mediator Bunehe reports to Security Council
on status of peace negotiations, 142, 181, 227 ;
text of report, 223
Conciliation Commission for Palestine, U.N. ;
Lausanne discussions, statements by Secretary
Acheson, 16, 148, ISO
U. S. representative appointment of Ely E. Palmer,
785 ; of Paul A. Porter, 98, 319
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 400
Jessup, Philip C, 494
McGhee, George C, 826
Ru.sk, Dean, 654
Economic Survey Mission to Near East, U. N. :
Clapp, Gordon R., appointed as chairman, statement
by President Truman, 333
Establishment, 849a
Report on resettlement of refugees, 459 : text, 847a
Israeli-Syrian armistice agreement, statement by
Seci'etary Acheson, 180; text, 177
Jerusalem statute, U.N. debate, 818, 903, 934
Refugee relief, 490, 494, 654, 056, 847a, 902
Security Council resolution (Aug. 11), text, 286
Argentina :
Cultural leaders visit U.S., 77
Inter-American Travel Congress host, 889
Treaties, agreements, etc :
Trade and payments agreement with U.K. studied, 37
Warships to Antarctica, Argentina-Chile-U.K. agree-
ment, 833
U.S. Ambassador (Bruce), resignation, 482
U.S. Ambassador (Griffis) appointment, 559
Visitors from U.S., 77
Arlington Memorial Bridge plaza, Italy presents good-
will equestrian sculptural group for, 403
Armaments, U.N. Commission on Conventional :
Arms census and verification proposals for disarmament,
1-13, 181, 348, 459, 492, 049, 7S-7, 902, 032
Weapons under jurisdiction, 624
Arms and armed forces (Sec also Armaments, U.N. Com-
mission for Conventional ; Atomic Energy, U.N. Com-
mission on; Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1049) :
Brussels treaty powers (Western Union) common de-
fense plan, 230, 266, 295, 476, 477, 478
Combat materiel, sales of militarized and demilitarized
surplus, tables showing, 156, 356, 479, 480, 481
Embargo on arms shipments to Albania and Bulgaria,
General Assembly resolution on, 911
French defense status, 298
Greek military status, 233
Index, July to December 1949
997
Anns and armed forces — Continued
Military Medicine and Pharmacy, 12tli International
Congress; U.S. delegation and agenda, 667
National defense budget, excerpt from Presidential
i-adio address, 118
Norway military status, 300, 301, 302, 478
Standardization of military equipment, 267, 296, 476,
477
U.S.S.R. military power, 190, 193, 265
Western European power, 265
Asia : Economic Survey of Asia and Far East X9.'fS re-
leased by U.N., 396
Asia and Far East, U.N. Economic Commission (ECAFE) :
Fifth session, U.S. delegation, 628
Work program, 90
Asian Seminar on Rural Adult Education, U.S. delegate,
701
Atomic energy :
Uranium shipments to U.S.S.R., statement by Secretary
Acheson, 944
U.S.S.R. atomic explosion ; statements by :
Acheson, Secretary, 487
Truman, President, 487
Webb, Acting Secretary, 488
U.S.-U.K.-Canada policy consultations :
AEC (U.S.) Reactor Safeguard Committee members
attend U.K. meeting, 507
Combined Policy Committee (1948), 472, 507, 589
Declas.siflcation guides reviewed, 628
Discussions, 185, 472, 488, 508
Technical Cooi>eration Program (1948), 185, 507
VOA corrects Pravda reports on Soviet developments,
943
Atomic Energy Commission, U.N. :
Bulletin of June 19, 1949, correction, 18
International control plan :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 491
Austin, Warren R., 544, 624, 650
Hickerson, John D., 811, 932
Jessup, Philip C, 348, 495
Osborn, F. H., 247
Rusk, Dean, 632, 656
Truman, President, 645
U.N., 745, 787, 818
Webb, James B., 488
Soviet attitude and proposals, 18, 100, 181, 247, 249,
290, 459, 492, 495, 544, 624, 649, 686, 787, 811, 813,
818, 932.
Isotope distribution program to foreign countries, 250,
834 ; uses, 251 ; Japanese participation, 834 ; 3-yr.
account of program, 834
Resolutions on :
Canadian-French proposals, 787, 811
Peaceful uses of atomic energy, 940
Soviet proposals, 18, 181, 290, 459, 932
Suspension of further AEC discussions, 18, 100, 181,
249, 290, 459
Six sponsoring powers :
Meetings, 181, 227, 334, 488, 544, 686, 787, 818, 940
Report on consultations, 686, 812 ; U.K. statement of
principles, text, 689
Atomic Energy Commission, U.S. :
Contracting and Purchasing Offices and Types of Com-
modities Purchased, jjublication for small-business
guidance, released, 639
Reactor Safeguard Committee members attend U.S.-
U.K.-Canada Technical Cooperation Program Con-
ference, 507
Uranium shipments to U.S.S.R., statement by Secretary
Acheson, 944
Austin, Warren R. :
Addresses :
Human values and world security before Rochester
Institute on International Affairs, Rochester,
N.Y., 970
Trygve Lie's achievements ; atomic energy control
before American Association for U. N., 543
U. N. as peace hope at Berkshire Musical Festival,
Lenox, Mass., 283
Correspondence :
Secretary-General (Lie) on U. S. actions on human-
riglits violations in Balkans, 541
Statements :
Atomic weapons, 624
Disarmament, French proposals, 649
Essentials-of -peace resolution : a challenge to Soviet
sincerity, 801
U. S. views on U. N. membership, 13, 14
Australia :
Former Italian colonies ; attitude toward, 371 ; draft
resolution, 376
Looted property in Japan, FEC policy decision for
restitution of, 790
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational exchange agreement (Fulbright) with
U.S., signature, 870a
South Pacific Commission agreement, discussion, 839
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Austria :
Election reports discussed, 635
Salzburg, Austria, U. S. consular section of Vienna
designated sjjeeial purpose post with rank of con-
sulate, 482
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Peace treaty :
CFM deputies, meetings of, 19, 399, 509
CFM Paris conference, text of communique, 858;
statements by Pres. Truman, 858 and See. Ache-
son, 859, 860
Tripartite discussion, 468
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.N. membership, application, 15, 459, 745
Automotive traffic, proposed international treaty for ;
chief agenda item at U.N. Road and Motor Transport
Conference, 262
Aviation :
Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference (ITU),
U.S. delegation, 144
Aircraft Rights, Convention of International Recogni-
tion of, 938
Brazilian Air Mission, 866
Chinese "Tiger Air Force" not American, statement
by Consulate General (Formosa), 515
998
Deparimet\i of State Bulletin
Aviation — Continued
Colonial Airlines case, license suspension, U. S.-Canada
consultation, 949
Internutional civil aviation progress, statement by
K. N. E. Bradfield, 936
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air force mission agreement, U. S.-Mexico, signa-
ture, 70
Air-trausport agreements :
Burma, signature, 557
Canada, violation, 949
Dominican Republic, 279 ; signature, 153
Yugoslavia destruction of Air Force transport plane,
U.S. claim, 868
Aviation Organization, International Civil (ICAO) :
Aims and progress, 936
Conference, 1949, report by Paul T. David :
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements for air navi-
gation service, 683
Franco-Italian Customs Union, adherence to ICAO
principles, 205
Program revieveed, priorities, 95
U. N. technical assistance program, participation, 916,
931
Balance of payments. See Finance
Balkans:
Greek problem : threats to political independence and
territorial integrity. See Albania, Bulgaria,
Greece, Rumania, or Yugoslavia
Human-rights (Peace treaties 1947) dispute. See Bul-
garia, Hungary, Rumania, or Human Rights
Political developments, U. S.-U. K. discussions, 467
Soviet tactics in, 972
Balkans, U. N. Special Committee on (UNSCOB) :
Establishment and functions, 408, 410, 780
General Assembly action on reports, test of resolution,
852a
Report mentioned 408, 459, 781, 852a ; text of report to
4th session of General Assembly, 410 ; text of sup-
plementary report, 588, 1037
U.S. attitude, 489, 495
Bank. See Export-Import Bank
Bank for Reconstruction and Development, International
(IBRD). See Reconstruction and Development, In-
ternational Bank for
Barber, Willard F. :
Addresses :
Economic cooperation in Americas before Tovrn Hall,
Los Angeles, Calif., 976
Inter-American jwlicy objectives before Foreign Pol-
icy Association, Shreveport, La., 923
Inter-American system before Round Table on Latin
America, Colgate University, Hamilton, X.Y.,
149
Baruch, Herman B., resignation as Ambassador to Nether-
lands, 319
Basic Law of Germany (Bonn constitution). See Ger-
many : Federal Republic, Establishment
BatUe Berres, President (Uruguay), message from Pres-
ident Truman on signature of treaty of friendship,
910
Bay, Charles U., Ambassador to Norway, aid to Norway,
testimony before House Foreign AfEairs Committee
on MAP legislation, 299
Belgium :
Benelux union establish common tariffs, 203
Central and South African transportation problems,
Lisbon conference on, report by Maxwell Harway,
852 ; text of final act, 854
Ruanda-Urundi, Trusteeship Council resolution on
higher education, text, 255 ; on racial discrimina-
tion, 127
Scholarships/fellowships exchange opportunities under
Fulbright Act, 675, 676
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Bilateral treaty with U.S. under Mutual Defense
Assistance Act of 1949, negotiations started, 753,
791
Council of Europe, 231 ; text of statute, 858a
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements on air navi-
gation service, signature, 683, 684
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Wheat Agxeement, International, signature, 75
U.S. Ambassador (Murphy) appointment, 559
U.S.-Belgium discuss mutual problems, 469
U.S. and Swiss capital invested, free transfer of, 864a
Bender, Elmer C. See Smith, William C.
Benelux countries. See Belgium, Netherlands, Luxem-
bourg
Beran, Archbishop Josef (Czechoslovakia), attacked by
Communist regime, 30
Berkner, Lloyd V., designated as Consultant to Secretary
of State, 754
Berlin Museums, exhibition of returned collection of
masterpieces, statements by :
Heinrieh, Theodore Allen, 809
Newman, James R., 810
"Bermuda" air transport agreements, 153
Bermuda Telecommunication Agreement (1945), U.S.
delegation to Conference for Revision of, 261 ; brief
report on new rates, etc., 508
Bibliography, U.N. selected documents, listed 71, 141, 226,
289, 396, 435, 538, 690, 783
Bipartisan foreign policy :
Discussed, 504, 875
Foreign AfEairs, House Committee on, action discussed
by Charles Burton Marshall, 505
Bizonal (Germany) scrap agreement, suspending pro-
vision of U.S.-U.K. Ferrous Scrap Agreement (1948),
114
Boettner, Dr. Luis Oscar, credentials as Paraguayan
Ambassador to U.S., 278
Bohlen, Charles E., appointed in charge of French MDA,
950
Bolivia :
Agriculturalist visits U.S., 155
U.S. concern over political develoi^ments ; statement
by Michael J. McDermott, 472
Bonesteel, Lt. Col. C. H. Ill, appointed as Mutual Defense
official for Europe, 871a
Bonn constitution (Basic Law of Germany). See Ger-
many : Federal Republic, Establishment
Boston Passport Agency opened, 871a
Index, July to December 1949
999
Boundary Waters Treaty of 1909 (U.S.-Canada) dis-
cussed, 949
Boyd-Roosevelt (Trans-Isthmian) Highway completed, 39
Bradfleld, K.N.E., statement on 5th anniversary of signing
of convention on international civil aviation on
progress in field, 936
Bradley, Gen. Omar, broadcasts over VOA on defense
progress to North Atlantic nations, 869a
Brazil :
Illiteracy and Education of Adults in Americas, Con-
ference on Problerus joint sponsorship of, 228
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreement on (GATT),
request for renegotiations of Geneva sched-
ules, 775
U.S. consular office at Vit6ria elevated to consulate, 319
U.S. foreign aid programs, 866
Visiting professor from U.S., 317
Briggs, Ellis O., appointed as U.S. Ambassador to Czecho-
slovakia, 519
British Cameroons, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council
British exchange teachers indoctrination sessions ; article
based on address on U.S. educational and ideological
task by Margaret Hicks Williams, 609
British Togoland, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council
Browder-Eisenhardt case discussed in U.S. memorandum
(Daniels) to Inter- American Peace Committee, 450,
452
Brown, Richard R., designation in State Department, 318
Bruce, David K. E. (Ambassador to France) testimony on
aid to France before House Foreign Affairs Com-
mittee for MAP legislation, 298, 1037
Bruce, James, appointment as Director of Mutual Defense
Assistance, 639, 791; resignation as U.S. Ambassador
to Argentina, 482
Brussels treaty (1948) :
Achievements discussed by Ambassador Douglas, 230
Defense plan and progress, 230, 266, 295
U.S. military assistance, testimony before Congress,
266, 295
Building Roads to Peace, publication on educational ex-
change, released, 79
Bulgaria :
Americans with financial holdings, instruction for con-
version into U.S. dollars, 71
Espionage charges against U.S. Minister (Heath), 911,
981 ; U.S. protest, 981
Greek problem (Balkan situation) : threats to political
and territorial security :
Aid to guerrillas, 407, 422, 489, 495, 588, 658, 779, 813
Arms shipments embargo, statement by Secretai-y
Acheson, 911
Attitude, 409, 413. 417, 422, 430, 607, 779, 813
Children and refugees, 408, 409, 410, 412, 416, 427, 658,
697, 780, 781, 817, 853a, 1037
Conciliation Commission proposed, 499 ; U.S. support,
500, 542; reports, 662, 779; suspension of ac-
tivities, 657
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 489, 658, 911
Austin, Warren R., 972
Bulgaria — Continued
Greek problem — Continued
Discussed by — Continued
Cohen, Benjamin V., 542, 779, 813
Howard, Harry N., 407
Jessup, Philip C, 494
Rusk, Dean, 654
United Nations, 459, 489, 494, 662, 697, 745, 817
Investigation, U.N. Commission of, 407, 411
Soviet action, 407, 408, 410, 459, 490, 662, 813, 826
Summary record (1946-49) in U.N. by Harry N.
Howard, 407
U.N. resolution (Nov. 19, 1949), text, S52a, 1037
UNSCOB action. See Balkans, U.N. Special Com-
mittee on
Human-rights dispute over peace treaty (1947)
violations:
Bulgarian action reviewed by Benjamin V. Cohen, 619
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 456, 491
Austin, Warren R., 541
Cohen, Benjamin V., 540, 617, 659, 662, 691
Jessup, Philip C, 495
Soviet attitude, 29, 238, 491, 495, 541, 622, 659, 662, 691
U.N. action :
Agenda item, 456, 618
Debate, 459, 540, 617, 627, 659, 662, 691
Resolution requesting International Court opinion,
text, 692
U.S. action :
International Court opinion, attitude toward, 491,
495, 540, 623
Reply (June 30) to Soviet note, 29
Reviewed in letter (Austin) to U.N. (Lie), 541
Treaty Commission, request for : U.S. note to
Balkans, 238 ; U.S. reply to Balkan refusals, 514
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity ; test
of U.S. note, 832
U.N. membership application, 13, 14, 15, 48, 459, 697
Bunche, Ralph J., report to U.N. on status of Palestine
armistice negotiations and truce, 223
Burma :
Cultural leader visits U.S., 1.54
Far Eastern Commission, admission to, 822
Maung, U. E. (Foieign Minister) visits U.S., 276;
statement by Secretary Acheson, 313
Scholarships/fellowships exchange opportunities under
Fulbright Act, 155, 675, 676
Treaties, agreements, etc :
Air transport agreement with U.S., signature, 557
Visiting professor from U.S., 155
Butrick, Richard Porter, appointment as Director Gen-
eral of Foreign Service, 78, 519; resignation as U.S.
Minister to Iceland, 78
Butterworth, W. Walton, appointed as Assistant Secre-
tary of State Department, 559
Byelorussian S. S. R. :
Former Italian colonies, attitude toward, 370
Byroade. Henry A. :
Appointment as Director of Office of German and
Austrian Affairs, 599, 639
1000
Department of State Bulletin
Byroade, Henry A. — Continued
German problem, address before Southern Newspaper
Publishers Assn., Mineral Wells, Tex., 792
Caffery, Jefferson, appointed as U.S. Ambassador to
Egypt, 78
Calendar of international meetings, 182, 336, 510, 699,
849, 904
Canada :
Atomic energy :
U.S.-U.K.-Canada consultations :
AEC U.S. Reactor Safeguard Committee members
attend U. K. meeting, 507
Combined Policy Committee (1943), 472, 507, 589
Declassification guides reviewed, 628
Further discussions, 185, 472, 589
Technical Cooperation Program (1948), 185, 507
International control, French-Canadian resolution sup-
ported by U. S., 813
Balance-of-payments problem (Canada-U.K.-U.S.) :
agreement, text of communi(iu<5, 473 ; discussions,
197, 307, 353, 473
Immigration and customs, U.S.-Canada discuss im-
provement. 990
Mutual exchange of aid, U.S.-Canada, 188, 191, 267
Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, U.S.-Canada;
Alvin Anderson named as U.S. member, 184
Petroleum problems in production and distribution,
U.S.-U.K.-Canada discussions, 468
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport agreement with U.S. Colonial Airlines,
consultation on license suspension, 949
Boundary Waters Treaty of 1909 discussed, 949
Niagara River, diversion of water from ; negotiations
for new treaty, 949
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements, signature,
684
Potato program agreement with U. S. terminated, 38
Tax conventions with U. S. (1942, 1944), negotiations
for revisions, 153
Wheat Agreement. International, signature, 75
Weather Station Program, Joint (U.S.-Canada), U.S.
expedition, 76, 443
Cannon, Cavendish R., resignation as U.S. Ambassador to
Yugoslavia, 714
Cardoza, Michael H., article on burden of loss in foreign-
aid transactions, 215
Career officers abroad, proportion largest in U.S. history,
835
Caribbean Commission :
Eighth meeting report of action on :
Research Council recommendations, 102
Technical cooperation and economic development, 101
West Indian Conference recommendations, 102
Publications released :
Dairy Products of Caribbean, 159
Tobacco Trade of Caribbean, 159
Year Book of Caribbean Research, 159
Caribbean situation :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary. 463
Daniels, Paul C, 920
Caribbean situation — Continued
Inter-American Peace Committee action, 665
U.S. memorandum (Daniels) to Inter-American Peace
Committee, text, 450
Carroll, Philip W., interview with Bertha S. Rodrick on
48 years in State Department, 741
Cartels, U.S. foreign economic policy regarding, 910
Carter, Thomas T., designation in State Department, 639
Case, Everett, appointed as Far Eastern Consultant to
State Department, 279
Cayo Confites plot in Cuba discusssed in U.S. memoran-
dum (Daniels) to Inter-American Peace Commit-
tee, 452
Central African transportation problems, report and final
action of Lisbon Conference on, 852
Ceylon :
Bermuda Telecommunications Agreement of 1945,
U.K. extends invitation to Conference for Revi-
sion of, 261
Rubber problem, U.S. policy discussed by J. C. Satter-
thwaite, 555
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreement on (GATT),
request for renegotiations of Geneva scliedules,
775
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.N. membership application, 15, 459, 496, 745
U.S. Ambassadors: appointment (Satterthwaite), 559;
resignation (Cole), 559
CFM. See Foreign Ministers, Council of
Charles, Ambassador Joseph D., reply to President Tru-
man's statement to Ambassadors of OAS Council, 664
Cheseldine, Raymond M., appointed as Special Assistant
in Office of German and Austrian Affairs, 714
Chicago Convention, forerunner of Convention on Inter-
national Civil Aviation, 936
Chicago Passport Agency to open, 991
Children's Emergency Fund, International (ICEF) :
Action by :
ECOSOC summarized, 771 ; text of resolution, 291 ,
General Assembly, 903
Social Commission, 9.35
Congress extends time for contributions, 18
Pi'ogram reviewed by U.N. Secretary-General, 91
Chile :
Cultural leader visits U.S., 317
Warships to Antarctica, Argentina-Chile-U.K. agree-
ment (1949-50) not to send, 833
China :
American foreign service personnel refused exit visas
by Communists ; statement by Secretary Acheson,
709
American residents in China, table listing number of,
153
American servicemen (Smith, Bender) detained by
Communists, 442 ; statement by Secretary Acheson,
908
Canton consular district: evacuation warnings, 197;
Embassy stalf moved, 318
Communist action discussed by George F. Kennan, 324;
by George C. McGhee, 825
Index, July to December 7 949
1001
China — Continued
Looted property in Japan, FEC policy decision for
restitution of, 700
Military aid from U.S.: appropriations, 603, 605; dis-
cussed, 476, 477; transfer of U.S. surplus stocks,
479, 481
Mukden, U.S. consulate general :
Espionage charges denied, 36
Personnel listed, 957
Release of staff requested, 759 ; release, 799
Staff departure, arrangements made for, 907
Stokes, Vice Consul, released, 907
Visa requests refused, 482
Ward, Consul General, summarizes detention experi-
ences under Communists, 955
National anniversary ; text of President Truman's
message to Acting President Li Tsung Jen, 636
Port closure order :
American vessel attacked, text of U.S. note of pro-
test, 557, 945
Exchange of notes with U.S., 34
U.S. attitude, 908
U.S. commercial vessels detained, action taken for
release; text of (Acheson to Isbrandtsen Co.)
telegrams, 557
Property, alien real : Communist notices for registra-
tion 760, 800, 957 ; time extension, 868a
Shanghai :
Americans assured safe embarkation, 515
American ships warned against entering port, 957
Consul general, U.S. protests siege by former alien
employees ; text of letter by Aliens Affairs Bureau,
440
U.S. information service ordered closed, 152
"Tiger Air Force", not American, statement by consu-
late general (Formosa), 515
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Sino-Soviet treaty of friendship and alliance (1945),
Soviet violations, 899, 900
U.N. action on Chinese situation :
Debate, 499, 856a, 897
Eesolutions, 902 ; text, 900
U.S. consular offices closed at Dairen, 714 ; Hankow, 442 ;
Tihwa, 519
U.S. information service in Shanghai and Hankow
ordered closed, 152
U.S. policy :
"China White Paper" (U.S. Relations With China),
237, 350, 351
Statements by Secretary Acheson, 236, 1037 ; by Philip
C. Jessup, 898
VGA broadcasts increased, 239
Cinematographic Art, Tenth International Exhibition:
Awards for outstanding films, 829; listed, 950
U.S. representative (Lindstrom), 228
Citizens, U.S. See Protection of U.S. nationals and prop-
erty
Claims (See also Property; Protection of U.S. nationals
and property) :
International commission proposed, 870; request for
appropriations, 118
Claims — Continued
Mexican 8th payment to U.S. under 1941 convention,
833
Yugoslavia :
Claims settlement agreement, 869
War damage, registration deadline fixed, 865a
Clapp, Gordon R. : appointed chairman of U.N. Economic
Survey Mission, 333 ; submits 1st interim report, text,
847a
Clapp, Verner W., report on international Conference on
Science Abstracting, 292
Clubb, Consul General O. Edmund (Peiping, China) re-
quests release of Consul General Ward and staff, 759
Coal Mines, ILO Technical Tripartite Conference on
Safety in, U.S. delegation, 509
Cohen, Benjamin V. :
Statements :
Greek situation, 542, 779, 813
Human-rights dispute (Bulgaria, Hungary, and
Rumania), 617, 659, 691
Cole, Felix, resignation as U.S. Ambassador to Ceylon, 559
CoUisson, N. H., excerpts from address on Germany's role
in world trade at ERP Export Show, Munich, 302
Colombia :
Ambassador to U.S. (Zuleta- Angel), credentials, 558
Housing expert visits U.S., 154
Treaties, agi'eements, etc. :
Reciprocal trade agreement with U.S. (1935) termi-
nated by exchange of notes, text of U.S. note,
711 ; text of Presidential proclamation, 865a
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (GATT),
withdrawal of application to accede, 439, 777
Colonial Airlines case, U.S.-Canada consult over license
suspension, 949
Combat materiel : sales and transfers of militarized and
demilitarized, tables showing, 156, 356, 479, 480, 481 ;
correction, 679
Combined Policy (atomic energy) Committee, U.S.-.U.K.-
Canada, exploratory discussions, 185, 472, 589
Commerce. See Trade
Commercial treaty with Italy, exchange of ratifications,
198
Commissions, Committees : International :
Ad Hoc Political Committee, U.N., 801, 983
Armaments, Commission for Conventional, 348, 624, 649,
650, 651, 933
Asia and Far East, U.N. Economic Commission for
(ECAFE), 00, 628
Atomic Energy Commission (U.N.), 247, 249, 290, 348,
488, 507, 544, 624, 645, 649, 650, 686, 940
Balkans, U.N. Special Committee on (UNSCOB), 408,
410, 489, 405, 542, .588, 658, 780, 852a, 911
Calendar of meetings of organizations and conferences,
182, .336, 510, 609, 849, 904
Caribbean Commission, 101, 159
Claims Commission, International (proposed), 118, 870
Combined Policy Committee (U.S.-U.K.-Canada), 472,
507, 589
Conciliation Committee (Greece), 409, 414, 415, 057, 779
Criminal Police Commission, International, 02!)
Cultural Cooperation, U.S.-Mexican Commission on.
1002
Department of State Bulletin
Commissions, Committees : International — Continued
Cultural Exclianse, U.S. Commission for (Iran), 443
Danube Commis.sion (Belgrade convention of 1048),
832
Defense Committee (XAC), 470, 603, 909
Defense Financial and Economic Committee (NAC),
819
Defense Ministers Committee (NAT), 869a
European Coordinating Committee (MDAP), 871a
European Economic Cooperation, Committee on, 203,
243.
European Travel Commission (OEEC), 304
Far Eastern Commission (PEC), 107, 307, 308, 637,
790, 822, 906
First (Political and Security) Committee, 409
Fiscal Commission, U.N., 90
Human Riiiht.?. Commission of, 3, 500
India ami Pakistan, U.N. Commission for, 143, 290,
335, 399, 639, 654, 975
Indonesia, U.N. Commission for (UNCFI), 181, 447,
449, 752, 902, 958, 973
Interim Committee ("Little Assembly"), 251, 495, 612,
854a
Juridical Committee, Inter-American, 76
Korea, U.N. Commission on (UNCOK), 490, 494, 499,
539, 625, 662, 694, 695
Metal Trades Committee (ILO), 824
Methods and Procedures of General Assembly, Special
Committee on, 289
Military Committee (NAT), 470, 869a, 948
Narcotic Drugs, Commission on, 768
Neutrality Committee, Inter-American, 76
Non-Governmental Organizations, Committee on
(ECOSOC), 331
North Atlantic Defense Committee, 948
North Atlantic Defense Financial and Economic Com-
mittee, 991
Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, U.S.-Canada, 184
Palestine Conciliation Commission (U.N.), 16, 98, 148,
225, 226, 319, 333, 490, 494, 785, 847a, 849a
Pan American Railway Congress, 21, 49
Peace Committee (OAS), Inter-American, 450, 463, 665
Peace Treaty (1947) Commissions. 238
Population Commission, U.N., 90, 768
Reactor Safeguard Committee (AEC), 507
Red Cross, International Committee of, 342
Salaried Employees and Professional Workers, (ILO)
Advisory Committee, 667
Scientific Investigation of Tuna (Mexico-U.S.), Inter-
national Commission, 355
Social Commission, U.N., 765, 906
South Pacific Commission, 259, 461, 547, 839
Statistical Commission, U.N., 90
Technical Assistance Committee (U.N.), 325, 918, 931
Tran.sport and Communications Commission
(ECOSOC), 90, 331
Travel Commission (proposed), Inter-American, 892
Tropical Tuna Commission (U.S.-Costa Rica), Inter-
American, .355
U.N. Commission of Investigation (Greece), 408, 410,
411
U.N. Guard, Committee on, 289
Commissions, Committees : International — Continued
U.N. Third Committee (Social, Humanitarian, and Cul-
tural Matters), 732
Western Union Defense Committee, 295
Wheat Council Committees :
E.xeeutive Committee, 228
Price Equivalents, Advisory Committee on, 228
Women, Inter-American Commission of, 263
Women, U.N. Commission on Status of, 90, 768
Commi-ssions, Committees : National :
Atomic Energy, .loint Committee, 185, 250, 639, 8*4, 945
Educational Exchange, U.S. Advisory Commission on,
674, 927
Executive Committee (U.S. Commission for UNESCO),
19
National Citizens Committee for U.N. Day, 99
Pan American Railway Congress Association, U.S. Na-
tional Commission in, 21, 49
Reciprocity Information, Committee for, 593, 595
Scientific and Cultural Cooperation, Inter-tlepartmental
Committee on, 866
Tariff Commission, U. S., 593, 595
Trade Agreements (Interdepartmental) Committee, 593,
595
UNESCO, U.S. Commission for, 19
U.S. Educational Commission (France), 263
Communism :
Action in :
Balkans, 972
China, 36, 236, 237, 239, 306, 324, 350, 351, 825, 899,
907, 908, 955. 957, 973
Czechoslovakia, 30, 148, 710, 973
Europe, 187, 192, 193, 196
Far East, 239, 972
Germany, 304, 634, 761, 763
Greece, 232, 234, 407, 813, 826, 972
Indonesia, 973
Italy, 297
Korea, 37, 972
Norway, 300
Poland, 973
Turkey, 826, 972
Yugoslavia, 973
Analysis, 872
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 673, 719
Anderson, Eugenie, 788
Jessup, Philip C, 346, 348, 349
Peurifoy, John, 673
Smith, Lt. Gen. Bedell, 872, 874
Truman, President, 343
"Stop Communism" is not enough, — problems in Near
East, South Asia, and Africa : address by Assistant
Secretary McGhee, 825
Western Germany election, Communist Party vote
analyzed, 563, 567
Compton, Wilson, excerpt from speech on U. N. expanded
program of technical assistance before General As-
sembly, 930
Conferences, Congresses, Councils: International:
Administrative Aeronautical Radio (ITU) Conference,
144
Index, July fo December 1949
1003
Conferences, Congresses, Councils : International— Con-
tinued
Air Navigation Services, ICAO Conferences on, 684
Anglo-American-Canadian Economic Conference, 473
Anglo-American Council on Productivity, 648
Asian Conference of Experts on Teclinical Training
(ILO),461
Bermuda Telecommunications Agreement of 1945, Con-
ference for Revision of, 508
Calendar of meetings of organizations and conferences,
182, 336, 510, 699, 849, 904
Caribbean Research Council, 102
Coal Mines, ILO Technical Tripartite Conference on
Safety, 509
Conservation and Utilization of Resources Conference,
261
Consultative Council (Brussels treaty), 230
Council of Europe, 231, 269, 858a
Dairy Congress, Twelfth International, 20
Diplomatic Conference of 1949, 339
PAO annual conference, 823
Freedom of Information, TJ.N. Conference, 727
Herring and Allied Species, international meeting on,
294
ICAO 1949 Conference, 683
Illiteracy and Education of Adults in Americas, Con-
ference on Problems, 228
Inter-American Conference on Conservation of Renew-
able Natural Resources, 483
Inter-American Council of Jurists (OAS), 599
Inter-American Economic and Social Council, 98
Inter-American Radio Conferences, 104, 258
Inter-American Travel Congress, 3d, 889
Interparliamentary Union. 38th regular conference, 398
Johannesburg, South Africa, Plenary Conference on
Central and South African transportation prob-
lems, 852
Labor Conference, International, 103
Labor Statisticians of ILO, 7th International Confer-
ence of, 509
Military Medicine and Pharmacy, 12th Congress, 667
Neurology, 4th International Congress, 398
North American Regional Broadcasting, Third, 460
North Atlantic Council, 399, 467, 469, 603
OEEC Council, 115
Pan American Railway Congress Association, 49
Participation of U.S. Oovernment in International
Conferences, volume released, 159
Public Education (UNESCO), Twelfth International
Conference on, 20
Research Council (South Pacific Commission), 839, 841,
843
Rhine Boatman, ILO Special Tripartite Conference on,
824
Road and Motor Transport Conference (U.N.), 262,
875a
Round Table Conference at The Hague. 958
Science Abstracting, International Conference on, 292
South Pacific Conference, 842
Soutli Pacific Research Cotincil, 259
Technical Assistance Conference, 326, 929, 930
Telegraph and telephone conference (ITU), 905
Tin Study Group, 701
Conferences, Congresses, Councils : International — Con-
tinued
Toponymy, 3d International Congress of, 106
U.S. Missions in Africa, 951
Veterinary Congress, 14th International, 144
Western Europe, Council of, 476, 477
West Indian Conference, 102
Wheat Conference, International, 52, 75, 228
Congress :
CFM Paris conference reports on Austrian and German
questions, to Congressional Committees, 859
China White Paper ( United States Relations With
China), Representative Judd's charges:
Statement by Secretary Acheson, 350
Analysis of 10 charges of "Dishonesty," 351
Foreign Affairs Committee (House) action summarized
by Charles Burton Marshall, 505
Foreign migratory labor legislation, 43, 44
German banker (Abs) visit to U.S.; text of letter (Mc-
Fall to Gillette) with information re, 988
Immigration Act amendments (S. 1832), opposition to;
text of Secretary Acheson's letter to Senate Judi-
ciary Committee Chairman (McCarran), 516
Immigration laws, descriptive listing, 535
Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948
(Public Law 402) :
Activities mentioned, 928
Objectives, text, 927
Inter-American Affairs, Institute of, extension author-
ized, 438
Interparliamentary Union, 3Sth regular conference ;
U.S. group, 398
Legislation listed, 157, 318, 340, 519, 559, 639, 847, 933
Messages from the President to :
Congress on :
Lend-lease report (2Sth), 117
Military aid legislation, 186
Technical assistance program, 682
Senate on :
Costa Rica-U.S. tuna convention, 77
Genocide convention, 844
Withdrawal of obsolete treaties, 316
Military Assistance Program legislation :
President's message recommending legislation, 186;
supporting .statement liy Secretary Acliesun. 18!]
Testimony before House Foreign Affairs Committee
by:
Bay, Charles Ulrieh, 299
Bruce, David K. E., 298, 1037
Douglas, Lewis, 299
Dunn, James Clement, 296
Grady, Henry F., 232
U.S. officials in Europe, statement based on reports
of, 295
Testimony before Senate Foreign Relations and
Armed Services Committee by Secretary Acheson,
264
Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949 :
Full appropriations requested, 603
Presidential signature, statement at time of signing,
603
Text, 604
1004
Department of State Bulletin
Congress — Continued
Point 4 Program, testimony by Under Secretary Webb
before House Foreign Affairs Committee, 549; be-
fore Senate Banliiug and Currency Committee, 274,
305
North Atlantic Treaty :
Debate in Senate by Senator Tom Connally, 53; by
Senator Arthur H. Vandenberg, 61
North Atlantic Treaty — Continued
Ratification: statements by Secretary Acheson, 148;
by President Truman, 109
Senate confirmations :
.U.N. representatives to General Assembly and
UNESCO, 546
U.S. deputy representatives to Security Council, 629
Subcommittee on Immigration and Naturalization of
Senate Judiciary Committee, Secretary Acheson's
letter to Byron Price on testimony concerning U.N.
Secretariat, 252
Technical assistance program :
Draft Act of 1949, text, 72
Propcsed legislation discussed, 171
VOA facilities, additional apiH-opriations for improve-
ment recommended ; statement by Secretary Ache-
son, 312
Wheat Agreement, International : Senate advice and
consent for ratification. Presidential signature, 21
Conciliation Committee (Greece), U.N., report on Greeli
situation discussed by Benjamin V. Cohen, 779
Congo Basin Treaty (1919), discussion of expansion at
Lisbon Conference on Central and South African
transportation problems, 852
Connally, Senator Tom, statement on ratification of North
Atlantic Treaty, 53
Conservation and Utilization of Resources, U.N. Scientific
Conference on (UNSCCUR) : discussion, 257, 290,
335; U.S. delegation, 261
Conservation of Natural Resources, proceedings of Inter-
American Conference published, 483
Consultative Council (Brussels treaty), activity dis-
cussed by Ambassador Douglas, 230
Costa Rica :
Nicaragua-Costa Rica dispute : effective application of
Rio treaty discussed, 453, 921, 924
Presidential inauguration (Ulate) : statement by Secre-
tary Acheson, 833 ; U.S. delegation, 711
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission : trans-
mittal to Congress, text of President's message,
77; U.S. ratification, 355
U.S. Ambassador (Flack) appointed, 78
Coulter, Eliot B., article on visa work and foreign service,
523
Council of Europe (1949) :
Defense plans, 476, 477. 478
First meeting, statement by Secretary Acheson, 269
Force in European unity, 231
Statute, text of, 858a
Council of Foreign Ministers. See Foreign Ministers
Cox, Henry B., article on establishment of Soviet-sponsored
East German Cvmocratic Republic, 761
Criminal Policy Commission, International; U.S. repre-
sentative, 629
Cuba :
Cayo Confites plot (1947), U.S. action reviewed by
Paul C. Daniels, 452
Cultural leader visits U.S., 828
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double taxation treaty with U.S. discussed, 279
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Tariffs and Trade Agreement, General Agreement on:
Potato rates amended, 77
Renegotiations of Geneva schedules requested, 775
Supplementary concessions with U.S., presidential
proclamation, 947
U.S. preference issue at Annecy, 776
U.S. foreign aid programs, 866
Cultural cooperation {See also Educational Exchange
Programs) :
American-Turkish Association jiromotes cultural rela-
tions, statement by Assistant Secretary Allen, 39
Howard University students present plays in Denmark,
Norway, and Sweden. 442
U.S.-Mexican Commission, on Cultural Cooperation,
agreement establishing, 868a
Customs and immigration, U.S.-Canada discuss improve-
ment of procedures of, 990
Customs procedures discussed by Secretary Acheson, 7.50
Customs Union, Franco-Italian (Mar. 26) :
Documents leading to establishment :
Declaration and protocol (Sept. 13, 1947) 203; text,
243
Franco-Italian Commission reports, 203, 207
Protocol of Mar. 20, 1948, 207 ; text, 244 ; correction,
399
Franco-Italian Customs Union Commission, 207
GATT decision, text, 244
Treaty text, 245
Cyrenaica (Libya). See Italian colonies, disposition of
former
Czechoslovakia :
Church-state conflict developments ; statements by Secre-
tary Acheson, 30, 148
Embassy employees (Munk, Horvath), U.S. demands
recall, 790
German Federal Republic, establishment of; Czecho-
slovak protest ; statement by Secretary Acheson,
634
Germany inid Czechoslovakia, 1937-I9S8, vol. II of
Documents on Oerman Foreign Policy, 1918-lSJi5
released, 513
Italian colonies, attitude toward former, 370
Soviet tactics in, 973
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity ; text
of U.S. note, 832
U.S. Ambassador (Briggs) appointed, 519
U.S. Embassy personnel, espionage charges and demand
for departure of, 710
Dacca, Pakistan, U.S. consulate opened, 519
Dairen, China, U.S. consulate closed, 714
Index, July fo December 7949
1005
Dairy Congress, Twelfth International: U.S. delegation,
20
Daniels, Paul C. :
Inter-American Peace Committee (OAS), U.S. memo-
randimi on Caribbean situation, text, 450
Settling Disputes in Western Hemisphere, address be-
fore Natl. Coffee Assn., Boca Raton, Fla., 920
Danube Commission set up by Belgrade convention
(1948), U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity; text of
U.S. note, 832
David, Paul T., report on 1949 ICAO Conference action
on financing and operating air navigation services,
683
Davis, Malcolm W., statement on accepting chairmanship
of National Citizens Committee for U.N. Day, 99
Davis, Nathaniel P., appointed as U.S. Ambassador to
Hungary, 519
DDT production for malaria control, ECOSOC resolution
on, 772
Defense Assistance Act of 1949, Mutual. See Mutual
Defense Assistance Act of 1949
Defense Committee (NAC) :
Establishment, text of communique, 470
Military Production and Supply Board, NAC approval
of directive establishing ; text of directive, 820
Representatives listed, 948
Second meeting, 048
Defense Financial and Economic Committee (NAC) estab-
ment, 819
Denmark :
Hovifard University students present plays, 442
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Bilateral treaty vfith U.S. under Mutual Defense As-
sistance Act of 1949, negotiations started, 753,
791
Council of Europe, signature, 231 ; text of statute,
858a
GATT, application for accession to, 596, 774, 777
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements on air navi-
gation service, signature, 684, 685
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.S. Ambassador (Anderson), appointed, 714
U.S. military aid : request for, 418 ; program discus-
sions with U.S. representatives, 791 ; treaty nego-
tiations, 753
De Palma, Samuel, article summarizing U.N. action on
International freedom of press and information, 724
Development, International Bank for Reconstruction and
(IBRD). See Reconstruction and Development, In-
ternational Bank for
Dhahran, Saudi Arabia consular office elevated to con-
sulate general, 519
Diplomatic Conference of 1949, report on revision and
extension of humanitarian conventions by William
H. McCahon, 339
Diplomatic representatives in U.S., credentials:
Colombia (Zuleta-Angel), 558
Ethiopa (Imru), 558
Hungary (Horvath), 558
Nepal (Shauker), 558
Paraguay (Boettner), 278
Diplomatic representatives in U.S., credentials — Con.
Rumania (Magheru), 558
Union of South Africa (Jooste), 558
Dismantling (for reparations) program in Germany:
Modification, text of protocol of agreements between
Allied High Commission and Federal Republic of
Germany, 863a
Displaced persons. See Refugees and Displaced Persons
Dollar earning problem. See Finance : Balance of pay-
ments
Dominican Republic :
Arms threat to invasion deplored by Secretary Acheson,
990
Haitian-Dominican dispute, effective application of Rio
treaty discussed by Paul C. Daniels, 922
Luperon Incident discussed in U.S. memorandum
(Daniels) to Inter-American Peace Committee, 453
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport agreement with U.S., 279 ; signature, 153
GATT, application for accession to, 596, 774, 777
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Double taxation treaties, U.S. with :
Cuba, discussions, 279
France, exchange of ratifications, 710
Ireland, signature, 518
Dunn, James Clement (Ambassador to Italy), testimony
on aid to Italy before House Foreign Affairs Com-
mittee for MAP legislation, 295
Douglas, Lewis (Ambassador to England), testimony on
Western Europe unity before House Foreign Affairs
Committee for MAP legislation, 229 ; correction, 358
Earthquake disaster in Ecuador :
Export-Import Bank loan, 312
FAO aid, 334
Statement by Secretary Acheson, 278
Survey of destruction and relief, article by Edward G.
Miller, 436
East Africa, Visiting Mission to, report to 4th session of
Trusteeship Council, 128
East Asia and Far East Conference (Bangkok), of heads
of U.S. missions: Ambassador Jessup to attend, 800
Eastern Europe, U.S. chiefs of diplomatic missions meet
(London), 598
EGA. See Economic Cooperation Administration
ECAFE. See Asia and Far East, (U.N.) Economic Com-
mission for
Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) :
Activities and programs in economic and social fields,
comparative review submitted by Secretary-Gen-
eral, 88
Children's Emergency Fund, International (UNICEF).
See Children's Emergency Fund.
Freedom of information conventions debated at 7th
session, 730
Genocide. See Genocide
Ninth session :
Social issues, action summarized by SavUIa M.
Simons, 765, 1037
Summary, 257
U.S. delegation, 106
Refugees. See Refugee Organization, International
1006
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Economic and Social CJouncil — Continued
Regional economic commissions :
Asia and Far East, Economic Commission (ECAFE) ;
"ith meeting, U.S. delegation, 628
Kesolutions :
Children's Emergency Fund report, U.N. Interna-
tional (July 28), text, 291
Intergovernmental organizations, text, 456, 1037
Non-governmental Organizations (July IS), text, 331;
(July 22), text, 332
Technical assistance program (Aug. 14, 15), 916, 919,
929, 930 ; texts, 325, 329
Social Commission, 5th session; U.S. delegation and
agenda, 906
U.N. technical assistance program. Hee Technical
assistance
Economic Cooperation Administration (ECA) :
American travel in Europe :
Off-season travel promoted, 304
Visa restrictions lifted by Ireland, 314
Burden of loss in transfer of foreign-aid articles dis-
cussed by Michael H. Cardozo, 215
Decartelization, U.S. policy of, 910
ECA and Small Business, released, 483
European Payments plan for 1949-50: Agreement by
OEEC Council, features of, 115; statement of ap-
proval by ECA administrator, 116.
European Recovery Program. See European Recovery
Program
Federal Republic of Germany-U.S. agreement, signa-
ture, 982 ; statement by John J. McCloy, 983
Foreign crude oil production, discussions by U.K.-ECA-
Netherlands, 102
German technical assistance projects (thermal power
and gas production) approved for bizone, 304
Germany, transfer from military to civilian control
in ; John J. McCloy consults with U.S. officials over
problems of transfer, 272
Gift parcels, postal-rate reduction to France, Greece,
Western Germany, Netherlands, U.K., Italy, and
Trieste, 829
Information for American Businessmen on Marshall
Plan published, 158
Summary report on economic development of ERF
countries, 32
Economic development in underdeveloped countries. See
Point 4 Program ; Technical assistance
Economic Survey of Asia and Far East 19/f8 released by
U.N., 396
ECOSOC. See Economic and Social Council
Ecuador :
Cultural leader visits U.S., 317
Eartliquake disaster :
Export-Import Banli loan, 312
FAO aid, 334
Statement by Secretary Acheson, 278
Survey of destruction and relief, article by Edward G.
Miller. 436
Education :
Asian Seminar on Rural Adult Education, U.S., dele-
gate, 701
Illiteracy and Education of Adults in Americas, Con-
ference on Problems; U.S. delegation, 228
Education — Continued
Information and research facilities offered to public by
State Department, listing of offices, 792
Japan, international Christian University proposed
for ; statement by Secretary Acheson, 909
Public Education (UNESCO), Twelfth International
Conference on ; U.S. delegation, 20
South Pacific Commission research program for social
development, 260
Trust territories in Africa, Tnisteeship Council reso-
lution on higher education in, text, 255
UNESCO scholarship information requested by Trustee-
ship Council for higher education in African trust
territories, test of resolution, 256
U.S. educational and ideological task, article based on
address by Margaret Hicks Williams at British
exchange teachers indoctrination sessions, 609
Educational Commission, U.S., established in France under
terms of educational exchange agreement (1948), 263
Educational Exchange, U.S. Advisory Commission on:
Role of government in educational exchange program
discussed, 927
Trading Ideas With the World, 3d quarterly report
released, summary, 674
Educational Exchange Program :
Application instructions, 155, 675, 794
Building Roads to Peace, booldet on exchange of per-
sons, released 79
Discussed by:
Allen, George V., 79, 311, 868
Barber, Willard F., 924
Johnstone, Jr., William C, 925
Division of Exchange of Persons responsible for pro-
gram, 794
Fulbright program (Surplus war property disposal
agreements. Public Law 584) :
Agreements, U.S. with :
Australia, signature, 870a
Egypt, signature, 831
France (1948), U.S. Educational Commission es-
tablished in, 263
Iran, signature, 443
Application information, 155, 675, 794
British exchange teachers indoctrination, address
by Margaret Hicks Williams, 609
Exchange opportunities with :
Belgium, 675
Burma, 155, 675
Prance, 675, 712
Greece, 155, 675
Iran, 675
Italy, 675
Luxembourg, 675
Netherlands, 74, 675, 712
New Zealand, 155, 675, 712
Norway, 74, 675, 712
Philippines, 155, 675
United Kingdom, 74, 1.54, 611, 675
Housing, study collection prepared for information use
abroad, 830
Inter-American program (Act for Cooperation with
other American Republics, Public Law, 355) :
Application instructions, 794
Index, July fo December 1949
1007
/:
Educational Exchange Program — Continued
Inter-American program — Continued
U.S. scliolarships awarded, listing of names, 317
Smith-Mundt program (Information and Educational
Act of 1948, Public Law 402) :
Application instructions, 7J>4
Government's role discussed, 927
Greek writer receives 1st grant, 636
Howard Universit.v dramatic production In Norway
aided, 442, 928
Objectives, 927
U.S. activities reviewed in 3d quarterly report of
U.S. Educational Advisory Commission, sum-
mary, 674
Soviet noncooperation discussed by Warren R. Austin,
805
Visitors from U.S. to : Argentina, 77, 317 ; Brazil, 317 :
Burma, IG."! ; Chile, 317; Colombia, 317; Costa Rica,
317 ; Cuba 317 ; Dominican Republic, 317 ; El Salva-
dor. 77: Greece, l."i.5: Haiti. 833; Mexico, 317; Xew
Zealand, 155; Norway, 422, 928; Peru, 317; Phil-
ippines, 155, ; Uruguay, 317
Visitors to U.S. from: Argentina, 77; Bolivia, 155;
Brazil, 925 ; Burma, 154; Chile, 317 ; Colombia, 154;
Cuba, 828; Ecuador, 317; Guatemala, 712; Haiti,
• 77 ; New Zealand, 155 ; Norway, 925 ; Peru, 317 ;
United Kingdom, 154 ; Venezuela, 77
Educ. tion. Scientific and Cultural Organization (.UNE-
SCO) :
Asian Seminar on Rural Adult Education, U.S. delegate,
For session, agenda and U.S. delegation 397
Illi cy and Education of Adults in Americas, Con-
rence on Problems ; joint sponsorship of, 228
Pri cies in program reviewed, 94
R 9 American foreign policy discussed by Assistant
.-.'?■. ',"%r;»,f?..iA.llen, 497
Sell ■ „ acting, International Conference; report
\,j . erner W. Qapp, 292
Technical assistance program, participation, 916, 931
Egypt :
Italian colonies, former, attitude toward, 371
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational exchange agreement under Fulbright Act,
signature, 831
Road trafiic convention, signature, 886
U.S. Ambassador (Caffery) appointed, 78
U.S. Ambassador (Griffls) resignation, 78
Eichholz, Robert B., appointed as deputy to MDA Special
Asst. in Rome, 950
Elliot, John C, appointed as chief of Munitions Division,
358
El Salvador :
U.S. Ambasador (Shaw), appointed, 78
Visitors from U.S., 77
Employment Service, U.S., foreign migratory labor pro-
gram discussed by Daniel Goott, 43
Eritrea. See Italian colonies, disposition of former
ERP. Sec Euroijean Recovery Program
Essentials of peace resolution :
Discussion, 786, 801, 855a, 970
Essentials of peace resolution — Continued
Soviet counterproposal, 970
U.S.-U.K. draft, text, 807
Etbiopa :
Ambassador to U.S. (Imru), credentials, 558
Italian colonies, former, attitude toward, 368
U.S. foreign office at Addis Ababa elevated to Embassy,
78
Europe, Council of. See Council of Europe
Europe, deputy U.S. special representative (Katz) ap-
pointed, 78
European Coordinating Committee (MDAP) : Bonesteel
III, Lt. Col. C. H. appointed executive director, 871a
European customs union. See Customs Union, Franco-
Italian
European Economic Cooperation, Committee on : its role
in establishment of Franco-Italian Customs Union,
243, 203
European Economic Cooperation, Organization for
(OEEC). See Organization for European Economic
Cooperation
European Payments Plan : OEEC Council agreement on
principles, 115 ; statement of approval by ECA ad-
ministrator, 116
European Recovery Program (ERP) (See also Economic
Cooperation Administration) :
Aid to European unity, 229, 230, 231
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 264
Kennan, Geo. F., 323
Peurifoy, John E., G72
Sargeant, Howland, S40a
Smith, Lt. Gen. W. D., 873
Truman, President, 344, 401
Webb, James E., 550
ECA summary report on economic development of ERP
countries, 32.
German role in world trade, 23, 24, 302.
Progress, information regarding, 313
European Travel Commission (OEEC) promotes off-season
travel to Europe, 304
Executive Orders :
International organizations, revocation of Ex. orders
regarding (Ex. Or. 10083), text, 616
Trade agreements program, administration of (Ex.
Or. 10082), text, 593,595
U.S. High Commissioner for Germany (HICOG) :
Office established (Ex. Or. 10062), 512
Role as ECA representative (Ex. Or. 10063), 513
Export-Import Bank :
Aid to American Republics, 464, 465, 977
Ecuador earthquake disaster, extension of credit for
reconstruction, 312
Technical assistance, provision of capital for, 864
Fahy, Charles:
Statements :
Korean independence, problem of, 694
Korean position in international affairs, 625
FAO. See Food and Agriculture organization
Far East :
Developments and problems, U.S.-U.K. discussions, 467
J
]
1008
Departmeni of State Bulletin]
to
(6.
;tf»'
ullelin
Far East — Continued
Economic Survey of Asia and Far East 1948 released
by U.N., 396
Far East, Foreign Relations vol. Ill, 359
U.S. missions, conference (Bangkok) of heads: Ambas-
sador Jessup to attend, 800
U.S. policy : statement by Secretary Acheson, 236, 1037 ;
test of letter from Secretary Acheson to Consultant
(Fosdick), 35S
VGA broadcasts increased, 239
Far Eastern Commission (FEC) :
Hamilton, Maxwell M., appointed U.S. representative,
906
Japanese gold earmarked for France and Thailand,
release of :
Amounts and dates, 638
U.S. directive to SCAP, text, 637
U.S. memorandum to FEC ; statement by Maj. Gen.
Frank R. McCoy, 637
Japanese labor policy, Soviet charges :
McCoy, Maj. Gen. Frank R., refutation, 107
U.S. analysis, text of pertinent revised labor rela-
tions adjustment laws, 108
Japanese participation in international relations, 307
Japan, policy decisions on :
Allied-owned trade-marks, restoration and protec-
tion of, 308; text, 309
Looted property, restitution of, 790
McCoy, Maj. Gen. Frank, resignation as U.S. represen-
tative, 906
Membership, admission of Burma and Pakistan, 822
Faroes, air navigation (ICAO) services in, 684
FEC. See Far Eastern Commission
Feldmans, Jules, Latvian Minister to U.S., credentials and
exeliange of remarks with Secretary Acheson, 33, 34
Fellowships/scholarships. See Educational Exchange
Program
Fezzan (Libya). See Italian colonies, disposition of
former
B'llm Festival, 10th international exhibition: awards,
829, 950; U.S. representative (Lindstrom), 228
SHnance :
Appropriations: Presidential funds, 117; National de-
fense and international aid, 118; Mutual Defense
Assistance Program, 195, 603
Balance-of-payments problem :
Argentine-U.K. trade and payments agreement
studied, 37
Discussed by Dean Rusk, 632
European Payments Plan, OEEC agreement, 115
Swedish-U.S. discussions, 31
U.K.-U.S.-Canada discussions, 197, 307, 353, 402, 473
Bulgaria, Americans with financial holdings in ; in-
struction for conversion into U. S. dollars, 71
Burden of loss in foreign-aid transactions, article by
Michael H. Cardozo, 215
Financing our foreign policy, article by Charles Burton
Marshall, 505
Franco-Italian Customs Union problems, 211
German securities, revalidation demanded by Federal
Republic of Germany, 830
idex, July to December 7949
933534 — 51 — —3
Finance — Continued
Mexican petroleum development, di.scussions for U.S.
loan suspended, 153
Monetary gold, Nazi-looted, U.S.-France-U.K.-Poland
agreement on distribution, 71
Private investment abroad discussed, 175, 274, 305, 401,
405, 552, 720, 864, 976
U.S. and Swiss capital invested in Belgium, free trans-
fer of, 864a
Yugoslavia currency conversion in Trieste, U.S. protest;
text of U.S. note, 113
Finance Corporation, Reconstruction (RFC) : responsi-
bility under Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949,
607
Finland :
Treaties, agreements, etc. : GATT, application for ac-
cession to, 596, 774
U.S. compensation claims for Finnish vessels settled,
790
U.N. membership application, 15, 459, 745
Fiscal Commission, U.N., priority program reviewed, 90
Fisher, Adrian S., appointed as Legal Adviser, 78
Fisheries :
Conventions, U.S. ratification of :
Costa Rica-U.S. : Inter-American Tropical ' una
Commission, 355
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, 355
Mexico-U.S. International Commission for Scientific
Investigation of Tuna, 355
Herring and Allied Species, U.S. delegation ater-
national meeting on, 294
Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, U.S.-( »da;
Alvin Anderson named U.S. member, 184
Fiske, Rear Admiral Leon S., remarks on U.S. 1st uial
report on trust territory of Pacific islands, 13-^
Flack, Joseph, appointed as U. S. Ambaf • ^. tr
Rica, 78
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) :
Annual conference, fifth session :
U.S. delegation, 823
World Abundance Through FAO, address by Presi-
dent Truman, 857a
Headquarters to be established at Rome, 906
Herring and Allied Species, U.S. delegation to inter-
national meeting on, 294
Technical assistance program, U.N., participation, 916,
931
Work programs reviewed, 93
Foreign agricultural workers, employment in U.S., article
by Daniel Goott, 43
Foreign interests in Germany, protection of :
Inter-Governmental Group for Safeguarding of Foreign
Interests in Germany submits report and recom-
mendations to 6 powers, text, 575, 579
Six-power consideration of problem at Paris meeting,
573
U.S. memorandum on Group report and recommenda-
tions, text, 573
Foreign Liquidation Commissioner, Ofiice of (OFLO),
liquidation, 157
1009
Foreign Ministers (Scliuiuau, Beviu, Acheson) : Paris
meeting, 822 ; text of communique, 822
Foreign Ministers, Council of, (CPM) :
Austrian peace treaty, deputies resume work on, 19
Paris conference, agreement on Austrian and German
questions :
Communique, text, 858
Reports, statements by President Truman, 858; by
Secretary Aclieson. ,S59, 860
Foreign Service:
Ambassadors :
Appointments: Argentina (Griffis), 599; Belgium
(Murphy), 559; Ceylon (Sattertbwaite), 559;
Costa Rica (Flack), 78; Czechoslovakia
(Briggs), 519; Denmark (Anderson), Egypt
(Caffery), 78; El Salvador (Shaw), 78; Europe
(Katz), 78; Hungary (Davis), 519; Uruguay
(Ravndal) named, 78
Resignations: Argentina (Bruce), 482; Burma (Hud-
dle), 639; Ceylon (Cole), 559; Egypt (Griffis),
78; Netherlands (Barueh), 319; Yugoslavia
(Cannon), 714
Appointment of officers :
Director General (Butrick), 519
Foreign Service Inspection Corps, Director (Travers),
950
MDA Director (Bruce), 639, 791; Special Assistants,
950.
Bulgaria charges U.S. Minister (Heath) with espion-
age, 911, 981 ; U.S. protest, 981
Career officers abroad, proportion largest in U.S. his-
tory, 835
China :
Canton Embassy evacuates staff to Hong Kong, 318
Communists refuse exit visas to U.S. personnel ;
statement by Secretary Acheson, 709
Mukden, U.S. consulate general : espionage charges
denied, 36 ; personnel listed, 057 ; release of stafE
requested, 759; staff released, 799; staff, de-
parture arrangements for, 907 ; visa requests
refused, 482 ; Ward, Consul General summarizes
detention experiences under Communists, 9.55
Shanghai : safe embarkation for Americans assured,
515 ; U.S. protests siege of consulate general, 440
Conferences of chiefs of U.S. missions:
Africa (Lourengo Marques), 951
East Asia and Far East (Bangkok) , 800
Eastern Europe (London), 598
Near East (Istanbul), 835
Consular offices : Dacca, Pakistan, opening, 510 ; Dairen,
China, closing, 714; Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, ele-
vated to consulate general, 519; Hankow, China,
closing, 442; Meshed, Iran, opening, 319; Poznan,
Poland, office elevated to consulate, 78 ; Puerto la
Cruz, Venezuela, office elevated to consulate, 78;
Salzburg, Austria, Vienna consular section desig-
nated special purpose post, 482 ; Tihwa, China, clos-
ing, 519 ; Vit6ria, Brazil, elevation to consulate,
319
Czechoslovakia demands recall of U.S. Embassy person-
nel on espionage charges, 710
Departmental and Foreign Service exchange program,
first appointment (Tibbetts), 358
Diplomatic relations with :
Panama: American action in coup d'etat, 868a; non-
recognition of Arias government, 911 ; recognition
of Arias government, 990
Paraguay, continuation of, 558
Syria, recognition of new government, 515
Embassy, elevated to rank of: Addis Ababa, Ethiopa,
78
Intern program started, 1st official, 482
Ministers, appointment of:
Iceland (Lawson), 157
Luxembourg (Mesta),78
Ministers, resignation of:
Iceland (Butrick), 78
Foreign trade development discussed by President
Truman, 400
Formosa (Taiwan) :
Chinese Tiger Air Force, not American, statement by
consulate general, 515
Fosdick, Dorothy, address on the world as framework for
U.S. foreign policy before the Herald Tribune Forum,
New York, 708
Fosdick, Raymond Bland, appointed as Far Eastern con-
sultant, 279; letter from Secretary Acheson on Par
Eastern policy, text, 358
France :
Allied High Commission for Germany. See Germany
Atomic energy, U.N. plan for international control,
French-Canadian resolution, U.S. support, 813
Disarmament plan of census and verification discussed,
143, 181, 348, 492, 649, 787, 902, 932
Economic recovery discussed by U.S.-France, 468
Film Festival, International ; U.S. representative, 228
Foreign Ministers (Franee-U.K.-U.S. ) discuss mutual
problems, 468; text of Paris communique, 822
French Morocco : import-license regulations, application
period extended, 634
Italian colonies, former, attitude toward, 363, 364, 366,
373
Japan: Gold earmarked for Indochina released, 637;
looted property in, FEC policy decision for restitu-
tion of, 790
Scholarships/fellowships exchange opportunities under
Fulbright Act, 263, 675, 676
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Austrian peace treaty, deputy meetings to be resumed,
509
Belgrade convention to control Danube River, U.S.-
U.K.-France protest validity; text of U.S. note,
832
Bilateral treaty with U.S. under Mutual Defense
Assistance Act of 1949, negotiations started, 753,
791
Council of Europe, signature, 231 ; text of statute,
858a
Double taxation convention with U.S., exchange of
ratifications, 710
Educational exchange agreement (1948) with U.S.,
establishment of U.S. Educational Commission,
263; opportunities, 675, 676
1010
Department of Slate Bulletin
France — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Franco-Italian Customs Union :
Background article by Howard J. Hiltou, .Tr., 203
Text, 243 ; correction, 399
German-looted monetary gold, U.S.-U.K.-France-
Poland agreement on reparations distribution, 71
Jlilitary obligations of dual nationals (1948), 279
North Atlantic ocean-station agreement, signatiu-e,
684
Road traflic convention, signature, 886
South Pacific Commission agreement, discussion, 839
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 7.5
Trust territories in Africa :
Annual report to Council, 125, 126
Central and South African transportation problems,
Lisbon conference, report, 852
Higher education. Council resolution, text, 255
Visiting mission Council resolution on terms of ref-
erence for, text, 16
U.S. gift parcels, postal-rate reduction on, 829
U.S. military assistance:
Report on aid since V-J I>ay, 3.")6, 480, 481 ; correction,
679
Testimony by Ambassador Bruce before Congress, 298,
1037
Treaty negotiations, Tri3, 791
Freedom of Information. See Information, Freedom of
Freeman, Alwyn V., appointed as member of Inter-
American Juridical Committee, 76
French Cameroons, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council
French Morocco : import-license regulations, application
period extended, 634
French Togoland, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council
Fulbright (Act) exchange person program (Surplus war
property disposal agreements, Public Law 584) :
Agreements, U.S. with :
Australia, signature, 870a
Egypt, signature, 831
France (1948), U.S. Educational Commission estab-
lished in. 263
Iran, signature, 443
Application instructions, l.i5, 675, 794
British exchange teachers indoctrination, address by
Margaret Hicks Williams, 609
Exchange opportunities with: Belgium, 675; Burma,
155, 675 ; France, 675, 712 ; Greece, 155, 675 ; Iran,
675 ; Italy, 675 ; Luxembourg, 675 ; Netherlands,
74. 675, 712; New Zealand, 1.55, 675, 712; Norway,
74, 675, 712; Philippines, 155, 675; United King-
dom, 74, 154, 611, 675
GATT. See Tariffs and Trade, general agreement on
General Assembly :
Fourth regular session :
Provisional agenda listed, 289
U.S. delegation, 545
U.S. representatives confirmed by Senate, 546
U.S. position on agenda problems, address by Secre-
tary Acheson at 1st plenary session, 489
General Assembly — Continued
Freedom of information convention proiMisals ; debate in
Committee III (Social, Humanitarian and Cul-
tural), 732
Genocide. See Genocide
Greek problem of political independence and territorial
integrity. See Greece
Italian colonies. See Italian colonies, disposition of
former
Methods and Procedures of General Assembly, Special
Committee on ; establishment, 289
Resolutions :
Administrative unions, 129
Armaments (Nov. 19, 1948), 933
Atomic energy (Nov. 23, 1949), text, 940
Educational advancement in trust territories (Nov.
18, 1948), 129
Essentials of peace, discussion, 801. 85.5a, 897, 898,
901, 970 (Nov. 14, 1949), text, 807
Greece: Threats to political independence and ter-
ritorial integrity of (Nov. 19, 1949), text, 852a;
arms-shipment embargo to Albania and Bulgaria,
911
Human-rights observance in Balkans (Oct. 22, 1949),
text, 692
Interim Committee, reestablishment of (Nov. 21,
1949), text, 8.54a
Italian colonies, disposal of (Nov. 21, 1949), text,
844a
Korea (Nov. 14, 1947), 625
News personnel, access to U.N. meetings (Oct. 21,
1949), text, 696
Palestine Conciliation Commission (Dec. 11, 1948),
225
Palestine refugees (Dec. 11, 194S), S47a, 848a, 849a
Refugees, establishment of Office of High Commis-
sioner for (Dec. 3, 1949), 938, 939
Technical assistance program (Nov. 16, 1949), 915,
930
Trusteeship Council reports, 130
U.N. asses.sments (Oct. 20, 1949), text, 696
UNCOK, continuation of (Oct. 21, 1949), 626; text,
695
Geneva conventions of 1929 for protection of war victims,
revision of, 339
Genocide : Convention transmitted to Senate, text of Presi-
dent's letter and report of Secretary of State, 844
Geological Survey, U.S. ; summary of results of coopera-
tive program in Mexico, 978
(jcrniany :
Abs, Herman V. visits U.S.; text of letter from .lack
McFall to Senator Gillette with information, 988
Allied High Commission for Germany:
Charter, text, 25, 1037
Establishment, 512, 513
High Commissioners, responsibilities under charter,
text, 28
Location ; text of joint communique, 114
Occupation Statute :
Control powers discussed, 23, 25, 303, .503, .512, 702,
705
Enti-y into force, 512 ; text of declaration, 983
Index, July to December 1949
1011
Germany — Continued
Allied Higti Commission for Germany — Continued
Public laws enacted by Council, text, 983
U.S. High Commissioner (HICOG), Office of. See
below
Berlin Museum paintings returned, statements by:
Heinrich, Theodore Allen, 809
Newman, James R., 810
Decartelization in Western Germany, U.S. policy of,
910
Dismantling program :
Discussed by Henry A. Byroade, 703
Modification agreement between Federal Republic
and Allied High Commission, text, 863a
Statement by John J. McCloy, 635
Federal Republic of Germany (West) :
Elections:
Analysis by :
Kirchheimer, Otto, and Price, Arnold, 563 ;
tables, 564, 565, 566, 568, 571, 572
State Department, 303
U.S. views, statement by Secretary Acheson, 303
Establishment:
Date, 512
Preparatory steps, 23, 468, 702, 704, 762
Occupation Statute:
Allied control discussed, 23, 25, 303, 503, 512, 702,
705
Entry into force, 512 ; text of declaration, 983
Soviet protests, partial text of U.S.S.R. note, 762;
refutation by Acting Secretary Webb, 590;
text of U.S. reply, 670
Soviet satellite protests, statement by Secretary
Acheson, 634
Statement by Acting Secretary Webb, 512
Securities of German issue. No. 155 ordinance de-
mands revalidation, 830
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Dismantling modified, asreement with Allied High
Commission, text, 863a
ECA agreement, signature, 982; statement by John
J. McCloy, 983
Germany Affairs, establishment of Bureau in State De-
partment, 63."); director (Byroade) appointed, 635
German Democratic Republic, Soviet-sponsored :
Establishment :
Background action summarized by Henry Cox, 761
U.S. view, 634
Foreign interests, protection of:
Inter-Governmental Group for Safeguarding of For-
eign Interests : text of report, 575 ; text of recom-
mendations, 579; text of U.S. memorandum, 573
Patent rights, text of Allied Council public law, 986
Securities of German issue, revalidation provided by
Fedetal Republic, 830
Foreign Ministers, Council of (CPM), discussion of
German question at Paris conference:
Communique, text, 857
Conference impressions by Secretary Acheson, 860
Conference reports, statements by Secretary Acheson,
859 ; by President Truman, 858
Germany — Continued
Information, freedom of:
Allied Council public law, text, 985
Radio development in U.S. zone, 83
Military Government (OMGUS) transfer to civilian
control:
McCloy, John J. :
Assumption of interim authority, 22
Consultation with U.S. government officials on trans-
fer problems, 272
Economic and political conditions, discussion over
CBS, 270
Major developments summarized, 22
Termination of OMGUS, 513, 702
Munich relay station strengthens VOA European broad-
casts, 403
Publications : Docvments on German Foreign Policy,
101S--'i5 released : vol. I, 158 ; vol. II, Germany and
Czechoslovakia, 1931-38, 513
Radio development in U.S. zone summarized by Ruby A.
Parson, 83
Reparations :
Dismantling program, 635, 703, 863a
General claims law for losses of Nazi-oppressed
victims, 591 ; filing instructions, 592
Identifiable property of Nazi-oppressed victims; text
of tripartite announcement of Kommandatura
law, 273
Nazi-looted monetary gold, agreement for distribu-
tion, 71
War damage compensation, Allied Council law, 580
Rhine boatmen, ILO Special Tripartite Conference ; tri-
partite delegation from German Federal Republic,
824
Ruhr Authority, International, 23, 28, 185
Six-power consultation at Paris, 573
Soviet noncooperation, 23, 62, 590, 670, 703, 704, 706
Technical assistance projects (thermal power and gas
production) for bizone approved by ECA, 304
Trade, Germany's role in Europe and world :
Discussed by N. H. Collisson, 302
Exports and imports, official report on, 24
U.S. policy of expanded trade, 23, 25
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Bizonal fusion agreement (1947) extended by U.S.
(Rusk) and U.K. (Millar), exchange of notes,
69
Bizonal scrap agreement suspending provision of
U.S.-U.K. Ferrous Scrap Agreement (1948), 114
German-looted monetary gold, U.S.-U.K.-France-
Poland agreement on distribution for repara-
tions, 71
London agreements, 23, 468
Prohibited and Restricted Industries Policy, 24
Reparations agreement, 24
Ruhr Authority, International : discussed, 23 ; 6-
power agreement creating, 185; U.S. representa-
tive (Parkman) named, 185
Washington agreements, 23, 468
Tripartite discussions on present problems, 468, 822
U.S. economic and political policies, 22, 23, 62, 303, 702
1012
Department of State Bulletin
(U-rmany — ContiiuuHl
U.S. gift parcels, postal-rate roduction to Western
Germany, S29
U.S. High Commissioner (HICOC), Office of:
EGA role outlined in Ex. Or. 100(>3, partial text, 513
Establishment by Ex. Or. 10062, partial text, 512
Organization chart, 620
Responsibilities under Allied High Commission
charter, test, 28
Special consultant (Stone) for Information and cul-
tural affairs appointed, 950
U.S. High Commissioner (McCloy), appointed, 78
Goott, Daniel, article on farm-labor migratory problem
in U.S., 43
Gordon, Marcus J., appointed as Chief, Division of
Organization, 950
€rOverning Body. See Labor Organization, International
Grady, Henry F., Ambassador to Greece :
Statements :
Greek situation, 198
Military aid to Greece ; MAP testimony before House
Foreign Affairs Committee, 232
Graham, Senator Frank P., statement on new Indonesian
independence, 753
Great Seal of U.S., custody and use, 503
Greaves, Rex E., appointed as Executive Assistant to
Assistant Secretary for Congressional Relations, 78
Greece :
Air navigation facilities, improvement of; action of
ICAO conference, 685
Citizens living in U.S.S.R. deported to Central Asia:
Greek denunciation of Soviet action, 670, 1037
Educational exchange program :
Fulbright Act: opportunities, 675, 676; U.S. professor
visits, 155
Smith-Mundt Act : 1st grant to Greek writer (Ven-
ezis), 636
Greek problem (Balkan situation) : threats to political
and territorial security :
Conciliation Commission proposed, 499; reports, 622,
779; suspension of activities, 657; U.S. support,
500, 542
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 489, 658
Austin, Warren R., 972
Cohen, Benjamin V., 542, 779, 813
Howard, Harry N., 407
Jessup, Philip C, 494
McGhee, George C, 826
Rusk, Dean, 6.')4
United Nations, 4.59, G62, 697, 745, 817
General Assembly resolution, text, 825a, 1037; on
arms-shipment embargo to Albania and Bulgaria,
911
Guerrillas, aid from Balkan countries, 407, 588, 658,
779, 813
History of case summarized by Benjamin V. Cohen,
813
Investigation, U.N. Commission of, 407, 411
Soviet action, 407, 408, 410, 412, 726, 813, 826.
Summary record (1946—19) in U.N. by Harry N.
Howard, 407
Greece — Continued
Greek problem — Continued
UNSCOB action. See Balkans, U.N. Special Com-
mittee on
Officials (Tsaldaris, Venizelos) visit President Truman,
829
Soviet tactics in, 972
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio-transmitter project (Salonika) agreement with
U.S., 829
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (QATT),
application to accede to, 596, 774, 777
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.S. gift parcels, postal-rate reduction on, 829
U.S. military assistance :
Appropriations, 603, G05
Discussed, 188, 191, 267
Surplus military property, sales or transfers since
V-J Day, 480, 481
Testimony by Ambassador Grady l>efore House For-
eign Affairs Committee, 232
Greenland, air navigation services (ICAO) in, 684
Greenwald, Joseph A., address on significance of inter-
national standardization before American Standard
Association, New York, 646
Griffis, Stanton, appointment as U.S. Ambassador to Ar-
gentina, 559 ; resignation as U.S. .Embassador to Egypt,
78
Gross, Ernest A. :
Appointment as deputy representative to Security
Council, 629
Bipartisan foreign policy, article, 504
Guatemala:
Cultural leader visits U.S., 712
Flood disaster, American Red Cross aid ; statement by
Secretary Acheson, 712
Hague convention of 1907 (hospital ships convention),
revision of, 339
Hague roundtable conference, Indonesian independence,
settlement reached for : statements by Secretary Ache-
son, 752 ; by Sen. Frank P. Graham, 753
Haiti :
Bicentennial Exposition :
Boulevard honoring President Truman. 945
President Truman's message of felicitation to Presi-
dent Estim4, text, 946
U.S. participation, 754
Cultural leaders visit U.S., 77
Dominican-Haitian di.spute, effective application of Rio
treaty discussed by Paul C. Daniels, 922
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (GATT),
application to accede to, 596, 774, 777 ; concessions
with U.S., 946
U.S. foreign aid programs, 866
Visiting professor from U.S., 833
Hamilton, Maxwell M., appointed U.S. representative on
Far Eastern Commission, 906
Hankow, China :
U.S. consulate general, closing of, 442
U.S. Information Service ordered closed by Communists.
1.52
Index, July to December 1949
1013
Hanson, Haldore, article on U.N. action on technical assist-
ance program, 915
Harriman, Averell, North Atlantic Defense Financial and
Economic Committee, appointment as U.S. represent-
ative, 991
Harway, Maxwell, report on Central and South African
tran.sportation problems at Lisbon conference, 852
Hawkins, Harry C, appointed as director of Foreign Serv-
ice Institute, 911
Hayes, Samuel P., address on engineering services in
Point 4 Program before Construction Division of
American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 721
Health :
Isotopes u.ses in medical surgery research, 251
Malaria control, ECOSOC resolution on DDT produc-
tion, 772
Neurology, 4th International Congress, U.S. delegation
and program, 398
Pan American Sanitary Organization, 3d meeting, U.S.
delegation and agenda, 589
South Pacific Commission pro.iocts, 259
Venereal Disease, 26th General Assembly of Inter-
national Union Against ; U.S. delegation, 509
Health Organization, World. See World Health Organi-
zation (WHO)
Heath, Donald (U.S. iNIinister to Bulgaria). Bulgarian
charges of espionage, 911, 981
Heinrich, Theodore Allen, statement at exhibition of re-
turned collection of Berlin Museum masterpieces, 809
Herring and Allied Species, U.S. delegation to inter-
national meeting on, 294
Hickerson, John D. :
Appointment as Assistant Secretary, 78
Atomic energy control, statement in General Assembly,
932
HICOG. Scr High Commissioner for Germany
HICOM. See Germany : Allied High Commission for
Germany
High Commi.s,sioner for Germany (McCloy) appointed, 78
Hilton, Jr., Howard J., article on background of Franco-
Italian Customs Union, 203
Hodgson, James F., appointed as MDAP assistant (Nor-
way), 791
Horvath, Imre, Hungarian Minister to U.S., credentials,
712
Horvath, Jan (employee in Czechoslovak Embassy), U.S.
demands recall, 790
Housing, study collection for U.S. educational exchange
program, 830
Housing, U.N. action on, 766
Howard, Harry N., article on Greek problem ( 19J6-9)
in the U.N., 401
Howard, John B., appointed as Special Assistant to Sec-
retary, 792
Howard University students present plays in Norway,
Denmark, and Sweden, 442, 928
Huddle, J. Klahr, resignation as U.S. Ambassador to
Burma and as U.S. representative on U.N. Commission
for India and Pakistan, 639
Hulen, Bert, statement by Secretary Acheson on death
of, 117
Human Rights:
Commission (U.N.) on Human Rights:
Fifth session action on draft convenant summarized
by James Simsarian, 3 ; text, 9
Roosevelt, Mrs. Franklin D., chairman, 9
Covenant of Human Rights :
Discussed by :
Human Rights Commission, 500
Simsarian, James, 3
Truman, President, 044
Soviet action, 8
Text of draft, 9
Forced labor, study of, ECOSOC debate on, 227, 769
Freedom of press and information. See Information,
freedom of
Genocide. See Genocide
Minorities, protection of:
Former Italian colonies, 381 ,
U.N. action, 848 '
Missing persons, draft convention on declaration of
death of, 18, 771
Slavery, ECOSOC to survey existing forms of, 770
Trade-union rights, ECOSOC action, 769
Traffic in persons and exploitation of prostitution of
others, draft convention on suppression of ; con-
sideration by ECOSOC, 765
Violations of:
Bulgarian, Hungarian, and Rumanian peace treaties
(1947) dispute:
Bulgarian action reviewed by Benjamin V. Cohen,
619
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 456, 491
Austin, Warren R., 541 <
Cohen, Benjamin V., 540, 617, 659, 691
Jessup, Philip C, 495
Hunijarian action reviewed by Benjamin V. Cohen,
618
Rumanian action reviewed by Benjamin V. Cohen,
619
Soviet attitude, 29, 238, 495, 541, 622, 659, 662, 691
U. N. action :
Agenda item, 456, 618
Debate, 459, 540, 617, 627, 659, 662, 691 i
Resolution (Oct. 22) requesting International
Court opinion, text, 692
U.S. action :
International Court opinion, attitude toward,
491, 495, 540, 623
Reply (June 30) to Soviet note, 29
Reviewed in letter (Austin) to U.N. (Lie), 541
Treaty Commission, request for : U.S. note to i
Balkans, 238 ; U.S. reply to Balkan refusals, i
514 '
Czechoslovak state domination over church, 30;
statement by Secretary Acheson, 148 '
Racial discrimination in trust territories of Ruanda- |
Urundi (Belgium) 127; and Tanganyika (U.K.)
Trusteeship Council resolutions on, 128
1014
Department oi State Bulletin
Ilvimaii Rights — Continued
Wcnuou, U.N. Commission on Status of; ECOSOC
action on recommendations in report, 76S, 1037
Human Rights, Universal Declaration of, discussed by
Philip C. Jessup, 432
Hungary :
German Federal Republic, establishment of; Hun-
;;arian protest; statement by Secretary Acheson,
ti34
Human-rights di.spute over treaty (1947) violations:
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 456, 491
Austin, Warren R., 541
Colien, Benjamin V., 540, 617, 659, 662, 691
Jessup, Philip C, 495
Hungarian action reviewed by Benjamin V, Cohen,
61S
Soviet attitude, 29, 238, 491, 495, 541, 622, 659, 662,
691
U.N. action :
Agenda Item, 456, 618
Debate, 459, 540, 617, 627, 659, 662, 691
Resolution requesting International Court opinion,
text, 692
U.S. action :
International Court opinion, attitude toward, 491,
495, 540, 623
Reply (June 30) to Soviet note, 29
Reviewed in letter (Austin) to U.N. (I/ie), 541
Treaty Commission, request for : U.S. note to
Balljans, 238; U.S. reply to Balkan refusals,
514
Minister to U.S. (Horvatb), credentials, 712
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity; text
of U.S. note, 832
U.N. membership, application for, 13, 14, 15, 48, 459, 697
U.S. Ambassador (Davis) appointed, 519
Hurst, Jr., James G., activity in Nicaraguan revolution,
452
lAR. See Ruhr, International Authority
IBRD. See Reconstruction and Development, Interna-
tional Bank for
ICAO. ySee Aviation Organization, International Civil
Icebreakers and frigates, U.S.S.R. agreement to return
to U.S., 558
ICEF. See Children's Emergency F^nid, International
Iceland :
Air navigation services ICAO, financing, 685
Genocide convention, ratification, 334
U.S. Minister (Butrick), resignation, 78
U.S. Minister (Lawson), appointment, 157
ITAA. See Institute of Inter-American Affairs
Illiteracy and Education of Adults in Americas, Confer-
ence on Problems; U.S. delegation, 228
ILO. See Labor Organization, International
IMF. See Monetary Fund, International
Immigration :
Act of 1924, U.S. treaties of commerce and navigation,
etc. ; listing of countries, 535 ; correction, 706
Immigration — Continued
Canada-U.S. discuss improvement of procedures, 990
Control of aliens, entering or departing; text of Presi-
dential proclamation, 314
Control of, discussed by Eliot B. Coulter, 523, 527, 529
Foreign-labor migratory problem discussed by Daniel
Goott, 43
Immigration Act amendments (S. 1832) opposed, text of
Secretary Acheson's letter to Chairman McCarran
of Senate Judiciary Committee, 516
Laws, descriptive listing, 535
Quotas; text of Presidential proclamation, 315
Importations of U.S. surplus property located in foreign
area ; text of Departmental regulation, 857
Importer, U.S. as an ; address by Secretary Acheson, 747
Import-license regulations of French Morocco, applica-
tion period extended, 634
Imru, Ras H. S., credentials as Ethiopian Ambassador
to U.S., 558
India:
Asian Seminar on Rural Adult Education, U.S. dele-
gate, 701
Italian colonies, attitude toward former, 370, 374 ;
draft resolution, 376
Kashmir-Jammu dispute with Pakistan:
Cease-fire line agreement, 143, 290
U.N. action reviewed by Dean Rusk, 654
U.N. Commission for India and Pakistan (UNCIP) :
Interim report to Security Council, 975
Truce negotiations, 290, 335, 399, 654
U.S. representative (Huddle), resignation, 639
Looted property in Japan, FEC policy decision for
restitution of, 790
Prime Minister (Nehru) visits U.S., 556; welcome by
President Truman, 634
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Road traflic convention, signature, 886
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (GATT),
question of excise duties on exports to Pakistan
settled, 776
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75 '
India and Pakistan, U.N. Commission for (UNCIP) :
Cease-fire line established, 143, 200
Report, 3d interim, to Security Council, 975
Truce negotiations, 290, 335, 399, 654
U.N. action reviewed by Dean Rusk, 654
U.S. representative (Huddle), resignation, 639
Indonesia, U.N. Commission for (UNCFI) :
Good Offices Committee changed to UNCFI, 449, 752
Settlement efforts, 181, 449, 752, 902, 973
Terms of reference, 958
Soviet policy, action against, 973
Indonesia, United States of: '
DLspute with Netherlands :
Reviewed, 447
Soviet policy, 973
U.N. action, 181, 491, 493, 655, 902, 973
U.S. policy, 447
Independence settlement at Hague conference :
Official measures :
Charter of transfer of sovereignty, 958
New Guinea problem, 959
Index, July to December 1949
1015
Indonesia, United States of — Continued
Independence settlement at Hague conference — Con.
OflBcial measures — Continued
Provisional constitution, 958
Transitional measures agreement, 960
Union statute, 959
Statements by Secretary Acheson, 752; by Senator
Frank P. Graham, 7.53
Industry :
Caribbean Commission publications :
Dairy Products of Caribbean, 159
Tobacco Trade of Caribbean, 159
Year Book of Caribbean Research, 159
Coal Mines, Technical Tripartite Conference on Safety
in ; U.S. delegation, 509
Foreign crude oil production, discussions by U.K.-ECA-
Netherlands, 102
Franco-Italian Customs Union problems, 205, 209
Isotopes, uses of, 251
Latin American railroads, study by U.S. Commission to
Pan American Railway Congress, 21
Mexican petroleum development, discussions of U.S.
loan suspended, 153
Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, U.S.-<l3anada ;
Alvin Anderson named U. S. member, 184
Petroleum problems in production and distribution ;
U.S.-U.K.-Canada discussion, 468
Rubber problem, U.S. policy and Ceylon, discussed by
J. C. Satterthwaite, 555
Information, Freedom of:
Convention on freedom of Information, 500, 662, 727,
1037
Education and information programs. See Educa-
tional Exchange Program
Germany :
Provision in Public Law, text, 984
Radio development in U.S. zone, 83
Information and research facilities offered to public
by Department, listing of offices, 792
International Transmission of News and Right of Cor-
rection, 500 ; reviewed by Samuel De Palma, 724,
1037
News personnel, access to U.N. meetings ; General As-
sembly resolution, text, 696
Propaganda uses in modern diplomacy discussed by
George V. Allen, 942
Radio development in U.S. zone of Germany diseus.sed
by Ruby A. Parson, 83
Soviet restrictions discussed by Warren R. Austin, 805,
806
Trading Ideas With the World, 3d quarterly report of
U.S. Educational Advisory Commission, summary,
674
U.N. Conference (1948) on Freedom of Information:
Achievements, 727
U.S. delegation, 727
UNESCO's role, 497
U.S. Information Service in Shanghai and Hankow
ordered closed by Chinese Communists ; statement
by George V. Allen, 152
VGA corrects Pravda reports on Soviet atomic develop-
ments, 943
Information, Freedom of — Continued
Voice of America. See Voice of America
Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948
(Public Law 402) :
Activities mentioned, 928
Objectives, text, 927
Insurance : burden of loss or risk in foreign-aid trans-
actions discussed by Michael Cardozo, 215
Institute of Inter-American Affairs (IIAA) :
Cooperative programs discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 464
Allen, George V., 866
Barber, Willard F., 923, 978
Extension authorized by Congress, 438
Inter-American Commission of Women, Mary M. Cannon
as U.S. delegate to special assembly, 263
Inter-American Conference on Conservation of Renew-
able Natural Resources, proceedings of, published, 483
Inter-American Council of Jurists (OAS), William Sand-
ers appointed as U.S. representative, 599
Inter-American Economic and Social Council ; U.S. rep-
resentative (Nufer) appointed, 98
Inter-American exchange of persons program (Act for
Cooperation with Other American Republics, Public
Law 355) :
Application instructions, 794
U.S. scholarships awarded, listing of names, 317
Inter-American Neutrality Committee. See Juridical
Committee, Inter-American
Inter-American Peace Committee (OAS) :
Caribbean situation, conclusions on, 665; text of U.S.
memorandum, 450
Meeting discussed by Secretary Acheson, 463
Inter-American principles and policy discussed by Sec-
retary Acheson, 462 ; by Willard F. Barker, 923, 976
Inter-American Radio Agreement : replacement for Santi-
ago agreement of 1940, 258
Inter-American Radio Conference: radio frequency plan
for Western Hemisphere adopted, 104
Inter-American Travel Commission (proposed) discussed,
892
Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance (1947) :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Dean, 463
Barber, Willard F., 149, 151, 152, 924
Daniels, Paul C, 920
Disputes, efEective application in settlement of :
Costa Rican-Nlcaraguan case reviewed, 924
Haitian-Dominican Republic case reviewed, 921, 924
North Atlantic Treaty, comparison with, 152
Interdepartmental Committee on Scientific and Cultural
Cooperation. See Scientific and Cultural Cooperation.
Intergovernmental organizations, ECOSOC resolutions on
relations with, texts, 456, 1037
Interim Committee ("Little Assembly") :
Continuation supported by U.S., 48, 251, 495, 612
General Assembly resolution on reestablishment, text,
854a
1016
Department of State Bulletin
Interiiaticinal Authority for Ruhr. See Ruhr, liiterna-
tidiial Authority for
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
(IBRD). Sec Reconstruction and Development, In-
ternational Bank for
iBternational Children's Emergency Fund (ICEF). See
Children's Emergency Fund
International Civil Aviation (1944), Convention on, ICAO
forerunner, 936
International Civil Aviation Organization. See Aviation
Organization, International Civil
International Claims Commission proposed for U.S. claims
under Yugoslav-U.S. agreement, 870
International Monetary Fund (IMF). See Monetary
Fund, International
International organizations, revocation of Ex. orders per-
taining to ; Ex. Or. 100S3, text, 616
International standardization as an aid to domestic and
international trade discussed by Joseph A. Greenwald,
646
International Telecommunication Union. Sec Telecom-
munication Union, International (ITU)
International Wheat Agreement. See Wheat Agreement,
International
Interparliamentary Union, 38th regular conference, U.S.
representatives, 398
Intern program of Foreign Service and Department,
started, 482
Iran:
Scholarships/fellowships exchange opportunities under
Fulbright Act, 675
Shah visits U.S.: remarks by President Truman, 831;
statement by Secretary Aeheson, 832
Soviet tactics discussed by Warren R. Austin. 972; by
George McGhee, 826
Surplus war property, transfer of U.S., 479
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational exchange agreement under Fulbright Act,
signature, 443
U.S. aid, 188, 191, 267
U.S. consulate at Me.shed <ipened, 319
U.S. military aid appropriations, 603, 605
Iraq :
Italian colonies, attitude toward former, 371, 377, 378
U.N. Economic Survey (Clapp) Mission report, text,
847a. See also Palestine situation
Ireland :
Passport visa restrictions lifted, 314
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Council of Europe discussed, 231 ; text of statute, 858a
Double taxation convention with U. S., signature, 518
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements, signature,
683, 684
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.N. membership, application for, 15, 459, 697, 745
IRQ. See Refugee Organization, International
Isbrandtsen Co. vessels detained in China, action taken
for release; text of (Aeheson) telegrams, 557
Isotopes :
Distribution program, domestic and foreign, 250
Japanese participation, 834
Isotopes — Continued
Summary report released, 834
Uses in medicine, 250; in agriculture and industry, 251
Israel :
Palestine situation :
Acting Mediator Bunche reports to Security Council
on status of peace negotiations, 142, 181, 227 ;
text of report, 223
Conciliation Commission for Palestine, U.N., Lausanne
discussions, statements by Secretary Aeheson, 16,
148, 180
U.S. representative, appointment of Ely E. Palmer, 785 ;
of Paul A. Porter, 98, 319
Discussed by :
Aeheson, Secretary, 490
Jessup, Philip C, 494
McGhee, George C, 826
Rusk, Dean, 654
Economic Survey Mission to Near East, U.N. :
Clapp, Gordon R., appointed as chairman, statement
by President Truman, 333
Establishment,S49a
Report on resettlement of refugees, 459 ; text, 847a
Israeli-Syrian armistice agreement: statement by
Secretary Aeheson, 180; text, 177
Jerusalem statute, U.N. debate, 818, 903, 934
Refugee relief, 490, 494, 654, 656, 847a, 902
Security Council resolution (Aug. 11), text, 286
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Israeli-Syrian armistice: annexes, 179; statement by
Secretary Aeheson, 180; text, 177
Road traffic convention, signature, 880
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Italian colonies, disposition of former:
Eritrea, 380, 383, 490, 493, 539, 586, 843a, 845a
General Assembly action :
Third session summarized by David Wainhouse and
Philip Mangano, 363
Fourth session debate, 459, 539, 585, 817, 842a
Resolution ( Nov. 21 ) , text, 844a
Italian Somaliland, 380, 383, 539, 5S6, 843a, 845a
Libya (Cyrenaica, Fezzan, Tripolitania), 378, 382, 490,
493, 539, 585, 842a, 844a
U.S. views, 363, 364, 366, 377, 490, 493, 539, 585, 842a
Italy :
Cinematographic Art, 10th International Exhibition,
awards for outstanding fUms, 829, 950; U.S. repre-
sentative, 228
Defense plans, 478
FAO headquarters to be established at Rome, 905
Former colonies (Eritrea, Italian Somaliland, Libya).
See Italian colonies, disposition of
Good-will equestrian sculptural group for Arlington
Memorial Bridge plaza presented to U.S., 403
Military aid from U.S. :
Bilateral treaty under MDA, 753, 791
Report since V-J Day, 156, 356, 480 ; correction, 079
Testimony for MAP legislation by Ambassador Dunn
before House Foreign Affairs Committee, 296
Scholarships/fellow.shlps exchange opportunities under
Fulbright Act, 675
Index, July to December 1949
1017
Italy — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Bilateral treaty with U.S. under Mutual Defense
Assistance Act of 1949, negotiations started, 753 ;
discussions, 791 ; testimony by Ambassador Dunn,
296
Ck)uncil of EuroiK^ discussed, 231 ; text of statute, 858a
Franco-Italian Customs Union: text of annexes (I,
II, III, IV), 243, correction, 399; bacliground
article by Howard J. Hilton, Jr., 203
GATT, application for accession, 59G, 774, 777
North Atlantic Treaty, U.S. rejects Soviet charges
on Italy's participation in ; text of U.S. note to
U.S.S.R., 238, 1037
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Treaty of friendship, commerce, and navigation with
U.S. : entrance into force, statement by Secre-
tary Acheson, 144 ; exchange of ratiiications, 19S
U.N. membership, application, 1.5, 48, 459, 697. 745
U.S. gift parcels, postal-rate reduction on, 829
ITU. See Telecommunication Union, International
Jacobs, Joseph E., appointed as MDA special asst. in
Rome, 950
Jammu-Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir
Japan :
Christian University, proposed ; statement by Secre-
tary Acheson, 909
Decartelization, U.S. policy of, 910
PEC policy decisions :
Allied-owned trade-marks, restoration and protection
of, 308 ; text, 309
Restitution of looted property, 790
Gold earmarked for France and Thailand, release of:
Amounts and dates earmarked, information given at
163d FEC meeting, G38
Statement by Maj. Gen. Frank R. McCoy, 637
U.S. directive to SCAP, text, 637
International participation encouraged under SCAP
control, 307
Isotope distribution program (AEC), participation in,
834
Labor policy, Soviet charges against :
McCoy, Maj. Gen. Frank R., refutation, 107, 1037
U.S. analysis, text of pertinent revised labor rela-
tions adjustment laws, 108
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (GATT), U.S.
proposal for most-favored-nation treatment, 776
Jerusalem statute, U.N. debate, 818, 903, 934
Jessup, Philip C. :
Addresses :
Foreign policy before Golden Jubilee Convention of
VFW, Miami, Fla., 345
Human rights before 72d annual meeting of Ameri-
can Bar Association, St. Louis, Mo., 432
U.N. accomplishments before American Association
for U.N., New York, 493
East Asia and Far East Conference (Bangkok) of
chiefs of U.S. missions, attendance, 800
Statements :
Chinese situation in U.N., 897
Former Italian colonies, U.S. views on disposition
question, 585, 842a
Johannesburg, South Africa, i>lenary conference on Cen-
tral and South African transportation problems, 852
Johnstone, Wm. C, Jr., article on exchange programs in
American foreign relations, 925
Jooste, Herhardus Petrus, credentials as Ambassador of
Union of South Africa to U.S., 558
Jordan :
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation
U.N. membership, application, 15, 48, 459, 496, 097, 745
Juridical Committee, Inter-American ; Alwyn V. Freeman
appointed as member, 76
Jurists, Inter-American Council of ; William Sanders ap-
pointed as U.S. representative, 599
Justice, International Court of :
Advisory opinions on:
Human-rights dispute with Balkans, 491, 49.5, 540,
618, 623, 691 ; General Assembly resolution, text,
692
U.N. membership, admission procedure, 697, 745, 817
Kashmir, India-Pakistan dispute:
Cease-fire line agreement, 143, 290
U.N. action reviewed by Dean Rusk, 654
U.N. Commission for India and Pakistan (UNCIP) :
Interim report to Security Council, 975
Truce negotiations, 290, 399
U.S. representative (Huddle), resignation, 639
Katz, Milton, appointed as deputy U.S. special representa-
tive in Europe, 78
Kee, John (Chairman of House Foreign Affairs Com-
mittee) ; text of letter from Secretary Acheson re-
futing Wolverton's charges against Asst. Secretary
Miller in Sabalo Transportation Company vs Mexico
case, 553
Keesing, Felix M., report on progress of South Pacific
Commission, 839
Kellerman, Henry J., appointed as chief of Division of
German and Austrian Information and Reorientation
Affairs, 714
Kelly, H. H., report on international road traffic conven-
tion, 875a ; on U.S. participation in Pan American
Railway Congress Assn., 49
Keniian, George F., address on international situation
over CBS, 323; appointed as Counselor, 78
Kirchheimer, Otto and Arnold H. Price, article on analy-
sis and effects of elections in Western Germany, 563 ;
tables, 564, 565, 566, 568, 571, 572
Kohler, Foy D., appointed as chief of International Broad-
casting Division, 714
Korea :
Aid from U.S. :
Acheson, Secretary, statement by, 37
Appropriations from Presidential fund, 117
Surplus war property, transfer of, 479, 480
Independence and unification problem in U.N. :
Commission on Korea, U.N. (UNCOK) :
Continuation with increased powers, provisions of
joint draft resolution for, 499, 626, 694;
adoption of resolution, 539; General assembly
approval, 662
General Assembly resolution (Oct. 21, 1949), text,
695
Interim Committee, advice from, 615
1018
Department of State Bulletin
Korea — Continued
Independence and unification problem in U.N, — Con.
Commission on Korea, U.N. — Continued
Report to U.N., 459, 625, 694
U.S. support, 490
Withdrawal of occupation forces, action on, 48, 848
Reviewed by :
Aclieson, Dean, 490
Faliy, Charles, 694
Jessup, Philip C, 494
Ru.sk, Dean, 655
Military Defense Assistance Program (MDAP) :
Acheson, Secretary : statements before Congress, 191,
267 ; letter answering Rep. Lodge, 476
Congressional authorization, 605
Lodge, Rep. J. D. questions Secretary Ache.son. 476
Truman, President : message to Congress, 188.
Soviet tactics summarized by Warren R. Austin. 972
U.S. merchant vessel on loan to Korea ; text of U. S.
note requesting Soviet aid in location of, 636
World Health Organization membership application ac-
cepted, 17
Kostov treason trial, I'.ulgariau charges against U.S.
Minister (Heath), 911, 981; U.S. protest, 981.
Labor (See also Labor Organization, International) :
Franco-Italian Customs Union, problems of, 210, 243
Latin American developments discussed by Willard F.
Barber, 977
Japan, Soviet charges against policy in :
McCoy, Maj. Gen. Frank refutes, 107, 1037
U.S. analy.sis, text of laws, 108
Labor Organization, International (ILO) :
Asian Conference of Experts on Technical Training,
U.S. official observer, 461
Coal Mines, Technical Tripartite Conference on Safety
in ; U.S. delegation, 509
Conference, 32d session, summary :
Conventions adopted, 103
Recommendations and resolutions, 103
Forced labor survey, recommendation to U.N. by Gov-
erning Body, 769
Foreign-labor migratory problem, U.S. policy, 46
Governing Body, action at 109th session, 104
Labor Statisticians, 7th International Conference of;
U.S. delegates, 509
Metal Trades Committee, 3d session; U.S. delegation
and agenda, 824
Reports and program reviewed, 91
Rhine boatman. Special Tripartite Conference re ; U.S.
observer, 824
Salaried Employees and Professional Workers, Ad-
visory Committee ; U.S. delegation to 1st session,
667
Technical assistance program, U.N., participation, 916,
931
Trade-union rights, ECOSOC action, 769
Latvia, Minister to U.S. (Feldmans), credentials and ex-
change of remarks with Secretary Acheson, 33, 34
Laukhuff, Perry, appointed as chief of Division of German
Political AITairs, 714
Lausanne (U.N. Palestine Conciliation Commission)
negotiations resumed, 148
Lawson, Edward B., appointment as Minister to Iceland,
157
Lebanon :
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Road traffic convention. Signature, 886
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Legislation, U.S. Congress, listed : 157, 318, 340, 519, 559,
639, 847, 933
Lend-lea.se :
Burden or risk of loss in foreign-aid programs dis-
cussed by Michael Cardozo, 215
Icebreakers and frigates ; Soviet agreement to return
to U.S., 558
Report, 2Sth, transmitted to Congress : text of Presi-
dent's message, 117
Uranium sliipnients to U.S.S.R., statement by Secretary
Acheson, 944
Liberia :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, application for accession to, 596, 774, 777
U.S. technical aid, 648
Libya. See Italian colonies, disposition of former
Lie, U.N. Secretary-General Trygve, achievements com-
mended by Ambassador Austin, 543
"Little A.ssembly." Sec Interim Committee
Li Tsung-jen, Acting President of China ; text of President
Truman's message on national anniversary, 636
Lodge, Representative John Davis : exchange of letters
(Acheson) on MDAP, texts, 476
Louisiana-Missouri territory of: Territorial Papers of
United States, vol. XIV released, 715
Ludden, Raymond P., appointed as MDAP assistant
(Belgium), 791
Luxembourg :
Common tariffs established by Benelux union, 203
Scholarships/fellowships exchange opportunities under
Fulbright Act, 675, 676
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Council of Europe discussed, 231 : text of statute, 858a
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
U.S. military aid :
Discussions with U.S. representatives, 791
Treaty negotiations, 753
U.S. Minister (Mesta) appointed, 78
Maddox, Dr. Wm. P., resignation as director of Foreign
Service Institute ; new designation, 911
Magheru, Mihail, credentials as Rumanian Ambassador
to U.S., 558
Mangano, Philip A., joint (Wainhouse) report on problem
of former Italian colonies, 363
Marshall, Charles Burton, article on financing our foreign
policy, 505
Marshall Plan. See European Recovery Program
Maung, U. E. (Burmese Foreign Minister) visits U.S., 276 ;
statement by Secretary Acheson, 313
MDA. See Mutual Defense Assistance Act
MDAP. See Mutual Defense Assistance Program (under
MDA)
Medicine. See Health
Index, July to December 1949
1019
Medicine and Pharmacy, 12th International Congress ;
U.S. delegation and agenda, 667
Meetings of international organizations and conferences,
calendar of, 182, 336, 510, 699, 849, 904
Membership in U.N. See United Nations
Merchant vessel, U.S., on loan to Korea ; text of U.S. note
requesting Soviet aid in locating, 636
Meshed, Iran, opening of U.S. consulate, 319
Mesta, Mrs. Perle, appointed as U.S. Minister of Luxem-
bourg, 78
Metal Trades Committee (ILO), 3d session; U.S. delega-
tion and agenda, 824
Mexico :
Farm-labor migration problem and agreements with
U.S. discussed, 43, 44. 46, 46
Petroleum development, discussions of U.S. loan sus-
pended, 153
Sabalo Transportation Company claims ; Secretary
Acheson's letter answering Wolvertoii's charges
against Assistant Secretary Miller, text, 553
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural workers agreement, U.S., signature, 313
Air force mission agreement with U.S., signature, 76
Claims convention (1941), 8th payment to U.S., 833
International Commission for Scientific Inrestigation
of Tuna, U.S. ratification, 355
U.S. foreign aid programs, 866, 978
U.S. Geological Survey (1940-9), summary of cooper-
ative program, 978
Visiting professor from U.S., 317
Middle East :
Developments and problems, U.S.-U.K. discussions, 467
U.N. Survey (Clapp) Mission, text of 1st interim report,
847a
Militarized and nondemilitarized surplus war materiel
sales, tables showing transfer, 156, 356, 479, 480, 481 ;
correction, 679
Military Committee (NAC) :
Establishment, text of NAC communique, 470
Personnel listed, 948
Progress report, 869a
Military Defense Assistance Program (MDAP). See
Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949
Military Government of the U.S. zone (OMGUS). See
Germany
Military Mission agreement with Peru signed, 38
Military obligations, U.S.-France agreement on persons
with dual nationality, 279
Military Production and Supply Board (NAC) : establish-
ment, text of directive, 820
Millar, F. R. Hoyer (U.K. Charge d'Affaires), British
reply to U.S. note (Secretary of State) extending
bizonal fusion agreement, 70
Miller, Edward G. :
Addresses :
Ecuadoran earthquake, survey of ruin and relief,
over NBC, 436
Appointment as Assistant Secretary, 78
Saialo Tranportation Company vs. Mexico, Secretary
Acheson refutes Congressional charges, text, 553
Miller, Edward G. — Continued
Statements :
Inter-American faith in U.N. before Pan American
Society, New York, 466
Panama coup d'etat, U.S. position, 910
Mineral-resources survey, Thailand asks U.S. for, 277
Missing persons. See Refugees and displaced persons
Minorities. See Human rights
Monetary Fund, International (IMF) :
Activities mentioned in comparative review submitted
by Secretary-General, 96
Currency problems in Latin America, aid, 4(54
Function, 401
Mongolian People's Republic, U.N. membership application,
15, 48, 459, 697, 817
Mukden, China, U.S. consulate general :
Espionage charges denied, 36
Personnel listed, 957
Release of staff requested, 759 ; release, 799
Staff departure, arrangements made for, 907
Stokes, Vice Consul, released, 907
Visa requests refused, 482
Ward, Consul General, summarizes detention experi-
ences under Communists. 955
Multilateral diplomacy, article by William Sanders, 163
Munich relay station strengthens VOA European broad-
casts, 403
Munk, Dr. Ervin (Consul General of Czechoslovakia),
U.S. demands recall, 790
Murphy, Robert D., appointed as U.S. Ambassador to
Belgium, 559
Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949 (MDA) :
Foreign countries, report on U.S. aid since V-J Day, 479;
tables listing sales and transfers, 156, 356, 4S0, 481 ;
correction, 679
Full aiipropriations asked by President Truman, 603
Program (MDAP) :
Analysis : aims and ob.iectives, 104 ; communism, 196 ;
cost, 195; NAT, 196; reciprocity, 196; U.N. re-
lationship, 195 ; U.S. policy objectives, 195
Bilateral agreements with NAT countries : discus-
sions with U.S. officials, 791; negotiations, 753
Discus.sion by :
Acheson, Secretary, 909
Jessup, Philip C, 349
Sargeant, Howard, 840a
Smith, Lt. Gen., W. B., 874
Truman, President, 344
U.S.-Philippines, 951
Webb, Acting Secretary, 791
MDA Office, State Dept. :
Appointment of officers: Director (Bruce), 639,
791 ; European Director ( Bonesteel ) , 871a ;
Belgium (Ludden), Denmark (Shantz), 791;
France (Bohlen, Trueblood), 701, 950; Italy
(Eichholz, Jacobs), 950; Netherlands (Hodg-
son), Norway (O'Donogbue), 791
Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949 — Continued
MDA Office State Dept. : establishment, text, 791
Testimony before Congress for proposed legislation :
Acheson, Secretary, 189, 264, 476
Bay, Charles U., 299
1020
Department of State Bulletin
Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949 — Continued
Testimony before Congress for proposed legislation —
(\intinued
Bruce, David K. E., 298. 1037
Douglas, Lewis, 229, 358
Dunn, James Clement, 296
Grady, Henry F., 232
Truman, Pres. Harry, message, 186
U.S. officials in Western Euroiie, 295
Reconstruction Finance Corporation responsibility
under, 607
Representative Lodse questions Secretary Acheson ; ex-
change of letters, texts, 476
Signature, statement by President Truman at time of
signing, 603
Text, 604
Mutz, John L., report on reclamation problem in Venezuela,
86
McKay, Vernon, summary of 4th session of U.N. Trustee-
ship Council, 123
McCarran, Senator Pat, text of letter from Secretary
Acheson on opposition to Immigration Act amend-
ments (S. 1832), 516
McCloy, John J. ;
Appointment as U.S. High Commissioner for Germany,
78 ; responsibilities under charter, text. 28.
Assumption of duties in Germany, 22 ; background, 22
Consultation with U.S. officials over problems of trans-
fer from military to civilian control in Germany,
272
Statements :
Dismantling in Germany, 635
Economic and political forces in Germany (over CBS),
270; questions and answers, 271
McCoy, MaJ. Gen. Frank :
Resignation as U.S. representative on FEC, 906
Statements :
Japanese gold earmarked for France and Thailand
released, 637
Labor policy in Japan, 107, 1037
McDermott, Michael J., statement on U. S. concern over
political developments in Bolivia, 472
McFall, Jack K. : appointment as Assistant Secretary,
6.39; text of letter to Senator Gillette on U.S. visit of
Herman V. Abs, 988
McGhee, George C. :
Addresses :
Point 4 Program before Near East Colleges Associa-
tion, 722
"Stop Communism" is not enough — problems in Near
East, South Asia, and Africa before National
Convention of Young Democratic Clubs of
America, Chattanooga, Tenn., 825
Appointment as Assistant Secretary, 78
NAC. See North Atlantic Council
NARBA. See North American Regional Broadcasting
Agreement
Narcotic Drugs, U.N. Commission on, ECOSOC approval
of 4th session recommendations, 768
NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty : Organization
Near East :
Colleges, role in Point 4 Program discussed by George C.
McGhee, 722
Economic Survey Mission, U.N. :
Clapp, Gordon It., appointed chairman, statement by
President Truman, 333
First interim report, text, 847a
U.S. diplomats, conference (Istanbul) of, 835
Nehru, Jawaharlal (Prime Minister of India) visits U.S.,
550 ; welcome by President Truman, 634
Nepal: Ambassador (Shanker) to U.S., credentials, 558
Netherlands :
Common tariffs established by Benelux union, 203
Educational exchange opportunities under Fulbright
Act, 74, 675, 676
Foreign crude oil production, discussions by U.K.-ECA-
Netherlands, 102
Indonesian dispute:
Independence settlement at Hague conference:
Official measures :
Charter of Transfer of sovereignty, 958
New Guinea problem, 959
Provisional constitution, 958
Transitional measures agreement, 960
Union Statute, 959
Statements by Secretary Acheson, 752 ; by Senator
Frank P. Graham, 753
Reviewed, 447
Soviet policy, 973
U.N. action, 181, 491, 493, 655, 902, 973
U.S. policy, 447
Looted property in Japan, FEC policy decision for
restitution of, 790
Treaties, agreements, etc. ;
Council of Europe, signature, 231; text of statute,
858a
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements, signature,
683, 684
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
South Pacific Commission agreement, discussion, 839
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.S. Ambassador (Baruch), resignation, 319
U.S. gift parcels, postal-rate reduction on, 829
U.S. military assistance:
Discussions with U.S. representatives, 791
Treaty negotiations, 7,53
Neurology, 4th International Congress; U.S. delegation,
398
New Guinea, Residency of: Indonesian-Netherlands com-
promise, 959
Newman, James R., statement at exhibition of returned
collection of Berlin Museum masterpieces, 810
New Zealand :
Educational exchange opportunities under Fulbright
Act, 155, 675, 676
Microbiologist visits U.S., 155
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
South Pacific Commission agreement, discussion, 839
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Trust territory of Western Samoa, annual report to
Trusteeship Council, 127
Visiting professor from U.S., 155
Index, July /o December 1949
1021
Niagara River, diversions of water from, negotiations for
new treaty, delegations, 949
Nicaragua :
Costa Rican-Nicaraguan incident:
Discussed by W. E. Barber, 924; Paul C. Daniels,
921
U.S. memorandum to Inter-American Peace Com-
mittee, 453
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Friendsliip pact with Costa Rica, 453
GATT, application for accession, 596, 774, 777
Nine-power agreement (1922) in China today, 900
Nitze, Paul H., appointed as Deputy Director of Policy
Planning Staff, 279; as Director, 991
Non-Governmental Organizations, ECOSOC Committee
on:
Reports, 331
ECOSOC resolutions, text, 331, 332
Non-self-governing territories. See Trusteeship
North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement
(NARBA) di.scussed by Willard F. Barber, 9S0; U.S.
delegation to 3d conference, 460
North Atlantic community as world peace power dis-
cussed by Howland H. Sargeant, 839a
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements for air naviga-
tion service ; action by ICAO Conference, 683
North Atlantic Council (NAC) :
First session :
Arrangement for meeting, 399
Organization, text of communique, 469
Second session :
Defense Financial and Economic Committee estab-
lished, 819, 991
Military Production and Supply Board established,
820 ; 1st meeting, 948
Statement by Secretary Acheson, 821
U.S. representative (Harriman) appointed to Defense
Financial and Economic Committee, 991
North Atlantic Treaty :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 196, 265
Barber, Willard F., 151
Bradley, General, S69a
Peurifoy, John E., 672
Smith, Lt. Gen. W. B., 874
Mutual Defense Assistance Act. See Mutual Defense
Assistance Act
North Atlantic Council. See North Atlantic Council
Organization for defense:
Defense Committee: meetings, 869a, 909, 948; prog-
ress report, 869a ; personnel, 948
Military Committee: activity, 948; personnel, 948;
progress report, 869a
Progress report, VOA broadcast by General Bradley,
869a
Ratification :
Entrance into force, statement by President Truman,
355
Senate approval, statements by Secretary Acheson,
48 ; by President Truman, 199
Senate debate, remarks by Senator Connally, 53 ; by
Senator Vandenberg, 61
Rio treaty, comparison with, 151, 152
North Atlantic Treaty — Continued
U.S. rejects Soviet charges on Italy's participation ;
text of U.S. note to U.S.S.R. 238, 1037
Norway :
Defense plans, 478
Educational exchange opportunities under Fulbright
Act, 74, 675, 712
Howard University students present plays, 442
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Council of Europe signature, 231 ; text of statute,
858a
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements, signature,
683, 684
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
U.S. military assistance :
Discussions with MDAP representatives, 791
Testimony before Congress by Ambassador Bay, 298
Treaty negotiations, 753
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries convention, U.S. ratifica-
tion, 355
Noyes, Charles P., statement on U. S. approval to con-
tinue Interim Committee, 251
Nufer, Albert F., appointed as U.S. representative on
Inter-American Economic and Social Council, 98
OAS. See Organization of American States
Occupation Statute. See Germany
O'Donoghue, Sidney, appointed as MDAP assistant
(Netherlands), 791
OEEC. See Organization for European Economic Coop-
eration
Oelsner, Warren J., detained by U.S.S.R.: U.S. note of
protext, test, 592
Office of Alien Property : control over former Japanese
property, 37
OFLC. Sec Foreign Liquidation Commissioner, Office of
Oil production, foreign crude; discussions by U.K.-ECA-
Netherlands, 102
OMGUS. See Military Government of the U.S. zone, un-
der Germany
Organization for European Economic Cooperation
(OEEC) :
Off-season travel promoted, 304
Payments Plan: Council agreement on principles, 115;
statement of ai^proval by ECA Administrator, 116
Organization of American States (OAS) :
Ambassadors to Council, meeting of :
Reply to President Truman by Chairman Ambassa-
dor Charles, 664
Statement by President Truman, 664
Caribbean situation :
Discussed by Secretary Acheson, 463 ; by Paul C.
Daniels, 920
Inter-American Peace Committee action, 665
U.S. memorandum (Daniels) to Inter-American Peace
Committee, text, 450
Illiteracy and Education of Adults in Americas, Confer-
ence on Problems, 228
Inter-American Council of Jurists, William Sanders
appointed as U.S. representative, 599
Inter-American Commission of Women, U.S. delegate
( Cannon ) to .special assembly, 263
1022
Deparfment of State Bulletin
OrSiinization of American States — Continued
Juridical Committee, Inter-American ; U.S. member
(Freeman) appointed, 76
Relationsliip with U.N., 150
Osborn, Frederick H., statement on basic issues of atomic
energy, 247
Pacific islands, trust territory of:
Procedure for Trusteeship Council supervision author-
ized, 130
U.S. report on administration :
Discussion in Trusteeship Council :
Fiske, Deputy High Commissioner, 47, 134
Sayre, Francis B., 47, 133, 136
Soviet criticisms, 47, 137
Trusteeship Council resolution of approval, text, 253
Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, U.S.-Canada, Alvin
Anderson named U.S. member, 184
Pakistan :
Bermuda Telecommunications Agreement of 1945, U.K.
extends invitation to Conference for Revision of, 261
Far Eastern Commission, admission to, 822
Italian colonies, former, attitude toward, 370
Kashmir dispute with India :
Cease-fire line agreement, 143, 290
U.N. action reviewed by Dean Rusk, 6.54
U.N. Commission for India and Pakistan (UNCIP) :
Interim report to Security Council, 975
Truce negotiations, 290, 399
U.S. representative (Huddle), resignation, 639
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (GATT),
question of Indian excise duties on exports to
Pakistan settled by, 776; request for renegotia-
tions of Geneva schedules, 775
U.S. consulate at Dacca opened, 519
Palestine situation :
Acting Mediator Bunche reports to Security Council
on status of peace negotiations, 142, 181, 227 ; text
of report, 223
Conciliation Commission for Palestine, U.N. :
Lausaime discussions, statements by Secretary Ache-
son, 16, 148, 180
U.S. representative, appointment of Ely E. Palmer,
785 ; of Paul A. Porter, 98, 319
Discussed by :
Aeheson, Secretary, 490
Jessup, Philip C, 494
McGhee, George, 826
Rusk, Dean, 654
Economic Survey Mission to Near East, U.N. :
Clapp, Gordon R. appointed as chairman, statement
by President Truman, 333
Establishment, 849a
Report on resettlement of refugees, 459 ; text, 847a
Israeli-Syrian armistice agreement : statement by Sec-
retary Aeheson, 180 ; text, 177
Jerusalem statute, U.N. debate, 818, 903, 934
Refugee relief, 490, 494, 654, 656, S47a, 902
Security Council resolution (Aug. 11 ) , text, 280
Palmer, Ely Eliot, appointed as U.S. representative on
U.N. Conciliation Commission for Palestine, 785
Panama :
Boyd-Roo.sevelt (Trans-Isthmian) Highway from Col6n
to Panama City completed, 39
Coup d'(5tat, American action in, 868a ; statements on
U.S. position by Secretary Aeheson, 911 ; by Assist-
ant Secretary MiUer, 910
U.S. recognition of Arias government; statement by
Secretary Aeheson, 990
Pan American Institute of Geography and History, U.S.
delegation and agenda, 401
Pan American Railway Congress Association :
Background and purposes, 51
U.S. National Commission program, 21 ; report of 1st
meeting by H. H. Kelly, 49
Pan American Sanitary Organization : Directing Council,
3d meeting, U.S. delegation and agenda, 589
Paraguay :
Ambassador to U.S. (Boettner), credentials, 278
Cooperative programs with U.S., 923, 924
U.S. continues diplomatic relations, 558
Paris meeting of Foreign Ministers (Sehuman, Bevin, and
Aclieson), communiqui?, 822
Parkman, Henry appointed as U.S. representative to In-
ternational Authority for Ruhr, 185
Parson, Ruby A., article on radio development in U.S.
zone in Germany, 83
Passport agencies opened at Boston, S71a ; at Chicago, 991
Passports. See Visas
Patent rights for foreign nations and nationals in Ger-
many, text of public law, 986
Patterson, Richard S., article on seal of Department of
State, 894; reproduction, 895
Payments Plan, European : OEEC Council agreement on
principles, 115 ; statement of approval by EGA Admin-
istrator, IIG
Peace resolution in General Assembly, Essentials. See
Essentials of peace
Perkins, George W., appointed as Assistant Secretary, 78
Peru :
Cultural leader visits U.S., 317
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Military mission agreement with U.S., signature, 38
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.S. foreign aid programs, 866
Petroleum, problems of production and distribution;
U.S.-U.K.-Canada discussions, 468
Peurifoy, John, Deputy Under Secretary, address on State
Department : A Reflection of U.S. Leadership before
Colleton County Press Assn., Waterboro, S. C, 671
Philippines :
Educational exchange opportunities under Fulbright
Act, 155, 675, 676
Looted property in Japan, FEC policy decision for resti-
tution of, 790
Quirino, President Elpidio, to visit U.S., 199 ; welcome
by President Truman, 276; joint statement with
President Truman on Philippine economy, 277
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
U.S. military aid, ISS, 191, 267, 480, 481, 608, 605, 951
Visiting professors from U.S., 155
Index, July to December 7949
1023
Point 4 Program. {Sec also Technical assistance) :
Discussed by :
Allen, Geo. V., 865
Barber, Willard F.. 976.
Greenwald, Joseph A., 646.
Sargeant, Howland, 841a.
Legislation proposed to Congress :
President's recommendations, 862
Testimony by James E. Webb before House Banking
and Currency Committee, 305; House Foreign
Affairs Committee, 549 ; Senate Banking and Cur-
rency Committee, 274
Puerto Rican aid to other countries studied, 865a
Poland :
Attitude toward Greek problem, 407, 408, 412; toward
former Italian colonies, 370, 373
German Federal Republic, establishment of; Polish
protest ; statement by Secretary Acheson, 634
Soviet tactics in, 973
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
German-looted monetary gold, U.S.-U.K.-France-
Poland agreement on distribution for reparations,
signature, 71
TJ.S. foreign office at Poznan elevate 1 to consulate, 78
Population Commission, U.N., report of 4th session, 768
Population Commission and Division, U.N. ; priority pro-
gram reviewed, 90
Port closures in China, exchange of notes between China
and U.S., 34 ; statement by Secretary Acheson, 908 ;
U.S. protests attack on American vessel, text of U.S.
note, 557, 945
Porter, Paul A., appointed to U.N. Palestine Conciliation
Commission, 98, 319
Portugal :
Central and South African transportation problems,
Lisbon conference on : report, 852 ; text of final act,
854
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements, signature,
684
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.N. membership, application, 15, 48, 459, 697, 745
Postal Union, Universal (UPU), activities reviewed, 96
Potato crop agreement (U.S.-Canada) terminated, 38
Potsdam agreement : Soviet charge violation in establish-
ment of Federal Republic of Germany ; statement of
refutation by Acting Secretary Webb, 590
Poznan, Poland, U.S. foreign office elevated to consulate,
78
Presidential Proclamations. See Proclamations, Presi-
dential
Press, freedom of. See Information, Freedom of
Price, Arnold H., and Kirchheimer, Otto, article on an-
alysis and effects of elections in Western Germany,
563 ; tables, 564, 565, 566, 568, 571, 572
Price Equivalents. International Wheat Council Advisory
Committee on; U.S. delegation to 1st meeting, 228
Proclamations, Presidential :
Colombian trade agreement (1935) terminated, 865a
Control of aliens, departure or entrance, text, 314
Immigration quotas, text, 315
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreements on:
Cuban concessions, supplementary, 947
Proclamations, Presidential — Continued
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreements on — Continued
Haiti concessions, 946
U.N. Day, text, 332
Productivity, Anglo-American Council on, report of 2d
session, 648
Professional Workers (ILO), Advisory Committee on
Salaried employees and; U.S. delegation to 1st ses-
sion, G67
Propaganda used in modem diplomacy, address by George
V. Allen, 941
Property :
China, alien real property in : Communist notice for
registration 760, 800, 957 ; time extension, 868a
Germany :
Alien property owners, public notices affecting, 983
Foreign interests in Germany, Inter-governmental
Group for Safeguarding: text of report, 575;
text of recommendations, 579 ; text of U.S.
memorandum, 573
General claims law, 591 ; instructions for filing
claims, 592
Nazi-looted gold, U.S.-France-U.K.-Poland agreement
on distribution, 71
Restitution law for identifiable property of Nazi
victims, text of Allied Kommandatura order, 273
Revalidation of .securities demanded by Federal Re-
public, 830
Japan :
Former Japanese Government, State Department
control relinquished over certain property of, 37
Looted property, FEC policy decision for restitution
of, 790
"Prospect House" leased by State Department as Gov-
ernment guest house, 639
Protection of U.S. nationals and property :
Agricultural workers: Mexico-U.S. agricultural work-
ers agreement, 313
Allied-owned trade-marks, restoration and protection
of, 308 ; text, 309
Americans (Oelsner, Sellers, Sienkiewicz) detained by
Soviets ; U.S. note of protest, 592
Bulgaria, Americans with financial holdings in ; in-
structions for conversion into U.S. dollars, 71
China :
Alien real property, Communists demand registration,
760, 800, 957
Attack on American vessel protested, text of U.S.
note, 945
Canton :
Evacuation, 197, 318
U.S. commercial vessel (Isbrandtsen Co.) detained,
action taken for release, 557
Mukden, U.S. consulate general :
Espionage charges denied, 36
Personnel listed, 957
Release of staff requested, 759; release, 799
Staff departure, 907
Stokes, Vice Consul, released, 907
Visa requests refused, 482
Ward, Consul General, summarizes detention under
Communists, 955
1024
Department of State Bulletin
i'rotcction of U. S. nationals and property — Continued
Cliina — Continued
Slianghai :
American sliips warned re entrance to port, 957
Safe embarliatiou assured to Americans, 515
U.S. protests siege of consulate general, 440
Claims Commission, proposed International, 870 ; sup-
plemental appropriation to Presidential fiscal 1950
funds requested for, 118
Germany :
Alien property owners, public notices afEecting, 983
Patent rights, text of public law, 986
Humanitarian conventions :
Geneva conventions of 1929, revision, 339
Hague (hospital ships) convention of 1907, revision,
339
Civilian (wartime) convention, new draft, 340
Ital.v-U.S. treaty of friendship, commerce, and naviga-
tion ; provisions, 198
Mexico pays Sth installment to U.S. under claims con-
vention (1941), 833
Sabalo Transportation Company claims against Mexi-
can Government, 553
U.S. merchant vessel on loan to Korea ; text of U.S. note
requesting Soviet aid in locating, 636
Yugoslavia, claims agreement with U.S. :
Claims Commission, plans for proposed, 870
Registration deadline fixed for war damage claims
of U.S. citizens, 865a
Terms of agreement, 869
Protocol : what it is and what it does ; article by Stanley
Woodward, 501
Publications :
AEC Contracting and Purchasing Offices and Types of
Commodities Purchased released; a guide for small
business, 639
Building Roads to Peace (educational exchange) re-
leased, 79
Caribbean Commission releases:
Dairy Products of Caribbean, 159
Tobacco Trade of Caribbean, 159
Year Book of Caribbean Research, 1.59
China White Paper (U.S. Relations With China):
Analysis of 16 charges of dishonesty, 351
Criticisms, Secretary Acheson's refutation, 350
Released, statement by President Truman, 237
Documents on. German Foreign Policy, 1918-Ji5, release
of:
Vol. I. From Tfcurath to Ribbentrop, 1937-38, 158
Vol. II, Germany and Czechoslovakia, 1937-38, 513
ECA and Small Business released, 483
Economic Survey of Asia and Far East 19^8, released
by U.N., 396
Information for American Businessmen on Marshall
Plan published by ECA, 158
Inter-American Conference on Conservation of Re-
newable Natural Resources, proceedings released,
483
Isotopes- — A Three-Year Summary of U.S. Distribution,
released, 834
Lists :
Congress, U.S., legislation, 157, 318, 340, 519, 559, 639,
847, 933
Publications — Continued
Lists — Continued
State Department, 79, 119, 159, 319, 483, 559, 599, 755,
S62a, 896, 951, 980
United Nations documents, 71, 141, 226, 289, 396, 435,
538, 690, 783
Midyear Economic Report of the President released,
159
Participation of U.S. Government in International
Conferences released, 159
Territorial Papers of United States, vol. XIV (Louisi-
ana-Missouri) released, 715
The Far East, Foreign Relations vol. Ill, released, 359
Trading Ideas With the World, 3d quarterly report of
U.S. Educational Advisory Commission, released,
summary, 074
Treaty Developments, 3d section released, 714
Public opinion and American foreign policy, address by
President Truman, 145
Puerto la Cruz, Venezuela, U.S. foreign office elevated to
consulate, 78
Puerto Rico :
Point 4 aid to other countries studied, 865a
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Farm labor migration agreement with U.S. discussed,
45
Quirino, Elpidio (President of Philippines) :
Philippine economy, joint statement by Presidents Tru-
man and Quirino, 277
U.S. visit:
Acceptance of President's invitation, 199
Welcome from President Truman, 276
Radio :
Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference (ITU),
U.S. delegation, 144
"Free Greece" radio station, 425, 426
Frequency plan for Western Hemisphere adopted, 104:
Germany, radio development in U.S. zone discussed by
Ruby A. Parson, 83
Inter-American radio agreement replaces Santiago
(1940) agreement, 258
North American Regional Broadcasting Conference 3d ;
U.S. delegation and agenda, 460; Agreement
(NARBA) discussed, 980
Radioactive materials. See Isotopes
Voice of America. See Voice of America
Radio development in U.S. zone in Germany discussed by
Ruby A. Parson, 83
Radioisotopes. See Isotope
Railway Congress Association, Pan American :
Appointment of U.S. Commission, 21
Report of Commission meeting, 49
Ravndal, Christian M., named U.S. Ambassador to
Uruguay, 78
Reciprocity Information, Committee for, role in trade-
agreements program, 593, 595
Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), International
Bank for:
Activities mentioned in comparative review by U.N.
Secretary-General, 96
American Republics, loans, 464
Index, July to December 1949
1025
Reconstruction and Development — Continued
Function, 401
India, loan, 334
Underdeveloped areas, loans, 275, 306, 551, 720, SC4
Reconstruction Finance Corporation (RFC) : responsi-
bility under Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949,
607
Red Cross International organizations:
Greek children, repatriation of:
General Assembly resolution on further action, text,
853a
Report to U.N., 658
Tracing Service, International, transfer or termina-
tion, 342, 785
Refugee Organization, International (IRO) :
General Council and Executive Committee :
Fourth session report, 784
Third session report, 341
U.S. delegations, 547
High Commissioner for Refugees, establishment of
Office, 938
Program mentioned, 96
Report to ECOSOC, 770
Termination of operations, 341, 770, 939
Refugees and Displaced Persons :
Greek children, repatriation:
Red Cross report, 658
U.N. resolutions, 409, 412, 697, 780, 782, 816, 817, S53a,
1037
UNSCOB reports, 410, 411, 416, 422, 427, 429, 588, 781
Greek citizens of Soviet origin deported to Asia, 670, 1037
Missing persons, draft convention on declaration of,
18, 771
Palestine refugee problem :
U.N. Relief for Palestine Refugees (UNRPR), recom-
mendations by Economic Survey (Clapp) Mission,
850a
U.N. Survey (Clapp) Mission for Middle East, text
of report, 847a
U.S. attitude toward U.N. action, 490, 494
Stateless persons :
Convention on status of refugees to be drafted, 771
Legal protection in U.N., ECOSOC action for con-
tinuation of, 770
Refugees, Office of High Commissioner for, 938
Reinstein, Jacques J., appointed as chief of Division of
German Economic Affairs, 714
Reorganization in State Department, changes and ap-
pointments, 78, 279, 677, 713, 835
RFC. See Reconstruction Finance Corporation
Rhine boatman, ILO Special Tripartite Conference on,
U.S. observer, 824
Rio treaty. See Inter- American Treaty of Reciprocal
Assistance (1947)
Road and Motor Transport, U.N. Conference :
Convention on road traffic discussed by H. H. Kelly,
875a
International treaty on automotive traffic, chief agenda
item, 262
U.S. delegation, 262
Road traffic (International), convention on :
Preparation, formulation, and signature, report by H. H.
Kelly, 875a
Summary of documents, 886
Rodrick, Bertha S., reviews 48 years in Department in
interview with Philip W. Carroll, 741
Ross, John C, appointed as U.S. deputy representative to
Security Council, 629
Ruandi-Urandi, trust territory of. See Trusteeship Coun-
cil
Rubber problem, U.S. policy and Ceylon, discussed by
J. C. Satterthwaite, 555
Ruhr Authority, International (lAR) :
Agreement creating lAR, 28, 185
Functions, 23
U.S. representative (Parkman) appointed, 185
Rumania :
Ambassador to U.S. (Magheru) , credentials, 558
German Federal Republic, establishment of; Rumanian
protest ; statement by Secretary Acheson, 634
Greek problem (Balkan situation) : threats to political
and territorial security :
Aid to guerrillas, 459, 781 ; "Free Greece" radio sta-
tion, 410, 420, 425, 426, 781
Human-rights dispute over peace treaty (1947) vio-
lations :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 456, 491
Austin, Warren R., 541
Cohen, Benjamin V., 540, 617, 659, 662, 691
Jessup, Philip C, 495
Rumanian action reviewed by Benjamin V. Cohen,
619
Soviet attitude, 29, 238, 491, 495, 541, 622, 659, 662,
691
U.N. action :
Agenda item, 456, 618
Debate, 459, 540, 617, 627, 659, 662, 691
Resolution requesting International Court opinion,
text, 692
U.S. action:
International Court opinion, attitude toward, 491,
495, 540, 623
Reply (June 30) to Soviet note, 29
Reviewed in letter (Austin) to U.N. (Lie), 541
Treaty Commission, request for : U.S. note to
Balkans, 238; U.S. reply to Balkan refusals,
514
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity; text
of U.S. note, 832
U.N. membership application, 13, 14, 15, 48, 459, 697
Rusk, Deputy Under Secretary Dean :
Addresses :
American foreign policy and business before Boston
Conference on Distribution, Boston, Mass., 630
U.N. and American Security before Commonwealth
Club of Calif., San Francisco, 652
Correspondence :
U.K. Charge d'Affaires (Millar) on extension of bi-
zonal fusion agreement, 69
1026
Department of State Bulletin
Sabalo Transportation Company vs Mexico case, Secre-
tary Acheson's letter answering Wolverton's charges
against Assistant Secretary Miller, text, 553
Salaried Employees and Professional Workers, (ILO)
Advisory Committee ; U.S. delegation to 1st session,
667
Salzburg, Austria, consular section of Vienna designated
special purpose post with rank of consulate, 482
Samoa, Western, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council
Sanders, William :
Appointment as U.S. representative on Inter-American
Council of Jurists ( OAS ) , 599
Multilateral diplomacy, article based on remarks be-
fore the Washington Students Citizenship Seminar,
1U3
Santiago radio agreement of 19i0 replaced by Inter-
American Radio Agreement, 258
Sanitary Organization, Pan American: Directing Council
3d meeting, U.S. delegation and agenda, 589
Sargeant, Howland H. : address on North Atlantic com-
munity as world peace power before Christmas Carni-
val, Birmingham, Ala., 839a
Satterthwaite, Joseph C. :
Appointment as U.S. Ambassador to Ceylon, 559
Rubber problem, U.S.-Ceylon, address before annual
meeting of 330th Field Artillery Association, De-
troit, Alich., 555
Saudi Arabia :
Italian colonies, attitude toward former, 371
Palestine problem. See Palestine situation
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.S. consular otfice at Dhahran elevated to consulate
general, 519
Sayre, Francis B., remarks on U.S. 1st annual report on
trust territory of Pacific Islands, 133, 136
Scholarships and fellowships. See Educational Exchange
Program
Schwartz, Harry H., designation in State Department, .318
Science Abstracting, International Conference on ; report
by Verner W. Clapp, 292
Scientific and Cultural Cooperation, Interdepartmental
Committee on : foreign aid programs discussed by
George V. Allen, 866 ; Willard F. Barber. 023
Seal of Department of State, history by Richard S. Pat-
terson, 894 ; reproduction, 895
Seal of U.S., custody and use of Great, 503
Security Council :
Greek problem. See Greece
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir
Membership in U.N. See United Nations
Resolutions :
Greek problem, 407
Palestine question (Aug. 11), text, 286; discussion,
223
U.S. deputy representatives (Ross, Gross) appointed,
629
Sellers, Peter H., detained by V. S. S. R. : U. S. note of pro-
test, text, 592
Shanghai, China :
Americans assured safe embarkation, 515
American ships warned against entering port, 957
Index, July fo December 1949
Shanghai — Continued
Consul general, U.S. protests siege by former alien em-
ployees ; text of letter to Aliens Affairs Bureau, 440
U.S. information service ordered closed, 152
Shanker, Gen. Shum Shere Jung Bahadur Rana, creden-
tials as Nepalese Minister to U.S., 558
Shantz, Harold, appointed as MDAP assistant (Denmark),
791
Shaw, George P. :
Appointment as U.S. Ambassador to El Salvador, 78
Report on 3d Inter-American Travel Congress, 889
Siam. See Thailand
Sienkiewicz, Pvt. John J., detained by U.S.S.R. ; U.S. note
of protest, text, 592
Simons, Savilla M., summary of ECOSOC action on social
issues in 9th session, 765
Simsarian, James, article on revised draft covenant of
human rights, 3
Sino-Soviet treaty (1945) of friendship and alliance,
Chinese charges in U.N. against U.S.S.R., 899, 900
Slavery, ECOSOC to survey existing forms of, 770
Small business, AEC Contracting and Purchasing Offices
and Types of Commodities Purchased released; publi-
cation for guidance of, 639
Small Business, EGA and, released, 483
Smith, Lt. Gen. Walter Bedell : address on U.S. policy in
Europe before Conference of Governors, Colorado
Springs, Colo., 872
Smith Memorial Foundation, Alfred E., address on for-
eign policy problems Ijy Secretary Acheson before, 668
Smith, William C, and Bender, Elmer C, detained by
Chinese Communists, 442 ; statement by Secretary
Acheson, 908
Social Commission, U.N. :
Recommendations, ECOSOC action on, 765
Sessions, future, approved by U.N., 766
U.S. delegation to 5th session, 906; agenda, 906
Social, Humanitarian, and Cultural Matters, Committee
on (U.N. Third Committee) ; debate on international
freedom of information conventions, 732
Soule, Gen. Robt. B. (military attach^ in China), refused
visa exit by Communists, 709
South Africa, Union of :
Ambassador to U.S. ( Jooste), credentials, 558
Italian colonies, former, attitude toward, 371, 374
Smith-Mundt exchange person program (Information and
Education Act of 1948, Public Law 402) :
Application instructions, 794
Government's role discussed, 927
Greek writer receives 1st grant, 636
Howard University dramatic production in Norway
aided, 442, 928
Objectives, 927
U.S. activities reviewed in 3d quarterly report of U.S.
Educational Advisory Commission, summary, 674
Southern Rhodesia : Tariffs and trade, general agreement
on (GATT), South African-Southern Rhodesian Cus-
toms Union examined by Contracting Parties, 775
South Pacific Commission:
Progress report by Felix M. Keesing, 839
Research Council :
First meeting, 839, 841, 843
Program 1949-50 adopted by Commission, 259
1027
South Pacific Commission — Continued
Researcli Council — Continued
Soutla Pacific Conference at Suva, 842
U.S. Commissioners meet, 461
U. S. delegation to 4th session ; agenda, 547
State, Department of:
Administration and organization discussed by Deputy
Under Secretary Peurifoy, 671
Appointments :
Berliner, Lloyd V. as Consultant to Secretary of
State, 754
Bruce, James, as Director of MDA Office, 791
Butterworth, W. Walton, as Assistant Secretary, 559
Byroade, Col. Henry A., as Director of Office of Ger-
man and Austrian Aifairs, 599, 639 : as Director
of Bureau of German Affairs, 835
Case, Everett, as Far Eastern Consultant, 279
Cheseldine, Raymond M., as Special Assistant in Office
of German and Austrian Affairs, 714
Elliot, John C, as Chief, Munitions Division, 358
Fisher, Adrian S., as Legal Adviser, 78
Fosdick, Raymond Bland, as Far Eastern Consultant,
279
Gordon, Marcus J., as Chief, Division of Organization,
950
Greaves, Rex E., as Executive Assistant to Assistant
Secretary for Congressional Relations, 78
Hawkins, Harry C, as Director of Foreign Service
Institute, 911
Hickerson, John D., as Assistant Secretary, 78
Hodgson, James F., as MDAP assistant (Norway),
791
Howard, John B., as Special Assistant to Secretary,
792
Kellerman, Henry J., as Chief, Division of German
and Austrian Information and Reorientation
Affairs, 714
Kennan, George F., as Counselor, 78
Kohler, Foy D., as Chief, International Broadcasting
Division, 714
Laukliuff, Perry, as Chief, Division of German
Political Affairs, 714
Ludden, Raymond P., as MDAP assistant (Belgium),
791
McFall, Jack K., as Assistant Secretary, 639
McGhee, George C, as Assistant Secretary, 78
Miller, Jr., Edward G., as As.sistant Secretary, 78
Nitze, Paul H., as Deputy Director of Policy Planning
Staff, 279 ; as Director, 991
O'Donogliue, Sidney, as MDAP assistant (Belgium),
791
Perkins, George W., as Assistant Secretary, 78
Reinstein, Jacques J., as Chief of Division of German
Economic Affairs, 714
Shantz, Harold, as MDAP assistant (Denmark), 791
Trueblood, Edward G., as MDAP assistant (France),
791
Williamson, Francis T., as Chief of Division of Aus-
trian Aifairs, 714
Changes within 48 years reviewed by Bertha S. Rodrick
in interview with Philip W. Carroll, 741
Departmental and Foreign Service exchange program,
1st appointment (Tibbetts), 358
State, Department of — Continued
Information anrrresearch facilities offered to public,
listing of offices, 792
Intern program, 1st official, started, 482
Mutual Defense Assistance OflSce established, 791
Passport agencies open at Boston, 871a ; at Chicago, 991
"Prospect House" leased as Government guest house,
639
Reorganization changes, 78, 279, 677, 713, 835
Seal of : history by Richard S. Patterson, 894 ; reproduc-
tion, 895
Supplemental appropriations from Presidential funds,
117
Statelessness of refugees. See Refugees and Displaced
Persons
Statistical Commission, U.N. ; priority program reviewed,
90
Statistical Institute, International, U.S. delegation to
26th session, 398
Stettinius, former Secretary of State : statement by Sec-
retary Acheson on death of, 795
Stokes, Vice Consul William H., detention by Commu-
nists in Mukden, China, 907
Stone, Shepard, appointed as information consultant in
Germany, 951
Strategic trust areas. See Pacific islands, trust territory
Surplus war property, disposal of:
Agreements under Fulbright Act (Public Law 584).
See Educational Exchange programs
Combat materiel, militarized and demilitarized sales of,
tables showing, 156, 356, 479, 480, 481 ; correction
679
Foreign Liquidation Commissioner, Office of (OFLC),
liquidated, 157
Importations into U.S., text of Departmental regula-
tion, 357
Sales or transfers to foreign countries, 479; tables, 156,
356, 480, 481
Surrey, Walter S., designation in State Department, 318
Sweden :
Howard University students present plays, 442
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Council of Europe, discussed, 231 ; text of statute,
858a
GATT, application for accession. 596, 774, 777
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements, signature,
683, 684
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Trade (1935) with U.S. extended by exchange of
memoranda, 31
Wiieat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Switzerland :
Swiss capital invested in Belgium, free transfer of,
864a
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Syria :
Italian colonies, attitude toward former, 374
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation
Treaties, agreements, etc.:
Israeli-Syrian armistice: annexes, 179; statement by
Secretary Acheson, 180 ; text, 177
1028
Department of State Bulletin
Syria — Continued
U.S. reco,Knition of government, text of note, 515
Tanganyilia, trust territory of. Sec Trusteeship Council
Tariff Commission, U.S. : role in Trade Agreements Pro-
gram, 593, 595
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreement on (GATT) :
Annecy protocol of terms of accession to, open for sig-
nature to acceding countries, 778
Application for accession by Colombia, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Finland, Greece, Haiti, Italy,
Liberia, Nicaragua, Sweden, and Uruguay, 596,
774 ; withdrawal by Colombia, 439, 777
Bilateral tariff negotiations at Annecy completed, 439,
596, 777
Contracting parties to, 3d session action summarized by
Woodbury Willoughby, 774
Discussed by President Truman, 548
Franco-Italian Customs Union, confromity with Agree-
ment, 203, 206, 207, 215, 244
Most-favored-uation treatment for Japan, U.S. proposal
for, 776
Proclamations putting into effect for: Haiti, 946
Supplementary proclamation with Cuba, 947
U.S.-Colombian negotiations not completed, 439
U.S. concessions at Annecy, 596
U.S.-Cuban renegotiations on potatoes, 77
U.S. participation in 3d round (1950) of negotiations,
821
Taxation. Sec Double taxation
Tax conventions with Canada, negotiations for revisions
of, 153
Technical assistance :
Advisory Social Welfare Services, U.N. ; continuation
of, 766
Caribbean area, action of Caribbean Commission, 101
German projects (thermal power and gas production)
for bizone approved by ECA, 304
Inter-American programs. See Institute of Inter-Amer-
ican Affairs ; Scientific and Cultural Cooperation,
Interdepartmental Committee on
Latin American transportation problems, 50
Standardization in production discussed by Joseph A.
Greenwald, 646
Trailing Ideas Wifli. the World, 3d quarterly report of
U.S. Educational Advisory Commission, summary,
674
U.N. program :
Administration :
Technical Assistance Board (TAB), 257, 325, 918,
930
Technical Assistance Committee (TAC), 257, 325,
918, 930
Technical Assistance Conference, 326, 929
Agenda item, 17. 3.34
Capital investment discussed, 175, 274, 720
Contributions or financing, 174, 257, 326, 330, 915, 918,
929, 930
Discussion, 142, 170, 257, 539, 915, 930, 974
ECOSOC resolutions (Aug. 14-15), text, 325
General Assembly action summarized by Haldore
Hanson, 915
Report of Secretary-General discussed, 172, 325, 916
Technical assistance — Continued
U. N. program — Continued
U.S. support, 142, 170, 491, 494, 550, 044, 685, 720, 723,
786, 865, 930
U.S. program :
Addresses :
Acheson, Secretary, 719
Hayes, Samuel P., 721
McGhee, George C, 722
Bilateral agreements, 14, 198, 723, 909, 929, S66a
Capital investment di.scussed, 175, 274, 720
International Technical Cooperation Act of 1949
(draft), text, 72
Legislation proposed to Congress :
President's recommendations, 171 ; text, 862
Testimony by James E. Webb before House Banking
and Currency Committee, 305 ; House Foreign
Affairs Committee, 540 ; Senate Banking and
Currency Committee, 274
Discussed by Willard Thorp, 171
Venezuelan reclamation projects, 86
Technical Cooperation Act of 1949 (draft). International,
text, 72
Telecommunication Union, International (ITU) :
Activities reviewed, 96
Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference, U.S.
delegation, 144
Bermuda Telecommunications Agreement of 1945, Con-
ference for Revision of ; brief report on new rates,
etc., 508; U.S. delegation, 261
Radio frequency plan for Western Hemisphere adopted,
i04
Region 2 Fourth Inter-American Radio Conference :
Radio Agreement, Inter-American, 2.58
Regulations and Resolutions, 259
Report to International Aeronautical Radio Confer-
ence (lAARC), 259
Telegraph and telephone conference (Paris), revision
of rates and regulations, 905
Telegraph and telephone conference (ITU), revision of
rules and regulations, 905
Territorial Papers of United States, vol. XIV, (Louisiana-
Missouri ) , released, 715
Thailand (Siam) :
Japanese gold earmarked for Thailand, released:
Amounts and dates, 638
U.S. directive to SCAP, text, 637
U.S. memorandum to FEC ; statement by Maj. Gen.
Frank R. McCoy, 637
U.S. mineral-re.sources survey requested, 277
Thorp, Assistant Secretary Willard :
Addresses :
Basic need for ITO before Virginia Conference on
World Trade, 827
Statements :
Economic development of underdeveloped countries
before ECOSOC, 170
Tibbetts, Margaret Joy, 1st appointment under department
and Foreign Service exchange program, 358
Tiger Air Force, Chinese not American, statement by
consulate general ( Formosa ) , 515
Tihwa, China, U.S. consulate closed, 519
Index, July to December 1949
1029
Tin Study Group, Working Party meeting, U.S. delegation,
701
Toponymy, 3d International Congress ; U.S. delegation,
106
Tourism development discussed at 3d Inter-American
Travel Congress, 890, S93
Tracing Service, International (IRO) : termination or
transfer, 342, 785
Trade :
Balance-of-payments problem. See Finance
Common tariffs estabUshed by Benelux union as basis
for customs union, 203
Customs procedures discussed by Secretary Acheson, 750
Customs Union. See Customs Union, Franco-Italian
European Payments Plan : OEEC Council agreement on
principles, 115; statement of approval by ECA ad-
ministrator, 116
Trade and payments agreement (Argentine-U.K.)
studied, 37
Trade agreements program :
Administration of program, Ex. Or. 10082, text, 593,
595
Agreements with :
American Republics discussed, 979
Colombia terminated, text of U. S. note, 711 ; text
of Presidential proclamation, 865a
Sweden extended, text of memoranda, 31
Trade Agreements Act (See also Tariffs and Trade, Gen-
eral Agreement on) :
Reciprocal Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1949
extended : statement by President Truman, 548 ;
by Secretary Acheson, 549
Trade development, foreign, discussed by President Tru-
man, 400
Trade, domestic and international, international stand-
ardization as an aid to ; discussed by Joseph A.
Greenwald, 646
Trade-marks in Japan, FEC policy decision on restoration
and protection of Allied, 308 ; text of decision, 309
Trade Organization, International (ITO) :
Charter, Congressional action urged by President Tru-
man, 549
Discussed by :
Barber, Willard F., 979
Tliorp, Willard, 827
Franco-Italian Customs Union, adherence to ITO
standards, 215
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreement on (GATT) . See
Tariffs and Trade.
Trade unbalance, international, discussed by Deputy
Under Secretary Rusk, 632
Trade-union rights convention adopted by ILO Conference,
103
Tradin;/ Ideas With the World, 3d quarterly report of
U.S. Educational Advisory Commission, summary, 674
TrafHc in persons and exploitation of prostitution of
others, draft convention on .suppression ; considera-
tion by ECOSOC, 765
Trans-Isthmian (Boyd-Roosevelt) Highway completed, 39
Transitional Measures, Netherlands-Indonesian Agree-
ment on ; provisions of, 960
Transport and Communications Commission, U.N. ; pro-
gram priorities reviewed, 90
Transport and Communications Commission, ECOSOC
requests advice on certain organizations, 331
Transportation :
Pan American Railway Congress Association, report on
U.S. National Commission in, 49
Trans-Isthmian (Boyd-Roosevelt) Highway completed,
39
Transportation problems, Lisbon confei-enoe on Central
and South African : Johannesburg conference, 852 ;
final act, text, 854 ; report by Harway Maxwell, 852
Travel Congress, 3d Inter-American, report by Ambassa-
dor George P. Shaw, 889
Travers, Howard K., appointed as Director, Foreign
Service Inspection Corps, 950
Treaty Developments, United States; 3d section released,
714
Treaties and Other International Acts :
Agricultural workers agreement, Mexico-U.S., signa-
ture, 313
Aircraft Rights, Convention of International Recogni-
tion of, discussion, 938
Air force mission agreements, Mexico-U.S., signature,
76
Air transport agreements, U.S. with :
Burma, signature, 557 I
Canada, consultation on suspension of Colonial Air-
lines license, 949
Dominican Republic, signature, 153, 279 |
Antarctica, Argentina-Chile-U.K. agreement not to]
send warships to, 833
Argentine-U.K. trade and payments agreement studied,
37
Austrian peace treaty :
CPM agreement at Paris, text of communique, 857;
statements by President Truman, 858 ; by Secre-
tary Acheson, 859, 860
Deputy meetings, 9, 399, 509
Tripartite discussion, 468
Automotive traffic, preparation for proposed interna-
tional treaty, 262
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity ; text of
U.S. note, 832
Bermuda Telecommunications Agreement of 1945, re-
vision, 508
Bilateral agreements under Mutual Defense Assistance
Act of 1949 with North Atlantic Treaty countries,
negotiations started, 753, 791
Bizonal Fusion agreement, U.S.-U.K. (1947) extended
by exchange of notes, text, 69
Bizonal (Germany) scrap agreement, suspending pro-
vision in U.S.-U.K. Ferrous Scrap Agreement
(1948), 114
Boundary Waters Treaty of 1909 (U.S.-Canada) dis-
cussed, 949
Broadcasting Agreement (1937), North American Reg-
ional (NARBA), negotiations for new agreement,
460, 980
Brussels treaty (1948). See Brussels treaty
Chicago Convention on international civil aviatioa
(1944), discussion, 936 '•
Civilians in wartime, new convention drafted, 340 I
1030
Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Treaties ami Other International Acts — Continued
Commercial treaty with Italy, exchange of ratifications,
198
Congo Basin Treaty (1919), discussion of expansion,
852
Cultural cooperation, agreement establishing U.S.-
Mexican Commission, signature, 868a
Dismantling in Germany modified, text of protocol of
agreements between Allied High Commission and
Federal Republic for Germany, 863a
Double taxation treaties, U.S. with :
Cuba, discussions, 279
France, exchange of ratifications, 710
Ireland, signature, 518
Economic cooperation agreement, Federal Republic of
Germany-U.S., signature, 982 ; statement by John
J. McCloy, 983
European Payments Plan, OEEC Council agreement on
principle.'*, 115 ; statement of approval by EGA ad-
ministrator, 116
Farm labor migration agreement, Puerto Rico-U.S., dis-
cussed, 45
France-U.S. military obligations of dual nations (1948) ,
effected by exchange of notes, 279
Franco-Italian Customs Union (Mar. 26, 1949) :
Documents leading to establishment :
Declaration and Protocol (Sept. 13, 1947), 203;
text, 243
Franco-Italian Customs Union Commission, 203, 207
Protocol of Mar. 20, 1948, 207 ; text, 244 ; correction,
399
Franco-Italian Customs Union Commission, 207
GATT decision, 203, 206, 207, 215; text, 244
Text of treaty, 245
Freedom of Information convention, debate, 500, 662,
727
Friendship, commerce, and navigation treaties :
Countries with treaties under Immigration Act of
1924 listed, 535 ; correction, 706
Italy-U.S., exchange of ratifications, 198; statement
by Secretary Acheson on entrance into effect,
114
Uruguay-U.S., background and signature, 86fia ; mes-
sage to President Batlle from President Truman,
910 ; statement by Secretary Acheson, 909
Fulbright Act, educational exchange agreements under :
Australia, signature, 870a
Egypt, signature, 831
France (1948), U.S. Educational Commission estab-
lished in, 263
Iran, signature. 443
Genocide, convention on prevention and punishment of
crime of (1948) : text of President's transmittal
letter to Congress with Secretary of State's report,
844
German-looted gold, U.S.-U.K.-France-Poland agree-
ment (July 6) on distribution for reparations,
signature, 71
Greco-American radio-transmitter project (Salonika)
agreement, 829
Treaties and Other International Acts — Continued
Hague agreement, Netherlands-Indonesia, for Indo-
nesian independence : discussion of charter of
transfer of sovereignty, 958; of transitional meas-
ures, 960; of Union statute, 959; statements by
Secretary Acheson, 752; by Senator Frank P.
Graham, 753
Hospital ships, Hague convention of 1907, revision, 339
Human Rights, International (draft) Covenant on,
revision discussed by James Simsarian, 3 ; text, 9
Inter- American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Dean, 463
Barber, Willard, 149, 151, 152, 924
Daniels, Paul C, 920
Disputes, effective application in settlement of:
Costa Rican-Nicaraguan case reviewed, 921, 924
Haitian-Dominican Republic case reviewed, 922
North Atlantic Treaty, comparison with, 152
International Transmission of News and Right of Cor-
rection Convention, 500 ; background and U.N.
debate summarized by Samuel De Palma, 724
Israeli-Syrian armistice: annexes, 179; statement by
Secretary Acheson, 180; text, 177
Labor Organization, International : conventions
adopted and revised at 32d meeting, 103
Lend-lease, 28th report transmitted to Congress, text
of President's message, 117
Mexico-U.S. claims convention (1941), Mexican 8th
payment, 833
Military mission, U.S.-Peru, signature, 38
Missing persons, ECOSOC action on draft convention
on declaration of death of, 18, 771
Nicagara River, diversions of water from ; negotiations
for new treaty, 949
Nine-power treaty (1922) in present China, 900
North Atlantic ocean-station agreements (1946-49)
for air navigation services ; ICAO Conference
action, 683
North Atlantic Treaty. See North Atlantic Treaty
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, ratification, 355
Obsolete treaties withdrawn from Senate calendar of
treaties by President ; text of letter to Senate, 316
Peace treaties (1947) with Bulgaria, Hungary, and
Rumania, human-rights dispute :
Discussed by :
Acheson, Secretary, 456, 491
Austin, Warren R., 541
Cohen, Benjamin V., 540, 617, G59, 602, 691
Jessup, Philip C, 495
Soviet attitude, 29, 238, 491, 495, 541, 622, 659, 662,
691
U.N. action, 456, 459, 540, 617, 618, 627, 659, 662, 691,
692
U.S. action, 29, 238, 491, 495, 514, 540, 541, 623
Potato program agreement (1948), U.S.-Canada, termi-
natetl, 38
Potsdam agreement. See Potsdam agreement
Prisoners of war and wounded and sick, Geneva con-
vention of 1929, revision, 339
Radio agreement, inter-American, replacement for San-
tiago agreement of 1940, 258
Refugees, convention to be drafted on status, 771
Index, July fo December 7949
1031
Treaties and Other International Acts — Continued
Rio treaty. See Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal
Assistance
Road traffic, international convention on : preparation
and formulation reported by H. H. Kelly, 875a ;
signatures, 886 ; summary of documents, 886
Ruhr Authority, International; agreement (Apr. 28,
1949) creating, 185. Sec also Ruhr Authority,
International
Santiago radio agreement (1940) replace<l, 258
Sino-Soviet treaty (1945) of friendship and alliance,
Chinese charges in U.N. against U.S.S.R., 899, 900
South African-Southern Rhodesian Customs Union
examined by GATT, 775
South Pacific agreement (1948) establishing Commis-
sion, 839
Surplus property disposal agreements for educational
exchange. See Fulbright Act or Educational Ex-
change Program
Tariffs and Trade, General Agreement on. See Tariffs
and Trade
Tax conventions with Canada (1942, 1944), negotia-
tions for revisions, 153
Trade agreements :
Administration of treaty program, text of Executive
order, 593, 595
Colombian-U.S. (1935) terminated by exchange of
notes, text of U.S. note, 711 ; text of Presidential
proclamation, 865a
Sweden-U.S. (1935) extended by exchange of memo-
randa, 31
Traffic in persons and exploitation of prostitution of
others, consideration of draft convention on sup-
pression of, 765
Tuna Commission (Costa Rica), Inter-American
Tropical : convention transmitted to Congress, text
of President's message, 77 ; ratification, 355
Tuna, Mexico-U.S. International Commission for Sci-
entific Investigation of, ratification, 355
Vnitr/l States Treaty Developments, 3d .section re-
leased, 714
Visa fee, reciprocal agreements and arrangements, list-
ing of countries and fees, 534
Western Union. See Brussels treaty
Wheat Agreement, International :
Entrance into force, 75
U.S. ratification, 21
Yalta agreement (1945), U.S. views on Soviet viola-
tions in China, 900
Yugoslavia, claims agreement with U.S., 868; terms of
agreement, 869
Trieste :
U.S. gift parcels, postal rate reduction on, 829
Yugoslav currency conversion, text of U.S. note of pro-
test, 113
Tripolitania (Libya). Sec Italian colonies, disposition of
Trueblood, Edward G., appointed as MDAP assistant
(France), 791
Truman, President :
Addresses :
Budget for national defense and international aid,
excerpt from July 13 radio address, 118
Truman, President — Continued
Addresses — Continued
Free nations, voluntary association of ; before Golden
Jubilee Convention of VFW, Miami, Fla., 343
International economic policy before annual conven-
tion of American Legion, Phila., 400
Public opinion and American foreign policy before
Imperial Council Session of Shrine of North
America, Chicago, 145
Working in U. N. at cornerstone ceremonies, U.N.
headquarters. New York, 643
World abundance through PAO before FAO, 857a
Bulletin of Jime 19, 1949, p. 772, correction, 851
Correspondence :
Chinese Acting President (Li Tsung-Jen) on national
anniversary, 636
Haitian President (Estim^), congratulations on Bi-
centennial Exposition, 946
Uruguayan president (Batlle) on signature of treaty
of friendship, 910
Executive Orders. See Executive orders
Fiscal 1950, request for supplemental appropriation for
Presidential funds, 117
Greek officials (Tsaldaris and Venizelos) courtesy visit
from, 829
MDAP appropriations, request for full amount author-
ized by Congress, 603
Messages to Congress on :
Lend-lease report, 28th, 117
Military aid legislation, 186
Technical assistance program, 682
Messages to Senate on ;
Costa Rica-U.S. tuna convention, 77
Genocide convention, 844
Withdrawal of obsolete treaties, 316
Midyear Eeonomic Report of President transmitted to
Congress, 159
Proclamations. Sec Proclamations, Presidential
Statements :
Atomic energy discussions, U.K.-U.S.-Canada, 185,
472, 507
Atomic explosion in U.S.S.R., 487
CFM Paris conference reports on German question
and Austrian treaty, 858
China White Paper, on release, 237
Indian Prime Minister (Nehru) welcomed, 634
Mutual Defense Assistance Act of 1949, on signing,
603
North Atlantic pact. Senate approval, 199
North Atlantic Treaty, entrance into force, 355
OAS, effective international cooperation, 664
Philippine economy, joint statement with President
Quirino, 277
Philippine President (Quirino), welcome, 276
Reciprocal Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1949
approved, 548
Shah of Iran, visit of, 831
U.N. Economic Mission to Near East, appointment
of Gordon Clapp as chairman, 333
Trusteeship :
General Assembly's Special Committee on Information
Transmitted under Article 73 (e), examination of
1032
Department of State Bulletin
Triisteeshii) — Continued
General Assembly's Special Co. — Continued
summaries and analyses on non-self-governing ter-
ritories, 335
General Assembly's Trusteeship Committee considers
Special Committee's report and adopts resolutions,
627, 7-16. 787
Indonesia. See Indonesia
Italian colonies, former. See Italian colonies
South Pacitie Commission :
Program for Research Council, 259
Progress report on non-self-governing territories in
South Pacific. 839
U.S. Commissioners, 2d meeting, 461
U.S. delegation and agenda for 4th session, 547
U.S. policy toward non-self-governing territories, 491,
496
Trusteeship Council. U.N. :
Administrative Unions in trust territories :
Investigation of, 129
Resolution on, text, 132
East Africa, Visiting Mission to Trust Territories, report,
128
Fifth session action, 143, 848
Fourth session summarized by Vernon McKay, 123
General Assembly action on Trusteeship Council re-
ports, 786
Reports of administering authorities on trust territories
of:
British Cameroons (U.K.), 125
British Togoland (U.K.), 125
French Cameroons (France), 125
French Togoland (France), 125
Nauru (Australia), 848
Pacific Islands (U.S.), 47, 133, 253
Western Samoa (New Zealand), 127
Resolutions :
Administrative unions (July 18), text, 132
Collaboration with specialized agencies, 130
Educational advancement (Nov. 18), 129
Higher education in African trust territories (July
19), text, 255
Procedure for supervision of strategic trust terri-
tories, 130
Racial discrimination in Ruanda-Urandi, 127 ; in
Tanganyika, 128
Somaliland trusteeship agreement, committee estab-
lished to draft, 934
West Africa, Visiting Mission to trust territories :
Plans for departure, 848
Selection of members, 128
Study of West Africa, 123
Terms of reference, text of resolution, 16
Tuna Commission, Inter-American (U.S.-Costa Rica)
Tropical ; transmission of convention to Senate, 77 ;
U.S. ratification, 355
Tuna conventions, U.S. with :
Costa Rica : Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission,
transmission to Senate, 77 ; U. S. ratification, 355
Mexico: International Commission for Scientific In-
vestigation of Tuna, U.S. ratification, 355
Turkey :
American-Turkish relations discussed, 39, 707
Turkey — Continued
Soviet tactics, 826, 972
U.S. military aid, 188, 191, 267, 479, 480, 481, 603, 605
VOA broadcast inaugurated, 944
Ukrainian S. S. R. :
Italian colonies, attitude toward, 370
VOA broadcast inaugurated, 944
UNCFI. See Indonesia, U.N. Commission for
UNCIP. See India and Pakistan, U.N. Commission for
UNCOK. See Korea, U.N. Commission on Korea
U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO) :
Public Education, Twelfth International Conference
on, U.S. delegation, 20
Scholarship information requested by Trusteeship
Council for higher education in African trust ter-
ritories, text of res., 256
U.S. representatives to 4th session confirmed by Senate,
546
World peace, role in promotion of ; address by George
V. Allen, 536
Union of South Africa :
Transportation problems, Lisbon conference on, report,
852 ; text of final act, 854
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
TarifEs and Trade, General Agreement on (GATT) :
Consultation on import restrictions, 774
South African-Southern Rhodesian Customs Union
examined, 775
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
UNESCO. See U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization
UNICEP. See Children's Emergency Fund, U.N. Inter-
national
Union Statute, Netherlands-Indonesia, provisions of, 959
United Kingdom :
Allied High Commission for Germany. See Germany
Atomic energy :
U.S.-U.K.-Canada consultations : '
AEC (U.S.) Reactor Safeguard Committee members
attend U.K. meeting, 507
Combined Policy Committee (1943), 472, 507, 581
Declassification guides reviewed, 628
Further discussions, 185, 472, 589
Technical Cooperation Program (1948), 1&5. 507
Statement of Principles adopted as U.N. AEC discus-
sion basis, 680 ; text 689
Balance-of -payments problem (Canada-U.S.-U.K.) :
agreement, text of communique, 473; discussions,
197, 307, 353, 473
British exchange teachers indoctrination : address by
Margaret Hicks Williams, 609
Central and South African transportation problems,
Lisbon Conference on : report, 852 ; text of final act,
854
Educational exchange opportunities under Fulbright
Act, 74, 154, 609, 675, 676
Essentials of peace resolution:
Di.scussion, 786, 801, 855a, 970
Soviet counterproposal, 970
U.S.-U.K. draft, text, 807
Index, July to December 1949
1033
United Kingdom — Continued
Foreign crude oil production, discussions by U.K.-ECA-
Netherlands, 102
Foreign Ministers (Schuman, Bevin, Acheson) meet in
Washington, 467 ; at Paris, 822 ; text of Paris
communique, 822
Italian colonies, attitude toward, 363, 364, 366, 373 ; U.K.
draft resolution, 375
Looted property in Japan, FEC policy decision for res-
titution of, 790
Petroleum problems in production and distribution,
U.S.-U.K.-Canada discussions, 468
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Austrian peace treaty : deputy meetings, 19, 399, 509 ;
CFM agreement, 858; statement by Secretary
Acheson, 959, 860; by President Truman, 858
Belgrade convention on control of Danube River,
U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity; text of U.S.
note, 832
Bermuda Telecommunications Agreement of 1945,
Conference for Revision of: brief report on new
rates and circuits with U.S., 508; Ceylon and
Pakistan invited, 261
Bilateral treaty with U.S. under Mutual Defense As-
sistance Act of 1949, negotiations started, 753,
791
Bizonal fusion agreement (1947) extended by ex-
change of notes, text, 69
Bizonal scrap agreement, suspending provision in
U.S.-U.K. Ferrous Scrap Agreement (1948), 114
Council of Europe, discussed, 231; text of statute,
858a
German-looted monetary gold, U.S.-U.K.-France-
Poland agreement on distribution for reparations,
71
North Atlantic ocean-station agreement, signature,
683, 684
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
South Pacific Commission agreement, discussion. 839
Trade and payment agreement with Argentina
studied, 37
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
Trust territories in Africa :
Annual report on British Cameroons and Togoland
to Trusteeship Council, 125
British Cameroons and Togoland, Trusteeship Coun-
cil resolution on terms of reference for visiting
missions, text, 16
Higher education, Trusteeship Council resolution on,
text, 256
Tanganyika, Trusteeship Council resolution on racial
discrimination in, 128
U.S. aid programs, 867
U.S. gift parcels, postal-rate reduction on, 829
Warships to Antarctic, Argentina-Chile-U.K. agree-
ment (1949-50) not to send, 833
United Nations :
Activities and programs in economic and social fields,
comparative review submitted to ECOSOC by
Secretary-General, 88
Assessments, scale of; General Assembly resolution
(Oct. 20), text, 696
United Nations — Continued
Calendar of meetings of international organizations and
conferences, 182, 336, 510, 099, 849, 904
Children's Emergency Fund, International (ICBF).
See Children's Emergency Fund
Chinese situation. See China
Discussed by :
Austin, Warren R., 283, 543
Fosdick, Dorothy, 709
Jessup, Philip C, 347, 492
Miller, Edward G., 466
Peurifoy, John E., 672
Rusk, Dean, 652
Sanders, William, 163
Documents listed, 71, 141, 226, 289. 396, 435, 538, 690,
783
Econoniio Survey of Asia and Far East 194S, released,
396
Freedom of press and information. See Information,
freedom of
Genocide. See Genocide
Greek problem. See Greece
Human Rights Commission. See Human Rights
Interim Committee. See Interim Committee
"Little Assembly". See Interim Committee
Membership :
Applications: Albania, 13, 14, 15, 459, 697; Austria,
15, 459, 745; Bulgaria, 13, 14, 15, 48, 459, 697
Ceylon, 15, 459, 745; Finland, 15, 459, 745
Hungary, 13, 14, 15, 459, 697; Ireland, 15, 459,
745; Italy, 15, 459, 745; Jordan, 15, 459, 745
Mongolian People's Republic, 13, 14, 15, 459, 697
Nepal, 334; Portugal, 15, 459; Rumania, 13, 14,
15, 459, 647 ;
Discussion by :
Austin, Warren R., 13, 14
Jessup, Philip C, 496
Rusk, Dean, 652
United Nations, 48, 334, 459, 486, 697, 745
Near East, U.N. Economic Survey Mission to: Clapp,
Gordon R., appointed as chairman, 333 ; First
interim report, text, 847a
News personnel, access to meetings; General Assembly
resolution (Oct. 21), text, 696
Palestine problem. See Palestine
Technical Assistance program. See Technical assistance
Trust territories. See Trusteeship Council
United States in United Nations (weekly summary),
17, 47, 100, 142, 181, 227, 257, 290, 334, 459, 499,
539, 627, 662, 697, 745, 786, 817, 848, 855a, 902, 934,
975, correction, 856a
U.N. Day, observance of :
Address by Secretary Acheson, 455
Headquarters cornerstone ceremonies, address by
President Truman, 643
National Citizens Committee named, 99
Presidential proclamation, text, 332
U.N. Guard discussed, 100, 848; establishment of com-
mittee, 289, 697, 817
U.N. Secretariat, Secretary Acheson's letter to Byron
Price on U.S. views on testimony concerning, 252.
1034
Department of State Bulletin
United States in United Nations (weekly summary), 17,
47, 100, 142, ISl, 227, 257, 290, 334, 459, 499, 539,
627, 662, 697, 745, 786, 817, 848, 855a, 902, 934, 975 ;
correction, 856a
U.S. Commission for UNESCO :
Executive Committee :
Members listed, 20
Priority program items selected, 19 ; listed, 20
U. S. Great Seal, custody and use of, 503
UNSCOB. See Balkans U.N. Special committee on
Uranium shipments to U.S.S.R., statement by Secretary
Aclieson, 944
Uruguay :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, application for accession, 596, 774, 777
Treaty of friendship, commerce, and economic devel-
opment with U.S., 978 ; background and signa-
tures, 866a ; statement by Secretary Aeheson, 909 ;
message from President Truman to President
Batlle, 910
Wheat Agreement, International, signature, 75
U.S. Ambassador (Ravndal), appointment, 78
U.S. procurement negotiations for Uruguayan products ;
joint U.S.-Uruguay statement, 278
U.S.S.R. :
Americans (Oelsner, Sellers, Sienkiewlcz) detained;
text of U.S. note of protest, 592
Atomic energy :
Explosion in Russia, statements by :
Aeheson, Secretary, 487
Truman, President, 487
Webb, Acting Secretary, 488
Soviet proposals for international control, 248, 544,
687, 932 ; text of proposals, 690
Uranium, U.S. shipments of; statement by Secretary
Aeheson, 944
VOA corrects Pravda's reports on atomic develop-
ments, 943
Communist designs and tactics for world expansion
reviewed by Warren R. Austin, 972, 973
Disarmament policy discussed by Warren R. Austin, 649
Forced labor study, U.N.-ILO, Soviet attitude, 769
Germany. See Germany
Greek citizens of Soviet origin deported to Asia, 670,
1037
Greek problem of political independence and territorial
integrity, Soviet attitude toward, 407, 408, 412, 415,
780, 782
Human Rights Covenant, Soviet action on, S
Italian colonies, Soviet attitude toward, 363, 364, 367,
373 ; revised proposals, 377
Japanese labor policy, Soviet charges against :
McCoy, Maj. Gen. Frank R., refutation, 107, 1037
U.S. analysis, text of pertinent laws, 108
Military power, 190, 193, 265
Noncooperation in world-peace activities, 344, 490, 492,
499, 590, 611, 615, 631, G33, 649, 653, 650, 659, 670
703, 787, 801, 811, 818, 825, 839a, 855a, 897, 941, 970
Obstructionist tactics, 23, 48, 58, 181, 252, 267, 269, 323,
344, 347, 348, 399, 401, 459, 539, 544, 631, 655, 662,
668, 673, 708, 727, 745, 769, 814, 902
Soviet economic program discussed by Secretary Ache-
son, 719
Index, July to December 1949
U.S.S.R.— Continued
Treaties and agreements, etc. :
Austrian peace treaty : deputy meetings, 19, 399, 509 ;
CFM agreement, 858; statements by Secretary
Aeheson, 959, 860 ; by President Truman, 858
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity ; text of
U.S. note, 832
Icebreakers and frigates, agreement with U.S. to
return, 558
Peace treaties (1947) with Bulgaria, Hungary, and
Rumania human-rights dispute : Soviet action,
29, 238, 407, 408, 410, 459, 490, 659, 662, 691, 813
826
Sino-Soviet treaty (1945) of friendship and alliance,
Chinese charges in U.N., 899, 900
U.N. membership, Soviet position discussed by Warren
R. Austin, 14
U.S. 1st annual report on trust territory of Pacific
islands, Soviet criticisms of, 137
U.S. merchant vessel on loan to Korea ; U.S. note re-
questing Soviet aid in locating, 636
U.S. rejects charges on Italy's participation in North
Atlantic Treaty; text of U.S. note, 238, 1037
Voice of America (VOA) , Soviet jamming of, 32, 310, 312
Vandenberg, Sen. A. H., statement in Senate debate on
North Atlantic Treaty, 61
Venereal Disease, 26th General Assembly of International
Union Against; U.S. delegation, 509
Venezis, Elias (Greece), awarded 1st grant under Smith-
Mundt Act program, 636
Venezuela :
Aid from U.S.:
Irrigation problems, 86 ; table listing federal projects,
87
Technical cooperation achievement, 979
Browder-Eisenhardt case discussed in U.S. memo-
randum (Daniels) to Inter-American Peace Com-
mittee, 450
Cultural leaders visit U.S., 77 '
Description of country, 86
U.S. foreign office at Puerto la Cruz elevated to con-
sulate, 78
Veterinary Congress, 14th International, U.S. delegation,
144
Veto:
Soviet policy, 656
Use in membership applications, 817
Vietnam, unification as state, 75
Visas :
Chinese Communists refuse U.S. foreign service per-
sonnel exist visas, 482, 709 ; statement by Secretary
Aeheson, 709
Control of, discussed by Eliot B. Coulter, 523
Ireland lifts visa restrictions, 314
Passport Agencies, opening of:
Boston, 871a
Chicago, 991
Reciprocal visa fee agreements and arrangements, list-
ing of countries and fees, 534
Tourist regulations, simplification discussed at 3d
Inter-American Travel Congress, 890
1035
Vlt6ria, Brazil, U.S. consular office raised to consulate, 319
VOA. See Voice of America
Voice of America ( VOA ) :
Additional appropriations requested for improvement
of facilities, statement by Secretary Acheson, 312
Chinese and Far Eastern broadcasts increased, 239
General Bradley broadcasts on defense progress to North
Atlantic nations, 869a
Greco-American agreement for Salonika radio-trans-
mitter project improves VOA service, 829
History and activities by George V. Allen, 310
Inter-American programs discussed by Willard F. Bar-
ber, 924
Munich relay station strengthens European broadcasts,
403
New programs inaugurated:
Turkey, 707, 944
Ukraine, 944
Pravda reports on Soviet atomic developments corrected
in broadcast, 943
Soviet jamming campaign, 32, 310, 312
Wainhouse, David W., joint (Mangano) report on problem
of former Italian colonies in 3d session of General
Assembly, 363
War damage claims in Yugoslavia, registration deadline
fixed, 865a
Ward, Consul General (Mukden, China) :
Espionage charges against staff denied, 36
Experiences imder Communists summarized, 955
Detention by Communists, release requested, 759
Release, letter (Acheson) to 30 nations, 799
Staff departure, arrangements for, 907
Warren, George L. :
IRO, report on 3d (special) session of General Council,
341
OfBce of High Commissioner for Refugees, article, 938
Weather station expedition, joint (U.S.-Canada), 76, 443
Webb, Under Secretary James E. :
Correspondence :
President Truman recommending genocide conven-
tion, &14
Statements :
Atomic energy, recent developments in, 488; explora-
tory talks by Combined Policy Committee, 589
Costa Rican Government, new, 833
MDAP, 1st U.S. groups depart for Europe, 791
Point 4, proposed legislation : testimony before House
Banlving and Currency Committee, 274, 305 ;
House Foreign Affairs Committee, 549
U.S. rejects Soviet charges against establishment of
Federal Republic of Germany, 590
West Africa, trust territories. See Trusteeship Council
West Africa, Visiting Jlission to trust territories :
Plans for departure, 848
Selection of members, 128
Study of West Africa, 123
Terms of reference, text of resolution, 16
Western Europe, Council of. See Council of Europe
Western Samoa, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council
Western Union. See Brussels treaty \
Wheat Agreement, International : |
Entrance into force, 75 '
U.S. ratification, 21 \
Wheat Council, International : j
Committees, Executive and Price Equivalents, U.S. !
delegation to 1st meetings, 228
First session, U.S. delegation, 52 :
White, Ivan B., designation in State Department, 991 ;
WHO. See World Health Organization ;
Williams, Margaret Hicks, article on educational and i
ideological task based on address before British ex- j
change teachers, 609
Williamson, Francis T., appointed as chief of Division of
Austrian Affairs, 714
Willoughby, Woodbury, report on 3d session of Con- I
tracting parties to GATT and tariff negotiations at |
Annecy, 774 i
Wolverton, Representative, charges Assistant Secretary 1
Miller re Sahalo Transportation Company vs Mexico '
case : Secretary Acheson's letter of refutation to '
Chairman (Kee) of House Foreign Affairs Committee '.
text, 553 :
Women, U.N. Commission on Status of: ECOSOC action
on report, 768, 1037 ; priority program reviewed, 90
Woodward, Stanley, article on protocol : what it is and ,
what it does, 501
Wool Study Group, International, 3d meeting, U.S. dele- '
gation, 701
World Health Organization (WHO) :
Korean application for membership accepted, 17 i
Malaria control, ECOSOC resolution based on WHO
recommendation, 772 j
Priorities in program reviewed, 95 ]
Second World Health Assembly, summary, 17 j
Technical assistance program, U.N., participation, 916, i
931 I
Yalta agreement (1945), Soviet violation in China, 900 |
Yemen : j
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation ■
Yugoslavia :
Greeic problem (Balkan situation) : threats to political
and territorial security :
Aid to guerrillas, 407, 425, 430, 459, 489, 495, 588, 658,
779, 813
Attitude, 409, 410, 413, 418, 419, 425, 430, 779, 813
Children and refugees, 408, 409, 410, 412, 416, 427,
658, 697, 780, 781, 817, 853a, 1037
Conciliation Committee, proposed, 499; U.S. support,
500, 542 ; reports, 662, 779 ; suspension of activi-
ties, 6.57
Discussed by :
Acheson, Dean, 489, 658
Austin, Warren R., 972
Cohen, Benjamin V., .542, 779, 813
Howard, Harry N., 407
Jessup, Philip C, 494
Rusk, Dean, 654
United Nations, 459, 662, 697, 745, 817
Investigation, U.N. Commission of, 407, 411
Soviet action, 407, 408, 410, 459, 490, 662, 813, 826
1036
Department of State Bulletin
Yugoslavia — Continued
Greeli Problem — Continued
Suruuiary record (1046-49) in U.N. by Harry N.
Howard, 407
U.N. resolution (Nov. 19, 1949), text, 852a, 1037
UNSCOB action. See Balkans, U.N. Special Com-
mittee on
Italian colonies, former, attitude toward, 370
Soviet tactics summarized by Warren R. Austin, 973
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Belgrade convention (1948) on control of Danube
River, U.S.-U.K.-France protest validity ; text
of U.S. note, 832
Yugoslavia — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Claims settlement with U.S., 868 ; terms of agreement,
869 ; Claims Commission proposed, 870
Road traffic convention, signature, 886
U.S. Ambassador (Cannon), resignation, 714
U.S. protests currency conversion in Trieste, text of
U.S. note, 113
War damage claims of U.S. citizens, registration dead-
line fixed, 805a
Zuleta-Angel, Dr. Don Eduardo, credentials as Colombian
Ambassador to U.S., 558
Index, July fo December 1949
1037
U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; |9S1
CORRECTIONS IN VOLUME XXI
The Editor of the Bulletin wishes to call attention to the following errors:
July 4: page 844, right-hand column, the heading should read "Report of the Acting Sec-
retary of State."
Due to an error in pagination from 837-876 in this issue, the pages in the December 5
issue are marked 837a-876a.
July 11: page 25, left-hand column, the item, "Charter of the Allied High Commission for
Germany," was released to the press simultaneously in London, Paris, and Washington
June 20.
July 25: page 107, left-hand column, the item, "Labor Policy in Japan," was released to the
press July 13.
August IS: page 236, the statement by Secretary Acheson, entitled "Basic Principles of
U. S. Policy Toward the Far East," was released to the press on August 5.
page 238, the text of the U. S. Note to the U. S. S. R. on Soviet charges on
Italy's adherence to the North Atlantic Treaty, was transmitted to the Soviet Union and
released to the press on August 2.
August 29: page 298, David K. E. Bruce, is American Ambassador to France, not James
Bruce.
September 26: page 456, right-hand column, the item "Resolutions on Relations with
Intergovernmental Organizations," is United Nations document E/1532 of August 10, 1949.
page 467, right-hand column, the subhead "France — Europe" should read
"U.K.— Europe."
October 17: page 588, right-hand column, the reference "temporarily absent" applies to
Ali Haider Abbasi of Pakistan.
October 31: page 670, left-hand column, the heading should read "Persons of Greek Origin
Deported to Soviet Central Asia."
November 14: page 725, in the article on freedom of the press, under the heading "Genesis
of the United States Proposal," left-hand column, the second paragraph should read as
follows: A persistent campaign on the part of American press agencies and organizations
to promote world-wide freedom of news reporting culminated in the unanimous adoption by
the House and Senate, on September 21, 1944, of the following resolution:
November 21: page 767-68, the following transposition of material should be noted: On
page 767, right-hand column, paragraphs 2, 3, 4, and 5 under the heading "Subcommission
Report" should be inserted after the second paragraph under the heading "Status of Women",
on page 768.
page 773, left-hand column, fifth line, the final sentence in that paragraph
should read as follows: The Council approved a number of specific recommendations
made by the Committee, such as location of some of the agencies at the seat of the United
Nations and consultation with ecosoc by the specialized agencies before they estabhsh
regional offices. The Council decided that no revision need be made at this time in the
agreements between the specialized agencies of the United Nations.
November 28: page 822, left-hand column, the first heading should read "Foreign Ministers
Meet at Paris."
December 5: page 852a, the resolution entitled "Threats to the Political Independence and
Territorial Integrity of Greece," A/1117, has been corrected by A/1117/Corr.l as follows:
right-hand column, 10th line, "purpose" should read "purposes"; page 853a, left-hand
column, 47th line should read "graphs 8, 9, and 11 of the present resolution, and upon."
pages in this issue are marked 837a-876a due to an error in pagination in the
July 4 issue.
tJrie/ ^eha^tTitent/ ^^ t/tate^
TJIK rKhMDLM'S MESSAGE TO CONGRESS ON
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE LEGISLATION . . 862
RESULTS Ol llli; SIX I If SESSION OF THE
COUNCIL OF FOREIGN MINISTERS .... 857
\^HERE DO WE STAND ON POINT FOUR? • %
issistunl Srrrctary- Allrn
. 86.5
EUROPE AS A BULWARK FOR PEACE • tty It.
Gen. Walter Bedell Smith 872
THE SOUTH PACIFIC COMMISSION MAKES
PROGRESS • By Felix M. Keeping 839
For complrip c<mi-'
roivr
July 4, 1949
^.»T o.
tJ. s.
■^■■'^ 16 1949
%/^^ ~i}efia/3(im.€/ttt /:£ ^al^ V^ UL 1 JL Kj L 1 i 1
Vol. XXI, No. 522 • Publication 3555
July 4, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $6. foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February IS, 1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tceekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the uork of the De-
partment of State and tlie Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of internatioTUil relations, are listed
currently.
The South Pacific Coiuinission Makes Progress
iy Felix M. Keesing, U. S. High Commissioner on the Commission
The South Pacific Commission, the regional in-
ternational organization created by agreement of
the six governments administering non-self-
governing territories in the South Pacific area, has
now largely completed the initial organizational
phases of its work. The first session was held at
Sydney, Australia, from May 11-21, 1948, and the
second session from October 25-November 2, 1948.
At these meetings arrangements were made to
establish the permanent headquarters at Noumea,
New Caledonia; the organization of the Secre-
tariat was completed; the permanent officers of
the Secretariat were chosen; the South Pacific
Research Council was established ; and a prelimi-
nary work program was launched.
The South Pacific Conmiission was established
by the terms of an agreement worked out by repre-
sentatives of the six powers concerned at the South
Seas Conference which was held at Canberra,
Australia, in January-February 1947.^ The par-
ticipating governments are Australia, France, the
Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom,
and the United States. Already a precedent ex-
isted for such a regional oi-ganization in the work
of the Caribbean Commission, which was estab-
I lished in 1942 as the Anglo-American Caribbean
Commission and was enlarged in 1945 to include
France and the Netherlands.^ To a large extent
the South Pacific Commission has followed the
organizational patterns of the Caribbean Com-
mission, benefiting by its experience to date.
The agreement establishing the South Pacific
Commission entei-ed into force on July 29, 1948,
when acceptances by all six governments concerned
were received by the Government of Australia.
For the United States the President signed the in-
Ju»y 4, 1949
strument of acceptance of the agreement as of Jan-
uary 28, 1948, after Congi-ess had given its author-
ization for United States participation by enact-
ment of Public Law 403 (80th Congress).^ The
terms of this agreement constitute the working
charter of the Commission. Article IV, para-
graph 6, defines its general purpose as follows :
The Commission sliall be a consultative and advisory
bod.v to the participating Governments in matters affect-
ing the economic and social development of the non-self-
governing territories within the scope of the Commission
and the welfare and advancement of their peoples.
The 21 articles and 67 paragraphs comprising the
agreement specify in considerable detail the scope,
organization, powers, and functions of the Com-
mission itself, its secretariat, and its auxiliary
bodies, mainly comprising the South Pacific Re-
search Coimcil and the South Pacific Conference,
a periodic meeting of representatives of the terri-
tories concerned.* Wliile having no organic rela-
tions with the United Nations, the Commission is
directed under article XV to cooperate as fully
as possible with that body and with approiJriate
specialized agencies on matters of mutual concern.
The precise wording of the agreement, as provid-
ing the legal basis for. the Commission's activities,
necessarily underwent minute scrutiny at many
points during the first two sessions. It says much
for the wisdom and clarity of thought of those at-
tending the 1947 South Seas Conference that al-
' For a report on the Conference, see Buixetin of Mar.
16, 1947, p. 459.
= Buixetin of Dec. 23, 1945, p. 1023.
'Public Law No. 403, 80th Congress 2d Sess. (62 Stat.
15).
* For the full text of the agreement, see South Seas Con-
ference Papers, Doc. P/18, Feb. 6, 1947.
most no obscurities or ambiguities appeared to
require further interpretation by the governments
involved.
The South Pacific Commission itself consists of
twelve commissioners, of whom each government
has appointed two, with one designated as its senior
commissioner. Alternate commissioners and ad-
visers are also appointed as desired. Votes are
cast by the senior commissioners only, and voting
is in general on the basis of a two-thirds majority,
though certain major budgetary and financial
decisions require the concurrence of all senior com-
missioners. The chairmanship rotates alphabeti-
cally among governments from session to session.
Two regular sessions are to be held each year, to-
gether with any further sessions the Commission
may consider necessary. For the present the
agreed cycle of regular sessions in late April-early
May and late October-early November.
The first session of the Commission opened on
May 11, 1948, with a personal welcome by the
Australian Minister of External Affairs, Dr. Her-
bert Vere Evatt. The main agenda items were as
follows :
(1) formulating rules of procedure to guide the
Commission's work; (2) making preliminary
arrangements for choosing a permanent seat;
(3) defining procedures for filling the staff posi-
tions in the secretariat; (4) deciding the organi-
zation of the secretariat, including staff require-
ments and regulations, terms of appointment, and
a classification and salary plan; (5) planning the
specific organization of the Research Council;
(6) preparing an initial budget, together with
provisional financial regulations and an account-
ing system; (7) carrying forward from the South
Seas Conference the formulation of a provisional
work progi'am consisting of a list of desirable
projects, with attention to priorities; (8) liqui-
dating the interim organization carried on to this
time jointly by the Australian and New Zealand
Governments; and (9) setting up a Working Com-
mittee consisting of representatives of all six gov-
ernments to carry forward outstanding business
between sessions.^
At the fii'st session a plan evolved naturally of
dividing the Commission personnel — in all some
30 persons — into two ad hoc committees. These
conmiittees, labeled A and B, each with a com-
' See Proceedings of the First Session (mimeographed).
missioner and an adviser or advisers from each!
participating government, met concurrently andl
were allotted those agenda items not yet ready to,
be handled directly in full Commission session.]
In this way almost every knotty problem was;
thrashed out in an informal committee setting,
and a recommendation to which representatives;
of all delegations had agreed could then be placed
before the Commission in plenary session. This
committee organization proved so successful that
it was adopted without question at the outset of|
the second session. In general. Committee B dealti
with organizational, budgetary, and legal prob-i
lems. Committee A dealt with the site, choice ofi
personnel, the work program, the Research Coun-|
cil, and the South Pacific Conference. |
The second session convened on October 25, 1948.]
In the interim period a small provisional secre-'
tariat had carried on essential staff activities in-
Sydney, mider the part-time direction of an Act-:
ing Secretary-General, John R. Kerr, an Austra-!
lian barrister, who had previously headed the in-'
terim organization. The six governments and,
their commissioners had also advanced the task of]
selecting the permanent seat and the permanent]
personnel, by authorizing the Working Committee i
as their main agency for continuing inter-consulta-'
tion. In early September 1948 the Working Com-,
mittee visited the two sites proposed for the head-
quarters, Noumea, New Caledonia, and Suva, Fiji;
Islands, and examined in detail the local situation]
as regards buildings, housing, and other relevant
matters. The governments also gave wide pub-
licity regarding the senior secretariat positions
available, so that by September the commissioners!
had before them the names of available candidates]
for the posts of Secretary-General, Deputy Secre-i
tary-General, and the full- and part-time members!
of the Research Council. Furthermore, unani-j
mous agreement had been reached on selections for'
the two top administrative posts.
With this effective preparatory work in hand,,
the Commission at its second session was able to
proceed rapidly with the completion of its major
organizational tasks. On the evening of the first
day, the decision was made by a majority vote to
establish the permanent seat of the Commission at'
Noumea. The Commission then proceeded tOi
other agenda items, mainly working in committee,
but holding periodic plenary sessions to pass upoU;
committee resolutions and to check the accumulat-
ing summary record.
840
Department of State Bulletin
By resolution of the first session, meetings of
the Commission are to be held in public when mat-
ters directly relating to the economic and social
welfare of the South Pacific peoples are under dis-
cussion. Because the second session, like the first,
was primarily concerned with establishing the in-
ternal organization of the Commission, the meet-
ings were, in general, not open to the press, though
press statements were issued periodically. An ex-
ception was made, however, on the fifth day of the
session, when representatives of the press were in-
vited to morning and afternoon plenary sessions
dealing with the work program.
The local French authorities offered exceedingly
generous terms looking toward effective establish-
ment of the Commission and its personnel at
Noumea. Precise details as to financing the site
will be worked out at the third session, but the
costs of the initial development will be relatively
small. The Commission has followed closely the
system developed by the United Nations to cover
"privileges and immunities," both at the head-
quarters site and as relating to the territories of
the participating governments.
The Commission has been fortunate in securing
highly competent personnel to fill its top adminis-
trative and research posts. The Secretary-General
is William D. Forsyth, Australian historian and
diplomatic officer, who was serving as Australian
member on the Trusteeship Council at the time of
his appointment. Mr. Forsyth was able to be
present during the second session and was sworn
into office at one of the Commission's plenary ses-
sions. Chosen for Deputy Secretary-General was
an experienced officer of the British Colonial Serv-
ice in the Pacific, H. E. Maude, who was Resident
Commissioner of the Gilbert and Ellice Islands
Colony, and is known to many Americans for his
anthropological expertness as well as his adminis-
trative capacities. Additional permanent secre-
tariat posts will be made, in accordance with the
terms of the agi-eement, from among residents of
the South Pacific territories.
The personnel of the Research Council was also
named at the second session. The deputy chair-
man, who is responsible for developing the research
phases of the Commission's work, is Dr. L. G. M.
Baas-Becking, Dutch botanist, with long experi-
ence in research administration in Indonesia and
previously in the United States, at Stanford Uni-
versity. As the work of the Research Council will
fall into three main categories, namely health,
July 4, 1949
economic development, and social development (in-
cluding education), full-time members will be ap-
pointed in each of these fields. At the second
session, Maj. E. Massal, of the French Colonial
Medical Service, who has had wide experience in
the French Pacific territories, was chosen to head
the program in health. For economic develop-
ment, the full-time member is Dr. H. G. MacMillan,
United States agricultural expert, who had a lead-
ing role in the military farm projects in Pacific
islands during the war and in the postwar research
program on the United States Commercial Com-
pany in the Micronesian Islands. The full-time
member in the field of social development has not
yet been named. In addition to the 4 full-time
members, 13 part-time members have been named,
as follows :
Health— Dr. J. T. Gunther (Australia) , Dr. H. de
Rook (Netherlands), Dr. J. C. Lopdell (New
Zealand), Capt. W. P. Stephens, Medical
Corps U.S.N. (United States)
Ecoiwrrdc Development — The Director of the In-
situt Franc^ais d'Oceanie (France), B. E. V.
Parham (United Kingdom) , Dean K. A. Ryer-
son (United States), J. G. Crawford
(Australia)
Social Development — Sir Peter Buck, Director of
the Bishop Museum (Hawaii), Howard Hay-
den (United Kingdom), "W. C. Groves (Aus-
traliea) , Maurice Grangie (France) , Rev. I. S.
Kijne (Netherlands)
The Research Council held its first meeting
at Noumea on April 30, 1949. Meanwhile the full-
time members have visited the main administrative
centers in the islands in order to consult with the
local administrative and technical specialists, and
otherwise to lay a basis for developing the research
program. It is expected that the full Research
Council will meet usually once a year. Among its
powers, as defined by the agreement, is the author-
ity to appoint technical standing committees to
deal with particular .fields of research, and also
(with Commission approval) ad hoc committees
to handle special problems.' Special opportunity
to advance the research work of the Commission
was presented in February 1949 when observers
from the Commission attended the seventh meet-
ing of the Pacific Science Congress in New
Zealand.
' For the powers and functions of the Research Council
see articles VI to VIII of the agreement.
841
\
Articles IX-XII of the agreement provide for
periodic meetings of representatives of the terri-
tories in a "South Pacific Conference." As with
the West Indian Conference of the Caribbean
Commission, this phase of the organization is
designed to enable spokesmen for the resident
populations to get together and discuss mutual
problems. The following statements in the agree-
ment define the functions of the Conference :
Abticle IX
In order to associate with the work of the Commission
representatives of the local inhabitants of, and of official
and non-offlclal institutions directly concerned with, the
territories within the scope of the Commission, there shall
be established a South Pacific Conference with advisory
powers as a body auxiliary to the Commission.
Article XII
The Conference may discuss such matters of common
interest as fall within the competence of the Commission,
and may make recommendations to the Commission on
any such matters.
At the second session of the Commission the
number of official delegates was fixed at 2 for each
of 15 designated territories ' except 2 very small
ones, Nauru and the Tokelaus, which will have 1
each. If the Kingdom of Tonga accepts a prof-
fered invitation to send 2 delegates this will make
a total of 30 official delegates. In addition, alter-
nates and advisers up to a total of 32 (or 34 with
Tonga) have been authorized.
The first meeting of the South Pacific Confer-
ence, the Commission has decided, will be held in
Suva during the last week in April 1950. Subse-
quently it will meet, according to the terms of the
agreement, at intervals not exceeding three years,
and in different localities "with due regard to the
principle of rotation." The gathering will be
unique in that it will be the first time in the history
' The Commission drew up for this purpose a list of 15
territorial units, the .size, population, and ethnic character
of which justified representation at the South Pacific Con-
ference. They are as follows: Papua, New Guinea (Aus-
tralian Trust Territory), Nauru, New Caledonia, French
Establishments, Dutch New Guinea, Western Samoa, Tolie-
lau Islands, Cook Islands (including Nine), Fiji, British
Solomon Islands Protectorate, Gilbert Islands, Bllice
Islands, American Samoa, New Hebrides Condominium.
A possible sixteenth unit comprises the Kingdom of Tonga,
which technically does not fall within the scope of the
CommLssion, but which has been invited to participate in
the Commission's activities. This list does not attribute
the territorial units to specific countries and accordingly
does not touch upon questions of sovereignty which in a
few cases are still matters of International dispute.
of the area that representatives of these scattered j
island peoples will come together in such a manner, j
Further planning of the agenda and other arrange- ;
ments for the first Conference will be undertaken ,
at the next session of the Commission.
One of the most complicated aspects of the Com- i
mission's early work has been to prepare a budget
and otherwise arrange its financial procedures.
According to the agreement, the expenses of the
Commission and its related bodies are to be appor- '
tioned among the participating governments as
follows: Australia 30 percent; the Netherlands,
New Zealand and the United Kingdom each 15 '
percent; France and the United States 121^ 1
percent. I
The first session worked out a provisional |
budget of 36,340 pounds sterling to cover fiscal 1
operations from May 1948 to the end of the first
year (Dec. 31, 1948). This included the settle- j
ment of certain financial obligations incurred pre- |
viously by the interim organization. At this ses-
sion it was also agreed to use an amount of 40,000 j
pounds sterling which had been already contrib-
uted proportionately by the participating govern- ;
ments as a revolving fund to meet such future |
obligations as may be incurred ahead of national :
contributions being received by the Commission. ■
Because the Commission had merely a skeleton
organization in the year 1948, the total expendi-
tures have fallen far short of the provisional
budget figures. The second session had the more
difficult task of preparing a realistic budget for
1949, covering both administrative and research
operations as they were expected to develop with-
in that fiscal year. The budget, as passed with j
certain reservations, totaled 53,816 pounds sterl-
ing. Of this amount about 45 percent is for sal-
aries and 25 percent for travel. A provisional |
amount of 6,000 pounds sterling has been allotted '
for research purposes, pending further clarifica-
tion of the needs in this category. In Public Law j
403, Congress set a maximum annual amount of
$20,000 to meet the costs of United States partici-
pation in the Commission. Considering the
United States share as 12i/^ percent, this would
automatically put a maximiun of approximately |
$160,000, or 40,000 pounds sterling at the present !
exchange rate, as the upper limit of the Commis-
sion's budget. The 1949 budget of 53,815 pounds j
sterling has already exceeded this amount, even j
though it was drawn up with the greatest strin-
gency and economy, and represents little more
842
Department of State Bulletin
tlian the regular administrative budget. Under
present legislation, therefore, the United States
faces the prospect of not being able to pay its full
share of an increased budget.
In addition to all these organizational problems,
the Commission at both sessions devoted consider-
able time to drafting a work program which would
give preliminary definition to the tasks of welfare
and development which the organization was estab-
lished to handle. The South Seas Conference in
1947 had already drafted a list of possible projects,
with some suggestions as to those deserving im-
mediate attention. At the first session in May 1948,
Committee A reviewed again the potential work
program of the Commission. The commissioners
and their advisers put on the committee table many
suggestions offered by their governments and by
themselves, and these were evaluated in terms of
how far they were of common concern and deserved
high priority. A draft for a provisional work
program was then presented to the Commission as
a whole and accepted. In general, this May for-
mulation was based upon the idea that the Com-
mission should carry out a relatively small number
of carefully selected projects which represented
the most crucial needs of the area as a whole.
At the second session this provisional work pro-
gram was reviewed carefully, particularly to de-
cide which projects could be initiated immediately
by the full-time staff members as they assumed
office and which might better be held over until the
first meeting of the Research Council in April 1949.
It was recognized that some projects could be car-
ried forward rapidly by collecting and collating
existing data. The Secretary-General was there-
fore directed to get these under way as rapidly as
feasible. Included are measures looking toward
improvement of air and sea transport services in
the region; coordination of human quarantine
measures and exchange of epidemiological infor-
mation; coordination of information on fisheries
research ; pooling of information on expert assist-
ance desired and available ; liaison with public and
private agencies doing experimental work in agri-
culture and industry with a view to disseminating
information of their findings ; collection and dis-
semination of information on technical training of
islanders; development of a Commission library;
preparation of a record file of scientists and of
public and private agencies interested in the re-
gion ; investigation of the possible use of radio and
visual aids in education.
A number of other projects, the Commission
felt, called for new research, so that it was decided
to postpone these items pending advice from the
full-time members of the Research Council and
the Research Council itself. Among such matters
are improvement of the copra industry, including
mechanization ; control of plant and animal pests
and diseases; research into health problems, par-
ticularly infant and maternal welfare; improve-
ment of nutrition; stimulation and coordination
of studies in vulcanology and seismology ; improve-
ment of tropical pasture lands; problems of con-
servation ; studies of the impact of modern civiliza-
tion on the traditional societies; and studies of
lalx)r conditions.
The Commission itself has shown a considerable
diffidence about carrying forward too specifically
its formulation of research needs until it can re-
ceive adequate technical advice from the Research
Council. The work program is therefore still con-
sidered to be highly flexible.
The general future scope of the South Pacific
Commission's activities may best be visualized by
reference to article IV of the agreement. This de-
fines its main powers and functions as follows:
(a) to study, formulate and recommend measures for
the development of, and where necessary the co-ordina-
tion of services affecting, the economic and social rights
and welfare of the inhabitants of the territories within
the scope of the Commission, particularly in respect of
agriculture (including animal husbandry), communica-
tions, transport, fisheries, forestry, industry, labor, mar-
keting, production, trade and finance, public works,
education, health, housing and social welfare;
(6) to provide for and facilitate research in technical,
scientific, economic and social fields . . . ;
(c) to make recommendations for the co-ordination of
local projects . . . which have regional significance . . .;
(d) to provide technical assistance, advice and informa-
tion . . . for the participating Governments;
(e) to promote co-operation with non-participating
Governments and with non-governmental organisations
of a public or quasi-public character having common inter-
ests in the area . . . ;
(/) to address inquiries to the participating Govern-
ments on matters within its competence ; and to discharge
such other functions as may be agreed upon by the partic-
ipating Governments.
July 4, J 949
843
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Genocide Convention Transmitted to the Senate
THE PRESIDENT'S LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE'
To the Senate of the United States:
With a view to receiving the advice and consent
of the Senate to ratification, I transmit herewith
a certified copy of the Convention on the Preven-
tion and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide,
adopted unanimously by the General Assembly of
the United Nations in Paris on December 9, 1948,
and signed on behalf of the United States on De-
cember 11, 1948.
The character of the Convention is explained in
the enclosed report of the Acting Secretary of
State. I endorse the recommendations of the
Acting Secretary of State in his report and urge
that the Senate advise and consent to my ratifica-
tion of this Convention.
In my letter of February 5, 1947, transmitting
to the Congress my first annual report on the
activities of the United Nations and the partici-
pation of the United States therein, I pointed out
that one of the important achievements of the
General Assembly's First Session was the agree-
ment of the Members of the United Nations that
genocide constitutes a crime under international
law. I also emphasized that America has long
been a symbol of freedom and democratic progress
to peoples less favored than we have been and
that we must maintain their belief in us by our
policies and our acts.
By the leading part the United States has taken
in the United Nations in producing an effective in-
ternational legal instrument outlawing the world-
shocking crime of genocide, we have established
before the world our firm and clear policy toward
that crime. By giving its advice and consent to
my ratification of this Convention, which I urge,
the Senate of the United States will demonstrate
that the United States is prepared to take effective
action on its part to contribute to the establish-
ment of principles of law and justice.
Harry S. Truman
The White House,
Jmie 16, 1943.
844
The President,
The White House:
I have the honor to transmit to you a certified
copy of the convention on the prevention and
punishment of the crime of genocide, adopted
unanimously by the General Assembly of the
United Nations in Paris on December 9, 1948,
with the recommendation that it be submitted to
the Senate for its advice and consent to ratifi-
cation.
The convention defines genocide to mean cer-
tain acts, enumerated in article II, committed with
the intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a na-
tional, ethnical, racial, or religious group, as such.
These acts are discussed below.
The basic purpose of the convention is the pre-
vention of the destruction of a human group as
such. The first resolution of the General Assem-
bly on this subject, 9G (I), adopted unanimously
by the members of the United Nations on Decem-
ber 11, 1946, succinctly pointed out that —
Genocide Is a denial of the right of existence of entire
human groups, as homicide is the denial of the right to live
of individual human beings.
The resolution also pointed out that genocide
shocks the conscience of mankind, results in great
losses to humanity and is contrary to moral law.
Of course, homicide also is shocking, results in
losses to humanity and is contrary to moral law.
The distinction between those two crimes, there-
fore, is not a difference in underlying moral prin-
ciples, because in the case of both crimes, moral
principles are equally outraged. The distinction
is that in homicide, the individual is the victim;
in genocide, it is the group.
The General Assembly declared in this resolu-
tion that the physical extermination of human
groups, as such, is of such grave and legitimate
' S. Exec. O, June 16, 1949.
Department of State Bulletin
international concern that civilized society is justi-
fied in branding; genocide as a crime under inter-
national law. The extermination of entire human
groups impairs the self-preservation of civiliza-
tion itself. The recent genocidal acts committed
by the Nazi Government have placed heavy bur-
dens and responsibilities on other countries, in-
cluding our own. The millions of dollars spent
by the United States alone on refugees, many of
them victims of genocide, and the special immi-
gration laws designed to take care of such unfor-
tunates illustrate how genocide can deeply affect
other states. On September 23, 19-18, Secretary
of State Marshall stated that —
Governments wliieh systematicall.v disregard the rights
of their own people are not liliely to respect the rights of
otlier nations and other people and are likely to seek
their objectives by coercion and force in the international
field.
It is not surprising, therefore, to find the Gen-
eral Assembly of the United Nations unanimously
declaring that genocide is a matter of intenia-
tional concern.
Thus, the heart of the convention is its recogni-
tion of the principle that the prevention and pun-
ishment of genocide requires international coop-
eration. However, the convention does not sub-
stitute international responsibility for state re-
sponsibility. It leaves to states themselves the
basic obligation to protect entire human groups in
their right to live. On the other hand it is de-
signed to insure international liability where state
responsibility has not been properly discharged.
The convention was carefully drafted and, in-
deed, represents the culmination of more than 2
years of thoughtful consideration and treatment in
the United Nations, as the following important
steps in its formulation demonstrate :
The initial impetus came on November 2, 1946,
■when the delegations of Cuba, India, and Panama
requested the Secretary-General of the United Na-
tions to include in the agenda of the General As-
sembly an additional item: the prevention and
punishment of the crime of genocide. The Assem-
bly referred the item to its Sixth (Legal) Commit-
tee for study.
At its fifty-fifth plenary meeting on December
11, 19-16, the Assembly adopted, without debate and
unanimously, a draft resolution submitted by its
Legal Committee. This resolution, referred to
above, affirmed that "genocide is a crime under in-
ternational law." It recommended international
cooperation with a view to facilitating the pre-
vention and punishment of genocide, and, to this
end, it requested the Economic and Social Council
of the United Nations to undertake the necessary
studies to draw up a draft convention on the crime.
Pursuant to this resolution a draft convention
on genocide was prepared by the ad hoc Committee
on Genocide in the spring of 1948, under the chair-
July 4, 1949
manship of the United States representative on
this committee. This draft was again discussed by
the Economic and Social Council in July and Au-
gust 1948 in Geneva, and then in the Legal Com-
mittee of the General Assembly at its third regular
session in Paris, where again the United States
delegation played an important role in the formu-
lation of the draft convention.
On December 9, 1948, the General Assembly
unanimously adopted the convention to outlaw
genocide, which was signed by the United States
2 days later. When signing, the United States
representative said, in part :
I am privileged to sign this convention on behalf of my
Government, -which has been proud to take an active part
in the effort of the United Nations to bring this convention
into being.
The Government of the United States considers this an
event of great importance in the development of interna-
tional law and of cooperation among states for the purpose
of eliminating practices offensive to all civilized mankind.
Genocide is a crime which has been perpetrated
by man against man throughout history. Al-
though man has always expressed his horror of
this heinous crime, little or no action had been
taken to prevent and punish it. The years immedi-
ately preceding World War II witnessed the most
diabolically planned and executed series of geno-
cidal acts ever before committed. This time there
was to be more than mere condemnation. A feel-
ing of general repulsion swept over the world, and
following the war manifested itself in the General
Assembly's resolution of December 1946. It is this
resolution to which the Legal Committee gave full
content by providing the General Assembly with a
legal instrument designed not only to prevent
geaiocidal acts but also to punish the guilty.
'^ The o-enocide convention contains 19 articles.
Of these, the first 9 are of a substantive character,
and the remaining 10 are procedural in nature.
The preamble is of a general and historical
nature. .
Article I carries into the convention the concept
unanimously affirmed by the General Assembly m
its 1946 resolution, that genocide is a crime under
international law. In this article the parties un-
dertake to prevent and to punish the crime.
Article II specifies that any of the following five
acts, if accompanied by the intent to destroy, in
whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial, or
religious group, constitutes the crime of genocide :
(a) Killing members of the group;
(h) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to
members of the group ;
(c) Deliberately inflicting on the group condi-
tions of life calculated to bring about its physical
destruction in whole or in part;
(d) Imposing measures intended to prevent
births within the group ; and
845
(e) Forcibly transferring children of the group
to another group.
This article, then, requires that there should be a
specific intent to destroy a racial, religious, na-
tional, or etlmical group as such in whole or in
part. With respect to this article the United
States representative on the Legal Committee
said:
I am not aware that anyone contends that the crime of
genocide and the crime of homicide are onp and the same
thing. If an individual is murdered by another individ-
ual, or indeed by a government official of a state, a crime
of homicide has been committed and a civilized com-
munity will punish it as such. Such an act of homicide
would not in itself be an international crime. To repeat
the opening language of the resolution of the General
Assembly of December 1946, "genocide is a denial of the
right of existence of entire human groups." This remains
the principle on which we are proceeding.
However, if an individual is murdered by another indi-
vidual, or by a group, whether composed of private citizens
or government officials, as part of a plan or with the intent
to destroy one of the groups enumerated in article 2, the
international legal crime of genocide is committed as well
as the municipal-law crime of homicide.
The destruction of a group may be caused not
only by killing. Bodily mutilation or disintegra-
tion of the mind caused by the imposition of stupe-
fying drugs may destroy a group. So may steril-
ization of a group, as may the dispersal of its
children.
Article III of the convention specifies that five
acts involving genocide shall be punishable. These
five genocidal acts are —
{a) The crime of genocide itself ;
{h) Conspiracy to commit genocide;
(c) Direct and public incitement to commit
genocide ;
{d) Attempt to commit genocide ; and
(e) Complicity in genocide.
The parties agree, in article TV, to punish guilty
persons, irrespective of their status.
In article V the parties undertake to enact, "in
accordance with their respective constitutions", the
legislation necessary to implement the provisions
of the convention. The convention does not pur-
port to require any party to enact such legisla-
tion otherwise than in accordance with the coun-
try's constitutional provisions.
Article VI makes it clear that any person charged
with the commission of any of the five genocidal
acts enumerated in article III shall be tried by a
court of the state in whose territory the act was
committed, or by such international penal tribunal
as may have jurisdiction with respect to those states
accepting such jurisdiction. Thus, the commission
in American territory of genocidal acts would be
tried only in American courts. No international
tribunal is authorized to try anyone for the crime
of genocide. Should such a tribunal be estab-
lished. Senate advice and consent to United States
ratification of any agreement establishing it would
846
be necessary before such an agreement would be
binding on the United States.
By article VII the parties agree to extradite, in
accordance with their laws and treaties persons
accused of committing genocidal acts ; none of such
acts is to be considered a political crime for the pur-
pose of extradition. The United States repre-
sentative on the Legal Committee, in voting in fa-
vor of the convention December 2, 1948, said :
With respect to article VII regarding extradition, I
desire to state that until the Congress of the United States
shall have enacted the necessary legislation to implement
the convention, it will not be possible for the Government
of the United States to surrender a person accused of a
crime not already extraditable under existing laws.
Existing United States law provides for extradi-
tion only when there is a treaty therefor in force
between the United States and the demanding gov-
ernment. Only after Congress has defined, and
provided for the punishment of, the crime of geno-
cide, and authorized surrender therefor, will it be
possible to give effect to the provisions of article
VII.
Article VIII recognizes the right of any party
to call upon the organs of the United Nations for
such action as may be appropriate under tlie Char-
ter for the prevention and suppression of any of
the acts enumerated in article III. This article
merely affirms the right of the United Nations to
call upon an organ of the United Nations in mat-
ters within its jurisdiction.
Article IX provides that disputes between the
parties relating to the intepretation, application,
or fulfillment of the convention, including disputes
relating to the responsibility of a state for any of
the acts enumerated in article III, shall be sub-
mitted to the International Court of Justice, when
any party to a dispute so requests.
On December 2, 1948, in voting in favor of the
genocide convention, the representative of the
United States made the following statement be-
fore the Legal Committee of the General
Assembly :
I wish that the following remarks be included in the
record verbatim :
Article IX provides that disputes between the con-
tracting parties relating to the interpretation, applica-
tion, or fulfillment of the present convention, "including
those relating to the responsibility of a state for genocide
or any of the other acts enumerated in article III," shall
be submitted to the International Court of Justice. If
"responsibility of a state" is used in the traditional sense
of responsibility to another state for injuries sustained
by nationals of the complaining state in violation of prin-
ciples of international law and similarly, if "fulfillment"
refers to disputes where interests of nationals of the
complaining state are involved, these words would not
appear to be objectionable. If, however, "responsibility of
a state" is not used in the traditional sense and if these
words are intended to mean that a state can be held liable
in damages for injury inflicted by it on its own nationals,
this provision is objectionable and my Government makes
a reservation with respect to such an interpretation.
Department of State Bulletin
In view of this statement, I recommend that the
Senate give its advice and consent to ratification
of the convention —
with the understamling that article IX shall be under-
stood in the traditional sense of responsibility to another
state for injuries sustained by nationals of the complain-
ing state in violation of principles of International law,
and shall not be understood as meaning that a state can
be held liable in damages for injuries inflicted by it on
its own nationals.
The remaining articles are procedural in na-
ture. By article XIV the convention is to be
effective for an initial period of 10 years from the
date it enters into force, and thereafter for suc-
cessive i^eriods of 5 years with respect to those
Parties which have not denounced the convention
by written notification to the Secretary-General of
the United Nations at least 6 months before the
expiration of the current period.
Article XV provides that if there are less than
16 parties to the convention, as a result of denun-
ciations, the convention shall cease to be in force
from the effective date of the denunciation which
reduces the number of parties to less than 16.
Article XVI authorizes any party to request
revision of the convention, by notification in writ-
ing to the Secretary-General of the United Na-
tions. The General Assembly shall decide upon
the steps, if any, to be taken in respect of such
request.
It is my firm belief that the American people
together with the other peoples of the world will
hail United States ratification of this convention
as another concrete example of our repeatedly
affirmed determination to make the United Nations
the cornerstone of our foreign policy and a work-
able institution for international peace and
security.
Eespectfully submitted.
James E. Webb,
Acting Secretary.
(Enclosure: Certified copy of convention on the pre-
vention and punishment of genocide.) "
THE CONGRESS
Legislation
Taxation Convention with Belgium. Message from the
President of the United States transmitting the conven-
tion between the United States of America and Belgium
for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention
of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income, signed
at Washington on October 28, 1948. S. Exec. I, 81st Cong.,
1st sess. 15 pp.
Exchange of Notes with Canada Providing for Diver-
sions of \Vater for Power Purposes from the Niagara
River. Message from the President of the United States
transmitting the texts of notes exchanged at Washington
on December 23, 1948, between the Government of the
United States of America and the Government of Canada,
providing for temporary emergency diversions of water
for power purposes from the Niagara River. S. Exec. J,
81st Cong., 1st sess. 4 pp.
Convention with Mexico for the Establishment of an
International Commission for the Scientific Investigation
of Tuna. Message from the President of the United States
transmitting a convention between the United States of
America and Mexico for the establishment of an inter-
national commission for the scientific investigation of
tuna, signed at Mexico City, January 25, 1949. S. Exec.
K, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 7 pp.
Study of Economic Concentration. S. Rept. 112, 81st
Cong., 1st se.ss. Pinal Report pursuant to S. Res. 241,
80th Cong. 2 pp.
Noneitizens' Claims Against the United States. S.
Rept. 117, 81st Cong., 1st sess. to accompany S. 937. 6 pp.
Extending Time for Filing Claims Under the War
Claims Act of 1948. S. Rept. 131, 81st Cong., 1st sess.
to accompany S. 326. 2 pp.
ECA and Strategic Materials. Report of the Joint
Committee on Foreign Economic Cooperation created
pursuant to Section 124 of Public Law 472, Eightieth
Congress. S. Rept. 140, 81st Cong., 1st sess. iii. 56 pp.
Reports to the Congress by the Commission on Organi-
zation of the Executive Branch of the Government. Re-
ports of the Commission including appendixes and other
supporting documents. S. Doc. 28, 81st Cong., 1st sess.
5 pp.
Certain Cases in Which the Attorney General had
Suspended Deportation. S. Rept. 124, 81st Cong., 1st
sess. to accompany S. Con. Res. 22. 2 pp. S. Rept. 134,
81st Cong., 1st sess. to accompany S. Con. Res. 23. 2 pp.
S. Rept. 168, 81st Cong., 1st sess. to accompany S. Con. Res.
24. 2 pp. S. Rept. 169, 81st Cong., 1st sess. to accom-
pany S. Con. Res. 25. 2 pp.
Copper Import-Tax Suspension. H. Rept. 312, 81st
Cong., 1st sess. to accomany H. R. 2313. 2 pp.
Continuation of Exemption from the Tax on Trans-
portation of Persons of Foreign Travel Via Newfound-
land. H. Rept. 322, 81st Cong., 1st sess. to accompany
H. J. Res. 203. 2 pp.
Extension of the European Recovery Program. Re-
port of the Committee on Foreign Affairs on H. R. 3748,
a bill to amend the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948.
H. Rept. 323, 81st Cong., 1st sess. iv, 77 pp. H. Rept. 323,
Part 2, 81st Cong., 1st sess. to accompany H. R. 3748^
7 pp.
Amending the China Aid Act of 1948. H. Rept. 329,
81st Cong., 1st sess. to accompany H. R. 3830. 6 pp.
Amending Subsection (C) of Section 19 of the Immi-
gration Act of 1917, as Amended, with Respect to Suspen-
sion of Deportable Aliens. H. Rept. 362, 81st Cong., 1st
sess. to accompany H. R. 3875. 3 pp.
Reorganization Act of 1949. Hearings Before the Com-
mittee on Expenditures in the Executive Departments,
United States Senate, Eighty-first Congress. First Ses-
sion, on S. 526, a bill to provide for the reorganization of
government agencies, and for other purposes. Feb. 2, 3,
7, 9, 10, and 15, 1949. iv, 230 pp.
Extension of European Recovery. Hearings before the
Committee on Foreign Relations, United States Senate,
Eighty-first Congress, First Session, on S. 833, a bill to
amend the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948. Feb. 8, 9,
10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 17, and 28, 1949. v, 584 pp.
' For text of the convention, see Bulletin of Dec. 19,
1948, p. 756.
July 4, 7949
847
The United States in tlie United Nations
UN Guard
[June 25-July 1]
The United States announced full support for
Secretary-General Lie's revised proposal for a
United Nations Guard as presented to the 14-
nation Special Committee established by the Gen-
eral Assembly resolution of April 29 to study the
subject. The Secretary-General's present plan
calls for a "United Nations Field Service" of 300
men recruited from national governments to carry
out the day-to-day functions of security, transpor-
tation, and communications for United Nations
missions in the field. In addition there would be
a Field Reserve Panel of 2,000 x^ersons, which
would be called into service when needed on a tem-
porary basis for such functions as observation of
a truce, or supervision of plebiscites.
The United States spokesman emphasized the
importance of the early establishment of an effi-
cient standing field service of moderate size. He
further stated that the proposal made clear that
no substitute for the armed forces contemplated
in article 43 of the Charter was intended. The
United States felt as strongly as other member
states, he said, that there should be a clear under-
standing that the proposed field service would be
entirely distinct in nature and functions from the
article 43 armed forces.
Korea
The Commission for Korea has reported to
United Nations headquarters the departure of the
last United States occupation forces from Korea
on June 29. This withdrawal is in conformity
with the General Assembly resolution of last De-
cember calling for withdrawal of such forces from
all Korea "as early as practicable." Although the
U. S. S. R. has announced withdrawal of its forces
from North Korea, the Commission has not been
allowed to enter that territory for verification.
Trusteeship Council
The fifth session of the Trusteeship Council
opened on June 1.5. Ambassador Roger Garreau
of France was elected president, and Ambassador
Padillo Nervo of Mexico, vice president.
A suggestion submitted by Ambassador Fran-
cis B. Sayre, United States representative, that
the I'ules provide for annual meetings of the
Trusteeship Council in January, with a second
meeting in June "or at such time as the President
and the Secretary-General might designate," was
adopted.
Plans were made by the Council for the depar-
ture on November 1 of its Visiting Mission to
"West Africa. The United States member on this
4-man mission will be Benjamin Gerig, it was
announced by Ambassador Sayre. The Mission
was directed to observe developing political, eco-
nomic, social, and educational conditions in the
TrusteeshiiD Territories of West Africa, as well
as progress toward self-government or independ-
ence, and administration efforts to achieve basic
Trusteeshi]) objectives. The Mission was also
directed to consider petitions from the local
populations.
The Trusteeship Council devoted several ses-
sions to a study of the effect of Administrative
Unions in Trusteeship Territories, prepared by
an interim committee. Ambassador Sayre, in the
discussion, characterized the problem as a contin-
uing one which required the "watchful gaze" of
the Trusteeshi]) Council. Accordingly, a sugges-
tion jointly submitted by the United States and
Mexico, that the Trusteeship Council conduct a
continuing study of the effects of existing or pro-
posed Administrative Unions involving Trustee-
ship Territories, was accepted as a basis for
discussion.
The Council then turned to consideration of
Australia's annual report as administering au-
thority of Nauru. Ambassador Sayre said that
the report was "commendable" in both form and
substance. Australia had conscientiously en-
deavored to act in the interest of the inhabitants,
he remarked. In view of the almost complete
literacy of the indigenous population, he believed
the Trusteeship Council could look forward to a
rapid increase in their participation in the
administration. i
Protection of Minorities
An extensive preliminary study of the problem
of minorities and of measures designed to pro-
tect them, and the adoption of six resolutions on
the subject were the principal tasks performed by
the twelve experts who compose the Subcommis-
sion on the Prevention of Discrimination and the
Protection of Minorities which ended its second
session at Lake Success June 27. The resolutions
dealt with (1) cooperation of non-governmental 1
organizations, (2) documentation, (3) national |
coordinating committees, (4) provision to be i
added to the Draft International Covenant of |
Human Rights, (5) information on the status of i
minorities and (6) facilities to be provided f or |
minorities. j
The Subcommission plans to hold its next ses- !
sion in January 1950 in Geneva just prior to the '
meeting of the Human Rights Commission.
848
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings ^
Adjourned during June
United Nations:
Lake Success
Lake Success
Habana
Lake Success
Geneva
Geneva
1949
Apr. 12-June 9
Mav 9-June 20
May 29-Junel4
May 31-June 14
June 13-
June 13-
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council) :
Commission on Human Rights: Fourth Session . . .
Economic Commission for Latin America: Second
Session.
Subcommission on Freedom of Information and the
Press: Third Session.
Economic Commission for Europe: Inland Transport
Committee.
Permanent Central Opium Board: 53rd Session ....
Diplomatic Conference for the Drawing up of a New Con-
vention Intended to Protect War Victims.
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) :
Region II-Fourth Inter-American Radio Conference . .
IcAO (International Civil Aviation Organization):
European Frequency Meeting: Second Session
Council ' Seventh Session
Geneva
Washington
Paris
Montreal
Apr. 21-June
Apr. 25-June
Apr. 26-June
May 17— June
Third Assembly
Montreal
Montreal
Washington
London
Detroit
Paris
Geneva
June 7-
Legal Committee: Fourth Session
June 7-
Four-Power Discussions Regarding Swiss-Allied Accord .
Organizational Meetings of the Council of the International
Authority for the Ruhr.
Inter- American Bar Association: Sixth Meeting
Council of Foreign Ministers: Sixth Session
Ilo (International Labor Organization) :
May 10-June
May 20-June
Mav 22-June 1
May 23-June 20
Mav 27-June
International Whaling Commission: First Meeting ....
The President's Highway Safety Conference
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization) :
Interim Committee for the Permanent Bureau to Coordi-
nate International Congresses of Medical Sciences.
Executive Board: Fifteenth Session
London
Washington
Paris
Paris
Paris
Brussels
London
May 30-June
June 1-3
June 9-
June 9- '
International Conference on Science Abstracting ....
Journtes M^dicales de Bruxelles (Medical Days of Brussels) :
Twenty-third Session.
International Tin Study Group: Fourth Meeting
Caribbean Commission: Eighth Meeting
Fag (Food and Agriculture Organization) :
Coimcil: Sixth Session
June 20-25
June 11-15
June 13-
Port-of-Spain, Trinidad . . .
Paris
Bangkok
Elsinore, Denmark
Noordwijk, Netherlands . . .
June 13-18
June 13-25
Southeast Asia Conference on Rinderpest Control Prob-
lems.
Twelfth International Conference on Adult Education . .
Fifth International Grassland Congress
June 20-24
June 16-25
June 22-26
Iro (International Refugee Organization) :
General Council: Extraordinary Session
International Sugar Council
June 22-
London
Seoul
June 23-
In session as of July 1, 1949
United Nations:
1948
Dec. 12-
1949
Jan. 3-
Security Council
Lake Success
Haifa, Jerusalem, and Rhodes .
Lake Success
Jan. 7-
Subcommission on Prevention of Discrimination and
Protection of Minorities: Second Session.
Permanent Central Opium Board: 53rd Session
Jan. 28-
June 13-
June 13-
Lake Success
Geneva
June 15-
Narcotic Drugs Supervisory Body: 32nd Session ....
June 20-
July 4, 1949
849
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
In Session as of July 1, 1949 — Continued
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) :
Geneva
1948
Jan. 15-
Reerion I Freauencv Conference
Geneva
Geneva
Paris
Annecy, France
Geneva
1949
May 18-
Region III Frequency Conference
Meeting of the Technical Planning Committee of the
International High Frequency Broadcasting Conference.
Gatt: Third Session of Contracting Parties
Ilo (International Labor Organization) :
/i2nd Tntprnational Labor Conference
May 18-
June 23-
Apr. 8-
June 8—
Who (World Health Organization) :
June 13-
June 18-
Second Inter-American Conference on Indian Life
Cfm Deputies for Austria
Imo (International Meteorological Organization) :
Regional Commission VI (Europe) : Fourth Session . . .
IcEF (International Children's Emergency Fund):
Executive Board
Cuzco, Peru
London
London
Lake Success
Brussels
Paris
Paris
June 24^
June 25-
June 27-
June 27-
Scheduled July 1 to September 30, 1949
International Philatelic Exhibition
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization) :
Meeting of Experts on Copyright
Conference to Establish an International Coimcil on Arts
July 1-
July 4-
July 18-
in General Education.
Meeting of Commission on Technical Needs in Press,
Radio, and Films.
Mass Illiteracy Seminar and Seminar for Teachers . . .
Committee of F^xperts on Engineering Sciences
Committee of Experts on Reproduction in Visual Art . .
International Technical Conference on the Protection of
Nature.
Executive Board" 16th Session
Paris
Rio de Janeiro
Paris
Paris
July 25-
July 27-
Aug. 16-
Aug. 22-
Lake Success
Paris
Paris
Paris
Geneva
Geneva
Lake Success
Geneva
Paris
Geneva
Lake Success
Washington
Lausanne
Geneva
Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro .
Rio de Janeiro
Helsinki
Washington
London
Europe
London
Brussels
Central America
Washington
Geneva
Undetermined
Aug. 22-
Sept. 3-16
Committee of Experts on Exchange of Persons Problems .
Sept. 9-
Sept. 19-
July 4-
July 5-
Twelfth International Conference on Pubhc Education . .
United Nations:
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council) :
Ninth Session
Scientific Conference on the Conservation and Utilization
of Resources.
Conference on Road and Motor Transport
Aug. 17-
Aug. 23-
Sept. 19-
Sept. 26-
September
July 5-
July 6-
July 8-
Permanent Central Opium Board: 54th Session ....
Interim Coordinating Committee for International Com-
modity Arrangements.
International Wheat Council: First Session
Imo (International Meteorological Organization):
Annual Session
Who (World Health Organization):
First Pan American Congress of Engineering
Second Pan American Congress of Social Service
Fao (Food and Agriculture Organization):
July 8-
July 10-17
July 10-20
Meeting of Farm Machinery Supply Countries
Meeting of Specialists on Control of Pests and Diseases of
Field Crops.
Meeting of Specialists on Agricultural Extension ....
Meeting of Specialists on Foot-and- Mouth-Disease Con-
trol.
Fourth Meeting of Technical Committee on Wood Chem-
istry.
July 25- 2
July
Aug. 1-
Aug. 14-
August
September
Meeting of Technical Committee on Food Composition .
Meeting on Mechanical Wood Technology
European Forestry and Forest Products Commission . .
September
September
September
£50
Department of State Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled July 1 to September 30, 1949— Continued
Ilo (International Lal)or Organization):
Meeting of Executive Representatives of Governments
and Specialized Agencies on Migration.
Industrial Committee on Metal Trades: Third Session . .
Permanent Agricultural Committee: Third Session . . .
Technical Tripartite Conference on Safety in Coal Mines .
Conference for the Revision of the 1945 Bermuda Tele-
communications Agreement.
International Penal and Penitentiary Commission:
Meeting of the Executive Committee
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) :
Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference:
Second Session
Fourth Meeting of the Administrative Council
Meeting of the International Penal and Penitentiary Com-
mission.
XIV International Veterinary Congress
Venice International Film Festival
Twelfth International Dairy Congress
Izmir International Fair
International Seed Testing Association: Meeting of the
Constitutional Committee.
Tenth International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art . .
Pan American Institute of Geography and History:
First Pan American Consultation on Geography . . . .
Diplomatic Conference on the Revision of the Convention
for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works.
Cannes Film Festival
29th International Congress of Americanists
International Statistical Institute: 26th Session
Budapest International Fair
Vienna International Fair
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
Fourth Annual Meeting of the Board of Governors
International Monetary Fund: Fourth Annual Meeting of
the Board of Governors.
Third North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement
Conference.
Royal Netherlands Industry Fair
XVII International Navigation Congress
Iko General Council: Third Session
International Commission for Uniform Methods of Sugar
Analysis.
First Session of the Inter- American Council of Jurists
Geneva
The Hague
Geneva . .
Geneva . .
London . .
Bern
Paris .
Geneva
Bern .
London . . .
Venice . . .
Stockholm . .
Izmir, Turkey
Belfast . . .
Venice
Santiago
Switzerland
Cannes . .
New York-.
Bern
Budapest
Vienna
Washington.
Washington.
Ottawa
Utrecht.
Lisbon _ .
Geneva.
Prague..
Rio de Janeiro.
July 18-
1949
Aug. 22-
August or September
Sept. 12-
July 21-
July 30-
Aug. 1-
Aug. 15-
Aug. 1-
Aug. 8-
Aug. 11-
Aug. 15-
Aug. 20-
Aug. 24-
August
August
August or September
Sept. 2-
Sept. 5-12
Sept. 3-10
Sept. 3-18
Sept. 11-
Sept. 12-
Sept. 12-
Sept. 13-
September
September
September
September
September
' Prepared in the Division of International Conferences, Department of State.
» Tentative.
ADDRESS BY WILLARD L. THORP
On June 23 Assistant Secretary Thorp
delivered an address on the subject of The
Church and International Kelations at the
Sixth International Congregational Council,
Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass., June 23.
Text was issued as press release 476.
CORRECTIONS
In the Bulletin of June 19, 1949, left col-
umn, 4th line, the third word, '"path" should
be "task". The sentence should read "The
task is difficult and requires firm determina-
tion and steadfast effort." In the same col-
umn, tlie 32d line "peace. The task is difficult
and requires firm de-" should be deleted.
This correction applies also to the Bulle-
tin Reprint of "Essential Elements of Last-
ing Peace", publication 3553.
July 4, J 949
851
The Lisbon Conference on Central and South African
Transportation Problems
by Maxwell Harway
European colonial powers of Central Africa
and the Union of South Africa have taken the first
step toward the organization of a permanent re-
gional council for the coordination of transport
for Africa, south of the Equator. The fonnation
of this permanent council ^ may result in expand-
ing the Congo Basin treaty ^ to include a larger
geogi-aphic area.
This was the outstanding achievement of the
Conference on Central African Transportation
which met at Lisbon, Portugal, May 24 to May 31,
1949, at the invitation of the Portuguese Govern-
ment. Participating in the work of this Confer-
ence were the United Kingdom, Belgium, France,
Portugal, and the Union of South Africa.^ The
United States of America was represented by
observers.*
The Conference, which had been convened pri-
marily to fix a time and place and prepare an
agenda for a subsequent meeting in Africa to
' For the functions and structure of this permanent
council see appendix VIII to Final Act, p. 856.
^ Revision of the General Act of Berlin of February 26,
1885, and the General Act and Declaration of Brussels of
July 2, 1890 ; convention between United States of America
and other powers — signed at Salnt-Germain-en-Laye, Sept.
10, 1919 ( generally called the Congo Basin treaty ) . Treaty
Series 877.
^Chiefs of Delegation:
United Kingdom : Sir Nigel Ronald, British Ambassador
at Lislwn,
Portugal : Dr. Ruy Ulrich, President of the Faculty of
Law at University of Lisbon and Former Ambassador at
London.
France : M. Jean du Sault, French Ambassador at Lisbon.
Belgium : M. Debacker, Royal Inspector of colonies.
Union of South Africa : Dr. P. R. Botha, South African
Minister at Lisbon.
* The United States was represented by three observers :
Abbot Low Moffat, Chief of Trade, Finance and Develop-
ment Section, Eca Mission to London ; John E. Orchard,
Special Adviser on Development of Overseas Territories,
OSR, Paris; MaxweU Harway, Office of Transport and
Communications, Department of State.
' See p. 854.
' Appendix VII to Final Act, p. 856.
852
promote the development of adequate transporta-
tion resources in the region, was expanded during
the course of its proceedings. The enlargement
of the scope of the Conference took the form of
recommendations to the participating govern-
ments for immediate action and other recommen-
dations for considei-ation by the Plenary Con-
ference, which was designated to meet in Johannes-
burg, South Africa, in October 1950.
The recommendations of the Lisbon Conference
were incorporated in a Final Act^ which recog-
nizes the regional character of the transportation
problems to be solved. This Final Act contains
nine appendices, each covering a different aspect
of the Conference deliberations. Wliile the Final
Act consists of recommendations for considera-
tion by the governments and for action by the
Johannesburg Conference, it was adopted by
unanimous agreement and, consequently, has a
moral standing beyond the preliminary legal
character of the document.
The Lisbon Conference considered and referred
for final action a series of general principles gov-
erning international traffic which were drawn from
the Congo Basin treaty." The Portuguese For-
eign Minister, Dr. Caeiro da Mata, in opening the
Conference, and the British Ambassador, in re-
sponse to the Foreign Minister, both referred to
the Congress of Berlin of 1885 and expressed their
belief that this Conference was a continuation and
an extension of the work of the Berlin Congress.'^
On another occasion, the presiding officer of the
Conference, Dr. Ulrich, indicated that the gen-
eral principles being referred to the Johannesburg
Conference would extend the principles of the
Congo Basin treaty to a larger geographic area.
The Johannesburg Plenary Conference will
have representatives from all the governments
at the Lisbon Conference, plus Southern Rhodesia,
East African High Commission, High Commission
Territories in South Africa, Northern Rhodesia,
Department of State Bulletin
Yyasaland, General Government of Angola, Gen-
eral Gnvornnicnt of Mozambique, tlie Aihniiiistra-
tion of the Belgian Congo, and the Administration
of French Equatorial Afi-ica. The United States
has again been invited to send observers.
During the period between the Lisbon and the
Johannesburg Conferences, an interim organiza-
tion will be established at Pretoria, South Africa,
to act as a clearing house on transport questions
and to prejiare for the Plenary Conference.^
The participating governments agreed to keep
each other informed through the interim organi-
zation of all changes and developments in inland
transport facilities and operations and to take
no action which might affect the transportation
systems of neighboring territories without prior
consultation with the affected countries. The
problem of railway tariff structures received ex-
amination by the delegations and the participat-
ing governments were requested to "examine their
railway rating systems with a view to establish-
ing whether the development of the territories
was being retarded or likely to be retarded by
the railway tariff structure in operation." Fur-
thermore, the governments will consider placing
on the agenda of the Johannesburg Conference
the question of interterritorial and international
railway tariffs." A number of long-term port and
railway projects were referred for subsequent con-
sideration by the Plenary Conference.^"
As an immediate measure for improving trans-
port facilities in the region,^^ the Lisbon Confer-
ence recommended "that the Government of Por-
tugal should be urged to proceed immediately with
the extension and improvement of the Port of
Beira in Mozambique." It was further recom-
mended that the Government of Southern Rho-
desia should be urged to proceed immediately with
the construction of a rail connection with Louren^o
Marques. The establishment of a direct rail line
between the Rhodesias and Louren^o Marques will
provide an additional outlet for the important
minerals being extracted in the interior and now
dependent mainly on the overcrowded port of
Beira. As a further improvement in transport
from the interior to coastal points the Conference
recommended consideration of increased use of the
Benguela Railway and the port of Lobito, Portu-
guese Angola, on the Atlantic.
Incorporating the work of a highway subcom-
mittee, the Final Act recommends development
of standard vehicle-use regulations and traffic
codes and agreement on construction and main-
tenance standards for international road traffic
for final consideration at the Plenary Conference.^^
The Lisbon Conference followed earlier confer-
ences among European colonial powers in Africa
on tropical medicine and agriculture. Conse-
quently, it emphasized once again the willingness
of these countries to cooperate in the common in-
Ju/y 4, 7949
843281 — 49 3
terest. In recommending to their governments
the permanent coordination of transport, tlie dele-
gates were aware of the historical importance of
such cooperation and all the final speeches took
notice of the importance of joint action in Africa
for European recovery, world trade, and the po-
tentialities of African economic development.
' From the opening remarks of the Portuguese Foreign
Minister, May 24, 1949 :
"Africa is a prolongation of Europe : the Mediterranean
does not separate them ; on the contrary, it is the link
between the two continents. Africa is the integration of
Europe. The possibilities of Africa require a survey for
the benefit of humankind
"It has been the aim of Europe and America to co-
operate in Africa on a large scale. The Conference of
Berlin in 1SS5 was one of the first attempts to this effect.
Great changes have taken place since then and many years
will proliably have to lapse before this ideal is carried
out. It is in order to remove as far as possible the ob-
stacles to the free circulation of goods that the Con-
ference meets in Lisbon today, and I feel sure that you
will find a solution to the problem facing you. In the
first international treaties relative to Africa or zones of
Africa the principle of freedom of commerce, of estab-
lishment, and of communications has been recognized as
essential."
From the remarks of the British Ambassador, May 24,
1949:
"Tour Excellency alluded to the Conference of Berlin.
That Conference took place in 1885. For more than 60
years we have been fiddling with the problem of how to
bring some .sort of order into the transport system of
Africa. Up to now, too many fine schemes have come to
grief owing to the obtrusion of sectional interests of the
shareholders ; the interests of the territorial authorities ;
the interests of national price. Far too many people have
thought first and foremost of the axes they themselves
wished to grind. Indeed, there have grown up a series
of agreements, which could almost be classed as agree-
ments for restraint of trade. Agreements have been
entered into to defiect the passage of goods away from
obvious and natural economic channels. It has even
been alleged that there have been failures to observe
the spirit of international treaties. We cannot hope to go
on, each of us regarding only his own interests. We find
ourselves now under an impulsion which never previously
existed. We have got to pull together if we are to hope
to survive at all. We have got to see to it that Africa
makes a really worth-while contribution to world
recovery.
"We cannot, of course, hope to build up over-night a new
world center of heavy industry in Africa south of the
Equator. Whatever else Africa has to give in the nest ten
or fifteen years, we can be sure that disappointment will
figure fairly prominently on the list of her exports. But
we can at least hope to attain the more limited objective of
building up in Africa those local centres of industry
which will lessen the strains and stresses of having to
import every manufactured article from overseas and of
providing those auxiliary forward bases of heavy industry
which are essential for quick development . . . But, one
thing is quite certain, that is that none of those plans will
come to fruition without a rational transport system."
' Appendix I to Final .\ct p. 85.5.
° Appendix IX to Final .\ct p. 8.56.
"Appendix IV to Final Act p. 8.56.
" Appendix II to Final Act p. 855.
^- Appendix V to Final Act p. 856.
853
Final Act Conference on Central African Transportation Problems
Lisbon, 31st May, 1949.
Whereas the Governments of Belgium, France, Portugal,
the Union of South Africa, and the United Kingdom recog-
nise that the development of the economic resources of Cen-
tral Africa is essential to the social and economic advance-
ment of the peoples of this region, that this advancement
is the constant preoccupation of the Governments con-
cerned, wlio have already for several years cooperated
successfully in technical matters concerning the territories
for which they are responsible;
Whereas the development of the resources of Central
Africa should normally lead to an increased interchange
with Europe, America and the other Continents and will
therefore be in the interest of the entire world ;
Whereas, they recognise that a sound and coordinated
development of port and transport facilities in Central
Africa is basic to such development; that such develop-
ment must be directed to the benefit of the region as a
whole; and that decisions regarding such development
must be taken with that consideration in mind ;
And whereas they have caused their delegates to as-
semble at a preliminary conference in Lisbon at the invi-
tation of the Portuguese Government to consider these
problems within the framework of the following terms of
reference :
(o) To examine the present conditions of land and
water transport in Africa in the areas referred to in (e)
below, and their present state of efficiency and develop-
ment ;
( 6 ) To exchange information on the plans of the various
territories concerned in relation to railway and port con-
struction, development of inland waterways and extension
of trunk roads serving inter-territorial functions :
(c) To examine the possibility of inter-relating these
plans in the best interests of the territories concerned as
a whole;
((/) To draft an agenda for a full-scale conference of
governments with technical assistance to be held in Africa
at a later date; to fix an approximate date for such a
Conference and to decide its venue ;
(p) To define the area witliin the scope of the Confer-
ence as comprising Angola, Basutoland, Bechuanaland
Protectorate, Belgian Congo, British East Africa, French
Equatorial Africa, Mozambique, Northern Rhodesia, Nyasa-
land. Southern Rhodesia, South West Africa, Swaziland
and the Union of South Africa.
Be it Resolved by those assembled delegates to recom-
mend to their respective Governments : —
1. That the Governments should co-operate in the devel-
opment of Central African port and transport facilities on
a regional basis and work together to that end.
2. That to carry out this policy of co-operation, a Plenary
Conference should be convened at Johannesburg in Oc-
tober, 1950 to consider fully the matters outlined in the
agenda set forth in paragraph 9.
3. That the following Governments and Administra-
tions not represented at the Lisbon Conference should be
invited to send representatives, including technical ex-
perts, to the Plenary Conference ; Southern Rhodesia,
East Africa High Commission, High Commission Terri-
tories in South Africa, Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland,
Government General of Angola, Government General of
Mozambique, tlie Administration of the Belgian Congo
and the Administration of French Equatorial Africa, and
also that the United States of America be invited to send
an observer or observers to such Plenary Conference.
4. That an interim organisation should be established
as soon as possible at Pretoria to deal with matters aris-
ing prior to the Plenary Conference and to ensure that
when the Plenary Conference meets it shall have before
it all pertinent data. Detailed recommendations regard-
ing the constitution and functions of such interim organ-
isation are set forth in Appendix 1.
5. That each Government should keep the interim organ-
isation fully and currently informed, for prompt trans-
mission to the other Governments, of all changes, im-
provements and developments in inter-territorial or in-
ternational port and transport facilities and operations
within its territories.
6. That each Government should take no action relat-
ing to inter-territorial or international port or transport
facilities or operations which might affect inter-territorial
or international transportation or the intra-territorial
transportation of other territories without prior consulta-
tion with the country or countries affected thereby.
7. That the Governments, between now and the Plenary
Conference to be convened in Johannesburg examine their
railway rating systems with a view to establishing
whether the development of the territories served is being
retarded or likely to be retarded by the railway tariff
structure in operation.
8. That each Government should proceed, without await-
ing the Plenary Conference to be convened in Johannes-
burg, with developments which will promote Central
African inter-territorial and international port and trans-
port facilities and operations. In particular the Govern-
ments concerned should proceed with the specific develop-
ments referred to in Appendix 11.
9. That the following agenda should b& adopted by the
Plenary Conference to be convened in Johannesburg:
AGENDA
(i) To receive and consider plans for the development
of inter-territorial and international port and transport
facilities. (Conference resolutions on this point will be
found in appendices III, IV, V and VI.)
(ii) To make recommendations for the correlation and
co-ordination of the plans submitted to it.
(iii) To consider and recommend the priorities to be
allocated to the developments, in respect of their urgency
from a regional viewpoint and of the availability of sup-
plies and finance.
(iv) To receive a report on the improvements effected
in port and transport facilities and operations since the
Lisbon Conference was held.
(v) To examine proposals designed to facilitate the
854
Department of State Bulletin
1 movement of inter-territorial and international traffic.
I Conference resolution on this point will be found In
Ajipendix VII.)
(vi) To consider the settinir up of a permanent organi-
sation for co-ordinating and advising: on tlie development
and operation of inter-territorial and international trans-
ptirt in the area within the purview of the Conference.
(Conference resolution on this ixiint will be found in
Appendix VIII.)
(vii) Other business. (A Conference resolution perti-
nent to this point will be found in Appendix IX.)
10. That the Governments represented at Lisbon should
signify through tlie usual diplomatic channels their appro-
val of this Final Act to the other Governments concerned
as soon as may be.
APPENDIX I
(To Final Act)
Be It Resolved: That there should be immediately estab-
lished at Pretoria ^ a small interim organisation on the
following basis and with the following functions —
(i) The interim organisation should be composed in the
first instance of a secretary who would l)e provided with
such clerical assistance as may be necessary ;
(ii) The cost of tlie interim organisation should fall
equally upon the participating Governments and Admin-
istrations ;
(ill) The functions of the interim organisation should
be : — To receive and collate the information called for in
items (i) and (iv) of the recommended Agenda for the
Plenary Conference to be convened in Johannesburg ; To
seek such further information as appears to the Secretary
to be necessary for the deliberations of the Plenary Con-
ference ; To circulate such information to tlie member
Governments and Administrations ;
(iv) If it appears to the Secretary that a decision re-
quires to be taken on any matter Ijefore the meeting of
the Plenary Conference, he should, with the consent of
the participating Governments and Administrations, con-
vene a meeting of suitable experts to be appointed by
Governments and Administrations to advise on that
question ;
(v) When a decision has been taken as to the head-
quarters of the permanent organisation, the interim or-
ganisation should, if this proves to be necessary, be trans-
ferred to the permanent venue and thus compose the
nucleus of the permanent organisation.
APPENDIX II
(To Final Act)
Whereas the Conference has considered the import
and export traffic requirements of the Central African
territories in relation to available port capacity, and
has found :
(1) That the total traffic requirements of Northern
and Southern Rhodesia and Nyasaland are estimated to
amount by 1952 to 2,950,000 short tons per annum (it be-
ing understood that in view of the Portuguese Delegation
it is unnecessary to provide in the estimate of traffic
offering for local traffic requirements or the output from
the Tete coalfield other than coal for ship bunkering
purposes) ;
(2) That the port of Beira has a capacity at present
of 1,600,000 tons, which can be raised within a short pe-
riod by 400,000 tons by extension of berthing, and by a
further 400,000 tons by the installation of mechanical
loading facilities for minerals, as recommended by the
Joint Mission of Survey In their report dated 10th Octo-
ber, 1947;
(3) That there will thus remain a short-fall of port
capacity lielow traffic offering of the order of 550,000 tons
July 4, 1949
and that adequate facilities for handling this traffic exist
at Lourengo Marques ;
Be It Resolved: That it is urgently necessary to provide
additional facilities for the exi>ort and import traffic of
Northern and Southern Rhodesia and Nyasaland and
to tbis end :
(1) The Government of Portugal should be urged to
proceed immediately with the extension and imijrovements
of the Port of Beira to the capacity indicated above;
(2) The Government of Southern Rhodesia should be
urged to ijroceed immediately with the construction of a
rail connection with Lourengo Marques. The line that can
be built with the least delay is that linking West Nicholson
with Beitbridge;
(3) The improvements of capacity at Beira and the
construction of the new railway link with Louren<;o
Marques should be put in hand concurrently, and at the
same time the Government of the Union of South Africa
should make the improvements to the railway from
Zoekmekaar to Komatipoort for the additional traffic
which will have to be carried by this line ;
(4) The possibility should be examined of making more
use of the Benguela Railway and the Port of Lobito for
traffic arising which it may be impracticable to convey by
the other routes.
APPENDIX III
(Final Act)
Be It Resolved: That each Government and Administra-
tion should prepare and submit to the Plenary Conference
to be convened in Johannesburg for its consideration in-
formation on the following matters :
Railways
(1) Full statistics relating to existing systems and
capacity ;
(ii) Plans for the further development of existing routes ;
(ill ) Proposed routes showing gauge to be used ;
(iv) Connections with other .systems;
(v) Estimates of capacity of proposed routes;
(vi) Economic conditions and prospects in the country
to be traversed ;
(vii) Forecasts of tonnages of exports and imports and
types of commodities;
(viii) Internal traffic ;
(ix) Diversion of traffic, if any, from other routes ;
(x) Internal effect of construction of new lines, e. g.
change of gauge, braking systems, etc.
Ports
(i) Full statistics relating to existing ports including
details of existing capacity ;
(ii) Proposals for new construction and equipment, in-
cluding details of potential capacity;
(iii) Forecasts of tonnages of exports and imports;
(iv) Diversion of traffic, if any, from other routes.
Roads
(i) Full statistics relating to mileage and standards of
existing international road systems;
(ii) Diversion of traffic, if any, from other transport
systems.
Inland WatcJ-ways
(i) Full statistics relating to existing systems;
( ii ) Proposals for development ;
(iii) Diversion of traffic, if any, from other transport
systems.
Maps
All Statements should be accompanied by suitable
maps and, where feasible, by suitable photographs.
' Pursuant to a resolution of the Conference that "the
question of the venue at which the provisional organisa-
tion should be set up should be decided by the Government
or Administration of the territory in which it is agreed
that the Conference in Africa should be held."
855
APPENDIX IV
(Final Act)
Be It Resolved: That the following long-term port and
railway projects should be considered by the Plenary
Conference to be convened in Johannesburg —
(1) The suggested connection from the Rhodesia Rail-
way system to the East African system and the port of
Mtwara. In this connection the Government of the
United Kingdom is invited to conclude the necessary sur-
veys and reconnaissances before the Plenary Conference;
(2) The suggested connection from the Rhodesian sys-
tem to Lourengo Marques via Parfuri ;
(3) Tlie suggested connection from the port of Nacala
to the Rhodesian Railway system at Broken Hill ;
(4) The suggested construction of an additional port
on the west coast together with a rail connection with
the hinterland.
APPENDIX V
(Final Act)
Whereas the Conference recognises that to cater ade-
quately for road traffic, international as well as local,
suitable construction and maintenance standards as well
as vehicle use regulations and traffic codes are necessary ;
Be It Resolved: That the Plenary Conference to be con-
vened in Johannesburg should consider :
1. The introduction of a system of designation by the
Governments concerned of "international highways" in
accordance with plans co-ordinated on an international
basis;
2. The setting up of minimum standards of construction
and maintenance, as may be dictated by varying degrees
of road and vehicle use, which should be applied by
Governments along international highways ;
3. Tlie preparation of uniform traffic regulations and
traffic codes (including traffic signs appropriate to the
African territories) and standards of highway amenities,
to be commended to the Governments for general adop-
tion;
4. Measures for ensuring the full and free interchange
of the results of research, experimentation and experience
in highway and road transport matters.
5. The fiscal regime to be applied to the international
highways in respect to the circulation of vehicles, the
supply of petrol and fuel oil, the facilities to be granted
for the establishment of repair workshops along the roads,
and telephone communications — as well as the taxes and
charges for such services as may be available.
APPENDIX VI
(To Final Act)
Be It Resolved: That the possibility of further utiliza-
tion of tlie Zambesi River for transport should be con-
sidered by the Plenary Conference to be convened in
Johannesburg.
APPENDIX VII
(To Final Act)
Be It Resolved: That the Plenary Conference to be con-
vened in Johannesburg should examine the following pro-
posals designed to facilitate the movement of inter-terri-
torial and international traffic ;
(a) That goods in transit should not be subjected to
undue delay or to the payment of special taxes except
those normally imposed for the maintenance of roads
railways or inland waterways, or to any form of discrim-
ination;
(b) That existing customs facilities should be sim-
plified ;
(c) That steps should be taken to avoid unnecessary
delay in the transit of passengers and that they should be
free from the necessity to obtain visas for the purpose of
crossing a country ;
856
(d) That the right to pass through a country under a
different sovereignty in respect of persons, luggage and
goods shall be freely afforded by Governments and Admin-
istrations. Governments, in adopting measures for the
proper enforcement of police customs and health regula-
tions should take into consideration the necessity of facili-
tating and expediting the transit of inter-territorial
traffic ;
(e) That carriages, wagons and rolling stock generally
may be permitted to pass freely from one transport system
to another by agreement between the Governments or
Administrations concerned ;
(f) That reasonable facilities should be given to the
nationals of one country who by reason of their duties in
connection with inter-territorial transport systems are
obliged to reside in a neighbouring country.
APPENDIX VIII
(To Final Act)
Whereas consideration of the statements and infor-
mation submitted to the Lisbon Conference by the dele-
gations has led the Conference to the conclusion that,
if the transport problems of the territories with wliieh the
Conference is concerned are to receive adequate and co-
ordinated consideration, an inter-territorial transport
council on a permanent basis should be established ;
Be It Resolved: That the Lisbon Conference recom-
mends that the Plenary Conference to be convened in Jo-
hannesburg should consider the establishment of a per-
manent inter-territorial council on the following basis and
with the following functions : —
(i) The Council should be composed of one delegate
from each country or administration who should be an
expert in transport matters ;
(ii) The Council should have the power to co-opt fur-
ther experts for the consideration of particular problems
as required ;
(iii) The Council should meet from time to time as
may be required ;
(iv) The Council should have a permanent secretariat
financed jointly by member Governments and Administra-
tions ; it should be housed at some convenient central
point ;
(v) The Council should —
(o) consult upon any problems of transport brought to
its notice by member Governments and Administrations
and advise uixm their solution. The member Governments
and Administrations would be empowered to bring to
notice any problem affecting tran.sport within, or to or
from their own territories, whether of a short term nature
such as the congestion of a particular port or railway line,
or of a long term nature involving, for example, expected
future transport requirements ; in any question in dispute
preference should be given to the claims of the land-
locked territories ;
(6) consider the systematic preparation and tabulation
of information concerning inter-territorial transport facil-
ities in Africa, and to prepare estimates of future require-
ments for the information of member Governments ;
(c) advise, as requested by member Governments and
Administrations, upon the prima facie practicability of
any designated inter-territorial route.
APPENDIX IX
(To Final Act)
Be It Resolved: That the Governments represented at
tlie Lisbon Conference should consider adding to the
Agenda of the Plenary Conference to be convened in Jo-
hannesburg the question of inter-territorial and interna-
tional railway tariffs.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
The Paris Conference of the Council of Foreign Ministers
COMMUNIQUE
[Released to the Press June 21]
The sixth session of the Council of Foreign
Ministers attended by the Ministers of Foreign
Affairs of France, Robert Schmnan; of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics, A. Y. Vyshinsky;
of the United Kingdom, Ernest Bevin; and of
the United States of America, Dean Acheson, took
place in Paris from May 23 to June 20, 1949.
During this meeting the German question and the
Austrian treaty were discussed. The Council of
Foreign Ministers took the following decisions.
I. The German Question
Despite the inability at this session of the Coun-
cil of Foreign Ministers to reach agreement on
the restoration of the economic and political unity
of Germany, the Foreign Ministers of France, the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United
Kingdom, and the United States will continue
their efforts to acliieve this result and in particu-
lar now agree as follows:
1. During the course of the fourth session of
the General Assembly of the United Nations to
be convened next September, the four govern-
ments, through representatives at the Assembly,
will exchange views regarding the date and other
arrangements for the next session of the Council
of Foreign Ministers on the German question.
2. The occupation autliorities, in the light of the
intention of the Ministers to continue their efforts
to achieve the restoration of the economic and
political unity of Germany, shall consult together
in Berlin on a quadripartite basis.
3. These consultations will have as their pur-
pose, among others, to mitigate the effects of the
present administrative division of Germany and
of Berlin, notably in the matters listed below:
( A ) Expansion of trade and development of the
financial and economic relations between the West-
ern zones and the Eastern zone and between Berlin
and the zones.
(B) Facilitation of the movement of persons
and goods and the exchange of information be-
tween the Western zones and the Eastern zone
and between Berlin and the zones.
(C) Consideration of questions of common in-
terest relating to the administration of the four
sectors in Berlin with a view to normalizing as
far as possible the life of the city.
4. In order to assist in the Avork envisaged in
paragrajDh 3, the respective occupation authorities
may call upon German experts and appropriate
German organizations in their respective jurisdic-
tions for assistance. Tlie Germans so called upon
should exchange pertinent data, prepare reports
and, if agi'eed between them, submit proposals to
the occupation authorities.
5. The Governments of France, the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, the United Kingdom,
and tlie United States agree that the New York
agreement of May 4, 1949, shall be maintained.^
Moreover, in order to promote further the aims set
forth in the preceding paragraphs and in order to
improve and supplement this and other arrange-
ments and agreements as regards the movement of
persons and goods and communications between
the Eastern zone and the Western zones and be-
tween the zones and Berlin and also in regard to
transit, the occupation authorities, eacli in his own
zone, will have an obligation to take tlie measures
necessary to insure the normal functioning and
utilization of rail, water, and road transport for
such movement of persons and goods and such
communications by post, telephone, and telegraph.
6. The occupation authorities will recommencl to
the leading German economic bodies of the Eastern
and Western zones to facilitate the establishment
of closer economic ties between the zones and more
• Bulletin of May 15, 1949, p. 631.
July 4, 7949
857
effective implementation of trade and other eco-
nomic agreements.
II. The Austrian Treaty
The Foreign Ministers have agreed :
(A) That Austria's frontiers shall be those of
January 1, 1938;
(B) That the treaty for Austria shall provide
that Austria shall guarantee to protect the rights
of the Slovene and Croatian minorities in Austria ;
(C) That reparations shall not be exacted from
Austria, but that Yugoslavia shall have the right
to seize, retain, or liquidate Austrian property,
rights and interests within Yugoslav territory ;
(D) That the Soviet Union shall receive from
Austria $150,000,000 in freely convertible currency
to be paid in six years ;
( E ) That the definitive settlement shall include :
( 1 ) The relinquishment to Austria of all prop-
erty, rights or interests held or claimed as German
assets and of war industrial enterprises, houses,
and similar immovable property in Austria held or
claimed as war booty, on the understanding that
the deputies will be instructed to define more ac-
curately the categories of war booty transferred to
Austria (with the exception of those oil assets and
DDSG— Danube Shipping Company — properties
transferred to the Soviet Union under other para-
graphs of article 35 of the treaty indicated in the
U.S.S.R. proposals of January 24, 1948, asrevised,
and retained in general under Austrian jurisdic-
tion). Accordingly the assets of the DDSG in
Bulgaria, Hungary, and Eumania as well as 100
percent of the assets of the company in eastern
Austria in accordance with a list to be agreed upon
by the deputies will be transferred to the U.S.S.R.
(2) That the rights, properties, and interests
transferred to the U.S.S.R. as well as the rights,
properties, and interests which the U.S.S.R. cedes
to Austria shall be transferred without any charges
or claims on the part of the U.S.S.R. or on the part
of Austria. At the same time it is understood
that the words "charges or claims" mean not only
creditor claims as arising out of the exercise of
the Allied control of these rights, properties, and
interests after May 8, 1945, but also all other
claims including claims in respect of taxes. It is
also miderstood that the reciprocal waivers by the
U.S.S.R. and Austria of charges and claims apply
to all such charges and claims as exist on the date
when Austria formalizes the rights of the U.S.S.R.
to the German assets transferred to it and on the
date of the actual transfer to Austria of the assets
ceded by the U.S.S.R.
(F) That all former German assets which have
become the property of the U.S.S.R. shall not be
subject to alienation without the consent of the
U.S.S.R.
(G) That the deputies shall resume their work
promptly for the purpose of reaching agreement
not later than September 1, 1949, on the draft
treaty as a whole.
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT TRUMAN
[Released to the Press hy the White House June 21]
The Secretary of State has given me daily re-
ports, and now a final report, on the recently con-
cluded session of the Council of Foreign Ministers
in Paris.
Genuine progress was made at this session
toward the conclusion of the treaty with Austria.
This is a development which I know will be most
welcome to the people of Austria, who for 4 years
since the end of hostilities have lived under a
regime of occupation. Almost 6 years ago, at the
first Moscow conference in 1943, it was solemnly
declared that Austria was to be regarded not as
an enemy country but as a liberated country, the
first victim of Nazi aggression, and it has been the
consistent effort of the United States Government
and the Governments of the United Kingdom and
France to honor the pledge made at that time.
Yet previous meetings of the Council of Foreign
Ministers and their deputies failed to remove the
obstacles which certain Soviet claims concerning
Austria placed in the way of a speedy conclusion
of a treaty with the Austrian Republic.
At the Paris session the more important of these
obstacles were finally removed by a freely nego-
tiated agreement among the Four Powers, and we
have reason to hope that before the end of the year
the treaty may be signed. Svich a positive achieve-
ment would be very gratifying. The Austrian
people will acclaim this progress, and they in turn
should be commended for their attitude of patient
understanding throughout the protracted nego-
tiations. The Austrian Government has been cur-
rently consulted during the negotiations in Paris,
and the agreement reached preserves intact the
vital interests of Austria. It can be said that the
goal so important for Austria and her people is
at last in sight. The United States Government
wholeheartedly welcomes the results of the confer-
ence on Austria.
The same cannot be said regarding Germany.
It must be frankly admitted that despite the for-
ward-looking program sponsored by the Western
powers as a basis for unification, little jirogress
was made. The American delegatioon went to
Paris with the serious intention of developing a
constructive program which would meet the re-
quirements for all of Germany and would safe-
guard the interests of all Four Powers in insuring
that Germany would achieve its reconstruction
along peaceful and democratic lines. At the same
time, the Western powers were determined not to
compromise the democratic principles and the
conditions which must be established throughout
858
Department of State Bulletin
Germany before an economically sound and work-
able solution can be found for German unity.
They were equally determined not to jeopardize
the basic freedoms as thej' now exist in Western
Germany merely to obtain a nominal political
unity. In these objectives they knew they had the
support of the freely elected representatives of the
majority of the German people.
The Soviet Union, on the other hand, sought a
return to Potsdam and its system, which the Rus-
sians had rendered unworkable by their misuse
of the unlimited veto. They refused to recognize
the important progress which has been made in
Western Germany since 1945.
In these circumstances, real progress for the uni-
fication of Germany and its people was impossible.
The most that could be achieved was a working
arrangement designed to mitigate the abnormal
situation of a still divided Germany. This ar-
rangement is no more nor less than what it pro-
fesses to be — a means of dealing with what ac-
tually exists. It reaffirms the lifting of the Ber-
lin blockade and contains the recognition by the
occupation authorities of their obligation to insure
the movement of persons and goods between the
Eastern and Western zones and between Berlin
and the zones.
In an effort to mitigate the economic conse-
quences of tlie existing division of Germany, the
arrangement provides for consultation among the
Occupation authorities of the four Occupying
Powers on practicable and useful measures which
may be taken from time to time, particularly to
facilitate and increase the flow of balanced trade
between tlie different zones and the zones and
sectors of Berlin in a manner advantageous to the
Germans of the respective areas. To this end we
are also prepared to call upon the expert assistance
of the Germans in the Western zones and sectors.
Since it proved impossible to establish a unified
administration for Germany or even ^or Berlin,
the present dual currency system must remain
for the time being.
We are hopeful that such consultations and
efforts may be fruitful. We shall endeavor to
make them so.
Finally, our working arrangement calls for an
exchange of views in the fall. Thus the door is
left open to future efforts for a solution of the
German problem and the achievement of peace in
Europe.
The Secretarj' of State has informed me of the
close cooperation and understanding which char-
acterized the relations of the three Western pow-
ers througliout tlie conference. I take much satis-
faction in this. It is a demonstration of the prog-
ress made possible by the identity of ideals and
values which are the common heritage of the peo-
ples of the Atlantic community.
I am convinced that the results of the Paris
meeting of the Council of Foreign Ministers reveal
the correctness of the policies this goverimient
has been following in our foreign affairs. The
results again underline the necessity of pursuing
these policies with calmness and determination,
as the only sure road to the establishment of con-
ditions in the world where peace and freedom can
live and endure. I am confident that the Ameri-
can people see this as clearly as I do and that
there will be no slackening of our efforts to achieve
the great task which history has placed upon our
country.
REPORTS TO CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES
ON RESULTS OF CONFERENCE
Statements hy SecretaTy Acheson
[Released to the Press June 22]
Following his meeting with the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee, in executive session, on June
22, Secretary of State Dean Acheson issued the fol-
lowing statement :
Prior to my departure for Paris to attend the
meeting of the Council of Foreign Ministers, I met
with the Senate Foreign Relations Committee in
executive session, outlining the problems we ex-
pected to face and discussing our plans. I have
just met again witli the members of the Committee.
I reported upon the Conference and discussed with
the Committee the possible effect of developments
at the Conference on our plans for the future.
I have taken this opportunity to express to the
Committee my conviction that although some
worthwhile progress was made at Paris in reach-
ing agreement on a modus vivendi for Germany
and on the principal points of difference on the
Austrian treaty, the failure of the Conference to
obtain satisfactory and firm agreement on the eco-
nomic and political unification of Germany illus-
trates the still widely divergent views on basic is-
sues between the Soviet Union and the Western
powers and reemphasizes the utmost imi^ortance of
ratification of the North Atlantic pact and passage
of the Military Assistance Program at this session
of Congress. This is necessary in order that we
may continue our firm policy in Europe and main-
tain the momentum which has been stimulated by
that policy. This momentum, in my opinion, was
responsible for the lifting of the blockade, the con-
vening of the Council of Foreign Ministers meet-
ing, and the accomplishments at that meeting.
I have expressed to the Committee my convic-
tion that further progress toward our objective
over the months ahead will depend on the action
we take to maintain this momentum.
[Released to the Press June 23]
Following his meeting with the House Foreign
Affairs Committee in executive session on June
23, Secretary of State Dean Acheson issued the
following statement :
July 4, 7949
859
I have just met with the Foreign Affairs Com-
mittee to report to them on the meeting of the
Council of Foreign Ministers. I esiDressed to
them, as I did to the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee yesterday, my conviction that the de-
velopments at the Conference reemphasize the ut-
most importance of ratification of the North At-
lantic pact and passage of the Military Assistance
Program at this session of Congress.
EXTEMPORANEOUS REMARKS BY SECRETARY
ACHESON CONCERNING HIS IMPRESSIONS
OF THE CONFERENCE
[Released to the press June 23]
You have had a great deal of excellent report-
ing from day to day as to what has been hap-
pening at Paris with a good deal of interpreta-
tion as we went along. The President has made a
very full summary of the ultimate conclusions
from it. I thought that perhaps the most helpful
thing I could do today is to give you an impres-
sion which was made on my mind as to what
happened and why it happened and where we go
from here.
In the first place, I think it is important that
everybody understands, and I am sure you do,
although I doubt whether people throughout the
country do, that these meetings of the Council
of Foreign Ministers are not battles of individual
champions where particularly bright ideas are
whet or sharp maneuvers count for very much.
It is not the personalities involved, it is not the
ability of the individuals who represent coimtries,
which makes a great deal of difference. I think
the heart of the matter is somewhere else.
You will recall that General Marshall, follow-
ing his return from the London Council of Foreign
Ministers meeting in December 1947, said that
he did not think that the Council of Foreign Min-
isters would get much further until there was
some resolution of the great problem of Europe,
which was: Is Western Europe going to recover
and regain its strength, or is it not ?
General Marshall at that time expressed his con-
fidence that this would come about and that we
were going to help. He mentioned the Soviet pre-
diction that it would not occur.
It is in the progress that has been achieved in
the restoration of Western Europe that you should
look for the explanation of what happened at
Paris. It has been the success of the cooperative
efforts in Western Europe to which the United
States has so greatly contributed in the last two
years that made this meeting of the Council of
Foreign Ministers different from its predecessors.
It was those progi'ams, plus the magnificent suc-
cess, courage, and performance of the airlift which,
in the first place, brought about the lifting of the
blockade, and in the second place, brought about
the situation which emerged from Paris. In other
words, these conferences from now on seem to me
860
to be like the steam gauge on a boiler, the indicator
on the steam boilei\ They indicate the pressure
which has been built up. They indicate the var-
ious gains or losses in position which have taken
place between the meetings, and I think that the
recording of this Conference is that the position of
the West has grown greatly in strength, and that
the position of the Soviet Union in regard to the
struggle for the soul of Europe has changed from
the offensive to the defensive.
The significance of this is very important in
explaining why no agreement was possible about
Germany. Being on the defensive, the Soviet
Union was forced to take, or did take at any rate,
the attitude that it would not relax its hold in any
way whatever upon any area which it controlled
in Germany. It would not relax its hold on the
Eastern zone of Germany or on tlie Eastern sec-
tors of Berlin. That fact, in and of itself, made
any agreement impossible because the whole es-
sence of the Western program was to relax this
iron grip of military government from the West-
ern zones of Germany. The whole program of the
Western powers has been to return as quickly as
was safe responsibility to the Germans, respon-
sibility for conducting their own affairs and for
conducting their own affairs under a system which
guaranteed the basic human freedoms and con-
tained the safeguards necessary for the security
of Europe and of the world.
That was a program from which we could not
retreat one single solitary inch. We did not. We
never could consider it, and no agreement was pos-
sible on the basis of our retreating from that
position.
The Soviet Union was totally unable to accept
that position because that meant relaxing their
hold upon what they had. It meant that they
could no longer carry on this Sovietization, this
domination of the life of Germany which they
controlled. To do so they would have to give,
as we have given, the Germans a large voice in
the conduct of their own affairs. That the Soviets
were apparently afraid to do. They knew that if
they did that, they would no longer be able to
control what they now hold in Germany.
That, I think, is the heart of the whole con-
ference so far as Germany is concerned and it is
a very significant fact. It indicated that in the
West we are not on the defensive. We feel that
strength is returning, that recovery is coming. We
are willing to say to the Germans, "You must take
responsibility in your own country, and we want
to bring you into the life of free Europe, we hope
before long, as equals." The Russians can not
say that. They dare not say that, because if they
relax their hold upon the Eastern Germans, they
know that they will be no longer able to control
that area.
Tliat is one of the central things which I wanted
to bring up, so that, as I say, as a result of that,
we refused to make any concessions of fundamental
principles. We are going forward with our pro-
Deparfment of State Bulletin
jrram without any hestitation of any sort. Not
tlie slightest dehiy has been introduced into our
program in any way whatever, and the program
is in better sliape today than it ever was before.
Now, that is a negative result from Paris but it is
an important one.
So far as the modus vivendi regarding Germany
is concerned, that is a very modest document. The
importance of the Conference is not in that docu-
ment. It is in what I have been talking about.
It is in what did not happen rather than in what
did happen. The 7iiodus Vivendi relaxes the ten-
sion in Germany. It establishes very clearly that
the blockade is not to be reimposed. Now, don't
think that I am naive enough to believe that
simply because it has been agreed in the modus
Vivendi that it would not be reimposed; that it, in
fact, would not be reimposed if conditions seemed
to warrant that action as a successful operation to
the Russians. The point is that having consid-
ered all the matters which in the past have been
given as reasons for imposing the blockade, the
currency reform, the London agreement, the for-
mation of the West German Government — all
those things — ^have been talked about. At the
end of four weeks of talks, it is agreed that the
blockade shall not be reimposed. That is some-
thing, not much, but it is something.
The other part of the communique on Germany
provides for dealing with matters at administra-
tive levels, so that ordinary difficulties and dis-
putes may not rise to the levels of governmental
crises. The High Commissioners, at their level,
will deal with trade questions between East and
West Germany if the desire is expressed to ex-
pand those trade relations. Those trade rela-
tions will have to be expanded on a balancing and
equal basis. No one is going to extend credit to
anyone else, therefore, exports must balance, and
they must balance not only in terms of amount but
in terms of essentiality. All those matters will be
worked out if they can be worked out by the High
Commissioners. But a forum is established, a
place where meetings can take place between East
and West so that these matters do not rise to the
point of creating great issues between the govern-
ments. Similarly, in Berlin, arrangements have
been made so that the Commandants can meet and
discuss the thousand and one problems of the split
city. No power is given. No veto resides in any-
body, but a forum again is created where people
can meet and talk about the intensely irritating
situation which would exist here in Washington if
this city were split at Fourteenth Street and you
had one government on one side with one cur-
rency and another government on the other side
with another currency, with troops on both sides,
preventing the intercourse between the two parts
of the city which was once bound completely to-
gether. There are thousands of questions which
might be eased by meetings of that sort. Here
again, that is not much. It is simply a way of
dealing sensibly with the established fact that the
city is split and the country is split and they can
not be put together at this time.
So much for what happened on Germany.
In regard to Austria, a substantial step forward
was taken. There the principal problems which
have been preventing the writing of a treaty were
not completely solved, but the avenue toward
solution was found. The matter of the Yugoslav
claims as to territory and reparations is dis-
posed of. That has been finished. That, of
course, has been a gi'eat impediment. That is out
of the way.
The terribly complex and harassing problem of
German property claimed by the Soviet Union
has been solved in its major outlines. The Soviet
Government will get 60 percent of the oil proper-
ties as a concession for some 30 years, and 150
million dollars over 6 years, and in return for that,
it will release all other properties.
There are a great many perplexing and technical
questions involved in carrying that out but once
you reach that solution, I think these other ques-
tions can be worked out, and this arrangement is
not a victory for anybody. It was a sharply bar-
gained arrangement in which I think it is per-
fectly fair to both sides and under which — when
the treaty is written — a viable and independent
Austria, which will have to scratch hard for its
living but which will still be viable and independ-
ent, can emerge and rejoin the community of free
nations.
To me, the main great lesson of the Paris meet-
ing is that what has been done has been brouglit
about largely by the efforts of the American people,
by their will and by their determination. If that
ground is to be held and if the advance is to be
continued, those eiforts must be continued. There
is no such thing as standing still in this operation.
You either move forward or you move back. If we
are going to move forward, we must move forward
with new effort, with renewed determination. We
must ratify the Atlantic pact. We must get on
with the Military Assistance Program. We must
do these other essential things which are now be-
fore the Congress. It is my conviction that the
people of Europe are prepared to move forward
with great courage and great determination.
They hope and expect that we will do likewise.
If we do, then I think the power and influence of
the West will continue to grow. This will result
in a greater possibility of solving the questions we
did not solve at Paris. If we don't, I think we are
going to slip back.
Ju/y 4, 1949
861
The President's Recommendations for Technical Assistance
Program for Underdeveloped Areas Sent to the Congress ^
To the Congress of the United States :
In order to enable the United States, in coopera-
tion with other countries, to assist the peoples of
economically underdeveloped areas to raise their
standards of living, I recommend the enactment
of legislation to authorize an expanded program
of technical assistance for such areas, and an ex-
perimental program for encouraging the outflow
of private investment beneficial to their econoniic
development. These measures are the essential
first steps in an undertaking which will call upon
private enterprise and voluntary organizations in
the United States, as well as the government, to
take part in a constantly growing effort to im-
prove economic conditions in the less developed
regions of the world.
The grinding poverty and the lack of economic
opportunity for many millions of people in the
economically underdeveloped parts of Africa, the
Near and Far East, and certain regions of Central
and South America, constitute one of the greatest
challenges of the world today. In spite of their
age-old economic and social handicaps, the peoples
in these areas have, in recent decades, been stirred
and awakened. The spread of industrial civiliza-
tion, the growing understanding of modern con-
cepts of government, and the impact of two World
Wars have changed their lives and their outlook.
They are eager to play a greater part in the com-
munity of nations.
All these areas have a common problem. They
must create a firm economic base for the demo-
cratic aspirations of their citizens. Without such
an economic base, they will be unable to meet the
expectations which the modern world has aroused
in their peoples. If they are frustrated and dis-
appointed, they may turn to false doctrines which
hold that the way of progress lies through tyranny.
For the United States the great awakening of
these peoples holds tremendous promise. It is
not only a promise that new and stronger nations
will be associated with us in the cause of human
freedom, it is also a promise of new economic
strength and growth for ourselves.
With many of the economically underdeveloped
areas of the world, we have long had ties of trade
' H. Doc. 240, 81st Cong., 1st sess.
862
and commerce. In many instances today we
greatly need the products of their labor and their
resources. If the productivity and the purchas-
ing power of these countries are expanded, our own
industry and agriculture will benefit. Our ex-
jDcrience shows that the volume of our foreign trade
is far greater with highly developed countries
than it is with countries having a low standard of
living and inadequate industry. To increase the
output and the national income of the less devel-
oped regions is to increase our own economic
stability.
In addition, the development of these areas is
of utmost importance to our efforts to restore the
economies of the free European nations. As the
economies of the underdeveloped areas expand,
they will provide needed products for Europe and
will offer a better market for European goods.
Such expansion is an essential part of the grow-
ing system of world trade which is necessary for
European recovery.
Furthermore, the development of these areas
will strengthen the United Nations and the fabric
of world peace. The preamble to the Charter
of the United Nations states that the economic
and social advancement of all people is an essen-
tial bulwark of peace. Under article 56 of the
Charter, we have promised to take separate action
and to act jointly with other nations "to promote
higher standards of living, full employment, and
conditions of economic and social progress and
development."
For these various reasons, assistance in the de-
velopment of the economically underdeveloped
areas has become one of the major elements of
our foreign policy. In my inaugural address, I
outlined a program to help the peoples of these
areas to attain greater production as a way to
prosperity and peace.
The major effort in such a program must be
local in character ; it must be made by the people
of the underdeveloped areas themselves. It is es-
sential, however, to the success of their effort that
there be help from abroad. In some cases, the
peoples of these areas will be unable to begin their
part of this great enterprise without initial aid
from other countries.
Deparfment of Sta/e Bulletin
The aid that is needed falls roughly into two
categories. The first is the technical, scientific,
and managerial knowledge necessary to economic
development. This category includes not only
medical and educational knowledge, and assistance
and advice in such basic fields as sanitation, com-
munications, road building, and governmental
services, but also, and perhaps most important,
assistance in the survey of resources and in plan-
ning for long-range economic development.
The second category is production goods — ma-
chinery and equipment — and financial assistance
in the creation of productive enterprises. The
underdeveloped areas need capital for port and
harbor development, roads and communications,
irrigation and drainage projects, as well as for
public utilities and the whole range of extractive,
processing, and manufacturing industries. Much
of the capital required can be provided by these
areas themselves, in spite of their low standards
of living. But much must come from abroad.
The two categories of aid are closely related.
Technical assistance is necessary to lay the ground-
work for productive investment. Investment, in
turn, brings with it technical assistance. In gen-
eral, however, technical surveys of resources and
of the possibilities of economic development must
precede substantial capital investment. Further-
more, in many of the areas concerned, technical
assistance in improving sanitation, communica-
tions, or education is required to create conditions
in which capital investment can be fruitful.
This country, in recent years, has conducted
relatively modest programs of technical coopera-
tion with other countries. In the field of educa-
tion, channels of exchange and communication
have been ojiened between our citizens and those
of other countries. To some extent, the expert
assistance of a number of Federal agencies, such
as the Public Health Service and the Department
of Agriculture, has been made available to other
countries. We have also participated in the ac-
tivities of the United Nations, its specialized agen-
cies, and other international organizations to
disseminate useful techniques among nations.
Through these various activities, we have gained
considerable experience in rendering technical as-
sistance to other countries. What is needed now
is to expand and integrate these activities and to
concentrate them particularly on the economic de-
velopment of underdeveloped areas.
Much of the aid that is needed can be provided
most effectively through the United Nations.
Shortly after my inaugm-al address, this govern-
ment asked the Economic and Social Council of
the United Nations to consider what the United
Nations and the specialized international agencies
could do in this progi-am.
The Secretary-General of the United Nations
thereupon asked the United Nations Secretariat
and the Secretariats of the specialized interna-
Jo/y 4, 1949
tional agencies to draw up cooperative plans for
technical assistance to underdeveloped areas. _ As
a result, a survey was made of technical projects
suitable for these agencies in such fields as in-
dustry, labor, agriculture, scientific research with
respect to natural resources, and fiscal manage-
ment. The total cost of the program submitted
as a result of this survey was estimated to be about
35 million dollars for the first year. It is ex-
pected that the United Nations and the specialized
international agencies will shortly adopt pro-
grams for carrying out projects of the type in-
cluded in this survey.
In addition to our participation in this work of
the United Nations, much of the technical as-
sistance required can be provided dii-ectly by the
United States to countries needing it. A careful
examination of the existing information concern-
ing the underdeveloped countries shows particu-
lar need for technicians and experts with United
States training in plant and animal diseases, ma-
laria and typhus control, water supply and sewer
systems, metallurgy and mining, and nearly all
phases of industry.
It has already been shown that experts in these
fields can bring about tremendous improvements.
For example, the health of the people of many
foreign communities has been greatly improved by
the work of United States sanitary engineers in
setting up modern water supply systems. The
food supply of many areas has been increased as
the result of the advice of United States agricul-
tural experts in the control of animal diseases and
the improvement of crops. These are only ex-
amples of the wide range of benefits resulting from
the careful application of modern techniques to
local problems. The benefits which a comprehen-
sive program of expert assistance will make pos-
sible can only be revealed by studies and surveys
undertaken as a part of the program itself.
To inaugurate the pi'ogram, I recommend a first
year appropriation of not to exceed 45 million dol-
lars. This includes 10 million dollars already re-
quested in the 1950 Budget for activities of this
character. The sum recommended will cover both
our participation in the programs of the inter-
national agencies and the assistance to be provided
directly by the United States.
In every case, whether the operation is con-
ducted through the United Nations, the other in-
ternational agencies, or directly by the United
States, the country receiving the benefit of the aid
will be required to bear a substantial portion of the
expense.
The activities necessary to carry out our pro-
gram of technical aid will be diverse in character
and will have to be performed by a number of
different government agencies and private instru-
mentalities. It will be necessary to utilize not
only the resources of international agencies and
the United States Govermnent, but also the facili-
863
ties and the experience of the private business and
nonprofit organizations tliat have long been active
in this work.
Since a number of Federal agencies will be in-
volved in the program, I recommend that the ad-
ministration of the program be vested in the Presi-
dent, with authority to delegate to the Secretary of
State and to other government officers, as may be
appropriate. With such administrative flexibility,
it will be possible to modify the management of
the program as it expands and to meet the prac-
tical problems that will arise in its administration
in the future.
The second category of outside aid needed by the
underdeveloped areas is the provision of capital
for the creation of productive enterprises. The
International Bank for Keconstruction and Devel-
opment and the Export-Import Bank have pro-
vided some capital for underdeveloped areas, and,
as the economic growth of these areas progresses,
should be expected to provide a great deal more.
In addition, private sources of funds must be en-
couraged to provide a major part of the capital
required.
In view of the present troubled condition of the
world— the distortion of world trade, the shortage
of dollars, and other aftereffects of the war — the
problem of substantially increasing the flow of
American capital abroad presents serious difficul-
ties. In all probability novel devices will have to
he employed if the investment from this country is
to reach proportions sufficient to carry out the ob-
jectives of our program.
All countries concerned with the program
should work together to bring about conditions
favorable to the flow of private capital. To this
end we are negotiating agreements with other
countries to protect the American investor from
unwarranted or discriminatory treatment under
the laws of the country in which he makes his
investment.
In negotiating such treaties we do not, of course,
ask privileges for American capital gi-eater than
those granted to other investors in underdeveloped
countries or greater than we ourselves grant in
this country. We believe that American enterprise
should not waste local resources, should provide
adequate wages and working conditions for local
labor, and should bear an equitable share of the
burden of local taxes. At the same time, we believe
that investors will send their capital abroad on an
increasing scale only if they are given assurance
against risk of loss through expropriation without
compensation, unfair or discriminatory treatment,
destruction through war or rebellion, or the in-
ability to convert their earnings into dollars.
Although our investment treaties will be di-
rected at mitigating such risks, they cannot elim-
inate them entirely. With the best will in the
world a foreign country, particularly an under-
developed country, may not be able to obtain the
dollar exchange necessary for the prompt remit-
tance of earnings on dollar capital. Damage or
loss resulting from internal and international vio-
lence may be beyond the power of our treaty
signatories to control..
Many of these conditions of instability in under-
developed areas which deter foreign investment
are themselves a consequence of the lack of eco-
nomic development which only foreign investment
can cure. Therefore, to wait until stable condi-
tions are assured before encouraging the outflow
of capital to underdeveloped areas would defer
the attainment of our objectives indefinitely. It
is necessary to take vigorous action now to break
out of this vicious circle.
Since the development of underdeveloped eco-
nomic areas is of major importance in our foreign
policy, it is appropriate to use the resources of the
government to accelerate private efl^orts toward
that end. I recommend, therefore, that the Ex-
port-Import Bank be authorized to guarantee
United States private capital, invested in produc-
tive enterprises abroad which contribute to eco-
nomic development in underdeveloped areas,
against the risks peculiar to those investments.
This guarantee activity will at the outset be
largely experimental. Some investments may re-
quire only a guarantee against the danger of in-
convertibility, others may need protection against
the danger of expropriation and other dangers as
well. It is impossible at this time to write a stand-
ard guarantee. The Bank will, of course, be able
to require the payment of premiums for such pro-
tection, but there is no way now to determine what
premium rates will be most appropriate in the
long run. Only experience can provide answers
to these questions.
The Bank has sufficient resources at the present
time to begin the guarantee program and to carry
on its lending activities as well without any in-
crease in its authorized funds. If the demand for
guarantees should prove large, and lending activ-
ities continue on the scale expected, it will be
necessary to request the Congress at a later date to
increase the authorized funds of the Bank.
The enactment of these two legislative pro-
posals, the first pertaining to technical assistance
and the second to the encouragement of foreign
investment, will constitute a national endorsement
of a program of major importance in our efforts
for world peace and economic stability. Never-
theless, these measures are only the first steps.
We are here embarking on a venture that extends
far into the future. We are at the beginnino: of
a rising curve of activity, private, governmental,
and international, that will continue for many
years to come. It is all the more important, there-
fore, that we start promptly.
In the economically underdeveloped areas of the
world today there are new creative energies. We
look forward to the time when these countries will
be stronger and more independent than they are
now, and yet more closely bound to us and to other
864
Department of State Bulletin
nations by ties of friendship and commerce, and by
kindred ideals. On tlie other hand, unless we aid
the newly awakened spirit in these peoples to find
the course of fruitful development, they may fall
under the control of those whose philosophy is
hostile to human freedom, thereby prolonging the
inisettlcd state of the world and postponing the
achievement of permanent peace.
Before the peoples of these areas we hold out the
promise of a better future through the democratic
way of life. It is vital that we move quickly to
bring the meaning of that promise home to them
in their daily lives.
Harry S. Truman
The White House,
June HJt, 19W-
Where Do We Stand on Point Four?
l)y George V. Allen, Assistant Secretary for Puhlic Affairs '
President Truman, you will recall, launched the
planning of a world technical cooperation pro-
gram, on a cooperative basis, with his declaration
of policy at his inauguration last January 20.
He said that tlie United States, in cooperation
with the United Nations, and with other govern-
ments, would attempt to pool the technical knowl-
edge and skills of the more advanced countries to
stimulate the progress of the underdeveloped
countries.
There was obviously both selfishness and altru-
ism in Mr. Truman's proposal. It was selfish be-
cause the United States does its greatest trade
with the countries that are economically prosper-
ous. It was selfish because an economy' of private
enterprise can remain most healthy in a world-
wide expanding economy. It was selfish because
the peace of the world and the security of the
United States depends upon the well-being of the
underdeveloped nations.
On the other hand, this plan was altruistic be-
cause the United States was not seeking any po-
litical favors. It was asking no privileges for
American business greater than those accorded to
businessmen from any other country. And the
United States was willing to contribute more than
its proportionate share in this program.
The President called his plan "bold and new".
It is bold because for the first time a major nation
has made it a national concern to facilitate the
development of lesser developed countries, which
contain well over half the population of the world,
and because the plan looks beyond the immediate
political alarms and crises to a long-range pro-
gram, extending over many decades. This pro-
posal is a demonstration of confidence in the
possibility of achieving world peace.
The program is new in its world-wide scope.
On a small scale, our government has had experi-
July 4, 1949
ence with this type of ^jrogram in Latin America.
Now what has been happening on the plans for
Point 4 since last January 20 ?
The United Nations Organization has given
active leadership. The Secretariats of the United
Nations specialized agencies have had numerous
meetings to discuss the work which their organiza-
tions might undertake in the fields of agriculture,
education, health, and general economic develop-
ment. The Secretariats have now submitted their
proposals to their various governing bodies. You
may have seen a news story recently from New
York, indicating that the total of these proposals
would cost Si million dollars for the first two
years. Next month at Geneva, the Economic and
Social Council will review these proposals.
Thereafter, the combined United Nations program
will be examined by the United States and other
members of the United Nations who are willing
to contribute to the Point-4 program. As you
know, the Point-4 program is a wholly voluntary
contribution, over and above our membership
assessment in the United Nations.
Within the United States Government itself the
Department of State has been given responsibil-
ity for drafting the necessary legislation and rec-
ommending a first year program. This work is
now completed, and the President will probably be
sending to Congress this week a message request-
ing consideration of Point-4 legislation at this
session.
It is not possible to discuss the contents of the
first year's program, because each project will
have to be negotiated with another government,
and part of the expense will be borne by the other
government.
' An address delivered before the American Society of
Engineering Education at Troy, N. Y. on June 23, 1949, and
released to the press on the same date.
865
However, I can assure you that engineering will
play a prominent part in that program, and sub-
ject to approval by the United States Congress,
and by other countries which may contribute to
this cooperative venture, hundreds of American
and other engineers will be going annually to as-
sist the governments of underdeveloped areas of
the world.
I do not mean to overemphasize the role of gov-
ernment in this program, for it is likely that
United States engineering firms and contractors
will contribute a major share to the Point-4
program.
I am unable to give you details of the proposed
program, but let me review some of our recent
experiences in working with other governments
on engineering matters.
The government now has two programs of tech-
nical assistance in Latin America.
First, there is an Interdepartmental Commit-
tee on Scientific and Cultural Cooperation, which
draws upon the technical skills and personnel of
all the federal agencies to supply technical assist-
ance to other governments. I am chairman of
that Committee, which has about 180 technicians
working in Latin America today.
Second, there is a government corporation, the
Institute of Inter-American Affairs, which is con-
ducting programs for the improvement of the basic
economy of Latin America. It works primarily
in the fields of food supply, health, and educa-
tion. I sit on the Board of Directors of that
corporation.
These two programs utilize engineering skills of
many sorts in assisting other governments. Here
are some examples:
1. Mining. If you go to Mexico City today,
you will find in the laboratories of the Mexican
Government two mining engineers supplied by
the United States Bureau of Mines. These are
shirt-sleeves men who are helping the Mexicans
work out processes for extracting or reducing
ores, so as to make mining less expensive. The
United States supplied these men primarily be-
cause of our interest in lead, zinc, and other stra-
tegic minerals. However, they are available to
work on any mining or metallurgical process re-
quested by the Mexican Government.
Since 1942, the United States has sent to Brazil
a number of geologists to assist that government
in locating and mapping its strategic minerals.
These American geologists and their Brazilian
colleagues have uncovered the largest deposits of
manganese in the Western Hemisphere. The
United States, since its earliest development of
iron and steel, has been forced to import man-
ganese from the other side of the Atlantic and the
Pacific. Now, for the first time, we may become
self-sufficient within this hemisphere. United
States Steel has entered into a contract with the
866
Brazilian Government for development of one
of these manganese deposits.
2. Irrigation. In Haiti, an engineering field
party of the Institute of Inter- American Affairs
has just completed a small concrete aqueduct
carrying water out of the mountains into the arid
coastal plain about 25 miles behind the capital of
Port-au-Prince. This aqueduct is irrigating ap-
proximately 1,500 acres of land that have been
largely abandoned since French colonial days over
a hundred years ago, and the irrigated area is
now being expanded. Haiti, as you may know,
has a severe food shortage.
3. Drainage for Malaria Control. Engineers
of the Institute of Inter-American Affairs were
asked to tackle the malaria problem of the
Santa Eiver Valley in Peru where 25 percent of
the population were infected. The mosquitoes
were breeding in marshes along the river. In one
year the Institute engineers drained the area sur-
rounding the mouth of the river, and the inci-
dence of malaria dropped from 25 percent to 2
percent. The cost of this project was supplied
largely by the Peruvian Government, and the
labor was Peruvian. The United States supplied
the technical knowledge.
4. Aviation. The Civil Aeronautics Adminis-
tration has field jDarties in five Latin American
countries today, advising other governments on
the location and construction of their airfields and
the maintenance of their airways communica-
tions. Many of the United States personnel are
engineers.
5. Brazilian Air Mission. In Brazil the United
States has facilitated an entirely different kind of
aviation mission. The Brazilian Government it-
self has recruited 20 of the outstanding aviation
technicians of the United States, employed di-
rectly by the Brazilian Government to develop a
national aviation progi'am. The staff is headed
by Dr. C. I. Stanton, former deputy administrator
of the United States Civil Aeronautics Adminis-
tration, and Professor Richard H. Smith, former
dean of Aeronautical Engineering at M.I.T, These
men have organized a complete engineering school
for the Brazilian Government.
6. Mechanical Engineers. The Department of
Agriculture has sent to Cuba several mechanical
engineers who are helping to develop the neces-
sary machinery for extracting fiber from the
kenaf plant. Kenaf is an agricultural product
developed by United States and Cuban scientists
to replace jute. The agricultural phase of the
work has been completed, but the machinery for
processing the fiber is not yet satisfactory. Wlien
this project is completed, the United States will
no longer be dependent entirely on the Far East
for this important type of fiber.
7. Water Supply Engineers in the Amazon. The
Institute of Inter-American Affairs engineers have
supervised the construction of about 20 municipal
Department of Stale Bulletin
water supply plants in Brazilian towns along the
Amazon. The Amazon Valley was completely
lacking in pure water s,ystems, and water-borne
parasites had become the principal national health
problem. I recently heard an interesting anecdote
about the first of these water systems in the Ama-
zon, which was constructed in 1943. It was built
in a town of 2,500 people, which served as a county
capital. The engineers, in order to allow for pop-
ulation expansion, built the system to supply 4,000
people. Within 2 years after the water system was
constructed, people had moved from miles around
into this town, and its population had grown to
6,000 people — 50 percent greater than the water
supply capacity. The plant had since been en-
larged. Moreover, this town had been located for
centuries on the bank of the Amazon, because every-
one had to carry water in buckets from the river
bank. Within 1 year after the water system was
constructed, the population began moving inland
from the river and the center of town now is almost
2 miles from the river, on higher and more health-
ful ground. That is what one American engineer
can contribute to one foreign community.
8. Training Engineers in the United States.
Many of our federal agencies are conducting classes
and individual training courses for technicians
from Latin America. More than 2,000 technicians
and scientists have been brought to the United
States under this program during the past 10 years.
Approximately 400 of these were in various fields
of engineering. Right now in Washington there
are training courses going on for Latin American
engineers in the Public Roads Administration, the
Civil Aeronautics Administration, the Bureau of
Reclamation, the National Bureau of Standards,
the Coast and Geodetic Survey, and the Public
Health Service. This last agency is training san-
itarj^ engineers.
9. LoTidon Science Staff. An entirely different
kind of engineering activity is represented by the
science staff in the United States Embassy at
London.
The Department of State has maintained a
science staff in the London Embassy for almost
2 years. This staff both acquires and gives infor-
mation of a scientific and teclinical nature.
Last year, from April 1948 to iVpril 1949, an
engineer was the Chief Scientific Officer — Dean
W. R. Woolrich, Dean of the College of Engineer-
ing, University of Texas. His contribution to the
work of the staff was considerable and is illustra-
tive of the kind of assistance engineers will be giv-
ing to the Point-4 program, as well as other U.S.
foreign programs. He made a study of govern-
ment sponsored research in the Department of
Scientific and Industrial Research in Great
Britain. He surveyed and appraised the whole
system of engineering education, government and
private, talking with officials in engineering schools
and assessing the kinds of courses, methods of
Jofy 4, T949
teaching, requirements for degrees, selection of
students, and organization and management of en-
gineering colleges. While in London, Dean Wool-
rich was a member of the U.S. Educational Com-
mission in the U.K. administering the Fulbright
program in Great Britain.
Dean Woolrich also worked on a plan to pro-
mote Western European interchange of unclassi-
fied industrial and agricultural technology now in
possession of the governments participating in
ERP. He cooperated with ECA and Oeec and
with British and French government officials in
developing the plan which has been accepted by
the Oeec. Arrangements are now underway to
put the plan into effect. Exchange arrangements
are to be carried out by the countries among them-
selves. If successful, the project is likely to aid
significantly in European economic recovery and
to place the cooperating countries in a much
stronger position to participate in the Point-4 pro-
gram than they otherwise would be.
The best example I can recall of how the govern-
ment and private enterprise work together in this
field of technical cooperation is a story that came
out of Afghanistan. In 1935, the Afghanistan
Government sent to the United States a student of
engineering. After he had graduated from an
American engineering school, the Bureau of Recla-
mation took him into its laboratories at Denver for
9 months of training. Shortly after this student
returned to Afghanistan, he was appointed Minis-
ter of Public Works. When consideration arose
in 1942 for the construction of a major dam in Af-
ghanistan, this former student asked the United
States Government if it could send a survey engi-
neer. The State Department arranged for a trip
by Jack Savage of the Bureau of Reclamation,
whom many ot you know as the designer of Boul-
der Dam. Jack Savage spent only a month in
Afghanistan, advising on the feasibility of the
project. The Afghanistan Government then is-
sued a series of contracts to United States engi-
neering and construction firms, now aggregating
many millions of dollars.
Here in one sequence you can see the relation-
ship of our program for foreign students, our
training of foreign technicians in United States
Govermnent agencies, our sending of technical ad-
visers to other governments, and the role played
by private American companies.
As soon as these professional schools are estab-
lished, it is found that the scientific training and
particularly the laboratory work in the high
schools is inadequate, and it is necessary to revise
the high school curriculum.
In many underdeveloped countries we find that
education has been restricted to the wealthy fami-
lies who have a social repugnance for hand labor.
They lack what Harold Lasswell calls "the dignity
of overalls."
One of the methods which the United States has
attempted to use in overcoming this attitude is to
867
recommend handicrafts and shop work in the pri-
mary schools of a country. "We have tried to break
down the social attitude towards manual labor at
the youngest possible age.
These educational problems are fundamental in
any improvement to engineering services in most
backward countries.
This year the United States has had over 25,000
foreign students enrolled in its universities. Ap-
proximately 5,100 of these students were studying
engineering. That is over 20 percent. Nearly
all of these students have been assisted at one time
or another by our cultural officers in the Ameri-
can missions abroad or by our reception centers
in the United States for assisting foreign visitors.
The State Department is doing its best, within
the limits of our university capacity to stimulate
both the quantity and quality of the foreign stu-
dents. The most important contribution to this
program, however, has been the excellent fellow-
shi}) program and counseling services of the vari-
ous universities, including our engineering schools.
I believe we have been more successful in aiding
foreign students to come to the United States than
we have been in supplying visiting professors to
institutions abroad. Under the Point-4 program
there will undoubtedly be a greater demand than
at present for the sending of United States visit-
ing professors of engineering to other countries.
And this brings me to a subject of particular
interest to members of your organization.
I believe that the Point-4 program will put
strain upon the available pool of skilled personnel
in this country, including the engineering profes-
sion. The government will be looking to its own
staff, to private engineering companies and to uni-
versities to determine what outstanding engineers
are available for foreign assignment, and those
who can be spared will be the first assigned. But
I foresee in the second and third and ensuing years
a demand for personnel which will compel the
United States to turn to its young college gradu-
ates to undertake assignments abroad. Many of
our technicians in Latin America today are under
30 years of age. I believe this is true of a ma-
jority of our sanitary engineers.
This is a problem which should be of concern
to all of our professional schools. It means that
some of our engineering students, to be properly
prepared for their work, should have foreign lan-
guages and some "area studies." It means that
the counseling services of our universities must
become more familiar with the overseas opportu-
nities for college graduates.
Such foreign assignments will be an all-round
benefit to the Unitecl States and to the individual.
The individual will be given experience far be-
yond his years and beyond any opportunities he
would have in the United States to exercise such
broad authority at so young a period in his life.
This in turn enriches the pool of trained man-
power which the United States possesses and gives
our nation a richer experience in world affaii'S,
which will enable us better to fill our new role in
world leadership.
I have heard it said that engineers contributed
more to the winning of the war than any other
profession.
I foresee that the role of engineers in the pro-
gram for peace, as laid down by President
Truman, will be equally important.
Settlement of Claims Against Foreign Governments: Yugoslavia
I. THE SETTLEMENT WITH YUGOSLAVIA
The United States in its own right has two
claims against Yugoslavia. The first is for alleged
misappropriation of a jeep during the war period ;
the second is for the destruction by Yugoslav fire
of a United States Air Force transport plane dur-
ing flight between Austria and Italy on August
19, 1946. Yugoslavia paid $150,000 indemnity on
October 7, 1946, for loss of lives in connection with
the incident, but the loss of the plane remains
unsettled.
' Excerpts from H. Rept. 770, 81st Cong., 1st sess., June
9, 1949.
Although various claims for the taking of prop-
erty arose after September 1, 1939, the claims of
the United States against Yugoslavia on behalf
of American nationals grow primarily out of poli-
cies and actions of the postwar government of that
country. The first of these was the so-called
agrarian reform of August 1945, involving the
nationalization and distribution of excess farm
holdings. The second was the nationalization of
basic industries under an enactment of the Yugo-
slav Parliament of December 6, 1946. The third
was the nationalization of small business enter-
prises under an amendment of May 20, 1948, to
the above-mentioned enactment. The fourth was
the nationalization of virtually all remaining prop-
868
Department of State Bulletin
erty in Yufjoslavia under a further amendment of
June i23, U)4S, to the basic nationalization enact-
ment.
Concurrently with the above, the United States
Government reserved American rights by diplo-
matic action, formallj^ insisting on prompt, ade-
quate, and effective compensation for divested
American owners.
Settlement negotiations began soon thereafter.
Negotiations embraced a general economic settle-
ment between the two governments. This involved
compensation for nationalization of property, set-
tlement of the lend-lease obligation of the Yugo-
slav Government to this government, the unblock-
ing of Yugoslav Government assets in this coun-
ti-}% recognition of dollar bond obligations, and
I similar issues.
Two executive agreements embodying the sub-
stance of the settlements were signed on July 19,
19-1:8. As explained in a Department of State press
release of that date :
[Here appeared portions of that release which was
printed together with the two agreements in the Bulletin
of August 1, 1948, page 137.]
Though the claims agreement alone is material
to this bill, the substance of the concurrent agree-
ment and the action of the Treasury Department
in unfreezing Yugoslav assets are relevant. For
it should be emphasized that the United States
Government approached the question of settlement
with Yugoslavia on a broad basis. The American
claims were weighed not as an isolated issue but
as a part of the whole range of financial relation-
ships between the two governments.
Interposition by the government in behalf of
claimant Americans is obviously necessary. If
such interposition were not made, the American
whose position and interest are prejudiced by the
acquisitive action of a foreign government would
have recourse to local courts as his only oppor-
tunity for relief. Obviously this would amount to
no relief at all in an iron-curtain country. Even
if a settlement in local currency were made, the
money would be of no use to an American recipient.
Since governmental interposition is necessary,
the next question is what means is to be followed.
To resort to the traditional procedure of establish-
ing a claims tribunal and arguing the issues before
it would be inadequate in such a situation as the
instant one.
The realistic course is the one followed by the
United States in reaching the settlement with
Yugoslavia — the consideration of issues on a broad
enough basis to enable this government to press
claims by economic or financial action on related
issues. The government should be commended
and encouraged in following a course which pro-
tects the interests of nationals abroad with some-
thing more substantial than the shield of reason
and rhetoric.
July 4, J 949
II. TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT
The settlement with Yugoslavia is the first of
its kind in the postwar situation. Others may be
expected. Negotiations are now in progress for a
settlement M-ith Czechoslovakia of claims totaling
about $80,000,000 growing out of the nationaliza-
tion and other taking of American property inter-
ests. Negotiations are expected to be opened with
Poland concerning similar claims totaling $175,-
000,000. The agreement with Yugoslavia there-
fore is of particular interest as a possible pattern
for other settlements.
Article 1 of the agreement pledges Yugoslavia
within 45 days after signature to pay the United
States $17,000,000 in settlement of the claims. Any
money left over after all awards have been made
and the expenses of adjudication paid will be re-
turned to Yugoslavia.
Article 2 confines the claims affected to those
involving property, rights, and interests which at
the time of nationalization or other taking were
directly or indirectly owned by a United States
national, or an American corporation whose out-
standing securities were at least one-fifth of Ameri-
can ownership.
Article 3 excludes from the settlement the claims
of those who acquired United States nationality
after deprivation. These persons must settle their
claims with Yugoslavia directly.
Article 4 specifies that Yugoslavia does not waive
any possible claims against United States nation-
als. It says that claimants compensated in pur-
suance of the agreement will be foreclosed from
other claims gi'owing out of the same circum-
stances. It recognizes the obligation of national-
ized industries as successors to the debts of the
businesses nationalized, but debts which are the
basis of claims settled in pursuance of the agree-
ment will be regarded as settled.
Article 5 obliges Yugoslavia to continue to gi'ant
most-favored-nation treatment to Americans in
ownership and acquisition of assets in Yugoslavia.
Article 6 obliges Yugoslavia to avoid and ban
the use within Yugoslavia of trade-marks, com-
pany names, and trade names of nationalized
American-owned companies Mhen such trade-
marks, company names, and trade names are used
in other countries.
Article 7 provides that claims of United States
nationals for war damage to property not national-
ized will be treated no less favorably than such
claims of Yugoslav or other nationals.
Article 8 makes the distribution among claimants
of the funds paid by Yugoslavia a concern of the
United States alone and makes final the findings of
the agency to be set up for that purpose.
Article 9 obliges Yugoslavia to furnish to the
United States, on request, information and docu-
ments necessary to settle the individual claims. It
obliges the United States to furnish Yugoslavia
869
certified copies of papers related to the adjudi-
cation of claims. It authorizes Yugoslavia to file
briefs as friend of the court on consent of the
agency to be established by the United States to
make awards.
Article 10 obliges Yugoslavia to authorize per-
sons in Yugoslavia to pay debts to United States
nationals, firms, or agencies, and, so far as feasible,
to permit dollar transfers for such purjaose.
Article 11 contains Yugoslavia's agreement to
give "sympathetic consideration" to applications
for transfer from Yugoslavia to the United States
of small bank deposits which in the circumstances
are imi^ortant to the person requesting the
transfer.
Article 12 provides for the agreement to take
effect upon signature.
III. THE MAKING AND PAYMENT OF AWARDS
No final estimate of the number of claimants
against Yugoslavia is available. The number is
believed to be about 1,500. Included, in addition
to the United States Government itself, are Amer-
ican corporations whose claims, while small in
number, bulk largest in value, and recently natu-
ralized United States citizens of fonner Yugoslav
nationality. Virtually all types of ownership are
represented. The intent of the agreement and the
bill is to provide compensation for eligible Ameri-
can property interests nationalized or otherwise
taken by the Yugoslav Government, including in-
terests in which American individuals or entities
possessed direct ownership, or in which they pos-
sessed indirect ownership through entities organ-
ized in foreign countries.
The United States has the money on hand. The
problem is to get it to the deserving claimants.
This requires the establishment of an agency and a
procedure so that claims can be weighed consist-
ently with a uniform standard.
The instant bill will set up the agency and the
procedure.
The agency is to be an International Claims
Commission within the Department of State. It
should be noted that this will not be an independ-
ent establishment. In this respect the bill is in
keeping with the views of the Commission on Or-
ganization of the Executive Branch of the Gov-
ernment in its Report on General Management
(pp. 335-336), generally criticizing the independ-
ent status of numerous agencies now existing. It
is consistent also with that Commission's final re-
port, which makes various recommendations to re-
duce further the number of agencies reporting to
the President. As to the War Claims Commission,
for example, its recommendation is that it be
placed in the position of reporting to the Secre-
tary of State. Regarding the Indian Claims Com-
mission, it recommends that it be attached to the
Indian Service of the Department of the Interior.
The report does not recommend that any claims
commission be maintained as an independent
agency.
In keeping with the Commission's status as a
part of the Department of State, its three mem-
bers are made subject to appointment by the Secre-
tary of State rather than subject to Presidential
appointment with Senatorial confirmation. In
this respect, the proposed Commission will con-
trast with the War Claims Commission provided
for in the War Claims Act of 1948 (Public Law
896, 80th Cong. ) and with the American Mexican
Claims Commission established under the Settle-
ment of Mexican Claims Act of 1942 (Public Law
814, 77th Cong.). The difference is believed to
be justified by the desirability of establishing this
agency as a j^art of a regular executive department
with a responsibility to specific authority. The
need of insuring independent adjudication, how-
ever, is recognized in the provision that the Secre-
tary of State may remove a member only for neg-
lect or malfeasance and upon notice and hearing.
The technical character of the Commission's du-
ties is recognized in a requirement that the Com-
missioners must be members of the bar. The need
of attracting talent of a high order so as to insure
proper performance is recognized in the provision
of $15,000 as the annual salary of the Commis-
sioners.
Since the time necessary to complete the work is
unpredictable, the bill does not set a terminal date
for the Commission. This is to be determined in
the discretion of the Secretary of State and in
the light of the circumstances. Termination of
the Commission, however, will not affect the basic
authority of the act. This will remain intact so
that the mechanism may be reestablished in event
that similar claims settlements in the future make
it necessary to resume such adjudications.
The committee, however, has written into the
bill a provision (sec. 6) directing the completion
within 4 years of the Commission's tasks under
the Yugoslav claims agreement. This will allow
ample time for the work ; the provision is desirable
as a stimulus to efficient performance and as an
indication of the purpose of this legislation to
bring about a settlement and to avoid any unnec-
essary deferment of the time when claimants will
receive the measure of redress to which they are
entitled.
The Commission will settle claims of the United
States Government and United States nationals
(the latter defined as in the Nationality Act of
1940) under the Yugoslav claims agreement and
other possible claims agreements of the same char-
acter. The possibility of other claims agreements
whose terms would come within the Commis-
sion's jurisdiction should be understood to include
possible supplementary agreements with Yugo-
slavia. It should be noted that the Commission
will have no jurisdiction over any war claims
against former enemy countries. These come
within the jurisdiction of the War Claims Com-
870
Department of State Bulletin
mission set up under the War Claims Act of 1948.
The Commission ■will apply, in the order indi-
cated, (a) the provisions of the applicable claims
agreement (in the immediate instance, the Yugo-
slav claims agreement), and (6) the applicable
principles of international law, justice, and equity.
The Commission's decision "shall constitute a
full and final disposition of the case in which the
decision is rendered." The bill states also that
such decisions —
shall be final and conclusive on all questions of law and
fact and not subject to review by the Secretary of State
or any other department, agency, or establishment of the
United States or by any court by mandamus or otherwise.
In its procedures the Commission will operate
generally under the provisions of the Administra-
tive Procedure Act (Public Law 404, 79th Cong.).
This would presumably be true under the terms of
the Administrative Procedure Act itself, but the
committee has amended the bill so as to make this
explicit. Internal procedure will be along judicial
lines. Each claim will be adjudicated on an ad-
versary basis. Awards will be made on the basis
of a record.
The Commission is to be staffed with attorneys,
clerks, economic analysts, and investigators. A
small field staff to gather evidence and proof will
operate in Yugoslavia or in any other country with
whose Government the United States may reach
a similar agreement to settle claims. Such a staff
will be necessary in order to insure proper adjudi-
cation in many cases where documentary or other
proof would not be otherwise obtainable. It should
be noted in this connection that the agreement
with Yugoslavia obligates that country, insofar
as possible, to assist by making available informa-
tion and documents necessary to proper adjudica-
tion.
The hiring of such personnel and other costs in-
volved in the Commission's activities should not be
a factor in the financial position of the Govern-
ment. Appropriations authorized under this bill
should be amply covered by money gathered into
the Treasury in pursuance of a provision for a
deduction of 3 percent from each award. The bill
also provides, with respect to the money on hand
for settlement of claims against Yugoslavia, that
to the extent the 3-percent deductions may not
cover all costs, additional deductions may be made
from the residual funds left after all awards have
been made. The balance, if any, will then be re-
turned to Yugoslavia as required by the agree-
ment.
The bill recognizes that many of the claimants
are in immediate need of compensation for depriv-
ation of property. An amendment written into
the bill by the committee allows the Commission
to make awards on parts of individual claims when
final action on other portions of the claims must
be deferred. The bill also provides that awards of
$1,000 or less in principal amount may be paid im-
mediately. Immediate payment of $1,000 on
awards of larger amount is authorized. Addi-
tional payments of 25 percent of unpaid principal
of awards of more than $1,000 are also permitted.
Beyond this, awards will be satisfied only when
all cases have been adjudicated. Interest, inso-
far as allowed, will be paid on a pro rata basis
only after all principal awards have been paid.
The provisions of the bill relating to payment
of awards after they have been entered follow gen-
erally the practice of the United States Govei-n-
ment in settling claims against itself and are mod-
eled closely upon the Mexican Claims Act of 1942.
The amendments approved by the committee make
changes in detail rather than in substance.
One amendment lowers from $1,000 to $500 the
maximum limit on payments in which the Comp-
troller General is to have discretion in deciding
who is entitled to receive payment on an award to
a deceased claimant.
Another amendment eliminates as unnecessary
a provision related to payments to the estate of a
deceased claimant; it was the committee's view
that the procedure for payment to persons en-
titled to receive awards made to a deceased claim-
ant would suffice with respect to payments to such
estates.
A third amendment gives the Secretary of the
Treasury rather than the Comptroller General the
discretion to make payments to the assignee in
event of the assignment of an award. The com-
mittee was informed that such an amendment was
desirable in the view of the Treasury Department
and was concurred in by the General Accounting
Office.
Another amendment eliminates as unnecessary
a provision that failure to give or receive notice of
the opportunity to file a claim should not give
rise to a cause of action against the United States
or against members of the Commission and their
subordinates.
July 4, 1949
871
Europe as a Bulwark of Peace
ty Lieutenant General Walter Bedell Smith, Former Ambassador to the Soviet Union ^
I appreciate the honor of being invited to ad-
dress the governors of tlie United States at their
annual conference. I consider it especially sig-
nificant that our governors, preoccupied as they
are witli the special problems and interests of
the respective states, should turn their attention
to a consideration of foreign affairs, which in
our time have come to affect the lives of all Ameri-
cans in the most personal and intimate way.
The turn of events since the end of the war has
placed upon the United States, as the citadel of
freedom and the strongest of the free nations, the
major responsibility for world recovery, world
peace, and world progress, and at the same time
has confronted this nation with potentially the
gravest challenge ever offered to our principles
and our way of life. This situation results from
the decision of the leaders of Soviet Russia to
turn away from the cooperation which we hoped
would prevail after the war, and instead to seek
to impose Communism upon the world. The conse-
quent resistance of the free peoples of the world to
subjugation and enslavement has brought about
the world-wide struggle in which we are now
engaged.
ELEMENTS OF SOVIET COMMUNISM
In any such conflict, the first requirement is to
understand the nature of the opposing force. In
analyzing Soviet Communism, we can distinguish
certain basic characteristics or elements. The first
element is a group of ruthless and ambitious men,
animated by a lust for power and bound by a
fanatical doctrine whicli holds that the end justi-
fies the means, no matter liow brutal or unjust.
The second element is the seizure by this group of
absolute control of a lai'ge and powerful nation.
'An address delivered at the Conference of Governors
in Colorado Springs. Colo., on June 20, 1049, and released
to the press on the same date by the National Military
Establishment. General Smith is Commanding General
of the First Army.
whose strength and resources are used by the arbi-
trary rulers to carry out their aggressive and ex-
loansive policies. The tliird element is the control
and manipulation by these rulers of subservient
groups in other countries so as to subject those
countries to the will of the dominant power, as
has been done throughout Eastern Europe, as is
being done in Cliina, and as will be done wherever
freedom and democracy do not prove themselves
strong enough to resist.
STRENGTH OF THE DEMOCRACIES
This combination of uni'estrained power, based
in a vast and lusty country and reaching out in all
directions tlironcli the mechanism of international
Communism, makes Soviet Russia a formidable
opponent. Yet tlie democracies, aroused to com-
mon action and dedicated to tlie preservation of
their liberties, are substantially stronger.
I am convinced that the Soviets, although exas-
peratingly difficult to deal with, do not want to risk
war and will modify their aggressive policies when
confronted witli firm resistance, backed by recog-
nizable force. This opinion was not hastily arrived
at but is based in large part on my experience as
ambassador to Moscow.
It is extremely important for the democracies,
and especially the United States, never to lose
sight of the fundamental fact that we are engaged
in a constant, continuing, gruelling struggle for
freedom and the American way of life that may
extend over a period of many years. We must not
be thrown off balance by temporary ups and downs,
indecisive triumphs and failures. We must antici-
pate that tlie Soviet tactic will be to attempt to
wear us down, to exasperate us beyond endurance,
to keep probing for weak spots they can exploit.
Obviously the Russians believe they are playing
a game of patience, in which they can outlast us.
We need to keep reminding ourselves to take the
long view, particularly at the conclusion of some
dramatic or frustrating experience, whether it be
872
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
the end of a blockade or the termination of a Con-
ference of Foreign Ministers. We cannot allow
ourselves to be swerved from our long-term pur-
pose by the elations or the disappointments of the
moment.
Regardless of from what direction one ap-
proaches' the prolilem, he must inevitably arrive at
the conclusion that the best assurance of peace is
our determination and strength to suppoi't our con-
victions. It is not sufficient only to have strength
to defend ourselves by military means if neces-
sary. The potential must exist and by its very
existence it serves its highest purpose, which is in
preventing war. We all know now that while vic-
tory in war saves us from the imposition of solu-
tions we are determined to reject, victory itself
raises grave new problems in turn. As one who
has seen war, I am earnestly concerned with the
creation of conditions that will assure peace.
This is the object of this nation's policies in
foreign affairs. As a member of the United Na-
tions, we are pledged to the settlement of inter-
national disputes by pacific means. We are con-
scientiously trying to strengthen the United Na-
tions as an effective instrument for preserving the
peace. We are energetically working, both in-
side and outside the United Nations, to promote
the economic and social conditions throughout the
world that will minimize conflicts and remove the
causes of wars. If we continue to pursue these
policies vigorously and steadfastly we will suc-
ceed in throwing back the challenge of Commu-
nism and at the same time preserving the peace.
EUROPEAN RECOVERY PROGRAM
One of the fundamental measures for achieving
that purpose is the European Recovery Program,
an essential and effective means of assuring peace.
No one who has been in Europe for any length
of time since the war can help but be profoundly
impressed by the great change that has taken
place since the Marshall Plan has been in opera-
tion. Little more than a year ago. Western Eur-
ope was disorganized economically, depleted
phj'sicall}^, and depressed spiritually. The posi-
tion of its free nations was precarious. It was a
situation of crisis in which anything might hap-
pen. The prospects for peace were anything but
promising.
The contrast between conditions in Europe then
and today is remarkable. The free nations of
Western Europe have literally taken a new lease
on life. They are working together as never be-
fore. The people have been given more than new
hope, as important as that is. They have been
given something to work with, and their produc-
tion record proves that they not only are eager
to work but that they also have the skill and the
determination to reestablish themselves in the
world. The Marshall Plan has not been the only
factor in effecting this transformation, but it has
been the major force in the stabilization of Eur-
Ju/y 4, 1949
ope. I am certain that history will confirm Pres-
ident Truman's judgment that the Marshall Plan
marked the turning point.
In the marked increase of production achieved
in Europe during the last year, the contributions
of farm and labor groups both in this country and
in Europe have been notable. The organized la-
bor movement in this country and the non-Com-
munist labor movements in the participating
countries of Europe have strongly supported the
Marshall Plan. These movements on both sides
of the Atlantic joined in establishing a trade-union
advisory committee to assist in carrying out the
recovery program. The support of the labor
groups is essential to success, since the workers
hold the key to industrial production. Similarly,
the representatives of farm organizations in this
country have testified for the Marshall Plan in
Congressional hearings and likewise have been
active in an advisory committee to assist the EGA.
The farmers of Europe, favored by the weather,
have substantially increased the "production of
food crops. Such interest and support is of great
importance because it demonstrates that the Mar-
shall Plan is not just an arrangement among gov-
ernments but basically a cooperative effort among
the peoples of the countries concerned.
But we must not forget that the essence of the
Marshall Plan is that it is not a relief program but
a recovery program and that it is based on calcu-
lations of the minimum requirements for recovery
over a 4-year period. We knew this when we ac-
cepted the plan in the first place. This means that
we must be prepared to follow this program
through to its logical conclusion if it is to accom-
plish its purpose. If we turn back from the course
we set ourselves little more than a year ago, or if
we slacken our efforts, we not only risk losing the
momentum achieved thus far, but we also run the
danger of wasting what we have already invested
in the program. Aside from the material factors
involved, any sign of vacillation or indecision on
our part will profoundly discourage our friends
and strengthen the belief of the Communists that
they have only to keep up the pressure until we
grow tired and give up the struggle. We must un-
derstand that we are engaged in a contest of indefi-
nite duration and that we must decide our course
and stick to it through thick and thin.
The recovery of Europe is a primary requisite
for the maintenance of the free way of life and
the preservation of peace. But even European
recovery is only part of a larger design. The
economic revival of Western Europe is necessary
to make the peoples of that continent self-sup-
jiorting and to enable them to resume their proper
place in world affairs. Economic recovery also
will provide them in time with the strength to
assume their own security. But they do not have
that strength at present.
All the nations of Western Europe that en-
gaged in the recent war, with the exception of
873
Great Britain, emerged from that conflict prac-
tically defenseless. Since VE-day they have be-
gun rebuilding their defenses, but it is a slow,
laborious process, particularly since economic re-
covery has priority. The knowledge of their in-
adequate defenses, in the face of the aggressive and
expansive tendencies of the Soviet Union, has con-
tributed to a pervading sense of insecurity that
weighs heavily on Western Europe. Even while
putting forth their utmost effort for recovery, the
people have been haunted by the fear that they
might be rebuilding only to have the fruits of their
labor again usurped by an occupying army.
THE NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY
The sense of insecurity arising from these cir-
cumstances is in itself a serious detriment to re-
covery, stability, and peace. In order to achieve
our objectives in Europe, the United States must
use its own strength to shield the free nations of
Europe from aggression while they rebuild their
defenses, just as we are using our material resources
to enable the people of Western Europe to revive
their economies. This is the purpose of the North
Atlantic Treaty, which the Foreign Relations Com-
mittee of the Senate has unanimously recommended
for ratification, and the legislation for military
assistance, which the Administration is now pre-
paring to submit to the Congress.
The treaty, which is a pact for the mutual de-
fense of the North Atlantic area against ai'med
attack from any source, commits the 12 signatory
countries to help each other to maintain and de-
velop their individual and collective capacity to
resist aggression. It is in partial fulfillment of
that obligation that the Administration proposes
to provide 1 billion, 130 million dollars of military
assistance to the European members of the treaty
during the next fiscal year.
The purpose of this measure is to accelerate the
rebuilding of the defenses of Western Europe, both
to increase the faith of the free peoples of Europe
in their own ability to resist aggression and to
make more effective their pledge to contribute to
the mutual defense of the North Atlantic area.
The promise that all of the 12 nations signing the
treaty naturally including the United States will
come promptly to the aid of any one of them which
is attacked is in itself a strong deterrent to ag-
gression. From what we know of the nature of
Soviet Communism, it is obvious tliat the effective-
ness of that deterrent will be increased in propor-
tion to the known ability of all 12 nations to resist
and defeat an aggressor.
The great, the priceless benefit we expect to gain
from this treaty is peace. We seek that benefit
by making clear in advance our determination and
that of our partners in the treaty resolutely to
resist armed attack with all the strength avail-
able to us all. Determination is not enough; it
must be backed by strength.
874
MILITARY ASSISTANCE
If war should nevertheless come, the advantages
of this arrangement would not by any means accrue
solely to the European members of the treaty.
With the experience of two World Wars in mind, I
think it is clearly apparent that there are tre-
mendous advantages to the United States in hav-
ing strong and loyal friends on the continent of
Europe. In the event of war, these advantages
are greatly increased if our associates in Europe
are able to maintain their position until we are able
to join our forces with theirs oti the continent.
Therefore, our assistance in strengthening the abil-
ity of our Atlantic pact associates successfully to
resist aggression in Europe is equivalent to
strengthening the defenses of the United States.
The conclusive reason for military assistance to
the free nations of Europe is that it materially
enhances the prospects for peace. The greatest
single achievement leading to the creation of con-
ditions that would assure lasting peace in the
world would be the reestablishment in Europe of a
group of strong, free, virile and progressive states,
living together in harmony and cooperating closely
in political, economic, and social matters for the
good of their own people and the people of the
world. This kind of Europe, no longer dependent
on the United States ol* fearful of attack from the
East, would be a stabilizing force with great influ-
ence in world affairs.
EUROPE AS A BULWARK OF PEACE
This kind of Europe would contain a popula-
tion greater than that of Russia, much further
advanced in science and technology, with resources
much better developed and an industrial organiza-
tion much more efficient and productive. Such a
Europe would be able effectively to resist the en-
croacliments of Communism. By providing a liv-
ing, dynamic demonstration of the superior values
of the free way of life over totalitarian, such a
Europe would inevitably exert a profound attrac-
tion for the repressed and impoverished peoples
under the Communist yoke.
Above all, the kind of Europe envisioned as re-
sulting from our pi'esent policies would be a great
constructive force for peace. The free nations
of Eurojie share our aversion for war. That aver-
sion has been intensified by the tragic experiences
of recent years. Strength in the hands of the free
peoples of Europe will be strength dedicated to the
defense of peace. We can make no better invest-
ment for peace than the restoration of the strength
of the free nations of Europe.
We can help make Europe a bulwark of peace
by doing three things : First, continuing the Euro-
pean Recovery Program in full force until we
have finished the job and attained the objective
we set ourselves in the beginning. Second, enter-
ing fully and wholeheartedly into the North At-
lantic Treaty for the mutual defense of the vital
centers of Western civilization. Third, providing
Department of State BuUetin
military assistance as an effective step toward re-
constituting the strength of Western Europe as a
positive force for peace.
BIPARTISAN NATURE OF UNITED STATES
POLICIES TOWARD EUROPE
I sliould like to emphasize the bipartisan nature
of these policies. The legislation providing aid
for Greece and Turkey and for economic assist-
ance to Europe and the Senate resolution which
guided this government in negotiation of the treaty
were all passed by a Republican Congress with a
Democratic administration and by overwhelm-
ingly bipartisan votes. To me this is clear proof
that these measures far transcend partisan politics
and are recognized as representing the true basic
interests of the American people.
In advocating these measures, I fully recognize
that they are undertakings not to be lightly as-
sumed. The continuance of the European Recov-
ery Program and the initiation of the Military
Assistance Program require large public expendi-
tui'es at a time when our commitments are already
heavy and economic adjustments apparently are
in progress. I support these measures out of a
deep conviction that they are essential in the na-
tional interest. What is involved here is noth-
ing less than the preservation of our way of life —
the continued assertion of our right as free men
to govern ourselves as we see fit and to live ac-
cording to the dictates of our own conscience.
SACRIFICES OF AMERICAN PEOPLE
This being true, we should not hesitate to make
whatever sacrifices are necessary to defend our
free institutions. The American people have re-
peatedly shown that they will willingly make great
sacrifices for that purpose. Public opinion clearly
favored the inauguration of the Marshall Plan
at a time when it appeared that the shipment of
the necessary foodstuffs and other materials to
Europe might cut drastically into our own sup-
plies. That danger no longer exists. In fact, the
procurement program for European recovery
might become a valuable stabilizing influence in
our domestic economy when production is declin-
ing. Certainly it is true that our foreign aid pro-
grams and our domestic economy must be kept
in balance as component parts of an integrated
national policy.
The time has passed when foreign affairs and
domestic affairs could be regarded as separate and
distinct. The borderline between the two has prac-
tically ceased to exist. Henry L. Stimson, who has
served both as Secretary of State and as Secre-
tary of War, has summed it up this way : "No pri-
vate program and no public policy, in any sector
of our national life, can now escape from the com-
pelling fact that if it is not framed with refer-
ence to the world, it is framed with perfect
futility."
UNITED STATES RESPONSIBILITIES
IN WORLD AFFAIRS
Our great responsibilities in world affairs in-
evitably have their effect on every aspect of our
national life, and every element of our national
life enters into our actions with respect to the rest
of the world. The strength which we must have to
overcome the dangers that threaten and to ac-
complish the great task of achieving a just and
decent peace is not military strength or economic
strength alone, but the total stretigth of the na-
tion. It is a strength that encompasses such things
as education, public health, family life, and oppor-
tunity and incentive for individual achievement.
And basic to that strength is the passionate de-
votion of our people to the free way of life.
We can maintain the material, moral, and spirit-
ual strength of America if our democratic faith
remains strong.
We in this country know that we can draw
from this wellspring of faith the strength neces-
sary to carry out the tremendous responsibilities
of world leadership. We must express that
strength in purposeful and resolute action. We
must never give others cause to doubt our purpose
and our resolution. The stakes are too high to af-
ford even a suspicion of irresolution.
In this critical period of history, the United
States cannot have a "fair weather" foreign policy
formulated under favorable conditions only to be
abandoned or watered down when the going gets
rough. We cannot embark on a certain course of
action, advertised to the world, and then back
down before the job is finished.
We have made a good start on a policy that has
achieved a considerable measure of success. We
need to keep at it. Hesitancy or delay at this time
would only hearten the enemies of democracy and
weaken the confidence of the free peoples in the
leadership of the United States which has brought
the world thus far along the road to recovery and
peace. We can't march up the hill one day and
down again the next. We must go forward, step
by step, to world peace and security. Only in such
a world can our own peace and security be assured.
July 4, 1949
875
wyyvt€/i^^!^
-.■,'^-vmm'ms9»fii ".■
General Policy Page
The South Pacific Commission Makes Prog-
ress. By Felix M. Keesing 839
Address b^^ard L. Thorp 851
Europe Al^^Bkark of Peace. By Lt. Gen.
Walter^Hw Smith 872
Treaty Information
Genocide Convention Transmitted to the
Senate:
The President's Letter of Transmittal . . 844
Report of the Secretary of State .... 844
Economic Affairs
The Lisbon Conference on Central and South
African Transportation Problems. By
Maxwell Harway 852
Final Act Conference on Central African
Transportation Problems 854
Where Do We Stand on Point Four? By
George V. Allen 865
Calendar of International Meetings . . 849
Council of Foreign Ministers
The Paris Conference of the Council of For-
eign Ministers:
Council of Foreign Ministers — Con. page
Communique 857
Statement by President Truman 858
Reports to Congressional Committees on
Results of Conference. Statements by
Secretary Acheson 859
Extemporaneous Remarks by Secretary
Acheson Concerning His Impressions of
the Conference 860
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
Genocide Convention Transmitted to the
Senate :
The President's Letter of Transmittal . . 844
Report of the Secretary of State 844
The United States in the United Nations . . 848
Technical Assistance
The President's Recommendations for Tech-
nical Assistance Program for Under-
developed Areas Sent to the Congress . . 862
The Congress
Legislation 847
Settlement of Claims Against Foreign Gov-
ernments: Yugoslavia 868
Maxwell Harway, author of the article on the Lisbon Confer-
eiice on Central and South African Transportation Problems, Is
Assistant Adviser on Inland Transport, Office of Transport and
Communications, Department of State. Mr. Harway served as
Department of State Observer at this Conference.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1949
*J/i€/ ^eAa^tTnen^/ ^ tnute/
SI .M.MAKV OF I)EVEL()P>JENTS IN CHANGE-
OVEK TO CIVILIAN CONTROL FOR THE Al,-
LIED HIGH COMMISSION FOR GER.MAN^ .
CHARTER FOR THE ALLIED HIGH COMMIS-
SION FOR GERMANY
•79
III AL\N RIGHTS: DHAl T COVENANT REVISED
AT FIFTH SESSION OF CO>LMISSION ON
HUMAN RIGHTS 3
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 52i
July 11, 1949
«. S, SUPERINlENiitNr UF DOCt .,
JUL 26 1949
••^♦TS. O' '
^Ae z2^€^ta/2(l^ent £i^ ^7€ale JLy Li. 1 1 v!/ L il i
Vol. XXI, No. 523 • Publication 3561
July 11, 1949
ANNOUNCEMENT
Documents and State Papers was discontinued with the
June issue and has been combined with the Department of
State BULLETIN, beginning with the issue of July 4.
A subscriber to Documents and State Papers will receive
for each two months remaining in his subscription one
month's subscription to the BULLETIN.
The subscription rate of the BULLETIN is: .52 issues,
domestic $6; foreign $8.50; single copy, '.20 cents.
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
G2 Issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18,
1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government icith information on
developmen ts in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
tlie Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of internatioTuil relations, are listed
currently.
HUMAN RIGHTS: DRAFT COVENANT REVISED AT
FIFTH SESSION OF COIVilVllSSION ON HUMAN RIGHTS
by James Simsarian
The United Nations Commission on Human
Rights revised the draft International Covenant
on Human Rights, which sets forth basic civil and
political rights, at its fifth session at Lake Success
from May 9 to June 20, 1949. It also considered
briefly questions of principle relating to tlie estab-
lishment of international machinery for the imple-
mentation of the Covenant. The draft Covenant
and proposals for its implementation will now be
transmitted to member governments of the United
Nations for their comments, tlie Commission liav-
ing fixed January 1, 1950, as the final date on
wliicli all proposals concerning these drafts
should be received by the Secretariat. The Com-
mission will reconvene for its sixth session earlj'
in 1950 to revise the documents in the light of
comments received from governments, which when
completed at the 1950 session will be forwarded to
the Economic and Social Council and then to the
General Assembly for its consideration in the fall
of 1950.
The Commission at its fifth session drastically
streamlined the draft Covenant forwarded to it
by the Drafting Committee, which had met at Lake
Success the previous year. The draft Covenant
now proposes safeguards with respect to some 15
basic civil and political rights. The Drafting
Committee of the Commission had rejected the in-
clusion of economic, social, and cultural rights in
the Covenant last year, and the Commission this
year decided to postpone the further consid-
eration of these additional rights until the 1950
meeting.
The basic civil and political rights provided in
the draft Covenant relate to the right to life, pro-
July 11, 7949
tection against torture, slavery, forced labor, arbi-
trary arrest or detention, protection against im-
prisonment for inability to fulfill a contractual
obligation, freedom of movement and residence,
freedom to leave a country, freedom to return to
one's country, right to a fair and public hearing
before an independent and impartial tribunal, pro-
tection against ex post facto laws, right to recog-
nition as a person before the law, freedom of
religion, assembly and association, and equal pro-
tection of the law.
The Universal Declaration of Human Rights
approved by the General Assembly in Paris on
December 10, 1948, was not drafted in the form
of a treaty and accordingly is not a legally bind-
ing document. It enumerates civil, political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural rights. In contrast to
the Declaration, the Covenant is being drafted in
the form of a treaty and, after its approval by
the General Assembly, will be submitted to gov-
ernments for their ratification. The Covenant
will be binding only on coimtries which ratify it
through their regular constitutional procedure.
In the United States, it would be submitted to
the Senate for the approval of two thirds of that
body.
ARTICLES OF THE DRAFT COVENANT
ON HUMAN RIGHTS
Article 2, paragraph 1
Article 2, paragraph 1, of the Covenant was re-
vised to provide that each state party to the
Covenant "undertakes to ensure to all individuals
within its jurisdiction the rights defined in this
Covenant." The article further provides that
where the rights defined in the Covenant have not
already been "provided by legislative or other
measures, each state undertakes, in accordance
with its constitutional processes and in accordance
with the provisions of this Covenant, to adopt
within a reasonable time such legislative or other
measures (which are necessary) to give effect to
the rights defined in this Covenant."
The representative of the United States, Mrs.
Franklin D. Roosevelt, indicated that if the Cove-
nant is signed and ratified by the United States the
obligations of the Covenant should be carried out
through legislative or other measures, existing or
to be enacted, giving effect to the provisions of the
Covenant, particularly with regard to articles 5 to
22. She pointed out that under this procedure,
these articles of the Covenant should not them-
selves become operative as domestic law.
The United States representative pointed out
that the Constitution of the United States pro-
vides—
This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States
which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Trea-
ties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority
of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the
land;
Constitutions of other countries have similar
provisions; for example, Paraguay, Argentina,
and Mexico. In many other countries, how-
ever, a treaty does not become the supreme law of
the land automatically, that is, it is necessary to
adopt legislative or other measures to give effect
to the provisions of the treaty. The provisions of
the treaty themselves do not become operative as
domestic law.
The United States representative accordingly
proposed that it should be made clear that the sub-
stantive articles of the Covenant would not them-
selves become effective as domestic law, and that
each party to the Covenant should be placed on
the same footing to take the necessary steps to
carry out the provisions of the Covenant through
appropriate legislative or other measures to the
extend to which such measures have not already
been enacted.
Article 4
Article 4 was approved to provide that "In
time of war or other public emergency threaten-
ing the interests of the people, a State may take
measures derogating from its obligations under
Part II of the Covenant to the extent strictly
limited by the exigencies of the situation." The
United Kingdom pressed for the inclusion of this
provision in tlie Covenant. Upon the approval
of this article, the French representative on the
Commission argued that this exception should be
applicable only to paragraph 5 of article 9 (relat-
ing to habeas corpus), paragraph 1 of article 11
(relating to freedom of movement and residence
and freedom to leave one's country), and articles
16 (religion), 18 (assembly) and 19 (association).
The application of this exception to article 17 on
freedom of speech and the press was not consid-
ered since the approval of this article was post-
poned. The British rep)resentative urged the
api^lication of this exception to additional articles
of the Covenant. The Commission decided to
postpone until its next session the decision as to
which of the articles of the Covenant the exception
provided in article 4 should apply.
Article 5
The Commission considered the possibility of
providing in the Covenant that "No one shall be
deprived of his life," and then enumerated the
various exceptions to this right as proposed by the
Drafting Committee last year. It decided, how-
ever, that it was doubtful that all possible excep-
tions to this right could be enumerated in detail.
Even if it could do so, the Commission felt that
such an article would be far too complex. The
United States representative agreed with this
view. Considerable sentiment developed in the
Commission for tlie article to provide that "No
one shall be deprived of his life arbitrarily."
Wlien this sentence was voted in parts, a majority
of the members of the Conmiission voted for the
first part of the sentence, "No one shall be deprived
of his life," but a majority did not vote for the
word "arbitrarily." Accordingly tlris article now
provides "No one shall be deprived of his life,"
it being generally understood in the Commission,
however, that it will have to be considered further
at the next session of the Commission. The United
States representative supported the addition of the
word "arbitrarily."
Some of the rights in the Covenant presumably
provide for protection against state action only,
as in the case of protection against ex post facto
Department of State Bulletin
laws in article 14. It was agreed in the Commis-
sion that such provisions as in article 8 relating to
slavery and servitude should provide protection
against individual as well as state action. The
United States representative expressed the view,
however, that some of the rights enumerated in
the Covenant, such as the right to life in article 5
and freedom of movement and residence in article
11, should provide protection against state action
only, but the overwhelming sentiment in the Com-
mission was that these articles should also provide
for protection against individual as well as state
action. For example, the Commission felt that in
the case of the right to life in article 5, the Cove-
nant should provide protection against violence
by individuals or groups as well as the state. Mem-
ber's of the Commission referred to the acts of
mob violence by private groups in Germany dur-
ing the Nazi regime where individuals had no pro-
tection with respect to many of the rights now
proposed to be safeguarded by the Covenant.
In urging protection against individual as well
as state action, members of the Commission did
not, however, propose or contemplate any inter-
national machinery for action agaiBst any indi-
vidual who deprives another individual of any
right being safeguarded by the Covenant. All
international machinery for the implementation
of the Covenant calls only for action against the
country which fails to carry out its obligations
under the Covenant. The proposed provisions of
the Covenant leave the responsibility for enforce-
ment with respect to the individual or group action
derogating from the rights set forth in the Cove-
nant, to the state itself. Under article 2 of the
draft Covenant each state party to the Covenant
vuidertakes the obligation to insure to all individ-
uals within its jurisdiction the rights provided
in the Covenant. The state agrees to adopt legis-
lative or other measures in accordance with its
constitutional processes to give effect to the rights
defined in the Covenant, to the extent to which
such measures have not aready been enacted.
Article 7
The Drafting Committee forwarded the follow-
ing text for this article : "No one shall be subjected
to any form of physical mutilation or medical or
scientific experimentation against his will." The
Commission decided to request the views of the
World Health Organization with respect to this
article before proceeding to its consideration.
Article 8
Paragraph 2 of article 8 provides "No one shall
be held in servitude." The Commission in its dis-
cussion of the word "servitude" defined the term
narrowly as practically synonymous with "serf-
dom" and accordingly felt that there should be
no exception to this provision. The Commission
did not consider the term "servitude" as synony-
mous with the phrase "forced or compulsory
labor."
The Commission decided that the provisions in
article 8 relating to forced or compulsory labor
should be reviewed carefully at its next session
after the completion of the present survey of
forced labor by the International Labor Office and
the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Article 9
As in the case of article 5, the Drafting Com-
mittee had prepared a draft of article 9 last year
which listed 40 detailed illustrative exceptions to
the provision "No one shall be deprived of his lib-
erty." The Commission decided to omit this gen-
eral statement with its many exceptions and to rely
instead on the provision that "No one shall be sub-
jected to arbitrary arrest or detention." The
United States representative strongly supported
this decision.
Paragrajih 6 of article 9 provides that "Every
person who has been the victim of imlawful arrest
or deprivation of liberty shall have an enforce-
able right to compensation." The United States
representative urged the omission of this para-
graph from the Covenant.
Article 11
Liberty of movement and freedom to choose
one's residence were carefully defined to provide
these freedoms within the borders of each state
only.
In including the provision in paragraph 2 of
this article that anyone is free to return to the
country of which he is a national, it was made clear
that this article does not limit the right of a
country to terminate the nationality of its citizens
for specified reasons, as for example in the case of
persons who swear allegiance to another country.
This provision is limited to persons who do not
lose their nationality after they leave their
country.
July 11, 1949
Article 13
Article 13 was revised to make it clear that the
obligation to provide a fair and public hearing by
an independent and impartial tribunal established
by law relates only to the determination of a crim-
inal charge and to the determination of rights and
obligations in "a suit at law." By this phrase-
ology administrative hearings are not covered by
the article.
The representative of the United States urged
that paragraph 3 of article 13 concerning com-
pensation should not be included in the Covenant.
Article 15
The text proposed for article 15 by the Drafting
Committee was "No one shall be deprived of his
juridical personality." The revised article pro-
vides that "Every one has the right to recognition
everywhere as a person before the law." Members
of the Conmaission thought that this article was
needed to provide protection against the Nazi
practice of depriving members of certain gi-oups
of their legal personality so that their rights could
be completely ignored.
Article 16
The Commission agreed that freedom to mani-
fest one's religion or belief should be subject to
certain limitations but that the right to freedom
of thought, conscience, and religion itself and free-
dom to change one's religion or belief should not
be subject to any restrictions.
Article 17
Consideration of article 17 of the Covenant
relating to freedom of information was postponed
since the next session of the General Assembly will
consider a draft Convention on Freedom of In-
formation. The Commission decided to request
the views of governments as to whether an article
on freedom of information should be included
in the Covenant even though there may also be
a Convention on Freedom of Information.
Article 21
The representative of the United States pointed
out that the proposals of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics and France concerning propa-
ganda for article 21 should not be included in the
Covenant, since the language proposed would en-
courage the enactment of legislation limiting free-
dom of speech and the press.
Article 22
Paragraph 1 of article 22 undertakes to make
it clear that the rights and freedoms defined in
the Covenant should not be limited to a greater
extent than already provided in the Covenant.
Paragraph 2 of this article expressly provides that
nothing in the Covenant "may be construed as
limiting or derogating from any of the rights and
freedoms which may be guaranteed to all under
the laws of any contracting State or any conven-
tions to which it is a party."
Article 23
The representative of the United States pro-
posed that the Covenant should come into force
when 15 states have deposited their instruments
of ratification or accession to the Covenant, point-
ing out, however, that she had no objection to any
other substantial number. No decision, however,
was reached by the Commission as to the number
of states which should become party to the Cove-
nant before it comes into force.
Article 24
The United States representative reconunended
that the Drafting Committee text for article 24
should be retained in the Covenant with the inclu-
sion of a reference to "under its constitutional
system" in paragraph (a).
The representative of the United States stressed
the importance of including such an article in
the Covenant to make it possible for federal states
to adhere to the Covenant. She stated that the
obligations to be undertaken by the United States
Federal Government under the Covenant should
be limited to the areas of federal law and federal
law enforcement which it regards as appropriate
for federal action under our constitutional system.
She stressed the extreme difficulty of spelling out
in the Covenant what matters are appropriate for
federal action and what are appropriate for state
action under our constitutional system, and that
in general. Congress and the courts have deter-
mined the line between federal and state jurisdic-
tion on a case-by-case basis.
The Commission decided to postpone the draft-
ing of this article.
Economic and Social Articles
The representatives of Australia and the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics proposed that the
Departmenf of Sfafe BuUetin
Covenant on Human Eights should include ar-
ticles on economic and social rights as well as on
civil and political rights. A number of other
delegations, however, expressed their view that
the initial Covenant on Human Rights should be
limited to civil and political matters, and, in fact,
should not include any rights in addition to those
already included in the draft Covenant. The
Commission decided not to take a final decision on
this question at its fifth session. It instead ap-
pi-oved a resolution requesting the Secretary-
General to prepare, before the next session of the
Commission, a survey of the activities of bodies of
the United Nations and specialized agencies in the
economic and social field for the purpose of ena-
bling the Commission to determine what action
it should take in these fields, in particular with
reference to the inclusion of these subjects either
in the Covenant on Human Rights or in later con-
ventions. The Commission thus left open the
question of whether provisions on economic and
social matters should be included in the Covenant
on Human Rights or in later conventions.
IMPLEMENTATION OF COVENANT
Three views relating to international machinery
for the implementation of the draft Covenant on
Human Rights developed in the fifth session.
One view was that provision should be made at
this time to provide the right to individuals and
organizations to file petitions relating to viola-
tions by states under the Covenant on Human
Rights. This view was supported by Australia,
France, Guatemala, India, Lebanon, Philippines,
and Uruguay.
The second view — supported by China, Egypt,
Iran, the United Kingdom, and the United
States — was that provision should not be made at
this time for individuals and organizations to file
petitions with respect to violations of the Cove-
nant but that instead provision should only be
made initially for states to file complaints against
other states with respect to violations under the
Covenant. This group felt that further experi-
ence was needed before developing provisions for
individual petitions.
The third position, which was supported by the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the Ukraine,
and Yugoslavia, was that no provision should be
made for implementation whatsoever, mainly on
July 11, 1949
the ground that to' do so would interfere with na-
tional sovereignty.
The Commission did not have sufficient time to
complete both the Covenant and the measures of
implementation at the past session and accord-
ingly decided to complete its preliminary revision
of the Covenant rather than the measures of imple-
mentation. It did, however, take several votes as
to matters of principle relating to implementation.
The first vote was on a negative proposal, that is,
the provisions for individual and group petitions
should not be included in measures of implemen-
tation at this time. This proposal was rejected by
a vote of 8 to 8. The Commission then voted on
the proposal that provisions for individual and
group petitions should be included in measures
of implementation at this time. This proposal was
also rejected by a vote of 8 to 8. The 8 countries
favoring individual and group petitions were
Australia, Denmark, France, Guatemala, India,
Lebanon, Philippines, and Uruguay. The 8 coun-
tries which did not favor individual and group
petitions were China, Egypt, Iran, Ukraine,
United Kingdom, Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics, United States, and Yugoslavia. The rep-
resentatives of Belgium and Chile were not pres-
ent.
Following these two votes, the Conmiission
voted on whether the Covenant on Human Rights
should at this time include provisions for indi-
vidual and group petitions. This proposal was
rejected by a vote of 7 to 8, with Denmark abstain-
ing. The stress in this proposal was whether the
Covenant itself should include provisions for indi-
vidual and group petitions.
The Commission decided in principle, by a vote
of 10 to 2, that in any event states parties to the
Covenant should have the right to enter com-
plaints against other states with respect to viola-
tions under the Covenant. Only the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics and the Ukraine voted
against this decision. Yugoslavia was not
present.
Five draft texts on implementation before the
Commission were those of India, Guatemala,
France, and Australia and a joint proposal by the
United Kingdom and the United States. These
texts, together with a statement by the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics against all measures of
implementation, are being referred to govern-
ments for their comments.
United Kingdom-United States Proposal
for Impiententation
The joint proposal of the United Kingdom and
the United States proposes that an article on im-
plementation be included in the Covenant to pro-
vide as follows :
A panel would be established by the Secretary-
General of the United Nations of persons of high
moral character and of suitable ability and quali-
fications to be designated by states parties to the
Covenant from among their nationals, to serve on
Human Rights Committees in their personal ca-
pacity. In the event one state pai-ty to the Cove-
nant considers another state party to the Cove-
nant is not giving effect to the provisions of the
Covenant, and the matter is not adjusted between
them within 6 months, either state would have the
right to refer it to a Human Rights Committee to
be selected from the panel. Five members would
be selected from the panel to serve on a Human
Rights Committee to consider a dispute between
two or more states relating to the observance of the
provisions of the Covenant. One member of the
Coimnittee would be selected by one party and an-
other member by the other party and three mem-
bers by agreement between them, or in the event
there is no agreement between them, by the Secre-
tary-General. The Coimnittee would hold hear-
ings, and the states concerned would have the
right to be represented at these hearings and to
make submissions to it orally and in writing. Each
state would be under an obligation to supply such
relevant information as is requested of it by the
Committee. The Committee would be authorized
to ask the United Nations Commission on Human
Rights to request the International Court of Jus-
tice for an advisory opinion on legal questions.
To include this provision it would be necessary
for the General Assembly to authorize the Com-
mission on Human Rights to request advisory
opinions of the International Court of Justice in
accordance with article 96 of the Charter of the
United Nations. The Committee would report its
findings of fact within 6 months of its first meeting
to the states concerned and to the Secretary-Gen-
eral for publication. It is expressly provided that
nothing in the proposal would preclude the refer-
ence of a dispute to the International Court of Jus-
tice for decision if the states concerned agreed to
do so.
Other Proposals Concerning implementation
The proposals of Guatemala, France, and India
provide for an International Committee or Com-
mission to consider petitions filed by individuals
and organizations as well as by states with refer-
ence to violations by states of provisions of the
Covenant. The proposal of Australia calls for the
establishment of an International Court of Human
Rights to consider the petitions of individuals and
organizations as well as states with respect to vio-
lations of the Covenant.
The Soviet representative on the Commission
opposed all the proposals for implementation sub-
mitted to the Commission. He felt that the im-
plementation proposed "may become a means of
interfering in the internal affairs of a state party
to the Convention, and of undermining the sov-
ereignty and independence of particular states."
UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST
REPUBLICS ACTION
The Soviet representative, A. P. Pavlov, on the
Commission, who abstained when the Commis-
sion voted to approve the report of its work, par- ,
ticipated actively throughout its fifth session in
the redrafting of the Covenant on Human Rights.
He repeatedly sought to include provisions in the
Covenant which would weaken the effectiveness of
the rights and freedoms being safeguarded. The i
other members of the Commission, however, re-
jected his amendments to the Covenant just as they '
had rejected similar amendments he had proposed \
to the Declaration of Human Rights last year. Mr.
Pavlov was also the representative of the Soviet i
Union in the Commission and the General As- i
senibly in 1948. He abstained both in the Com- |
mission and the General Assembly last year when '
the Declaration of Human Rights was approved, i
The non-Slav members of the Commission re- i
fused to compromise with the effective provisions
they were undertaking to draft for the Covenant
merely to reach agreement with the Soviet Union
on the phraseology of the particular articles. The
representative of the Ukraine voted with the
Soviet representative in every instance in the fifth
session of the Commission. The representative of
Yugoslavia voted with the representative of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics except in a
Deparlment of State Bulletin
few instances. The following proposals which the
Soviet representative submitted to the fifth ses-
sion are illustrative of his eiforts to weaken the
articles of the Covenant.
With respect to article 11 concerning freedom
of movement and residence and freedom to leave
a country, he proposed that these freedoms be sub-
ject to the laws of the country. It was pointed out
by the other members of the Commission that to
include such a limitation on these rights would
obviouslj' negate them. Only the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics and the Ukraine voted for the
amendment.
He projjosed that the freedom of religion article
read ''Every person shall have the right to free-
dom of thought and freedom to practice religious
observances in accoi'dance with the laws of the
country and the dictates of public morality." This
amendment was also rejected by the Commission.
The proposal to limit freedom of assembly in
ai'ticle 18 bj' inserting "in the interest of democ-
racy" was rejected by the Commission.
He also proposed that the following be included
in the article on freedom of assembly, "AH socie-
ties, unions, and other organizations of a Fascist
or anti-democratic nature and their activity in
whatever form shall be forbidden by law on pain
of punishment." This language was rejected by
the Commission.
With respect to article 19 concerning freedom
of association, he sought to limit this freedom to
only such associations as are permitted by the laws
of the country, but he was unsuccessful in this
move.
CHAIRMAN OF COMMISSION
Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt, the representative
of the United States on the Commission, was
elected chairman of the fifth session. She has been
elected chairman of each session of the Commission
on Human Rights since its establishment early in
1947. She was also elected chairman of the two
sessions of the Drafting Committee in 1947 and
1948. On her insistence, the practice has devel-
oped in this Commission that representatives on
the Commission are not to attack other countries in
their remarks, since the drafting of the Covenant
would be seriously jeopardized if time is wasted in
unnecessary propaganda attacks and counter-
attacks. Wlien any representative begins to at-
tack another country or is critical of the internal
conditions of another country, he is interrupted
and ruled out of order by the chairman.
At the close of the fifth session, members of the
Commission paid tribute to Mrs. Roosevelt's lead-
ership in the Commission and to the effective and
able manner in which she had conducted its
meetings.
DRAFT INTERNATIONAL COVENANT ON
HUMAN RIGHTS
[As revised by tlie United Nations Commission on
Human Rights at its fiftli session at Lake Success from
May 9 to June 20, 1949 — Tlie Commission is expected to
reconvene for its sixth session early in 1950 to complete its
revision of the Draft Covenant]
Preamble
[Consideration of the Preamble was jwstponed — the
United States proposed that the Preamble read as fol-
lows : "The States parties hereto, bearing in mind the
general principles proclaimed in tlie United Nations Char-
ter and in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights,
approved by the General Assembly of the United Nations
on 10 December 1948, agree upon the following articles
with respect to certain human rights and fundamental
freedoms :"]
Article 1
[Consideration of Article 1 was postponed. It provides :
"The States parties hereto declare that they recognize
the rights and freedoms set forth in Part II hereof as
being among the human rights and fundamental freedoms
founded on the general principles of law recognized by
civilized nations."]
Article 2
1. Each State party hereto undertakes to ensure to all
individuals within its jurisdiction the rights defined in this
Covenant. Where not already provided by legislative or
other measures, each State undertakes, in accordance with
its constitutional processes and in accordance with the pro-
visions of this Covenant, to adopt within a reasonable
time such legislative or other measures to give effect
to the rights defined in this Covenant.
2. Each State party hereto undertakes to ensure that
any person whose rights or freedoms as herein defined are
violated shall have an effective remedy before the com-
petent national tribunals notwithstanding that the vio-
lation has been committed by persons acting in an official
capacity.
Article 3
[Consideration of Article 3 was postponed for considera-
tion with implementation at the next session of the Com-
Ju/y J J, 7949
mission. Article 3 provides : "On receipt of a request to
this effect from the Secretary-General of the United Na-
tions made under the authority of a resolution of the
General Assembly, the Government of any party to this
Covenant shall supply an explanation as to the manner
in vsfhich the law of that State gives effect to any of the
provisions of this Covenant."]
Article i
1. In time of war or other public emergency, threatening
the interests of the people, a State may take measures
derogating from its obligations under Part II of the Cove-
nant to the extent strictly limited by the exigencies of the
situation.
2. No derogation from Articles can be made
under this provision.
3. Any State party hereto availing Itself of this right
of derogation shall inform the Secretary-General of the
United Nations fully of the measures which it has thus
enacted and the reasons therefor. It shall also inform
him as and when such measures cease to operate and
the provisions of Part II of the Covenant are being fully
executed.
Article 5
1. No one shall be deprived of his life. (United States
proposed the addition of the word "arbitrarily" at the end
of this sentence — the Commission will undertake to com-
plete this sentence at its next session.)
2. In countries where capital punishment exists, sen-
tence of death may be imposed only as a penalty for the
most serious crimes.
3. No one may be executed save in virtue of the sen-
tence of a competent court and in accordance with a law
in force and not contrary to the principles expressed in
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
4. Amnesty, pardon or commutation of the sentence
of death may be granted in all cases.
Article 6
No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman
or degrading treatment or punishment.
Article 7
[Consideration of Article 7 was postponed. The views
of the World Health Organization concerning this Article
were requested by the Commission. It provides : "No one
shall be subjected to any form of physical mutilation or
medical or scientific experimentation against his will."]
Article 8
the
1. No one shall be held in slavery ; slavery and
slave trade shall be prohibited in all their forms.
2. No one shall be held in servitude.
3. No one shall be required to perform forced or com-
pulsory labour except pursuant to a sentence to such pun-
ishment for a crime by a competent court.
4. For the purposes of this Article, the term "forced
or compulsory labour" shall not include:
(a) any work, not amounting to hard labour, required
10
to be done in the ordinary course of prison routine by a
person undergoing detention imposed by the lawful order
of a court ;
(b) any service of a military character or, in the case
of conscientious objectors, in countries where they are
recognized, exacted in virtue of laws requiring compulsory
national service;
(c) any service exacted in cases of emergencies or
calamities threatening the life or well-being of the
community ;
(d) any work or service which forms part of the nor-
mal civil obligations.
Article 9
1. No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest or deten-
tion.
2. No one shall be deprived of his liberty except on such
grounds and in accordance with such procedure as estab-
lished by law.
3. Any one who is arrested shall be informed promptly
of the reasons for his arrest and of any charges against
him.
4. Any one arrested or detained on the charge of having
committed a crime or of preparing to commit a crime shall
be brought promptly before a judge or other officer author-
ized by law to exercise judicial power and shall be entitled
to trial within a reasonable time or to release. Pending
trial, release may be conditioned by guarantees to appear
for trial.
5. Every one who is deprived of his liberty by arrest or
detention shall be entitled to take proceedings by which
the lawfulness of his detention shall be decided speedily
by a court and his release ordered if the detention is not
lawful.
6. Every person who has been the victim of unlawful
arrest or deprivation of liberty shall have an enforceable
right to compensation. "
Article 10
No one shall be imprisoned merely on the grounds of
inability to fulfill a contractual obligation.
Article 11
1. Subject to any general law, adopted for specific rea-
sons of national security, public safety or health :
(a) everyone has the right to liberty of movement and
is free to choose his residence within the borders of each
State ;
(b) any one shall be free to leave any country including
his own.
2. Any one is free to return to the country of which he
is a national.
Article 12
No alien legally admitted to the territory of a State
shall be expelled therefrom except on such grounds and
according to such procedure and safeguards as are provided
by law.
Article IS
1. In the determination of any criminal charge against
Department of State Bulletin
him, or of his rights and obligations in a suit at law, every
one is entitled to a fair and public hearing, by an inde-
pendent and Impartial tribunal established by law. Judg-
ment shall be pronounced publicly but the press and pub-
lic may be excluded from all or part of the trial in the
interest of morals, public order or national security, or
where the Interest of juveniles or incapacitated persons
so require.
2. Every one charged with a penal offence has the right
to be presumed innocent, until proved guilty according
to law. In the determination of any criminal charge
against him, every one is entitled to the following mini-
mum guarantees, in full equality :
(a) to be informed promptly of the nature and cause
of the accusation against him ;
(b) to defend himself in i)erson or through legal as-
sistance which shall include the right to legal assistance
of his own choosing, or if he does not have such, to be
informed of his right and, if unobtainable by him, to have
legal assistance assigned ;
(c) to examine, or have examined, the witnesses against
him and to obtain compulsory attendance of witnesses in
his behalf;
(d) to have the free assistance of an interpreter if he
cannot understand or speak the language used in court.
3. Every one who has undergone punishment as a result
of an erroneous conviction of crime shall have an en-
forceable right to compensation. This right shall accrue
to the heirs of a person executed by virtue of an erroneous
sentence.
Article H
No one shall be held guilty of any penal offence on ac-
count of any act or omission which did not constitute a
penal offence, under national or international law, at the
time when it was committed. Nor shall a heavier penalty
be imposed than the one that was applicable at the time
the i)enal offence was committed.
Article 15
Every one has the right to recognition everywhere as a
person before the law.
Article 16
1. Every one has the right to freedom of thought, con-
science, and religion; this right includes freedom to change
his religion or belief, and freedom, either alone or in com-
munity with others and in public or private, to manifest
his religion or belief in teaching, practice, worship and
observance.
2. Freedom to manifest one's religion or beliefs shall
be subject only to such limitations as are pursuant to
law and are reasonable and necessary to protect public
safety, order, health, or morals or the fundamental rights
and freedoms of others.
Article n
[Freedom of speech and the press — the consideration of
this Article was postponed since the General Assembly in
the fall of 1949 is scheduled to consider a separate con-
vention on freedom of information.]
Article 18
Every one has the right to freedom of peaceful assem-
bly. No restrictions shall be placed on the exercise of
this right other than those prescribed by law and which
are necessary to ensure national security, public order,
the protection of health or morals, or the protection of
the rights and freedoms of others.
Article 19
1. Every one has the right to freedom of association
with others.
2. This freedom shall be subject only to such limita-
tions as are pursuant to law and which are necessary
for the protection of national security, public order, public
safety, health or morals, or the fundamental rights and
freedoms of others.
3. National legislation shall neither prejudice, nor be
applied in such a manner as to prejudice, the guarantees
provided for in the International Convention on Freedom
of Association and Protection of the Right to Organize,
in so far as States parties to that Convention are concerned.
Article 20
1. All are equal before the law and shall be accorded
equal protection of the law.
2. Every one shall be accorded all the rights and free-
doms defined in this Covenant without discrimination on
any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion,
political or other opinion, national or social origin, prop-
erty, birth or other status.
3. Every one shall be accorded equal protection against
any incitement to such discrimination.
Article Zl
[Propaganda — the consideration of this Article was post-
poned until Article 17 on freedom of speech and the press
is considered by the Commission at its next session.] /
Article 22
1. Nothing in this Covenant may be interpreted as im-
plying for any State, group or person any right to engage
in any activity or perform any act aimed at the destruc-
tion of any of the rights and freedoms defined herein or
at their limitation to a greater extent than is already
provided for in this Covenant.
2. Nothing in this Covenant may be construed as limit-
ing or derogating from any of the rights and freedoms
which may be guaranteed to all under the laws of any
contracting State or any conventions to which it is a
party.
Article 23
1. This Covenant shall be open for signature or acces-
sion on behalf of any State Member of tlie United Nations
or of any non-Member State to which an invitation has
been extended by the General Assembly.
2. Ratification of or accession to this Covenant shall
be effected by the deposit of an instrument of ratification
July 7 7, 7949
11
or accession with the Secretary-General of the United
Nations, and as soon as ... . States have deposited such
instruments, the Covenant shall come into force between
them. As regards any State which ratifies or accedes
thereafter, the Covenant shall come into force on the
date of the deposit of its instrument of ratification or
accession.
3. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall
inform all Members of the United Nations and other States
which have ratified or acceded, of the deposit of each in-
strument of ratification or accession.
Article 24
[Federal state — consideration of this Article was post-
poned. The United States proposed that this Article read
as follows :
"In the case of a Federal State, the following provisions
shall apply :
(a) With respect to any Articles of this Covenant which
the Federal Government regards as appropriate under its
constitutional system, in whole or in part, for federal ac-
tion, the obligations of the Federal Government shall to
this extent, be the same as those of parties which are not
Federal States ;
(b) In respect of Articles which the Federal Govern-
ment regards as appropriate under its constitutional sys-
tem, in whole or in part, for action by the constituent
states, provinces, or cantons, the Federal Government shall
bring such provisions, with favourable recommendation,
to the notice of the appropriate authorities of the states,
provinces or cantons at the earliest possible moment."]
Article 25
[Extension of the provisions of the Covenant to non-self-
governing territories — consideration of this Article was
postponed.]
Article 26
[Amendments to the Covenant — consideration of this
Article was postponed.]
Article on Implementation
[The consideration of proposals for an article on im-
plementation was postponed — the United Kingdom and
the United States proposed the following article for in-
clusion in the Covenant for the implementation of the
Covenant :
"1. If a State Party to the Covenant considers that
another State Party is not giving effect to a provision
of the Covenant, it may bring the matter to the attention
of that State. If the matter Is not adjusted between
them within six months, either State sliall have the right
to refer it, by notice to the Secretary-General of the
United Nations and to the other State, to a Human Rights
Committee to be established in accordance with the pro-
visions of this Article.
2. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall
establish a panel of persons of high moral character and
of suitable ability and qualifications, designated by States
Parties to the Covenant from among their nationals, to
serve on Human Rights Committees in their personal
capacity. Each State Party to the Covenant may desig-
nate two persons for periods of five years.
3. Upon notice being given to the Secretary-General, a
Human Rights Couunittee shall be established of five
members selected from the panel, one member by the
State or States referring the matter, one member by the
other States and three by agreement between them. If
any place on the Committee has not been filled within
three months, the Secretary-General shall select a person
from the panel to fill it.
4. The Committee shall meet at the Headquarters of
the United Nations in the absence of agreement to the con-
trary between the Parties to the dispute and the Secre-
tary-General, and shall establish its own rules of proce-
dure provided that :
(a) the States concerned shall have the right to be
represented at the hearings of the Committee and to mal^e
submissions to it orally and in writing ; and
(b) the Committee shall hold its hearings and other
meetings in closed session.
5. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall
provide the necessary services and facilities for the Com-
mittee and its members.
6. The Committee may call for relevant information
from any State concerned and such State shall supply the
information requested.
7. The Committee may ask the United Nations Com-
mission on Human Rights ' to request the International
Court of Justice for an advisory opinion on legal questions.
8. The Committee shall within six months of its first
meeting report its findings of fact to the States concerned,
and to the Secretary-General for publication.
The record of the Committee shall be deposited with
the Secretary-General.
9. Nothing in this Article shall preclude reference of
the matter to the International Court of Justice for de-
cision if the States referred to in paragraph 1 so agree."]
' [It will be necessary for the General Assembly to au-
thorize the Commission on Human Rights to request ad-
visory opinions of the International Court of Justice in
accordance with Article 96 of the Charter of the United
Nations.]
12
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
U.S. Will Not Support Membership of States Unwilling
To Fulfill Charter Obligations
Statement by Arrvbassador Warren R. Austin ^
We have now heai'd the views of most of the
members of the Council on the various apphca-
tions which are before us, as well as on the various
resolutions which have been submitted. It seems
quite clear that the positions of the members of the
Security Council have for tlie most part not
changed, and tliat none of the applications before
us will receive a favorable recommendation from
the Security Council if we proceed to a vote at the
present time. It would seem to me wiser for us
to accept this position. If we follow the sugges-
tion of our chairman, made at the beginning of the
consideration of this matter, we sliall avoid
further lengthy discussions.
The United States supported the Swedish reso-
lution in the General Assembly after it was
clarified to indicate that the Assembly favored
admission only of those states eligible under ar-
ticle 4 of the Charter; that is what the General
Assembly intended when it noted the general
sentiment in favor of the universality of the
United Nations. The United States continues to
strive toward the objective of universality of
membership in the United Nations. The moral
force and effectiveness of the United Nations de-
pend upon the actions of its members in the spirit
of the Charter. Member states have the obliga-
tion to welcome to their ranks every eligible
candidate. If this were done the organization
would eventually achieve substantial universality.
We shall continue in our efforts toward insuring
' Made hpfore the Security Council on .Tune 24, 1949,
and released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the United
Xations on the same date.
the admission of every qualified state to this
organization.
As I stated the other day, my government does
not believe that the Governments of Albania, Bul-
garia, Hungary, Mongolian Peoples' Republic,
and Rumania have given proof that they are
peace-loving states, able and willing to fulfill the
obligations of the Charter. Certain policies
wliich these states are now following, and to which
I have already referred, render them in our view
ineligible for membership. We should be very
pleased to support the admission of these appli-
cants if they would change their policies in ques-
tion and give evidence of tlieir willingness to abide
by the Charter.
I am glad to see from the statement and resolu-
tion of my colleague from the Soviet Union that
his government has apparently revised its opinion
as to the qualifications of the admission of several
states, which the General As-sembly and the ma-
jority of the Council have long supported for ad-
mission and now considers tliem fully qualified
for membership. We should like to believe that
this signifies that the Soviet Union is now pre-
pared to settle membership questions on the basis
of the Charter, but we cannot overlook the fact
that the Soviet resolution calls for the admission
of 5 applicants which the General Assembly and
the majority of the Council have consistently
found to be not qualified for membership. From
the statement of my Soviet Union colleague, it
would appear that he is making his support for
the admission of the 7 states whose applications
his government has previously vetoed conditional
upon Security Council approval of the 5 states
which he desires to see admitted. As the Inter-
Jo/y n, J 949
13
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
national Court has held, such a course of action is
illegal and inconsistent with the Charter.
The Soviet Union, if it wishes to settle the mem-
bership problem on the basis of the Charter, is in
a position to encourage some applicants to take
steps to qualify themselves. The Soviet Union is
not without influence with respect to the Govern-
ments of Albania, Bulgaria, Rumania, and Hun-
gary. The Soviet Union could use this influence
to the end that Albania and Bulgaria cease ren-
dering assistance to the guerrillas in Greece and
comply with the terms of the General Assembly
resolution on the Greek question. It could also
use its influence to the end that Rumania, Hun-
gary, and Bulgaria should take steps to comply
with the provisions of the recent treaties of peace,
particularly with regard to the maintenance of
fundamental human rights and freedoms.
In this connection, the Soviet Union is at the
present moment in a position to contribute to the
solution of this question. The proceedings under
the peace treaties have been brought by certain
nations in an effort to insure the proper imple-
mentation of the peace treaties by these three
States. Under the treaty provisions, the heads
of the missions of the Soviet Union, the United
Kingdom, and the United States in the three coun-
tries in question are required to consider a dis-
pute. The Soviet Union, which has so far de-
clined to let its chiefs of mission participate in
this conciliation machinery could very easily con-
tribute to a solution of this question by loyally
carrying out its obligation under the treaty in
this respect.
While the present actions and policies of these
states are in our view a bar to their eligibility to
membership in the United Nations, it is entirely
within their power to take the necessary stej^s to
change that situation. We hope that they will
see the advantages of such a course of action.
At the present moment, however, we cannot
support their applications. I gather from their
statements that the majority of the members of
the Council will be unable to support their appli-
cations. The delegate of the Soviet Union has
indicated that under these circumstances he
would again veto the applications of the 7
states which the General Assembly has recom-
mended to us for admission. I should be glad to
be corrected if I have misunderstood his inten-
tions. Othei'wise, I wish to support the recom-
mendations of the chairman that we should, at
this time, simply take note of our inability at the
present time to make a favorable recommenda-
tion on any of the applications before us.
My government, and I assiune the Security
Council also, would be prepared to reconsider
this question at any time if it should appear that
further developments cast new light on the quali-
fications for membership, under article 4, of Al-
bania, Bulgaria, The Mongolian Peoples' Repub-
lic, Hungary, and Rumania, or if as a result of
changes in the positions of any members of the
Security Council there appears any likelihood of
the Council taking affirmative action on any of
these applications.
The Question of Membership in the United Nations
Statement by Ambassador Warren R. Austin ^
The distinguished representative of Argentina
last Thursday [June 16] again put before the
Security Council his view regarding admission to
membership in the United Nations.
The United States sees the underlying purpose
of the representative of Ai'gentina as expressing
* Made before the Security Council on June 21, 1949, and
released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the United
Nations on the same date.
his dissatisfaction with Soviet obstruction to the
admission of qualified applicants. My govern-
ment, of course, shares that dissatisfaction. It
has attempted to reach agreement with all the per-
manent members of the Security Council on pro-
cedures which would bring an end to the deadlock
on this question, and it is continuing its efforts to
reach such a result. The United States has stated
at the second regular session and at the third regu-
lar session of the Assembly that it would not exer-
14
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
cise its right of veto in the Security Council to
exclude from the United Nations any applicant
then under consideration which the Assembly de-
termined to be qualified for membership. I may
amplify that statement of policy now and say that
we have no intention in the future of permitting
our vote to prevent the admission to membership
of any applicant receiving 7 affirmative votes in
this Council. Furthermore, I would recall that
our privileged vote has not in any instance ex-
cluded an applicant from United Nations mem-
bership. I shall return later to this point.
Therefore, we seek a purpose identical with that
of the representative of Argentina. The last two
Assemblies have heard learned discussions in the
Political Committee by the distinguished repre-
sentative of Argentina on the constitutional his-
tory of the process of the admission of new mem-
bers to the United Nations. Upon such occasion,
we have carefully considered the position which
he has presented. However, we have not been
able to accept the method of procedure for which
he has so long been an advocate.
The willingness of my government to refrain
from blocking by its veto the decision of any 7
members of the Security Council that an applicant
is qualified for membership does not mean the
United States thinks that the Council or its mem-
bers should ignore the requirements of article 4.
To be admitted into the organized community of
nations, states should by their conduct prior to
admission give proof of their readiness and will-
ingness not to use force as an instrument of
national policy, to respect the laws of nations,
and to assist in their development and enforce-
ment. Any political entity which possesses the
essential attributes of statehood can easily conform
its policies to the requirements of article 4, but
while these requirements are simple, they are
serious and basic. They may not be fulfilled by
paper assurances that as of the date of admission
an applicant will accept the obligations of the
Charter. The organization is entitled to reason-
able proof of a desire for membership based on a
full understanding and respect for article 4.
I take it that this discussion will be limited to
the 12 nations whose applications were considered
in the Security Council and did not obtain the
Council's recommendation in the autumn session
of the Third General Assembly in Paris. Other-
wise I should not fail to manifest again the warm
support my government gives to the application
of Korea.
The applications of Austria, Ceylon, Finland,
Ireland, Italy, Portugal, and Jordan have consist-
ently received the support of my government. We
continued to support fully the admission of these
states. Everyone received in the Council at least 8
and some of them 9 favorable votes, and in each
July 11, 1949
case it was the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
that cast the negative vote which excluded the as-
piring state from membership. It is not forgotten
that the Soviet representative said of Italy that his
government considered that country qualified to
become a member of the United Nations but voted
against its admission in consideration of the fact
that Bulgaria, Rumania, and Hungary had not
been recommended for admission. I need not re-
call that the Third General Assembly meeting in
Paris last autumn, by large majorities reaffirmed
its view that the opposition of the Soviet Union
to their applications was based on grounds not in-
cluded in article 4 of the Charter and determined
again that in its judgment they were peace-loving
states within the meaning of article 4 of the Charter
and should therefore be admitted to membership
in the United Nations. The Security Council has
been requested to reconsider these applications in
the light of the General Assembly's determination
and the court's opinion. The advisory opinion of
the International Court of Justice dated May 28,
1948, held that the conditions for membership de-
scribed in article 4 of the Charter are "exhaustive",
that a member of the United Nations is not juridi-
cally entitled to make its consent to the admission
of a state to membei-ship dependent on condi-
tions not expressly provided for by paragraph 1
of that ai'ticle, and that in particidar a member
cannot, while it recognizes the conditions set forth
in article 4 to be fulfilled by the applicant state,
subject its affirmative vote to the additional con-
dition that other states be admitted to membership
in the United Nations together with that state.
The General Assembly has also recommended that
every member of the Security Council should act
in accordance with the court's opinion in exercising
its vote on the admission of new members.
We are meeting here today in compliance with
the various requests of the General Assembly on
this subject. We hope that all the members of the
Security Council will give full weight to the recom-
mendations and determinations of the General As-
sembly as well as to the opinion of the Interna-
tional Court of Justice.
The position of my government with respect to
the applications of Albania, Bulgaria, Hungary,
Mongolian People's Republic, and Rumania re-
mains the same as before. We are unable to sup-
port these applications. We could not vote for the
admission of Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania in
1947 and 1948 and cannot do so now when the three
governments stand charged with systematic sup-
pression of human rights and the violation of tlieir
peace treaties with the Allied nations. Further-
more, both Bulgaria and Albania continue to give
material assistance and comfort to the rebels seek-
ing to overthrow the constituted government of a
member of the United Nations, Greece.
Finally, I agi'ee with you, Mr. President, that
if the present views of the members of the Security
Council indicate that there will be no change in the
15
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
results of voting on these twelve applications, no
useful purpose would be served by bringing the
present matter to a vote.
If votes should be taken on the resolutions by Dr.
Arce, I characterize the vote of the United States
as free from commitment to the understanding,
stated by Dr. Arce, of the procedure which sliould
be followed in arriving at a recommendation by
the Security Council or a decision by the General
Assembly.
Terms of Reference for the United
Nations Visiting Mission to Trust
Territories in West Africa
U.N. doc. T/348, June 23, 1949
Adopted June 20, 1949
The Trusteeship Council,
Having appointed a visiting mission composed of Mr.
Pierre Ryclimans of Belgium, Mr. Awni Khalid.v of Iraq,
Mr. Abelardo Ponce Sotelo of Mexico and Mr. Benjamin
Gerig of the United States of America, assisted by mem-
bers of the Secretariat and by such representatives of
the local administrations as the mission may determine
necessary,
Having decided that tlie visiting mission should depart
on 1 November 1949 and visit the Trust Territories of the
Cameroons under French administration, the Cameroons
under British administration, Togoland under French
administration and Togoland under British administra-
tion in accordance with rules 84, 89, 94, 96, and 98 of the
rules of procedure for the Trusteeship Council,
Directs the visiting mission to observe the developing
political, economic, social and educational conditions in
the four above-mentioned Trust Territories, their progress
towards self-government or independence, and the efforts
of their respective Administering Authorities to achieve
this and other basic objectives of the International Trus-
teeship System ;
Directs tlie visiting mission to give attention, as may be
appropriate in the light of discussions in the Trusteeship
Council and resolutions adopted by the Council, to issues
raised in connection with the annual reports on the admin-
istration of the four Trust Territories concerned and in
petitions received by the Trusteeship Council relating to
those Trust Territories, and in particular the petitions
relating to the Ewe problem in Togoland under French
and Togoland under British administration and the peti-
tion from the Baliweri Land Committee relating to the
Cameroons under British administration ;
Directs the visiting mission to accept or receive petitions
and, without prejudice to its acting in accordance with
rules 84 and 89 of the rules of procedure, to investigate
on the spot, after consultation with the local representa-
tive of the Administering Authority concerned, such peti-
tions dealing with the conditions of tlie indigenous inhab-
itants as are in its opinion, sufficiently important to war-
rant special investigation ;
Requests the visiting mission to transmit to the Trus-
teeship Council as soon as possible in accordance vnth
rule 99 of the rules of procedure for the Trusteeship Coun-
cil a report, on the findings of the mission with such obser-
vations and conclusions as the mission may wish to make.
Conciliation Commission Seeks Basis
for Settlement Between Arab and
Israeli Representatives
StateTnent hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the Press June 23]
The Palestine Conciliation Commission in Lau-
sanne is now trying to develop in as much detail as
possible the position of Arab and Israeli repre-
sentatives on the principal questions which re-
main unsolved. This effort is designed to discover
whether there is at present any basis for agree-
ment and, if not, exactly what the points of dif-
ference are.
It may become necessary for the Commission to
adjouin its work for a brief period in order to
permit the several delegations to consult their
governments and to give an opportunity for fur-
ther informal discussions. In any event, the work
of the Commission itself would continue through
its general political committee, its technical com-
mittee on refugees, and its Jerusalem committee.
Since these discussions are now going on with
the Palestine Conciliation Commission, I do not
wish to try to deal with the merits of particular
issues. As a member of the Commission, the
United States will do everything it can to find a
basis for a settlement.
Documents and State Papers for June 1949
CONTENTS:
International Protection of Works of Art
and Historic Monuments
U.S. Delegation Report on FAD: Novem-
ber 1948
Calendar of International Meetings, with
Annotations
Cumulative Contents: April 1948-May 1949
Copies of this publication are for sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D. C, at SOfS a copy.
16
Department of State Bulletin
The United States in the United Nations
[July 2-8]
Economic and Social Council
The 18-nation Economic and Social Council
(Ecosoc) convened at Geneva on July 5 for its
ninth session and in less than 4 hours adopted a
47-item agenda. James Thorn, of New Zealand,
President of Ecosoc, in his opening speech said he
hoped the Council would be able to comjDlete its
heavy agenda in 6 weeks.
One of the priority items on the agenda, the
United Nations program for technical assistance
to underdeveloped countries, was delayed until
after July 21 at the request of the United States
representative. He explained that the United
States delegation could not yet state its views since
the subject is pending before Congress.
Other items on the agenda are measures to in-
crease the availability of food and to protect state-
less jiersons; a study of the iJroblem of forced
labor, possible means and methods of enforcing
trade-union rights ; and resolutions from the Final
, Act of the United Nations Conference on Freedom
of Information.
The first item considered by the plenary was the
report of the Narcotics Commission. The United
States representative called attention to the state-
ment in the report on the volume of illicit traffic.
The Economic Commitee considered the reports
of the Fiscal Commission and of the Food and
Agriculture Organization. The United States
representative protested a U.S.S.E. proposal to
abolish the Fiscal Commission as a measure of
economy, and stated that the Commission is use-
ful, tliough unglamorous, and should not be abol-
ished. A United States resolution noting meas-
ures of the Fag to increase food availability was
adopted.
World Health Assembly
The Second World Health Assembly concluded
its three-week session in Rome on July 2, during
which experts from almost 80 countries and terri-
tories examined a short- and long-term program
designed to improve the health of peojiles all over
the world. Plans for a dozen expanded health
progi'ams in 1950 were approved.
There will be expansion in the fight against
malaria, tuberculosis, and venereal disease. Pro-
motion of maternal and child health will get in-
creased attention, as well as environmental sani-
tation and nutrition. A new program will be
started in mental health. A series of epidemiolog-
ical studies will be conducted, including work on
poliomyelitis, trachoma, rabies, smallpox and yel-
low fever. A campaign to control disease in the
food-producing areas where the production of food
can be increased greatly by dealing efl'ectively with
such diseases as malaria will be carried out with the
Food and Agriculture Organization. Six areas
will be chosen for development under the plan.
The United States delegate, in supporting the
plan for work in the field of environmental sani-
tation, called attention to a World Health Organi-
zation (Who) estimate that "more than three-
quarters of the world's population, covering vast
areas in all regions, are still the victims of diseases
resulting from poor excreta disposal, unsafe water
supplies, uncontrolled insects and inadequate pro-
tection of milk and food." The United States
delegate also stressed the vital importance of work
by Who in mental health and said that all other
Who programs would benefit from the proposed
mental health activities.
The Assembly approved a supplemental budget
of 10 million dollars for 1950 to be used for a
United Nations cooperative program of technical
assistance for economic development of under-
developed areas. Nations will be invited to con-
tribute voluntarily to this program. This special
budget for technical assistance supplements a reg-
ular budget of 7.5 million dollars, .36 percent of
whicli is to be contributed by the United States.
The United States delegate requested a revision of
the assessment plan whereby the United States was
expected to pay 38.8 percent of the total budget.
Agreement was reached tliat tlie Who would work
toward a gi-adual modification of the scale of '
assessments with the aim that no member state
would contribute more thaii one third of the reeu-
lar budget of any year.
The Assembly agreed to ask the U.S.S.R., Bye-
lorussian S.S.R. and the Ukrainian S.S.R. to re-
consider their decisions to withdraw from Who
and renew their participation in the work of the
organization. The Assembly also agreed to accept
Korea's application for membership, over a strong
protest from delegates of Eastern European
countries.
July 11, 1949
17
THE UNITED STATES IN THE UNITED NATIONS
Continued
International Children's Emergency Fund
Congi-ess lias extended the time allowed for
matching the United States contribution to the
International Cliildren's Emergency Fund (Icef) .
The Senate and the House of Representatives
agreed to extend for another year, through June
1950, the period in which a total of 100 million
dollars can be used to match the contribution of
other governments under the matching formula by
which the United States contributes $2.57 for
every $1 received from other governments.
Declaration of Death of Missing Persons
The special committee established by the Eco-
nomic and Social Council to deal with the declara-
tions of death of missing persons who disappeared
during the war as a result of national, religious,
political, and racial persecutions, completed its
session in Geneva on June 21. The Committee
adopted a draft convention aimed at facilitating
the pronouncement of the declaration of death of
missing persons, and to obtain recognition of these
declarations by all states parties to the convention.
The final vote for the convention was 5 in favor,
including the United States, and 2 opposed (Po-
land and theU.S.S.R.).
Atomic Energy Commission Working
Committee Resolutions
U.N. doc. AEC/C.1/85
Adopted June 15, 1949
2'he Working Committee has considered, at the
request of the Atomic Energy Commission, the
proposal of the representative of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics (AEC/37) that the
Atomic Energy Commission begin immediately to
prepare a draft convention for the prohibition of
atomic weapons and a draft convention for the con-
trol of atomic energy proceeding from the prin-
ciple that both conventions must be concluded and
put into effect simultaneously,
Has noted the statement of the representative of
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics at its 45th
meeting on Wednesday, 1 June 1949, that the pro-
posals submitted by the representative of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on atomic
energy in June 1946 and June 1947, should be
taken as a basis for the elaboration of these draft
conventions,
Recalls that these same proposals, particularly
those of 11 June 1947, have already been analysed
in detail and rejected in April 1948 on the grounds
that "they ignore the existing technical knowledge
of the problem of atomic energy control, do not
provide an adequate basis for the effective inter-
18
national control of atomic energy and the elimi-
nation from national armaments of atomic weap-
ons, and therefore, do not conform to the terms
of reference of the Atomic Energy Commission" ;
And recalls that the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics proposal for the preparation of a draft
convention for the prohibition of atomic weapons
and a draft convention for the control of atomic
energy to be concluded and brought into effect
simultaneously was rejected by the General As-
sembly at the 157th plenary meeting in its third
session on 4 November 1948, by a vote of 40 votes
to 6 with 5 abstentions,
And recalls also that at the same time the Gen-
eral Assembly approved the General Findings
(Part II C) and Recommendations (Part III) of
the First Report and the Specific Proposals of Part
II of the Second Report of the Commission, as
constituting the necessary basis for establishing an
effective system of international control of atomic
energy to ensure its use only for peaceful purjooses
and for the elimination from national armaments
of atomic weapons in accordance with the terms
of reference of the Atomic Energy Commission,
The Working Committee observes that no mate-
rial has been presented additional to that previ-
ously submitted to the General Assembly, the Com-
mission or the Working Committee,
The Working Committee therefore concludes
that no useful purpose can be served by further
discussions in the Working Committee of those
proposals which have already been considered and
rejected by the appropriate organs of the United
Nations. The Working Committee reports to the
Atomic Energy Commission accordingly.
U.N. doe. ABC/C.1/86
Adopted June 15, 1949
Having Observed the nature of the discussions
that have taken place in the Working Committee
and
Considering paragraph 3 of the resolution
adopted by the General Assembly on 4 November j
1948 (document AEC/33), ]
The Working Committee resolves: \
That further study in the Working Committee is !
not useful until such time as the six sponsors of ;
the resolution of the General Assembly have met
and reported that there exists basis for agreement.
Editor's Note: In the Bulletin of June 19,
1949, page 780, the first sentence under "Atomic j
Energy" should read as follows: "The Atomic I
Energy Commission's working committee resolved ;
that further study by the working committee of its |
program of work is useless until the Big Five and
Canada report that some basis for agreement ,|
exists." j
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
Council of Foreign Ministers Deputies for Austria
The Department of State announced on June
25 the United States Delegation to the meeting of
the Council of Foreign Ministers Deputies for
Austria, scheduled to open at London, June 30,
1949. The Delegation is as follows :
United States Deputy for Austria
Samuel Beber, United States Deputy for Austria, De-
partment of State
Advisers
Michael R. Gannett, Foreign Service OflScer, American
Legation, Vienna
Col. Charles E. Hixon, Assistant Deputy, U. S. Commis-
sion. Allied Council for Austria, Vienna
Monroe Karasik, Acting A.ssistant Chief, Division of Econ-
omic Property Policy, Department of State
Coburn B. Kidd, Division of Austrian Affairs, Department
of State
Leonard C. Meeker, OflSce of the Legal Adviser, Depart-
ment of State
Edwin G. Moline, Petroleum Division, Department of
State
Lt. Colonel J. D. Lawler, Plans and Operations Division,
General Staff, United States Army
Administrative Assistant
Mary Louise Zarger, Office of Financial and Development
Policy, Department of State
Archivist
Mrs. Helen Skouland, American Embassy, London
The Council of Foreign Ministers, which ad-
journed at Paris June 20, instructed the Deputies
for Austria to resume their work promptly for
the purjwse of reaching agreement not later than
September 1, 1949, on the Austrian draft treaty as
a whole.
Negotiations on the Austrian treaty have been
in progress since January 1947. At the forth-
coming meeting the Deputies will continue dis-
cussions conducted at London from February 9
to Mav 5, 1949. which were discontinued during
the Sixth Session of the Council of Foreign
Ministers.
Committee To Pick Priorities of U.S.
Program for UNESCO
A proposal to select six priority items from the
UxEsco program for emphasis in securing public
support for the coming year has been considered
by the Executive Committee of the United States
Commission for Unesco, which has been meeting
in Washington, D.C.
Under the chairmanship of Milton S. Eisen-
hower, president of Kansas State College of Agri-
culture and Applied Science, the Committee is ex-
pected to blueprint a work program to forward the
purposes of the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization in the LTnited
States during the fiscal year July 1, 1949, through
June 30, 1950.
Willard L. Thorp, Assistant Secretary of State
for Economic Affairs, outlined contemplated
United States participation in an expanded inter-
national program of technical assistance for the
economic development of backward areas. The
Committee discussed the aims and resources of
UNESCO and of the United States National Com-
mission, in relation to this program.
Plans for the United States delegation to the
Fourth General Conference of Unesco in Paris this
September will be taken up with George V. Allen,
Assistant Secretary of State for Public Affairs.
The United States National Commission, an ad-
visory body to the Department of State on matters
pertaining to Uxesco, is also charged with the task
of carrj'ing out the L^nesco program in the United
States. The Commission will seek increased co-
operation, along lines suggested by the Executive
Committee's priority projects, from community,
church, labor, and women's groups as well as from
specialized bodies representing L'xesco's educa-
tional, scientific, and cultural interests.
July 11, 1949
19
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
The six projects upon which the Committee is
expected to take action are :
An educational campaign to make known the
tenets and responsibilities of the Universal Dec-
laration of Human Rights.
Interchange of persons for the promotion of
better understanding among nations.
Educational reconstruction and aid for schools,
museums, libraries, and laboratories in countries
recovering from the devastation of war.
An information program on relationships be-
tween food supply and population pressure and
the recurrence of war.
Improvement of textbooks and teaching mate-
rials.
Education on the United Nations and its special-
ized agencies.
Members of the Executive Committee, in addi-
tion to Mr. Eisenhower, are :
Detlev Bronk, President of Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore
Erwin D. Canham, President of the American Society of
Newspaper Editors and editor of the Christian Science
Monitor, Boston
William G. Carr, Associate Secretary of the National Edu-
cation Association, Washington, D.C.
Ben M. Cherrington, Director of the Social Science Foun-
dation at the University of Denver, Denver
Nelson H. Cruikshank, Director of Social Insurance Ac-
tivities for the American Federation of Labor, Wash-
ington, D.C.
Lutlier H. Evans, Librarian of Congress, Washington, D.C.
Mrs. Douglas Horton, President of Wellesley College,
Wellesley, Mass.
Charles S. Johnson, President of Fisk University, Nash-
ville
Archibald MacLeish, Winner of the Pulitzer Poetry Award
in 1932, Boylston Professor at Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass.
Charles J. McLanahan, Educational Director of the Co-
operative League, Washington, D.C.
Mrs. Anna M. Rosenberg, Public and Labor Relations Con-
sultant, New York
George N. Shuster, President of Hunter College, New York
Robert S. Smitli, Vice President of the U.S. National Stu-
dent Assn., New York
Merle A. Tuve, Carnegie Institute of Washington, D.C.
Howard E. Wilson, Associate Director, Division of Educa-
tion, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace,
and member of the National Council for the Social
Studies, New York
Mrs. Louise Wright, Executive Secretary of the Chicago
Council on Foreign Relations, Chicago
The meeting was held in a Department of State
conference room at 1778 Pennsylvania Avenue,
Friday and Saturday, June 24 and 25.
Twelfth International Conference on Public
Education
Dr. Rail I. Grigsby, Deputy Commissioner of
Education, United States Office of Education, has
been named chairman of the United States del-
egation to the Twelfth International Conference
on Public Education scheduled to be held at Ge-
neva, July 4-12, 1949. Kendric N. Marshall, Di-
rector of the Division of International Relations,
United States Office of Education, and Dr. Ruth
E. McMurry, Unesco Relations Staff, Depart-
ment of State have been appointed to serve as
delegates to this meeting.
The Education Conference is sponsored jointly
by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization (Unesco) and the Inter-
national Bureau of Education (Ibe). Its pur-
pose is to enable the attending delegations to ex-
change information on recent developments in
education in their countries and to afford an op-
portunity for studying on an international level
a number of educational problems of current
interest.
The agenda of the Conference will include the
following four points: (1) Consideration of con-
cise reports from the Ministries of Education on
educational developments during the school year
1948-49; (2) the introduction to natural science
in primary schools; (3) the teaching of reading;
and (4) the teaching of geography as a means
of developing international understanding.
Unesco and Ibe have invited 73 nations and 5
international organizations to participate in the
meeting. The Eleventh International Confer-
ence on Public Education was held at Geneva
last summer.
Twelfth International Dairy Congress
The Dei^artment of State announced on June 1
the United States delegation to the Twelfth Inter-
national Dairy Congress, which is scheduled to be
held at Stockholm August 15-19, 1949. The dele-
gation is as follows :
Chairman
Dr. Ollie E. Reed, Chief, Bureau of Dairy Industry, Agri-
cultural Research Administration. Department of
Agriculture
Delegates
Dr. G. M. Trout, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing, Michi-
gan State College, and President, American Dairy
Science Association
Dr. Sherman Johnson, Associate Chief, Bureau of Agri-
cultural Economics, Dep-T'tnient nf Agriculture
Don Anderson, Assistant Director, Dairy Brancli, Produc-
tion and Marketing Administration, Department of
Agriculture
Dr. George E. Holm, Head, Dairy Products Research Lab-
oratories, Bureau of Dairy Industry, Agricultural
Research Administration, Department of Agriculture
Ethel Austin Martin, Director of Nutrition Service, Na-
tional Dairy Council, Chicago, Illinois
Dr. I.eland Spencer. Profcssiir uf Marketing, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, New York
Dr. Hugo H. Sonimer, Dairy Industry Department, Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin
20
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
Dr. William E. Krauss, Associate Director, Ohio Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, Wooster, Ohio
Arthur W. Farrall, Head, Agricultural Engineering De-
partment, Michigan State College, East Lansing,
Michigan
Secretary of Delegation
Dr. Eric Englund, Agricultural Attache, American Em-
bassy, Stockholm, Sweden
The purpose of the Congress will be to review
developments and exchange technical information
in the field of dairy research. Scientific papers on
the following subjects will be presented by dele-
gates from the various countries: (1) milk pro-
duction, hygiene, and control, (2) physics, chem-
istr}', and microbiology, (3) dairy industrial tech-
nique, (4) economics and trade, (5) organization
of the dairy industry, and (6) tropical dairying.
In addition to the scientific sessions, there will be
tours to the important dairying sections of
Sweden.
The invitation to attend the Congress was ex-
tended to tliis government by the Government of
Sweden in behalf of the International Dairy Fed-
eration. The United States is not a member of
the Federation but Itas attended the last three con-
gresses. The eleventh in the series was held at
Berlin in 1937.
Pan American Railway Congress
The United States Commission, appointed June
14 by President Truman, discussed on June 21 a
program of work which includes establishment of
close relationship with the headquarters of the
Association in Buenos Aires and preparations for
its seventh congress to be held in Mexico City,
October 10-20, 1950.i
Decision was made to assist the Association in
studying improved methods of accounting for all
Latin American railroads, in which the practices
developed by United States railroads and the re-
quirements of the Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion are expected to constitute important prece-
dents. Interest of the United States Commission
in the Government's technical assistance program
was also shown.
The Commission members reviewed the current
work of the Association and appointed two officers
who are at present government officials, who will
serve without additional salary : Walter S. Aber-
nathy, Special Assistant, Transportation and
Communications Branch, Office of International
Trade, Department of Commerce, as executive
secretary; and Kenneth N. Hynes, attache in the
United States Embassy at Buenos Aires, who will
be resident member of the Association's permanent
commission.
Ratification of tlie international
Wiieat Agreement
[Released to the Press June 17^
The President signed on June 17, 1949, the
United States instrument of ratification of the
International Wheat Agreement which was open
for signature in Washington from March 23 to
April 15, 1949, and which was signed during that
period on behalf of the Government of the United
States of America and the governments of 40
other countries. The Senate, by a resolution of
June 13, 1949, gave its advice and consent to the
ratification of the agreement.
The objectives of the agreement, as stated in
article I thereof, "are to assure supplies of wheat
to importing countries and markets for wheat to
exporting countries at equitable and stable
]3rices." - The agreement, upon its entry into
force, would establish an International Wlieat
Council to administer the provisions of the agree-
ment during the 4-year period of its effectiveness.
It is provided in article XX that the agreement
shall be subject to acceptance by the signatory
governments in accordance with their respective
constitutional procedures, that instruments of ac-
ceptance shall be deposited with the United States
Government not later than July 1, 1949, except in
cases where the Council, after it comes into being,
may grant an extension of time, and that the
agreement, except part 2 thereof, shall enter into
force on July 1, 1949, provided the agreement has
by that date been accepted by "the Governments
of countries listed in Annex A to Article III
resjionsible for not less than seventy percent of
the guaranteed purchases and the Governments
of countries listed in Annex B to Article III
responsible for not less than eighty percent qi
the guaranteed sales."
The 5 signatory exporting countries (the
United States, Canada, Australia, France, and
Uruguay) are listed in annex B to article III.
Tlie 36 signatory importing countries are listed
in annex A to article III.
The United States and Canada together account
for more than 80 percent of the guaranteed sales.
The Canadian instrument of acceptance was de-
posited on May 12, 1949. The United States in-
strument of ratification, constituting acceptance
of the agreement, was deposited on June 17, 1949.
Consequently, the requirement of the agi-eement
with respect to exporting countries responsible
for not less than 80 percent of the guaranteed
sales has been satisfied.
(Continued on page SO)
' Bulletin of June 26, 1949 p. 818.
July 11, 1949
' For an article by Edward G. Cale on the International
Wheat Agreement see Bulletin of Apr. 24, 1949, p. 507;
the text of the agreement was printed in Documents and
State Papers for May 1949, p. 784.
21
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Summary of Major Developments in Change-Over
to Civilian Control of Germany
[Released to the Press June 30]
The Department of State announced on June
30 that John J. McCloy left, by air for Germany
on that date preparatory to his assumption of
authority in the American zone of Germany.
Mr. McCloy ^yill stop in Paris on July 1 for a
conference with EGA Administrator Harriman
and Ambassador Bruce and then proceed to Ber-
lin for consultations with the United States Mili-
tary Government authorities. Mr. McCloy will
assume the position of the United States Military
Governor, a post he will hold until a AVest German
Government is created after the August 14 elec-
tions. Upon formation of a West German Gov-
ernment and the establishment of the Allied High
Commission, he will then assume the position of
United States High Commissioner in Germany.
The following summarizes major developments
in the change-over to civilian control of Germany :
As John J. McCloy, former president of the
International Bank for Reconstruction and Devel-
opment, assumes the post of United States au-
thority for Germany, civilian administration of
occupied Germany will take form for the first time
since the end of World War II.
The change from military control to civilian .
administration is the culmination of measures of
progress, both political and economic, which have
been made in Germany in the past few years. It
is evidence also, of the desire of the Western pow-
ers to return to the German people a greater voice
in their own destiny.
Under the proclamation of President Truman,
Mr. McCloy will serve as Military Governor (re-
gorting to the Secretary of Army) until the Allied
[igh Commission for Germany has been estab-
lished. Creation of the latter is planned at about
the same time as the establishment of the new
Western German Government, following the Ger-
man elections on August 14. Upon assuming the
post of High Commissioner, McCloy will report to
the Secretary of State.
Mr. McCloy meanwhile will serve also as chief
of the Economic Cooperation Administration Mis-
sion to Germany. In his function as High Com-
missioner and ECA Mission chief, he will exer-
cise full authority over all political and economic
issues.
Mr. McCloy brings to his new post a varied ex-
perience in law, government, finance, and Euro-
jjean affairs. As president of the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development from
March 1947 until his present appointment he has
been acutely familiar with the interrelationship
of economic problems throughout the world.
During the war years, as Assistant Secretary of
War, he observed the destruction of war and rec-
ognized the problems of recovery.
By centralizing authority in one man, the United
States aims at simplifying the implementation of
its German policy. At the same time, the United
States intends to broaden the area of resijonsibil-
ity vested in the Germans themselves.
The United States is determined to pursue a
policy of positive, constructive action in Western
Germany designed to revive the country economi-
cally, politically, and socially, while at the same
time taking every precaution necessary to prevent
the restoration of a Germany which might become
militarily dangerous to Europe and the world.
Within these limits, therefore, the Germans are
being encouraged to become responsible arbiters of
their own future and gradually to assume the task
of governing themselves democratically. In ad-
dition, the way is open for the Germans to bal-
ance their economy and finances and to expand
their trade.
German participation in the organization for
European Economic Cooperation, the council of
22
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
European nations i-eceiving Marshall Plan aid, is
anticipated f oHowino: the establishment of the new
Western German Government.
Germany, traditionally the second largest buyer
and seller in Western Europe, must play a key role
in the over-all economic recovery of Europe which
is the goal of the Marshall Plan. To the other
European nations participating in the ERP, Ger-
many must again become a market for their prod-
ucts. To be able to buy their goods, Germany in
turn must find new markets for her own exports.
This is the cycle of trade which was interrupted
first by Nazi autarchical policy and then by the
war, and which is being restored through Mar-
shall Plan assistance, it is the cycle in which Ger-
many must take her place, not only for her own
recovery but for the recovery of Europe as a
whole and the revival and expansion of world
trade.
In the field of political achievement Germany
has taken several steps toward ultimate self-gov-
ernment. Under the Occupation Statute, only the
minimum controls necessary for security and for
the fulfillment of Allied objectives in Germany
are reserved to the Western powere. This statute
is described as a bridge between military govern-
ment and the peace treaty.
The Western Germans have a constitution,
which was drafted, approved, and legally effected
bj' themselves. This constitution has been ratified
by 10 of the 11 Western German states, and, all
are expected to join when elections have been held
and the new government actually comes into being.
In June 1948, the foundations for this politi-
cal development were laid in the London agree-
ments between the three Western powers, the
United States, the United Kingdom, and France,
and the Benelux countries, Belgium, the Nether-
lands, and Luxembourg.
The London agreements provided for 1) even-
tual fusion of the three Western zones; 2) the set-
ting up of a provisional German Government in
the west; 3) the Occupation Statute, which was to
define those powers to be reserved to the Allied
authorities against the new German Government,
while giving it as much power as possible; 4) the
International Authority of the Ruhr; and 5)
agreement on minor territorial adjustments of
Germany's western frontiers.
Beginning last fall, the Bonn Constitutional A9--
sembly held meetings to draft the constitution
which will be the basis for the new German Gov-
ernment. During the fall and winter, also, the
three Western powers were working on arrange-
ments to carry out the London agreements.
The Washington agreements, negotiated by Sec-
retary Acheson with United Kingdom and French
Foreign Ministers this spring following the sign-
ing of the North Atlantic Treaty in Washington,
July 11, 1949
represent another step in the implementation of
the London agreements.
At that time, the Foreign Ministers of the three
Western powers agreed to a trizonal fusion plan
and to the text of an occupation statute. These
agreements cleared the way for rapid progress in
carrying out the London agreements.
Throughout these negotiations, the goal of giv-
ing hope and confidence to the Germans under
continuing and necessary restraints was kept in
sight.
One such restraint is the Military Security
Board. This is the military agency responsible
for the disarmament and demilitarization of Ger-
many.
The rapid progress which has followed the
Washington talks is apparent in the projected de-
parture of Mr. McCloy late this month, and, even
more significantly, in the plans for establishment
of the new German Government some time this
fall.
Hope for quadripartite control of Germany,
which had been agreed to in the Potsdam agree-
ments of 1945, was virtually nullified by the Rus-
sians when they walked out of the Control Council
in March 1948. Their walk-out followed a period
of consistent refusal to carry out the provisions of
Potsdam which called for German economic unity.
When, in December of that year, Soviet Foreign
Minister Molotov in London made the Russian
intransigence on the subject even more clear, the
Western powers had no alternative but to proceed
to carry out the spirit of Potsdam in the trizone
as effectively as possible. The three Western na-
tions therefore began, in February 1948, the Lon-
don talks which led, ultimately, to the formation
of a German Government which is now in process.
United States economic policy in Germany en-
visages the reestablishment of that country as a
vital factor in the economic life of Europe as a
whole while at the same time safeguarding Ger-
many's neighbors from a revival of war industries.
It is not possible to achieve European economic
health without Germany, which for many years
has served Europe both as a market and as a source
of imports.
There are three major agreements affecting this
economic policy :
First, the International Authority of the Ruhr
(Iar), which went into effect April 28, 1949, be-
tween the United States, the United Kingdom,
France, and the Benelux countries. This organi-
zation will seek to utilize the resources of the Ruhr
in the common interests of both the Geiunany econ-
omy and the economies of the other European
countries cooperating in the conunon economic
good, while leaving operations, management, and
production in German hands. It will attempt to
provide effective insurance against unilateral use
by Germany of key Ruhr resources. The agi'ee-
ment assures the fair and nondiscriminatory allo-
23
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
cation of Ruhr coal, coke, and steel between domes-
tic use and export. It anticipates, also, that after
the occupation, arrangements will be made to pre-
vent use of Ruhr resources for German rearma-
ment purposes.
The Iar is designed also to protect the German
economy. It is expected to be ratified by the Ger-
man Federal Republic when the latter is estab-
lished, and Germany will have the opportunity
to appoint representatives to attend all Iar meet-
ings. Following German ratification of the
agreement, German}' will have an equal vote with
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States in determining the actions of the Iak.
The second example of United States economic
polic}- in Germany is the Reparations agreement
among the three "\Vestern powers. In accordance
with that agreement those plants which would
constitute a security risk have been eliminated.
However, the number of plants dismantled has
been lielcl to a minimum in order to permit Ger-
man industry to contribute to recovery.
The third basic agreement underlining United
States economic actions in Germany is the Pro-
hibited and Restricted Industries Policy, an
agreement between the three "Western powers. It
provides for selective bans on certain industries
and prohibits for security reasons the manufac-
ture of certain products.
The change from military government in Ger-
many to civilian administration will not mean a
change in the democratization effort. The United
States and the other occupying powers intend to
let nothing prevent the continuation of their xero-
gram for democratization of German life.
Official figures on trade indicate that Germany
is already making a substantial contribution to
over-all European recovery. A sharp increase
in German imports from other Marshall Plan
countries points to the reestablishment of Ger-
many as one of Europe's most important markets.
As an outlet for her neighbors' products, Ger-
many is a key factor in the expansion of trade
■which is necessary for Europe's economic
recovery.
Total import deliveries to bizone during the
first quarter of 1949 averaged about 1-3 million
dollars per month greater than the monthly aver-
age during 1948. Xearly one third of bizone's
imports during the first quarter of 1949 came from
ERP countries. Marked increase in the rate of
imports from Netherlands, Sweden, Belgium, and
Luxembourg, Denmark, and France were
reported.
In addition, Germany is essential as an exporter
of "hard" goods to her European neighbors.
Figures show that bizone exports during the first
calendar quarter of 1949 were 77.5 percent greater
than the average reported for the calendar year
1948. Of these exports — which were largely
"hard goods" — more than 80 percent of the total
went to ERP countries.
The currency reform, which was effected in
June 1948, has had a pronounced influence in
stabilizing the German economj', increasing pro-
duction, improving distribution systems, and re-
viving incentive.
Reported bizone industrial production in
March 1949, was 90 percent of the 1936 level.
This figure compares with the May 1948 level,
which was only 47 percent of 1936.
Agricultural production in 1948 was ajjprox-
imately up to the average of the good years 1935-
38. It is true, however, that the population of
bizone has increased by nearly a third over pre-
war levels — due to the vast influx of refugees
from the Eastern zone. Therefore its food re-
quirements are considerabh' higher than in pre-
war years.
For the same reason, employment and unem-
ploj'ment are both increasing in Germany. There
was an increase of 800,000 persons in the registered
labor force in bizone between the end of 1947 and
the end of 1948.
The importance of Germany as a market for
other nations of Europe is shown by the scope
of imports from ERP countries. Germany im-
ports from Sweden, pulp; from Italy, fruits and
vegetables ; from Denmark, meat, eggs, dairy prod-
ucts; from Belgium and the Xetherlands, vege-
tables and products from dependent overseas ter-
ritories, such as fibers, oilseeds, ores, rubber, and
medicinal herbs; from Austria, hides and skins,
lumber, and building materials ; from France and
its territories, vegetables, seeds, and copper; and
from Xorway, fish and fish oils, iron and copper
ores, and concentrates.
The marked increase in imports from ERP
countries is shown in the following figures which
compare German imports during the entire year
1948 with her imports during the first 2 months
of 1949 in terms of dollar value; from Belgium,
1948, total 18.5 million dollars, January and
February 1949, 15.4 million dollars; froni Den-
mark, 1948, total 3.8 million dollars, January and
February 1949, 5.2 million dollars; from France,
1948, total 1.2 million dollars, January and Febru-
ary 1949, 3.5 million dollars; from Luxembourg,
1948, total 1.7 million dollars, January and Febru-
ary 1949, 2 million dollars; from Netherlands,
1948, total 29.5 million dollars, January and
February 1949, 8 million dollars; and from
Sweden, 1948, total 27.1 million dollars, January
and February 1949, 10 million dollars.
The same comparison reveals a sharp increase
in bizone trade with Eastern Europe — which is
encouraged by the United States and EGA within
the limits of security :
In 1948, Germany's trade with Poland had a
total dollar value of $166,500. In the first 2
months of 1949, the value had risen to about 4
24
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bullefin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
million dollars. Trade with Hungary, in 1948,
amounted to $756.800 ; during the first 2 months
of 1949 it rose to -l.S million dollars. Bizone trade
with Czechoslovakia increased from an over-all
1948 total of 9.6 million dollars to 3.2 million dol-
lars for the first 2 months of 1949.
Trade with Finland and the Soviet Union, on
the other hand, dropped in this period of compari-
son. The substantial increase in German-East
Europe trade indicated by these figures was made
possible by the trade agreements signed late last
year between the American and British military
authorities and the Eastern European govern-
ments.
Expanded trade is a basic goal of the American
program for Germany, to enable it to support it-
self as well as to take its place as part of an inte-
grated Europe, fimctioning in its important capac-
ity as a buyer as well as a seller.
Bizone industrial production has made remark-
able improvement in the past year in all fields,
reaching in April 1949 an over-all volume equal
to 82 percent of 1936. This compares with 79 per-
cent in December 1948 and 51 percent in March
194S. In temis of commodities the improvement
is shown below :
Coal: Mav 1948, 66% of 1936; April 1949, 86%.
Iron and steel: May 1948, 27 % of 1936; April 1949,
58%.
Nonferrous metals: May 1948, 35 %of 1936; April 1949,
78%.
Machinerv and optical goods: Mav 1948. 41% of 1936;
April 1949, 84%.
Motor vehicles: May 1948, 22% of 1936; April 1949,
79%.
Electrical equipment: Mav 1948, 72% of 1936; AprO
1949, 169%.
Textiles and clothing: May 1948, 38% of 1936; April
1949. 85%.
Electricitv and gas: May 1948, 108% of 1936; April
1949, 130%.
United States aid, which has been in large
measure responsible for this revitalization of Ger-
manj' in the economic framework of European
recovery, has been in the form of GAKIOA (Gov-
ernment and Relief in Occupied Areas) and EGA
(Economic Cooperation Administration).
GARIOA aid through the fiscal year ending
June 1949 is estimated in the bizone at 573.4 million
dollars.
As of the end of May 1949, the bizone area re-
ceived EGA aid amoimting to 484.3 million dollars
of which 82.6 million dollars represented condi-
tional grants. This was for the 15-month period
ending June 30, 1949.
For the same period, the French zone received
ECA aid amounting to 116.6 million dollars of
which 14.8 million dollars was in conditional
grants.
The close cooperation which already exists be-
tween United States-United Kingdom adminis-
tration of the bizone and French administration
of the French zone is expected to be even more
firmly established under the Allied High Com-
mission. Trizonal fusion will then become an
accomplished fact in the determination of German
activities.
Indicative of the rapport which characterizes
relations betweeen France, the United Kingdom,
and the United States today is the enthusiasm
with which the French have greeted the appoint-
ment of Mr. McCloy as United States High Com-
missioner.
The French zone imports practically all its
grains and foodstuffs, causing a dollar imbalance
which the EKP is designed to relieve.
Exports from the French zone include wine to
the United States and other countries, electricity
to Switzerland, newsprint to France, and coal to
France and other areas of Germany.
Although statistics for French zone trade are
not available, in general the trade patterns of the
French zone follow those of the bizone. Since
October 18, 194S, all foreign trade of the three
Western zones has been under the auspices of the
Joint Export-Import Agency (JEIA), tripartite
body.
Charter of the Allied High Commission for Germany
[Releoied to the Press simultaneoutln in London, Paris, and Washington}
I. ESTABLISHMENT OF ALLIED HIGH COM-
MISSION AND TRANSFER OF CONTROL
1. An Allied High Commission (hereinafter referred
to as the High Commission) is hereby established for the
exercise of Supreme Allied Authority in the Federal Re-
public of Germany. The High Commission shall be headed
by three High Commissioners, one designated by each of
the three powers signatory hereto.
2. As from the date of the entry into force of the Occu-
pation Statute all authority with respect to the control
of Germany or over any governmental authority thereof,
vested in or exercised by the respective Commanders-in-
Chief of the forces of occupation of the three jjowers
in Germany, from whatever soturce derived and however
exercised, will be transferred to the three High Commis-
sioners respectively, to be exercised in accordance with
the provisions hereof and of the Occupation Statute.
July 11, 1949
25
THE'RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
3. The forces of occupation of the three powers in
Germany shall remain stationed in their respective zones
of occupation. Command of the forces of occupation in
each zone and control of their related military establish-
ments shall remain with the resiiective Commanders of
the forces of occupation in such zones.
4. Legislation of the occupation authorities enacted be-
fore the effective date of the Occupation Statute shall re-
main in force until repealed or amended or otherwise re-
placed as provided in the Occupation Statute.
■ ■.^FUNCTIONS OF THE HIGH COMMISSION
1. The High Commission shall exercise control over
the Federal Government and the Governments of its con-
stituent Laender as provided in the Occupation Statute.
In the exercise of the powers reserved to the occupation
authorities under said Statute, the High Commission shall
reach its decisions in accordance with the provisions of
the "Agreement as to Tripartite Controls" ' among the
Three Powers dated 8 April 1949 and attached hereto
and made a part of this instrument as Annex A. These
decisions shall constitute a joint exercise of the authority
of all of the three High Commissioners.
2. Tlie High Commission shall act only through the
Federal or appropriate Land Government except where
direct action or legislation by the High Commission is
necessary or appropriate for the due exercise of any of
the powers reserved to the occupation authorities under
the Occupation Statute.
3. The Headquarters of the High Commission shall be
at the seat of the German Federal Government which,
together with a surrounding area to be defined, will con-
stitute a special area directly under the High Commis-
sion and excluded from any individual zone of occupa-
tion. The necessary special arrangements in connec-
tion with the definition and administration of this area
in as far as they concern the Allies will be determined
subsequently by the High Commission.
III. ORGANIZATION OF THE HIGH
COMMISSION
1. The organization of the High Commission at its
headquarters shall be tripartite in character and shall
consist of :
A. An Allied Council (hereinafter referred to as "The
Council") composed of the three High Commissioners.
Each High Commissioner shall nominate a Deputy or
permanent representative who will take his place on
the Council in his absence. The Deputies or permanent
representatives of the respective High Commissioners
acting together may function as an Executive Commit-
tee of the Council if the Council so decides ;
B. Such committees or bodies as the Council may
from time to time establish. These committees and
bodies shall advise the Council in their respective spheres
' BuiXETiN of May 8, 1949, p. 590.
26
and shall exercise such executive functions as the Coun-
cil may delegate to them. The number, functions, and
organization of such committees or bodies may be
changed, adjusted, or eliminated entirely by the Coun-
cil in liglit of experience. Subject to the above, in order
to ensure continuity of operation, the Council initially
shall be assisted by Committees respectively for Political
Affairs, Foreign Trade and Exchange, Finance, Eco-
nomics, Law and by the Military Security Board. Each
Committee shall be assisted by such associated staff as
it may require and as the Council approves.
C. Allied General Secretariat.
2. The Council
A. The Council shall constitute the supreme authority
of the High Commission. The Council shall meet as fre-
quently as it considers necessary and at any time upon
the request of any of its members. The Chairmanship
of the Council and its various committees shall be held in
monthly rotation by each of its members. The Council
shall fix the time and place of its meetings and shall
establish appropriate rules and procedures for the con-
duct of its business. Decisions of the Council shall be
reached in accordance with Annex A hereof.
3. Committees
The composition of each Committee and its terms of
reference shall be fixed by the Council. Initially, such
Committees, together with their respective terms of ref-
erence, shall be as follows :
A. The Political Affairs Committee, consisting of the
three Political Advisers to the respective High Commis-
sioners will be concerned with all political and foreign
affairs of the German Federal and Land Governments
coming with the competence of the Council.
B. A Foreign Trade and Exchange Committee consist-
ing of the respective Economic and Finance Advisers of
each of the High Commissioners.
(1) The Committee shall observe the economic, finan-
cial and foreign trade policies of the German au-
thorities and shall advise the Council if such pol-
icies or any action taken or proposed to be taken
pursuant thereto is likely to have such adverse
effect on the foreign trade or foreign exchange
resources of the German Government as is likely
to increase its need for external assistance.
(2) The members of the Committee shall automati-
cally be members of the Board of Directors of
the Joint Export-Import Agency (hereinafter re-
ferred to as "JBIA") and in conjunction with the
other Directors shaU be cliarged with the orderly
liquidation of JEIA at the earliest practicable date.
The Committee shall assume any control func-
tions pre.sently exercised by JEIA as may warrant
I'etention when the liquidation of JEIA is
completed.
(3) It is understood that the German Federal Repub-
lic will become party to the convention for Euro-
pean Economic Cooperation and will execute a bi-
lateral agreement with the Government of the
United States. It is further understood that there-
after the functions of the High Commission in
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
respect of tbe matters referred to in (I) will be
appropriately modified.
C. The Economics Committee, consisting of the three
Economics Advisers to the respective High Commissioners,
shall observe the general economic policies of tlie Ger-
man authorities and shall advise the Council as to the
exercise of its powers in this connection reserved under
the Occupation Statute. The Committee shall advise
the Council on all matters relating to the Decarteliza-
tion and Deconcentration of German Industr.v.
D. The Finance Committee, consisting of the three
Finance Advisers to the respective High Commissioners,
shall observe the general financial policies of the Ger-
man authorities, and shall advise the Council as to the
exercise of its powers in this connection reserved under
the Occupation Statute. To the extent necessary within
the limits of the provisions of the Occupation Statute
the Finance Committee shall succeed to and shall as-
sume the functions heretofore exercised by the Allied
Bank Commission.
E. The Law Committee, consisting of the Legal Ad-
visers to the respective High Commissioners, shall ad-
vise the Council and its committees on all legal and
judicial affairs arising out of the work of the High
Commission.
F. The Military Security Board shall deal with all mat-
ters of demilitarization, disarmament, industrial prohibi-
tions and limitations, and scientific research, in accord-
ance with its existing terms of reference.
4. Committee Staffs and Swhordinate Oroups
A. Within numerical limitations established by the
Council, each of the committees designated pursuant to
paragraph 3 of this Article III shall establish such tri-
partite subordinate committees or other groups as may be
necessary to the performance of its functions and as the
Council may approve.
B. Except as specifically otherwise provided in sub-
paragraph C of this paragraph 4, personnel for such sub-
ordinate committees or groups shall be appointed by each
of the High Commissioners on a basis of parity among the
three AUied nations. They may include military person-
nel. The number, functions and organization of such
subordinate committees or groups may be changed, ad-
justed or eliminated entirely by the Council in the light of
experience. Each subordinate committee or group shall
be answerable to the committee responsible for its creation
and shall report to the Council through such committee.
Each subordinate agency shall be physically located at
the headquarters of the High Commission except as may
be otherwise determined by the Council.
C. The subordinate committees and groups established
pursuant to subparagraph A of this paragraph 4 shall
Include :
(1) Joint Export-Import Agency which, until liquidated
as provided in subparagraph B of paragraph 3
hereof, shall function under Its existing terms of
reference with an integrated staff and shall report
to the Committee on Foreign Trade and Exchange
July II, 1949
through its Director General who, together with the
Deputy Directors-General, shall he members of the
Board of Directors of JEIA.
(2) The Decartelization and Industrial Deconcentration
Group, the Coal Control Group and the Steel Con-
trol Group, all of which shall report through the
Economics Committee.
(3) The Combined Travel Board which shall report
through the Political Affairs Committee.
(4) Civil Aviation Board which shall report as deter-
mined by the Council.
(5) Information and Cultural Affairs Suljcommittee
which shall report through the Political Affairs
Committee.
(6) A subcommittee on foreign Interests which shall re-
port as determined by the Council.
5. Allied General Secretariat
The High Commission shall be served by a Tripartite
General Secretariat. The Secretariat will receive and
dispatch all communications to or from the High Commis-
sion, prepare the agenda and materials for the meetings
of the Council and shall keep the minutes of their meet-
ings. The Secretariat or its appropriate branches shall
act as the channel of communication between the High
Commission and the agencies of the Federal Government,
and between the Council and the several Land Commis-
sioners with respect to matters affecting said Land Gov-
ernments. The Secretariat shall maintain the records of
the High Commission and be responsible for such other
tasks as the Council may decide.
IV. LAND COMMISSIONERS
1. All powers of the High Commission shall be uniformly
exercised in the constituent Laender of the Federal Repub-
lic, in accordance with tripartite policies and the directions
of the Council.
2. To achieve uniformity in the exercise of its powers,
the High Commission shall be represented at the seat of
government of each of the constituent Laender by an
Allied Land Commissioner who shall be solely responsible
to the Council for ensuring due compliance on the part of
the Land authorities with the Council's decisions and
directives. The Land Commissiouer shall report and be
solely responsible to the Council for all matters of tri-
partite concern in the Land and shall be the exclusive
channel of communication and liaison between the Coun-
cil and the Land Government with respect to such matters.
3. In particular, eacli Land Commissioner shall be re-
sponsible to the Council for :
A. Initial consideration and prompt transmittal to the
Council of Land legislation, together with his recommen-
dations thereon ;
B. observing and ensuring due compliance on the part
of the Land Government with the provisions of the Fed-
eral and Land constitutions, the Occupation Statute and
the laws of the occupation autliorities in force;
C. providing information as required by the Military
Security Board and giving all necessary assistance to the
inspectorate of the Military Security Board and such other
bodies as may be authorized by the Council;
27
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
D. the preparation of such periodic or special reports
as the Council may request.
4. Each Land Commissioner and the members of his
staff shall be nationals of the Power in whose zone tlie
Land is situated, and shall be appointed by and adminis-
tratively responsible to the High Commissioner designated
by such Power. Each Land Commissioner shall be ac-
countable exclusively to his High Commissioner and shall
be his channel of communication and liaison with the Land
Government with respect to :
A. All matters which are listed in Article V, para-
graph 2;
B. conduct of all relationships between tlie forces of
occupation stationed in the Land and the governmental
agencies thereof except to the extent that direct commu-
nications and relations may be authorized by him.
5. Each High Commissioner shall designate an observer
together with a small personal stafE to be agreed in each
case by the High Commissioners concerned, to each of the
Land Commissioners outside of his own Zone for purposes
of consultation and information.
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE
HIGH COMMISSIONERS
1. Each Higli Commissioner shall maintain at the seat
of government of each of the Laender in his zone a Land
Commissioner with the minimum staff and facilities re-
quired for the purposes set forth in Articles IV and V
hereof. He shall ensure the due implementation by each
of said Land Commissioners of the decisions and di-
rections of tlie Council. He shall also ensure that all
powers of the High Commission are uniformly exercised
within said Laender in accordance with tripartite policy
and the decisions of the Council.
2. Each High Commissioner shall be responsible to his
government with respect to the Laender of his zone for
the matters in fields reserved to the occupation authori-
ties listed below. Nevertheless, so far as possible, he shall
coordinate the general policies which he may pursue in
these fields with those of the other High Commissioners
and exercise these powers in accordance witli such tri-
partite legislation or policies as the Council may adopt.
A. Maintenance of law and order if the responsible
German authorities are unable to do so ;
B. ensuring the protection, prestige, security and im-
munities of the Allied forces of occupation, of tlie Allied
occupation authorities, their dependents, employees and
ofiicial representatives ;
O. the delivery of reparations and restitutable property ;
D. care and administration of displaced pensons;
E. the disposition of war criminals ;
F. administration of justice in cases falling within the
jurisdiction of Allied courts ;
G. control of the care and treatment in German prisons
of persons charged before or sentenced by the courts or
tribunals of the occupation authorities, over the carrying
out of sentences imposed on them and over question of
amnesty, pardon or release in relation to them.
28
3. Each High Commissioner shall be individually re-
sponsible for the formulation annually in accordance with
tripartite policies and criteria, of a budget of occupation i
costs and other requirements within bis zone. Sucli bud-
get shall be formulated and submitted to the Council on
a date to be determined by it for consideration and ap-
proval by the Council and for consolidation in a total
budget of the occupation authorities for transmission to j
the German Government. Each High Commissioner shall I
be responsible to the Council for control of the approved
budget for his zone in accordance with accounting stand-
ards and procedures established by the Council.
VI. DECISIONS OF THE COUNCIL i
1. Formal decisions and directions of the Council affect- i
ing the Federal Government or any agency thereof shall '
be in writing and shall be communicated to the Chancellor !
by or on behalf of the Council. ]
2. Formal communications involving matters of lesser I
import or of a routine character may be addressed to the
Minister concerned by the appropriate organ of the '
Council. '
3. Formal decisions or directions of the Council affect-
ing a Land Government or any agency thereof shall be in
writing and shall be communicated to its Minister Presi- I
dent through the Land Commissioner, in the name of the
Council.
4. Formal decisions of the Council shall be recorded in
an official gazette maintained b.y the High Commission I
at the Allied seat of control in Germany, which shall be |
published in the English, French, and German languages. ;
Publication of any sucli decision in the official gazette of
the High Commission shall be conclusive evidence that the
recorded action or decision was talven pursuant to the
powers vested in the occupation authorities under the '
Occupation Statute.
VII. INTERNATIONAL AUTHORITY FOR j
THE RUHR I
The High Commission shall take all necessary steps i
to give effect to Article XXII of the agreement establish- I
ing the International Authority for the Ruhr of April 28,
1949.
VIII. FOREIGN MISSIONS IN GERMANY
The necessary liaison with the governments of other
nations especially interested will be ensured by the ap- '
pointment by such governments of appropriate missions I
to the Council of the High Commission having access, by '
procedures to be determined, to its subordinate bodies
and to the German Government. ,
IX. UNITED NATIONS ORGANIZATIONS i
IN GERMANY I
United Nations organizations and specialized agencies \
may operate in the Federal Republic of Germany on such |
terms as may be agreed by the Council. |
( Contimied on page 38) \
Department of State Bulletin
U.S. Insists That Disputes Over Bulgarian, Hungarian, and Rumanian
Violations of Human Rights Be Settled by Peace Treaties' Procedures
[Released to the Press July i]
On June 30, 19-19. the Department of State re-
plied to the Soviet Government's note of June 11
refusinor to cooperate in tlie oeace trcatv proce-
dures for the settlement of disputes which have
arisen between the United States, the United King-
dom, and several of the Dominions, on the one
hand, and Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania on
the other.
On May 31 the United States and United King-
dom invoked those clauses of the peace treaties
providing for consideration of these disputes by
the three heads of mission (American, British, and
Soviet) in Sofia, Budapest, and Buchai'est.^ The
Soviet note of June 11 stated the view that no vio-
lations have occurred, that these matters are with-
in the domestic jurisdiction of Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Rumania, and that the Soviet Government
sees no reason for the three heads of mission in
each of those countries to discuss the matter.
The Department's note of June 30 reaffirms the
existence of disputes for the settlement of which
precise procedures are laid down in the peace
treaties. The attitude of the Soviet Government,
indicated by its note of June 11, shows disregard
for the stipulations of the treaties and represents
an obstacle to the settlement of the disputes. In-
stead of cooperating in the search for a settlement
under procedures laid down in the treaties, the
Soviet Government has chosen to give its com-
plete support to the position taken by Bulgaria,
Himgary, and Rumania and thus to condone their
violation of the treaty provisions guaranteeing to
their citizens the enjoyment of human rights and
fundamental freedoms.
TEXT OF U.S. NOTE OF JUNE 30, 1949
[Released to the Press July i]
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to His Excellency the Ambassador of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics and has the honor
to acknowledge receipt of the Embassy's note No.
74 of June 11, 1949. The Embassy's'note stated
' BuiiETiN of June 12, 1949, p. 755.
July 11, 1949
the views of the Soviet Government with refer-
ence to (1) the Acting Secretary of State's note
of May 31, 1949 transmitting for the information
of the Governments of the Byelorussian Soviet
Socialist Republic and of the Ukrainian Soviet
Socialist Republic, as signatories to the treaties of
peace with Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania,
copies of notes exchanged between the United
States Government and the Governments of Bul-
garia, Hungary, and Rumania concerning disputes
arising out of violations of the clauses of the re-
spective treaties of peace which guarantee the en-
joyment of human rights to all persons under the
jurisdiction of those three states; and (2) the
letters sent on May 31, 1949 by the American
Chiefs of Mission in Bulgaria, Hungary, and Ru-
mania to their Soviet colleagues requesting that the
Heads of Mission of the United States, the United
Kingdom, and the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics in those three countries meet, in accordance
with the terms of the peace treaties, to consider
the disputes which have arisen concerning the
interpretation and execution of the treaties.
It is noted that no direct reply has been made
by the Soviet Ambassadors in Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Rumania to the above-mentioned letters of
the American Chiefs of Mission.
The United States Government regrets that the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics, by its refusal to cooperate in the considera-
tion of the disputes by the three heads of mission
in 13ulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania, has itself
shown disregard for the stipulations of the peace
treaties providing explicitly that any dispute con-
cerning the interpretation or execution of the
treaties which is not settled by direct diplomatic
negotiations shall be referred to the three heads
of mission.
The existence of disputes between the United
States Government and the Governments of Bul-
garia, Hungary, and Rumania respectively cannot
be questioned. According to notes exchanged
with these three governments, the United States
Government has charged them with repeated and
systematic violations of certain clauses of the
treaties of peace, and they have replied asserting
that their acts do not constitute such violations.
The Soviet Government, in the Embassy's note of
29
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
June 11, 1949, has associated itself with the posi-
tion of the Governments of Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Eumania in denying that the treaties have
been violated. This interpretation is disputed by
the United States and by other signatories of the
treaties of peace. The procedures set forth in
article 36 of the treaty of peace with Bulgaria,
article 40 of the treaty of peace with Hungary,
and article 38 of the treaty of peace with Ru-
mania are precisely applicable to these disputes.
The opinion of the Soviet Government on the
merits of the disputes, as expressed in the Em-
bassy's note of June 11, deserve full consideration.
They are, however, irrelevant to the question
whether or not disputes exist and to the matter
of instituting the procedures called for by the
above-mentioned articles of the treaties of peace.
The Embassy's note states that "it is self-evi-
dent that the measures carried out by Bulgaria,
Hungary and Rumania with the aim of fulfilling
the articles of the Treaties of Peace rest wholly
within the internal competence of these countries
as sovereign states." The United States Govern-
ment cannot agree that the fulfillment of inter-
national treaty obligations can be considered as a
purely domestic affair. The application of such
a theory would not only permit the total cir-
cumvention of treaty obligations but would de-
stroy the very basis of international law.
At the 190th plenary meeting of the third ses-
sion of the General Assembly of the United Na-
tions, April 12, 1949, the delegate of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, in objecting to consid-
eration by the General Assembly of charges of
violation of human rights in Bulgaria and Hun-
gary, cited article 36 of the treaty of peace with
Bulgaria and articles 40 of the treaty of peace with
Hungary and stated: "Even if there were any
violation of the Peace Treaties by Bulgaria and
Hungary, the states alleging such violations
should adhere to the procedures stipulated in the
Peace Treaties themselves." Whether there have
been such violations is in dispute. The United
States, as a signatory power making such allega-
tions, had already, on April 2, 1949, initiated
measures with a view to the application of the
treaty clauses cited by the Soviet delegate. The
resolution of the General Assembly on the subject,
adopted on April 30, 1949, noted these measures
with satisfaction, expressed the hope that they
would be diligently applied, and most urgently
drew the attention of the Governments of Bul-
garia and Hungary to their obligations under the
peace treaties, including the obligation to co-
operate in the settlement of disputes. The Soviet
Government, however, by its present attitude,
shows that it is unwilling itself to act in accord-
ance with these treaty procedures. This attitude
of the Soviet Government represents an obstacle
to the settlement of disputes which have arisen
under the treaties of peace.
In the light of the foregoing, the United States
Government hopes that, on further reflection, the
Soviet Government will see fit to reconsider its de-
cision as conveyed in the Embassy's note of June
11, 1949, and will instruct its representatives at
Sofia, Budapest, and Bucharest to meet with their
respective American and British colleagues as the
latter requested in their letters delivered on May
31, 1949.
Undermining of Religious Faith in
Czeclioslovakia
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the Press June 23]
The present attack by the Czechoslovak author-
ities on the position of Archbishop Josef Beran is
recognized as a critical point in the calculated
campaign of a totalitarian dictatorship to make
impossible the preservation of the freedom and
rights of religious organizations in Czechoslo-
vakia. The United States has not failed to note
the series of steps taken by the present regime in
Czechoslovakia during the past year to undermine
religious faith while it cynically professes to ac-
knowledge religious liberty. Restrictions have
been imposed on the freedom of assembly, asso-
ciation, expression, communication, and instruc-
tion in an attempt to subject religious organiza-
tions to the rule of an intolerant police state.
These measures violate the rights of conscience
and the decencies of civilization. They ignore
the religious freedom which should be an inalien-
able right of the Czechoslovak people and which
was supposedly guaranteed by the constitution
proclaimed by the present Czechoslovak Govern-
ment itself. The systematic effort to subvert re-
ligious organizations follows the pattern of
I'epression already established in Hungary, Bul-
garia, and other countries of Eastern Europe
under authoritarian Communist regimes.
Wheat Agreement — Continued Jrom page 21
The instrument of acceptance of Belgium was
deposited on June 17, 1949. There has not been
deposited up to this time an instrument of ac-
ceptance on behalf of any other importing coun-
try. It will be necessary for such instriunent on
behalf of importing countries representing not
less than 70 pei'cent of the guaranteed purchases
to be deposited by July 1 in order for any of the
provisions of the agreement to enter into force
and foi- the International Wlieat Council to be
established thereby.
30
Department of Stale Bulletin
Understanding Arrived at With Sweden To Correct Its Present
Imbalance of Trade and To Conserve Its Foreign Exchange
[Released to the Press June 29]
The Department of State announced on June 29
that discussions have recently been held between
representatives of the United States and Swedish
Governments regarding Sweden's continuing need
to prevent further serious losses of gold and for-
eign exchange holdings caused bj' the substantial
deficit in Sweden's trade with the hard-currency
areas of the world.
The drastic reduction of Sweden's holdings of
hard currencies since the close of the war necessi-
tated temporary modifications of the quantitative
and nondiscriminatory commitments of the trade
agreement of 1935 between the two countries.
Understandings regarding such modifications
were reached on June 24, 1947, Februarv 11, 1948,^
and June 12, 1948.^
Due to Sweden's continued shortage of hard
curi-ency, it was agreed on June 27 to extend tlie
arrangements embodied in the aforementioned
understandings until June 30, 1950, or until
Sweden becomes a contracting party to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, whichever
is the earlier date. The understanding of June
27 may be terminated by either government on
60 days' written notice, after consultation as to
the justification for its continuance.
Text of the memoranda exchanged on June 27
follows.
Embasst of Sweden
Washington, D. G.
Menwrandwrn
The Government of Sweden wishes to refer to
discussions which have been held between its rep-
resentatives in Washmgton and representatives
of the Government of the United States of Amer-
ica concerning the problems faced by the Govern-
ment of Sweden as the result of the serious loss
of its gold and dollar exchange. These discus-
sions have resulted in a mutual understanding be-
tween the two governments as follows :
' Bulletin of Feb. 22, 1948, p. 251.
' Bulletin of July 11, 1948, p. 53.
Jo/y ?I, 1949
1. Because of the large deficit in the Swedish
balance or payments witTi the hard currency areas
of the world, it is recognized that the Government
of Sweden continues to be faced with the necessity
of taking measures to correct its present imbalance
of trade and to conserve its foreign exchange.
The import restrictions imposed by the Govern-
ment of Sweden on March 15, 1947, as presently
applied, are understood to serve these purposes.
2. It is therefore agreed that the provisions con-
tained in the exchange of aide-memoire between
the two governments dated June 24, 1947, as modi-
fied by the excliange of memoranda dated Febru-
ary 11, 1948, and June 12, 1948, shall continue to
be applied after June 30, 1949, until the Govern-
ment of Sweden becomes a contracting party to
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade con-
cluded at Geneva, Switzerland on October 30, 1947,
or until June 30, 1950, whichever is the earlier.
The Government of Sweden is now engaged in
tariff negotiations in Annecy, France, looking
toward its eventual accession to that Agreement.
If, however, Sweden has not adhered to the Gen-
ei"al Agreement on Tariffs and Trade by May 1,
1950, the two governments agree to review the
situation for the purpose of considering such ac-
tions as the circumstances may demand.
It is further agreed that either government after
consultation as to the continued justification for
this understanding may terminate it on 60 days
written notice.
Washington, D. C, June 27, 19Jf9.
Memorandum
The Government of the United States of Amer-
ica wishes to refer to discussions which have been
held between its representatives and representa-
tives of the Government of Sweden concerning
the problems faced by the Government of Sweden
as the result of its serious loss of gold and dollar
exchange, and to the memorandum of today's date
from the Embassy of Sweden setting fortli the
understanding reached in these discussions. The
31
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Government of the United States of America takes
note of the fact that the Government of Sweden
acknowledges the current validity of the 1947 and
1948 understandings between the two govern-
ments. The Government of the United States of
America confirms the understanding reached in
recent discussions as set forth in the memorandum
from the Embassy of Sweden.
Department of State,
Washington, June 27, 191,9.
Efforts of Soviet Union To Jam
Voice of America Programs
Assistant Secretary Allen at his news conference
on June 13 said that the United States technical
experts are convinced that the Soviet Union re-
quired 3 months to build up their equipment for
the present jamming campaign.
The intensified jamming was initiated in April
at about the time when the United States and the
U.S.S.R. representatives were discussing in New
York the possibility of lifting the 10-month-old
blockade. Mr. Allen expressed the belief, how-
ever, that in view of the 3 months needed for
preparation, the timing of the jamming operations
may have been overemphasized.
Mr. Allen estimated that between 25 to 30
percent of the VOA broadcasts are getting
through to the Eussian people. He said that the
"Voice of America" and the British Broadcasting
Company (BBC) have used as many as 101 trans-
mitters on as many wave lengths to beam broad-
casts to the U.S.S.R. on a single occasion.
According to present estimates, there are about
five million radio receivers in the Soviet Union.
Mr. Allen said that the Soviet Government is
doing everything possible to keep from the people
news of the jamming activities. He said that they
have been jamming us sporadically for 15 months
or more and that the decision they made to put
this terrific amount of equipment, time, and energy
into the jamming operation was the result of their
"increased realization of the effectiveness of our
Voice operation in general and their determina-
tion to do everything they possibly could to pre-
vent the Russian people from hearing what we had
to say."
In describing the one outstanding difference
between what we are saying to the Russian people
and what the Soviet Government is saying to
them, Mr. Allen said that the "Soviet Government
is trying to make every effort it can to convince
not only its own people, but all the satellite
people and everybody else in the world they can
reach that the progi-am of the United States is
thoroughly reactionary, backward-looking, and a
return to the pre-1914 days, if you will." He
said that they know that if they can sell that idea
that it is a very effective one for them. They
also know that what we are offering and what
we hope for the peoples of the world and par-
ticularly those behind the Iron Curtain is "some-
thing a great deal better than those people have
ever known, eitlier in 1914 under the Czai's and
the previous regimes in eastern Europe, or what
they know today." They are determined, Mr.
Allen said, "to try to prevent their people from
hearing our true program and keep dinning in
their ears every day that the only thing that the
United States has to offer is almost what amounts
to tlie absentee landlord system, corrupt ecclesias-
tical authority under people like Rasputin, and
the decadent aristocracy of the old days."
Asked whether the United States was consider-
ing methods to coimter Soviet jamming, Mr. Allen
answered affirmatively but did not go into details.
He said that as a result of the equipment needed
for jamming ])urposes, the Soviets suspended for
a while their entire Latin American program and
that the domestic broadcasts have been reduced.
The Latin American broadcasts have been
resumed.
Mr. Allen explained that only the VOA broad-
casts to the U.S.S.R. and not those to the satellite
countries have been jammed.
Report on tlie European Recovery
Program
[Released to the Press by EGA July i]
Wliile industrial production in Western Europe
is flowing at an increasing rate, Marshall Plan
countries face complex problems of economic bal-
ance, the Economic Cooperation Administration
said on July 1 in releasing a report on the recovei-y
program.
"Over-all trade volume is being sustained at
high levels, industrial production continues toi
expand, and the threat of inflation seems to have
eased," ECA said. "At the same time, however,
weaknesses in the pattern of economic develop-
ment are coming to the fore.
"Trade volume among the participating coun-
tries continues to lag, and there are signs of diffi-
culties in sustaining domestic demand and in ab-
sorbing the labor force freed by increasing
productivity.
"Problems of markets, trade, prices, and dis-
tribution are taking the place of those of produc-
tion, allocation, and rationing."
32
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
On the bright side, EGA reported that:
Industrial output during the first 1949 quarter
was 113 percent of pre\Yar. This was li percent
above the corresponding quarter a year ago. A
further increase in over-all output is indicated
for the second quarter, in the light of the prelim-
inary April and May reports on output in major
industries, such as coal, steel, and textiles.
Steel output rose above the prewar average for
the first time in the opening quarter of 1949, steel
continuing to set the ]:)ace in production expan-
sion. Preliminary figures for April and May re-
flect no slackening. Coking coal and steel scrap
are becoming more abundant. Coal output in the
first 1949 quarter increased 10 percent over a year
ago, although still below prewar. Textile output,
measured by yarn production, was about 15 per-
cent greater; I'ayon production was 35 percent
greater.
Construction activities continued to expand.
Cement output was 16 percent above the same
period of last year, and brick output also was up.
Rains which followed the spring drought have
improved prospects for agricultural production,
and indications are that output of grains will not
be far behind the 1948 harvest.
Prices have been stable or have declined slightly
in all countries except Turkey. Budgets are on
the way to balance. Revenue from taxation is
more than sufficient to cover the regular expendi-
tures of governments in all countries except
Greece and Austria. "\Miere current revenues are
not sufficient also to finance in full investment ex-
penditures by governments, these are being
largely covered from noninflationary sources such
as long-term internal loans and ECA counterpart
funds.
On the other hand, the ECA report showed the
following weaknesses in recent trends :
There is evidence that, with the turn from a
sellers' to a buyers' market in the United States,
European exports to North America are encoun-
tering resistance. Preliminary data indicate that
first quarter exports to the Western Hemisphere
were somewhat smaller than in the preceding
period. Exports to the United States declined to
65 million dollars in April from an average of 83
million dollare per month in the first quarter and
91 million dollars in the last 1948 quarter.
Intra-ERP trade, which is considered impera-
tive to the economic recovery of Western Europe,
has lagged behind the postwar expansion of total
trade. Excluding Western Germany's depressed
trade, the total export volume in the first quarter
was 119 percent of prewar, while exports among
participating countries was only 105 percent of
prewar.
Changing price levels, particularly in the hard-
currency areas, seem to call for adjustments so
that an adequate volume of output may be directed
to these areas which provide the needed imports.
Electric power supply in the first quarter showed
a smaller increase than in the previous quarter,
the decline reflecting the shortage of thermal gen-
erating equipment and the severe drought which
reduced the hydroelectric power supply of France,
Italy, and Austria.
The labor situation during the first quarter was
featured by a small general increase in unemploy-
ment and a continued increase in output per
worker. Unemployment in the German bizone
rose to 1.2 million in March, from 750,000 in De-
cember. Belgian unemployment, though still se-
rious, declined from 300,000 at the first of the year
to 230,000 at the first of April. Unemployment in
Italy was almost 2 million in the first quarter, and
the problem may be further aggravated.
The tempo of further production increases, the
ECA report concludes, seems to hinge in part on
establishing a basis for relating the economies of
the participating countries so that the increased
output can flow into economically desirable chan-
nels.
Comprehensive data on ERP economic develop-
ments underlying this summary are charted in the
ECA bimonthly report, Recovery Guides.
Secretary Acheson Welcomes
Latvian Envoy
[Released to the Press June 28]
The Secretary of State on June 28 received Jules
Feldmans, a career diplomat with the rank of
Minister in the Latvian diplomatic service, who
presented his letter of appointment as Charge
d'Affaires of Latvia in Washington. Mr. Feld-
mans becomes chief of the Latvian diplomatic mis-
sion in the United States, in succession to the late
Latvian Minister, Dr. Alfred Bilmanis, who died
here last July.
Remarks of Mr. Feldmans to the
Secretary of State
Sir, I have the honor to present to Your Ex-
cellency the letter of Mr. Charles Zarine, Latvian
Minister in London and bearer of the Special
Emergency Power of the last legal Government
of Latvia, introducing me to Your Excellency as
Charge d'Affaires of Latvia in the United States,
and thus charging me to continue the work of
my predecessor, the late Latvian Minister Dr.
Alfred Bilmanis, who during his twelve years of
service in Washington until his death discharged
his duties with honor and distinction.
On assuming my duties in this responsible post
Jo/y J?, 1949
33
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
SO important for the Latvian nation, I wish to ex-
press the deep gi-atitude which my people feel
toward the United States Government for its
friendly attitude in accepting a new Latvian Rep-
resentative Plenipotentiary in the United States,
and acceptance especially significant in times so
trying and difficult for my country. By not rec-
ognizing either de facto or de jur'e the annexation
of Latvia proclaimed by a foreigii power and
brutally carried out in breach of the existing
treaties and international law, the United States
Govei'nment not only continued to maintain its
traditional benevolent attitude toward the small
nations, but also assumed the role of the most
powerful guardian of international justice and
true Christian morals, upon which the entire West-
ern civilization is based. This attitude gives me
great encouragement to assume my duties, and I
beg Your Excellency to accord me his assistance
in the fulfillment of my mission.
Remarks of the Secretary of State to Mr. Feldmans
SiK : I have received from your hands the letter
of April 20, 1949 from Mr. Charles Zarine, the
Latvian Minister in London and bearer of the
special emergency powers of the last independent
Government of Latvia, presenting you to me as
Charge d'Affaires of Latvia in the United States
in succession to the late Latvian Minister, Dr.
Alfred Bilmanis, whose untimely death last year
ended a long period of distinguished service for
his country in Washington. Dr. Bilmanis' co-
operation with this government was always full
and wholehearted.
In accepting you as the chief of the Latvian
Mission in Washington in the capacity of charge
d'affaires an occasion is afforded my government
to demonstrate its continuing interest in the wel-
fare of the Latvian nation. I am therefore par-
ticularly happy to welcome you to Washington,
and am sui'e we will establish and maintain with
you the same close cooperation and mutual under-
standing as we had with your predecessor.
I wish you happiness and success in 3'our new
mission and assure you that my associates in the
Department and I will always be ready to help in
every way we can.
I would also ask you to thank Minister Zarine
for his expression of good wishes, which are
warmly reciprocated, on behalf of the Latvian
nation and himself for the welfare of the United
States.
Regions in Cliina Closed to Foreign Vessels
Note From Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs
to American Embassy in G canton, dated
Jime 20, 19Jt9
{Released to the Press June 23]
[Translation]
The IMinistry of Foreign Affairs presents its
compliments to the American Embassy and has
the honor to state that the Government of China
has now decided that the following regions from
the north bank of the mouth of tne Slin River,
longitude 119 degrees, 40 minutes east and latitude
26 degrees, 15 minutes north to the mouth of the
Liao River, longitude 122 degrees, 20 minutes east
and latitude 40 degrees, 30 minutes north, which
lie along the coast and within the territorial water
of China shall be temporarily closed, and entry
therein of foreign vessels shall be strictly for-
bidden. Instructions have already been issued
by the Government of China that, beginning from
midnight of June 25 of this year, prompt actions
shall be taken to prevent violations of this deci-
sion by foreign vessels. All foreign vessels shall
themselves be responsible for any danger result-
ing from their violation of this decision.
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs also wishes to
call the Embassy's attention to the fact that, dur-
ing the period of rebellion suppression, the Gov-
ernment of China decided on June 18 of this year
to close all ports originally declared open but no
longer under the actual control of the Govern-
ment of China. Included in this category are
Yungchia [Wenchow], Ningpo, Shanghai, Tient-
sin and Chinghuangtao [Chinwano;tao], where
no commercial shipping by sea shall be permitted.
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs requests the
Embassy to give due consideration to this matter
and to transmit the contents of this note to the
American Government, and promptly notify the
American shipping companies concerned to act
accordingly.
34
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Note From U.S. Embassy at Canton to the Chinese
Ministry of Foreign Affairs, dated June 28, IQlfi
[Released to the Press June 29]
The Embass.y of the United States of America
presents its compliments to tlie Ministry of For-
eign Affairs of the Eepublic of China and has the
honor to refer to the latter's note No. 5938 of June
20 stating tliat the Government of China has now
decided that the regions from the north banli of
the mouth of the Min River, longitude 119 degrees
40 minutes east and latitude 26 degrees 15 minutes
north, to the mouth of the Liao River, longitude
122 degrees 20 minutes east and latitude 40 de-
grees 30 minutes north, which lie along the coast
and within the territorial waters of China shall
be temporarily closed, and entry therein of foreign
vessels shall be strictly forbidden. The note under
reference adds that instructions have been issued
by the Government of China for the enforcement
of this decision beginning from midnight June 25,
1949, and calls attention to a decision by the Gov-
ernment of China on June 18, 1949, to close all
ports originally declared open but no longer under
the actual control of the Government of China.
As requested therein, the Ministry's note was
transmitted to Washington. The Embassy is now
instructed to state in i-eply that, despite the friend-
liest feelings toward the Chinese Government, the
United States Government cannot admit the legal-
ity of any action on the part of the Chinese Gov-
ernment in declaring such ports and the territorial
waters adjacent thereto closed to foreign vessels
unless the Chinese Government declares and main-
tains an effective blockade of them. In taking this
position, the United States Government has been
guided by numerous precedents in international
law with which the Chinese Government is doubt-
less familiar and has noted that the ports referred
to are not under the actual control of the Chinese
Government.^
'On Nov. 21, 1908, the Government of Haiti declared
the port of Aux Cayes blockaded. Upon receipt of the
telegram Secretary of State Root directed the American
Minister to Haiti (Furniss) "to convey to the Haitian
Government the usual notice that blockade must be pro-
claimed and maintained bv an adequate force in order
to be respected." (1908 For. Rel., p. 439.)
The Department of State was informed in 1912 that the
port of Veracruz, Mexico, which was in the hands of insur-
gents, had been ordered closed by the Federal Govern-
ment. It thereupon instructed the American Charge
d'Affaires to inform the Mexican Foreign Office as
follows :
"As a general principle a decree by a sovereign power
closing to neutral commerce ports held by its enemies,
whether foreign or domestic, can have no international
validity and no extraterritorial effect in the direction of
; imposing any obligation upon the governments of neutral
July 71, J 949
Note From Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs to
American Eir\bassy at Canton, dated June 30, 19Jt9
[Translation]
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Re-
public of China presents its compliments to the
Embassy of the United States of America, and has
the honor to refer to the latter's note, No. 265, of
June 28, 1949, setting forth the position of the
United States Government with regard to the
closure by the Chinese Government of certain
parts of its territorial waters and the ports therein.
In reply, the Ministry has the honor to state
that the Chinese Government deems it within the
sovereign right of a state to declare open or closed
any part of its territories, whenever conditions
necessitate. In fact, the Chinese Government has
exercised in the past on more than one occasion
the right to close some of its ports, and no question
of legality has been raised by any government, in-
cluding that of the United States. Port Dairen,
for instance, was declared closed at a time when it
was not under the actual control of the Chinese
Government. The closure order under reference
is, in effect, of a similar nature and is, therefore,
enforceable independently of a declaration of
blockade, which has never been, and is not, vmder
the contemplation of the Chinese Government.
In stating its position, the Chinese Govermnent
also wishes to assure the United States Govern-
ment that in the execution of the closure order it
will undertake to do its best to avoid any unneces-
sary hardship or loss to the nationals of the United
States. The Chinese Government hopes, there-
fore that in view of the friendly feelings happily
existing between the two peoples, the United
State Government will see its way to cooperate
with it so as to prevent any untoward incident.
The Chinese Government has the honor to re-
quest the Embassy of the United States of America
to be good enough to transmit at its earliest con-
venience the above reply to the Govermnent of the
United States.
powers to recognize it or to contribute toward its enforce-
ment by any domestic action on their part. If the sov-
ereign decreeing such a closure have a naval force suffi-
cient to maintain such a blockade, then he may seize, sub-
ject to the adjudication of a prize court, vessels which
may attempt to run the blockade. But his decree or acts
closing ports which are held adversely to him are by
themselves entitled to no international respect. The Gov-
ernment of the United States must therefore regard as
utterly nugatory such decrees or acts closing ports which
the United States of Slexico do not possess, unless such
proclamations are enforced by an effective blockade."
(VII Hackworth, Digest of International Law, 1943, p.
im.)
When the Mexican Government decreed that in addi-
tion to the ports of Veracruz and Manzanillo, in the
hands of insurgents, the ports of Frontera and Puerto
Mexico were closed and notified the United States of its
35
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Allegations of Espionage
in Mukden Denied
[Released to the Press June 22]
The Department of State fully endorses the
statements issued on June 19 by the American
Embassy, Nanking, and on June 20 ^ by the Office
of the American Embassy, Canton, denying Chi-
nese Communist allegations that the American
Consulate eGneral at Mukden served as an espio-
nage organ. With respect to these allegations,
which appeared in a North China News Agency re-
port datelined Mukden June 18, the Department
states categorically that no member of the staff of
the Consulate General is or has been involved in es-
pionage activities. Specifically they are not and
have not been involved in any way with the indi-
viduals or alleged activities mentioned in the North
China News Agency report.
As the Department had announced previously,^
all communications between the American Con-
sulate General at Mukden and the outside world
were severed by order of the Chinese Communists
on November 18, 1948, 16 days after Mukden was
occupied by Chinese Communist forces. From un-
official reports it appears that members of the
staff of the Consulate General have been confined
to their compounds since November 20. Only
since June 13 have the Chinese Communists re-
laxed their communications blockade of the Amer-
ican Consulate, Mukden, to the extent of permit-
ting it to exchange Chinese language telegrams on
administrative matters with the American Em-
bassy at Nanking and with the American Con-
sulate General at Peiping.
This propaganda attack, coming as it does a
month after the United States Government in-
formed the Chinese Communists that the Consulate
General at Mukden was being closed and its staff
withdrawn, appears explicable only as an effort
to excuse the unjustifiable treatment accorded per-
sonnel of the Consulate General by the Chinese
Communist authorities, contrary to generally ac-
cepted standards of international law and comity.
action, Secretary of States Hughes replied, February 1,
1924, that—
". . . this Government, with the friendliest disposition
toward the Mexican Government, feels obliged, follow-
ing a long line of precedents, to respect what are believed
to be the requirements of International law, to the effect
that a port of a foreign country declared by the govern-
ment tliereof to be outside of its control, cannot be closed
by such government save by an effective blockade main-
tained bv it." (VII Hackworth, Digest of International
Laii), 1943, p. 167.)
During the revolution in Sao Paulo in 1932, the Brazil-
ian Government closed all ports of that State to foreign
and domestic shipping. On July 16, 1932, Secretary of
State Stimson instructed the Embassy in Rio de Janeiro :
"If Santos is in the control of insurgents the Brazilian
Government would have no right to close this port by
decree as reported . . . unless this decree is enforced
by an effective blockade." (VII Hackworth, Digest of
International Law, 1943, p. 168. )
In reply to a note verbale of August 20, 19.36, from the
Spanish Foreign Otfice to the American Embassy advising
the Embassy that certain ports in the possession of the
Government had "been declared a war zone" and that
consequently entry into them by merchant ships would
not be permitted, the Department of State instructed the
Embassy on August 25 to reply as follows :
"My Government directs me to inform you in reply that,
with the friendliest feelings toward the Spanish Govern-
ment, it cannot admit the legality of any action on the
part of the Spanish Government in declaring such ports
closed unless that Government declares and maintains an
effective blockade of such port. In taking this position my
Government is guided by a long line of precedents in in-
ternational law with which the Spanish Government is
doubtless familiar." Department of State, XV Press Re-
leases, weekly issue 361, pp. 192-193 (Aug. 27, 1936).
^ Communist charges that the American Consulate Gen-
eral in Mukden was engaged in espionage are ridiculous
and absolutely false. The Communists may have levelled
such charges in order to distract attention from the fact
that they have held the American Consul General and
his staff incommunicado for the past 7 months in violation
of international law and custom.
° The Department of State made the following announce-
ment on May 31 :
In view of the arbitrary restrictions imposed on the
United States Consulate General in Mukden by the local
Communist authorities, the Department of State has issued
instructions that the Consulate General be closed and its
staff withdrawn.
On November 18, 194S — 18 days after the occupation of
Mukden — the Chinese Communist authorities forced the
closure of the Consulate General'.s radio facilities, and
despite innumerable subsequent attempts to restore com-
munications, no direct word has been received from Con-
sul General Ward or his staff. There have been indirect
reports that the Consul General and his staff, while safe
and well, have been confined to their compounds and
have been prohibited from carrying on the normal func-
tions customarily performed by consular officials with
the sanction of recognized international practice.
When it proved impossil)le to establish connnunications
with the Consul General in Mukden, even after restora-
tion of ordinary mail and telegraph communications be-
tween Mukden and cities in north China, Chinese Com-
munist authorities in Nanking and north China were
notified that unless the arbitrary restrictions were removed
and the Consulate General permitted to carry on normal
consular functions the Consulate General would be
closed and the staff withdrawn.
No change having followed this notification. Consul
General O. Edmund Clubb in Peiping was instructed on
May 17 to notify the Chinese Communist authorities there
that the Consulate General in Mukden was being closed
and to request facilities for the withdrawal of the staff.
36
Department of Stale Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Aid to Korea
Statement hy Secretary Arheson on his Meeting
With the House Foreign Affairs Committee
[Released to the Press June 23]
I also discussed with the Committee the bill au-
thorizing aid to the Government of the Republic
of Korea which the Committee is now considering.
I urged an early report so tliat final action can be
taken by June 30, when the present progi-am of aid
to Korea will terminate. I stressed the fact that
the Government of the Republic of Korea, which
has been recognized as the only legal government
in Korea by the General Assembly of the United
Nations, stands as a symbol of hope to tliose people
in the surrounding area who have fallen under the
oppressive yoke of Communism, and that without
the proposed assistance the people and the govern-
ment in south Korea will have an almost in-
superable task in maintaining freedom and in-
dependence.
Control Over Certain Property of
Former Japanese Government
Relinquished^
By virtue of the authority vested in me by Exec-
utive Order 97G0 (11 F. R. 7999), as amended by
Executive Order 9788 (11 F. R. 11981), and pur-
suant to law (R. S. 161 ; 5 U. S. C. 22) , the under-
signed, after appropriate investigation and con-
sultation, deeming it necessary in the national
interest :
Herebj' waives any autliority which he may have
to exercise control and supervision over certain
property consisting of funds deposited as check-
ing or commercial accounts at the National City
Bank of New York, Fifty-first Street Branch,
New York, New York; Wliitney National Bank
of New Orleans, New Orleans, Louisiana ; Second
National Bank of Houston, Houston, Texas; First
National Bank of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois;
Northern Trust Company, 50 South La Salle
Street, Chicago 90, Illinois; Union Trust Com-
pany of the District of Columbia, Fifteenth and H
Streets NW., Washington 5, D. C. ; National Met-
ropolitan Bank of Washington, (513 Fifteenth
Street NW., Washington 13, D. C. ; Riggs National
Bank of Washington, D. C; Sumitomo Bank of
Seattle, Seattle, Washington, and the former
branch offices of the Yokohama Specie Bank, Lim-
ited, in California and New York, respectively, in
the names of various former diplomatic and con-
July 11, 1949
sular establishments of the Japanese Government
which were situated at the cities wherein these
banks are located. The custody of this property
is relinquished to the Office of Alien Property of
the Department of Justice, and a notification in
writing to the Office of Alien Property of this
action is hereby authorized.
This release shall become effective on the date of
publication in the Federal Register of a vesting
order issued by the Office of Alien Property cover-
ing the property described herein.
In connection herewith reference is made to the
antepenultimate paragraph of Department of
State Public Notice DA 170 of August 1, 1946.
[seal]
May 11, 19Ji9.
Dean Acheson,
Secretary of State.
Provisions of Argentine-U.K. Trade
and Payments Agreement Studied
[Released to the Press June 2T\
During the course of the negotiations between
the British and Argentine Governments which led
to the adoption of the Trade and Payments Agree-
ment, representatives of tlie Department of State
engaged in a number of discussions with British
and Argentine representatives regarding the pro-
posed agreement. The circumstances leading to
the proposed agreement and the terms under con-
templation were fully explored. On studying the
final tej'ms, the Department is gratified to observe
that substantially more flexibility is incorporated
in its provisions than had at first been rnformally
reported.
The agreement constitutes an effort on the part
of the United Kingdom and Argentina to expand
their trade with each other witliout risking further
loss of dollars and gold of which both countries
are short. The agreement will permit transac-
tions between the United Kingdom and Argentina
to be settled in sterling, and an effort will be made
to achieve a balance of payments at the highest
possible level of trade.
The agi'eement provides that the British Gov-
ernment will buy very substantial quantities of
meat products from the Argentine Government
over tlie next 5 years. It provides also that Brit-
ish-controlled companies will offer substantial
quantities of petroleum and petroleum products
to importers in Argentina. Stated minimum quan-
tities of other products are listed in the agreement
which the Governments will permit to be bought
and sold througli the customery cliannels, provided
buyers and sellers reach agreements on the terms.
Therefore, apart from the firm contract for the
purchase of meat products, the purchase or sale
'■ [Public Notice 7] 14 Fed. Reg. 2590.
37
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
of other commodities will depend upon the future
decisions of British or Argentine buyers or sellers.
In discussions with British representatives, the
United States has recognized the fact that as long
as the British dollar shortage continues, the Brit-
ish Government will have no choice but to seek
arrangements with other countries designed to
avoid a loss of dollars, while maintaining its essen-
tial imports. The United States has stressed that
these arrangements should be of a sufficiently flex-
ible character so that they would not continue
beyond the period in which they were made neces-
sary by the dollar shortage. The United States
notes that the United Kingdom-Argentine ar-
rangements provide for the right of termination
of the Trade and Payments Agreement at the end
of any year by either party, that prices contained
in the meat contracts are subject to annual agree-
ment by the parties, and that the export and import
of otlier products, including petroleum products,
depends upon the subsequent negotiations of
buyers and sellers. The agreement by its terms
may therefore be adapted to changing circum-
stances.
The United States is pleased to note the United
Kingdom's reaffirmation of its basic objective of
returning to convertibility and multilateralisni and
its disavowal of an intention to discriminate
against the trade of third countries. The United
States also notes that neither the United King-
dom nor Argentina is obliged by the terms of the
agreement to purchase goods from the other at
prices in excess of those available in other markets,
and that the United Kingdom does not propose
that its capacity for exporting goods to the dollar
area will be affected by the agreement.
The United States proposes to discuss periodi-
cally with the United Kingdom the nature of ac-
tual operations under the agreement, having in
mind the ultimate objectives of both governments.
Charter of the Allied High Commission — Continued
from page 2S
X. OFFECDAL LANGUAGES
The official languages of the High Commission shall be
English and French. Authoritative German texts of
documents shall be provided as necessary.
In witness whereof the foregoing agreement has been
duly executed by the respective representatives there-
unto duly authorized of the Governments of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain, the United States of America
and the Republic of France, In triplicate in the French
and English languages, each text being equally authentic
and shall come into effect on the date of the entry into
force of the Occupation Statute.
Pakis
20th June, 191,9.
[Signed at Paris by Secretary of State Aeheson. Foreign Min-
ister Bevin, and Foreign Minister Sehuman on behalf of their
governments.]
38
Agreement With Canada Relating
to 1948 Potato Crop Terminated
Through an exchange of notes on June 20, 1949,
the United States and Canada terminated an
agreement of November 23, 1948, under which
the Canadian Government instituted a price-
support and export-permit program for the 1948
Canadian potato crop.^ Under this program
Canada ceased exporting table-stock potatoes to
the United States and controlled the export of
certified seed potatoes in a manner designed to
channel them exclusively into seed outlets in the
United States.
The agreement was negotiated for the purpose
of avoiding certain problems which would con-
front the United States Government in the opera-
tion of its price-support and other programs for
potatoes if imports of Canadian potatoes during
the then current crop year were to continue to be
unrestricted. Since the 1948 potato marketing
season is practically ended and stocks of old pota-
toes are relatively low, the termination of the
agreement is considered to be in the mutual inter-
est of both countries.
Canada's prompt and effective cooperation with
the United States in entering into and carrying
out the agreement has provided another instance
of the readiness of the two countries to take joint
action to meet problems of mutual concern.
For text of the exchange of notes, see Depart-
ment of State press release 472 of June 21, 1949.
Military IVIission Agreement
With Peru Signed
[Released to the Press June 20]
There was signed on June 20, 1949, by James E.
Webb, Acting Secretary of State, and Fernando
Berckemeyer, Ambassador of Peru to the United
States, an agreement providing for the detail of
officers and enlisted men of the United States
Army as an advisory mission to serve in Peru.
The agreement, which replaces an almost identi-
cal agreement in force since July 10, 1944, is to
continue in force for 4 years from the date of
signature, and may be extended beyond that pe-
riod at the request of the Government of Peru.
The agreement is similar to numerous other
agreements in force between the United States and
certain other American Republics providing for
the detail of officers and enlisted men of the United
States Army, Navy, Air Force, or Marine Corps
to advise the armed forces of those countries.
1
1
1 Bulletin of Dec. 12, 1948, p. 744.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
the provisions of the agreement pertain to the
duties, rank, and precedence of the personnel of
the mission, the travel accommodations to be pro-
vided for the members of the mission and their
families, and other related matters.
Boyd-Roosevelt Highway From Colon
to Panama City Completed
[Released to the Press June 2-}]
The Department of State announced on June 24
that the United States Government had com-
pleted the construction, at its expense, of a first-
class highway in Panama from Colon to Panama
City. The Boyd-Roosevelt Highway, about 50
miles in length, crosses the Isthmus from the
Caribbean Sea to the Pacific Ocean. It is located
almost entirely within the Republic of Panama,
and ties in with existing transportation facilities
in the Canal Zone. The highway was opened to
traffic in April 1943 and, except for a stretch of
approximately 1000 feet, was completely paved
by 1944. The paving of this short stretch of the
highway near Colon on June 13, 1949, was the
last step necessary to complete the project. This
stretch was previously left unfinished, pending a
recent decision of the Panamanian Government
that it did not now wish to construct an overpass
at the intersection with Randolph Road. Inas-
much as this is the last of the construction called
for by the pertinent agreements between Panama
and the United States, and as the obligations of the
United States to perform post construction opera-
tions pending the stabilization of the highway
have been duly discharged, the United States Em-
bassy in Panama has accordingly notified the
Government of the Republic of Panama that fur-
ther responsibility of the United States Govern-
ment for performance of work under such agree-
ments will terminate on June 30, 1949.
The Boyd-Roosevelt (Trans-Isthmian) High-
way was constructed in three sections. The first
comprised that part between its junction with Fort
Randolph Road near Colon on the Atlantic side
to the Canal Zone boundary near Cativa, which
was a commitment under the original Trans-
Isthmian Highway Convention of March 2, 1936.
The second was the adjoining sector which ex-
tended to the boundary of the Madden Dam area,
and was carried out by the United States Govern-
ment pursuant to an exchange of notes dated
August 31 and September 6, 1940. The third and
last sector extended from a point near the termina-
tion of the second section to Panama City, which
was an obligation undertaken under Article V of
the General Relations Agreement effected by an
exchange of notes dated May 18, 1942. The total
cost of construction was approximately 9,785,000
dollars.
The standards to which Trans-Isthmian High-
way was finally constructed are substantially
better than those stipulated in the original high-
way convention of March 2, 1936 in that the road
constructed is 24 feet wide with maximum grades
of five percent while the convention called for a
highway only 18 feet in width with eight percent
maximum grades. The highway was originally
intended to accommodate Panamanian commercial
and normal Canal Zone requirements, but by
1940 it became evident that the higher standards
would be more adequate to handle increasing mili-
tary needs on the Isthmus of Panama.
American-Turkish Association
Furthers Cultural Relations
Statement hy Assistant Secretary Allen ^
The interchange of cultural relations and the
increase in knowledge of one nation about another
are essential elements in the establishment of peace
and security in the world. To this end private
citizens and private organizations in America are
making a fundamental contribution. Today, you
who are founding the American-Turkish Associa-
tion are forging a f urthet link in the chain of cul-
tural contacts between the United States and other
nations. Our links with Turkey include the
worthy traditions established by American educa-
tional and medical institutions in Turkey for more
than a century, a growing appreciation in the
United States for Turkish art, literature, and cul-
ture, and recognition of the common bonds of in-
terest between peoples striving to safeguard
human rights and liberties.
Your association will provide a meeting ground
for Americans of widely varied interests but with
a common bond of friendship for Turkey and a
common desire to promote better understanding
of Turkey in the United States. On the occasion
of the founding of this Association, I take special
pleasure in extending my very best wishes and
sincere hopes for the success of your undertaking.
' Made on the occasion of the founfiing of the Ainerican-
Turkisli Association in New York on June 7. 1949, and
released to the press on the same date. Mr. Allen is
Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs.
July 11, 7949
39
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
Human Rights: Draft Covenant Revised at
Fifth Session of Commission on Human
Rights. Bv James Simsarian
U.S. Will Not Support Membership of States
Unwilling To Fulfill Charter Obligations.
Statement by Ambassador Warren R.
Austin
The Question of Membership in the United
Nations. Statement by Ambassador War-
ren R. Austin
Conciliation Commission Seeks Basis for Settle-
ment Between Arab and Israeli Represent-
atives. Statement by Secretary Acheson .
Terms of Reference for the United Nations
Visiting Mission to Trust Territories in
West Africa
The United States in the United Nations . . .
Committee To Pick Priorities of U.S. Program
for UNESCO
Page
13
14
16
16
17
19
General Policy
Undermining of Religious Faith in Czechoslo-
vakia. Statement by Secretary Acheson . 30
Secretary Acheson Welcomes Latvian Envoy . 33
Regions in China Closed to Foreign Vessels . . 34
Allegations of Espionage in Mukden Denied . . 36
Aid to Korea. Statement By Secretary Ache-
son 37
Treaty Information
Ratification of the International Wheat Agree-
ment 21
U.S. Insists That Disputes Over Bulgarian,
Hungarian, and Rumanian Violations of
Human Rights Be Settled by Peace
Treaties' Procedures 29
Treaty Information — Continued Page
Understanding Arrived at With Sweden To
Correct Its Present Imbalance of Trade
and To Conserve Its Foreign E.xchange . . 31
Provisions of Argentine-U.K. Trade and Pay-
ments Agreement Studied 37
Agreement With Canada Relating to 1948
Potato Crop Terminated 38
Military Mission Agreement With Peru Signed . 38
Occupation Matters
Summary of Major Developments in Change-
Over to Civilian Control of Germany . . 22
Charter of the Allied High Commission for
Germany 25
Control Over Certain Property of Former Jap-
anese Government Relinquished 37
Economic Affairs
U. S. Delegations:
Twelfth International Dairy Congress ... 20
Pan American Railway Congress 21
Report on the European Recovery Program . 32
Boyd-Roosevelt Highway From Col6n to Pan-
ama City Completed 39
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
Twelfth International Conference on Public
FJducation, U. S. Delegation 20
Efforts of Soviet Union to Jam Voice of America
Programs 32
American-Turkish Association Furthers Cul-
tural Relations. Statement by George V.
Allen 39
Council of Foreign Ministers
Council of Foreign Ministers Deputies for Aus-
tria, U. S. Delegation 19
%(m/&mtd(yM
James Simsarian, author of the article on the Draft Covenant
on Human Rights, is Acting Assistant Chief of the Division of
United Nations Economic and Social Affairs, Department of
State. Mr. Simsarian served as Adviser to the United States
Representative at the Third and Fifth Sessions of the United
Nations Commission on Human Rights.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1949
tJne^ z/)efia/ylmenC^ /o^ ^ate^
SENATE DEBATE ON THE NORTH ATLANTIC
TREATY • By SerMXx>r Connolly and Senator Vandenberg . 53
EMPLOYMENT OF FOREIGN WORKERS IN UNITED
STATES AGRICULTURE • By Daniel Goott 43
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 524
July 18, 1949
^.^^^^y... bulletin
Vol. XXI, No. 524 • Publication 3575
July 18, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $6. Foreign $8.60
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau
of the Budget (February 18, 1949).
note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
EMPLOYMENT OF FOREIGN WORKERS IN UNITED STATES AGRICULTURE
hy Daniel Goott
% ^ i«fUiilNTEMi)tNr OF DOCyMENTb
%■■ MGi Sa. 1349
The movement of workers across national bound-
aries for purposes of employment has been an
important factor in the recovery efforts of many
European countries since the end of the war. It is
perhaps not as generally recognized, however, that
the United States has during this period been
engaged in a temporary foreign migratory labor
progi-am of its own. This program has not as-
sumed the same relative proportions, nor the
economic significance that manpower movements
have assumed abroad. It has, nevertheless, been
fulfilling what the United States Employment
Service determines to be a continuing need for
seasonal agricultural workers by American
farmers. It is also serving as a source of employ-
ment for workers who would probably otherwise
be unemployed and is providing much needed dol-
lar exchange for the countries of emigration.
Authoritative but unofficial estimates show that
approximately 48,000 foreign migrant workers
were legally employed in United States agi'icul-
ture during the peak employment periods of the
3'ear 1948. About 43,000 of these were Mexican
nationals and some 5,000 were British West Indian
nationals from Jamaica, the Bahamas, and
Barbados. There were, in addition, several thou-
sand Canadian workers, who were engaged in the
harvesting of crops along our northern border.
This country's experience in recent yeai'S with
the temporary employment of foreign migratory
workers in agi'icultural activities may be con-
veniently divided into two periods. The first
period may be considered to date from 1942 when,
as an emergency measure, substantial numbers of
foreign workers were brought into this country to
help alleviate the severe wartime shortage of
iuly 18, 1949
domestic agricultural labor. It extended through
the end of 1947, when the wartime legislative au-
thority expired. The second and current period
may be viewed as one representing a continuation
of the program beyond the expiration of the war-
time legislation but under significantly modified
conditions.
In the latter part of 1942, the United States
Government negotiated its first formal agreement
with Mexico providing for the temporary employ-
ment of Mexican nationals in United States agri-
culture. At about the same time arrangements
w^ere worked out for the recruitment and employ-
ment of British West Indians, Newfoundlanders,
and Canadians, the latter being employed mainly
along the Canadian border. It has been estimated
that by 1945 the number of foreign workers em-
ployed in agricultural jobs in this country had
risen to a peak of nearly 120,000, with Mexicans
constituting by far the gi-eatest proportion. The
average annual number from 1942 through 1947
was approximately 68,000.
The program commencing in 1942 was given
its impetus by the pressing wartime need for man-
power on the Nation's farms. Implementation
of the program was facilitated under the broad
provisions of the special statutory authority
which was then enacted. This authority made
possible direct participation by the United States
Government in the varied operations which a pro-
gram of that character and magnitude required.
United States Government participation not only
involved administrative and supervisory func-
tions performed through the United States De-
partment of Agriculture but even extended to the
subsidization of many of the costs incidental to
43
the movement and the care of the workers.
Among the costs so subsidized were those for
transportation of the workers to and from the
United States, housing and recreational facilities,
and health and medical services. The United
States Government, in addition, participated in
the determination of the terms and conditions
under which these workers were to be employed
and was a' signatory to the work contracts which
incorporated these terms. The significance of
the United States Goverimient's role in the pro-
gram during this period lay in the fact that it, in
effect, was a guardian of these workers and as-
sumed responsibility for effectuating the protec-
tive safeguards established in the work contracts.
In April 1947, the 80th Congress enacted Pub-
lic Law 40 which provided for the liquidation of
the wartime program and for the repatriation by
December 31 of that year of all the foreign
workers who had entered the United States under
that program. This legislation also marked the
return of the authority for farm labor recruit-
ment and placement to the United States Employ-
ment Service.
With the enactment of Public Law 40, it became
evident that the foreign migratory labor program
was not to be continued in its original form.
Numerous United States agricultural employers
who had been utilizing Mexican and British West
Indian workers applied to the United States
Immigi"ation and Naturalization Service for per-
mission to retain many of their foreign workers
beyond December 31, 1947. These applications
were predicated upon an alleged continuing short-
age of domestic agricultural workers. Upon cer-
tification by the United States Employment Serv-
ice in each case that domestic agricultural
workers were unavailable for recruitment at pre-
vailing wage rates to fill the jobs in the areas
involved, the United States Immigration and Nat-
uralization Service extended the authority of sev-
eral thousand Jamaicans, Bahamians, and Bar-
badians to remain in agricultural employment in
this country for limited periods of time ranging
up to one year. The employment of these
workers and additional ones subsequently brought
in has continued up to the present time on the
basis of this certification procedure.
The over-all features of the program during the
present period differ in several significant respects
from that of the previous period. One of the more
significant distinctions is that the United States
Government no longer subsidizes any of the trans-
portation, housing, subsistence, health, and othei
costs. Since existing legislation does not provide
for the expenditure of public funds for such pur-
poses, these costs must now be borne in one way oi
another by the participating private groups. The
precise method of distributing these costs varies
with the terms of the contractual agreement
reached between the parties. Thus in the case oi
the British West Indian workers, the United
States employers, and the respective island gov-
ernments have worked out an arrangement undei
which the costs of transportation to and from the
United States are shared by the employers and the
workers. The Mexican work contracts, on the
other hand, have required that the employers as-
sume the cost of transportation from the contract-
ing centers in Mexico to the place of employment
in the United States and return.
Another significant distinction which serves tc
demarcate the two periods is one which is relevant
for the British West Indian phase of the program
but not for the Mexican phase. Since the end ol
1947, the United States Government has not offi-
cially participated in the formulation of the wort
contracts governing the employment of British
West Indian nationals, nor has it been a signatory
to these contracts, as it was prior to that time.
These contracts are now developed through direct
negotiations between private United States agri-
cultural employers, on the one hand, and the re-
spective British West Indian Governments, on the
other. The terms of employment for these work-
ers are thus essentially a reflection of the relative
bargaining strength of these two groups. There
is, furthermore, no formal agreement now in effect
between the United States and the respective Brit-
ish West Indian Governments with regard to the
over-all scope or operation of this phase of the
program.
In contrast with this latter situation, the special
considerations peculiar to the Mexican phase of
the program have led to the renegotiation and
renewal of formal executive agreements between
the United States and Mexican Governments.
The most recent of these was the agreement of
February 21, 1948. This agreement remained op-
erative until the middle of October 1948, when the
illegal entry into the United States of a large num-
ber of Mexicans and their employment outside the
scope of the agreement led to its abrogation. Ne-
gotiations with the Mexican Government for a
Department of State Bulletin
new agreement have been under way since early
1949, and it is anticipated that they will be suc-
cessfully concluded in the near future.
Any comment on the Mexican phase of the pro-
gram would be incomplete without some reference
to the "wetback" problem, one of its most per-
sistently difficult and disturbing aspects. The
term "wetback" is commonly used to describe the
Mexican national who illegally crosses the border
into the United States, often by swimming or wad-
ing across the shallow waters of the Eio Grande.
These "wetbacks" normally find their way into
agricultural employment, but it has been charged
that they are also to be found employed in such
nonagi'icultural jobs as the building and service
trades. Although the number of "wetbacks" now
in this country is difficult to estimate with any
precision, it is generally conceded that it substan-
tially exceeds the number brought in legally under
the formal program. Estimates range from 100,-
000 to a high of about 400,000. This condition
prevails despite the fact that large numbers are
regularly deported by the United States Immigra-
tion and Naturalization Service.
The presence in the United States of these il-
legal entrants represents what in many respects
is the most formidable problem confronting the
United States and Mexican Governments in con-
nection with the migratory labor program. Not
only does the practice of illegal border crossings
constitute a violation of United States immigra-
tion laws, but it also exerts a seriously detrimental
impact on the effectiveness of the formal program.
It is important to note in this regard that the
"wetbacks" represent a source of foreign labor
which is utilized outside the scope of the formal
agreements between the two governments. These
workers are, therefore, not subject to the pro-
tective provisions incorporated in the agreements
and work contracts, as are the legally recruited
Mexican workers. The availability of Mexican
workers for employment under these circum-
stances presents an almost inevitable economic in-
ducement to United States employers to recruit
them. This inducement has been further accentu-
ated by the fact that the Mexican Government in
the past has refused to permit its nationals to be
legally contracted in certain areas in this country
where anti-Mexican discrimination has been prac-
ticed. United States agricultural employers in
these areas have thus been deprived of the oppor-
tunity for recruiting Mexican workers under the
July 18, 7949
formal program. Faced with the necessity for
securing seasonal workers to harvest their crops,
many of these employers, presumably in the ab-
sence of local labor, have resorted to the use of
"wetbacks." The agreement which is now under
negotiation with the Mexican Government is de-
signed to cope with this problem and, it is to be
hoped, will make a significant contribution to-
wards alleviating it.
Apart from the arrangements for the temporary
employment of foreign workers, systematic proce-
dures have recently been developed for the re-
cruitment of workers from Puerto Rico. As citi-
zens of the United States, Puerto Eicans are, of
course, free to travel to and from the mainland for
purposes of employment or otherwise. In a re-
cent agreement with the Puerto Rican Commis-
sioner of Labor, however, the Bureau of Employ-
ment Security of the Federal Security Agency
clarified its policy under which Puerto Rico would
be included in the clearance procedures for the
determination of the need for foreign agricultural
workei-s. This agreement, as explained by the
United States Employment Service, was designed
to provide an orderly means for employers to re-
cruit Puerto Ricans when local labor supplies are
inadequate and to assure consideration of Puerto
Rican f ann workers in preference to foreign work-
ers. It is thus intended by the United States
Employment Service that, whenever circum-
stances permit, Puerto Rican workers should be
offered agricultural employment opportunities in
the United States prior to any foreign nationals.
Experience with the foreign migratory labor
program since its inception as an emergency meas-
ure in 1942 has revealed numerous areas of poten-
tial and actual friction. These have in the past
led to diplomatic representations to the United
States Government and to strong criticism by pri-
vate groups in this country. The nature of the
problems which have given rise to these frictions
are varied and can only be touched upon briefly
here. Problems related to the determination of
prevailing wage rates and their effective applica-
tion to foreign migratory workers have been a
relatively frequent source of difficulty. The prac-
tice of social discrimination in certain localities,
against Mexican nationals particularly, has been
an issue of extremely delicate character. Points of
conflict with the activities of United States trade
unions in the fields of organization and collective
bargaining have on occasion led to particularly
45
heated protestations by trade-union leaders in this
country as well as to diplomatic representations.
The solution to each of these issues is by no means
an easy one and continues to present a challenge
for those dealing with the program.
The general problem of the progi-am's potential
impact on United States labor standards is one in
which United States agencies other than the De-
partment of State have a more direct and imme-
diate responsibility. It is a problem, however,
which the Department of State cannot ignore.
Apart from its general responsibilities, the De-
partment of State must concern itself with the
possibility that derogatory attitudes toward these
foreign nationals may develop among American
workers should they come to view the former as
competitors who are undermining labor standards
in this country. In addition, the program must
be kept consistent with broader foreign-policy ob-
jectives as they are reflected, for example, in this
government's responsibilities as a member of the
Caribbean Commission and in its obligations as a
member of the International Labor Organization.
The bulk of the criticism which has been di-
rected at the general conduct of the program dur-
ing the last 2 years has come from organized labor.
The Department of State has been subjected to
some criticism for the part it has played in con-
nection with the negotiation of the agreements
with the Mexican Government. Much of the criti-
cism of the Department's role in this respect, it
appears, arises from a general misconception of
the purpose which these agreements serve. For-
eign workers are admitted into the United States
by the United States Immigration and Naturali-
zation Service of the Department of Justice pur-
suant to the discretionary authority vested in the
Attorney General under existing immigi'ation stat-
utes. Public Law 893, 80th Congress, enacted
for a period of 1 year, ending June 30, 1949, more-
over, specifically authorized the recruitment of
workers from the Western Hemisphere when it is
determined by the United States Employment
Service that adequate members of domestic agri-
cultural workers are unavailable. It is upon the
exercise of their respective authorities by these
two agencies that foreign nationals are admitted
into the United States for temporary agricultural
employment. Negotiation of an agreement with
Mexico is not the action which determines whether
foreign workers shall be brought into this country.
The agreement represents an effort only to assure
that those workers who are legally admitted into
the United States pursuant to the action taken by
the United States Employment Service and the
United States Immigration and Naturalization
Service are employed under principles and jiro-
cedures acceptable to both the Mexican and the
United States Governments. It represents an ef-
fort also to place the admission and employment of
these workers on an orderly and controlled basis
and thereby to meet the needs of the United States
Emi)loyment Service in its over-all responsibilities
for farm labor placement.
The alternative to an agreement with Mexico
would be a situation in which Mexican nationals
could, under existing statutes, be legally admitted
into the United States even without the consent
or approval of the Mexican Govermnent. A situ-
ation of this kind would be likely both to jeop-
ardize our good relations with the Mexican Gov-
ernment and to impair the standards already
achieved.
Despite the frictions which have emerged in the
past and the problems which still underlie the
program, notable success has, in general, been
achieved in meeting our own more immediate
needs as well as those of the other participating
governments. While there is considerable room
for improvement in the conduct of the program,
it should at the same time be recognized that many
of the frictions to which it has given rise are per-
haps inevitable under a program of this kind in
which the unpredictable human factor looms so
large. It is to be hoped that the future availa-
bility of employment opportunities in this country
will continue to make this program possible on a
basis of mutual advantage to all concerned and as
a constructive contribution to United States for-
eign-policy interests.
46
Deparlment of Slate Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
The United States in the United Nations
July 9-15
Report on United States Trust Territory
The 12-member Trusteeship Council spent the
past week examining the first annual report, sub-
mitted by the United States as the administering
authority, on its administration of the strategic
trust territory of the Pacific Islands covering the
year ended July 17, 1948. Along with the report,
the Council members considered the written re-
plies of the United States to 122 questions of
Trusteeship Council members.
Ambassador Francis B. Sayre, the United States
representative pointed out that the trust territory
of the Pacific Islands, comprising the Marshalls,
Marianas, and Carolines, covered a sea area of
around 3 million square miles and contained a
comparatively small population of not more than
53 thousand people, widely scattered among 64
different island groups. The territoi'y presented
unique problems of transport and communications,
said Ambassador Sayre, upon which the political
economic, social, and eclucational progress of the
multitude of far-flung islands largely dejDended.
He stressed that the United States sought no fi-
nancial gain or advantage for itself but was trying
in every practicable way possible to assist the
inhabitants.
The United States Deputy High Commissioner
for the territory explained some of the difficulties
which faced the United States. He emphasized
that at least eight distinct cultural groups had
developed, each with its own language and cus-
toms. The effect of the war and conflicting poli-
cies under previous administrations by the Span-
ish, Germans and Japanese had left the natives
confused, without loyalties and without ambition
or initiative. The United States has had to build
an educational program from the bottom up. He
further explained the problems of rehabilitating
agriculture, transportation, and public health.
The reaction of Council Members, with the ex-
ception of the U.S.S.R. representative, during
July 78. 1949
the detailed discussion of the report, was one of
praise for United States policies in the Trust Ter-
ritory. The form of the report and the "forth-
right" nature of United States replies to Members'
questions were also commended. The U.S.S.R.
rejDresentative attacked United States policies in
the Trust Territory, contending that no steps had
been taken to bring the natives into administra-
tive, legislative and judicial organs. He criticized
continuance of the ancient tribal system, alleged
that racial discriminatory policies practiced in the
United States had been carried into the Trust Ter-
ritory, and called for a new tax system and in-
creased funds for educational and health services.
xVmbassador Sayre expressed apiDreciation for
the comments and suggestions "which, with the
exception of one member, have been for the most
part helpful and constructive." He replied in de-
tail to the U.S.S.R. criticisms, stressing that the
United States Government was content to let its
record speak for itself. The aims of the adminis-
tering authority, he stressed, were to promote as
rapidly as jsossible the progress and advancement
of the people of the territory toward self-govern-
ment or independence. He said the Unitecl States
would be happy to welcome the Visiting Mission
to the United States Trust Territoiy next year.
Turning to discussion of tlie Mission which will
visit the trust territories of the Pacific Islands,
New Guinea, Western Samoa, and Nauru in 1950,
the Council agi-eed that the Mission should consist
of four Trusteeship Council members and that the
maximum duration of the visit should be 110 days.
The U.S.S.R. representative told the Council that
his delegation "would not find it possible to take
part in the Mission."
Economic and Social Council
The Economic and Social Council (Ecosoc) in
the second week of the ninth session, meeting in
47
Geneva, adopted resolutions noting the reports of
the Economic Commission for Europe, the Inter-
national Telecommunications Union, the Universal
Postal Union, and the International Labor Or-
ganization. Each of these reports contained a
number of resolutions submitted for Ecosoc ap-
proval. Also approved was a joint resolution of
which the United States was one of the sponsors
on the question of availability of insecticides for
combatting malaria in agricultural areas. The
resolution recommends that the import of insecti-
cides by those countries needing them should be
facilitated by the adoption of measures affecting
tariff, export and import restrictions.
In the discussion of the report of the Economic
Commission for Europe, the United States Rep-
resentative declared that the Commission is ful-
filling its mandate in a "thoroughly satisfactory
manner." He added that his country also ex-
pected that the work being done by the Ece Trade
Committee would prove useful. In reply to Soviet
criticisms of the European Recovery Program,
United States foreign trade policies and controls,
the United States representative called attention
to previous United States replies to similar attacks
and said that repetition of the charges did not
make them true.
Interim Committee
A subcommittee of the Interim Committee on
July 12 began discussion of the question of extend-
ing the duration of the Interim Committee, which
was reestablished by the General Assembly last
December for a second experimental year, and of
the question of the Interim Committee's terms of
reference. Discussion centered on a Turkish pro-
posal which called for reestablishment of the In-
terim Committee for an indefinite period, unless
the General Assembly decided otherwise. The
United States, Bolivian, French, Chinese, South
Africa, United Kingdom, and Uruguayan repre-
sentatives indicated support for the Turkish pro-
posal, but there was some variance of opinion over
possible revision of the terms of reference.
The United States representative called the
"very existence" of a year-round body like the
Interim Committee "an important factor in assur-
ing general stability." He supported the "con-
tinued availability" of the Interim Committee to
carry on its present tasks, with the present terms
of reference.
Korea
The Commission on Korea (Uncok) is making
another effort to carry out the task of verification
of the withdrawal of the occupation forces from
all of Korea, assigned to it by the General Assem-
bly resolution of last December. The Commission
has sent a communication in respect to withdrawal
of Soviet troops to the United Nations Secretariat
for transmission to the U. S. S. R. The message
points out that Uncok is now verifying final with-
drawal of United States occupation forces from
South Korea and states it is ready "whenever
proper facilities are afforded for the purpose" to
carry out this task in respect to Soviet troops in
the north. The U. S. S. R. announced withdrawal
of its forces from North Korea last December, but
Uncok has never been able to enter the northern
part of the country to verify this.
Membership
The Security Council on July 11 resumed the
general discussion on the reexamination of twelve
applications for membership in the United Na-
tions. The U.S.S.R., Ukraine, and United States
delegates restated their positions but no decision
was reached.
The U.S.S.R. delegate stated that earlier argu-
ments expressed by Ambassador Austin in opposi-
tion to admission of Albania, Bulgaria, Rumania,
Hungary and Mongolia were "false". He charged
that the United States opposed the entry of cer-
tain states because their policies and internal struc-
ture were not to the liking of the United States.
He was "hardly surprised", he said, at United
States opposition to the U.S.S.R. proposal of
simultaneous approval of all twelve applications.
In reply, Ambassador Austin pointed to the need
for applicants to be peace-loving and able and
willing to abide by the Charter. He also men-
tioned the necessity of decision as to whether the
applicant was a state and that Mongolia posed cer-
tain difficulties in this regard. He said that the
United States motion for separate action on each
application was necessary because of the varying
circumstances surrounding the individual applica-
tions. Depending on the conduct of certain appli-
cants in regard to human rights and aid to the
Greek guerrillas, the United States attitude could
change, but using Charter obligations as a "yard-
stick of qualifications", it was not difficult for the
United States to decide, Ambassador Austin con-
cluded.
The Norwegian Delegate reiterated his endorse-
ment of the previous statement by the United
States Delegate that the United States would not
permit its vote to prevent approval of an applica-
tion which had received seven affirmative votes in
the Security Council.
48
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
United States Participation In Pan American
Railway Congress Association
by H. H. Kelly
The United States National Commission in the
Pan American Railway Congress Association met
for the first time on June 21, 1949, at Washing-
ton. In effect, its inaugural session opened a new
and commodious room in the expanding structure
of technical cooperation between the United
States and the other American Republics.
Created under authority of an act of Congress
(Public Law 794, 80th Congress), the Commis-
sion assembled under promising auspices and
with the official cooperation of the Department
of State, the Department of Commerce, and the
Interstate Commerce Commission. The eight
members, at appropriate ceremonies incident to
administration of oaths of office, i-eceived com-
missions signed by the President of the United
States and the Acting Secretary of State. Im-
mediately thereafter, they began consideration of
a program of work which envisages in general
the improvement of transportation systems in the
Western Hemisphere and, in particular, the de-
velopment and progress of railways.
MEMBERSHIP AND OFFICERS
The members of the Commission, who col-
lectively represent the broadest governmental and
private interests in rail transportation, are as
follows :
William T. Faricy, Chairman, President, Association of
American Railroads, Washington, D.C.
Willard L. Thorp, Assistant Secretary of State, Wash-
ington, D.C.
Charles Sawyer, Secretary of Commerce, Washington,
D.C.
Jo/y 78, 1949
844948 — 49 2
Charles D. MahaflBe, Chairman, Interstate Commerce
Commission, Washington, D.C.
George P. Baker, l^rofessor of Transportation, Graduate
School of Business Administration, Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Mass. ; and United States Member,
Transport and Communications Commission, United
Nations
J. M. Hood, President, American Short Line Railroad
Association, Washington, D. C.
James G. Lyne, President, Simmons-Boardman Publish-
ing Corporation, and Editor, Railway Age, l>ew
Yorl£
Arlon E. Lyon. Executive Secretary, Railway Labor Exec-
utives Association, Washington, D.C.
As one of its fii-st actions, the Commission ap-
pointed Walter S. Abernathy, specialist in the
Transportation and Communications Branch, Of-
fice of International Trade, Department of Com-
merce, as executive secretary; and Kenneth N.
Hynes, assistant attache at the United States Em-
bassy in Buenos Aires, as resident member for the
United States on the Permanent Commission of
the Association in Buenos Aires. Both of these
men, who have been active in the organization
stages of the United States Cornmission, will
handle their new responsibilities in connection
with their regular duties and without additional
compensation. The Commission also decided to
use the executive secretary's office as its mailing
address: Room 1868-A, Commerce Building,
Washington 25, D. C.
INITIAL WORK
The keynote of the Commission's activities was
sounded by Assistant Secretary Thorp in his
opening remarks at the Commission's first meet-
49
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
ing. He emphasized the official interest of the
United States Govermnent in the Pan American
Kailway Congress Association, as expressed by
act of Congress (Public Law 794, 80th Congress),
by Presidential designation of the Commission
members and by the cooperative endeavors of the
Departments of State and Commerce and the In-
terstate Commerce Commission. He also said
that while the Commission will report to the
Secretary of State in accordance with precedent,
it is to be independent in its thinking, with full
freedom to examine facts, express opinions, and
make recommendations. He reminded the mem-
bers of the all-pervasive importance of transpor-
tation in modern life, and expressed the hope tnat,
although the special interest of the Commission
is in the field of railways, the broader problems
of transportation as a whole would not be ignored
in its deliberations.
Two of the various resolutions adopted by the
Association at its latest (sixth) congress held at
Habana March 28-April 7. 1948, and which had
been referred to the United States Commission for
attention, were discussed. The first (paper no. 28
of the Habana agenda) set forth in generalized
terms the objectives of railroad unification and
coordination and proposed the establisliment of
a bureau within the Permanent Commission of the
Association to carry out these objectives. In the
absence of complete documentation on this pro-
posal, and with some question as to whether or not
a special bureau could be justified in any case, the
Commission instructed its resident representative
at Buenos Aires to obtain more specific
information.
The second (paper no. 58 of the Habana
agenda) related to the desirability of establishing
a uniform system of railroad accounts, statistics,
and terminology, and established a committee of
five members (representatives of Argentina, Bra-
zil, Colombia, Chile, and Mexico) to prepare
definite proposals for the next congress of the
Association. This committee was subsequently ex-
panded by the Executive Committee of the Asso-
ciation to include the United States. In their
discussion of this item, the United States Com-
mission members expressed appreciation of the
high regard in which the Interstate Commerce
Commission regulations appeared to be held in the
Latin American countries but recognized the
widely varying conditions which exist in the other
countries and which may require much more sim-
plified methods. They instructed the resident
representative at Buenos Aires to maintain con-
tact with the Permanent Commission on the mat-
ter and to obtain advice as to any specific
assistance needed at present. Mr. Mahaffie was
designated as the United States Commission mem-
ber to give special attention to the problem.
The need for translation from Spanish into
English of the Association documents, including
its bimonthly bulletin, was pointed up by the dis-
cussion of the two Habana resolutions. Since the
United States is the first English-speaking nation
to become a member of the Association, the lan-
guage problem will now take on added importance.
Decision was made to request the Permanent Com-
mission at Buenos Aires to provide a brief digest
in English of the articles in the bimonthly bulletin
and to arrange when necessary for appropriate
translation into English of other documents, as
initial steps.
The United States technical assistance progi-am
was cited as a promising means for providing help
on transportation problems in the Latin American
Republics, through sending experts there to make
investigations and recommendations and bringing
trainees to this country. The United States Com-
mission, with its direct participation in the affairs
of the Association, was recognized as an ideal
channel for consideration of projects in the rail-
road field. Comments by various members showed
tliat this activity may well prove to be one of the
most important items in the Commission's entire
program of work.
Consideration was given to the possibility of
forming an advisory committee representing asso-
ciations of railroad-equipment manufacturers, to
assist the Commission in its study of technical and
trade problems, but action was deferred until a
time when the Commission has a clearer picture of
its responsibililities and activities.
The question of establishing a budget for the
Commission, as authorized by the enabling legis-
lation, revealed a unanimous desire on the part of
the members to keep expenditures to a minimum
and to rely so far as possible upon the resources of
the various governmental and private agencies
represented by the membership. No budget will
be established for the fiscal year beginning July 1,
1949. It was explained that the expenses of dele-
gations attending the periodic railway congresses
will be covered out of government funds, especially
provided for United States participation in inter-
national conferences, and will not be charged
against the Commission.
The chairman was authorized to assign to mem-
bers of the Commission or other persons the
preparation of any papers which may be requested
by the Association for presentation at the next
(seventh) Congress to be held in Mexico City,
October 10-20, 1950. Recommendations on the
membership of the United States delegation to
that congress will be made by the Commission
later. In this connection, it was reported that the
Association may wish to hold its eighth congress in
the United States, possibly in 1952 or 1953.
The next meeting of the United States Com-
mission will be held at the call of the chairman,
and the tentative date was indicated as January
1950.
50
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
All members of the Commission were present at
the initial meeting except Mr. Mahaffie, who was
unavoidably prevented from attending by partici-
pation in an Interstate Commerce Commission
hearing.
BACKGROUND DATA
In 1907, in connection with a railway exhibition
held at Buenos Aires to celebrate the fiftieth an-
niversary of the first railway built in the Argen-
tine Kepublic, decision was made to establish a
South American Railway Congress. This organi-
zation held its first assembly in 1910 at Buenos
Aires, upon invitation of the Argentine Govern-
ment, and with representatives of Argentina, Bra-
zil, Chile, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, and Vene-
zuela in attendance.
In 1941, at a congress in Bogota, the name was
changed to the Pan American Railway Congress
Association, and invitations to join were extended
to countries of Central and North America.
Six congi-esses in all have been held — in 1910 at
Buenos Aires, 1922 at Rio de Janeiro, 1929 at San-
tiago, 1941 at Bogota, 1946 at Montevideo, and
1948 at Habana.
United States Participation
United States membership in the Association
first was considered by the Department of State
in 1941, when membership was opened to countries
of Central and North America, but no action was
taken at that time because of the war. At the first
postwar congress in 1946, United States participa-
tion was limited to sending two observers.
The matter was further considered during 1947
by interested organizations. On February 28 of
that year the SuDcommittee on Transportation of
the Interdepartmental Committee on Scientific
and Cultural Cooperation urged that the United
States Government become a member of the Asso-
ciation and tluit legislation to this end be intro-
duced in the 80th Congress. On April 17, Com-
mittee III on Transportation, Communications
and Tourism of the Inter- American Economic and
Social Council recommended that all governments
of the American Republics adhere to the Associa-
tion.
On January 26, 1948, Senator Vandenberg in-
troduced S. J. Res. 177 in the United States Sen-
ate "providing for participation by the Govern-
ment of the United States in the Pan American
Railway Congress, and authorizing an appropri-
ation therefor." This resolution, after receiving
favorable reports from the Senate Committee on
Foreign Relations (Report no. 1036, Calendar no.
1078, March 30, 1948) and from the House of
Representatives Committee on Foreign Affairs,
together with the support of Government depart-
ments and industrial interests, was enacted as
Public Law 794 of the 80th Congress, and was ap-
proved by the President on June 28, 1948.
Meanwhile, the United States had been repre-
sented at the Habana Congress of the Association,
March 27-April 7, 1948, by three observers : Wil-
liam T. Faricy, president of the Association of
American Railroads (who became the first chair-
man of the United States National Commission
this year) ; Dr. Julian Duncan, economist of the
Interstate Commerce Commission; and Seymour
T. R. Abt, stafi' officer of the Department of Com-
merce. A number of railroad representatives also
were present in their private capacity. It should
be added here that several individual American
railroads have held membership in the Associa-
tion for a number of years. The Association of
American Railroads became a member after the
Habana Congress in 1948.
In October 1948, initial payment of the United
States contribution to the Association was made in
the amount of $2,500, covering the second half of
the calendar year 1948.
The constitution and bylaws of the Association,
as approved at the Uruguay Congress in 1946
(subsequently designated as the "Charter" of the
organization and api^roved by the sixth congress
in Habana in 1948), provides, in articles 12 and
13, that a national commission shall be formed in
each adhering country. Action to this end was
begun in the latter part of 1948 by officers of the
Departments of State and Commerce and the In-
terstate Commerce Commission, in consultation
with railroad representatives, and resulted in
recommendations to the White House early in
1949. Final approval of the membership was
given by President Truman on June 14, and the
first meeting was immediately set for June 21.
Purposes and Character of the Association
The aims of the Association, according to its
charter, are "to promote the development and
progress of railways in the American continent,"
and these aims are carried out by means of (a)
periodic congresses ; (b) publication of works and
documents related to the Association's objects, and
an official Bulletin; and (c) maintenance of in-
formative services and the studies of topics of gen-
eral interest.
The Association is an international organiza-
tion, with rights of membership extended not only
to governments but also to railway companies,
public institutions, and interested private indi-
viduals. Voting rights, however, are limited to
governments and railways, and each national dele-
gation has a total of four votes in the congresses.
July 18, 1949
51
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
D
Continued
As of June 1949, the following 17 governments
were members of the Association : Argentina, Bo-
livia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Cuba, Dominican
Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Haiti, Mexico,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, United States, Uru-
guay, and Venezuela.
The work of the congress is carried out by a
permanent commission and its executive commit-
tee, with headquarters in Buenos Aires, Argentina
(Paseo Colon No. 185, R. 44), and by national
commissions established in the aifiliated countries.
Assessments to member governments are fixed by
the Permanent Commission at the rate of $.05
United States currency per kilometer of railroad
lines in operation, up to a maximum assessment of
$5,000. The United States Government contrib-
utes the latter amount.
The Pan American Railway Congress provides
a forum for discussion of technical economic and
administrative problems of railways and the for-
mulation of recommendations leading to the im-
provement of the transportation systems of the
Americas. Recommendations of past meetings
have been concerned with problems of railway
organization, the technical and economic aspects
of railway operation, including construction,
maintenance, materials and traction, standardiza-
tion of equipment and identity of gauge, account-
ing and statistics, and appropriate legislative and
administrative questions.
The United States Government, through mem-
bership in the Association, may now give further
assistance in the development of inter- American
agreement and action on :
1. Improvement, standardization, and expansion
of inland-transportation systems in the American
Republics.
2. Establishment of adequate and efficient land-
transport facilities as a means to improved inter-
American economic development and increased
trade and conmierce.
3. Reduction of inter-American frontier bar-
riers and facilitation of the movement of freight
and passengers throughout the American Re-
publics.
4. Standardization of equipment, gauges, and
operating methods, and the introduction of the
highest technical standards through the applica-
tion of advanced railway techniques.
5. Improvement of hemispheric defense and
security through the coordination of inter-
American transportation facilities.
6. Interchange of technical data and knowledge
among all the American Republics as a means of
advancing hemispheric cooperation in the field
of transportation.
First Session International
Wheat Council
[Released to the press July 5]
Albert J. Loveland, Under Secretary of Agri-
culture, will be chairman of the United States
delegation to the first session of the International
Wheat Council which convened at Washington
on July 6.^ Appointed as delegates were Ralph
S. Trigg, administrator, Production and Market-
ing Administration, Department of Agriculture;
Fred J. Rossiter, associate director, Office of
Foreign Agricultural Relations, Department of
Agriculture ; Edward G. Cale, associate chief, In-
ternational Resources Division, Department of
State; and James C. Foster, assistant director,
Commodities Division, Office of International
Trade, Department of Commerce. Ursula H.
Duffus, Division of United Nations Economic and
Social Affairs, Department of State, is serving as
adviser to the delegation.
The first session of the International Wheat
Council is an organizational meeting concerned
with administrative and other arrangements nec-
essary to carry out the functions of the Council
as provided for by the International Wheat Agree-
ment.
The Preparatory Committee of the Wheat
Council, composed of representatives of Australia,
Benelux, Brazil, Canada, Egypt, France, India,
Italy, the United Kingdom, and the United States,
lias been meeting at Washington since June 27.
' The Council on July 7 selected London as the site of
its permanent headquarters and elected F. Sheed Anderson,
U. K. Minister of Food, as its permanent chairman.
52
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Senate Debate on the North Atlantic Treaty
Excerfts From Statement by
Senator Tom ConnaHy ^
We are approaching one of those momentous
hours in our Nation's history when we must make
a decision that will have a tremendous impact
upon world events for generations. I refer to
the ratification of the North Atlantic Treaty.
The Committee on Foreign Relations has just
completed a systematic and painstaking study of
the treaty, and now I present it for the considera-
tion and, I hope, the overwhelming approval of
the Senate. We have reached the unanimous con-
clusion that it is a vital forward step in the main-
tenance of world peace. We urge its ratification
at an early date.
The treaty is a defensive pact. In it the 12 sig-
natory nations, Belgium, Canada, Denmark,
France, Iceland, Italy, Luxemburg, the Nether-
lands, Norway, Portugal, the United Kingdom,
and the United States, undertake to exercise their
inherent right of collective or individual self-
defense against an armed attack, in accordance
with the provisions of the United Nations Char-
ter. The treaty makes clear the determination
of the peoples of the North Atlantic area to do
their utmost to maintain peace with justice and to
take such action as they may deem necessary in
the event the peace is broken.
In a word, the Atlantic Pact is an agreement
among free nations who earnestly desire peace
and who plan through united action to safeguard
their common heritage of freedom by exercising
their inherent right of self-defense against armed
attack.
Tragic events since the outbreak of World War
I have taught us that we cannot achieve peace
by acting alone. The world has shrunk far too
' Made before the Senate of the United States on July
5, 1949, and printed from the Congressional Record of
July 5, 1949, p. 8984.
July 18, 7949
much for that. Distance has been annihilated,
and seas which were once moats are now ocean
highways that no longer protect us from attack.
Even more important is the simple fact that if
we really want peace we will have to work for it.
The Atlantic Pact is still another indication of
our determination to work constructively for
world peace.
Given these factors, and given the present feel-
ing of insecurity in the world, there is no practical
alternative for the Atlantic Pact. The only al-
ternative, and I repeat, it is not a practical or ac-
ceptable one, is uncertainty, indecision, and lack
of unity on the part of the free nations of the
world. That would be an open invitation to
aggression and to national disaster.
In the course of my discussion I do not intend to
examine in detail the various articles of the treaty.
That is done in the committee report which is on
the desk of every Senator. I desire to direct the
attention of the Senate, however, to these basic
questions: First, how was the treaty formulated?
Second, what does the treaty do? Third, what
does the treaty not do ? Fourth, why do we need
the treaty ? And fifth, what are the benefits of the
treaty to the United States?
HOW THE TREATY WAS NEGOTIATED
The treaty which is now before the Senate was
not hastily put together. It is not the result of a
momentary impulse. It was carefully considered
and negotiated over a long period of time.
Moreover, the treaty is the product of extremely
close executive-legislative cooperation. Last year,
it will be recalled, a number of Senators, properly
concerned over the inability of the United Nations
to function effectively, introduced resolutions
which were designed to strengthen that organiza-
53
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
tion. The Foreign Relations Committee, in con-
sultation with the Department of State, decided
that those legitimate aspirations could best be
channeled into constructive action through Senate
Resolution 239.
That resolution was adopted by the Senate last
June by the overwhelming vote of 64 to 4. It ex-
pressed the view of the Senate that the President
should do what he could to strengthen the United
Nations in a variety of ways, including the de-
velopment of regional and other collective arrange-
ments for individual and collective self-defense
under the Charter. The resolution also provided
for the following :
(3) Association of tlie United States, by constitutional
process —
I wish to emphasize the words "by constitutional
process" —
with sucli regional and ottier collective arrangements as
are based on continuous and effective self-help and mutual
aid, and as affect its national security.
I wish to stress that also.
(4) Contributing to the maintenance of peace by mailing
clear its determination to exercise the right of individual
or collective self-defense under article 51 should any
armed attack occur affecting its national security.
I want to emphasize that the pact was not
brought to us in final form on a take-it-or-leave-it
basis. During the negotiations, Secretary Ache-
son met with the Foreign Relations Committee on
two occasions to discuss, article by article, the
terms of the treaty. Consultations were also held
from time to time with ranking members of the
committee about specific language changes. The
committee thus played an important and effective
role in formulating the terms of the treaty.
I want to linger on this point, Mr. President,
for it is highly significant. Secretary Acheson
and former Under Secretary of State Robert A.
Lovett were, of course, the chief architects for the
United States in building the treaty structure.
But I think it is safe to say that the Foreign Rela-
tions Committee and the Senate furnished some
of the stone and mixed some of the mortar to com-
plete its symmetry and strength.
Surely no member of the Senate can criticize
the President or the Secretary of State for this
kind of executive-legislative teamwork. First we
give them our advice as to the course they should
pursue. They then negotiate the treaty, consult-
ing with us from time to time. Now they are ask-
ing for consent to ratify the treaty, which is, in
effect, our joint handiwork.
In the course of our deliberations the committee
heard 97 witnesses — which almost sets a record for
the number of witnesses to appear before us on
54
any particular bill or treaty. We take pride in
the fact that we heard everyone who asked to ap-
pear. We concluded from the hearings that the
great majority of the American people strongly
support the treaty and the principles upon which
it is based.
WHAT DOES THE TREATY DO?
The treaty seeks peace and security by establish-
ing a collective defense arrangement for the North
Atlantic area. It operates within the framework
of the United Nations Charter and is based upon
the inherent right of individual or collective self-
defense recognized by article 51 of the Charter.
Perhaps we can best understand the objectives
of the treaty by summarizing at the outset the new
obligations undertaken by the United States.
Fii-st. To maintain and develop, separately and
jointly and by means of continuous and effective
self-help and mutual aid, the individual and col-
lective capacity of the parties to resist armed
attack.
Second. To consult whenever, in the opinion
of any of the parties, the territorial integrity, po-
litical independence, or security of any of them is
threatened ;
Third. To consider an armed attack upon any
of the parties in the North Atlantic area an at-
tack against them all ; and
Fourth. In the event of such an attack, to take
forthwith, individually and in concert with the
other parties, such action as the United States
deems necessary, including the use of armed force,
to restore and maintain the security of the North
Atlantic area.
"Including the use of armed force" simply
means that it is among the things which may be
employed — not that it has to be employed, but that
it is available if necessary to be employed.
Article 5 is the heart of the treaty. If the
treaty fails to maintain peace and security, if the
deterrent effects of articles 3, 4, and 5 fail, if an
armed attack against any of us in Europe or
North America does occur, then article 5 comes
into operation.
In article 5 the parties have agreed to meet
an armed attack by the exercise of the inherent
right of individual and collective self-defense rec-
ognized by article 51 of the Charter. Let me
emphasize that this is an inherent right possessed
by every state. It is not conferred upon them by
the Charter. The Charter simply recognizes the
inherent right of all states to defend themselves
collectively or individually.
Article 51 of the Charter provides :
Nothing in the present Charter shall impair the in-
herent right of individual or collective self-defense if an
armed attack occurs against a member of the United
Nations.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
In other words, the Charter recognizes that
right, and does not invade the jurisdiction of the
states with respect thereto.
• •
The use of the word "impair" recognizes the
existence of that right. This means that every
member of the United Nations agrees to the right
of the members of the North Atlantic Pact to pro-
vide for collective self-defense if an armed at-
tack occurs. Each and every member of the
United Nations is obligated to respect that right.
Article 51 is also assurance that the treaty does
not conflict with the Charter, since it specifically
provides that nothing in the Charter shall impair
the right of self-defense. Since the treaty is an
exercise of this right, the Charter makes clear that
it does not interfere with the United Nations.
There can be no cause of complaint from any
member of the United Nations at the course out-
lined in tlie treaty.
Ai'ticle 5 is based upon the fundamental propo-
sition that an armed attack against any one of us
is to be considered an attack against all. The
parties thus publicly underline a basic truth which
recent history has so vividly demonstrated; an
attack in the North Atlantic area places all of us
in such grave jeopardy that it immediately be-
comes a matter of collective concern and calls for
collective action. It is up to the signatories to de-
termine whether an attack has occurred. Internal
disorders and revolutions will not ordinarily be
considered armed attacks — and, Mr. President,
mark this — unless they are aided and abetted by
an outside power to such an extent that the parties
decide that an armed attack has in fact taken
place.
Nor will attacks of a minor character bring into
full jjlay the obligations contained in article 5.
We did not go to war in 1937 when the Japanese
sank our gunboat, the Panay, on the Yangtze
River. We did not go to war in 1946 when Ameri-
can planes were shot down over Yugoslavia. Those
incidents were settled through normal channels
of diplomacy.
Article 5 obviously contemplates aggressions of
a more formidable character. I doubt very much
if any state which it attacked would call upon
the United States for assistance unless the attack
is of such magnitude and importance that its in-
dependence and integrity are threatened.
Once this original determination is made that an
armed attack has occurred, then each party must
forthwith take such action as it deems necessary in
order to restore and maintain the security of the
North Atlantic area. How far each state will go
and what action it will take to fulfill its obliga-
tions will be determined by each state in the light
of existing circumstances. It is possible that a
diplomatic protest may suffice. On the other hand,
July 18, 1949
in the face of an all-out attack, it might be neces-
sary to bring into full play the whole weiglit of
the partnership and the ultimate decision of war.
We shall not be neutral in the face of aggression.
• • • •
Already we see that the treaty is not typical of
the ad hoc alliances, used so extensively in modern
European history, to meet a particular crisis or
to wage a particular war; nor is it typical of the
treaties which were designed to achieve a delicate
balancing of power. Alliances and coalitions have
usually been directed against or have sought pro-
tection from a definite opponent. The North At-
lantic Treaty is directed against any armed attack
within a specified area.
Together we are seeking to increase the measure
of our own security by self-help and mutual aid
pledged in article 3. We are determined to knit
our separate and otherwise isolated strengths into
a single protective cloak capable of resisting any
aggressive attack. We have a common heritage to
defend and a single purpose to serve. It is natural
that we should unite to strengthen our hands to
ward off annihilation through disunity.
• • • •
I would not wish to underestimate the efforts
required of all of us to build a suitable defense
capacity, nor the difficulty of maintaining the pri-
ority of economic recovery in the face of these in-
tolerable burdens put upon peaceful nations. But
I am certain that article 3 will enable all of us to
consider defense measures on a very practical basis,
to comprehend rational arrangements that will in
the long run help to reduce the burdens of arma-
ments. In this connection, one should note the
North Atlantic Council and Defense Committee
set up by article 9 on which all members are equally
represented, the small states and the great states
alike. This machinery for collective consultation
and collective recommendations on our common
responsibilities should prove highly heljiful on
such matters.
What obligations does the United States assume
under article 3 ? Wliat is the relationship between
the treaty and military-assistance program * The
military-assistance program has not yet been sub-
mitted to the Congress, but it is in the discussions
and in the thoughts of Senators, no doubt. If a
Senator votes for the treaty does that mean he is
obligated to vote for the military-assistance pro-
gram ? These pointed questions have been raised
by Members of the Senate and they deserve a
candid reply.
The United States — like all the other signa-
tories— has assumed an important obligation under
article 3. We have committed ourselves to the
principle of self-help and mutual aid. We have
agreed to work together in building up the ca-
pacities of all the signatories to defend themselves
against attack. But we have not committed our-
selves to any particular type of military-assistance
program. There were no secret agreements at the
55
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
negotiation of this pact. Tliere were no under-
cover commitments. Everything that is com-
mitted is written into the face of the treaty.
It is true that the treaty and the military-as-
sistance program are closely related. But they are
not Siamese twins; they are not inseparable.
Each program should be passed upon separately
by the Congress; each should be accepted or re-
jected on its own merits.
. My own view is that we should proceed forth-
with to ratify the treaty and implement it by ap-
proving the military-assistance program during
the present session of the Congress. Time is
highly important in this great enterprise, and we
must let our partners know, as soon as we can, that
not only words but deeds are a part of our policy.
It is entirely possible, however, that even a
strong supporter of the treaty might find good and
legitimate reasons for opposing the military-as-
sistance program. That is a matter for each
Senator to decide as he searches his own conscience
and exercises his own honest judgment.
Many partnerships in history brought the
weaker ally or allies into complete bondage to a
greater power. The North Atlantic Treaty does
not do this. Never in peacetime have signatories
to a treaty attempted so extensively and with such
evidence of good faith in each other's intents and
interests to strengthen one another through mutual
aid. This becomes especially noteworthy in that
not even the weakest nation in the pact has come
under servitude to its stronger partners or has lost
its parity, its independence, or its sovereignty.
Right at this point let me draw attention to arti-
cle 2 which makes perfectly clear that the treaty is
not exclusively military in its implications. The
signatories have recognized, and have demon-
strated their conviction, that economic collabora-
tion and well-being help to lessen international
tensions among themselves and with the rest of the
world, and help to destroy the seeds of war. This
is an exceptionally important element in the
treaty : the existence as well as the cultivation of
the prerequisites for peaceful change.
Like articles 2 and 3, article 4 underlines the
preventive character of the treaty. I think that
article 4 goes a long way to emphasize that the
period of dividing and conquering has come to
an end. The consultation provided for in that
article addresses itself to the threatening of the
territorial integrity, the political independence,
or the security of any of the parties.
I draw the attention of the Senate now to
articles 12 and 13 which provide for the indefi-
nite duration of the treaty and for its review after
10 years. Review and amendment may of course
take place earlier by unanimous consent. A party
may cease to be a member after 20 years. These
time periods seem reasonable, since it is impos-
sible to bring security and stability to the North
Atlantic area under a treaty of short duration.
Will the partnership endure that long? Ob-
viously, the treaty is not yet in force and has
not been tested by time. But I think there can
be no doubt that the partnership will last, reso-
lutely, until the menace of aggression has dis-
appeared and until the United Nations is able to
give adequate assurance of world security. This
f)articular document does not need to last any
onger than that. I am confident that the signa-
tories would be only too willing to permit it to
lapse when that happy time arrives.
WHAT DOES THE TREATY NOT DO?
I should like Senators to give attention to what
the treaty does not do. Let us consider that point.
To make the record perfectly clear, it is just as
important to understand what it does not do as
what it actually does.
As I sat through the hearings and listened to
97 different witnesses it seemed to me the five main
criticisms emerged. Some argued that the treaty
involves a commitment for the United States to
go to war without congressional approval ; that it
runs counter to our obligations under the United
Nations Charter; that it is an old-fashioned mil-
itary alliance; that it is directed against the
Soviet Union; and that it places our stamp of
approval on the colonial policies of Great Britain,
France, Holland, afnd the other signatory states.
Mr. President, the committee examined these
criticisms very precisely and very thoroughly.
Our considered answer to each one of them is a
categorical "No."
The treaty does not involve any commitment
to go to war nor does it change the relative au-
thority of the President and the Congress with
respect to the use of the armed forces.
I am fully aware of the fact that this latter
problem might well stir up endless days of de-
Ijate on the Senate floor. It is true that the Presi-
dent as Commander in Chief of the Army and
Navy has always possessed considerable authority
to use the armed forces without congressional ap-
proval ; but the line of authority between the Pres-
ident and Congress has never been clearly drawn,
except it is clear, I think, that a state of war,
which is something more than the use of armies,
must be declared by the Congi'ess of the United
States.
Moreover, it is neither necessary nor desirable
for us to attempt to draw that line during this
debate. It would be foolhardy for us to assume
that we could do in a few days' time what our
forefathei-s have been unable to do in a century
56
Departmenf of State Bulletio
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
and a half of our national existence. It is suffi-
cient for our purposes to underline the basic prin-
ciple that nothing in the treaty either increases
or decreases the constitution^^! powers of either
the President or the Congress with respect to the
use of the armed forces.
Wliile the treatj' was being drafted rumors cir-
culated about AVashington that article 5 carried
with it a commitment which would bind the
United States automatically to go to war in the
event of an armed attack. I challenge anyone to
find such a connnitment. The words of article
11 — that the provisions of the treaty will be car-
ried out by the parties "in accordance with their
respective constitutional processes" — are unequiv-
ocally clear on this point. That nails it down ab-
solutely. Xot only must we ratify the treaty by
constitutional processes, but it will be carried out
under the provisions of the Constitution of the
United States. The full authority of the Con-
gress to declare war, with all the discretion that
power implies, remains unimpaired.
We have a further important safeguard in the
phrase "such action as it deems necessary" found
in article 5. These words mean that, in event of
an armed attack, the United States will be free to
decide for itself what measures it will take to
restore the peace and security of the North Atlan-
tic area. We will have full opportunity to exercise
our judgment in each case that arises.
It might be well to repeat at this point the far-
reaching nature of those obligations. If an
armed attack should occur in the North Atlantic
area the action we would take would depend, of
course, upon the location, nature, and scale of the
attack. In the face of an all-out attack we might
decide that war would be necessary to restore the
peace and security of the North Atlantic area.
On the other hand there are many effective
measures short of the use of armed force which
might suffice, depending upon the circumstances.
Wliatever we do will have to be done in accord-
ance with our established constitutional pro-
cedures.
Totalitarian and communistic powers have pub-
licly announced their policy to be a conquest of the
entire globe and its subjection to their economic
and political theory. Will free nations and free
men blind their eyes to this hostile threat ? Will
they close their ears to this brutal demand that
they be doomed to slavery I With this bold and
savage announcement, it is fundamental that free
nations of Europe and North America should be
determined to preserve the institutions of their
free governments as against the ambitions and
conquest by these sinister and ruthless forces.
July 18, 1949
844948 — 49 3
The processes by which strong military im-
perialistic countries have in recent years picked
off country by country are distinct and clear in
the minds of the people of the United States.
Hitler by arms seized Austria and incorporated
it into the Reich. Sudetenland was annexed.
When war with all of its blood and terror burst
upon tlie world, Poland was subdued, Czechoslo-
vakia fell to the arms of Hitler, France was over-
run, the Netherlands, Denmark, Norway, and
other defenseless and weakened nations were con-
quered and placed under the iron heel of Hitler.
Their institutions were overthrown, their liberty
was destroyed, their territory was violated, and
cruel and galling tyranny was inflicted upon them.
Such a riot of arms and blood must not occur
again. The united strength of peaceful and
peace-loving peoples can prevent the violation of
their rights and the dismemberment of their na-
tions, if their strength is united and made effective
against aggressors and despots.
This area is dedicated to peace and to security.
It must not become the lair of the armies of greedy
nations anxious for conquest. It must not become
the nest of totalitarian jjowers who seek to subvert,
not alone the peace and security, but the traditions
of this magnificent territory. These things all
shine through the treaty and give it life and vi-
tality and vigor.
The treaty does not run counter to any of our
obligations under the United Nations. Quite the
contrary, it has been conceived within the frame-
work of that organization and in its preamble the
contracting parties solemnly reaffirm their dedi-
cation to the high purposes and principles of the
Charter. It is soundly and solidly based on
article 51 of the Charter which specifically recog-
nizes the inherent right of states to defend them-
selves, either individually or collectively, against
armed attack.
Mr. President, I stand second to none in my de-
sire to preserve the vitality and the integrity of
the United Nations. I firmly believe the treaty
is entirely consistent with the Charter and will
greatly assist in maintaining peace and security —
which is the primary purpose of the United
Nations.
The treaty is not directed against the Soviet
Union nor its satellite states. What a splendid
thing it would be if the millions of people behind
the iron curtain had the same opportunity as the
people of the free world to read the committee
report on the Atlantic Pact. They would see
that the pact is not aimed at them or any other
group of states; it is aimed only against aggres-
sion and war.
Certainly no one has any grounds whatsoever
57
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
for accusing the United States of any aggressive
intent. Our rapid and extensive demobilization
following World War II and our persistent efforts
to bring about world peace make that perfectly
clear.
If the Soviet Union really believes the pact is
aimed at her, then I suggest that she demonstrate
her peaceful intentions and embrace a policy of
full cooperation with the North Atlantic coun-
tries within the framework of the United Nations.
Such a course would return rich dividends to the
Soviet people and to the rest of the world, both
in terms of increased security and general well-
being.
The treaty is not an old-fashioned military al-
liance comparable to those which characterized
European power politics in bygone centuries.
The Atlantic Pact is not aggressive ; it is purely
defensive in character. It is not the design of
a few monarchs, but has the popular support of
the nearly 300,000,000 people of the North At-
lantic area. It does not contain any commitment
to go to war. It is not aimed at aggrandizement
and is surrounded by all the solemn obligations
against aggression which the United Nations
Charter im])oses upon its members. It conies into
operation only when a nation has committed a
criminal act by launching an attack against a
party to the treaty. It does not carry with it any
secret additional protocols.
It may be stated authoritatively, without any
equivocation whatever — and the Secretary of State
and his assistants and all connected with the treaty
give us the most solemn assurances to that effect —
that no commitments, no promises, no secret agi'ee-
ments were made; and, Mr. President, if they
had been made they would have no effect, because
the Congress stands here on guai'd. There is no
obligation of any kind except what is written in
the treaty itself.
Upon reflection it is unthinkable that 12 nations,
who have traditionally supported democratic prin-
ciples, could ever conspire together to negotiate
any of the notorious secret deals which were often
associated with traditional bilateral alliances.
I repeat what I said during the hearings. If the
Atlantic Pact is an alliance, then it is an alliance
only against war itself.
Finally, the treaty does not constitute, in any
fashion, any endorsement on the part of the United
States of the colonial policies of any of the signa-
tory states.
Mr. President, I think I can dispose of this
point in short order. I agree 100 percent with
those who argue that this treaty should not be
either the front door, the side door, or the back
58
door through which the United States might be
drawn into family quarrels between the signatory
parties and their overseas territories in Africa, the
Far East, or other parts of the world.
WHY DO WE NEED THE TREATY?
The answer to the question, Wliy do we need
the treaty ? can be found in the history of our times.
I recall vividly the San Francisco Conference
where the victorious powers with unbounded faith
and hope signed the Charter of the United
Nations. We signed that document with the hope
that it gave us at least the foundations upon which
to build a future of peace, freedom, and human
happiness.
■ • • ^ •
Yet here we stand, 4 years away from San Fran-
cisco, with undiminished belief in the Charter, in
the correctness of its work and spirit, and in the
fundamental need for a univei'sal United Nations.
But no sincere and realistic person can blind him-
self to the fact that peace is still remote and the
security we long for is yet to be attained. The
long catalog of 30 Soviet vetoes and the frustrated
efforts to write a peace treaty with Germany bear
eloquent witness of how effectively the peace and
security machinery of the world has been ham-
pered.
We have become painfully aware that the tech-
nique of "divide and conquer" is not a thing of the
past but a part of the insecure present. It has
been given fresh life and application during the
past 4 years in country after country. The cata-
log of its victims is even more imposing than that
compiled by aggressor nations before World
War II.
There was once a Republic of Estonia. Where
now is Estonia? Its soil remains, but its democ-
racy has been ruthlessly destroyed. It has been
transformed into a police state.
There was once a Lithuania. Where is that na-
tion today ? The basic freedoms of its people have
been brutally usurped. It has been absorbed into
a vast communistic system.
There was once a Latvia. Wliere now is the fair
land we Imew as Latvia ? Its boundaries have dis-
appeared. It has been incorporated into the to-
talitarian network of eastern Europe.
There was once a democratic Czechoslovakia.
Over the centuries its people have stood for free-
dom and self-government. All the world knows
what has happened in that unhappy land. De-
mocracy has been routed. Tyranny hasbeen en-
throned. Free government has been banished.
The same tragedy has taken place in differing
degree in other countries. Where is the freedom
of the so-called liberated peoples of Rumania, Bul-
garia, Hungary, Poland, Yugoslavia, and Al-
Deparlment of Stafe Bullefin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
bania^ Ovcrshaelowed by the might of their
eastern neighbor, and alone, one by one, they have
been subjugated by aggression from within and
from without.
Let us be perfectly frank. Such a situation,
which breeds fear and suspicion and distrust, is a
constant threat to world peace. It is a threat to
the security of peaceful peoples who desire to lead
their own lives and to direct their own future, free
from the destructive impact of infiltration, and
free from the menacing arms of a hostile power.
The security of the North Atlantic area is neces-
sary to the security of the United States. I em-
phasize that statement. Iceland, Greenland, and
Canada are our front door. That door must be
guarded and defended.
Mr. President, I am completely convinced that
if the Kaiser had known in 1914 that his ruthless
attack upon Belgium and France would have led
Great Britain and the United States to hurl their
armed might against him, he never would have
crossed the Belgian frontier.
I am completely convinced, too, that if Hitler
had known in 1939 that the United States and the
other United Nations would have stood together
against his marching millions, he never would have
launched World War II.
The unwillingness on the part of the free nations
of the world to make clear in advance their de-
termination effectively to oppose aggression was in
large measure responsible for the two great wars
of our time.
All during the 1930's the League of Nations was
plagued with this same doubt and uncertainty.
Manchuria, Ethiopia, Austria, Czechoslovakia —
all were victories for the aggressor because League
members failed to stand united in defense of the
Covenant.
Last year this committee in its report on Senate
Eesolution 239 commented as follows :
The committee is convinced that the horrors of another
world war can be avoided with certainty, only by pre-
venting war from starting. The experience of World
War I and World War II suggest that the best deterrent
to aggression is the certainty that immediate and effective
countermeasures will be taken against those who violate!
the peace.
President Truman has this same lesson in mind
when he delivered his inaugural address last Jan-
uary. "If we can make it sufficiently clear, in
advance," he said, "that any armed attack affect-
ing our national security would be met with over-
whelming force, the armed attack might never
occur."
»-- The main objective of the North Atlantic Treaty
is to erase any possible doubt and uncertainty that
may be lurking in the minds of potential aggres-
sors. We must provide unmistakable proof this
July 18, 1949
time that the free nations will stand together to
resist armed attack from any quarter. History
must not be allowed to repeat itself. War is not
inevitable.
It is confidently believed that the ratification of
the treaty will exert a tremendous deterrent in
preventing armed attack. The knowledge of any
nation with criminal designs to absorb or conquer
a small or weak nation that an armed attack by it
upon such nation would meet with united resist-
ance of the signatories to the pact would discour-
age that nation and probably prevent its criminal
enterprise.
The deterring effect of a warning in advance is
clearly illustrated by the Monroe Doctrine. I
digress to observe that in this Chamber the Senate
of that time, 1823, had presented to it and had
read the stirring lines of the Monroe Doctrine.
In 1823, when President Monroe made his famous
proclamation, he did so in order to arrest the
scheming of Spain and the Holy Alliance. The
Holy Alliance, composed of the sovereigns of Rus-
sia, Prussia, and Austria in 1823 plotted the de-
struction of the republics in South and Central
America and the reinstatement of monarchies in
those lands. Their designs upon Spain's former
colonies in the New World were forestalled by
Monroe's firm declaration that the United States
would "consider any attempt on their part to ex-
tend their system to any portion of this hemisphere
as dangerous to our peace and safety." In the face
of those stirring words, the Holy Alliance aban-
doned its designs, and the Western Hemisphere
was saved.
While the United States was involved in the
War Between the States in 1861, imperialists in
France conceived an enterprise against the integ-
rity and sovereignty of Mexico. The United
States registered its opposition. French forces
invaded Mexico and captured the capitol on June
7, 1863. The French proclaimed Mexico a mon-
archy and installed Maximilian as emperor with
the support of the French troops.
The United States had to content itself with
sending diplomatic notes since she could neither
drive out the French nor help Juarez to do so.
Upon the termination of the War Between the
States, the attitude of the United States toward
the French in Mexico became firm and determined.
Secretary of State Seward, whose portrait looks
down upon ns in this Chamber, warned France
against any permanent occupation of Mexico.
The War Between the States having come to an
end, the United States was free to dislodge the
French from Mexico. In 1867, Napoleon III
withdrew his troops from Mexico, and abandoned
Maximilian to the fury of Juarez.
The mere announcement of the Monroe Doc-
trine deterred the Holy Alliance in its plans of con-
quest. The announcement that the United States
would maintain the Monroe Doctrine in Mexico
ousted the French from Mexico and dethroned
59
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
the usurper Maximilian. Not a gun was fired, not
a cannon was discharged, not an act of the mili-
tary was necessary to invoke the principles and
precepts of the Monroe Doctrine.
Through more than a century of dynamic ap-
plication the Monroe Doctrine kept aggression
from the doorstep of the New World and preserved
the territorial integrity of that entire area. Not
a gun was fired in maintaining that Doctrine —
not even when it was applied in bringing to an
end the ill-starred empire of Maximilian in Mex-
ico. For almost a century and a quarter, it grew
in strength and power and played an important
role in assuring peace and security in the New
World. No clearer proof exists that security lies
in letting the aggressor know in advance that re-
sistance awaits his criminal act.
We know, too, that a momentum of confidence has
been building up in Europe as a direct result of
our assistance.
But that is not enough. The greatest obstacle
that stands in the way of complete recovery is the
pervading and paralyzing sense of insecurity.
The treaty is a powerful antidote to this poison.
It will go far in dispelling the fear that has
plagued Europe since the war.
The North Atlantic Treaty is designed to give
encouragement and a tougher and more enduring
quality to the morale of tlie people of these lands.
Its purpose is to rehabilitate their courage and
strength and their determination to preserve their
traditional attachment to the institutions of liberty
and to the basic principles and civilizations of
their peoples. These are the mighty forces which
the pact is intended to invigorate and revive.
WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS TO THE
UNITED STATES?
Every citizen of this country, and especially
every elected representative of the people, must
ask himself this fundamental question : How does
the treaty benefit my country ? There is nothing
mean, narrow, or ignoble in using this yardstick —
a yardstick that all the signatory powers also use —
because in this treaty, the advantages gained by
the other members are also our benefits, and our
gains coincide with their own. I will go even
further: The benefits of this pact will be reaped
by peace-loving nations everywhere.
The principal benefit to this United States is
the great promise this treaty holds for an endur-
ing world peace. Certainly the United States, as
much as any other country, has a tremendously
high stake in the kind of peace and security which
give opportunity for the full application of our
vast energies for the promotion of greater well-
being, strong democratic institutions and prin-
ciples, and the maintenance of our way of life.
It is obvious that the United States gains much
by declaring now, in this written pact, the course
of action we would follow even if the treaty did
not exist. Without a treaty, we were drawn into
two world wars to preserve the security of the
North Atlantic community. Can anyone doubt
that we would become involved in a third world
conflict if it should ever come ?
The treaty, in thus encouraging a feeling of
confidence and security, will provide an atmos-
phere in which the European recovery program
can move forward with new vitality. We know
that encouraging progress has already been made.
60
There is one final benefit which, in all candor,
should not be overlooked. If our efforts for
peace fail and war is thrust upon us we shall not
stand alone. Our strategic positions will be
greatly improved and we shall have a much better
opportunity to make effective use of our armed
strength. Eleven friendly nations, with a vigor-
ous population and vast industrial production,
pledge to stand with us and to resist the attack
from whatever quarter it may come. This means
for all parties a greater confidence that any in-
ternational criminal, who violates the charter and
uses armed force against us, can be successfully
resisted and ultimately defeated.
President Monroe warned the aggressor that
an attack upon any state in the New World would
be considered an attack against us and would
meet with our determined resistance. Let me re-
peat, for over a century this doctrine has re-
mained a source of great security to us and to our
southern neighbors. It kept Spain from embark-
ing upon a reconquest of her lost South American
colonies and prevented Russia from extending her
domain to California. It drove the Emperor
Maximilian from the throne of Mexico, and it
turned the German Navy from Venezuela's door.
The treaty which the Committee on Foreign Re-
lations now presents for favorable Senate action
is but the logical extension of the principle of
the Monroe Doctrine to the North Atlantic area.
Finally, we do not lightly disregard the past,
nor shirk the present, nor prophesy the future.
But in ratifying this treaty, the Senate of the
United States heeds the voice and successful
statesmanship of our glorious past. The Senate
realistically and courageously applies to the pres-
ent the force of our matured responsibility and
world leadership. By this action, the Senate
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
does not prophesy the future; it guarantees there
is one for free nations.
Recent developments, includino; the results of
the Paris meeting of the Council of Foreign Min-
isters, convince me that our present foreign policy
is based on sound principles. The Soviet Union
undei-stands firmness; they understand what we
mean when we say with conviction that we are
going to stand on what is right and what is just.
A wide chasm of differences still yawns be-
tween the east and the west. Any weakness or
vacillation on our part will be thoroughly ex-
ploited by the Soviet Union and will broaden the
chasm, rather than narrow it. We are on the
right road. We shall move firmly and resolutely
toward our goal.
In some totalitarian quarters the charge is made
that the United States seeks to employ the North
Atlantic Treaty as an instrument of imperialist
policy. The United States is assailed as the sym-
bol of imperialism with the purpose of subordi-
nating the signatories to the treaty to its will
and to control their affairs and policy. A more
false charge was never advanced in modern
history.
The course of the United States in the field of
foreign policy is well-known in every country in
the world. They are aware of our power and re-
sources; of our industrial preeminence; of our
naval and military command of the oceans and the
air. They know that these superb resources have
not been emploj'ed to establish an empire. They
respect our world influence and leadership in the
cause of peace and international cooperation.
They remember our part in establishing the
United Nations and advancing its objectives of
preventing war and the settlement of international
disputes by peaceful means rather than by the
sword. They know that ambition for dominion
is not the motive of our policy.
We stand before the bar of history. We shall
face its judgment without fear. We strive to
strengthen liberty and security to the free nations
of the world. We await the verdict of the years
with supreme confidence. Our motives and our
conduct will be vindicated and will receive the
plaudits of grateful nations and of their people.
We do not covet empire. We do not covet con-
trol of any other nation. We abhor tyranny,
whether by arms or by devious and secret pressure,
with the threat of grim force behind them. We
do covet peace. We do covet security. We do
covet freedom. We do covet the right of free
nations and freemen to live without the fear of
conquest or subjugation.
Under the Atlantic Pact no sword leaps from
its scabbard ; no plane drops its bombs ; no soldier
marches with a gun in his hand, until an armed
attack, in violation of international law, is made
upon a peaceful member of the pact.
As Senatoi*s drive around Washington, they
may observe at the entrance to certain streets and
areaways a sign erected by the police, reading "Do
not enter."
The North Atlantic Treaty is a flaming sign to
any aggressor, to any nation that contemplates
armed attack upon a peaceful and law-abiding
nation — "Do not enter" the North Atlantic area.
The North Atlantic area must be a sanctuary
against armed attack, against the violation of the
security of peaceful nations.
Excerpts From Statement hy
Senator Arthur H. Vandenherg ^
No one can say he knows the answer to the peace
conundrum which jslagues this world. As one
witness before our committee rightly said : "We
live in unsatisfactory times and must make un-
satisfactory choices." Peace is in flux. We are
denied the luxury of perfecting our own righteous
designs because, while one nation can make war,
it takes two or more to plan and keep the peace.
I do not know that I am right. But at least I
know, as a result of our committee hearings, that
my convictions seem to be supported by a great
majority of the organized citizenship of the coun-
try as expressed by spokesmen for most of our
groups in every field of life.
My view is that this treaty is the most sensible,
powerful, practicable, and economical step the
United States can now take in the realistic interest
of its own security ; in the effective discouragement
of aggressive conquest which would touch off
world war three; in the stabilization of western
Germany; and, as declared by its own preamble,
in peacefully safegiiarding the freedoms and the
civilization founded on the principles of democ-
racy, individual liberty, and the rule of law.
These things, Mr. President, I shall undertake to
prove.
Only those without ej^es to see and ears to hear
can deny that these precious values — far dearer
than life itself — are in jeopardy in today's tortured
world. It is the overriding fact of life. Sooner
or later every other problem is overshadowed by
it. It is a condition, not a theory. It must be
met as such. That is what this pending treaty
undertakes to do.
This jeopardy does not stem from us. On the
contrary, the greatest tribute ever paid to the good
faith of any government is the shining fact that,
though we are the sole custodians of atomic bombs,
' Made before the Senate of the United States on July 6,
1949 and printed from the Congressional Record of July 6,
1949, p. 9065.
Jo/y 78, 1949
61
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
no nations anywhere on earth this afternoon, in-
cluding the Soviet group which so violently libels
our motives, has the slightest fear that the United
States of America will misuse its present lethal
monopoly. They all know they are safe unless and
until they strike first. So patent is this fact that
I am at a loss to understand how some of our own
citizens — God save the mark — can join the war-
mongering charges that are made against us by
those who nourish futile dreams of our de-
struction.
The jeopardy to which I have referred does not
stem from us. It does not stem from those over-
whelming majorities of peace-living states which
constantly make common cause with us on the roll
calls in the General Assembly of the United Na-
tions. It does not stem from the North Atlantic
community where western civilization was cradled
and where its survival is at stake. No, Mr. Presi-
dent, it stems from embattled, greedy communism
abroad and at home ; from open conspiracies which
have frankly sought to wreck the brave self-help
and mutual aid which would restore independent
peoples to their heritage, with our American co-
operation; from kindred saboteurs in the United
Nations; from those who have repelled and
thwarted our American designs and aspirations for
a live-and-let-live world.
I repeat : The jeopardy does not stem from us.
But it inevitably involves us. Indeed, we are its
heart and core. It is aimed ultimately at us. We
cannot run away from it. There it is, pact or no
pact. Every vigilant American knows this is
true. We are the final target, though other inde-
pendent peoples are in nearer jeopardy. We may
argue ourselves out of ratifying the pact. But
we cannot thereby argue ourselves out of the jeop-
ardy which the pact seeks to minimize.
Is it not elementary common sense, Mr. Presi-
dent, for those who share this jeopardy also to
share vigilance against it? That is what this
treaty does. It reduces the jeopardy by anticipat-
ing it. It reduces the jeopardy by sharing it.
Indeed, it may well extinguish the jeopardy — and
I believe it will — by the clear demonstration that
this united self-defense against aggression will be
invincible. Upon two previous occasions the
Kaiser and the Fuehrer found this out the hard
way. This treaty ought to make a renewal of the
lesson, in blood and sweat and tears, unnecessary.
Certainly it is worth the chance.
We must undertake to mitigate this jeopardy
by every possible, pacific means. This treaty is
not a substitute for other major efforts to push
back the shadows of war and to integrate what I
shall repeatedly describe as a "live and let live
world." With firm patience these efforts must
continue in the United Nations. With complete
good faith they must continue at the council tables
m Paris and elsewhere, regardless of discourage-
ments. They must never surrender to the hope-
less defeatism which presumes that war is inevi-
table. Rather, they must presume that peace is
inevitable, sooner or later, if we persist in trailing
it. But they must never fail to recognize that
appeasement is surrender on the installment plan.
There is no hypothesis of honorable peace, Mr.
President, into which the North Atlantic Treaty
does not fit. It stands in the way of nothing but
armed aggression and nobody but armed aggres-
sors. It cannot possibly handicap any successful
peace efforts in other directions. It can only sup-
plement and strengthen them — always and forever
a reserve reliance, and nothing else — always and
forever subordinate to the happy evolution of de-
pendable progress in the United Nations, in the
Councils of Foreign Ministers, and in the friend-
lier habits of presently dangerous neighbors.
The treaty is here for another reason. We have
not finished World AVar II until the German prob-
lem is settled. There can be neither peace nor
economic stability in western Europe until the
German problem is liquidated. There can be no
release for us from our own burdensome occupa-
tional responsibilities in western Germany until
free and self-sufficient government is reestablished
in these areas. This means, on the one hand, that
the Germans must have a reasonable and hopeful
opportunity to build a sound and healthy economy
for themselves and to resume their place in the
family of nations. But it requires, on the other
hand, that this recovery shall not restore the ag-
gressive military potential which, twice in our
lives, has plunged the world in war.
This time there must be no mistakes upon this
score. Germany's immediate neighbors cannot
be blamed for special solicitude in this respect.
They cannot be blamed for insisting that Ger-
man recovery must be subordinate to these pro-
tections. To meet this elementary need, we of-
fered our Allies, including the Soviets, a 40-year
treaty of support in the event of Axis resurgence.
The Soviets spurned the proposal. I assume it
is still open to them. In lieu thereof, we have
now signed this pending 20-year pact with our
western allies. For them and us it accomplishes,
among other things, the same result. It would
apply just as promptly and effectively to a Ger-
man aggressor as it does to a Communist aggressor.
But by the same token it also is a powerful and
well-nigh indispensable aid to maximum German
recovery — and therefore to European recovery —
because it permits greater recovery latitudes than
Germany's twice-ravished neighbors would other-
wise tolerate.
It is purely a self-defensive compact which
serves advance notice upon any aggressor that
62
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
300.000.000 people in the North Atlantic com-
munity propose neither to appease nor surrender
to aggression against the 'rich heritage of the
Weste'rn World," as one analyst has put it; that
"brilliant civilization based on Greek humanism,
Roman legal thinking. Christian ethics, and the
great common experience of the Renaissance, all
binding us together in a peace-loving community
of free thought and free endeavor'* which we mean
to uphold and, if it should be necessary, to defend.
There is not one aggressive syllable in the en-
tire contract. There is nothing but peace in the
aspirations which give it being and in the self-
help and mutual aid which give it life. It is not
built to stop a war after it starts — although its
potentialities in this regard are infinite. It is
built to stop wars before they start. With great-
est respect for the counter views of sincere Ameri-
cans who argue otherwise — but with complete con-
tempt for the hostile, self-serving, self -confessing
hysteria against it by communism everywhere —
I shall urge the Senate that this is the logical
evolution of one of our greatest American idioms,
"United we stand, divided we fall."
I want to come back. Mr. President, to the
charge that this North Atlantic Pact is a repeti-
tion of the old military alliances as menacingly
known to history, and that it thus flies in the face
of all our own precious national tradition. I sub-
mit one exhibit bearing upon both and answering
both.
Perhaps the most significant of all the old,
orthodox military alliances was the Holy Alli-
ance of 1815. Perhaps the most significant of all
our own American doctrines was the Monroe Doc-
trine of 1823, which was first announced to the
world within these very hallowed walls where we
now meet. The Holy Alliance and the Monroe
Doctrine were just 8 years apart. The latter was
substantially stimulated by the threats to Amer-
ica inherent in the former. I think by a very
brief analysis of the two I can indicate conclusively
whj' there is not a scintilla of justification for con-
fusing tlie thing we are here asked to do with this
thing of ancient menace.
Let me read one tell-tale, controlling sentence
from the Holy Alliance : "The three contracting
monarchs will remain united by the bonds of a true
and indissoluble fraternity, and, considering each
other as fellow countrymen, they will on all oc-
casions and in all places lend each other aid and
assistance."
It was a contract for weal or woe — on all oc-
casions and in all places — regardless of provoca-
tions— regardless of right or wrong — to stand and
fight together for the survival of these monarchies.
It was a self-serving alliance against the world.
It was both defensive and aggressive. It was a
contract not only for survival but for domination.
July 18, 1949
Can you find any remote semblance of a parallel
'in the North Atlantic Treaty which is dedicated
solely to peace ; which applies solely to mutual re-
sistance against an aggressor's armed attack;
which is devoid of a single imperialistic obligation ;
and which is instantly null and void when tlie con-
science of the world is prepared to function
through the Security Council of the United Na-
tions? This is not a military alliance in any his-
torical and orthodox meaning of that phrase.
Then let me read, on the other hand, two sen-
tences from the Monroe Doctrine
We owe it to candor —
And when that phrase was used it was simply
the forerunner of what we now mean when we so
often indicate that in conducting the public foreign
policy of the United States the Government
should say what it means and mean what it says.
We owe it to candor and to the amicable relations exist-
ing between the United States and those powers (referring
to contemplated American colonization by European pow-
ers) to declare that we should consider any attempt on
their part to extend their system to any portion of this
hemisphere as dangerous to our peace and security. . . .
With the governments who have declared their independ-
ence and maintained it, and whose Independence we have,
on great consideration and on just principles, acknowl-
edged, we could not view any interposition for the purpose
of oppressing them, or controlling in any other manner
their destiny ... in any other light than as the mani-
festation of an unfriendly disposition toward the United
States.
Mr. President, the North Atlantic Pact may be
a literal departure from orthodox American
diplomacy although George Washington's justly
revered Farewell Address visualized temporary
alliances for extraordinary emergencies — and I
do not know how any emergency could be more
extraordinary than our dire need to stop total
atomic war before it starts again, and I think a
treaty which is subject to review in 10 years is
relatively temporary compared with the decades
of inexpressible grief which the failure of peace
would grind into our broken lives. But I deny
that the treaty is a departure from a philosophy
of preventive action against aggression which was
bravely and wisely and successfully launched by
our own prescient forebears 126 years ago in,
Washington, D.C. I deny that it has any kin-
ship with military alliances as they were kiaown in
the old and ominous sense. I assert, on the basis
of our own American experience with candor
under the Monroe Doctrine that it is more cal-
culated to encourage peace and to prevent the in-
sane events which would make peace impossible,
pact or no pact, than any other recourse which
we could presently embrace.
I know, Mr. President, there are many friends
of this great peace adventure who are inclined to
put their overriding emphasis upon the subse-
quent physical implementation of the pact.
63
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
There are those who count it disingenuous to take
any other view.
I do not agree. Frankly, I should have much
less interest in this treaty if I thought its re-
pressive influence for peace is measured by or
dependent on any such implementation. It is not
the military forces in being which measure the
impact of this "knock-out" admonition. In my
view its invincible power for peace is the awe-
some fact that any aggressor upon the North At-
lantic community knows in advance that from the
very moment he launches his conquest he will
forthwith face whatever cumulative opposition
these united allies in their own wisdom deem nec-
essary to beat him to his knees and to restore peace
and security.
will every Senator, the right to pass independent
judgment on the nature and extent of this supple-
mentary legislation.
Just what is our obligation at this point? I
take it no one would pretend that the ratification
of the pact does not make some sort of alteration
in the situation as it exists without the pact. Its
articles are not meaningless. But the timing and
the nature and extent of implementing legislation,
in this or any other year, are, in my opinion, wide
open to the free decision of all Senators as to what
they believe the objectives of the pact and the na-
tional security require. The Secretary of State's
statement is :
The pact does not dictate the conclusion of honest
judgment ... it does preclude repudiation of the principle
or of the obligation of making that honest judgment . . .
there is an obligation to help, but the extent, the manner,
and the timing is up to the honest judgment of the
parties.
Article 3 is elementary common sense in that
the parties to this treaty propose, separately and
jointly, by means of continuous self-help and
mutual aid, to develop their individual and col-
lective potentials to resist armed attack. It is
common sense to put these common interests in
gear in the exercise of common vigilance. The
better they are integrated the less the need for
their expansion and the less likelihood of their
subsequent use.
"Wliat is proposed under article 3 for the next
year? I do not know except by general infor-
mation, that we may be asked for something like
$1,000,000,000 of arms aid to supplement six or
seven billions which our associated nations have
already provided in their own budgets. The im-
mediate objective, I understand, is substantially
to make existing forces more efficient — to stand-
ardize rather than to expand.
By no stretch of the imagination can such a
prospectus be deemed aggressive. Nor can it be
deemed competitive. Nor can it be deemed a plan
to turn western Europe into an armed camp. Nor
can it be deemed to contemplate new American
manpower overseas. Nor, Mr. President, can it be
deemed — and this is the vital thing to me — to
measure the final authority which this agreement
shall exercise to dissuade aggressors from their
crimes. The supreme authority for peace is in the
potentials of the treaty itself. It is in article V
and not in article III.
I want to repeat again, however, that I under-
stand that article III has its very definite and
unavoidable importance. It builds no illusory
Maginot lines. But it steps up the defense facili-
ties in being. It contributes to security and to
the sense of security. It certainly discourages
armed aggression by proxy, which is to say by in-
ternal treason. It betokens the fact that the
treaty "means business" in its mutual purpose to
prevent aggression. But I reserve to myself, as
64
Much the same sort of question arises under
article 5. Senators will observe that I am now
seeking to survey the moot points that have arisen.
Since this article says that "an armed attack upon
one shall be considered an armed attack upon all,"
does this automatically commit us to war? It
commits us, according to the text to take forth-
with, individually and in concert with the other
parties, "such action as we deem necessary, in-
cluding the use of armed force, to restore and
maintain the security of the North Atlantic area."
A commitment to take notice and to do something
about it is automatic. A commitment to war is
not. Indeed, the textual phrase "including the
use of armed force" obviously indicates that there
are many other alternatives, just as there are in
the United Nations Charter.
Everything depends upon the natui'e of the
event. A minor aggression might be stopped by
a vigorous warning. An instant appeal to the
Security Council of the United Nations might suc-
ceed and suffice. If the Security Council de-
faults, the so-called pacific sanctions described in
the Charter might be applied by the partners un-
der the pact. In other words, what might be
called an "aggressive incident," or perhaps a "pro-
voked incident" as some fear, as distinguished
from an all-out, clearly deliberate act of conquest,
could be met with a multitude and variety of de-
vices far short of war. This is important because
these so-called "incidents" have often historically
led to war. At such a moment, the pact's poten-
tials should exercise incalculable influence for
peace.
But suppose the event is obviously of major and
deliberate magnitude and clearly discloses a crim-
inal aggressor deliberately on the march — as Hit-
ler entered Poland or as the Kaiser entered Bel-
gium. Let us say tliat it is clearly the dread
thing which threatens the life and freedom of one
of our associated nations, if not ourselves directly.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
If it is, it tlireatens the life and freedom of every
other associated nation, including our own. If it
is, it threatens total war or total surrender, pact or
no pact. If it is, our commitment is clear as crys-
tal. It is to take whatever action we deem neces-
sary to maintain the security of the North Atlan-
tic area, which vividly includes the security of the
United States. If the only action adequate is
war, then it means war. If it does mean war, I
venture to assert that, pact or no pact, it would
mean war for us anyway in this foreshortened
world. If it does mean war, I venture to say that
we would be infinitely better off for having instant
and competent Allies. But if it does mean war,
only Congress itself, under the specific terms of
the pact, can declare it.
But then comes the next question. Who would
decide for us what we would deem to be necessary
under such bitter circumstances? The Constitu-
tion says that only Congress can declare war. The
Constitution also makes the President the Com-
mander in Chief of our armed forces. As such,
he can use — and many times has used — the armed
forces to defend American life and property and
security, without a declaration of war. Since
treaties are the supreme law of the land, would it
not be his duty, under the extreme circumstances
last indicated, to act instantly in defense of that
pledge ? I think the answer is "Yes." But he has
a wide area of discretion, always short of war, in
which to act, and he can only act within his con-
stitutional authority, which is neither increased
nor diminished by this pact. Whatever it has
been, there it still is. He could, for example, im-
mediately alert our armed defense and summon
Congress to its own swift constitutional decision.
His immediate action, like his power and his re-
sponsibility, would depend upon the nature and
circumstances of the event. So long as his action
"forthwith'' honorably recognized the basic obli-
gation, he certainly would not be under compul-
sion to take any impetuous decision which might
handicap or damage the sustained strategy ulti-
mately necessary to the pledged objective, namely,
the restoration of over-all security for the North
Atlantic area.
The committee report answers an even more spe-
cific question on this score. Would he, the Presi-
dent, or the Congress, be obligated to react to an
attack on Paris or Copenhagen in the same precise
manner as to an attack on New York? The an-
swer is "No." An armed attack upon our home-
land involves an imminent physical need and an
imminent constitutional obligation for instant and
maximum physical response which does not, and
cannot, by the very nature of the case, exist else-
where, or under other circumstances. Turn the
example around. In the event of an armed at-
tack upon Alaska, would we, or could we, expect
France or Denmark to react in the same manner
as to an attack upon Paris or Copenhagen ? Cer-
tainly not ; obviously not. It would be impossible.
But that does not dilute the "forthwith" pledge
of "all for one and one for all" if an international
assassin strikes. The pledge dependably means
that whoever is attacked will have dependable
allies who will do their dependable part, by con-
stitutional process, as swiftly as possible to defeat
the aggressors by whatever means each deems
necessary.
Let us not make the fatal error of deserting the
treaty because of our preoccupation with con-
tingencies which we are far more likely to confront
without the treaty than with it. The prevention
of the next war is more important even than the
winning of it because not even the winner will be
able to afford his victory.
This leads me to one more observation in this
connection. The prevention of war is human-
kind's supreme objective. The way must be found.
Like the United Nations to which it is subordinate,
the North Atlantic Pact strives toward this goal.
Yet, until the goal is reached, the pact must re-
luctantly but realistically face the existence of
arms and armaments in the hands of potential
foes. Peace will never escape this final hazard
until universal disarmament, under absolutely de-
pendable and automatic guaranties against bad
faith, has spiked all gims for keeps. This is the
supreme Christian aspiration. I proudly remind
the Senate that Senate Resolution 239, which was
the clear forerunner of this pact, asked not only
for the pact, but also, and with equal emphasis,
for maximum American efforts "to obtain agree-
ments" among United Nations members, "upon
universal regulation and reduction of armaments
under adequate and dependable guaranty against
violation."
The same Senate which asked, in Senate Reso-
lution 2.39, for collective self-defense under arti-
cle 51 of the Charter — as envisioned in the pending
treaty — also asked, and in the same breath, for
universal disarmament. Let that stand Mr. Presi-
dent, as an incontestable answer to those malignant
critics who cry out that the North Atlantic Pact
is borne of warmongers harboring evil, armed de-
signs upon their fellow men.
I could wish, Mr. President, that if and when
this pact is ratified, the President of the United
States might address the world upon this score.
I could wish that he might remind the world of
all six of the objectives of Senate Resolution 239
from which this pact springs ; and that he might
call the peoples of the earth to a new crusade in
behalf of these peace truths in the so-called Van-
denberg resolution. I could wish that he might
underscore our good-faith dedication, and plead
for good-faith recruits.
July 18, J 949
65
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
It is peace which dominates our souls. Peace
and righteousness— the only kind of peace that is
worth the price we are prepared to pay for it.
• • • *
The inherent right of collective defense— those
are Charter words— clearly includes the inherent
right of collective preparation for defense. But
there is neither preparation nor ultimate action
against anything, Mr. President, unless an armed
aggressor rapes the Charter, and then only until
the Charter's principles and purposes are re-
deemed. How can such defense of the Charter
possibly be construed as hostile to the Charter?
How can it hurt the Charter to make the Charter
work?
We are members of the Charter. If the Char-
ter had not been nullified in vital ways by the
Communist group, we would already be doing
everything, against armed aggression, which we
would do under the regional pact. Our obligation
under the pact is nothing new. It exists in the
whole spirit of the Charter. How can it be pos-
sible that we undermine the Charter when we keep
its olDligation alive — when we keep its spirit
alive — by acts of new and effective allegiance?
. • • • ■
Mr. President, I shall now briefly, but I hope
firmly, deal with other interpretative issues that
have arisen in the course of the committee's hear-
ings and the public discussion of the pact. The^e
hearings and this discussion have been useful.
We dare leave no twilight zones of fuzzy under-
standing in respect to what we here do — not only
for our own sakes, but also lest there be those
among our friends abroad who might one day ac-
cuse us of keeping the word of promise to the
ear and breaking it to the hope. Regardless of
whether we find ourselves in final agreement, I
commend the vigilant and critical scrutiny which
the distinguished Senator from Missouri [Mr.
i3onnell] and the distinguished Senator from
Utah [Mr. Watkins] have focused upon the pact
throughout its consideration. I also commend to
all Senators the careful and comprehensive re-
port of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
which speaks with recognized authority and with
controlling probity in respect to implications and
interpretations.
The question arises whether articles IV and V
of the pact cover armed aggression against
colonial or dependent or otherwise related areas
of the signatories outside the area of the North
Atlantic community as geographically defined in
article VI. My own understanding is clear and
unequivocal. The answer is "No." There can be
no other logical answer. The doubts seem to
have arisen because article IV, relating solely to
66
consultations, is unlimited in the circumference
of these consultations. But there is not a word
of obligation in it except to talk things over.
The obligations are spelled out in articles III
and V. It is significant, in this connection, that
when article IX establishes a council to implement
the treaty, it directs the council's attention spe-
cifically to articles III and V. It omits article
IV in this connection. This is as it should be.
It is by significant design. Our pledge of action
under the United Nations Charter is general.
That pledge is 4 years old. Nothing we do here
can change it. But our pledge of action under
the North Atlantic Pact is limited and specific.
It applies only to armed aggression in the area
clearly defined in article VI which is the North
Atlantic community, set up by metes and bounds.
A corollary question asks how nonmembers of
the United Nations, namely, Italy and Portugal,
can be included in a United Nations arrangement
and in collective security under article 51 of the
Charter. The first answer is that article 51 is
not the source of the right of individual and col-
lective self-defense. It does not establish this
right ; it merely recognizes its sovereign existence
in all states whether in or out of the United Na-
tions. The second answer is that the Charter of
the United Nations clearly calls for collaboration
with nonmember states whenever mutual interest
requires. Indeed, article II, paragraph VI, speci-
fically asserts that "the organization shall insure
that states not members of the United Nations act
in accordance with these principles so far as may
be necessary for the maintenance of international
peace and security." This doctrine is basic. It
came to San Francisco from Dumbarton Oaks.
It is perfectly clear that this article deals with
aggression against any state whether a member
of the United Nations or not.
Other provisions of the Charter similarly rec-
ognize the need to permit nonmember states to
participate to some extent in the United Nations
system for maintaining peace and security. If
this were not so, I doubt whether Israel would
now be an independent nation and now a member
of the United Nations. If this were not so, cer-
tainly Switzerland would not now be a member
of the World Court. The Charter does not pro-
hibit member states from entering into mutual
defense treaties with nonmember states. On the
contrary, it contemplates just such arrangements
by requiring that they be consistent with the
Charter.
Italy and Portugal have sought membership in
the United Nations and have been prohibited by
veto. Italy is historically indispensable to the
individual and collective self-defense of France.
Portugal is obviously indispensable to the defense
of the North Atlantic community. Portugal may
lack our sense of democracy, but it lacks no de-
votion to our sense of peace as proven through
the years. Both adhere to the principles and pur-
Departmenf of State Bvlletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
poses of the United Nations Charter through ad-
herence to tliis pact.
Two other questions arise in this connection.
I respond to both.
First. How can we rearm Italy under article
III of the pact wlien our peace treaty with Italy
puts a sharp limitation upon Italy's armaments^
The answer is that we have no purpose to rearm
Italy in excess of treaty limitations. Through
self-help and mutual aid we shall increase the
efficiency of this brave, young Italian Republic
to resist armed aggression within treaty limita-
tions.
Second. Can other nonmember European states
be admitted to the North Atlantic community
hereafter? Under article X, the answer is "Yes,"
but only by unanimous consent of the existing
signatories. 'Wlio gives this consent for the United
States? The Secretary of State has quoted the
President, categorically and unequivocally, that
he will do so only with the advice and consent of
the Senate. The Secretary of State has further
asserted that this pledge is binding upon the pres-
ent President's successors. In my opinion any
Presidential successor who might do otherwise
would be impeached. This is fundamental. The
character of this pact and the nature and extent
of our obligations under it are governed by the
character and the nature and the extent of its
membership. When we ratify this pact we accept
its existing membership and none other. When
we ratif}^ this pact that is all we shall have ratified.
To enlarge the membership is basically to alter the
pact. This must require the consent of the Senate
just as definitely in the second instance as in the
first. The record is clear and unmistakable.
Still another question really answers itself at
this point. Wliat happens if one of the existing
signatories itself fundamentally changes character
within the textual life of the pact? Wliat hap-
pens, for example, if one of them succumbs to
communism? Are we still bound by these
pledges? The answer is that we are not. Any
adverse change in basic character would repre-
sent a new signatory to all intents and purposes.
We are making no commitments to any such new
signatories.
But how do we expel them ? We do not. Under
such circumstance the pact simply ceases to be
operative in respect to them. They expel them-
selves in reality by erasing their own eligibility
under the terms of the pact. Cooperation would
be impossible from their point of view or from
ours. These facts would mutually serve to termi-
nate the actyal relationship.
Are we bound to support a member state against
internal attack which seeks to overthrow the gov-
ernment? We are not bound, directly or in-
directly, to take sides in civil wars. We are
pledged only against armed aggression by one
state against another. If civil war should include
external armed aggression, identified by us as
such, we would be obligated to take such steps
against the external armed aggression as we would
deem necessary to restore and maintain the secu-
rity of the North Atlantic area. But this treaty
is not a contract for the perpetuation of the in-
ternal status quo and cannot be used as such any
more than can its parent, the United Nations
Charter, which under article II, paragi-aph VII,
is prohibited from intervening in matters which
are essentially within domestic jurisdiction.
Many questions have been asked about the gen-
eral engagements in article II, the "further de-
velopment of peaceful and friendly international
relations" and particularly the quest for the elim-
ination of conflict in international relations and
the encouragement of economic collaboration.
This is simply a restatement of the general
philosophy of self-help and mutual aid which
underlies every international enterprise upon
which we have embarked. It simply reempha-
sizes our constant theme that needless economic
conflict is a barrier to progressive stabilities. I
should say it is particularly addressed to the need
for larger western European unities.
Under it, do we accept any tariff commitments?
We do not. Does it obligate us in any way, for
example, in respect to the pending Ito, the Inter-
national Trade Organization ? It does not. Does
it leave us free to consult our own economic neces-
sities as we believe them to be ? It does. It is a
general expression of economic good will, along
with its other emphasis upon mutually promoting
free institutions and conditions of staoility and
well-being. It is a broad assertion, like the pre-
amble, of an ideology. It is an abstract objective
m keeping with the spirit of cooperation in the
North Atlantic community. It is not by any
stretch of the imagination a mandate.
This leads to yet another frequent query. By
this pact do we tacitly exclude from our concern
those nations which we do not include in the com-
munity? We do not. Our engagements to all
member states in the United Nations remain
specifically unimpaired. No jot or tittle is sub-
tracted. Specific proofs of this truth abound.
For example, the Eio pact remains impregnably
intact, and always will. That includes more mem-
ber states than does this treaty. Again we are
concurrently demonstrating that our direct con-
cern with Greece and Turkey and with western
Germany and with Korea and with kindred trou-
ble spots is just as acute today as it was before the
Senate ever thought of its resolution 239, which
started this pact upon its way. The resolution
sought, among other things, the strengthening of
the United Nations as a vital whole. Under its
directive we are today seeking these United Na-
tions strength just as vigorously in the General As-
sembly and in the Security Council as we are seek-
July 78, J 949
67
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
ing new strength for it through regional facilities
to help it meet its responsibility for peace and
security in the world.
One final point, Mr. President. It is a legiti-
mate source of widespread anxiety that we shall
not overstrain our own resources in any of these
commitments lest we ourselves collapse, pursuant
to Soviet prayers, and take the peace hopes of the
world down with us. Unquestionably we confront
fiscal limitations which we dare not ignore. We
must be provident. Yet, even in the matter of
prudence, it is the fact of life that "without vision
the people perish."
The surest way — the only largely effective
way — for us to cut our budgets in the years to
come is to find a dependable formula for peace.
Exactly one-half of our budget for the next fis-
cal year is required for national security through
defense and foreign aid. This percentage is con-
tinuously geared to the progress we can make to-
ward peace. It inevitably and unavoidably
reflects the degree of menace we confront. One
dare not even think what it would be in the event
of another war. We truly spend to save — taxes
as well as lives and liberties — when we invest in
peace. This is not an easy equation to evaluate
in the midst of these uncertain economic days.
But let realists remember, when they strike their
balance, that short-sighted economy can be as
costly and as deadly as rash extravagance under
some circumstances.
Now Mr. President, I summarize; and I leave
my colleagues to their fateful judgments. This
is my estimate of the total situation we here face.
When the Senate, by a vote of 64 to 4 on June
11, 1948, adopted Senate Resolution 239, I be-
lieve it proposed the wisest and the safest peace
procedures available to us and to western
civilization.
It advised the President of the United States to
strive toward strengthening the sinews of the
United Nations in behalf of the collective peace
and fellowship to which we rededicated our hearts
and hopes. In particular, we advised him to seek
regional and collective arrangements and to asso-
ciate with them, in behalf of individual and col-
lective self-defense through self-help and mutual
aid against armed aggression.
The country well-nigh universally approved
the Senate's action at that time. The percentage
of dissent on the outside was apparently as small
as it was on the inside.
The President has acted upon the Senate's all
but unanimous advice. He has sent us precisely
that for which we asked — and in the tailoring
of which we have had a constant hand. Indeed,
I would not know what it was I was asking for on
that historic day last June if this pact is not it.
Furthermore, the need has not lessened with the
intervening months, nor have the signs that this
increased and final unity in the North Atlantic
community will strongly maintain the peace
momentum, in this area, which has been making
such vivid strides against its obvious adversaries.
I earnestly submit that this is no time to let
this peace momentum lag or lapse. Let us main-
tain this sanctuary of realistic hope. This is no
time to let the relatively little risks, if such there
be, blind us to the larger risks which we here
mitigate and which can involve the very survival
of free society. Let us not get so close to the
trees that we lose sight of the forest. While we
must frankly assess the liabilities, lest we dream
ourselves and others into delusions, let us just
as frankly assess the supreme and potent and, I
believe, dominant advantages which destiny here
invites us to embrace for the sake of our own
national security in our own precious land.
This pact is a fraternity of peace. It involves
us in no obligation not already implicit in our
signature to the United Nations Charter. It
simply makes the obligation plain and dependable
for us and others. It binds potential and indis-
pensable allies to us as well as us to them. It
spells it out. This candor can be as powerful as
an atomic bomb. This is its terrific authority for
peace. It spells out, beyond any shadow of any
doubt, the conclusive warning that 300,000,000
people, united in competent self-defense, will
never allow an armed aggressor to divide and con-
quer them pursuant to the pattern of the rapes of
yesterday. It spells out the conclusive warning
that independent freedom is not an orphan in this
western world, and that no armed aggression will
have a chance to win.
Thus we crystallize the most practical deterrent
and discouragement to war which the wit of man
has yet devised.
We have done our best — for peace. But we
recognize our frailty. The wit of man alone is
not enough. I quote the final sentence from the
findings of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations :
In tendering the unanimous report on the North
Atlantic Treaty, we do so in furtherance of our Nation's
most precious heritage — shared in common with the other
signatories — continuing faith in our dependence upon
Almighty God and His guidance in the affairs of men
and nations.
68
Department of State Bulletin
U.S.-U.K.-Fusion Agreement Extended
EXCHANGE OF NOTES
[Released to the press July 8]
Attached is the text of an exchange of notes
between the Governments of the United States
and the United Kingdom extending the bizonal
fusion agreement for a 3-month period. They
were signed in Washington on June 30.
According to the terms of the extension, the
United Kingdom will continue its support of the
civilian pepulation of Western Germany by con-
tributing supplies and services from the sterling
area in a value of approximately 4.4 million
pounds or the equivalent of 17.5 million dollars.
This constitutes a contribution of goods and serv-
ices at an annual rate of aproximately 70 million
dollars, the same rate at which the British have
been supplying the German economy since Decem-
ber 1947. Before the termination of this exten-
sion, it is anticipated that the Federal German
Government will be established and that a tri-
partite agreement covering the contribution and
financial aspects for the whole of Western Ger-
many will have been negotiated by the United
States, United Kingdom, and France.
The fusion agreement signed in December 1947
covered several aspects of the financial and eco-
nomic problems of the bizonal area. One part
dealt with the contribution which the United
Kingdom was to make to the bizonal area, another
part constituted trade and payments arrange-
ments between the United Kingdom and the bi-
zone. During discussions concerning recent
extensions of this fusion agreement, it was thought
desirable to separate these two aspects. Conse-
quently, the United States and the United King-
dom representatives in Germany were instructed
to negotiate an arrangement to cover trade and
payments between the bizone and the United
Kingdom within the general framework of the
European Recovery Program to supersede the
trade and payments clauses of the fusion agree-
ment. Negotiations in this connection have been
taking place in Frankfurt and are now nearing
completion. These arangements are not con-
cerned with the United Kingdom's contribution
to the bizonal area but merely establish the condi-
July 18, 1949
tions governing trade and payments between the
United Kingdom and Western Germany.
Text of United States Note of June 30, 1949
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to the
discussions which have taken place between the
Government of the United Kingdom and the Gov-
ernment of the United States on the subject of the
extension of the Agreement between the two Gov-
ernments concerning the British and American
Zones of Occupation in Germany.
By their exchange of notes of March 31, 1949
the two Governments agreed to extend the Bizonal
Fusion Agreement to June 30, 1949, and to consult
together before June 1, 1949 to consider the terms
and conditions of a new Agreement for a further
period.
At the time of this exchange of notes it was
thought that, prior to June 30, a German Govern-
ment would be in existence, that the Occupation
Statute would be in operation and that the Tri-
partite Agreement on Control Machinery, cover-
ing a substantial part of the field of Trizonal
Fusion, would have come into force simultaneously
with the Occupation Statute, thus rendering un-
necessary a further extension of the Bizonal
Fusion Agreement. Since these arrangements
have not yet matured, the Government of the
United States believes that the most practical
arrangement is the extension for a further period
of three months of such parts of the present Fusion
Agreement as have not already been replaced by
other agreements or arrangements.
I therefore have the honor to submit the fol-
lowing proposals for the consideration of the
Government of the United Kingdom :
(A) The Fusion Agreement of December 2,
1946, as amended on December 17, 1947 and as
further amended by the exchange of notes of De-
cember 31, 1948 and March 31, 1949 shall, unless
sooner terminated by mutual agreement or by the
conclusion of a Trizonal Fusion Agreement, be
69
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
extended until September 30, 1949 subject to the
following amendments.
(B) During the period for which the existing
Fusion Agreement is extended, the Government
of the United Kingdom will continue their contri-
bution of supplies and services to Germany at the
existing basic rate of iTi/o million pounds per an-
num (approximately the equivalent of 70 million
dollars). The type and value of specific cate-
gories of goods and services to be supplied by the
Government of the United Kingdom will be agreed
upon in separate discussions between the United
Kingdom and the Bizonal Area. Pending such
agreement, the Government of the United King-
dom will supply appropriate quantities of the
goods and services specified in the Annex to the
Agreement of December 17, 1947, amending the
Fusion Agreenient. The Government of the
United States will use its best endeavors to secure
the full utilization by the Bizonal Area of the
offer of supplies and services which the Govern-
ment of the United Kingdom will make to fulfill
its obligation under this provision. If after the
termination of the present agreement it should
appear that tlie Bizonal Area has not received the
full amount of the contribution envisaged, the two
Governments will consult together for the purpose
of seeking an acceptable method of settling the
balance.
(C) Moneys made available by the Government
of the United Kingdom for the supply of goods
and services in accordance with paragraph B of
the exchange of notes of March 31 last amending
and extending the Eevised Fusion Agreement
will, to the extent that they have not been fully
spent by June 30, 1949, be used for the purchase
of Category A supplies and services for delivery
after that date in accordance with existing ar-
rangements and procedures.
(D) Upon the conclusion of a Payments Agree-
ment between the United Kingdom and Western
Germany, as envisaged in sub-paragraph (A) of
the exchange of notes of March 31, 1949, para-
graph 3 of the Agreement signed in Washington
on December 17, 1947 shall terminate and its pro-
visions shall be replaced by the Payments Agree-
ment to be concluded between the Government of
the United Kingdom and Western Germany.
Until conclusion of such a Payments Agreement
the figure of 1^2 million pounds in paragraph 3
(6) (vi) and (vii) of the Agi-eement of Decem-
ber 17, 1947 will be increased to 71/2 million
pounds, provided, however, that any credit for
accounting of unused drawing rights out of fiscal
year 1948/49 will be excluded from a credit bal-
ance of the Bizonal Area for purposes of calcu-
lating the excess which would necessitate pay-
ments in United States dollars.
(E) The liability of the Government of the
United Kingdom to convert sterling into dollars
in accordance with the provisions of sub-para-
graph (b) of paragraph 4 of the Agreement signed
in Washington on December 17, 1947 shall be lim-
ited to the sterling held on July 1, 1949 in the
No. 2 account of the Bank Deutscher Laender
with the Bank of England, or due to be paid into
that account in fulfillment of arrangements con-
cluded before the first of July, 1949. During the
period of the present agreement the sterling neld
in the No. 2 account of the Bank Deutscher Laen-
der with the Bank of England will not be con-
verted into dollars.
(F) At the time of the liquidation of JEIA as
provided for in the charter of the Allied High
Commission for Germany the capital funds of
JEIA, resulting from the capital contributions
made by the Governments of the United States
and United Kingdom in accordance with the
Agreement of December 2, 1946, will be made
available to the German Government for pur-
poses of financing the foreign trade of Germany,
provided, however, that the sterling assets of
JEIA transferred under these arrangements will
be blocked until June 30, 1950, or until agree-
ment has been reached between the Governments
of the United Kingdom and the United States as
to how their release is to be effected, whichever
date is the sooner.
Should these proposals commend themselves to
the Government of the United Kingdom, I have
the honor to suggest that tliis note and your reply
should constitute an Agreement between our two
Governments.
Accept, [etc.].
For the Secretary of State :
Dean Rusk.
Text of the United Kingdom Reply
June 30, 1949.
Sir : I have the honour to acknowledge the re-
ceipt of your note of today's date, the terms of
which are as follows :
[Here follows text of United States note printed
above.]
In reply, I have the honour to inform you that
His Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom
accept the proposals set forth in your note and, in
accordance with the suggestion contained therein,
your note and this reply shall be regarded as con-
stituting an Agreement between our two Govern-
ments in this matter,
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to
you the assurance of my highest consideration,
F. R. HOTER MlLL.\R
Charge d^ Affaires
70
Department of Slate Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Agreement by U.S., France, U.K., and
Poland on Distribution of Monetary
Gold Looted by Germany
[Released to the press July 6]
A protocol was signed on July G in London
in behalf of tlie Governments of the United States,
the Fi-ench Republic, the United Kingdom, and
Poland by Julius Holmes, Rene Massigli, Ernest
Bevin, and Jerzy Michalowski, whereby Poland
is permitted to participate in the distribution of
monetary gold looted by Germany.
This agreement has been signed in accordance
with that provision of part III of the Paris agree-
ment on reparation from Germany of January
14, 1946, which reserved the question of eventual
participation in the restitution of monetary gold
of countries not represented at the conference
which drew up the agreement.
American Nationals Holding Bank De-
posits in Bulgaria Should Communicate
With Department of State
[Released to the press July G]
The Department of State announced on July 6
that it is interested in communicating with Amer-
ican nationals (natural persons or corporations,
partnerships, or other forms of association) who
hold leva deposits or credit balances with baitks
or other financial institutions, including the postal
savings system, in Bulgaria and matured Bulgar-
ian State leva bonds or other matured leva olsli-
gations of the Government of Bulgaria.
Such persons who are interested in converting
their holdings of this nature into United States
dollars are requested to write immediately to the
Department of State, Division of Financial Af-
fairs, Washington 25, D.C, for further particu-
lars. The communication to the Department in
this respect should consist of a sworn statement,
in duplicate, containing a full description of the
holdings and should indicate the time and man-
ner of the acquisition of the ownership or other
interests in the funds. In the case of deposits
the name and address of the Bulgarian bank or
other depository should be stated, as well as the
type of deposit or credit balance involved and the
present or last known leva balance. In the case of
matured leva bonds of the Government of Bul-
garia the statement should indicate the present
location of the securities. The statement also
should contain a specific reference to the nation-
native-born citizens the place and date of birth
in the United States supported by a certified copy
of birth certificate, and in the case of naturalized
citizens the date and place of birth, the date and
place of naturalization, the designation of the
court in which naturalized and the number of the
naturalization certificate. An American corpora-
tion, partnership, or other form of association
should furnish (1) a certified copy of charter or
articles of incorjDoration, including amendments,
or a certified copy of partnership agreement, in-
cluding amendments, (2) proof of citizenship of
officers and directors of the corporation or of the
partners, (3) affidavit of an officer of the corpora-
tion as to citizenship of stockholders as far as
known.
Current United Nations Documents:
A Selected Bibliograpliy '
Security Council
Official Records, Second Year
190th and 191st meetings : 21 August 1947. No. 81
24 pp. printed. 250.
192nd and 193rd meetings: 22 August 1947. No.
82. 45 pp. printed. 450.
194th meeting: 25 August 1947. No. 83. 24 pp.
printed. 250.
• 195tli and 196th meetings : 26 August 1947. No
84. 42 pp. printed. 450.
197th meeting: 27 August 1947. No. 85. 27 pp,
printed. 300.
200th meeting: 29 August 1947. No. 87. 23 pp.
printed. 250.
201st meeting: 10 September 1947. No. 88. 22
pp. printed. 250.
203rd and 204th meetings: 24 and 25 September
1947. No. 90.- 20 pp. printed. 200.
205th meeting: 29 September 1947. No. 91. 23
pp. printed. 250.
207th meeting : 3 October 1947. No. 93. 21 pp.
printed. 200.
209th meeting: 9 October 1947. No. 95. 20 pp.
printed. 20e.
212th meeting: 20 October 1947. No. 98. 5 pp.
printed. 100.
Supplement No. 18. 2 pp. printed. 10^.
Supplement No. 20. 6 pp. printed. 100.
Official Records, Third Year
384th meeting: 15 December 1948. No. 129. 42
pp. printed. 400.
388th and 389th meetings: 22 December 1&48.
No. 132. printed. 500.
390th and 391st meetings : 23 December 1948.
No. 133. 41 pp. printed. 400.
■ 392d meeting: 24 December 1948. No. 134. 59 pp.
printed. 600.
393d meeting: 27 December 1948. No. 135. 39
pp. printed. 400.
— — Erratum. No. 98.
^ Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 29C0 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted as certain designated libraries in the United
States.
(u// 18, 1949
71
Draft International Technical Cooperation Act off 1949
A Bill To promote the foreign policy of the Dnited States and to
authorize participation in a cooperative endeavor for assist-
ing in the development of economically underderaloped areas
of the world.
Be it Enacted hy the Senate and House of Representa-
tives of the United States of America in Congress Assem-
bled, That this Act may be cited as the "International
Technical Cooperation Act of 1949."
Section 2. The United States and other nations of the
world have a common interest In the material progress
of all peoples, both as an end in itself and because such
progress will further the advance of human freedom, the
secure growth of democratic ways of life, the expansion
of mutually beneficial commerce and the development of
international understanding and good will. The mem-
bers of the United Nations have covenanted to promote
higher standards of living and conditions of economic
and social progress and development. Many peoples liv-
ing In economically underdeveloped areas of the world
are seeking a fuller life and are striving to realize their
full capabilities and to develop the resources of the lands
in which they live. These efforts can be furthered
through the cooperative endeavor of all nations to assist
in such development.
It is, therefore, declared to be the policy of the United
States, in the interest of its people, as well as that of
other peoples, to promote the development of economically
underdeveloped areas of the world.
Section 3. It is the objective of this Act to effectuate
this policy by enabling the Government of the United
States to participate in programs, in cooperation with
other interested governments, for the interchange of
technical knowledge and skills which contribute to the
balanced and integrated development of the economic re-
sources and productive capacities of economically under-
developed areas.
Section 4. In carrying out the objective set forth in
Section 3 of this Act, the participation of the United
Nations, the Organization of American States, their re-
lated organizations, and of any other international or-
ganization shall be sought wherever practicable.
Section 5. The participation of private agencies and
persons shall be encouraged in carrying out the objectire
of this Act.
Section 6. As used In this Act,
(a) The term "technical cooperation programs" means
activities serving as a means for the international inter-
change of technical knowledge and skills which are de-
signed primarily to contribute to the balanced and
Integrated development of the economic resources and
productive capacities of economically underdeveloped
areas. Such activities may include but need not be
limited to economic, engineering, medical, educational,
and fiscal surveys, demonstration, training, and similar
projects that serve the purpose of promoting the develop-
ment of economic resources and productive capacities of
underdeveloped areas. The term "technical cooperation
programs" does not include such activities authorized by
the United States Information and Educational Exchange
Act of 1948 (62 Stat. 6) as are not primarily related to
economic development, nor activities undertaken now or
hereafter pursuant to the International Aviation Facilities
Act, 1948 (62 Stat. 450), nor pursuant to the Philippine
Rehabilitation Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 128), as amended,
nor pursuant to the Foreign Assistance Act of 1948
(62 Stat. 137), as amended, nor activities undertaken now
or hereafter in the administration of areas occupied by
the United States armed forces ;
(b) The term "United States Government agency"
means any department, agency, board, wholly or partly
owned corporation or instrumentality, commission, or in-
dependent establishment of the United States Gtovernment ;
(c) The term "international organization" means any
intergovernmental organization and subordinate bodies
thereof, of which the United States is a member.
Section 7. In order to carry out the objective of this
Act, the President is authorized to plan, undertake, ad-
minister, and execute technical cooperation programs and,
in so doing, to :
(a) Prescribe such rules and regulations as may be
necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions
of this Act ;
(b) Coordinate and direct existing and new technical
cooperation programs carried on by any United States
Government Agency;
(c) Utilize the services and facilities of private agen-
cies and persons;
(d) Make advances and grants to any person, corpora-
tion, or other body of persons, or to any foreign govern-
ment or foreign government agency or to any international
organization ;
(e) Make and perform contracts or agreements on be-
half of the United States Government with any person,
corporation, or other body of persons however designated
whether within or without the United States of America,
or with any foreign government or foreign government
agency or with any international organization ;
73
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
(f) Enter into contracts, within the limits of appropria-
tions or contract authorizations hereafter made available,
that may run for not to exceed three years in any one
case;
(g) Acquire or accept in the name of the United States
Government by purchase, devise, bequest, gift, grant, or
otherwise, any money, services, and property, both real
and personal, as he finds to be necessary and in any
manner dispose of all property so acquired except property
declared to be surplus. Receipts arising from the dispo-
sition of property not acquired with appropriated funds,
except surplus property, shall be available for expenditure
for the purposes of this Act in the country in which the
property is located. Any money acquired hereunder shall
be received and accounted for under such regulations
as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe;
(h) Provide for printing and binding outside the con-
tinental limits of the United States, without regard to
SecUon II of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U. S. C. Ill) ;
(i) Appoint such advisory committees as he may de-
termine to be necessary or desirable.
Section 8. The President shall terminate United States
support for and participation in technical cooperation
programs whenever he determines that such support and
participation no longer contribute effectively to the ob-
jective of this Act.
Section 9. The President may exercise any power or
authority conferred on him by this Act tlirough the Sec-
retary of State or through any other officer or official
of the United States Government.
Section 10. To further the objective of this Act, the
Secretary of State may establish an Institute of Inter-
national Technical Cooperation within the Department of
State.
Section 11. In order to carry out the objective of this
Act:
(a) Officers, employees, agents, and attorneys may be
employed for duty within the continental limits of the
United States in accordance with the provisions of the
dvU service laws and the Classification Act of 1923, as
amended, except that the President may, without regard
to the Classification Act of 1923, as amended, appoint
and fix the compensation of one person at a rate not to
exceed $16,000 per annum ;
(b) Persons employed for duty out.side the continental
limits of the United States shall receive compensation
at any of the rates provided for the Foreign Service Re-
serve and Staff by the Foreign Service Act of 1946 (60
Stat. 999) together with allowances and benefits estab-
lished thereunder and may be appointed to any class in
the Foreign Service Reserve or Staff in accordance with
the provisions of said Act. Alien clerks and employees
may be employed in accordance with the provisions of
said Act;
(c) Officers and employees of the United States Gov-
ertunent may be detailed to offices or positions to which
no compensation is attached with any foreign govern-
ment or foreign government agency or with any inter-
national organization : Provided, That while so detailed
any such person shall be considered, for the purpose of
preserving his privileges, rights, seniority or other bene-
fits, an officer or employee of the United States Gov-
ernment and of the United States Government agency
from which detailed and shall continue to receive there-
from his regular compensation, which shall be reim-
bursed to such agency from funds available under this
Act: Provided further. That such acceptance of office
shall in no case involve the taking of an oath of allegiance
to another government ;
(d) Experts and consultants or organizations thereof
may be employed as authorized by Section 15 of the Act
of August 2, 1946 (5 U. S. C. 55a), and persons so em-
ployed may be compensated at a rate not in excess of
$50 per diem.
(e) Such additional civilian personnel may be em-
ployed without regard to Section 14 (a) of the Federal
Employees Pay Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 219), as amended,
as may be necessary to carry out the policies and pur-
I)o.ses of this Act.
Section 12. The President shall transmit to the Con-
gress an annual report of operations under this Act.
Section 13.
(a) There is hereby authorized to be appropriated such
sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of
this Act. Activities provided for under this Act may be
prosecuted under such appropriations or under authority
granted in appropriation acts to enter into contracts pend-
ing enactment of such appropriations. Unobligated bal-
ances of such appropriations for any fiscal year may,
when so specified in the appropriation act concerned, be
carried over to any succeeding fiscal year or years. The
President may allocate to any United States Government
agency any part of any appropriation available for carry-
ing out the purposes of this Act. Such funds shall be
available for obligation and expenditure for the purposes
of this Act in accordance with authority granted here-
under or under authority governing the activities of the
Government agencies to which such funds are allocated ;
(b) Nothing in this Act is intended nor shall it be
construed as an expressed or implied commitment to pro-
vide any specific assistance, whether of funds, commo-
dities, or services, to any country or countries, or to any
international organization.
Section 14. If any provision of this Act or the appli-
cation of any provision to any circumstances or persons
shall be held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the
Act and the applicability of such provision to other cir-
cumstances or persons shall not be affected thereby.
ADDRESS BY CHARLES E. BOHLEN
On July 7 Charles E. Bohlen, Counselor
of the Department of State, delivered an
address on the subject of The Problems of
Foreign Affairs before the Veterans of For-
eign Wars of Pennsylvania, in Philadelphia.
Text was issued as press release 521.
July 18, 1949
73
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Research and Teaching Opportunities
Netherlands and Norway
[Released to the press June 7]
Ninety opportunities for Americans to under-
take graduate study, advanced research, or teach-
ing in the Netherlands and Norway were an-
nounced on June 7 by the Department of State.
The awards, which are the first offered for these
two countries under the provisions of the Ful-
bright Act, are payable in Netherlands and Nor-
wegian currency. Graduate scholarships under
this program ordinarily cover the round-trip
travel, maintenance, tuition, and necessary books
and equipment of the grantees. Grants to visiting
professors and research scholars ordinarily include
round-trip travel, a stipend, a supplemental living
allowance, and an allowance for purchase of neces-
sary books and equipment.
Fifty awards are offered to American graduate
students, twenty-five for study in each country.
Twelve grants are available for Americans to
serve as visiting professors or research scholars in
Netherlands universities. There are 20 similar
opiDortunities, 10 for visiting professors and 10
for research specialists, for work under the spon-
sorship of Norwegian institutions of learning.
Opportunities are provided also for eight
Americans to serve as visiting teachers in primary
and secondary schools in the Netherlands.
In addition grants for round-trip travel to and
from the United States will be made available to
more than 200 Norwegian and Netherlands citizens
desiring to teach, study, or do research in this
country. These awards will not cover expenses in
the United States, which must be met from other
sources.
Candidates for all grants will be selected upon
the basis of merit by the Board of Foreign Scholar-
ships. Veterans will be given preference pro-
vided their other qualifications are approximately
equal to those of other candidates. Final selec-
tion of visiting professors and research scholars
and their assignment to Norwegian and Nether-
lands universities and institutions will be made
also upon the basis of the appropriateness of their
fields of teaching or study to the needs of the two
countries and the facilities available there for
their research.
The awards are offered under Public Law 584
(79th Congress) , the Fulbright Act, which author-
izes the Department of State to use foreign curren-
cies and credits acquired through the sale of
surplus property abroad for programs of educa-
tional exchange with other nations. Agreements
74
have been signed with the following countries:
China, Burma, Greece, the Philippines, New Zea-
land, Belgium and Luxembourg, the United King-
dom, France, Italy, the Netherlands, and Norway.
The Fulbright program is expected ultimately to
embrace more than 20 countries and may involve
an expenditure in foreign currencies of 140 million
dollars during the next 20 years.
Graduate students interested in the possibilities
for study in Norway or the Netherlands should
make application to the Institute of International
Education, 2 West 45th Street, New York 19, New
York, before July 15, 1949.
Persons interested in the opportunities listed
above for visiting professors and research scholars
should write immediately to the Conference Board
of Associated Research Councils, 2101 Constitu-
tion Avenue, Washington 25, D. C, for application
forms and additional information concerning
fields of teaching and research, sponsoring institu-
tions, and conditions of award.
United Kingdom
The Department of State announced on June 16
that a limited number of grants for research in
the field of British postwar economy will be made
available under the Fulbright Act to Americans
in the United Kingdom. These awards are in
addition to the previously announced program for
1949-50 in the United Kingdom. The grants,
which are paid in pounds sterling, ordinarily in-
clude round-trip travel, a stipend in lieu of salary,
a supplemental living allowance, and an allowance
for purchase of necessary books and equipment.
Advanced research scholars whose professional
training and experience qualify them for an inde-
pendent study of economic problems are eligible
to apply for awards. Candidates will be selected
on the basis of merit by the Board of Foreign
ScholarshijDs. Veterans will be given preference
provided their qualifications are approximately
equal to those of other candidates. No limitation
is placed upon the nature of the research studies,
which may be proposed within the general field
of British postwar economy, including the educa-
tional and administrative aspects of the subject.
Individuals selected for awards will be attached
to British universities for the purpose of conduct-
ing their research. Opportunities will be pro-
vided for considtation with government officials
and leaders in industry as well as with univei-sity
specialists.
Requests for further information regarding
these openings or for application forms should be
addressed to the Committee on International Ex-
change of Persons, Conference Board of Associ-
ated Research Councils, 2101 Constitution Avenue,
Washington 25, D.C. Applications should be sub-
mitted as promptly as possible and to insure con-
sideration must be mailed not later than midnight,
July 10, 1949.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
International Wheat Agreement
Enters Into Force
[Released to the press July 5]
The International Wlieat Agreement, which
was drawn up at the International Wheat Con-
ference held in Washington early in 1949 and
was signed between March 23 and April 15 on
behalf of 41 governments, entered into force on
July 1, 1949, in accordance with article XX
thereof.
Article XX of the agreement provides for ac-
ceptance by the signatory governments, their re-
spective instruments of acceptance to be deposited
with the United States Government. It is pro-
vided furtlier that the agreement, with the excep-
tion of part 2, shall enter into force on July 1
provided that the governments of countries re-
sponsible for not less than 70 percent of the
guaranteed purchases (i. e., the importing coun-
tries listed in annex A to article III) and the
govermnents of countries responsible for not less
than 80 percent of the guaranteed sales (i. e.,
the exporting countries listed in annex B to article
III) have accepted the agreement by that date.
Part 2, relating to rights and obligations, will
enter into force on a date, not later than Sep-
tember 1, to be fixed by the International Wheat
Council establislied under tlie agreement.
Annex A to article III lists 37 importing coun-
tries (one of which did not become a signatory)
with guaranteed quantities totaling 456,283,389
busliels for each crop j-ear. Instruments of ac-
ceptance liave been deposited by the following
signatory governments, responsible for well over
the required 70 percent of that total: Austria,
Belgium, Ceylon, Denmark, Greece, India, Ire-
land, Israel, Lebanon, the Netherlands, New Zea-
land, Peru, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Sweden,
Switzerland, the Union of South Africa, and the
United Kingdom.
Annex B to article III lists five exporting
countries (the United States, Canada, Australia,
France, and Uruguay) with guaranteed quanti-
ties totaling 456,283,389 bushels for each crop year.
Instruments of acceptance have been deposited by
the following signatory governments, responsible
for well over tlie required 80 percent of tliat total :
Australia, Canada, France, and the United States.
Under article XX any signatory government
which has not accepted the agreement by July 1
may be granted by the Council an extension of
time after that date for depositing its instrument
of acceptance.
The objectives of the agreement, as set forth in
article I thereof, are to assure supplies of wheat
to importing countries and markets for wheat to
July 18, 1949
exporting countries at equitable and stable prices.
The agreement will have an effective duration of
4 years, applying to the 4 crop years 1949-53.
The agreement specifies certain guaranteed
quantities and also maximmn (ceiling) and mini-
mum (floor) prices. The importing countries
which become parties to the agreement guarantee
to purchase from the participating exporting
countries, when requested by the latter, designated
quantities of wheat at the minimum prices estab-
lished by the agreement. Conversely, the export-
ing countries parties to the agi'eement guarahtee
to sell to the participating importing countries,
when requested by the latter, designated quanti-
ties of wheat at the maximum prices established
by the agreement. Provision is made in the agree-
ment for the adjustment of guaranteed quantities
under specified conditions.
The International Wheat Council is established
to administer the agreement, with each party to
the agreement being a voting member of the Coun-
cil, the votes being distributed in proportion to the
respective guaranteed purchases or guaranteed
sales for the current crop year during each of the
4 crop years, with tlie total votes of the importing
countries equal to the total votes of the exporting
countries.
It is provided in article III of the agreement that
the participating countries shall be free to fulfill
their guaranteed quantities through private trade
channels or otherwise and that nothing in the
agreement shall be construed to exempt any pri-
vate trader from any laws or regulations to which
he is otherwise subject.
Except to the extent necessary to fulfill the
guaranteed quantities, transactions for the sale
and purchase of wheat, whether between private
traders, between governments, or between any pri-
vate trader and a government, are not affected in
any way by the agreement.
New Unified State of Vietnam
Formed
[Released to the press June 21]
The formation of the new unified state of Viet-
nam and the recent announcement by Bao Dai that
the future constitution will be decided by the
Vietnamese people are welcome developments
which should serve to hasten the reestablishment
of peace in that country and the attainment of
Vietnam's rightful place in the family of nations.
The United States Government hopes that the
agreements of March 8 between President Auriol
and Bao Dai, who is making sincere efforts to
unite all truly nationalist elements within Viet-
nam, will form the basis for the progressive reali-
zation of the legitimate aspirations of the Viet-
namese people.
75
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Inter-American Juridical Committee
Member Appointed
On June 9, 1949, the President appointed Alwyn
V. Freeman to serve as a member of the Int«r-
American Juridical Committee at Rio de Janeiro.
He will fill the vacancy created by the resignation
of Dr. Charles Fenwick to become director of the
Department of International Law and Organiza-
tion of the Pan American Union. It is expected
that Dr. Freeman will depart for Rio de Janeiro
on July 15.
The Inter- American Juridical Committee grew
out of the Inter-American Neutrality Committee,
which was established in 1939 by the First Con-
sultative Meeting of Foreign Ministers of the
American Republics of Panama. It was given its
present name by the Third Consultative Meeting
of Foreign Ministers held at Rio de Janeiro in
1942.
The Ninth International Conference of Ameri-
can States, held at Bogota in 1948, provided that
the Inter- American Juridical Committee should
be the permanent committee of the Inter-Ameri-
can Council of Jurists.^ The Juridical Commit-
tee has been requested by the Council of the Or-
ganization of American States to do necessary
preparatory work on proposals that will be con-
sidered by the Council of Jurists, which is sched-
uled to hold its first meeting in September of this
year.
The expedition will carry north the yearly stock
of Canadian and United States supplies required
by the four joint weather stations now in opera-
tion at Prince Patrick Island, Ellef Ringnes
Island, Cornwallis Island, and Ellesmere Island.
If conditions are favorable, the icebreaker may
also endeavor to land additional supplies at Alert,
the site near Cape Sheridan (northern Ellesmere
Island) chosen last summer for a weather station
to be put into operation at some future date.
This site has been given its name in honor of
H.M.S. Alert, one of the ships of the British ex-
plorer. Sir George Nares, who in 1875-6 carried
out the first survey of the north coast of Ellesmere
Island.
The U.S.S. Edisto will carry helicopters to
facilitate navigation through the ice and, if time
permits, will investigate routes to and sites for
possible future weather stations.
The Edisto will be commanded by Commander
W. F. Morrison, USN, the U.S.S. Wyandot by
Commander T. S. Webb, USN, and the U.S.S.
LST-S3S by Lt. J. E. Vautrot, USN. The senior
Canadian representative will be J. W. Burton of
the Northwest Territories Administration, De-
partment of Mines and Resources, Ottawa.
Air Force Mission Agreement
With Mexico
Expedition to Joint Weather Stations
in Canadian Arctic
[Released to the press June 29]
Sailing from United States and Canadian east
coast ports in July, three United States ships will
spend about 2 months in northern waters this
summer supplying fuel and provisions for the
joint weather stations in the Canadian Arctic that
have been established there since 1947. The sta-
tions are maintained by the Canadian and United
States Governments and representatives of Cana-
dian Departments will take part in the expedition.
The ships, the U.S.S. Edisto, an icebreaker, the
U.S.S. Wyandot, a transport, and the U.S.S.
LST-533, serving as a cargo vessel, will be under
the command of Capt. Basil N. Rittenhouse, USN,
embarked in the Edisto.
' BULUETiN of Nov. 14, 1948, p. 591.
[Released to the press July 5]
There was signed on July 5, 1949, by Dean
Acheson, Secretary of State, and Rafael de la
Colina, Ambassador of Mexico to the United
States, an agreement providing for the detail of
officers of the United States Air Force, to serve as
liaison officers to the Secretary of National De-
fense of the United Mexican States. The agree-
ment was also signed on behalf of their respective
governments by Maj. Gen. Robert L. Walsh,
Senior United States Air Force Member, United
States Section, Joint Mexican-United States De-
fense Commission, and Lt. Gen. Leobardo C. Ruiz,
Chief, Mexican Section, Joint Mexican-United
States Defense Commission.
The agreement is similar to numerous other
agreements in force between the United States and
certain other American Republics providing for
the detail of officers and enlisted men of the United
States Army, Navy, Air Force, or Marine Corps
to advise the armed forces of those countries. The
provisions of the agreement pertain to the duties,
rank, and precedence of the liaison officers.
76
Depariment of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
U.S.-Costa Rican Tuna Convention
Transmitted to the Senate
To the Senate of the United States:
With a view to receiving the advice and consent
of the Senate to ratification, I transmit herewith
a convention between the United States of America
and Costa Rica for the establishment of an Inter-
American Tropical Tuna Commission, signed at
Washington May 31, 1949.
I transmit also, for the information of the
Senate, the report which the Acting Secretary of
State has addressed to fne in regard to this con-
vention.^
The purpose of this convention has my approval
and I recommend the convention to the favorable
consideration of the Senate.
H.vRKT S. Truman
The White House,
June 22, 191,9.
Tariff Rates on Potatoes From Cuba
Amended
[Released to the press June SO]
Pursuant to the Cuban request announced by
the Department of State on June 11, 1949,* the
United States, Canada, and Cuba have renego-
tiated the Cuban tariff rate on potatoes at the third
session of the Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Gatt) now
being held at iVnnecy, France, and have agreed on
certain changes in the Cuban rates.
Effective July 1, the duty on potatoes imported
into Cuba from the United States during July
will be increased by $1 per hundred kilograms,
bringing the total duty to $3. In return, a re-
duction of $1 per hundred kilograms will be
made on potatoes shipped to Cuba during October
and November, making the rates $1 instead of $2
during October and $3 instead of $4 during No-
vember. These changes in the Cuban preferen-
tial tariff schedule (schedule IX, part 2 of Gatt)
were negotiated by the United States delegation.
Similar changes were agreed to between the
Cuban and the Canadian delegations at Annecy,
and corresponding adjustments will be made in
the Cuban general tariff schedule (schedule IX,
part 1 of Gatt). These changes will also become
effective on July 1, 1949.
' Not printed.
' Bulletin of June 19, 1949, p. 803.
Jo/y 78, J 949
Excliange of Visitors Witii Latin
America
Venezuelan Treasury Officials
Antonio Delgado Gomez, Secretary of the Tariff
Classification Board, and Pablo Romero Diaz,
Consultant to the Commission for Financial and
Administrative Studies, both of the Ministry of
the Treasury of Venezuela, have arrived in Wash-
ington for a 2-month visit for the purpose of con-
sulting with officials of the Bureau of the Budget
and attending the special training course to be
given by the Bureau in June. Their visit has been
arranged in cooperation with the Bureau of the
Budget.
Argentine Editor-Publisher
Roberto Jorge Noble, editor and publisher of
Clarin, one of Buenos Aires leading daily news-
Eapers, has been invited by the Department of
tate to visit the United States for three months
to study modern trends in the field of journalism.
Dr. Noble, who is scheduled to arrive in Wash-
ington the first of July, plans to visit New York,
San Francisco, Los Angeles, Chicago, Boston,
Philadelphia, and other cities during his stay in
the United States.
Haitian Entomologist-Zoologist
Leonce Bonnefil, Chief of the Section of Zoology
and Entomology, Department of Agriculture,
Haiti, has arrived in Washington for a three-
months visit in the United States for the purpose
of studying problems of fish and wildlife conser-
vation. He is especially interested in studying
the hunting laws of this country as a preliminary
step in a proposed plan for formulating similar
laws for Haiti. His visit has been made possible
through a grant-in-aid from the Department of
State awarded in cooperation with the Fish and
Wildlife Service of the Department of the
Interior.
Communications Engineer To Visit Argentina
Leo L. Beranek, Associate Professor of Engi-
neering at Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
has been awarded a grant-in-aid to enable him to
accept an invitation to lecture on electro-acoustics
at the Institute of Radio Technology, Buenos
Aires, during June, July, and August.
Agricultural Economist Visits El Salvador
William E. Schenk, Associate Professor of Eco-
nomics, Texas Agricultural and Mechanical Col-
lege, has been awarded a grant-in-aid to enable
him to serve for a year as visiting professor at
the University of El Salvador. Professor Schenk
left Washington for San Salvador on June 4.
77
THE DEPARTMENT
Reorganization Clianges
[Released to the press July 8]
Effective immediately, the Secretary of State
has reassigned responsihility for several existing
areas of the Department to Assistant Secretaries.
Appointments as Deputy Assistant Secretary and
Executive Director have also been made. They
are:
Ofjlce of European Affairs
George W. Perkins, Assistant Secretary for European
Afffiirs
Llewellyn E. Thompson, Deputy Assistant Secretary
Arthur G. Stevens, Executive Director
Office of Near East and African Affairs
George C. McGhee, Assistant Secretary for Near East
and African Affairs
Raymond A. Hare, Deputy Assistant Secretary
John W. Jago, Executive Director
Office of American Republic Affairs
Edward G. Miller, Jr., Assistant Secretary for American
Republic Affairs
Willard P. Barber, Deputy Assistant Secretary
William P. Hughes, Executive Director
Office of United Nations Affairs
John D. Hickerson, Assistant Secretary for International
Organization Affairs
Durward V. Sandifer, Deputy Assistant Secretary
Calvin J. Nichols, Executive Director
Messrs. Perkins and Hickerson are on leave, and
their deputies will act in their absence.
In addition to their responsibilities for the
above activities, the Assistant Secretaries will
work with the Deputy Under Secretary for Ad-
ministration, John E. Peurifoy, to carry out
the approved plan of reorganization for the
Department.
Confirmations
On June 23, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nominations
of John D. Hickerson, George C. McGhee, Edward G.
Miller, Jr., and George W. Perkins to be Assistant Secre-
taries ; George F. Kennan to be Counselor ; and Adrian S.
Fisher to be Legal Adviser of the Department of State.
The oaths of office were administered by Stanley Wood-
ward, Chief of Protocol on June 28.
On June 13, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nomination
of John J. McCloy to be United States High Commis-
sioner for Germany and Chief of Mission.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
On July 5, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nomination
of Mrs. Perle Mesta to be American Envoy Extraordinary
and Minister Plenipotentiary to Luxembourg.
On July 8, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nomination
of Jefferson Caffery to be American Ambassador Extraor-
dinary and Plenipotentiary to Egypt.
On June 13, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nomination
of Milton Katz to be Deputy United States special repre-
sentative in Europe, with the rank of Ambassador Extra-
ordinary and Plenipotentiary.
On June 23, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nominations
of Joseph Plack, George P. Shaw and Christian M. Kavn-
dal to be American Ambassadors Extraordinary and Plen-
ipotentiary to Costa Rica, El Salvador and Uruguay, re-
si)ectively.
Appointment of Officers
On June 30, the White House announced the resignation
of Stanton GriflSs as United States Ambassador to Egypt
effective June 30, 1949. For the texts of Mr. Griffis'
letter to tlie President and the President's reply, see
Wliite House press release of June 30, 1949.
President Truman has named Jefferson Caffery, former
Ambassador to Finance, to succeed Mr. Griffis. The Presi-
dent sent the nomination to the Senate on June 30, for
confirmation.
Appointment of Officers
On July 7 the White House announced the resignation
of Richard Porter Butrick as United States Minister to
Iceland to accept the po.sition of Director General of the
Foreign Service. Mr. Butrick will transfer to Washing-
ton to replace Christian M. Ravndal, who was recently
named tlie new United States Ambassador to Uruguay.
In his new duties, Mr. Butrick will serve as staff ad-
viser to Deputy Under Secretary John E. Peurifoy on
matters pertaining to the administration and organization
of the Foreign Service.
Rex E. Greaves as Executive Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary for Congressional Relations, effective May 26,
1949.
78
Embassy and Consular Offices
The oflice at Poznan, Poland, was raised to the rank
of Consulate, eft'ective June 6, 1949. This is in accord-
ance with the Department's policy of eliminating tlie post
category of Vice Consulate.
The office at Puerto la Cruz, Venezuela, was raised to
the rank of Consulate, effective May 16, 1949, in accord-
ance with Departmental policy of eliminating tlie post
category of Vice Consulate.
The ofl3ce at Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, was raised to the
rank of Embassy, effective June 28, 1949.
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Booklet on Exchange of Persons Released
[Released to the press July 6]
The Department of State announced on July 6
the release of a 72-page booklet entitled Building
Roads to Peace.
The publication is designed to show the average
citizen how he as an individual or a member of
an organization can best further the exchange of
students, teachers, and other leaders between the
United States and other countries as a means of
promoting mutual understanding among the
peoples of the world. Such private exchange pro-
grams are encouraged by the Department of State
as implementing the aims of the United States
Government's program of educational exchange
and those of international organizations such as
the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization (Unesco).
In discussing the publication of Building Roads
to Peace George V. Allen, Assistant Secretary for
Public Affairs, said :
"I know from the thousands of letters and in-
quiries which come to my area of the Department
how keenly interested the American public is in
promoting peace through personal contacts with
the peoples of other lands. I hope that this hand-
book will provide a practical guide to the many
people who wish to take advantage of these oppor-
tunities themselves or who desire to help others
to do so."
The booklet was prepared by the Institute of
International Education for the OfBce of Educa-
tional Exchange of the Department of State.
Copies of the booklet may be obtained from the
Division of Publications, Department of State,
Washington, D. C.
Recent Releases
For sale hy the Superintendent of Documents, Oovernment
Printing Office, Wasli,ington 25, D. C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the
case of free publications, which may be obtained from the
Department of State.
Proceedings of the International Civil Aviation Con-
ference, Chicago, Illinois, November 1-December 7, 1944.
International Organization and Conference Series IV, In-
ternational Civil Aviation Organization 3. Pub. 2820. In
two volumes : vol. I, 774 pp. ; vol. II, 774-1509 pp. $2.50
(Buckram) each.
Complete list of all documents issued at the Confer-
ence with specific references to those that have been
July 18, 1949
tensive index to both volumes follows at the end of
vol. II.
Military Obligations of Certain Persons Having Dual
Nationality. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
1876. Pub. 3435. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and France
Superseding Agreement of Feb. 25, 194S— Effected
by exchange of notes signed at Paris Dec. 22, 1948 ;
entered into force Dec. 22, 1948.
International Labor Organization: Amendment of the
Constitution. Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1868. Pub. 3436. 104 pp. 250.
Instrument of Amendment adopted at Montreal, Oct.
9, 1940, by tlie General Conference of the Interna-
tional Labor Organization — Acceptance by the United
States deposited with the International Labor Office,
Aug. 2, 1948.
United States Educational Commission for France.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1877. Pub
3439. 11 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and France —
Signed at Paris Oct. 22, 1948 ; entered into force Nov.
18, 1948.
Recruitment of Voluntary Labor for France in the United
States Zone of Germany. Treaties and Other Interna-
tional Acts Series 1878. Pub. 3444. 5 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States and France —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Paris Oct.
25, 1947 ; entered into force Oct. 25, 1947.
Mineral Resources: Cooperative Survey Program in
Brazil. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
1880. Pub. 3448. 10 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Rio de Janeiro
Nov. 26, 1948 ; entered into force Nov. 26, 1948.
Germany: Economic Fusion of American and British
Zones of Occupation. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1883. Pub. 3456. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland Ex-
tending the Agreement of Dec. 2, 1946, as amended—
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Washington
Dec. 31, 1948 ; entered into force Dec. 31, 1948.
Trade: Application of Most-Favored-Nation Treatment to
Areas of Western Germany Under Occupation or Control.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1886 Pub
3460. 11pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Other Gov-
ernments, Western Germany— Dated at Geneva Sept.
14, 1948 ; entered into force, with respect to the United
States, Oct. 14, 1948.
Passport Visas: Waiver for American Citizens and Ex-
tension of Period of Validity for Belgian Citizens
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1891 Pub'
3468. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Belgium
Effected by exchange of notes dated at Washington
Oct. 12 and 26, 1948 ; entered into force Oct. 26, 1948.
Army Mission to Colombia. Treaties and Other Inter-
national Acts Series 1892. Pub. 3469. 12 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia-
Signed at Washington Feb. 21, 1949; entered into force
Feb. 21, 1949.
79
'-,r!9iJi'«y.-H-:ig-''
Economic Affairs Pago
Employment of Foreign Workers in United
States Agriculture. By Daniel Goott ... 43
United States Participation in Pan American
Railway Congress Association. By H. H.
Kelly 49
First Session International Wheat Council . . 52
American Nationals Holding Bank Deposits
in Bulgaria Should Communicate With
Department of State 71
Expedition to Joint Weather Stations in Cana-
dian Arctic 76
Treaty information
U.S.-U.K. Fusion-Agreement Extended. Ex-
change of Notes 69
Agreement by U.S., France, U.K., and Poland
on Distribution of Monetary Gold Looted
by Germany 71
International Wheat Agreement Enters Into
Force 75
Inter-American Juridical Committee Member
Appointed 76
Air Force Mission Agreement With Mexico . . 76
U.S.-Costa Rican Tuna Convention Transmit-
ted to the Senate 77
Tariff Rates on Potatoes From Cuba Amended. 77
Tlie Congress
Senate Debate on the North Atlantic Treaty:
Excerpts From Statement by Senator Tom
Connally 53
Excerpts From Statement by Senator Arthur
H. Vandenberg 61
Occupation IVIatters
U.S.-U.K. Fusion Agreement Extended. Ex-
change of Notes ... 69
Generai Poiicy Psge
Draft International Technical Cooperation Act
of 1949 72
New Unified State of Vietnam Formed ... 75
Inter-American Juridical Committee Member
Appointed 76
Tlie United Nations and
Speclaiized Agencies
The United States in the United Nations ... 47
U. N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . 71
The Department
Reorganization Changes 78
Appointment of Officers 78
Confirmations 78
Tlie Foreign Service
Confirmations 78
Appointment of Officers 78
Embassy and Consular Offices 78
internationai Information and
Cultural Affairs
Research and Teaching Opportunities:
Netherlands and Norway 74
United Kingdom 74
Exchange of Visitors With Latin America:
Venezuelan Treasury Officials 77
Argentine Editor-Publisher 77
Haitian Entomologist-Zoologist 77
Communications Engineer to visit Argentina . 77
Agricultural Economist Visits El Salvador . 77
Publications
Booklet on Exchange of Persons Released . . 79
Recent Releases 79
%<>rdnmd(yy^
Daniel Ooott, author of the article on EJmployment of Foreign
Workers in United States Agriculture, is an International Labor
Economist in the Division of International Labor and Social
Affairs, Office of International Trade Policy, Department of
State.
H. H. Kelly, author of the article on United States Participa-
tion in Pan American Railway Congress Association, is Assistant
Director of the Office of Transport and Communications, Depart-
ment of State. Mr. Kelly served as Adviser on the United States
Commission to this meeting.
U. S. COVERHHEHT PRINTINS OFFICE: t94S
^Ae^ ^eha/y^tm0ni/ ^ trtaie^
LABOR POLICY IN JAPAN • Statement by Major General
Frank R. McCoy ..< 107
VENEZUELA— "LITTLE VENICE" OF SOUTH
AMERICA • Article by John L. Mats 86
RADIO IN U.S. ZONE OF GERMANY • ArticU by Ruby
A. Parson, Information Services Division, OMGVS .... 83
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 525
July 25, 1949
^e~T o»
***n» <" '
\/Ae
zlJefia/y^merU ^^ i/ia^ VJ H X 1 \j L X 1 x
Vol. XXI, No. 525 • Publicatiow 3588
July 25, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Oflice
Washington 25, D.C.
Peick:
52 issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.60
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18, 1940).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternatioruil agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
ruitional interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
RADIO IN U.S. ZONE OF GERMANY
Stations Achieving Independence
Buiy A. Parson, Deputy Chief, Radio Branch Information Services Division, OMGTJS
With the turnover of Radio Stuttgart to Ger-
man management on June 30, one of the major
tasks of the occupation in the information field
■went into its final phase. Independent commu-
nity radio ■will have been established by law in
every state of the US Zone, with German man-
agement in control. American radio officers will
continue liaison with the stations only as consult-
ants and observers to watch the progress of free,
democratic radio in the new Germany.
Some of these Americans are the same men who
came into Germany with the army and began the
work of rebuilding German radio while battles
were still being fought. It was imperative then
to get radio going as a medium through which oc-
cupation officials could reach the German people
with instruction and information. There was no
time for leisurely surveys, planning and construc-
tion.
The radio teams who came in with the US Army
moved first to locate the former German stations
and decide what could be done with them. Some
of them they found without difficulty in various
stages of damage from total destruction to "ex-
tensive but superficial damage."
The studio building of Radio Munich, for in-
stance, was bombed out, without windows and roof
and with all the delicate studio equipment shat-
tered. The transmitter, however, was found some
15 miles out of town, virtually undamaged. The
US radio men wheeled up a portable studio van,
'Reprinted from Information Bulletin of U.S. Military
Government in Germany, July 12, 1949.
My 25, 1949
built for use by the Psychological Warfare Divi-
sion, SHEAF, got the lines to the transmitter
hooked up and in two days Radio Munich was
on the air.
There was somewhat similar luck at Stuttgart
where the transmitter, also located out of the city
was found with "extensive but superfieial dam-
age" and was quickly patched and restored to
use. Once again, however, the studios were gone.
They had been stripped first by the Germans as
they got out and then taken over as a bivouac by
Moroccan occupation troops. Nothing but the
walls was left.
So another army studio van was brought up
for use and '45 old timers at Radio Stuttgart like
to tell now how at one time they had developed
the technique of jackknifing performers into this
cell-like studio until they managed a broadcast
with 16 participants in the 6-by-8-foot box. That,
they agreed, was the full capacity. Today Radio
Stuttgart has modern roomy studios not only at
Stuttgart but at Heidelberg as well.
Radio for Frankfurt proved the knottiest prob-
lem. For a time, the former studios couldn't be
found at all. After several months they were
discovered buried under the ruins of what had
been the office building of the radio station. To-
day that studio building has been restored and
is in full use, although at first, studios were im-
provised in a house in Bad Nauheim.
The transmitter in the meantime had been lo-
cated but it lay in jagged ruins. No amoimt of
improvising with string, wire and scrounged
83
equipment would put that together again. So this
time a mobile transmitter was moved in — a United
States one kilowatt transmitter built on six vans.
This was later supplemented with a powerful
sender which had been installed in a train for pro-
jected use by the German army. The latter is still
in use at Radio Frankfurt and is emitting 60 kilo-
watts, 18 hours a day.
So the three big stations in the US Zone grew
up out of war ruins. Today they are modern,
smoothly operating installations, each with more
broadcast power than any individual transmitter
in the United States. A smaller station also was
set up under US auspices to service the state of
Bremen. And at the same time, RIAS — Radio in
American Sector, Berlin ^ was being developed
from its modest Drahtfunk (wire service) begin-
ning into the powerful multiple transmitter sta-
tion which is now the only remaining MG sta-
tion and the only United States outlet in "iron
curtain" country.
These are the foreshortened facts of the phy-
sical reconstruction of radio in the US Zone of
Germany. The full story, which could fill a book
and probably will one day, is a saga of scroung-
ing, adapting, improvising and getting on with
a big job. It has been a new kind of American
pioneering, with German help.
In this hurly-burly of repair and construction,
the major task of radio — the reorientation of a
demoralized people — went forward. Originally
all stations were manned with German-speaking
Americans, but very early in the occupation began
the task of training German newscasters and an-
nouncers. (No one worried about entertainment
in those days.) The problem was where to find
Germans with some radio experience, but politi-
cally unobjectionable.
There was no desire to go back into business
with the Goebbels clan but obviously unless a radio
man belonged to that persuasion he hadn't been
getting any experience in radio in Germany in
the last dozen years. Many came, protested purity
and were hired. Almost as many, as quickly
as their Fragebogen (political questionnaires)
were received, were fired again. For a time it
was 100 percent turnover with the American
radio team scrambling to gain a little ground —
and staflF.
' See "RIAS" in Information Bulletin, Issue No. 146,
Oct. 19, 1948.
Eventually the new German news and commen-
tators' staffs were built up largely of men and
women without previous experience in these fields.
Even so they have been trained by experienced
American news and radio men serving with mili-
tary government and are now stout champions
of objective news presentation, of freedom of the
air for all responsible opinions, of on-the-spot
broadcasting of community activities and of in-
dependent radio stations.
These men and women are perhaps the most
important product of four years of occupation in
radio. They must constitute the nucleus of future
free radio, taking the place of tradition, profes-
sional books and college courses in educating the
next crop of radio workers in the democratic con-
cept of free information.
An attempt has been made to write the free,
independent character of these stations into law.
With the encouragement of American Military
Government, each state has adopted a radio law
which sets up a public radio council to be respon-
sible for broadcasting. The laws all aim to keep
the council free from domination by government
or any special interest and to provide full repre-
sentation of all the significant elements of com-
munity life — politics, culture, religion, agricul-
ture, industry, labor and special youths' and
women's groups.
Broadcasting codes stipulate the obligation to
present news objectively and to afford equable air-
time for divergent views on public matters. With
reservations only to protect the security of occu-
pying powers and to prevent advocacy of militant
nationalism or totalitarianism, commentators are
assured the right to air their views. Thus a legal
skeleton for free radio has been provided.
Wliether or not it takes on flesh and blood depends,
of course, on how much value is placed on free-
dom of expression by the Germans themselves and
how vigilant minorities will be to protect their
legally granted rights.
The "community" character of radio has like-
wise been given a legal basis in the laws enacted
in the US Zone. Since the first days of the occu-
pation, it has been the goal of American Military
Government, to see established a decentralized
broadcasting system which would be difficult for a
central regime to seize, as the Nazis did, for a
one-voiced propaganda instrument.
Ideally, from an American point of view, there
should be numerous, independently-owned sta-
84
Department of State Bulletin
tions. Bvit )ip to now this has not been possible in
postwar Germany. In addition to the difficulty of
securing equipment and the expense of operating
individual stations, the basic limiting factor has
been and will continue to be shortage of frequen-
cies. Establishment of state stations consumed all
frequencies available and there is furthermore
some question if all of these wavelengths can be
retained.
The Copenhagen conference on European fre-
quencies held last simimer proposed drastic cuts in
the facilities now in use in Germany. The United
States entered into the record a formal reservation
stating it would not be bound by this agreement
threatening the high-powei'ed transmitters in the
US occupation areas in Germany.
While holding firmly to the reservation and
making no preparations to conform with the Co-
penhagen agi'eement, US radio officials have en-
couraged the development of Frequency Modula-
tion as the only solution of the frequency shortage
problem. US-sponsored stations are already op-
erating experimental FM transmitters to test their
suitability for wide use and German manufactur-
ers are studying the prospects for providing both
transmitters and receivers necessary for such de-
velopment. If this is the turn German radio
takes, it opens the possibility of expanding and
diversifying the present radio setup along a num-
ber of lines, including that of financing.
At present, German stations with the exception
of those in Berlin are financed by the collection of
listener fees as is customary in European coim-
tries. This fee system is conducted on a state basis
and the public radio council in each state admin-
isters the funds for radio uses. It is apparent that
such a system, while it has ardent proponents in
Europe and has worked out admirably in many
cases as the British Broadcasting Company
(BBC), lacks the incentive which is provided by
commercial competition in American radio.
It is too early to say if commercial radio will
ever come to Germany. "With Frequency Modula-
tion opening up more frequencies, perhaps it will
be possible to grant licenses to small commercial
stations which will furnish competition to the state
radio system and to each other. There is consid-
erable interest evident among Germans anxious to
experiment in such a venture.
There is also a constant stream of requests for
installations to be subsidized and used by special
:
July 25, 1949
groups, i. e. labor, political parties, religious or-
ganizations, etc. These requests have been re-
fused by Military Government, which still retains
responsibility for frequency allocation, because of
the lack of frequencies and the feeling that if one
or two low power channels should become avail-
able, so powerful an advantage should not be given
to any one special interest.
If however, commercial radio does become feasi-
ble in Germany through development in FM, it
will not only offer the advantage of opening up the
field to a "multiplicity of voices" but will probably
be regulated under the public radio council to serve
the general public interest. These, however, are
still questions of the future.
At present, Americans who work in the field of
radio feel that there is considerable ground for
satisfaction with the progress that has been made
in four years toward sound, democratic radio in
the US Zone of Germany. (There is no illusion,
however, that it has the stability, the toughness
and the deep roots which support the structure of
free radio in the United States.) The present
staff's are those who have been schooled with West-
ern democratic concepts of free expression. An
attempt has been made in these years also to edu-
cate the community to what it should demand of
its radio station. And courees of indoctrination
were jjrovided for newly-elected members of the
public radio councils.
As a result of these measures and probably be-
cause of some genuine German desire and respect
for unrestricted information, free radio is operat-
ing well and apparently with public approval.
Nevertheless, there are occasional signals of future
problems, such as a high German official requesting
that a commentator be prohibited from criticizing
a current policy of the government. "We might
want to change this policy," he explained, "and we
wouldn't want it to appear that we had done so as
the result of public pressure."
But that incident reveals a basic weakness in the
German attitude that affects much more than mer-
ely democratic radio. On the other hand it is
known that one German commentator, vigorous
and effective in his attacks on Communism, stub-
bornly remains on the air though one member of
his family in the East Zone has been imprisoned
as a result and he himself has been both threatened
and offered bribes to stop his broadcasts.
(Continued on page 115)
85
VENEZUELA: "LITTLE VENICE" OF SOUTH AMERICA
J>y John L. Mutz
On May 14, 1948, the Commissioner of Rec-
lamation forwarded a letter to "All Regional
Directors" advising that the Department of State
had received a request from the Venezuelan Am-
bassador, Seiior Dr. Gonzalo Carnevali, for the
services of an engineer. The assignment would
be for a period of 2 months ; the purpose to assist
in the study and determination of the most ade-
quate and economical method for the conservation
and maintenance of canals in his country and to aid
in the selection of the type of equipment and ma-
chinery required in connection therewith.
The author was selected for the assignment and
arrived at Caracas, Venezuela, on October 29, 1948.
As is the case with many "Norte Americanos," I
had only a very general conception of what lay
ahead because, after all, is not Venezuela in the
tropics and is it not a country of plentiful rainfall
where bananas, coifee, sugar cane, and other crops
requiring rather moist conditions are grown?
Also, does not the name Venezuela mean "Little
Venice," which in itself implies many lakes, which
exist only where there is ample precipitation?
Venezuela is a country of many contrasts and
only two well defined seasons. The annual pre-
cipitation varies from 10 inches along the northern
seacoast to 140 inches in some of the jungle areas
in the southern part of the country. It has a
definitely dry season known as "Verano" and a
wet season known as "Invierno." The wet season
is from April to October, and the dry season is
from November through March. In many areas
there are extended periods during which the rain-
fall is less than 0.2 of an inch. Because of this low
rainfall, a plant for distilling fresh water from sea
water is being constructed on the Peninsula de
Paraguana by the Caribbean Oil Company, in
connection with a refinery it is building. Fresh
water shortage also is a problem on the island of
Margarita, located off the northeast coast of Ven-
ezuela and noted for its pearls and native artwork.
Here, water is provided by tankers from the main-
land. With a 12-month growing season and er-
ratic precipitation, it was evident immediately
why there is a need for irrigation in Venezuela.
The country has a total area of 352,000 square
miles with a population of 3,500,000. The area is
slightly less than that contained in the states of
Texas and New Mexico and has a population
density about that of Colorado. Nearly two-
thirds of the country is mountainous, leaving only
one-third which is sufficiently level for farming.
The Venezuelan Government is well supplied
with funds derived largely from its fabulous oil
resources — and it has the world's greatest oil pro-
ducing reserve. The Government has recognized
the need for developing the irrigation potential-
ities and is now pursuing a well-planned course
of action in carrying out a much needed irrigated
agricultural program by using funds which are
obtained from a fifty-fifty split of the oil produced.
During the past 8 years a niunber of American
technicians have been employed to aid in develop-
ing Venezuelan irrigated agriculture. Among
them are W. L. Powers, Department of Soils, Ore-
gon State College; J. B. Bond, consulting engi-
neer; A. W. Newcomer, Bureau of Reclamation;
and M. R. Lewis. Many Venezuelans have visited
the United States to study our irrigation and con-
servation methods. Some of whom are Dr. Gus-
tavo Padilla, chief of the Division of Agroecono-
mica ; Pedro Castillo, head of operation and main-
66
Deparfmen/ of Sfafe Bulletin
tenance; and Henry Delgado, head of conserva-
tion, all in the Ministry of Public Works.
The Venezuelans have made detailed and semi-
detailed land classification studies on several hun-
dred thousand acres of land, and interestingly
enough the Bureau of Reclamation standards are
used as well as its Land Classification Manual.
The table below lists the projects completed
by the Government, those under construction, and
some of those under study.
The crops which are and can be grown are
numerous. In part they are bananas (about 14
varieties), sugar cane, coffee, corn, tobacco, cot-
ton, rice, many citrus fruits, practically all types
of vegetables, with the exception of head lettuce,
and many tropical fruits and vegetables such as,
oyster plant, soursop (the fruit is pear-shaped
with a slightly acid, fibrous pulp), guava, sapo-
dilla (its latex yields chicle and the fruit has a
sweet brownish pulp), avocado, mango, papaya
(oblong fruit has a pulpy flesh eaten raw, but is
boiled and used as vegetable), cacao, and bread
fruit.
In addition to the work undertaken directly
by the Venezuelan Government in the production
of food, the Venezuela Basic Economy Corpora-
tion has been established by Nelson Rockefeller.
This corporation obtains conti'ibutions from Cre-
ole, Caribbean, and Mene Grande Oil Companies
for the production and distribution of fish, poultry,
cattle, and agi'icultural products.
The particular purpose of this visit in Venezuela
was to assist in determining the proper type and
amount of equipment required to mechanize the
operation and maintenance of the irrigation proj-
ects of Tuy, Suata, San Carlos, Cumana, and El
Cenizo in order to reduce the operation and main-
tenance costs. Contracts have been made between
the national government and individual land
owners within the irrigation projects for the re-
imbursement of construction costs and payment of
operation and maintenance costs. As the main-
tenance is largely accomplished by hand labor,
the cost is now running between 65 and 90 bolivares
(a bolivar is worth about 30^) per hectare, or be-
tween $8.00 and $11.00 per acre. At the same
time, the operation and maintenance contract in
one case provides for a payment of 12 bolivares
{Continued on page 118)
July 25, 1949
Name
Location
Acres
Type of works
Construction:
Tuy
Miranda
3,700
8,500
12, 000
6,200
63, 700
Direct diversion.
Suata
Aragua
Storage.
San Carlos
Cojedes
Direct diversion.
Cumana
Guanare
Sucre
Portuguesa
Direct diversion.
Dii-ect diversion.
Subtotal
34, 100
Aragua
Under construction:
Taguaiguai
22, 000
7,500
20, 000
3,500
Off-stream storage.
Guataparo
El Cenizo
Carabobo
Trujillo
Anzoatequi
Storage.
Direct diversion.
Neveri
Du"ect diversion.
Subtotal
53, 000
Lara
TrujUlo
Under study:
Carora
El Cenizo
15,000
200, 000
Direct diversion.
Storage.
Subtotal
215,000
Total
302, 100
87
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Excerpts From Comparative Review of Activities and Woric Programmes of the
U.N. and tlie Specialized Agencies in tlie Economic and Social Fields
submitted hy the Secretary-General
U.N. doc. E/1351
Dated June 7, 1949
PART I
Introduction
A Comparative Review of the Activities and
Work Programmes of the United Nations and the
Specialized Agencies in the Economic and Social
Fields (E/848 and E/848/Add. 1) was presented
to the seventh session of the Economic and Social
Council in accordance with a proposal made by the
Administrative Committee on Co-ordination at its
third session.^
The twofold purpose of the review was stated
as follows :
1. to assist the Economic and Social Council,
under General Assembly resolution 125 (II) "to
give constant attention to the factor of the relative
priority of proposals, and to consider as a matter
of urgency the further steps which should be taken
to develop effective co-ordination of the pro-
grammes of the United Nations and its subsidiary
organs on the one hand and the specialized agen-
cies on the other" :
[Editor's Note; Part II of the review includes an
analytical outline of the principal questions in the eco-
nomic and social fields and the worlj of the U.N. and
specialized agencies related to each ; Part III is made up
of three annexes, including documents, resolutions, and
organizational structure of the agencies and the U.N.
commissions and departments included in the review.]
' Second report of the Co-ordination Committee to the
Economic and Social Council, E/625, chapter V. The new
title of this committee. Administrative Committee on Co-
ordination, was adopted at its sixth session, Nov. 12, 1&48,
(see E/1076, p. 3).
"to promote the most efficient and practical use
of the resources of the United Nations and the
specialized agencies by recommendations concern-
ing the definition of responsibility for specific
projects and concerning priorities for action";
2. to assist the Co-ordination Committee, under
Economic and Social Council resolution 128 (VI)
"to draw the attention of the Council to any appar-
ent overlapping or duplication of activities of the
United Nations and of the specialized agencies in
the economic, social, cultural, educational, health
and related fields" ;
The Council at its seventh session ^ considered
the review and agreed that the Secreary-General
should prepare the Comparative Review for the
ninth session in a smilar form as a reference
document, with an indication of priorities, where-
ever possible, specific questions requiring the
special attention of the Council to be treated in
separate documents.
This Comparative Review is based ' primarily on
the statements regarding work programmes in
(a) the reports of the specialized agencies sub-
mitted in pursuance of the agreements between the
United Nations and the specialized agencies, (b)
the reports of the Commissions of the Economic
and Social Council'' and (c) the report of the
Secretary-General on the Work Programmes of
the Commissions of the Council 1919 and 1950
" Report of the Economic and Social Council to the
General Assembly, A/625, pp. 69 and 70.
3 See annex I for a list of documents used in the prepara-
tion of this review.
88
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
(E/13-i4 and E/1344/Add. 1) .* This information
has been supplemented by material from the Cata-
logue of Economic aivd Social Projects, from
budget statements supplied by some of the agencies
and from other documents dealing with specific
subjects and with inter-relationships of the United
Nations and specialized agencies. Representa-
tives of specialized agencies have also supplied
additional information and informal memoranda
and have given innumerable suggestions regarding
the interpretation and organization of the material.
A comparison of the work programmes of the
various commissions and specialized agencies is
difficult, parti}' because the information provided
in tlieir reports to the Council is not comparable.
The agencies are requested in Council resolution
128 (VI) to provide in their reports an account of
(a) activities of the agency for the past year, in-
cluding conferences and meetings, actions taken
(conventions, recommendations, expert assistance
rendered, studies and publications), and relations
with United Nations and its various organs, mat-
ters referred by agencies to United Nations, par-
ticipation in meetings and co-operative projects,
(b) activities and work progrannnes for the cur-
rent calendar year, including the items mentioned
above, and an indication of priorities, if any, or
major modifications of previously submitted work
programmes, and (c) as far as possible, an account
of the proposed activities and work programmes
for the subsequent year.
Concerning the Commissions of the Council and
the Divisions of the Economic and Social Council,
the same resolution requests from the Secretary-
General an account of the current work pro-
grammes, with a description, where applicable, of
their relationship to similar activities carried on
by the specialized agencies and by other organs of
the United Nations.
Thus the periods of time to be covered in the
various reports are not specified in comparable
terms. Furthermore the reports of the agencies
deal largely with past activities and vary greatly in
the extent to which they meet the Council's re-
quest for information in terms of the current calen-
dar year, and of the subsequent year, or distinguish
clearly among completed, continuing or future ac-
tivities. The reports of the commissions review
the activities of the past year but they, as well as
the work programmes of the Commissions and cor-
responding secretariat divisions," present outlines
*Note: Since a nuinbpr of the commissions do not com-
plete their sessions and submit their reports until shortly
before the opening of the ninth session of the Council, the
report listed under (c) and the final version of this review
(to be issued as E/1351/Rev. 1) cannot be completed until
early in July.
• E/1344 and E/1344/Add. 1.
My 25, 1949
of work somewhat generally in terms of 1949 and
1950.
The Administrative Committee on Co-ordina-
tion in its report to the seventh session of the Coun-
cil " stated that in the Comparative Review special
attention would be devoted to the future work pro-
grammes contained in the reports of the various
agencies and to the information available concern-
ing any priorities within agencies. This review,
therefore, does not describe the 1948 activities re-
ported by the agencies, United Nations Commis-
sions and divisions of the secretariat, except when
these past activities are part of a continuing pro-
gramme. It is concerned with 1949 and 1950, in-
cluding all continuing work and new work in pro-
gress or to be undertaken during those periods.
The Commissions of the Council, like the spe-
cialized agencies, are requested in section D of
Council resolution 128 (VI) "to establish prior-
ities of work, in their respective programmes, based
on the urgency and importance of projects in ful-
filling the purposes of Article 55 of the Charter and
to indicate these priorities in their reports to the
Council."
Again the agencies and the Commissions vary in
their interpretation and application of the term
"priorities." In some work programmes priori-
ties or major emphases are indicated in terms of
broad divisions of their respective total fields ; in
others priorities are expressed in terms of specific
projects within each division of the over-all pro-
gramme.
In the following sections of this review the
manner in which each agency or commission has
dealt with the problem of priorities will be briefly
described and the general areas or specific projects
selected for special emphasis will be indicated.
General Review of Programmes and Priorities
A. UNITED NATIONS COMMISSIONS AND DIVISIONS
A final statement regarding the programmes
and priorities of all the United Nations commis-
sions and divisions cannot be made at this time
because the reports of several commissions which
have recently met are not yet available and other
commissions have not yet had their pre-council
session. For the convenience of Council Mem-
bers, this document, though necessarily incom-
plete, is being circulated before the opening of the
ninth session of the Council and a revision of this
document including changes, wlien necessary, and
new information not now available will be dis-
tributed at the beginning of the ninth session.
Since the work programmes of the Commissions
of the Council and the Economic and Social Af-
fairs Departments will be found in the Secretary-
General's report, E/1344, the following para-
graphs will only review briefly the information
now at hand on the manner in which certain com-
missions deal with priorities.
• E/846, p. 6.
89
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
1. Transport and Communications Commission
and Division
The Transport and Communications Commis-
sion at its third session refrained from trying to
establisli an order of priority among the various
matters on its work programme as this was not
considered practicable.' Tlie difficulties prevent-
ing the establishment of an order of priorities as
pointed out in the Commission's report on its sec-
ond session, are inherent in the character of its
activities which are advisory, stimulative, co-
ordinating and organizing. No priority, in the
opinion of the Commission, could be given to work
in connexion with any of these functions, nor to
one region over another nor to one means of trans-
port or communications over another.
2. The Fiscal Commission and Division
The Fiscal Commission in its report on its sec-
ond session * stated that the limited resources
available require the establishment of an order
of priority. The items of the work programme
were listed in the order considered appropriate,
an order to be followed, as far as practicable, by
the Secretariat, with due regard to the needs of
other organs of the Secretariat. The items were
given in the following order:
(a) the rendering of technical assistance to
Governments as and when required (par. 19) ;
(b) the work of collation and synthesis covered
in paragraphs 15-18 and paragraph 20j with par-
ticular reference imder 18 to extra-territorial tax-
ation (par. 30) ;
(c) the study of the effects of taxation on inter-
national trade and investment (par. 23) ;
(d) the examination of the Model Conventions
of Mexico and London (par. 29) and, in particu-
lar, the problems arising on the taxation of com-
pany profits and dividends and problems arising
from dual domicile in estate taxes (par. 27) ;
(e) the study of the scope of arrangements for
reciprocal administrative assistance between rev-
enue authorities in tax matters (par. 31) ;
(f ) at the instance of, and in co-operation with,
other organs of the United Nations, the study of
the economic influences of taxation (in addition
to the work proposed at (c) above) continuing
the work of the League of Nations Fiscal Com-
mittee in this field (par. 24) with particular ref-
erence to :
(i) fiscal measures to prevent depressions
(par. 33),
(ii) the influence of taxes upon consumption,
the standard of living and production.
' E/CN.2/65/Rev. 1, par. 12 (h).
' E/1104, pars. 36 and 37.
90
3. The Statistical Commission and Statistical
Office
The Report of the Statistical Commission on its
fourth session ° does not specifically set forth an
order of priorities in the work programme to be
dealt with by the Commission and the Office.
However, at its 1949 session special attention was
given to the revision of the international classifi-
cation for international trade statistics, the prog-
ress of plans for the 1950 census of agriculture
and population and the development of an inter-
national standard classification of occupations.
Looking toward the improvement of international
statistics, specific recommendations were made on
measures to be taken to remedy deficiencies in na-
tional statistical services.
4. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far
East
At its fourth session the Ecafe took no action
to establish priorities.^" Its programme as a
whole is given in the Secretary-General's report
on work programmes, E/1344.
5. Population Cormnission and Division
The report of the fourth session of the Popula-
tion Commission '^ recalled that the Commission
at its second session had given priority to the de-
velopment of basic population data and stated that
this work should be continued together with work
on international census plans. The Commission
also considered that increased emphasis should
now be laid on the provision to Ecosoc of the
basic information and analyses necessary for tak-
ing demographic factors into account in the devel-
opment of economic and social policies, with work
on the inter-relationship of economic, social and
population changes receiving first priority. Stud-
ies directly related to the above in the fields of
migration, the population of Trust Territories,
infant mortality and recent trends in birth rates
should also have high priority.
6. Commission on the Status of Women
At its third session,^^ the Commission on the
Status of Women decided to request the Secretary-
General to give priority, in the preparation of his
work programme, to the following projects in the
order listed :
(1) Collection of supplementary information
on nationality (Part C (b) of resolution 154
(VII) of the Economic and Social Council), and
prei^aratory measures for a Draft Convention on
the Nationality of Married Women.
(2) Preparation of documentation on the Prop-
erty Eights of Married Women (E/615, para-
graph 25), including the preparation of sections
of the Questionnaire which are pertinent to the
projierty rights of married women.
• E/1312.
" E/1329, par. 42.
" E/1313, pars. 38 fl.
" E/1316, par. 59.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
(3) Study of access of women to education in
various countries, in law and practice, in collab-
oration with UNESCO.
(4) Report on posts in the Secretariat, and dele-
gations to organs and agencies of the United Na-
tions, occupied by women.
(5) Examination of the possibility of proposing
a Convention on the Granting of Political Rights
to Women.
(6) Preparation of materials, from govern-
mental and non-governmental sources, on the ap-
plication to women of penal law, police statutes,
and prison administration.
(7) Publication and dissemination of biogra-
phies of women.
(8) Preparation and publication of a quarterly
account of pertinent activities of the various or-
gans of the United Nations and its Specialized
Agencies relating to the status of women.
7. Intcrmation-al Children's Emergency Fund
The ICEF is an emergency organization with an
operational programme in which it is not possible
to establish in advance priorities for specific parts.
Allocation of funds is made on the application
of countries on the basis of need, in view of the
terms of General Assembly resolution 57 (I) under
which ICEF was created "to be utilized for the
benefit of children and adolescents of countries
which were the victims of aggi-ession. . . .".
(a) "For the benefit of children and adolescents
of countries which were victims of aggression and
in order to assist in their rehabilitation ;
(b) "For the benefit of children and adolescents
of countries at present receiving assistance from
the United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Ad-
ministration ;
(c) "For child health purposes generally, giv-
ing high priority to the children of countries vic-
tims of aggression."
B. SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
1. International Labour Organisation
The three reports of Ilo to United Nations
have covered virtually the entire field of action
of Ilo." The first report included topics which
it considered of immediate concern to United Na-
tions at the time : employment and unemployment,
social security, the protection of children and
young persons, women's work, labour inspection,
maritime labour, social policy in non-metropolitan
territories and migration. The second report con-
tained chapters on industrial safety, agricultural
labour and statistics.
The third report of Ilo to the United Nations
covers the period from April 1948 to February
1949 and indicates under the subjects dealt with
" E/586, E/586/Add. 1 and 2 and B)/1362.
Jofy 25, 1949
the activities to continue during the remainder of
1949 and, insofar as possible, those to be extended
or undertaken in 1950.
It brings up-to-date the account of the activities
of Ilo in the principal fields included in the pre-
vious reports and deals with additional topics, thus
covering manpower, wages, freedom of association
and industrial relations, social security, industrial
safety, maritime labour, agriculture, co-operation
(co-operative organizations), the protection of
children and young persons, women's work, the
functioning and plans of Ilo's industrial com-
mittees, statistics, publications of Ilo, regional
activities, advisory missions, administrative ques-
tions and relations with other international or-
ganizations. It points out that there still remain
other fields, in which Ilo has been and will con-
tinue to be active, to be covered in future reports,
such as industrial health and welfare, the protec-
tion of salaried and professional workers, and
working conditions in genei'al.
The Ilo has provided the following statement
regarding the process by which the content of their
work programme and the items for the agenda of
the International Labour Conferences are deter-
mined :
"In the case of the International Labour Organ-
isation, tlie Constitution, the Standing Orders and
the constitutional practice of the Organisation
to a large extent preclude a situation in which
precedence should be awarded among simultane-
ous and rival claims of subjects requiring treat-
ment by its representative organs.
"The scope of the activities of the organization
is defined by its Constitution and by the Declara-
tion of Philadelphia.
"Although this scope is wide, the number of
subjects which can practically be selected for treat-
ment at the same time is more limited.
"The main task of the International Labour
Conference is the consideration of these subjects
with a view to the establishment of international
standards embodied in conventions which tend to
restrict the number of subjects which may be se-
lected for simultaneous treatment.
"The first is that the adoption of international
instruments is regulated by the Constitution and
the Standing Orders which provide for a number
of consecutive stages of the process between each
of which a prescribed interval should elapse.
Therefore, the agenda of each session of the Con-
ference includes the continuation or the conclu-
sion of work already initiated.
"The second is that the action of the Organisa-
tion is of a continuing character. Each conven-
tion is subject to periodical revision. In addition,
each session of tlie International Labour Confer-
ence is called upon to study information and re-
ports on the application of conventions and rec-
ommendations. As an illustration attention might
be drawn to the fact that the Governing Body has
decided to instruct the Ofiice to request States
91
i
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Members to submit in 1950 reports under Arti-
cle 19 of the Constitution on the following con-
ventions and recommendations :
Protection against accidents (dockers) Conven-
tion ( revised ) , 1932 ( No. 32 )
Protection against accidents (dockers) Keci-
procity Recommendation, 1932 (No. 40)
Vocational Training Recommendation, 1939
(No. 57)
Apprenticeship Recommendation, 1939 (No. 60)
Labour Inspection Convention, 1917 (No. 81)
Labour Inspection Recommendation, 1947 (No.
81)
Labour Inspection (mining and transport)
Recommendation, 1947 (No. 82)
Labour Inspectorates (Non-Metropolitan Ter-
ritories) Convention, 1947 (No. 85)
"Besides, as the Oi'ganisation has already
studied a considerable number of subjects coming
within its scope, it is not faced with an entii-ely
unexplored field. Rather, it is called upon to con-
solidate, widen and adapt to changed circum-
stances its achievements by treating new but re-
lated subjects, with a view to ensuring in the light
of experience, the existence of a coherent body of
international standards.
"Therefore, the agenda of the sessions of the In-
ternational Labour Conference also comprises
items relating to questions which, in the judgment
of the Governing Body, have reached a stage at
which international action is deemed feasible and
desirable and for the study of which enough in-
formation on the experience already acquired in
the field has been accumulated and sound prelimi-
nary work has been undertaken.
"As an illustration of these processes, atten-
tion should be called to the agenda of the forth-
coming sessions of the International Labour
Conference which includes items which have been
placed upon it either in accordance with the
Standing Orders, such as the discussion of the
Director-General's Report, the discussion of fi-
nancial and budgetary questions and information
and reports on the application of conventions
and recommendations, or items concerning the
completion of work already undertaken, or again
the study of questions which are of such a nature
that their consideration by the International
Labour Conference will contribute to the effective
development of the existing body of international
standards. The items so included on the agenda
of forthcoming sessions of the International
Labour Conference are as follows :
32nd Session, 1949
I. Director-General's Report.
II. Financial and budgetary questions.
III. Reports on the application of Conventions.
92
IV. Application of the principles of the right
to organize and to bargain collectively (second
discussion).
V. Industrial relations, comprising collective
agreements, conciliation and arbitration, and co-
operation between public authorities and em-
ployers' and workers' organizations (first
discussion).
VI. Labour clauses in public contracts (second
discussion).
VII. Protection of wages (second discussion).
VIII. Wages: General Report.
IX. Vocational guidance (second discussion).
X. Revision of the Fee-Charging Employment
Agencies Convention, 1933.
XI. Migration for employment: Revision of
the Migration for Employment Convention, 1939,
the Migration for Employment Recommendation,
1939, and the Migration for Employment (Co-
operation between States) Recommendation, 1939.
XII. Partial Revision of the Social Security
(Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No. 70), the Paid
Vacations (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No. 72),
the Accommodation of Crews Convention, 1946
(No. 75), and the Wages, Hours of Work and
Manning (Sea) Convention, 1946 (No. 76^-
33rd Session, 1950
1. Report of the Director-General.
2. Financial and Budgetary Questions.
3. Information and Reports on the application
of Conventions and Recommendations.
(These three items will be included in the agenda
in accordance with the Standing Orders of the
Conference)
4. Industrial Relations (an item which the 32nd
Session of the Conference will probably place on
the agenda of the 33rd Session for second dis-
cussion).
5. Equal remuneration for men and women
workers for work of equal value (first discussion) .
6. Agricultural labour: General report.
7. Minimum wage regulation in agriculture
(first discussion).
8. Holidays with pay in agriculture (first dis-
cussion).
9. Vocational training of adults, including dis-
abled persons (single discussion, preceded by a
preparatory technical tripartite conference) .
34th Session, 1951
"The following items will necessarily be in-
cluded in the agenda of the 34th Session of the
Conference :
Report of the Director-General
Financial and Budgetary Questions
Information and Reports on the Application of
Conventions and Recommendations.
"The 33rd Session of the Conference has on its
agenda for first discussion the following questions
which the Conference may be expected, under
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Article IG, paragraph 3, of the Constitution, to
place upon the agenda of the 34th Session for
second discussion :
Equal remuneration for men and women
workers for work of equal value.
Minimum wage regulation in agriculture.
Holidays with pay in agriculture.
"In addition, the Governing Body has been in-
vited to consider the possibility of including in the
agenda, to be dealt with under the double dis-
cussion procedure : The revision of the conventions
and recommendations relating to social security,
with a view to the adoption of such new conven-
tions as may be found necessary, the guaranteed
wage, the status and conditions of employment of
domestic workers.
"All suggestions of subsidiary organs are made
to or through the Governing Body and the latter,
in light of the above consideration is in a position
to decide in what manner, and which of these
suggestions can best be given effect tp and be in-
corporated in the overall programme of the Or-
ganisation, as circumstances and experience may
warrant.
"By the same token, the Governing Body is also
in a position to seek the advice of the advisory
bodies of the Organisation on those specific ques-
tions which are brought to the attention of the
Conference, or the consideration of which is part
of the continuing work of the Ilo.
"Furthermore, the activities of the Interna-
tional Labour Office are under the control of the
Governing Body. A number of these are directly
related to the preparation of the work of the
representative organs and therefore follow
exactly the same pattern.
"Other activities are undertaken in accordance
with the provisions of the Constitution or of
International Labour Conventions which vest
specific tasks of a permanent character with the
International Labour Office.
"Tasks which do not derive from the prepara-
tion of the work of the principal or suosidiary
organs of the ILO or from specific statutory pro-
visions are undertaken where and as in the judg-
ment of the Director-General, they are likely to
round out the work of representative organs, to
pave the way for future action by these oi'gans or
to fulfill a function which a representative organ
may not be equipped to fulfill.
"In view of these facts, the International La-
bour Organisation, in the establishment of its
programme of work, is not faced witji problem of
choosing among a number of new subjects of equal
importance and urgency which categories shall
be treated first as, in view of the limitations of
a physical, technical, financial or political char-
acter which attend upon international organiza-
tions, they cannot all be treated at the same time,
or cannot be so treated with reasonable expecta-
tion of success, but rather to endeavour so to
subordinate each activity to the main purposes
and aims of an enduring character as to bolster
the effectiveness of the iLO's action and thereby
to enable it to discharge the functions which
have been entrusted to it by its constituent
instruments."
2. Food and Agricultural Organization
Information on the work programme of Fag
utilized in this review is taken from the Fao Pro-
gramme of Work for 1949 and Activities of Fao
in the Field of Economic Development both of
which are appended to the Report of Fao to the
United Nations prepared for the ninth session of
the Economic and Social Council." Access was
also had to a draft of the as yet unpublished
Programme of Work for 1950.
The Programme of W^ork for 1949 points out
that the specific proposals therein included are
not limited to that year but are framed in the
light of a policy covering periods from three to
five years. The 1950 programme is, therefore,
largely a continuation and extension of that for
1949.
The wide range of Fao's activities is indicated
in the 1949 programme in a detailed list of the
projects of the Fao divisions : economics, market-
ing and statistics, nutrition, agriculture (includ-
ing agricultural services, animal industry, land
use, plant industry, rural welfare, fisheries, for-
estry and forest products, distribution and in-
formation). A separate section indicates plans
for regional representatives.
This year, as last year, Fao has based its pro-
gramme on a series of specific projects rigorously
selected from a very large number of recommen-
dations made by its annual conferences. The<
criterion for this selection has been which proj-
ects, in terms of Fao's resources, can be most ef-
fective in assisting member Governments in the
solution of the production and distribution prob-
lems with which they are confronted. The main
objectives of its work remain essentially the same
as previously outlined :
(1) assisting member Governments to increase
the production of food, fibers and timber — the
primary goal ;
(2) improving distribution, particularly doing
what it can to see that food surpluses in one coun-
try are made available to the hungry in another;
this includes the promotion of the adoption of
international policies with respect to commodity
arrangements ;
(3) bettering the conditions of rural
populations.
Its work in measures to deal with losses caused
by insects, pests and other diseases including
" E/1321.
Jw/y 25, 7949
93
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
losses in storage and transit is related to both
(1) and (2) above.
The report further points out that Fao's three-
fold task in working toward its main objectives is :
(1) the collection, analysis and dissemination
of information including statistical, factual,
technical and educational information;
(2) the promotion of international consultation
and co-operation ;
(3) the provision of technical assistance to
member Governments.
3. United Nations Educational^ Scientific and
Cultural Organisations
TJnesco has submitted to the United Nations
its regular report ^^ on activities covering the year
1948, and, in its Annex IV, the year 1949. In
addition, the Director-General of Unesco has
communicated to the Secretary-General a state-
ment on its "Priorities within the programme
for 1949." The latter points out that the pro-
gramme adopted in Beirut is comparatively per-
manent, and that the Executive Board has marked
out within the permanent programme certain
activities on which the Organization should con-
centrate its main energies during the coming
months. The selection of these priorities has
been based upon their value in raising general ed-
ucational, scientific and cultural standards and
their appeal to those whose co-operation is neces-
sary for carrying them out, and upon the likeli-
hood of achieving tangible results fairly quickly.
Priorities thus determined are as follows:
RECONSTRUCTION : "Siucc the ruins of the world
have not yet been rebuilt," Unesco again this
year gives priority to the whole of its reconstruc-
tion programme, while listing certain activities in
the Middle East, such as relief to refugees, as par-
ticularly urgent.
EDUCATION : In this field, emphasis is laid on the
following projects :
Clearing house, with educational missions to be
sent, as a new experiment, to four countries during
1949 (Afghanistan, the Philippines, Siam and
Syria) .
Educational seminars (one in Brazil, one in
India).
Imjirovement of textbooks and teaching mate-
rials.
Fundamental education, including pilot and as-
sociated projects.
Education for international understanding,
with special stress laid on the "Universal Declara-
tion of Human Rights".
International Charter for Youth.
' E/1349.
94
Adult education (International Conference in
Denmark).
War-handicapped childi'en.
NATURAL sciences: The following projects re-
ceive priority :
Field science co-operation offices.
Collaboration with the United Nations, particu-
larly in connection with the project on "Interna-
tional Research Laboratories".
Assistance, with Wuo's collaboration, in the
establishment of a Permanent Bureau for the Co-
ordination of International Confei'ences of Medi-
cal Science.
Conservation of natural resources and the pro-
tection of nature, in collaboration with the United
Nations.
International Institute of the Hylean Amazon,
and possible establishment of an adult institute for
arid zones.
Social and international implications of science.
SOCIAL sciences: The following projects re-
ceive priority :
Establishment of international organizations
concerned with social sciences.
Studies on tensions affecting international un-
derstanding.
Study by social scientists of methods and prob-
lems in international collaboration.
PHILOSOPHT AND HUMANISTIC STUDIES: In this
field, priority is given to the following projects:
Co-operation with non-governmental organiza-
tions in the field of philosophy and humanistic
studies.
Philosophic round-tables.
Human rights (essays and pamphlets).
CULTURAL ACTIVITIES : In this field, the following
projects receive priority :
Reproductions in visual arts and music.
Translations.
Copyright problems.
Service for cultural liaison in the Middle East.
International Book Coupon Scheme.
EXCHANGE OF PERSONS : Priority attention will be
given here to :
(a) the collection, compilation and publication
of information about the availability and condi-
tions of scholarship and fellowship areas and sim-
ilar facilities ;
(b) the analysis of obstacles to the free move-
ment of persons between countries, and the sending
of recommendations to member States for elim-
inating these obstacles;
(c) the stimulation of additional governmental
and private fellowships and the administration of
the limited number of fellowships financed and
sponsored from Unesco's funds.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
MASS COMMUNICATION : 111 this field, the whole
programme of Unesco receives priority, with
special emphasis laid on the technical needs of
press, radio and film, the removal of obstacles to
the free flow of information, and action through
radio, films and press to popularize subjects of an
educational, scientific and cultural character or re-
lated to the work of the United Nations.
The documents submitted by Unesco indicate
that the 1950 programme will again be based on
the permanent programmes adopted at Beirut.
Possibly the question of priorities will again be
reviewed and restated for 1950.
4. Infernafianal Civil Aviation Organization
"Report of Council to the Assembly" (volume
I), covers Icao's activities from March 1948 to
March 1949. In addition, "Budget Estimates
1950" (volimie II), presenting Icao's future ac-
tivities has provided information used in this
review.
As last j-ear's Comparative Review pointed out,
the work of the Icao is both technical and economic
in its scope. Again this year, no series of specific
priorities has been given, but some indications have
been found in Icao's first two documents (Volumes
I and II) as to the particular importance of cer-
tain projects.
In the field of Air Navigation, priority has been
given :
(a) to a continuing review of the implementa-
tion of the eight sets of International Standards
and Recommended Practices (designated as An-
nexes to the Convention on International Civil
Aviation) which were adopted by the Icao Council
in March 1949. (These annexes pertain to (1)
personnel licensing (2) rules of the air (3) mete-
orological codes (4) aeronautical charts (5) di-
mensional units to be used in air-ground com-
munications (6) operation of aircraft-scheduled
international air services (7) aircraft nationality
and registration marks and (8) airworthiness of
aircraft;)
(b) to the provision of assistance to member
States concerning problems of implementation,
and
(c) to the co-ordination of proposals for the
amendment of the ^\jmexes."
The major economic studies of the Air Trans-
port Bureau are the development of multilateral
agreements on commercial rights in air transport,
international air mail, the economics of air navi-
gation facilities, air transport statistics, study of
technical training for increasing safety of flight,
study of multiple taxation, study of burdensome
insurance requirements, study on an "Interna-
tional agency for communications facilities and
ground aids," study on the "Provision and
" See vol. II Bvdget Estimates 1950, p. 8 and p. 16.
July 25, 7949
Manning of indispensable air navigation facili-
ties", studies of custom procedures, sanitary health
and quarantine regulations, financial and monetary
regulations, police and immigration requirements
and regulations of national and international
aeronautical charts. Though no specific priority
has been given to any of these projects, the "Study
of the economics of Air Navigation Facilities" has
been emphasized as of an urgent nature," and work
on "Multiple taxation," and likewise work on
"Burdensome insurance requirements" have been
recognized by the Icao Council as of major
importance.^^
The principal task of the Legal Bureau is assist-
ance in the development of aviation law. Among
the studies to be pursued in 1949-1950 are the con-
sideration of proposed amendments to the Chicago
Convention, the revision of the Warsaw Conven-
tion and the revision of the Rome Convention. As
stated in last year's Comparative Review, the
Bureau is also responsible for filing agreements
concluded between States or airlines which the
Contracting States of Icao are obligated to regis-
ter with the Council. The Bureau also handles the
legal work required by any organ of Icao.
5. World Health Organization
The report of Who to the Ninth Session of the
Council consists of two documents :
(1) Official Records of the World Health Or-
ganization No. 16, Annual Report of the Director-
General to the World Health Assembly and to the
United Nations 1948 (April 1949).
(2) Official Records of the World Health Or-
ganization No. 18, Programme and Budget Esti-
mates for 1950. Budget Estimates for the Regular
Ojierating Programmes and the Supplemental
Operating Programme of Advisory and Technical
Service for the Financial Year 1 January-31
December 1950 (April 1949).
These j^resent the Who programmes in great
detail.
The following statement prepared by Who re-
garding its priorities, however, is based on the
third report of the Progi'amme Committee."
"The First World Health Assembly in adopting
the third report of its Programme Committee,
gave the same top priority already given to ma-
laria, maternal and child health, tuberculosis, and
venereal diseases, to nutrition and environmental
sanitation (sanitary engineering).
"The Assembly further agreed to give the fol-
lowing priorities to certain other outstanding
problems of public health.
"Second priority was given to public health ad-
ministration, which includes :
" See vol. I Report of the Council to the General Asseni-
Wy. p. 24.
" See vol. II Budget Estimates 1950, p. 17.
" Official Records of the World Health Organization, no.
13, pp. 306-10.
95
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
( 1 ) hospital and clinics, medical care, and medi-
cal rehabilitation
(2^ medical social work
(3) nursing
(4) public health administration, health edu-
cation and industrial hygiene, and
(5) hygiene of seafarers.
"Third priority was given to work on the para-
sitic diseases, including ankylostomiasis, filariasis,
leishmaniasis, schistosomiasis, trypanosomiasis
"Fourth priority was given to the group of virus
diseases including :
( 1 ) poliomyelitis
(2) influenza
(3) rabies
(4) trachoma
"Fifth priority went to mental health, which in
addition to mental health proper, includes the
problems of alcoholism and drug addiction.
"Certain other subjects including cancer, rheu-
matoid diseases, leprosy, technical education, bru-
cellosis, a proposed bureau of medical supplies,
and work on penicillin and insulin, received sixth
priority. This action was taken on the advice of
the expert committees established by the Interim
Commission of the World Health Organization,
and on the recommendation of the Assembly's
Programme Committee. It was felt that the pub-
lic health problems of the world of interest to the
Who outnumbered those listed. Nevertheless,
the World Health Organization, in view of the
prevalence and effects of these problems, the means
of combating them at the disposal of public health
authorities and the degree to which the Who
could be of assistance, felt that it could contribute
most widely to the achievement of early and endur-
ing results through such a priority programme."
6. The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development and the International Monetary
Fvm,d
The Bank and Fund cannot draw up "work pro-
grammes" nor establish "priorities" in the sense
that these terms might apply to other specialized
agencies and to United Nations divisions. Their
principal function is, of course, the carrying
through of financial transactions. In connexion
with these transactions they have extensive activi-
ties in research and in providing missions and tech-
nical assistance as indicated in the analytical out-
line in Annex I.
7. The Universal Postal Union and the Interna-
tional Telecom7nunications Unioii.
The work of Upu and Itu is highly specialized
and technical. Although some of their activities
touch upon those of other bodies in the field of
transport and communications they present no
problems relating to priorities from the point of
view of this review.
The Upu deals with the clearance of postal ac-
counts, publishes VUnion Postale and various
technical publications, statistical summaries and
mapSj and continues the study of the rights of
transit and calculation of fees.
The Itu deals with the establishment of regula-
tions in the field of telephone, telegraph and radio
communications and publishes the Jounval, various
statistical series and other technical materials.
8. International Refugee Organization
The International Refugee Organization, a non-
permanent operational agency, presents no sepa-
rate list of priorities because its entire programme
is concentrated on fulfilling the purposes of its Con-
stitution, namely the care, protection, and repatria-
tion or resettlement of the displaced persons and
refugees under its jurisdiction.
Procedure for Classification of Activities
Possibly the most useful function of this Com-
parative Review is to provide in convenient form,
within the compass of one document a compact but
comprehensive outline of the work programmes
contained in the reports of twelve commissions
and ten specialized agencies, and to classify and
bring together under headings representing the
main sectors of the economic and social fields the
work of the United Nations and the specialized
agencies related to each sector. The analytical
outline, found in Part II, presents such a classi-
fication and constitutes the principal part of this
review.
The series of subject headings under which ac-
tivities are listed in this outline has been drawn up
after consultation with representatives of the spe-
cialized agencies and with directors of divisions
within the Department of Economic Affairs and
the Department of Social Affairs of United Na-
tions. It is difficult to devise a list of categories
for the classification of so vast an array of activi-
ties which will be entirely satisfactory from the
point of view of all agencies concerned. The
present list, which represents a compromise and
remains experimental, is as follows:
A. Economic Questions
1. Economic Surveys
2. Economic Stability and Employment
3. Economic Development and Reconstruction
4. Industry and Raw Materials
5. Food and Agriculture
6. International Trade
7. Monetary and Financial Questions
8. Fiscal and Public Finance Questions
9. Transport and Conununications
96
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATCONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
B. Social Questions
1. Human Eights
2. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Activi-
ties
3. Health (including nutrition)
4. Social Security (unemployment, old age,
disabilitj', sickness insurance)
5. Social Welfare (including rural welfare and
standards of living)
6. Narcotics (international control)
7. Prevention of Crime
8. Relief and Refugees
C. General Questions
1. Statistics
2. Industrial Relations (including labour legis-
lation, and conditions of work)
3. Wages and Other Forms of Remuneration
4. Population (including demography, migra-
tion and manpower)
6. Housing and Town and Country Planning
6. Technical Assistance
It is obvious that many of the above headings
are closely interrelated and it is often difficult to
draw a line between them. Furthermore many
activities or projects touch upon more than one
field. Wherever possible, relationships of proj-
ects to several fields are indicated by cross ref-
erences, but occasionally, for the sake of clarity,
the same project will be found listed under a num-
ber of headings. A certain amount of repetition
is inevitable and even desirable in an analysis of
this kind and those making use of this outline are
cautioned not to mistake this repetition in listing
for duplication of work. Furthermore, when
similar items for two or more organizations ap-
pear under any one heading, these projects usually
complement rather than duplicate each other.
The determination of the proper classification
projects frequently requires more intimate knowl-
edge of their nature than is given in the reports.
The assistance of representatives of the agencies
and divisions concerned has, therefore, been
sought, in grouping activities under the various
subject headings. Nevertheless it has not been
feasible to check all entries, and it cannot be as-
sumed that the agencies have concurred in all de-
cisions made.
Since the General Assembly in resolution 125
fll) requests the Economic and Social Council
to promote the most efficient and practical use of
the resources of United Nations and the special-
ized agencies by recommendations concerning the
definition of responsibility for specific projects",
this review lists the items appearing in the work
programmes, insofar as possible, in terms of spe-
cific projects. This, again, is difficult, because of
the variation among agencies and United Nations
units in the definition of the term "project" and in
the degree of detail with which their respective
July 25, 1949
845608 — i9 3
work programmes are described. One agency
may report in general terms and as a single pi'oject
work analogous to that reported in detail by an-
other as two or three separate but related projects.
It is not the purpose of this document, nor
would it be possible, to give a full description of
each project listed. This review is a key to, not
a substitute for, the reports of the agencies and
commissions in which further information regard-
ing the work programmes can be found. For
many of the projects mentioned here, detailed
descriptions, including statements concerning
their origin and scope, and the content of resulting
reports or publications, as well as information
on the i^rocedure for obtaining such published or
mimeographed material as is available, are given
in the Catalogue of Economic and Social Proj-
ects, No. 1, March 1949.=°
The Catalogue and the Comparative Review are
designed along different lines to serve quite dif-
ferent purposes. The Catalogue lists the studies
and projects under the relevant secretariat divi-
sions of various organizations, gives much more
detailed information (obtained by questionnaires)
regarding each project than can be found in the
annual reports to the Council, but makes no at-
tempt to analyze the work programmes or classify
the projects; Part II of the Comparative Review
classifies the activities of the woi-k programmes
reviewed bringing together all the work of the
various bodies concerned with each subject, in or-
der to show where these activities touch upon or
are related to each other; but it provides only a
brief reference to each project mentioned in the
work programmes in the annual reports to the
Council. The first issue of the Catalogue includes
all work completed, undertaken, or planned by the
various bodies as of January 1949 and thus gives
descriptions of many continuing projects which
constitute part of the 1949, 1950 and longer range
programmes of United Nations and the specialized
agencies and which are listed in this review.
For purposes of convenience. United Nations
undertakings for which the Secretary-General is
responsible are listed under the secretariat divi-
sions where the work is primarily done.
At the end of the section under each subject in
the outline in Part II are brief lists of co-operative
action ^^ taking place among the United Nations
'" Sales no. 1949. II. D. 1., 271 pp.
" A number of documents prepared for the Council de-
scribe the co-ordination aspects of certain problems of in-
terest to several specialized agencies. Documents pre-
sented to the ninth session include : report by the
Secretary-General on Housing and Town and Country
Planning, E/134.3 ; report of the Secretary-General on Co-
ordination of Fellowship Programmes, E/1342 ; report of
the Secretary-General on Co-ordination of Migration Ac-
tivities, E/1341 ; report of the Secretary-General on Tech-
nical Assistance for Economic Development, E/1327;
commusication from the Director-General of the Inter-
national Labour Office on Manpower Programmes, E/1347
and measures devised by the Economic and Social Council
and the specialized agencies to promote economic develop-
ment and raise standards of living of under-developed
countries, E/1345.
97
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
and the specialized agencies. Joint or co-opera-
tive actions on the part of two or more bodies in
any given field are usually listed here as one item,
instead of being shown separately under each of
the organizations concerned. Exceptions are
made when chief responsibility for undertakings
falls clearly on one organization or United Na-
tions department. In these cases the item is
listed under the body bearing main responsibility
and the entry imder "co-operative action" lists
other participating or contributing organizations.
These outlines omit countless secretariat contacts,
exchange of documents, and the representation of
various organizations at the meetings and confer-
ences of the others, but they indicate the types of
joint committees, joint studies, surveys, and mis-
sions through which constant efforts are being
made to co-ordinate work in fields where two or
more bodies share interest and responsibilities.^-
It should be noted that the first category "Eco-
nomic Surveys" includes only those surveys which
deal with so many economic problems that, if not
grouped under a separate heading, they would re-
quire listing under virtually all of the economic
subject headings. General surveys in specific
fields, but less bi'oad in scope than those listed here,
are grouped under the appropriate headings.
It should also be noted that the final section,
entitled "Technical Assistance", does not cover the
co-operative programme of the United Nations
and the specialized agencies under Economic and
Social Council resolution 180 (VIII) in the field
of technical assistance for economic development.
This large and interrelated programme is set forth
in the special report of the Secretary-General on
this subject to the ninth session of the Council.^^
A number of the resolutions of the General As-
sembly and the Council include recommendations
or requests to the United Nations commissions or
the Secretary-General or of the specialized agen-
cies to undertake certain tasks, provide informa-
tion or submit reports in the economic and social
fields. These resolutions, which thus influence to
a considerable extent the various work pro-
grammes, are listed in Annex II under subject
headings corresponding to those used for classify-
ing the work projects in the outline in Part II.
Although the preparation for the meetings of its
regular bodies constitute a large part of the pro-
gramme of each organization, such regular work is
not included among the projects listed in Annex I.
^ This review tbus provides information on the relation-
ship between the current work programmes of tlie Eco-
nomic and Social Departments and Council Commissions
with similar activities of specialized agencies, as requested
In Council resolution 128 (VI) B. C. 2.
"^ Technical assistance for Economic Development : Plan
for an expanded co-operative programme through the
United Nations and the specialized agencies, B/1327/-
Add.l and Sales no. 1949.II.B.1.
98
Special conferences organized to deal with prob-
lems under the main subject headings, however,
are listed as separate undertakings.
Lists of the councils, commissions and commit-
tees in which the various bodies are organized and
the departments and divisions of their secretariats
cast considerable light on the nature and scope of
their work programmes. Annex III contains such
lists for each agency and the United Nations De-
partment included in this review.
U.S. Representative on Inter- American
Economic and Social Council Appointed
The Secretary of State announced on July 15
the appointment of Albert F. Nufer as repre-
sentative of the United States on the Inter-
American Economic and Social Council. He as-
sumes the duties of this position from Willard
L. Thorp, Assistant Secretary for Economic Af-
fairs, who formerly served in this capacity.
H. Gerald Smith will continue as alternate to
the United States representative on the Inter-
American Economic and Social Comicil.
Paul A. Porter Appointed to Palestine
Conciliation Commission
The appointment of Paul A. Porter as United
States representative of the United Nations Pal-
estine Conciliation Commission was announced by
the White House on July 16, 1949. Mr. Porter
recently served as Chief of the American Eco-
nomic Mission to Greece with the personal rank of
Ambassador.
The Palestine Conciliation Commission is
charged with the task of facilitating settlement of
all issues outstanding between Israel and the Arab
States under the General Assembly resolution of
December 11, 1948.^ This government attaches
great importance to a speedy solution of these is-
sues and offers its unqualified support in the ful-
fillment of the Commission's task.
This government welcomes the resumption of
the Lausanne meetings, which represent a further
advance in the direction of peace between Israel
and the Arab States. The recent discussions at
Lausanne were of material benefit in clarifying
the resfjective positions of the two parties. In the
opinion of the United States as a participating
member of the Commission, the groundwork has
now been laid for constructive negotiations in
which both parties must cooperate to the full if the
area of disagreement is to be progressively nar-
rowed and a final settlement obtained.
' Bulletin of Dec. 26. 1948, p. 793.
Department of Slate Bulletin
National Citizens Committee for U.N. Day Named
[Released to the press July 14]
The Secretary of State on July 14 announced
the formation of the National Citizens Committee
for United Nations Day. He called for wide-
spread participation by the American people in
observing United Nations Day on October 24.
Malcolm W. Davis has accepted Secretary
Acheson's invitation to serve as chairman of the
Committee. Mr. Davis is Executive Associate
of the Carnegie Endowment for International
Peace in New York.
The National Citizens Committee for United
Nations Day, with offices at 700 Jackson Place,
N.W., Washington, D.C., will coordinate the ac-
tivities of private citizens, organizations, and
groups in promoting Nation-wide observance of
the fourth birtliday of the United Nations.
In a statement issued on his acceptance of the
chairmansliip at a meeting of the Executive Com-
mittee on July 14, Mr. Davis said :
We look forward to the cooperation of all Americans
in making of United Nations Day, next October 24, a time
for increasing our understanding of the United Nations
idea and of the achievements of international organization
in the four short but crowded years since the United Na-
tions came into being. We are too often prone to criti-
cize the shortcomings and mistakes of the past and to ex-
pect too many results in a very brief time. For the sake
of world peace, and for the sake of security and progress,
it is essential that we acquaint ourselves with the positive
achievements of the United Nations and its specialized
agencies.
For this reason, we hope that all Americans of many
varied heritages and in every walk of life — both individ-
ually and through their organizations — will join with us
in making this year's United Nations Day a dramatic and
meaningful anniversary.
United Nations Day was officially established in
1947 by a unanimous resolution of the General As-
sembly of the United Nations, which invited all
member govermnents to cooperate in giving their
citizens an opportunity to take part in the observ-
ance. This resolution stated that the day "shall be
devoted to making known to the peoples of the
world the aims and achievements of the United
Nations and to gaining their support for the work
of the United Nations."
The first such observance on an international
July 25, 1949
scale was held in 1948. In the United States, the
President issued a proclamation setting aside Oc-
tober 24 as United Nations Day, and the National
Citizens Committee developed a widespread pro-
gram for meetings and special events throughout
the country.
Certain organizations and groups are joining to-
gether to devote the preceding month's activity to a
better understanding of the United Nations, cul-
minating their activities on October 24. The De-
partment of State believes that all such efforts
will strengthen national and world-wide under-
standing of the importance of the United Nations
in building a constructive and peaceful world.
. This year the National Citizens Committee for
United Nations Day plans to intensify and
broaden its program by encouraging numerous ac-
tivities in communities in every state, by churches,
schools, labor organizations, farm groups, busi-
ness institutions, and many other organizations,
as well as in the press, radio, television, and mo-
tion pictures.
The Department of State, which will coordinate
governmental activities on United Nations Day,
believes that the United States role in furthering
the work and solving the problems of the United
Nations will be strengthened by the participation
of private citizens and groups in the anniversary
observance.
Serving as vice-chairmen of the Committee are
Mrs. Anne Hartwell Johnstone of the National
League of Women Voters, W. R. Ogg, Director of
International Relations, American Farm Bureau
Federation, and Frank Frederick, lawyer, Boston.
The Right Reverend Monsignor Frederick C.
HochwaTt of the National Catholic Welfare Con-
ference, is treasurer. Members of the Executive
Committee include :
Finance Committee — Thomas C. Boushall, President, Bank
of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia
Press and Publications Committee — Miss Christine Sadler,
Washington Editor, McCall's Magazine
Radio and Television Committee — A. D. Wlllard, Execu-
tive-Vice President, National Association of Broad-
casters
(Continued on page 105)
99
The United States in tlie United Nations
[July 16-22, 1949]
Atomic Energy
A proposal for suspension of further discussion
in the Atomic Energy Commission until the six
permanent members report that there exists a basis
for agreement was presented by the United States
Deputy Representative to tliat Commission on
July 20. The United States resolution pointed out
that the impasse as analyzed in the third report of
the Commission between the U.S.S.R. and the
Ukrainian S.S.R. and the other members of the
Commission still exists, that these differences are
irreconcilable at the Commission level, and further
discussion would be neither practicable or useful
and would only tend to harden these differences.
The resolution refers to the Soviet proposals,
"which provide among other things for national
ownership of dangerous and explosive atomic ma-
terials, and for national ownership, operation and
management of dangerous atomic facilities. Tliis,
in the opinion of the other members of the Com-
mission, would not remove causes for suspicion,
fear and distrust among nations, would render in-
effective the prohibition of atomic weapons and
would continue dangerous national rivalries in the
field of atomic energy." These proposals have
been repeatedly rejected by the Atomic Energy
Commission and by the General Assembly last
M ovember.
Reference is also made to the majority plan of
the Commission endorsed by the General Assembly
"as constituting the necessary basis for an effective
system of international control of atomic energy
to ensure its use only for peaceful purposes and for
the elimination from national armaments of
atomic weapons in accordance with the terms of
reference of the Atomic Energy Conunission."
The Commission will discuss this draft resolu-
tion at its next meeting July 29.
United Nations Field Service
The Special Committee established to consider
the Secretary-General's revised proposals for a
Field Service and Panel, in two meetings during
the week, considered in detail the legal aspects of
the proposal and began point-by-point considera-
tion of the rapporteur's working paper. The Pol-
ish representative gave an hour-long analysis of
the plan during which he criticized its legal basis,
stating among other things, that the Field Service
was really an "international gendarmerie" which
it would be illegal to introduce into any state. The
Secretariat rei^iesentative refuted his detailed ar-
guments, denying that the Field Service was a
"police force," and adding that in any case "police
forces" are not barred by the Charter.
The United States representative fully endorsed
the Secretariat representative's refutation of the
Polish charges of illegality and suggested that a
statement be added to the working paper that the
Committee's majority felt the Panel was entirely
distinct in nature and function from, forces en-
visaged in article 43.
In the point-by-point consideration of the work-
ing paper, the United States representative pro-
posed that the Field Service personnel should be
recruited in accordance with usual secretariat
practice rather than by secondment from member
governments. With regard to interchangeability
between the Field Service and Field Resei've Panel,
the United States representative explained that
flexibility rather than interchangeability was in-
tended, since it was clear different qualifications
were necessary for both services.
As to the possibility of merging of the Field
Service and Headquarters Security Service, the
United States representative felt that the Commit-
tee should recommend no decision on merging, but
should leave this to further careful study by the
Secretary-General. The question of the use of
security forces of member states elicited the com-
ment of the United States representative that the
Secretary-General should always recruit as many
local personnel as possible, but that past experience
showed many difficulties.
100
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Technical Cooperation and Economic Development in Caribbean Area
RESULTS OF EIGHTH MEETING OF THE CARIBBEAN COMMISSION
The eighth meeting of the Caribbean Commis-
sion was held at Port-of -Spain, Trinidad, B.W.I.,
on June 13-18, 191:9. Sir Hubert Ranee, co-
chairman of the Britisli Section, presided in ac-
cordance with tlie establislied system of rotation.
The Commission agreed upon several new fields of
major activities and authorized the continuance
or extension of reporting services in the fields of
plant, animal, and human diseases and issuance of
a series of publications dealing with research,
trade statistics, population and migration, and
other subjects of importance in the economic and
social life of the Caribbean area.
All sessions of the Commission were open to the
public with the exception of those involving ad-
ministrative arrangements within the Secretariat.
Trinidad is the seat of the general headquarters
of the Commission, and this meeting afforded new
commissioners their first opportunity to observe
at first-hand the functioning of the Secretariat.
Major fields in wliich the Commission will con-
centrate its energies were outlined by the Com-
mission, and the Secretary General was authorized
to proceed. The Commission has developed a plan
for the development of primary and secondary
industries as supplementary to the improvement
and increased efficiency of the basic agricultural
activities of the region, the development of forestry
and fisheries, and the application of modern tech-
nologj^ to the primarj' processing of the organic
resources on which the economy of the Caribbean
is based. Under this plan, the Commission among
other things will collect and distribute informa-
tion on markets, marketing opportunities, sup-
plies and equipment; will develop special panels
to which scientific and technical inquiries may be
referred; develop records relating to efficiency in
organization, management, operations, and pro-
Jw/y 25, 1949
ductivity of industries; and sponsor interchange
of visits from one territory to another for detailed
studies of well-organized and operated industries.
In carrying out these activities, the Commission
will be assisted by an industrial consultant who
was added to the staff of the Secretariat.
Recording its complete agreement with Presi-
dent Truman's program for technical cooperation
and the encouragement of the investment of pri-
vate capital in the underdeveloped areas of the
world, the Commission requested each national
section to consult with its government at the earli-
est possible moment as to the role which the Com-
mission might play in such a program. Further,
the Secretary General was authorized to prepare a
report with suggested orders of priorities on tech-
nical cooperation assistance required in the area
on matters within the scope of the Commission's
activities. It was felt that problems of agricul-
tural diversification and mechanization, soil con-
servation, land settlement, water control, indus-
trial development, and basic problems affecting
the socioeconomic conditions of the Caribbean
could well be within the scope of the Point-4 pro-
gram and of practical benefit to this underdevel-
oped area.
In the field of fundamental and long-range re-
search, the Commission authorized the undertak-
ing of socioeconomic surveys, covering such basic
studies as costs and levels of living in the various
territories, the Caribbean employment pattern and
factors affecting industrial productivity, popula-
tion trends, and national incomes. The Commis-
sion recognized that the existence in the Carib-
bean area today of an articulate demand for a
higher standard of living, coupled with its limited
natural resources, the pressure of population, and
the failure to achieve a satisfactory social pattern,
101
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
presents a socioeconomic problem of magnitude.
With these studies, the Commission will begin the
collection of basic and comparable data on social
and economic conditions for the area.
Another important item on the agenda of the
eighth meeting dealt with the recommendations
of the Caribbean Research Council, an auxiliary
body to the Commission, which held its second
annual meeting in Trinidad May 27-30. Tech-
nical research committees, reconstituted to meet
the requirements of the present program of the
Commission, were authorized in the following
fields: (1) agriculture, fish, wildlife and forestry,
(2) medicine, public health and nutrition, (3)
sociology and education, (4) economics and statis-
tics, (5) engineering, and (6) industrial develop-
ment. A series of recommendations concerning
research and technical services was approved.
These include the publication of trade bulletins
and economic leaflets, the circulation of educa-
tional films, a reporting service for animal pests
and diseases, all of which are now functioning, and
the approval of the inauguration of new report-
ing services on plant pests and diseases. It was
also agreed to establish similar services on human
diseases to coordinate information on the com-
municable and noncommunicable diseases occur-
ring in Caribbean territories, on medical facilities
available within the territories, and the collection,
collation, and publication of annual statements of
diseases and causes of death, following a uniform
classification such as that prescribed for adoption
by the World Health Organization.
The Commission gave final consideration to the
recommendations of the West Indian Conference
(third session) which had been held in Guade-
loupe, F.W.I., in December 1948, most of which
had been acted upon by the Commission. One
recommendation which had been deferred for fur-
ther study called for the establishment of a co-
ordinated hurricane warning system in the Carib-
bean. The Commission requested the Secretary
General to solicit the International Meteorological
Organization, through its Regional Commission
IV, to convene a meeting of meteorological and
telecommunication experts, preferably before the
1949 hurricane season, for the purpose of improv-
ing and coordinating the hurricane warning sys-
tem in the eastern Caribbean area. Another con-
ference resolution urged territoi'ial governments
to expand programs for vocational education and
to coordinate systems of apprenticeship with vo-
cational training. The United States Section an-
nounced that the Government of Puerto Rico had
already implemented this recommendation with
the award of 30 scholarships to students of other
pai'ts of the Caribbean region to pursue vocational
studies in the School of Industrial Arts of the Uni-
102
versity of Puerto Rico. Ten of the scholarships,
offered to the most meritorious cases, will carry
in addition to the tuition a subsistence allowance
of $300 a year. The Commission is working out
arrangements for the first group of these scholar-
ship students to enter the university's summer
classes. Puei-to Rico's generous action may well
form the nucleus of a trained corps of skilled
workers in the rest of the Caribbean region.
Appointments were made in the posts of three
senior offices. Dr. Eric Williams of Trinidad was
named to the post of Deputy Chairman of the
Caribbean Research Council. Clovis Beauregard
of Guadeloupe was appointed as Deputy Secretai-y
General and Jan Eliza Heesterman of Surinam
was appointed to the recently created post of in-
dustrial consultant.
The Commission accepted an invitation from
the Government of the Virgin Islands of the
United States to hold its next meeting there in
December 1949.
ECA, U.K., and The Netherlands Dis-
cuss Expansions of Foreign Crude Oil
Production
[Released to the press by EGA July 7]
Officials of the Economic Cooperation Admin-
istration and the British and The Nethei'lands
Governments have launched a series of exploratory
meetings to discuss the estimated expansion of for-
eign crude oil production and refining facilities in
the next few years and the resulting increased sup-
l^ly of petroleum.
The meetings, first of which was held this week,
will assist the interested agencies of the govern-
ments concerned in obtaining a comprehensive pic-
ture of oil developments. The estimates also will
help ECA in considering petroleum programs of
the Marshall Plan countries.
Representing the British Government at the
meetings are Keith Stock of the Ministry of Fuel
and Power, London, and Edward Jones, Petro-
leum Attache of the British Embassy, Washington.
Representing The Netherlands Government are
Evert Green, of The Netherlands Ministry of Eco-
nomic Affairs, The Hague, and Max Moerel, Ad-
viser to The Netherlands Embassy, Washington.
The meetings are being conducted by Walter J.
Levy, Chief of the ECA Petroleum Branch.
Representatives of the United States State,
Treasury, Interior, and Commerce Departments,
the Munitions Board Petroleum Committee, and
the National Security Resources Board were pres-
ent at the initial meeting and will collaborate with
ECA as the work progresses.
Department of State Bulletin
Major Steps Taken at ILO Conference on Trade-Union Rights
and industrial Relations^
SUMMARY OF THIRTY-SECOND SESSION OF
THE INTERNATIONAL LABOR CONFERENCE
When the International Labor Organization's
32nd general conference closed on July 2, it left
behind a volume of work unequalled in the Ilo's
30-year history. The conference opened its session
at Geneva on June 8.
In three and a half weeks of deliberations, the
650 delegates and advisers from 50 countries
adopted three new international labor conventions
and revised five others. It approved three new
recommendations and revised another, and voted
resolutions charting Ilo policy in several fields.
The conference approved a budget of $5,983,526
to finance the Organization's operations in 1950
and scrutinized the manner in which countries
are applying the Ilo conventions they have ratified.
The delegates also debated at length the report of
Director-General David A. Morse on economic and
social trends and on the work of the Organization.
The three new conventions and the five revised
conventions, approved by the session, brought to
98 the total number of such international instru-
ments adopted to date. The new and revised rec-
ommendations voted by the meeting raised to 90
the total of these texts.
Among the conference resolutions was one au-
thorizing the Ilo's Governing Body to make any
necessary arrangements to enable the Organization
to initiate an expanded program of technical assist-
ance for the economic development of underdevel-
oped areas, and to obtain the funds for it. This
expanded program would be part of the coopera-
tive program of the United Nations and its asso-
ciated specialized agencies now under considera-
tion b}' the United Xations Economic and Social
Council.
Regarded by many delegates as the most im-
portant of the three new international labor con-
ventions was one which will require ratifying
countries to assure to workers the right to organ-
ize into trade unions without interference and to
^ Printed from Ilo News Service of July 8, 1949, pre-
pared by the Washington Branch of the International
Labor Office.
bargain collectively. This convention comple-
ments the Convention on Freedom of Association
and Protection of the Right to Organize adopted
by the 1948 session of the conference in San Fran-
cisco.
These two instruments constitute major parts
of the program of action in the field of trade-union
rights and industrial relations upon which the Or-
ganization embarked two years ago.
Another step forward in this program was taken
during the conference by the Governing Body
when it went on record as aj^proving the establish-
ment of "a fact-finding and conciliation commis-
sion on freedom of association for the purpose of
international supervision of freedom of associa-
tion." At the same time, the Governing Body re-
quested Director-General Morse to continue con-
sultations with Trygve Lie, Secretary-General of
the United Nations, "with regard to the manner in
which such a commission can most appropriately
be established."
The conference also adopted new conventions
designed : ( 1) to assure that workers employed in
the execution of contracts entered into by public
authorities shall have wages, hours of work and
working conditions not less favorable than those
generally prevailing in the industry; (2) to pi'o-
tect wages by assuring that they are paid in cash,
promptly, in full, and directly to the workers.
The revised conventions ajaproved by the ses-
sion: (1) Established international minimum
standards to protect persons migrating from one
country to take employment in another. This re-
placed a convention adopted in 1939. (2) Pro-
vided for the gradual abolition or, alternatively,
the regulation of employment agencies which
charge fees and are operated with a view to profit.
This replaced a convention adopted in 1933. (3)
Established vacation holidays with pay for sea-
farers. (4) Set standards for the accommodation
of crews on board ship. (5) Fixed minimum
wages for seafarers, established maximum hours,
and set requirements for the manning of ships.
These last three replaced conventions adopted at
the Seattle Maritime Session of the conference in
1946.
July 25, J 949
103
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
The revision of these five conventions was de-
signed to meet objections to them which have im-
peded their ratification by governments and the
application of their provisions.
Tlie new recommendations adopted by the con-
ference: (1) Supplemented the convention on
labor clauses in public contracts, (2) supple-
mented the convention on the protection of wages,
and (3) recommended standards governing voca-
tional guidance for young persons and employ-
ment counseling for adults. The revised recom-
mendation approved by the delegates supple-
mented the revised convention on migration for
employment.
In addition to the decisions it took in the form
of new and revised conventions and recommenda-
tions, the conference approved resolutions which :
(1) Requested the Governing Body to instruct
the International Labor Office — the Ilo's secre-
tariat— to prepare reports on laws and practices
throughout the world governing paid annual holi-
days and on physical and cultural recreation fa-
cilities for workers; (2) requested the Governing
Body to consider instructing Mr. Morse to pre-
pare without delay a report on the pi'oblem of un-
employment and to consider the desirability of
placing the question of unemployment on the
agenda of an early .session of the conference.
Delegations from the following countries at-
tended the conference : Afghanistan, Argentina,
Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria,
Canada, Ceylon, Chile, China, Colombia, Cuba,
Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Dominican Republic,
Egypt, Ecuador, Finland, France, Greece, Haiti,
Hungary, India, Iran, Iceland, Ireland, Israel,
Italy, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlancls, New
Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Panama, Peru,
Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Siam, Sweden,
Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, United Kingdom,
United States, Union of South Africa, Uruguay,
and Venezuela.
Also attending the conference as official ob-
servers were a representative of the Supreme
Commander of the Allied Powers in Japan and a
complete Japanese delegation comprising govern-
ment, employer, and worker representatives.
Official international organizations represented in-
cluded the United Nations, the Food and Agri-
cultural Organization, the International Monetary
Fund, the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization, the World Health
Organization and the International Refugee
Organization.
THE GOVERNING BODY
The Governing Body of the International Labor
Office at its 109th session, which was held before
and during the conference, took affirmative action
on a lengthy agenda which included setting the
dates of future meetings :
Technical Conference on Vocational Training,
Singapore, September, 1949.
Third Session, Metal Trades Committee,
Geneva, October, 1949.
Third Session, Iron and Steel Committee,
Geneva, November, 1949.
110th Session, Governing Body,
Mysore, India, December, 1949.
First Asian Regional Conference,
Ceylon, Jan. ^14, 1950.
Tripartite Preparatory Conference on Technical
Training for Adults,
Geneva, Late Jan., 1950.
33d Session, International Labor Conference,
Geneva, June, 1950.
Dates late in 1949 and early 1950 were set for
meetings of the following expert committees : In-
digenous Labor, Women's Work, Juvenile Employ-
ment, and Recreation.
In other decisions, the Governing Body au-
thorized the Director-General to open a manpower
field office in Latin America and to undertake a
fellowship program in 1950 in fields covered by
the Ilo.
It adopted a United Kingdom proposal instruct-
ing the Director-General to take all appropriate
steps to associate representatives of Germany, in-
cluding employers and workers, with those Ilo
activities and meetings which are of interest and
concern to Germany.
The Governing Body also decided that the in-
vestigation of forced labor lay within its compe-
tence but agreed that this matter was also one of
concern to the United Nations and therefore in-
structed Director-General Morse to establish close
contact with Secretary-General Trygve Lie of the
United Nations with a view to setting up an im-
partial commission of inquiry as soon as possible.
Radio Frequency Plan for
Western Hemisphere Adopted
[Released to the press July 11]
A radio-frequency regional assignment plan for
the entire Western Hemisphere was adopted at the
joint meeting of the International Telecommuni-
cation Union Region II and the Fourth Inter-
American Radio Conference, which ended in
Washington July 9, 1949. This is the first complete
radio-frequency-assignment plan under the pro-
visions of the international radio regulations of
Atlantic City, 1947, for any region of the world,
and its adoption is regarded as an important step
forward in world-wide efforts, under the auspices
104
Department of Stale Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS ANO CONFERENCES
Continued
of the International Telecommunication Union, to
effect an orderly registration and utilization of
frequencies throughout the radio spectrum. The
conference also adopted a strong declaration of
principles on freedom of information in the Amer-
ican i-egion. Representatives of 24 nations partici-
pated in this conference, which has been underway
since March 15. All delegations signed the inter-
American radio agreement, report on frequency
allotment for the aeronautical mobile service, and
a resolution with respect to the preparation of
national station lists at the final plenary se.ssion
July 9, 1949.
The Western-Hemisphere plan covers assign-
ments to bands of services including aeronautical,
maritime mobile, standard-band broadcasting,
tropical broadcasting, and amateur services in the
portion of the radio spectrum from 10 to 4000
kcs. It is based on allocations made at the Atlan-
tic City Telecommunication conferences in 1947,
where over-all frequency assignments wei'e made
for the three regions of the world — covering
Europe, the Western Hemisphere, and the Asia-
Australasian area. The Region II phase of the
conference was one of a series of regional confer-
ences provided for at the Atlantic City meetings
to formulate a plan of frequency assignments for
all users of the radio spectrum in the American
region. The plan it has completed will form the
basis for incorporating American region-fre-
quency requirements in the new International Fre-
quency List to be prepared by the International
Telecommunication Union at a special administra-
tive conference scheduled to be convened in Geneva
in October. Tlie Fourth Inter-American Radio
Conference continued the series of inter-American
sjjecialized conferences on this subject initiated at
Habana in 1937.
Strong emphasis was placed on the principles of
fi-eedom of information in the American Region.
The conference adopted resolutions covering the
interchange and retransmission of radio broadcast
programs and reaffirmed the Rio resolution on
liberty of information in radio communications.
A resolution urging liberalization of regulations
for transmission of news for press was referred to
the next inter-American conference for further
study. One of these resolutions strongly appealed
to the administrations and broadcasting organiza-
tions of the American nations, as a contribution
to the culture and solidarity between their peoples,
to adopt the necessary and appropriate measures
to intensify as soon as possible the exchange and
retransmission of cultural broadcasting programs
and program materials of an artistic, educational,
scientific, historical, and informative nature of
both national and international interest. Member
states were urged to promulgate the necessary
measures to extend freedom of radio expression
similar to freedom enjoyed by the press.
The adoption of an aeronautical frequency-al-
lotment plan for the exclusive HF aeronautical
mobile frequencies was generally regarded as a
major accomplishment of the conference. It is a
significant step leading toward improved safety
of human life in aircraft. The International
Civil Aviation Organization collaborated in its
preparation. The plan will be sent to the second
session of the International Administrative Aero-
nautical Radio Conference, which is to meet in
Geneva on August 1, 1949, to consider a world-
wide aeronautical radio-frequency plan. The
first meeting of this group last summer had to be
recessed to permit further work within the Inter-
national Telecommunication Union regions in de-
termining their specific frequency requirements.
In the meantime, the International Civil Aviation
Organization has coordinated the plan adopted
for the Western Hemisphere (International Tele-
communication Union Region II) with similar
plans prepared by different regional conferences
in the Eastern Hemisi^here. It will be repre-
sented at Geneva, where the final coordination will
be made.
Inasmuch as the next world-wide telecommuni-
cation conference is to be held in Buenos Aires in
1952, it was decided, upon the invitation of the
Government of Uruguay, that the Fifth Inter-
American Radio Conference will be convened in
Montevideo 15 days following the adjournment of
the Buenos Aires meeting.
Committee for U. N. Day — Continued from page 99
Speakers Committee — Mrs. Virginia Parker, Director of
Publicatious, National Planning Association
Motion Picture Committee — Francis S. Harmon, Vice-
President of the New York Office of tlie Motion Pic-
ture Association
Program Committee — Frank L. Weil, President, National
Social Welfare Assembly and National Jewish Wel-
fare Board
Nationality Oroiips — Reed Lewis, Executive Director,
Common Council for American Unity
Advertisinfj Committee — Sam Gale, Vice-President, Gen-
eral Mills
The National Citizens Committee will depend on
private voluntary contributions for its support.
Mr. Davis has announced the appointment of Da-
vid Bernstein, author and former special adviser
to the President of the Philippines, as executive
director.
iuly 25, T949
105
U.S. Delegations to International Conference
Ninth Session of ECOSOC
The United States delegation to the ninth ses-
sion of the United Nations Economic and Social
Council, which convened at Geneva, July 5, 1949,
is as follows :
United States Representative
Willard L. Thorp, Assistant Secretary for Economic
Affairs, Department of State
Deputy United States representatives
Leroy D. Stlnebower, Special Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary for Economic Affairs, Department of State
Walter Kotschnig, Chief, Division of United Nations
Economic and Social Affairs, Department of State
Advisers
M. Kathleen Bell, Division of United Nations Economic
and Social Affairs, Department of State
John W. Gibson, Assistant Secretary of Labor, Department
of Labor
Haldore Hanson, Inter-Departmental Committee on
Scientific and Cultural Cooperation, Department of
State
Dr. H. Van Zile Hyde, Division of United Nations Eco-
nomic and Social Affairs, Department of State
Louis K. Hyde, Jr., Adviser on Economic and Social Coun-
cil Affairs, United States Mission to the United
Nations, New York
Frances K. Kernohan, Chief, Social Branch, Division of
International Labor and Social Affairs, Department
of State
Lewis L. Lorwin, Economic Adviser, Office of International
Trade, Department of Commerce
Van R. Lorwin, International Labor Economist, Division
of International Labor and Social Affairs, Depart-
ment of State
Iver Olsen, Economist, Division of Monetary Research,
Treasury Department
Paul R. Porter, Alternate United States Representative
to the Economic Commission for Europe, American
Consulate, Geneva
Keene A. Roadman, Office of International Labor Affairs,
Department of Labor
Alvin Roseman, United States Representative for Spe-
cialized Agency Affairs, American Consulate, Geneva
Robert B. Schwenger, Acting Chief, Regional Investiga-
tions Branch, Office of Foreign Agricultural Relations,
Department of Agriculture
Savilla M. Simons, Assistant Director, Office of Inter-
Agency and International Relations, Federal Security
Agency
Administrative Assistant
Marie Florence Rodgers, United States Mission to the
United Nations, New York
Reporting Officers
Dan D. Levin, United States Mission to the United Na-
tions, New York
Charles J. Merritt, United States Mission to the United
Nations, New York
Press Officer
Gilbert W. Stewart, Jr., United States Mission to the
United Nations, New York
Public Information Officer
Howard J. Garnish, Policy Information Specialist, Inter-
national Broadcasting Division, Office of Interna-
tional Information, Department of State, New York
An officer from the Department of Agriculture
will be named at a later date to serve as an adviser.
Tliird International Congress of Toponymy
The Department of State announced on July 8
that Meredith F. Burrill, director of the Division
of Geography, Department of the Interior, and
executive secretary of the Board on Geographic
Names, and John G. Mutziger, chief linguist of
the Division of Geography, Department of the
Interior, have been named U.S. delegates to the
Third International Congress of Toponymy and
Anthroponymy. The Congress is scheduled to
be held at Brussels July 15-19, 1949.
The purpose of the meeting is to discuss the
latest developments in the field of toponymy
(names of places) and of anthroponymy (names
of jDersons). The Congress will bring together
outstanding experts on the scientific study of no-
menclature from more than 35 countries. These
experts and specialists representing governments
are meeting to arrange cooperative agreements for
stimulating consistent name work.
The necessity for international cooperation and
uniformity in the field of toponymy is indicated
by the fact that the maps of all areas of the world
now being produced in the United States require
hundreds of thousands of place names which are
new to the English language.
106
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Labor Policy in Japan
Statement hy Major General Frank R. McCoy,
U.S. Member of the Far Eastei^ Commission
In response to press inquiries arising from the
statement on the Japanese labor situation, made
by Ambassador Panyushkin at the Far Eastern
Commission this morning [July 13] and subse-
quently released by him to the press, I feel com-
pelled to release the following statement which I
made this morning on the same general subject.
My statement preceded that of the Soviet repre-
sentative and was addressed to a speech made by
him 2 weeks ago.
At the meeting of the Commission on June 23
the Soviet member made a series of sweeping, mis-
leading charges against the manner in which
ScAP and the Japanese Government are handling
the labor situation in Japan. The Soviet member
specifically denounced the revisions of the Japa-
nese labor laws enacted at the last Diet session and
the action taken by the Japanese authorities in
coping with the recent labor demonstrations at the
Tokyo JNIunicipal Assembly Building on May 30
and at the Hiroshima plant of the Japan Steel
Company on June 12. It has not been — nor will it
be — the practice of my government to answer
charges of this nature which are so clearly of the
propaganda variety. However, in order that this
Commission may have the full benefit of the facts,
there is being circulated to the members of the
Commission a memorandum prepared by my gov-
ernment analyzing each of the specific charges
made by the Soviet member, as they relate to the
revisions of the Japanese labor laws.
I wish to point out at this time that the revi-
sions of the Japanese labor laws enacted in the last
Diet session are a direct implementation of
Fec-045/5 (Principles for Japanese Trade
Unions) which was issued after the original labor
laws were enacted. In line with Fec-045/5, the
July -25, 7949
revisions of the laws have strengthened the demo-
cratic character of Japanese trade unions through
such measures as ensuring that the unions observe
direct secret elections, annual general meetings,
open financial reports, and protection of individual
members against discrimination within the union.
Special emphasis was placed on the practical work-
ability of administrative procedures so as to pre-
clude a breakdown which would prevent peaceful
settlement of labor disputes. In many instances
labor's interests have been further clarified and
the rights of individual workers safeguarded.
The Soviet representative has attempted to as-
sociate the revisions of these labor laws with the
incidents at Tokyo and Hiroshima. However, in
neither incident were any labor laws involved and
in the Tokyo case no trade union issues of any kind
were at stake.
These and other recent incidents of the same
nature have been characterized by certain features
of disturbing implication. Seizing upon any pre-
text whatsoever, lawless elements have organized
demonstrations for the purpose of exerting mass
pressure to intimidate government authorities and
others into doing the bidding of the demonstra-
tors. The participants in these affairs have also
sought to provoke the authorities into acts of force
which could then be denounced as "repressive
measures," "police brutality," or, to quote the
Soviet member's phrase, "brutal mobbing by the
police". In contrast to the acts of violence com-
mitted by the demonstrators — -including illegal
seizures, intimidation, and bodily attacks on com-
pany officials — the Japanese authorities have exer-
cised care and resti'aint. Police have been used
only when necessary to clear public buildings so
that governmental functions could go on, to protect
property and maintain order. Arrests have been
made only where demonstrators resisted or even
attacked policemen. In the Tokyo incident police
action was not taken until after 5 hours of con-
tinued disruption of the Tokyo Municipal As-
107
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
sembly proceedings by a militant mob. At Hiro-
shima, there was no resort to police action until
48 hours after the steel plant had been illegally
seized by the demonstrators.
It appears to us that these cases of mob violence
are not designed to protect the rights of labor or
to advance democratic tendencies, despite the use
of democratic phrases by Soviet representatives
here and in the Allied Council for Japan. On the
contrary, it is clear to us that this is a centrally
directed campaign to create fear, social unrest,
confusion and disorder, which is intended to un-
dermine the authority of the government, in the
hope of creating a condition favorable to the seiz-
ure of political power.
It would appear to my government that the
primary and central issue raised by the Soviet
member at the June 23 meeting of the Commission
is whether the legitimate rights and interests of
the Japanese people are to be protected by duly
constituted authority or to be placed at the mercy
of a lawless few.
UNITED STATES ANALYSIS OF SOVIET STATE-
MENT, 158TH FEC MEETING
Revised Labor Relations Adjustment Law
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
10. First, the Prime Minister was given the
right to include additional enterprises in the cate-
gory of "public utilities" enterprises in order to
restrict the rights of the workers in such enter-
prises in regard to acts connected with labor dis-
putes. As a result of this revision, the Prime
Minister had received the right to include any en-
terprise or any industry in the category of "public
utilities" enterprises and to declare the labor con-
flicts of the workers in such enterprises illegal.
UNITED STATES REPLY
The new procedure for the designation of
emergency public welfare industries is not an
additional provision but replaces the old proce-
dure which was unworkable in practice. The au-
thority of the Prime Minister to designate such
industries is strictly limited to those "the stoppage
of which will seriously affect the national economy
or seriously endanger the daily life of the general
public" and may be exercised only with approval
of the National Diet. Even after such design.a-
tion, work stoppages are forbidden only for a 30-
day period after a request for mediation to the
labor relations committee.
REFERENCE : REVISED LABOR RELATIONS
ADJUSTMENT LAW
Article 8
In this law public welfare work shall mean the follow-
ing work which provides the services essential to daily
life of the general public :
a. Transportation work
b. Post, telegraph or telephone work
c. Worli for supplying water, gas or electricity
d. Medical treatment and public health work
The Prime Minister shall have power to designate, other
than the work in any item, of the preceding paragraph,
any work the stoppage of which will seriously affect the
national economy or seriously endanger the daily life
of the general, public for a specified period of time not
exceeding one year with approval of the Diet. . . .
Article S7
In public welfare works acts of dispute by the parties
concerned should be disallowed until request for media-
tion under the provision of article 18, paragraph 1, items
1 to 3 has been made and 30 days have elapsed from the
day the said request has been made or from the dav
the decision under item 4 of the same paragraph or request
under item 5 of the same paragraph has been made, pro-
vided that such disallowance shall not apply to act of
dispute at the works where acts of dispute have already
been in progress even if the said works be designated as
public welfare works pursuant to the provisions of article
8, paragraph 2.
As regards a public welfare work, in the event that a
mutually acceptable proposal for settlement provides for
continued negotiation on various issues, acts of dispute
concerning the issues shall be disallowed until the pre-
requisites set forth in paragraph 1 have again been met.
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
11. Secondly, a very important provision pro-
hibiting the employer from discharging workers
or discriminating against them from taking part in
labor conflicts had been deleted from the Labor
Relations Adjustment Law. Thus employers had
received the right to discharge workei's or dis-
criminate against them because of their participa-
tion in labor conflicts.
UNITED STATES REPLY
The statement of the Soviet representative is
completely misleading. The elimination of the
blanket exemption in the Labor Relations Adjust-
ment Law simply removes special protection from
illegal or violent strike actions. Article 7 of the
revised Trade Union Law now states "the employer
shall be disallowed ... to discharge or give dis-
criminatory treatment to a worker . . . for his
having performed proper acts of a trade union."
It is clearly understood in Japanese law that a
legal strike is contained within the category of
"proper acts of a trade union."
108
Deparfment of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
REFERENCE: REVISED LABOR RELATIONS
ADJUSTMENT LAW
Article 40
The employer shall be disallowed to discharge or give
discriminatory treatment to worker fej- having performed
eteie ef disptrte ef for^the testimony he made at the pro-
ceedings of adjustment of labor dispute under this law,
provided *hftt t4«ij shali »e% ftpply whea agreed to by the
Labor Rolationo Committee. (Deletions referred to in
Soviet statement arejndicated by canceled type.)
REFERENCE: REVISED TRADE UNION LAW
Article 7
The employer shall be disallowed to do the following
practices :
(1) To discharge or give discriminatory treatment to
a worker by reason of his being a member of a trade
union, for his having tried to join or organize a trade
union or for his having performed proper acts of a trade
union ; or to make it a condition of employment that the
worker must not join or must withdraw from a trade
union. . . .
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
12. Third, tliere had been introduced additional
provisions prohibiting workers from engaging in
labor conflicts during a jjeriod established for the
settlement of the differences with the employer in
respect to the interpretation of the agreement
readied, as well as a number of other restrictive
provisions.
UNITED STATES REPLY
This statement apparently refers to article 37
of the revised Labor Relations Adjustment Law
which provides that in the event that the 30-day
"cooling off" period in a public welfare industry
has resulted in an agreement, any conflict on in-
terpretation or in further negotiation shall be
treated as a new dispute with an additional 30-
day "cooling off"' period required prior to acts of
dispute. This provision is aimed at preventing
continuous dispute tactics which have been utilized
by minority elements in the past to keep industrial
relations in a constant state of turmoil and should
assist the achievement and maintenance of stable
labor-management agreements. This provision
may be invoked only by prior mutual agreement of
both parties.
REFERENCE: REVISED LABOR RELATIONS
ADJUSTMENT LAW
Article 37
In public welfare works acts of dispute by the parties
concerned should be disallowed until request for media-
tion under the provision of article 18, parasraph 1, items
1 to 3 has been made and 30 days have elapsed from the
day the said request has been made or from the day the
decision under item 4 of the same paragraph or request
under item 5 of the same paragraph has been made, pro-
vided that such disallowance shall not apply to act of
dispute at the works where acts of dispute have already
been in progress even if the said works be designated as
public welfare works pursuant to the provisions of article
8, paragraph 2.
As regards a public welfare work, in the event that a
mutually acceptable proposal for settlement provides for
continued negotiation on various issues, acts of dispute
concerning the i-ssues shall be disallowed until the pre-
requisites set forth in paragraph 1 have again been met.
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
13. Fourth, besides other repressions, a worker
who did not abide by these provisions might be
subjected to a fine of ¥100,000, that is a sum ex-
ceeding the yearly wage of a Japanese worker.
UNITED STATES REPLY
There is no provision in the Labor Relations
Adjustment Law for penalizing individual work-
ers ¥100,000. Such penalty, which is provided in
article 39, applies only to employers, labor or em-
ployer organizations, and outsiders who violate the
30-day "cooling off" required in public welfare in-
dustries. It cannot be contended that this fine is
onerous when applicable to a labor organization as
a whole.
REFERENCE: REVISED LABOR RELATIONS
ADJUSTMENT LAW
Article 39
In case there is a contravention as under article 37, the
employer or his organization, or the laborers' organiza-
tion or other persons or organization who are responsible
for such contravention shall be subject to a fine not exceed-
ing 100,000 yen.
The regulations of the preceding paragraph shall when
such employer or such organization or such labor organi-
zation who are responsible are juridical persons, apply to
the trustees or directors or other officials discharging
official duties of a juridical person. In case such persons,
parties, or organizations are not juridical persons, the
regulations shall apply to the representatives or some
other officials discharging official duties.
The total line imposed for one case of dispute shall not
exceed 100,000 yen.
When applying the regulations of Paragraph 1 the
dissolved juridicial persons, or the employer's organiza-
tion or the labor union who are not juridical persons, or
organizations of the parties in dispute, or other bodies,
shall be considered as still in existence.
July 25, 1949
109
THe RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Revised Trade Union Law
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
15. As regards the revised Trade Union Law,
Mr. Panyushkin continued, the new law had in-
troduced pi-ovisions regarding the structure of the
Labor Relations Committees as a result of which
these Committees had been turned into government
agencies under the Labor Ministry (chapter 4,
article 19, and other articles) ....
UNITED STATES REPLY
The functions of the Labor Relations Committee
are twofold : Peaceful settlement of disputes and
enforcement of the protective provisions of the
Trade Union and Labor Relations Adjustment
Laws. In the former function, the tripartite char-
acter of the committee has been fully maintained
and labor's interests are completely safeguarded.
In the latter function, its quasi judicial and opera-
tional nature have required a governmental rather
than the tripartisan approach. In both functions,
the committees are operationally independent and
camiot be overruled by the Labor Ministry.
REFERENCE: REVISED TRADE UNION LAW
Article 19
1. Labor Relations Committees shall be set up consist-
ing of equal number of persons representing employers,
workers and public interest.
2. The Labor Relations Committee shall consist of the
Central Labor Relations Committee, the Maritime Central
Labor Relations Committee, Prefectural Labor Relations
Committees and Local Maritime Labor Relations Com-
mittees.
3. The members and the staffs of a Labor Relations
Committee as provided in this Law shall be regarded as
staffs engaged in official business under laws and ordi-
nances.
4. Matters relating to Labor Relations Committees
other than those laid down in this Law shall be fixed
by a Cabinet Ordinance.
5. The Central Labor Relations Committee shall be
under the jurisdiction of the Labor Minister.
6. The Central Labor Relations Committee shall be
composed of seven members representing employer (here-
inafter referred to as "employer members"), seven mem-
bers representing labor (hereinafter referred to as "labor
members"), and seven members representing the public
interest (hereinafter referred to as "public members").
7. The Labor Minister shall appoint the employer mem-
bers in accordance with the recommendations of the em-
ployers' organizations, the labor members with the rec-
ommendations of trade unions and the public members
with the agreement of the employer members and the
labor members.
8. Incompetent and quasi-incompetent persons and one
who has been sentenced to penal servitude or imprisonment
and still under the execution of the sentence cannot be a
member. When a member shall become disqualified as a
result of this provision, he shall automatically be retired.
9. As to appointment of the public members, three or
more of them shall not belong to the same political party.
When a public member shall have by his own actions dis-
qualified himself as a result of this provision, he shall
automatically be retired.
10. In case the Labor Minister recognizes that a mem-
ber of the Central Labor Relations Committee cannot per-
form his duties by reason of mental and physical defects
or that a member has violated his duties in performing his
functions or is guilty of misconduct as a member, the Labor
Minister may discharge the said member with the ap-
proval of the Central Labor Relations Committee.
11. The term of office of the members shall be one year,
provided that substitute members filling a vacancy shall
remain in office during the remaining term of the
predecessor.
12. The members may be re-appointed.
13. The members shall continue to perform their duties
until their successor has been appointed.
14. Members shall receive such salaries, allowances and
other pays as are fixed separately by laws and compensa-
tion for expenses necessary to perform their duties as
fixed by a Cabinet Ordinance.
15. There shall be chairmen in the Central Labor Rela-
tions Committee.
16. The chairman shall be elected by all members from
among the public members.
17. The chairman shall preside over the businesses of
the Central Labor Relations Committee.
18. When the chairman has been prevented from per-
forming his duties, one who has been elected according to
the provision of Paragraph 16 shall perform the businesses
of the chairman in lieu of the chairman, and when the
chair has become vacant, a new chairman shall be elected
in accordance with the provision of the same paragraph.
19. A Business Bureau shall be established in the Cen-
tral Labor Relations Committee to handle the administra-
tive affairs of the Committee, and the Business Bureau
shall have a Director and necessary staffs appointed by
the Labor Minister with approval of the chairman.
20. The provisions of this Article shall be applied mu-
tatis mutandis to the Prefectural Labor Relations Com-
mittees ; provided that the authorities of the Labor
Minister shall be performed by the Governor and the
Committee shall be composed of five employer members,
five labor members and five public members ; and two or
more of the public members shall uot belong to the same
political party.
21. As regards the seamen covered by the Seamen's
Law (Law No. 100, 1947), the functions of the Central
Labor Relations Committee, the Prefectural Labor Rela-
tions Committee, and the Labor Minister or the Prefec-
tiu'al Governor as provided for in this Law shall be per-
formed respectively by the Maritime Central Labor Rela-
tions Committee, the Maritime Local Labor Relations
Committee and the Transportation Minister ; and the
provisions concerning the Central Labor Relations Com-
110
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
mittee and the Prefectural Labor Relations Committee
sliall be applied mutatis mutandis to the Maritime Cen-
tral Labor Relations Committee and the Maritime Local
Labor Relations Committee ; provided, however, that
"Prefectures" shall read as "Areas under the jurisdic-
tion of the Maritime Transportation Bureaus".
Article 24
Only the public members of the Labor Relations Com-
mittee shall participate in the adjudication of cases
arising imder Articles 5, 7, 11 and 27 and Article 42 of
the Labor Relations Adjustment Law ; provided, how-
ever, that this shall not preclude labor members and
employer members from participating in hearings held
prior to a decision.
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
15. . . . These government labor committees
had received the right to interfere directly and
control all the activities of trade unions and, be-
sides that, to determine the question of the "con-
stitutionality" of trade unions.
UNITED STATES REPLY
The statement that these conunittees have the
"right to interfere directly and control all activi-
ties of trade unions and, besides that, to determine
the question of 'constitutionality' of trade unions"
is utter misrepresentation. The committees
merely have the function of inspecting the written
constitution of each union to assure that the re-
quirements of FEC-045/5 ensuring democratic
internal practices are contained therein, namely a
provision for the election of officers and stand-
ing committeemen by direct secret elections, an-
nual general meetings, open financial reports, pro-
tection of individual members against discrimina-
tion within the union, secret ballot for strike votes,
and majority vote for revision of the union con-
stitution. In these matters the committees do not
go beyond the union constitution, the enforcement
of which is left to the members themselves, with
court action on the members' initiative only where
their constitutional rights have been violated.
The only other function of the committees is to
investigate compliance with the requirement that
the union is not dominated by the employer.
REFERENCE: REVISED TRADE UNION LAW
Article 5
Unless the trade union has submitted evidence to the
Labor Relations Committee and proved that it is in com-
pliance with the provisions of Article 2 and Paragraph 2
of this Article, the trade union shall not be eligible to
participate in the formal procedures provided in this
Law and the Labor Relations Adjustment Law (Law No.
2.5, 1948) and to avail itself of the remedies provided
therein. Provided that nothing herein shall be construed
so as to deny any individual worker the protection
accorded by Clause 1 of Article 7.
2. The constitution of the trade union shall include
provisions provided for in each of the following clauses :
(1) Name.
(2) Address of the main office.
(3) Members of a trade union besides a federated
trade union (hereinafter referred to as "local union")
shall have the right to participate in all affairs of the
trade union and the right to be rendered equal treatment.
(4) In no event shall any one be disqualified for
union membership because of race, religion, sex, social
status or family origin.
(5) The officials of a local union shall be elected by
secret ballot directly by the members, and the officials of a
federation or a national union may be elected by secret
ballot directly by the members of the local union or by
delegates elected directly by secret ballot of the members
of the local union.
(6) General meeting shall be held at least once every
year.
(7) Financial report showing all sources of revenues
and expenses, names of main contributors and present
financial status shall be made public to the members at
least once every year, together with certification of its
accuracy by a professionally competent auditor appointed
by the members.
(8) No strike action shall be started without the de-
cision made by secret ballot either directly by a majority
of members voting or directly by a majority of delegates
voting directly elected by secret ballot by all members.
(9) No constitution of a local union shall be revised
except by a majority support by direct secret ballot of the
members. No constitution of a national union or a fed-
eration shall be revised except by a majority support by
direct secret ballot of the members of the local union or
of the delegates directly elected by secret ballot by all
members.
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
16. According to the new law, the Central Labor
Relations Committee, which was directly imder
the Labor Ministry, had received the right to re-
ject and modify the decisions adopted by the local
labor relations committees. It was absolutely
clear that this new system of organization for
labor relations committees, in which the role of
the representatives of the workers' organizations
had been reduced to nothing, could not secure
the protection of the workers' interests.
UNITED STATES REPLY
The Central Committee can overrule local com-
mittees only on judicial questions, a provision
which is indispensable if uniform interpretation
of labor law is to be fostered and legal chaos
avoided.
July 25, 1949
111
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
REFERENCE: REVISED TRADE UNION LAW
Article 25
The Central Labor Relations Committee shall have
authority to perform the functions prescribed under the
provisions of Articles 18, 20, 26, and 27. The Central
Labor Relations Committee may assume initial jurisdic-
tion in all cases of conciliation, mediation, arbitration,
and adjudication of cases which cover tvFO or more pre-
fectures or which present issues of national import.
2. The Central Labor Relations Committee may review
the adjudications of the Prefectural Labor Relations Com-
mittee pursuant to the provisions of Articles 5, 7 and 27
with full authority to reverse, accept, or modify such
adjudications, or it may reject appeal for review. Such
review shall be initiated by the Central Labor Relations
Committee or by appeal of either party from the adjudica-
tion of the Prefectural Labor Relations Committee.
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
18. Furthermore, according to Article 2, Sec-
tion 1, several categories of Japanese workers were
prohibited from joining trade unions. According
to press rejiorts, the adoption of this amendment
to the law had deprived 30,000 workers of their
right to join trade unions.
UNITED STATES REPLY
The "workers" prohibited from joining trade
unions by the revision noted are supervisory
employees. Such exclusion is necessary to
prevent employer domination of the workers'
organizations.
REFERENCE: REVISED TRADE UNION LAW
Article 2
Trade unions under the present law shall be those or-
ganizations, or federations thereof, formed autonomously
and substantially by the workers for the main purpose of
maintaining and improving the conditions of work and
for raising the economic status of the workers, provided
that tills rule shall not apply to those :
(1) Which admit to membership officers, workers at
the supervisory post having direct authority to liire, fire,
promote or transfer, workers at the supervisory post hav-
ing access to confidential information relating to the em-
ployers' labor relations plans and policies so that their
official duties and obligations directly conflict with their
loyalties and obligations as members of the trade union
concerned and other persons who represent the interest of
the employer.
(2) Which receive tlie employers' financial support in
defraying the organizations' operational expenditures.
Provided that this shall not prevent the employer from
permitting workers to confer or negotiate with him during
working hours without loss of time or pay or to the em-
ployer's contribution for welfare funds; or benefit and
similar funds which are actually used for payments to
prevent or relieve economic misfortune or accident ; or to
the furnishing of minimum office space.
(3) Whose objects are confined to mutual aid work
or other welfare work.
(4) Which principally aim at carrying on political or
special movement.
U.S.S.R. STATEMENT
19. Moreover, for the violation of the provisions
of this law severe repression measures had been
established, including imprisonment for a period
up to one year, and a fine up to ¥100,000.
UNITED STATES REPLY
The citation of the penal provisions in the Trade
Union Law is completely inaccurate. None of the
penal provisions in this law, whether fine or im-
prisonment, apply to workers or unions, but apply
to government officials who violate official secrets,
persons who interfere with Labor Relations Com-
mittee proceedings and employers who violate fair
I^ractice provisions of the law. Method of en-
forcement for unions violating the law is through
their disqualification for assistance or protection
through procedures established by the law.
REFERENCE: REVISED TRADE UNION LAW
Article 27
Whenever a complaint is filed that an employer has
violated the provision of Article 7 with a Labor Relations
Committee, the Labor Relations Committee shall make
an immediate investigation and if it is deemed necessary
shall have a hearing of the issues on the merits of the
complaint. Such investigation and hearing shall follow
the Rules of Procedures prescribed by the Central Labor
Relations Committee in accordance with the provision of
the preceding Article, and at such hearing, sufficient op-
portunity to present evidence and cross-examine the wit-
nesses shall be given to the employer concerned as well
as the complainants.
2. At the conclusion of the hearing provided for in the
preceding paragraph, the Labor Relations Committee
shall make a finding of fact and issue its order in ac-
cordance therewith either granting in full or in part the
relief sought by the complainants or dismissing the com-
Ijlaint. Such findings of facts and such order shall be in
writing, and a copy thereof shall be served on the em-
ployer concerned and the complainants. Such order shall
be in full force and effect from the date of service. Pro-
ceeding under the provisions of this paragraph shall be in
accordance with the Rules of Procedures prescribed by the
Central Labor Relations Committee as provided for in the
preceding Article.
3. In case the employer received the order of the Pre-
fectural Labor Relations Committee according to the pro-
vision of the preceding paragraph, he may within a period
of 15 days file a request for review by the Central Labor
Relations Committee. However, such request shall not
112
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
have the effect of staying the order and it shall lose its
force and effect only when the Central Labor Relations
Committee reverses or modifies it as a result of review in
accordance with the provision of Article 25.
Article S8
In case of violation of the order of the Labor Relations
Committee when all or a part of the said order has been
sustained by the fixed judgment of the court in accord-
ance with the provisions of the preceding Article, those
who commit such violation shall be liable to imprison-
ment not exceeding one year or to a fine not exceeding
one hundred thousand yen, or to both.
Article 33
The liquidator of a trade union which Is a juridical per-
son who has violated any of the provisions of the Civil
Code which are set out in Article 12 of this Law and
violations of which are made punishable by Article 84 of
the Civil Code shall be subject to the same fine of the same
extent and amount as provided for in the said Article of
the Civil Code.
2. The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be
applied mutatis mutandis to the representative of a trade
union which is a juridical person when such representative
failed to register changes In the matters registered con-
cerning the said juridical person as provided in ordinance
as set out In Paragraph 2 of Article 11 of this Law.
Article 29
Those who contravene the provision of Article 23 shall
be liable to imprisonment not exceeding one year or to a
tine not exceeding thirty thousand yen.
Article SO
Those who contravene the provisions of Article 22 and
fail to present reports or make false reports or fail to
submit the books or papers or contravene the provisions
of the same Article and fail to present themselves or
refuse, obstruct or evade the Inspection under the provi-
sion of the same Article shall be liable to a fine not exceed-
ing thirty thousand yen.
Article 31
1. When the deputy, co-habitant, employees, or others
engaged for work of a juridical person or a person con-
travene the provisions of the first portion of the preceding
Article, in connection with the business of a juridical per-
son or of a person, the said juridical person or person shall
not be immune from penalty on the ground of not having
given order for such contravention.
2. The provisions of the first portion of the preceding
Article shall apply to the directors, managers or other of-
ficers who execute the business of the juridical person in
case the employer Is a juridical person and to the legally
fixed deputy in case the employer is a minor or a person
adjudged incompetent ; provided that this rule shall not
apply to a minor that has the same capacity as an adult in
the performance of business.
Article 32
In case an employer has violated the order of the Court
under the provision of Paragraph 5 of Article 27, he shall
be liable to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand yen
(if the order concerned requires for positive action, the
total amount of money made by multiplying one hundred
thousand yen by the number of days of noncompliance,
may be assessed as a fine). The same rule shall apply to
the case when an employer has violated the order of the
Labor Relations Committee which has become fixed accord-
ing to the provision of Paragraph 7 of Article 27.
U.S. Protests Yugoslav
Currency Conversion in Trieste
[Released to the press July H]
Text of note from the Secretary of State to the
Charge (PAffaires ad interim of the Federal
People's Repiiblic^ Mr. Milenko Filipovic^ handed
to him hy Mr. Lleicellyn E. Thompson., Deputy
Assistant Secretary of State, July H, 191^9: ^
July IJf, 1949
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to the Charge d'Affaires ad interim of tlie Federal
People's Republic of Yugoslavia and refers to the
letter dated July 2, 1949, and transmitted by the
Yugoslav Government to the Secretary General
of the United Nations on July 6, 1949, concerning
the loan by the Yugoslav Government of five
hundred million dinars to the military administra-
tion of the Yugoslav Army for the Yugoslav Zone
of the Free Territory of Trieste for the purpose
of replacing the medium of exchange of the Zone
with Yugoslav dinars.
The United States Government must again re-
ject the Yugoslav allegations that the Allied Mili-
tary Government in the United States-United
Kingdom Zone of the Free Territory of Trieste
has violated the Italian Peace Treaty through the
conclusion of certain agreements with the Italian
Government. These and similar charges have
been made by the Yugoslav Government on previ-
ous occasions and have been brought to the atten-
tion of the Security Council of the United Nations
which failed to sustain them. The United States
and the United Kingdom Governments have set
forth in detail and explained at length the nature
of the agreements between Allied Militai-y Gov-
'■ Text of U.S. note was also released as U.N. doc. S/1350
of Julv 14, 1949 ; the Yugoslav note of July 2, 1949, was
released as U.N. doc. S/1348 of July 5, 1949.
July 25, 1949
113
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
ernment of the United States-United Kingdom
Zone and the Italian Government. These agree-
ments have been demonstrated to be in conformity
with the provisions of the Italian Peace Treaty
and indispensable to assure the well-being of the
inhabitants of the United States-United Kingdom
Zone. The United States Government deplores
the fact that the Yugoslav Government continues
to put forward these charges which upon objective
examination have been demonstrated to be ground-
less.
In the course of the earlier discussion of the
Yugoslav charges concerning the administration
of the United States-United Kingdom Zone it was
pointed out on several occasions that it is, in fact,
the Military Administration in the Yugoslav Zone
of the Free Territory that has violated the Treaty
and has followed a policy clearly calculated to tie
the Yugoslav Zone ever more closely to Yugo-
slavia. The recently announced currency con-
version represents an additional move in this di-
rection which can have the result only of further
integrating the Yugoslav Zone into the Yugoslav
economy.
The United States Government has not failed to
note the statement of the Yugoslav authorities that
they have been unable to reach agreement with the
Italian Government upon the supply of Italian lira
to the Yugoslav Zone, Free Territory of Trieste,
in accordance with Article 11 of Annex VII of
the Peace Treaty. Inasmuch as the Yugoslav
authorities have not followed the procedures pro-
vided in the Treaty of Peace for the settlement of
such questions, this statement cannot be accepted
as a valid explanation for their unilateral action
in introducing the dinar into the Zone under their
temporary military administration.
The United States Government has previously
recommended a solution of the Trieste question in
the interests of international stability and the well-
being of the inhabitants of the area and deplores
any action which adds to the difficulty of achieving
such a solution.
Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and
Navigation With Italy Enters Into Force
Statetnent hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press July IS]
The treaty of friendship, commerce, and naviga-
tion with Italy is expected to enter into force
within the next few days. This treaty, concluded
in conformity with the Department's general pro-
114
gram for governing economic relations with other
countries through new and comprehensive instru-
ments responsive to modern economic conditions,
was signed at Rome on February 2, 1948. It was
approved by the Senate on June 2, 1948, and rati-
fied by the President on June 16, 1949. Two days
later, on June 18, 1949, President Einaudi of Italy
signed a law approving the treaty on behalf of his
govermnent. It is expected that the ratifications
will be exchanged at Rome on or about July 15.
I have no doubt that this treaty will contribute
effectively to the development of closer relations
with Italy. It is based firmly upon the liberal
principles of economic intercourse which we up-
hold and contains sound and reasonable provisions
well designed to stimulate a mutually advantage-
ous flow of capital and technology, which is in line
with the basic objectives of the Point-4 progi-am.
Bizonal Scrap Agreement
[Released to the press July 15]
The Department of State announced on July
15 that an agreement was recently concluded be-
tween the United States and the United Kingdom
authorizing their Military Governors in Germany
to suspend from time to time the provision that
the price of scrap exported from Western Ger-
many shall be uniform to all buyers, which is
contained in paragi-aph 11 of article II of the
U.S.-U.K. Ferrous Scrap Agreement of Septem-
ber 30, 1948.' Under this authority, the Military
Governors have lifted their control over the ex-
port price of steel scrap, effective July 13, 1949,
and until further notice. This change will not
affect current contracts except insofar as such con-
tracts may provide for renegotiation of price.
Location for Allied High Commission
[Released to the press in Berlin hy British Military
Government Headquarters July 8]
The following joint communique was issued
after a meeting held at Bonn on Friday, July 8,
1949, at which General Sir Brian Robertson was
in the chair and the following were present with
their advisers.
Mr. John McCloy, United States Military Gov-
ernor and High Commissioner designate.
Lieut. General F. J. C. Noiret, French Deputy
Military Governor.
M. Rivain, representing M. Francois Poncet,
French High Commissioner designate.
' BuixETiN of Oct. 10, IMS, p. 467.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Tlie following decisions were taken :
One. The decision of the Parliamentary Coun-
cil that the provisional seat of the federal govern-
ment shall be at Bonn was noted. It was recog-
nized that the choice of the seat of the federal
government is matter for German decision.
Two. In view of this decision, immediate prep-
arations will be made to provide accommodation,
communications and other necessaz'y facilities for
the Allied High Commission in the area adjacent
to Bonn.
Three. Provisionally and subject to confirma-
tion by the Allied High Commission, the follow-
ing limits will define the area to be fixed in accord-
ance with Article Two, Paragraph 3 of the Charter
of the Allied High Commission :
Sieg River from its jimctions with the Rhine to
autobahn bridge S. E. of Siegburg-Frankfurt-
Cologne autobahn from Sieg River bridge to
French zonal border near Rederscheid — zonal bor-
der to Adendorf — Stadt Meckenheim — thence
north along railway to its junction with border
of Stadtkreis Bonn just north of Duisdorf —
border of Stadtkreis Bonn to Rhine River.
Four. In view of the preparations to be made
the meeting expressed its appreciation for the
announcement made by the Belgian Government
on 13th June, 1949 and confirmed the exception
made regarding the residence of the General com-
manding the Belgian Corps and six houses re-
quired for his immediate staff.
Five. A small joint staff will be established
forthwith in the area to take charge of the admin-
istrative preparations. The principal representa-
tives will be :
U.K. : Brigadier C. H. Montague, OBE ;
U.S. : F. Herman Schroeder ;
French : Lt. Col. Gridel.
Six. The area will not be subdivided into sec-
tors— for convenience accommodation will be ar-
ranged as far as possible in a certain general area
with Stadtkreis Bonn generally reserved for Gei'-
man facilities and accommodation. The Hotel
Petersberg, at least for the initial period, will be
the site of the Headquarters Allied High Com-
mission.
Seven. Preparations will be made at Whan
Airfield to enable it to take the air traffic required
for the federal capital.
Radio in U.S. Zone of Germany — Contmuedjrom -page 85
Where some men exist who will thus fight to get
facts to the public, there is hope that the idea of
responsible freedom of expression will take deep
root and that democratic radio will be protected
by the Germans themselves as one of the means by
which men remain free.
Ju/y 25, 7949
Agreement on Principles of Intra-
European Payments System for 1949-50
[Released to the press hy EGA July 7]
Features of the Agreement
The Council of the Organization for European
Economic Cooperation, on July 2, reached unani-
mous agreement on the principles upon which the
intra-European payments system for 1949-50
shall be based. The Council has directed the Joint
Trade and Intra-European Payments Committee
of the Oeec to submit to the Council, by July 20,
1949, a draft of an agreement based on these prin-
ciples. W. Averell Harriman, United States spe-
cial representative, participated in the delibera-
tions of the Oeec which led to the present agree-
ment in principle and presented during the course
of these deliberations the views of the Economic
Cooperation Administration.
It is the view of ECA that the principles upon
which agreement has been reached make possible
an advance towards breaking down the bilateral
trade and payments practices which have become
so prevalent in the postwar economic relations of
the participating countries. It is also expected
that increased flexibility in intra-European pay-
ments arrangements will increase the competitive
efforts of the participating countries in their trade
with one another with all the attendant advan-
tages which such a philosophy implies.
The principal features of the agreement reached
by the Oeec are as follows :
1. Twenty-five percent of all drawing rights
extended by the European creditors to their debt-
ors will be freely usable anywhere in the ERP
area. The actual use of these drawing rights will
determine the distribution of the corresponding
ECA conditional aid. The remaining 75 percent
of drawing rights will have characteristics sim-
ilar to those of the drawing rights established
under the plan for the year 1948-49.
2. Provision has been made for the extension of
$87.5 million of long-term credits by Belgium to
the United Kingdom, France, and The Nether-
lands in the event that these credits are needed.
Tliis represents a significant and important con-
tribution on the part of Belgium, which has al-
ready extended important credits to other par-
ticipants in the postwar period.
3. The Council has also requested that safe-
guards be provided in the draft agreement for a
healthy expansion of intra-European trade. It is
the purpose of this provision to insure the aban-
donment of those restrictive trade practices which
do not correspond to the increasing degi'ee of free-
dom to be achieved in the payments system for
1949-50.
In the opinion of ECA, the principles upon
which the intra-European payments system for
115
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
1949-50 is to be based represent substantial prog-
ress over the principles and methods employed in
the year 1948^9. The adoption of last year's
plan was dictated by the necessity of maintaining
and expanding a useful trade among the partici-
pants. The urgency and importance of the task
were such that it was necessary to devise a scheme
which corresponded to the trade and payments
policies and practices prevailing at that time. It
was recognized, however, that these policies and
practices were not those suitable to a multilateral
trade and payments system which it is the purpose
of EGA to foster. At this juncture in the recovery
progress of Europe, EGA and the participating
nations believed that a first step should be taken
to break away from the rigid bilateralism of the
first year's plan. It has been possible with the
cooperation and understanding of all participants
to take this first step towards the goal of multi-
lateralizing of trade and payments within Europe.
The Administrator on July 7 formally advised
the Oeec of his willingness to extend conditional
aid in accordance with the principles agreed upon
by the Oeec. The text of the Administrator's
statement is as follows :
Statement by the Administrator for
Economic Cooperation
7 July mo
The Administrator for Economic Gooperation
is pleased to take note of the decision of the Coun-
cil of the Oeec regarding a new Intra-European
Payments Plan, and believes that this decision
constitutes a significant step toward the reestab-
lishment of European trade on a sound basis.
Last April the Organization was advised that this
Administration attaches great importance to the
encouragement and intensification of competition
among European sellers and that the new pay-
ments agreement should be designed to contribute
to this result. The decision of the Gouncil that a
quarter of the drawing rights received by each
country will be made available in the form of
whatever European currencies that country de-
sires means that the pattern of trade need not be
rigidly determined in advance by governmental
decisions. Buyers can be given broader freedom
than they have hitherto possessed to choose
freely between competing sellers. This broader
freedom of choice for buyers is a necessary con-
dition for competition among sellers. It "is the
profound conviction of this Administration that
more intensive competition, if it materializes, will
exert a healthy downward pressure on costs and
prices and will thus contribute both to the increase
of European productivity and to the improvement
of Eui-ope's ability to earn dollars.
The achievement of freer competition within
Europe requires not only that monetary arrange-
ments permit buyers to exercise freedom of choice
but also that narrow quantitative restrictions of
trade be eliminated. The Administrator is
pleased to note that this principle is recognized in
the decision of the Gouncil which paves the way
for prompt drastic action to eliminate these bar-
riers to European trade. Such action is especially
necessary with respect to restrictions of imports by
those countries that are creditors in their trade
with Europe and the sterling area.
The Administrator is well aware that these
creditor countries of Europe will be exposed to a
real risk both by the new payments arrangements
and by measures to remove the quantitative limita-
tions on imports. Broadly, the risk is that if such
a country turns out to have a weak competitive
position in relation to the other participants, it
will fail to receive the expected amount of condi-
tional aid from this Administration. Such eco-
nomic risk necessarily accompanies effective com-
petition and, in the judgment of this Administra-
tion, the Gouncil made a wise decision when it de-
cided that these risks should be assumed.
Europe's most intractable economic problem is
its dollar deficit. The deficit can be eliminated
only if the participating countries earn more dol-
lars from the nations of the Western Hemisphere.
Accordingly this Administration's statement to the
Organization concerning the broadening of com-
petition through the payments plan also empha-
sized the necessity of providing the participating
countries with the incentive to earn dollars from
the Western Hemisphere rather than from one an-
other. The new payments plan makes it possible
for any participating country, by expanding its
European exports or, in some cases, by restricting
its European imports, to increase its EGA aid by as
many dollars as it could earn from a corresponding
increase of exports to the dollar area. For this
reason, it is essential that efforts to develop sur-
pluses in their trade with the rest of Western
Europe and the sterling area should not divert the
participating countries from the basic task of ex-
panding exports to the Western Hemisphere.
The Administrator attaches especial importance
to the provision in the Gouncil's decision for a
periodic review of the operation of the payments
plan. The objectives referred to above define two
criteria that should be applied in these reviews.
The first is the extent to which, and the rapidity
with which, the greater flexibility of the payments
plan and the removal of quantitative restrictions
on trade are successful in creating a far freer and
more competitive European market. The second
is the effectiveness of freer trade and payments
within Europe in promoting European exports to
the dollar area. Accordingly, the periodic re-
view should cover not only the machinery of the
payments plan but the commercial policies of the
several governments, as well. It is hoped that the
Organization will be satisfied with nothing less
116
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
than a drastic freeing of trade within Europe, the
end of efforts by governments to protect or increase
their European trade surpluses, and the intensifica-
tion of tlie drive to export to the Western Hemis-
phere.
It is in the light of the foregoing considerations
that the Administrator agrees to grant an appro-
priate proportion of EGA aid to the participating
countries during the forthcoming year in the foi-m
of conditional aid in accordance with the principles
adopted by the Council. In making this decision
it is the Administrator's understanding that the
Organization's periodic review of the working of
the plan will be searching and that action will be
taken to correct defects and weaknesses that may
appear.
Distinguished Service of Bert Huien as
Newspaper Correspondent ^
Statement by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press July IS]
I think it might be appropriate for me to say a
special word about one of these distinguished men
because he was what might be called the dean of
the State Department Corps — Bert Hulen. He
was also a friend of many years standing and a
neighbor in Georgetown. As a friend, he was a
gentle and kindly person. I think all of us in
Georgetown will find it very difficult to get used to
missing that familiar figure of Bert with his
peaked cap and his walking stick and his husky
dog pulling him along when he took his walk in
the morning. Almost every day on my way to
the Department, I used to stop and chat with him,
and I shall sadly miss those morning talks.
As a correspondent, he was able, thorough, and
conscientious, and a true servant of the American
public. I think the word that will come to the
lips of most of you when you speak of Bert Hulen
is the word "honorable." He was an outstand-
ingly honorable person. He pursued his profes-
sion in a relentless pursuit of facts and the publi-
cation of facts with no desire for the limelight and
with no tendency of any sort to be spectacular, and
without allowing at any moment in his long career
any shadow to fall over the integi'ity and honor of
his character. I think I speak for all of you when
I say we sadly miss him. I think he stands for
the ideal of the newspaper correspondent.
^ Mr. Hulen was killed on July 12 in India In an air-
plane accident.
Twenty-eighth Lend-Lease Report
Transmitted to Congress
I'o the Congress of the United States:
I am transmitting herewith the Twenty-eighth
Report to Congress on Lend-Lease Operations.
This Report contains in Appendix V a "Report
on Lend-Lease Fiscal Operations" prepared by the
Treasury Department and submitted to the Secre-
tary of State in accordance with Executive Order
9726. The period covered is from March 11, 1941
through March 31, 1949.
A settlement agreement was signed with Czecho-
slovakia on September 16, 1948, and appears in
this Report as Appendix I.
Two agreements with France relating in part to
Lend-Lease matters were signed on March 14, 1949.
The texts appear in this Report as Appendices II
and III. Under the terms of these agreements
residual financial accounts and shipping matters
arising out of Lend-Lease and other operations
during and immediately after the war were finally
agreed upon and settled in accordance with the
principles set forth in the Memorandum of Under-
standing between France and the United States
Regarding Settlement for Lend-Lease, Reciprocal
Aid, Surplus War Property and Claims, signed on
May 28, 1946, and published in the Twenty-third
Report to Congress on Lend-Lease Operations.
A settlement of wartime claims and accounts
between the United States and Canada was signed
on March 14, 1949 by means of an agreement con-
tained in an exchange of notes, which appear in
this Report as Ajapendix IV.
Harry S. Truman
The White House, July 15, 1949.
Supplemental Estimate of Appropria-
tion for Fiscal 1950 '
Of the funds appropriated to the President,
$125,000,000 is estimated for continued assistance
to the Republic of Korea. Legislation authoriz-
ing a progi-am of assistance to Korea in the fiscal
year 1950 is now before the Congress.
For the Department of State $30,800,000. This
request includes $14,800,000 for the settlement of
Swiss war damage claims ; and $12,830,000 for in-
ternational information and educational activi-
ties, the major part of which is for the construc-
tion and improvement of facilities for interna-
tional radio broadcasting. Estimates of $3,150,-
000 are submitted to cover costs of retroactive
' Excerpts from a summary released to the press by
the White House on .July 12, 1949.
July 25, J 949
117
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
salary increases for Foreigji Service eniployees,
and to pay salary differentials to Foreign Serv-
ice Staff Officers and employees serving at posts
at which extraordinarily difficult living conditions
exist. The sum of $200,000 is requested for the
proposed International Claims Commission for
expenses in connection -with, the settlement of
claims of the United States Government and
American nationals against foreign governments,
involving property which has been nationalized
or otherwise expropriated.
tional aid, add up to 21 billion dollars — more than
half the budget. These are the expenditures we
are making to prevent future wars. If anybody
thinks it extravagant to maintain the peace, let him
remember that it cost us not 21 billion dollars a
year but 100 billion dollars a year to conduct the
last war.
I do not believe that our defense and interna-
tional expenditures will have to remain at their
present high level indefinitely. I hope that they
may be reduced as our program for peace takes
effect. But, as of today, I regard these expendi-
tures as the most valuable insurance we can take
out against the enormous expense and the terrible
loss of another war.
Budget for National Defense and
International Aid
Excerpt From an Address of the President ^
If we examine the items in the budget, we see,
in dollar figures, the magnitude of the task which
confronts this Nation in protecting the cause of
peace and freedom. Over three-fourths of the
budget is due to international events. Less than
one-fourth arises from the domestic functions of
the Government.
Let me explain to you why this is so.
The total of the whole budget today is about
42 billion dollars. Of this total, 32 billion dollars
is the result either of past wars or our efforts to
prevent another war. Three big items make up
this 32 billion dollars.
The first is the national defense. That accounts
for over 14 billion dollars. The armed services, at
the start of this year, wanted a much bigger smn
than that, but I cut it down to the minimum neces-
sary for our protection and for the preservation of
peace in this troubled world. It is expensive to
keep up the forces necessary to prevent war, but in
the long run it could be a lot more expensive not
to have them.
The second big item is the cost of our interna-
tional programs. They will cost this year about
7 billion dollars, and they are worth every penny
of it. This sum includes the cost of the European
recovery program and our occupation responsibili-
ties. These programs have kept Western Europe
out of the hands of the communists, and are help-
ing to restore the economic and social strength of
the free nations. If we were to cut these pro-
grams, it would weaken our efforts to bring about
peace. That is a risk we must not take.
These two items, national defense and interna-
' Delivered over the radio from the White House on
July 13, 1949, and released to the press by the White House
on the same date.
Venezuela: "Little Venice" of South America — Con-
tinued from page 87
per hectare, or about $1.50 per acre. In spite of
this fact, the government is doing an excellent
job in maintaining the works. In some cases it
was found that the canals and laterals were of
inadequate size because of failure to anticipate
the peak demands of crops for water. This is not
an uncommon error and corrections can be made
at a nominal cost.
I prepared individual reports and recommenda-
tions for equipment and operation organizations
for the consideration of the "Direccion de Obras
de Kiego." These reports summarized my anal-
yses of canal and lateral capacity requirements
and made recommendations on means of making
imjjrovements. I also prepared an outline for
drainage studies in an area of valuable lands
which are highly impregnated with salts. This is
a particularly interesting matter because it dem-
onstrates the farsightedness reclamation of lands
susceptible of irrigation.
It was my impression that the Venezuelans
look upon technicians from the United States
with considerable respect and wish to adopt our
methods in so far as possible. I also found them
not lacking in ingenuity in utilizing native plants
and trees in erosion and sediment-control works.
For example, a nursery has been developed for
mahogany trees which will be transplanted to
watershed areas for erosion control and utilized
as a source of lumber of which there is a scarcity
in the northern part of the country.
I left Venezuela with the feeling that my efforts
were very much appreciated and that my recom-
mendations would be given full consideration and
probably would be carried out.
118
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale iy the Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the
case of free publications, which may tie obtained from the
Department of State.
Air Force Mission to Colombia. Treaties and Other Inter-
national Acts Series 1S93. Pub. 3470. 12 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia —
Signed at Washington Feb. 21, 1949 ; entered into force
Feb. 21, 1949.
Biographic Register of the Department of State, April 1,
1949. Pub. 3471. 423 pp. $1.50 (paper cover).
Biographies of Department (including U.S. Mission to
United Nations) and Foreign Service personnel.
Establishment of the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1895. Pub.
3473. 7 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Other Gov-
ernments— Formulated at Baguio Feb. 26, 1948; en-
tered into force Nov. 9, 1948.
Potatoes: Control of Exports from Canada to the United
States. Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1896.
Pub. 3474. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Canada —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Washington
Nov. 23, 1948; entered into force Nov. 23, 1948.
Economic Cooperation With France Under Public Law
472--80th Congress. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1897. Pub. 3475. 6 pp. 50.
Agreements between the United States and France
Amending Agreement of June 28, 1948 — Effected by
exchange of notes dated at Paris Sept. 21 and Oct. 8,
1948 ; entered into force Oct. 8, 1948 ; and exchange
of notes signed at Paris Nov. 17 and 20, 1948 ; entered
into force Nov. 20, 1948.
Headquarters of the United Nations: Loan for Construc-
tion and Furnishing. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1899. Pub. 3477. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and the United
Nations — Signed at Lake Success, New York, Mar.
23, 1948; entered into force Aug. 30, 1948.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Treaties and
Other International Acts Series 1888. Pub. 3482. 8 pp.
50.
Between the United States and Other Governments,
Second Protocol of Rectifications to the Agreement of
October 30, 1947— signed at Geneva Sept. 14, 1948;
entered into force Sept. 14, 1948.
Report of the Joint Brazil-United States Technical Com-
mission, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, February 7, 1949. Inter-
national Organization and Conference Series II, Ameri-
can Republics 5. Pub. 3487. 321 pp. $1.00.
July 25, 1949
Analysis of the factors in Brazil which tend to pro-
mote or retard its economic development.
National Commission News, April-May 1949. Pub. 3494.
14 pp. 10^ a copy; $1 a year domestic, $1.35 a year
foreign.
The monthly publication of the United States Na-
tional Commission for Unesco.
Foreign Service List, April 1, 1949. Pub. 3496. 110 pp.
300 a copy ; $1.50 a year domestic, $2 a year foreign.
Includes the posts of assignment, the index of persons,
and the geographic index.
The "Point Four" Program. Foreign Affairs Outline no.
21. Pub. 3498. 6 pp. Free.
Discussion of the philosophy, objectives, practical
aspects of the Point Four program and current pro-
grams of cooperative technical assistance.
Diplomatic List, May 1949. Pub. 3504. 158 pp. 300 a
copy ; $3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic representatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
The Current Situation in Germany. European and
British Commonwealth Series 7. [Bulletin Reprint]
Pub. 3506. 4 pp. 50.
Address by Secretary Acheson made before the Ameri-
can Society of Newspaper Publishers on April 28,
1949.
The U.S. Military Assistance Program. Foreign Affairs
Outline no. 22. Pub. 3507. 7 pp. Free.
Gives the background of the United States policy and
details of the military aid program.
Economic Policy and the ITO Charter. Economic Co-
operation Series 19. [Bulletin Reprint.] Pub. 3511.
5 pp. Free.
Address by Secretary Acheson made before the Na-
tional Convention of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce
on May 3, 1949.
Documents and State Papers, June 1949. Pub. 3525. 74
pp. 30«f.
With this issue. Documents and State Papers is being
discontinued and is being combined with the Bulletin
beginning with the issue of July 4.
The Bonn Constitution: Basic Law for the Federal Re-
public of Germany. European and British Common-
wealth Series 8. Pub. 3526. 52 pp. 150.
The text of the constitution is the agreed Anglo-
American translation.
The Diplomatic List, June 1949. Pub. 3531. 159 pp.
300 a copy ; $3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic representatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
Essential Elements of Lasting Peace. General Foreign
Policy Series 12. [Bulletin Reprint.] Pub. 3553. 3 pp.
Free.
Address delivered in Little Rock, Ark., by President
Truman on June 11, 1949.
119
Occupation Matters p^^^
Radio in U. S. Zone of Germany: Stations
Achieving Independence. By Ruby A.
Parson 83
Labor Policy in Japan. Statement by Major
General Frank R. McCoy 107
U. S. Protests Yugoslav Currency Conversion
in Trieste 113
Location for Allied High Commission ... 114
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
Excerpts From Comparative Review of Ac-
tivities and Work Programmes of the
U. N. and the Specialized Agencies in the
Economic and Social Fields 88
U. S. Representative on Inter-American Eco-
nomic and Social Council Appointed . . 98
Paul A. Porter Appointed to Palestine Con-
ciliation Commission 98
National Citizens Committee for U.N. Day
Named 99
The United States in the United Nations . . 100
Major Steps Taken at Ilo Conference on
Trade Union Rights and Industrial Rela-
tions 103
U. S. Delegation to Ninth Session of
Ecosoc 106
Economic Affairs
Technical Cooperation and Economic Devel-
opment in the Caribbean Area; Eighth
meeting of the Caribbean Commission . 101
ECA., U.K., and The Netherlands Discuss
Expansions of Foreign Crude Oil Pro-
duction 102
Third International Congress of Toponymy . 106
Economic Affairs — Continued p^^g
Twenty-eighth Lend-Lease Report Trans-
mitted to Congress 117
Budget for National Defense and Interna-
tional Aid. Excerpt From an Address of
the President 118
Treaty Information
Radio Frequency Plan for Western Hemis-
sphere Adopted 104
U. S. Protests Yugoslav Currency Conver-
sion in Trieste 113
Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and Navi-
: ■ gation With Italy Enters Into Force.
Statement by Secretary Acheson. ... 114
Bizonal Scrap Agreement 114
Agreement on Principles for Intra-European
Payments System for 1949-50:
Features of the Agreement 115
Statement by the Administrator for Eco-
nomic Cooperation 116
Technical Assistance
Venezuela: "Little Venice" of South America.
By John L. Mutz 86
General Policy
Distinguished Service of Bert Hulen as News-
paper Correspondent. Statement by
Secretary Acheson 117
The Congress
Supplemental Estimate of Appropriation for
Fiscal 1950 117
Publications
Recent Releases 119
^cm/trmvoto/M
John L. Mute, author of the article on Venezuela— "Little
Venice" of South America, is an area engineer with the Future
Planning Program of the Bureau of Reclamation.
U, S, GOVERMHEHT PRINTING OFFICE; 1949
tJ/i€/ ^eAa^mmtl/ <w t/tcUe^
PUBLIC OPINION AND AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY • Address fay the President 145
THE INTER-AMERICAN SYSTEM IN; THE
WORLD SCENE TODAY 9 By Willard F. Barber . 149
U. S. REPORT ON TRUST TERRITORY OF THE
PACIFIC ISLANDS:
• Discussion in the Trusteeship Council .... 133
THE 4TH SESSION OF THE TRUSTEESHIP
COUNCIL • Article by Vernon McKay . . . .'^ \ 123
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 526
August 1, 1949
^B.NT Ofr
'atks o
^«HTO,
tJ/ie z!/^€/ict/2(im€^t £t£ t/taie
bulletin
Vol. XXI, No. 526 • Publication 3595
August 1, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 13,
1949).
iVotc; Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tveekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relationx and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is tn-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of inlernatioruil relations, are listed
currently.
.artRiNif'''^
,iu>m
THE FOURTH SESSION OF THE TRUSTEESHIP COUNCIL
l>y Vernon McKay
During the 48 meetings of its 9-week fourth
session, held at Lake Success from January 24 to
March 25, 1949, the United Nations Trusteeship
Council adopted 40 resolutions ^ concerning the ten
trust territories and the 17 million peopl^ under its
supervision. A full agenda and a number of pro-
cedural snarls made the fourth session the longest
thus far held. The Council completed its first
general examination of five trust territories, dealt
with 30 petitions, undertook a preliminary exami-
nation of the report of its first visiting mission to
East Africa, and reached decisions on several ad-
ditional problems. At the end of the fourth ses-
sion, only two of the ten trust territories, Nauru
and the Pacific Islands, were still unexamined.
STUDY OF WEST AFRICA
Although the Council devoted considerable at-
tention to Western Samoa, Kuanda-Urundi, and
Tanganyika, the main area of concentration at the
fourth session was the humid, tropical region of
West Africa lying just north of the equator. The
four trust territories in this area — British Cam-
eroons, British Togoland, French Cameroons, and
French Togoland — are the homeland of approxi-
mately 5 million Africans. Formerly united in
the two German colonies of Kamerun and
Togo, these four territories were divided between
the British and the French at the end of World
War I.
While many similarities mark these West Afri-
can countries, they are at the same time lands of
contrast. They contain peoples of many lan-
■ U.X. doc. T/328.
August 7, 7949
guages and customs, including highly educated
Christians in the coastal towns, primitive tribes-
men in the pagan interior, and Africans of Mos-
lem culture in the north. Primarily an agricul-
tural people who raise their own food, the West
Africans now produce for export a number of trop-
ical rain-forest crops including rubber, cocoa
beans, hardwoods, palm kernels and palm oil, and
bananas.
A unique sight in the widely varied scenery of
the four trust territories is the Cameroon Moun-
tain, which rises abruptly from the sea to a height
of 13,350 feet within 14 miles of the British Cam-
eroons coast — a volcano which was in active erup-
tion as recently as 1922. Debunscha, on the south-
western side of the mountain, had 494 inches of
rain in 1946.= It is one of the wettest places in the
world. In contrast, the Sudan area in the north-
ern section of the Cameroons usually has less than
30 inches of rain a year. Kain falls in West
Africa when it is summer at Lake Success; the
winter months are a long and often difficult dry
season.
MEMBERSHIP
The 12 council representatives who tackled
trust-territory problems in this area were pre-
sided over by Ambassador Liu Chieh of China,
who served as President. When Ambassador Liu
Chieh was absent, Vice President Sir Alan C. M.
Burns, of the United Kingdom, took the chair.
^Report on the Administration of the Cameroons Under
United Kingdom Trusteeship for the year 19^7 (London,
H.M.S.O., 1948), pp. 1-3.
123
The remaining representatives were :
J. D. L. Hood Australia
Pierre Rjcliinans Belgium
Alberto Canas Escalante . . . Costa Rica
Ambassador Koger Garreau . France
AbduUali Bakr Iraq
Ambassador Luis Padilla
Nervo Mexico
Sir Carl A. Berendsen .... New Zealand
Judge Jose D. Ingles Philippines
Aleksander A. Soldatov . . . Union of Soviet
Socialist Repub-
lics
Ambassador Francis B.
Sayre United States '
During its discussions, the Council benefited from
the ^participation of a number of special repre-
sentatives, officials from the trust territories under
consideration. Governor J. H. Cedile answered
questions on French Togoland, Charles-Marie
Watier on French Cameroons, D. A. F. Shute on
British Cameroons, D. A. Sutherland on British
Togoland, F. J. H. Grattan on Western Samoa,
and Sir George R. Sandford on Tanganyika.
Representatives of six specialized agencies of the
United Nations also attended some of the Coun-
cil's meetings.*
The membership of the Trusteeship Council, in
accordance with article 86 (c) of the United
Nations Charter, "is equally divided between
tho.se Members of the United Nations which ad-
minister trust territories and those which do not."
At the fourth session the six administering mem-
bers were Australia, Belgium, France, New Zea-
land, the United Kingdom, and the United States ;
the six nonadministering members were China
and the Soviet Union, which are permanent mem-
bers, and Costa Rica, Iraq, Mexico, and the Phil-
ippines, which are elected for 3-year terms by the
General Assembly. The terms of Iraq and Mex-
ico expire in 1949, and those of Costa Rica and the
Philippines in 1950.
DECISIONS OF THE COUNCIL
The Council's work was impeded by numerous
tie votes in which the six administering members
lined up on one side of a proposal and the six non-
administering members on the other. In such
= In addition to Ambassador Sayre, the U.S. delegation
was composed of Deputy Representative Benjamin Gerig
and Advisers Vernon McKay and William L. Yeomans.
' U.N. doc. T/262.
instances, in accordance with the Council's rules
of procedure,"^ a second vote was taken after a
brief recess. The cleavage between the two sides,
however, was so sharp at the fourth session that
the second ballot was almost a useless formality.
Despite this difficulty, the members of the Coun-
cil were able to agree upon many forward-looking
and constructive recommendations. The three
principal functions of the Council, under the au-
thority of the General Assembly, are (1) to ex-
amine annual reports on the trust territories
submitted by the administering authorities on the
basis of a questionnaire formulated by the Coun-
cil, (2) to accept and examine in consultation with
the administering authority oral or written peti-
tions concerning the trust territories, and (3) to
send periodic visiting missions to the trust terri-
tories at times agreed upon with the administering
authority. On the basis of these detailed exami-
nations the Trusteeship Council, like the Perma-
nent Mandates Commission, makes recommenda-
tions to the administering authorities with the aim
of promoting the political, economic, social, and
educational advancement of the trust territories.
The Council submits its own annual report to the
General Assembly, where the work of the Council
is regidarly reviewed in the Fourth Committee.
Reports of the Administering Authorities
Ambassador Francis B. Sayre, of the United
States delegation, on February 25 opened the gen-
eral discussion of the five annual reports submitted
by the administering authorities. Repeating a
remark he had made at the third session. Ambassa-
dor Sayre commented that the Council's report to
the General Assembly could "gain strengtli
through brevity. "''
The United States delegation hoped that the
Council would limit its conclusions and recommen-
dations to a small number of major problems, thus
giving the administering authorities specific and
practicable goals to work toward during the com-
ing year. This hope was unrealized, however, for
each delegation had observations, conclusions, and
recommendations which it wished to include in the
report. The Coimcil consequently adopted 15 con-
clusions and recommendations concerning the Brit-
ish Cameroons, 14 on British Togoland, 24 on
"U.N. doc. T/l/Rev. 1.
' U.N. doc. T/P.V. 142.
124
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
French Cameroons, 20 on French Togoland, and 11
on Western Samoa. In addition the report, to the
General Assembly contains a long section of com-
ments and observations by individual representa-
tives on each territory. In the drafting committee
the administering members had attempted unsuc-
cessfully to prevent the inclusion of these individ-
ual observations in the report. They believed that
it M'as proper to include in the report to the As-
sembly only those conclusions and recommenda-
tions adopted by majority vote. Individual ob-
servations, they pointed out, were available in the
CounciTs records.
and increase educational facilities, particularly in
the Northern Provinces.
The Council found that the examination of con-
ditions in the British Cameroons was complicated
by the fact that the trust territory was integrated
for administrative purposes with the neighboring
British territory of Nigeria. As a result, the
Council recommended that, pending a final solu-
tion of the question of this administrative arrange-
ment, the administering authority institute meas-
ures such as budgetary autonomy for the trust ter-
ritory and provide more precise and separate data
on its administration.
BRITISH CAMEROONS
Adopted on Jlarch 25 by a vote of 8 to 0, the
Council's report to the Assembly on the annual
report on the British Cameroons made 15 recom-
mendations to the administering authority to im-
prove the political, economic, social, and educa-
tional life of the inhabitants.'
In the political field the Council recommended
that the administering authority consider the pos-
sibility of establishing as soon as practicable such
democratic reforms as would eventually give the
people the right of suffrage and an increasing de-
gree of participation in the executive, legislative,
and judicial organs of government preparatory to
self-government or independence. With regard
to economic advancement, the Council was prima-
rily concerned with the operations of the Cam-
eroons Development Corporation, a government
corporation which administers "for the use and
common benefit of the inhabitants" certain lands
formerly owned by Germans. In particular the
Council recommended that the administering au-
thority consider the possibility of shortening the
period of 35 years during which, under present
arrangements, the earnings of the corporation are
partly employed to liquidate the purchase price of
the lands. In the sphere of social advancement,
the Council adopted a number of recommendations
on the abolition of child marriage, the raising of
wages and standards of living, the abolition of
corporal punishment, the halting of deportation of
indigenous inhabitants, and the increase of medi-
cal and health facilities. In the educational field,
the Council urged the administering authority to
pi'ess forward vigorously in its efforts to develop
'U.N. doc. T/SR 164, p. 14. For text of report as
adopted by the drafting committee, see U.N. doc. T/286.
BRITISH TOGOLAND
The Council's report on British Togoland was
adopted on March 25 by a vote of 9 to 0.^ Since
administrative arrangements and general condi-
tions in British Togoland are similar to those in
the British Cameroons, the Council's 14 conclu-
sions and recommendations to the administering
authority were largely identical with those adopted
for the latter territory. By a vote of 8 to 2 the
Council did add one recommendation to those al-
ready adopted by its drafting committee of the
whole. Introduced by the representative of the
Philippines, this proposal, as amended and
adopted, recommended that the administering au-
thority "review from time to time its policy with
respect to the cocoa industry to the end that the
cocoa producer may get the most direct benefits
out of his cocoa produce." Cocoa beans are the
main export in British Togoland. This was the
only recommendation which the Council added to
any of the five territorial reports formulated by
its drafting committee of the whole.
FRENCH CAMEROONS
The two annual reports submitted by France
reveal many differences between British and
French policy in West Africa. The Council's re-
port on the French Cameroons was adopted on
March 25 by a vote of 7 to 0."
Of its 24 conclusions and recommendations, 8
cover the subject of political advancement. The
Council commended France for taking steps to
* Ibid., p. 20. For text of report as adopted by the draft-
ing committee, see U.N. doc. T/287.
' Ibid., p. 35. For text of report, as adopted by the draft-
ing committee, see U.N. doc. T/277.
4ugusf T, 1949
125
bring about universal suffrage and for establish-
ing a representative assembly in the territory. The
Council welcomed the assurance that the inhabi-
tants would have the right at the appropriate time
to determine for themselves whether they should
remain in the French Union or assume a status of
independence outside the Union. The administer-
ing authority was also commended for abolishing
in 1946 the indigenat, a system under which admin-
istrative officers, rather than judges, sentenced
Africans to fines or imprisonment for certain of-
fenses. The administering authority was asked,
however, to intensify its efforts to bring about
greater participation of the indigenous popula-
tion in responsible posts in the administrative and
judicial services.
The Council expressed greater concern about
economic conditions in the territory and recom-
mended that the administering authority do every-
thing in its power, by making grants and loans or
giving other forms of assistance, to encourage and
enable Africans to take a full part in industrial de-
velopment. It also noted with concern that wage
rates were frequently low and sometimes did not
exceed the minimum subsistence level and recom-
mended that the administering authority carry out
a special study of wages and standards of living
and take all possible measures to raise them. At
the same time the Council expressed its apprecia-
tion for the administering authority's 10-year plan
to improve economic and social conditions.
In the social field, the Council passed recommen-
dations concerning the movement of population in
the trust territory, the implementation of the ad-
ministration's policy of eliminating racial discrim-
ination, the enactment of suitable labor legislation,
the need for doctors and nurses, and the prison
system.
With regard to educational advancement, the
Council commended the administering authority
for establishing free public schools, but expressed
the opinion that "the development of public edu-
cation, permanent literacy, and higher education
should be further intensified." The administering
authority was also urged to study the possibility
of relaxing the requirement of a knowledge of
the French language for a holder of public office.
FRENCH TOGOLAND
By a vote of 6 to 6 the Trusteeship Council failed
to adopt the report of its drafting committee on
French Togoland.'" The drafting committee's
20 conclusions and recommendations on French
Togoland were very similar to those already adopt-
ed for the French Cameroons report. The Coun-
cil's failure to approve a report on French
Togoland, therefore, was not caused by any con-
troversy over conclusions and recommendations.
It was the result of a complicated procedural dis-
pute which arose out of the action of the French
and Soviet delegations. The French delegation,
in protest against a number of sweeping Soviet
allegations included in the individual observa-
tions in the report, submitted certain observations
which in strong language contradicted the Soviet
views. The Soviet representative then an-
nounced that if the Council decided to include
these French observations in the report, he wished
to formulate a number of counterobservations.
However, when the nonadministering members
voted against the French observations they failed
to pass by a 6 to 6 ballot."
The Council then voted on part II of the draft-
ing committee's report, which contained the indi-
vidual Soviet observations to which the French
objected. This time it was the six administering
authorities who voted "no," thereby rejecting part
II and striking all individual observations out of
the report. In retaliation the nonadministering
authorities then united in voting down 6 to 6 the
report as a whole since it contained only parts I
and III.^^ In this connection, it should be noted
that on the preceding day, March 24, the Council
had voted 9 to 1 to reverse the order of parts II
and III in the reports. In the future, part II will
be the "Conclusions and Recommendations of the
Council", and part III the "Observations of Indi-
vidual Representatives." Part I is an "Outline of
General Conditions as stated in the report of the
Administering Authority and by the Special
Representative." This change had been made as
part of a compromise over the disagreement as
to whether individual observations should be in-
cluded in the Council's report. A further element
in this compromise is contained in a statement by
the President that the new part III could include
"any counterobservations or corrections that mem-
bers might deem necessary for accuracy . . .
'°/6id., p. 37. For text of report, as adopted by the
drafting committee, see U.N. doc. T/278.
"Ibid., p. 36.
"/ftid., p. 37.
126
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
even if they were not immediately available,
so long as the Council decided to include them." "
From what occurred later, it appears that the
nonadministering members interpreted this state-
ment to mean that both the French and the Soviet
counterobservations would be included. In a pre-
vious vote on the French Cameroons report, how-
ever, the administering members voted to reject
the Soviet counterobservations after the nonad-
ministering members agreed to admit the French
observations. It was this action which caused the
nonadministering members to reject the French
counterobservations on the French Togoland re-
port, thereby precipitating the impasse which i-e-
sulted in the Council's failure to adopt this report.
The administering members had a different
understanding of the compromise. They had
agreed to leave individual observations in the re-
port, but felt that in return the nonadministering
members should allow an administering authority,
in this case France, to answer charges against its
administration.
WESTERN SAMOA
The annual report of New Zealand on the ad-
ministration of Western Samoa was more favor-
abl,y received in the Ti'usteeship Council than the
reports on the four West African trust territories.
By a vote of 10 to 0, the Trusteeship Council on
March 25 adopted 11 conclusions and recommen-
dations expressing general satisfaction with con-
ditions in the territory." The Council recom-
mended that consideration be given to the intro-
duction of a system of universal suffrage in West-
ern Samoa, that secondary industries be introduced
in the territory, and that an over-all plan of eco-
nomic development be elaborated. It requested
the administering authority to intensify efforts to
increase health and educational facilities.
SOVIET RECOMMENDATIONS
During the Council's voting on the conclusions
and recommendations adopted by the drafting
committee of the whole, the Soviet representative
sought to add to each of the five reports a number
of recommendations which had already been voted
down in the drafting committee. All of these rec-
ommendations, 24 in number, were voted down by
the Council. The six administering authorities
" U.X. doc. T/SR 162, p. 14.
"U.N. doc. T/SR 164, p. 14. For text of report, as
adopted by the drafting committee, see U.N. doc. T/275.
voted against every Soviet proposal. On only one
of the 24 proposals did a nonadministering au-
thority vote with the six administering authorities.
On seven of the Soviet recommendations, however,
the other five nonadministering authorities joined
the Soviet Union, thus making the vote 6 to 6.^^
The nonadministering vote on the remaining 16
proposals varied.
Decisions on Petitions
At its fourth session the Council adopted resolu-
tions on 30 petitions for the improvement of con-
ditions in trust territories. The Council took
action on two of these petitions, decided that no
action was called for on eleven others, and post-
poned action on the remainder. Two petitions
were referred to the 1949 Visiting Mission to West
Africa for further investigation. The two peti-
tions on which the Council made recommendations
to the administering authority were from Asians
in the trust territory of Ruanda-Urundi under Bel-
gian administration. Alleging that Belgian au-
thorities practiced racial discrimination against
Asians, both petitioners protested against admin-
istrative orders to deport them from the trust ter-
ritory. The first petitioner, MuUa Atta Muham-
mad, stated that he had been a resident of
Ruanda-Urundi for over 16 years,^" and the second
petitioner, Mussa Kackesset bin Kalimba, asserted
that he had lived in the territory for 8 years."
The observations of the administering authority,
however, made it clear that both petitioners had
been convicted by competent courts for offenses
against the law.
The Council nonetheless recommended that the
case of Mulla Atta Muhammad "be re-examined
by the administering authority in a spirit of leni-
ency," and that the case of Mussa Kackesset bin
Kalimba "be re-examined with a view to determin-
ing whether it would be possible to allow the peti-
tioner to return to the trust territory." ^^ More-
over, at the thirty-eighth meeting on March 18,
1949, the Council by a vote of 7 to 0 adopted a
joint Philippines-United Kingdom resolution
recommending that Belgium "should review all
'" In certain Instances tlie Soviet representative sub-
mitted the same proposals for different territories. For
text of these Soviet recommendations, see U.N. doc. T/SR
163, pp. 2-11 and T/SR 164, pp. 7-10, 23-24.
" U.N. doc. T/PET. 3/2.
"U.N. doc. T/PET. 3/10.
" U.N. doc. T/328, pp. 13-14, 17.
August 7, 7949
127
legislation involving racial discrimination, par-
ticularly the law on residents, land tenure, alco-
holic beverages, firearms, and the penitentiary
system." ^^
In reply to a question of the Philippine delegate,
the President stated that every petitioner who had
raised the question of racial discrimination would
be furnished a copy of this resolution. The Coun-
cil also adopted, on March 23, a resolution urging
the United Kingdom to further intensify its efforts
to eliminate racial discrimination in Tangan-
yika.-"
The Council's work on petitions at the fourth
session was complicated by the fact that 22 peti-
tions were included in the report of the Visiting
Mission to East Africa. Since the final examina-
tion of this report was postponed until the fiftli
session, the problem arose as to whether or not peti-
tions concerning Ruanda-Urundi and Tanganyika
should also be postponed. In general the Council
decided to take action on personal requests in those
jjetitions included in the report of the Visiting Mis-
sion, but to postpone action on general questions
raised by the petitioners.
Report of Visiting Mission
to East Africa
Considerable disagreement arose at the fourth
session over the action to be taken by the Council
on the report of the Visiting Mission to East
Africa. At the opening meeting, on January 24,
the representative of the United Kingdom reserved
the right to move at a later date that the examina-
tion of this report be deferred until the fifth ses-
sion. The President, however, commented that in
the interests of the international trusteeship sys-
tem, reports of visiting missions should be consid-
ered at the earliest possible time. He also pointed
out that a number of petitions examined by the
visiting mission were included in the report and
were now on the Council's agenda. After other
delegates had expressed conflicting opinions on
this question, the Council decided to accept the
suggestion of the United States delegation that
the Council should give the report of the visiting
mission a preliminary examination during the
fourth session and withhold its conclusions until
the fifth session.'! The observations of the admin-
" U.N. doc. T/P.V. 154.
'" U.N. doc. T/328, pp. 9-10.
•^ U.N. doc. T/SR 126, pp. 6-10.
istering authorities concerning the report might
then be available to the Council. In accordance
with this decision, the Council therefore gave the
report a preliminary examination during eight
meetings between March 3 and March 18."
Selection of Visiting Mission
to West Africa
In keeping with its practice of sending a visiting
mission to certain trust territories each year, the
Council selected four members of a 1949 visiting
mission to the four trust territories in West Africa.
When the United Kingdom and French repre-
sentatives pointed out that the only period during
which the territories to be visited could be trav-
ersed without difficulty was the dry season begin-
ning: in November, the Council decided that the
visiting mission should leave for West Africa at
the beginning of November 1949.-^
After a statement from the Secretariat that the
budget did not allow for more than four members
of the visiting mission. Sir Alan Burns, of the
United Kingdom, nominated Ambassador Saj're,
of the United States, Ambassador Nervo, of
Mexico, Mr. Ryckmans, of Belgium, and Mr.
Khalidy, of Iraq. Mr. Soldatov, of the Soviet
Union, then requested that his country be repre-
sented on the Mission. When Ambassador Nervo
declined the nomination. Sir Alan, supported by
the rei^resentative of France, suggested Mr.
Noriega of Mexico. Ambassador Nervo explained
that Mr. Noriega would also be unable to go but
that, if the Council wished, the Mexican delegation
would consult its government about the possibility
of suggesting another Mexican for appointment
to the Mission.^* The election was then postponed
until March 21, when Mr. Soldatov asserted that
as the representative of France seemed to object
to having a Soviet national on the mi.ssion, the
U. S. S. R. would not insist on its candidacy. The
Council then voted 10 to 0 to elect Ambassador
Sayre or Benjamin Gerig, of the United States,
Mr. Ryckmans, of Belgium, Mr. Khalidy, of Iraq,
and Mr. Abelardo Ponce Sotelo, of Mexico.^'
■^ U.N. docs. T/SR 147, 148, 149, 150, 154, 155, 156, 157.
"V.N. doc. T/SR 121, p. 16.
"IMd., p. 18.
=" U.N. doc. T/SR 158, p. 18.
128
Department of State Bulletin
KroDiems Keierrea to ine council
by the General Assembly
The agenda of the fourth session also included
three matters referred to the Council in resolutions
adopted on November 18, 19-18, by the third ses-
sion of the General Assembly.
INVESTIGATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE UNIONS
Kesolution 224 (III) of the General Assembly
called upon the Trusteeship Council to investigate
customs, fiscal, or administrative unions or feder-
ations between trust territories and adjacent ter-
ritories under the sovereignty or control of admin-
istering authorities. The Assembly asked the
Council to recommend safeguards to preserve the
distinct political status of the trust territories and
to request whenever appropriate advisory opinions
of the International Court of Justice as to whether
such unions are within the scope of, and compatible
with, the stipulations of the Charter and the terms
of the Trusteeship agreements as approved by the
General Assembly.-^
To deal with this resolution the Council on Jan-
uary' 27 appointed a six-member conmiittee on ad-
ministrative unions made up of France, New Zea-
land, the United States, China, Mexico, and the
U.S.S.R. This conunittee was asked to "draw up
an outline of the various aspects of the problem."
By March 1 it was to give the Council the docu-
mentation then available and was to "report to the
Council not later than three weeks before the open-
ing of the Fifth Session." " On March 8, 9, and
10 the Council discussed the committee's Interim
Report on available documentation.^
The United Kingdom brought a special repre-
sentative, Sir George Sandford, to answer ques-
tions on the East Africa Inter-Territorial Organ-
ization which links Kenya, Uganda, and Tangan-
yika in an administrative union. The Interim
Report also presented material on administrative
arrangements affecting British Cameroons, Brit-
ish Togoland, Ruanda-Uruiidi, and New Guinea.
On March 10, the Council authorized the commit-
tee to study "the relations between France and the
territories under French administration, as defined
by French laws within the French Union." -^
Holding a total of 17 meetings, the committee con-
■"' U.X. doc. A/SIO, pp. 8G-87.
'^ U.N. doc. T/.328, p. 25.
"U.X. doc. T/2G.3.
" U.N. doc. T/.328, pp. 25-26.
Linuea ro cuscuss iiie prouiein aiter uie eiuse ui. uic
fourth session. On June 3, it adopted a report
which was a factual study of the problem and did
not conunit the delegations represented on the
committee to any position on the question of ad-
ministrative unions.^" Any decisions and recom-
mendations to be made were left to the Council.
EDUCATIONAL ADVANCEMENT
IN TRUST TERRITORIES
A second of the three General Assembly resolu-
tions of November 18, 1948, Resolution 225 (III),
recommended that the Trusteeship Council request
the administering authorities to intensify their
efforts to increase educational facilities and to
study the financial and technical implications of
expanding higher education, "including the pos-
sibility of establishing in 1952 and maintaining a
university." ^' Since this Assembly recommenda-
tion jDroved to be a controversial subject, it was
dealt with in two parts. On February 9, by a vote
of 10 to 0, the Council adopted a resolution trans-
mitting to the administering authorities all the
Assembly recommendations except that regarding
the university.^- To deal with the imiversity
problem, the United States delegation on February
17 submitted a draft resolution for the appoint-
ment of a four-member committee to make a pre-
liminary study. ^^ The delegate of the United
Kingdom informed the Council that British,
French, and Belgian representatives would discuss
educational problems in their trust territories at a
meeting in Paris in March. He felt that the pro-
jjosed committee could do little good. If the Coun-
cil wanted information regarding the proposal to
establish a university, he suggested, the three pow-
ers could be asked to give it special attention at the
Paris meeting.'*
On March 1, however, the United States draft
resolution was adojited 9 to 1 with two amend-
ments accepted by Ambassador Sayre.^^
The Committee was authorized to consult with
the administering authorities concerned and "to
call upon such technical experts as it may find de-
sirable." It was asked to "report its findings and
any recommendations before the end of the Fifth
""U.N. doc. T/338.
" U.N. doc. A/810, pp. 87-88.
" U.N. doc. T/SR 129, pp. 25-26.
"U.N. doc. T/259.
" U.N. doc. T/SR 145, p. 12.
" IhU., p. 16.
Augus/ 7, 1949
129
Session." ^^ On March 25 the Council selected
the United States, Australia, Mexico, and the
Philippines for membership on this committee.
COMMENTS AND SUGGESTIONS
OF THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY
A third Assembly Kesolution, 223 (HI), was
disposed of more easily. It asked the Council to
take into account the comments and suggestions
made by Assembly members during the discussion
of the Trusteeship Council's report to the As-
sembly. In accordance with this resolution, the
Secretary-General submitted to the Council a
document listing comments made in the Assembly
on the report of the Trusteeship Council."
By a vote of 5 to 0 the Council adopted a resolu-
tion taking note of these comments and suggestions
and agreeing to take them into account during
the consideration of agenda items to which they
were related.^^
Strategic Trust Territories
After the Security Council approved on April 2,
1947, the strategic area trusteeship agreement
submitted by the United States for the former
Japanese mandated Pacific islands, the Marshalls,
Marianas, and Carolines, the Trusteeship Council
and the Security Council held consultations on a
working relationship for the supervision of this
Trust Territory in accordance with paragraph 3
of article 83 of the Charter. On March 24 the
Trusteeship Council adopted by a vote of 8 to 0
a procedure agreed upon with the Security Coun-
cil which authorized the Trusteeship Council to
undertake in strategic areas under trusteeship
the examination of annual reports and petitions
and the sending of visiting missions, subject to the
terms of the relevant trusteeship agreement.^^
This action prepared the way for the Trusteeship
Council to examine at its fifth session the Trust
Territory of the Pacific islands under the admin-
istration of the United States. The United States
had already submitted to the Secretary-General its
first annual report on the Trust Territory.*"
" U.N. doc. T/328, pp. 26-27.
^'U.N. doe. T/230.
"» U.N. doc. T/SR 121, p. 12.
'" U.N. doc. T/SR 162, p. 13.
'^ Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (OP NAV-P22-
lOOE), U.S. Navy Department, Washington, D.C., July
1948.
130
Relations With Specialized Agencies
Means of collaboration between the Trusteeship
Council and the specialized agencies were dis-
cussed at the fourth session of the Trusteeship
Council. Kepresentatives of the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
the World Health Organization, and the Interna-
tiona] Labor Organization appeared at the Coun-
cil table to make statements on this matter. On
March 1 the Council adopted by a vote of 8 to 0 a
draft resolution introduced by the Philippine dele-
gation inviting the specialized agencies "to study
the annual reports on the administration of trust
territories with a view to making such observations
and suggestions as they may consider proper in
order to facilitate the work of the Trusteeship
Council." The resolution also requested the Sec-
retary-General to "keep in close touch with the
specialized agencies with a view to seeking their
counsel and assistance in regard to matters with
which they were concerned." ^
Rules of Procedure and Provisional Questionnaire
The Council also devoted attention to the prob-
lem of revising its rules of procedure and the pro-
visional questionnaire which it submits to admin-
istering authorities as a basis for providing infor-
mation in the annual reports. On January 26 it
agreed to revise rule 72 in order to give the admin-
istering authority 6 months instead of 4 months
in which to submit annual reports to the Council.
Since the Council had decided earlier to make sum-
mary rather than verbatim records its oiRcial rec-
ords, it also decided to strike out the word "ver-
batim" from rules 32, 46, 47, and 48.^
During this discussion of rules of procedure, the
Council adopted four suggestions to guide the
Secretariat in dealing with petitions. The first
suggestion concerned confidential petitions. The
Council decided that a petitioner asking for con-
fidential treatment of his petition should be in-
formed that normally his identity should be made
known. If the petitioner still insisted that his
name be withheld, the petition might be referred
to the Council's ad hoc committee on petitions. If
the committee felt that the subject matter should
be considered, it would transmit the petition to the
Council but withhold the name of the petitioner.
" U.N. doc. T/328, p. 2.
*" U.N. doc. T/SR 119, p. 9.
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
The second suggestion adopted dealt with lengthy
petitions. It was decided that the Secretariat
should first circulate a summary of a lengthy pe-
tition. The original petition should be circulated
only if so decided by the Council, or by the Presi-
dent during the recess of the Council. The time
limit for observations on petitions by the adminis-
tering authorities was the subject of a third sug-
gestion adopted by the Council. It was agreed, in
order to allow more time to the administering au-
thorities in the formulation of observations, to
send copies of petitions received by the Secretary-
General to the local authorities concerned as well
as to the metropolitan governments.'*^ The fourth
suggestion discussed by the Council concerned
anonj'mous petitions. It was decided that anony-
mous communications sent in as petitions should
not be circulated as unrestricted documents, unless
the Council decided otherwise."
The Council devoted several meetings to a long
discussion precipitated by an unsuccessful Soviet
proposal for a new rule which would have enabled
representatives of the indigenous population to
participate in the Council's examination of annual
reports. Modified versions of this proposal were
introduced by the representatives of the Philip-
pines. China, and Mexico, but all were defeated.*'
On March 25 the Council decided to defer the
revision of its questionnaire until the fifth session.
PROCEDURE OF THE COUNCIL
Conscious of the growing length of its discus-
sions, the Council attempted at the fourth session
to devise a time-saving procedure which would
also improve the quality of its examination of an-
nual reports. Previously the examination of re-
ports had been conducted by oral questioning. By
a vote of 8 to 1 the Council decided on January
25 to authorize its members to submit written
questions which were to be classified by the Secre-
tariat and transmitted to the special representative
from each trust territory who appeared at the
Council table during the examination of the re-
port. Under this system, the special representa-
tive was required to submit written answers to
these written questions. In order to reassure cer-
tain representatives who feared the plan might
" U.N. doc. T/SR 122, pp. 5-10.
" Ihid., p. 13.
''- U.N. docs. T/SR 122, 12.3, 124, 125. For text of Soviet
proposal, see U.N. doc. T/235.
restrict the examination of the annual reports, the
President pointed out that members might still
ask the special representative oral questions.
At the fourth session, therefore, the procedure
for exami^iation of each annual report on the trust
territories included seven steps: (1) an opening
statement by the special representative; (2) the
submission of written questions to the special rep-
resentative; (3) the submission of written answers
by the special representative ; (4) supplementary
oral questioning of the special representative; (5)
general discussion of the annual report, including
the expression by Council members of their in-
dividual observations, conclusions, and recommen-
dations; (6) preparation by a drafting committee
of the whole of separate reports on each trust ter-
ritory, (7) approval by the Council of the draft-
ing committee's reports for incorporation in the
report of the Council to the General Assembly.*^
It is perhaps too early to decide whether the
new procedure will accomplish its objectives of
saving time and improving the quality of the
Council's work. During the examination of the
report on the French Cameroons, the special rep-
resentative submitted replies to 133 written ques-
tions, many of which had several parts. In
addition, on February 10, 11, and 14, he answered
more than 90 oral questions, some in several parts.
The result was a detailed examination although the
new procedure may not have saved time. There
was little uniformity, moreover, in the conduct of
Council members. The Soviet delegation, for
example, submitted no written questions, but asked
many oral questions of each special representative.
At the final meeting of the fourth session, on
March 25, the Belgian representative proposed
that written questions be submitted to the admin-
istering authority in the future through the Sec-
retary-General as soon as possible after receipt
of the anmial reports. This change might speed
up the Council's work. The President expressed
the hope that members of the Council would follow
the procedure proposed by the delegate of Bel-
gium, but suggested that discussion of the pro-
posal be postponed until the next session.*'
New Type of Drafting Committee
In drafting reports to the Assembly on the
trust territories of Ruanda-Urundi, New Guinea,
" U.N. doc. T/SR 118, pp. 3-14.
" U.N. doc. T/SR 164, p. 38.
August I, J949
131
and Tanganyika, the Council at its third session
had employed small drafting committees of four
members for each report. At its fourth session,
however, the Council decided to form a drafting
committee of the whole to prepare repo^rts to the
Assembly on each trust territory.*^ As a result,
the 12 members of the Council, for three weeks
during the month of March, met in the mornings
as a drafting committee and in the afternoons at
the Council table. This procedure gave every
member of the Council an opportunity to express
his view on each territory during the meetings
of the drafting committee. The reports there-
fore took less time when they came before the
Council for final adoption.
ACHIEVEMENTS
Despite controversies between administering
and nonadministering members, the four sessions
thus far held have demonstrated the Trusteeship
Council's ability to improve conditions in the
trust territories. As an agency which focuses
world opinion on the problems of dependent
peoples, the Council commands the attention of
the administering authorities. Among construc-
tive steps taken in response to Council recom-
mendations are the granting of additional politi-
cal rights to Western Samoans by New Zealand,
and the beginning of steps to eliminate certain
economic and cultural barriers dividing the Ewe
people of French Togoland and British Togoland.
Another promising development is the discussion
of plans to improve higher educational facilities
in the African trust territories, which took place
at a conference of Belgian, British, and French
representatives in Paris in March 1949.
The United States delegation has consistently
endeavored to promote harmonious relations in the
Council and to maintain a constructive, moderate
position between the conflicting views of certain
administering and nonadministering members.
Other delegations have also expressed concern over
the Council's tendency to split into two groups.
As Ambassador Sayre remarked on February 3,
"If the members of the Council sincerely desire to
promote the progress of the population of the
Trust Territories in an objective manner, they
should not permit such a tendency to develop." *'
The danger in such a split is well illustrated by
the Council's failure to adopt a report on French
Togoland. Perhaps the growing realization of
this danger may lead, in future sessions, to a par-
tial restoration of the atmosphere of harmony
which characterized the Council's first session.
Resolution on Administrative Unions
U. N. doc. T/379
Adopted July 18, 1949
The Trusteeship Council,
Having Received General Assembly resolution 224 (III)
of 18 November 1948,
Having Estabushed in accordance with this resolution
a Committee on administrative unions.
Having Received an interim report' and a report'
from this Committee and having examined these reports
at its fourth and fifth sessions ;
Transmits to the General Assembly the report of the
Committee, the replies of the administering authorities to
questions prepared by the Committee^ and other docu-
mentation collected by the Committee during its study ;
Informs the General Assembly that in accordance with
the penultimate paragraph of this resolution it will con-
tinue to study and examine the operation of existing or
future administrative unions in all their aspects;
Recalling that the General Assembly approved the
Trusteeship Agreements upon the assurance of the Admin-
istering Powers that they do not consider the terms of the
relevant articles in the Trusteeship Agreements "as giving
powers to the Administering Authority to establish any
form of political association between the Trust Territories
respectively administered by them and adjacent territo-
ries which would involve annexation of the Trust Terri-
tories in any sense or would have the effect of extinguish-
ing their status as Trust Territories",'
Notes the assurances by the Administering Authorities
that the administrative arrangements under consideration
do not extinguish the political identity of the Trust Terri-
tories ;
Takes note of the assurances by the Administering Au-
thorities that the administrative arrangements under con-
sideration by the Council are not inconsistent with the
objectives of the International Trusteeship System or
with the terms of the Trusteeship Agreements :
Decides that In order to safeguard the identity and
status of the Trust Territories, the Council should con-
tinue to study during its regular examination of condi-
tions in Trust Territories the effects of existing or pro-
posed administrative unions on the political, economic,
educational and S(jcial advancement of the inhabitants,
on the status of the Trust Territories as such and on their
separate development as distinct entities ;
Requests the Administering Authorities concerned to
make the fullest possible effort to furnish in their annual
reports separate records, statistics, and other information
on each Trust Territory in order to safeguard the effec-
tive exercise of the Council's supervisory functions.
' U.N. doc. T/SE 118, pp. 10, 13-14.
' U.N. doc. T/SR 125, p. 2.
' T/263.
"T/338, T/33S/Add. 1.
" T/333, T/361/Add. 1.
■* See Official Records of the second part of the first
session of the General Assembly, Fourth Committee, i)art
I, p. 300.
132
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
U.S. Report on Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
DISCUSSION IN THE TRUSTEESHIP COUNCIL
Remarks hy Airibassador Francis B. Sayre ^
SIr. President, in opening the discussion of the
first report submitted by my government on the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Ishxnds, I should
like to say just a word, if I may, as to the general
nature of the problem before us.
The Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, in
physical and geographical characteristics, is un-
like that of any other trust territory. The out-
standing problem is one of immense distances by
sea. From Tobi Island in the extreme west of the
Carolines to Mill Island in the extreme east of the
Marshalls is a distance of some 2,700 miles. The
Trust Territory covers a sea area of some 3 million
square miles — approximately as great as that of
continental United States. In this vast archi-
pelago lives a comparatively small population —
not more than 53 thousand people — but widely
scattered among some 64 different island groups.
Problems of transport and communication as-
sume, therefore, a unique importance. Upon as-
sured means of transport for island imports of
living necessities and exports of copra and other
island products, standards of living directly de-
pend. Without assured means of transport and
communication, schools cannot be established and
coordinated and educational programs main-
tained; adequate sanitary standards cannot be
enforced and disease successfully fought; social
progress will be imperiled and emergency needs
cannot be properly met. In other words, political,
economic, educational, and social progi-ess in this
vast domain of scattered and far-flung islands is
quite dependent upon adequate means of trans-
portation and communication.
' Made on July 8, 1940, and released to the press by
the U.S. Mission to the United Nations on the same date.
You see the physical nature of the task, then.
It must be accomplished largely by means of ships
and planes and barges and boats. In that sense
it is essentially a maritime task, a sea job. It
means the administration, not of a single land
mass like Tanganyika or Togoland or the Came-
roons, but of a multitude of far-flung islands, some
large, some tiny, some mountainous with rugged
scenery and considerable land areas, some low
coral atolls, some with several thousand inhabi-
tants, and others with only a few dozen, some
characterized by a very primitive culture, othere
by a culture considerably more advanced.
The immense distances separating these vari-
ous island populations make naturally for sharp
diversities in language, in ways of living, in pat-
terns of thought. Island groups separated
through the centuries by great distances from each
other are bound to develop diverse individual
characteristics and peculiarities. As a result, as
a study of the report makes clearly apparent, it
is almost impossible to make generalizations ap-
plicable alike to all those island peoples. Each
island people is a problem unto itself. Each
island must be studied and understood individ-
ually. Also, as a result, the present natural loy-
alties and understandings of the people are dis-
tinctly local in character.
Nevertheless, all these island peoples have one
general and common characteristic. They are
likable. In spite of the succession of foreign rul-
ers who have invaded their homes — Spanish, Ger-
man, Japanese, and now American, each advanc-
ing new ideas of civilization — the people remain
kindly, tolerant, patient of foreign ways, not re-
sentful, but responsive and friendly. During my
visit with them last month, everywhere I found
unmistakable friendliness, a sincere appreciation
Aiigusf 1, 1949
133
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
of American efforts and a ready response to the
new vistas being opened up. I talked to the chil-
dren in many of the schools and put questions
to them ; always I found them alert and eager and
not slow of intellect. In the Teacher Training
School at Truk and in the medical and nurses
schools at Guam, I found again the same intellec-
tual and friendly alertness. The people are to
my mind of great promise.
The United States administration in setting out
upon the task in hand seeks no financial gain or
advantage for itself or its nationals. Under the
trusteeship system — and I am sure I voice the
thought of all of us — there is no room for colonial
exploitation. The United States is seeking in
every practicable way possible to assist the in-
habitants in achieving through their own efforts
a self-respecting position in the world and in-
dividual lives of increased personal -dignity and
broader individual opportunity.
During my recent trip to the Pacific Islands, I
found in all the islands I visited faces turned
toward the future and a prevailing atmosphere of
hope. New things are astir. Directing and in-
spiring the work, under Admiral Radford, the
High Commissioner, is Eear Admiral Leon S.
Fiske, the Deputy High Commissioner of the
Trust Territory, who, with his staff, is immedi-
ately responsible for the work. It makes me
happy that he has been able to come to Lake Suc-
cess, as the special representative of the United
States, to make clear the picture and answer ques-
tions about the Trust Territory. It gives me
great pleasure to introduce Admiral Fiske to the
members of the Council. Mr. President, I sug-
gest that as we now enter upon a discussion of
the Trust Territory Admiral Fiske be invited to
take a seat with us at the Council table.
Remarks ly Rear Admiral Leon S. Fiske ^
Me. President and Members of the Trustee-
ship Council : It is a pleasure for me to meet the
members of the Trusteeship Council as the United
States special representative for the Trust Terri-
tory of the Pacific Islands and to discuss with you
some of the background and problems of the area.
Geographically, the islands present a series of
incongruous figures. The total area contained
within the j^erimeter of the islands is appi-oxi-
mately the area of the United States— nearly three
million square miles, of which, however, only 687
square miles are land, the rest being the extensive
stretches of the Pacific Ocean separating the 96
distinct island groups. Of these 96 island units,
^Made on July 7, 1949, and released to the press by the
U.S. Mission to the United Nations on the same "date.
Admiral Fiske is Deputy High Commissioner of the Trust
Territories of the Pacific Isles.
134
64 are inhabited ; most of the rest are too small or
lacking in resources to support a permanent popu-
lation though they may be visited by neighbors
from surrounding islands to gather coconuts, to
fish, or to catch birds.
The islands constitute the major portion of
Micronesia, literally, tiny islands. The name
Micronesia distinguishes this area from Malaysia
or Indonesia further west, Melanesia (black
islands) to the south, and Polynesia (many is-
lands) to the east. These distinctions are based
not only on geography, but also on racial, lin-
guistic, and ethnological factors.
The geology of the islands is very interesting.
A vast submarine volcanic ridge stretches south-
ward from Ja])an through the Bonins and Mari-
anas, Yap, Palaus, and the southwest islands to
the western edge of New Guinea. A branch from
this ridge extends through the eastern Carolines.
The highest peaks emerge from the ocean in the
form of islands and island clusters. Along the
east side of this ridge there are trenches with depths
up to some 30,000 feet. On the west side of this
ridge the depths range to 12,000 feet. The islands
of the Trust Territory formed by this volcanic
ridge are usually referred to as the high islands,
as contrasted to the islands of coral, which are
called the low islands. The Marianas are high is-
lands; the Carolines contain both high and low
islands; the Marshalls are all low islands.
The climate and weather of these islands are, in
general, tropical and rainy, characterized by small
seasonal changes of the various climatic factors.
Both the temperature and barometric pressure
are remarkably uniform throughout the year.
The maximum temperature seldom ranges above
90° or below 70°. The relative humidity will vary
from 85 percent to 75 percent. This humidity, plus
the tropical temperature, combine to provide an
area of heavy rainfall. Over 100 inches of rain
per year is not uncommon.
The total indigenous population of the Trust
Territory is approximately 52,000, primarily lo-
cated on the seven pi'incipal island units of Sai-
pan, Palau, Yap, Truk, Ponape, Kusaie and
Majuro. In most of the island groups the people
are relatively nongregarious, and are scattered in
small settlements along the coast and to some ex-
tent in the interior of the islands, thus making
visits from field officers to these individual people
an arduous and time-consuming task. It has been
difficult to determine the exact population. How-
ever, under United States administration, vital
statistics are being kept and figures are being re-
vised constantly. The densitv of the population
does not present a serious pro"blem at present, ex-
cept on a few small islands. The shortage of
arable land is particularly acute in parts of the
eastern Carolines. For example, Pmgelap has
685 people on a land area of a little over two
thirds (0.676) of a square mile and Kapingama-
rangi has 511 people on one-half (0.521) square
Deparfmenf oi State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
mile. The importance of this problem is intensi-
fied by the fact that traditionally and by force
of circumstances the inhabitants are dependent to
a izreat extent for their food upon agricultural
products produced locally. This land problem is
one that will shortly have to be faced by the ad-
ministering agency, especially in view of the high
survival and birth rate now in existence. Trans-
ferring parts of the population to less densely
settled areas may well have to be considered in
the forthcoming years. Fortunately, Ponape,
Truk, the Palaus, and Marianas will accommo-
date tens of thousands of additional inhabitants
in a good agricultural environment.
The people of these islands, separated as they
are by vast distances and often living in inacces-
sible areas, have developed a number of local
diiferences in physical characteristics, language,
and customs. At least eight distinct cultural
groups have developed, each witli its own lan-
guage. Several of these contain subdivisions
which differ so widely it is a question whether
some of them should not be considei-ed as sep-
arate groups. Those eight are the Chamorros in
the northern Marianas, the Palauans, the Yapese,
the Trukese, the Ponapians, the Polynesians in
Kapingamarangi and Hukmoro, the Kuseians, and
the Marshallese. While there is visiting back
and forth and several colonies of people from one
group exist in areas predominately populated by
another, each group tends strongly to preserve
its own identity to an extent closely approximat-
ing a national continent. These separate group-
ings must be constantly borne in mind in consid-
ering the problems of the Territory. It is not as
yet in any sense a cultural or social unit. Physi-
cally the average Micronesian is of medium stat-
ure— 5 feet 4 inches to 5 feet 5 inches for the
males — with brown skin, straight to wavy hair,
relatively little face ancl body hair, and rather
high cheek bones. People in the western and
central districts (Palaus, Ponape, and Truk) tend
to have Mongoloid type characteristics. By con-
trast, those in the Marshalls to the east appear
to resemble their Polynesian neighbors, with
longer and narrower hands and faces and nar-
rower noses and lips. Of these various combi-
nations, which characterize the various island
groups, there are many examples of intermediate
mixtures.
The entire population of the islands are thought
by scientists to have descended from canoe-
voyaging immigrants who came from the mar-
ginal islands in Malaysia, possibly before the
Christian era. Some may have made purposeful
voyages of exploration, others were probably car-
ried eastward by westerly winds and storms, or
by the counter equatorial current which runs east-
wai-d throughout southern Micronesia. This
August 1, 1949
Malaysian origin is clearly shown by the racial
inheritance, language affiliations, and customs.
It is also apparent from the useful plants and
animals which the voyagers undoubtedly brought
with them. The time of these migrations is ob-
scure and even the islanders themselves have no
clear knowledge of such migrations in their oral
histories. Their myths and legends generally
picture the people as originating in the areas they
now occupy.
It takes very little imagination to picture the
confused scene which existed in these islands upon
their occupation by the United States. The con-
flicting and often diametrically opposed philoso-
phies of the Spanish, the Germans, and the Jap-
anese had been imposed on the native life in com-
paratively rapid succession. With each change of
administration came new laws, new restrictions,
and a different code of administrative principles;
these changes and the effects of the war left the
native mind confused, without loyalties, and cer-
tainly without ambition or initiative. It is easy
to understand that, with these frequent uproot-
ings of the accepted and the replanting of newef,
untried philosophies, skepticism was the order of
the day. With the inhabitants in this state of
mind, ideas of industry, agriculture, transporta-
tion, and other sources of income were undevel-
oped and neglected. The people began to depend
on foreign nationals who assumed control of the
basic industries, and when the Orientals were i-e-
patriated and lifted from the economic scene, it
left a vacuum which the inhabitants were not pre-
pared to fill.
The Trust Territory is a land of anomalies and
incongruities. Virtually any generalization con-
cerning the peoples and conditions in the area has
exceptions. A few people are highly educated.
A few have surprising accumulations of wealth.
Many have absorbed varj^ing degrees of modern
civilization. Predominantly, however, both the
social and economic life of most of the inhabitants
is organized on a clan, lineage, or extended family
basis, each such group being largely self-sufficient,
living close to nature and free of the complexities
introduced by the industrial revolution. Under
these conditions, the profit motive which stimu-
lates action under a system of free enterprise, is
looked upon with suspicion and disfavor and has
little effect.
The Japanese added confusion to the normal
easy tenor of the native existence by transplant-
ing large numbers of inhabitants from their home
islands to other areas. This was true of the
Chamorros, about 250 of whom were moved from
Saipan to Yap to act as labor supervisors and be-
came an intermediate group working between the
Japanese administrators and the less advanced
Yapese. These displaced persons have recently
voluntarily resettled on Tinian, an island adjacent
to Saipan.
Educational problems were legion. Japanese
135
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
was the "lingua franca" of the ishmds. No text-
books existed in the native tongues. Under the
Japanese, native instructors were not allowed to
teach — they were merely glorified monitors — thus
there were no trained staffs with which to reacti-
vate an educational program. In addition, the
schools and equipment had in most instances been
destroyed by the war. Hence, the United States
has been faced with building an educational pro-
gram from the bottom up, including the restora-
tion of scliool buildings, the training of teachers,
and the printing and distribution of books and
teaching aids. A curriculum had to be devised
to fit the needs of the people and instructions is-
sued to set tlie whole new educational system in
motion.
During the Japanese regime, native agriculture
suffered setbacks from which the inhabitants have
not yet fully recovered. The Japanese took over
the operation and management of the best lands
and employed the Micronesians as laborers.
Aside from copra production, agriculture was
never an extensive source of income, but during
the years prior to the war, the efforts of the local
inhabitants degenerated into purely "subsistence
farming." The breadfruit and banana trees,
which required little attention, fortiniately pro-
vided the bulk of the diet. The problems of re-
habilitating devastated and neglected Japanese
plantations, of reviving interest on the part of the
inhabitants in commercial agricultural pursuits,
of experiments in agronomy and plant selection
have all been recognized and experienced per-
sonnel procured to provide the answers. In this
connection it should be noted that a very intensive
biological control program has been operating
for approximately 2 years. This investigation
into the control of injurious pests and insects by
the importation of natural enemies was prompted
by the very extensive damage done to the coconut
trees by the coconut beetles. Wasps were bi'ought
by airplane from Zanzibar and the Malaysian
peninsula in the hope that they would destroy the
beetle grubs. A small beetle has been imported
to counteract a scale which damages the bread-
fruit trees.
Another pest of the area is the giant African
snail. This voracious destroyer, introduced by
the Japanese, has damaged many of the crops upon
which the local inhabitants depend. Breadfruit,
papayas, vegetables of all kinds, in fact nearly
all green foilage, fall to the appetite of this pest.
It is a prolific breeder. Chemical measures of
control have not proved entirely satisfactory due
to the heavy rainfall. The importation of a small
carniverous snail, thought to be capable of control-
ling the African snail, has been under study in
Honolulu to determine whether it would accom-
plish the desired results without in turn becoming
a pest. Controlled tests are being undertaken this
summer.
All of these pests and many more, including
mosquitoes and flies, are a problem which is con-
stantly being attacked by quarantine officials, en-
tomologists, and field scientists.
Another urgent problem faced by the civil ad-
ministrators is the obviously important one of
transportation. Before the war, the islanders en-
joyed a great deal of freedom of movement
through the media of their own outrigger sailing
and paddle canoes. After the war, the islands
were isolated because nearly all of their canoes
had been destroyed. The administration is meet-
ing the problem by furnishing surplus navy boat
hulls to the inhabitants at a very nominal cost
and assisting them to repair the boats and get
them into operation. The canoe-building industry
has been revived, and it is hoped that with some
assistance from the administration, the islanders
will eventually be able to transport the bulk of the
copra, supplies, handicraft, and passengers now
being carried in Navy bottoms within the terri-
tory.
Public health has received major attention from
the administration. The inhabitants were found
to be afflicted with many diseases. Yaws, intes-
tinal parasites, skin infections and diseases, lep-
rosy, and tuberculosis had made deep inroads into
the general health level. With Navy doctors and
corpsmen and indigenous nurses and laboratory
technicians working often 15 to 18 hours a day and
providing the islanders with every inducement to
report for treatment and seeking out those who
did not, the general health level is vastly improved.
The incidence of yaws has been reduced from an
estimated 90 percent to approximately 5 percent.
A leprosarium has been established and a general
health survey covering every inhabited island is
now in progress, particularly to check on the exact
extent of tuberculosis which is of great concern
to the administration.
In the report submitted to the United Nations,
the administering authority has attempted to pre-
sent a full and frank account of the conditions in
the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands and to
answer the provisional questionnaire in a straight-
forward manner. We invite questions on any
matters not entirely clear.
Closing Remarks hy Ambassador Sayre ^
Mr. President : I should like to comment, if I
may, on the observations made in the Trusteeship
Council on the United States report on the Trust
Territoi'y of the Pacific Islands.* I should like
to express the appreciation of my government for
the comments and suggestions which, with the ex-
ception of one member, have been for the most
' Made on July 13, 1949, and released to the press by the
U.S. Mission to the United Nations on the same date.
' The Trusteeship Council on July 21 approved, 8 to 0
with three abstentions, the report of its drafting committee
136
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
part helpful and constructive. My government
■will be happy carefully to consider and weigh
these suggestions. My government, as I need
scarcely lepeat, is anxious in every iJracticable
way to promote the political, economic, social, and
educational advancement of the inhabitants of
the Trust Territory.
At the outset of the debate on the report sub-
mitted by my government, both the special repre-
sentative and myself pointed out to the Council
certain outstanding factors which we felt essen-
tial to bear in mind in a true understanding of
the problem. The "^neral situation has been ably
summarized by the Republic of Iraq. From some
of the questions which were asked, however, I fear
that certain of these factors may have been over-
looked. The first of these is the primitive nature of
a large portion of the population of the territory
and the fact that they live largely on the food
which they themselves produce — on a subsistence
economy — without any extensive dependence upon
money. In fact, many of them use such money as
they may acquire in limited amounts for the pur-
chase of imported "luxury" items, rather than for
their real needs. Also, one must keep constantly in
mind the vast sea distances which separate the
far-flung islands of the Trust Territoiy with the
resulting infrequency of inter-island visiting. A
third factor is the resulting marked divei-sity
among the island peoples and their cultures.
Another factor is that after the war, which
caused widespread destruction, the 70 thousand
Japanese who had managed and administered the
government, the businesses, and the educational
programs were repatriated leaving the entire ter-
ritory without a vestige of the former administra-
tive organization. Thus the administering au-
thority had to assume immediately the task of
on U.S. administration of trust territories in the Pacific.
The report will be presented to the Security Council.
The Council noted "with approval the extent to which
purely local forms of self-government have been fostered
and encouraged" in the former Japanese mandated islands.
It recommended that the United States continue its efforts
"to develop regional governmental organs on a represent-
ative and elective basis, and that it endeavor to bring rep-
resentatives of the indigenous population into the terri-
torial government."
On the economic side the Council "welcomed the decla-
ration of the United States that it seeks no profit or
aggrandizement from the trust territory." It also praised
U.S. efforts to protect the island peoples against loss of
their land and to promote "a sound program of economic
development."
The Council recommended that the United States take
all possible steps to raise living standards which may be
below prewar levels because of war destruction. It also
commended the U.S. plan to send promising students from
the islands to Hawaii and the United States for higher
education.
The Soviet Union abstained in the final vote for approval,
as did New Zealand and the United States. Costa Rica
was absent.
August 1, 7949
840449—49 3
reconstructing the political, economic, and educa-
tional life from the ground up.
The great bulk of observations and criticisms
made in the Council were by the Soviet represen-
tative. In commenting upon his observations, I
should like to ignore many of his innuendos. My
goverimient believes that actions speak louder
than words. We are content to let the record
speak for itself. We believe that the Trustee-
ship Council was set up by the Charter of the
United Nations not as a sounding board for prop-
aganda but as an organization for the sincere con-
sideration and promotion of the welfare of the
inhabitants of trust territories. Upon that plane
I should like to reply to the Soviet observations.
They manifested a profound difference of view-
point and of philosophies with regard to the ad-
ministration of trust territories. I should like
to point out three of these fundamental differ-
ences, for they underlie mtich of the work of the
Trusteeship Council and merit careful considera-
tion and discussion.
The first of these is the problem of how best to
serve the welfare of the inhabitants of such terri-
tories as are still dominated by the clan system in
the gradual development of Western forms of
democratic government.
The Soviet representatives declared (U. N. doc.
T/P.V. 182,p. 51):
On the basis of the information supplied by the special
representative the conclusion must be reached that the
Administering Authority not only retains the tribal sys-
tem but utilizes it widely for purpose of administering
the inhabitants of the Trust Territory. Instead of cre-
ating a system of self-government based on democratic
principles, the Administering Authority has limited it-
self to a few purely bureauci-atic measures for adjusting
the tribal system to the purpose of local administra-
tion. . . .
All that has happened is that new labels, new tags,
have been hung upon these chiefs.
That is a fresh restatement of the Soviet repre-
sentative's constantly recurring theme, i. e., criti-
cism of any administering authority for not wip-
ing out overnight the tribal or the clan system and
slapping into its place Western forms of govern-
mental processes and structures. Doubtless the
Soviet representative does express in this criticism
the Soviet philosophy of government, but it is a
philosophy with which my government cannot
concur. My government believes that democracy
consists in building upon the desires and consent
of the governed. Democracy consists in the grad-
ual and progressive development of a government
foundationed upon education and evolving un-
derstanding. But in my government's view, wide-
spread and popular education offers the only sound
foundation upon which a truly democratic gov-
ernment can be built. It is because my govern-
ment has a profomid belief and faith in democ-
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
racy, rather than dictatorship, that it believes that
the clan or tribal system in which a people has
been bred for centuries should not be torn out by
its roots and replaced overnight by Western forms
of government which tliey do not understand or
desire. The supplanting must be a gradual and
progressive development, based on education ; and
tills talies time. Remember that the Pacific Is-
lands trust agreement is only 2 years old.
The administering authority believes that de-
velopment toward self-government or independ-
ence, to be permanently satisfactory, must be
based upon active and intelligent participation
by the population; and that such constructive
participation on a territory- wide basis at the pres-
ent time is impracticable in view of the primitive
state of tlie vast majority of the population and
the wide divisions and diversities between differ-
ent cultural groups, caused and accentuated
in most instances by tlieir geographical separation.
The administering authority, while anxious to pro-
mote the political advancement of the population,
believes that any attempt to impose tliis advance-
ment arbitrarily by law would be in violation
of the obligation imposed by article 6 of the Trus-
teeship Agreement which requires the administer-
ing authority to give "due recognition to the cus-
toms of the inhabitants in providing a system of
law for the territory."
This brings me to the second fundamental di-
vergence in thought between the Soviet Govern-
ment and my own. The Soviet representative
said yesterday (p. 51)^ that "no one should be
confused and no one should be fooled by the state-
ment that tlie Administering Authority has seem-
ingly introduced a so-called system of municipal-
ities." In his view, apparently, the promotion
of the political advancement of the population
demands the imposition overnight from above of
a full-fledged territory-wide government, partici-
pated in, if not run, by the indigenous popula-
tion, and that the institution of municipal organ-
izations is not the way to go about it. With such
a view my government profoundly disagrees.
I think it is clear that down through the cen-
turies the development of self-government begins
with local areas. Long before any feeling of
national consciousness develops there must be a
development of unity of thought and organization
in local communities. Tlie nation of Italy was a
comparatively late development. Italy grew out
of the earlier city states. The nation of France
grew out of earlier feudal units and local organi-
zations. So did most of the nations of Europe.
In the Pacific Islands it seems abundantly clear
that if there is to be a sincere and honest attempt,
in the words of article 76 of the Charter, "to pro-
° Page numbers in parentheses refer to UN doc. T/P.
V. 182.
138
mote the political . . , advancement of the in-
habitants of the trust territories and their pro-
gressive development towards self-government,"
the only possible practicable way to begin is
through the organization of municipalities. Re-
member, as the report points out, that the inhabi-
tants living in an area of some 3 million square
miles and separated by wide cultural diversities
today have no common national unity. They are
separated by deep prejudices and local jealousies
as well as by immense distances. Surely it must
be clear that if the foundation is to be soundly
laid for any system of self-government, one must
begin with local areas, with individual islands,
with municipalities. It is true that not all mu-
nicipalities are now organized on a representative
basis. We have endeavored to build upon the best
of the existing indigenous governmental structure.
However, many democratic elections have been
held and the fact that approximately 80 percent
of the indigenous inhabitants of voting age enjoy
some form of suffrage it is a clear indication that
progress is being made in gradually remolding the
local government.
The administering authority has started self-
government in the local communities — which is
where self-government started in the great democ-
racies of the Western world. It has already be-
gun expanding this througli regional advisory
bodies such as the Palau congress, the conferences
of inagistrates in Yap and in Ponape, and has
indicated its intention of progressively extending
the sphere of indigenous participation as the popu-
lation becomes prepared to assume such responsi-
bilities.
The administering authority has accordingly
already begun using the indigenous inhabitants
in important regional and district jjositions, in-
cluding the justice and superior courts, as has
been explained by the special representative.
Yesterday in spite of this, the Soviet represent-
ative said "(p. 47) : "The Administering Author-
ity has not taken the necessary steps to bring the
indigenous population of the Territory into the
political, legislative and judicial organs of the
Territory at all stages and in all posts, particu-
larly in the case of the judicial bodies. Not only
has it not taken the necessary steps, but it has not
taken any steps in this regard." This is clearly
contrary to the facts.
The plan of the administering authority for de-
veloping self-government, as explained by the
special representative, is, first, to develop self-
governing municipalities; also, as it becomes
possible progi'essively to increase the powers of
regional or district bodies, and finally, in time, to
develop territory-wide organs of self-government
in which the indigenous inhabitants will play a
substantial if not a major part.
Yet the representative of the Soviet Government
calmly announced (p. 47) that: "From the re-
port submitted by the Administering Authority,
Department of Stale Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
as well iis from tiie replies given by the special
representative, it becomes quite clear that the Ad-
ministering Anthority does not intend to intro-
duce any measures which would provide for the
participation of the indigenous inhabitants of the
Trust Territory in the executive, legislative, and
judicial organs of the Territory." That is also
a clear misstatement of fact.
There remains to consider the Soviet comments
with regard to the economic and the educational
fields. Much of what I have already explained
applies to the economic field. In my opening
statement I made clear that my government is
seeking from the islands no financial gain or ad-
vantage for itself or its nationals. I^t a single
penny of profit goes from the islands to the United
btates Government. Instead, my government is
spending large sums for the welfare of the inhabi-
tants. To assist the people in the marketing of
their copra and other island products and in the
bringing in of such goods as they need, the Island
Trading Company w'as organized. Aljl the profits
from this organization go to the welfare and sup-
port of the island peoples.
As more than once explained by the special
representative and as set forth in the report on
page 155, this is an interim arrangement until
such time as the inhabitants of the various locali-
ties are in a position to carry on these functions
on their own account. It is my government's de-
sire to encourage and assist the local people to
achieve this goal as soon as practicable. The
island inhabitants are taking a very active part
in economic activities on both the district and lo-
cal levels, where they are conducting the retailing
and have even organized wholesale companies to
such an extent that the Island Trading Company
has been able to withdraw completely from the
Saipan District and to curtail its activity in other
districts so that the inhabitants may themselves
carry on the work. The company's prices, as
stated on page 29 of the report, have been fixed
so as to provide a full opportunity for private
enterprise to enter the commercial field. It is
again shocking to hear the Soviet representative
declare, as he did yesterday (p. 52), that "the Ad-
ministering Authority has not undertaken the nec-
essary measures to bring the indigenous inhabi-
tants into active participation in the economic
life of the area."
As to the wage scales in force in the Territory,
it must be borne in mind that the indigenous
economy does not depend primarily upon a price
or "money" system. Special wage rates have
been authorized in particular islands, such as the
Saipan District, Kwajalein, and certain islands
of the Majure Atoll, where the cost of livinor ig
higher than in most parts of the Territory be-
cause of greater dependence on imported food.
In most of the Territory, however, the supply of
goods and services is integrated into the social
system on a gift-exchange or community effort
basis. Consequently, the comparison drawn be-
tween the average rates of wages and the money
cost of certain items gives a totally unrealistic
impression of the standard of living which a
worker can maintain.
The statement of the Soviet representative (p.
53 ) that "it is impossible to conceive how a worker
can live on such a beggarly wage" and again ^p.
52) that the bulk of the population is doomed to
a beggarly self-starvation existence," are as un-
realistic as they can be. The majority of workers
do not live on wages, but on a subsistence basis.
The inhabitants, as I can testify from personal
observation, are living happy lives without short-
age of food or other living necessities. Malnu-
trition is no longer in evidence in the Territory.
As to the ability of those receiving low wages to
obtain education for their chidren, attention is in-
vited to page 61 of the report, where it is stated
that no school fees are required in the public school
system and that the granting of scholarships cal-
culated to cover living expenses of advanced stu-
dents is a widespread practice.
The Soviet representative uses this same unreal-
istic approach to prove from the case of teachers
the existence of racial discrimination. He makes
much of this (p. 56), as he did in his similar com-
ments on the other reports. May I stop for a
moment to explain that if education is to be pushed
at a rate which my government believes it should
be i^ushed, it is an absolute necessity for an ad-
ministering authority to bring to theTrust Terri-
tory teachers to give the necessary instruction at
the indigenous teacher training school, the medi-
cal school, the dental school, or the nursing school.
Apart from a few consecrated missionaries, unless
the administering authority is prepared to pay the
prevailing rate of wages of the country from which
they are brought, none will consent to come.
American teachers cannot be brought to the Pa-
cific Islands unless they are paid wages no less
than those they could get for jobs at home. Yet,
through this interim period, to pay indigenous
teachers the same rate of wages would completely
upset their positions in the local economy and
would raise the cost of education to such astro-
nomical proportions that either the number of
indigenous teachers must be cut to a ruinous and
shocking level or else education would bankrupt
the community. Of course, it is very clear that
the imported and the indigenous teachers are per-
forming services, each needed and valuable, but
altogether different. The problem is clearly not
one of racial discrimination nor of disregard of
article 76 (c) of the Charter of the United Nations.
The representative of the Soviet Union has criti-
cized the educational facilities in the Trust Terri-
tory. He said yesterday (p. 66) : "It is quite ob-
vious that in view of the beggarly wage paid to
Augusf 7, 7949
139
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
teachers the entire question of education is at an
unsatisfactory stage. . . . The Administering
Authority further does not take the necessary steps
to create conditions which would make it possible
for the inhabitants of the Trust Territory to ob-
tain a secondary or higher education."
A mere glance at the United States report makes
clear that here is another misstatement. As shown
by the figures on page 58, within the short time
since the Trusteeship Agreement has come into
force, the administering authority has established
a free public school system. Elementary schools
are located throughout the Territory and an ex-
cellent teacher training school has been established
at Truk. As shown in the report, out of an in-
digenous pojDulation of some 50,000 people, no
fewer than 9,300 children and others are at school.
Not only has it established elementary schools, in-
termediate schools, and schools for advanced
training of teachers, medical assistants, dental as-
■ sistants, and nurses, but also, as explained by the
special representative, the administering authority
is assisting certain students in obtaining higher
education in Hawaii.
May I say just a word with regard to the con-
fusion which arose yesterday during the discussion
by the representative of Iracj in considering the
educational statistics appearing on page 104 of
the report. As becomes evident from a study of
these figures, the number of children of school age
includes only those from 6 to 16 years. This is
the age range served primarily by the elementary
schools. The enrollment in the intermediate
schools and the advanced professional schools
naturally include students whose age is above 16.
I think that this is the explanation of the confusion
which arose yesterday.
In conclusion, may I refer successively to a
number of unconnected comments and observa-
tions :
The suggestion that the head tax should be re-
placed with a "progressive" tax system or at least
a tax system which would take into consideration
the property qualification and the ability to pay
of the population, does not, in the opinion of my
government, give sufficient weight to the primitive
nature of many of the communities in the Trust
Territory. The head tax is one of the simplest
and most practicable to assess and helps to bring
home to all elements in the community their re-
sponsibilities and their participation in the ex-
pense of government. It should be noted that, as
pointed out in the report, this is by no means the
only form of tax in force in the Territory. The
question of ability to pay has not been disregarded
in building the tax structure nor even in the case
of the head tax itself. As shown in answer to
question 85 on page 36 of U.N. document T/359,
provision is made for abatement of the head tax
in the case of those not reasonably able to pay.
140
The representative from the Soviet Union has
recommended that the budget for education and
public health be increased. All of us would like
to see education pushed. I submit, however, that
my government has been generous in the amount
it has already expended from its own funds for
education and public health, as well as for other
functions in the advancement of the Trust Terri-
tory, and that there is sound basis for the concern
expressed in the Council over the risk involved in
setting up more expensive governmental services
than the people of the Trust Territory may be
able to support.
The representative of the Soviet Union was
slightly mistaken in his statement (p. 66) : "The
special representative has told us that there really
is not a single individual in the Trust Territory
who has obtained a complete secondary education,
without even mentioning a higher education."
I call the Council's attention to the statements
of the special representative on this subject which
will be found on pages 22-25 of U.N. docu-
ment T/P.V. 181 and on pages 42-45 of T/P.V.
182. The special representative's words in the
first instance were that there are "very few" and
in the second instance that there are "compara-
tively few" of the indigenous inhabitants who have
a higher education. As to the possibility of sec-
ondary education for qualified students beyond
that offered in the intermediate schools, I call at-
tention to the statement in answer to question 228
on page 81 of the report to the effect that qualified
students may attend the United States Govern-
ment high school on Guam.
Needless to say I cannot agree at all with the
statements of the representative of the Soviet
Union impugning the motives of my government
and alleging that it has failed to submit sufficient
information regarding the progress of the popu-
lation. That tliere is room for still further im-
provement, we freely admit, but the question of
our good faith and of the sufficiency of our accom-
plishments to date under the circumstances and
the adequacy of the information submitted, I must
leave to the judgment of the Council.
I appreciate the suggestion of the representative
of the United Kingdom that larger type be used
in the printing of the next annual report. I am
inclined to agree with him. I shall be glad to
pass this suggestion on to my government, and per-
sonally I hope that it will be possible to comply
with the suggestion.
The manifest advantage of training indigenous
nurses at the dispensaries where they would re-
main more nearly within their own environment
has been apparent to the administering authority
and carefully considered. To date, however, the
possibilities of broader training at a large hos-
pital have appeared to counterbalance the dis-
advantage of removing the nursing standards
from their own environment. This is a question
which we shall continue to study.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Tlie suggestion of the representative of Iraq
that the seat of government be transferred to the
Trust Territory is one which has been under con-
sideration by the administering authority for
some time. The logic of it is clear. Initial prac-
tical difficulties of housing, transportation, and
communications have prevented making the trans-
fer as yet. The matter is now under very active
consideration by the administering authority.
The bringing of representatives of the indige-
nous people into the central government in an ad-
visory capacity is, as has been stated, in accord
with the plans of the administering authority.
The important thing is to make sure tliat the per-
sons brought in are truly representative of the
area. How soon this can be done will obviously
depend upon the development of a broader com-
munity of interest and understanding of over-
all problems on the part of the indigenous
inhabitants.
The suggestion of the representative of the Phil-
ippines that a stabilization fund should be cre-
ated for the protection of copra producers is one
involving the very delicate question of judgment.
The complications of operating such a fund and
the difficulty of forecasting the copra market on
any accurate basis have made the creation of such
a fund appear to the administering authority to
date to be less desirable than the simpler method
now followed. As indicated by the special repre-
sentative, there has been a recent drop in the
copra market which may have a very serious ef-
fect on this whole matter. I am sure, therefore,
that the question of a stabilization fund will be
further considered.
In connection with the concern of the Philip-
pine representative over the proportion of the
tax burden borne by the copra industry, I should
like to call attention to the fact that copra is
one of the most pi-oductive sources of cash in-
come of the indigenous inhabitants as a whole,
and that therefore in all justice it should bear a
large portion of the tax burden and is in a better
position to do so than less thriving, new indus-
tries which the administering authority is en-
deavoring to foster in order to broaden the
economy.
I fear I have been unduly lengthy. My only
excuse is that I have been dealing with problems
which are not confined alone to the Trust Terri-
tory of the Pacific Islands. These are fundamen-
tal problems. They must underlie our thinking
in much of the work of the Trusteeship Council.
I am sure all of us understand their importance.
For the close attention given by the Council
to the explanations given oy the special repre-
sentative and for the constructive and helpful sug-
gestions which have been offered, my government
wishes to express its appreciation.
i/urrent uniiea lYacions uocumenis:
A Selected Bibliography*
General Assembly
Official Records of the Third Session, Part I
— First Committee, Annexes to the Summary Records of
Meetings. 1948. 93 pp. printed. $1.00.
—Fourth Committee, Annexes to the Summary Records
of Meetings. 1948. 15 pp. printed. 150.
— Ad Hoc Political Committee, Annexes to the Summary
Records of Meetings. 1948. 16 pp. printed. 200.
Agreement Between the United Nations and the Interna-
tional Telecommunication Union. 16 pp. printed.
Price not listed.
Technical Assistance for Economic Development. Plan
for an expanded co-operative programme through the
United Nations and the specialized agencies. 328
pp. printed. $2.50.
Records of the General Conference of the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
Third Session, Beirut 1948. Vol. II. Resolutions.
120 pp. printed. Price not listed.
Security Council
Report to the Security Council by the Committee on
Admission of New Members Concerning the Applica-
tion of the Republic ef Korea for Membership in the
United Nations. S/20., March 9, 1949 5 pp. mimeo
Official Records, Fourth Year
397th meeting: 7 January 1949. No. 1. 34 pp.
printed. 350.
• 398th meeting: 11 January 1949. No. 2. 27 pp.
printed. 300.
399th meeting: 13 January 1949. No. 3. 8 pp,
printed. 100.
400th meeting: 14 January 1949. No. 4. 29 pp
printed. 300.
401st meeting: 17 January 1949. No. 5. 15 pp.
printed. 150.
402d meeting: 21 January 1949. No. 6. 20 pp
printed. 200.
Economic and Social Council
Official Records : Fourth Year, Eighth Session. 7 Febru-
ary-18 March, 1949. xxiv, 674 pp. printed. $7.00.
Report of the Statistical Commission to the Economic and
Social Council E/1312, May 20, 1949. 34 pp. mimeo.
Annual Report of the Economic Commission for Asia and
the Far East to the Economic and Social Council
covering the period 1 July 1948-5 April 1949. E/1329,
April 29, 1949. 116 pp. mimeo.
Annual Report of the Economic Commission for Asia and
the Far East to the Economic and Social Council.
E/1320/Corr. 1, May 26, 1949. 2 pp. mimeo.
Report of the International Refugee Organization.
E/1334, May 17, 1949. 95 pp. mimeo.
Conference on Road and Motor Transport. E/CONF.8/5,
April 29, 1949. 36 pp. mimeo.
International Facilities for the Promotion of Training in
Public Administration. E/1336, May 18, 1949. 8 pp.
mimeo.
Report of the International Civil Aviation Organization.
E/1338, May 19, 1949. 1 p. mimeo.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. Other
materials ( mimeogi-aphed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
August 1, 1949
141
The United States in the United Nations
[July 23-29]
Point 4
In the Economic and Social Council, now hold-
ing its ninth session in Geneva, the major event of
last week was discussion of economic development
of underdeveloped areas. After completion of
general discussion, the Council asked its Economic
Committee to outline a workable procedure for
putting into operation a technical aid plan, to be
submitted at this session. Debate on the plan was
marked by endorsements from all those partici-
pating in the discussion except representatives of
Poland and the Soviet Union, who expi-essed
opposition to the plan.
Willard Thorp, the United States representative,
gave the Council a detailed outline of the United
States viewpoint on the question, traced the pre-
paratory work done in this field within the special-
ized agencies and in the United States, and the
valuable insight gained as a result into the com-
plexity of the problem. The United States, he
said, did not believe that the United Nations could
spend usefully 36 million dollars as suggested by
the Secretary-General for the first year. It be-
lieved that a maximmn of 25 million dollars could
be usefully spent for the first year and felt sure
that a minimum of 15 million dollars could be
made available.
Mr. Thorp suggested with regard to the method
of establishing and collecting contributions for
the program that once the General Assembly had
finally decided on a specific program for the first
year, "it might be advisable for the United Nations
to sponsor "a general technical assistance confer-
ence." He further suggested that this conference
sit during or immediately after the fourth regular
General Assembly session, that governments of
states, members of all or any specialized agencies
be invited to attend, and that such a conference be
responsible for the negotiation and commitment
of contributions. Mr. Thorp supported the Secre-
tary-General's proposal to set up a "technical
assistance committee" to achieve maximum coor-
dination of the program, the committee to be made
up of representatives of participating agencies.
With regard to capital investment, Mr. Thorp
declared, "We must accept as a principle that, over
a time, local capital must play a dominant role in
tlie development of underdeveloped areas" and
he indicated that he considered a minimum of 80
percent of immediate development financing needs
would come from the underdeveloped countries
themselves. He stressed that it was essential, how-
ever, that foreign investment fill the inevitable
gap. He felt that adequate investment funds were
available and that the dearth of investment in past
years was largely due to the fact that there had
not been "adequate inducement to attract foreign
capital into effective uses in underdeveloped
areas."
Mr. Thorp declared that the United States would
continue to promote foreign investment for eco-
nomic development by supporting the activities of
the International Bank and the Export-Import
Bank, and by improving the climate for private
foreign investment by negotiating conventions to
relieve investors of the burden of double taxation.
He stated that proposed legislation guaranteed
United States private capital newly invested in
productive enterprises abroad against some of the
risks "peculiar to such investments," and he added
that his government was studying possible changes
of United States tax laws to further encourage the
flow of capital abroad.
In conclusion, Mr. Thorp stressed that technical
cooperation and capital investment processes were
cumulative and that therefore an effective program
was bound steadily to increase availability both of
assistance and capital.
The Polish representative charged that the "bold
new program" was an attempt to find outlets for
United btates private capital and would tend to
deliver underdeveloped countries to the "mercies"
of United States "monopolists." The U.S.S.R.
representative charged that the colonial policies of
the United Kingdom, the United States, and
France were the reasons for "the core of the prob-
lem" of underdeveloped areas. The other coun-
tries taking part in the general debate pledged
support for the proposed program.
Acting Mediator's Report on Palestine
Acting Mediator Ealph Bunche has reported to
the Security Council that, now that the practical
142
Department of State Bulletin
application of the Security Council's truce has
been superseded by effective armistice agreements
voluntarily negotiated by the parties in the transi-
tion from truce to permanent peace and the Pales-
tine Conciliation Commission is conducting peace
negotiations, the mission of the mediator has been
fulfilled. He suggested that the Security Council
provide for the termination or the transfer to the
Palestine Conciliation Commission, established by
the General Assembly, of such functions as now
remain to the position of mediator under Security
Council resolutions.
Dr. Bunche included in his report suggestions as
to the action which the Security Council might now
consider it appropriate to take in the form of a
resolution. If adopted, the Council would express
the hope that the Arabs and Israelis would reach
early agreement on all questions outstanding be-
tween them; would declare that the armistice
agreement "renders unnecessary" the prolongation
of the truce as provided in the Security Council
resolution of July 15, 1948; would reaffirm the
cease-fire order contained in that resolution ; would
request the Conciliation Commission with the as-
sistance of the Chief of Staff of the triice super-
vision group to undertake the observance of the
cease-fire and end the mediator's functions; and
would request the Secretary-General to continue
in existence such of the truce supervision organi-
zation as the Conciliation Commission requested.
Plan for an Arms Census
The Commission for Conventional Armaments
began on July 25 the general discussion of the
French plan for a census and verification of armed
forces and armaments of member countries of the
United Nations which had been approved by the
Commission's Working Committee on July 18. An
introductory statement by the chairman in which
he appealed to the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics to cooperate in formulating an effective
disarmaments plan was followed by an attack on
the French plan by the Ukrainian representative,
Dmitri Z. Manuilsky. He maintained that the
plan was unreal, unfair, hopeless, and impossible
to implement. The United States, the United
Kingdom, and France, he stated, could not convinc-
ingly attempt to separate the problem of disarma-
ment from that of prohibition of atomic weapons.
The United States representative, Frank C.
Nash, said the record of the Commission was an
"unimpressive and unproductive one, due entirely
to the Soviets' unwillingness to extend even the
slightest cooperation." He contended the Soviet
opposition was "bottomed simply on the Soviets'
unwillingness to let the rest of the world know how
far they have gone in arming themselves for the
world conquest which is their avowed goal." "Com-
plete acceptance" of the scheme by the United
States, he continued, followed careful considera-
tion and recognition that any method which
enabled exchange of precise and verified armed
data and led to an atmosphere of real and lasting
improvement in international relations "is worth
any sacrifice or risks which may be involved in the
disclosure of such information." Mr. Nash noted
that atomic weapons had been placed outside the
competence of the Commission for Conventional
Armaments by a decision of the General Assembly,
but that both questions were components of a re-
lated whole. The United States, he added, had
gone far beyond the "mere exchange of informa-
tion and verification" with its atomic energy pro-
posals.
Trusteeship Council Round-up
The Trusteeship Council concluded its fifth ses-
sion at Lake Success on July 22 and voted to hold
its next session in January at Geneva. United
States representative, Francis Sayre, abstained in
the vote and pointed out that he did not favor hold-
ing meetings of the Trusteeship Council away
from United Nations Headquarters.
As in previous sessions, the deliberations of the
Council were concerned with how best to promote,
in accordance with the United Nations Charter
and the trusteeship agreements, the welfare and
progress of the peoples, numbering over 15 million,
living in 10 former mandated territories which
have been placed under its supervision as trust
territories.
Specifically, most of the 29 meetings were de-
voted to detailed examination of reports on three
of these territories in the Pacific — Nauru, New
Guinea, and the Pacific Islands administered by
the United States as a strategic trust territory.
This completed the Council's examination of the
first annual reports on the administration of all of
the ten trust territories under its supervision. The
Council also considered 19 petitions submitted by
individuals or groups appealing for Council in-
tervention in their gi'ievances. Other important
subjects before the Council were the expansion of
higher education facilities in the six trust terri-
tories in Africa, plans for visiting missions of the
Council to go to West Africa in 1949 and to the Pa-
cific area in 1950, the question of administrative
unions involving trust territories and the reports
of its first visiting mission to trust territories.
Agreement on Cease-Fire Line for Kashmir
Military representatives of India and Pakistan
on July 26 reached full agreement on a cease-fire
line of approximately 800 miles in the State of
Jammu and Kashmir. This is the first time that a
cease-fire line has been cleai'ly defined since the
Governments of India and Pakistan agreed to a
cease-fire on January 1, 1949. Formal ratification
by the two governments is expected within 4 days.
August 1, 7949
143
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
International Administrative
Aeronautical Radio Conference
The Department of State announced on July 20
that the United States delegation to the second ses-
sion of the International Administrative Aero-
nautical Radio Conference, scheduled to convene
August 1, 1949, at Geneva, is as follows :
Ohamnan
Arthur L. Lebel, Assistant Chief, Telecommunications
Division, Department of State
Vice Chairman
Edwin L. White, Chief, Aviation Division, Bureau of En-
gineering, Federal Communications Commission
Advisers
Aubrey E. Cole, Airvcays Operations Specialist, Civil Aero-
nautics Administration
Thomas N. Gautier, Assistant Chief, Upper Atmosphere
Research Section, National Bureau of Standards
Donald Mitchell, Jr., Chief, Technical Branch, Aviation
Division, Federal Communications Commission
Clinton A. Petry, Director, Frequency Division, Aeronau-
tical Radio Incorporated
Robert H. Service, Captain, U. S. A. F., Directorate of Com-
munications, Headquarters, United States Air Force
Edmond V. Shores, Airways Operations Specialist, Civil
Aeronautics Administration
Walter Weaver, Frequency Engineer, Aeronautical Radio
Incorporated
Secretary of the Delegation
Thomas J. Hunt, Division of International Conferences,
Department of State.
Called by the International Telecommunication
Union (Itu), the second session of the Adminis-
trative Aeronautical Radio Conference is expected
to conclude a world-wide plan for the assignment
of the channels in the high-frequency bands allo-
cated exclusively to the aeronautical mobile service
by the 1947 Atlantic City radio conference.^ The
first session of the Administrative Conference con-
vened at Geneva on May 15, 1948, but adjourned
for the purpose of permitting the individual na-
" Bulletin of May 25, 1947, p. 1034.
tions to make a more thorough study of their do-
mestic requirements.^
The plan agreed upon at the forthcoming session
will be forwarded to the Provisional Frequency
Board of the Itu for incorporation into a general
International Frequency List. This general list
will be considered by a special Itu administrative
conference, tentatively scheduled for October 1949.
High frequency communications are used for the
vast majority of safety operational messages be-
tween aircraft in flight and aeronautical stations
on the ground. United States civil domestic air
transport operations alone constitute about one
fourth to one third of the world's total. Since air
transport operations are dependent upon air-
ground communications for their safety and reg-
ularity, the United States considers the sessions of
the Administrative Aeronautical Radio Confer-
ence of particular significance.
All member countries of the Itu have been is-
sued invitations to attend the forthcoming session.
Fourteenth International
Veterinary Congress
The Department of State announced on July 22
the United States delegation to the Fourteenth
International Veterinary Congress scheduled to
be held at London, AuOTSt 8-13, 1949, under the
auspices of the Royal College of London :
Chairtnan
Dr. B. T. Simms, Chief, Bureau of Animal Industry, De-
partment of Agriculture
Delegates
Brigadier General James A. McCallam, Veterinary Corps,
U.S. Army
Dr. James H. Steele, Chief, Veterinary Public Health
Division, Communicable Disease Center, U.S. Public
Health Service, Atlanta, Georgia
' Bulletin of May 16, 1948, p. 649.
(Continued on page 157)
144
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Public Opinion and American Foreign Policy
Address hy the President ^
I am Iiappy to be present at this Imperial Coun-
cil Session of the Shrine of Xorth America and to
participate in your Diamond Jubilee celebration.
Among the many activities of the Shrine that
have contributed to progress, I have always been
especially interested in their program to aid crip-
pled children. It seems to me that this program
illustrates one of the best features of our way of
life — concern for the unfortunate without discrim-
ination as to race, color, or creed.
The people of the United States have never lim-
ited this attitude of concern for their fellowmen to
the boundaries of our own country. As the activi-
ties of the Shrine in Mexico and Canada demon-
strate, we join with the people of other countries
in the relief of human suffering. Especially since
the end of the war, Americans, through their
churches and other organizations, and as individ-
uals, have extended the hand of help and friend-
ship to the unfortunate of many lands.
We do this because we think of tlie people of
other countries as human beings, not as pawns in
the game of power politics.
During the war, we established warm ties of
comradeship and common purpose between our-
selves and other peoples in the struggle against
tyranny. We hoped that an enduring peace could
be built on these ties of friendship. In part, these
high hopes have not been realized. Leaders of
some nations have cut off communications and
built barriers of suspicion between their people
and the outside world.
But, in spite of this, there persists in this coun-
tr}' a sincere feeling of friendship and sympathy
' Delivered at the Imperial Council Session of the Shrine
of North America in Chicago, 111., on July 19, 1949, and
released to the press by the White House on the same
date.
August J, 1949
for those peoples who have been cut off from us
by force or political intrigue. We are convinced
that if they were permitted to know the facts they
would return our friendship.
We shall therefore continue in our efforts to
help them learn the facts. We believe that the
people of the world should have the facts, not only
about ourselves, but about all the things that con-
cern them most deeply. Only if men know the
truth are they in a position to work for a stable
and peaceful world.
In this country, where tlie facts are readily
available, we have a special obligation to inform
ourselves concerning world affairs and important
international issues.
Tliis is vitally important if our country is to
carry out the responsibilities of world leadership
that it has today. For, in this nation, foreign
policy is not made by the decisions of a few. It
is tlie residt of the democratic process, and repre-
.sents the collective judgment of the people. Our
foreign policy is founded upon an enlightened
public opinion.
The importance of public opinion in the United
States is not always understood or properly evalu-
ated. Public opinion in a country such as ours
cannot be ignored or manipulated to suit the
occasion. It cannot be stampeded. Its formation
is neceasarily a slow process, because the people
must be given ample ojiportunity to discuss the
issues and reach a reasoned conclusion. But once
a democratic decision is made, it represents the
collective will of the nation and can be depended
upon to endure.
Those who rule by arbitrary power in other
nations do not understand these things. For this
reason, they do not realize the strength behind our
foreign policy.
MS
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
The major decisions in our foreign policy since
the war have been made on the basis of an informed
public opinion and overwhelming public support.
For example, in 1945, the people of our country
were almost unanimously in favor of our partici-
pation in the United Nations. The Senate re-
flected that public sentiment when it approved the
Charter by a vote of 87 to 2.
In 1948, after almost a year of discussion and
debate, it was clear that a substantial majority
of tlie people of this Nation approved our partici-
pation in the European Recovery Program. The
Congress translated that approval into legislative
action by a vote of approximately four to one.
Our people continue to support the United Na-
tions as fully as they did 4 years ago, in spite of the
fact that some nations have obstructed its work
through the misuse of the veto. We want to im-
prove the United Nations. This desire was
expressed in Senate Resolution 239, which called
for the strengthening of the United Nations and
the development of regional and other arrange-
ments for the mutual clefense of the free nations.
This resolution was approved by the Senate last
year by a vote of 64 to 4.
As a means of carrying out these desires of the
people for stronger support of the principles
of the United Nations, the North Atlantic Treaty
has been negotiated and is before the Senate. The
Senate is now engaged in discussing the ti'eaty
with the deliberation and close attention that is
part of the democratic process. All points of
view have been made known. Public opinion
among our people is overwhelmingly in favor of
ratification of the treaty, and I am sure that the
Senate will give its approval.
These momentous decisions are the decisions not
of the government alone, but of the people of the
United States. For this reason, it is clear that
this country will steadfastly continue, together
with other nations of like purpose, along the path
we have chosen toward peace and freedom for
the world.
The formation of foreign policy on the jjart of
the democratic nations may be a slow and painful
process, but the results endure.
It is only in the totalitarian states, where all
decisions are made by a few men at the top, that
foreign policies can be reversed or radically al-
tered in secrecy, or changed abruptly without
warning. Between totalitarian states, disagree-
ments can suddenly become open conflicts, and
allies can change into enemies overnight. The
democratic nations, by contrast, because they rely
on the collective judgment of their people, are de-
pendable and stable in their foreign relations.
Today, the great quest of mankind is for a
world order capable of maintaining world peace.
Just as the democratic nations formulate their
foreign policies after due consideration for the
opinions of their citizens, so they formulate their
plans for international order with due regard for
the independence and the sovereignty of other
nations.
The kind of world organization for which this
nation and the other democratic nations are striv-
ing is a world organization based on the voluntary
agreement of independent states.
We are familiar, in our own history, with this
kind of organization. Our country began as a
federation — an association of local, democratic
sovereignties within a larger whole. The existing
states, whether large or small, were brought to-
gether on the basis of voluntary agreement.
This principle of mutual respect and voluntary
agreement is essential to the creation of a strong,
world organization for maintaining a just peace.
In this respect, associations of nations are like as-
sociations of individuals — they will not survive
and 2:irosper unless the rights and the integrity of
the members are respectecl.
This is the principle on which the United
Nations is based. The United Nations is designed
to give every nation a share in forming decisions
on world issues. Such an organization will have
its difficulties. We all know, from our experience
in business, in unions, cooperatives, or fraternal
groups, how much hard work and honest give-and-
take is required to make this kind of organization
successful. But we also know that in the long run
an organization based on voluntary agreement
among its members will command greater loyalty,
speak with greater authority, and have a greater
chance for success than any other kind. We must
therefore continue to support and continue to im-
prove the United Nations as the way to lasting
peace.
In contrast to the United Nations is the concept
of a world order based on the rule of force. In
the past, attempts to organize the world by force
have always failed. The most recent failure was
the attempt of Nazi Germany to establish Euro-
pean unity through the rule of force. This at-
tempt to create an empire by conquest lasted only
a few years.
In spite of the record of history, the leaders
of some nations today appear still to be relying on
force as a method of world organization. Their
doctrine calls for the destruction of free govern-
ments through the use of force and the effort to
create class warfare. To achieve their aims, they
make a false appeal to men's sense of justice; they
play upon the common desire of men to improve
their condition of life.
But, in practice, this system of world organiza-
tion is no better than the old tyrannies that have
failed. It is incapable of satisfying the needs and
desires of men for a better life. In its inner
structure, it manifests the fatal weaknesses of all
dictatorships. Within the circle of its control
today, tensions and conflicts appear to be increas-
146
Depatimeni of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
ing. It may have toiiiporury triumphs, but in the
lone: run it must either destroy itself or abandon
its attempt to force other nations into its pattern.
Some people would have us believe that war is
inevitable between the nations which are devoted
to our concept of international organization and
the concept which now bears the name of Commu-
nism. This is not the case. I am optimistic as I
look toward the future, because I believe in the su-
perior attraction for men's minds and hearts of the
democratic principles which have been tried and
tested in free nations, and which are now winning
the allegiance of men throughout the world.
In the battle for men's minds our faith is more
appealing, more dynamic, and stronger than any
totalitarian force. The world longs for the kind
of tolerance and mutual adjustment which is rep-
resented by democratic principles.
This country has had a revolutionary effect in
the world since it was founded. Our democracy
was born in a world of absolute monarchies. The
idea which we made a living reality spread
throughout the world and brought the day of the
absolute monarchy to an end. We have always
been a challenge to tyranny of any kind. We
are such a challenge today.
Our idea prevailed against the absolute mon-
archies of the nineteenth century. It is prevailing
against the new and more terrible dictatorships
of the twentieth century.
The reason is clear. Our idea of democracy
speaks in terms which men can understand. It
speaks of opportunity and tolerance and self-gov-
ernment. It speaks of the dignity of the indi-
vidual, his freedom of conscience, and the right
to worship as he pleases. It does not exact blind
loyalty to false ideas or improbable theories. It
does not make a god out of the state, or out of
man, or out of any human creation.
The world is tired of political fanaticism. It is
weary of the lies, propaganda, and hysteria cre-
ated by dictatorships. It is disgusted by the
practice of torture and political assassination. It
is sick of the kind of political allegiance which is
inspired solely by fear.
INIen want to live together in peace. They want
to have useful work. They want to feel themselves
united in brotherly affection. They want to enjoy
that great privilege — a privilege denied to mil-
lions throughout the world toclay — the right to
think their own thoughts and to have their own
convictions.
These desires of mankind are satisfied by the
democratic principles which we have put' into
practice. These principles are at work today as
they were in the past. In the conflict that exists
throughout the world, these are our greatest ad-
vantages. They should give us confidence that we
shall eventually succeed in establishing the kind of
August 1, 1949
international organization to preserve the peace
for which men yearn.
In working toward this goal, we must act wisely
and steadfastly. We must realize that many dan-
gers yet lie ahead, and that there are many tasks
and problems which will be difficult to master.
We must also preserve in this country full en-
joyment of those basic democratic principles which
are our greatest assets.
In this period of history when our country bears
the major responsibility of world leadership, our
domestic and foreign policies are inseparable. We
must maintain a strong and stable economy as the
basis of our own well-being and as the primary
source of strength of the free world. We must
also support economic health and democratic
ideals in other countries, if we ourselves are to re-
main strong and prosperous.
Both these objectives require action now.
We must take proper steps to see that our
economy moves safely through the present tran-
sition period, and that employment and produc-
tion start expanding again. If we were to make
our plans on the assumption that employment and
production will get smaller, we would only make
matters worse and waste much of our potential
economic strength. What we must do, instead,
is to make all our plans, private and public, in such
a way as to give us more jobs and more output.
This is the way toward a stronger economy.
Furthermore, we must take action to insure that
the hard-won economic recovery of other free na-
tions does not revert to stagnation and despair.
One of the most foolish things we could do right
now would be to slash our appropriations for
European recovery. If we did that, we would be
deliberately throwing away gains for peace and
freedom that we have painfully made. Only the
Communists would profit if we took such a short-
sighted course.
We have been making progi-ess in working
toward peace and freedom because we have been
willing to make the investment that was necessary.
It would be disastrous now to change our
policy and settle for halfway measures.
It would be disastrous to lose or impair the
understanding and support we have gained among
the other democratic peoples. These are priceless
assets in the great task of constructing a peaceful
and orderly world.
The kind of peace we seek cannot be won at a
single stroke or by a single nation. Peace worthy
of the name can be assured only by the combined
effort of many peoples willing to make saci-ifices
in the cause of freedom.
The peoples of the world look to the United
States for the leadership of this great crusade
for peace. We have not taken up this task lightly,
and we will not lay it down.
We must go resolutely forward, step by step,
toward the creation of a world in which we, and
all people, can live and prosper in peace.
147
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
1
Continued
Senate Approves Ratification of
North Atlantic Treaty
Statement by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press July 27]
I am deeply gratified by the decisive vote given
by the Senate in favor of the North Atlantic Pact.^
The Senate's action follows months of vigorous
discussion by the American people and weeks of
searching, exploration, and debate by the Senate.
I am sure that not only the Senate but the Ameri-
can people as a whole fully understand the Treaty
and its implications for world peace. The decisive
nature of the Senate vote makes clear to the world
the determination of the American people to do
their full part in maintaining peace and freedom.
task if both sides will now extend their exchang
of views to all problems covered by the Genera
Assembly resolution of December 11, in order t
make possible a simultaneous and Dalanced af
proach to the closely related problems of terr:
torial settlement and disposition of the refugee
from the hostilities.
The internal stability and the economy c
both the Arab states and Israel have been ac
versely affected by the recent conflict in Palestini
An early settlement of the outstanding issues wi
speed the day when both sides are in position t
devote their energies and resources to the restore
tion of conditions of equilibrium and stabilit;
The United States Government, through its rej
resentative, Mr. Porter, stands ready to exten
firm and impartial assistance to both sides to reac
a settlement which will speed this objective.
Developments in Church-State Conflii
in Czechoslovakia
Lausanne Negotiations Resumed
Statement by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press July 20]
On July 18, 1949, the United Nations Palestine
Conciliation Commission, which is charged by the
General Assembly under its resolution of Decem-
ber 11, 1948,' with facilitating final settlement of
all issues outstanding between Israel and the Arab
states, reconvened in Lausanne after a brief recess.
It will be recalled that the President on July 16
named Paul A. Porter as United States representa-
tive on the Commission, to replace Mark Ethridge,
who recently resigned that position in order to
resume his activities as publisher of the Louisville
Courier-Journal.
Since the military phases of the Palestine ques-
tion are now at an end, this government is con-
vinced that there is no issue outstanding between
Israel and the Arab states which is not susceptible
of solution by peaceful means. In fact, it was to
facilitate such solution that the Conciliation Com-
mission was established by the General Assembly.
Now that the positions of both parties have been
fully defined in previous sessions of the Com-
mission, it will materially advance the task of the
Commission if both the Israeli and the Arab dele-
gations return to Lausanne with full authority to
enter into constructive and effective negotiations.
It will also greatly facilitate the Commission's
' The vote in the Senate was 82 for and 13 against ap-
proval.
' Bulletin of Dec. 26, 1948, p. 793.
148
StatCTnent by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press July 20]
During the past month the present regime
Prague has taken further measures in accordan
with the system prevailing in the satellite stat
of Eastern Europe to suppress freedom of re'
gion in spite of the fact that Czechoslovakia w
an original signatory to the United Natio
Charter. All members of the United Natio
have pledged themselves to promote respect fc
and observance of, human rights and fundame
tal freedoms. The United Nations has been e
gaged through the Universal Declaration of H
man Eights and the draft Covenant on Hum;
Rights in an effort to obtain agreed standards
those rights and freedoms. The acts of the prt
ent Czechoslovak regime directed toward the tj
annous domination of religious organizations 1
the police state are clearly contrary to these stan
ards and as such are deplored by the Governme
and people of the United States.^
Address by George C. McGhee
On June 27 Assistant Secretary McGhee
delivered an address on the subject of prog-
ress in Greece before the Pan-Laconian
Federation, "Washington, D.C. Text was
issued as Department of State press release
491.
' Bulletin of July 11, 1949, p. 30.
Department of State Bullei
The Inter-American System in tlie World Scene Today
ly WiUard F. Barber '
Senator Vandenberg has said that the Inter-
American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance signed
at Rio de Janeiro on September 2, 1947, is "sun-
light in a dark world." Let us consider that docu-
ment.
The Treat}' has a triple aspect :
A. It is under the United Nations a regional ar-
rangement for the maintenance of peace and se-
curity inider articles 52 through 5-i of the Charter.
It invokes the right (in article 51) of individual
and collective self-defense against armed attack,
pending action by the Security Coimcil.
B. It states that an armed attack by any state
against one American State is an attack against all.
An armed attack upon an American State within
the area described in article 4 of the treaty or with-
in the territory of an American State outside the
area, obliges the signatories to assist in meeting
the attack, as well as to consult. The nature of the
help which they are pledged to render will be de-
termined by each state pending a consultation to
decide upon the collective measures required of all.
Thus the right of self-defense in article 51 of the
Charter becomes an obligation under the Rio
treaty. Decisions taken by a two-thirds vote are
binding on all parties, including those not con-
curring, except that no state is required to use
armed force without its consent.
C. It provides for consultation in the event of
an act or threat of aggi-ession or of any other fact
or situation which might endanger the peace of
the Americas and affects the inviolability, terri-
torial integrity, sovereignty, or political independ-
ence of an American State.
Years of Development
These forthright treaty obligations were not
signed at Rio in an outburst of hemispheric senti-
' Excerpts from an address delivered at the Round Table
on Latin America of the first annual conference on Ameri-
can foreign policy at Colgate University, Hamilton, N. Y.,
on July 23, 1949, and released to the press on the same
date. llr. Barber is Deputy Assistant Secretary for Ameri-
can Republic Affairs.
August 7, 7949
mentality. On the contrary. The treaty was not
an outburst, but an outgi'owth which has been
steady and cumulative in the more than 50 years
of development of the Inter-American system.
Furthermore, it is based on the trial-and-error
method, hammered out through years of actual
jjractical experience. It is an outgi'owth, not an
outburst. It does indeed offer sunlight in a dark
world.
From our own national point of view, if I may
be permitted a reminder, the bipartisan approach
to the foreign policy of the United States, which is
now so widely acknowledged and approved, has
prevailed for some time in the Inter-American
area.
The Practice of Consultation
It was at the Inter- American Conference of
Buenos Aires in 1936 that the principle of consul-
tation was agreed to in the event that the peace of
the Americas was threatened. This was, there-
fore, an important milestone in establishing the
machinery for implementing the basic policy of
hemispheric solidarity.
The consultative procedure originating in 1936,
confirmed at Lima in 1938, and manifested during
the war years by meetings in 1939 at Panama, in
1940 at Habana, and in 1942 at Rio de Janeiro, con-
tributed substantially to Inter- American security.
It was also broadened to apply to other situations
than those affecting security. In fact, under the
Charter of the Organization of American States
(Oas) consultation may be invoked, with the
majority approval of the Council of the Oas, for
any problem of an urgent nature and of common
interest to the American States.
The Doctrine of All for One
And One for All
At Habana in 1940, the consultative procedure
produced a resolution that an attack upon one
149
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
American state by a non- American state would be
considered as an attack upon all of them. This
was none too early as a security measure, for it
was in the very next year that Pearl Harbor was
bombed.
Before the war was concluded, however, further
steps to improve hemispheric security were taken.
These steps reached a culmination with statements
in the Declaration of Mexico and the Act of
Chapultepec of 1945 that an attack upon an Amer-
ican State by any state constitutes an aggression
against all the American States. The act went on
to provide for consultation to decide upon the
measures to meet such aggression, including the
possible use of armed force. It was also recom-
mended in the Act of Chapultepec that considera-
tion be given to the conclusion of a treaty whereby
attacks against an American State might be met by
well-defined collective action.
It will be recalled that at the time of Chapulte-
pec the Charter of the United Nations did not yet
exist. Nonetheless that act provided that the
treaty which might grow out of it should be con-
sistent with tlie purposes and principles of the gen-
eral international organization, when established.
At Rio de Janeiro in 1947, the resolutions on con-
sultation, accepted in 1936, and the doctrine of "all
for one," agreed upon since 1940, were brought to-
gether and considerably advanced by their incor-
poration into the Inter-American Treaty of Recip-
rocal Assistance. That it was not an isolated peak
of inter- American solidarity is proved by the cate-
goric repetitions of the same two concepts in the
Charter of Bogota signed in 1948.
The Rio Treaty
The all-for-one doctrine appears in articles 3
and 6. The Treaty establishes a clear obligation
on the parties to take action in meeting armed at-
tack ; it requires consultation respecting other acts
of aggression and any other situations affecting
the security of an American State and endanger-
ing the peace of America. It specifies the proce-
dure and organs through which the community of
states will act and lists measures which may be
taken against an aggressor. Each party is com-
mitted in advance to carry out decisions of the
Organ of Consultation, although it may have voted
against that decision, the sole exception being that
its armed forces may not be used without a State's
consent.
The Rio Treaty is open for signature by any
American State. This includes Canada. Of the
21 American Republics, representatives of 20 have
already signed. The life of the Treaty is in-
definite.
The United States Senate approved the Treaty
on December 8, 1947, 72 to 1. Our ratification,
150
deposited on December 30, 1947, was the second
On December 3, 1948, the Pan-American Unioi
received the ratification of Costa Rica, the four
teenth, bringing the Treaty into effect with respec
to the ratifying states. It was a pleasure and ai
honor to attend in person that epochal event.
Cuba and Chile have since deposited their ratifi
cations.
It does not suffice for there merely to be agree(
upon documentation and established machinery ii
order to maintain inter-American security. A
was stated by the United States representative oi
the Council of the Organization of America:
States, on October 12, 1948,
"that structure of peace will fail to achieve realit;
... if it does not receive a constant and devote(
use. Every threat to use force . . . undermine
the reality of our Organization, and deserves th
united condemnation of all our peoples. Ever;
successful solution of international disputes i)
accordance with our established procedures an(
principles, on the other hand, makes our inter
American structure more real, and deserves ou
united applause."
Membership in the United Nations
All of the American States are members am
supporters of the United Nations. As I have indi
cated, every effort is made to assure that the re
gional activities carried on through the Organiza
tion of American States and the written document
which they adopt are consistent with the aims, pur
poses, and provisions of the United Nations Char
ter. But the relationship, in fact, is considerabl;
more constructive than it would be if merely main
tained on the even keel of consistency. As Secre
tary Acheson said to the members of the Council o
the Oas on Pan-American Day of this year :
"The Organization of American States is ai
element of strength for the United Nations, am
conversely, the United Nations is an element o
strength for the Organization of American States
All of us belong to both and are active in botl:
There are no divided loyalties here. We can hon
estly and sincerely serve the same cause in both th
regional and the universal system."
Inter- American success in developing a securit;
system for the Western Hemisphere and the clos
relationship between the Oas and the United Na
tions are areas in which we who have responsibil
ity for developing and carrying out United State
foreign policy in relation to the Americas fee
that much has been accomplished and encourag
ing progress continues to be made. We are famil
iar with the concept of the growth of law am
order through custom and precedent. Hence th^
value of a century of experience by the America!
States in learning, often by the "trial and error'
method, to live together not only in the negativ'
Department of State Bulleth
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
sense of absence of conflict, but in constructive co-
operation toward international well-being, cannot
but have special significance.
The North Atlantic Pact
"With this in mind, let us look at one of the most
recent forward steps toward greater international
security and peace : I refer to the North Atlantic
Pact. There are several ways in which this collec-
tive self-defense arrangement among the countries
of the North Atlantic area has been strongly in-
fluenced by principles and procedures developed
by the American Republics. Of these there are
three which I should like specifically to mention.
First is the concept of regional arrangements
under the Charter of the United Nations. The
representatives of the American governments at
the San Francisco conference on organization of
the United Nations actively supported the in-
clusion of this concept in the Charter, basing
their efforts in this direction on our hemisphere
experience and aspiration. In doing So they ex-
pressed viewpoints which had been emphasized,
.shortly before the San Francisco meeting, at the
Mexico City conference of American States.
Both the Rio Treaty and the North Atlantic Pact
represent tangible consequences of this inclusion
of the principle that regional arrangements for
collective self-defense can assure practical meas-
ures for maintaining peace and security in har-
mony with the Charter of the United Nations.
In the second place, the principle that, within
such a regional security arrangement, an attack
on one of the parties should be considered as an
attack on all of them has been incorporated in both
the Rio Treaty and the North Atlantic Treaty.
The significance of this concept for the countries
of the "Western Hemisphere had been increasingly
recognized among them for a number of years and
had been clearly expressed in the Act of Chapul-
tepec of 1945.
Third, the principle that sovereign states with
common problems should consult on means of deal-
ing with them, which is incorporated in article 4 of
the North Atlantic Treaty (as I indicated above)
has long been recognized among the American
States. Much of the significance of the growth
of the Inter-American system lies in the strength-
ening of that principle through the development
and utilization of specific procedures for such
consultation. It is worth remembering that the
value, both of an informal exchange of views and,
if necessary, of a formal consultation among gov-
ernments, is so well recognized and so well accept-
ed among the 21 American States that it forms
an integral part of the framewoi-k of the Organi-
zation of American States.
These are a few, and only a few, of the ways in
which inter-American factors have affected the
creation of a security pact for the countries of
the North Atlantic area. Let it be emphasized,
however, that the underlying foundation on which
all of these countries, North American, South
American, and European, build their structures
for peace is a common faith in the future of
democratic government.
As Philip C. Jessup, Ambassador-at-Large, in
an address to the Academy of Political Science on
April 7, 1949, said : ^
"It is worth noting that the criticisms of the
North Atlantic Pact as a rival to the United Na-
tions were not addressed to the Rio Pact of 1948.
The Rio Pact had a very similar basis in terms of a
regional arrangement relying heavily on Article
51 of the Charter. Perhaps when the Rio Pact was
concluded, those interested in the United Nations
remembered particularly that the conclusion of
some such regional arrangement for the Americas
was planned at the Chapultepec Conference of
1945 just before the United Nations meeting in
San Francisco. The probability of its conclusion
was very much in the minds of those who framed
the Charter. The Rio Pact therefore seemed to
many a reasonable development in no way in con-
flict with the Charter. It would be a mistake to
underestimate the importance of the Rio Treaty
just as it would be a mistake to minimize the im-
portance of the North Atlantic Pact. But it would
also be a mistake to assume that this Treaty deal-
ing with the North Atlantic area endangers the
United Nations any more than the Rio Treaty en-
dangered the organization."
Effect of North Atlantic Pact on
Inter-American System
"U^hat has been or is likely to be the efi'ect of the
North Atlantic Treaty on the Inter-American
System and its Organization of American States?
Before answering this question, I should like to
quote from the I'emarks made by Secretary Acheson
when, on April 7, he transmitted the North At-
lantic Treaty to President Truman with the rec-
ommendation that it be submitted to the Senate
for advice and consent to ratification :
"The North Atlantic Treaty is patterned on
the Treaty of Rio de Janeiro. Its essence is recog-
nition of the fact that an armed attack on any of
the North Atlantic nations is in effect an attack
upon them all. An attack upon any of them would
not be designed merely to gain territory or nation-
alistic ends. It woulci be directed squarely against
our common democratic way of life.
"The essential purpose of the treaty is to fortify
and preserve this common way of life. It is de-
signed to contribute to the maintenance of peace
by making clear in advance the determination of
' Bulletin of Apr. 17, 1949, p. 849.
August 1, 1949
151
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
the [parties resolutely and collectively to i-esist
armed attack on any of them. It is further de-
signed to contribute to the stability and well-being
of the member nations by removing the haunting
sense of insecurity and enabling them to plan and
work with confidence in the future. Finally, it is
designed to jirovide the basis for effective collec-
tive action to restore and maintain the security of
the North Atlantic area if an armed attack should
occur."
In view of these purposes and our confidence
that they will be realized, it is entirely clear that
the outstanding effect of the North Atlantic Pact
on the Inter-i\jTierican System is to be found in
the inci-eased security which results from its de-
terring any potential aggressor who might wish
to launch an attack aimed ultimately at the West-
ern Hemisphere. Since the Rio and the North
Atlantic treaties are designed to assure the main-
tenance of international peace and security, the
former for the North Atlantic Community and
the latter for the American Community, their com-
plementary results are certain to be mutually
beneficial. The area of potential aggression is
thereby materially diminished, and the necessity
that either treaty may have to be invoked is less
likely.
It should be pointed out, I believe, that, al-
though the net result of these two regional se-
curity arrangements within the framework of the
United Nations Charter is to further our common
aspirations for peace, the treaties on which they
are based are separate documents and the obliga-
tions of each of the parties are only those which
it has specifically accepted. No direct organiza-
tional connection between the two treaties is called
for, nor is it now contemplated that any will be
established.
As Senator Connally stated in the Senate on
July 5 last :
"The North Atlantic Treaty is the logical out-
growth of the policies which we have evolved
during the last few years. It follows naturally
upon the commitments of mutual aid and collec-
tive self-defense undertaken by the Declaration of
Chapultepec, the United Nations Charter, and the
Rio Pact."
It is true that each of the two treaties calls for
consultation in the event of any situation which
threatens the territorial integrity, sovereignty of
political independence of any of the parties to
that treaty. Situations are conceivable under
which tliis obligation might be invoked under both
treaties. Although the chief point to bear in mind
is that the existence of both, treaties makes such
a situation less rather than more likely to occur,
the obligation of the parties to consult with other
152
governments is one which results from their hav
ing become a party to one or the other of th(
treaties. There is no increased obligation to thi
parties of the Rio Treaty because the North At
lantic Treaty has been formulated.
Differences Between the Two Treaties
There are certain differences between the tw(
treaties. The Rio Treaty contains specific jjroce
dures with regard to consultation and voting
which the Atlantic Pact does not have. The Ri(
Treaty specifies measures upon which, after initia
measures of self-defense have been taken, the Orgai
of Consultation may agree. Any of these, excep
the use of armed force, may become obligatory oi
all parties to the Treaty if approved by two third
of the states which have ratified the Treaty. Oi
the other hand the North Atlantic Treaty obligate
each party to take ". . . individually and in con
cert with the other Parties, such action as it deem
necessary, including the use of armed force, to re
store and maintain the security of the North Atlan
tic area." The Inter-American Treaty contains ;
provision, not found in the North Atlantic Pact
for procedures which are to be followed in th^
event of conflict between parties to the agreement
There are other differences of detail between thesi
two great undertakings, but tliey do not obscun
the fact that, as Secretary Acheson has said : "W(
joined with the other American Republics and w
now join with Western Europe in treaties t(
strengthen the United Nations and insure interna
tional peace and security."
U.S. Information Service in Shanghai
and Hanitow Ordered Closed
Stat^Tnent hy Assistant Secretary Allen
[Released to the press July 18]
George V. Allen, Assistant Secretary for publii
affairs, on July 18 announced that the Departmen
of State has been officially informed that Unitec
States Information Service offices in Shangha
and Hankow have been ordered closed by Chinesi
Communist officials.^
Mr. Allen said :
This is a new and dramatic proof that Com
munist dictatorships, like all other dictatorships
strike out the free flow of information immedi
ately on seizing power. Dictatorship and cen
sorship go hand-in-hand.
Totalitarian regimes can exist only by holding
their subjects in ignorance and by warj^ing theii
^U.S. Information Services were closed by the Chinesi
Communists as follows : Shanghai and Hankow, July 15
Peiping, July 19 ; Tientsin, July 20; and Nanking, July 23
Department of State Bulletir
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
minds with a strictly controlled and one-sided pic-
ture.
Thus, it is that the United States Information
Service in Shanghai and Hankow, dedicated to
t«lling the Chinese people the facts about the
United States, our aims and aspirations for world
peace, is being suspended by the Communist cap-
tors, who realize that public enlightenment is their
greatest enemy.
Number of Americans Residing in CKina
and Hong Kong
[Released to the press July 22]
Consular
district
Slianghai
Canton .
Tsingtao
Peipiiig
Tientsin
Mukden
Dairen
Hankow
Chungking .
Kunming . .
Tihwa . . .
Taipei . . .
Nanking . .
Hong Kong .
Total. . 513
Personnel
Offi-
cial
109
76
5
49
14
13
2
4
14
6
5
38
2 125
53
Nonofficial
' 1,471
707
Canton 269
Other parts of
Kwangtung Prov-
ince 152
Kwangsi Prov-
ince 102
Fukien Province . 184
47
149
61
363
Wunan area ... 96
Rest of Hupeh
Province ... 20
Honan Province . 16
Hunan Province . 77
Kiangsi Province 150
Shensi Province . 4
Kunming .... 88
Rest of Yunnan
Province ... 62
Kweichow Prov-
ince 30
276
180
84
275
1,087
Hong Kong
Macao . .
1,070
17
4,500
Total
1, 580
783
52
198
75
13
2
367
290
186
5
122
2 200
1, 140
5,013
' No recent break-down by provinces.
2 Approximate number.
Discussions With Mexico on
Petroleum Development Suspended
I Released to the press July 19]
United States and Mexican Government officials
have continued their study of the subject of a
loan of United States public funds for the devel-
Augusf 1, 7949
opment of Mexican petroleum resources and for
refining and distribution facilities.'
These conversations have not to date resulted
in an understanding between the two governments
on a basis under which the desired Knancial aid
would be extended.
The conversations have now been suspended at
the request of the Mexican Government without
prejudice to their resumption in the same spirit
of friendly cooperation in which they have been
carried out.
Air Transport Agreement With
Dominican Republic
[Released to the press July 20]
The Department of State announced on July 20
that an air transport agreement with the Govern-
ment of the Dominican Republic was signed in
Ciudad Trujillo on July 19, 1949. This is the
thirty-ninth such agi-eement concluded by the
United States.
This agreement is of the so-called Bermuda type,
upon which the great majority of the air transport
agreements which the United States has concluded
with other countries is based. Tlie Bermuda type,
adopted at a United States-United Kingdom air
conference at Bermuda in 19-16, provides for the
"five freedoms" in air transportation.^
The text of the agreement will be released at a
later date.
Negotiations for Supplementary Tax
Treaty With Canada
[Released to the press July 22]
United States and Canadian tax officials expect
to meet at Ottawa during the last 10 days of August
to discuss the possibility of entering into a new
convention modifying and supplementing provi-
sions of the existing tax conventions signed on
March 4, 1942, and June 8, 1944,=* which relate
respectively to taxes on incomes and taxes on
estates of deceased persons.
If basis for a new convention is found, a draft
of its proposed terms will be prepared during the
meeting and submitted to the two governments for
consideration with a view to signing.
In preparation for the discussions, interested
persons are invited to submit information and
views as to possible betterment in tax relations
with Canada in res])ect of income, estate, and gift
taxes to Eldon P. King, Special Deputy Conmiis-
sioner of Internal Revenue, Bureau of Internal
Revenue, Washington, D. C.
' Bulletin of Apr. 10. 1949, p. 466.
■ Bulletin of Apr. 7, 1946, p. .584.
" BuiXETiN of June 10, 1944, p. 543.
153
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
IContinued
Visitors to U. S. Under
Travel-Grant Program
The following persons have received grants-in-
aid to visit in the United States, which are ar-
ranged by the Division of Exchange of Persons
of the Department of State :
British Scholars
Six British scholars will arrive in the United
States during the next month on travel grants
under the terms of the Fulbright Act, it was an-
nounced on July 5 by the Department of State.
They are among the first of 59 scholars who will
received similar awards this year under this ex-
change program with the United Kingdom. Those
arriving soon are :
Harry Cranbrook Allen, fellow of Lincoln Col-
lege, Oxford, where he is dean and tutor in liistory,
will teach at the summer session of tlie Uni-
versity of Minnesota, giving courses on eighteenth
century England and on the history of Anglo-
American relations.
Ronald Haydn Preston, warden of St. Anselm
Hall, Manchester University, will teach during
the summer at Union Theological Seminary which
is a section of the summer session of Columbia
University. Following the summer session, he
plans to lecture at the Universities of Michigan
and North Carolina.
Dr. Gilbert James Walker, professor of eco-
nomics at the University of Birmingham, Bir-
mingham, will give courses at the Harvard
University summer school on economic planning
in Great Britain and on business organization and
control. Following the summer session he hopes
to do research in connection with investigations
pending before the Interstate Commerce Com-
mission in Wasliington.
Dr. Daryll Forde, professor of anthropology
at the University of London, will serve as visit-
ing professor in antliropology at the second sum-
mer session of the University of California. He
also plans to consult with colleagues at the Uni-
versities of Chicago, Yale, Harvard, and Pennsyl-
vania before returning to England.
Dr. James Stuart Stewart, professor of New
Testament language, literature, and theology at
the University of Edinburgh, has accepted the
Hoyt lectureship at Union Theological Semi-
naiy and also plans series of lectures at Prince-
ton and McCormick Theological Seminaries and
at the Pittsburgh School of Religion.
Brian Hackett, lecturer in landscape architec-
ture at the University of Durham, England, will
carry out research in his field at Cornell Uni-
versity.
154
Already arrived in the United States on similar
grants are :
Dr. John Maclean Smith, tutor in medical
pathology at Sheffield University, has been in-
vited by Johns Hopkins Hospital as a fellow
in the biological division of the Medical Depart-
ment where he will do research in infectious jaun-
dice in association with Dr. George S. Mirick.
Mr. and Mrs. William Gordon Ewing, director
and professor of the department of education of
the deaf at the University of Manchester, have
been invited by Northwestern University to con-
duct courses in audiology and teacher training
at the summer session of that institution.
These awards are made under Public Law 584
(79th Congress), the Fulbright Act, which au-
thorizes the Department of State to use foreign
currencies and credits acquired through the sale of
surplus property abroad for programs of educa-
tional exchange with other nations. Since only
foreign currencies are available, grants to foreign
nationals to come to the United States are limited
to round-trip travel, and expenses in this country
must be met from other sources.
It is expected that additional travel grants un-
der the program with the United Kingdom will
soon be announced for 100 British students for
attendance at American colleges and universities
during the coming academic year, as well as for
250 British and American elementary and sec-
ondary school teachers to be exchanged under the
British-American teacher exchange plan.
Awards to Americans, which may include round-
trip transportation, tuition or a stipend, and a liv-
ing allowance, will also be made to approximately
100 students and 37 professors and research
scholars for study, teaching, or research in the
United Kingdom during the coming academic
year.
Rangoon Chemist
U Po Tha, professor of chemistry and dean of
science at the University of Rangoon, has arrived
in the United States to attend the summer session
of Cornell University. He will also visit other
American universities for consultation and re-
search in the chemistry of plant products.
Colombian Housing Expert
Hernando Posada Cuellar, general manager of
the Territorial Credit Institute of Colombia, re-
cently arrived in Washington to spend 5 weeks in
this country for the purpose of conferring with
officials of the Housing and Home Finance Agency
and other specialists in this field concerning hous-
ing problems. His visit has been made possible
through a grant-in-aid from the Department of
State awarded in cooperation with the Housing
and Home Finance Agency.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Bolivian Agriculturalist
Eduardo Paloma, until recently Director Gen-
eral of Agriculture of Bolivia, now Assistant Di-
rector of the Inter-American Agricultural Service
of that country, lias arrived in AVashington to con-
fer with ollicials of the Department of Agriculture
and to visit agricultural experiment stations in
various sections of the United States. His visit,
which is for a period of 3 months, has been facili-
tated by a grant-in-aid from the Department of
State awarded in cooperation with the Department
of Agriculture.
New Zealand Microbiologist
Lyle Brandon Fastier, research officer in micro-
biology at the Department for Scientific and In-
dustrial Research of New Zealand, has arrived in
the United States to study virus diseases at the
George Williams Hooper Foundation of the Uni-
versity of California at San Francisco.
American Exchange Scholars
to Far East and Greece
It was announced on July 7 by the Department
of State that eight American scholars will leave
soon for the Philippines, New Zealand, Burma, and
Greece to undertake teaching or research. They
have been selected by the Board of Foreign
Scholarships to receive awards under the terms
of the Fulbright Act.
Philippines
Dr. Bernard Freeman Mann, resident in pathol-
ogy, New England Deaconess Hospital, Boston,
will serve as visting lecturer in pathology at
the University of the Philippines, Manila. His
program will include lecturing to students of the
junior and senior years, assisting in laboratory
teaching, representing the Pathology Department
in clinical conferences, serving as consultant to
teaching hospitals and engaging in research and
writing.
Dr. Fred Eggan, professor and chairman of the
Department of Anthropology of the University
of Chicago, will make a survey of the social or-
ganization and culture of the Mountain Province
and will spend approximately three months in
Visayan Island and in Mindanao to begin a study
of cultural change in those areas as a foundation
for moi'e intensive future research by Filipino
and American students.
Dr. Pauline Fertsch, assistant professor of psy-
chology. University of Texas, will serve as visit-
ing lecturer in psychology at the University of
the Philippines, Manila.
Dr. Ruth M. Leverton, director of human nutri-
tion and food research. Department of Home Eco-
nomics, University of Nebraska, will teach nutri-
tion at the Philippine Women's University,
Manila.
New Zealand
Dr. Seldon Gale Lowrie, professor and head of
the Political Science Department, University of
Cincinnati, will be visiting lecturer in political
science at the University of New Zealand.
Burma
Dr. Paul F. Cressey, professor of sociology,
Wheaton College, who proposes to make a socio-
logical study of the urban population of the City
of Rangoon, will also be available for lectures
in Far East history at the University of Rangoon.
Greece
Dr. Howard W. Beers, head of the Depart-
ment of Rural Sociology, University of Kentucky,
will serve as visiting lecturer in rural sociology at
the Superior School of Agriculture, Athens. In-^
addition to his lecture work at the school, Dr. Beers
will consult with the Near East Foundation on co-
ordination of its rui'al educational projects.
Dr. Arnold Whitridge, retired professor of
history, arts and letters, Yale University, will
lecture on American civilization at the University
of Athens.
Americans interested in applying for Fulbright
awards sliould write to the appropriate agency
listed below; foreign applicants should write
to the American Embassy in their country of
citizenship.
For graduate study :
Institute of International Education
2 West 45th Street, New York 19, New York
For teaching at the college level, for advanced
research, and for teaching in American schools
abroad :
Conference Board of Associated Research
Councils
2101 Constitution Avenue, N. W., Washing-
ton 25, D. C.
For teaching in national elementary and sec-
ondary schools abroad :
United States Office of Education
Washington 25, D. C.
August 1, 1949
155
Sales of Militarized and Nondemilitarized Surplus Combat Materiel
[Released to the Press June SI]
The following Is a list of the sales of surplus United States combat materiel (militarized and nondemilitarized)
effected by the Department of State in its capacit.v as foreign surplus disposal agent, durintr the months of August
and October 1947, and January, April, June, August, September, October, November and Decemlier, 1048, as reported
to the Munitions Division of the Department and not prev iously announced.
Country
Description of materiel
Procurement cost
Sales price
Date of transfer
Argentina
Submachine guns, and pyrotechnic pro-
jectors.
$41, 940. 00
$4, 194. 00
10/13/48
Spare parts for: 90-mm. guns and
97, 221. 77
9, 956. 70
10/13/48
mounts, generating units, optical in-
struments.
Spare parts for flame throwers and ord-
21, 904. 84
3, 108. 01
12/17/48
nance materiel.
Cable system for M9A1 gun director . .
68, 775. 00
8, 459. 40
12/17/48
Australia
1 swaging machine, spark plugs, thermo
couplers, chafing rings, and miscellane-
ous aircraft accessories. (Australia,
National Airlines).
8, 020. 92
8, 020. 92
8/ 3/48
Belgium
Ex-German vessel Hagen, demilitarized,
to Belgian national.
(Captured Enemy
Equipment)
1, 500. 00
8/ 9/48
Ex-German vessel Buzzard, demilitarized,
C. E. E.
82, 500. 00
8/24/48
to Belgian national.
Brazil
Electronic equipment
13, 750. 55
2, 754. 31
12/ 9/48
Mortars, rifles, and rockets
26, 369. 41
2, 628. 06
12/29/48
Chile
Aircraft spare parts and accessories,
radio equipment, photo equipment and
hangar and field equipment.
180, 386. 78
7, 987. 22
8/11/48
China
Spare parts for B-24 aircraft
23, 824. 34
2, 382. 43
10/26/48
Ordnance materiel for aircraft
17,018.00
1, 701. 80
12/17/48
.Ammunition links
19, 644. 11
140, 000. 00
2. 16,5. 00
35, 000. 00
11/12/48
Colombia
14 P-17 aircraft (trainer)
August, 1948
Denmark
.30-cal. ammunition
480. 00
C. E. E.
480. 00
300, 000. 00
4/ 6/48
Ex-German vessel Tanga and 4 E boats . .
6/ 8/48
Ex-German floating drydock #90 and 3
pontoons.
Ex-German vessel Volker, demilitarized .
C. E. E.
652, 800. 00
10/ 8/47
Finland
C. E. E.
15, 000. 00
6/11/48
Haiti
1-83-foot Coast Guard cutter
140, 000. 00
6, 000. 00
12/20/48
Hong Kong ....
1 AT-11 aircraft (trainer) to the Hong
Kong and Whampoa Dock Co., Hong
Kong.
70, 445. 00
11,750.00
8/16/48
Italy
Ex-German vessel Lech, demilitarized, to
Italian national.
C. E. E.
125, 000. 00
6/22/48
Netherlands ....
Ex-German vessel TF-SO, demilitarized,
for scrap.
NA U-8 vessel to Norwegian national . .
C. E. E.
9, 380. 00
6/28/48
Norvi'ay
150, 000. 00
125, 000. 00
6/ 7/48
Ex-German NL-10 (net layer), demili-
C. E. E.
77, 000. 00
6/ 8/48
tarized, to Norwegian national.
Peru
Spare parts of gas masks, binoculars,
telescopes.
39, 057. 71
5, 178. 35
12/1/48
Philippines ....
Miscellaneous aircraft engine parts, in-
struments, and radio equipment.
37, 890. 38
37, 890. 38
6/18/48
1 B-25J, demilitarized (non-flyable), to
148, 212. 00
250. 00
6/2/48
FEATI flying school.
2 YMS (motor mine sweeper), demilitar-
1, 300, 000. 00
1, 000. 00
6/3/48
ized, to Luzon Stevedoring Co. for
salvage.
Switzerland
100 P-.'il aircraft
5, 248, 900. 00
1, 574, 670. 00
400, 000. 00
120, 000. 00
11/8/48
K./ VV HJtJ\jl A€%Xi \-A ■ ■ ■ •
30 P-51 aircraft
10/7/48
United Kingdom . .
5 LCI's, demilitarized, to British national
2, 050, 000. 00
8, 055. 00
8/18/47
for scrap.
1 l.OI demilitarized
410, 000. 00
18, 339, 650. 00
100, 000. 00
286, 000. 00
6/16/48
6 PCE and 9 PTC (patrol craft), 2
Jan., 1948
LCI, 16 LCT, 5 YMS, demilitarized, to
British national.
Uruguay
Miscellaneous ordnance equipment . . .
43, 288. 94
2, 647. 12
9/3/48
Venezuela ....
Spares and accessories for aircraft ....
118, 170. 11
18, 659. 18
10/8/48
156
Department of State Bulletin
THE DEPARTMENT
Task of Disposal of Surplus Property
Abroad Terminated '
The Department of State announced on July 1
that the Othce of the Foreign Liquidation Com-
missioner expired officiall_y hist midnight, thereby
accomplishing its mission, the sale of war-
generated surplus property in foreign areas, 6
months in advance of the expiration of the Surplus
Property Act of 1944.
During its existence the OFLC disposed of
slightly in excess of 10 billion dollars' worth of
war-generated surplus property located in foreign
areas for a return to the United States of approxi-
mately 2 billion dollars.
Thus, with the liquidation of this office and the
successful conclusion of the disposition of foreign
surplus, the Department of State points out that
this government office has accomplished its mis-
sion well in advance of the time authorized by
legislation.
THE CONGRESS
Legislation
Protocol Bringing Under International Control Drugs
Outside the Scope of the Convention of July 13, 1931, as
Amended. Message from the President of the United
States transmitting a certitied copy of the protocol,
opened for signature at Paris on November 19, 1948, and
signed on behalf of the United States of America on that
date, bringing under International control drugs outside
the scope of the convention signed at Geneva July 13, 1931,
as amended by the protocol signed at Lake Success De-
cember 11, 1946, limiting the manufacture and regulating
the distribution of narcotic drugs. S. Exec. H., 81st Cong.,
1st sess. 11 pp.
Conventions and Recommendations Adopted at the Thir-
tieth Session of the International Labor Conference.
Message from the President of the United States trans-
mitting conventions and recommendations that were
adopted at the thirtieth session of the International Labor
Conference held at Geneva from June 19 to July 11, 1947,
and instrument of amendment adopted at the thirty-first
session of the conference held at San Francisco June 17
to July 10, 1948 ; also the report of the Acting Secretary
of State regarding the above-mentioned conventions, in-
strument of amendment, and recommendations, and a
letter of December 3, 1948, from the Acting Secretary of
Labor to the Secretary of State regarding those docu-
ments. H. Doc. 51, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 74 pp.
Suggestions on Foreign Relations Policy. Message from
the President of the United States transmitting sugges-
tions on foreign relations ijolicy, ;uid the transfer of cer-
tain powers to the Secretary of State. H. Doc. 98, 81st
Cong., 1st sess. 2 pp.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmation
On July 21, 1949, the Senate confirmed the nomination of
Edward B. Lawson to be American Envoy Extraordinary
and Minister Plenipotentiary to Iceland.
Veterinary Congress — Continued from page lU
Advisers
Colonel James C. Barta, Veterinary Corps, U.S. Air
Force
Dr. C. K. Mingle, Assistant in Charge, Tuberculosis Eradi-
cation Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, Depart-
ment of Afjriculture
Dr. H. W. Schoening, Acting Chief, Pathological Division,
Bureau of Animal Industry, Department of Agricul-
ture
Dr. Maurice S. Shahan, Foot and Mouth Research Branch,
Pathological Division, Bureau of .\nimal Industry,
Department of Agriculture
Dr. W. T. S. Thorp, Chief, Comparative Pathology Unit,
Institute of Experimental Medicine, National Insti-
tute of Health, U. S. Public Health Service, Federal
Security Agency
The purpose of the Congress is to discuss the
application of modern methods of control or pre-
vention of disease in livestock. The discussions
will be augmented by field trips to research sta-
tions and schools of veterinary medicine. The
Thirteenth International Veterinary Congress
was held at Ziirich in August 1938.
Immediately following this meeting, Dr. Simms
and Dr. Steele will represent the United States at
a meeting on foot-and-mouth disease, scheduled to
be held at Ijondon on August 15, under the aus-
pices of the Food and xVgriculture Organization
of the United Nations.
' [Public Notice 11] 14 Fed. Reg. 3823.
August 1, 1949
157
PUBLICATIONS
Documents on
German Foreign Policy 1918-45 Released
[Released to the press July 16]
The Department of State released on July 16
the publication in English translation of the first
volume in the collection entitled Documents on
German Foreign Policy, W18-194S. The collec-
tion, which is under the joint sponsorship of the
American, British, and French Governments, is
being edited by scholars who have been directed by
their governments to make an impartial and schol-
arly selection of all documents essential for an
understanding of German foreign policy.
The editors have begun this work with Series
D of the collection, covering the years 1937-1945.
The volume released on July 16, which is the first
of six dealing with the immediate origins of
World War II, is entitled From Neurath to Ril-
hentrop, 1937-38. It includes documents on Ger-
man relations with Austria from the agreement
concluded between the two countries on July 11,
1936, through the annexation of Austria in March
1938. Other chapters are concerned with German
relations with the other great powers and with the
Holy See from September 1937 through Septem-
ber 1938. A second volume, to be published
shortly, deals with German-Czech relations from
October 1937 through the Munich confei-ence of
September 1938. The third volume, on the
Spanish Civil War, 1936-39, is now being pre-
pared for the printer. Selection has been com-
pleted of the documents which will be printed in
the remaining three volumes carrying the story
to September 1939 ; these volumes will appear in
1950.
A British edition of the first volume, printed by
photo-offset from the American edition, will ap-
pear shortly. A French translation of some of
the documents will appear later this year. Be-
cause of the mechanical difficulties of printing in
Germany, the publication of the German origi-
nals, planned to coincide with the appearance of
the English translation, will be delayed several
months.
The captured archives of the German Foreign
Ministry and of the Reich Chancellery are so
voluminous that it is impossible to publish more
than a fraction of the 400 tons of documents.
Every document of any importance covering the
period 1918-1945 has been or will be microfilmed.
The three governments have agi'eed that when
publication has been completed of documents deal-
ing with a topic or period the relevant microfilms
158
of unpublished as well as published documents
will be made available for research by scholars.
Accordingly, all the microfilms on the topics
covered in the volume published on July 16 will
be placed in the National Archives as soon as
practicable.
The American editor in chief is Raymond J.
Sontag, professor of history in the University of
California, Berkeley; he returns to his teaching
duties this month and will be succeeded by Dr.
Bernadotte E. Schmitt. John W. Wheeler-
Bennett was the British editor in chief when the
documents included in this volume were selected;
the present British editor is James Marshall-
Cornwall. The French editor in chief is Professor
Maurice Baumont. The American editorial staff
includes Professor E. Malcolm Carroll, of Duke
University, Dr. James S. Beddie, of the Depart-
ment of State, and Professor Paul Sweet, of Colby
College.
The volume is for sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, Government Printing Office, Wash-
ington 25, D. C. for $3.25.
ECA Publisiies Booklet on Information for
American Businessmen on the Marshall Plan
[Released to the press by ECA July IS]
Publication of a new booklet. Information for
American Businessmen on the Marshall Plan, was
announced on July 13 by the Economic Coopera-
tion Administration.
One section of the booklet, "Selling Under the
Marshall Plan," outlines ECA's procedure in pro-
viding dollar credits for European economic re-
covery and again emphasizes that "The ECA does
not buy or sell, book cargoes, route shipments or
engage in any other phase of the actual buying-
selling operations."
Other sections of the booklet include :
Names and addresses of foreign government pur-
chasing missions procuring goods with ECA
financing, with lists of commodities and services
procured ;
Names and addresses of foreign government
missions engaged in the administrative details of
the Marshall Plan, but doing no buying;
A list of United States Government agencies
which upon occasion have purchased commodities
with ECA financing, together with a list of com-
modities procured ;
A chapter on "The Prospective Exporter";
A list of "Some Basic Information Sources"
for prospective exporters.
Copies of the booklet are available upon request
from the Office of Information, Economic Coop-
eration Administration, Washington 25, D.C.
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Continued
xonomic Report of the President Released
The Midyear Economic Report of the President
(•as transmitted to the Congress on July 11, 1949,
ogether with a report on "The Economic Situa-
ion at Midyear 1949" by the Council of Economic
Ldvisers.
The report includes a summary review of recent
conomic developments, policies for economic
tability and expansion, and a summary of legis-
itive recommendations.
Copies of this publication (126 pp.) are sold for
(V by the Superintendent of Documents, United
itates Government Printing Office, Washington
5, D.C.
aribbean Commission
The Tobacco Trade of the Caribbean, the fourth
f the External Trade Bulletins being prepared
nd published by the Caribbean Commission, was
lublished on June 5.
Tobacco, the book finds is one of the few com-
modities in which the Caribbean area can show
favorable balance of trade, although the ratio
f exports to imports declined from 2: 1 in 1935
o3:2in 1947.
As in other sectors of the Caribbean economy,
he raw material is exported and the manufactui'ed
iroduct imported, and the tobacco industry is
hown to afford partial evidence in support of
he view that the rise of export prices is cus-
omarily outdistanced by the rise of import prices.
7'he Dainj Products of the Caribbean, fifth in
he series of External Trade Bulletins published
y the Research Branch of the Caribbean Commis-
ion's Secretariat, was released on June 14, and
eals with the question of dairy products of the
rea from the standpoint of trade alone.
This new publication now presents, for the first
ime in one volume, statistics of the area imports
ver 12 3'ears, thus giving a fairly accurate picture
f demand in the area. These statistics, naturally,
irovide some of the basic data required for the
ranslation and implementation of any of the
arious plans put forward.
The Research Branch of the Central Secretariat
las completed its first edition of the Year Book of
''.aribbean Research, as a part of the documenta-
ion for the second meeting of the Caribbean
lesearch Council, Lawrence W. Cramer, Secretary
xeneral, announced on May 27. The meeting will
le held in Kent House from May 27-30, 1949,
inder the chairmanship of H. J. Page, principal
i the Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture,
he present chairman of the Council.
The Year Book reveals that there are almost 800
)rojects and investigations, including some private
research projects, now under way in the Commis-
sion territories. It makes available to those
engaged in particular research projects in the
Caribbean, for the first time, a comprehensive pic-
ture of similar and related research activities being
carrried on in other parts of the area.
The projects are listed under the following
heads: agriculture, forestry, fish and wildlife,
medicine (diseases), public health, sanitary engi-
neering, nutrition, sociology, statistics, economics,
education, planning and housing, building, chem-
ical technology, engineering, geodesy and survey-
ing, and geology. Agricultural research, added
Mr. Cramer, dominates the volume, representing
more than half of the total projects.
Caribbean Commission publications may be pur-
chased from the International Documents Service,
Columbia University Press, 2960 Broadway, New
York 27, New York ; from the Central Secretariat,
Kent House, Trinidad, or from the Commission's
agents in various territories.
Volume on U.S. Participation
in international Conferences Released
A publication entitled Participation of the
United States Government in International Con-
ferences has been released. The volume contains
brief accounts of international conferences and
meetings in which the United States Government
participated officially during the period July 1,
1947-June 30, 1948, including the composition of
the United States delegations.
Copies of this iiublication (375 pp.) are for sale
by the Superintendent of Documents, United
States Government Printing Office, Washington
25, D.C, for 65^.
Recent Releases
The Signing of the North Atlantic Treaty. General For-
eign I'olicy Series 10. Pub. 34117, vii, 66 pp. 500.
Includes proceedings of the signing of the North At-
lantic Treaty, the remarks by the Foreign Ministers
of the 12 signatory nations, the address by President
Truman, and the text of the treaty in both English and
French. Photographs of proceedings and tlie Foreign
Ministers.
National Commission News, June 1949. Pub. 3.'520. 10
PI). 100 a copy ; $1 a year domestic, $1.35 a year foreign.
The monthly publication of the United States Na-
tional Commission for Unesco.
United States Delegation Report on FAO. International
Organization and Conference Series IV, Food and
Agriculture Organization 1. [Documents and State Pa-
pers of June 1949] Pub. 3560. 15 pp. Free.
Gives background of the Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization, Conference action of the fourth session,
and summary.
logusf I, 7949
159
The United Nations and
Page
Treaty Information
Page
Specialized Agencies
Senate Approves Ratification of North At-
The Fourth Session of the Trusteeship Coun-
lantic Treaty. Statement by Secretary
cil. By Vernon McKay
123
Acheson
148
Resolution on Administrative Unions . . .
132
Air Transport Agreement With Dominican
U.S. Report on Trust Territory of the Pacific
Republic
153
Islands. Discussion in the Trusteeship
Negotiations for Supplementary Tax Treaty
Council:
133
With Canada
153
Remarks by Ambassador Francis B. Sayre.
Remarks by Rear Admiral Leon S. Fiske .
134
Publications
Closing Remarks by Ambassador Sayre .
136
Documents on German Foreign Policy 1918-
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography .
141
142
45 Released
158
The United States in the United Nations . .
ECA Publishes Booklet on Information for
Lausanne Negotiations Resumed. State-
American Businessmen on the Marshall
1
ment by Secretary Acheson
148
Plan
Economic Report of the President Released .
158
159
Economic Affairs
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences:
Caribbean Commission
159
International Administrative Aeronautical
Volume on U. S. Participation in Interna-
Radio Conference
144
tional Conferences Released
159
Recent Releases
159
Fourteenth International Veterinary Con-
gress
144
International Information and Cultural
Discussions With Mexico on Petroleum De-
Affairs
velopment Suspended
153
Sales of Militarized and Nondemilitarized
Visitors to U. S. Under Travel-Grant Pro-
gram
154
Surplus Combat Materiel
156
American Exchange Scholars to Far East and
General Policy
Greece
155
Public Opinion and American Foreign Policy.
Address by the President
145
The Department
Developments in Church-State Conflict in
Task of Disposal of Surplus Property Abroad
Czechoslovakia. Statement by Secre-
Terminated
157
tary Acheson
148
The Inter-American System in the World
The Foreign Service
Scene Today. By Willard F. Barber .
149
Confirmation
157
U.S. Information Service in Shanghai and
Hankow Ordered Closed. Statement by
The Congress
Assistant Secretary Allen
152
Legislation
157
%(m^mmUm(A
Yernon McKay, author of the article on the fourth session of
the Trus
teeship Council, is Specialist on Dependent Area Affairs,
Division
of Dependent Area Affairs, Department of State.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING
OFFICE: 1949
tJAe^ zi)eha^tnien{/ /cw t/utte^
MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM TRANSMITTED
TO THE CONGRESS:
Message of the President 186
Statement by Secretary Acheson 189
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF UNDERDEVELOPED
AREAS • By Assistant Secretary Thorp 170
ISRAELI-SYRIAN ARMISTICE AGREEMENT ... 177
MULTILATERAL DIPLOMACY • By William Sanders . 163
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 527
August 8, 1949
^BNX o«.
■^:^°*».
^.^^^.^r^ bulletin
Vol. XXI. No 527 • Publication 3604
August 8, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18, 1949) .
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Depabtment
o» State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tvith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the u^ork of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as tvell as special
articles on various phases of inter-
natioruil affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
U. S. SUPERlNTENDENr OF DOCUMlNIS.
AUG 31 1949
Multilateral Diplomacy
hy William Sanders ^
Despite the imposing and perhaps enigmatic
title, this subject has become commonplace the
world over with the advent of the League of Na-
tions and the United Nations.
These two international organizations repre-
sent the maximum efforts made by the nations
of the world to establish peace and to promote
human welfare through organized collective co-
operation. It is within the large context of the
methods and objectives of these international
activities that multilateral diplomacy has its com-
plete meaning. In placing the adjective "multi-
lateral" befoi'e the noun "diplomacy" we thereby
give recognition to one of the most significant
developments of our time. Multilateral diplo-
macy is a revolutionary method for dealing with
international affairs. Beyond that, it is revolu-
tionary in the policies and subject matters of such
affairs.
It is not enough to say, therefore, that bilateral
diplomacy involves negotiations between two
states whereas multilateral diplomacy, as it liter-
ally connotes, involves negotiations between and
among many states. Like the iceberg, such a defi-
nition leaves much undisclosed beneath the
surface.
The principal example of multilateral diplo-
macy today on a world scale is the United Na-
tions.^ Together with the specialized agencies
in the economic, social, and cultural fields, the
' This article Is based on remarks made before the
Washington Students Citizenship Seminar, held at the
Department of State on June 28, 1949.
^ For an analysis of an older, regional example of multi-
lateral diplomacy see "Sovereignty and Independence
in the New World," Bulletin of Feb. 8, 1948, p. 15.">.
August 8, 1949
United Nations is a complex of organizations,
committees, commissions, working groups, inter-
national meetings, and conferences. Most of these
bodies and meetings are composed of, or are at-
tended by, official representatives of governments.
Membership and attendance in some cases is con-
fined to technical experts, who serve in their in-
dividual or professional capacity. Normally all
these bodies and gatherings are serviced by secre-
tariats composed of international public servants.
But multilateral diplomacy is something more
than machinery and procedure. International
organizations and the procedures and techniques
by which they operate are simply the means by
which states seek to arrive at and give effect to
an agreed uniform or common policy. In the
case of the United Nations this policy is found in
the Charter, particularly its principles and pur-
poses. The specialized organizations in the eco-
nomic and social fields such as the World Health
Organization, the Food and Agricultural Organi-
zation, and the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization, have sim-
ilar constitutional statements of policy and ob-
jectives in their technical areas. These docu-
ments are written foreign policy statements of
the individual states.
The singularity of this policy does not arise
alone in that it is a uniform or common policy
stated collectively by many states, or that it creates
permanent international machinery to facilitate
the execution of this policy, or in that its basic
principles and purposes are stated in written form
in an international document. This policy is also
characterized by the fact that it covers virtually
all aspects of foreign affairs, and that in many of
163
these aspects it is contractual, that is, binding on
the member states.
The United Nations Charter, for example,
covers the entire range of foreign policy. At San
Francisco when the Charter was drafted, there was
stubborn insistence that the United Nations should
go beyond the Covenant of the League of Nations
in the field of economic and social cooperation. In
the more than 5,000 meetings held yearly by the
United Nations system, the entire span of the life
of man is considered in the effort to free him from
fear and want. This program includes many
matters which until only recently were considered
of purely domestic concern.
The contractual aspect of multilateral diplomacy
involves not only obligations to abide by certain
standards of conduct and to join with other states
in cooperative endeavors for the promotion of hu-
man welfare and peace, but also obligations to
carry out in good faith the decisions of the security
organ of the international organization.
Many aspects of this multilateral policy are of
course stated only in terms of broad principles or
objectives; the action to be taken is not specified.
The action to be taken, and how and when it is
to be taken, is left for decision by the member
states. Action can be taken individually by each
state or under special agreements or treaties with
other states. The European Recovery Program
represents action of this kind. Action can be
taken, and more generally is, on the basis of
studies and recommendations of the appropriate
organ or organizations of the United Nations sys-
tem. The proposed Covenant on Human Eights
and the work of the Economic and Social Coimcil
are of that type of international organization
activities which lays the basis for internal and
international action by the members. A very
large proportion of the responsibilities of the
United Nations system within its vast frame of ref-
erence is discharged through the exercise of its
purely consultative and recommendatory fimc-
tions.
Other matters of interstate relations involve ob-
ligations under the Charter to do or not to do cer-
tain things. Typical of these are the commitments
to settle international disputes by peaceful means
and to refrain from the threat or use of force. The
Charter system for the settlement of disputes is ex-
tremely flexible and seeks principally to encourage
and facilitate agreement between the parties in-
volved rather than to impose solutions, in the
164
case of the International Court of Justice, where
the judgment of the Court is binding on the
parties, the initial decision to utilize this method
of settlement is up to the parties. In the case of
the Security Council and General Assembly,
which may consider a dispute or situation regard-
less of the wishes of the pai'ties, the functions of
pacific settlement are those of political negotia-
tion and compromise, in which the final decision is
in the hands of the parties involved. Nevertheless,
a recommendation of the Security Council or the
General Assembly relative to a dispute or a situ-
ation affecting the peace passed by the required
majority of the members, directly engages the
responsibility and good faith of the members to
proceed with due regard for the recommended
course of action. This is a responsibility not only
of the states who may be directly involved in the
question but also of the other member states.
Thus in the case of the General Assembly resolu-
tion on Spain, the United States has taken the
position that although it has never considered
the resolution as an altogether effective or realistic
means by which to encourage the emergence of a
Spanish government more representative of the
people of Spain, the United States will observe
the terms of the resolution so long as it is on the
books.
It is in matters relating to the prevention or
suppression of breaches of the peace that discre-
tion by the member states on the manner of and
timing for the carrying out of an obligation under
the Charter is at a minimum. It is in this area
that under the Charter the state who violates the
self-denying obligations to refrain from the use of
force can be compelled by the Security Council
to keep the peace ; it is also in this area where the
other members are obligated to "accept and carry
out the decisions of the Security Council" on the
enforcement of peace.
Multilateral diplomacy thus creates, and op-
erates in increasingly within, an organized com-
munity of states. In this community are to be
found at different stages of development the in-
stitutions, laws, regulations, and even the mores
typical of all community association. The United
Nations system has all these elements. The legis-
lative, or more properly speaking, the deliberative
is typified preeminently by the General Assembly ;
the judicial is typified by the International Court
of Justice ; and the executive is exemplified on the
Departmenf of Slate BuUelin
highest political plane by the Security Council
and on the administrative plane by the
Secretariat.
In its operation, multilateral diplomacy com-
bines bilateral, group, and parliamentary negotia-
tions. The preparations for and the conduct of
the General Assembly of the United Nations
illustrate this point. The Assembly is the
macrocosm of international parliamentary
processes.
Attendance at the General Assembly session
means for the Government of the United States an
extraordinary amount of careful planning and
painstaking studies and the making of significant
policy decisions on a great variety of issues. On
many of the more important of these issues con-
sultation with Congressional leaders is held. On
others the participation of a considerable number
of Government agencies is required. Many of
these agencies have been concerned traditionally
only with matters of domestic concern. They are
now brought into the international picture in con-
nection with the activities of the United Nations
Economic and Social Council, the Trusteeship
Council, and the specialized agencies in the econ-
omic, social, and cultural field. The vital role of
public opinion in the United States, moreover, calls
for consultations with private organizations and
individuals to obtain their views in the prepara-
tion of instructions to the United States delegation.
Another phase of this preparatory work in-
volves diplomatic conversations with governments
on issues of mutual interest. By this means the
Department of State attempts to convey to these
governments the views of this government and to
obtain their views. Through this reciprocal and
informal "give and take" an early mutual under-
standing of views and attitudes is made possible
which frequently facilitates the discussions in the
Assembly. These discussions of course continue
during the Assembly as an accompaniment of the
multilateral discussions in the working groups,
subcommittees, committees, and plenary meetings.
To facilitate these informal and individual dis-
cussions, the United States delegation has attached
to it special "political liaison officers" whose job
it is to contact the other delegates in order to re-
ceive their views and to pass on to them the views
of the United States delegation. All these muta-
tions of unilateral preparations and decisions, bi-
lateral discussions, and multilateral negotiations
are part and parcel of the whole complex of multi-
lateral diplomacy. They are and should be part
of the normal and routine mechanism by which
agreement is reached in the "Parliament of the
World."
These negotiations do not yield the sum or aver-
age of our bilateral relations. Someone has
stated somewhat ambiguously, but not inaptly,
that the process by which agreement is reached
in the United Nations constitutes a new dimen-
sional diplomacy. In direct negotiations between
two countries, there is always a degree of bargain-
ing on a selective basis, permitting, among other
things, the offsetting of matters of mutual inter-
est. In multilateral negotiations, this bargaining
situation is out of focus. States are projected into
issues in which they have no immediate or direct
interest and where they have consequently greater
latitude for "free wheeling." The rapid tempo
and fluidity of these negotiations, moreover, place
a premium on individual initiative and discretion.
There is even latitude for individual idiosyncrasy
and temperament. Quick decisions on the spot
must be made. The representatives are also ex-
posed to personal and psychological pressures of a
great public forum and to other special regional
or group interests operating within the Assembly
itself which offset or diffuse the normal bilateral
negotiating situation. That is why, as has been
said, an international organization has a person-
ality of its own, distinct from that of its individual
members. That is also why the element of leader-
ship is so essential if constructive purposes are to
be achieved through the international organiza-
tion. It also explains why so often the decisions
reflect adherence to principles of general and long-
range interest rather than the accommodation of
purely individual national interests.
As indicated previously the extraordinary range
and variety of subjects covered by multilateral
negotiations has had a direct and pervasive in-
fluence on the conduct of foreign affairs. For one
thing, the "shirt sleeve" element has entered into
the processes of diplomacy. Because of the "in-
ternationalizing" of so many matters formerly of
purely domestic concern, diplomacy has had to
invoke the participation of specialists, technicians,
and professionals in virtually all walks of life.
"The butcher, the baker and the candlestick
maker," not to speak of "rich man, poor man,"
though not I hope "beggarman and thief," as such
August 8, 1949
165
and not as converts to a little understood diplo-
matic profession, are now included among those
who conduct negotiations as representatives of
their governments and as experts on international
bodies.
But of still wider ramifications in this connec-
tion has been the impact of multilateral diplo-
macy on the role of public opinion in the conduct
of foreign affairs. The new alphabet symbol
"NGO" reflects the awakened interest and par-
ticipation of nongovernmental organizations and
private individuals in foreign policy. The public
forum characteristic of multilateral diplomacy
and the i-ange of matters covered by these negoti-
ations has made this development inevitable. This
result had to be true jiarticularly in the United
States where foreign policy is so peculiarly re-
sponsive to public opinion trends. This develop-
ment places a premium on an intelligent under-
standing on the part of the people of international
problems and on a discriminate use and evalua-
tion of the facts of international life.
Wily is it, it may well be asked at this point,
that multilateral diplomacy has acquired such vi-
tal significance in our time ? Trygve Lie recently
said in explaining the role of the United Nations
that:
There can be no substitute for the universal approach
of the United Nations. There is only one way to prevent
a third World War in the long run — the only way is to
make the United Nations work on a universal basis.
This categorical statement regarding the uni-
versal approach to peace harks back to the deeply
felt sentiment which a great proportion of the
peoples of the world shared at the end of World
War II. It then appeared self-evident that only
through collective security based upon a universal
system for the peaceful adjustment of conflicts,
the enforcement of peace, and on economic and
social cooperation could man entertain a hope of
freeing himself from recurring war. In the pres-
ent period of somewhat general skepticism and let-
down, these premises are being examined afresh.
Some now say that the United Nations and all
it represents is pure idealism, the same idealism,
which injected the United States into the First
World War under the banner of "making the
world safe for democracy." Through the crea-
tion of a straw man regarding the supposed role of
a wet-behind-the-ears idealism in the creation and
in the failure of the League of Nations, a premise
is established which would cut the ground from
under the whole concept of collective security.
This view disposes of the United Nations as a lux-
ury item, which is not justified by the lean and
harsh realities of international life.
Another reason given for the establishment of
such institutions as the League of Nations and the
United Nations is that they are the product of the
fear of war and international anarchy, a fear that
has been deepened and accentuated by the catas-
trophic iDroportions of modern war, particularly
with the advent of weapons of mass destruction.
This is a factor where the compulsions for contmu-
ing effort, we are told, ebb or flow with the imme-
diacy or remoteness of war.
Another reason given relates to the factor of
convenience — that the intensification and broaden-
ing of matters of international concern makes it
imperative that means be devised by which the
states of the world can agree upon and coordinate
policies and undertake continuing activities on
matters of mutual interest and concern. But con-
venience by itself, it is evident, has never been a
compelling motivation for human action on the
scale and magnitude required for the gigantic ef-
fort to create permanent peace.
A fourth reason, which may be said to embrace
the other three, is based on conclusions which flow
from the self-evident and inescapable interde-
pendence of the world. It establishes the proposi-
tion that peace and human welfare can be achieved
only through collective means. This is an appeal
to enlightened self-interest, which cannot be turned
aside by failures and cannot easily be disillusioned.
It is an appeal that evokes the law of survival in
the modern world. This involves not only physi-
cal survival, but survival of our way of life and
standards of living. The interdependence of the
world and the "indivisibility of peace" has been
brought home to our people in the two World Wars
of this century. The news of the day is constantly
reflecting these same realities. Disturbed eco-
nomic and social situations and internal and inter-
national strife in other parts of the world hit us in
many obvious and unmistakable ways.
Some welcome these facts ; others are made un-
happy by them. But whatever one's reaction may
be, it is not enough to recognize that these are facts
of life. The interdependence of the world is a
166
Department of State Bulletin
factor of environment which in and by itself will
not force a given course of action upon the nations
of the world. As usual in dealing with factors of
environment, we have alternatives. We can re-
main passive, we can adapt, Or we can conti-ol, for
good or for evil. Interdependence can be respon-
sible for our destruction or it can be used to our
advantage. It does impose one inexorable condi-
tion— in the long run we cannot have peace and
we cannot have and continue to develop our high
levels of living in isolation from the rest of the
world. This truism was stated by President
Roosevelt in 1933 when he said: "No nation or
group of nations can enjoy prosperity and plenty
when a large part of the world is in economic
stress."
From this point of vantage, history and the
analysis of the nature of a world composed of in-
dependent and sovereign states compels the con-
clusion that older forms of power relations are
outdated and inadequate for our present needs.
This conclusion applies specifically to isolationism,
alliances, spheres of influence, world domination
on the Roman model, exclusive reliance on na-
tional strength and balance of power. These
older systems may be justified in restrospect as
proper rules of a Neanderthal game of survival in
a lawless world. Certainly insofar as the United
States is concerned it can not be denied that from
the earliest colonial period up to recent times it
has been a beneficiary of and occasional active par-
ticipant in balance of power. This system gave
the world periods of unstable and uneasy peace
and was used to oppose aggression and world
domination. Nevertheless, it evolved within a
"dog-eat-dog" frame of reference. The essential
reason for being of one group was its antagonism
to another such group. The theoretical basis of
the system was the fiction of balance of power ; the
real objective of the practices under it was of
course preponderance of power. Under this sys-
tem security was a product of preponderence and
not of equilibrium. But by the same token se-
curity for one group meant lack of security for
tlie other. This practice engendered offsetting
power arrangements with an armed clash the in-
evitable outcome. There is still in some quarters
a nostalgic attachment to the laissez-faire prin-
ciples of the system and the "power diplomacy"
which went with it. It claimed great flexibility
and responsiveness to the "realities of international
life." The power adjustments within the system
created an illusion of dynamic movement and
maximum latitude for change of the status quo
when the established order of things was out-
stripped by the onward sweep of events. The
reality was quite often as not that the system
tended to encourage states to cling to an order of
things that had passed and to subject change to the
test of force.
The search today for collective security as a
substitute for these inchoate power relations is
based on the idea that not only has man developed
beyond the point where he needs to rely on these
rough-hewn and rudimentary tools for his protec-
tion, but also that the character of the world in
which he lives and the means of destruction which
he now possesses makes these tools dangerous to his
welfare and survival. Increasingly he finds as the
world inexorably becomes more rather than less
interrelated, that self-preservation and national
welfare camiot be disassociated from the security
and the welfare of the world as a whole.
Of course historical analysis, like statistics, can
be used to attempt to prove any given proposition.
Marx, Lenin, and Stalin have used this technique
to establish the dogmas of Communism. The
Marxian interpretation of history is based on pre-
conceptions which compel a selection of only those
factors which substantiate those preconceptions.
The ideas of international cooperation can likewise
be established by an analysis of history and of so-
cial and economic developments in an interde-
pendent world. The presence or absence of pre-
conceptions in the analysis and interpretation
which lead to these conclusions must be detemiined
by each individual for himself. It is not the pur-
pose of this paper to enter into these questions.
It is evident, however, that the statement made by
Trygve Lie, quoted above, will be accepted as
valid by most Americans.
The crucial importance of the basic issue posed
by these two approaches resides in the power of
ideas to move men to action and so to shape the
course of history. This ancient truth is particu-
larly to the point today when science has placed
at the disposal of man immense resources by which
either to imprison the mind through propaganda
at the service of a false and destructive idea or to
free it from ignorance and bigotry by making the
facts available to it. The two above-mentioned
interpretations of history and of the nature of the
world have produced ideas which are at the root
August 8, 1949
167
of the East-West tensions. These embattled ideas
are found in the conclusions regarding world peace
reached by Soviet Communism and those who be-
lieve in collective security through the United
Nations. There are fundamental differences be-
tween the two philosophies as to the conditions
which must prevail in the world before the basic
causes of international friction and conflict can be
removed and as to the means by which these con-
ditions can be created.
Soviet dialectic concludes that the U.S.S.R. can
never be secure so long as powerful capitalist na-
tions exist. Peace will come to the world when
control by the proletariat has been established in
all or at least the major states. Before this millen-
nium is reached, however, control of the proletariat
by a small, tightly organized, and ruthless mi-
nority is considered essential in order to assist
in the consummation of the inevitable outcome of
social forces. The question of when and how
transfer of control from this minority to the pro-
letariat is to be accomplished has been neglected.
In the meanwhile, a monolithic obedience is
exacted. The same approach is applied in inter-
national relations. Peace in the world cannot be
established before all differences disappear, sub-
merged in a vast subservience to the Soviet image
all along the line. In this connection, the Soviets
appear to read the present polarization of power
between the two centers of Western democracy and
Communist Russia as a sharpening of the issues
between two irreconcilable civilizations, in which
the survival of one requires the death of the
other.
The United Nations is based upon a different
premise. President Truman in his inaugural ad-
dress this year stated this premise when he said
that "hundreds of millions of people all over the
world now agree with us, that we need not have
war — that we can have peace." On the occasion
of the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty he
said the same thing in other words when he de-
clared : "We do not consider war inevitable."
This same basic philosophy was stated recently
by Benjamin Cohen in the General Assembly,
when he said speaking for the United States :
The United States believes in an open world and
repudiates the idea that any country or people who are
friendly to us must be hostile to any other country. It
is strange that those who profess to be opposed to the
division of the world into hostile blocs insist upon re-
garding any interest on our part, however legitimate,
towards countries friendly to them as hostile and con-
spiratorial. Those who profess to want a friendly, peace-
ful world should act in a peaceful, friendly spirit. They
should not seek refuge in an artificial and self-imposed
isolation which makes them see a plot in every effort to
maintain friendly intercourse with them.
In this approach to the problem of peace there
is an apparent paradox. The basic principle of
the interdependence of the world is accompanied
by a companion principle which postulates re-
spect for the independence of the component mem-
bers lof the world community. This latter prin-
ciple finds its roots in the democratic ideas which
regard the state as the servant of the individual
and not the reverse, and which consider that differ-
ences of opinion, of outlook, and the stress and
struggle to reach compromise upon the basis of
voluntary agreement within a system of law and
order will in the long run insure the best interest
of all concerned. This is the same paradox that
was resolved in the Constitution of the United
States by the principle of peaceful change. Thus,
while we recognize the interdependence of the
world and consider that this interdependence re-
quires a collective approach to world peace, we do
not believe that our security is dependent upon the
creation of a wtorld on a United States model
through liquidation of all opposition. This phi-
losophy is incorporated in the Charter of the
United Nations. In this context, the Soviet con-
cept is like a fish out of water. The non-Commu-
nist world does not consider that the existence of
lother nations with different forms of govermnent
and different philosophies of life is necessarily in-
compatible with its own security and welfare. It
seeks the cooperation of these nations in the
achievement of the common and enlightened pur-
poses of the United Nations.
The principle of respect for the independence
and sovereignty of other nations is a traditional
United States policy. This fact is attested by our
attitude toward independence of the former colo-
nies of Spain in the Americas in their struggle for
emancipation from colonial rule, our Monroe Doc-
trine, and the Good Neighbor Policy and our prac-
tice under it of the principle of nonintervention.
All these policies and practices offer evidence of
how deeply rooted this principle is in American
history. The European Recovery Program, the
North Atlantic Treaty and the Military Assistance
168
Departmenf of Sfate Bulletin
Program, and our policies with respect to the
emerging nationalities in the colonial areas of the
wiorld are similar reflections of this basic principle.
The principle of respect for and understanding
of the differences between peoples is not incon-
sistent with the companion principle of inter-
dependence. Sovereignty cannot be absolute. A
state, in fact, exercises sovereignty when it joins
with other states in policies and agrees to mutual
limitations upon individual freedom of action in
order to accommodate for the good of its own
people to the facts of interdependence. The
United Nations Charter, which cuts deeply into
the older absolute ideas of independence and
sovereignty, bears witness to this fact. The
United States proposals with respect to atomic
energy cut even more deeply into these ideas.
These proposals constitute in fact the most revolu-
tionary views in this connection that have been
advanced by governments. Sincere and construc-
tive participation in the United Nations and the
specialized agencies is based on a recognition of
interdependence. It is in such policies as these
that we find the real "wave of the future."
Soviet misconceptions regarding the conditions
necessary to their security and the policies which
they pursue thereunder are unquestionably the
chief obstacles to the creation of conditions in the
world which will enable the United Nations to
operate as it was intended. Soviet doctrinaire
ideologies in fact have become the handmaiden of
similar policies pursued by Czarist Russia. Lack
of confidence of course engenders lack of con-
fidence It is essential, nevertheless, that this
process not be permitted to develop to the point
where it will lead to mutual destruction. Ideas
are facts and they are also contagious. The
Soviet doctrine of the inevitable clash between
Ck)mmunism and Western democracy could easily
evoke a similar state of mind in our camp. The
task of Western statesmanship is to demonstrate
the fallacy of the basic Soviet premise. Unfor-
tunately this objective cannot at the moment be
reached by persuasion and example alone. Firm-
ness and strength are more convincing at this stage,
as well as a steadfast pressure and vigilance on the
part of all the nations who reject the inevitability
of war.
It must be borne in mind that the Charter did
not attempt to deal directly with the question of
great power conflict. It recognized that the great
August 8, 1949
847266 — 49 2
IDOwers were the only ones that could determine
the issue of whether or not there would be another
world war. It was thought that they would co-
operate for the achievement of the peaceful pur-
poses of the Charter. This assumption is reflected
in the principle of unanimity among the great
powers, which is now more often known by its
negative synonym, the veto. It is also reflected
in the provisions of articles 106 and 107 of the
Charter, in which it was contemplated that pend-
ing the coming into force of the arrangements
which would equip the Security Council to take en-
forcement action, the great powers would take
such joint action on behalf of the United Nations
as might be necessary for the purpose of maintain-
ing international peace and security. Because of
Soviet suspicion and aggression, this transitional
period has changed its character from one of
cooperation to liquidate the problems of World
War II to one of such tension as to create fears that
it is a possible prelude to World War III.
We must recognize that we live in a period of
transition in great power relations. We see clearly
the inadequacies and dangers of older security
policies and systems. We seek to replace them by
a system of collective security. The latter is in
process of being established on a firm and realistic
basis. We must still travel a long road of trial
and error and of growth and development in the
light of experience. As we move forward we must
guard against the state of mind in which our desire
for peace blinds us to the fact that the job of
creating collective security adequate to deal with
great power conflict remains to be done and that it
calls for a great deal of effort and steadfast pur-
pose. This caveat does not mean, of course, that
we must meanwhile continue to play the game ac-
cording to the old rules. The United Nations has
demonstrated its capacity to cope with some of
the most difficult problems of this crucial period.
It will grow in stature and strength on this diet.
We must also create the conditions which will
make it increasingly possible for the United Na-
tions to discharge its responsibilities. One of the
most important of these conditions is that the na-
tions who sincerely believe in and support the
principles of the Charter of the United Nations
have the economic and political health which will
enable them to exert their full strength on behalf
of peace. These are the nations who form the
( Continued on page 199 )
169
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
I
Economic Development of Underdeveloped Countries '
hy Assistant Secretary Thorp, U.S. Representative in EC OSOC
I appreciate the courtesy of being permitted to
start the discussion upon the subject of economic
development. Of course, the basic fact is that all
our countries have a major interest in economic
development. It affects the life of each country
and its relationship with other countries. In the
past, many of those around this table, as well as
many of our alumni, have contributed to the de-
velopment of our understanding of the subject,
and the present discussion will likewise be valuable
if it brings out the attitudes and points of view of
many representatives, in the hope that our collec-
tive wisdom may lead to a constructive result.
The basic objective cannot be restated too often.
It is to cooperate with the people of economically
underdeveloped areas, in their own eifforts to de-
veloji their human and natural resources, to in-
crease their productive capacity, and to raise their
standards of living.
Efforts by ECOSOC and the United States
To Meet Objectives
Since our last meeting, we have made substantial
strides forward. We now have before us for con-
sideration the expanded program for technical
assistance which we requested of the Secretary-
General and the specialized agencies. I know that
this accomplishment required great effort on the
part of many individuals. At such meetings of
the specialized agencies as have been held, the rep-
resentatives of many countries have participated
in vigorous and constructive discussions of the re-
' Excerpts from a statement made before the Economic
and Social Council in Geneva, on July 21, 1949, and re-
leased to the press by the United States delegation to the
Economic and Social Council, ninth session, on the same
date.
170
sponsibilities and opportunities of these agencies.
The subject has been further explored at the re-
gional commissions. Many individual countries,
both those seeking development and those in a posi-
tion to assist, have clarified their thinking, and
some have already expanded their efforts in this
field. Many private organizations and individ-
uals have searched their experience and imagina-
tion to contribute by analysis, articles, speeches,
resolutions, conferences, and direct advice. This
is no superficial activity, but stems from a pro-
found realization of the importance of the prob-
lem, and the necessity for moving speedily into
the sphere of greater and more effective action.
In the United States, during recent months, we
have done our best to increase our understanding
of the processes and problems of economic develop-
ment. We have studied carefully our experience
in the past with respect to technical assistance and
capital investment, both at home and abroad. We
have examined, as best we could, the need for tech-
nical assistance in other parts of the world and the
practical limits which exist upon the operation of
specific progi'ams during any one period of time.
We have sought out many private individuals and
organizations, and others have come to us, to con-
tribute to our body of knowledge. I suppose that
well over 500 people in our government have par-
ticipated in the attempt to evaluate our past ex-
Ijerience, and to consider the possibilities of the
future.
I wish that I could tell you that this composite
effort had uncovered some new and simple solution
to the problem. But that has not proved to be the
case. What it has done is to sharpen our knowl-
edge and to reinforce and refine most of the gen-
Depariment of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
eral propositions which had already been de-
veloped in our earlier discussion — the wide variety
of needs; the dominant part played by the recip-
ient country; the necessity of thinking of devel-
opment in terms of long periods of time; the im-
portance of coordination of programs; the lim-
itinfr factor of qualified personnel, both foreign
and local; the limiting factor of capital and man-
agement, both foreign and local ; the limiting fac-
tor of social habits and institutions inherited from
the past ; the tremendous organizational and ad-
ministrative difficulties of setting up and main-
taining programs of so many types in so many
areas; and the impossibility of formulating exact
and complete programs far in advance. In fact,
■while we can have a clearly defined and constant
objective, the achievement of this objective will
require continual evolution in the nature of as-
sistance given and the methods of approach.
Proposed Legislation Sent to
United States Congress '
It may sound as though the record were one pri-
marily indicating difficulties and obstacles. The
fact is that it also includes illustration after illus-
tration of extraordinary accomplishment. In
every field, health, education, agriculture, and all
the rest, particular projects have demonstrated
that, with appropriate support from the local au-
thorities, a small number of experts can bring
tremendous benefits to large numbers of people.
On the basis of this preparatory work which pro-
vides a strong, factual basis describing the im-
portance and possibilities of economic develop-
ment, President Truman submitted proposed legis-
lation to Congress on June 24, 1949. I should
like to repeat certain excerpts from his message :
In order to enable the United States, in cooperation
with other countries, to assist the peoples of economically
underdeveloped areas to raise their standards of living, I
recommend the enactment of legislation to authorize an
expanded program of technical assistance for such areas,
and an experimental program for encouraging the out-
flow of private investment beneficial to their economic
development. These measures are the essential first steps
in an undertaking which will call upon private enter-
prise and voluntary organizations in the United States,
as well as the Government, to take part in a constantly
growing effort to improve economic conditions in the less
developed regions of the world.
The grinding poverty and the lack of economic oppor-
tunity for many millions of people in the economically
underdeveloped parts of Africa, the Near and Far East,
and certain regions of Central and South America, con-
stitute one of the greatest challenges of the world
today. . . .
. . . assistance in the development of the econom-
ically underdeveloped areas has become one of the major
elements of our foreign policy. In my inaugural address,
I outlined a program to help the peoples of these areas
to attain greater production as a way to prosperity and
peace.
The major effort in such a program must be local in
character ; it must be made by the people of the under-
developed areas themselves. It is essential, however, to
the success of their effort that there be help from abroad.
In some cases, the peoples of these areas will be unable
to begin their part of this great enterprise without initial
aid from other countries.
The aid that is needed falls roughly into two categories.
The first is the technical, scientific and managerial knowl-
edge necessary to economic development. This category
includes not only medical and educational knowledge, and
assistance and advice in such basic fields as sanitation,
communications, road building and governmental serv-
ices, but also, and perhaps most important, assistance in
the survey of resources and in planning for long-range
economic development.
The second category is production goods — niacliinery
and equipment — and financial assistance in the creation
of productive enterprises. The underdeveloped areas
need capital for port and harbor development, roads and
communications, irrigation and drainage projects, as well
as for public utilities and the whole range of extractive,
processing and manufacturing industries.
Much of the capital required can be provided by these
areas themselves, in spite of their low standards of living.
But much must come from abroad.
The two categories of aid are closely related. Techni-
cal assistance is necessary to lay the groundwork for pro-
ductive investment. Investment, in turn, brings with
it technical assistance. In general, however, technical
surveys of resources and of the possibilities of economic
development must precede substantial capital investment.
Furthermore, in many of the areas concerned, technical
assistance in improving sanitation, communications or
education Is required to create conditions in which capital
investment can be fruitful. . . .
. . . Much of the aid that is needed can be provided
most effectively through the United Nations. . . .
. . . The enactment of these two legislative pro-
posals, the first pertaining to technical assistance and
the second to the encouragement of foreign investment,
will constitute a national endorsement of a program of
major importance in our efforts for world peace and
economic stability. Nevertheless, these measures are only
the first steps. We are here embarking on a venture that
extends far into the future. We are at the beginning of
a rising curve of activity, private, governmental and inter-
national, that will continue for many years to come. It
is all the more important, therefore, that we start
promptly.
In addition to the special legislation mentioned
in tlie message, other matters have been laid before
the Congress bearing on the problem before us, the
most important being a proposal to lift the exist-
ing ceilings established by legislation for the
American contribution to the regular budgets of
certain specialized agencies.
It is less than 4 weeks since the President's mes-
sage with its specific proposals was sent to the
Congress, and it will be considered as soon as the
legislative timetable permits. In the meantime, I
am happy to report that the program appears to
have strong popular backing in the United States.
The press and many national organizations have
recognized its importance and have expressed their
interest and strong support.
Opportunity for Leadership
It is, of course, not necessary for any country to
receive the signal from the United Nations or from
August 8, 1949
171
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
the specialized agencies to move ahead in the field
of economic development. Nor are we a necessary
Earty to international cooperation in this field,
[any multilateral and bilateral projects are in
existence. Many of the underdeveloped countries
have already begun practical planning, and other
countries have indicated in one way or another
that they are looking forward to participating
both in making technical assistance available and
in developing a greater flow of capital. Clearly,
the world seems ready for a major international co-
operative effort, and the opportunity for leader-
ship is ours in the Council.
I do not propose to take the time of the Council
in discussing general principles. The facts of
underdevelopment are clear. The need for action
is clear. The duty of the United Nations and the
specialized agencies is clear. We have had plenty
of discussion about the problem in the past. At
this session we should discuss action. If there are
obstacles, we must find ways of breaking through
them. If there are jurisdictional problems, we
must see that they do not block progress. We
have a job to do, and we must figure out how to
get it moving promptly and effectively.
Action Required by ECOSOC
This brings us to the question: What action is
required at this session of the Economic and Social
Council ?
At our last session at Lake Success this Council
adopted a I'esolution requesting the Secretary-Gen-
eral, in consultation with the specialized agencies,
to prepare a special report proposing an expanded
program of technical assistance for economic de-
velopment. This report was to contain three types
of information. First, it was to present a com-
prehensive plan for the expanded program. Sec-
ond, it was to suggest methods of financing such
a program. Third, it was to recommend ways
of coordinating the planning and execution of the
program.
The Secretary-General's report was published
at the end of May. It is a book of some 300 pages.
It lists a great variety of proposals, estimated to
cost a total of $35,800,000 the first year. I wish to
express our appreciation of the research, prepara-
tory planning, and imagination which this report
represents, and particularly the careful statement
of objectives in the opening pages of the report.
I shall comment in their order on the three ele-
ments of the Secretary-General's report.
A Comprehensive Plan for
tlie Expanded Program
First, the comprehensive plan. The Secretary-
General stated in his report that he was in fact
presenting not one program but six separate sets of
proposals prepared by six different secretariats.
The Administrative Committee on Coordination
did not find it i^ossible to comment on these pro-
posals. It did not examine them for duplications.
It did not suggest omissions. It did not determine
whether all these projects would bear directly to
economic development. It did not determine
whether all these proposals could practically be
undertaken in the first year. I think it is a fair
statement that this report contains a list of poten-
tial projects, but is not a finished program. In
defense of the report, I should say that no guid-
ance was given to its authors with respect to any
limits within which they should work.
However, there are such limits. The United
States believes that an effective and efficient pfo-
gram totaling nearly 36 million dollars could not
in fact be carried out by the United Nations and
the specialized agencies during the first year.
Many delays will be found in expanding the super-
visory staff of these agencies, in negotiating agree-
ments with governments, in recruiting the neces-
sary experts, and in organizing the necessary
training facilities. The shortage of available
technicians and training facilities at the beginning
of the program would alone require a substantial
reduction in the proposals of the participating
agencies for the first year.
It is far easier to send to a foreign country a
boatload of wheat than a boatload of technical
assistance. Technical assistance must travel in the
form of books or people or demonstration equip-
ment. Procedurally, it is easier to obtain good
wheat than able people. There are fewer problems
in making all the necessary arrangements for a
country to import a shipload of wheat than to
prepare for a group of foreign advisers. It takes
a larger administrative staff to look after a mil-
lion dollars worth of experts, measured of couree
in budget terms, than an equal value of foodstuffs.
My comments are not intended to cast doubt on
technical assistance, but rather to urge a careful
beginning. I believe this Council should decide
what is the range of possibilities for the size of
next year's program. Such possibilities are con-
trolled first, by the shortage of technicians and
other limiting factors in the operation of technical
assistance; and second, by the amounts of money
which the member nations are prepared to con-
tribute. I believe we have some notion of the
range of possibilities. For myself, I would sug-
gest a range from 15 million to 25 million dollars.
The United States believes that the United Na-
tions and the specialized agencies could spend ef-
fectively no more than 25 million dollars in the
first year. We feel confident that a minimum of
15 million dollars would be available from the
member governments for financing the program.
This gives us a range of possibilities.
The figures I am using are comparable to the 36
million dollars proposed in the Secretary-Gen-
eral's report. I believe it would indeed be a great
172
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
aoliieveinent if we could spend wisely an amount of
money ranging from 15 million to 25 million
dollars. Even the lowest figure would represent
an extraordinary increase to be accomplished in
a single year.
Within this range, the United States suggests
tliat this Council should determine the basic ele-
ments in a balanced program, for recommendation
to the General Assembly for consideration by a
larger audience. The Council should judge the
programs put forward in the report on the basis of
their contribution to etfective economic develop-
ment. • It should determine a 15-million-dollar
program, for example, how much it is prepared to
recommend for agriculture, how much for health,
how much for education. This same process
should be repeated for a 20-million-dollar program
and a 25-million-dollar program.
Thus this Council would have obtained from the
specialized agencies their best judgment on the
technical details of a program, but would have
applied its own judgment as to the best use of such
resources in a balanced progi-am for economic de-
velopment, whatever the amount available in the
ultimate budget.
The United States believes that such a critical
review of the Secretary-General's report and the
determination of priorities within the range of
possibilities — say, between 15 million and 25 mil-
lion dollars — should be undertaken by a commit-
tee on our behalf before this range of programs is
discussed in plenai-y session. The report is too
long, and the subject too technical for effective dis-
cussion without such preparation work by a
committee.
I therefore suggest that the Council create a
committee on technical assistance which will sit
during this session of the Council and will report
back to tlie Council prior to its adjournment.
The membership of this committee will require
special consideration. The persons who sit on
this committee should be competent to discuss the
details of an economic development program.
The members should be available to sit full time
for the next 2 weeks or more. And the members
should be drawn from both advanced industrial
countries and those which are considered under-
developed.
Of course, it is expected that representatives of
the specialized agencies will meet with the com-
mittee, and their technical judgments will be most
valuable in the formulation of priorities. I can-
not overemphasize that my proposal calls for joint
action between this Council and the specialized
agencies.
This committee, in the course of its discussion,
would examine the proposals presented by each
participating agency. They would have to be
judged on the basis of their contribution to eco-
nomic development. It would consider what pro-
posals, in its judgment, could not be carried out
effectively on the scale projjosed in the first year.
The final products of the committee's work would
be three progi-ams, according to the three levels
of possible operation.
We would thus have a concrete set of program
alternatives, which could be used later this year as
a basis for negotiating the funds for this program.
The actual size of the program would thus be de-
termined after the General Assembly had con-
sidered our report. But the nature of the pro-
gram, its priorities and emphasis, would be clearly
formulated at this meeting.
The review which the suggested committee
would make, in close consultation with the special-
ized agencies, would indeed place the Council in a
position to express a sound judgment on the scope
and content of the intended program. On the
basis of the considerations by such a committee, the
Council would be able to propose to the General
Assembly a well-considered, useful, and balanced
program, while avoiding the difficult fact that we
here cannot possibly know what the total level of
operation can be. At the same time, the Council
would be in a position to advise the specialized
agencies concerning the aspects of their proposed
programs which would contribute most directly to
orderly economic development.
The United States recognizes, as I am sure we all
do, that the specialized agencies are more compe-
tent, each in its own technical field, than is this
over-all body in the teclmical field of any one of
the agencies. Therefore, the final detei'mination
as to the exact projects to be carried out by each
agency, within the limits of the funds made avail-
able to it, must be made by the agency itself.
It is expected, of course, that the agencies will
take their decisions in the full light of the Coun-
cil's recommendations. Only in such way can
there be assurance of a balanced program among
the agencies which will be technically sound in
all aspects and pointed at all times at the single
objective of economic development. By thus com-
bining the broader economic judgment of this
Council with the technical competence of the spe-
cialized agencies, a sound total program can be
developed and activated.
So far I have spoken only about a first-year
program in 1950. The pro'gi-ams put forward
by the specialized agencies wisely look forward to
the first 2 yeai-s. If governments are to have the
program for the second year in adequate time for
consideration when their legislative bodies are
considering appropriation bills, it will be neces-
sary for us to take up the 1951 budgets at our next
session in February 1950. I hope that the Admin-
istrative Committee on Coordination will review
the proposals for the second-year program between
now and our next session, and will present their
results in terms of alternative levels of expendi-
ture.
Augusf 8, J949
173
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Establishing and Collecting Contributions
The second problem relates to the method of
establishing and collecting contributions for this
progiam.
The Secretary-General's i-eport presents the
consensus among the participating agencies that
each agency would approach its membership sepa-
rately, asking for sufficient funds in a supplemental
budget to undertake their technical assistance ac-
tivities. This recommendation is contained in
part 3 chapter 5, of the Secretary-General's report.
There are several different possible methods of
financing the programs. They are closely related
to the manner in which the programs are them-
selves determined. If there were to be some sin-
gle agency, either the United Nations or a new
agency, which was to make program decisions
from time to time and allocate funds to the appro-
priate agencies, then a single fund would pre-
sumably be established. If, at the other extreme,
the specialized agencies were to have complete
responsibility in determining their programs,
other than mutual consultation, completely sepa-
rate budgets would be the proper form of financ-
ing.
The method of developing the programs which
I have suggested provides for a determination of
allocations of various levels of contributions
through review by Ecosoc of the proposals of the
participating agencies, and subsequent approval
by the General Assembly. This method of de-
veloping the programs postpones the determina-
tion of what can be expected on the contributions
side and therefore what size of program is appro-
priate, presumably until the time of the General
Assembly. If the Ecosoc should adopt the pro-
gramming procedure which I have suggested, then
the appropriate procedure for financing would
need to be somewhat different from that suggested
in the Secretary-General's report.
Wlaile I do not believe that it is appropriate to
discuss this point in detail until after we have de-
cided on the question of how to deal with the pro-
gram problem, it may be helpful if I sketch briefly
some thoughts on the subject. It has seemed to us
that negotiation and commitment of contribu-
tions might best be accomplished at a general tech-
nical assistance conference sponsored by the
United Nations and called by Ecosoc under the
General Assembly supplementary rule. The con-
ference might be held during or directly after the
General Assembly session, once the report on tech-
nical assistance had been adopted. All govern-
ments belonging to any agency participating in
the pi'ogram would be invited.
The essential element is to have present at the
same time and place representatives of all inter-
ested governments to negotiate and commit funds.
The conference would take as the basis for its
iiuLiLni iiie icjjuiLs ui xi/ijusuu iiiiu Liie vjreiieiai -ivs-
sembly, both as to total over-all program and the
proposed jaroportionate share of each agency. The
final act of the conference would record the global
amount of all contributions, the total amount of
contributions of each agency, the total amount of
contribution agreed to be contributed by each
participating government, and the undertaking of
the participating governments to pay their con-
tributions to the agency to which pledged.
In considering tiie problem of financial proce-
dure, there are certain considerations which must
be kept in mind.
First, the procedure should be the one which
would yield the most funds. Second, it must tend
to enforce the basic decisions as to the alloaations
among the several agencies. Third, it must pro-
vide a suitable working relationship between the
United Nations and the specialized agencies.
Methods of Coordination for the Program
I believe this subject of the appropriate method
for determining contributions can best be dis-
cussed by this Council, and does not require any
preliminary committee work.
I now turn to a third topic in the Secretary-
General's report, namely, the method of coordina-
tion for this program.
The report recommends that coordination
among the various sjjecialized agencies and the
United Nations in carrying out the program
would be provided by a Technical Assistance Com-
mittee, working under the Administrative Com-
mittee on Coordination. The TAC, like the pres-
ent ACC, would be made up of representatives of
the various participating agencies. The proposed
Technical Assistance Committee has the support
of my government.
The United States believes that this committee
will be particularly useful in assuring the prompt
exchange of information among the United Na-
tions agencies, as well as among individual gov-
ernments engaged in similar programs. It also
afl^ords a continuing point of consultation among
the participating agencies.
But the United States is uncertain whether a
committee composed only of representatives of
participating agencies should be the only group
to examine and screen the program before it is
presented to this Council. I am not prepared to
make any suggestions at this time for a perma-
nent arrangement. But I suspect that the kind
of working committee which I am recommending
in this Council to review the first-year program
will also be helpfvd in future years.
There is one area of necessary coordination not
mentioned in the report, namely, that with other
intergovernmental organizations such as the Or-
ganization of American States. Already, close
working relationships have developed in some
fields, notably, between the Pan-American Sani-
174
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Contimied
tiiry Bureau and the World Health Organization.
Any definitive plan must provide for this type of
coordination as well as those discussed in the
report.
Technical Assistance Measures
Taken or Approved
In addition to the major report which I have
been discussing, we also have before us three re-
ports from the Secretary-General on measures
already taken or proposed by the United Nations
and the specialized agencies to give technical as-
sistance for economic development within the
framework of their ordinary budgets and activ-
ities. I shall reserve detailed comment on these
reports until a later time. Two of these reports
(E/1335 and E/13-15) deal with the record of
technical assistance projects prior to 1950 and
should, in my opinion, be included in the Coun-
cil's report to the General Assembly which we are
required to make under the Assembly's Resolution
198 (III). In the view of the United States,
these regular activities in the field of technical
assistance should continue to be provided for in
the regular budgets of the United Nations and the
specialized agencies, regardless of the outcome of
the additional programs which we are chiefly
considering here. As to the third document
(E/1335/Add.l) reporting action of the Secre-
tary-General in proposing an increase to 676
thousand dollars in the provision for technical
assistance under General Assembly Resolution
200 (III), I will limit myself at this stage to
saying that the United States approves the in-
creased amount and to suggesting that the docu-
ment should be referred to the committee which
I have proposed for reviewing the other technical
assistance programs.
In its discussions on economic development, the
Council has always considered the two major
asjiects of this subject: technical assistance and
capital investment. We have before us a compre-
hensive report of the Secretary-General on the
function, importance, and origins of capital for
financing economic development, as well as the
reports on technical assistance which I have
already discussed. As the quotation from Presi-
dent Truman's message of June 24 made clear,
our work in the United States has also taken
into full account both aspects of our problem.
Technical Cooperation and
Capital Investment Processes
The adoption of improved techniques alone can
in many situations lead directly to increased well-
being. Full achievement of our economic de-
velopment objectives, however, is closely tied to
the mobilization and utilization of new capital.
Augusf 8, 1949
Expert road builders capable of using the most
modern methods are wasted without the essential
heavy equipment. A collection of skilled indus-
trial workers is ineffective unless capital moves
in to put tools in their hands.
Fundamentally, there is only one source of such
new capital. It is the part of the world's current
output which is not consumed immediately, but is
utilized to make possible greater production and
consumption in the future. There must be some
inducement for people to save rather than con-
sume their product. There must be conditions
to prompt the movement of these savings into
productive investment rather than into unpro-
ductive hoards.
However, capital flows through many inter-
mediaries. It may be mobilized through private
or public institutions, both in capital-importing
and capital-exporting countries. It may come
through international institutions such as the In-
ternational Bank. There has been too great a
tendency to consider these various channels as
mutually exclusive. Rather, they are in consid-
erable measure complementary means of financing
development and each should be used fully in
those activities to which it is best suited.
We must accept as a principle that, over time,
local capital must play a dominant role in the
development of underdeveloped areas. Tenta-
tive estimates presented by the Food and Agricul-
ture Organization and included in the Secretary-
General's report to this conference — data pre-
pared largely by the underdeveloped countries
themselves — indicate that 80 percent of their im-
mediate development financing needs would
come from the underdeveloped countries them-
selves. It is our belief that this over-all per-
centage is certainly not a high estimate. How-
ever, there are limits to the extent to which in-
vestment, whether private or public, can come
from local resources in any particular under-
developed country: the margin for savings is
small, and the inflationary dangers great. These
difficulties and dangers must be balanced against
the disadvantages of incurring debts which must
be serviced in foreign currencies.
It has frequently been argued that there is a
dearth of foreign investment funds. Few would
deny that a larger flow of international finance
would have been advantageous during the recent
past. But I wonder whether this has been due
more to an inherently short supply of investment
funds than to the fact that there have not been
adequate inducements to attract foreign capital
into effective uses in underdeveloped areas. Thus,
there are large, lendable resources in the Inter-
national Bank. And these resources can be ex-
panded. While we can all agree that the
International Bank has moved slowly in its ap-
proach to development financing, and while we all
welcome recent evidence of an accelerated rate of
lending, I think there is truth in the Bank's claim
175
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
that this record is partly the result of a shortage
of projects thought through to the point where
they are ready for foreign financing. Similarly,
the Export-Import Bank in the United States has
resources sufficient to meet a greater demand than
is currently before it.
Most important, there is reason to believe that,
at least in the United States, large quantities of in-
vestment funds are potentially available from pri-
vate sources, particularly in the form of direct
investment. As citizens of a democratic free-
enterprise economy, we in the United States are
particularly convinced of the special contribution
which private investment can make to development
in underdeveloped countries. Such an investment
brings with it not only capital goods but tech-
niques, organizational and managerial experience
which assure their most effective use. Moreover,
the volume in which it could be available far ex-
ceeds that which could be anticipated from gov-
ernmental sources. In 1948, well over 40 billion
dollars was newly invested by private United
States sources at home and abroad. The vast bulk
has, of course, gone into domestic investment, but
the total gives some measure of the large pool of
private investment from which funds could be at-
tracted to contribute to development abroad — if
conditions existed for inducing this flow.
In calling to your attention these large sources
of i^rivate investment funds, I am well aware of
the frequent charges that have been made about
the iniquities perpetrated through private invest-
ment abroad. While I believe that the record, ac-
curately evaluated, shows that these iniquities have
been exaggerated, I reiterate the clear intention of
my government that the private investment abroad
which it favors will not be susceptible to the charge
of imperialism. The United States expects pri-
vate investors to give due regard to the welfare of
persons dependent on their enterprises, to con-
tribute their fair share of taxes to the local com-
munity, to conserve as well as to develop local re-
sources, and to conduct their enterprises so that
the investment will be of mutual benefit to both
the investor and to the recipient countries. It is
not our intent to seek special, discriminatory
treatment for our investors in foreign countries.
The United States for its part will continue to
promote foreign investment for economic develop-
ment by supporting the activities of the Inter-
national Bank and the Export-Import Bank in
fields appropriate to public financing. It will
continue to seek to improve the climate for private
foreign investment by negotiating mutual as-
surances of fair and equitable treatment with
countries desiring to admit foreign capital. It
will continue actively to negotiate conventions to
relieve investors of the burden of double taxation.
In addition, proposed legislation, which will per-
mit us to guarantee United States private capital
176
newly investea in proauctive enterprises aoroaa
against some of the risks peculiar to such invest-
ments, may well remove some of the deterrents to
international private capital flow. The United
States Government is also studying possible
changes in United States tax laws, whicli may fur-
ther encourage the flow of such capital abroad.
It is against this background that I express op-
timism about the availability of foreign capital for
investment abroad. It seems that there is now
little need for debate on the advantages and dis-
advantages of one or another method of securing
such capital. There is rather need for specific
action to increase the effective demand, to provide
the conditions which will move more of this cap-
ital into underdeveloped areas. Much of this
action must be taken by the underdeveloped
countries, and the technical cooperation program
will facilitate such action. It will help create an
environment conducive to increased private cap-
ital flow. It will facilitate the preparation and
presentation of projects for foreign jjublic financ-
ing or for intergovernmental financing.
It is always important to appreciate that the
technical cooperation and capital investment
processes which I have been discussing are cum-
ulative. As the program develops in the future,
additional qualified technical personnel will be-
come available, additional experience will be
gained, and methods of disseminating information
will be improved so that the technical cooperation
aspects of the program may be expanded. The
investment aspects of the program will in most
cases develop progressively after technical assist-
ance has made the necessai-y surveys, trained the
necessary personnel, and in general prepared the
way for developments requiring capital invest-
ment. As other existing obstacles are eliminated,
investment can rise substantially to meet the needs
and take advantage of the opportunities. The
principle of compound interest, namely, that cap-
ital increases productivity so that more capital
can be created, will inevitably increase the supply
of investment funds in the future, if an effective
demand is present.
In the long run, the program also should lead to
the result that more and more countries will be in
a position to contribute to the total effort, both in
technical assistance and capital investment. This
will be particularly true as the initial impetus and
capacity in various fields is transferred from for-
eign technicians to nearly trained local experts,
and as local communities develop ways and means
of forming and usefully employing capital. No
country has a monopoly on either of these essen-
tials, and the cooperative effort can accomplish far
more than separate individual efforts.
However, our problem today is not the long-
range future, but the program for the first year.
I hope that my suggestion of a special committee
to work on the problem of programs will commend
itself to the other members of the Council, and that
it can get to work as quickly as possible.
Department of State Bulletin
Israeli-Syrian General Armistice Agreement
Contained in 0. N. doc. S/1353, as corrected
Transmitted July 20, 1949
Preamble
The Parties to the present Agreement,
Responding to the Security Council resolution of 16
November 1048, calling upon them, as a further provisional
measure under Article 40 of the Charter of the United
Nations and in order to facilitate the transition from the
present truce to permanent peace in Palestine, to nego-
tiate an armistice;
Having decided to enter into negotiations under United
Nations Chairmanship concerning the implementation of
the Security Council resolution of 16 November 1948 ; and
having appointed representatives empowered to negotiate
and conclude an Armistice Agreement;
The undersigned representatives, having exchanged
their full powers found to be in good and proper form,
have agreed upon the following provisions :
Article I
With a view to i)romoting the return of permanent peace
in Palestine and in recognition of the importance in this
regard of mutual assurances concerning the future mili-
tary operations of the Parties, the following principles,
which shall be fully observed by both Parties during the
armistice, are hereby affirmed :
1. The injunction of the Security Council against resort
to military force in the settlement of the Palestine ques-
tion shall henceforth be scrupulously respected by both
Parties. The establishment of an armistice between their
armed forces is accepted as an indispensable step toward
the liquidation of armed conflict and the restoration of
peace in Palestine.
2. No aggressive action by the armed forces — land, sea
or air — of either Party shall be undertaken, planned, or
threatened against the people or the armed forces of the
other ; it being understood that the use of the term
"planned" in this context has no bearing on normal staff
planning as generally practised in military organizations.
3. The right of each Party to its security and freedom
from fear of attack by the armed forces of the other shall
be fully respected.
Article II
With a specific view to the implementation of the reso-
lution of the Security Council of 16 November 1948, the
follovrtng principles and purposes are affirmed :
1. The principle that no military or political advantage
August 8, 1949
84726ft— 49 3
should be gained under the truce ordered by the Security
Council is recognized.
2. It is also recognized that no provision of this Agree-
ment shall in any way prejudice the rights, claims and
positions of either Party hereto in the ultimate peaceful
settlement of the Palestine question, the provisions of this
Agreement being dictated exclusively by military and not
by political considerations.
Article III
1. In pursuance of the foregoing principles and of the
resolution of the Security Council of 16 November 1948, a
general armistice between the armed forces of the two
Parties— land, sea and air — is hereby established.
2. No element of the land, sea or air military or para-
military forces of either Party, including non-regular
forces, shall commit any warlike or hostile act against the
military or para-military forces of the other Party, or
against civilians in territory under the control of that
Party ; or shall advance beyond or pass over for any pur-
pose whatsoever the Armistice Demarcation Line set forth
in Article V of this Agreement ; or enter into or pass
through the air space of the other Party or through the
waters within three miles of the coastline of the other
Party.
3. No warlike act or act of hostility shall be conducted
from territory controlled by one of the Parties to this
Agreement against the other Party or against civilians in
territory under control of that Party.
Article IV
1. The line described in Article V of this Agreement shall
be designated as the Armistice Demarcation Line and is
delineated in pursuance of the purpose and intent of the
resolution of the Security Council of 16 November 1948.
2. The basic purpose of the Armistice Demarcation Line
is to delineate the line beyond which the armed forces of
the respective Parties shall not move.
3. Rules and regulations of the armed forces of the
Parties, which prohibit civilians from crossing the fighting
lines or entering the area between the lines, shall remain
in effect after the signing of this Agreement with applica-
tion to the Armistice Demarcation Line defined in Article
V, subject to the provisions of paragraph 5 of that Article.
Article V
1. It is emphasized that the following arrangements for
the Armistice Demarcation Line between the Israeli and
ITT
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Syrian armed forces and for the Demilitarized Zone are
not to be interpreted as having any relation whatsoever
to ultimate territorial arrangements affecting the two
Parties to this Agreement.
2. In pursuance of the spirit of the Security Council
resolution of 16 November 1948, the Armistice Demarca-
tion Line and the Demilitarized Zone have been defined
with a view toward separating the armed forces of the two
Parties in such manner as to minimize the possibility of
friction and incident, while providing for the gradual
restoration of normal civilian life in the area of the
Demilitarized Zone, without prejudice to the ultimate
settlement.
3. The Armistice Demarcation Line shall be as delin-
eated on the map attached to this Agreement as Annex I.
The Armistice Demarcation Line shall follow a line mid-
way between the existing truce lines, as certified by the
United Nations Truce Supervision Organization for the
Israeli and Syrian forces. Where the existing truce lines
run along the international boundary between Syria and
Palestine, the Armistice Demarcation Line shall follow the
boundary line.
4. The armed forces of the two Parties shall nowhere
advance beyond the Armistice Demarcation Line.
5. (a) Where the Armistice Demarcation Line does not
correspond to the international boundary between Syria
and Palestine, the area between the Armistice Demarca-
tion Line and the boundary, pending final territorial set-
tlement between the Parties, shall be established as a
Demilitarized Zone from which the armed forces of both
Parties shall be totally excluded, and in which no activi-
ties by military or para-military forces shall be permitted.
This provision applies to the Ein Gev and Dardara sectors
which shall form part of the Demilitarized Zone.
(b) Any advance by the armed forces, military or
para-military, of either Party into any part of the Demili-
tarized Zone, when confirmed by the United Nations repre-
sentatives referred to in the following sub-paragraph, shall
constitute a flagrant violation of this Agreement.
(c) The Chairman of the Mixed Armistice Commis-
sion established in Article VII of this Agreement and
United Nations Observers attached to the Commission
shall be responsible for ensuring the full implementation
of this Article.
(d) The withdrawal of such armed forces as are now
found in the Demilitarized Zone shall be in accordance
with the schedule of withdrawal annexed to this Agree-
ment (Annex II).
(e) The Chairman of the Mixed Armistice Commis-
sion shall be empowered to authorize the return of civilians
to villages and settlements in the Demilitarized Zone and
the employment of limited numbers of locally recruited
civilian police in the zone for internal security pui^poses,
and shall be guided in this regard by the schedule of with-
drawal referred to in sub-paragraph (d) of this Article.
6. On each side of the Demilitarized Zone there shall be
areas, as defined in Annex III to this Agreement, in which
defensive forces only shall be maintained, in accordance
178
with the definition of defensive forces set forth in Annex
IV to this agreement.
Article VI
All prisoners of war detained by either Party to this
Agreement and belonging to the armed forces, regular or
irregular, of the other Party, shall be exchanged as
follows :
1. The exchange of prisoners of war shall be under
United Nations supervision and control throughout. The
exchange shall take place at the site of the Armistice Con-
ference within twenty-four hours of the signing of this
Agreement.
2. Prisoners of war against whom a penal prosecution
may be pending, as well as those sentenced for crime or
other offence, shall be included in this exchange of pris-
oners.
3. All articles of personal use, valuables, letters, docu-
ments, identification marks, and other personal effects of
whatever nature, belonging to prisoners of war who are
being exchanged, shall be returned to them, or, if they
have escaped or died, to the Party to whose armed forces
they belonged.
4. All matters not specifically regulated in this Agree-
ment shall be decided in accordance with the principles
laid down in the International Convention relating to the
Treatment of Prisoners of War, signed at Geneva on 27
July 1929.
5. The Mixed Armistice Commission established in
Article VII of this Agreement shall assume responsibility
for locating missing persons, whether military or civilian,
within the areas controlled by each Party, to facilitate
their expeditious exchange. Each Party undertakes to
extend to the Commission full co-operation and assistance
in the discharge of this function.
Article VII
1. The execution of the provisions of this Agreement
shall be supervised by a Mixed Armistice Commission
composed of five members, of whom each Party to this
Agreement shall designate two, and whose Chairman shall
be the United Nations Chief of Staff of the Truce Super-
vision Organization or a senior oflBcer from the Observer
personnel of that Organization designated by him follow-
ing consultation with both Parties to this Agreement.
2. The Mixed Armistice Commission shall maintain its
headquarters at the Customs House near Jisr Banat Yakub
and at Mahanayim, and shall hold its meetings at such
places and at such times as it may deem necessary for the
effective conduct of its work.
3. The Mixed Armistice Commission shall be convened
in its first meeting by the United Nations Chief of Staff
of the Truce Supervision Organization not later than one
week following the signing of this Agreement.
4. Decisions of the Mixed Armistice Commission, to the
extent possible, shall be based on the principle of una-
nimity. In the absence of unanimity, decisions shall be
taken by majority vote of the members of the Commission
present and voting.
5. The Mixed Armistice Commission shall formulate
its own rules of procedure. Meetings shall be held only
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED ACENCEIS
Continued
after due notice to the members by the Chairman. The
quorum for its meetings shall be a majority of its members.
6. The Commission shall be empowered to employ ob-
servers, who may be from among the military organiza-
tions of the Parties or from the military isersonnel of the
Dnited Nations Truce Supervision Organization, or from
both, iu such numbers as may be considered essential to
the performance of its functions. In the event United
Nations Observers should be so employed, they shall re-
main under the command of the United Nations Chief of
Staflf of the Truce Supervision Organization. Assignments
of a general or special nature given to United Nations
Observers attached to the Mixed Armistice Commission
shall be subject to approval by the United Nations Chief
of Staff or his designated representative on the Commis-
sion, whichever is serving as Chairman.
7. Claims or complaints presented by either Party re-
lating to the application of this Agreement shall be re-
ferred immediately to the Mixed Armistice Commission
through its Chairman. The Commission shall take such
action on all such claims or complaints by means of its
observation and investigation machinery as it may deem
appropriate, with a view to equitable and mutually satis-
factory settlement.
8. Where interpretation of the meaning of a particular
provision of this Agreement, other than the Preamble and
Article I and II, is at issue, the Commission's interpreta-
tion shall prevail. The Commission, in its discretion and
as the need arises, may from time to time recommend
to the Parties modifications in the provisions of this Agree-
ment.
9. The Mixed Armistice Commission shall submit to
both Parties reports on its activities as frequently as it
may consider necessary. A copy of each such report shall
be presented to the Secretary-General of the United Na-
tions for transmission to the appropriate organ or agency
of the United Nations.
10. Members of the Commission and its Observers shall
be accorded such freedom of movement and access in the
area covered by this Agreement as the Commission may
determine to be necessary, provided that when such de-
cisions of the Commission are reached by a majority vote
United Nations Observers only shall be employed.
11. The expenses of the Commission, other than those
relating to United Nations 'Observers, shall be apportioned
in equal shares between the two Parties to this Agreement.
Article VIII
1. The present Agreement is not subject to ratification
and shall come into force immediately upon being signed.
2. This Agreement, having been negotiated and con-
cluded in pursuance of the resolution of the Security
CouncU of 16 November 1948 calUng for the establishment
of an armistice in order to eliminate the threat to the
peace in Palestine and to facilitate the transition from the
present truce to permanent peace in Palestine, shall remain
in force until a peaceful settlement between the Parties is
achieved, except as provided in paragraph 3 of this Article.
3. The Parties to this Agreement may, by mutual con-
sent, revise this Agreement or any of its provisions, or
may suspend its application, other than Articles I and III,
at any time. In the absence of mutual agreement and
after this Agreement has been in effect for one year from
the date of its signing, either of the Parties may call upon
the Secretary-General of the United Nations to convoke
a conference of repre.seutatives of the two Parties for the
purpose of reviewing, revising, or suspending any of the
provisions of this Agreement other than Articles I and III.
Participation in such conferences shall be obligatory upon
the Parties.
4. If the conference provided for in paragraph 3 of this
Article does not result in an agreed solution of a point
in dispute, either Party may bring the matter before the
Security Council of the United Nations for the relief sought
on the grounds that this Agreement has been concluded in
pursuance of Security Council action toward the end of
achieving peace in Palestine.
5. This Agreement, of which the English and French
texts are equally authentic, is signed in quintuplicate.
One copy shall be retained by each Party, two copies com-
municated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations
for transmission to the Security Council and the United
Nations Conciliation Commission on Palestine, and one
copy to the Acting Mediator on Palestine.
Done at Hill 232 near Mahanayim on the 20th July
1949, in the presence of the Personal Deputy of the United
Nations Acting Mediator on Palestine and the United
Nations Chief of Staff of the Truce Supervision Organi-
zation.
For and on Behalf of the
Israeli Government
Signed : Lt. Col. Moedechai Makleff
Yenoshua Penman
Shabtai Rosenn
For and on Behalf of the
Syrian Government
Signed: Col. Fozi Selo
Lt. Col.
Mohameo Nasseb
Capt. Afif Sizbi
ANNEXES
U. N. doe. S/1353/Ad(l. 1
Transmitted July 20, 1949
Annex I
Map together with detailed description of the Armistice
Demarcation Line.'
Annex II
Withdrawal of Military and Para-Military Forces; Re-
moval of Mines and Destruction of Permanent Fortifica-
tions
' Not here printed. See U.N. doc. S/1353/Add. 2, July 27,
1949.
August 8, 1949
n9
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
1. The withdrawal of military and para-military forces
of both parties with all of their military impediments
from the demilitarized zone, as defined by Article 5 of this
Agreement, shall be complete within a period of twelve
(12) weeks from the date of the signing of this Agreement.
2. Schedule of withdrawal of forces will be as follows :
(a) First three (3) weeks, the military forces occupy-
ing the sector from the Syrian-Palestinian border at the '
north-south to Ad Darbishiya (MR 211-277)
(b) Second three (3) weeks, the military forces occu-
pying the sector from El Hammam (MR 208.7-262.3) south
to the Trans-Jordan frontier.
(c) Remaining six (6) weeks, the military forces occu-
pying the sector from Ad Darbishiya (MB 211-277) south
to El Hammam (MB 208.7-262.3).
3. Removal of minefields and mines, and the destruction
or removal of permanent fortifications In the demilitarized
zone shall be completed in each sector by the end of the
third, sixth, and twelfth week respectively from the date
of the signing of this Agreement.
4. In this connexion, each Party is entitled to remove
from the demilitarized zone its war material. In case
it does not choose to remove material used in fortifications,
the Chairman of the Mixed Armistice Commission may
require either side to destroy such material before leaving
the area. The Chairman of the Mixed Armistice Com-
mission may similarly order the destruction of such per-
manent fortifications which, in his view, ought not to
remain in the demilitarized zone.
Annex III
Defensive Area
No military forces other than those defined in Annex
IV will be authorized to remain or enter the area defined
below :
(a) On the Syrian side, the area from the boundary to
the north-south co-ordinate line 216.
(b) On the Israeli side, the area from the Israeli truce
line to the north-south co-ordinate line 204, except that
where the truce line is established in the Nishmer Hay
Yarden salient, the defensive area shall be at a distance
of six (6) kilometres west from this truce line.
(e) Villages which are crossed by the lines defining the
defensive area shall be entirely included in the defensive
area.
Annex IV
Definition of Defensive Faroes
I. Land Forces
1. These forces not to exceed :
(a) Three (3) Infantry Battalions, each Battalion to
consist of not more than 600 officers and enlisted men, its
accompanying weapons not to exceed twelve (12) medium
machine-guns (M. M. G's) of a caliber not to exceed 8 mm.,
six (6) 81 mm. mortars, four (4) anti tank guns not to
exceed 75 mm.
(b) Six (6) Cavalry Squadrons for Syrian forces, each
squadron not to exceed 130 officers and enlisted men ; and
for Israeli, two (2) Beconnaissance Squadrons, each
squadron composed of nine (9) jeeps, and three (3) half-
tracks (not armoured), its personnel not to exceed one
hundred twenty-five (125) officers and enlisted men.
(e) Three (3) Field Artillery Batteries, each Battery
not to exceed 110 officers and enlisted men. Each battery
to consist of four (4) guns of a caliber not to exceed 75
mm. and four (4) machine guns (M. M. G's) not to exceed
8 mm.
(d) Service units to the above forces not to exceed :
(i) One hundred (100) officers and enlisted men for
supply purposes, not armed.
(ii) One (1) engineer company not to exceed two hun-
dred and fifty (250) officers and enUsted men.
2. The following are excluded from the term "Defen-
sive Forces" : armour, such as tanks, armoured cars, or
any other armoured force carriers.
II. Air Forces
In the areas where Defensive Forces only shall be al-
lowed, the use of military aircraft shall be prohibited.
III. Naval Forces
No naval force shall be allowed in the Defensive Area.
IV. In the areas in which Defensive Forces only have to
be maintained, the necessary reduction of forces shall be
completed within twelve (12) weeks from the date on
which this Agreement is signed.
V. No traffic restriction is imposed on the transport used
for the carrying of defensive troops and supplies within
the area of defensive forces.
Israeli-Syrian Armistice Evidence
That Conciliation Can Be Achieved
Statement by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press July 20]
Tlie signing of the Israeli-Syrian armistice on
July 20 is a further evidence that contending par-
ties can find ways of reaching agreement on a
difficult problem. Both governments are to be
congratulated on the results of their efforts. This
is a goal which the United Nations has been seek-
ing; namely, a step toward peace in this area.
Great credit is due the representatives of the
United Nations in this achievement — Acting
Mediator Ralph Bunche and his able assistants,
Brig. Gen. William Riley, USMC, and Henri
Vigier of France.
It is my hope that this development will in-
crease the possibility for the achievement of a
final settlement at Lausanne.
180
Departmeni of State Bulletin
The United States in tlie United Nations
[July 30-August 5]
Cessation of Hostilities in Indonesia
fleeting under the auspices of the Commission
for Indonesia, delegations of the Netherlands and
the Republic of Indonesia and representatives
from the Federal Consultative Assembly on Au-
gust 1 formalized the results of recent discussions
concerning the cessation of hostilities throughout
Indonesia. The cease-hostilities orders are to be
issued simultaneously by the Netherlands and Re-
public Governments to their respective armed
forces. At the same time joint proclamation is to
be promulgated by both governments calling on
everyone concerned to banish all thought or en-
mity or revenge, to refrain from sabotage and ter-
rorism and from all acts which might be harmful
to mutual cooperation, and to avoid provocations
and incidents of any kind.
Security Council Considers Palestine Report
The Security Council on August 4 began consid-
eration of the report of the acting mediator for
Palestine, Dr. Ralph J. Bunche, on the present
status of the armistice negotiations and the truce
in Palestine. A resolution proposed by Dr.
Bunche, declaring that the completion of armistice
agreements between Israel and the Arab states ren-
dered unnecessary the prolongation of the truce
and terminating or transferring the functions of
the mediator, was generally supported by the
United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Egypt,
China, and Cuba.
The Israeli representative urged the Security
Council to maintain its arms embargo, with the
warning that if the restraints imposed hy the Se-
curity Council were entirely lifted and large-scale
rearmament became the policy of Arab states, the
Near East must become the scene of an armaments
race. The other speakers agreed with Dr. Bunche
that the arms embargo was one of the restrictive
conditions which should be removed now that the
November 16 resolution had been complied with.
Ambassador Warren R. Austin declared that the
United States did not intend to allow the export of
arms which would permit a competitive race in the
area. Export of arms to the area should be strictly
limited to legitimate security requirements. The
United States, he said, hoped all nations would
pursue a similar policy.
Discussion will be resumed on August 8.
Atomic Energy
The Atomic Energy Coirmaission on July 29
adopted two resolutions, one rejecting further dis-
cussions of Soviet proposals calling for immediate
preparation of draft conventions on prohibition of
atomic weapons and control of atomic energy, and
the second, a slightly amended United States reso-
lution suspending Atomic Energy Commission
debates until the Commission's six permanent
members report that there exists a basis for agree-
ment on an effective atomic-energy-control sys-
tem. Meanwhile, the Acting Secretary-General
has asked for a meeting on August 9 of the 6 spon-
soring powers — Canada, China, France, Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, United Kingdom, and
the United States — to begin consultations to deter-
mine if a basis for agreement exists on interna-
tional control of atomic energy to insure its use
only for peaceful purposes and for the elimination
from national armaments of atomic weapons.
Conventional Armaments
The Commission for Conventional Armaments
on August 1 adopted the French plan for a census
and verification on the armed forces and arma-
ments of the members of the United Nations. The
vote was eight in favor to three opposed ( Egypt,
Ukraine, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics).
The resolution will be submitted to the Security
Council.
The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics repre-
sentative replied at length to a charge made at the
Commission's meeting on July 25 by the United
States repi'esentative that the Soviet Union, by a
policy of "obstructionism" was blocking progress
toward the reduction of armaments because the
Soviet Union did not want the world to know how
far it had gone in arming for world conquest and
in preparations for a third world war. The Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics representative said
that the United States had been unable to provide
proof of his allegations because there was no such
proof. The United States, the Soviet representa-
tive continued, did not want disarmament or pro-
hibition of atomic weapons. In conclusion, he re-
iterated that the arms-census plan was unaccept-
able because it provided merely for collection of
"military intelligence," and did not foresee meas-
ures toward disarmament including atomic-arms
reduction.
August 8, 1949
181
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings ^
Adjourned during July
Itu (International Telecommunication Union):
Region II: Fourth Inter-American Radio Conference
Administrative Conference to Revise International Telegraph
and Telephone Regulations.
Ilo (International Labor Organization) :
32d International Labor Conference
Washington
Paris
Geneva
Geneva
Rome
1949
May 1-July 9
May 18-July 29
June 8-29
Meeting of Executive Representatives of Governments and
Specialized Agencies on Migration.
Who (World Health Organization):
Second World Health Assembly
July 18-
June 13-July 2
Executive Board: Fourth Session
July 8-23
United Nations:
Narcotic Drugs Supervisory Body: 32d Session
Geneva
June 20-
International Children's Emergency Fund
Second World Festival of Films and Fine Arts
Lake Success
Knokke-Le Zoute, Belgium .
Cuzco, Peru
June 27-July 1
June 18-July 10
Second Inter-American Conference on Indian Life
Imo (International Meteorological Organization):
Regional Commission VI (Europe): Fourth Meeting
June 24-July 4
June 27-
Executive Council: Annual Session
July 6-
Preparatory Meeting of International Wheat Council
Ibo (International Refugee Organization):
General Council: Third (Special) Session
Washington
June 27-July 5
June 28-
International Philatelic Exhibition
Brussels .
July 1-11
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization) :
Meeting of Experts on Copvright
July 4-
12th International Conference on Public Education ....
Geneva
July 4-12
Conference to Establish an International Council on Arts in
Paris
July 18-22
General Education.
Meeting of Commission on Technical Needs in Press, Radio and
Paris
July 25-
Films.
International Wheat Council: First Session
First Pan American Congress of Engineering
Washington
Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro.
Rio de Janeiro
Helsinki
Brussels
July 6-9
July 8-24
Second Pan American Congress of Social Service
Fag (Food and Agriculture Organization) :
Third World Forestry Congress
Third International Congress of Toponvmv and Anthroponvmy
July 10-17
July 10-20
July 15-19
Conference for the Revision of the 1945 Bermuda Telecommunica-
tions Agreement.
In Session as of August 1, 1949
United Nations:
Conciliation Commission for Palestine
London
Haifa, Jerusalem and Rhodes .
Lake Success
July 21-
1949
Jan. 17-
Interim Committee of the General Assemblv
Jan 31-
■ Prepared in the Division of International Conferences, Department of State.
182
DeparfmenI of State Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
United Nations — Continued
Sppiiritv Ooiinoil Cominission on India and Pakistan
New Delhi
1949
February
Triistppshin Council" Fifth Session
Lake Success
Geneva
June 15—
July 5-
1948
Jan. 15—
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) :
Geneva
Geneva
1949
May 18-
Mav 18-
Rpffion TTI Freouencv Conference
Geneva
Paris
Meeting of the Technical Plan Committee of the International
High Frequency Broadcasting Conference.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Gatt) : Third Session of
the Contracting Parties.
Council of Foreign Ministers (Cfm) : Deputies for Austria ....
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO): International Congress on Problems of Illiteracy
and Adult Education.
Scheduled August 1, 1949-October 31, 1949
Ittj (International Telecommunication Union) :
International Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference:
June 23—
Annecy, France
London
Rio de Janeiro
April 8-
June 30-
July 27-
Aug. 1-
Aug. 15-
Oct 19-
Fourth Meeting of the Administrative Council
Special Administrative Radio Conference for the Adoption of a
New Frequency List.
Fag (Food and Agriculture Organization) :
Meeting of Specialists on Agriculture Extension
Meetin? of Speciahsts on Improvement of Dairy Production and
Marketing.
Meeting of Specialists on Foot and Mouth Disease Control . .
Fourth Meeting of Technical Committee on Wood Chemistry . .
Conference on Tjocust Control
Geneva
Geneva
Europe
Reading, England
Aug. 1-28
Aug. 1-29
Aug. 14-
August
Central America
Geneva
September
Meeting on Wood Technology (in cooperation with UN Ece) . .
Meeting of Technical Committee on Food Composition ....
European Forestry and Forest Products Commission . . . _ . .
Near East Regional Meeting on Animal Breeding Under Tropical
and Subtropical Conditions.
Meeting of the International Penal and Penitentiary Com-
mission.
Inter-American Commission of Women: Special Assembly ....
\^TV Tntemationat Veterinarv Consrress
September
September
September
Oct. 3-
Washington
Undetermined
Bern
Aug. 1-
Aug. 8-
Aug. 8-
Buenos Aires
London
Venice
Tenth International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art
United Nations:
Sripinl W^plfftrp Spminar in ATiddle East,
Aug. 11-
Aug. 15-
Beirut
Scientific Conference on the Conservation and Utilization of
Resources.
Conference on Road and Motor Transport
Lake Success
Geneva
Lake Success
Lake Success
Lake Success
Geneva
Lake Success
Geneva
SinffaDOre
Aug. 17-
Aug. 23-
Economic and Social Council (Ecosoc) :
Subcommission on Statistical Sampling
Social Commission • Fifth Session
Sept. 5-
Sept. 20-
Permanent Central Opium Board: 54th Session
Arrangements.
Narcotic Drugs Supervisory Body: 33rd Session
T*'pnnnTnip OriTTiTnits^inn for A^ia ftnd the Far Fa.*^t" Fifth Session
Sept. 26-
September
Oct. 5-
Oct. 20-
Economic Commission for Latin America: Third Session . . .
Twelfth International Dairy Congress
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization) :
Committee of Experts on Engineering Sciences
Committee of Experts on Reproduction in Visual Art
International Technical Conference on the Protection of Nature .
Undetermined
Stockholm
Paris
Paris
United States
Paris
Paris
November
Aug. 15-
.\ug. 16-
Aug. 22-
Aug. 22
Sept. 3-16
Committee of Experts on Exchange of Persons Problems. . . .
Of*nprA.l Onrifprpripp' Fourth Spssion
Sept. 9-
Paris
Sept. 19-
Meeting of Experts on the Comparative Studies of Civilization .
Fifth International Congress on Microbiology
First International Congress of Biochemistry
Oct. 24-
Rio de Janeiro
Cambridge, England ....
Aug. 17-
Aug. 19-25
August 8, 1949
183
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Izmir International Fair
Conference on Plant and Animal Nutrition in Relation to Soil
and Climatic Factors.
International Seed Testing Association: Meeting of the Consti-
tutional Committee.
International Association for Research in Income and Wealth . .
Diplomatic Conference for the Revision of the Convention for the
Protection of Literary and Artistic Works.
International Labor Organization (Ilo) :
Permanent Agricultural Committee: Third Session
Technical Tripartite Conference on Safety in Coal Mines . . .
Seventh International Conference of Labor Statisticians . . . .
Tripartite Conference on Rhine Navigation
Metal Trades Industrial Committee: Third Session
Cannes Film Festival
International Statistical Institute: 26th Session
Budapest International Fair
29th International Congress of Americanists
International LTnion of Chemistry: 15th General Conference . . .
Vienna International Fair
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development: Fourth
Annual Meeting of the Board of Governors.
International Monetary Fund: Fourth Annual Meeting of the
Board of Governors.
Third North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement Con-
ference (Narba).
International Council of Scientific Unions: General Assembly . .
Marseilles International Fair .
International Civil Aviation Organization (Icao) :
Legal Committee: Fifth Session
Council: Eighth Session
Pan American Institute of Geography and History: First Pan
American Consultation of Commission on Geography.
Royal Netherlands Industry Fair '
XVII International Navigation Congress
Fourth International Congress on Neurology
International Commission for Uniform Methods of Sugar Analysis .
Inter-American Council of Jurists: First Session
Pan American Sanitary Organization: Executive Committee:
Eighth Meeting
Ninth Meeting
Directing Council: Third Meeting
Izmir, Turkey . . .
Australia
Belfast
Cambridge, England
Switzerland . . . .
Geneva
Geneva
Geneva
Geneva
Geneva
Cannes
Bern
Budapest
Nevf York City . .
Amsterdam . . . .
Vienna
Washington . . . .
Washington . . . .
Ottawa
Copenhagen . . . .
Marseilles
Montreal
Montreal
Rio de Janeiro . . .
Utrecht
Lisbon
Paris
Praha
Rio de Janeiro . . .
Lima
Lima
Lima
1949
Aug. 20-
Aug. 22-
Aug. 24-
Aug. 27-
August or Sep-
tember
Sept. 1-
Sept. 12-
Oct. 17-29
October
September
Sept. 2-
Sept. 3-10
Sept. 3-18
Sept. 5-12
Sept. 6-10
Sept. 11-
Sept. 13-
Sept. 13-
Sept. 13-
Sept. 14-16
Sept. 25-
September
September
September
September
September
September
September
September
Oct. 3-5
Oct. 13-15
Oct. 6-12
Alvin Anderson Named U.S. Member
Pacific Salmon Fislieries Commission
The Secretary of State announced July 28 that
the President has named Alvin Anderson, Direc-
tor of Fisheries of the State of Washington, as a
United States member of the International Pacific
Salmon Fisheries Commission, United States and
Canada. The appointment of Mr. Anderson fills
the vacancy created by the resignation of Milo
Moore who is at present in charge of the Greek
fisheries program for the Economic Cooperation
Administration.
The International Pacific Salmon Fisheries
Commission is charged, by treaty between the
United States and Canada, with the duty of con-
serving and rebuilding the sockeye salmon fishery
of the Fraser River System of British Columbia.
Spawning in the far reaches of the river system,
these salmon migrate to the Pacific Ocean where
they are caught by the fishermen of both countries.
At the height of its productivity this fishery
yielded in one year 2,400,000 cases of the finest
quality salmon. Later the yield was reduced to a
tenth of that figure. The large runs that have
been observed this year give every indication that
the work of this International Commission is
proving successful in restoring the potentially
valuable sockeye salmon fishery to its former high
rate of production.
Other United States members on the Commis-
sion are: Edward W. Allen, attorney, of Seattle,
now serving as chairman, and Albert M. Day,
Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service of the
Department of the Interior.
184
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
U.K., U.S., Canada To Discuss
Atomic Energy information
Statement by the President
[Released to the press by the White House July 28]
On July 14 I consulted with a group of
Congressional leaders, including ranking mem-
bers of the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy,
concerning certain problems which this country
faces in the field of atomic energy. Since that
time members of the administration have held
discussions with Congressional leaders, particu-
larly with the Joint Committee on Atomic En-
ergy. Furtlier discussions will take place, as it
is essential that action in this field which so vitally
aflfects the security of the country be based on a
wide area of agreement between the executive
and legislativ'e branches of the government.
In this field it is important that the people of
the country be kept infoi'med to the greatest ex-
tent consistent with the requirements of national
security, and in a manner consistent with the
orderly processes of consultation between the
legislative and executive branches of the govern-
ment. I feel I can now mention briefly some of
the factors involved in the problem.
As a result of consultation among American,
British, and Canadian scientists beginning in
1939, the United States, the United Kingdom, and
Canada agreed in 1943 to concentrate a major
effort in the United States for the purpose of
jjroducing an atomic bomb at the earliest possible
time. A British scientific mission participated
extensively in the research and development and
later in the production of atomic bombs at Los
Alamos. They participated in the preparation
for, and the evaluation of, the Bikini tests. Sim-
ilar scientific missions were assigned to research
and development work concerned with the con-
struction and operation of the principal plants
for the separation of U-235 at Oak Ridge.
British and Canadian scientists consulted our
scientific and technical personnel at the Metal-
lurgical Laboratory in Chicago on the design of
the heavy water reactor which they subsequently
built at Chalk River, Canada.
Early in 1947 the three countries adopted a
uniform system for handling the information
"which had been jointly developed and for deter-
mining what should be kept secret and what was
appropriate for public release.
In January, 1948, the three governments agreed
upon a modus vivendi which provided for co-
operation among the three countries involving
exchange of scientific and technical information
in certain defined areas and collaboration on mat-
ters of raw material supply of common concern.
These arrangements were made after consulta-
tion with the Joint Committee on Atomic En-
ergy. These arrangements are limited in scope
and duration. It is necessary to consider tha
future, taking into account the develoi^ments
made in this field by the three countries, and to
maintain the status quo while this consideration
takes place.
\\^, therefore, intend to explore with the United
Kingdom and Canada some of the basic ques-
tions underlying any determination of long-range
policy in this field. These are questions which
will require further consultations with the Con-
gress following the exploratory conversations. I
wish to emphasize that these exploratory con-
versations clo not involve making agreements
with, or commitments to, the British and Cana-
dians on these questions. They involve having
talks with the British and Canadians prior to
further consultations with the Congress. In
these consultations with the Congress, we shall
have to decide together what course of action it
is wisest to take.
Henry Parltman Named U.S. Repre-
sentative on Rulir Autliority
The Wliite House on July 28 announced the
appointment of Henry Parkman, of Boston, as the
United States representative to the International
Authority for the Ruhr.
Mr. Parkman, a lawyer, legislator, soldier, and
former governmental affairs adviser to General
Clay in Berlin, will assume his duties at the Ruhr
Authority headquarters at Dusseldorf and expects
to be present for the next formal meeting on
August 8.
The Ruhr Authority was created by an agree-
ment signed by the United States, United King-
dom, France, Belgium, the Netherlands, and Lux-
embourg on April 28, 1949. Each member
government has a representative on the Council
of the Authority. The first organizational meet-
ing of the Council was held in London the latter
part of May.
Ai/gusf 8, J 949
185
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Military Assistance Program Transmitted to tlie Congress
MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT'
To the Congress of the United States'-
To continue and strengthen our program for
world peace and national security, I recommend
that the Congress enact legislation authorizing
military aid to free nations to enable them to
protect themselves against the threat of aggres-
sion and contribute more effectively to the collec-
tive defense of world peace.
Such legislation is an essential part of our efforts
to create an international structure capable of
maintaining law and order among nations. Our
prosperity and security, as well as that of other
free nations depend upon our success in establish-
ing conditions of international order. Increased
assurances against the danger of aggression are
needed to support our international economic pro-
grams, and in particular the European Recovery
Program, which are so vital to the building of a
stable world.
Under the Charter of the United Nations, each
member nation is bound to settle international
differences by peaceful means, and to refrain
from the threat or use of force against the terri-
tory of any country. Thus, in joining the United
Nations, the nations have given their assent to the
basic principles of international peace and se-
curity.
We have, however, learned the unfortunate truth
that this obligation, by itself, is not sufficient at
the present time to eliminate the fear of aggres-
sion and international violence. The record of
world events since 194:5 offers us no certainty that
all members of the United Nations will uphold
these principles of peace in actual practice.
Indeed, there is proof to the contrary, proof that
in the pursuit of selfish ends some nations have
resorted and may again resort to the threat or use
of force. The fear created by this experience
^ Also printed as H. Doc. 276, 81st Cong., 1st sess.
186
haunts the world and creates conditions of inse-
curity and instability which stand in the way of
economic and social progress.
To reduce this danger and to allay these fears,
we have taken additional steps to reinforce the
obligations of the Charter. Under the pact of
Rio de Janeiro and in the North Atlantic Treaty,
we are creating a framework of mutual obligation
to prevent international violence in the Western
Hemisphei'e and in the North Atlantic area. These
treaties provide support for the principles of the
Charter of the United Nations.
Furthermore, even in the absence of such com-
pacts, we have refused to tolerate assaults on the
integrity of peace-loving nations whose conduct
conforms to the principles of the Charter. We
have given military as well as diplomatic aid di-
rectly to nations threatened by aggression.
Through our aid to Greece and Turkey, we have
recognized the fact that, if the principles of inter-
national peace are to prevail, free nations must
have the means as well as the will to resist aggres-
sion.
So long as the danger of aggression exists, it
is necessary to think in terms of the forces required
to prevent it. It is unfortunate that this is true.
We cannot, however, achieve our goal of perman-
ent peace by ignoring the difficult and unpleasant
tasks that lie in the way. We need to show the
same firmness and resolution in defending the
principles of peace that we have shown in enunci-
ating them. The better prepared the free nations
are to resist aggression, the less likelihood there
is that they will have to use the forces they have
prepared. The policemen in our communities sel-
dom have to use their weapons, but public peace
would be greatly endangered if they did not have
them.
The preparation of the military means for keep-
ing the peace is necessary not only to the security of
the United States but also to building a safe and
prosperous world society.
^epai\men\ of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Hclpinjr free nations to acquire the means of
defending themselves is an obligation of the lead-
ership we have assumed in world affairs. Within
the practical limits of our resources, we must strive
to act with foresight and precision, so that our
strength and the collective strength of the free
peoples associated with us will be most effective.
To be effective, the aid which we supply to other
nations for defending themselves must be planned
ahead. It must not be wasted. It must be care-
fully allocated to meet the realities of our own
security. Above all, it is urgent to initiate a pro-
gram of aid promptly if we are not to lose the mo-
mentum already gained toward recovery and polit-
ical stability.
These general requirements are given sharp
emphasis by consideration of the specific cases
where aid is needed. Many anxious governments
have requested our military assistance. Among
these requests, there can be no more meaningful
appeals than those which have come from the coun-
tries of Western Europe. It is entirely logical
that these governments should turn to us and that
we should help them. Their defense is our defense
and is of deep concern to us. Twice in one gener-
ation we have found that we had to join with them
in fighting against aggressor nations in order to
preserve our freedom and the freedom of other
democratic countries.
The principal task of the free nations of AYestern
Europe in the last four years has been to restore
their war-shattered economies. The inherent dif-
ficulties of this task have been aggravated by the
foreign policy of the Soviet Union, which has done
its utmost to prevent European recovery. Full
economic recovery requires peaceful conditions and
the assurance that the work of labor, industry, and
agriculture will not be swept away in an outburst
of international violence. In place of these con-
ditions, the Soviet Union, with its violent propa-
ganda, its manipulation of the conspiratorial ac-
tivities of the world Communist movement, and its
maintenance of one of the largest peacetime
armies in history, has deliberately created an at-
mosphere of fear and danger.
In the face of what has occurred in Greece, and
in Berlin, in the face of the threats and pressures
to which Iran and Turkey have been exposed, in
the light of the suppression of human liberty in
countries under Connnunist control, the nations of
Western Europe have not been able to ignoi-e the
necessity of a military defense for themselves.
They have seen what the Soviet Union has done
to nations for which it professed friendship and
with which it was recently allied. They have ob-
served how a Comnmnist coup d^etat, operating in
the shadow of the massed military might of tlie
Soviet Union, can overthrow, at one stroke, the
democratic liberties and the political independence
of a friendly nation.
As a consequence of that experience, and in the
light of the fact that the two most devastating
wars in history originated in Europe, they realize
that they must have a shield against aggression
to shelter their political institutions and the re-
birth of their own economic and social life.
The nations of Western Europe have addressed
themselves in all seriousness to the task of provid-
ing such a shield. In the treaty of Brussels, five
nations of Western Europe established joint meas-
ures for their own defense. In support of that
treaty, they have coordinated both their defensive
strategy and their plans to produce necessary mil-
itary supplies.
Those five nations, together with Norway, Den-
mark, and Italy, have undertaken annual militai'y
expenditures equivalent to about five and one-half
billion dollars. This is the maximum amount they
are able to spend without seriously interfering
with the civilian production necessary for their
economic recovery. This amount is not, however,
enough to furnish these nations the protection they
need. Concentrating, as they are, on restoring
their economic stability, they are unable to spare
the plants and the materials required to bring
their defense establishments up to the necessary
levels. Furthermore, there are certain items es-
sential for their defense which they are not
equipped to provide for themselves. They have,
therefore, come to us with urgent requests for as-
sistance in pi'oviding the necessary margin of arms
and equipment which will make them better able
to repel aggression and mitigate the anxieties of
their peoples.
I recommend that we supply these countries
with assistance of three types: First, a limited
amount of dollar aid to enable them to increase
their own production of military items without
impairing their efforts for economic recovery ; sec-
ond, the direct transfer of certain essential items
of military equipment, and third, the assistance
of experts in the production and use of military
equipment and the training of personnel. Such a
program will enable these countries to acquire the
elements necessary to their defense without ham-
pering their recovery.
The military assistance which we propose for
these countries will be limited to that which is
necessary to help them create mobile defensive
forces. Our objective is to see to it that these
nations are equipped, in the shortest possible time,
with compact and effectively trained forces capa-
ble of maintaining internal order and resisting
the initial phases of external aggression.
At the present time, the military power which
is the greatest deterrent to aggression is centered
in the United States, three thousand miles away
from Europe. It must be made clear that the
United States has no intention, in the event of
aggression, of allowing the peoples of Western
Aogusf 8, 7949
187
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Europe to be overrun before its own power can
be brought to bear. The program of military as-
sistance now proposed is a tangible assurance of
our purpose in this regard.
Outside of Western Europe we are already en-
gaged in a program of military assistance to
Greece and Turkey. This program has been in
effect since May 1947. The Communist effort in
Greece, in the form of a guerrilla war supported
from abroad, has been condemned by the General
Assembly of the United Nations. Our aid to
Greece has checked this attempt to overthrow the
political independence of a free nation. It is
important that present gains against the guerrillas
be maintained and that the operations be pressed
to a successful conclusion. Only if this is done,
can the economic reconstruction of Greece be ac-
complished.
In Turkey, our aid has lessened the burden of
military preparedness which the threatening
pressure of the Soviet Union had imposed on a
primarily agrarian economy. Although the
Turkisli defense system has been improved, addi-
tional equipment and maintenance parts are
needed for the modernization of certain Turkish
defense units.
We are also confronted by the necessity of mak-
ing military assistance available in other areas
of the world outside Europe.
In Iran the use of surpluses of United States
military equipment has aided in improving the de-
fensive effectiveness of the Iranian Army and the
maintenance of internal order. It is now neces-
sary to provide certain additional items to round
out this program, and thereby to strengthen the
ability of Iran to defend its independence.
The new Republic of Korea, established as a
result of free elections held under the auspices
of the United Nations, is menaced by the Com-
munist regime in the northern part of the country.
With the advice and assistance of the United
States, the Korean Government has established
a small force to protect its internal security and
defend itself against outside aggression short of
a full scale wax-. Equipment has been requested
from the United States for minimum army and
coast guard forces. It is essential to the survival
of the Korean Republic that this assistance be
made available.
In addition, it is necessary to continue our pro-
gram of limited aid to the Republic of the Philip-
pines, which was originated under the Act of
June 26, 1946.
In this hemisphere we have assumed obliga-
tions of mutual defense with the other American
Republics under the pact of Rio de Janeiro. Our
northern neighbor, Canada, is a party with us to
the North Atlantic Treaty. It is important
under the terms of these two treaties that we
should assist Canada and the American Republics
to establish adequate defenses properly coordi-
nated with our own.
In view of our limited resources, it is impos-
sible for us to assist on a grant basis all coun-
tries whose defense is related to our own. We
can afford to bear the cost of military aid only
with respect to those countries vital to our na-
tional security where the danger is greatest, and
where the ability to pay for military equipment
is least. With respect to such countries as Canada
and the American Republics, therefore, I recom-
mend that our assistance be limited to the use of
the facilities of our government to procure de-
fense equipment for them at their own expense.
All these various requirements for military as-
sistance should obviously be handled in a unified
program, adaptable in its administration to the
operation of our foreign policy.
The sum which will be needed in new appro-
priations for the fiscal year 1950 for all the grant
programs now contemplated, together with a mar-
gin for emergencies, is approximately $1,450,-
000,000. The bulk of the supplies to be procured
under these programs will be delivered over the
next two years. Of this total, $50,000,000 has re-
cently been requested for the interim continua-
tion of our porgram of military aid to Greece
and Turkey under existing authorizations. New
authorization will be required for $1,400,000,000.
The major portion of the total is to be devoted
to the needs of the Western European nations.
It is not proposed that specific sums be committed
in advance to particular countries. Rather, the
President should be able to make allocations as
circumstances require.
The aid we provide will constitute only a minor
fraction of what these countries will spend them-
selves. Agreements will be executed with the re-
cipients, to provide for mutual assistance and to
assure proper use of the equipment furnished.
The recipient nations will be required to limit the
use of the items supplied to the defense of agreed
geographic areas, and will not be permitted to
transfer them to other nations without the consent
of the United States. The President should be
authorized to terminate our aid at any time. Aid
will be terminated in the event that a recipient
acts in a manner inconsistent with the policies and
purposes of the program or with its obligations
under the Charter of the United Nations.
The recommended program covers the most
pressing current needs for military aid. How long
it may be necessary to continue military aid de-
pends on many unpredictable factors. Our bur-
den will undoubtedly lessen as our program for
peace brings its returns. Advancing economic re-
covery will enable the free nations to sustain a
larger share of the expense of their own defense
measures. Progress toward a peaceful settlement
of international differences will reduce the threat
of violence, and lighten the cost of preparedness.
188
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Ultimately, when the peaceful principles of the
United Nations are fully realized, the protection
of the peace may be assigned to the security forces
of that organization.
If this program of military aid is to succeed, we
must prosecute it promptly and vigorously. Our
policies for peace are having the desired effect.
\Ye cannot atl'ord to lose the momentum we have
already gained.
One need only look back to the situation with
which we were confronted two and one-half years
ago to be convinced of the rightness of our course
of action. At that time the free nations of Europe
were not only exposed and defenseless, but they
were also caught in an economic impasse which
threatened the existence of their democratic forms
of government. Europe, with its great store-
house of skills and its heritage of free mstitutions,
seemed about to disintegrate and to fall piece by
piece under the sway of totalitarian control.
Tlie fact that such a disaster has been averted
should inspire us with confidence in the idtimate
triumph of the cause of peace and freedom not only
in Europe but elsewhere in the world.
Like the North Atlantic Treaty, this program of
military aid is entirely defensive in character.
By strengthening the defense establishments of the
free nations, it will increase the confidence of the
peoples of the world in a peaceful future and pro-
tect the growth of world recovery.
I would not suggest that this program alone will
bring present international tensions to an end. It
will, however, preserve the intiative which the free
nations of the world now have, and help to create
a world structure so firm economically and mili-
tarily as to convince any potential aggressor na-
tion that its own welfare lies in the direction of
mutual tolerance and peaceful foreign relations.
Harry S. TRUMAisr
The White House,
July 25, IdJfD.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY ACHESON >
The Military Assistance Program which the
President has recommended to the Congress is
most urgently needed. I hope that upon an
analysis of the facts the Committee will share my
deep conviction that adoption of the program at
this time is essential to reach the objectives of the
United States in foreign affairs.
The proposed Military Assistance Program can-
not be regarded as an isolated piece of legislation
unrelatecl to our whole foreign policy. Much
more than military assistance, important as that
' Made before the House Foreign Affairs Committee on
July 28, 1949, and released to the press on the same date.
is, is involved. What is also at stake here is the
contiiuiiition witli undiminished vigor of the great
concerted effort the United States is making, in
company with other nations of like purpose, to
assure peace and security in the world. This
effort has been expressed, on the part of the United
States, in an unbroken succession of positive
measures which have substantially advanced the
cause of world peace with freedom and justice and
have materially strengthened our own security.
The Military Assistance Program must be
judged in the broad context of our whole foreign
policy. It follows in the sequence of measures
which we have undertaken to accomplish the pri-
mary purpose of our foreign policy — the establish-
ment of the conditions of peace and security in
which the United States and the other free nations
can endure and prosper.
The enactment of the Military Assistance Pro-
gram would assure the continuance in full force
of the positive leadership which the United States
is asserting in behalf of the free world. The fail-
ure to provide military assistance to those joined
with us in that effort would reverse the affirmative
and effective policy which this country has thus far
pursued.
Such a negative response to the challenge that
still confronts us would inevitably weaken the
confidence of the other free peoples in the deter-
mination of the United States to carry out the task
we have jointly undertaken. A reversal of the
course we have been pursuing to such good effect
would hearten those who seek by unremitting
pressure to wear down, overawe or overwhelm all
who resist the imposition of an alien and abhorrent
system. Any sign of weakness or irresolution on
our part now would seriously jeopardize all the
gains we have made so far toward the achieve-
ment of peace and security in the only kind of
world in which we would want to live.
It is not in keeping with the American character
to quit at the halfway mark, before the course is
run. I firmly believe that the American people
will want to spare no effort to realize our goal of
a secure and peaceful world. It is my conviction
that an adequate i^rogram of military assistance is
essential to the attainment of that goal.
Twice in our lifetime threats to the security of
the United States have arisen and have been al-
lowed to develop unchecked until we found our-
selves fighting for our existence as a free people.
Neither time did we act with sufficient foresight
and vigor either to dissipate the threat or ade-
quately prepare ourselves to meet it. We are
determined henceforth to profit from these tragic
experiences and to eliminate or neutralize any
new threat to our security before it gets out of
hand.
This determination of the American people to
be forewarned and forearmed was evident even
before the conclusion of the recent war. There
was also evident a realization that in the modern
Augosf 8, 1949
189
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
world no nation, no matter how powerful or reso-
lute, can hope to achieve security and prosperity
by its own efforts alone. There was a clear under-
standing that the only possible way in which a just
and peaceful world order could be organized was
by the collective action of the peoples dedicated
to peace.
On the basis of that conviction, which was
shared by many others, the United States under-
took the leadership of the movement to organize
the postwar world for collective security. We
were concerned with far more than security in a
restricted sense. What we envisaged, and what we
put into effect, was a broad consti'uctive effort in
which the nations of the world could cooperate to
achieve peace, freedom and an increasing measure
of material well-being for all peoples.
The concrete expression of that ideal is the
United Nations, the most ambitious and compre-
hensive attempt in history to organize the nations
of the world for peace and progress on a univer-
sal basis. As we well know, the United Nations
has not been able to function as it was intended
because of the obstruction of a small minority
of the members. But this does not invalidate the
principle of collective action. When the effort
to achieve collective security througli the United
Nations was impeded by a recalcitrant minority,
the free nations of the majority proceeded with
the search for collective security on as broad a
base as possible.
The United States has continued its leadership
in the movement for collective security, which
we are still convinced is the only principle on
which a just and enduring peace can be achieved.
We have continued to support and strengthen the
United Nations and have adhered to its principles
and purposes. We have initiated and are carry-
ing out, in cooperation with other free nations, a
whole series of measures designed not only to keep
the peace by collective action but also to neutralize
and forestall the threat to the security and well-
being of free peoples.
The record of these undertakings and their re-
sults is impressive: Postwar relief, aid to Greece
and Turkey, the European Kecovery Program,
and most recently the North Atlantic Treaty, just
approved by the Senate by a resounding vote of
82 to 13.
Each of these measures, and a number of others,
has made an important contribution to the prog-
ress we have achieved. But none was sufficient
alone. The totality of our effort is what has given
renewed strength and vitality to the free world
and has brought us thus far safely through gi-eat
dangers. The momentum must be maintained if
we are to accomplish our purpose. The Military
Assistance Program is necessary to sustain the
advance and carry us further along the way which
we have every reason to believe leads to peace and
secui'ity for ourselves and others.
We may wish for a number of reasons that it
were not necessary to add military assistance to the
heavy responsibilities we already bear but we can-
not escape the inexorable logic of the facts of life
in the world as it is.
One of the facts we must face is that the free
nations of Western Europe, with whose security
our own security is bound up, are incapable today
of defending themselves against a major armed
attack. Another fact is that the Soviet Union to-
day maintains the largest peacetime military force
in the history of tlie world, while exerting iron-
fisted control over its neighbors and pursuing a
policy of exploiting any evidence of weakness in
others.
The combination of these two facts — a huge
aggressive force on one side and admittedly in-
adequate defense forces on tlie other — has created
a morbid and pervasive sense of insecurity in
Western Europe. The fear is justified. The dan-
ger is real, however much some may try to argue
it out of existence. The Soviet Union and the
Western world are still far apart on fundamental
issues. Until the nations of Western Europe are
sufficientlv strengthened to regain confidence in
their ability to defend themselves, their sense of
insecurity will impede economic recovery and im-
pair the will of the people that now exists to resist
Communist-infiltration aggression if it should
come. Restoration of their belief in their own
capacity to resist will release new energy for the
recovery effort and stiffen the determination to
fight back if attacked. It is in our interest, as
well as Western Europe's to achieve these effects.
They will be promoted by the Military Assistance
Program.
The legislation presented for your consideration
would authorize the President, on request, to fur-
nish military assistance to nations which have
joined with the United States in collective reaional
arrangements based on principles of self-help and
mutual aid, and to other nations whose increased
ability to defend themselves against aggression is
important to our national niterest. It authorizes
i\\% appropriation of $1,400,000,000 for the fiscal
year 19.50 which, together with the $.50,000,000
separately requested for interim militarv aid to
Greece and Turkey, will make a total of $1,450.-
000,000 available for obligation for foreign mili-
tary assistance. The President is directed to ter-
minate assistance to any nation when it so requests
or when the furnishing of assistance to tliat nation
would be inconsistent with our national interest
or with our obligation under the Charter of the
United Nations to refrain from aiding nations
against which preventive or enforcement action
is taken.
Witliin the governmental structure the program
will be centrally controlled. It is proposed, in
view of the inseparability of actions taken under
190
Deporfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
this legislation from the day-to-day administra-
tion of our foreign policy, that the central direc-
tion be exercised by the Department of State. In
time of peace, the several instruments of our
foreign policy must be wielded as a closely inte-
grated unit if we are to achieve our objectives fully
•within reasonable cost. The Department will ex-
ercise that direction in close collaboi-ation with
other governmental agencies, particularly the Na-
tional Military Establishment and the Economic
Cooperation Administration, with each agency
contributing what it is best able to provide for the
success of tlie program. Thus, for example, the
National Military Establishment will provide
equipment from its stocks, militaiy advice, and
training assistance, and will utilize its procure-
ment facilities for placing orders for the balance
of the end items required. The Economic Co-
operation Administration will provide the neces-
sary coordination with the European Recovery
Program, seeing to it that our paramount interest
in economic recovery is not jeopardized by the re-
cipient nations undertaking a military effort on
too large a scale.
Insofar as possible, the program will be admin-
istered abroad through existing diplomatic and
military channels. In this way it will be best in-
tegrated with the other overseas operations of our
foreign policy.
Of the funds for which authorization is re-
quested, it is presently contemplated that approx-
imately 1.1 billion dollars will be used to furnish
military assistance to European signatories of the
North Atlantic pact. The balance will be used
for assistance to other countries which are in the
immediate area of Soviet pressure. This will per-
mit the continuation of the Greek-Turkish pro-
gram, whicli has been so effective in preventing
the independence of those countries from being
lost through external machinations against the
will of the Greek and Turkish people. There is
reasonable ground for anticipating that opera-
tions against Greek guerrillas may be brought to
a successful conclusion in the near future.
Grant assistance is also contemplated for the
Republic of Korea, where a government consti-
tuted as a result of free elections under the aus-
pices of the United Nations is menaced by the
threat of internal subversion and external force;
for Iran, which under severe external pressures
has strictly maintained its independence and to
whicli this government has accorded limited mili-
tary assistance in the form of credit for the pur-
chase of surplus equipment and has sent two
United States military missions; and for the
Philippine Republic as a continuation of our aid
originated under the Act of June 26, 1946.
Since our resources are limited, the weight of
our effort must be brought to bear in those Euro-
Auguit 8, 1949
pean countries which are most vital to our na-
tional security where the threat of aggression is
most immediate, where our aid will be most ef-
fective, and where the ability of the economy to
stand the financial strain of military expenditure
is the least.
Nevertheless, there are other areas in which an
increase of defensive strength is highly desirable
in the interest of our security. We are bound
with our American Republic friends and neigh-
bors in the Rio pact of mutual assistance. Under
this program, we intend to help them in procuring
equipment. Equipment will be made available to
them on a cash-reimbursement basis in accord-
ance with a provision of the proposed legisla-
tion especially designed to help meet the procure-
ment problems of the American Republics and
certain other friendly countries. In order to en-
able these countries to utilize the procurement
facilities of the military services without the ne-
cessity of immobilizing their scarce dollars from
the time of placing an order for equipment to the
time of delivery, the legislation would authorize
the President to enter into contracts on behalf
of the United States for procurement of such
equipment u]ion a firm undertaking that the re-
cipient nation will make reimbursement before
delivery.
This provision will also, of course, prove to be
of considerable value to Canada. In addition, we
are continuing to exchange with the Canadians
vital information on weapons and plans which will
contribute to the common defense, and we are go-
ing forward with such important matters of mu-
tual interest as standardization of arms and
equipment.
By combining these several measures into a co-
ordinated whole, we shall be able to make military
assistance available in accordance with our over-
all political objectives, economic capabilities and
strategic interests.
Of course, all possible contingencies cannot be
foreseen at this time. Should the national in-
terests of the United States require, the President
would be able to reallocate funds as between re-
cipient nations presently included in the program
and also to aid nations to whom assistance is not
now contemplated. In order to minimize the
need for reallocation, a small emergency fund is
provided so that we may take prompt action to
meet international situations which might sud-
denly develop. Any modifications in the progi'am
would nevertheless have to be in accordance with
the policy expressed in section 2 of the draft legis-
lation, namely, support of collective defense and
regional arrangements or of nations whose de-
fense is important to the national interest of the
United States.
This one-year program represents no more than
about one-fifth of the military expenditures which
the recipient nations are already making during
this fiscal year for themselves and for each other.
191
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Just as in the case of the European Recovery Pro-
gram, they and we intend that our help supplement
their own efforts to help themselves. There is
clear evidence of accomplishment and intent on
the part of the recipients to help themselves and
each other. Details of the extensive measures of
self-help and mutual aid already initiated by the
free nations of Western Europe will be given to
you in the testimony of other witnesses. It must
be understood, however, that the recipient nations
cannot achieve an adequate defensive position by
themselves. Many essential materials and equip-
ment can be bought only with dollars, and if they
had the dollars available we would not be under
the necessity of contributing to their economic re-
covery. Furthermore, a military production ef-
fort by these countries on too large a scale would
divert materials, manpower and facilities vital to
their own economic recovery efforts. To detract
in any significant degree from those recovery
efforts would be like building the walls of a house
while tearing out its foundation. In order to en-
hance the ability of Western Europe to provide for
its own defense, a not insignificant part of the as-
sistance planned for it consists of items which will
increase its own industrial military production.
It is nevertheless scarcely likely that the re-
cipient nations will be in a position to make
their contribution to world security and the de-
fense of their area at the end of this one-year
period without further outside assistance. If we
do not assist these nations in achieving that posi-
tion, the comparative cost to us in future years
of preserving our own security will be consider-
ably greater. It must be our objective to achieve
the necessary measure of security for us at the
minimum drain on our own economy. The
achievement of that objective requires that we
be associated with free nations who are strong.
The magnitude of our assistance in future years
will be reduced by the increased industrial po-
tential of the recipient countries and by the fact
that the first year's program contains many
capital items which need not be renewed in
peacetime. But I cannot hope at this time to
predict for how long contributions of this char-
acter will be required of us. The rate of economic
recovery, the imminence and extent of the ag-
gressive threat, as well as strategic considerations
and developments in the art of warfare, are all
elements to be taken into account. There are too
many variables in the equation, and the determi-
nation of these variables does not depend upon us
alone.
With respect to the European members of the
North Atlantic pact, a program in future years
will be derived from recommendations made by
the organization to be established under article 9
of the treaty. We will then be dealing with what
action our government should take on those recom-
mendations with respect to the provision of mutual
aid under article 3 of the treaty. Those recom-
mendations will of course be examined in the light
of the aid other members will be invited to con-
tribute under article 3. However, as has been
repeatedly stated, that is not the problem with
which we are now dealing. As witnesses from the
National Military Establishment will explain in
more detail, the amount requested is urgently
necessary in the interest of our national security.
It is the minimum amount required to enable the
recipient nations adequately to guard against in-
ternal subversion and to begin to undertake their
logical and necessary roles in a coordinated col-
lective defense effort.
Some who oppose this program do so because
they fear that by sending arms to other nations
we should be increasing the chances of war or, al-
ternatively, that the arms we give might some day
be used against us. On the contrary, I am con-
vinced that failure to reinforce the determination
of free nations to defend themselves against sub-
version from within and aggression from with-
out may invite a combination of political and mili-
tary aggression. If they should have to defend
themselves, it is obvious that their resistance would
be more effective with the arms we propose to sup-
ply than without them. These are nations with
proud histories and great traditions.
The existence of Communist groups in some of
these countries is a reason for, and not against,
supplying arms. The danger from these Com-
munist elements reached its peak before the mod-
erate governments of Western Europe proved that
they were too strong to be overthrown by subver-
sion. Since these governments proved themselves
capable of overcoming internal threats to their
security, Communist strength and influence in
Western Europe have been steadily reduced. Mil-
itary assistance from the United States would fur-
ther strengthen the hand of the democratic gov-
ernments in dealing with either internal disorders
or repelling aggression if it should come.
Fears that the Military Assistance Program
might set off an international armament race or
provoke the Soviet Union to war, in my considered
opinion, are groundless. What is proposed is not
a vast increase in the armies of Western Europe,
but the supplying of certain key items of arms and
equipment for the very modest forces which the
Europeans have already provided for in their
budgets. The Soviet (xovernment is well aware
that those forces are for defense purposes only
and cannot possibly menace the Soviet Union.
The Soviet Union knows that the democratic na-
tions have not the desire, the intention, or the size
of forces for conducting aggression. The people
of Western Europe seek only the means of defend-
ing their own homes.
Moreover, the armed forces of Western Europe
192
Department of Slate Bvllelln
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
and their equipment, whether supplied from
Europe or from the United States, would be sub-
ject to any international agreement for the reg-
ulation and reduction of conventional armaments
under the United Nations Charter. The United
Nations is developing plans for the regulation and
reduction of conventional armaments and armed
forces. It is clear, however, that agreement to
put armaments regulation into effect cannot be
realized in the absence of international confidence
and mutual trust. Until such an agreement is a
reality, the free nations have no other recourse
than to strengthen their own defenses against the
threat of the far larger forces maintained by the
Soviet Union.
Assertions have been made that the threat to
Western European security is not primarily mili-
tary but political in nature, and that a military
assistance program is out of step with the realities.
It is quite true that the Western European strug-
gle for freedom has so far been fought with politi-
cal and economic weapons. It is equally true,
however, that throughout this struggle there has
been in existence behind the Iron Curtain the
greatest peacetime combination of military forces
the world has ever known. The fact that such
forces exist and can be set quickly in motion con-
stitutes a form of pressure which has helped to
maintain unpopular minorities of Communist con-
spirators in power in the Soviet satellites and in
the case of the coup in Czechoslovakia undoubt-
edly played a large part in putting them in power.
The people of Europe are frequently reminded of
the nature of this weapon by carefully timed and
skillfully staged displays of Soviet military
power, such as the recent exhibition at Moscow of
the latest model jet-powered military planes.
The fact is that the appeal of international
Communism is not, contrary to the self-serving
assertions of the Soviets, an appeal to the minds of
men. Internationa.1 Communism has made its
gains in Europe not by any intellectual or spirit-
ual attractions but by the threat that derives from
the existence of large forces, and the ruthless ap-
plication of force wherever this has been necessary
to achieve its objectives.
The mere presence of these large armed forces
has had a psychological effect that has been dam-
aging to recovery and stability, and has been a
major influence in the loss of freedom and self-
determination in important areas of Europe. Nor
can the possibilities of direct military aggression
be ignored. When political aggression fails, as
it has failed so far in Western Europe, totalitarian
regimes are often tempted to gain their objectives
by military means, particularly when they con-
sider that no effective resistance is possible. It
is our aim to forestall that possibility by making
it clear that military aggression against the na-
August 8, 1949
tions of Western Europe can be undertaken only
at great cost and with no assurance of success.
It is contended by some that, in any event, there
is no way to create a defense which would protect
Western Europe from invasion once such an inva-
sion had been launched. This is the counsel of
despair. It is like arguing that because burglars
can break into houses we should not put locks on
our doors. We do not believe that to discourage
military aggression it is necessary to create West-
ern European defensive forces which are by virtue
of their size capable of successfully resisting an
all-out attack. What is required is rather suffi-
cient strength to make it impossible for an aggres-
sor to achieve a quick and easy victory. The dic-
tators of recent times have become involved in war
when, in their belief, their intended victims would
fall easy prey without substantial risk to them-
selves. The strengthening of the defenses of
Western Europe is designed to prevent a repetition
of the tragic consequences of such dangerous self-
deception.
I wish to be emphatic about these points I have
summarized. Let me restate the situation even
more bluntly. The North Atlantic Treaty pro-
vides for concerted action in defense of an area
which is absolutely vital to our security interest.
That common defense will cancel out an advan-
tage which marauding nations have always had
in Europe. I mean the advantage of piecemeal
aggression, the technique of the fait accompli
that dictators have used to absorb independent
nations before and since World War 11. The fun-
damental pledge of the treaty, that an attack
on one signatory will mean an attack on all, closes
the door to piecemeal aggression. Does this mean,
then, a determined aggressor nation will take the
desperate gamble of an all-out war? I do not be-
lieve that in the light of the pledge of the treaty,
and with the military program now proposed, any
aggressor at this time would dare to do so. We
know the pattern past aggressions have taken.
The gangster mind likes to gamble only on sure
things. Its victims are the weak and the unpre-
pared, and it does not relish the prospect of fight-
ing an aroused society. An invasion of Western
Europe would mean a total war in which the ag-
gressor would be pitting its strength against the
combined strength of the Atlantic pact nations.
That is a choice which no nation would make un-
less it believed that swift military action could
gain it enough usable military potential to more
than balance the remaining forces arrayed against
it. It is the aim of this program to insure that a
successful swift and comparatively effortless mili-
tary action by an aggressor would be impossible
and therefore to make the gamble too hazardous
to be tempting.
In this program I firmly believe we will secure
a highly advantageous and lasting benefit to the
United States. Since our own future is so closely
entwined with the interests of other free nations,
193
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
we find that when we help them, we also help our-
selves. The program has been designed for the
minimum level of exjienditure, which makes sense
in view of the political and military objectives to
be achieved. This has been achieved by careful
detailed screening of every item in the program.
As a result of this process, the program contains
only those items which are clearly essential to the
establishment of a minimum of defense — the
minimum essential to the success of our efforts.
It is so constituted, and will be so administered,
as to assure that economic recovery will not be
jeopardized.
Provided our own forces are maintained at the
minimum level essential to our own security, the
authorization of the sum requested will be the
most positive contribution we could make to the
collective security of the North Atlantic area.
For this sum we will sustain the courageous ef-
forts which Western Europe is making to achieve
economic recovery, and we will prevent those ef-
forts from being paralyzed by fear. For this sum
we will have mven tangible evidence that we be-
lieve that a fi'ee and prosperous world can be
built despite all obstacles and discouragements.
Without such a world we cannot have lasting
peace. Military assistance, added to the construc-
tive measures we have already put into effect, is
part of the price of peace. The only kind of peace
acceptable to free men cannot be bought cheaply.
I think the people of the United States are will-
ing to pay the price. I believe they fully under-
stand that failure to pay it will put in jeopardy
all we have been trying to achieve at so much sac-
rifice, and that failure to pay now will make the
price much higher in the future.
ANALYSIS OF THE
MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
On July 25, the Department of State released
a report on the Military Assistance Program that
analyzes in detail the draft legislation which the
President sent to the Congress on that same date.^
The report summarizes a unified, cohesive Mili-
tary Assistance Program (MAP) that has been
planned over the past several months, at the di-
rection of the President, by the Department of
State, the National Military Establishment, and
the Economic Cooperation Administration. Ac-
cording to the report, such a progi-am provides
for:
"Centralized administration of military aid
' The Military Assistance Program. Department of State
publication 3563, for sale by the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, Government Printing OflSee, Washington 25, D.C.,
for 1.5 cents.
and asks that broad authority be granted to the
President so that he may make aid available in
critical situations. An essential part of the plan-
ning is that the Congress should authorize a single
appropriation to finance all activities under the
Program during the fiscal year ending June 30,
1950. This procedure will permit the most eco-
nomical allocation of our limited military re-
sources and assure that they will be made available
where they are most needed and where they can
be used most effectively.
"The major portion of the specific military aid
proposed under the Program for fiscal 1950 will
go to the North Atlantic Pact countries of West-
ern Europe. This is a i-ealistic emphasis calcu-
lated to meet the pressing needs of security in an
area of critical importance to our national
defense."
Major Aims and Objectives
The report describes the three major aims of
the Military Assistance Progi-am as follows :
'^First, to secure the means and authorization
for moving swiftly to hehj the North Atlantic
Pact countries of Western Europe, as well as other
countries, to correct their dangerously unbalanced
security position; second, to enable the Chief
Executive to meet emergencies and to bring mili-
tary assistance into closer working relationship
with the other actions of our foreign policy ; and
third, to provide the framework for a consistent
and realistic evaluation and treatment of all the
requests we may receive for our military aid,
whether for grant or purchase."
The proposed legislation would carry out the
objectives of the program by providing, in brief :
^'that all projects of United States military aid
be brought together in one program ;
that an appropriation of 1,450 million dollars ^
be made to cover the costs of the entire mili-
tary-aid program for the fiscal year 1950 ;
that most of our aid at this time go to Western
Europe, an area whose importance to our
security has been demonstrated in two world
wars ;
that the military aid program be used to com-
plement the North Atlantic Treaty through
carrying out the principles of self-help and
mutual aid; and
that our military aid to the free nations of
Western Europe take three forms : (a) a rela-
tively small but very important amount of
dollar aid to increase military-production
programs of the Western European nations
and thus reduce their dependence on the
' This incUules .50 million dollars for Greece and Turkey
previously authorized and for which an appropriation has
been requested.
194
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
United States for military equipment; (6)
a direct supply of arms and equipment to help
accelerate the strengthening of the defensive
capabilities of their military forces; and (c)
the provision of United States technical and
training assistance.
f/iaf the Chief Executive be given the authority
to alter allocations to meet changing situa-
tions ;"
Cost and Impact of the Program
The 1.450 million dollars appropriated for the
fiscal year 1950 is allocated as follows :
A. Aid to the North Atlantic Pact countries:
1. Equipment, delivery expenses, tech-
nical and training assistance $938, 450, 000
2. Assistance to stimulate increased
military production 155,000,000
B. Aid to other countries :
Equipment, delivery expenses, technical
and training assistance 300, 580, 000
C. Emergency Fund 45,000,000
D. Administration 10, 970, 000
Total 1, 450, 000, 000
MAP and United States Policy Objectives
The report states that the meaning of national
security has been "changed drastically" by the
developments of the jjast 20 years.
"Today it is cold sober fact that this nation can-
not stand alone or hope to maintain its safety by
limiting its defensive efforts to actions taken with-
in its geographic boundaries. There is no longer
even the illusion of safety in withdrawing from
the world, nor is safety to be found in a policy
which succumbs to the intimidations of propa-
ganda warfare. Vigorous, consecutive action in
every phase of international affairs is the only pos-
sible answer to the problem of national security.
"Not even the United States, with its resources,
its atomic weapons, and its great industrial power,
can afford to act the hermit in national defense.
In fact, a paradox of our times is that the greater
and stronger a nation is, the more imperative is its
need to protect in every way possible the world
society from which it derives its strength. To
help us neutralize the disruptive influences attack-
ing the world society, we in the United States need
friends and strong friends. We need the means of
making our strength and their strength available
wherever our vital common interests are threat-
ened. Secretary of State Acheson summed up the
concept in these words :
In the compact world of today, the security of the
United States cannot be defined in terms of boundaries
and frontiers. A serious threat to international peace and
security anywhere in the world is of direct concern to this
country. Therefore it is our policy to help free peoples
to maintain their integrity and independence, not only in
Western Europe or in the Americas, but wherever the aid
we are able to provide can be effective.
"The security problem which faces the United
States and and other peaceful governments is
unavoidably complex. It includes economic and
military assistance, individual and collective de-
fense planning, regional arrangements, protection
of sources of strategic materials, the free exchange
of information and effective cooperation for cul-
tural, scientific, and technical progress. Stripped
to its essentials, the security problem calls for
action along four separate but closely related
lines: (1) cooperation in the United Nations for
the peaceful settlement of disputes and the re-
moval of the causes of war; (2) maintenance or
recovery of economic health and political sta-
bility; (3) creation and maintenance of a defen-
sive military establishment adjusted to the na-
tional strength and the international security
situation; (4) participation in collective security
arrangements with friendly governments."
MAP and the United Nations
In discussing the relation of MAP to the United
Nations, the report describes the program as bring-
ing about world conditions tliat will aid the
United Nations to function more effectively by
"restoring a measure of security to free nations
through increasing their individual and collective
ability to resist aggression." Aid extended
through the program to members of the North
Atlantic Treaty —
"will advance the purposes of the Charter to
the extent that it will strengthen the security of
the peoples in the North Atlantic area. The Pro-
gram will also continue aid to Greece and thus as-
sist that country to combat a situation which the
United Nations General Assembly has found to
be endangering the peace of the Balkans. Con-
tinuance under the program of aid to Turkey will
be an additional benefit.
"The proposed Military Assistance Program of
the United States is wholly consistent with the
principles and intent of the United Nations
Charter. It conforms to the requirements of arti-
cles 1, 2, 51, and 103. Any action taken under it
by the Chief Executive must be consistent with
our paramount obligations as a member of the
United Nations. The requested legislation specifi-
cally directs the President to terminate assistance
inider the Program to any nation where such as-
sistance is inconsistent with preventive or enforce-
ment action being taken by the United Nations
against that nation or where the furnishing of
such assistance to any nation is no longer consistent
with the policies and purposes of the Program.
Through these safeguards and through the clear
statement of purpose contained in the proposed
August 8, 1949
195
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
legislation, the Military Assistance Program takes
its place as a positive, additional measure of
United States support for the United Nations."
MAP and the North Atlantic Treaty
The Military Assistance Program and the North
Atlantic Treaty, accordiiig to the report, are
"separate and distinct." The objectives of both
are, nevertheless, to^
"maintain and develop, by self-help and mutual
aid, individual and collective capacity to resist
aggression. A sensible and realistic interpretation
of these objectives will keep in mind the three
fundamentals of preparedness : manpower, equip-
ment, and the suitable positions from which to
employ them in the event of attack. The Treaty
will go far toward making available for the com-
mon defense the manpower and the strategic posi-
tions ; what is presently lacking in the North At-
lantic partnership is the material required for
defense.
"It should be kept clear that the Military As-
sistance Program is not a program for 'imple-
mentation of the North Atlantic Treaty.' The
Program would be necessary even if there were no
North Atlantic Treaty, just as the Treaty would
be necessary even if the Military Assistance Pro-
gram had not yet been formulated. The MAP,
both in inception and conception, has its own
validity and necessity, rooted in basic elements of
our foreign policy. It is true that some of these
elements of our foreign policy are common to those
which underlie the North Atlantic Treaty. The
principal element involved in both is that of the
national interest of the United States in insuring
the security of certain free nations."
Reciprocity
The report stresses that the Military Assistance
Program is not intended as a "one-way flow of
aid from this country." "In addition to further-
ing our national security," the report states,
"the Military Assistance Program encourages
the recipient countries to exercise the maximum
of self-reliance and to place the minimum of de-
pendence upon the United States. The concepts
of self-help and mutual aid apply to all of the
recipie.nts of military assistance from the United
States. Our military aid is an expression of our
fundamental policy that free peoples everywhere
have identical interests and responsibilities in real-
izing the aims of the United Nations Charter.
"Reciprocal assistance to the United States,
where it may be practicable in the light of politi-
196
cal, economic, and strategic considerations for the
recipient nations to furnish it, might take various
forms including facilitating the procurement of
strategic materials, and the provision of local cur-
rency to cover certain local costs incurred by the
United States in the administration of the Pro-
gram."
MAP and the "Cold War"
The report has the following to say about
MAP and the "Cold "War" : |
"The Military Assistance Program like our
membership in the North Atlantic Pact, is part of
a policy which is entirely defensive in its scope.
It is aimed at increasing the defense potential of
those nations which have asked our aid. Through
a resultant increase in confidence, it hopes to pro- '
mote world recovery and especially the progi'ess of i
the European recovery effort. It loolvs forward
to a coordinated defense policy which will achieve
a timely security for the North Atlantic area and
which will not be susceptible to the hot-and-cold,
"peace" propaganda of the Soviet Union and in-
ternational communism.
"Ever since the United States initiated the Mar-
shall Plan and the programs of aid to Greece and «
Turkey, the officially announced Soviet position I
has been that the United States was arming West-
ern Europe with aggressive intent toward the I
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. According
to Soviet statements and propaganda, the pro-
posed Military Assistance Program is only a con-
tinuation and further refinement of an American
program in Europe which has been in process for
some years. Despite this propaganda it is abun-
dantly clear that this Program is solely defensive
in its nature and scope and does not provide any
pretexts for aggression. The Soviet Union and
international communism can be expected to at-
tack the Program, just as they attacked Erf and
the Atlantic Pact, for they will recognize it as a
positive step to sustain the morale of free nations
and to increase their resistance to Communist
propaganda.
"The Military Assistance Program is a realistic
program. It is not a panacea for international
ills and it alone will not put an end to the "cold
war", but it can become an important additional
instrument in the foreign policy of the United
States, and it can play a vital role in the coopera-
tive action directed at preventing another world
war. Once in effective operation, it can help pre- i
serve the initiative which the free nations of the
Western World now have, and it can help to create
the structure of sound economies and defensive
capabilities with which it may be still possible to
convince any potential aggressor nation that the
ultimate welfare of its own people lies only in tol-
erance and peace."
Department of Stale Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
U.S.-U.K.-Canadian Economic
Discussions
Text of British Treasury CommAinique Issued on
July 10, IBJfi
[1]
During their visit to London, Mr. John W.
Snyder, Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, and Mr.
Douglas Abbott, the Canadian Minister of
Finance, have had a general exchange of views
■with the Chancellor of the Exchequer and the
President of the Board of Trade on the balance of
payments difficulties between the dollar and ster-
ling areas and on the measures which could be
taken to right the existing disequilibrium between
the two areas both in the long and the short term.
[2]
It was reaffirmed that the objectives of the eco-
nomic policy of all three Governments remained
those which are set out in the Ai'ticles of Agree-
ment of the International Monetary Fund and the
Havana Charter for an International Trade
Organisation. Particular stress was laid on the
necessity of finding solutions which would main-
tain high levels of employment and enable world
trade and international payments to develop on a
multilateral basis.
[3]
It was agreed that the general approach to ex-
isting problems must be based upon full recogni-
tion of their profound and long-term character.
The difficulties of the past few months were no
more than an aggravation of deep-seated malad-
justments. All agreed that remedies other than
financial assistance such as that provided by the
U.S.A. and Canada must be explored.
[4]
The aim must be the achievement of a pattern
of world trade in which the dollar and non-dollar
countries can operate together within one single
multilateral system. All parties concerned must
be prepared to review their policies with this object
in view.
[5]
As the next step, it is proposed that technical
and fact-finding discussions should take place be-
tween the three Govermnents in preparation for
further Ministerial discussions which it is hoped
can be held in Washington early in September.
[6]
As regards immediate problems, there was a
comprehensive examination of the influences
which had brought about the recent acceleration
in the drain on the reserves of the sterling area.
This led to a general discussion in which the
Augosf 8, 7949
United Kingdom representatives outlined the pre-
liminaiy steps which they felt it necessary to
take to meet the immediate situation. A number
of supplementary measures were suggested which
could be taken by the Governments either individ-
ually or in concert to strengthen the present posi-
tion. It was agreed that they should be the subject
of further consideration. In this connection no
suggestion was made that sterling be devalued.
[T]
There was full recognition, in the discussions,
of the vital part which assistance under the Euro-
pean Recovery Programme is playing in maintain-
ing the economic jjosition in the United Kingdom
and in the other countries participating in the
Oeec [Organization of European Economic
Cooperation].
Warnings to Americans
in Soutiiern Ciiina Repeated
[Released to the press July 25]
Text of a 7iotice transinitted on July 26 hy the
Office of the Embassy in Canton to Americans
in the provinces of KwangtuMg, Kwangsi, Fu-
kien, Kiangsi, and. Hunan:
Reference is made to the statement issued by the
American Consulate General, Canton, on Novem-
ber 16, 1948, warning American citizens residing
in this consular district who were not prepared
to remain under possibly hazardous conditions
that they should plan at once to move to places of
safety.^ In view of the renewal of hostilities in
southern China, this warning is now being re-
peated in order that American citizens in areas
which may be affected by the renewal of hostilities
in southern China may give the most serious con-
sideration to the possible jeopardy in which they
may be placed should they remain in the areas in
question.
In this regard attention is called to the fact that
the Chinese Communist authorities have thus far,
in areas under their control, demonstrated in many
cases an inability or unwillingness to afford ade-
quate protection to foreigners or to safeguard their
individual liberties, particularly in connection
with arrest, detention, trial and mob action. More-
over, no satisfactory procedure has thus far been
afforded foreigners wishing to secure permits for
exit from China or even for travel between points
in Communist-controlled China.
In view of the possibility that communications
may be seriously disrupted in the near future,
Americans are advised to utilize existing transpor-
tation facilities while they are still available.
' Bulletin of Jan. 2, 1949, p. 28.
i»r
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Ambassador Grady Arrives for Consul-
tation on Assistance to Greece
[Released to the press July 25]
Ambassador Henry F. Grady arrived from
Athens on July 25 for consultations on American
assistance to Greece. Following is a statement by
the Ambassador concerning the situation:
Conditions in Greece are slowly but steadily
improving on both the military and economic
fronts. While there are still 17,000 guerrillas in
Greece and while they are still getting large
amounts of aid from the countries to the north
of Greece, the Greek Army is steadily destroying
them. Seventy percent are concentrated in the
northwest corner of Greece, close to the Albanian
and Yugoslav borders. There are small numbers
in other parts of northern Greece, but the Pelopon-
nesus has been completely cleared of bandits, and
central Greece has been practically cleared. There
is no doubt about the final victory of the Greek
Army against what is to all intents and purposes
an invasion from without, an invasion which is
attempting to overthrow the Greek Government
and make Greece another satellite of Russia.
On the economic front steady progress is being
made, although naturally the continuance of fight-
ing in Greece retards the progress toward economic
rehabilitation. Much, however, has been done in
the way of reconstruction with the aid of American
funds, and the general economic structure of the
country has been maintained intact so that with
the establishment of complete security in the coun-
try, refugees will return to their homes and Greek
energy and enterprise will work earnestly to re-
habilitate this war-devastated country. The Greek
Government is a democratic one, based on the free
elections of March 1946, and is cooperating with
our EGA staff in implementing the Marshall Pro-
gram. Of course, everybody wants general elec-
tions as soon as it is possible to have them. If con-
ditions had been normal in Greece, elections would
have been held in 1948 — 2 years after the Allied-
observed elections of March 1946. It should be
possible to hold the elections in a matter of months
if the anticipated military victories materialize.
One sees real light ahead for Greece.
Ratifications of Commercial Treaty
Witli Italy Exchanged
[Released to the press July 26]
Ratifications of the treaty of friendship, com-
merce, and navigation with Italy were exchanged
on July 26 in Rome by Ambassador James Clem-
ent Dunn for the United States and Count Carlo
Sf orza. Minister of Foreign Affairs, for Italy. By
its own provisions, the treaty enters into force on
the day on wliich the ratifications are exchanged.
This treaty was signed at Rome on February 2,
1948; approved by the United States Senate on
June 2, 1948 ; and ratified by the President of the
United States on June 16, 1949. The act of the
Italian Parliament approving the treaty was
signed by President Einaudi on June 18, 1949.
This is the first comprehensive commercial treaty
which the United States has concluded with a
European country since World War II and marks
the resumption of commercial treaty relations with
Italy which were interrupted in 1937 when the
Treaty of 1871 was terminated by mutual agree-
ment. The treaty is basically similar to treaties
of friendship, commerce, and navigation now in
force between the United States and various other
countries. It is based in general upon the prin-
ciple of mutuality and is designed to govern eco-
nomic intercourse between the two countries
through sound and reasonable provisions respon-
sive to the jH-oblems of present-day international
economic relations.
The treaty contains provisions relating to the
rights of individuals and corporations of one party
in the territory of the other, the protection of per-
sons and property, landholding, religious activi-
ties, the exchange of goods, shipping, and other
matters generally covered in treaties of this kind.
It also establishes standards of fair and nondis-
criminatory treatment in matters relating to the
establishment and operation of corporations, the
expropriation of property, currency-exchange con-
trols, and state competition with privately owned
enterprises. In these respects, the treaty is in
accord with the liberal principles of economic in-
tercourse which the United States upholds and,
among other things, is designed to assure an oppor-
tunity for the development of a mutually advan-
tageous flow of capital and technology between the
two countries, which is in line with the basic objec-
tives of the Point -4 program.
Under its provisions, the treaty will remain in
effect for 10 years from the day of exchange of
ratifications, and will continue in force thereafter
subject to termination on 1 year's notice by either
government.
198
Department of State Bulletin
THF RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Senate Approval of North Atlantic Pact
Statement by President TruTnan
[Rclea'tcd to the press by the White House July 25]
The American people value peace and freedom
above all things. Our ratification of the North
Atlantic pact with the overwhelming support of
the Senate and the people shows our determina-
tion to preserve this peace and freedom.
This treaty is a historic step toward a world of
peace, a free world, free from fear, but it is only
one step. We have malice toward none. With our
partners in the pact and other like-minded peoples
we must, with God's help and guidance, work for
peace with every means at our command. We
must keep ourselves morally and materially
strong. We must play our part in helping to
strengthen freedom everywhere. We jnust work
patiently and tirelessly to make the United Na-
tions ever more effective for its gi-eat task. We
must seek ever greater unity of purpose and of
action in the cause of peace.
President Quirino of the Philippines
I To Visit U.S.
[Released to the press by the White House July 27]
Ij President Elipdio Quirino of the Republic of the
Philippines has accepted the invitation of the
President of the United States to visit this country
and will arrive on August 8.
Since shortly before the first of the year the
President has been in communication with Presi-
dent Quirino in an attempt to work out a mutually
satisf actorj' time when our government would have
the privilege of welcoming him to Washington.
It is a matter of satisfaction to the President that
this meeting will j^rovide an opportunity for dis-
cussing a number of matters of common and con-
tinuing interest arising out of the peculiarly inti-
mate and friendly relations between the Philip-
pines and the United States.
The President recalls with pleasure President
Quirino's visit here as Vice President in 1947, as
well as the visit of the late President Manuel
Roxas in 19i6.
'! August a, 1949
Multilateral Diplomacy — ContimicA from paoe 169
majorities in the United Nations referred to by
former Secretary Marshall when he said:
. . . there are no mechanical majorities at the dis-
posal of any nation or group of nations. Majorities form
quicldy in support of the principles of the Charter.
These nations have an overwhelming preponder-
ance of moral and physical force which in the end
will not be denied. The foundation of collective
security must be this unaggressive preponderance
in the hands of the nations who sincerely support
the United Nations. By this means the center of
gravity of power in international relations will
shift from the old catch as catch can alliance sys-
tem over to the organized community of law abid-
ing states.
The United States has undertaken unprece-
dented action to buttress the economic health and
security of these nations, particularly those direct-
ly exposed to Soviet designs. These programs
are made imperative by the situation prevailing in
the world as a result of Soviet policies, but they
cannot be considered in any sense as a substitute
method by which the goal of universal peace can
be achieved. These are transitional arrangements
to meet present security needs. It is unfortunate
that the East-West conflict has prevented them
from being of the type contemplated in articles
106 and 107 of the Charter. It is important that
these transitional arrangements should not be per-
mitted to siphon off the forces and compulsions
which support the effort to find adequate means by
which permanent peace can be established through
collective security. Without the United Nations
universal approach which they support, these
arrangements would be brittle and fragmentary,
lacking the direction and focus of a permanent
policy having the backing of all those nations who
share with us our hope for durable peace through
collective agreement.
Continued support of the United Nations as a
cornerstone of United States foreign policy is a
realistic approach to the realities of international
affairs. It is not enough, however, to believe that
historical and social forces are at work which will
make collective security prevail on an appointed
day. No less than the Soviets, who are not averse
to giving a helping hand to the destiny which their
creed holds man cannot escape, we must be pre-
pared at all times to give the forces of collective
security a nudge in the right direction. Multi-
lateral diplomacy is at work on this task.
199
The United Nations and Pnee
Specialized Agencies
Economic Development of Underdeveloped
Countries. By Assistant Secretary
Thorp 170
Israeli-Syrian General Armistice Agreement. 177
Israeli-Syrian Armistice Evidence That Con-
ciliation Can Be Achieved. Statement
by Secretary Acheson 180
The United States in the United Nations . . 181
General Policy
Multilateral Diplomacy. By William San-
ders 163
Warnings to Americans in Southern China
Repeated 197
Ambassador Grady Arrives for Consultation
on Assistance to Greece 198
President Quirino of the Philippines To Visit
U.S 199
Treaty Information
Israeli-Syrian General Armistice Agreement . 177
Hatifications of Commercial Treaty With
Italy Exchanged 198
Treaty Information — Continued Page
Senate Approval of North Atlantic Pact.
Statement by President Truman . . . 199
National Security
U.K., U.S., Canada To Discuss Atomic En-
ergy Information. Statement by the
President 185
Military Assistance Program Transmitted to
Congress :
Message of the President 186
Statement by Secretary Acheson 189
Analysis of the Military Assistance Pro-
gram 194
Economic Affairs
Alvin Anderson Named U.S. Member on Pa-
cific Salmon Fisheries Commission . . . 184
U.S.-U.K.-Canadian Economic Discussions . 197
Occupation Matters
Henry Parkman Named U.S. Representative
on Ruhr Authority 185
Calendar of International Meetings . . 182
^o^nimmotci/y^
William Sanders, author of the article on Multilateral
Diplomacy, is Special Assistant to the Assistant Secretary
for United Nations Affairs.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1949
Jne/ ^eha^tmen(/ x)^ tyta(ier
[SK; PKINCIPLES OF U.S. POLICY TOVk AHD THE
FAR EAST • Statctnent by Secretary Acheson 236
TESTIMONY ON MILITARY ASSISTANCE PRO-
GRAMS • Statements by Louia Douglas and Henry F. Grady, 229
FOREIGN AID ARTICLES AND THE BURDEN OF
LOSS • Article by Michael H. Cardozo 2)3
THE FRANCO-ITALIAN CUSTOIMS UNION • (rr.vv-
by Hotiard J. Hilton, Jr 203
For complete contents see back cover
lol. \\l,No.528
August 15, 1949
^eNT Oj>
t^
^efict/yi^e^ a)^ i/tale Jky LI 1 1 \D Lli. 1
Vol. XXI, No. 528 • Publication 3607
August 15, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qoverament Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.60
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau
of the Budget (February 18, 1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Depaetment
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications.
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
U. ft. &Ufkt
.i.uivir.l»lt
THE FRANCO-ITALIAN CUSTOMS UNION
^y Howard J. Hilton, Jr.
In the effort to solve the pressing economic prob-
ems continually arising from the comiDlex net-
work of relationships existing in the world today,
serious consideration is being given to the forma-
aon of customs unions. The Customs Union
Study group is studying^ the proposal for the
formation of an European customs union. At the
same time, other countries are facing the innu-
merable problems associated with the actual for-
mation of customs and economic unions. The
Benelux union, involving Belgium, the Nether-
lands, and Luxembourg, has already established a
common tariff for the three countries ^ which ai'e
now considering steps to reach the final agreed
bbjective of full economic union. Although other
Countries have signified their intention to investi-
gate the possibility of forming regional customs
[unions, the French and Italian Governments are
the only representatives of European countries to
carry out, in accordance with the pertinent pro-
visions of the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, the steps preliminary to the formation of
a customs union. The signing of the customs-
union treatj^ on March 26, 1949, set the stage for
this significant experiment.
Much can be learned from the detailed docu-
mentation available concerning the Franco-Italian
' Interim Report on the JEurope<in Recovery Program
issued by the Organization for European Economic Coop-
eration, Dec. 30, 1948, Vol. I, pp. 117-118.
' For a general review of the Belgian, Netherlands, and
Luxembourg Customs Union, see W. Buchdahl, "The New
'Benelux' Union — Western European Tariff Pattern?"
Foreign Commerce Weekly, Oct. 11, 1947.
customs union. As a case study, it reveals the
myriad of problems involved, the time and effort
which must be spent in study, investigation, and
joint meetings, and the preliminary agreements
and protocols which often mark the progress to-
ward the ultimate objective. Through the cour-
tesy of the French and Italian Governments, whose
representatives deserve high praise for the states-
manship, intelligence, and perseverance with
which they have faced the many problems in-
volved in this task, it is possible to make these
documents available to the people of the United
States in order that these developments in Europe
may be better understood.
Agreement of September 13, 1947
At the Paris meeting of the Committee for Eu-
ropean Cooperation held in the summer of 1947,
the French and Italian Governments agreed to
establish a study group charged with the task of
reporting to the two governments by January 1,
1948, on the feasibility of a customs union between
the two countries. To carry out this understand-
ing, Georges Bidault for France and Pietro Cam-
pilli for Italy signed, on September 13, 1947, a
French and Italian Declaration and Protocol.^
The Declaration stated that the study should per-
mit the determination of whether this union at the
beginning should be limited to France and Italy,
or should, on the contrary, embrace from its incep-
tion other European states. The study was also
to have for its objective the determination of
' Annex I provides an unofficial translation of the French
and Italian Declaration and Protocol of September 13,
1947.
August 15, 7949
203
whether or not the creation of a Franco-Italian
Customs Union would be of a nature to facilitate
the participation by France and Italy in a broader
European customs union.
The Protocol, which outlined the terms of refer-
ence of the Mixed Franco-Italian Commission
conducting the study, stated that it was to direct
its attention to the following matters: (1) customs,
fiscal, and administrative problems; (2) financial
and monetary problems ; (3) industrial problems ;
(4) agricultural problems; (5) communication
and transportation problems; (6) movement of
persons and problems related to labor; (7) eco-
nomic relations.
Proces-Verbal of the Mixed Franco-Italian
Commission
The first meeting of the Mixed Franco-Italian
Commission opened in Rome on September 16,
1947. The second session of the Commission was
held in Paris from October 27 to November 7. A
froces-verbal^ prepared for this session, indicated
that the problems facing the two countries in
developing a customs union were not insoluble.
In certain cases, the report mentioned that the sit-
uation favored the customs union arrangement ; in
others, certain adjustments would have to be made
before the union could be established. There was
general agreement, however, that such adjust-
ments could be made.
The report pointed out that both countries were
suffering from certain temporary shortages, which,
however, could be corrected by increased produc-
tion within the two countries, and that programs
to meet some of these deficits had already been
envisaged. The two countries were also suffering
from traditional shortages which require perma-
nent imports from third countries. In the latter
category are many industrial raw materials such
as liquid fuels, coal, copper, and some agricultural
commodities such as fats and certain textile fibers.
In connection with their requirements from other
countries, a common purchase policy was urged so
as to avoid costly competition. In fact, the in-
dustrial and agricultural committees of the study
group indicated that coordination and specializa-
tion of commercial exchanges between the two
countries and between them and third countries
could do much to clear up difficulties which upon
first sight might appear insurmountable.
204
Final Report of December 22, 1947
The third session of the Mixed Commission pro-
duced a final report of two volumes which w-as
signed in Rome on December 22, 1947, by R.
Drovin for France and Umberto Grazzi for Italy.*
Following the issuance of this report on Janu-
ary 28, 1948, the French and Italian Ambassadors
calling on the Under Secretary of State of the
United States, Mr. Lovett, presented a copy of this
report for the information of the American Gov-
ernment. At this meeting the Department of
State informed the two ambassadors that "the
United States Government is gratified at the prog-
ress made by the Mixed Commission in studying
the practical problems involved and particularly
gratified that this study resulted in agreement that
such a customs union is practicable. Realization
of it and of an eventual economic union between
France and Italy would be of historical impor-
tance not only for the two countries, but for Eu-
rope as a whole." The United States Government
also indicated that it would follow the further ef-
forts of the two governments to attain this ob-
jective with full sympathy and strong hope for
their continued success.^
In this final report, the Commission directed
its attention to indicating solutions to particular
problems only in broad and general terms. It
considered that formation of a customs union in-
volved two phases. The first phase to which this
report was addressed was that of preparing a
thorough study and general examination of the
desirability and expediency of the formation of a
customs union. The second phase was that in
which the two governments, having decided to
form a customs union, would establish the concrete
program for implementing that decision.^
After studying the structure of the agricultural
economy of France and Italy, the long-term eco-
nomic measures adopted by the two governments,
and the relationship of the two countries with re-
spect to certain specific products, the report con-
cluded that there were no obstacles in the field of
agriculture which would prevent the formation of
'"Rapport Final, Vol. I, Vol. II; Commission Mixte
Franco-ltalienne Pour L'Etude d'une Union Douanidre
Entre Ln France ct L'ltaUe. Vol. I, 1S3 pp. ; Vol. II, 621 pp.
Rome, Dee. 22, 1947".
' Department of State press release 99, Feb. 9, 1948.
" Final Report, vol. I, p. 6.
Department of State Bulletin
a customs union. In fact, the customs union would
])ennit a division of labor which would facilitate
the economic development of the two countries.
It was necessary, however, that legislation be
adopted to meet conditions arising from the new
relationship between the two countries and that
certain precautions be taken to prevent injury to
specialized sectors of agriculture. The greater
area provided by the formation of a customs union
for the exchange of produce, insecticides, and
equipment would be a factor in the progress in the
rural life of the two countries: however, both
France and Italy would have to make a serious
effort witli a view to decreasing the costs of
production.'
Industry was subject to similar close study
dealing with various goods and specialized indus-
tries. It was held that the many problems of in-
dustry could not be solved in isolation but must
be considered in relation to all other elements
such as agriculture, finance, commercial and fiscal
policies, etc. The historic separation of the two
economies had resulted in differences in jiroduc-
tion. On one hand, these dili'erences would facili-
tate the formation of a union, but, on the other
hand, certain of the differences should be elimi-
nated and certain economic sectors coordinated.
To achieve this coordination, collaboration would
be required in the importation of basic materials,
in the distribution within the union of raw mate-
rials and capital and finally in the organization of
export markets. Such collaboration would have
tlie objective of obtaining a rationalization and
specialization of production which could be effec-
tively regi-ouped within the framework of the
union, and would thereby make the productive
energy of the two countries more effective. The
reduction in cost of production resulting from
these changes would permit the development of
factories and workers producing semi-finished
products now imported because existing high costs
of production and limited markets have prevented
the development of such plants. The collabora-
tion of the two industries involving exchange of
technical information, division of labor, licensing,
and so forth, could not help but accelerate the
industrial progress of the two countries.^
The analysis of transportation and communica-
tion between France and Italy was, of course,
basic to the study of the effects of the union on
industry and agriculture. The formation of the
customs union could, of course, be expected to
increase greatly the exchange of goods between the
two countries. The transportation facilities in
general were believed ample to meet these new
demands. Although many technical details
needed to be worked out concerning unification of
charges, dues, use of ports in the union for trans-
shipment to third countries and so forth, there was
assurance that solutions could be found. In the
case of the ship construction industry, which pre-
sented a special competitive problem, it was sug-
gested that a solution could be predicated upon
the supply to Italy of French steel products, the
suppression of competition in foreign markets,
the division of orders to assure equilibrium of pro-
duction which was held to be indispensable in an
economic union, and the conclusion of specific
agreements permitting recruitment of specialized
Italian labor for work in French shipyards.
Consideration of problems arising in the field of
civil aviation was guided by the constant technical
changes and the necessity for both countries to
solve the problem within the framework of various
international aviation agreements. The report
emphasized the adherence of both countries to the
IcAO principles.
Certain questions concerning labor were the ob-
ject of particular examination. These were the
regulation of entry into the two countries, the dif-
ference in the status of workers, both foreign and
national, from the point of view of social security,
the regulation of supply and demand, the place-
ment of workers, and the organization of profes-
sional workers.**
The report concluded that with respect to labor
and manpower, the customs union was possible and
even desirable. It was apparent that within the
framework and broader spirit of a customs union
the solution of delicate questions would be greatly
facilitated. The principal question was that of
the free circulation of persons and its effect upon
the two countries. The establishment of a single
labor market risked disorganizing the Italian labor
market through sudden removal of workers and
' Ibid., p. 31.
» Ibid., pp. 65-C7.
'Ibid., p. 93.
August J5, 7949
205
)
uncontrolled entry into France saturating the
French labor market, thereby creating unemploy-
ment in certain traditionally attractive pursuits
without essentially helping the solution of basic
problems. The report recommended, as a solution
for these problems, that measures be studied and
agreements reached for progressive realization of
a single labor market as soon as the placement of-
fices of the two countries were in a position to con-
trol effectively the national labor market. It was
held that only the recruitment of trained men and
above all a common policy for professional train-
ing would make it possible to create conditions for
coordinated immigration.^"
Foreign trade was the object of close scru-
tiny which covered general developments in both
France and Italy, trade between the two countries,
and a serious study of each sector of production
with a view to determining the effect of the union
upon particular products. It was felt that the
union, by enlarging and diversifying demand,
would cause substantial changes in the volume and
character of foreign trade. In certain sectors, the
production of the two countries is complementary ;
for example, Italy can supply deficit items in
France, such as hemp, raw silk, sulphur, mercury,
essential oils, and i*aw hides, whereas France can
supply iron ore, scrap, sheet steel, coal, combed
wool, and chemical products. The economies of
the two countries are competitive in textile, me-
chanical, pharmaceutical, and certain luxury fields
of industry, as well as in phases of agriculture and
food processing. The increase in purchasing
power resulting from the formation of a union
would create new needs which, in certain cases,
would require increases in production while in
others they could be satisfied only by imports.
With respect to exports of the union to third coun-
tries of products in which the two countries are not
in direct competition, the creation of a union would
permit national development of the export mar-
kets by making possible more profound studies in
the light of the specialization of respective indus-
tries which should gradually be realized within
the union. This collaboration might take the
form of export agreements for participation in
foreign contracts or international fairs. The
union would also have a healthy effect upon exports
because of the lowering of sales prices resulting
from an expanded domestic market and benefits
of specialization in production. Joint commer-
cial negotiations with third countries could, it was
hoped, be undertaken.
The union by favoring expansion of trade and re-
maining open to accession by other countries would
contribute to international progress in world trade,
and would thus further the objectives of European
recovery. Apart from the speculation of in-
creased foreign trade, the report noted that in the
event of a world decline in trade, the union would
permit the two countries to bear the effects of the
crisis more easily owing to greater trade within the
union and to the developments of possibilities for
the integration of their own economies and the
extension of their own markets.
In financial questions, the report was concerned
primarily with the rate of exchange between the
franc and the lira and with the current system of
payments between the two countries. It recom-
mended that the effort be made to direct payments
through the clearing agreement with a view to
integrating the regulations and of reaching a sin-
gle exchange rate. In the case of the customs
union, it was held that not only revenues should
be transferred, but all liquid assets and private
accounts now blocked should be subject to trans-
fer." On the question of customs, the report
quoted the pertinent provisions of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, which establish
principles governing the formation of customs
unions. The essential requirement is that customs
duties and other regulations imposed by customs
unions should not be on the average higher or more
rigorous in their effect upon other countries than
those applicable before the formation of the union.
After study of the French and Italian tariffs as to
the nature of duties and nomenclature in which
the two tariffs are essentially different, the experts
recommended that the Geneva nomenclature which
France had already adopted be used as a basis.
The parties agreed upon the system of negotiable
tariffs, but felt that discussion on the level of com-
mon tariffs could not be pursued at that time."
In its general conclusions, the Mixed Commis-
sion held that the realization of the customs union
' IU&., pp. 10&-110.
" 76 id., p. 167.
"= lUa., pp. 169-172.
206
Deparfment of State Bulletin
II
between the two countries would probably play
an integral part in preparation for the period
when the different restrictions in international
trade could be more or less abandoned by France
and Italy. It, therefore, seemed to conform to
the economic policies of the two governments and
to constitute an effective means through which
this policy could be implemented and its benefits
felt. To the argument tliat benefits from the
union would be felt only in the future, the report
stated that if the decision were rapidly taken and
its objectives accomplished by the necessary steps,
numerous sectors would feel almost immediate im-
provements. The Commission stated that if the
French and Italian Governments made a decision
to form a union, then it must be open to all coun-
tries which desired to participate. The report
closed with these eloquent words :
"The Mixed Commission, aware of the difficul-
ties of all kinds which affect the two Countries,
and convinced that such difficulties would be even
more serious if each Country were to face them
separately, aware also of the responsibilities aris-
ing out of the task of which said Commission was
entrusted, is able to conclude that the Customs
Union between France and Italy does not present
any obstacles. Moreover it makes it possible, on
one hand to find a solution to some economic prob-
lems which the two Countries have to face, and on
the other to prepare a larger area and newer ways
to world trade, the revival of which is indispensa-
ble for the prosperity of both Countries.
"If the two Governments wiU follow the Mixed
Commission in its conclusions, the said Commis-
sion will be proud to have cooperated in the prep-
aration of an important event, not only for the
two Countries, but also for Eurojie and to have
helped to start the foundation of a better world."
Protocol of March 20, 1948
On March 20, 1948, the French and Italian Gov-
ernments for the first time set forth their formal
desire to establish a Franco-Italian Customs
Union. They expressed their conviction that this
union would permit the development of consumer
markets, improve the specialization of produc-
tion, lower production costs, and obtain full em-
ployment of manpower, and that European recon-
struction would be strongly aided by the measures
to be adopted.
August IS, 1949
The two governments acknowledged that the
customs union must be in harmony with the pro-
visions of the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade. They also decided to create a mixed com-
mission which would determine the terms of an
agreement defining a plan and program for the
realization of a customs union between the two
countries.^'
Approval for the Formation of a Customs Union
Between France and Italy Given by the Contracting
Parties, March 1948
Also on March 20, 1948, the contracting parties,
under paragraph 5 of article 25 of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, decided that the
provisions of the General Agreement should not
prevent the establishment of a customs union or
interim agreement for a customs union between
France and Italy, provided that the agreement
conformed to certain requirements. These were
that duties and other regulations of commerce
imposed at the institution of any such union would
not on the whole be higher or more restrictive than
the general incidence of the duties and regvilations
existing prior to the formation of the union and
that any interim agreement should include a plan
and schedule of such a customs union within a rea-
sonable length of time. The decision also pro-
vided that if the two parties decided to enter into
a customs union they should promptly notify the
contracting parties and should make available to
them such information regarding the proposed
union as would enable them to make such reports
and recommendations to the members of the union
as might be deemed appropriate."
Report of the Franco-Italian Customs
Union Commission
In the protocol of March 20, 1948, the two gov-
ernments provided for a Mixed Commission to
determine the terms of an agreement and to define
the plan and program for the realization of the
customs union. The Mixed Commission organ-
ized pursuant to this protocol concluded its delib-
" Annex II provides an unofficial translation of the
protocol of March 20, 1948.
"Annex III provides a copy of this decision taken by
the contracting parties at the first session of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, March 1948.
207
erations on January 22, 1949, with the issuance of
its final report ^^ signed by Jean Letoumeau for
France and by G. B. Bertone for Italy. The or-
ganization of this report followed the pattern es-
tablished by the earlier report. Each of the chap-
ters suggested a plan of action for the realization
not merely of a customs union between the two
countries but of an economic union in the broadest
sense.
It is clear from the chapter on agriculture that
for certain commodities the proposed customs
union would encounter no serious difficulties.
These are cereals, sugar, potatoes, hemp, and to-
bacco. Although Italy will require imports of
cereals excluding rice, France hopes to export sub-
stantial quantities of wheat and to become self-
sufficient in secondary cereals with the help of
French overseas territories. Thus no problem of
competition will appear, and in fact the two
countries will, with respect to cereals, be to some
extent complementary. Since both countries are,
and plan to continue to be, approximately self-
sufficient in sugar, if account is taken of French
overseas territory, no reason for conflict in this
field is apparent. Although both France and
Italy are exporters of early potatoes, no serious
rivalry exists, and no serious problems will be met.
Since France is becoming an exporter of seed
potatoes, while Italy is deficient in this product,
the two countries are to some extent complemen-
tary. The two countries are complementary for
hemp since Italy is an exporter of hemp and
France an importer. Both in Italy and in France
a government monopoly controls manufacturing
and trade of tobacco. Hence any action which
might be desirable to make adjustments in this
field, for example, the utilization by France of
some Italian production to meet requirements, can
easily be accomplished.
Agricultural commodities for which minor ad-
justment will be required to effectuate the customs
union, include vegetable oil, seeds, alcohol, cheese,
and silk. The only type of vegetable oil which
presents a problem is olive oil. Although pro-
duction is much less in France than in Italy, both
countries agree that the pi'oposed customs union
must not conflict with the protective measures
" Compte Rendu de la Comiuission Mixte Franco-
Italienne d'Union Douani^re, Paris, January 22, 1949, Paris
Imprimerie Nationale 1949, p. 191.
applied to this crop. The commerce in seeds is
extremely complex. Both France and Italy are
exporters and importers of various types of seed.
For some types the two countries are complemen-
tary, and for others, competitive. Such conflict as
exists can be solved by a greater degree of special-
ization in the two countries in producing types of
seed most suitable to local conditions. This spe-
cialization could be expedited by consultation be-
tween members of the trade in the two countries.
Governmental regulations protecting quality and
origin of seeds in France and in Italy must be
harmonized. In France a goverimiental admin-
istration controls the production and consump-
tion of almost all types of alcohol. In the prewar
period all surplus supplies of alcohol were em-
ployed for motor fuel. This procedure was also
used to control overproduction of other crops
after distillation, notably wine. Although in
Italy alcohol has often been incorporated in mo-
tor fuel, no system comparable to the French
exists. The Commission recommended that gov-
ernmental measures be taken in Italy to establish
a control on alcohol such as exists in France. Some
types of French and Italian cheese are similar in
character and are competitive. In addition, rules
protecting appellation of origins and qualities of
cheese in the two countries must be coordinated.
From the point of view of cost, French production
of raw silk cannot compete with the Italian. The
problem can probably be solved by increased spe-
cialization, with silkworm's eggs being produced
in France and cocoons in Italy.
In the case of wine, the operation of a customs
union will be seriously complicated by the differ-
ences existing in the nature and extent of govern-
mental control. In France a system of appella-
tions of origin of wine has been established over the
course of many years. This system has proved
beneficial in protecting quality and reputation for
quality of French wines. In Italy governmental
control in this field is far less comprehensive.
Because of the serious problem of overproduction
of wine in France during the prewar period, a sys-
tem of governmental controls limiting the plant-
ing of vineyards, making obligatory declaration of
stocks, controlling shipments and distillation
of surplus supplies, was established. No compa-
rable system exists in Italy. Although at jiresent
no problem of overproduction of ordinary wine
208
Department of Stale Bulletin
exists, the area of vineyards is only slightly less
than prewar, while the yield is gradually returning
year by year to the prewar level. Hence in sev-
eral years the problem of overproduction may
again be faced. Because French producers might
be gravely injured if the control measures existing
in France were not extended to Italy, the Commis-
sion recommended that a comparable system be
established in Italy. It has also reconnnended that
until prices are comparable in the two countries,
a system of taxes be established to make them so,
and that a committee composed of representatives
of producers and dealers in the two countries be
established to study all questions concerned with
this matter and to recommend measures to deal
with them. Both France (Algeria included) and
Italy are large producers of fruits and vegetables.
Their pi-oduction in general is increasing, and al-
ready surpluses of some types are threatened. The
effect of the competition both in domestic and for-
eign markets will be more severe on some producers
as a result of the marked price differential which
exists between the two countries. The Commis-
sion recognized that the only real solution to this
problem is found in increased consumption of
fruits and vegetables, both in the two countries
and in other European countries. Something
could, perhaps, be accomplished by guiding pro-
duction with a view to attaining the most even out-
put throughout the course of the year, but as in-
dicated in the report, commerce in fruits and vege-
tables is extremely complex, and the usefulness of
governmental control is greatly limited by the per-
ishable nature of the product. The Commission
recommended the establishment of a committee of
representatives of producers and dealers from
France and Italy to study the problem.^^
The chapter on industry presented a study of
industrial problems involved in bringing the
Franco-Italian customs union into full effect and
recommended certain practical methods for arriv-
ing at solutions for the problems. As the general
problems, such as fiscal policy, wage and price
policy, etc.. were considered in other chapters, the
attention of this chapter was directed to prob-
lems such as price regulation, distribution con-
trols, and coordination of long-term programs, and
the correlation of the laws and regulations and of
'"Ibid., pp. 9-32.
August 75, 7949
the production of the two countries. Although a
unified price-control system is essential to the
union imder existing conditions, the objective
should be the progressive elimination of price con-
trols. Price control in France is more extended
than in Italy, but since the methods are similar
in both countries, unification should not be diffi-
cult to accomplish. In this connection, coordi-
nation of direct and indirect subsidy policies must
also be achieved. The continued shortage of cer-
tain power sources and raw materials in both
countries has necessitated the continuance of gov-
ernmental controls of distribution. These con-
trols are considerably more extensive in France
than in Italy. The union should improve the
availability of industrial raw materials, and the
objective of the union should be the decrease or
final elimination of such controls. However, the
report continued, if certain controls prove still to
be necessary in the future, it is important that they
should be uniform for the two countries and that
the sum total of the resources of both should be
allocated by a single administration. The long-
term programs in both countries for industrial
development, under the Marshall Plan and other
plans, should be completely coordinated and, in
the final analysis, should become a single unified
l^lan in relation to the over-all plan of the Oeec.
Both countries have a large volume of laws for
the regulation of industry. These laws are both
horizontal and vertical in character; some, such
as social security, industrial safety, weights and
measures, etc., apply to all industries, while others
apply only to specific industries. The project
of making such laws uniform for both countries
is one of considerable magnitude and will require
joint acbninistrative action over an extended
period.
Since the French and Italian industrial econ-
omies are exceptionally complementary with re-
spect to manufactured products, but only slightly
complementary as far as the exchange of raw
materials or semimanufactured goods is con-
cerned, the report suggested that special measures
to coordinate production would have to be taken.
The principal problems relating to competition
include prices, raw material supply, productive
capacity, and sales outlets. Representatives of
the various branches of industries in the two coun-
tries should meet to study the consequences of the
union and to propose special measures which may
209
be judged indispensable to avoid dislocation dur-
ing the transition period. With respect to long-
term programs, an investigation should be made to
determine the basis for agi'eement concerning in-
dustrial equipment, common purchase of raw ma-
terials in third countries, technical collaboration,
specialization of manufacture in order to reduce
cost price, and unified export-sales policy with re-
spect to third countries. Although in the early
stages of the study problems such as these and
others relating to unification of laws and coordina-
tion of industrial policy may be separately under-
taken by representatives of government and
industry, the later stages will require coordination
between these two groups. The report suggested
that mixed working groups, containing represent-
atives of both industry and government should be
established for each major branch of industry.
These groups should work on the unification of
common development programs, the encourage-
ment of specialization, and reduction of cost prices
and should contribute to the work undertaken by
the administrative groups for the harmonization
of laws and regulation."
It is apparent from the report that the obstacles
in the field of transport and telecommunications
are not such as to cause gi-eat difficulties in the
formation of the union between the two countries.
On the question of shipping, the report proposed
that a special Franco-Italian committee should be
established, after the customs union has been ap-
proved, to study shipping problems, especially the
realization of close cooperation between the mer-
chant marines of the two countries in order to as-
sure maximum utilization of the two fleets and to
avoid unfair competition. For the purpose of ad-
vising this special Shipping Committee, a Coordi-
nation Committee, composed of representatives of
Italian and French associations of shipowners,
should be established. The principal problem re-
lating to ports will be the necessity for equitably
dividing the traffic destined for Switzerland and
Central Europe between French and Italian Med-
iterranean ports. In order to achieve such a divi-
sion, it will be necessary to equalize operating
conditions in the Mediterranean ports of the two
countries. The taxes and charges levied in the
ports of the two countries on vessels, passengers,
and goods should also be equalized. An existing
committee for the Ports of Marseilles, Genoa, and
Savona has already initiated a study of these
problems. Also a common policy will have to be
developed for interior transportation rates, and
regulations in the two countries concerning en-
trepot, warehouses, and free zones will have to
be harmonized. Representatives of the national-
ized railroads of the two countries could solve the
technical problems concerning rail transport.
With respect to road transport, it was suggested
that the French and Italian Governments concert
their points of view before the competent inter-
national organizations in this field. Much has
already been done to facilitate the transport of
persons by highways between the two countries.
Progress, however, is still needed in the field of
the transport of goods between them. It is also
necessary to enlarge the concept of temporary
entry for vehicles carrying goods, and it would be
very desirable to coordinate qualities of gasoline
and lubricants in the two countries, as well as the
taxes collected on these commodities and the con-
trol of transportation costs.^'
The consideration given in this report to prob-
lems related to labor consisted primarily of a fur-
ther examination of those raised in the report of
December 22, 1947. The general problems included
the protection of the rights of workers in the
country receiving the immigrants as well as the
riglits of the immigrants, the determination of the
level of purchasing power in the two counti'ies in
order to avoid adverse repercussions on the
workers of either country, and the alignment of
wages, social charges, and production costs. A
thorough study and complete understanding of
the problems relating to the excess of Italian man-
power are basic to the formation of the union. At
the time the report was prepared Italy had 1,750,-
000 unemployed of whom it was estimated that
800,000 would be desirous of emigrating and capa-
ble of being absorbed in another economy. On the
other hand, France was desirous of importing
87,000 workers during 1949 in the following cate-
gories: agriculture, 30,000; coal mines, 41,000;
metallurgy, 6,000 ; and construction, 10,000. How-
ever, Italy because of her own shortage of skilled
workers could not at that time supply these de-
ficiencies, except in agriculture.
' lUd., pp. 33-48.
' Ibid., pp. 49-60.
210
Department of State Bulletin
As a general conclusion, it was suggested that a
committee be established within the framework of
a union to study and make recommendations con-
cerning manpower, immigration, and related sub-
jects witli the primary aim of increasing employ-
ment and standards of living in both countries.
In addition certain specific suggestions were made.
First, seasonal migration of agricultural workers
should be increased by expediting the circulation
of employment offers in Italy, by substituting
identity cards for the presently required passports,
and by simplifying the procedures of the French
Ministry of Labor. Second, trade schools should
be established in Italy to supply skilled workers
for France, particularly miners, farm hands, and
construction workers. Rudimentary courses
should be conducted in language, French laws,
and social legislation. Third, immigration to
France should be made more attractive by per-
mitting transfer of wages and savings to Italy,
improving housing of immigrant labor, and re-
ducing immigration costs. In addition, France
should submit an estimate of manpower needs on
a quarterly basis, whereupon the Italian Govern-
ment would have 2 months priority to fill these
needs before Fi-ance looked elsewhere for needed
alien workers. Fourth, independent Italian farm
owners should be introduced into France and
French overseas possessions insofar as permitted
by climate, and by legal, economic, and social con-
ditions. Fifth, a common occupational nomencla-
ture should be adopted by the two countries to
facilitate the immigration of needed workers and
the establishment of comparable statistics. Sixth,
legislation concerning industrial hygiene and oc-
cui^ational hazards and disease in tlie two coun-
tries should be coordinated.
Because of the lack of adequate information in
either country, the Commission found it impossi-
ble to determine the comparability of wages, social
security charges, cost of living, and costs of pro-
duction. If tlie proposed customs union were to
operate effectively such statistics would be essen-
tial. Social legislation of the two countries should
be coordinated, and over a period of time wages
in the two countries should be equalized."
Problems in foreign trade posed by the customs
union were, to a considerable extent, covered in the
early report. The expansion of trade within the
union and between the union and third countries,
the coordination of the conditions of production
within the union, the common search for new
markets and new sources of supply, and the im-
provement of the standard of living of the French
and Italian peoples were reiterated as the objec-
tives of the customs union. In spite of the basic
similarity of the economies of the two countries,
it was felt that the establishment of a customs
union between them would increase the amount of
trade within the union as a result primarily of
economic specialization, technical cooperation, and
financial unification, and of the removal by pro-
gressive steps, of all barriers, tariffs, quotas, li-
censes, etc., from the trade within the combined
area.
To further the development of a common com-
mercial policy, which, the Commission believed,
would provide one of tlie strongest cohesive fac-
tors in the consolidation of the customs union, the
establishment of a Trade and Commercial Policy
Commission composed of representatives of the
two governments and professional organizations
in the two countries was proposed. The functions
of this Trade and Commercial Policy Committee
would include the establishment of a program for
the rapid expansion of foreign trade and the im-
provement of the union's balance of payments,
cooperation in commercial negotiations of each of
the two countries with third countries and mutual
assistance in such negotiations, establishment of
methods of collaboration between commercial rep-
resentatives of the two countries abroad, encour-
agement of unification of import and export pro-
cedures, supervision of the gradual achievement of
free exchange of goods between France and Italy,
study of methods for achieving Franco-Italian
cooperation in their participation in international
economic organizations, and the initiation of all
other necessary action to achieve the customs
union.^"
The question of the rate of exchange between
the franc and lira is the basic problem in the field
of finance presented by the fonnation of the union.
Although the impossibility, under present eco-
nomic circumstances, of establishing a rate of ex-
change in view of the distortion in the relation-
ship between prices was recognized, it was agi'eed
"Ibid., pp. 61-69.
August 15, 7949
' Ihid., pp. 71-76.
211
that the relation between the two currencies could
not remain for long independent of their relation-
ship with third currencies. Since the uniform
customs duties to be charged on goods entering
either country are to be ad valorem, it is an essen-
tial prerequisite for the proper functioning of the
new system that the franc-lira relationsliip corre-
spond to the relationships between these two cur-
rencies and third currencies. It was suggested
that this problem be approached in two stages:
In the first period it would be the duty of the
Mixed Commission to propose to the two govern-
ments such adjustments in exchange rates as
seemed appropriate in the light of experience and
particularly in the light of the commercial move-
ments between the countries, of I'elative prices, and
of the relationship between the franc and the lira
and third currencies. As the customs union be-
comes more complete, the French and Italian
monetary experts could consider the introduction
of such technical measures as the free quotation of
the lira in France and of the franc in Italy, or the
institution of a common money of account, as
might seem likely to facilitate the economic union
of the two countries. In the second period, a fixed
rate of exchange should be established as soon as
a general establishment of new rates occurs be-
tween European currencies. At that moment
France and Italy should set the respective values
of the franc and lira with regard to other curren-
cies at a level such that the resulting franc-lira
relationship corresponds as much as possible to the
equilibrium of the markets of the two countries.
Any other procedure might necessitate the adop-
tion of control measures contrary to the aims of
the customs union.
With reference to fiscal questions, the report
also pointed out that in order to carry out a com-
plete customs union two conditions are essential:
a lasting equalization of the pressure exerted by
taxes as a whole on prices in both countries and the
coordination of the structui'e of indirect taxes on
all types of goods and services likely to be ex-
changed between the two countries. To determine
the fiscal burdens resulting from each of the French
and Italian direct and indirect taxes, it will be
necessary to make an annual comparison of laws
and tax regulations in force, an annual comparison
of official figures giving relationship between fiscal
burdens and the national income, and insofar as
possible, an annual comparison of concrete exam-
ples of the burden of taxes obtained by sampling
in the case of typical entei-prises. Indirect taxes
should be equalized particularly insofar as they
bear on products or services likely to be exchanged
between France and Italy, for it is in this field that
the greatest differences exist. In the absence of
a customs barrier the maintenance of such dif-
ferences would entail unacceptable disparities of
tax burdens. The French administration will un-
dertake to keep current the information, which
it has filed with the Commission secretariat, on
the French fiscal system and especially on the var-
ious indirect taxes which are in effect in France.
The Italian administration will take steps to file
similar information.
The Commission has emphasized that an eco-
nomic iniion advantageous to both countries could
not be consununated without measures equalizing
conditions of investment in both countries and fa-
cilitating transfers of capital. The unification of
the two markets and the coordination of credit and
investment policy cannot be achieved before the
second phase of the union. It was suggested that a
special Mixed Commission be organized as soon
as the Customs Union Agreement comes into effect
in order to prepare the first measures required in
tliis sector for the economic union. The commis-
sion in question would follow in both countries
the savings and investment situation and credit
policies with a view to facilitating the introduc-
tion by both countries of similar technical meas-
ures as soon as such a procedure appears necessary
and useful. In this connection there will be less
difficulty in establishing a relationship between
the two money markets in the case of medium and
long-term capital issues than in the short-term
credit field, particularly since the order of ac-
complishment will, in principle, begin with direct
financing by medium and long-term credit insti-
tutions, and continue with progressive opening of
the financial market of one country to the issu-
ance of securities of the other country, and, finally,
end with the granting of reciprocal banking
facilities.^^
The establishment of a Franco-Italian customs
union raises essentially four questions in the field
of customs: the establishment of a common cus-
toms union tariff vis-a-vis third countries, the
elimination of the customs frontier between
' /;*;(/.. pp. 77-86.
212
Department of State Bulletin
France and Italy, the territorial extent of the
Union, and foreign trade statistics. The initial
step in the establishment of a common customs
union tariff is the preparation of a common cus-
toms tariff and a convention to put it into effect.
It is reconnnended that the determination of the
nomenclature of the common tariff should be post-
poned until the Customs Union Study Group at
Brussels has finished its work and that the deter-
mination of the rates in the new tariff should be
delayed pending the conclusions of the tariff
negotiations under the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade held at Annecy. The tariff
convention should provide for the imiform appli-
cation of the customs union tariff. In addition
to the establishment of a customs union tariff, the
customs legislation and regulations of the two
countries should be unified. Since the two cus-
toms administrations had already begun to study
these questions, it was proposed that a permanent
Technical Committee on Tariffs be established to
continue work on the problem. The elimination
of the customs frontier between France and Italy
would involve problems concerning the elimina-
tion of all customs duties between France and
Italy, agreement regarding the disposition of in-
ternal taxes and charges other than customs duties,
unification of legislation and other regulations
affecting state monopolies, and unification, grad-
ual reduction, and ultimate elimination of all re-
strictions, other than customs duties, applied by
the customs administration i. e. exchange control,
quantitative restriction, sanitary control, etc.
The Commission proposed that the customs union
at first should include only metropolitan Italy
on the one hand and metropolitan France and
the three Algerian Departments on the other, but
gradual extension of the union to overseas terri-
tories and possessions should be studied. Foreign
Trade Statistics should be prepared in both coun-
tries on the basis of the same classifications. Such
a preparation is felt to be essential to joint plan-
ning.-^
The general conclusion expressed in the report
was that the organization of the external relations
of the customs union is one of the most important
problems and should be effected as soon as pos-
sible. A common internal customs territory can-
not be realized before a common customs union
" Ibid., pp. 86-91.
August 15, 1949
tariS vis-d-vis third countries has been established.
Likewise, it would be necessary to work out a
joint commercial policy. It was felt that agree-
ment with respect to imports and exports would
develop internal industrial cooperation and en-
courage the coordination of internal production
and even increase trade between the two coun-
tries themselves. In the establishment of com-
mon external relations, the following considera-
tions were emphasized by the report: The objec-
tive should be the expansion of the foreign trade
of the union ; the balance of payments of the two
countries should ultimately be calculated in com-
mon ; and the customs union should contribute to
general European economic cooperation.
The customs and economic union .should be real-
ized gradually in view of the very serious diffi-
culties which have to be surmounted. The Com-
mission proposed that during the period of forma-
tion compensatory measures should be instituted
to make the adjustments of the transitional period
more readily acceptable. Taxes to compensate for
differences in the cost of production are the one
example of the compensatory measures cited by
the report. However, it was pointed out that
these measures should be transitory and progres-
sively removed. Moreover, the Commission
warned that these measures should not interfere
with the increase in competition which will de-
velop as a result of the union. It felt that such
competition would produce desirable specializa-
tion. On the other hand, it pointed out that even
an uneconomic activity should not be compelled
to disappear without a transitional period, adding
that these measures could be imposed by both
sides, after informing the body established to
supervise the establishment of the customs union.
The Commission has established the general
goals and the framework within which they may
be attained. The ultimate objective of economic
union could best be established, not through a
series of defined stages, but by moving forward on
all fronts. Any and all efforts toward economic
cooperation, however small in themselves, would
aid materially in the achievement of the desired
result. Success in one such effort will suggest, and
even require, a similar effort in collateral fields.
The Committee proposed that the two govern-
ments establish a Franco-Italian Customs Union
Council which would be composed of one repre-
sentative, an alternative representative and seven
213
members from each country. It also suggested
the establishment of a mixed Secretariat. Fur-
thermore, each representative should have in the
capital of the other country a permanent delegate.
There should be a permanent section of the Coun-
cil which would meet periodically, and the Council
should have the authority to establish committees
of experts. The functions of the Council would
be to prepare plans for the establishment of the
customs union within a period of 1 year and
the realization of complete economic union within
six years ; to supervise the application, in each of
the two countries, of measures adopted in common ;
to facilitate and follow relations between the vari-
ous administrative services, professional and labor
organizations of the two countries; to promote a
common policy with respect to labor force and
trade both between the two countries and between
the customs union and third countries; and to
give advice when requested. The Council would
have to be consulted whenever one of the two gov-
ernments instituted compensatory measures.-^
Treaty of March 26, 1949
On March 26, 1949, the Foreign Ministers of
France and Italy, Robert Schuman and Carlo
Sforza, signed the customs-union treaty.-* The
provisions of this treaty relate to three general
subjects: (1) the establishment of a Franco-Italian
Customs Union; (2) the gradual establishment of
an economic union between the two countries ; and
(3) the creation of the Customs Union Council.
This treaty embodies by reference the conclusions
of the report of December 22, 1947, and the report
of January 22, 1949. It also reflects consideration
by the signatories of the final act of the conference
of the United Nations on trade and employment
of March 24, 1948, and article 44 of the Habana
Charter. The treaty stipulates that the common
tariff applicable to trade with third countries and
the removal of all tariff duties on trade within the
union shall be completed within one year from the
date on which the treaty enters into force. The
division of customs revenue deriving from the
application of the common tariff is to be deter-
mined at a future date.
^Ibid., pp. 92-100.
" Annex IV provides a translation of the treaty signed
Mar. 26, 1949, providing for the establishment of a Franco-
Italian Customs Union.
The provisions concerning the economic imion
stipulate that it wiU be achieved by gradual steps
within a period which the parties hope will not
exceed 6 years. Pending the institution of the
economic union, it was agreed that compensatory
measures (taxes, in particular) could be used to
equalize the differences in internal taxation or to
lessen the repercussions of the removal of quanti-
tative restrictions, provided that the over-all inci-
dence of such compensatory measures should pro-
vide a degree of protection which would be less
than that assured to similar merchandise coming
from third countries.
A Council of the customs union is to be estab-
lished within a period of 1 month after the
treaty enters into force. The general functions of
this Council are as follows : (1) It shall make plans
for the establishment of the tariff union. (2) It
shall prepare for the realization of the economic
union and supervise its being placed into effect.
In this connection, the Council is charged with
making, on October 1 of each year, an annual re-
port to the two governments, recommending meas-
ures to be adopted in the subsequent 12-month
periods. The first of these reports is due on Oc-
tober 1, 1949. (3) It shall make proposals con-
cerning the most rational use of labor, the devel-
opment of economic activity in the two countries,
and the expansion of trade between the two coun-
tries and third countries. (4) It shall promote
the development of close relations between the pub-
lic services, business organizations, and labor
unions of the two countries. (5) It shall give ad-
vice on any measure concerning the customs or
economic union when requested by either of the
two governments.
Conclusion
This article is designed simply to describe the
complex problems which must be faced by two or
more countries contemplating the formation of a
customs union. There are, however, certain ob-
servations which might appropriately conclude
this review. Although solutions for many of the
problems have been indicated by the experts, their
suggestions have undoubtedly created issues which
must be decided by the people themselves. It is,
thus, that the customs-union treaty now awaits
ratification by the French and Italian Parliaments.
214
Department of State Bulletin
One may rest assured that before the final deci-
sion of the governments is made, there will be
further investigation, in accordance with demo-
cratic precepts, of the merits and the effect of the
union upon the people concerned.
When the treaty is ratified, labor and industry
will be called upon to cooperate in making adjust-
ments to the inevitable dislocations which will
arise from the formation of the union. It is only
by this cooperative endeavor, however, that the
people may enjoy the fruits of the union. These
are the greater productive efficiency based upon
the division of labor and capital, full and efficient
use of manpower, lower prices resulting from
larger markets and gi-eater production, the general
improvement in the standard of living, and the
other benefits both tangible and intangible.
The formation of a customs union may greatly
affect the commercial and economic interests of
other countries. Now, for tlie first time in liistory,
international agreements, viz., the General Agi'ee-
ment on Tariffs and Trade and the Draft Charter
for the International Trade Organization, estab-
lish certain standards to guide participants in
achieving a customs union. As both the French
and Italian Governments have accepted these
standards, it is expected that the general principles
of these agreements will be followed in the formu-
lation of the specific measures for accomplisliing
the objective of full customs and economic union.
[Editor's Note: The following annexes to Mr. Hilton's
article will appear in the Bulletin of Aug. 22, 1949 : the
Franco-Italian declaration anil protocol for establishment
of a customs union; the protocol regarding formation of
the customs union ; decision taken at Habana on Mar. 20,
1948 ; and the treaty between France and Italy for estab-
lishment of the customs union.]
FOREIGN-AID ARTICLES AND THE BURDEN OF LOSS
hy Michael H. Cardozo
Serving the national interest through interna-
tional aid has become one of the biggest opera-
tions of the United States economy. Lend-lease
was the first large-scale program, involving trans-
fers valued at over 50 billion dollars. It embraced
equipment of all types, ranging from tanks, planes,
and guns to orange juice, cod liver oil, and horse-
shoe nails. The procurement and shipment of
this enormous volume of material were not the con-
cern of the government alone; they drew as well
on the productive power and services of private
business from Maine to Southern California. The
impact of the program has been felt in balance
sheets, in tax burdens, and in litigation. In many
instances, it brought forth problems never previ-
ously encountered by the many people and firms it
affected. There was virtually no precedent for
procurement by United States Government agen-
cies of material for transfer to foreign govern-
ments, and to this day the precise relationship of
the supplier, the United States Government and
the transferee government is sufficiently undefined
to become involved in complex litigation.
August 15, 1949
The European Kecovery Program (ERP) and
its predecessors, Unrra, post-UNKEA relief, in-
terim aid, and assistance to Greece and Turkey in-
volve vast new foreign-aid activities, not so large
as lend-lease, but in many respects presenting prob-
lems of more direct concern to private business in
the United States and abroad. A new military
assistance program is on the way. Many of the
same types of incidents and legal relationships as
arose under lend-lease will be met, but the empha-
sis on the use of private channels of trade for the
ERP in lieu of government procurement will have
a significant effect on the relations between the
private dealers and the goverrmients involved.
Title and the Risk of Loss
Typical legal questions arise in foreign-aid pro-
grams when goods are lost or damaged during de-
livery or do not conform to the specifications of
the original request. A remarkably large propor-
tion of these legal questions seem at first glance to
depend on the answer to the basic question, "When
does title pass?" The difficulty with this ap-
215
proach, however, is exemplified by the catchword
of the lend-lease program that the United States
Government retained such an interest in lend-lease
articles that title to them "never passed." In
lend-lease and in some other programs "govern-
ment procurement" was used extensively. Title
passed to the United States Government when the
articles were accepted from the supplier, but the
transfer from the United States to the foreign
government did not necessai'ily involve a transfer
of title. In most cases it was closer to a loan of
the articles, involving transfer only of custody and
the right of possession or use, subject to a right to
recapture at will. The problems that seem to de-
pend on the time when title passes, therefore, can
seldom be solved by a simple analysis of who
"owns" the articles. Ownership of the articles is
necessarily related to the question of whose money
has paid for them, and most of the United States
foreign-aid programs have involved articles paid
for by the United States without prospect of any
reimbursement by the transferee government. As
a consequence, there is no "time of payment" by
the transferee on which a transfer of title from
the United States, and resulting "ownership", can
be founded. Still, there are many occasions when
it becomes important to be able to fix responsibility
for an article to determine who must bear the cost
of shipment or repair, or replacement, and who is
entitled to the proceeds of disposal or insurance.
To designate a point of transfer of title becomes
even harder in the case of articles under the ERP
purchased by the foreign government directly
from a supplier and transformed into a foreign-
aid article by a process of reimbursement by the
United States to the foreign government upon
presentation of vouchers, invoices, and the like.
Assuming that the article may have been delivered
abroad and even consumed before the United States
pays for it, is it still appropriate to speak in terms
of the passing of title from the United States?
If so, did it pass upon reimbureement by the United
States or theretofore? A new factor enters the
analysis when the procurement is wholly through
private channels of trade, the importer abroad
buying from a supplier or exporter in the United
States, with the United States Government funds
being injected into the stream at a convenient junc-
ture, such as when a bank pays under a letter of
credit. The analysis becomes yet another step
removed from the normal course involved in allo-
216
eating the various property interests when the
purchase is made from a source outside the United
States through the normal commercial channels
used by the importer in the recipient country but
with the United States Government contributing
dollars from its foreign-aid approjDriation to cover
the foreign-exchange requirements. In practically
all cases, however, an undei*standing of the general
relationship between the two governments and be-
tween the governments and the dealer or supplier
will provide the answers.
The ramifications of a set of facts constituting
an incident that actually occurred in the lend-lease
program, and could occur in connection with any
type of foreign-aid program, will illuminate the.
discussion. A supply of medicinal oil in capsules
is requested for inclusion in a program by an eli-
gible country, and the request is approved by the
governmental agency having policy I'esponsibility
for the program. The supply is prepared and
made ready for shipment by the American sup-
plier, in this case a large private dealer in this
commodity. Four stages of delivery ensue: (1)
the rail shipment within the United States; (2)
storage in the United States, after dispatch by the
supplier but before loading for shipment abroad
(this stage is not always present) ; (3) shipment
aboard ocean vessel or aircraft; (4) unloading,
transportation, and handling abroad. Let us as-
sume that upon examination and analysis by a
private dealer in the recipient country the material
is found to fail in a solubility test, and it is there-
fore unfit for use as intended. It must be diverted
to a purpose that can make use only of its residual
or scrap value. In this case the assumption is that
there is no evidence to indicate when the deteriora-
tion occurred. The dealer abroad has no evidence
of the quality of the oil when it left the supplier's
plant.
Claims by the Dealer Abroad
The claims for damage start at the point of
discovery, that is, with the dealer or buyer abroad.
If this transaction had involved procurement by
a United States Government agency for transfer
to the recipient government, or merely transfer
out of United States Government stocks, the
dealer abroad would, in effect, buy the goods from
his own government. He would pay local cur-
rency to his government in return for title docu-
ments. This procedure was typical of all lend-
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
I
lease transfers of consumer goods. Under the
ERP or the Greek-Turkish aid program, this type
of transaction could also occur, especially where
the materials constituted agricultural surpluses or
were in Army or Navy stocks remaining from
the war.
In all of these cases the aggrieved dealer, or his
insurer, by right of subrogation, would ask his
government to make him whole by repaying, in
local currency, the difference between what he
paid and what he could realize in a salvage sale.
This action would assume a breach of warranty by
his government. If, however, the sale had been
made by the recipient government without war-
ranty or recourse, the dealer, or his insurer, would
have to seek redress from some other source. If
he sought to recover from the United States
supplier, he would have to show failure of specifi-
cations in the original delivery to the United States
procurement agency. He might have to find
someone, such as a carrier, who received good
medicinal oil and turned over damaged goods to
the next in line. If this person were charged with
the responsibility of delivering goods in their
original condition, he would presumably be liable
for damages suffered while the goods were in his
possession. Whether the dealer would be entitled
to collect, retain, and use funds recovered in dollars
from such a person will be discussed separately
further on.
Under lend-lease procedures, it would be simple
enough for the recipient government to make
restitution, if it were liable to the dealer under a
warranty, as it would merely have to refund out
of its treasury part or all of the local currency pro-
ceeds that it had received from the dealer. Under
the more recent aid programs, however, starting
with the post-UNRRA Relief Assistance Act of
1947, a refund has further ramifications by virtue
of the deposits of "counterpart funds." These de-
posits result, in the case of aid rendered on a
"gi'ant" basis, from the requirement that an
equivalent in local currency, or the local currency
proceeds of sale in the recipient country, be de-
posited in a special account from which expendi-
tures may be made only with the concurrence of
the United States. Where these deposits consist
merely of the proceeds of sale in the recipient
country, no great problem arises in case of a re-
fund in the nature of damages, since the refund
out of the deposit merely reduces pro tanto the
August IS, 1949
84S230 — 49 3
amount of proceeds available for deposit.
Where the deposit in the special account, how-
ever, is "commensurate" with the dollar cost spent
by the United States, a refund to the local dealer
out of this account cannot be automatic. In the
first place, the deposit was not made out of the
proceeds paid by the dealer ; in the second place, in
many cases the deposit will not have been made
before long after the goods have been delivered and
the defects discovered. Consequently, the refund
may have to be made out of other assets of the re-
cipient government. A corresponding adjust-
ment in the counterpart deposit could be made
upon agreement with the United States that the
transaction was not to be counted as aid rendered.
Unless the United States could recover its expenses
incident to the transfer from some party respon-
sible for the poor quality or deterioration of the
oil, such agreement would conflict with the re-
quirement, in the recent programs, that the deposit
be commensurate with the United States expendi-
tures, not with the value of the aid that arrives.
A more simple expedient would be for the recipi-
ent government to request the concurrence of the
United States in an expenditure out of the account
in the amount required to compensate the dealer
for his loss. It would be the responsibility of the
administering agency to decide whether the ex-
penditure would further any of the purposes for
which withdrawals are permitted.
Claims by the Recipient Government
The second aspect of the problem is the right of
the recipient government to redress for the dam-
aged or defective goods. This leads to the ques-
tion of the relationship, in terms of property law,
between the United States Government and the
government receiving the aid. It must be recog-
nized at the outset that, because of the poor quality
of the oil in the case under discussion, there was a
failure to render the requested aid, a failure analo-
gous in part to a failure of consideration in the
ordinary contract case. A medicinal oil was re-
quested ; a useless substance arrived.
No refund by the United States Government
can be expected, of course, where the United States
Government has been paid nothing. To determine
what redress may be obtained by the recipient
government, we must assess the true damage, if
any, suffered by it. In a straight lend-lease
transaction, as distinguished from a transfer based
217
on current or deferred payment, the recipient
government would have suffered only the non-
financial damage of dearth or delay. If the need
continued, replacement by the United States Gov-
ernment was assured. Insurance payable in dol-
lars to the recipient government was unnecessary.
While the war continued, lend-lease appropria-
tions were always ample to pay for replacement
and repair of lost and damaged articles. The only
problem in these cases was the question of the
record of aid rendered. It was standard lend-
lease practice to enter the record of aid when
"transfer" was effected, and ordinarily this oc-
curred upon loading on ocean vessels when a ship-
ping ticket was signed by a representative of the
foreign government. Goods lost thereafter none-
theless appeared on the books as aid to that gov-
ernment, and the cost of replacements was merely
added to that record. As a matter of fact, it was
equally acceptable to enter a record of aid for
goods lost before "transfer", since the United
States taxpayer had paid for them in the interest
of aiding the other government. An example
would be a flight-delivered aircraft which crashed
after leaving a factory but before the last take-off
from a United States field, where a representative
of the foreign government would have signed a
receipt. Any possible injustice in the lend-lease
practice has certainly been wiped out in the
standard formula for settlement of lend-lease ac-
counts, which calls for no payment for anything
lost during the war. The case of loss before
transfer very seldom occurred, however, because
in most such cases a cai'rier or similar party could
be charged, and the United States could pay for
replacement or repair out of the sums collected.
The assurance of replacement that existed dur-
ing lend-lease has not been present in the later re-
lief and reconstruction programs, which com-
mand a more limited liberality in Congi-ess. As a
consequence, the nature of the damage suffered by
a government receiving aid on a grant basis has
more of a financial aspect because replacement
through a grant may be impossible. In the face
of such a financial loss, then, can the recipient
government obtain redress by collecting dollars
(a) from the United States Government or (b)
from a party responsible for the harm done to
the shipment ? A claim against the United States
would have to be based on some theory of a breach
of contract or warranty. The relationship be-
tween the recipient government and the United
States under the present ERP and the preceding
interim-aid program does have some contractual
characteristics. In the requisition or procure-
ment authorization signed by the recipient gov-
ernment and countersigned by United States of-
ficials, a commitment by the United States to pay
for the articles or services involved generally ap-
pears. This commitment, however, does not in-
clude a i^romise to deliver. Indeed, as between
the two governments, the entire transaction is
impliedly or expressly revocable. After revoca-
tion there would remain on the United States only
the obligation to pay for goods under special cir-
cumstances. For example, the United States
would have to pay for goods ordered through a
government procurement agency. Also, the
United States remains responsible for payment
for articles procured in private channels of trade,
even after revocation, if a supplier or a bank
would otherwise suffer loss. This is protection
against a change of United States policy toward
a recijaient government that might leave suppliers
or banks with theoretical claims against a foreign
government, already short of dollars, and now
threatened with obscurity behind an iron curtain.
The United States never makes a firm promise to
the other government, however, that it will deliver
the goods requested. Nor does the undertaking
of the United States amount to a warranty. It is
no more than a promise to meet the cost of what
is actually delivered. Consequently a claim
against the United States, based on the arrival of
faulty goods, has no more substance than a claim
based on nondelivery of goods.
If convincing evidence showed that damage to
goods, such as the medicinal oil, occurred after
loading aboard ship, as from improper storage
near heat, and notices on the case to "stow in cool
place" gave grounds for a conclusion that there
was negligence, the ocean carrier would be liable to
someone. If the material transferred to the recip-
ient government had been procured by a United
States Government procurement agency, or if the
recipient government had made a contract of pur-
chase with a private dealer in the United States,
with the financing taken over by the United States
under the aid program, the recipient government
would have all the qualifications of a proper claim-
ant except one : it did not pay for the goods. In
such a case, would damages collected in dollars
from the shipping line be a windfall to the recipient
government? Certainly not if the dollars were
i
218
Deparfment of State Bulletin
immediately used to replace the goods. But
should the United States insist on receiving
the proceeds of the claim as assurance of
proper re-use? This action would be in line with
lend-lease policy and practice, which, for example,
required a foreign government to turn over to the
United States all dollar insurance proceeds real-
ized on lend-lease goods. The basic assumption,
however, of the ERP, to wit, a dollar deficit in the
recipient country's balance of payments, might
have led to a different result. The countries of
Europe have been found to have a shortage of a
given amount of dollars needed to restore trade
with the Western Hemisphere and among them-
selves. The Organization of European Economic
Cooperation (Oeec) was organized with the aim
of promoting the use of all dollar and other re-
sources of the countries participating in the ERP
for purposes that will contribute to the accomplish-
ment of the program. If it succeeds in this aim,
a recipient country must use any proceeds of a
claim, based on damages to a United States fi-
nanced shipment, for replacement in kind or in
some other manner consistent with recovery. This
procedure applies also to all the dollar resources
of the participating countries, and yet United
States aid is not rendered by turning over unfet-
tered dollars to the participating countries. A
close control over the expenditure of assistance
money is maintained, and similar control might be
appropriate for the funds realized as damages.
Actually the Economic Cooperation Administra-
tion makes a practice of having such funds turned
over to it for re-use in approved programs.
The foregoing discussion of a claim by the gov-
ernment of a recipient country is equally apposite
whether the ai-ticle was intended for use by the
government itself or was sold by that government
to a dealer or other private user in that country.
Such a dealer or consumer in a country participat-
ing in the EKP, having paid his government for
the useless goods, or having paid through his nor-
mal banking channels, would not have to be pre-
vented by the United States Government from
receiving whatever damages the law allows him
to recover from a responsible carrier or other
party. The influence to be exercised by the United
States in determining the use of any of such pro-
ceeds, recovered in dollars, however, would have
to be the same as in the case of recovery by the
recipient government, and the Economic Coopera-
tion Administration is exercising the same control
in both cases. The same conclusions would be ap-
plicable if the article, for which the United States
had i^aid, had been procured in a third country
and the recovery received by the dealer were ef-
fected in the currency of such third country.
Liability of Supplier to U. S. Government
It is conceivable, of course, that the supplier of
the medicinal oil originally furnished low quality
material or packed the capsules carelessly. Per-
haps the cartons were improperly labeled for ship-
ment abroad. The precise basis of the claim is
not important in evaluating the positions of the
various possible claimants in relation to the sup-
plier. The claimant may be anyone in the chain
of delivery, from the ultimate user abroad, or the
dealer there, to the United States Government on
this side.
In the case of procurement through a United
States Government agency, that agency might be
the claimant. Notice of the poor quality of the oil
would probably be received by the United States
through a mission in the United States represent-
ing the recipient govermnent. The mission would
be advised of the damage after redress had been
sought from the recipient government by the ag-
grieved dealer abroad. As indicated above, the
connection between the recompense made by the
recipient government, in its own currency, and the
dollar recoveiy due from the party at fault, is in-
direct. The approach to the United States Gov-
ernment must be merely in the nature of a notice,
not a claim, in view of the absence of any direct
financial loss by the recipient government, which
has made no financial outlay. Having received
notice, and detecting evidence on which to base a
claim, the United States Government, now acting
through its procurement agency, may proceed
against the supplier. There may be difficulties in
the way of collecting, however. Unlike the ordi-
nary commercial transaction based on offer and
acceptance, generally by mail or telegram, the
United States procurement operation involves in-
spection in the United States and specific accept-
ance by United States officials. Any patent de-
fects would presumably be waived. In the case
of the capsules of oil, the type of pacldng, and the
warning marks on the cartons would also be ob-
vious, and failure to object to a defect could pos-
sibly be attributed to negligence or other faidt of
the United States Government agency. This neg-
ligence would estop the United States from re-
August 15, 1949
219
covery from the supplier. Inability of the United
States to collect in such a case would mean a loss
to the United States taxpayers in the sense that
this investment failed to achieve its purpose, and
a loss, at least theoretically, to the recipient gov-
ernment through the retardation of its recovery.
Recovery by the United States Government for
breach of contract, although improbable, is not,
however, impossible, as in a case where only ulti-
mate testing by the prospective user can reveal a
defect, and acceptance by the United States pro-
curing agency cannot be interpreted as a waiver.
If a right to recover is proved, the supplier might
replace the goods, which would restore the transac-
tion to regularity all along the line. If the recov-
ery were in cash, however, whether from the sup-
plier or from a carrier or other party at fault, the
money could not be used again to replace the arti-
cle, but would have to go into miscellaneous re-
ceipts of the Treasury unless the agency can sus-
tain the contention that the recovery merely
amounts to a refund of the procurement cost.
Similarly, the payments could be re-used in the case
where a procurement agency had purchased goods
from a revolving fund, such as the assets of a
government corporation, and, at the time of recov-
ery for loss or breach of contract, had not reim-
bursed the fund out of foreign aid appropriations.
In the case of funds paid into miscellaneous re-
ceipts of the Treasury, the United States tax-
payers would suffer no loss, but economic recovery
in the recipient country would not have been fur-
thered despite the expenditure out of the appro-
priation.
Liability of Supplier to Others
An interesting question arises in the case of
faulty goods if the recipient government makes
redress in local currency to the dealer abroad and
then seeks to recover from the supplier. Presum-
ably erroneous acceptance of the goods by the
United States procurement agency, which would
give an immunity to the supplier, would leave the
United States alone responsible for the loss, as far
as the recipient government is concerned. But no
collection is possible from the United States be-
cause of the donor- donee aspect of the relation-
ship. Also, the United States bears none of the
burden of refimding local currency to the dealer.
If, however, the transaction were a grant under a
program calling for deposit of the proceeds of
sale in a special account, the payment to the dealer
220
would reduce the amount on deposit in this special
account. The United States would then be af-
fected, because it must consent to any use of the
funds in the account, and it is important to the
United States to have as much of such funds as
possible available for purposes that will contrib-
ute to recovery. Re-use by the dealer of the re-
funded local currency for a purchase in the
United States coidd, of course, contribute as much
to recovery as the original expenditure, but it
would necessarily involve a new demand for dol-
lars. This demand would mean, presumably, a
new drain on the United States appropriation for
aid. The net result is that, in a gi-ant transaction
where recovery from the supplier is foreclosed,
the burden of the loss falls on the United States
taxpayer, who has either made one fruitless invest-
ment in a foreign aid item or must make the invest-
ment twice in order to accomplish the purpose of
the transaction.
An interesting instance of this problem arose
during lend-lease operations. A quantity of steel
cable was requisitioned by a lend-lease government
for use in the fishing industry, which was supply-
ing much needed food for the fighting nations.
Steel cable was, of course, in extremely short sup-
ply, and only procurement through the lend-lease
procedure, employing govermnent channels, could
assure reasonably prompt delivery. The request-
ing government, however, paid in advance for the
material, making it a "cash reimbursement" lend-
lease transaction. The approved requisition was
transmitted by the policy agency, the Foreign Eco-
nomic Administration, to the Procurement Divi-
sion of the Treasury Department for purchase and
transfer. In due coui"se the cable was shipped.
Shortly thereafter advice was received from the
recipient government that the diameter of the
cable was too great, and that it would not fit on
the vessels for which it was intended. An exami-
nation of the original requisition showed that the
smaller diameter had been requested. Further
inquii-y revealed that the representatives of the
Treasury's Procurement Division accepted the
wider diameter on the mistaken assumption that
it would be acceptable. This assumption estopped
the United States Government, or any party claim-
ing under it, from collecting damages or the pur-
chase price from the supplier.
The recipient government, however, had re-
ceived useless cable and could expect to receive a
proper replacement or have its advance payment
Department of State Bulletin
i
!
refunded. Tliis equitable claim was recognized by
the FEA, and the purchase price was refunded
out of lend-lease appropriations and recorded as
straight lend-lease aid to the recipient country.
The cable itself was shipped back to the United
States and sold as surplus. This government re-
tained the proceeds. The difference between the
purchase price and the amount realized constituted
loss to the United States taxpayer; the whole pur-
chase price was a fruitless drain on lend-lease ap-
propriations; and the other government was
deemed to have received an amount of lend-lease
aid wliich never was actually furnished. If the
whole transaction had happened in a straight lend-
lease case, instead of in an instance of cash pay-
ment by the recipient government, the precise
coimterpart of the medicinal oil case would have
been presented. No reimbursement would then
have been made to the other government, of course,
which would merely have been treated like a dis-
satisfied customer with a charge account. If the
cable were returned, the effect on the United States
however, would have been the same as in the cash
case. In other words, the cash transaction was
merely transformed into a straight lend-lease
transfer. Under general principles adopted by the
United States for lend-lease settlements, no pay-
ment is demanded for articles lost, consumed, de-
stroyed, or returned. This arrangement assures
that the entry in the lend-lease account would not
cause a recipient country to be asked to make a
payment for an article like the unsatisfactory
cable.
The solution found in the case of the rejected
cable, which started as a cash reimbursement lend-
lease transaction, would not have been possible, of
course, if lend-lease appropriated funds had not
been available for reimbursement to the dissatis-
fied government. If the funds had been exhausted
or had lapsed by the passage of time, the recipient
country could have had no enforceable claim
against the United States Government, which
acted throughout on behalf of the other govern-
ment and without any possible assimiption of lia-
bility. The United States Government would, of
course, have represented the recipient government
in attempting to recover from the supplier, if fault
could be attributed to the latter. In the absence
of proof of fault, however, the loss would have to
be borne by the recipient government. That is
one of the effects of the unique relationship created
under the stress of wartime supply procedures.
Aid on a Credit or Cash Basis
The analogy with a charge account customer
leads to consideration of the case of aid rendered
on a credit basis, where the recipient country
agi-ees to pay for the assistance over a period of
years. The expression "aid on a credit basis" is
intended to convey a meaning slightly different
from the concept of aid through "loans". The
former connotes the furnishing of aid in kind, of
articles calculated to achieve a special purpose,
with a counter promise to pay the cost over a pe-
riod of years. A loan, on the other hand, connotes
the delivery of money, to be used generally as
needed, with a promise to repay on credit terms.
The British loan was such a transaction, and as
far as the problems discussed in this article are
concerned, the business of the Export-Import
Bank is conducted on a loan basis. These prob-
lems do not arise when the loan method is used,
for the relationship between the United States and
the recipient government is then purely debtor
and creditor, although the supplier has relations,
in the legal sense, only with the recipient
government.
Aid on a credit basis is found in some of the
lend-lease "pipeline" agreements, concluded under
authority of section 3 (c) of the lend-lease act.
Under these agreements, involving only United
States Government procured articles, transfers
were made to the various countries, after the end
of hostilities, of articles which were theretofore
in process of delivery or under contract in the
United States. The recipient countries had to
agree to pay the cost of the articles, but payment
could be made under various liberal terms, some
calling for installments stretching over 30, 35, or
50 years. DeUvery of the unsatisfactory shipment
of oil under one of these credit agreements could
be expected to result in elimination of the item
from the recipient country's account. The agree-
ment would have called for medicinal oil; de-
livery of something else would not call for pay-
ment. Any dollar proceeds realized by the
recipient country from disposal of the residue
abroad would, of course, belong to the United
States, which would also have a right to receive
any damages collectible from the persons at fault.
In other words, the transaction becomes the same
as straight lend-lease, as in the case of the oversize
cable, as soon as the foreign government's obliga-
tion to pay is cancelled by virtue of an unexpected
circumstance.
August 15, 1949
221
In the case of some of the lend-lease "pipeline"
agreements, the payment was effected by a series
of offsetting adjustments in an over-all settlement
agreement, with the end result that nothing re-
mains to be paid by the recipient government. In
some cases the boolis were closed with payment of
an immediate lump sum. These over-all agree-
ments also contain general waivers of intergovern-
mental claims connected with lend-lease or other
wartime activities. If the loss from the useless-
ness of the medicinal oil, for example, occurred be-
fore the signing of such an agreement, embodying
a claims waiver and calling for no further pay-
ments for the pipeline material, any claim against
the United States is clearly absorbed in the settle-
ment. Wliere such a settlement agreement was
signed before the shipment was started, the same
result should be reached, despite the advance dis-
charge the United States might thereby receive
from the consequences of its own possible negli-
gence. Only if the settlement agreement permits
later adjustment of the amount to be paid can the
incidence of the loss be shifted by deduction from
the amount to be paid for the goods or by other
means.
The transformation of a transaction from a
cash or credit to a straight aid or grant basis, as
a means of adjusting a recipient country's claim
for damages, may also occur in the EKF' or a new
military assistance program when a recipient
country has agi'eed to make some form of payment
for the aid. There are not likely to be any cash-on-
delivery (or before delivery) transactions in ERP,
comparable with cash-reimbursement lend-lease,
which was used mainly to overcome difficulties
caused by wartime scarcities. The necessary
preference for government procurement in lend-
lease has given way to emphasis on private chan-
nels of trade. Aid on a credit basis, therefore,
will be the more significant factor in the ERP.
In view of the likelihood that, as in lend-lease, in-
surance will not be widely used, the burden of
losses connected with this type of aid should fall
in the same manner as with the long-term lend-
lease pipeline credits.
In the ERP occasionally a transaction that
started out on a credit basis will, as a financial
matter, became transformed into something like a
grant. It could occur where no third party can
be held liable, such as where the goods involved
were government procured. It could also occur
where, the loss having been caused by factors be-
yond the control of the recipient government and
there being no chance of recovery from third
parties, the United States Government agrees to
remove the cost from the column showing trans-
fers against the credit. Such a concession might
well be demonstrably in the interest of the eco-
nomic recovery for which the whole program was
devised. The transaction will not become a grant
generally because the recipient government will
have received no aid in return for the expenditure
recorded by the United States, and clearly no
"counterpart" deposit can be expected. In lend-
lease this type of transformation from one type of
aid to another was satisfactory because so much of
lend-lease was delivered on the understanding that
the terms of payment, if any, would be fixed after
the end of hostilities, and one more item in this
category would not be objectionable. In the
meantime, the dollar sign, so far as possible, was
taken out of aid to the fighting Allies. Less lee-
way may exist in the ERP, where Congress, for
the first year's operations, imposed a limit on the
amount of funds that could be spent without a
promise to repay on credit terms. Taking a par-
ticular transaction out of the credit column could,
consequently, have had the effect of reducing to
that extent the ultimate amount of aid that coun-
try could receive. The burden of the loss, once
shifted back to the United States, in recognition
of its fault or the absence of fault in the recipient
government, would then find its final economic
resting place in the lap of the latter. Insurance,
even if permitted, could not protect against this
result because it would be caused by a mistake of
a United States inspector coupled with the ex-
haustion of appropriated funds, rather than by
one of the risks normally covered. Underwriters
are unlikely to cover losses resulting, in the final
analysis, from decisions of Congress in its exercise
of the appropriation power.
Conclusion
This exploration of risk and burden of loss in
various types of foreign-aid transactions has been
undertaken as much in an effort to analyze the
essential relationships between the aiding and
recipient countries as to provide a guide to results
to be reached in particular circumstances. The
results follow naturally from the relationships.
The analysis might prove useful in finding solu-
tions to other legal and administrative problems
met in the comparatively novel field of foreign aid.
222
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Report on the Present Status of tbe Armistice Negotiations
and tlie Truce in Palestine^
U.N. doe. S/1357
Dated July 26, 19iQ
I have the honour, in pursuance of the resohi-
tion of the Security Council of 15 July 1948, to
submit a report to the Security Council on the
armistice negotiations between the Arab States
and Israel which have been undertaken in response
to the Security Council's resolution of 16 Novem-
ber 1948 (S/1080), and on the present status
of the Palestine truce.
I. The Armistice Negotiations
1. The Security Council resolution of 16 No-
vember 1948 (S/1080) called upon the parties
directly involved in the conflict in Palestine to
seek agreement forthwith by direct negotiations
or by negotiations through the Acting Mediator
on Palestine, with a view to the immediate estab-
lishment of an armistice. The armistice would
include "the delineation of permanent armistice
demarcation lines beyond which the armed forces
of the respective parties shall not move", and
"such withdrawal and reduction of their armed
forces as will ensure the maintenance of the armis-
tice during the transition to permanent peace in
Palestine". The armistice would thus be the next
step toward peace beyond the truce regime. In ■
effect, the armistice would liquidate the military
phase of the armed conflict in Palestine.
2. The Provisional Government of Israel
promptly communicated its willingness to enter
'Transmitted with a letter dated July 21, 1949, from
the U.N. Acting Mediator on Palestine, Ralph J. Bunche,
to the Secretary-General, Trygvie Lie. For text of the
Israeli-Syrian armistice agreement, see Bulletin of Aug.
8, 1949, p. 177 : for texts of Israeli agreements with Egj'pt,
Lebanon, and Hashemite Jordan Kingdom, see Documents
and State Papers of May 1949, p. 798.
into the armistice negotiations called for, but the
Arab States were slower in responding to the Se-
curity Council's call. Egypt, Lebanon and Trans-
jordan, in December 1948, communicated their
acceptance of the resolution in principle but were
not immediately prepared to undertake the nego-
tiations called for. It was not, therefore, until
January 1949 that the first negotiations, involving
Egypt and Israel, could be got underway.
3. As previously reported to the Security Coun-
cil, armistice agreements have now been concluded
between Egypt and Israel (S/1264), Lebanon and
Israel (S/1296), Israel and Transjordan (S/1302),
and Israel and Syria (S/1353). The agreement
between Israel and Transjordan also covered the
front held by Iraqi forces, and therefore made un-
necessary any separate negotiations between Iraq
and Israel. Since such Saudi Arabian forces as
were involved in the Palestine conflict served un-
der Egyptian command, they were covered by the
terms of the Egyptian-Israeli agreement. Yemen
has had no forces in the conflict and therefore no
agreement involving Yemen has been necessary.
As a result of these agreements, an armistice now
applies to all of the fighting fronts in Palestine
and by the terms of the agreements the military
phase of the Palestine conflict is ended. Thus,
the Security Council's resolution of 16 November
1948 has been fulfilled by the parties to the Pal-
estine dispute.
4. The armistice agreements provide for a defi-
nitive end to the fighting in Palestine. Each
agreement incorporates what amounts to a non-
aggression pact between the parties, and provides
for withdrawal and reduction of forces. The
agreements have all been negotiated at the govern-
mental level and signed for and on behalf of their
respective Governments by delegations carrying
credentials in good order. They are agreements
August 15, 1949
223
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
voluntarily entered into by the parties, and any
breach of their terms would involve a most serious
act of bad faith.
5. The negotiations leading to these agi-eements
were, in each case, tortuous and difficult. But
they demonstrate that once the parties could be
brought together, they could, with United Nations
assistence, be led to reasonable and honourable
agreement. That these agreements have been ob-
tained is due to the intensive and determined ef-
fort exerted by the United Nations, and its firm
resolve that this dispute should be settled by peace-
ful means. The fruits of this eilort have been
successively the four weeks' truce, the imposed
truce of 15 July 1948, and now the four armistice
agreements. Negotiations looking toward the
formal peace settlement are being conducted by
the United Nations Palestine Conciliation Com-
mission.
6. The voice of the United Nations has weighed
heavily in all of the negotiations concerning the
truce and ai-mistice agreements. The Secretary-
General of the United Nations has given full and
invaluable support and has intervened effectively
in the numerous crises. In these agreements the
parties have negotiated as equals. The armed
forces of both sides remain intact and largely un-
impaired by the earlier fighting. Throughout the
negotiations, the parties showed understandable
reluctance to assume responsibility before the
United Nations and world opinion for causing
their collapse or failure. In each instance, the
parties came to the negotiations with a sincere de-
sire to achieve agreement but with firm ideas as to
the basis for such agreement. In the final analy-
sis, agreement was possible only because they were
willing to accept considerably less than their orig-
inal demands. The statesmanship and the spirit
of conciliation shown by the Governments and
their delegations in each case made final agree-
ment possible. The agreements have proved ef-
fective in practice and I see no reason why they
should not continue to do so. The fighting in
Palestine has ended.
II. The Truce
1. The conflict which broke out in Palestine in
May 1948, and which constituted a threat to the
peace, was checked by means of a United Nations-
sponsored truce. On 11 June 1948, the four weeks'
truce called for in the Security Council resolution
of 29 May 1948 (S/801) became effective, and it
endured until 9 July 1948. This was a negotiated
truce, voluntarily accepted by the Arab States and
the Provisional Government of Israel. At the
time this four weeks' truce went into effect, the
conflict in Palestine was general and gaining in
momentum. The truce which stopped the fight-
ing and which checked the momentum of the con-
flict so effectively that it was never again to be
resumed on a general scale was due primarily to
the herculean efforts of the United Nations Media-
tor on Palestine, the late Count Folke Bernadotte.
In seven days of negotiation of unparalleled inten-
sity, in Tel Aviv and the capitals of the Arab
States, Count Bernadotte succeeded in gaining the
acceptance of all parties for the conditions of the
truce which he had formulated and for its effective
date of 11 June. This original four weeks' truce
was the turning-point in the Palestine conflict.
2. The four weeks' truce, by and large, was ef-
fective. There were a number of serious viola-
tions, but the general warfare was checked and
the fighting fronts became more or less stabilized.
When the Arab States rejected Count Berna-
dotte's appeal to prolong it beyond the four-week
period, on the grounds that the truce had worked
to the advantage of the Israelis, Count Bernadotte
appealed in person to the Security Council to im-
pose a truce. This was done in the Security Coun-
cil resolution of 15 July 1948, ordering the disput-
ing parties to refrain from further resort to force.
All of the parties involved in the conflict informed
the Security Council that they would abide by its
decision. The resolution of 15 July constitutes an
injunction which still remains in force. The im-
posed truce became effective on 18 July 1948, a
date fixed by the Mediator.
3. The imposed truce was effectively applied
until mid-October. There were local violations
but none which involved serious fighting until the
clash in the Negeb which began on 14 October
1948. In the Negeb and subsequently in Galilee,
military activity under the truce led to important
changes in the military situation which the Truce
Supervision Organization could not rectify.
4. Prior to the October fighting in the Negeb,
Count Bernadotte and I, after his death, had
warned that the truce in Palestine could not be
maintained indefinitely without the probability of
serious fighting occurring and consequent mili-
tary advantage accruing to one side or the other.
It was apparent as early as September 1948, that
an indefinite truce, under which the fighting for-
ces would remain arrayed against each other in
close proximity, would become increasingly un-
easy and insecure, and that the Truce Supervision
Organization would not be able to control the in-
creasing violations unless the United Nations
would take most severe measures against those
guilty of violations.
5. The United Nations experience with the truce
in Palestine indicated that an imposed truce could
be effectively applied and supervised for a period
of four or five months at the most, but should then
be superseded by a further step toward permanent
peace. Although the truce imposed by the Secu-
rity Council on 15 July 1948 was of indefinite
duration and included a permanent injunction
against resort to force in the Palestine dispute,
both sides came to regard the truce as a mere inter-
224
Deparfment of State BuUetin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
rupti'on of hostilities, a phase in the fighting,
ratlier than a definite end to the armed conflict. In
maintaining the sfatii.s quo, the truce inevitably
perpetuated some conditions which after a period
of months became so intolerable as to induce one
side or the other to undertake corrective measures
even at the expense of openly defying the truce.
6. When Count Bernadotte was called upon to
supervise the four weeks' truce in the Security
Council resolution of 29 May 1948. he had at his
disposal in Cairo and Tel Aviv only seven mem-
bers of tlie United Xations Secretariat, including
secretaries. He had to recruit military and civil-
ian personnel and fashion an efficient Truce Super-
vision Organization virtually overnight. On 11
June 1948. when the four weeks' truce became ef-
fective, the first military observers arrived in
Cairo. Until they could be briefed and sent into
the field, members of the Secretariat had to func-
tion as observers and several of them displayed
singular courage in traversing no-man's land to
bring local commanders together and in stopping
local incidents of fighting, ilembers of the mis-
sion, military and civilian alike, have served the
United Xations with great loyalty and ability.
7. The military observei-s from Belgium,
France and the United States of America, and
the Swedish officers who served with Count
Bernadotte, deserve great credit for the courage-
ous service they have rendered and continue to
render to the cause of peace in Palestine. It
has been a completely new experience for all of
them, but they caught the spirit of the effort
quickly and have served the United Nations with
gi-eat devotion, even at the expense of their lives.
The Governments which have made these vm-
armed men available are due full appreciation
from the United Nations.
8. The United Xations effort in Palestine has
been costly in casualties as well as in monetary
expenditure. Ten members of the Organization,
including the Mediator, have lost their lives over
a period of fourteen months, and twice that many
have been wounded. Some of these lives have
been lost under conditions which would appear
fully to justify the United Nations in holding
the Governments concerned liable for the deaths.
In some instances, as in the case of Count Berna-
dotte himself, had adequate protection been given,
the deaths could have been avoided. Despite the
casualties, however, bearing in mind the neces-
sity for freedom of movement if ti'uce supervision
is to be effective, I firmly believe that the prin-
ciple adhered to in Palestine by Count Berna-
dotte and by me after his death, has been sound.
In the absence of any protective United X^ations
force, that principle has been to leave it to the
discretion of the local authorities to determine
how much or how little protection is needed by
the United Nations personnel, since it is the re-
sponsibility of the local authorities to protect that
personnel. Thus, neither Count Bernadotte nor
I have ever asked any local authority for pro-
tection, nor did we ever refuse it when the local
authority provided it.
9. Neither the Truce Supervision nor the Medi-
ation operations could have functioned effectively
had the United Nations not provided independent
systems of communication and transportation.
These involved gi-eat expenditure but they were
indispensable to the work of the mission and often
meant the difference between success or failure in
negotiations, and indeed, life or death for the
Mission's personnel.
III. Conclusions
1. The practical application of the Security
Council's truce in Palestine has now been super-
seded by effective armistice agi'eements volun-
tarily negotiated by the parties in the transition
f lom truce to permanent peace. Since all of these
agreements are self-enforcing and establish the
necessary machinery for their supervision, with
tlie assistance of the United Nations Chief of
Staff of the Truce Supervision and United Na-
tions observers at his command, it would seem
unnecessary longer to impose upon the States
concerned the restrictive conditions of the Se-
curity Council truce. The Security Council reso-
lution of 15 July 1948 imposed not only a truce
and the conditions relating thereto, but ordered
the Governments and authorities concerned, pur-
suant to Article 40 of the Charter of the United
Nations, to desist from further military action.
•2. In view of the existing state of affairs in
Palestine, the Security Council might consider it
advisable to review the situation in the light of
the new conditions and to take appropriate action.
Such actioii might declare it unnecessary to pro-
long the truce provided for in the Security Coun-
cil resolution of 15 July 1948. It might, at the
same time, reaffirm the order in that resolution
to the Governments and authorities concerned,
pursuant to Article 40 of the Charter of the
United Xations, to desist from further military
action, and might also call upon the parties to the
dispute to continue to observe an unconditional
cease-fire. Action along some such lines would
be consistent with the realities of the present sit-
uation and would at the same time fullv safe-
guard the basic objective of the Security Council
that fighting in Palestine shall not be resumed.
3. In conclusion. I would respectfully call to the
attention of the Security Council my communica-
tion to the Council of 17 Januaiy 1949 (S/1215).
In my view, the action which the Council might
now properly take should also provide, in accord-
ance with the resolution of the General Assembly
of 11 December 1948 (S/807). for the termination
or the transfer to the United Nations Palestine
Conciliation Commission of such functions as now
August IS, 1949
225
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
remain to the position of Mediator under Security
Council resolutions. Witli tlie armistice agree-
ments concluded, there is no longer any useful
function to be performed by the Mediator. Any
further activity by me would inevitably impinge
upon the work of the Palestine Conciliation Com-
mission. This could create only confusion and
duplication of effoi't and would serve no useful
purpose whatsoever. Under the terms of the sev-
eral armistice agreements, I have no responsibility
for their implementation or supervision, since this
responsibility, by mutual agreement, is assumed
by the parties themselves. With the truce obso-
lete, the armistice agreements concluded, and the
Palestine Conciliation Commission conducting
peace negotiations, tlie mission of the Mediator has
been fulfilled. I am happy to have had this great
opportunity to serve the United Nations and the
cause of peace in Palestine and in this, my final
report, wish to thank the Security Council i' or the
indispensable supijort which it has given to me in
my efforts to discharge the resiJonsibilities en-
trusted to me.
4. Finally, it is clear to me that the success or
failure of any mediation or conciliation effort in
a situation such as that presented by Palestine
must depend very largely upon the measure of
support afforded by the United Nations. If the
voice of the United Nations is strong and clear, it
can be the decisive factor in the mediatory effort
to resolve the conflict. The most effective instru-
ment at the disposal of a mediator or conciliator
is tlie assurance of jjrompt and vigorous support
and action by the United Nations.
5. I have taken the liberty of attaching to this
report, as an annex, a memorandum suggesting
the general lines of the action which the Security
Council might now consider it appropriate to take.
(Signed) Ralph J. Bunche
Acting Mediator
Annex
The Security Council,
Having noted with satisfaction the several
armistice agreements concluded by means of ne-
gotiations between the parties involved in the con-
flict in Palestine in pursuance of its resolution of
16 November 1948 (S/1080) ;
Expresses the hope that the Governments and
authorities concerned, having undertaken by means
of the negotiations now being conducted by the
Palestine Conciliation Commission, to fulfill the
request of the General Assembly in its resolution
of 11 December 1948 to extend the scope of the
armistice negotiations and to seek agreement by
negotiations concluded either with the Concilia-
tion Commission or directly, will at an early date
achieve agi'eement on the final settlement of all
questions outstanding between them ;
Declares that the armistice agreements as an im-
portant step in the transition from truce to perma-
nant peace in Palestine, render unnecessary the
prolongation of the truce as provided in the
resolution of the Security Council of 15 July
1948 (S/902) ;
Reaffir'7)xs the order set forth in its resolution of
15 July 1948 to the Governments and authorities
concerned, pursuant to Article 40 of the Charter
of the United Nations, to desist from further mili-
tary action, and calls upon them to continue to ob-
serve an unconditional cease-fire;
Requests the Conciliation Commission, with the
assistance of the United Nations Chief of Staff of
the Truce Supervision Organization, to undertake
the observance of the cease-fire in Palestine, and
terminates all remaining functions of the United
Nations Mediator on Palestine under Security
Council resolutions ;
Requests the Secretary-General to continue in
existence such of the present Truce Supervision
Organization as the Conciliation Commission, in
consultation with the Chief of Staff, may require
in maintaining the cease-fire and as may be neces-
sary in assisting the parties to the armistice agree-
ments in the supervision of the application and
observance of the terms of those agi-eements.
Current United Nations Documents:
A Selected Bibiiograpliy ^
General Assembly
Palestine: Progress Report of the United Nations Media-
tion. A/807, December 20, 1948. 4 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Conciliation Commission for Palestine.
First Progress Report. A/819, Marcli 15, 1949. 5
pp. mimeo.
United Nations Conciliation Commission for Palestine.
Second Progress Report. A/838, April 19, 1949. 8
pp. mimeo.
United Nations Conciliation Commission for Palestine.
Third Progress Report. A/927, June 21, 1949. 13 pp.
mimeo.
Security Council
Letter dated 29 November 1948 from the Actins Mediator
to the .Secretary-General, transmitting a final report
on the Truce Violation by Arab forces on 22 September
1948. S/1101, December 2, 1948. 5 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 11 January 1949 from the Representative of
the Provisional Government of Israel addressed to
the President of the Security Council. S/1201, Janu-
ary 11, 1949. 3 pp. mimeo.
i
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.
Other materials (mimeographed or processed documents)
may be consulted at certain designated libraraies in the
United States.
226
l>epat\mGn\ of State Bulletin
THE UNITED STATES IN THE UNITED NATIONS
[August 13-19]
Economic and Social Council Debate
on Forced Labor
Tlie Economic and Social Council in session in
Geneva since August 3 debated for several days
the item "Survey of Forced Labor and Measures
for its Abolition." The United Kingdom repre-
sentative charged that the Soviet Union practiced
forced labor on a mass scale involving millions
of people and referred in detail to the "corrective
labor codex" of the Soviet Union. The Soviet
representative denied these charges, maintaining
that Soviet legislation provided for re-education
as well as punishment and arguing that under the
capitalist system all labor was in effect forced
labor. The representative of the United States
noted that the Soviet Union in effect did not
deny that forced labor existed on its territory but
that it advanced reasons for its application. He
declared that the Soviet corrective labor codex
included at least nine violations of the Declaration
of Human Rights.
The United States representative submitted a
resolution proposing the creation of an eleven-
member commission (five designated by the Eco-
nomic and Social Council, five by the International
Labor Organization, and the eleventh elected by
the ten designated members) to investigate the
question of forced labor. The Soviet delegate
submitted a resolution that also proposed the estab-
lishment of a commission of investigation con-
sisting of representatives of various national and
international trade union organizations, and sug-
gested that the commission investigate the problem
of employment, semiemployment and labor condi-
tions in colonies and dependent territories. Sup-
ported by the representatives of Poland and Byelo-
russia, the Soviet representative charged that
forced labor was common in the dependent
territories.
The Council finally rejected the Soviet resolu-
tion by 14 votes to 3. with one abstention. The
majority of the Council decided that it was useless
to set up any kind of investigation committee
unless all governments, particularly the Big Five,
were willing to accept that investigations take
place on their territory.
By 10 votes to 0, with 8 abstentions, the Council
adopted a resolution by which it notes that the
replies of governments received so far to the
Secretary-General's questionnaire did not suffi-
ciently indicate whether a Commission of Inquiry
could effectively carry out its task. This revised
United States resolution therefore requests the
Secretary-General to ask governments which have
not yet declared their willingness to cooperate in
an impartial inquiry whether they could not
envisage the possibility of giving a reply to this
question before the next Council session.
Atomic Energy
Representatives of the six sponsoring powers
met on August 9 in implementation of that part
of the General Assembly resolution which "re-
quests the six sponsors of the General Assembly
resolution of January 24, 1946, which are the
permanent members of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission, to meet together and consult in order to
determine if there exists a basis for agreement on
the international control of atomic energy to en-
sure its use only for peaceful purposes and for the
elimination from national armaments of atomic
weapons, and to report to the General Assembly
the results of their consultation not later than its
next regular session." It was decided to hold
closed meetings for the time being.
Palestine
The Security Council on August 11 adopted a
joint resolution submitted by Canada and France
in connection with the acting mediator's report
which, among other things: calls the recently
signed armistice agreements "an important step
towards the establishment of permanent peace in
Palestine" and declares that the agreements super-
sede the Security Council's truce (containiiig in-
junctions such as the arms embargo) ; reaffirms,
pending the final peace settlement, the Council's
cease-fire order of July 15, 1948; expresses hope
that the parties will soon achieve agreement on the
final settlement of all questions outstanding be-
tween them through direct negotiation or with the
Palestine Conciliation Commission; and relieves
the acting mediator of any further responsibility
under Security Council resolutions.
August IS, 1949
227
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
Illiteracy and Adult Education Conference
The Department of State announced on July
27 that Loyd S. Tireman, professor, University
of New Mexico, has been named cliairman of the
United States delegation to the Conference on
Problems of Illiteracy and Education of Adults
in the Americas, scheduled to be held at Qui-
tandinha (near Rio de Janeiro), July 27-Septem-
ber 3, 19-19. Mrs. Anna Clark, Institute of Inter-
American Affairs, has been named to serve as
delegate.
The Conference is being held under the joint
auspices of Unesco, the Organization of American
States and the Government of Brazil. It will oifer
an opportunity to the American States to under-
take a practical program of cultural cooperation
directecl toward the realization of one of the es-
sential purposes for which they associated them-
selves with Unesco, that of offering a fundamental
education to their peoples.
The forthcoming meeting will study modern
techniques to be used against illiteracy, including
the study of such subjects as the instruction of
the American peoples in attainment of health,
improvement of working conditions, conserva-
tion of natural resources, community life, stabil-
ity of the home, and worthwhile and creative
use of leisure time.
International Wheat Council Committees
The Department of State announced on July 29
the composition of the United States delegations
to the meetings of two committees of the Interna-
tional Wheat Council. The following have been
named to attend the first meeting of the Advisory
Committee on Price Equivalents, scheduled to
convene at London, August 3, 1949 :
Representative
Fred D. Enterruille, Assistant Director, Grain Branch,
Production and Marketing Administration, Depart-
ment of Agriculture
Alternate Representative
F. Marion Rhodes, Assistant Director, Price Support and
Foreign Supply Branch, Production and Marketing
Administration, Department of Agriculture
Adi^iser
Paul O. Nyhus, Agricultural Attache, American Embassy,
London
Named to the United States delegation to the first
meeting of the Executive Committee, scheduled
to convene at London, August 8, were : Mr. Rhodes
as representative; Mr. Nyhus, as alternate repre-
sentative, and Francis A. Linville, Assistant Chief,
International Resources Division, Department of
States, as adviser.
International Film Meetings
The Department of State announced on July
29 that Chester A. Lindstrom, Chief of the Mo-
tion Picture Service, Office of Information, De-
partment of Agriculture, has been named United
States representative to two international film
meetings. He will attend the Tenth Interna-
tional Exhibition of Cinematographic Art, sched-
uled to be held at Venice, August 11-September
1, under the auspices of the Italian Government,
and the International Film Festival, scheduled
to be held at Cannes, September 2-17, 1949, under
the auspices of the French Government.
The film festivals are being held for the pur-
pose of giving public recognition to the films
which exhibit outstanding progress in this
medium of artistic expression and cultural ad-
vancement. Prizes will be awarded for the best
films. At both Venice and Cannes, Mr. Lind-
strom will present films produced by various
United States Government agencies.
It is expected that approximately 20 countries,
a number of international organizations, and
numerous motion picture producers will partici-
pate in these two international events.
228
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Testimony on Military Assistance Program
STATEMENT ON
UNION OF WESTERN EUROPE
hy Louis Douglas,
A7nerican Ambassador to 'Great Britain ^
1. If Communist parties of Western Europe
have been losing ground during the course of the
last IS months, if Communist influence in Western
Europe has perceptively been on the wane, if the
Soviets now appear to be receptive to at least minor
adjustments of our differences, in sharp contrast
with the ruthless imposition of the blockade of
Berlin a year ago, it is not because of any philo-
sophical persuasion that the Western powers have
been able to bring to bear. It is rather because,
stimulated by the European Recovery Program,
reassured by the North Atlantic pact and the pros-
pect of the Military Assistance Program, Western
Europe has connnenced to recapture at least a part
of the potential authority and power which were
stripped from her by the devastation of war. It
is the restoration of power in this area with which
our strategic security is so intimately linked and
from which we have derived so much of our cul-
tural heritage which will ultimately make possible
a settlement of the differences now dividing the
East from the West. No amount of dialectical
persuasion will achieve this result. A redressing
of the unbalance of power in Europe caused by the
last war to an extent unprecedented in modern his-
tory is a prerequisite to stable relations. For this
reason it is, I believe, essential to our vital national
interest to give no evidence of slackening or falter-
ing but rather to press on full steam ahead with
our program. I therefore hope that the military
assistance legislation will be promptly enacted by
' Submitted on behalf of Ambassador Douglas to the
House Foreign Affairs Committee on Aug. 2, 1949, and
released to the press on the same date.
the Congress. This is the language which is
understood.
2. When I mention Western Europe, I am not
referring to the heterogeneous conglomeration of
uncoordinated national sovereignties that existed
before 1939. I am referring rather to a AVestern
Europe now generally conscious of the fact that if
its cultural and political estate is to be preserved,
it must move as rapidly as possible along the road
to integration. This is a significant and historical
development. Already in the short span of about
a year and a half this consciousness has produced
important measures of cooperation among the
countries of Western Europe. This development
has taken place in a wide variety of fields and
among several groupings of countries in this area.
It has been empirical and pragmatic rather than
formal and legalistic. No country has formally
surrendered its sovereignty, but in fact, both tac-
itly and formally, countries of Western Europe
have voluntarily imposed certain restraints on the
exercise of sovereignty. They are acting more in
concert than ever before, and are increasingly
aware that separately they fall, bound together
they stand.
3. It is my very strongly held conviction that
the consolidation of the military potential of the
Western European countries is as essential to our
own security as it is to theirs. The extent to which
this is achieved may be largely determined by the
help we extend and the cooperation we provide,
as the accomplishments of the past 18 months have
to an important degree rested on our material
support and political cooperation.
4. I should like to give you a brief outline of the
growth of Euro])ean cooperation. The testimony
of EGA representatives before this and other com-
mittees has covered much of the same field that
this statement covers, and in addition has referred
to the development of economic cooperation, a sub-
ject which I will therefore pass over, though it is
of central importance.
Aogusf 15, 1949
229
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
5. Wliile tlie European Recovery Program was
still in its formative stage, European leaders real-
ized that more was necessary than close coopera-
tion in the economic sphere. Without reviewing
here the rapid deterioration of East- West rela-
tions following the war, it became clear that the
aggressive actions of the Soviet Union made im-
perative the consolidation of European defense.
In a speech in the House of Commons on Janu-
ary 22, 1948, Mr. Bevin, the British Foreign Sec-
retary, advocated the formation of a Western
Union and stated that to that end he had proposed
to France, Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxem-
bourg the negotiation of a treaty as a first step.
On March 17, 1948, the Brussels treaty between the
Five Powers was signed.^ The foundations were
laid in that treaty for far-reaching cooperation
in the military, economic, cultural, and social
fields.
6. The Five Powers have deliberately sought
to avoid publicity about the greater part of the
work done under the treaty during the first 15
months of its existence. They have believed that
by quietly seeking to work out their common prob-
lems and developing practical cooperation they
could accomplish more than by publicizing every
move they took. That is why you have heard
comparatively little of the concrete achievements
under the Brussels treaty. Let me review with
you now some of these accomplishments.
7. The body set up for the over-all direction of
the work under the Brussels treaty is the Consul-
tative Council which consists of the Foreign Min-
isters of the five countries The Council meets reg-
ularly every 3 months and in special session if the
need arrives. However, in order to have a body
continuously at work on the common problems of
the five countries, a permanent commission was
established, made up of the French, Belgian, and
Netherlands Ambassadors in London, the Luxem-
bourg Minister, and a representative of the British
Foreign Office, at present Sir Gladwyn Jebb, a
Deputy Under Secretary. The permanent com-
mission is always available : it provides continuity
and makes it possible for the cooperative effort to
progress steadily without interruption. It coor-
dinates the various aspects of the joint undertak-
ings of the Consultative Council so that the For-
eign Ministers can in the minimum time consider
and make decisions on the many problems con-
fronting them in this vast new undertaking. This
permanent joint commission, which already has
many accomplishments to its ci'edit, is a new and
effective day-to-day instrument of cooperation.
8. Following the most recent meeting in Luxem-
bourg on June 17 and 18, 1949, of the Consultative
Council, statements were issued about the work in
^ Bulletin of May 9, 1948, p. 600.
230
the cultural and so<.ial fields. Here are somt of
the things which were announced for the first
time. Liaison sections have been set up in the
Ministries of Labor, of Public Health, and of War
Pensions in each of the five countries to work on
common problems. A network of agreements is
well on the way to completion which will make
it possible for a national of one Brussels treaty
country living in one of the others to benefit from
the social security system of the country in which
he resides. Furthermore, a multilateral agree-
ment is being worked out under the terms of which,
for example, a Belgian who had lived in England
and then moved to France could enjoy the benefits,
while still living in France, of previous payments
made under the social security schemes both in
Belgium and in the United Kingdom.
9. Achievements like this in the social and cul-
tural fields may sound unspectacular, but they are
the strands from which the fabric of unity is knit.
10. Far more impressive, and of the utmost im-
portance, is the degree of cooperation achieved in
the military field. Following the signing of the
Brussels treaty, the Five Powers established a com-
mittee of military experts to implement the mili-
tary clauses of this pact. As a result of the studies
of this committee, a comprehensive international
and interservice military defense oi-ganization was
developed.
11. This organization is headed by the Western
Union Defense Committee consisting of the five
Ministers of Defense which in turn is served by
two high level official bodies, the Western Union
Chiefs of Staff Committee and the Western Union
Military Supply Board. The Chiefs of Staff Com-
mittee, consisting of all the Chiefs of Staff, ad-
vises on all matters affecting the defense of West-
ern Europe as a whole. The Supply Board, con-
sisting of one member of high standing from each
of Five Powers, advises on all questions affecting
military supplies. In addition, the Five Powers
have established a Finance and Economic Commit-
tee for the purpose of resolving financial problems
arising from the necessity for increasing the out-
put of military supplies. It is the task of this
committee not only to plan with the Supply Board
the additional military production but also to see
that it does not adversely affect the civilian econ-
omy, or interfere with the economic recovery pro-
grams in the countries concerned.
12. With regard to the command organization,
the governments of the Five Powers have ap-
pointed a Commander-in-Chief Committee with
Field Marshal Montgomei-y of Britain as its chair-
man. Additional members are the Commanders-
in-Chief designate of the land and air forces, and
the Flag Officer for Western Europe. This com-
mittee is responsible to the Chiefs of Staff for the
preparation of the plans for the defense of West-
ern Europe and in addition would provide the
nucleus for the wartime High Command.
Departmenf of Stale Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
13. Tlie defense organization has made a very
considerable progress, particularly as regards
planning. Plans have been made for the ground
and air defense of Western Europe, and for the
coordinated action of naval forces in the event
of war. Communications requirements have been
assessed, plans made, and in some cases communi-
cations systems are already in operation. Esti-
mates of the forces required for war have been
made, and five-power agreement reached on a com-
mon organization for their employment. Since
during the present period of economic reconstruc-
tion the peacetime forces of the Five Powers must
necessarily be limited, their organizational struc-
ture must allow for immediate expansion to war
strength on the outbreak of war. The geographi-
cal position of the Five Powers is such that they
must also have a large trained reserve, capable
of mobilization without delay and their plans so
provide. Compulsory military service exists in
all powers for periods of from 1 to 2 years and of
the total Western Union population of 108 million,
some one and one-half millions are serving in
peacetime.
14. With reference to equipment it will be re-
membered that during 1940 to 1945, the countries
which were occupied by the enemy lost the bulk of
all types of their military equipment. However,
during the later stages of war these countries were
provided by us with some equipment with which to
start rebuilding their armed forces. In addition
they are taking steps in common to increase the
provision of equipment from within Western
Union. Programs are being prepared to imple-
ment the additional effort which the governments
propose to make in the production field. War-
ships have been lent by one country to another.
Equipment excess to the I'equirements of one coun-
try has been distributed to others in need of it, and
arrangements have been made for the manufacture
of standardized items, under license, in the differ-
ent countries. Also information has been pooled
regarding a number of types of equipment, and
the exchange of blueprints has been effected.
15. The defense organization has also acliieved
very considerable progress in the combined trjiin-
ing of Western Union forces. Naval, air. and army
field exercises involving forces of different coun-
tries have already been held. These measures, plus
the progi'ess in harmonizing the organization of
the Five Powers, are unprecedented in the history
of international relations. These training ac-
complishments have the effect of enabling the
Western Union forces to work jointly under a
single control in all phases of warfare, and
thus a foundation has been laid for complete
integration.
16. The United States has been kept fully in-
formed of the steps taken by Western Union to
consolidate its defense organization, and United
States representatives have participated as observ-
ers in the various Western Union committees.
The Council of Europe
17. In addition to the forces working toward
unity through the European Recovery Program
and the Brussels treaty there is another develop-
ment which I would bring to your attention in this
connection. In London on May 5, 1949, the For-
eign Ministers of Denmark, France, the Irish Re-
public, Ital}'. Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Nor-
way, Sweden, and the United Kingdom and a rep-
resentative of the Belgian Government signed an
agreement providing for the establishment of a
Council of Europe. It is contemplated that the
West German Govei'nment, when formed, will be
invited to join. The Council of Europe consists
of a Committee of Ministers and a Consultative
Assembly, together with a Secretariat. The Com-
mittee of Ministers will be made up of representa-
tives of the participating governments, and will
act on the basis of unanimity. In the Consvilta-
tive Assembly, however, the representatives from
the different countries will not only be chosen from
the parties in power, but may be members of oppo-
sition parties or even independents with no politi-
cal affiliation. They will be free to speak and vote
as they please on matters within the competence of
the Assembly. The British Government in a
White Paper issued June 21, 1949, stated "the
Assembly will not merely reflect the main groups
of public opinion in the member countries, it
should also in its debates create and formulate a
European opinion, and in its recommendations
tender united European advice to member gov-
ernments."
18. The Council is to hold its first meeting in
August in Strasbourg. It is too early to predict
what contribution it may make to the unification
of Europe. But it is another indication of the way
the European countries are moving.
Conclusion
19. Institutions of international cooperation are
not created over night, or by the signing of a docu-
ment. They grow, and healthy growth is usually
a slow process. However, against the backdi'op of
history and in view of the diversity of race, lan-
guage", religion, and law among European nations,
the progress they have already made in voluntary
cooperation is remarkable. It has no parallel in
recent history. In the political, the military, and
the economic sphetes, the first steps toward unifica-
tion have been taken. From these beginnings a
real and enduring unity of Europe may well
develop.
20. However, the countries of Western Europe
are convinced that there would be little worth sav-
ing if they were to undergo another occupation
and liberation. Our objective therefore is two-
August IS, 1949
231
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
fold. First, we must seek to deter any would-be
aggressor, and second, failing that, we must in our
own interests as well as theirs, make sure that the
defense of Western Europe is strong enough to
hold.
21. There is no escape from the conclusion that
the countries of Western Europe, even standing
together, do not have at the present time sufficient
strength to act as a deterrent to an aggressor, nor
have they the resources to equip the forces neces-
sary successfully to defend Western Europe.
This fact, however, should not cause us to lose
sight of the great contribution in manpower and
industrial cajiacity which the countries of Western
Europe can bring to the defense of the North
Atlantic area. What is needed from us is the
marginal amount necessary to enable them to go
forward with the implementation of their jDresent
plans for the defense of the West. It is this mar-
gin which the Military Assistance Program is de-
signed to provide. The return to us under the cir-
cumstances will be out of all proportion to the size
of our outlay on the Program. For, instead of
having an inadequate defense in Western Europe,
which is in fact no defense, we would have begun
to build defensive forces capable of holding the
West. I need not tell you that the gain to our
security would be immeasurable.
22. During the past 2 years I have been working
in London, and to some extent on the Continent,
trying to serve American interests. As a part of
my duty of serving American interests, it has been
my responsibility to help Great Britain and the
other countries find the answers to some of the
problems which can be solved only by our joint
efforts. During this time I have become more and
more convinced of the interdependence of the
countries on both sides of the North Atlantic.
There is no field in which this is more true than
in the sphere of defense. Our enlightened self-
interest calls on us to assist the nations of Western
Europe in implementing their defense plans, for
in the world in which we live today, their defenses
are in effect our defenses.
STATEMENT ON
MILITARY AID TO GREECE
by Henry F. Grady,
American Ambassador to Greece ^
I have come before you to discuss the Greek por-
tion of the Military Aid Program.
Our Greek-aid programs were established by the
' Made before the House Foreign Affairs Committee on
Aug. 2, 1949, and released to the press on the same date.
Eightieth Congress under Public Law 75 of May
22, 1947, which provided military and economic
assistance through the fiscal year 1948. In the
following fiscal year, 1949, economic aid to Greece
was extended through the Economic Cooperation
Administration, under Title I of Public Law 472,
and military assistance was continued under Title
III of that act. It is proposed that military assist-
ance to Greece in the fiscal year 1950 be extended
within the framework of the military-aid legisla-
tion now before you.
I am convinced that American aid to Greece
has been a tremendously important factor, one of
the most important factors, in the preservation
of Greek independence during the past 2 years.
It is certain that had it not been for the continued
flow of American material there would have been
a complete break-down in the Greek economy and
a collapse of the resistance by the Greek people
to the foreign-supported attempt to impose a Com-
munist regime in Greece. The political and stra-
tegic losses to the United States and the Western
democracies would have been very great. The fact
that we have been successful in the principal ob-
jective of the program, that is, the prevention of
a Communist conquest of Greece, has greatly en-
couraged other countries resisting Communist in-
filtration and has given them confidence in the
determination of the United States to support
them.
We have had disappointments in implementa-
tion of the economic and military assistance pro-
gram in Greece. It has not, for example, been pos-
sible to put an end to the guerrilla movement by
cutting it off at its source; namely, the foreign
support provided the guerrillas by the Communist
bloc of states in Eastern Europe. The United Na-
tions has been effective in obliging these states to
limit and disguise their aggression asrainst Greece,
and this had been most helpful.* But it has not
been possible to go much beyond this, partly be-
cause the Soviet veto in the Security Council would
preclude application of the more affirmative meas-
ures envisaged in the Charter, partly because
Greece's northern neighbors have been unwilling
to heed the General Assembly's recommendations
or to go along with the various conciliation pro-
posals made under General Assembly auspices.
One of Greece's northern neighbors, Albania, has
in fact been used to a greater extent than ever be-
fore as a channel and base for providing aid to
the Greek guerrillas.
The intensified guerrilla activity made possible
by this continuing foreign Communist assistance
has imposed a tremendous strain on the Greek
economy and made the economic reconstruction of
the country much slower than had been hoped.
The effects of bandit attacks and devastation em-
phasize the necessity for restoring internal secur-
* For a discussion of the Greeli Question, see Docu-
ments and State Papers for January 1949.
232
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
ity in Greece before economic developnient can pro-
ceed at a rate which will enable the Greek economy
within the foreseeable future to maintain itself on
a self-sustaining basis. Before substantial prog-
ress on the economic front can be obtained, the
areas presently threatened by guerrillas must be
made safe for more than, a million refugees who
liave fled from their rural homes to the over-
crowded cities; this relief problem is a large drain
on Greek Government finances. A return of con-
fidence in the security of the country is essential
before appreciable numbers of private investors
will again invest in productive enterprises.
While there are many problems yet to be over-
come, the request for continuation of military aid
to Greece comes at a moment when the outlook for
the successful conclusion of the campaign against
the guerrillas is the most optimistic since the in-
ception of the program.
In the international sphere, the United Nations
may be expected to maintain and increase its pres-
sure for the termination of foreign Communist aid
to the Greek guerrillas, and it now seems likely that
this task will be facilitated by growing and more
overt divergences within the camp of Communist
nations.
The internal Greek military outlook is also defi-
nitely brighter. With American material assist-
ance and military advice, the Greek armed forces
have been gi-eatly improved and, especially during
recent months, have been increasingly eifective in
antiguerrilla operation. The total forces of the
Greek armed services now number approximately
260,000 officers and men in all categories. In Jan-
uary of 1949, command of the forces was handed
to General Papagos, who had earned the respect
and confidence of the Greeks and of Allied military
leaders by his brilliant direction of the Greek
forces which heroically turned back Mussolini's
invading armies in the early days of World War
II. Following his assumption of authority, he
concentrated aggressive action in Greece's south-
ern extremity, the Peloponnesus, in order to elim-
inate guerrilla forces from that area before trans-
ferring the balk of the troops to central and north-
ern Greece. At the same time, General Papagos
ordered the army to abandon its static defense con-
cept and to protect vital areas through the use of
mobile forces. Inefficient commanders were re-
lieved; summary action was taken against officers
who failed to act aggressively. This strategy first
showed results in the highly successful defense of
the northern city of Fiorina, which was attacked
by heavy concentrations of bandit forces, and in
the recapture of the town of Karpenision in mid-
February. In the Peloponnesus, organized guer-
rilla activity has now been virtually eliminated.
Throughout the remainder of Greece the Greek
Army has pursued the guerrilla forces and has in-
flicted heavy losses upon them. It is becoming
increasingly difficult for these losses to be replaced
through the forc«-recruiting methods which in the
past have characterized the expansion of bandit
foi'ces. The American-sponsored program of tac-
tical training has shown increasingly valuable re-
sults, and Greek commanders appreciate that this
training has made possible successful offensive op-
eration with minimum losses to Greek forces.
The mountainous terrain contiguous to the
northern borders of Greece, particularly in the
Albanian sector, is still the area of greatest dan-
ger. In the past, when dislodged from these moun-
tain positions, the bandits have merely retreated
across the border to safety and returned at an-
other point to fight another day. Nevertheless, the
guerrillas in northern Greece are now effectively
contained, on the Greek side of the border at least,
by the Greek national forces.
The total bandit strength in Greece now num-
bers roughly 18 thousand combatants as compared
with nearly 30 thousand less than a year ago.
Moreover, whereas a year ago the distribution of
guerrilla strength was approximately 50 percent
in the border areas, and 50 percent scattered
throughout the rest of the country, 90 percent of
the remaining guerrillas are now concentrated in
the border zones. This means that the Greek na-
tional forces can focus their attacks on substantial
targets, and that a greater part of the country is
relatively tranquil. The shrinking areas of guer-
rilla control also make forced guerrilla recruit-
ment increasingy difficult. Such recruitment in
the past has been an important factor in compen-
sating for guerrilla casualties which have, in fact,
been considerably higher than the difference be-
tween the 30 thousand and 18 thousand figures
would indicate.
Unless the extent and nature of foreign assist-
ance to the guerrillas are appreciably augmented,
the operations in central and northern Greece
which have now begun should make it possible
during the course of the next fiscal year to reduce
the guerrilla problem in internal Greece to one
which can be controlled by mobile vmits of medium
size. Concentrations of troops will continue to
be necessary along the borders if organized support
continues to come to the bandits from the coun-
tries to the north.
Any reduction in American support to Greek
operations at this time would have a disastrous
effect upon the s]iirit of the army. The resulting
loss of momentum in the present military effort
would neutralize gains made this winter and
spring, and would prolong the struggle. On the
other hand, continued support would provide con-
tinuity of the present offensive efforts and would
secure utilization of maximum benefits from Amer-
ican military aid.
The effective conduct of military affairs has been
enhanced by the support afforded military com-
manders by a broadened coalition government.
August 15, J 949
233
Tboee •omzamesis. and BMst of fliar ofidak )
r:^!ia;ei a^aus. huTc Bade amd are making a aneexe (
widi Awmfani SHi^arc and eocoaxagemeaat, tel
~- '- -isrj : z '.1-s ----- - - LTiirS- -^ ganaaht die baac esswuJals of demooacy — opBm\
P.Tzliic. '_ ri ->e^~ tzials, an indepcndcet judiQazy. freedom of
: ^ press aad trade tmiwins, and primcal and reliigioos
— libeny. Tbey hax^ done t£s in the midst of all
^ : ~- tbe daas, ki^nB ggfering. and limnan pa=pkw
- - : — ~ - : i:'-_rji'-c'j Vt rhe CoHDmBmsc aggiesaon agaiiet
- -ss^y die ^oit 1^ na( beoi 100 per-
—- . '^" B:ii a commaidaUe ^<Ht has
:: 7 . ~ T b^c ^insides of danocracj
i - : _ ■ That is much more than
■rr-iL^ . ; r-xalkd ^^[M^pidbr Democ-
- -i- 7" fJandfT Greece for
'— -- rb? trooWe in Greecfc
- ; _^- TTTOg on the mili-
Ii IS also leasBHnng <b
'■ *-= - ~?re hand:r5rs
rmade zz- "_r
jmic pwogrii:^
I
t fais nndeitakm in
nsdc taxes have bee^
— ^i^thSerclaaBes. and z
'^laa^L. Beoon?:
^ ^s lapidhr as
jdhas in Gr
to be g:~e::
-fwloral
titmi *r .
vsTws in eoEcrii r
:-; -Jed an mae&stng
: Greeic pei^e of all
For the
- -—-Is
234 Deptafmeat of Siaie Bullehn
for iE-j ger.rrr<e opportc:-
snpport wili IT d" care to ' _z,^
faith '" *'" '-'r o'sm ±Uiurc. i. r - "~^~ „ _
for :: ns ihat h',gr\ Greek : - '- ^t^ r - 7.*
whic:! ir ---■■:-- - - iTii ..r _ ^: .j^
bandit m - '^- On i -asaraee
Tl- r - ~ '-'- -- --'imn
Grt^^ ii ; . - : :, r: - _" ::5-
prai". - r. rhi^ -_ ^ - T^er. ir^ nes: - :
tion :i - : —I 1- - ^niied ^i -:_-_= - : espest -g?-^ :
agaiiist th^e f oreigii iiistigators of Lifi Gr-r- -. thaiGrtes'siii^-
Grt^ ^ T ! T3 ~ -
alteiTLiLiv—
t^-:
We oculi. : cf Gr?^?^ ilxo-
gether. If i^i- — -:t : -"tI -iks ^
were left to * - " " -^ - --. ; — --; :_-t:s ^_- ^_
that thev Trr .- t to sspport the ~'"'" -"==- --- --
defer - ^-- ■ ■ - - = ^=^-— -- ^'^-'^^'^^t^^''^^-J~'
r"-. - , _ -
agai: ~ ' : - --_
of ec._._ :_.: ^ ^_ - -. '—- _ .
entire investnient trg hav- .e in Greece. iijaat _]i — tr ur-
What it ■sroald dear, in : r -:-.'"' = :" " '" '^^^f-— . — _-^—
from rh? mi^-. Mor^"?". .' -^7 "??■' '--c re at-,
do— - - - .;i ^
estac --_;_ i: .-: ; . _: -^:.;^ _
strtzighhen Commuriaii thr . ' the worid. o;*-^ - - ~
ofS^efirz _ - - . :-- ■- :^^"-^ :-.-.- .
der Commcnist control and to its eariy encEscn
tooth-- " — itries as ■TelL Firally. it wc -'"--- " _ - " " .
to c: r the great enort that is beir. - rp=5: as sooii as t:::e i-iajor 57
peace-Iovirg : - : . - -. _ "^^ri::- - - - ^^ --
drawal. therefore, is not a feas '~^. nsiti-f-r - .
St - - ~
coarses of action. I feel that this disaf -icr qqj. T-.iir^w^.-iLl sgcjzrfrr as ~e
of t<x» little iT " "- " ' ^ - •= TT^-j - - - - -
and unexxincn ' -j_^ - : ..
Greece. The rr\: ;--_.;-;- .- —
amoont of aid needed to do the li rer-
petr. ' ' ~ ^. We
Aderess 'r> irrrbassadar J^say
shn-. , _ - : : - - -e^rrrg. On Julx ?>: . - - : :
Thirdly, we can. and I beheT? we n: ieli~erec
the Greeks with -"- - "^ -ecessary to ; ._,_ Milhirv Ji.^^;.^ — . .
to wind up this e — arfare as cxhcklT as r<K- s^^iia Bar Ass*:,
sible. to restore - _ ' - x- — ^" "est \-:;- — ^ --j-- —
ward with the . ^-rir--i:ien: :i :^:i:c pr^s release .
coancrv. X aniraUT. in s _ r ^
Augwsf 15, 1949 235
Basic Principles of U.S. Policy Toward the Far East
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
As yoii are all aware, the United States is con-
fronted by a situation in China which will test to
the full our unity of purpose, our ingenuity,
and our adherence to the basic principles which
have for half a century governed our policy to-
ward China. The background of that situation
and the extensive and persistent efforts of the
United States during the past 5 years to assist the
Chinese people are fully described in the document
which the Department is issuing on August 5.
They are summarized in my letter of transmittal
to the President. Secretary Marshall in February
1948 confidentially told the Senate Foi-eign Rela-
tions Committee and the House Foreign Affairs
Committee in executive session many of the facts
which are now being published as well as the con-
clusions drawn from those facts. He made it clear
why public disclosure at that time seemed inad-
visable, and I have pointed out in my letter to
the President why we feel the information shoidd
be made public now. As I also said in that letter,
the strength of our system of government is based
on an informed and critical public opinion, and
it is in order that our people may be fully informed
in regard to the background of our Far Eastern
policy that this record is now being published.
The situation in China serves to emphasize a
vital factor in connection with the question of
United States aid to foreign nations — that is, that,
while the United States can with the best of inten-
tions contribute substantial aid to a foreign gov-
ermnent, it cannot guarantee that that aid will
achieve its purpose. The achievement of that
purpose must, in the final analysis, depend upon
the degree to which the recipient government and
peojole make wise use of our assistance and take
effective measures of self-help. Without such
action by the recipient, no amount of American
aid can avail. This is no less true in China than
in other parts of the world.
Our traditional policy of assisting the Chinese
people to resist domination by a foreign power or
powers is now faced by the gravest difficulties.
On the one hand, there is in China a Communist
regime which, while in fact serving the imperialist
interests of a foreign power, has for the present
been able to persuade large numbers of Chinese
that it is serving their interests and has been able
to extend its sway in constantly widening circles.
On the other hand, there is the National Govern-
ment of China which has been unable to rally its
l^eople and has been driven out of extensive and
important portions of the country, despite very
extensive assistance from the United States and
advice from eminent American representatives
which subsequent events proved to be sound.
This means that United States policy toward
China is confronted by a situation in which alter-
natives are very sharply limited. We must not
base our policy on illusions or wishful thinking.
I am convinced however that the basic elements
of our traditional policy toward the Far East
remain valid now as in the past, and I should like
to state certain basic principles by which we should
continue to be guided. These are :
1. The United States desires to encourage in
every feasible way the development of China as
an independent and stable nation able to play a
role in world affairs suitable for a great and free
people.
2. The United States desires to support the crea-
tion in China of economic and political conditions
which will safeguai'd basic rights and liberties and
progressively develop the economic and social
well-being of its people.
3. The United States is opposed to the subjec-
tion of China to any foreign power, to any regime
acting in the interest of a foreign power, and to
the dismemberment of China by any foreign
power, whether by open or clandestine means.
4. The United States will continue to consult
with other interested powers, in the light of condi-
tions in the countries concerned and in the Far
East as a whole, on measures which will contribute
to the continuing security and welfare of the
peoples of that area.
5. The United States will encourage and sup-
port efforts of the United Nations to achieve these
objectives and particularly to maintain peace and
security in the Far East.
236
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Statement by the President on the China
White Paper
[Released to the press by the White House August 4]
The Department of State is publishing tomorrow
a volume on United States relations with China,
particularly during the last five years. I asked
the Secretary of State to have this record compiled
and published.
My primary purpose in having this frank and
factual record released at this time is to insure
that our policy toward China, and the Far East
as a whole, shall be based on informed and intelli-
gent public opinion. This is the way in which our
system of government acquires its strength. As I
said in my si)eech at Chicago last month, "Only if
men know the truth are they in a position to work
for a stable and peaceful world ... in this nation,
foreign policy is not made by the decisions of a few.
It is the result of the democratic process, and repre-
sents the collective judgment of the people."
The role of this government in its relations with
China has been subject to considerable misrepre-
.sentation, distortion, and misunderstanding. Some
of the.se attitudes arose because this government
was reluctant to reveal certain facts, the publication
of which might have served to hasten the events in
China which have now occurred. In the present
situation, however, the mutual interests of the
United States and China require full and frank dis-
cussion of the facts. It is only in this way that the
people of our country and their representatives in
Congress can have the understanding necessary to
the sound evolution of our foreign policy in the Far
East.
The Secretary of State in transmitting this record
has made a clear and illuminating statement of the
situation that exists in China, the nature of the
problems that are presented, and the governing
principles of our policies toward China. This state-
ment will also be published and should be read, with
the record, by everyone who is interested in prob-
lems of the Far East.
The warm feeling of friendship between the people
of the United States and the people of China has
been one of the most notable facts in American
foreign relations. That friendship is as strong
today as it has ever been. The problem of finding
ways to give practical expression to that friendship
will continue to receive, day in and day out, the
closest attention of this government, and I know
that it will receive the hopeful, constructive, for-
ward-looking thought of the American people.
It is obvious that these basic principles require
specification and elaboration in the light of the
existing situation in order to be effectively car-
ried out. At the direction of the President, we are
taking several concrete steps to this end. The
officers of the Department charged with Far East-
ern matters are engaged in a comprehensive sur-
vey of the impact of developing conditions on our
basic policy. In addition, I have enlisted the
services in a consultative capacity of Raymond
Fosdick, former president of the Rockefeller
Foundation, and Everett Case, president of Col-
gate University, who in collaboration with Am-
bassador at Large Philip C. Jessup, will advise me
and my staff in the Department of State. Mr.
Fosdick will be here on Monday [Aug. 8], and Mr.
Case will arrive in the Department later this
month. We shall be prepared to draw on other
assistance as we go along. We shall of course
continue to maintain the closest liaison with the
National Security Council and the National Mili-
tary Establishment in working on these problems.
On economic and financial matters we shall have
the benefit of the experience and knowledge of the
Department of the Treasury and of the Economic
Cooperation Administration. Throughout all of
our study of this problem, we shall maintain con-
tact and close consultation with the members of
the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations and
the House Committee on Foreign Affairs. All of
these steps are designed to bring to bear the united
wisdom and I'esourcefulness of our government in
meeting the present situation and any future devel-
opments in Asia and the Far East.
Until the thorough review of our Far Eastern
policy, which I have just outlined has made sub-
stantial i^rogress, I shall wish to restrict my com-
ment on particular aspects of that policy, since
any detailed comments now might prejudge the
conclusions of our review. I can assure you, how-
ever, that the work is being and will be pressed
with tlie greatest possible speed. In the meantime,
we will take every opportunity in the day-to-day
conduct of our foreign policy to support the five
principles I have stated to you. Although I have
indicated the seriousness of the situation, I do not
in any degree share the defeatist attitude which
some current comments reflect. The Chinese
Commimists, in attempting to establish a totali-
tarian domination over the Chinese peoj^le in the
interests of a foreign power and in basing this
attempt on a willfully distorted concept of world
realities, are committing themselves deeply on the
basis of unproved assumptions as to the extent of
their own strength and the nature of the reactions
which they are bound to provoke in China and
elsewhere. The United States, for its part, will
be prepared to work with the people of China and
of every other country in Asia to preserve and to
promote their true interest, developed as they
choose and not as dictated by any foreign
imperialism.
Copies of the full report. United States Relatione
With China With Special Reference to the Period
194'i-19Ji9, Department of State publication 3573,
may be obtained from the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, United States Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, for $3.00 a copy. The Letter of
Transmittal from the Secretary of State to the
President is reprinted from the report as Depart-
ment of State publication 3608, entitled A Summary
of American-Chinese Relations.
August 15, 1949
237
f
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
U.S. Asks Bulgaria, Hungary, and
Rumania To Refer Disputes
to Peace Treaty Commission
[.Released to the press August 1]
The United States Government on August 1
invoked a new stage of the peace treaty procedures
in its disputes with the Bulgarian, Hungarian,
and Rumanian Governments over their violations
of the clauses of the peace ti'eaties obligating them
to secure to their citizens the enjoyment of human
rights and fundamental freedoms. Two months
have passed since the United States and United
Kingdom representatives in Sofia, Budapest, and
Bucharest asked their Soviet colleagues to con-
sider the disputes in accordance with the treaty
provisions. The Soviet Government, in disregard
of these provisions, declined to authorize its rep-
resentatives to discuss the matter. The treaties
provide, as the next step, for the establishment of
commissions composed in each case of a representa-
tive of each party to the dispute and a third repre-
sentative chosen by mutual agreement from the
nationals of another country. If agreement can-
not be reached on the third member, the Secre-
tary-General of the United Nations may be re-
quested by either party to make the appointment.
The commissions are empowered by the treaties
to reach by majority vote decisions which shall be
definitive and binding.
In their notes delivered on August 1 the United
States and the United Kingdom called upon the
Bulgarian, Hungarian, and Rumanian Govern-
ments to join with them in naming these commis-
sions. Their obligation to do so is clear. The
Department of State earnestly hopes that the com-
missions may have placed before them all the
available evidence in order that the serious charges
which have been made against these three coun-
tries may receive a full hearing and that the re-
sponsibility for violation of the treaties may be
clearly assessed.
The text of the United States note to the
Hungarian Government is given below. Substan-
tially similar notes were delivered to the Govern-
ments of Bulgaria and Rumania.
"The Legation of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs of Hungary [Bulgaria, Rumania] and, act-
ing on instructions from the United States Gov-
ernment, has the honor to refer to the Legation's
note of May 31, 1949,^ regarding the dispute which
has arisen concerning the interpretation and ex-
ecution of Article 2 [3] of the Treaty of Peace.
' Bulletin of June 12, 1949, p. 756.
238
"The Soviet Ambassador has made no reply to
the letter of the United States Minister under date
of May 31, a copy of which was attached to the
Legation's above-mentioned note of the same date,
proposing consideration of this dispute by the
three Heads of Mission in accordance with Article
40 [36, 38] of the Treaty of Peace. The Soviet
Government, in spite of the provisions of the
Treaty, has informed the United States Govern-
ment that it does not see any ojrounds for a convo-
cation of the three Heads of Mission for this pur-
pose and has not seen fit to authorize its Ambas-
sador to join his United States and British col-
leagues in considering the dispute. Although two
months have elapsed since the Soviet Ambassador
was invited to meet for this purpose, no meeting
has taken place and the dispute remains unre-
solved.
"Article 40 [36, 38] of the Treaty provides that
anj' dispute of this kind which is not resolved by
the three Heads of Mission within a period of two
months shall, unless the parties to the dispute mu-
tually agree upon another means of settlement, be
refei'red at the request of either party to the dis-
pute to a commission composed of one representa-
tive of each party and a third member selected
by mutual agreement of the two parties from na-
tionals of a third country.
"The United States Government, in the cir-
cumstances, requests that the dispute be referred
to a commission to be constituted in accordance
with the provisions of Article 40 [36, 38] of tlie
Treaty of Peace. Accordingly, the Legation of
the United States has been instructed to ask the
Hungarian [Bulgarian, Rumanian] Government
to join the United States Government in appoint-
ing such a commission."
U.S. Rejects Soviet Charges on Italy's
Adherence to North Atlantic Treaty
Text of United States Note to U. S. 6'. R.
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to His Excellency the Ambassador of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics and has the honor to
acknowledge receipt of Note no. 89 of July 19,
1949, concerning the adherence of the Italian Gov-
ernment to the North Atlantic Treaty.
The United States Government must reject the
allegation in the note under reference that the
North Atlantic Treaty pursues aggressive aims.
On April 2, 1949, two days prior to signing the
Treaty, the Foreign Ministers of the present signa-
tory nations made this clear in a statement as
follows :
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
"The Foreign Ministers of the countries as-
sembled here in Washington for the signing of the
North Atlantic Pact have taken note of the views
of the Soviet Government made public by that
Government on March 31, 1949.
"The Foreign Ministers note that the views ex-
pressed by the Soviet Government on March 31 are
identical in their misinterpretation of the nature
and intent of this association with those published
by the Soviet Foreign Office in Januarj', before the
text of the Pact was even in existence. It would
thus appear that the views of the Soviet Govern-
ment on this subject do not arise from an examina-
tion of the character and text of the North Atlantic
Pact but from other considerations.
"The text of the Treaty itself is the best answer
to such misrepresentations and allegations. The
text makes clear the completely defensive nature of
this Pact, its conformity with both the spirit and
letter of the Charter of the United Nations, and
also the fact that the Pact is not directed against
any nation or group of nations but only against
armed aggression." ^
In connection with the Soviet Government's
statement that the participation of Italy in the
North Atlantic Treaty represents a violation of the
Italian Peace Treaty, the United States Govern-
ment calls attention to the following statement,
which was submitted by the United States Depart-
ment of State on April 28, 1949, to the Foreign
Relations Committee of the United States Senate :
"It is understood by all parties to the treaty
that the participation of Italy in the North At-
lantic Pact has no effect on the military provi-
sions, or any other provisions, of the Italian peace
treaty. Any contribution which Italy makes to
the collective capacity for defense of the North At-
lantic area must be within the limits fixed by the
military provisions of the Italian peace treaty."'
With regard to the Soviet Government's refer-
ence to Article 46 of the Italian Peace Treaty, no
changes in the military requirements of that
Treaty are now being sought by Italy as far as
the United States Government is aware, nor is
Italy prevented from jjarticipating in the North
Atlantic Treaty by the terms of the Peace Treaty
as they stand. Italy is left quite free by the pro-
visions of the Peace Treaty to join with other
states in a collective defense arrangement. More-
over, there is nothing in the arrangements envis-
aged in the exchange of notes between the Italian
and United States Governments of April G and 7,
^ Bulletin of Apr. 10, 1949, p. 457.
August 15, 7949
1949, which calls upon Italy to depart from the
obligations assumed under the terms of the Peace
Treaty. Therefore the United States Government
considers that the participation of Italy in the
North Atlantic Treaty in no way represents a vio-
lation of the Italian Peace Treaty.
In view of the foregoing considerations the
United States Government must reject as utterly
without foundation the charges contained in the
Soviet note no. 89 of July 19.
VOA Increases Service to China
and Far East
[Released to the Press Jidy 31'\
The Department of State Voice of America in-
creased its news broadcasting service to China be-
ginning Monday, August 1, in an effort to open
new channels of information to the Chinese peo-
ple to take the place of the United States Informa-
tion Service and other news operations which the
new Communist regime is suspending.
The increased service will comprise a new 2-hour
breakfast-time broadcast to the Far East.
In addition, broadcasts will be inaugurated in
Cantonese to carry news to the population of China
who speak that dialect and who have heretofore
been denied the Voice of America services because
of the absence of their language from the VOA
schedules.
Present broadcasting to the Far East is in Eng-
lish, Mandarin, Korean, and Russian. Addition
of Cantonese brings to 22, the number of languages
in which Voice of America programs are
broadcast.
The morning broadcast, half in English and
half in Mandarin, will be from 7 : 00 to 9 : 00 a. m.,
China time (6 : 00 to 8 : 00 p. m., e. d. s. t.) and will
consist of news, commentaries, and features. The
programs will originate in the New York studios
of the Voice of America.
The new Cantonese language program will be
incorporated into the regular evening transmission
to the Far East from 9 : 00 to 9 : 30 p. m., China
time (8 : 00 to 8 : 30 a. m., e. d. s. t.).
The increase of broadcasts to the Far East fol-
lows the suspension by Chinese Communist officials
of the United States Information Office operations
in Shanghai, Peiping, Tientsin, Hankow, and
Nanking. Suspension of these activities, and
other acts of the Chinese Communist regime have
severely curtailed or cut off almost entirely the
access of the Chinese ]3eople in the Communist-
dominated areas to impartial news reports from
outside their country.
239
United Nations and Page
Specialized Agencies
Report on the Present Status of the Armi-
stice Negotiations and the Truce in
Palestine 223
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography 226
The United States in the United Nations . 227
National Security
Testimony on Military Assistance Program:
Statement on the Union of Western
Europe. By Louis Douglas .... 229
Statement on Military Aid to Greece.
By Henry F. Grady 232
General Policy
Basic Principles of U.S. Policy Toward the
Far East. Statement by Secretary
Acheson 236
Statement by the President on the China
White Paper 237
Economic Affairs
The Franco-Italian Customs Union. By
Howard J. Hilton, Jr 203
Economic Affairs — Continued Page
Foreign-Aid Articles and the Burden of
Loss. By Michael H. Cardozo .... 215
U. S. Delegation: International Wheat
Council Committees 228
Treaty Information
U.S. Asks Bulgaria, Hungary, and Ruma-
nia To Refer Disputes to Peace Treaty
Commission 238
U.S. Rejects Soviet Charges on Italy's Ad-
herence to North Atlantic Treaty. Text
of U.S. Note to U.S.S.R ' . . . 238
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
U.S. Delegations:
International Film Meetings 228
Illiteracy and Adult Education Conference . 228
VOA Increases Service to China and Far
East 239
Publications
Statement by the President on the China
White Paper 237
Howard J. Hilton, Jr., author of the article Franco-Italian
Customs Union, is a divisional assistant in the Division of Com-
mercial Policy, Office of International Trade Policy, Department
of State.
Michael H. Cardozo, author of Foreign Aid Articles and the
Burden of Loss, is Deputy Assistant Legal Adviser for Economic
Affairs, Office of the Legal Adviser, Department of State.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1949
■^"'
'.../i^
fjne^ z/)efia/y^Cmeni/ ^^ t/taie/
PRACTICAL EFFECTS OF PROPOSED MILITAR>
A^SISTWCK • Stntenienl • ' \>hvsi„i . .
liASlC ISSUES ON ATOMIC FNFRG^ •
by Frederick II. Osborn
PUREE YEARS' ACCOUNT OF AEC DISTRIBUTION
OF ISOTOPES
ECOxNO.MlC AND POLITICAL 1 uii^^ts l-\ «,t.i
AIANY • Statement by U.S. Hiiih Commissioner McCloy
RELATION OF PRIVATE IN\'EST!MENT TO POi
PROGRAM • Statement by Under Secretary U'ebh .
For complete conteni
I "I. XXI, No. 52'
August 22, 1949
t^^"*-^
■*TE9
^■=»» «>»
i
%/Ae z!^eha/y&n€^t x)^ t/tate
bulletin
Vol. XXI, No. 529 • Publication 3610
August 22, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $6, (oreipi $8.60
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18. 1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of tlxe De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
natioruil affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternatioTUil agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
I
I
THE FRANCO-aTALBAN CUSTOMS UNION
ANNEX I
FRANCO-ITALIAN DECLARATION AND PROTOCOL
FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A CUSTOMS 1;E^I0N
FRANCO-ITALIAN DECLARATION
The French and Italian Governments, noting that tlie
work of the Committee on European Economic Coopera-
tion, now meeting in Paris, has clearly brought to light
the benefits that would result from the establishment of a
customs union, extending as far as possible to the Euro-
pean States, have, on the initiative of the Italian Govern-
ment, examined the conditions under which a practical
study of the realization of such jirojects could be under-
taken, in so far as they are concerned.
They have decided to establish at once a joint commis-
sion responsible for conducting a thorough study of the
data on the basis of which a customs union could be con-
cluded between Italy and France. A protocol will deter-
mine the competence of this commission.
This study should permit the determination of whether
this union at the beginning should be limited to Italy and
France, or sliould, on the contrary, embrace from its in-
ception other European States ; it will also have for its
objective the determination of whether or not the estab-
lishment of a Franco-Italian customs union would be of a
nature as to facilitate the participation of Italy and
France in a broader European Customs Union.
The joint commission is to present its report to the two
governments before the end of 1947.
Pabis, September 13, 19J,1
For France : For Italy :
BiDAxn.T Campuxi
PROTOCOL
' Following the declaration which has been published to
make known the intention of the Italian and French
Governments to effect a study of a project for a Franco-
Italian customs union, a joint Franco-Italian commission
is established under the following conditions and with
the following powers :
Tliis commission shall be composed of an Italian delega-
tion and a French delegation, each comprising a chairman
and ten members.
The commission shall be presided over alternately by
both chairmen. It shall meet for the first time before
September 15, in order to determine its methods of work
and the frequency of its meetings; it shall establish the
program according to which the two delegations are to
conduct their work during the periods between meetings.
The chairmen shall have full power to set up such sub-
committees as they may deem necessary and, in the work
of these subcommittees, may call upon all experts whose
presence may be necessary. They shall fix the places
for the meetings of the joint commission. A permanent
secretariat shall be formed to ensure liaison between the
two delegations.
The joint commission shall, before December 31, 1947,
present a thorougli study on the timeliness of establishing
a customs union between Italy and France. It shall, in
particular, devote its attention to the following points:
1. Customs, fiscal, and administrative questions;
2. Financial and monetary questions ;
3. Industrial questions ;
4. Agricultural questions;
5. Communications and transportation;
6. Movement of persons and questions relating to labor;
7. Economic relations with third parties;
As well as all other questions not listed above which
may be within its competence.
Paris, Septemier 13, 1947
For France:
BiDAULT
ANNEX II
For Italy:
Campilli
' An article on the Franco-Italian Customs Union by
Howard J. Hilton, Jr. appeared in the Bulletin of Aug.
15, 1949, p. 203.
PROTOCOL REGARDING THE FORMATION
OF CUSTOMS UNION
The French Government and the Italian Government:
desiring to hasten the reconstruction of the French
and Italian economies and to assure the solidity and sta-
bility of these economies;
considering that they would cooperate in this manner
with the reorganization and development of the European
economy and of world trade;
inspired by the work of the Committee of European
Economic Cooperation which met at Paris in August and
September 1947;
August 22, J 949
243
have, by a declaration dated September 13, 1947, indi-
cated their determination to study the bases on which a
Customs Union might be concluded between France and
Italy ; and for this purpose entrusted the task of proceed-
ing with this study to a Commission composed of French
and Italian delegates.
This Commission, after a close examination of all
aspects of the problem, issued a report on December 22,
1947. The conclusions were favorable to the establish-
ment of a Customs Union which should be realized by
steps and with suitable adjustments during the transi-
tion period in order not to injure the interests of the two
countries.
The French Government and the Italian Government
have decided to adopt the conclusions of the Report of the
Commission and declare, therefore, their formal desire to
establish a Franco-Italian Customs Union.
The two Governments are convinced that this Union
will permit the development of consumer markets. Improve
the specialization of production, lower production costs
and attain full employment of manpower; in addition they
believe that the European reconstruction will be strongly
aided by the measures that may be adopted and declare
in the interest of this reconstruction that they are favor-
able to an extension to other countries of the Franco-
Italian Customs Union in order to assure the cooperation
of the largest number of economic forces.
Since the conditions of application of the Customs Union
must be in harmony with the provisions of tlie General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the two Governments
will consult with the signatory parties to that Agree-
ment and furnish them, with regard to tlie Union, all
information which will permit them to submit to the
French and Italian Governments all useful reports and
recommendations.
The two Governments are decided to create a Mixed
Commission which shall determine as soon as possible
the terms of an agreement that will define the plan and
program for the realization of the Custorq^ Union taking
into account the recommendations contained in the Report
of December 22, 1947.
The provisions of this accord shall be submitted for the
approval of the two parliaments in accordance with the
parliamentary procedure existing in each of the two
countries.
Made at Turin in two copies in French and Italian,
March 20, 1948.
For France
Geokge Bidattlt.
annex iii
For Italy
Count Cablo Sforza
DECISION TAKEN BY FRANCE AND ITALY AT
THE FIRST SESSION, HAVANA, MARCH 20, 1948
The Contracting Parties decide in terms of paragraph 5
of Article XXV that the provisions of the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade shall not prevent the establish-
ment of a customs union or interim agreement for a cus-
toms union between France and Italy which union or
agreement conforms to the following requirements :
1. (a) The duties and other regulations of commerce
244
imposed at the institution of any such union or interim
agreement in respect of trade with contracting parties shall
not on the whole be higher or more restrictive than the
general incidence of the duties and regulations of com-
merce applicable in the constituent territories prior to the
formation of such union or the adoption of such interim
agreement, as the case may be ;
(6) Any interim agreement referred to in sub-paragraph
(a) above shall include a plan and schedule for the attain-
ment of such a customs union within a reasonable length
of time.
2. If in fulfilling the requirements of sub-paragraph 1
(a), one of the parties proposes to increase any rate of
duty inconsistently with the provisions of Article II of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the procedure set
forth in Article XXVIII of that Agreement shall apply.
In providing for compensatory adjustment, due account
shall be taken of the compensation already afforded by the
reductions brought about in the corresponding duty of the
other constituents of the union.
3. (a) The two parties, deciding to enter into a customs
union or an interim agreement leading to the formation
of such a union, shall promptly notify the Contracting
Parties and shall make available to them such information
regarding the proposed union as will enable them to make
such reports and recommendations to contracting parties
as they may deem appropriate.
(6) If, after having studied the plans and schedules
provided for in an interim agreement under paragraph
1, in consultation with the parties to that agreement and
taking due account of the information made available in
accordance with the terms of subparagraph (a), the Con-
tracting Parties find that such agreement is not likely
to result in a customs union within the period contem-
plated by the parties to the agreement or that such
period is not a reasonable one, the Contracting Parties
shall make recommendations to the parties to the agree-
ment. If the parties are not prepared to modify the
agreement in accordance with such recommendations
they shall not maintain it in force or institute such agree-
ment if it has not yet been concluded.
(c) Any substantial change in the plan or schedule
shall be notified to the Contracting Parties which may
request the two parties concerned to consult with them
if the change seems likely to jeopardize or delay unduly
the achievement of the customs union.
4. (a) A customs union shall be understood to mean
the substitution of a single customs territory for two or
more customs territories, so that
(i) tariffs and other restrictive regulations of com-
merce (except, where necessary, those permitted under
Articles XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XX and XXI of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade) are eliminated
on substantially all the trade between the constituent
territories of the union or at least on substantially all the
trade in products originating in such territories and
(ii) sub.stantially the same tariffs and other regula-
tions of commerce are applied by each of the members
of the union to the trade of territories not included in
the union, subject to the provisions of paragraph 5 ;
5. The preferences referred to in paragraph 2 of Article
I of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade shall
Department of State Bulletin
not be affected by the constitution of a customs union
but may be eliminated or adjusted by means of negotia-
tions witli contracting parties affected. This procedure
of negotiations with affected contracting parties shall in
particular apply to the elimination of preferences re-
quired to conform with the provisions of sub-paragraph
(a) (i) of paragraph 4.
ANNEX IV
TREATY FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A CUS-
TOMS UNION BETWEEN FRANCE AND ITALY
The President of the French Republic and the President
of the Italian Republic.
Considering the declaration of 13 September, 194T,
whereby the French and Italian Governments expressed
their desire to study the material on the basis of which
a Customs Union might be established between the two
countries mainly with a view to reducing prime costs and
selling prices, raising the standard of living and ensuring
full employment ;
And considering the favourable conclusions reached in
its Report of 22nd December 1947, by the Joint Franco-
Italian Commission charged with this study;
And considering the Protocol signed at Turin on 20
March 1948, whereby the two Governments adopted the
said conclusions and signified their formal intention of
estal)lishing a Franco-Italian Customs Union ;
And considering the Report dated 22 January 1949,
drawn up by the Joint Franco-Italian Commission charged
by the Turin Protocol to formulate the plan and the pro-
gramme for the implementation of the said Union ;
And considering the Final Act of the United Nations
Conference on Trade and Employment of 24 March 1948,
of which France and Italy are signatories, and Article
44 of the Havana Charter ;
Have decided to promote the action necessary to estab-
lish a Customs Union regime between France and Italy,
and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries :
The President of the French Republic :
Mr. Robert Schuman. Minister for Foreign Affairs ;
The President of the Italian Republic :
Mr. Caelo Sfokza, Minister for Foreign Affairs ;
who, having exchanged their full powers, found in good
and due form, have agreed on the following provisions:
Article 1
A Customs Union is hereby constituted between Metro-
politan Fi'ance and the Departments of Algeria, of the
one part, and Italy, of the other part.
TARIFF UNION
Article 2
Within one year from the date of entry into force of
the present Treaty, a common customs tariff shall be
brought into application on the external frontiers of the
Union in accordance with uniform legislation and regu-
lations to be subsequently established.
August 22, 1949
Article 3
From the date of application of this tariff, no customs
duties shall be levied on the importation into any of the
territories of the Union of national or nationalized goods
originating in another territory of the Union.
As from the same date, no customs duties shall be
levied on national or nationalized goods exported from
any of the territories of the Union for importation into
another territory of the Union.
Article 4
Pending the equalization of fiscal charges in the two
countries, the goods referred to in the foregoing Article
shall be entitled, in the exporting territory, to exemption
from, or refund of, internal duties or charges levied on
behalf of the State and shall remain liable in the import-
ing territory to duties and charges other than customs
duties.
Article 5
The apportionment of customs receipts between the two
countries shall be regulated by a subsequent agreement.
ECONOMIC UNION
Article 6
As from the date of entry into force of the present
Treaty, appropriate measures shall be taken to foster eco-
nomic relations between France and Italy in such a way
as eventually to achieve an Economic Union between the
two countries.
Concurrently with the co-ordination of French and Ital-
ian legislation as provided under Article 15, paragraph 2,
restrictions on the movement of goods and persons from
one territory of the Union to another shall be progressively
abolished.
Within two years of the date on which it takes up its
functions, the body referred to in Article 9 shall make such
proposals as it may deem expedient regarding the time-
limit within which the Economic Union should be fully
achieved, it being the desire of the two High Contracting
Parties that this time-limit shall not exceed six years.
Article 7
As from the date of the entry into force of the present
Treaty, and during the period referred to in Article 6,
countervailing measures, especially duties established
exceptionally and provisionally by either of the two Gov-
ernments, may be applied to the goods referred to in
Article 3.
The object of such measures shall be either to offset the
difference in charges resulting from disparities between
the two legislations until such time as the latter have been
co-ordinated, or to regularize and mitigate the effects of
the abolition of quantitative restrictions.
The total incidence of these measures shall be such that
the protection resulting therefrom is less than that pro-
vided in respect of the same goods originating from third
countries.
245
Article 8
The two GoTemments shall have the right to maintain
monc^tolies ^lablished by them and at present In force.
CUSTOMS UXIOX COUXCTL
■ Article 9
A joint body to be known as the "CoDncil of the Franco-
Italian Custwns Union'' shall be set np within one month
of the date of entry into force of the present Treaty.
Each State shall be represented thereon by a Del^ate-
General, a deputy Delegate-General and seven members
cbosQi for their personal competence.
A joint administrative Secretariat shall be established,
its m^nbers bein; appointed on the joint nomination of
the two Deleaares-GencraL The cost of maintaining the
Secretariat shall be shared equally by the two Govern-
ments.
Article 10
The Comi:il shall meet at regnlar intervals. Extraor-
dinary sessions may be hdd at the request of either
of the Del^ates-GeneraL
Each of the two Delegates-G«ieral shall preside over
the Council In turn for a period of one year.
Xo formal business may be conducted by the Council
tmless ttere is a quorum of at least two-thirds of the mem-
bers of each Delegation.
The Cotmcil shall draw up its own rules of procedure
and determine the manner in which its proceedings shall be
organized and conducted
Artide 11
The Council shall set tip joint technical commissions to
examine the various individual problans raised by the
implementation of the Union.
Such commissions shall be placed under the authority
of the Coimcil, which shall determine their membership
and powers.
The members of the commissions may be either repre-
sentatives of the government departments of each of the
two States, or experts appointed by the Governments,
whether directly or on the nomination of the trade asso-
ciations or trade unionSL
Article 12
Each Ddegate-General shall assign to the Delegation of
the other country a representative responsible for liaison
between the two Delegations. The said representative
shall be appointed by his Government on the nomina-
tion of its Delegate-GeneraL
Article IS
A permanent section of the CouncU comprising the two
depatj Delegates-General, delegates nominated jointly
by them and the two r^resentatives referred to in the
IH^vious Article, shall meet at intervals to be fixed by the
Council, and more frequently if the need arises. The
Pamanent Section may invite experts to attaid its
246
Article 1^
The Permanent Section shall examine and co-ordinate
the wort of the technical commissions and at each of the
Council's sesions, it shall submit reports on the items
on the agenda and where necessary, on any other ques-
tions to which it deems it advisable to draw the Council's
anention.
Article 15
Whereas the power to take decisions and to execute
them is reserved entirely for the respective Governments,
the functions of the Council shall be as follows:
1. To prepare the tariff union and ensure its imple-
mentation within the time-limit laid down in Article 2.
2. To prepare the ec-onomic tmion and ensure its im-
plementation. To this end, the Council shall submit to
both Governments on 1 October of each year, and in the
first instance on 1 October 1W9. a programme of measures
to be taken during the ensuing year, together with such
texts as may need to be adopted to ensure its execution,
with special reference to the co-ordination of agricultural,
industrial, social, fiscal, monetary and customs legislation,
and in general of all l^islation having a bearing on eco-
nomic affairs.
3. To make such proposals as it may deem expedient
for the achievement, inter alia, of the following ends:
— the fullest and most rational use of manpower with
a view to raising the standard of living in both countries,
— the development of the economic activity of each
country in accordance with the best interests of the Union,
— the adoption of measures for the development of
trade between the two countries and with other countries.
4. To facilitate, promote and direct relations of every
kind which the formation of the Customs Union is cal-
culated to foster and develop between the government
departments, public services and trade associations and
trade tmions of both countries.
5. To advise on measures referred to it by either of the
two Governments. In particular, the measures envisaged
in Article 7. shall in all cases be referred by each of the
two Governments to the Council ; the Council may make
recommendations to the Governments on such measures,
especially with regard to their duration, maintenance,
amendment or abolition.
Article 16
Each Delegate-General shall be responsible for liaison
between his Government and the CotmciL
He shall acquaint his Government with the proposals
of the Council and keep the Council informed of the
action taken on than. He shall submit to the Council
his Government's requests for an advisory opinion and
transmit the Council's replies to his Government
He shall keep himself informed of all questions relating
to the Customs Union and shall at all times be consulted
upon them by his Government.
FIN'AL CLAUSES
ArtieU 17
Any dispute with regard to the Interpretation of the
present Treaty which it has not been possible to settle by
{Continued on page 263)
Departmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
II
I
«
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Basic Issues on Atomic Energy
Statement hy Frederick H. Osbom^ Deputy U^. Representative in AEC ■
Eight months ago the General Assembly of the
United Nations approved the recommendations of
the Atomic Energy Commission for an interna-
tional system to control atomic energy.- This
plan provides for the prohibition of atomic
■weapons and for the development of atomic energy
for peaceful purposes only, through an interna-
tional cooperative to include all nations.
In the opinion of all those who have closely
studied this problem the replacement of national
rivalries by such a cooperative endeavor is the
only way to make effective the prohibition of
atomic weapons and to promote best the develop-
ment of atomic energy for the equitable benefit of
all nations. In spite of the long study and
debates on this subject, there are certain details of
the approved United Xations control plan that
have been either misunderstood or misinterpreted
by many people, and even by some members of thif;
Commission.
One of the misinterpretations concerned the
stages by which the proposed treaty shotdd go into
effect. The Soviet delegates have persistently
clung to the mistaken idea that it was the inten-
tion of the majority that the international control
of mines producing fissionable material should be
the first step in putting the plan into operation. I
believe we have made it incontrovertibly clear in
the course of these recent discussions — and that
the records will bear me out — that the recommen-
dations approved by the Commission and the
United Nations Assembly nowhere require that
control over mines should be the first stage.
' Made before a meeting of the U.2s. Atomic Eiiergy
Commission on July 20, 1949. and released to the press
by the TT.S. Mission to the United Xations on the same
date.
' Bm-ETTS of Xov. 14, 1948, p. 606.
August 22, 1949
A second misinterpretation has to do with the
timing of prohibition. Under the plan approved
by the (jeneral Assembly, nations are prohibited
from the manufacture, possession, or use of atomic
weapons. This prohibition can become effective
only when the international agency takes over the
ownership of the explosive and dangerotis ma-
terials contained in such weapons.
In the approved recommendations, nations and
persons are prohibited from owning, operating, or
managing atomic facilities which tise or produce
dangerous atomic materials. This prohibition
can become effective only when the international
agency actually takes over the ownership, opera-
tion, and management of such facilities, as pro-
vided in the plan.
It should be clear now that under the approved
plan and recommendations, the prohibition would
go into force at the same time as the corresponding
controls are brought into force. There is no
longer any justification for anyone saying that
controls would go into effect before prohibition.
These misinterpretations are dangerous because
they tend to confuse the more basic issues which
are of a very different kind.
The basic differences on the control of atomic
energy have to do with whether this new discov-
ery, which can be so dangerous and may in the
future be so beneficial, can safely be left in the
hands of nations, or whether it must be put in the
hands of an international cooperative. Out of
this controversy, spring the two plans which have
been imder discussion for almost 3 years.
The United Xations plan has been criticized not
only by the representative of the Soviet Union on
this Commission but by various elements in other
countries as well. It has been attacked on the
ground that it woidd take away some of the sover-
247
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
eign rights of the nations which accepted it. This
is true. Each nation wovild be deprived of tlae
right to compete with other nations to see who
could amass the greatest quantities of atomic ma-
terials, which can be used either as explosives or,
at some later date, in the production of power.
It has been attacked by those who say that ex-
isting atomic plants and minmg operations would
be under the sole control of an international
agency, and nations could not direct their opera-
tion if they wanted to. This is a true charge.
The plan itself provides that known stocks of
atomic materials suitable for either explosives or
fuels should be kept to a minimum consistent with
proven beneficial uses, including research and de-
velopment. This provision was incorporated in
the approved recommendations at the suggestion
of the delegation of the United Kingdom, and is
made necessary by security considerations.
The plan has been criticized on the ground that
the system of inspection which it proposes would
open to the world all those countries whose bor-
ders are now closed. But the question arises : if
the system of inspection is thus to be made in-
adequate, how could distrust and suspicion be-
tween nations be avoided ?
The plan has been criticized because the larger
nations would be limited to a specified proportion
of the total world supply of electrical power that
can be obtained from atomic energy. This pro-
vision for quotas, written into the treaty, was pro-
posed by the French delegation precisely in order
to prevent national rivalries among the larger
countries and to assure an equitable distribution of
atomic resources for peaceful purposes among all
nations, including the smaller nations who would
not otherwise be in a jDosition to obtain their share.
Finally, it is said that this plan is ahead of its
time. That the world is not ready yet for so novel
and large a plan which would be in effect a world
cooperative in the field of atomic energy.
These and many other objections to the plan
have been voiced not only by the delegation of the
Soviet Union in the Atomic Energy Commission,
but have also been expressed in various qiiarters
in many countries. Some of these objections are
made by the most reactionary elements; others are
voiced by idealists who believe that the world has
grown so good that each nation can be trusted to
possess atomic explosives without using them, or
threatening to use them.
Yet, notwithstanding all these and many other
weighty objections, the fact remains that at the
meeting of the General Assembly in Paris in 1948,
this plan was approved by 46 nations in the ple-
nary session or in committee. Only the Soviet
Union and its five associated states opposed it.
These 4G nations approved this plan because it
is the only plan which anyone has yet been able
to devise which would, in so far as is humanly pos-
sible, prevent preparation for atomic war, which
would stop national rivalries in atomic materials
and weapons, and which would at the same time
protect the interests of every nation, gi'eat or
small, in the development and equitable distribu-
tion of atomic energy for peaceful purposes.
The Soviet Union has proposed an alternative
to the United Nations plan. The Soviet Union
would have each of the larger nations continue
to own exj^losive atomic materials, and continue
to own and operate plants for making explosive
atomic materials in accordance with the rules
agreed to in an international convention. A con-
trol commission is provided for, with powers to
make recommendations to governments and to the
Security Council and empowered to make periodic
inspection of declared facilities. Such a system
has never been successful in preventing inter-
national competition even in ordinary armaments
in the past.
There is another aspect of the Soviet's position
which throws a particularly interesting light on
the Soviet attitude toward these negotiations.
The Soviet Union insists that their proposed
national ownership of explosive atomic materials
and national ownership and operation of plants
making explosive atomic materials should be su-
pervised by an international agency, whose recom-
mendations would be subject to the veto of any
one of the five powers which are permanent mem-
bers of the Security Council. Such a power of
veto would make any treaty unenforceable. The
proposal indicates a complacent refusal to face
the reality of the dangers which threaten mankind
if the present national rivalries in atomic explo-
sives go much longer unchecked.
To leave the development of explosive atomic
materials in national hands would not only fail to
provide the necessary safeguards for enforcing the
prohibition against weapons, but it would in-
evitably continue national rivalries of a most
dangerous sort. An international agency charged
with the supervision of such national activities
would, in our opinion, be faced with an impossible
task. It would be engaged in a constant struggle
to control the actions and decisions of well-en-
trenched atomic enei-gy commissions in every
country.
Under such circumstances it seems to us inevi-
table that there would be constant friction, lead-
ing to extremely dangerous mutual suspicions and
distrust. Each nation would feel that it must
protect its national interest. National rivalries
in the field of atomic energy would be continued
in a form more dangerous than at present because
the existence of a treaty would give the people
of the world a false sense of security.
Yet, this is the plan proposed by the Soviet
Union and is the only plan on the basis of which
the Soviet Union is willing to carry on discus-
sions. In April 1948, this plan was rejected in
248
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
i
the Atomic Energy Commission by a 9 to 2 vote.
Tlie Commission found that: "They [the Soviet
proposals] ignore the existing technical knowledge
of the problem of atomic energy control, do not
provide an adequate basis for the effective inter-
national control of atomic energy and the elimi-
nation from national armaments of atomic
weapons, and therefore do not conform to the
terms of reference of the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion." The General Assembly of the United
Nations itself, by an equally overwhelming vote,
rejected these Soviet proposals in November 1948.
Yet throughout the meetings of the Atomic
Energy Commission in 1949, the representatives of
the Soviet Union have insisted that the basis for
the further work of the Commission must be these
rejected proposals, and the Soviet representatives
have refused even to take part in constructive dis-
cussion of the plan of cooperative control ap-
proved by so large a majority of all nations in the
General Assembly.^
It is therefore very evident that the impasse as
it is analyzed in the third report of this Commis-
sion still exists. There is also much evidence in
our recent debates that our discussions in the Com-
mission are not bringing us any closer. On the
contrary these discussions only harden the differ-
ences with the Soviet delegates. It is apparent
that these differences cannot be reconciled at the
Commission level.
The Commission has a heavy responsibility to
make clear to the United Nations and to the world
just what is the nature of the situation confront-
ing the Commission. The Commission also has
a responsibility to state in concise terms to the
General Assembly the basic reasons why it is nei-
ther practicable nor useful to continue its discus-
sions in the Commission until such time as the
sponsoring powers have found that there exists
a basis for agreement.
I am therefore presenting a resolution to the
Commission which we believe fulfills these respon-
sibilities of the Commission and at the same time
expresses the intent of the two resolutions passed
in the Working Committee and now on our
agenda.
Draft Resolution
U. X. iloc AEC/41
DatedJuly 20. 1949
The Atomic Energy Commission
Reports that in accordance with the instructions
in General Assembly resolution 191 (III) of 4
November 1948, the Atomic Energy Commission
has surveyed its jjrogramme of work in order to
determine whether further work would be prac-
ticable and useful;
August 22, 1949
That the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
and the Ukrainian SSR continue to reject the
recommendations of the Commission approved by
the General Assembly on 4 November 1948, includ-
ing those forms of control contained in the plan
approved by the General Assembly "as constitut-
ing the necessary basis for establishing an effective
system of international control of atomic energy
to ensure its use only for peaceful purposes and
for the elimination from national armaments of
atomic weapons in accordance with the terms of
reference of the Atomic Energy Commission";
That the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
and the Ukrainian SSR continue to insist on the
ado2Dtion of the draft resolution proposed by the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and rejected
b}' the General Assembly on 4 November 1948, to
prepare immediately separate conventions based
on the proposals of the Soviet Union of June 1946
and June 1947, which provide among other things
for national ownership of dangerous and explosive
atomic materials, and for national ownership, op-
eration and management of dangerous atomic
facilities. This in the opinion of the other mem-
bers of the Commission, would not remove causes
for suspicion, fear and distrust among nations,
would render ineffective the prohibition of atomic
weapons, and would continue dangerous national
rivalries in the field of atomic energy.
Concludes that the impasse as analysed in the
third report of the Atomic Energy Commission
still exists ; that these differences are irreconcilable
at the Commission level, and that further discus-
sion in the Atomic Energy Commission would tend
to harden these differences and would serve no
practicable or useful purpose until such time as
the Sponsoring Powers have reported that there
exists a basis for agreement.
Address by Ambassador Austin
On August 11 Ambassador Warren R.
Austin delivered a statement on subject of the
Report of the Acting Mediator on Palestine,
Ralph J. Bunche, before the Security Coun-
cil. Text was issued as United Nations press
release 667.
' For further information on tlie subject see. Interna-
tional Control of Atomic Energy— Policy at ttie Cross-
roads, Department of State publication 3161; Tlie Third
Report of the United Nations Atomic Energy Commission
rjf the Security Council, May 11, 19>,8, Department of
State publication 3179; and Atomic Impasse, 19-',8, Depart-
ment of State publication 3272. Each of the publications
for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. at 4.5^, 25^
and lo<i respectively.
249
Three Years' Account of AEC Distribution cf Isotopes
[Released to the press by AEC August S]
Three years ago the first shipment of radio-
active elements — radioactive isotopes — was made
from the atomic "furnace" at Oak Ridge National
Laboratory for use as tracer atoms by researchers
in the United States. On August 3, the third an-
niversary of the initiation of the distribution pro-
gram, the Isotopes Division of the Atomic
Energy Commission here announced that a total
of 7,613 shipments have gone to various institu-
tions and individuals for use as invaluable tools
of science, agriculture, medicine, and industry.
In addition 750 shipments of separated, nonradio-
active stable isotopes were also made.
The program has grown to such an extent that
the Atomic Enei'gy Commission is constructing a
special area at the laboratory to facilitate the
processing and packaging of the radioactive iso-
topes for distribution throughout this country and
abroad. Research laboi'atories for improving
present processing techniques are also being con-
structed and will soon be ready for use. Ex-
pansion of the program has been possible because
of the advances made in production by the staff
of the Operations Division of the laboratory, the
AEC said.
To date over 1,850 scientific and technical pub-
lications describing isotope studies have been
made, with approximately 200 papers being pub-
lished each month.
Of the total number of shipments, 7,025 have
gone to research laboratories and hospitals in the
United States. Since September 1947, when the
foreign distribution program was announced, 588
have
to researchers in 21
shipments
countries.
Many of the stable isotopes shipped were made
in the facilities of the Electromagnetic Plant in
Oak Ridge. Both the Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory and the Electromagnet facilities are op-
erated by Carbine and Carbon Chemicals
Corporation for the Commission.
To round out a comprehensive program of dis-
tribution of radioactive materials, the AEC an-
nounced on July 24, 1049, the availability to
researchei's in the United States of cyclotron-pro-
duced radioisotopes. With this additional supply
of radioisotopes which are produced in the ac-
250
celerator type of atom-smashing machines added
to the varieties produced in the Oak Ridge lab-
oratory's reactor, researchers will have a new col-
lection of tracer atoms to find answers to problems
in general science, medicine, industry, and agri-
culture. These radioisotopes are produced in ma-
chines at the Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy, the University of Pittsburgh, Washington
University at St. Louis, and the Crocker Radia-
tion Laboratory at the University of California.
They are processed at the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory and allocated in the usual manner by
the AEC's Isotopes Division.
To date, 307 institutions and 557 departments of
institutions in the United States have received
shipments of radioactive isotopes produced in the
laboratory's reactor. During the same period,
144 institutions and 209 departments of institu-
tions have received shipments of stable isotopes.
Researchers in the following countries have re-
ceived radioactive materials from Oak Ridge,
mainly for medical and biological studies: Ar-
gentina, Australia, Belgium. Brazil, Canada, Co-
lombia, Denmark, Finland, France, Iceland, Italy.
Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Peru, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Union of South
Africa, and United Kingdom.
In addition, eight other countries have qualified
to receive shipments but so far have not instituted
orders. They are Chile, Cuba, Guatemala, India,
Ireland, Lebanon, Mexico, and Uruguay.
Examples of uses of the radioactive materials
follow :
Medicine — (1) Researchers have been using
radioactive iodine in tagged radioactive dye
(diiodofluorescein) to locate brain tumors before
surgery. The dye is taken up more selectively by
brain tumor tissue than by normal brain tissue.
The gamma radiation from the radioactive iodine
penetrates the skidl of the patient and can be used
to show the surgeon where the tumor mass is lo-
cated; (2) more recently some investigators have
used radioactive phosphorus or P 32 as a supple-
mentary tool in brain tumor surgery. The beta
radiation from P 32 cannot penetrate through the
skull and therefore cannot be used 1*^ the same
Departmenf of Sfafe Bullefin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
way. If the patient is given P 32 before surgery,
however, it also is selectively absorbed by brain
tumor tissue. After the surgical incision has been
made the surgeon can insert a small Geiger-
counter tube (about % inch in diameter) through
the incision into the mass of the brain and deter-
mine by the concentration of radioactivity wliat
part of the tissue is abnormal.
Agriculture — The United States Department of
Agriculture has extended its studies of phosphate
fertilizer uptake with radiophosphorus. During
the current growing season these studies are being
carried out in 14 States on such crops as corn,
potatoes, tobacco, pasture, sugar beets, alfalfa,
oats, clover, ryegrass, cotton, and peanuts. The
studies are designed to tell the farmer how much
fertilizer he should use in respect to type of soil,
crop, climate, and where he should place it. Re-
sults obtained thus far show that with some soil
and crops, the crop gets a major portion of
its phosphorus from the soil phosphorus al-
ready present rather than from the fertilizer
phosphorus.
Industry — Two new industrial uses of radioiso-
topes have been made in the last year. One, the
study of friction with radioactive piston rings, is
an extension of earlier friction studies. The other
is a new method for studying the flow of oil
through pipe lines.
With radioactive piston rings, it is possible to
trace engine wear with great accuracy and in a
short period of time while the engine is running
continuously. The radioactive particles worn off
the rings drop into the lubricating oil. Radio-
activity measurements on the oil in turn indicate
the amount of wear which has taken place.
The pipe line study involves using a radioactive
tracer to follow the flow of a boundary between
two different types of crude oil. If crude oil type
A is of higher grade than type B, it is necessary
to direct tliem through the same pipe to different
sections of the refinery. Before introducing type
B into the pipe after type A has just passed
through, a small amount of radioactive material
is added. The radioisotope then serves as a means
of telling where the boundary between the two
crudes is located.
Many new uses of radioisotopes have been made
possible by tlie availability of an increasing num-
ber of complex tracer or isotope-tagged materials
from commercial and nonprofit laboratories out-
side Commission facilities. The Commission
recently made contract agreements with six out-
side laboratories to develop procedures for the
synthesis of selected tagged materials which have
not yet been made available. Approximately 70
tracer compounds are now available, and prepara-
tion procedures are being developed for an addi-
tional 45 compounds. These compounds will
include such important biological substances as
hormones, amino acids, sugars and proteins.
Because of an increasing interest in the use of
isotopes for cancer research, diagnosis, and ther-
apy, the Commission in April 1948 initiated a
program of making available radiosodium, radio-
phospliorus, and radioiodine free of production
costs to investigators proposing to use the ma-
terials for such purposes. On February 25, 1949,
the Commission announced that this program
would be supplemented by making available free
of production costs for use in cancer research all
radioisotopes normally distributed from its facili-
ties. To date the cancer program has accounted
for 2,059 shipments of isotopes of approximately
10 elements. Over 90 percent of this number has
been shipments of either radiophosphorus or
radioiodine.
U.S. Approves Continuation of Interim Committee
Statement hy Charles P. Noyes, Deputy U.S. Representative on the Interim Committee '
Mr. President: I should like to make a few
brief remarks in support of tlie recommendations
contained in the report of subcommittee 7 of the
Interim Committee. The United States is a mem-
ber of that committee and fully approves the draft
resolution which it has submitted to the Interim
Committee.
' Made before a ineetins of the Interim Committee on
AufT. 10, 1949, ;ind released to the press by the U..S. Mission
to the United Nations on the same date.
The members of the subcommittee found them-
selves in entire agreement that the Interim Com-
mittee should be reestablished for an indefinite
period. It is our hope that this recommendation
will commend itself to members of the Intei'im
Committee.
It is the belief of the United States delegation
that the reestablishment of the Interim Com-
mittee on the basis recommended will strengthen
the machinery for i:)eaceful settlement of the
August 22, ?949
251
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
United Nations and will make the facilities of
the General Assembly continuonsly available be-
tween reg^xlar sessions of the General Assembly.
We believe that the experience of the last 2 years
indicates that the Interim Committee can make a
valuable contribution towards the success of the
United Nations.
As we all know, and as was pointed out by var-
ious members of the subcommittee, the Interim
Committee has not during the past year vmder-
taken any work of a political nature. I do not
believe that this fact should lead us to doubt its
value. It may be that in this aspect of its work
during the past year the Interim Committee, like
a fire department, had more value as insurance
than in any specific material contribution. We
know, however, that fires may occur, and under
these circumstances, it seems important that we
should be prepared.
We have just completed our work on another as-
pect of the Interim Committee's functions, namely,
the pacific settlement studies. I am sure we are
all in agreement that these studies are valuable
and that the Interim Committee should continue
to cany them forward in accordance with the
agenda which was adopted last March. I do not
think we should underrate the contribution which
can be made to the United Nations by this con-
tinuing process of reexamination, in an atmos-
phere removed from immediate political issues, of
the work of the United Nations in the field of
pacific settlement. I think all of the members
of the United Nations are coming more and more
to realize that chapter VI of our Charter has as
yet unexplored possibilities of development. The
work that the Interim Committee has set out to do
in this field can, in our opinion, contribute sig-
nificantly to the success of the United Nations in
the maintenance of international peace and se-
curit,y.
There is one other aspect of the Interim Com-
mittee's work, namely, the field of preparation of
political issues in the General Assembly, in which
the Interim Committee has not yet been active.
This function of the Interim Committee remains
a potentiality, but it is my opinion that as the
member nations learn by exi^erience that the In-
terim Connnittee can make a useful contribution
in this field, its potentialities will gradually be
developed. This development depends, in our
view, more on learning how to use the Interim
Committee under its present terms of reference
than on any modification in the terms of reference
themselves.
You will note that the subcommittee expressed
its regret that six members of the United Nations
have declined to participate in the work of the
Interim Committee, and that the hope was ex-
pressed that in the light of the experience of the
Interim Committee these members might be per-
suaded to reconsider their attitude. This follows
very closely a similar statement of the Interim
Committee made last year. The absence of these
members may have made some of the work of the
Interim Committee less conclusive than it might
otherwise have been. However, the absence of
these six members has not prevented the Interim
Committee from doing the work which has been
assigned to it and making a valuable contribution
to the United Nations. Furthermore, 1 think it
must now be clear that the membership of the
United Nations is not using the Interim Commit-
tee, as the Soviet Union has charged, as a crude
device to bypass the Security Council. While we
may continue to hope that these six member states
may change their views and come eventually to
participate in the Interim Committee work, we
believe it undesirable as a matter of principle, in
the liglit of the Soviet Union's policy in and out
of the United Nations, that the vast majority of
the membership of the United Nations should
abandon this constructive effort simply because of
Soviet opposition and nonparticipation.
The United States is earnestly concerned with
strengthening the United Nations, and it is our
view that the continuation of the Interim Com-
mittee on the basis suggested in the report of the
subcommittee will contribute to that end. We
therefore urge the Interim Committee to approve
the report and the draft resolution annexed to it.
U.N. Secretariat Procedures
Upheld by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press August 3]
The following is the text of the reply of Secre-
tary Acheson to a letter of July 26, 1949, from
Byron Price, Acting Secretary-General of the
United Nations, regarding the release on July 24,
1949, by a Subcommittee on Immigration and
Naturalization of the Judiciary Committee of the
United States Senate of certain testimony con-
cerning the Secretariat of the United Nations:
August £, WW.
Mt dear Mr. Price : In your letter of July 26
you direct my attention to a news release issued
on July 24 by a Subcommittee on Immigi'ation
and Naturalization of the Judiciary Committee
of the United States Senate reproducing certain
proceedings of the Subcommittee, including the
questioning of a witness with regard to matters
concerning the Secretariat of the United Nations.
Your letter requests that, in view of the deep con-
cern of the United Nations, you be informed of j
the views of mj' Government on this subject.
Tri
I. In
i
252
Department of Stale Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
I appreciate your concern over the release of
lliis testimony by a subcommittee of the United
Slates Senate and over the publicity which ensued.
However, the United Nations is aware, I am sure,
of the traditions and practices of the United
States in the matter of freedom of expression.
You are also aware of the principles of the sep-
aration of powers under which the United States
Government operates and of the manner in which
i the legislative branch conducts its affairs, includ-
ing the practice of Congressional investigation as
a basis for legislation.
I agree with the views expressed in your letter
of July 26 with regard to the proper relationship
between Member governments and the United Na-
tions Secretariat. You may be assured that the
United States Government is fully aware of its
obligations under Article 100 of the United Na-
tions Charter "to respect the exclusively inter-
national character of the responsibilities of the
Secretary-General and the staff and not to seek
to influence them in the discharge of their respon-
sibilities''. The United States has subscribed to
these provisions and continues to support them
wholeheartedly. The United States Government
is fully cognizant of the methods and procedures
which the United Nations has established for the
review of the activities of the Secretariat by the
General Assembly through appropriate commit-
tees, and will continue to use those methods to
criticize and seek the correction of any question-
able 23ractices on the part of the United Nations
Secretariat which might appear.
So far as the particular incident is concerned,
I am not aware of the identity of the secret wit-
ness before the subcommittee and cannot say,
therefore, what might have motivated this person
to make such a statement. You may be assured,
and you may assure Secretary-General Lie, that
my Government has great confidence in his ability
and integrity, and in his administration of the
Secretariat. I should also like to express our
confidence in the handling of matters of person-
nel, which are under your own care as Assistant
Secretary-General for Administrative and Fi-
nancial Services. I am confident that a situation
like that described by the anonymous witness
would not be tolerated.
Very sincerely yours,
Dean Acheson
Trusteeship Council Considers Report on Strategic Areas
U.N. doe. S/1358
Submitted July 28, 1949, to Security Council
i. Introduction
In accordance with Article 83 of the Charter,
and with the i-esolution adopted by the Security
Council at its 415th meeting on 8 March 1949 and
the resolution ^ adopted by the Trusteeship Coun-
cil at the forty-sixth meeting of its fourth session
on 24 March 1949, the Trusteeship Council has
carried out on behalf of the Security Council those
functions of the United Nations under the Inter-
national Trusteeship System relating to political,
economic, social and educational advancement of
the inhabitants of the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands, designated as a strategic area.
III. Provisional Questionnaire
In accordance with the above-mentioned resolu-
tions of the Security Council and the Trusteeship
Council, the Secretary-General, at the request of
the Trusteeship Council, had transmitted the Pro-
visional Questionnaire ^ to the Security Council.
M6 (IV), U.N. doc. T/296.
' U.N. doc. T/44.
No observations having been made by that Coun-
cil within one month, the Secretary-General had
transmitted the Provisional Questionnaire to the
Government of the United States of America as
Administering Authority for the Trust Territory
of the Pacific Islands, on 3 May 1949.
ill. Examination of the Annual Report
The report of the Government of the United
States of America on the administration of the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands for the
jjeriod ended 30 June 1948 was transmitted ^ to
the members of the Trusteeship Council on 1 April
1949 and was placed on the agenda for the fifth
session.
Kear-Admiral Leon S. Fiske, Deputy High
Commissioner of the Trust Territory, who had
been appointed as the special representative of the
Administering Authority, submitted written
answers ^ to written questions addressed to him by
" U.N. doc. T/329.
* U.N. doc. T/359.
August 22, 1949
253
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
members of the Council on the report and on the
administration of the Territory. During the six-
teenth, seventeenth and eighteenth meetings the
special representative of tlie Administering
Authority answered oral questions of members of
the Council.
During the eighteenth and nineteenth meetings,
the Council held a general discussion with a view
to formulating conclusions and recommendations
relating to the report and to conditions in the
Territory, and appointed a Drafting Committee
consisting of the representatives of Australia,
Costa Rica, Iraq and the United Kingdom to draft
a report to form part of the report of the Trustee-
ship Council to the Security Council on its activi-
ties at its fifth session with res^iect to strategic
areas under Trusteeship.
The draft prepared by the Drafting Commit-
tee ^ was considered by the Council at the twenty-
sixth meeting and adopted with one minor
amendment.
PART II
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
APPROVED BY THE COUNCIL
1. General
1. Tlie Trusteeship Council, taking into ac-
count the comparatively brief period that has
elapsed since the Administering Authority as-
sumed responsibility for the administration of the
Territory, and recognizing the difficulties arising
from the destruction caused by the war, com-
mends the Administering Authority for the
progress it has already made in tlie political, eco-
nomic, social and educational advancement of the
inhabitants, and for the full nature of the in-
formation submitted both in the annual report
and in the supplementary data provided by the
special representative.
2. The Trusteeship Council, recognizing the de-
sirability of the closest possible contact between
the Administering Authority and the inhabitants,
notes that the Aclministering Authority is giving
consideration to the possibility of transferring the
seat of government from Guam to a site within
the Territory itself, and believes that this will fa-
cilitate closer association between the Adminis-
tering Authority and the indigenous inhabitants.
2. Political Advancement
3. The Trusteeship Council notes with gratifi-
cation that the Administering Authority has
under preparation an organic act for the Trust
Territory.
" U.N. doc. T/378.
254
4. The Trusteeship Council, while noting with
approval the extent to which purely local forms
of self-govermnent have been fostered and en-
couraged, recommends that the Administering
Authority increase its efforts to develop regional
governmental organs on a representative and elec-
tive basis and that it endeavour to bring repre-
sentatives of the indigenous population into the
territorial government, if only in an advisory ca-
pacity in the initial stages.
5. The Trusteeship Council noting that some of
the 137 municipal governments established in the
Trust Territory enjoy a real measure of autonomy,
welcomes the efforts of the Administering Au-
thority to establish democratic organs of purely
local government and hopes that further steps
may be taken to ensure that the will of the people,
rather than hereditary considerations, prevail in
the election or appointment of such bodies.
6. The Trusteeship Council, noting that gen-
erally speaking the people of the Marianas Islands
are relatively advanced, noting also that they do
not yet possess a regional council, and noting the
willingness of the Administering Authority to
consider the possibility of establishing an appro-
priate regional organ for the Marianas, recom-
mends the Administering Authority to press
forward with this measure.
7. The Trusteeship Council welcomes the steps
taken by the Administering Authority to effect a
real separation of administrative and judicial
powers and expresses the hope that, wherever
practical, further steps will be taken to effect this
separation.
3. Economic Advancement
il
8. The Trusteeship Council welcomes the dec-
laration of the representative of the Administer-
ing Authority that it seeks no profit or aggran-
dizement from the Trust Territory. It further
welcomes the stated policies of the Administering
Authority to protect the indigenous inhabitants
against loss of their land and institute a sound
programme of economic development along lines
wliich will ensure that the profits and benefits
accrue to the inhabitants and will assist them in
achieving the highest possible level of economic
independence.
9. The Trusteeship Council, noting the arrange-
ments at present in force for tlie purchase of copra
by the Island Trading Company, recommends
that the Administering Authority keep these ar-
rangements under constant review in order to en-
sure that the interests of the copra producers are
safeguarded by receiving a fair return for their
industry.
10. The Trusteeship Council, noting with con-
cern that, in spite of the recommendation of the
United States Commercial Company in 1946 that
the entire output of the Anguar phosphate mines
should be retained as soon as jDossible for use
within the Territory, arrangements to export the
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
entire estimated tonnage of phosphates to Japan
are still in force, and noting further that apart
from a royalty of 25 cents i^er ton, the Trust Terri-
tory derives no benefit even from a processing tax
from the phosphates, recommends that the Ad-
ministering Authority subject this arrangement
to further review and, in the light of this review,
reassure the Council that the interests of the Ter-
ritory and its inhabitants have been safeguarded.
11. The Trusteeship Council urges the Admin-
istering Authority before granting any permits
to outside fishing companies to develop the marine
resources of the Trust Territory, to explore again
the possibility and practicability of developing
the fishing industry as a purely indigenous enter-
prise with assistance from the Administering Au-
thority itself.
12. The Trusteeship Council recommends the
Administering Authority to keep the taxation
system in the Trust Territory constantly under re-
view with a view to the ultimate abolition of the
head tax and its substitution by a more progressive
system of taxation based upon the capacity of the
individual to pay.
4. Social Advancement
13. The Trusteeship Council, noting that the
living standards of the indigenous inhabitants are
still below pre-war levels, reconnnends that the
Administering Authority take such steps as may
be practicable further to raise the standard of
living.
5. Educational Advancement
14. The Trusteeship Council commends the Ad-
ministering Authority for its achievements in the
educational field but recommends that it consider
the possibility of establishing secondary schools
in the Territory to meet its progressive needs.
15. The Trusteeship Council notes that the Ad-
ministering Authority is sending promising in-
digenous students to Hawaii and the continental
United States for higher education and urges it
to continue doing so.
Resolution on Higher Education in the Trust Territories in Africa
U.N. <ioc. T/3S7
Adopted July 19, 1949
The Council,
(1) Having considered sub-paragraph (d) of the sixth
parajri-aph of resolution 225 (III) of the General As-
sembly which recommends that the Council study the
financial and technical implications of a further expan-
sion of facilities for higher education of the inhabitants
of Trust Territories of Africa,
(2) Having established by its resolution 84 (IV) the
Committee on Higher Education in Trust Territories with
the following terms of reference:
"Having regard to the existing facilities for higher edu-
cation in Africa already provided by certain Administer-
ing Authorities and bearing in mind the plans already
made and to be made for their development, to make a
preliminary study of the financial and technical impli-
cations of a further expansion of these facilities, includ-
ing the practicability and desirability of establishing in
1952 and maintaining a university to meet the higher
' educational needs of the inhabitants of Trust Territories
in Africa",
(3) Having becei\'ed from the Committee a report on
the financial and technical implications of a further ex-
pansion of facilities for higher education in Africa, and
(4) Having examined the report of the Committee in-
cluding the statement of the technical expert of the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization, as well as the statements of individual experts
heard by the Committee;
I. Higher Education
(5) Votes that the Government of Belgium has decided
to organize the establishment of higher education and
classes preparatory to hi.glier education in Ruanda-Urundi
and in the neighbouring regions of the Belgian Congo and
that it has established (a) a School of Humanities
(ColUge d'Humanitis) in the Kivu area, accessible to
students of Ruanda-Urundi, (b) a humanistic section
(section latine) and "modern" section (section moderne)
of secondary education in Ruanda, and that it is pre-
paring to establish (a) a humanistic section (section
latine) and modern section (section moderne) of second-
ary education in Urundi, (b) a university centre in
Ruanda-Urundi which will begin in time to enable it to
function regularly in 1955 when the first students have
completed their humanistic studies, (c) a university
centre at Kisantu in the Belgian Congo which will start
its regular functioning as early as 1953, and (d) a uni-
versity centre at Leopoldville;
(6) Notes that the Government of Prance maintains the
Medical College and the newly established College of
Science at Dakar in French West Africa and plans to
establish by October 1950, a Law School to form part of
the projected University of Dakar ;
August 22, 1949
255
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES [ (.^^^^^^g^
D
(7) JVo/cs that the Government of tlie United Kingdom
has established a University College at Ibadan, Nigeria,
the University College of the Gold Coast and Makerere
College in Uganda which are designed also to serve the
three Trust Territories under United Kingdom adminis-
tration ;
(8) Commends the Administering Authorities for the
achievements and plans which they have made so far
in the field of higher education, and urges the intensifi-
cation and strengthening of these efforts to the fullest
extent possible ;
(9) Notes that some Africans have been appointed
to the staffs of certain institutions of higher education
in Africa and expresses the hope that the Administering
Authorities will increase their efforts to appoint as many
qualified Africans as possible to the staffs of institutions
of higher education ;
(10) Considering the existing needs and the desira-
bility for the development, expansion or strengthening of
institutions of higher education within the Trust Terri-
tories themselves, possibly at the initial stage in the form
of junior, preparatory or university colleges, university
institutes or other post-secondary facilities,
( 11 ) Considering the necessity of the simultaneous de-
velopment of higher education with primary, secondary,
teacher and technical education,
(12) Considering the differing educational policies, dif-
ferences of language and other teclinical difficulties, which
indicate the impracticability of establishing at this time
a single university for the six African Trust Territories,
(13) Expresses the hope that the Government of Bel-
gium will proceed as speedily as possible with the im-
plementation of its plans for the establishment of a
University Centre in Buanda-Urundi and recommends that
the Government of Belgium consider the initial establish-
ment of suitable preparatory institutions of higher edu-
cation by 1952.
(14) Reeomnicnds that the Government of France con-
sider the establishment of institutions of higher education
for the Trust Territories under its administration if
possible by 1952, and expresses the hope that the Govern-
ment of France will pay particular attention to the higher
educational needs of the Trust Territory of Cameroons
under French administration, and, specifically, consider
the establishment in the Trust Territories of university
institutes or university colleges of a technical or profes-
sional character which might be integrated with other
institutions of higher education in territories under
French administration ;
(15) Recommends that the Government of the United
Kingdom consider, without prejudice to the normal devel-
opment of Makerere College, the possibility of establish-
ing in Tanganyika, as soon as possible, facilities for
higher education, including vocational and technical edu-
cation ; and, with a view to facilitating the expansion of
higher education in Togoland and Cameroons under Brit-
ish administration, recommends that tlie Government of
the United Kingdom take all possible steps to increase
the number of scholarships for students from the two
Territories ;
256
(16) Recommends to the Administering Authorities
concerned that in the planning and establishment of in-
stitutions of higher education particular attention be paid
to the technical and cultural needs of the Trust Terri-
tories with the objects of advancing human knowledge
and of equipping students for responsible citizenship ;
II. Scholarships
(17) Notes that the Governments of France and the
United Kingdom provide scholarships for the inhabitants
of the Trust Territories under their administration to
study in the institutions of higher education in Africa,
the United Kingdom and France ;
(18) Recommends that the Administering Authorities
consider the possibility of progressively increasing the
number of scholarships for higher education in Africa and
overseas available to the inhabitants of the African Trust
Territories, and to that end
(o) Urges that all possible steps be taken to make
available to qualified students from Trust Territories
fellowships, scholarships, and internships which have been
or may be established by the United Nations or by its
specialized agencies,
(b) Invites the United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization to furnish the Administer-
ing Authorities with complete information with regard to
all fellowships and scholarships and the terms and condi-
tions under which such fellowships or scholarships have
been established, and asks the Administering Authorities
to collaborate with United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization, and other specialized
agencies, in the estaljlishment and implementation of
scholarship programmes with regard to Trust Territories,
(c) Invites the Administering Authorities to give
full publicity with regard to all fellowships, scholarships,
and internships available to the inhabitants of Trust
Territories ;
III. Financial Considerations
(19) Considering the financial difficulties which are at
present limiting, according to the statement of the Ad-
ministering Authorities concerned, the development of
education in the African Trust Territories,
(20) Invites the Economic and Social Council, in con-
sultation with tlie Trusteeship Council and the Adminis-
tering Authorities concerned, to take into account the
higher educational needs of Trust Territories in its study
of programmes of technical assistance for under-developed
areas ;
(21) Siwffcsts to the Administering Authorities con-
cerned that in financing the expansion of higher education
in Africa attempts he made to seek the assistance of such
private organizations as may be in a position to give
financial support ;
IV. Reports
(22) Requests the Administering Authorities concerned
to make available in the annual reports information with
regard to the implementation of the foregoing recommen-
dations.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED STATES IN THE UNITED NATIONS
[August 13-19]
ECOSOC
The Economic and Social Council closed its
ninth session on August 15.
The session ended with a series of meetings de-
voted to putting the finishing touches on an
expanded program of technical assistance to
to underdeveloped countries.
This program, which the delegate of the United
Kingdom described as "the most substantial
achievement of the Council in its history", now
goes to the General Assembly in September for
final approval.
In his closing address, James Thorn of New
Zealand, president of this session of the Council,
declared that the consideration of this matter had
lent distinction to the session, and added : "The
underdeveloped areas will now be regarded as
being within the sphere of influence of tlie United
Nations, to be assisted in their own interest and
that of the world."
By a vote of 15 to 0, with the Soviet Union,
Poland, and Byelorussia abstaining, the Council
proposed to the General Assembly a plan for in-
ternational machinery to operate the Technical
Assistance Program. Tlie plan provides, first,
for an organizational and administrative arrange-
ment, with mechanism for coordination of the
efforts of participating countries, the United Na-
tions, and the specialized agencies; second, for the
problem of financing the program ; and third, for
the determination of general principles and pol-
icies by which the program is to be developed.
Acting on a United States proposal, the Eco-
nomic and Social Council voted to create a Tech-
nical Assistance Board for the purpose of co-
ordinating the efforts of all parts of the Technical
Assistance program. The Board would be com-
posed of representatives of the participating
specialized agencies, who would through this
means exchange information regarding the de-
velopment of their separate programs.
A division of the Council over the question
whether such a system of cooperation and co-
ordination would be preferable to a plan for cen-
tralized direction and control over the activities
of the various sovereign agencies, advocated
chiefly by the representative of Australia, but the
question was resolved in favor of the former
approach.
For the preparation of policy decisions by the
Council on technical assistance matters, as pre-
sented to the Council by the Technical Assistance
August 22, 1949
849215 — 49 3
Board, the Council set up a standing committee
of the whole, to be known as the Technical Assist-
ance Committee of the Council. This plan was
based on a proposal offered by the United States
and Chile, ancl represented a modification of a
New Zealand and Australian proposal for a
smaller policy supervisory body.
The Council agreed to an allocation of contri-
butions in the following percentages: Food and
Agriculture Organization, 29 percent; the United
Nations, 23 percent. World Health Organization
22 percent; United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization, 14 percent; Inter-
national Labor Office, 11 percent; and Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization, 1 percent.
UNSCCUR
More than 700 scientists assembled for the 3-
week session of the United Nations Scientific Con-
ference on the Conservation and Utilization of
Resources at Lake Success on August 17, with the
aim of promoting the application of science to
harnessing the world's resources for enriching
man's living standards. President Truman sug-
gested 2 years ago that the United Nations hold
such a conference, expressing the hope that inter-
national science could itself become a great inter-
national resource.
United States Secretary of Interior Krug stated
in his opening address, "You are bringing together
outstanding specialists in many resource fields to
exchange knowledge and share wisdom in a com-
mon cause of improvement of man's standard of
living, particularly in the underdeveloped areas
of the world, through the protection and wise use
of man's common heritage of natural wealth,
wherever it may be."
Fairfield Osborn, president of the Conserva-
tion Foundation and the New York Zoological
Society sounded a sober note when he told the
meeting that, barring some cataclysm, a world
pojjulation of 3 billion was in prospect for the
year 2000, and that certain troi^ical regions or
very northerly regions are "the last remaining
frontiers." Predicting the exhaustion of "com-
mercially extractable" reserves of copper, lead,
and zinc within the lifetime of some of the hearers,
Mr. Osborn said that technologists offer our
brightest and principal hope. The drain upon
the earth's resources, he said, has increased geo-
metrically to the greater numbers of people de-
manding a greater variety of products from an
infinitely more complex industrial system.
257
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Western Hemisphere Participation in international
Telecommunication Activities
Substantial progress was made in solidifying
international cooperation in the telecommunica-
tion field at the International Telecommunication
Union Kegion 2 Fourth Inter-American Kadio
Conference, which met in Washington from
April 25 througli July 9. Kepresentatives from
24 countries as well as observers from the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization, the United
Nations, the Organization of American States,
and Unesco ' attended the Conference. The
three basic documents, signed at the final plenary
session, are good indications of the objectives at-
tained at the Conference: the Inter- American
Radio Agreement, Washington, 1949 with An-
nexed Declarations, Resolutions and Recommen-
dations; the International Telecommunication
Union Region 2 Resolutions and Recommenda-
tions; and the International Telecommunication
Union Region 2 Report to the Second Session of
the International Administrative Aeronautical
Radio Conference.
For the consideration of substantive matters
the Conference was divided into three main sec-
tions corresponding with tlie final documents pro-
duced. The section dealing with inter- American
radio matters constituted the fourth of a series of
specialized inter-American conferences on this
subject, initiated in Habana in 1937. The Re-
'The coufeience was headed by J. Paul Barringer,
deputy director of the OfBce of Transport and Communi-
cations of the Department of State. The two vice chair-
men were Rafael Arias, chairman of the Mexican dele-
gation and Rafael J. Milans, chairman of the delegation
from Uruguay. The Secretary of the conference was
Gerald C. Gross, Assistant Secretary General of the Inter-
national Telecommunication Union, Geneva.
Mr. Barringer also served as chairman of the United
States delegation. Vice chairmen were Harvey B. Otter-
man, associate chief of the Telecommunications Division
of the Department of State and Albert L. Mcintosh, chief
of the Frequency Allocation and Treaty Division of the
Federal Communications Commission.
258
gion 2 section of the Conference was concerned
with radio-communication problems in the West-
ern Hemisphere as they relate to world-wide com-
munications. This phase of the Conference
represented one of a series of regional confer-
ences provided for under the Atlantic City tele-
communication convention, 1947, to formulate
regional frequency assignment plans for all users
of the radio spectrum. It also dealt with specific
problems of the allotment of exclusive HF (high
frequency) frequencies for aeronautical radio
communications in the Western HemisiDhere.
This portion of its deliberations was one of a
series of regional meetings requested by the first
session of the International Administrative Aero-
nautical Radio Conference (Iaarc) for the deter-
mination of specific regional aeronautical fre-
quency requirements.
Inter- American Radio Agreement. The new
inter- American radio agreement will replace the
Santiago agreement of 1940. It includes a
regional plan for the allotment of radio frequen-
cies to bands of services for the entire Western
Hemisphere. The plan covers assignments of
aeronautical, maritime mobile, standard band
broadcasting, tropical broadcasting, and amateur
services in the portion of the radio spectrum from
10 to 4000 kc. It is the first radio-frequency
assignment plan to be completed for any region of
the world under the provisions of the international
radio regulations of Atlantic City, 1947. Its
adoption is regarded as an important step forward
in world-wide efforts, under the auspices of the
International Telecommunication Union, to effect
an orderly registration and utilization of fre-
quencies throughout the radio spectrum.
Attached to the inter-American radio agreement
is a strong declaration reaffirming the principles
of freedom of radio communication for the Amer-
ican region. It is intended that consideration be
given to including such of these principles as are
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
appropriate in the provisions of the next inter-
American telecommunication convention. The
Conference also adopted resolutions covering the
interchange and retransmission of radio broadcast
programs and the reaffirmation of the resolution
adopted by the Inter-American Teleconnnunica-
tion Conference, Rio de Janeiro, 1945, on liberty
of information in radio communications. These
measures are designed to assure in radio expres-
sion the same effective guarantees as the press
enjoys.
Itu Region 2 Regulations and Resolutions.
The International Telecommunication Union Re-
gion 2 regulations and resolutions include a plan
for the allocation of certain frequencies to bands
of services in the Western Hemisphere. The plan
coincides with the one included in the new inter-
American radio agreement and will form the basis
for the incorporation of American i-egion station
lists in the Master International Frequency List,
which will be prepared at a special administrative
conference of the International Telecommunica-
tion Union some time this fall.
Itu Region 2 Report to Iaarc. The plan for the
assignment of aeronautical mobile frequencies in
Region 2 will be presented to the second session of
the International Administrative Aeronautical
Radio Conference, which is now meeting in
Geneva to formulate a world-wide aeronautical
radio frequency plan.^ The unanimous adoption
of an aeronautical frequency allotment plan for
the exclusive HF aeronautical mobile frequencies
for Region 2 is regarded as a major accomplish-
ment of the conference. It is a real step forward
toward increased safety of human life in aircraft.
Representatives of the International Civil Avia-
tion Organization collaborated in its preparation.
The conference as a whole was characterized by
harmony and unity of purpose and a genuine will-
ingness to compromise — a necessary prerequisite
for productive international meetings in this field.
It is a concrete demonstration of the spirit of co-
operation on telecommunication matters in the
Western Hemisphere. At the invitation of Uru-
guay, it was decided to convene the fifth Inter-
American Radio Conference in Montevideo 15
days after the next world-wide telecommmiication
conference to be held in Buenos Aires in 1952.
South Pacific Commission Research Program 1949-50
Tlie South Pacific Commission is a consultative
and advisory body established in 1948 by the
Governments of Australia, France, the Nether-
lands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the
United States to encourage and strengthen inter-
national cooperation by pi'omoting the economic
and social welfare and the advancement of the peo-
ples of the non-self-governing territories in the
South Pacific region administered by these gov-
ernments.^
The main auxiliary body of the Commission is
the South Pacific Research Council, which held
its initial meeting in April-May 1949 and which
will meet annually hereafter. The Research
Council consists of the deputy chairman of the
Council, three specialist members representing the
' The first session of Iaaec was recessed last summer
because of insufficient information on specific regional
aeronautical frequency requirements to proceed with the
formulation of a world-wide plan.
'A report by Emil J. Sady on the South Seas Conference
at which the preparatory work for the establishment of
the South Pacific Commission appears in the Buixetin
of March 16, 1947 ; the record of progress of the Commis-
sion during its initial year by Dr. Felix M. Keesing, the
Senior United States Commissioner, is published in the
Buixetin of July 4, 1949, p. 839.
August 22, 1949
fields of health, economic development, and social
development respectively, and a number of asso-
ciate members chosen for their special knowledge
of the problems of the area. The chief task of
the Research Council is to advise the Commission
on what investigations are necessary and with the
assistance of the Secretary General to make the
necessary arrangements for carrying out studies
approved by the Commission.
The third session of the Commission took place
for the first time at its permanent headquarters at
Noumea, New Caledonia, May 7-17, 1949. At this
meeting, which followed the first meeting of the
Research Council, the Commission was so im-
pressed by the realistic approach of the Research
Council's proposals to the aims of the Commission
that the draft program was adopted with only
slight variation. The Commission approved 29
projects recommended by the Research Council
designed to further the purposes of the South Pa-
cific Commission. These projects are briefly sum-
marized below.
HEALTH
Project H. 1. — Project for improving, extending
and speeding up the collection and dissemina-
259
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
tion of epidemiological intelligence in using tem-
porarily the facilities of the South Pacific Health
Service in Suva. The adoption of the project
was made subject to the concurrence of the In-
spector-General of the South Pacific Health
Service. Project for standardization of the Quar-
antine Regulations.
Project H. 2. — Research in the preparation of suit-
able infant food during the weaning period : food
to be prepared safely in a village community from
the usual staples and accessories.
Project H. 3. — Appointment of a special team to
compare
(i) the different antigens and methods used in
tuberculin tests.
(ii) the radiographic appearances in different
races at different ages,
with a view to producing simple techniques suit-
able for use under field conditions. The Senior
Commissioners for the United Kingdom and the
United States reserved their decisions.
Project H. 4- — Establishment of liaison between
the various field groups actually working on
filariasis and elephantiasis problems and research
to determine further the specific investigations
needed on these diseases.
Project H. 5. — Collection of the existing data on
diet and nutrition of communities and of in-
dividuals.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
Project E. 1. — The introduction of economic
plants from without the Area or transfer from
within for study and improvement in special
gardens and arboretums looking to improvement,
saving and availability of such plants for distri-
bution.
Project E. 2. — Review and sununary of the infor-
mation on cash crops to make available the ac-
complishments in production, cultural and proc-
essing techniques, and their place in Area
economy, with an estimate for the future of cacao,
rice, the coconut and its principal product, copra.
Project E. 3. — Improvement in tropical pasture
grasses leading to improved animal nutrition and
associated mixed farming to the end of broaden-
ing and raising standards in human diet and
nutrition.
Project E. Jf. — Preliminary to a general land-use
project in connexion with conservation of re-
sources, a pilot land-use survey is to be undertaken
to point the way in the establishment of hydrologi-
cal and forestry reserves, erosion control, identity
of crop and pasture landjs and possibly soil classi-
fications. Adoption made subject to reconsidera-
tion of location.
Project E. 5. — An attempt by co-operative agree-
ment to secure Area standards in the grading and
quality of plant products to the end of improve-
260
ment in quality and a protection of grower, ship-
per, carrier and buyer in transactions involving
perishable or semi-perishable plant products.
Adoption made on understanding that it referred
to all agricultural products.
Project E. 6. — A study of atoll and low island
economy, designed to improve cash and subsistence
crops and handicrafts to widen commercial op-
portunity and provide greater security for island
peoples.
Project E. 7. — A study of fishery methods in their
many indigenous and commercial aspects. The
Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council will be asked for
guidance in the several divisions of fishery im-
provement.
Project E. 8. — An examination of diet of indige-
nous peoples with the objective of amplifying it;
and the study of the kinds of working tools needed
for mechanical skills, both with the aim toward
better subsistence economies.
Project E. 9. — The expansion of biological con-
trols by cooperative and other means, to effect the
control of the mosquito, of insect pests that attack
economic plants, of weeds, and to develop plant
hygiene and extend rodent control.
Project E. 10. — ^A proposal to discover ways of
making available commercial credit for the devel-
opment of agricultural, industrial and commercial
enterprises, in the hands of indigenous peoples.
Project E. 11. — Co-operative acceptance of the
proposed World Food and Agriculture Organiza-
tion plan to carry out an agiicultural census in
1950.
Project E. 12. — Solicitation of favourable con-
sideration by the authorities of the Colonial De-
velopment Fund for certain new research projects
to be carried out by the Fiji and Western Pacific
Research Council.
Project E. 13. — Request directed to Member Gov-
ernments for a statement of the principal research
investigation now in progress or contemplated by
their recognized institutions, particularly in the
field of animal husbandry and all technical aspects
of land-use having implication to the Area of the
South Pacific Commission.
SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT
Project S. 1. — A survey of the facilities for pro-
fessional and technical training in the South Pa-
cific, with a view to future development.
Project S. 2. — The use of visual aids in education
among island peoples.
Project S. 3. — A study of the most suitable tech-
niques for teaching literacy in the Area.
Project S. 4- — The convening of a Conference of
Educationists, to study educational needs and
problems in the various territories.
Project S. 5. — A review of research in social an-
thropology, with emphasis on what still needs to
be done.
Project S. 6. — A survey of work done and still re-
quired in the field of linguistic research.
Department of State Bulletin
i
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
Project S. 7. — The eo-opciuiive movement in the
South Pacific and its development.
Project S. 8. — The determination of the most suit-
able building types for the various climatic zones
and conditions in the Area.
Project S. 9. — Pilot projects for community de-
velopment in two selected areas.
Project S. 10. — The preservation of archaeologi-
cal sites.
GENERAL
Project G. 2. — Statistical Service.
The Commission resolved that, for the adequate
performance of the work of the Commission and
the Research Council, expert statistical assistance
will be necessary. For the time being action is to
be limited to the appointment of a qualified statis-
tical officer.
A modest but comprehensive program of active
work of collaboration in the welfare of island peo-
ples has thus been undertaken. The implementa-
tion of the Work Program is supervised and
coordinated by the deputy chairman of the Re-
search Coimcil, Dr. L. G. M. Baas Becking, and
the work in the three fields is directed by perma-
nent members of the Research Council: Health,
Dr. E. Massal: Economic Development (including
agrictilture). Dr. H. G. Macilillan: Social Devel-
opment (including education ) . H. E. Maude. The
entire program is imder the direction of "William
D. Forsyth, Secretary General of the South Pacific
Commission.
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
Telecommunications Revision Meeting
The Department of State annoimced on August
8 the United States delegation to the Conference
for the Revision of the Bermuda Telecommunica-
tions Agreement of 1945. schedided to convene at
London, August 8, 1949. The United States dele-
gation is as follows :
Chairman
Wayne Coy, Chairman, Federal Commtinications Com-
mission
Vice Chairman
Trevanion Henry Ernest Xesbitt, Assistant Chief, Tele-
communications Division, Department of State
Advisers
Harold J. Cohen, Assistant General Counsel, Chief of the
Common Carrier Division of the Bureau of Law,
Federal Communications Commission
John R. Lambert, Chief of Tariffs-Telephone Rates Branch,
Bureau of Accounting, Federal Communications Com-
mission
Marion H. AVoodward, Assistant Chief Engineer, Chief
of the Common Carrier Division of the Btireau of
Engineering, Federal Communications Commission
Industry Adi-isers
Thomas J. Allen, Ekiropean Director of Communications,
United Press
A. L. Bradford. Vice President and General European
Manager, United Press
James A. Kennedy. Vice President and General Attorney,
American Cable and Radio Corporation
Thomas D. Meola, European Representative, RCA Com-
munications, Inc.
K. Bruce Mitchell, Director, The Western Union Telegraph
Company
John H. Muller, Assistant to the Executive Vice President
In charge of Operations. RCA Communications, Inc.
Haraden Pratt, Vice President, American Cable and Radio,
All American Cables and Radio. The Commercial
Cable Co., Mackay Radio and Telegraph Co.
The Bermuda agreement, which was signed in
1945 by sis countries of the British Commonwealth
of Nations — Australia, Canada, India. New Zea-
land, the Union of South Africa, and the United
Kingdom — and by the United States, involved the
operational and rate aspects of radio-telegraph
communication, between the signatories. Since
this agreement has been in force, increases in wages
and operational practices have altered the basis
for the rate features of the agreement. Because
of this and the fact that changes will undoubtedly
be effected as a result of the recent International
Telecommunication Union Administrative Con-
ference to Revise the International Telegraph and
Telephone Regulations, held at Paris, the parties
to the 1945 Bermuda agreement decided to meet
again to revise the rate aspects of that agreement.
In addition to seven of the original parties
to the agreement, the United Kingdom has invited
Ceylon Imd Pakistan to participate in the forth-
coming meeting.
Conservation and Utilization
of Resources Conference
The Department of State annoimced on August
11 that the President has approved the nomination
of Julius A Krug. Secretary of the Interior, as
chairman, and Charles F. Brannan. Secretary of
Agriculture, and Charles Sawyer, Secretary of
August 22, J 949
261
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
Commerce, as members of the official United
States group of participants to the United Nations
Scientific Conference on the conservation and utili-
zation of resources. The conference is scheduled
to be held at Lake Success, New York, August 17-
September 6, 1949. Other members of the official
United States gi-oup are as follows :
Wilson Compton, President, the State College of Washing-
ton, Pullman, Washington
Joseph D. Coppock, Adviser, Office of International Trade
Policy, Department of State
Paul D. Foote, Executive Vice President, Gulf Research
and Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Carl N. Gibboney, Deputy Director, Commodities Division,
Office of International Trade, Department of Com-
merce
Arthur Goldschmidt, Special Assistant to the Secretary,
Department of the Interior
Charles S. Johnson, President, Fisk University, Nashville,
Tennessee
Arville I. Levorsen, Dean, School of Mineral Sciences,
Stanford University, Stanford, California
Fairfield Osborn, President, The Conservation Founda-
tion, New York, New York
Mrs. Clifford Pinchot, Washington, D.C.
Charles J. Potter, President, Rochester & Pittsburgh Coal
Company, Indiana, Pennsylvania
Frank J. Welch, Dean, College of Agriculture, Mississippi
State College, State College, Mississippi
Gilbert F. White, President, Haverford College, Haver-
ford, Pennsylvania
Ralph R. Will, Administrative Officer, Office of the Secre-
tary, Department of Agriculture
PuMic Relations Officer
Carlton Skinner, Special Assistant to the Secretary, De-
partment of the Interior
Secretary of the Official United States Group
Basil Capella, Division of International Conferences,
Department of State
Personal Secretary to the Chairman
Margaret Ramsey, Department of the Interior
This official group will coordinate United States
participation in the Conference which will be at-
tended by approximately 200 scientists, engineers,
resource technicians, economists, and other ex-
perts from this country.
The Conference is to be devoted to an exchange
of ideas and experience on the techniques of re-
source conservation and utilization, their eco-
nomic costs and benefits and their interrelations.
Six general subjects : mineral resources, fuel and
energy, water, land resources, forests, and wild-
life, fish and marine resources will be discussed.
The Conference will have no policy-making re-
sponsibilities, and it will not bind governments
nor will it formulate recommendations to them.
In addition to the sessions of the Conference
at Lake Success, there will be a post-conference
field study trip sponsored by this government.
The purpose of the trip is to enable experts from
262
abroad to observe and study industrial and gov-
ernment projects and methods of conservation and
utilization of resources throughout the eastern
part of the United States. The trip starting
from New York will proceed through Pittsburgh,
Columbus, the Tennessee Valley area, the Wash-
ington, D. C.-Beltsville, Maryland area and re-
turn to New York. At Pittsburgh, Columbus,
and the Washington, D. C.-Beltsville, Maryland
area, several local field trips to projects covering
different phases of the agenda will be available
to the participants depending upon their specific
interests.
Road and Motor Transport Conference
The Department of State announced on August
9 the United States delegation to the United Na-
tions Conference on Road and Motor Transport,
scheduled to convene at Geneva, August 23, 1949.
The members of the United States delegation,
most of whom will sail on the Queen Mary, August
12, are as follows :
Chairman
Henry Hagans Kelly, Assistant Director, Office of Trans-
port and Communications, Department of State
Vice Chairman
Herbert S. Fairbank, Deputy Commissioner of Public
Roads, General Services Administration
Delegates
Michael C. Connors, President, American Association of
Motor Vehicle Administrators
Charles A. Horan, Bureau of Customs, Department of the
Treasury
John H. Hunt, Consulting Engineer, American Automobile
Manufacturers Association
Serge G. KousbnarefC, Acting Chief, Division of Transpor-
tation, Department of Commerce
Edward G. Sparrow, representing the American Auto-
mobile Association, and the American Automobile
Touring Alliance
Admsers
John Martin Gates, Jr., Division of United Nations Eco-
nomic and Social Affairs, Department of State
Douglas M. Clarke, Road Transport Adviser, United
States delegation to the Economic Commission for
Europe
John Warner Foley, Jr., Office of the Legal Adviser, De-
partment of State
Clarence F. Rogers, Highway Engineer, Bureau of Pub-
lic Roads
Assistant to the Chairman
Mrs. Doris Whitnack, Department of State
The Road and Motor Transport Conference is
being held primarily for the purpose of preparing
a new world treaty on the international movement
of motor vehicles, as a means of facilitating inter-
national automobile touring and other forms of
traffic. The conference is expected to last 3 weeks
and will be attended by most of the nations of the
world.
Department of State Bulletin
I
I
ijl
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
For several months the agencies to be repre-
sented on the United States delegation, and numer-
ous other interested groups, have been studying a
draft convention prepared by the United Nations.
The United States position on this draft, which
will form the basis for the delegation's work at
Geneva, embodies the recommendations of many
State governments, of Federal departments, and of
private organizations concerned with motor trans-
port, automotive manufacturing, and highway
safety.
The principal items in the proposed treaty relate
to identification of a vehicle and its driver, facili-
tation of customs procedure, a few basic safety
rules, and certain technical requirements. Its
scope is limited to the operation of private vehicles,
excluding commercial bus and truck operations.
The proposed treaty is applicable only to inter-
national traffic and does not affect domestic traffic,
which remains within the boundaries of the home
country. From the standpoint of the United
States, the advantage of becoming a party to a
world treaty of this kind is that it will provide
legal status for United States motorists and their
vehicles when motoring abroad, and thereby facili-
tate their travel in foreign countries. At present,
such status is enjoyed by United States motorists
only in the Western Hemisphere, under the pro-
visions of the Inter-American Convention on Reg-
ulation of Automotive Traffic, to which the United
States became a party in 1946.
Mary M. Cannon To Attend Inter-
American Commission of Women
[Released to the press August 8]
Mary M. Cannon, Chief of the International
Division, Women's Bureau, Department of Labor,
will attend the special assembly of the Inter-
American Commission of Women, which, at the
invitation of the Argentine Government, is sched-
uled to be held at Buenos Aires, August 8-22, 1949.
Miss Cannon has been the United States delegate
to the Commission since April 8, 1944, when the
President approved her appointment to succeed
Mary Winslow.
The purpose of the Commission is to extend the
civil, political, economic, and social rights of the
women of the Americas. In addition to the re-
vision of the intei-nal regulations of the Commis-
sion and the election of a chairman, vice chairman,
and members of the Executive Committee, the
forthcoming meeting will consider and propose
means for carrying out the resolutions adopted by
August 22, 1949
the Ninth International Conference of American
States (held at Bogota, in 1948) which pertain to
conventions on civil and political rights of women
and to economic conditions of working women in
the Americas.
Organized in 1928, the Inter- American Commis-
sion of Women is the oldest intergovernmental
group responsible for improving the status of
women. Each of the 21 American Republics is
represented on the Commission by one official dele-
gate. The Organic Statute of the Commission,
adopted at the Bogota conference, defines it as "a
permanent entity attached to the General Secre-
tariat of the Organization of American States".
Its headquarters are at the Pan American Union
in Washington, D.C.
The last meeting of the Commission, the fifth
assembly, was held at Washington in December,
1946.
U.S. Educational Commission
Established in France
The Department of State announced on July
29 that the United States Educational Commis-
sion, established in France under the terms of the
Fulbright Act, has appointed Dr. William A.
Shimer, as executive officer, with headquarters in
Paris. The Commission is responsible for carry-
ing out the Fulbright program, which may involve
an annual expenditure of $1,000,000 in francs for
educational exchanges between the United States
and France.
Customs Union Annexes — Continued from page S46
direct negotiation shall be decided by arbitration in accord-
ance with a procedure to be laid down in each case by
mutual agreement.
Article 18
The present Treaty, which is drawn up in two copies,
one in the French language, the other in the Italian
language, shall be ratified in accordance with the constitu-
tional rules in force in each of the two States.
It shall come into force on the date of exchange of
ratifications.
In faith whereof the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have
signed the present Treaty.
Done at Pabis, 26 March 191,9
For France :
R. SCHUMAN
[Signed at Paris, 26 March, 19Ji9}
For Italy:
C. Sfoeza
263
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Practical Effects of Proposed Military Assistance
Statement hy Secretary Aoheson ^
\
The Senate, in approving the ratification of the
North Atlantic Treaty by a decisive vote, has made
a contribution of incalculable importance to the
preservation of world peace and the strengthening
of the institutions of freedom. I need not dwell
here on the far-reaching effects which this action
will have in world affairs. The members of these
two Committees are thoroughly familiar with that
aspect of the matter, as well as all others pertain-
ing to the treaty.
I should like to deal at this time with the Mili-
tary Assistance Progi-am, which I am convinced
is the next essential step we should take in carry-
ing forward the positive and vigorous action the
United States is taking in cooperation with other
free nations to assure peace and stability in the
world.
Since the end of World War II, the free peoples
of the earth have been undergoing an ordeal
scarcely less exacting than war itself. The nature
of the struggle is different, but the issue is exactly
the same — the survival of free nations with their
integrity and independence inviolate.
The peoples of the free European nations have
met this new test with courage and resolution and
a higher degree of unity than ever before attained
in times of peace. Aware that the common danger
could be overcome only by common action, they
have joined forces in a sustained and concerted
effort for the preservation of world peace and their
own liberties. I think it can be said with confi-
dence that the low point of their fortunes has been
'Made before the Senate Foreign Relations and the
Armed Service Committees on Aug. 8, 1049, and released
to the press on the same date. For previous testimony by
Secretary Acheson, by Ambassadors Douglas and Grady
before the House Foreign Alfairs Committee, aud the
President's message to the Congress, see Buixetin of Aug.
8, 1949, p. 186, and Aug. 15, 1949, p. 229.
264
passed, but further great exertions are required
to maintain the forward movement with undi-
minished force.
The scope and variety of this effort are without
precedent in human affairs. This is necessarily
so because of the complexity of the problem to be
met, which is part economic, part political, and
part military. All the parts are interrelated and
interacting. Concentration upon one to the ne-
glect of the others might well be fatal. The va-
rious measures undertaken to deal with different
aspects of the situation must make an ordered and
cohesive whole.
Tlie United States is the leader and chief source
of strength of the free world, and therefore we
have special cause to measure the effects of any
proposed action in international affairs against
the effects on our basic strength.
With respect to Europe, primary emphasis has
been placed upon the revival of the economies of
the free nations as the necessary foundation of
their social structure and political organization.
The European Kecovery Program has in fact
achieved a gratifying degree of economic re-
habilitation. It also has produced salutary re-
sults in the form of greater political stability and
renewed confidence in the future.
Yet it has become increasingly clear that eco-
nomic measures alone are not enough. Economic
recovery itself depends to a considerable degree
upon the people being inspired by a sense of se-
curity and the promise of the future to put forth
their best effort over a long period. This sense
of security and faith in the future in turn depend
upon a firm belief in the ability of the free nations
to defend themselves against armed attack.
Such a belief is notably lacking in Western
Europe today. Therefore, the capacity of mu-
Department of State Bulletin
^i\
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
tual self-defense on the part of the free nations
of Europe must be increased, largely by their own
effort, without impeding progress toward eco-
nomic recovery. We must not now by failing to
recognize fully the fear of security which is grow-
ing out of the clear pressures exacted from the
East, lose the gains already made. Prompt ac-
tion is imperative to create the conditions that
will allay that fear and will erase the conditions
that might encourage an aggressor to resort to
military force.
It is for these reasons that the European Re-
covery Progi'am, the North Atlantic Treaty, and
the proposed Military Assistance Program are
elements of a broad and soundly conceived policy
with definite and attainable objectives. Two of
the 2)illars are in place. Favorable action on the
Military Assistance Program is vitally necessary
now as an essential element of the structure.
One of the basic premises for such action is the
existence of a verj' real and very strong commu-
nity of interest between this country ,and the free
nations of Western Europe. In addition to
other considerations, this common bond is a rec-
ognition of the demonstrable truth that the se-
curity of the United States and the security of
Western EurojJe are one and the same thing and
in fact are indivisible. The treaty which we
have just ratified is the formal acknowledgment
of a relationship that has long existed in fact —
the mutual dependence of the members of the
Atlantic community.
The nations of Western Europe, with the ex-
ception of Great Britain, were virtually disarmed
as a result of enemy occupation during the war.
They have begun to rebuild their defenses but
have made barely a beginning, because the greater
part of their effort has ])roperly gone into eco-
nomic recovery. Meanwhile, the Soviet Union
has continued to maintain the largest armed
forces in the peacetime history of any country,
has substantially expanded the areas under its
control, and has used, or attempted to use, its ob-
vious military superiority to intimidate and co-
erce smaller nations. The serious imbalance of
military strength in postwar Europe has exposed
the nations of Western Europe to the constant
danger of aggression and has created a wide-
spread sense of insecurity which has impaired
confidence in the future and impeded the recovery
effort.
What is the meaning of this situation for our
own country ? It is important that the American
people fully realize the extent to which the cir-
cumstances I have outlined have radically altered
the security position of the United States. In
both of the two AVorld Wars in which we have
engaged, our allies in Western Europe were rela-
tively strong — in fact, at the outset they possessed
more military power than the United States.
They grappled first with the enemy and fought
the early stages of both wars with comparatively
little help fi-om us. In each case, only after a
period of intensive training and rearming were we
able to throw our full weight into the struggle and
tip the scales on our side.
The first line of defense is still in Europe, but
our European allies today do not have the mili-
tary capacity to hold that line. The shield behind
which we marshalled our forces to strike decisive
blows for the common cause no longer exists. In
that sense, the United States is open to attack on
its own territory to a greater extent than ever
before.
But in a broader sense this weakness in the front
line of defense in Europe produces not only stra-
tegic dangers to our own country — it increases the
danger of war itself. In and of itself it is an in-
vitation to aggression and hence a threat to the
maintenance of peace. The dictators of recent
times have become involved in war, when, in their
belief, their intended victims would fall easy prey
without substantial risk to the aggressor. The
strengthening of the defenses of Western Europe
is designed to prevent a repetition of the tragic
consequences of such dangerous self-deception.
Its first objective, like that of the North Atlantic
Treaty, is peace.
Thus, history and common sense dictate the wis-
dom that the ]3reservation of j^eace and of our
own security is immeasurably advanced by the
strengthening of Western Europe to resist ag-
gression. The North Atlantic Treaty, reflecting
this wisdom, is based on the concept of the com-
mon and collective defense of that area by the
member nations. This purpose is in turn ad-
vanced as the members progressively become more
able to play their parts in collective action.
The treaty does not contemplate that one na-
tion undertakes the defense of the area, but that
all do. The nations of Western Europe have eveiy
desire to play their full ]>art. Their peoples pas-
sionately want to avoid the indignities and suifer-
ing of another occupation. They know only too
well tliat, even though they might be subsequently
liberated, they might never recover from the de-
struction of their free institutions and the shat-
tering of the very foundations of their civilization.
They want to be able to defend themselves if at-
tacked and to be able to hold the aggressor at
bay until we can come quickly to their aid. They
can realize this purpose only if they actually pos-
sess adequate defense forces in being, not planned
on pai)er for some future date or concentrated
three thousand miles away on this side of the At-
lantic. Both the will to fight and the ability to
fight in Western Europe will be perceptibly in-
creased by the provision of the means with which
to fight.
To accomplish this fully will take time both to
develop the necessary plans and to carry them
out. The effectiveness of this will be greatly
strengthened through the coordination made pos-
Augusf 22, 1949
265
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
sible by the North Atlantic Treaty. Article 9 pro-
vides for the establishment of a Council on which
all members of the treaty will be represented.
The Council will appoint a defense committee
charged with making recommendations for imple-
menting the military clauses of tlie treaty. It is
expected that this will result in the development
of integrated defense plans for the North Atlantic
area. Each member will be assigned specific
duties and functions as part of the over-all plan.
This will result in a logical and practical division
of labor which will produce greater effectiveness
and greater economy of effort and expenditures.
This is the beginning of a process with far-
reaching implications. The principle of common
defense is the basis of the present program. Gen-
eral Bradley has already described the strategic
factors underlying the broad concept that dictates
the division of responsibilities among these nations.
The nations of Western Europe no longer plan to
maintain complete, balanced defense establisli-
ments on an individual basis. Instead each will
specialize in the kinds of forces and the production
of weapons for which it is best suited and which
will fit into a pattern of integrated defense. The
program proposed now is based on that pattern of
integrated defense.
The practical application of this principle will
ultimately bring into being a defensive strength
far more effective than the sum total of what the
member countries might be able to achieve indi-
vidually, and at a considerable over-all saving.
This concept is of particular interest to the United
States as promising not only a revitalized defense
force for Western Europe, liut also one which the
Europeans in time can support without further di-
rect assistance from us. But all this will not come
kbout overnight. The carrying out of such a prin-
ciple is unprecedented in peacetime, and will re-
quire time, patience and much hard work before
it can be fully realized.
But at the moment, the urgent and pressing need
is to strengthen with essential equipment the exist-
ing and presently authorized forces in Western
Euro]ie which are the foundation upon which all
planning and development must build. That is
the purjjose of the present bill and the present pro-
gram. It is to enable the builders to build upon
something real.
It is for this compelling reason that the pro-
posed Military Assistance Program is being urged
for adoption at this time, both for its immediate
effects and for the practical basis it will provide
for the development of the full details of an inter-
grated defense. The arms to be supplied under
the proposed program will serve at least in part
to meet the present dire need of the European re-
cipients in making their existing and presently
authorized forces effective. They will become the
nucleus around which effective detailed plan-
ning for the defense of the area can be realistic.
Much will be gained and nothing will be lost
by extending this military assistance now. The
allocation of equipment and materials is based
upon the minimum requirements of the North
Atlantic community as a whole. The distribution
has been carefully planned by the representatives
of the United States working with full knowledge
of the collective deficiencies of the defense forces
in Western Europe.
These basic requirements of the presently author-
ized defense forces of Western Europe are appar-
ent today. They are indispensable for this pur-
pose and they are valid whatever form future
plans may take. Therefore, it is possible now to
place the weapons and materials where they are
needed. Under the proposed program — and I
think this is of paramount importance — the planes,
tanks, guns, and other equipment provided will be
placed without delay, reacfy for use if necessary,
in the hands of the men who would be called upon
to handle them in the collective defense. Many
months will be saved by following this procedure.
Since the present weakness invites the danger of
war and since future planning cannot impair the
validity of this program, it would be foolish to risk
the possible consequences of delay.
The strongest proof that the Military Assist-
ance Program now before the Congress fully ac-
cords with the purposes of the North Atlantic
Treaty and is in fact urgently needed to achieve
its purposes is the attitude of the other members
of the pact. The Western European members
clearly recognize that their chances of preventing
aggression, or of repelling aggression if it comes,
rest on the concept of collective preparation and
collective action. The compulsion to unite in or-
ganizing an integrated defense for the Atlantic
community is even stronger on their part than on
ours, because of their exposed position and mili-
tary weakness.
The Brussels treaty countries have already set
up a centralized defense group which is actively
coordinating the unitary defense plans of the
members. They already have a single staff or-
ganization to develop and effectuate the common
defense plan. They and the other European
members of the North Atlantic pact are eager to
join in the larger effort of planning the collective
defense of the Atlantic community. But they
well know that no amount of planning, without
an equipped force upon which to build, can be
more than a paper defense. As an indispensable
preparation for giving substance to those plans,
they have urgently requested arms from the only
source open to them — the United States. They
strongly feel tliat rebuilding their present forces,
by their own efforts supplemented by ours, is the
first essential for making the North Atlantic
Treaty a truly effective force for peace.
They are, in fact, already making strenuous ex-
ertions on their own behalf. They are currently
spending the equivalent of about 5.5 billion dol-
266
Department of State BuUetin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
lars annually on their defense establishments — a
sum approximately five times as large as the
amount proposed for allotment to them under the
Military Assistance Program. Their collective
defense expenditures bear approximately the same
ratio to their total national incomes as do our own.
We must never forget that we are dealing not
with abstractions, but with people. Our allies in
Western Europe are human beings, with human
hopes and fears. Because of the constructive and
productive efforts which we and they have put
forth together in recent months, their hopes today
are greater than their fears. We must keep their
hopes in the ascendancy.
Under the proi^osecl legislation, the United
States would meet this situation by authorizing
the President to supply military assistance hereto-
fore requested by nations which have joined with
us in the North Atlantic Treaty for purposes of
collective defense, on the basis of self-help and
mutual aid. The amount of assistance proposed
for these nations is approximately 1.1 billion dol-
lars for the period ending June 30, 1950. Our
aid, as I have pointed out, will supplement what
these countries are doing for themselves and for
each other. Witnesses from the government
agencies concerned, who have worked out the de-
tails of the program, will give you the exact na-
ture of the aid to be provided in the form of equip-
ment and materials and will give you in detail the
active program of self-help and mutual aid al-
ready in operation in Western Europe. But no
matter how willing these nations are, they cannot
rebuild their defenses without our help, because
many of the vital things they need can be bought
only with dollars, which they do not have. More-
over, too great an exertion for defense prepara-
tions would reduce the effectiveness of the recov-
ery effort.
Part of the dollar aid we alone can provide can
be used to increase military production in Western
Europe, however, without retarding economic re-
covery. Certain facilities for military produc-
tion not in use now because of the lack of tools or
materials that must be bought with dollars can be
activated and manned by labor that also is avail-
able, if the critical equipment and material are
supplied. The present allocations in the Military
Assistance Program include 155 million dollars
to enable the European countries to increase their
military output in this way. It is estimated that
as a consequence of this help, they will be. able
through their own efforts over a 2-year period to
augment their military i^roduction by the equiva-
lent of 700 million dollars of militai'y equipment
without adversely affecting the recovery effort.
One effect of this procedure will be to reduce the
amount of aid required from this country in the
future. Future requirements of military assist-
ance to the European countries also will be re-
duced by the supply, under the program now
recommended, of many capital items that will not
have to be renewed in peacetime.
I cannot attempt to predict at this time, how-
ever, how long we may need to continue some
military assistance to the European members of
the pact. Many variables, over which we have
little control, are involved, such as the rate of
economic recovery, the imminence and extent of
the aggressive threat, and strategic considerations
and developments in the art of warfare.
It is also proposed to continue aid to the Greek
people in their gallant resistance to the attempt
of a Communist-led minority to owerthrow by vio-
lence the legally constituted government. The
prospects are now good that the campaign against
the guerrillas may soon be successfully concluded.
We also intend to assist the Turkish people in
resisting heavy Soviet pressure. An amount of
$211,370,000, is requested for this aid to Greece
and Turkey for the period ending June 30, 1950.
The remainder of the funds requested in the
amount of $27,640,000 would enable us to help
strengthen the defenses of certain other free
nations exposed to danger. We propose to grant
assistance to the Republic of Korea, where a gov-
ernment established as a result of free elections
under the auspices of the United Nations is men-
aced by the threat of internal subversion and ex-
ternal force. AVe propose to aid Iran, which has
been under insistent Soviet pressure and to which
we have supplied limited military assistance and
sent two military missions. We propose to con-
tinue military aid to the Philippine Republic, as
originally undertaken under the act of June 26,
1946.
In addition to aid in the form of grants, the
legislation before you would authorize the Presi-
dent to provide procurement assistance to coun-
tries which have joined with us in a collective
defense and regional arrangement. Before any
such contract is entered into, any such country
would make available to us the full cost of such
procurement. Thus there is no cost to us, nor any
risk of cost to us, in providing this assistance.
This provision would enable us to assist the efforts
of certain friendly countries, such as Canada and
other American Republics, to increase their de-
fensive strength, since it would facilitate their
purchase of American military equipment. It
would also assist us in achieving standardization
of military equipment, one of the objectives of
the collective defense and regional arrangements
in which we have joined.
In considering all aspects of the Military As-
sistance Program, the special complexities of the
problem should constantly be borne in mind. Al-
though the countries to which we can furnish aid
are limited to those specifically covered in the
legislation before you, unforeseen emergencies,
necessitating prompt and appropriate action, may
arise at any time. It would not be wise to pre-
August 22, 1949
267
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
scribe too rigid a statutory framework for the
execution of this i:)olicy. If the limitations were
too stringent, the Executive might find that he
was constrained from taking the very action
which some ur pected situation demanded in
the national interest. For this reason, some small
degree of flexibility in determining the amount of
aid to be furnished to authorized recipients is
required.
The President is directed to terminate such as-
sistance to any nation upon its request. He
would be required to cut off such assistance when
it is no longer consistent with our national in-
terest or with our obligation under the United
Nations Charter to refrain from aiding nations
against which preventive or enforcement action
is taken.
The legislation provides for centralized control
of the program within this government. Over-
all direction would be exercised by the Depart-
ment of State because of the intimate relations
between military assistance and our foreign policy
as a whole. The Department would work closely
with the other government agencies concerned
with the program; particularly the National
Military Establishment and the Economic Co-
operation Administration. The National Mili-
tary Establishment, for example, would provide
equipment from its stocks, military advice, and
training assistance, and would procure the new
items to be manufactured. The Economic Co-
operation Administration would provide the
proper coordination with the European Kecovery
Program and safeguard the priority of economic
recovery against any tendency of the recipient
countries to emphasize military production at the
expense of recovery needs. To the greatest prac-
ticable extent, administration of the program
abroad would be conducted through normal diplo-
matic and military channels, to ensure integration
with the other overseas operations of our foreign
policy.
I am convinced that this program is the most
logical and effective way of dealing with a major
problem which cannot be ignored or allowed to
go michallenged but must be recogiiized and met
with firm and forthright measures. If the job
of assisting the free nations to strengthen their
defense against aggression is worth doinw, it is
worth doing well. Wlien the stakes fundamen-
tally at issue are our own freedom and security,
I do not believe the American people will be satis-
fied to settle for half measures.
I think we can put this proposal in proper per-
spective by considering what its practical effects
are likely to be.
First: "Would it strengthen or weaken the se-
curity of the North Atlantic community ? West-
ern Europe is now an organism with a soft shell,
and as such it invites attack fi-om the predatory.
268
It must develop a hard shell of adequate defense
forces to discourage such an attack. It is to our
interest to hasten the growth of that protective de-
vice without weakening the economic health of
Western Europe. The quickest way we can ac-
celerate the strengthening of the defense mech-
anism of Europe without impairing its reviving
economy is by sharing some of our own military
strength. This will not lessen our own protec-
tive strength but in due course will increase it by
putting the means of defense in the hands of our
friends who are on the front line of possible
danger.
A realistic understanding of the nature of the
struggle being waged in Europe warns us that
we must consider the ever-present possibility of
aggression and take effective action to forestall it.
Whatever the Communists may claim for the sup-
posedly superior appeal of their ideology to the
minds of men, the record shows that no Commu-
nist government has come to power in any country
by the free choice of the people, openly expressed
in an honest election. The pressure of the large
military forces maintained in readiness at all times
behind the Iron Curtain is the club in the closet
of every Communist government in Europe, and
there is little effort made to keep the weapon
concealed.
The record also shows, notably in the cases of
France and Italy, that if strength in the hands of
democratic governments is resolutely and wisely
used, they can prevent aggressive Communist mi-
norities from seizing power by force. The mili-
tary assistance proposed for AVestem Europe
would go to governments which have alreacly
proved themselves capable of dealing with sub-
version. The further strengthening of their de-
fenses would make them still less vulnerable to
internal threats to their security and more ca-
pable of resisting aggression against their
frontiers.
It is not intended that there should be main-
tained in Western Europe forces-in-being capable
of defending all Europe against an all-out attack.
But, it is essential to international peace and our
own security that there be maintained in West-
ern Europe forces sufficient to convince any would-
be aggressor that he could not by quick marches
gain easy victories.
Second : Would it strengthen or weaken the se-
curity of the United States 'I I have already indi-
cated the reasons why I believe it is of paramount
importance to the security position of this coun-
try to help recreate the defense capabilities of
Western Europe. Events have proved that our
national security requires the preservation of the
independence and integrity of the free nations of
Europe. Even though our defenses in this coun-
try may be strong, we are only partly protected
as long as the European members of the Atlantic
community are woefully weak. The transfer of
some of our military potential to Western Europe,
without weakening us at home, is a form of in-
Deparfmenf of Sfafe BuWeiin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
surance whicli is soundly conceived and Avhich we
can afford. It is simply common sense to shift
part of our strength, whicli at the moment is the
major element of strength of the Atlantic com-
munity, to the point where it may be needed first
and can be used with quick effectiveness.
Third: Would military assistance strengthen
or weaken the chances of world peace? The
greatest danger to world peace today is the possi-
bility that an aggressor, in an ill-considered at-
tempt at easy conquest, might launch an attack on
an intended victim which would draw other forces
into the conflict and precipitate an all-out war.
The Military Assistance Program is designed to
preclude that possibility by providing free na-
tions under pressure the means to defend them-
selves effectively and thus to discourage a poten-
tial aggressor from making the attempt.
The Military Assistance Program is wholly de-
fensive in nature. The Soviet Government is
aware that the peoples of "Western Europe, who,
milike the Russian people, have a voice in their
own destinies, earnestlj' desire peace. We all
know that there is one major source of chxnger to
world i^eace today. The purpose of the Military
Assistance Program is to help protect the free
nations against the danger from that source.
Fourth: Would the Military Assistance Pro-
gram strengthen or weaken the United Nations?
The primary objective of the United Nations is
the preservation of world peace by the collective
action of nations which agree to settle their dis-
putes of pacific means, according to the principles
and provisions of the Charter. Again, we all
know which nation has frustrated the search for
collective security in the United Nations and has
continued to use force as an instrument of national
policy in violation of the principles and provisions
of the Charter.
It is the responsibility of the peace-loving mem-
bers of the United Nations, acting individually
or collectively as the need may require, to meet this
primary threat to the principle of collective se-
curity realistically and unequivocally. It is their
responsibility to demonstrate to any transgressor
the inexorable necessities which make the safety
and well-being of any one nation dependent upon
what other nations may do.
It was this historic fact of interdependence
which led to the creation of the United Nations,
and it is against this broad current of history that
the leaders of the Soviet Union have unhappily
set their course. We shall stand in criminal neg-
lect, and the ideals of the United Nations will
be seriously jeopardized if we do not do all that
we can, by both moral and material means, to
bring home to these men the wisdom of leading
their peoples toward world cooperation and world
peace.
^Vlien the inescapable fact of interdependence is
August 22, 1949
clearly understood, and fully accepted, then we
shall have a stronger United Nations in which
every member will have geiuiinely renounced
force as an instrument of national policy. The
peace-loving nations of today are building the
structure of that fuller cooperation. They never
have accepted and never will accept the viewpoint
that peace lies only on the far side of another war.
It is a bitter commentary on our times that the
most persuasive means to peace is an armed se-
curity. Yet, we are certain of our facts. The
leaders of totalitarian states will cooperate when
they are convinced that the free nations are too
strong to be overcome by external aggression or
internal subversion. We may hope that other
arguments will move them to take their respon-
sible places in the world community, but we dare
not risk our homes and our lives on a M'ishful
I^remise.
Until the collective security system envisioned
by the founders of the United Nations is wholly
effective, those members sincerely devoted to that
principle should work together to accomplish the
same pui'pose through regional arrangements and
associations for collective self-defense. The Mili-
tary Assistance Program is fully consistent with
the i^rovisions of the United Nations Charter, and
by strengthening the free nations against the dan-
gers of aggi'ession will hasten the day when war
will be abandoned as unprofitable by aggressors,
as well as condemned as immoral by humanity
itself.
Judged pragmatically by the existing conditions
and needs of the world in which we live, the Mili-
tary Assistance Program is a necessary and work-
able measure for the solution of a major problem
of our time — the collective defense of peaceful
nations against the known dangers of aggression.
Meeting of the Council of Europe
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press August 12}
This government is gratified that the first meet-
ing of the Council of Europe is being held. As
we have repeatedly stated, we welcome any devel-
opment which promotes constructive interna-
tional integration. The mere fact that the Coun-
cil has been established, although its powers are,
naturally limited, demonstrates that measures
which until very recently were considered beyond
the bounds of practical politics have come to be
practical and have actually been taken. The elec-
tion of Paul-Henri Spaak as its President gives
the Council the leadership of a man who combines
exceptional breadth of vision with highly practi-
cal statesmanship and augurs well for the Coun-
cil's future.
269
Ecorecsmic and Political Forces in Germany
Statement hy John J. McCloy, U.S. High Commissioner for Germany ^
Being here on a rather hurried trip in connec-
tion with certain administrative problems in Ger-
many which arise out of the impending transfer
of authority from Military to Commission Gov-
ernment, I have been asked to give you some im-
pressions I have gathered from my relatively short
stay there.
Many who have been in Germany have reported
to the American people their impressions. Ameri-
can correspondents and commentators are daily
reporting on conditions in Germany. I do not
know that I can add much to the picture they
have already given you.
There are many evidences that the American
people sense the play of great forces about Ger-
many today and are fully aware of the deep sig-
nificance to the United States of the future devel-
opment of that country. Too often forces
generated in Germany have deflected the people
of the United States from their normal peaceful
pursuits. The memory of terrible brutalities in-
flicted on innocent people has almost become sub-
consciously associated with the mention of Ger-
many and Germany's leaders in the minds of
Americans. Incidentally, I have felt that many
right-minded Germans still do not fully realize
the mistrust which still pervades the world re-
garding their country. The result is a determi-
nation to remove permanently the menace of
further German militarism and intolerance. At
the same time, the American people have an en-
lightened and firm desire to see the German people
repair their wounds and restore themselves to a
useful and constructive position in the community
of nations. As yet we have no peace treaty, and
we have a divided country ruled by widely di-
vergent motives. There are pulls and hauls of
policy as a result of this situation, all of which
can very rapidly be sensed after a very short stay
in the country, yet Western Germany has very
greatly progressed since the surrender. General
Clay, my predecessor, has stated that the punitive
' Made over the Columbia Broadcasting System on Aug.
9, 1949, and released to the press on the same date.
270
stage of our occupation of Germany has about
encled. We are entering now upon a new stage.
We are about to permit the people of Westenii
Germany to set up a government of their own se-
lection. In a few days an election to choose the
legislators of the new state will take place, and
shortly thereafter the new government will be
formally instituted.
I have referred to the misgivings which remain
in people's minds as to how the new Germany will [
devote itself to peace because I suppose that the
one question that I am most frequently asked in
the short time since my return from Germany is
whether I feel that there are signs of a dangerous
revival of Nazism or Nationalism in Germany.
The related question which I am also frequently
asked is whether the economic recovery of Ger-
many is attended by any danger to the security of
the Western European nations.
Let me attempt to give you my first impressions
on botli of these questions. First, as to the growth
of Nationalism, certainly many people in Germany
are growing more assertive than they have been
at any time since the close of the war ; there is more
to eat, at least in the Western zone, and, as the
fear of starvation and the shock of a total military
defeat have receded, people are beginning to assert
themselves more than they were disposed to when
they were hopeless, hungry, and absorbed only in
finding a living among the rubble. In spite of
their defeat, the German people remain patriotic,
and the great majority of them feel imposed upon
when they are blamed for what they consider to
be the faults of others whose policies they are now
prepared to disclaim. I do not believe Nazism as
such is being revived; I do not believe that new
leaders today would get far if they really at-
tempted to resurrect Nazism or reglorify Hitler.
All that is too closely associated with defeat and
disgraceful acts. There is another sign and a
much more hopeful one. There is now, in
Western Germany at least, a determined and
strong group who are truly devoted to the concept
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
of ;i peaceful nonaggressive Germany. There is
a strong core of fieetloni-seeking people among
the general population, and they have earnestly
cooperated in the efforts made to democratize the
country. They are to be found among the liberals,
among labor, as well as among what the Com-
munists love to call the "Bourgeoisie." All these
would set their forces hard against the revival
of any purely militaristic or Nazi cult. I would
guess that they would not be easily overwhelmed
by the old forces of militarism and Nazism.
Yet it is a fact that today, roughly speaking,
about 30 percent of the more important positions
in the government and industry are occupied by
men who were formerly Nazi followers. This
varies with localities, and my figures are very
inexact.
Generally speaking, these men are not former
activists though, here and there, they crop up
too. The group I speak of is made up of fol-
lowers, collaborators, people who were definitely
nonresisters to the Nazi regime; but in judging
them, bear in mind that there were relatively few
who did resist; bear in mind the old German con-
cept of authority and blind obedience to all othcials
and to the state, and the heavy penalities meted
out for resistance ; and bear also in mind that many
who did resist are now dead. Out of the 45 mil-
lion in the Western zone, there is no doubt that far
more than 30 percent went along, so to speak, with
Nazi domination.
Now, however, by our own rules, after having
originally cleared out all Nazis, German Courts
are trying the less virulent ones, and after the
courts have cleared them whether by acquittal, by
fine, or other punishment, the defendants ax'e re-
stored to civil activity. Until recently these peo-
ple were ostracized entirely from such activities.
They did not have the opportunity of participat-
ing in the political or industrial life of their com-
munities. Since these clearances all occurred
recently, it is natural that the large percentage of
the newcomers in the field are of this class. I do
not think tliis fact by itself is a bad omen. In-
deed, it would be a bad omen, I believe, if all those
who had been Nazi followers were permanently
excluded from engaging in the normal activities
of citizens. I am not speaking of the Nazis who
committed acts of such a nature that their crimes
must in all decency be requited, but these apart,
we are coming to the time, and I think it is pres-
ently upon us, when we must test the German
people more on their present disposition than upon
what they did or did not do 10 or 15 years ago.
Now as to the matter of economic recovery;
what I have seen of Germany in my first weeks of
office contrasts vividly with what I saw in 1944
and 1945, when I was last there. Trade is mov-
ing, chimneys are smoking, and generally there is
less shabbiness, less dirt, and less despair about.
August 22, J 949
The rather phenomenal growth of Germany's
trade and production in the last year is something
for which we should be deeply thankful. My
fervent hojje is that all this will last. There is
no menace in recovery; there would be more than
a menace if none occurred ; but the recovery, phe-
nomenal as it is, has left some severe problems in
its wake — lack of capital funds for investment,
unemployment, high prices — all these exist in
sjiite of the upward production curves on the
charts.
Germany has lost many productive territories —
for example Silesia, the Saar, and East Prussia.
The country itself remains divided, one part of
which is heavily oppressed. The popidation in
the Western zones has greatly increased as a re-
sult of the expulsions or flights from the Eastern
territories. Although the production figures
show 80 to 90 percent of the 1938 levels, we know
that countries in Europe which have been able to
get their production up to as high as 140 percent
of 1938 are still in trouble economically. This
leaves a wide gap indeed between the German level
of production and what certain of Germany's
competitors have attained.
If is also significant that the exports of Western
Germany are roughly estimated to be only 25 per-
cent of what they were prewar. We should also
bear in mind that there will be coal control boards,
steel control boards, a Ruhr Authority, the Mili-
tary Security Board, to mention only certain of
the" supervisory bodies. I believe with all this
there is not much reason to fear that the revival
of the i:)resent Western German economy will
lead to a new German aggression. The essential
security is our own resolution to act in timely
fashion if and when we see real signs of German
militarism returning. We must remember that
it was not lack of knowledge of what Germany
was doing in the Hitler days that held our hand;
it was Allied irresolution.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
Question. Have you any comment on the recent
statements of German political leaders, which are
critical of occupation authorities and occupation
jjolicies?
Ansu^er. Wliile I suppose one can expect some
rather loose and indeed demagogic statements to
iDe a natural phenomena of any political cam-
paign, I must say that I am disappointed in the
emphasis which seems to have been placed by cer-
tain political leaders in Germany on "pin-prick-
ing" the occupation. With so many tremendous
problems facing the new German Government,
with all of the substantial issues which attend the
formation of that government, and with the vital
necessity for objective consideration of those
problems and issues, one could reasonably hope
that more time and discussion would be directed
271
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
to such matters. These leaders realize, even if the
German people as a whole have not yet been fully
made aware of the fact, that but for the forces of
occupation and but for the treasures which are
being poured into Germany in order to insure
that the people are fed and well-maintained, their
condition would be as precarious and miserable as
it was in 1945. Wliile no occupation is popular
and I do not suppose any of the occupation au-
thorities expect to be popular, the fact is that the
occupation by the Western powers is assisting the
German people to recovery and that it will last
just as long as and no longer than we feel it is
necessary to accomplish our objectives.
Question. There has been considerable question
about the future status of Berlin due in part to
announcements that there was to be some consoli-
dation of Military Government personnel in
Frankfort, the raising of the airlift, and the meet-
ing of the Bonn legislature. Does this indicate
that we are in any way abandoning Berlin or plac-
ing less emphasis upon our position there ?
Answer. No. I am glad to be able to answer
that question. If anything, I believe our position
in Berlin is strengthened. The mere shift of some
Military Government personnel for administra-
tive convenience from Berlin to the Frankfort area
has absolutely no relation to our policy in regard
to Berlin.
We shall continue to maintain our forces and a
strong staff in Berlin. General Maxwell Taylor,
who in my judgment and in the judgment of many
others is one of the finest officers in the United
States Army, has been placed in command there.
His record at the Bulge and in Italy should be
eloquent of our determination to maintain our
position in Berlin. I expect to maintain a resi-
dence and offices in Berlin and to be there fre-
quently.
The airlift has diminished due to the size of the
stockpile of food and supplies we have built up
in Berlin. All installations are maintained so
that within a short time it could operate again
should it ever be necessary to call it forth.
We hope to assist our sector in Berlin to attain
greater economic activity. This is difficult to ac-
complish, but I hope before long we shall be able
to announce some measure of EGA assistance
which will tend to help the city attain greater
business activity.
Question. Now that the transfer from Military
Government to Commission rule is contemplated,
will there be any lessening of the security meas-
ures now in force in Germany 'I
Answer. Of course the Army will be main-
tained in Germany even though the form of ad-
ministration is changed from Military Govern-
ment to Commission rule. The armed forces are
distributed in Western Germany as they have been
heretofore, and they will be maintained at their
present high state of efficiency and alertness.
Question. What do you consider, Mr. McCloy,
to be the great problems that you are faced with in
Germany ?
Answer. There are a number. I have already
touched upon certain political and economic j)rob-
lems.
Another problem always before us is to remove
the pall of fear of a new totalitarian domination
of the country.
The distribution and assimilation of millions,
perhaps of as many as 8 to 10 millions, of people
expelled from eastern areas which now have to be
taken care of in the Western zone, is another prob-
lem which seems at the moment almost to be
insoluble.
And above all — the ever-present problem of so
conducting the occupation that this indubitably
great country composed of men and women of
marked energy, intelligence, and culture can be a
part of and play a leading and peaceful role in
the reconstitution of Europe.
We cannot impose anything truly foreign upon
anotlier people. But Germany has in the some-
what distant past maintained a liberal tradition.
It can do so again. What comes out of it may not
be American, or English, or French — but there is
enough sense of freedom and decency, I am sure,
in the German people on which, given time, there
can be built a healthy and peaceful state — a state
which can take its proper place among the com-
munity of European nations.
John J. IVIcCaoy To Consurt With ECA
[Released to the press August 2]
John J. McCloy, present United States Mili-
tary Governor for Germany and United States
High Commissioner, will return to Washington
August 3 for consultation with top officials of the
Departments of State and Army and the Eco-
nomic Cooperation Administration to discuss cer-
tain phases of the transfer from military to civilian
control of Germany. A mission of experts who
have been in Germany studying the transfer prob-
lems is expected to return to Washington about
the same time.
Mr. McCloy, who assumed his duties as United
States Military Governor in Germany on July 2,
spent the first 2 weeks of his new assignment on an
extensive tour of the United States zone visiting
installations and conferring with the chief occu-
pation officials.
272
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Upon the formation of the West German Gov-
ernment, control will revert from military to civil-
ian administration with Mr. McCloy as United
States High Commissionei".
Mr. McCloy plans to return to Germany before
August 15.
Allied Kommandatura Restitution
Law Announced
[Released to the press August 3]
A joint United States-United Kingdom-French
announcement from Berlin states that the Allied
Kommandatura of Berlin promulgated a new law
for restitution of identifiable property to victims
of Nazi oppression. The text follows :
The Allied Kommandatura of Berlin on 26 July 1949
issued an order providing for restitution of identifiable
property to victims of the Nazi regime who, by reason of
their race, creed, nationality or political belief, were
wrongfully deprived of property between 30th January
l!t33 and Sth May 1045. The Kommandatura order,
r.K/O (49) 180, which lias long been the subject of nego-
tiations among the Western Occupying Powers in their
efforts to secure restitution legislation in Berlin which
can be tripartitely administered, completes the legal ma-
cliinery necessary for restitution of property to Nazi
victims in the areas of control of the Western Allies.
Restitution laws promulgated by the respective military
governments are already in elfect in the three western
zones.
The order is applicable only to the three western
Sectors of Berlin and altects only property which had a
total value of 1,000 reichsmarks or more at the time it
was taken from its rightful owners. Petitions must be
delivered to the filing office in Berlin, specified in the
order, by 30th June 1950.
Claims arising from war damages and injury of a
personal nature, and claims which are not connected with
the wrongful taking of identifiable property are not cov-
ered by the new legislation.
"The order imposes a duty upon persons in Germany
I to report to the Treuhaender der Amerikanischen, Brit-
ischen und Franzoesischen Militaerregierungen Puer
Zwangsuebertragene Yermoegen, at Nuernbergerstrasse
; 53/55, Berlin W 30, any property or transfer of property
of which they have knowledge, or any property which
they may have had in their possession at any time since
30th January 1933, which falls within the scope of the
order.
Copies of the order are being made available to the
J governments of all countries outside of Germany through
their foreign oflBces. An earlier order of the Kommanda-
August 22, 1949
tura, dated 16th February 1949, which provides rules for
the filing of petitions now covered by the new restitution
legislation, is likewise being made available to all coun-
tries. Nationals and residents of those countries are
therefore urged to apply to their own governments for
copies of these orders prior to submission of petitions to
Berlin.
The newly announced order stipulates that all peti-
tions for restitution in the western sectors should be
filed, by the deadline of 30th June 1950, with a tri-
partitely administered agency serving the three sectors,
and known as tlie Treuhaender der Amerikanischen,
Britischen und Franzoesischen Militaerregierungen Fuer
Zwangsuebertragene Vermoegen, at Nuernbergerstrasse
53/55, Berlin W 30.
More than 12,000 claims have already been received
by that office from petitioners in all parts of the world.
These have been placed on file, examined, and acknowl-
edged to the petitioners. Many claims, sent by petition-
ers to the filing office of the respective occupying powers
in the western zones have been forwarded to the Berlin
Office. However, petitioners are advised not to rely
upon earlier communications with the three military gov-
ernments as effective filings under the newly announced
order, unless their petitions have been submitted in con-
formity with the order (BK/0 (49) 180) or unless they
have been acknowledged as petitions by the respective
military government or by the Treuhaender der Amerikan-
ischen, Britischen und Franzoesischen Militaerregierungen
Fuer Zwangsuebertragene Vermoegen in Berlin.
Persons who have submitted petitions with the Zen-
tralamt Fuer Vermoegeusverwaltung at Bad Neundorf, in
the British Zone of Germany, in conformity with British
General Order number 10 are advised that these petitions
will be regarded as having been filed pursuant to the Kom-
mandatura order.
Non-residents of Germany are advised to nominate,
when filing petitions, a person as agent within Germany,
to receive service of all papers and notices which may
be made pursuant to the order.
The restitution legislation will be administered by
specially created restitution agencies and by courts of
the city of Berlin. Provision is made for appeal from any
decision of these bodies, direct to a board of review, which
will be composed of members wlio are nationals of the
three Allied Powers.
Property recovered under the restitution order will
be subject to the same laws and regulations as other prop-
erty of the same categories. For example, proiierty owned
by absentee owners will be subject to the same restrictions
as otlier absentee-owned property, and may be removed
from Germany only pursuant to the usual poUcies govern-
ing such matters.
Accounts due claimants will be paid in deutsche marks
and no remittances of such funds outside Germany, or
conversion into another currency will be possible until
foreign exchange is generally available for such purposes.
Persons residing in the United States should di-
rect their inquiries concerning this new legislation
to the Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
273
Relation of Private Investment to Point 4 Program
Statement by Under Secretary Webh ^
Mr. Chairman and Members of the Com-
mittee : I appreciate the opportunity to appear be-
fore your Committee on behalf of the legislation
designed to encourage the investment of American
capital in those underdeveloped areas where this,
together with a cooperative program of technical
assistance, will result in improvement and growth.
The bill before your Committee, S. 2157, author-
izes an experimental program of governmental
guarantees against those risks peculiar to foreign
investment which under present circumstances re-
tard capital investments in those areas where they
are most needed. Tlie President, in his inaugural
address last January, outlined four courses of
action which he believed the United States should
emphasize in its international relations in the
coming years. The first three points covered (1)
continued support to the United Nations and re-
lated agencies, (2) the continuance of our pro-
gram for world recovery, and (3) the strengthen-
ing of freedom-loving nations against the dangers
of aggression. Then the President added a fourth
point, and I quote his words :
... we must embark on a bold new program for mak-
iiiR the benefits of our scientific advances and our indus-
trial progress available for the improvement and growth
of underdeveloped areas.
... we should make available to peace-loving peoples
the benefits of our store of technical knowledge in order
to help them realize their aspirations for a better life.
And, in cooperation with other nations, we should foster
capital investment in areas needing development.
Our aim should be to help the free peoples of the world,
through their own efforts, to produce more food, more
clothing, more materials for housing, and more mechani-
cal power to lighten their burdens.
The purpose of the President's program is to
assist underdeveloped countries to utilize more ef-
ficiently their human and material resources so
that they may play a more effective role in an
expanding world economy and so that they may
provide more adequately for their peojjles' needs.
' Made before the Senate Banking and Currency Com-
mittee on Aug. 9, 1949, and released to the press on the
same date.
274
It is appropriate, therefore, that the legislation
before your Committee be considered as a part
of that larger program.
In large and important areas of the world,
poverty and the frustration of hopes for economic
betterment are large contributors to instability, po-
litical tensions, and violence. Democracy and
freedom as we know them cannot grow where
widespread disease, illiteracy, and unrest prevail.
If democracy is to be a vitalizing force, its eco-
nomic basis must be secure. Nor can our hopes
for an expanding world economy be realized if
two-thirds of the world's population are unable
to make adequate use of their resources for lack
of knowledge and the means to develop them
efficiently.
If we can help to accelerate development in un-
derdeveloped areas, political democracy will be
strengtliened by giving the peoples of those areas
hope in a better future; the United Nations and its
specialized agencies will be strengthened by par-
ticii^ation in continuing positive constructive ac-
tion for economic development; political tensions
can be relieved by demonstrating that development
can take place peacefully and with increased per-
sonal freedom as the energies of millions of people
are devoted to greater production, greater ex-
change, and greater consumption; our own na-
tional security will be strengthened by associating
stronger nations with us in the cause of human
freedom ; a better balance in the world economy
can be achieved by expanding production and ex-
change in areas that have advanced too slowly on
this front, not for lack of resources but for lack of
skills in oi'ganizing and developing existing re-
sources; and expanding international trade and
increasing markets will contribute to domestic
economic stability. Without a positive and effec-
tive plan for accelerating the pace of economic
development, large areas of the world that are al- .
lied with us in the cause of human freedom may
be led by the pressures of poverty, social unrest,
and hopelessness to give up the fight.
Economic development is a process of building
I
Department of State Bulletin
1
THE RECORD OIF THE WEEK
Continued
up capital resources and improving techniques of
production; capital investment and technical as-
sistance are therefore quite properly the coordi-
nate instruments of the Point 4 program. The leg-
islation before you is directed to that part of the
program that is directly concerned with capital
investment. However, the teclmical cooperation
phase of the i)rogram will itself serve to stinudate
private investment abroad by creating a greater
awareness of investment opportunities, improving
techniques of foreign government administration
and fiscal management, increasing the interest of
foreign conmumities in private foreign investment,
developing local capital markets, and improving
the health, education, and skills of the local popu-
lation.
"While the bulk of the effort, the planning, the
organizing, and the financing of economic devel-
opment must come from the underdeveloped coun-
tries themselves, foreign capital is an essential
element. Underdeveloped countries can look to
the International Bank and, in appropriate cases,
to the Export-Import Bank for loans to help
finance basic development projects for which pri-
vate financing is not available. Both institutions
are expected to continue and to expand their ac-
tivities in financing undertakings of this charac-
I ter. With assistance from these institutions, un-
derdeveloped countries can expand basic facilities
such as power, transportation, and communica-
tions and thereby open new areas to development
by private capital. It is also hoped that the Inter-
national Bank and the Export-Import Bank will
find increasing opportunities to enter into partner-
ship with private capital in financing projects
contributing to economic development abroad.
The Point 4 program puts particular emphasis
upon the flow of private investment because
United States private capital is potentially the
major external source of investment capital for
development abroad and because it can contribute
not only funds but also the technical skills, mana-
gerial experience, and organizational talents that
are essential to put capital to efi'ective use. The
greater part of our industrial technology has been
developed by private organizations. It can be put
to work in the development process only through
private channels, especially in the form of direct
investment where the owner of the technology
has the incentive, as well as the skill, to make
optimum use of it.
While the outflow of United States private cap-
ital has been substantial in the postwar years, it
has been low in relation both to its potential vol-
ume and to the need for development capital
abroad. This is due in part to abnormal condi-
tions. The most significant difficulties appear to
be unstable political conditions, balance-of-pay-
ments problems leading to limitations on the abil-
ity to transfer earnings and capital, and various
governmental restrictions imposed on foreign
enterprise.
The resumption of large-scale international in-
vestment requires a composite of measures to be
undertaken cooperatively by capital-importing
and capital-exporting countries to reduce ))resent
obstacles. The United States is exerting its full
influence toward the establishment of moi'e sta-
bilized political conditions and more satisfactory
economic relationships throughout the world
through participation in the United Nations and
its specialized agencies, through the European Re-
covery Program, and through Reciprocal Trade
Agreements and other cooperative measures with
individual foreign countries. These efforts to
create a sense of security, to secure an expanding
and balanced pattern of world trade, and to alle-
viate economic dislocations arising from the war
will, as they bear fruit, help reduce deterrents to
the flow of investment capital.
The Department of State recognizes that in a
program for tlie reduction of obstacles to invest-
ment abroad it is particularly important to make
every effort to improve the climate for private
foreign investment. We are constantly working
on this problem, particularly through the nego-
tiation of bilateral treaties with foreign govern-
ments.
These treaties are designed to assure the poten-
tial investor that his property w'ill not be expro-
priated without prompt, adequate, and effective
compensation, that he will be given reasonable
opportunity to remit earnings and withdraw his
captital, that he will have reasonable freedom
to operate, manage, and control his enterprise,
and that he will enjoy security in the protection
of his person and his property and nondiscrim-
inatory treatment in the conduct of his business
affairs. At the same time, foreign countries are
entitled to expect that private investments will
make a genuine contribution to their national wel-
fare. As stated by the President in his inaugural
address —
. . . Guaranties to the investor must be balanced by
guaranties in the interest of tlie people whose resources
and whose labor go into these developments.
The old imperialism — exploitation for foreign profit —
has no place in our plans. What we envisage is a pro-
gram of development based on the concepts of democratic
fair dealing.
The private investor has an obligation to give due
regard to the welfare of the persons dependent
upon his enterprise, to contribute his fair share of
taxes to the local community, to conserve as well
as develop local resources, to observe local laws
and refrain from interference in the political life
of the community, and so to conduct his enterprise
that the local economy will derive benefit from his
activity.
However, abnormal deterrents to private in-
vestment abroad cannot be removed by investment
treaties alone. In the present and prospective
world economic and i^olitical situation certain
August 22, 1949
275
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
risks peculiar to investment may for some time re-
main excessive from the point of view of United
States investors. For example, although a treaty
may assure no discrimination against United
States investors seeking to remit profits, it can-
not assure that sufficient dollars for that purpose
will actually be available. Similarly, although
there may be a completely faithful intention to re-
frain from expropriation, or in the event that ex-
propriation becomes unavoidable in the public
interest, to pay promptly for expropriated prop-
erty, dollars, may, nevertheless, not be available
to permit prompt and adequate payment. Nor
can treaties provide assurances against the possi-
bility of confiscation or destruction in the event
of internal disturbance or war. Consequently,
elimination, or at least a significant reduction of
the burden of these risks upon prospective private
investors should stimulate a substantial addi-
tional flow of private investment funds abroad.
This is the purpose which would be served by the
extension of guaranties by the United States Gov-
ernment against risks peculiar to investment in
foreign countries.
It is important that we recognize clearly what
the proposed legislation is intended to do and
what it is not intended to do. The proposed legis-
lation does not guarantee any investor a profit, or
protect him against ordinary business risks to
which investors everywhere are subject. Guar-
anties would be limited to risks peculiar to for-
eign investment, and the investor would have to
assume the others. It is not the purpose of the
proposed legislation simply to provide an outlet
for surplus capital. It is intended to stimulate
a flow of productive capital that contributes to
economic development abroad. The legislation
is specific on this point, and in the administration
of the guaranty program, full consideration
would be given to the contribution that the in-
vestment can be expected to make to economic
development. The proposed legislation is not an
effort to force particular private enterprises on
reluctant countries. Guaranties would be issued
only to investments which are acceptable to the
government of the recipient country. The pro-
posed legislation is not a program to achieve eco-
nomic dominion over foreign countries. In ac-
cordance with the general spirit of the Point 4
program, it seeks to promote a marriage of eco-
nomic enterprise with economic opportunities to
the mutual advantage of the private investor and
the country in which the investment is made.
I urge your Committee to approve the proposed
legislation, for I believe it will contribute sub-
stantially to the effective handling of our foreign
relations, will sei've the national interest, and will
bring real benefits to the peoples of underdevel-
oped areas.
276
Burmese n/linister Visits U.S.
U. E. Maung, Foreign Minister of the Union
of Burma, will arrive in Washington, August 13,
for an official visit. The Minister, who holds com-
bined portfolios of Foreign Affairs and Health,
will spend a week here conferring with American
officials.
President Elpidio Quirino
of the Piiilippines Visits U.S.
Welcoming Remarks by President Truman
[Released to the press by the White House August 8]
It is a great pleasure to welcome you to the
United States as a guest of the people of this coun-
try. I recall that, as Vice President, you were our
guest in May 1947 and that the late flannel Roxas
visited the United States as President-elect in May
1946. The pi'esent occasion is significant, for it
is the first time a President of the Republic of the
Philippines has visited the United States. For
that reason, we wish to make our welcome doubly
warm to the representative of our young sister
nation.
There is, happily, a long history of friendship
between the Philippines and the United States.
In the past fifty years, our two peoples have to-
gether written a memorable chapter in world his-
tory. It is a record of peaceful pursuits of our
own choosing, and of two world wars, not of our
choosing, in which we fought side by side and
shared defeats and victory.
In the words of the late Franklin Delano Roose-
velt:
The United States and the Philippines have learned
the principles of honest cooperation, of mutual respect,
in peace and in war. For those principles we have
fought — and by those principles we shall live.
In these recent troubled years, the people of the
United States and of the Philippines have been
steadfast in their adherence to the principles upon
which their countries were founded and upon
which world peace must be built. Both nations
are dedicated to securing justice and liberty and
to promoting the general welfare of their own cit-
izens. As members of the United Nations, they
are dedicated to securing the same blessings for
all peoples everywhere.
There is a new struggle in the world today, a
struggle of ideas, a struggle that ignores national
boundaries and even national loyalties. Doubts
are being cast upon the validity and sincerity of
tlie beliefs by which we live. Again our two peo-
ples will be found on the same side in the struggle,
which they must accept as a challenge rather than
a threat. With pride in our common traditions,
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
streng-th in our beliefs and faith in our future, we
dedicate ourselves anew to the cause of all free
men.
I hope that you will enjoy your visit among us
and that you will take back to the Filipino people
the warm regards of the people of the United
States.
Statement on Joint Discussions
of 'Philippine Economy
\Riileased to the press by the White House Awjust 11]
The President of the Republic of the Philip-
pines and the President of the United States have
met in "Washington and have discussed at length
problems of common interest to the two nations.
The spirit of these conversations has reflected the
historic and unique relationship between the two
countries. As in the past it was the aim of tlie
United States that the Philippines should assume
its rightful position as a free and self-reliant mem-
ber of tlie world community, so today the United
States looks forward to the preservation and
strengthening of the position the Philippine Re-
public has achieved in order that it niay malie its
full contribution to that conununity.
It is recognized that the capacity of the Philip-
pine Republic to live up to the high hopes which
events of the past three years have kindled must
depend in part upon its economic situation. The
two Presidents have discussed measures for the
reinforcement and development of Philippine
economy in terms of the recommendations of the
report of the Joint Philippine-American Finance
Commission issued in 1947, being convinced that
the economic progress of the Philippines will be
not only in the immediate interests of the two
countries but will contribute vitally to the deter-
mination of free peoples to resist those forces
which seek their enslavement so long as that men-
ace shall threaten. The two Presidents are
agreed that this resistance will be most effective
in areas where the material well-being of the peo-
ple allows a full appi'eciation of the meaning of
freedom, and that conversely it is among peojiles
who have abandoned hope of individual better-
ment that the least resistance will be oifered to
those perverted forces which would destroy the
ideals to which the two nations are dedicated.
The President of the Philippines has expressed
the determination of his country to pursue with
vigor the courses of action which offer the greatest
promise; the President of the United States has
reiterated the desire and intention of the United
States to render all feasible assistance. The
United States will continue to watch sympathet-
Augusf 22, 1949
ically the efforts of the peoples of Asia to forge
stronger ties of economic cooperation and col-
laboration, to hasten the progress of self-govern-
ment, and to preserve their freedom.
Thailand Requests
U.S. Mineral-Resources Surveyj
[Released to the press August 9]
The Department of State announced on August
9 that, in response to a request by the Government
of Thailand, a mission composed of three Amer-
ican economic geologists will be recruited by the
Department of the Interior to assist in a survey
of Thailand's mineral resources. The assistance
being extended to the Government of Thailand in
this project further instances the desire of the
United States Government to contribute to a solu-
tion of Thailand's problems of economic rehabili-
tation and development.
Since the end of the war in the Pacific, the trade
relations between the United States and Thailand
have been more extensive than at any time in the
past. The United States has on various occa-
sions lent technical assistance to Thailand for the
common benefit of the two countries. For ex-
ample, in 1947, 30 Thai engineers were given
special training in the field of irrigation by the
Bureau of Reclamation and Irrigation with a view
to the expansion of Thailand's rice crop, which
is important not only to the Thai economy but to
the peoples of rice-deficit areas of the Far East
who depend upon large exports of rice from
Thailand.
The mission now being recruited is expected to
arrive in Bangkok in September and to complete
its task by next April. Woi-king in conjunction
with Thai geologists, the mission will survey the
districts where the principal mineral deposits are
located. Thailand's uncharted mineral resources
are believed to be considerable, and it is expected
that as a result of this survey Thailand will be able
to expand the volume and variety of its mineral
exports to the United States and other countries.
With the proceeds of these exports, Thailand
should also be able to enlarge its imports of capital
and consumer goods required for the develop-
ment of its economy, upon which a rise in the
standard of living of the Thai people depends.
The dispatch of this mission is not a part of the
contemplated Point 4 Program. It is being
effected under authority of existing legislation
and will be financed out of the Department of
State's 1949-50 appropriation. Expenses of the
mission in local currency will be borne by the
Govermnent of Thailand.
277
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Letters of Credence
Paraguay
The recently appointed Ambassador of Para-
guay, Senor Dr. Don Luis Oscar Boettner, pre-
sented his credentials to the President on August
5, 19-i9. For text of the Ambassador's remarks
and the President's reply, see Department of State
press release G03 of August 5.
generously raiiieci to rne reiiei ui iHLiuiuur, senu-
ing in by plane medical supplies, doctors, and
nurses.
We are pleased to learn of the spontaneous ac-
tion of various groups of private citizens in all
parts of this country who have interested them-
selves in sending aid to Ecuador. It is to be
hoped that this generous impulse will result in an
orsranized and productive effort for raising funds
which can be applied in the most effective manner
for the alleviation of suffering.
Earthquake Disaster in Ecuador
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to tlic press August 12]
Our whole country has been shocked by the dis-
aster which struck our sister Republic of
Ecuador last Friday, August 5.
The American Rod Cross and the appropriate
agencies of this government took steps immedi-
ately to render assistance through the Ecuadoran
Red" Cross. United States Air Force planes from
the Canal Zone arrived in Quito early Sunday
morning [August 7] with the first medical sup-
plies and emergency communications equipment,
and with a disaster survey team composed^ of
Army and United States Red Cross officials. Sev-
eral "other planes have since transported addi-
tional supplies and tents for temporary shelter
of the victims.
As soon as possible after the receipt of the news
of the disaster, a relief party left Quito for the
affected area under the direction of the cooperative
Unitecl States-Ecuadoran Health and Sanitation
Mission. United States personnel of this mission
are provided by the Institute of Inter- American
Affairs. President Galo Plaza, who personally
conducted relief work in the half-destroyed city
of Ambato, has charged the Iiaa Health Mission
with the supervision of all health and sanitation
activities arising out of the disaster.
All requests from the Ecuadoran Government
for relief supplies from the United States will
continue to be referred to the Disaster Service of
the American Red Cross. Maurice Redely, As-
sistant Director of National Disaster Relief Serv-
ice, and Edward Russel, Director of Operations
at the Canal Zone, two of the most experienced
disaster relief experts of the American Red Cross
are now in Ecuador. To date the Red Cross has
been able to meet all requests for emergency
supplies.
Several of the other American Republics have
278
Joint y.S.-iUruguayan Statement on
Economic and Political Relations
[Released to the press August 3]
Officials of the Government of the Republic of
Uruguay and of the Government of the United
States have been seriously concerned with respect
to the situation that recently arose in connection
with procurement negotiations of the United
States Government in which Uruguayan products
were offered for possible purchase. This concern
was accentuated by the fact that the Ambassador
of Uruguay, Dr. Alberto Dominguez Campora,
had been actively conducting important exchanges
of ideas with the Department of State with a view
to a greater development of the relations between
Uruguay and the United States, in the economic
field as well as in other aspects of their reciprocal
relations.
Following out the close collaboration between
the Embassy of Uruguay and the Department of
State in all matters of mutual interest, officials of
the two governments have completed a detailed
examination of the circumstances from which the
recent situation arose, and they have concluded
that the differences originated from unfortunate
circumstances which were completely inadvertent
and in no respect due to any variation in the very
cordial relations, economic and commercial as
well as political and cultural, which have tra-
ditionally existed between Uruguay and the United
States, disproving therefore any unfriendly motive
whatever. In substantiation, these officials are
determined to exert every effort to devise prac-
tical and positive measures for the intensification
of their mutual relations, availing themselves of
every possibility for close collaboration and co-
operation.
Both governments are pleased to attest that the
friendship between the two countries has been, is,
and unquestionably will be of such a nature that
it has permitted the conversion of an unfortunate
misunderstanding into an opportunity for mutual
agreement toward the intensification of efforts for
the benefit and prosperity of their two peoples.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Conlimted
Discussions With Cuba
on Tax Treaty
[Released to the press July 29]
Discussions between American and Cuban tech-
nical experts looking to the conclusion of treaties
for the avoidance of double taxation and for ad-
ministrative cooperation in prevention of tax eva-
sion with respect to income taxes and to taxes
on estates of deceased persons are expected to
be opened at an early date.
If the discussions are successful and a basis for
agreement is found, they will result in the prepa-
ration of draft treaties which will be submitted
by the negotiators to their respective governments
for consideration with a view to signing.
In preparation for the discussion, the American
delegation will welcome conferences with inter-
ested parties, or statements and suggestions from
them, concerning problems in tax relations with
Cuba. Communications in this connection should
be addressed to Eldon P. King, Special Deputy
Conunissioner of Internal Eevenue, Bureau of In-
ternal Eevenue, Washington 25, D. C.
Air Transport Agreement
With Dominican Republic
On August 9, 1949, the Department of State
released the text of the air transport agreement
with the Dominican Republic. For text of the
agreement, consult Department of State press re-
lease 615 of August 9. For a brief description of
the type of this agreement, see BuLiiETiN of
August 1, 1949, p. 153.
Correction on Foreign Visitors in Germany
In the article entitled "Foreign Visitors in
Germany to Use Deutsche Marks," printed
in the Bulletin of June 26, 1949, page 807,
it was stated in the first paragraph that the
three Western zones of Germany were opened
to foreign businessmen, tourists, and other
visitors on June 21. This information should
be corrected since only the British and Amer-
ican zones were opened on that date; how-
ever on the seventh of July the French
relaxed their regulations for entry into the
French zone.
On page 808, the next to the last para-
gi'aph, line three should read "maximum of
60 days subject to extensions through."
Agreement With France on
Military Obligations
The text of the agreement between the United
States and France relating to the military obli-
gations of certain persons having dual nationality,
effected by an exchange of notes at Paris on Decem-
ber 22, 1948, is now available to the public in
printed form as Treaties and Other International
Acts Sei-ies 1876. Copies may be obtained from
the Superintendent of Documents, United States
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.,
at the cost of 5 cents each.
Under the provisions of the agreement persons
who possess the nationality of both the United
States and France and who have fulfilled their
military obligations during the wars of 1914-1918
and 1939-1945 to either of the two countries will,
on certain conditions, be considered as having ful-
filled the same obligations to the other country.
Persons to whom the agreement is applicable are
given a period of 2 years from the date of entry
into force of the agreement ( December 22, 1948 ) to
clarify their status in this respect.
THE DEPARTMENT
Office of Special Assistant for Aid
to Greece and Turkey Abolished
The Department of State has abolished the
Office of Special Assistant for Aid to Greece and
Turkey effective August 3, 1949. The functions
performed by that office, together with personnel,
funds, and records, are transferred to the Divi-
sion of Greek, Turkish, and Iranian Affairs, Office
of Near Eastern and African Affairs.
Consultants on Far Eastern Problems Named
The Secretary of State, announced on July 30 the ap-
pointment of Raymond Bland Posdiek, former president of
the Rockefeller Foundation, and Everett Case, president
of Colgate University, to act as consultants to the Depart-
ment of State. They will work with Ambassador at Large
Philip C. Jessup, Walton W. Butterworth, and other offi-
cers of the Department in an objective appraisal of Far
Eastern problems in general with a view to making rec-
ommendations to the Secretary of State for the formula-
tion and implementation of policy concerning those areas.
Appointment of Officers
Paul H. Nitze as Deputy Director of the Policy Planning
Staff in the Office of the Secretary, effective August 8, 1949.
August 22, 7949
279
^anC&rU6/
»3^CT'.^7.^ia>^y- ' ^s<f:t.:;^f^^'^H*j»^s^y.-*.-^<,m^^^^
'?f1KW?gFV
United Nations and Page
Specialized Agencies
Basic Issues on Atomic Energy. Statement by
Frederick H. Osborn 247
U.S. Draft Resolution 249
U.S. Approves Continuation of Interim Com-
mittee. Statement by Charles P. Noyes . 251
U.N. Secretariat Procedures Upheld by Secre-
tary Acheson 252
Trusteeship Council Considers Report on
Strategic Areas 253
Resolution on Higher Education in the Trust
Territories in Africa 255
The United States in the United Nations . . . 257
Conservation and Utilization of Resources
Conference 261
Road and Motor Transport Conference .... 262
National Security
Practical Effects of Proposed Military Assist-
ance. Statement by Secretary Acheson. . 264
Economic Affairs
The Franco-Italian Customs Union Anne-xes . 243
Western Hemisphere Participation in Inter-
national Telecommunication Activities . . 258
South Pacific Commission Research Program
1949-50 259
Telecommunications Revision Meeting .... 261
Mary M. Cannon To Attend Inter-American
Commission of Women 263
Relation of Private Investment to Point 4 Pro-
gram. Statement by Under Secretary
Webb 274
Thailand Requests U.S. Mineral-Resources
Survey 277
Joint U. S.-Uruguayan Statement on Economic
and Political Relations 278
Occupation Matters
Economic and Political Forces in Germany.
Statement by John J. McCloy 270
Occupation Matters — Continued Page
John J. McCloy To Consult With EGA .... 272
Allied Kommandatura Restitution Law An-
nounced 273
General Policy
Meeting of the Council of Europe. Statement
by Secretary Acheson 269
Burmese Minister Visits U. S 276
President Elpidio Quirino of the Philippines
Visits U. S.:
Welcoming Remarks by President Truman . 276
Statement on Joint Discussions of Philippine
Economy 276
Letters of Credence: Paraguay 278
Earthquake Disaster in Ecuador. Statement by
Secretary Acheson 278
Joint U. S.-Uruguayan Statement on Economic
and Political Relations 278
Treaty Information
Agreement With France on Military Obliga-
tions 279
Air Transport Agreement with Dominican
Republic 279
Discussions With Cuba on Tax Treaty .... 279
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
Three Years' Account of AEG Distribution of
Isotopes 250
U.S. Educational Commission Established in
France 263
The Department
Agreement With France on Military Obliga-
tions 279
Consultants on Far Eastern Problems Named . 279
Office of Special Assistant for Aid to Greece and
Turkey Abolished 279
Appointment of Officers 279
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1949
^Ae/ ^efia^i^en^ 4W t/tate^
AMERICAN PRIVATE INVESTMENTS ABROAD
• Statement by Under Secretary Webb 305
HARMONY TO SAVE SUCCEEDING GENERA-
TIONS FROM THE SCOURGE OF WAR •
By Ambassador Warren R. Austin 28o
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SCIENCE
ABSTRACTING • Article by Verner W. Clapp . . 292
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 53
August 29, 1949
■• S. SUPERIKTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS
OCT 5 1949
*.a>^y5.. bulletin
Vou XXI, No. 530 • PuBucATiON 3616
August 29, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
PmcEt
62 issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18,
1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighttd and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
TUitional affairs and the functions of
tlie Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
terruitional agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative rtutterial in the field
of interruitional rtlationa, are listed
currently.
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Harmony To Save Succeeding Generations From the Scourge of War
by Ambassador Wairen R. Austin '
In responding to the distinguished invitation to
me of Dr. Konssevitsky to join others in brief ad-
dresses at this gala concert and manifestation,
given for the benefit of the Berkshire Music Center,
my desire has been fulfilled which has abided with
me for 2 years — ever since I was obliged to regret
an invitation from Dr. Konssevitsky to come here.
I am inspired by the realization that here is a
truly international community speaking a uni-
versal language.
We are all working toward harmony.
Your pursuit of the science of structure, relation,
and progi-ession of chords of music and the pur-
pose, ideals, and universal aim of the United Na-
tiorts to "save succeeding generations from the
scourge of war" are parallel. They depend upon
the highest degree of cooperation. They call for
firm adherence to principles. They require that
accord supersede discord.
However slow the process of mastering the me-
dium in which we work, we advance with faith and
vision of the ultimate harmony.
Fifty-nine nations now adhere to the Charter
of the United Nations. The first declaration of
that Charter is "We the peoples of the United Na-
tions determined to save succeeding generations
from the scourge of war . . . have resolved to com-
bine our efforts to accomplish these aims."
Thereafter, the great lights of morality, free-
dom, tolerance, human rights, self-determination
of peoples, cultural and educational cooperation
began to illuminate this voluntary association and
revealed the way to removal of causes of war.
' Adflrpss made at the Berkshire Musical Festival at
Lenox, Mass., on Aug. 12, 1949. anrt releasprl to the press
by the United States Mission to the United Nations on the
same date.
August 29, 1949
More than military strength, or economic power,
these spiritual principles expressed in under-
standing, purposeful and resolute action — can
lead us into the shadow of that great rock of col-
lective security.
We have already agreed that our objective is to
be sought through international organization.
The form in which we have it now was the highest
attainable at San Francisco. In the relatively
brief 4 years of its life it has not attained its stride.
Time does not permit me to review here the many
phases of development which have occurred in
these 4 years, and it is not my purpose to do so,
because I speak of an idea that is supported by both
those who understand that the progress of the
United Nations has been substantial, and those who
are skeptical and dissatisfied.
All of us agree on the goal, but we disagree on
method and technique. Some people have or-
ganized themselves into civic groups which advo-
cate turning the United Nations into a "world
government."
In the brief time which your convenience per-
mits, I wish to make but two points. They are
cautions. One is the care which you must take in
promoting world government; the other is the
importance, indeed the necessity of preserving
the United Nations, whether we strive for world
government or for any other progress in interna-
tional cooperation.
The decision that confronts us does not compel
a choice, at this time, between government and vol-
untary association. We now have voluntary as-
sociation, and we may continue to enjoy and
develop that into what might be termed world
government in the future.
Comprehending both the people who are dis-
283
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
satisfied with the progress of the United Nations,
and favor the prompt establishment of world gov-
ernment, and those people who are reasonably
satisfied with the progress of the United Nations,
yet consider government more ideal than associa-
tion, the atmosphere of public opinion is favorable
to general statements advocating world govern-
ment. This is a cause for study of the subject
with particular regard for our fundamental
purpose.
Assuming that we do not disapprove the world
government idea, the major objective of saving
"succeeding generations from the scourge of
war," nevertheless, demands our loyal support of
the voluntary association which is now develop-
ing the necessary harmony. There can be no in-
termission in history while the statesmen of the
world sit down to write a world constitution. No
impartial referee is going to blow a whistle and
give us time out and a fresh start in the second
half. We must deal with the world we have and
the tools we have.
Although some advocates of world government
realize the dangers of demanding a review con-
ference of the United Nations if it is not preceded
by the most careful kind of prolonged negotia-
tion, let us carefully examine the hazards of call-
ing a world govermnent conference now.
First, there might be involved a separation of
the members of the United Nations into different
federations or voluntary associations. I have
been told by advocates of world government that
I could not be certain that the United Nations
would be divided by a conference carried to its
logical conclusion at this time. My answer is that
I am persuaded by experience that we cannot, at
this time or within the predictable future, have
agreement among the five great powers upon such
amendments of the Charter as ai'e indispensable
for the transformation of the United Nations
from a voluntary association into a government.
Pursuant to a resolution of the General As-
sembly, the five great powers met and explored
the questions involved in removing the special
privilege of the veto in two gi'oups of cases,
whether by amendment of the Charter or by
agreement, namely : In pacific settlement of dis-
putes and in admission of new members. It was
utterly impossible to arrive at voluntary agree-
ment in these lesser problems. This was a much
less difficult matter than amendment of the
Charter. How, then, could agreement be arrived
at in the greater problems — such as further limi-
tation of the special privilege of the veto, the gen-
eral principles governing reduction of armaments
and armed forces, international ownership,
control and effective safeguard of atomic energy
from destructive use? The number, types, and
strength of contingents of armed forces and con-
tributions of armaments to be made by each mem-
284
ber; or in the alternative, by what members?
These greater problems are still troubling the dip-
lomats and statesmen as well as the military estab-
lishments of the world. The proponents of gov-
ernment in place of voluntary association proposed
to abandon all those who are unwilling to give up
the veto privilege and to sacrifice sovereignty in
other essential ways. They would form a govern-
ment consisting of those countries who are willing.
This, of course, means splitting the United Na-
tions. This means the destruction of the principle
of universality.
A federation having the power to enact laws
and enforce them would not in these circumstances
be world government or world federation. It
would not be world-wide. A salient question is:
Are we to abandon the principle of universality ?
This is a vital decision to make because peace is
conceived to be a condition of agreement and har-
mony among all the nations of the world. Espe-
cially is this true with respect to the so-called five
great powers.
Assuming that we have faith in the fundamental
principles of the Charter of the United Nations to
unite our strength to maintain international peace
and security, and to insure by the acceptance of
these principles, and the institution of methods
under them, that armed force shall not be used save
in the common interest, it is clear that we must
not break the combination which we created to
effectuate such principles. We would thereby ren-
der impossible the cooperation necessary for the
foundation of abiding and prevailing peace. We
would set up the opposite of it, and that is com-
peting organizations — at least two of them — one
led by the United States; the other led by the
Soviet Union. The logical effect of such a situa-
tion would be a residual bloc or blocs, unable, for
various reasons, to become a member of either the
so-called world government, led, for the time
being, by the United States, or the Soviet bloc led
by the Soviet Union.
Are we not firmly convinced that the principle
of universality should be protected and promoted?
Is it not clear that the cause of peace would be
better served with the Soviet group and all other
member states remaining in the United Nations?
Now, let us consider a convention unanimously
amending the Charter of the United Nations into
a world government.
I am persuaded that some people have no con-
ception, or only a vague conception, of what estab-
lishment of world government would involve. We
should pause in contemplation of the risk of seek-
ing to establish any world government now.
Assuming that the Charter could be amended by
the elimination of the special privilege of veto in
the voting of the Security Council, and the special
privilege of the veto upon ratification by the sev-
eral permanent member countries, how much of
the sovereignty of each country must be vested in
the world government? If its laws shall govern
individuals as well as states, what will be the
Department of State Bulletin
UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
r dividing line between the jurisdictions and judicial
powers of world government and the several
states? Is it as simple a problem as that of the
United States, which required a civil war, and
repeated judicial decision, to determine?
We are not likely to launch upon a course of
action in the high probability of war. Our pur-
pose is to save succeeding generations from the
scourge of war.
Moreover, we are confronted by different condi-
tions from those which prevailed in the United
States, such as the lack of any experience in self-
government of 80 percent of the people of the
world, the great unbalance between states in tech-
nical facilities and production, the fear of the
minority-advanced states of being controlled by
the majority-retarded peoples, the danger of
tyranny developing from the power to police the
world.
There is scarcely a single feature of establishing
a government for the whole world, which does not
contain risks of the peace. This should give us
pause. Beyond that, however, it is our duty to
consider the risks that would follow the creation
of such a supergovernment. Would it remain a
democratic state? Is totalitarianism not a risk
through the political changes characteristic of any
government? Assuming that this federation or
government commenced as a democratic one, with
free institutions, and possessed military power pre-
dominant over the great powers, do we not face
the risk of misuse by those gi'eat powers or some
of them? Ought the United States to join the
other members of the United Nations in submis-
sion to an armed force that is predominant in
power? It certainly was not willing to do so at
the time the United Nations Charter was adopted.
The peace forces of the Charter are not con-
templated for such purpose. Indeed, the idea of
unanimity among the great powers was essential
to peace. A breach by one of the great powers was
recognified as a threat to the United Nations lead-
ing to possible war. Peace forces we must have in
order to perfect the organization and to exercise
those functions which peace officers exercise in the
domestic government. They are not created to
make war, or to overwhelm the great powers, or
any of them. Moreover, the Chartei-, in article
61, recognizes the principle of individual or col-
lective self-defense if an armed attack occurs
against a member of the United Nations, until the
Security Council has taken the measures necessary
to maintain international peace and security.
I consider it significant of the continuing convic-
tion of certain members of the United Nations, that
the Atlantic Treaty provides for self-help and mu-
tual aid among 12 members thereof, in such an
event.
We also recognize the Act of Chapultepec, the
pact of Rio, and the Arab League, as consistent
with this doctrine of the United Nations.
Frequent recurrence, and a firm adherence to the
fundamental principles of the Charter of the
United Nations is necessary to keep us steadfastly
substituting for force, pacific settlement of dis-
putes.
The cooperation which we seek in the United
Nations is founded upon those great moral prin-
ciples of the Charter.
I have finished all I wish to say at this time on
the point that we must take great care in the
promotion of world government, and envisage it
only as a long-term objective.
Now, a brief statement about the other point:
The necessity of preserving the United Nations.
Above all other objectives at the present time,
we the peoples of the United Nations are deter-
mined to save succeeding generations from the
scourge of war. There is no organization other
than the United Nations to perform this function.
It has become a vast organization in its influence.
It is made up of the most numerous group of states
ever combined for this purpose. Its persoimel
comprises leading statesmen, technicians, jurists,
educators, scientists, farmers, physicians, linguists,
translators, and other specialists in many fields of
activity.
It has established its headquarters in the United
States of America. This decision was made in
large part because of the confidence of peoples of
the world in the leadership and great resources of
the United States, moral and material. And yet
this organization is so young that it was recently
called "a baby."
Its achievements, in so short a life, command the
encouragement and support of all peoples of
democratic faith. The total strength of the Amer-
ican people should be summoned to the great
struggle for peace which is going on in the United
Nations.
On the side of collective security we observe that
every international disturbance which threatened
the peace of the world during the short life of the
United Nations was brought to the United Nations.
In no case has there been failure, and in no case
did the United Nations have peace forces to em-
ploy. In every case pacific methods prevailed to
prevent or confine the fighting and to lead toward
settlement. I need only to mention Berlin,
Palestine, Indonesia, Kashmir, Greece, and Korea
to remind you that, to some degree, the United
Nations has succeeded in every case. The direc-
tion is the main point, but in fact, in some of these
cases the United Nations has advanced a great dis-
tance toward the ultimate settlement.
In other words, there is the proof that the
United Nations is serving the cause of peace, and
there is ground for faith in future progress on the
security front.
The United Nations does not guarantee peace.
No structure yet devised, will guarantee peace un-
Augusf29, 1949
285
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
less it be the deadly peace imposed by the victori-
ous aggressor. Sucli peace, of course, lasts only
as long as the predominant power can remain in
control. But the United Nations does intervene
with pacific methods and causes peace by agree-
ment. Peace thus established gives promise of
enduring.
The United Nations is working toward the
establishment of world law, toward the develop-
ment of a world economy, toward the removal of
such causes of war as poverty, ill health, economic
hatreds, and toward the improvement and per-
fecting of its own machinery for the substitution
of sanctions for peace other than force.
We regard this voluntary organization as one
having the vital spark of life for growth. We
are eagerly receptive to all thoughtful criticism,
to all suggestions for the refining and strength-
ening of our international machinery. But the
strength of the nation cannot be given to us with-
out the expression of well-informed and intei'ested
public opinion.
It is difficult to convince the world of allegiance
to the United Nations if such organizations con-
cern themselves chiefly with attempting to amend
the Charter in fundamental respects. Their
publicity ought to demonstrate interest in the
operation of the great moral and political princi-
ples of the United Nations.
It was suggested to me here in Lenox about a
week ago that it might be well for the United
States Mission to the United Nations to invite
these organizations to send their leaders to visit
the United Nations. They are now invited, and
will be welcomed by the Mission. A word from
any of them to me will bring a more formal bid.
Those who are unaware of the work that is there
being done are building their house, without
foundation, upon sand. Those who build upon
achievement by the United Nations are like the
"wise man, which built his house upon a I'ock :
"And the rain descended, and the floods came,
and the winds blew, and beat upon that house;
and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock."
It is the intention of the United States Mission
to the United Nations to make its facilities in-
creasingly available and to promote greater access
by the public, including these organizations, to the
material of the United Nations itself.
I think it is not too much to suggest that these
organizations could, in their publicity, give energy
to the leadership of the United States within the
United Nations. They could support specific
policies and operations.
In any event, if their emphasis must be upon
the far-distant objective of world government,
still they ought to see that by helping to improve
United Nations methods and structure, and to
support its policies and fundamental principles.
they are taking the most direct course toward their
ultimate objective.
The United Nations as it now stands is not
only our best hope for peace, it is our only hope
for peace. It represents the highest degree of
coojDeration that is possible today in the family of
nations. Every long-range plan for a better, a
more universal, and more effective international
organization ought to be examined in the light of
these questions: What does it do for the United
Nations ? What does it do to the organization we
now have ?
It must be clear that, in the long run, any policy
that is good for the United Nations will represent
realistic progress toward world government, and
that all intelligent work for world government
ought to be work for the United Nations.
Resolutions on the
Palestine Question
U.N. doc. S/1376
Adopted August 11, 1949
The Security Council,
Having taken note of the report of the Acting United
Nations Mediator on Palestine, submitted upon the com-
pletion of his responsibilities,
Desires to pay special tribute to the qualities of patience,
perserverance and devotion to the ideal of international
peace of the late Count Folke Bernadotte, who stabilized
the situation in Palestine and who, together with ten
members of his staff, gave his life in the service of the
United Nations, and
Desires to express its deep appreciation of the qualities
of tact, understanding, perseverance and devotion to duty
of Dr. Ralph .1. Bunche, Acting United Nations Mediator
on Palestine, who has brought to a successful conclusion
the negotiation of armistice agreements between Egypt,
Jordan, Let)anon and Syria on the one hand, and Israel
on the other, and
Desires also to associate in this expression of apprecia-
tion the members of the staff of the United Nations Mission
in Palestine, including both the members of the United
Nations Secretariat and the Belgian, French, Swedish and
United States Officers who served on the staff and as
military observers in Palestine.
II
The Security Council,
Having noted with satisfaction the several armistice
agreements concluded by means of negotiations between
the parties involved in tlie conflict in Palestine in pursu-
ance of its resolution of 16 November 1948 (S/1080) ;
Expresses the hope that the Governments and authori-
ties concerned, having undertaken by means of the negotia-
tions now being conducted by the Palestine Conciliation
Commission, to fulfill the request of the General Assembly
286
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
in its resolution of 11 December 1948 to extend the scope
of the armistice negotiations and to seeli agreement by
negotiations conducted either with the Conciliation Com-
mission or directly, will at an early date achieve agree-
ment on the final settlement of all questions outstanding
between them ;
Finds that the armistice agreements constitute an im-
portant step toward the establishment of permanent peace
in I'alestine and considers that these agreements super-
sede the truce provided for in the resolutions of the
Security Council of 29 May and 15 July 1948;
Bcaffirms, pending the final peace settlement, the order
contained in its resolution of 15 July 1948 to the Govern-
ments and authorities concerned, pursuant to Article 40
of the Charter of the United Nations, to observe an uncon-
ditional cease-fire and, bearing in mind that the several
armistice agreements include firm pledges against any
further acts of hostility between the parties and also pro-
vide for their supervision by the parties themselves, relies
upon the parties to ensure the continued application and
observance of these agreements ;
Decides that all functions assigned to the United Nations
Mediator on Palestine having been discharged, the Acting
Mediator is relieved of any further responsibility under
Security Council resolutions ;
Notes that the armistice agreements provide that the
execution of those agreements shall be supervised by mixed
armistice commissions whose Chairman in each case shall
be the United Nations Chief of Staff of the Truce Super-
vision Organization or a senior officer from the observer
personnel of that organization designated by him follow-
ing consultation with the parties to the agreements ;
Requests the Secretary-General to arrange for the con-
tinued service of such of the personnel of the present Truce
Supervision Organization as may be required in observing
and maintaining the cease-fire, and as may be necessary
in assisting the parties to the armistice agreements in the
supervision of the application and observance of the
terms of those agreements, with particular regard to the
desires of the parties as expressed in the relevant articles
of the agreements;
Requests the Chief of Staff mentioned above to report to
the Security Council on the observance of the cease-fire in
Palestine in accordance with the terms of this resolution ;
and to keep the Palestine Conciliation Commission in-
formed of matters affecting the Commission's work under
the General Assembly resolution of 11 December 1948.
Provisional Agenda of the Fourth Regular Session
of the General Assembly
U. N. doc. A/932
Dated July 22, 1949
To convene at the General Assembly Hall,
Flushing Meadow, New York on Tuesday, 20 Sep-
tember 1949 at 11.00 a. m.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Opening of the session by the Chairman of the
delegation of Australia.
Appointment of a Credentials Committee.
Election of the President.
Constitution of the Main Committees and elec-
tion of officers.
Election of Vice-Presidents.
Notification by the Secretary-General under
Article 12, paragraph 2, of the Charter.
Adoption of the agenda.
Opening of the general debate.
Keport of the Secretary-General on the work
of the Organization.
Report of the Security Council.
Eeport of the Economic and Social Council.
Report of the Trusteeship Council.
Election of three non-permanent members of
the Security Council.
14. Election of six members of the Economic and
Social Council.
15. Election of two members of the Trusteeship
Council.
Installation of the Assistant Secretary-Gen-
eral in charge of Security Council Affairs.
Admission of new Members: reports of the
Security Council.
Palestine :
16
17
18
(a)
August 29, 1949
Proposals for a permanent interna-
tional regime for the Jerusalem area:
report of the United Nations Concilia-
tion Commission for Palestine (Resolu-
tion 194 (III) of 11 December 1948).
(b) Protection of the Holy Places: report
of the United Nations Conciliation
Commission for Palestine (Resolution
194 (III) of 11 December 1948).
(c) Assistance to Palestine refugees : report
of the Secretary-General (Resolution
212 (III) of 19 November 1948).
19. Question of the disposal of the former Italian
colonies (Resolution 287 (III) of 18 May
1949).
287
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
20. Question of Indonesia (Kesolution 274 (III)
of 11 May 1949).
21. Threats to the political independence and ter-
ritorial integrity of Greece: report of the
United Nations Special Committee on the Bal-
kans (Kesolution 193 (III) of 27 November
1948).
22. The problem of the independence of Korea:
report of the United Nations Commission on
Korea (Resolution 195 (III) of 12 December
1948).
23. International control of atomic energy : report
of the permanent members of the Atomic En-
ergy Commission (Resolution 191 (III) of 4
November 1948).
24. Prohibition of the atomic weapon and reduc-
tion by one-third of the armaments and armed
forces of the permanent members of the Secu-
rity Council : i-eport of the Security Council
(Resolution 192 (III) of 19 November 1948).
25. Report of the Interim Committee of the Gen-
eral Assembly (Resolution 196 (III) of 3
December 1948).
(a) Promotion of international co-opera-
tion in the political field.
(b) Constitution, duration and terms of
reference of the Interim Committee.
26. United Nations Field Service: report of the
Special Committee (Resolution 270 (III) of
29 April 1949).
27. Observance in Bulgaria and Hungary of hu-
man rights and fundamental freedoms (Reso-
lution 272 (III) of 30 April 1949).
28. Economic development of under-developed
countries : report of the Economic and Social
Council (Resolution 198 (III) of 4 December
1948).
29. Draft Convention on Freedom of Information
(Resolution 277 (III) of 13 May 1949).
30. Discriminations practised by certain States
against immigrating labour and, in particular,
against labour recruited from the ranks of
refugees (Resolution 282 (III) of 16 May
1949).
31. United Nations Appeal for Children : report
of the United Nations International Children's
Emergency Fund (Resolution 215 (III) of 8
December"l948).
32. International Bill of Human Rights. Right
of petition (Resolution 217 (III) B of 10
December 1948).
33. Action taken in pursuance of the agreements
between the United Nations and the specialized
agencies: report of the Economic and Social
Council (Resolution 50 (I) of 14 December
1946).
34. Administrative unions affecting Trust Terri-
288
tories : report of the Trusteeship Council (Res-
olution 224 (III) of 18 November 1948).
35. Question of South West Africa : report of the
Trusteeship Council (Resolution 227 (III) of
26 November 1948).
36. Information from Non-Self -Governing Terri-
tories :
(a) Summary and analysis of information
transmitted under Article 73 e of the
Charter: report of the Secretary-Gen-
eral (Resolution 218 (III) of 3 Novem-
ber 1948).
(b) Information transmitted under Article
73 of the Charter : report of the Special
Committee (Resolution 219 (III) of 3
November 1948).
37. Headquarters of the United Nations: report
of the Secretary-General (Resolution 242
(III) of 18 November 1948).
38. Financial report and accounts of the United
Nations for the financial year ended 31 Decem-
ber 1948, and report of the Board of Auditors.
39. Supplementary estimates for the financial
year 1949 ; report of the Secretary-General.
40. Budget estimates for the financial year 1950.
(a) Budget estimates prepared by the Sec-
retary-General.
(b) Reports of the Advisory Committee on
Administrative and Budgetary Ques-
tions.
41. Unforeseen and extraordinary expenses for
1949 and advances from the Working Capital
Fund : report of the Secretary-General.
42. Scale of assessments for the apportionment of
the expenses of the United Nations : report of
the Committee on Contributions (Resolution
238 (III) of 18 November 1948).
43. United Nations International Children's
Emergency Fund : Financial report and ac-
counts for the financial year ended 31 Decem-
ber 1948, and report of the Board of Auditors.
44. Organization of a United Nations postal ad-
ministration : report of the Secretary-General
(Resolution 232 (III) of 8 October 1948).
45. Establishment of an Administrative Tribunal:
report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
13 (I) IV, paragraph 11, of 13 February 1946).
46. Appointments to fill vacancies in the member-
ship of subsidiary bodies of the General As-
sembly :
(a) Advisory Committee on Administrative
and Budgetary Questions.
(b) Committee on Contributions.
(c) Board of Auditors.
(d) United Nations Staff Pension Com-
mittee.
(e) Investments Committee: confirmation
of the appointment made by the Secre-
tary-General.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
47. United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund :
annual report of the United Nations Staff
Pension Committee.
48. Expenses of the Permanent Central Opium
Board. Assessment of non-members of the
United Nations, signatories of tlae Convention
of 19 February 1925 relating to narcotic drugs :
item proposed by the Economic and Social
Council.
49. Methods and procedures of the General As-
sembly : report of the Special Committee (Res-
olution 271 (III) of 29 April 1949).
50. Report of the International Law Commission.
(a) Parti: General (Resolutions 174 (11),
177 (II) of 21 November 1947 and 260
(III) B of 9 December 1948).
(b) Part II: Draft Declaration on the
Rights and Duties of States (Resolu-
tion 178 (II) of 21 November 1947).
51. Permanent Missions to the United Nations:
report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
2.57 (III) of 3 December 1948).
52. Reparation for injuries incurred in the service
of the United Nations : advisory opinion of the
International Court of Justice and report of
the Secretary-General (Resolution 258 (III)
of 3 December 1948).
53. Draft rules for the calling of international
conferences : report of the Economic and So-
cial Council (Resolution 173 (II) of 17 No-
vember 1947).
54. Registration and publication of treaties and
international agreements: report of the Secre-
tary-General.
55. Privileges and immunities of the United Na-
tions : report of the Secretary-General.
56. Approval of a supplementary agreement with
the Universal Postal Union concerning the use
of the United Nations laisses-passer: report
of the Secretary-General.
57. Designation of non-member States to which a
certified copy of the revised General Act for
the Pacific Settlement of International Dis-
putes shall be communicated by the Secretary-
General for the purpose of accession to this
Act: report of the Secretary-General (Reso-
lution 268 (III) A of 28 Ap'ril 1949).
58. Invitations to be addressed to non-member
States to become parties to the Convention on
the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime
of Genocide: report of the Secretary-General
(Article XI of the Convention, Resolution 260
(III) of 9 December 1948).
59. Application of Liechtenstein to become a party
to the Statute of the International Court of
Justice : report of the Security Council.
60. Plan for the reform of the calendar : item pro-
posed by Panama.
August 29, 1949
Two Committees Established by U.N.
On April 29, 1949, the following Committees
were established : Special Committee on Methods
and Procedures of the General Assembly, with
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Czechoslovakia,
Egypt, France, India, Iran, Mexico, Sweden,
U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, United States, and
Uruguay as members ; and Special Committee on
United Nations Guard with Australia, Brazil,
China, Colombia, Czechoslovakia, France, Greece,
Haiti, Pakistan, Poland, Sweden, U.S.S.R.,
United Kingdom, and the United States as mem-
bers. For previous bodies and posts established
during the third session. Part I, see Bulletin of
January 16, 1949, page 72.
United Nations Documents:
A Selected Bibliography'
Security Council
Report Dated 22 April 1949 from the United Nations Com-
mission for Indonesia Concerning the Military Situa-
tion in Indonesia. S/1314, AprU 29, 1949. 6 pp.
minieo.
Letter Dated 6 May 1949 from the Representatives of the
United Kingdom and the United States to the Presi-
dent of the Security Council transmitting a Report of
the Administration of the British/United States Zone
of the Fi-ee Territory of Trieste, 1 January to 31
March 1949. S/1318, May 6, 1949. 68 pp. mimeo.
Report Dated 9 May 1949 from the United Nations Com-
mission for Indonesia to the President of the Security
Council Concerning Discussions Between the Parties
Pursuant to the Council's Directive of 23 March 1949.
S/1320, May 9, 1949. 3 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 26 November 1948, from the Acting Mediator
addressed to the Secretary -General transmitting copies
of communications to the Provisional Government of
Israel and to the Governments of Egypt, Iraq, Leb-
anon, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Transjordan and Yemen.
S/1090, November 29, 1948. 6 pp. mimeo.
Economic and Social Council
Measures To Increase Availability of Pood. Report of the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Na-
tions in connexion with Council res. 183 VIII. E/1339,
May 19, 1949. 5 pp. mimeo.
Fifth Report of the Administrative Committee on Co-or-
dination to the Economic and Social Council. E/1340,
May 25, 1949. 19 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Appeal for Children. Reiiort of the Secre-
tary-General. E/1346, May 23, 1949. 8 pp. mimeo.
Availability of DDT Insecticides for Combatting Malaria
in Agricultural Areas. E/1353, May 24, 1949. 25 pp.
mimeo.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
289
THE UNITED STATES IN THE UNITED NATIONS
[August 20-26]
UNSCCUR
More than 500 scientists from 49 countries at-
tending the United Nations Scientific Conference
on the Conservation and Utilization of Kesources,
in its second week at Lake Success, divided into
groups for exchange of technical papers on five
classes of resources : water, land, forests, wildlife,
and fuels and energy. Specialized panel discus-
sions have concerned the need for soil surveys,
methods of improving forests and proper manage-
ment, and the future of mineral reserves.
The scientists heard A. L. Levorsen, a United
States geology professor, state that although
known oil reserves in all parts of the world were
enough to last only 20 years, present estimates of
the total undiscovered deposits of petroleum are
approximately 500 times current annual consump-
tion. Any failure to meet world demands for oil
over the next hundred years, Professor Levorsen
said, would certainly not be due to a lack of re-
serves or the failure of technology to locate them.
Experience, he continued, suggests that failure to
find oil is more often the result of the lack of a
healthy political and economic climate. Profes-
sor Levorsen's optimistic estimate of oil reserves
was criticized by two other United States mineral
experts who considered his statement overopti-
mistic.
At a panel discussion on minerals, an expert
from the United States Bureau of Mines said that
while there is no impending shortage of vital
minerals in the world, the outlook for improve-
ment of known reserves is "not too favorable."
In a meeting devoted to forest resources, one
specialist expressed concern that the world is turn-
ing its eyes to the enormous timber reserves in
Latin America and stressed the need to avoid de-
stroying these forests by overexploitation. A rep-
resentative of the United Nations Food and
Agriculture Organization told him that that or-
ganization is concerned over the problem and has
it under study.
Hugh H. Bemiett, Chief of the United States
Soil Conservation Service, declared that because
of lack of conservation there are left only about
4 billion acres of immediately arable land in the
world. This is not nearly enough to produce food
for a growing world population, he said, unless
modern conservation methods are applied more
widely.
Conference on Protection of Nature
More than 100 delegates from 18 countries and
6 international organizations are attending the
first International Teclmical Conference on the
Protection of Nature, which opened at Lake Suc-
cess on August 22. This conference, sponsored
by the Unesco in collaboration with the Inter-
national Union for the Protection of Nature, will
study problems mainly concerned with the ef-
fects of "planned enterprises'' on the balance of
nature and the possible consequences on nature's
equilibrium of the generalized use of antipara-
sitic products, such as DDT.
Kashmir
The United Nations Commission for India and
Pakistan called off the proposed joint meetings of
representatives of India and Pakistan on the im-
plementation of a truce agreement. After the
joint meetings in Karachi between military rep-
resentatives of India and Pakistan resulted in the
establishment of a cease-fire line for the State of
Jammu and Kashmir, the Commission had hoped
that a joint meeting at the ministerial level for
the implementation of a truce agreement might
bring worthwhile results. However, replies from
the governments to the invitation of the Commis-
sion indicated that conflicting views held by the
two governments in the negotiations of the past
few months remained unaltered, and agreement
even on the agenda could not be reached. The
Commission, as sponsor of the proposed confer-
ence, therefore, felt that it would not be propi-
tious nor would it better the cause to convene the
meetings under these circumstances.
AEC Resolution
U.N. doc. AEC/42
Adopted July 29, 1949
The Atomic Energj^ Commission
Has Consideked the proposal of the representa-
tive of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
(AEC/37) that the Atomic Energy Commission
begin immediately to prepare a draft convention
for the prohibition of atomic weapons and a draft
convention for the control of atomic energy pro-
290
Department of Stale Bulletin
ceeding from the principle that both conventions
must h& conchided and put into effect simulta-
neously ;
Has Noted the statement of the representative
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics at the
forty-fifth meeting of the Working Committee on
Wecinesday, 1 June 1949, that the proposals sub-
mitted by the representative of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics on atomic energy in June 1946
and June 1947 should be taken as a basis for the
elaboration of these draft conventions;
Recalls that these same proposals, particularly
those of 11 June 1947, have already been analysed
in detail and rejected in April 1948 on the grounds
that "they ignore the existing technical knowledge
of the problem of atomic energj' control, do not
provide an adequate basis for the effective inter-
national control of atomic energy and the elimina-
tion from national armaments of atomic weapons,
and, therefore, do not conform to the terms of
reference of the Atomic Energy Commission" ;
Recalls that the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics proposal for the preparation of a draft
convention for the prohibition of atomic weapons
and a draft convention for the control of atomic
energy to be concluded and brought into effect
sinuiltaneously was rejected by the General As-
sembly at the 157th plenary meeting in its third
session on 4 November 1948, by 40 votes to 6, with
5 abstentions.
And fee-alls also that at the same time the Gen-
eral Assembly approved the "General Findings"
(Part II C) and "Recommendations" (Uart III)
of the first report and the specific proposals of
Part II of the second report of the Commission, as
constituting the necessary basis foi- estalilishing
an effective system of international control of
atomic energy to ensure its use only for peaceful
purposes and for the elimination from national
armaments of atomic weapons in accordance with
the terms of reference of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission ;
The Afomw Energy Commissiion ohserves that
no material has been presented additional to that
previously submitted to the General Assembly, the
Commission or the Working Committee ;
The Atomic Energy Commission therefore con-
cludes that no useful purpose can be served by fur-
ther discussions in the Atomic Energy Commission
of those proposals which have already been con-
sidered and rejected by the appropriate oi-gans of
the United Nations. The Atomic Energy Com-
mission reports to the Security Council and the
General Assembly accordingly.
ESOSOC Resolution on ICEF
U.N. doc E/1468
Adopted July 28, 1949
The Economic and Social Council,
Having considered the report of the United Na-
tions International Children's Emergency Fund,^
Records its appreciation that thirty-two Gov-
ernments have contributed to the Fund, many of
them for a second and third time, and that, in ad-
dition, millions of individuals have contributed
to the United Nations Appeal for Children in 1948
and are doing so again in 1949 ;
Notes the steps taken by the Fund with respect
to the United Nations Appeal for Children pursu-
ant to General Assembly resolution 215 (III) ;
Notes the arrangements between the Fund and
the United Nations Department of Social Affairs,
the World Health Organization and the Food and
Agriculture Organization whereby the fund in its
progi'amme relies so far as possible on these agen-
cies for technical assistance and advice ;
Notes the decision of the Executive Board of the
Fund to report to the tenth session of the Council
on a study to be conducted in co-operation with the
Secretary-General, the Social Commission and
interested specialized agencies with a view to de-
veloping recommendations as to methods of organ-
ization and procedure within the United Nations
and the specialized agencies required to ensure that
the continuing needs of children may be identified
and given due emphasis and attention ; ^
Notes the decision of the Executive Board of
the Fund regarding the French Government's gen-
erous offer to establish a Children's Centre in Paris
providing facilities for instruction, demonstra-
tions and research of an international character,
and expresses its gratification at the type of col-
laboration offered by the Executive Board of
WHO for the purpose of establishing the Centre;
Recommends to the Executive Board of the
Fund that it make, in the light of the action taken
by the Executive Board of WHO,^ the necessary
adju.stments in the arrangements for the establish-
ment and the administration of the Children's
Centre in Paris, and keep the Council informed of
the progress made in implementation of this
project ; and
transmits the report of the Fund and this reso-
lution to the General Assembly, drawing particu-
lar attention to the fact that further contributions
are necessary to enable the Fund to carry out the
programme it envisages for the fiscal year ending
30 June 1950.
' See U.N. doc. E/1406.
- Se*^ U.N. doe. E/1406, annex V.
" See U.N. doc. E/1431.
Augus/29, 7949
291
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
International Conference on Science Abstracting
hy Vemer W. Clapp
The International Conference on Science Ab-
stracting, which met at Paris under the auspices
of Unksco during the week of June 20-25, was
the latest in a series of meetings since the War to
plan action for assuring that the published results
of scientific research be made generally accessible
to all scientists through abstracting and indexing
media, for the dual purpose of providing prompt
and reliable information on current developments
and of supplying background information, which
must be reviewed before a new project can be
undertaken. Accounts of a number of the earlier
meetings have previously appeared in the scientific
literature, and from the total discussions a com-
prehensible program is beginning to emerge.
When UNESCO's Preparatory Commission called
upon representatives of various professional
groups in the summer of 1946 for suggestions for
its future program, a principal point of unanimity
in the recommendations was that something be
done to keep each group up to date by means of
indexes, bibliographies, and abstracts in the pro-
gress of its particular discipline. This was a large
order, but its unanimity made it impossible to dis-
regard. UNESCO has, consequently, taken the
matter seriously, but because no single interna-
tional organization could alone undertake the vast
task of keeping the learned world informed on the
details of scholarly progress, Unesco's approach
to the problem has been a cautious one — an attempt
to ascertain what an international organization
might achieve in this field merely as a stimulator
of international collaboration.
The essential problem involved, as it affects the
pure and applied natural sciences, can be simply
stated. There were, according to an estimate
made more than 10 years ago, some 750 thousand
original articles published in these sciences each
292
year. So many gaps were left by the existing ab-
stracting machinery, however, that only about a
third of the total number of articles was covered
by abstracting journals. At the same time the
rate of duplication was so high that the abstracted
articles were abstracted an average of three times
each. The problem then is to secure continually
better organized coverage of original scientific
publication, possibly in part thi'ough the reduction
of present unnecessai-y duplication.
The first task in its role of stimulator of interna-
tional collaboration in this field came early to
Unesco. In December 1946, only a few months
after its creation, Unesco lent its auspices to a two-
nation discussion of plans for medical and biologi-
cal abstracting. This initial meeting led to the
formation of an Interim Coordinating Committee
for Medical and Biological Abstracting in which
United States groups, such as the American Medi-
cal Association, Medical Library Association, and
Biological A hsfracts were represented, and which,
in a meeting at Paris on June 1—4 of this year,
dropped the word Interim from its name {1, 2, 3) }
The recent conference on science abstracting gen-
eralized on the pattern which had been developed
for medicine and biology. Plans for this dis-
cussion have been under way since 1947 when
the General Conference of Unesco gave instruc-
tions for the calling of a meeting of experts as
early as jDossible in the next year in order to make
plans for an international conference {J^). The
experts' meeting took place in April 1948, under
the chairmanship of Dr. Alexander King of the
Office of the Lord President of the Council, Lon-
don, with Mrs. Eileen K. Cunningham of the
' Italic numbers in parentheses refer to literature
citations, post, p. 294.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Medical Library Association and Dr. Evan J.
Crane of Chejnical Abstracts attending from the
United States. This group drew up an agenda
for the international conference, which was again
endorsed by the General Conference of Unesco
at Beirut in November-December 1948, in the fol-
lowing resolution :
[The Director General (of Unesco) is instructed] : To
aid the development of the indexing, abstracting and re-
viewing of scientific literature by promoting interna-
tional collaboration, coordination and organization in
these fields, and to that end to convene an International
Conference on Scientific Abstracting (5).
Invitations to the international conference were
sent out early this year, going not only to govern-
ments but also to international scientific organiza-
tions, abstracting services, and other interested
organizations. In preparation for the conference
Unesco circulated an excellent 92-page working
paper, prepared by Dr. Therese Grivet, on the
Present State of Science Ahstracting Services and
Possible Imprdvements (6), and contracted with
the International Federation for Documentation
(FID) of The Hague for the preparation of a list-
ing of current abstracting and indexing services,
and of a study of their principal features (7, 8).
Meanwhile, interest in this subject has been
taking organized form elsewhere. Although the
United States is at present apparently the greatest
producer of indexes and abstracts (the FID study
shows over 192 thousand abstracts and 270 thou-
sand indexed titles published here annually in
services of 4 thousand or more items alone), or-
ganized interest in the coordination and improve-
ment of these media for the benefit of the ultimate
consumer was left before the War almost entirely
to tlie librarians. Even the Joint Committee on
Abstracting and Indexing in the Major Fields of
Research, which represented ten professional asso-
ciations and which made useful studies and sug-
gestions from 1937 to 1945, was unable to enlist
the active support of the scientific groups or to
improve the situation (9). After the War,- how-
ever, a combination of circumstances has forced a
much wider consideration of the problem of bibli-
ographic control of the published research rec-
ords : the vastly increased amount of research, and
of reports of research as well as the necessity for
catching up on the wartime backlog, increasing
costs of publication, the cessation of many prewar
abstracting journals, and especially the great in-
crease in government-sponsored research accom-
panied by the emergence of the mimeographed
report. Symptomatic of this consideration, for
example, is the recent establishment, within the
Research and Development Board of the National
Military Establishment, of a Special Committee
on Technical Information, of which Dr. Detlov W.
Bronk is chairman, and which contains other civil-
ian as well as military representation. This com-
Aygusf 29, 1949
mittee is instructed to interest itself in "methods
for the effective reporting, recording, reproducing,
organization and dissemination of information re-
lating to research and development as it affects the
National Military Establishment," but the Board
has stated that "it is taking the lead in this matter
simply to fill an existing gap in the research and
development plan of the nation and ... it has
no intention of encroaching upon the prerogatives
of the civilian interests in this field when an ade-
quate organization can be found to sponsor this
activity" (10).
In Great Britain interest in the matter has also
crystallized since the War, producing an effective
and representative working organization. The
Royal Society, responding to recommendations of
two previous congresses, called in June-July 1948
an Empire-wide Conference on Scientific Infor-
mation in which observers from the United States
were permitted to participate (11, 12) . This Con-
ference has given rise to a continuing body, the
Royal Society's Information Services Committee
(13) which has already made some headway in
treatment of the problems : it has brought together
the representatives of British abstracting services
in a subcommittee and has issued a directory of
such services ; it has issued an instruction regard-
ing the preparation of "synopses" (abstracts pub-
lished simultaneously with articles, under the
responsibility of journal editors) ; it has promul-
gated a declaration of fair dealing in regard to
copying from scientific periodicals; and it is now
working on standards for bibliographic citation.
The foregoing were among the principal pre-
liminaries to the Paris conference. In addition,
following the designation of the United States
delegation,^ a conference was called at the National
Academy of Sciences on May 25, 1949, under the
joint sponsorship of the National Research Coun-
cil, the Research and Development Board, and the
Department of State. In this Conference were
represented a number of abstracting services,
scientific journals, and users or representatives of
the users of abstracts. This meeting reviewed the
agenda for the Paris conference, disapproved the
suggestion made in Dr. Grivet's working paper
for a new international nongovernmental organi-
zation to coordinate science abstracting, and went
on record as favoring more fully coordinated in-
terest and effort within the United States in mat-
ters relating to the bibliography of science.
-The U.S. delegation consisted of Dr. E. J. Crane
(Chemical Aistracts), Dr. J. Murray Luck (Annual Re-
views, Inc.) and Verner W. Oapp (Library of Congress),
chairman; with Mrs. Eileen R. Cunningham (Vanderbilt
University), Dr. John E. Flynn (Biological Abstracts) and
Dr. Eugene W. Scott (Interdepartmental Committee on
Scientific Research and Development) as advisers. Nor-
man T. Ball (Research and Development Board), Law-
rence Bucans, John E. Burchard (Massachusetts Institute
of Technology), Dr. Dwight E. Gray (American Institute
of Physics), Dr. Sanlord V. Larkey (Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, but representing the Army Medical Library), and
R. H. Phelps (Engineering Societies Library) served as
consultants.
293
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
These views were to a considerable degree sus-
tained at the Paris conference itself, at which were
assembled oiRcial delegations from 26 governments,
6 United Nations organizations, 35 international
scientific organizations, in addition to observers
from approximately 40 other organizations. The
Conference had before it in draft a number of
recommendations stemming from the working
paper, and its work consisted for the most part in
finding a common meeting ground of international
and interprofessional opinion with respect to these
recommendations. Thus, though the Conference
promulgated no new and startling truths, its find-
ings, expressed in some 30 substantive recom-
mendations, may be considered the high point of
agreement to date upon the state of the problem
and on next steps to be taken in such matters as
cooperation among abstracting services, the prepa-
ration and use of "synopses", standardization of
terminology and nomenclature, the issuance of
listings of abstracting services, and of periodicals
abstracted, and coordination at the international
level with respect to abstracting in chemistry,
physics, and agriculture {14)-
More promising, perhaps, than the specific
recommendations of the Conference is the fact that
the importance and the problems of science ab-
stracting are now felt by a much wider circle than
previously, and that a form of organization has
been devised to channel this interest and respon-
sibility. The Conference rejected the proposal
for a new international nongovernmental office to
coordinate science abstracting, on the supposition
that to establish such an office would be merely to
dodge responsibility at the national level and un-
necessarily to multiply international organiza-
tions. Instead, the Conference recommended that
UNESCO stimulate the creation of national (or
regional) committees on science abstracting whose
purpose would be to assure that the scientific
publications of their regions are adequately listed
and abstracted, that their regions are adequately
supplied with abstracts and that the recommenda-
tions of the Conference are considered and, if
possible, implemented. Subject committees at an
international level might also be set up in co-
operation with the national or regional committees
through the international scientific unions or other
appropriate international bodies. Since all these
committees would act directly within their spheres
of responsibility, Unesco's role would continue to
be one merely of stimulation and facilitation or
that of a "clearing house."
The United States may therefore expect an
invitation from Unesco in the near future to
esablish such a national committee. Such an in-
vitation would tie in closely with pi-esent plans of
the National Research Council to develop interest
not only in abstracting but also in the larger prob-
lem of scientific communication.
LITERATURE CITATIONS
1. Cunningham. Science 108: 8-9, July 2, 1948.
2. Clegg. Unesco/NS/SAMB/5, 10 May 1949; annex 1,
26 May 1949.
3. Cunningham. Unesco/NS/SAMB/13, annex 1, 15 June
1949.
4. UNESCO. 1948 Program : Resolution 2.3.3.3.1.
5. UNESCO. 1949 Program : Resolution 3.321.
6. Unesco/NS/SAC/1, 15 Apr. 1949.
7. Current Specialised Indexing and Abstracting Services.
The Hague : International Federation for Documenta-
tion, 1949 (Publication 235).
8. Varossieau : A Siirveij of Scientific Abstracting and
Indexing Seri'ices. The Hague: International Fed-
eration for Documentation, 1949 (Publication 236).
9. Cowles. American Library Association : ALA Bulle-
tin 39 : 370, Oct. 15, 1945.
10. Research and Development Board : The Special Com-
mittee 071 Technical Information, Washington, 10
June 1949.
11. Shaw. Science 108: 148-151, Aug. 13, 1948.
12. Royal Society Scientiftc Information Conference, 21
June-2 July 1948. Report and Papers Submitted.
London 1948.
13. Nature 162 : 955, Dec. 18, 1948.
14. International Conference on Science Abstracting.
Final Act. Unesco/NS/SAC/27, 25 June 1949.
U. S. Delegation International Meet-
ing on Herring and Allied Species
The Department of State announced on Au-
gust 16 the United States delegation to the Inter-
national Meeting on Herring and Allied Species
to be convened at The Hague August 29, 1949, by
the Food and Agricidture Organization of the
United Nations (Fad). The delegation is as
follows :
Chairman
A. W. Anderson, Chief, Branch of Commercial Fisheries,
Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior
Delegates
Maurice Wallar, Acting Chief, Dairy, Poultry, Fish, Live-
stock and Meat Section, Food Branch, Office of Inter-
national Trade, Department of Commerce
Charles Carry, Director, Fishery Products Division, Na-
tional Canners Association
Advisers
R. W. Tyson, Chief, Special Commodities Branch, Food and
Agriculture Division, Economic Cooperation Admin-
istration
R. H. Fiedler, Fisheries Specialist, Food and Agriculture
Division, Economic Cooperation Administration
Lloyd Steere, Counselor of Embas.sy for Economic Affairs,
American Embassy, The Hague
Francis Linville, Division of International Resources, De-
partment of State
The agenda for the meeting will include such
subjects as production, processing, marketing and
distribution, and prices. The Herring Connnod-
ity Study compiled by the Fag will also be
discussed.
(Continued on page 315)
294
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Testimony Before the House Foreign Affairs Committee
on Military Assistance
STATUS OF WESTERN UNION DEVELOPMENT!
The most significant, and the first legal move
toward the European unity which so many have
talked about for so long, came about a little over
1 year ago with the signing of the Brussels treaty.
Under the treaty, Belgium, France, Luxembourg,
the Netherlands, and. the United Kingdom have
agreed to cooperate among themselves to
strengthen their economic, social, and cultural ties.
Because of the uncertain political situation in
Western Europe and the fact that the continuation
of a free, independent Western Europe seemed in
jeopardy, there were written into the treaty impor-
tant measures for collective self-defense. It was
considered essential to take steps toward guar-
anteeing military security. Remarkable progi'ess
toward this goal has been made in 1 year.
It was recognized first that the five powers in-
dividually would be totally unable to hold off an
all-out act of aggression. The central concept has
been therefore to construct a unified military in-
strument able to offer effective resistance to any
such threat.
To develop the program. The Western Union
Defense Committee was established. This con-
sists of the five Ministers of Defense, and holds the
over-all responsibility of preserving the territorial
and military integrity of Western Eurojie. To
carry out the decisions of the Defense Committee,
two other gi'oups were set up, The Western Union
Chiefs of Staff Committee and the Western Union
Militai-y Supply Board.
The former includes the chiefs of staff of the
land, sea, and air forces, although normally each
country is represented by only one chief of staff.
' Statement read into the record on Aug. 2, 1949, of the
House Foreign Affairs Committee, and released to the
press on Aug. 17, 1949. This statement is based on reports
from U.S. officials in Europe.
This group is responsible for advising on every
aspect of Western European defense.
The Supply Board advises the Defense Commit-
tee on all questions relating to military supplies,
and consists of high ranking members from each
of the five powers.
In addition, a Finance and Economic Commit-
tee was established to deal with the fuiancial prob-
lems of these two groups.
To study the technical and tactical questions of
Western European defense, the Brussels treaty
governments appointed a Commanders-in-Chief
Committee in 1948. The members of this com-
mittee are :
Chairman — Field Mar.shal Viscount Montgomery of Ala-
mein
Commander-in-Chief — Land Forces, General D'Armes Jean
de Lattre de Tassigny
Commander-in-Chief — Air Forces, Air Chief Marshal Sir
.Tames Robb
Flag Officer, Western Europe — Vice Admiral Robert
Jaujard
This committee holds in its hands the responsi-
bility for preparing the plans for Western Euro-
pean defense and is responsible to the Western
Union Chiefs of Staff. If aggression should oc-
cur, the committee would assume command of such
forces of the Western Union countries as would
be put at its disposal.
In considering how Western Europe can best be
defended, the primary emphasis has been on mu-
tual aid. The five powers now have a common
organization for the use of their military forces;
they have made estimates as to what each member
should contribute in case of war; they know ap-
proximately what equipment will be necessary,
and they are using what equipment they presently
Imve on a mutual basis. In addition, each of the
Brussels treaty powers has compulsory military
training to maintain adequate reserves.
August 29, 7949
295
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Great progress has already been made in many
fields of defense planning. A complete program
for such defense has been drawn up, including the
use of land, naval, and air forces. Already com-
munication systems are operating among the par-
ticipating nations.
To coordinate their defense plans, warships
have been loaned from one Western Union country
to another; jet aircraft are being provided until
production can be increased in the recipient na-
tions, military eciuipment which is surplus in one
country has been distributed to others needing it ;
progress has been made in standardizing military
equipment by a system of licensing ; and technical
and scientific knowledge in the field of military
production has been pooled.
This exchange has carried over from the field of
supplies into the field of personnel. Officers and
men are being increasingly exchanged to attend
military courses, and common training is also un-
der consideration.
In this connection, of particular interest have
been the joint air defense exei'cises at the end of
June carried on by the British RAF with active
contributions by the air arms of the Netherlands,
Belgium, and France ; and the more recent naval
maneuvers, which carried out large-scale combined
exercises. During these maneuvers, the combined
fleets, together with the air forces, gave special at-
tention to cooperating in the fields of defense of
convoys against submarines and air attack, and
also to joint minesweeping.
It is clear that the Western Union countries re-
alize that adequate land, sea, and air forces be
maintained. Under article four of the Brussels
treaty, they have agreed to give to any member
which is attacked all military and other aid and
assistance in their power. Under the Atlantic
pact, they have given further emphasis to this re-
sponsibility by agreeing to "continuous and effec-
tive self-helij" and to expand their "capacity to
resist armed attack."
In all these joint operations and in planning for
Western European defense the major handicap is
lack of equipment. For instance, to allow for the
necessary expansion of the military structure in
case of war, it is necessary to equip not only the
peacetime forces but also to build up an adequate
reserve of military supplies in case of emergency.
This has not been possible thus far.
They are tremendously hindered by the fact that
they do not have adequate supplies or the capacity
to produce such supplies. Occupation by the en-
emy and/or the effect of 5 years of war on the
normal process of maintaining, expanding, and im-
proving their capital equipment played havoc with
production. Further, a thoroughly agreed-on
principle in the field of the rearmament of
Western Europe is that economic recovery takes
precedence over military production.
They are therefore unable to restore their mili-
tary production to the necessary level, although
they now possess the framework of a military in-
strument able to absorb such production. They
are, moreover, faced with the fact tliat the lack of
capital equipment is hindering production in-
crease, and the fact that their inadequate produc-
tion is hindering the supply of capital equipment.
Much emphasis is being laid on the importance
of standardizing arms and equipment to aid joint
operations. Toward the end of the war many of
the Western European nations were provided with
American equipment with which they have made a
start toward rebuilding their military forces. This
in itself has meant a considerable standardization
between the Western Union countries. With lim-
ited economic resources, however, replacement of
existing equipment has been largely impossible by
new production. Standardization therefore can
only be thought of in long-range terms. Along
these lines, much work has been done, and much
progress been made in the fields of research and
development.
Joint operations are being extended into every
phase of military planning. The Western Union
countries have agreed on common operational
plans and codes in the field of tactics, including
the common use of maps and charts; tactical and
technical manuals are being exchanged on a mutual
basis ; and the mutual solving of operational prob-
lems has extended beyond into the field of logis-
tics. These joint efforts extend to details such as
providing and issuing trilingual glossaries and the
translation of manuals into three languages.
It is now obvious that Western Union is no
longer a mere plan on paper. It is grown into an
operating unit, which has made real progress dur-
ing its 1 year of existence. Its members have made
and are making great sacrifices to a common cause.
The mere fact of Western Union has had a great
effect on the will of the peoples to resist aggression.
Cooperation among the five powers is increasing
steadily.
Despite tremendous strides made in the field of
economic production, however, the chief problem
remains that of supply. It seems impossible that
this problem can be solved without United States
military assistance.
AID TO ITALY, FRANCE, AND NORWAY
Statement hy James Clement Dunn, American
Ambassador to Italy ^
At the close of the war Italy was in dire eco-
nomic and political distress. There was not
enough bread to feed Italy's 46 million people.
Chaos and disorganization were rampant. The
' Made on Aug. 5, 1949, and released to the press on the
same date.
296
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
forces working for Communism counted on hunger
and unemployment to secure for them a mandate
from the people. They participated in Italy's
government and confidently expected to take over
after the departure of the Allied troops. Many
observers fully believed that Italy might just as
well be written off as a certain prey for the forces
of aggressive totalitarianism and that the Italian
people's new -won democratic freedom was to be of
short duration.
You all know today how much in a few years
this grave situation has changed for the better.
Many of you personally have seen and praised the
successful etforts of the hard-working Italian
people to rehabilitate their comiti-y. You all
know that only with their courageous efforts and
the help which has been provided to Italy by the
United States, first in the form of relief and reha-
bilitation and subsequently under the European
Recovery Program, could this tremendous change
have been possible. The point I should like par-
ticularly to put before you now is that the task is
not yet finished in Italy. The culmination of our
policy for a democratic, free, and independent
Italy, freely associated with the other democracies
in the preservation of their liberty, is the assist-
ance we can give her to maintain her security.
In their postwar development the Italian people
have been steadily confronted with two fears of a
fundamental character. If Italy is to survive as
a democracy, those two fears must be conquered.
The first was a sense of insecurity based upon the
ruthless character and aggressive tactics of totali-
tarian elements within Italy itself who have
widely proclaimed their willingness to turn to
force if their aims could not be achieved by demo-
cratic process. This fear has now to a gi-eat ex-
tent been lessened : first, by the impact of United
States aid on the Italian economy ; second, by the
elections in April of last year of a strongly pro-
democratic government ; and, third, by the govern-
ment's ability to maintain public order in Italy
despite the threats of violence and efforts of in-
timidation on the part of totalitarians. I can
safely say to you that with a stable government
which is afforded the means to protect the freedom
of democracy in Italy, this first fear will be perma-
nently licked.
The second fundamental fear which has plagued
the Italian people has been their insecurity aris-
ing from Italy s vulnerable and exposed interna-
tional position. She is strategically important
because her geographic position in the Mediter-
ranean makes her a land bridge to North Africa
and, with Sicily, a gate to the central Mediter-
ranean. She has a valuable and vulnerable
northern industrial area and great reserves of
skilled technical labor. The strategic conse-
quences to the United States, which would result
from an occupation of the Italian peninsula by an
August 29, 1949
aggressor are unquestionably of importance, as is
the desirability of supporting the will of the
Italians to defend their country and their democ-
racy in cooperation with the other democratic
nations of Europe.
This sense of international insecurity has been
heightened by the vision of aggi'essive policy in
the east with its consequences for the satellite na-
tions, and also by the provisions of the Italian
peace treaty which have placed Italy's frontier
on terrain not easily defensible, have forbidden
fortification of a defense zone behind this weak-
ened frontier and have drastically reduced her
armed forces.
The totalitarian elements in Italy had hoped
that the Italian people, overcome by fear, would
supinely bow to the aggressive menace of the east.
The North Atlantic pact has delivered a most tell-
ing blow against this fear and against those who
have argued that Italy should not risk association
with the other democracies in protecting them-
selves against aggression. The fact of Italy's be-
ing in the Atlantic pact and that Italy will give
and receive mutual assistance with other asso-
ciated nations for the strengthening of her de-
fenses will result in dissipation of this second
fear. It has and will continue to strengthen the
forces of Italy working for democracy.
In mentioning mutual assistance among the
signatory nations of the Atlantic pact, I should
like to stress the economic and social situation
peculiar to Italy among the Atlantic Pact signa-
tories. Italy has a working population beyond
the ability of present Italian industry and agricul-
ture to absorb. This population with its will to
work can profitably help the other members of the
pact. In addition to this there is, in certain fields,
an inckistrial capacity in Italy in excess of present
I'equirements. In a relatively short time it should
be possible, with a reasonable amount of outside
aid, to develop a program of manufacture and
export of subsidiary equipment permitted by the
peace treaty.
The Military Assistance Program now before
you for consideration is of crucial importance in-
sofar as Italy is concerned. Tlie Italian people
are willing and eager to shoulder their proper re-
sponsibilities and risks in defense of democratic
civilization, and they are determined to preserve
their independence and individual liberty. This
frame of mind has been made possible, to a great
extent, by the policy of the United States in mak-
ing every effort to assist Italy in overcoming
those forces which have sought to bring disinte-
gration and totalitarianism to the Italian people.
That policy has borne fruition in Italy's decision
to enter the North Atlantic pact in spite of the
risks involved. It must be kept in mind that the
peace treaty limits the military forces which Italy
is permitted to acquire for her security, but even
those minimum forces are at present considerably
below strength in quality and quantity of certain
critical items of equipment. Many of these items
297
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
can only be supplied with dollar assistance from
this country. If Italy is assisted in bringing her
forces up to treaty strength, her valuable indus-
trial resources and geogi^aphical location will no
longer be so vulnerable to easy aggression. With
renewed confidence in her future as a part of the
democratic world, the magnificent energies of her
people can make a valuaole conti'ibution to the
freedom, security, and prosperity of the United
States and the Western European community.
Statement by James Bruce,
American Ambassador to France ^
In contemplating the advisability of extending
American military assistance to France, I should
suppose that the members of Congress would be
primarily interested in two considerations: one,
is such aid necessary; and, second, if granted, is
it likely to be effectively used?
Necessity for Aid
I shall not attempt, in this presentation, to
deal with some of the broader aspects of the Euro-
pean security problem, which will be covered in
detail by other testimony. I would, however, like
to point out that the measure of cooperation in
political, economic, and defense matters which has
been achieved by the free nations of Europe in
the last 12 months is little short of startling. Con-
sidering the traditional established separatist ten-
dencies of these partners, it is not inaccurate to
say that more progress toward a unification of
Western Europe has taken place in the past year
than had been dreamed of in preceding centuries.
The initial drive imparted by the Marshall Plan
«, has spread in several directions, so that today we
witness the operations of the Brussels treaty, link-
ing five powers together, with its defense commit-
tee evolving plans for concerted action as well as
the proceedings of a Council of Europe which
through a consultative assembly will provide the
first European forum for discussion of matters of
joint concern.
In turning our attention to the necessity of mil-
itary aid to France, we must frankly appraise the
present effectiveness of the French defense estab-
lishment. It will be freely admitted by impartial
observers, including realistic patriots in France,
that this establishment is not now capable of even
a delaying action of consequence against a well-
equipped and aggressive enemy intent on conquest.
In spite of the expenditure by the French Govern-
ment of more than 30 percent of the ordinary
budgetary revenues on the maintenance of army,
navy, and air forces, what was once deemed the
' Made on Aug. 5, 1949, and released to the press on the
same date.
298
finest army in Europe is no longer in any condi-
tion to counter the determined onslaught of a large
and thoroughly modernized hostile force.
The naval and air elements have always in
France been subordinate in importance to the
ground forces, and their capabilities today are not
such as to justify optimistic hopes.
The truth is that in order to be a potent military
factor in the event of the outbreak of war directed
against Western Europe within the next few
years, France must have modern military equip-
ment.
This can only happen if assistance is provided
by the United States. Short of such assistance,
the resources of France are inadequate both in
quantity and quality for her to play an effective
military role.
In addition to the material shortcomings of the
French defense system, a grave and important
psychological consideration is involved. The
convalescence of this country has been greatly
hampered and retarded by the paralyzing fear of
another war, and of the immediate consequence
to be expected in the event of such a conflict.
The French people cannot forget that they live
only a few hundred miles from the poised armies
of a nation whose government has openly pro-
claimed its intention of world dominion and
which disposes of one of the most powerful armies
of modern times. They cannot forget that the
outbreak of every recent continental war has re-
sulted rapidly in the invasion of France. They
know that the enemy occupation of 1940^4 was
more complete and more ruthless than that of
1914-18; they expect that another invasion and
occupation would be even more ruthless, and that
the attendant destruction would probably spell
the end of the French nation and of the French
people. They also realize that their present
armed forces could not defend France against an
external attack, and that invasion in the existing
circumstances would be almost certain of success.
Liberation in due course might indeed come, but
as one of their leading statesmen lately remarked
it might well prove to be the liberation of a corpse.
Why, it may be asked, do not the assurances
implicit in the Atlantic pact suffice to allay
French fears ? The French are apprehensive that
any aid so forthcoming might prove to be too little
and too late.
They will only gain a sense of security if, in ad-
dition to the assurances contained in the Atlantic
pact, France disposes of a military establishment
sufficiently strong to discourage aggression, and
to withstand an initial assault should it come.
Kightly or wrongly they estimate that only the
strength which the Military Assistance Program
can provide can guarantee that the pact, if ar-
ticle 5 had to be implemented, could be imple-
mented in time to save France from being overrun.
A corollary question is more delicate, more com-
plicated, but perhaps not difficult to answer.
Wliy should the French doubt American inten-
Departmsnt of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
tions to come immediately to their rescue, if the
Atlantic pact were ratified even though the Mili-
tary Assistance Program failed of passage? The
answer is that the record of history in the last 30
years, as seen through French eyes, shows that
assurances and intentions have not been sufficient
to prevent the successful invasion and destruction
of France.
Aid given by this program to France would be
the most convincing form of reassurance of our
determination to defend the civilization of the
west. It would show, also, that we have confi-
dence in our allies, that we are ready, even before
the pact can be implemented, to provide them with
weapons and equipment which we might have
kept for ourselves, and that practical measures
for the defense of French soil from the beginning
of hostilities are an essential part of our military
plans. The French are not satisfied by the idea
of a stand in the Pyrenees after their country has
been devastated. They are not satisfied by the
idea that enemy cities will be obliterated by
atomic bombs or that their own cities will be lib-
erated after they have been reduced to piles of
ruins. French confidence in the future depends
on a reasonable expectation of national security.
Confidence in the future will mean that the
French Government and people will cooperate
more effectively and industriously in the re-
building of the national economy. A sense of in-
security discourages investment, encourages the
flight of capital, and turns men's minds away from
the great tasks of international cooperation which
lie before us all. Conversely, a sense of confi-
dence favors the achievement of reconstruction
and of the creation of wealth and commerce of a
national and international plane, which it is one
of the objectives of our foreign policy to promote.
death for patriotic resistance, and 65 thousand
civilians died in air raids or in combat.
As you know the United States provided con-
siderable quantities of United States equipment to
those French forces which were organized after
the fall of France. These units contributed
immeasurably to the Allied victory. Their per-
formance in Italy was outstanding and they
played an important role in the invasion of South-
ern France, the advance across the Rhine and the
march into Germany.
This is not a negligible outpouring of blood
judged by any standard, and for sheer loss of life
these figures more than bear comparison with our
own losses in the last war in proportion to
population.
As to whether the French will ever fight again,
one can only judge the future by the past. They
are as a people vibrant with love of country.
They are industrious, courageous, tenacious. That
they would again fight effectively if not well armed
and if the outlook seemed hopeless is perhaps too
much to expect but I believe it unquestionable that
if properly armed, and with full assurance of our
immediate retaliation and backing against any
attacker, they will fight as they always have in
their liistory with the enthusiasm, and self-sacri-
fice that inspire those who defend their freedoms.
They need comparatively little to enable them,
together with the full use of their own resources,
to begin building up once more armed forces that
would serve as a bulwark against invasion. Our
experience in two wars of entering upon the scene
of conflict after the invader has consolidated his
position is one that has proved highly costly to us
in lives and treasure. The method envisaged by
the Military Assistance Program of aiding our
friends at the earliest possible time to defend
themselves in order that we should thereby defend
ourselves too seems as financially expedient as it
is strategically wise.
Effective Use of Proposed Aid
If granted, is this aid likely to be effectively
used ? Obviously, only a prophet can answer this
correctly. In attempting to do so we must again
face facts frankly. There has been much talk
about how the French did not fight ardently in the
last war, and will never fight again. Those who
indulge in such talk speak largely from prejudice
or from ignorance.
Over a period of several hundred years the
French have always valiantly defended their soil.
True, they were overrun in World War II by the
fierce onslought of the German armies, but it
should be remembered that reckoned in the most
conservative terms the losses of France in the war
were 154 thousand men killed in combat ; over
a million were isolated as prisoners of war and 800
thousand were deported to Germany, of whom
225 thousand were killed or died there. 30 thou-
sand rrien and women were killed or tortured to
Statement hy Charles Ulrich Bay,
American Amhassador to Norway ^
I shall endeavor to point out the importance of
this program to Norway, a small but courageous
nation, which has determined to stand with the
Western Democracies in a common front against
potential aggression.
First, I should like to give the Committee an
outline of the record of Norway's own preparation
to resist aggression and, against this background,
to outline both the need for assistance and the
consequences of failure to receive it. I want to
tell the Committee of the brave and conscientious
efforts of this small nation to defend its territorial
' Made on Aug. 5, 1949, and released to the press on the
same date.
Aogusf 29, 1949
299
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
and political integrity, a nation which is willing,
and in my opinion will, contribute directly to the
security of the United States.
Section 1. Norway's Postwar Preparations
to Resist Aggression
When the Norwegian Government in exile re-
turned to a prostrate Norway in 1945, the eco-
nomic problems of reconstruction were tremen-
dous. The Norwegian Government and people
welcomed Secretary Marshall's speech of June
1947 and have given the ERP their wholehearted
support. They regard the program as the most
practical step in the rehabilitation of the Euro-
pean economy. I know of no country that has re-
sponded more readily nor more fully in cooperat-
ing with the United States and its European
neighbors in sincere efforts to assure the success
of the program. Norway understands the signif-
icance of the joint efforts to restore European
economy through the revival of all national econ-
omies. The Norwegians agree with the American
view that full employment and maximum produc-
tion tend to eliminate one of the major sources of
Communist agitation.
As a principal plank in the program to establish
a healthy domestic economy, the Norwegian Gov-
ernment, soon after liberation, embarked on long-
range plans for rebuilding the nation's Merchant
Marine. This effort resulted in a most austere
life for the average citizen. Despite hardships
with which the i:)eople have had to contend in
scarcities of food, clothing and housing, the public
has scarcely grumbled.
EGA funds cannot, of course, be diverted to
military equipment nor to assist Norway directly
in building up her defenses. Such funds are ear-
marked specifically for economic recovery, and
their use for any other purposes would not only be
contrary to the best interests of Norway but would
be subject to adverse propaganda if so utilized.
The Norwegians realize that economic recovery
must come first. Economically, however, the fail-
ure to provide military assistance would have wide-
spread effects since Norway would then need to
seek from its own meager economic and industrial
resources, to reconstruct its armed forces. An
intolerable burden would be placed on people who
already are among the most heavily taxed of all
democracies. If adequate defenses were to be
built out of its own resources alone, Norwegian
economic recovery would be jeopardized, and the
beneficial aspects of Marshall Plan aid would
largely be limited. Its economic reconstruction
would suffer, and the over-all result would be that
instead of having a viable economy, Norway would
fall back into the hopeless period immediately
following the war.
The sudden evolution of Norway from a neu-
300
tral power in the opening months of World War
II into an active combatant with a government in
exile, transformed a nation with a long tradition
of isolation and neutrality into a militant advo-
cate of cooperation, both political and military.
From April 9, 1940, to the present, Norway never
failed to give evidence of determination to play
a most active part in cooperating with the free-
dom-loving democracies in resisting aggression.
Immediately following the liberation of Nor-
way, the govei'nment embarked on a vigorous cam-
paign to punish war criminals, quislings, and
collaborators. In liquidating the residue of
Fascism, Norway took its first step in eliminating
the threat of revival of a totalitarian minority
organization.
Sixteen months ago the labor government of
Norway urged trade unions to vote Communists
out of executive boards of the several unions.
There was a sustained campaign to that end
throughout 1948 in all parts of the country. Today
there is scarcely any union of consequence in
which the Communists exercise control.
In February 1948, Norway was shaken by events
in Czechoslovakia and by the Soviet offer of a
mutual-assistance pact to Finland. Tlie govern-
ment immediately went on record in expressing
its intention to reject any similar offer of a mutual-
defense pact which might in the future be tendered
to Norway by the U.S.S.R.
Shortly thereafter the Norwegian Parliament
took the unprecedented step of eliminating the in-
fluence of Communist members of the Foreign
Relations Committee. A new committee was es-
tablished from which Communists were excluded
and to which all matters relating to foreign affairs
as they may affect the security of Norway were to
be referred.
Later Norway met with Governments of Sweden
and Denmark in an effort to explore the possibili-
ties of establishing a Scandinavian mutual-defense
pact which the Norwegians insisted must be
framed to permit association with the Western
powers. As you all know, Sweden insisted the
members of any such pact should refrain from
association with any other powers. On this di-
vision of opinion, efforts to reach agreement
foundered.
From that moment Norway felt free to seek
membership in the Atlantic pact. Its courage as
a contiguous neighbor of U.S.S.R. in seeking
adherence to the association of Atlantic democ-
racies to resist aggression was applauded by all
peoples on this side of the Iron Curtain.
Its adherence to the Atlantic pact was the great-
est single step in Norway's history of resistance to
aggression. Despite fears of retaliatory measures
by the U.S.S.R., despite opposition by a Com-
munist minority and left wing sympathizers in
Parliament and warnings of advocates of the
"Scandinavian bloc", Norwegians approved the
association with the Atlantic pact by an over-
whelming vote both in the Labor Party Congress
Deparfmenf of Stafe Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
and in the Storting. Not only did the pact find
approval with Norwegians from the south and
west, but representatives from Finnmark, the
province next to Soviet territory, voted unani-
mously to adhere to the pact. Throughout dis-
cussion of the pact, the Norwegians indicated their
confidence in the ability and willingness of the
United States and the United Kingdom to supply
arms so sorely needed to make the Norwegian
military a potent instrument of defense.
The fact that the Norwegians came into the pact,
provides conclusive evidence to me that they will
defend their territory against any aggression
from within or without that might threaten their
freedom. Failure to give them means now to
make such defense effective could be most serious
for the Norwegian's Government and economy.
There is no lethargy in Norway's will to put itself
in the best possible position to defend its inde-
pendence. We may rest assured that Norway will
more than pull its own weight as a member of
the Atlantic pact.
With domestic, political, and economic affairs in
good order and with justified pride in their post-
war record of cooperation, the Norwegians look
upon the Military Assistance Program as a step
urgently required now to assist them in their own
efforts to build up satisfactory defense forces. In
Norway there is no hesitancy to recognize the need
to build up Norwegian military potential through
Norwegian self-help. Despite all Communist
efforts to slash the defense budget both for regular
forces and the home guard, labor members of
Parliament supported by all so-called Bourgeois
Party members have refused to permit any paring
of what they consider the largest appropriations
Norway can afford. The government, Parlia-
ment, and the press have maintained an active
interest in all measures designed to prepare Nor-
way to resist aggression fi'om within or without.
Section 2. The State of Military Preparedness
in Norway
The general deficiencies confronting the Nor-
wegian military establishment are those which can
only be expected of a small nation facing the neces-
sity of building up her armed forces from scratch
in a very brief time. Remember at the end of a
5-year ruthless enemy occupation, Norway had no
army, no air force, and but a minuscule navy.
After the occupation of Norway, a strong renais-
sance of nationalism was evidenced throughout the
entire population. Never again should Norway
be entirely defenseless and an easy prey to an
aggressor. In the future, an aggressor should
and would be met with determined resistance to the
extreme limits of Norway's economic and human
resources.
To that end Norway set about determinedly
rebuilding its defense forces. This was doubly
difficult in view of the need to repair the ravages
of occupation. Considering the fact that Norway
is in but its third year of reconstruction, it is only
natural that great deficiencies in its armed forces
should still exist and will continue to exist for
years to come unless alleviated from outside
sources. Norway, by her own efforts, is unable to
correct these deficiencies.
There exists in Norway a heterogeneous mass of
obsolete, obsolescent, as well as current material,
left over from the occupation and purchased after
the war's end. Weapons, on hand, can and will
furnish the bulk of arms and equipment for the
armed forces but to that must be added a consid-
erable quantity of material which only the United
States can furnish if Norway is to be able to use
its trained manpower potential efficiently and with
telling effect in a common cause. By supplying
certain specialized and badly needed equipment to
bring the Norwegian forces up to an acceptable
modern standard, Norway can and will be a defi-
nite military asset to the United States in time of
war, and her strength will serve to deter aggres-
sion in time of peace.
The need for furnishing direct dollar assistance
to Norway for the purpose of building up her na-
tional military establishment is probably not very
great since the Norwegian armament industry is
negligible, quantitatively as well as qualitatively.
Norway has however the raw materials for ferro-
alloys, electric steels, and nitrate explosives which
could be exchanged for finished military products
from other Western European countries.
Norway has submitted a minimum list of mili-
tary requirements necessary to build its national
military establishment into a well-rounded, ef-
fective force within the trained manpower capa-
bilities of the country. The list has been care-
fully screened by the United States and is a
basically sound estimate of the bona fide needs of
the Norwegian forces. This material will enable
them to take to the field and render an excellent
account in combat and constitute a valuable part
of the Atlantic defense mechanism.
Section 3. Effect of Norway's Weai<ness
on U.S. Security
One must not lose sight of the part Norway
plays in the U.N. A charter member of the
U.N., Norway was recently elected to the Security
Council and is an active participant in several
organs of the U.N. Needless to say, a strong
self-confident and independent Norway can be re-
garded as a useful constructive U.N. member.
A well armed Norway will be an incalculable
asset to the purposes of the Atlantic Pact. Al-
though Norway's contributions to the Atlantic
Pact may be small in terms of men and equip-
ment, we need only to recall the threat provided in
the last war to the Atlantic area by German forces
in Norway to realize the value of its natural fa-
cilities. Nor must we forget the magnificent
Augusf 29, T949
301
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
merchant fleet Norway can place at the disposal
of its colleagues. If Norway can remain strong
and free and can, in the event of hostilities, assist
in providing facilities for operations against the
aggressor, that contribution toward mutual aid
will more than offset any sacrifice required from
the United States.
Norway's fighting forces are capable, with our
assistance, of filling their domestic and interna-
tional responsibilities. Failure to provide mate-
rial aid would mean a Norway that might be
incapable of ( 1 ) preserving domestic tranquillity,
(2) maintaining public confidence, and (3) de-
fending Norway against aggression. In pre-
serving domestic tranquillity Norwegian forces
must be of sufficient strength and have sufficient
prestige to discourage any attempts of subversive
elements to obtain control of the government
through the use of force. Equipment, training,
and morale must be such as to inspire public con-
fidence in Norway's ability to give a good account
of itself if put to the test. Armed forces of this
small but strategically placed nation must be ade-
quate to assure a reasonable defense against all
but an overwhelming act of aggression.
In conclusion, I should like again to recall the
respect and admiration with which the free world
greeted the decision of Norway to participate in
the Atlantic pact despite clear indications of
Soviet displeasure. This brave, rugged, and de-
termined country, whose strategic importance in
the defense of Western Europe was so dramat-
ically demonstrated in the last war, has made un-
mistakably clear her resolve to make the necessary
sacrifices for the freedom and dignity of her citi-
zens. She has done this despite the exhaustion
following 5 years of severe enemy occupation,
despite her exposed geographical position, and
despite her having exacted as great sacrifices from
her people in the interest of recovery as any coun-
try in Europe. She has done this in the hope and
faith that the United States will aid her in the
defense problems which she is unable fully to
meet with her own slender resources.
Germany's Role in World Markets
Following are adapted excerpts of an address by
Mr. N. H. voUisson, EC A Deputy Special Repre-
sentative for Western Germany, at the opening of
the ERP Export Show in Munich July 7 ^
The ERP export show in Munich where more
than 100 Bavarian firms are represented, is an out-
standing display of the type of export goods which
roll from multifarious production lines. German
goods are in demand throughout Europe and in
other sections of the commercial world. But this
fact should not lull one into believing that you
have but to produce and the seller will appear
automatically at your doorstep. The harsh eco-
nomic facts of this highly competitive world would
soon disillusion him who stands and waits. The
world will not beat a path to the German door.
Quite to the contrary. The German must get out
and sell his goods in just the same manner as do
the British, the French and the others who are
seeking to increase their export trade.
One of the greater tasks facing German ex-
porters and manufacturers is to bring their prices
into line. It is easy to point out the problem. It
is not easy to offer a solution. There are many
here in Germany who blame their troubles upon
the currency conversion rate of the D-Mark. But
'Reprinted from Information Bulletin, U.S. Military
Government in Germany, July 26, 1949.
302
no amount of currency adjustment can overcome
some of the more fundamental economic facts
which cause high prices. Production costs must
be tailored to a reasonable selling price rather
than the selling price adjusted to production costs.
New methods of production must be studied by the
German manufacturer. Experts should go to
other European lands and to America to study
the newest, most up-to-date production methods.
Conversely, European experts and American en-
gineers should come to Germany to help. In this
exchange of technical knowledge the Marshall
Plan is ready to help under its technical assistance
program, which envisions the exchange of indus-
trial knowledge among the participating countries.
Closely allied to the problem of making goods at
a price for which they can be sold is the problem
of diversifying trade among the nations of the
world. A ready flow of goods, not merely between
two nations but among all countries must be
achieved if the goals of the Marshall Plan are to
be reached. Inherent in this multilateralization
of commerce are the unencumbered exchange of
currencies, the removal of customs barriers and
traffic, elimination of disparities between domestic
and export prices, and a termination of monop-
olistic practices, whether by nations or individuals.
None of these objectives can be attained by other
than a common approach to these continental ob-
Department of Slate Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
i
stacles by the entire community of Marshall Plan
nations. Narrow, selfish, nationalistic thinking
cannot meet the problem of European recovery.
There must be a wholehearted common coopera-
tive effort by all the European nations to meet
their mutual problems. In that cooperative ap-
proach German representatives will be asked to
represent Germany in international councils, not
merely as Germans but as Europeans. Just as the
German people are assuming the responsibilities
of governing themselves, so must they also face the
responsibility of participating in an international
and European movement.
It has been claimed, and no doubt with most jus-
tice, that it is much easier for the American to
think in European terms than it is for the Eu-
ropean. But the Munich export show gives ample
indication that German tradesmen and manufac-
turers have in the past and still do think in Eu-
ropean terms. Many of these goods will find their
vray to France, Italy, Belgium, Holland and the
other countries whose common effort contributes to
the European Recovery Program. It is time now
for not only businessmen, but for German leaders,
politicians and the people themselves to think as
Europeans. If this is done, and if the people of
the Marshall Plan countries continue to work and
to plan on a common community basis, the vision
which was George C. Marshall's will have been
brilliantly fulfilled.
The German Elections
A VICTORY FOR
MODERATION AND COMMON SENSE
/Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press August 17]
The outcome of the West German elections is
viewed by this government as a victory for modera-
tion and common sense. Some of the nationalistic
and critical utterances of the candidates during
the campaign can be viewed as normal manifesta-
tions of the democratic process and a release of
long pent-up emotions after 16 years of dictator-
ship and military rule. Freedom to indulge in
constructive criticism of the occupying powers,
is part and parcel of the democratic process, and
the Germans cannot be denied this privilege if
they are to establish a truly democratic system.
The Germans may well be reminded, however, that
they are exercising these freedoms only because
August 29, J 949
they are privileged to live under the jurisdiction
of freedom-loving nations, and that abuse of such
freedoms may alienate Western sympathies while
failing to serve the best interests of the German
people.
The results of the balloting, however, represent
a triumph for the moderate parties which are fully
committed to a democratic political system. The
extremist parties of the right and left together
polled less than 15 percent of the total vote and
will control less than 10 percent of the seats in
the new assembly. The unexpectedly large par-
ticipation of nearly 80 percent of the eligible
voters is gratifying evidence that the Germans
have taken seriously their new civic responsi-
bilities.
This government is committed to the policy,
which I believe is the only sound and democratic
one, of permitting the Germans to work out their
own internal problems with a minimum of outside
interference. The United States has consistently
refrained from intervention in German decisions
concerning domestic institutions and policies ex-
cept to the extent necessitated by our international
commitments. We naturally welcome the results
of this election insofar as they indicate a decision
by the Germans to seek a solution of their economic
difficulties through a system of free enterprise.
But I wish to make it clear that the Germans re-
main entirely free, so far as we are concerned, to
deal with this matter in their own fashion, pro-
viding always there is no contravention of demo-
cratic principles or of international obligations.
It is now expected that the newly elected as-
sembly (Bundestag) will meet on September 7,
and that a President of the Republic will be elected
shortly thereafter. This will be followed by the
appointment of a Chancellor (corresponding to
Prime Minister) . We anticipate that by the mid-
dle or latter part of September, the new German
Government will be established, and that the High
Commission for Germany will replace the existing
military government organization. The Occupa-
tion Statute, as agreed upon by the Foreign Min-
isters on April 8, will then become operative, on a
definite date yet to be established. The Federal
Republic of Germany will then be free to exercise
the usual prerogatives of an established govern-
ment, subject only to the limited controls which
are specified in the Occupation Statute and to such
additional restraints as may be imposed in the
general interest by such bodies as the International
Authority for the Ruhr.
ANALYSIS OF THE ELECTIONS
The Department of State issued the following
statement on August 15 on the analysis of the Ger^
man elections of August- 14 :
The outcome of Sunday's election for the first
Parliament of the German Federal Republic is
viewed with gratification as demonstrating the
303
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
restoration of normal democratic processes in the
greater part of Germany after an interruption of
16 years.
Participation in the election was higher than
anticipated, amounting to 78.5 percent of all eli-
gible voters.^ This indicates that efforts of extrem-
ist groups to boycott the election failed. The bal-
loting was quiet and Tvithout incident.
In spite of the strong nationalistic appeals of
the campaign, the results represent on the whole
a victory for the moderate groups. The Social
Democratic Party and the Christian Democratic
Union were, as expected, fairly evenly matched in
the voting, with the latter winning a slight plural-
ity of seats in the Bundestag.
Both major parties held their normal strength
well in spite of attacks from extremist factions of
right and left. Inasmuch as no party has gained
a majority, the resulting government will neces-
sarily represent a coalition of two or more groups.
One striking feature of the election was the fail-
ure of the Communist Party even to hold the small
strength it had shown in former state elections.
Its voting strength, which never exceeded 10 per-
cent in any district, declined from 30 to 50 percent
in various areas and amounts to less than 6 percent
of the total votes cast. It will now rank only sixth
in the number of seats and will be little more than a
"splinter party" in the new assembly.
The "National Front" appeal of the Communists
apparently made little impression upon the voters.
We are pleased to note that the Berlin City Council
apparently selected its eight observer-delegates to
the new Parliament.
Technical Projects
for Bizone of Germany
[Released to the press by EGA on August 16]
Approval of two technical assistance projects
designed to aid in the recovery efforts of the
Bizone of Germany were announced on August 16
by the Economic Cooperation Administration in
Washington and Frankfort.
Under the two projects, five thermal engineers
and four gas-production experts will come to the
United States for a month s studv of American
' Twenty-five million West German voters of the 31,000,-
000 eligible cast ballots giving the Christian Democrats
7,357,579 votes or 139 seats in the lower house. Social Dem-
ocrats 6,932,272 votes or 131 seats, Free Democrats 2,788,-
653 votes or 52 seats, and Communists 1,.360,443 votes or
15 seats. Xot one Communist delegate was elected, and the
party was forced to reply on a partial proportional repre-
sentation system to salvage 15 seats in the 402-member
Parliament
304
methods in these fields. The arrival dates for
the German specialists will be announced later.
The projects are the first to be requested under
ECA's technical assistance program by the Gov-
ernment of Western Germany.
In connection with the study by the thermal engi-
neers, ECA"s special mission to the Bizone pointed
out that the development of efficient thermal power
stations is an essential part of the Bizone's over-all
electric program. The program, as submitted to
the Organization for European Economic Coop-
eration (Oeec), provides for the installation of
3 million KWH's additional capacity by 1952-53.
The mission, in recommending approval of the
study by the gas-production experts, reported that
the gas shortage in Western Germany was hamper-
ing the reactivation of industries and said the
studies would be helpful in the reconstruction of
the German gas industry.
The specialists will be selected by the Bizonal
technical assistance projects screening committee.
The thermal engineers are interested in learn-
ing of American experience gained in the last 15
years, including information concerning (1) gen-
eral design of steam-power stations, (2) applica-
tion of material for boilers of high pressure and
temperature, (3) operation of cyclone burners us-
ing unpulverized small coal, (4) use of super-
heaters, (5) cleaning of flue gas and utilization of
ashes, (6) district heating-power stations, and (7)
standardization of equipment.
The gas-production experts will seek informa-
tion concerning (1) organization in the operation
of gas works, (2) latest gas production methods,
(3) operation of coal crushing and mixing plants,
(4) piping network, (5) transmission over long
distances and control of dust accumulations in
the pipe line, (6) measuring methods, (7) uses
of gas, and (8) perfecting of domestic gas
appliances.
ECA expenditures for the two projects, esti-
mated at $2,800 for the thermal engineers and
$2,240 for the gas-production experts, will include
travel and subsistence costs for the visitors while
in the United States.
ECA Promotes
Off-Season Travel to Europe
[Released to the press by ECA on August 101
Plans are being made for the promotion of fall
and winter travel to Europe by Americans, the
Economic Cooperation Administration announced
on August 10 in emphasizing that tourists' dollars
play an important role in economic recovery of
Western European countries.
The European Travel Commission, recognized
by the Organization for European Economic Co-
operation as its official advisory body on travel.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
believes the development of so-called ofF-season
travel now is its No. 1 job because existing trans-
port facilities are taxed to capacity during the
summer.
The Commission's plans include :
(1) Creation of a series of special events, such
as fairs, exhibitions, conventions, conferences, and
seminars to attract specialized groups of Ajneri-
cans to Europe.
(2) Popularizing Europe as a winter-sports
mecca.
(3) Expansion of student, teacher, and youth-
hostel travel.
(4) Encouragement of travel on the part of
foreign-born United States citizens and Americans
of foreign extraction.
(5) Lowering of transportation and hotel costs.
In the latter connection, trans- Atlantic airlines
have agreed to a 30-percent off-season reduction
for round trips completed within 60 days, to be
effective October 1. They also have asked their
respective governments to approve a 35-percent
reduction for students crossing the Atlantic and a
50-percent reduction for students flying within
Europe. Lower railway fares in connection with
off-season travel are being considered by the Inland
Transport Committee of Oeec, and the Maritime
Transport Committee of Oeec is studying pos-
sible reductions in rates during the fall and winter.
A continuing study of the American market for
travel to Europe, undertaken by the travel branch
of the United States Department of Commerce,
which handles the travel stimulation program for
ECA, reflects the need for lower prices for trans-
Atlantic accommodations during the off-season.
It is indicated that many American farmer
groups will visit Europe during the coming win-
ter. A Midwest travel agent arranged a tour last
winter for 30 farmers, who flew both ways, taking
advantage of last winter's excursion air rates.
They visited England, France, Italy, Germany,
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, and Denmark.
This was followed by a party of 32 midwestern
housewives. A number of similar groups are
planning tours this coming winter, ECA says.
Travel by Americans is an important dollar
earner for Europe, ECA points out, and it supple-
ments the over-all recovery program.
Investment of American Private Capital Abroad
Statement hy Vnier Secretary Wehl) ^
I am glad to have this opportunity to testify be-
fore your Committee on behalf of proposed legisla-
tion to stimulate the investment of American pri-
vate capital in underdeveloped areas of the world.
Private American investors constitute the larg-
est potential source of investment capital in the
world. If this program succeeds in stimulating
the flow of investments abroad up to the levels at-
tained during the 1920's relative to our national
income, we will be making net annual private in-
vestments abroad of at least 2.5 billion dollars.
These investments will be of mutual advantage to
investors as well as to the people of the countries
in which the investments are made, and ultimately
to the United States. All of this will be without
burden to the American taxpayer.
The bill which is before you is intended to stim-
ulate this flow and constitutes an important ele-
ment in a comprehensive program to aid the people
" Made before the House Banking and Currency Commit-
tee on Aug. 19, 1945, and released to the press on the same
date.
>^ogusf 29, 1949
849957 — 49 4
of underdeveloped areas in their efforts to utilize
more effectivelj- their human and natural re-
sources. This general program was proposed by
the President in his inaugural address last Janu-
ary as the fourth major course of action which he
believed we should take in our international rela-
tions. The other three points were ( 1 ) continued
support to the United Nations and its related
agencies, (2) continuance of our programs for
world recovery, and (3) the strengthening of free-
dom-loving nations against the dangers of aggres-
sion. In proposing the fourth point the President
made the following comments :
. . . we must embark on a bold new program for mak-
ing the benefits of our scientific advances and industrial
progress available for the improvement and growth of
underdeveloped areas.
. . . we should make available to peace-loving peoples
the benefits of our store of technical knowledge in order
to help them realize their aspirations for a better life.
And, in cooperation with other nations, we should foster
capital investment in areas needing development.
Our aim should be to help the free peoples of the world,
through their own efforts, to produce more food, more
clothing, more materials for housing, and more mechanical
iwwer to lighten their burdens.
305
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
You will note that the program proposed has
two broad aspects both leading toward the goal of
economic development. One aspect involves the
interchange among nations of technical knowledge
and skill. A bill designed to authorize an ex-
panded program for such exchanges is now pend-
ing before the Foreign Affairs Committee. The
other aspect of the program involves the fostering
of capital investment.
The Point 4 Program is designed to benefit both
the peoples of the underdeveloped areas and the
rest of the world, including ourselves, as well.
The political instability and tensions, which exist
in many areas of the world, grow out of extreme
poverty and frustration of hopes for economic
betterment. The secure growth of democracy in
these areas is dependent upon a realization by their
people that they can better their economic condi-
tions and still maintain their democratic institu-
tions and their freedom and dignity as individuals.
In the last year, we have seen the march of
Soviet Communism halted in Eui'ope. In the last
year, however, we also have seen the greater part of
China fall under a Communism which appears to
be in large measure Soviet inspired and directed.
We know that Communism and other antidemo-
cratic ideologies make little or no appeal to peoples
which are prosperous and which have a high de-
gree of modern material civilization. We know
that they appeal with peculiar force in those re-
gions where ignorance, poverty, and hunger pre-
vail, and where most of the things that we regard
as necessities are either unknown or are luxuries
beyond the reach of all but a favored few. Those
regions, however, comprise a large part of the sur-
face of the world.
Our desires for an expanding world economy are
also to a considerable extent dependent upon the
success of efforts to increase the means of produc-
tion in these areas. Their development will result
in an increase and a better balance in woi'ld trade,
which will have particular significance for the re-
covery of Europe and for our own economy. At
the same time by assisting in this effort we can in-
crease our security by associating stronger nations
with us in the cause of human freedom and by the
strengthening of the United Nations which will
occur through its participation in constructive ac-
tion for economic development.
We recognize that the principal effort for eco-
nomic development must come from the under-
developed countries themselves. We cannot and
should not assume this responsibility ourselves.
We can, however, assist in various ways. Al-
though the bulk of the financing of development
projects must come from local sources, foreign
capital is an essential element. The International
Bank, and in appropriate cases, the Export-Import
Bank can be expected to continue their activities
in loaning funds for certain types of development
projects for which private financing is not
available. These loans will assist the underde-
veloped countries to expand such basic facilities
as transportation, communications, and power,
which in many cases are needed before private
enterprises can be established.
Particular emphasis on the Point 4 Program is
placed upon the need for increasing the flow of
private investment. Private capital in this coun-
try is potentially the greatest external source of
investment funds for development abi'oad. Fur-
thermore a private investment carries with it the
technical skills, managerial exi^erience, organiza-
tional talents, and incentive which are essential to
put capital to effective use. Our industrial tech-
nology is largely in the hands of private organi-
zations and can best be put to work through private
channels.
There are a number of obstacles which have
prevented an outflow of United States private
capital in recent years, in as great a volume as
might have been anticipated. In large part these
obstacles are the result of abnormal conditions
following the war. The most significant obstacles
appear to be unstable political conditions in many
parts of the world, balance-of-payments problems
leading to limitations on the ability to transfer
earnings and capital, and various types of govern-
mental restrictions imposed on foreign invest-
ments. If these obstacles are to be removed, a
cooperative action on the part of capital-importing
and capital-exporting countries is necessary. We
are trying in a number of ways to exert our influ-
ence to alleviate the conditions which are deterring
the flow of capital. We are exerting our influence
toward more stabilized political conditions and
more satisfactory economic relationships through
our participation in the United Nations and its
specialized agencies, through the European Re-
covery Program, through reciprocal trade agree-
ments, and through other cooperative efforts with
individual foreign countries.
We feel it is particularly important to secure
a basic understanding with countries needing for-
eign investment as to the treatment which will be
accorded to foreign capital by those countries.
To this end we are actively engaged in the negoti-
ation of bilateral treaties with foreign govern-
ments. These treaties provide that the property
of investors will not be expropriated without
prompt, adequate, and effective compensation, that
investors will be given reasonable opportunity to
remit their earnings and withdraw their capital,
that they will have reasonable freedom to manage,
operate, and control their enterprises, that they
will enjoy security in the pi'otection of their per-
sons and property and nondiscriminatory treat-
ment in the conduct of their business affairs.
I want to point out that we do not consider this
program to be a one-sided arrangement. Although
we fully recognize the need for giving an investor
assurances as to the protection of his property we
{Continued on page 316)
306
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Japanese Participation in
International Relations Encouraged
On August 18, the Department of State issued
the following statement :
A basic objective of the occupation in Japan is
to foster among the Japanese Government and peo-
ple a respect for the rights of other nations and
governments. It is clear to the United States Gov-
ernment that by facilitating the progressive re-
sumption by Japan of international relationships
mutually beneficial to other peoples as well as to
the Japanese people, this objective can be materi-
ally furthered.
Such international relationships require good
will on both sides. Relations between nations are a
two-way street. Because Japan is a defeated
country under military occupation and because the
Far Eastern Commission is the international body
■which formulates the policies, principles, and
standards in conformity with which the fulfillment
by Japan of its obligations under the terms of sur-
render may be accomplished, expression of general
willingness to enter into even limited relationships
with Japan tends to await the leadership of that
body.
It was against this background that the United
States proposed to the Far Eastern Commission
that it take positive action recognizing that SCAP
subject to his discretion and continued control has
the authority to permit Japan to participate in in-
ternational relationships such as conventions,
meetings, consular arrangements, or other bilateral
accords as Japan may be invited to participate in
and as SCAP considers to be in the interest of the
occupation.
From an examination of the record, it is clear
that the Far Eastern Commission has not taken
any action denying SCAP the authority to ap-
prove Japanese intercourse with the outside world.
In fact, under the broad policies of the Far Eastern
Commission SCAP is correctly allowing Japanese
international relationships of a limited character.
Not only will the Japanese through such participa-
tion acquire direct experience and knowledge of
democratic practices, but also the vestiges of hatred
and suspicion of the Japanese left over from the
war will tend to be dissipated.
It is not the legal authority of the Far Eastern
Commission which is important but rather the as-
sumption of enlightened leadership by the Far
Eastern Commission member governments. No
matter what position the Far Eastern Commission
takes, any government may still refuse to enter into
relationships with Japan or deny Japanese access
to its territory.
Likewise, the determination of whether or not
Japan should be invited to participate in interna-
tional organizations or conferences lies with the
member governments concerned.
Almost 4 years after the war it is obvious that in-
creased participation by Japan in international
relationships under the control of SCAP will be a
measurable step toward achievement of the Allied
objective to foster the growth of a democratic and
peaceful Japan.
U.S.-U.K.-Canadian
Economic Discussions To Be Resumed
[Released to the press jointly with the Treasury Depart-
ment August 19]
The State and Treasury Departments in a joint
statement announced on August 19 that at the re-
quest of Pi'esident Truman and Secretary of State
Acheson, Secretary of the Treasury Snyder, the
chairman of the National Advisory Council, will
preside as host chairman at meetings beginning
September 6, which will carry forward the dis-
cussions which Secretary Snyder held in London
in July with Sir Stafford Cripps, British Chan-
cellor of the Exchequer, and Douglas Abbott,
Canadian Minister of Finance.
The British Foi-eign Minister, Ernest Bevin,
and the Canadian Minister of External Affairs,
Lester Pearson, will be in Washington throughout
the talks and, together with Secretary Acheson,
will take part in them.
Technical and fact-finding discussions among
representatives of the three govermnents are sched-
uled to begin August 27. Under Secretary of State
James E. Webb will head the United States dele-
gation. The purpose of the meeting, as previously
stated in the London communique,^ is to discuss
the balance-of-payments difficulties between the
dollar and sterling areas and measures which
could be taken to right the existing disequilibrium
between the two areas, both in the long and the
short term.
A steering committee consisting of Assistant
Secretary of the Treasury Martin, Assistant Sec-
retary of State Thorp, Assistant Administrator of
ECA Bissell, and representatives of the Depart-
ment of Connnerce, the Department of Agricul-
ture, and the Federal Reserve Board have been
working for the past several weeks to cooi'dinate
the factual material required for the meetings.
The National Advisory Council and other inter-
ested Department heads will advise with the
United States particiiDants during the course of the
talks.
It is hoped to conclude before the beginning of
the International Bank and Monetary Fund meet-
ings, September 13.
' Bulletin of Aug. 8, 1949, p. 197.
Augosf 29, 1949
307
Restoration and Protection of Allied-Owned Trade-Marks in Japan
LB«fea«ed to the pre^ bg the FEC Auguit IS]
The Far Eastern Coimnissioii at its 162d meet-
ing on July 2S, l&i9. approved a decision setting
forth a pollcT that will provide for the restoration
of Allied-oxmed trade-mark rights which were
lost as a result of the war. and for the protection
of Allied trade-mark rights in Japan and else-
where against infringement by the Japanese.-
This policy decision, the 61st approved by the
Far Eastern Commi^on in its 3 years of continu-
ous sesion in Washington, falls into two parts:
(1) provisions for the restoration to Allied own-
ers of trade-mark rights that were lost during
the war (paragraphs L 2, and 3 of the policy
decision) : (2) provisions to insure against Japa-
nese piracy of Allied trade-mark rights and mis-
marlang of goods (paragraphs -t. 5. 6. and 7 of
the policy decision) .
Restoration of Allied Trade-Marks
At the ouiort-ak of iiC'Siilities between Japan
and the Allied cotmtries. all trade-mark rights in
Japan belonging to Allied nationals were seized
raider Japanese wartime laws applying to all
Allied property rights. The new policy provides
for the restoranon of such rights, without payment
of fees, upon request made by the owners to the
Supreme Commander for the Allied Powers. The
registrations are to be extended from the date of
restoration for a period equivalent to the unex-
pired period at the time they were lost. For ex-
ample, an American trade-mark which had been
registered in Japan for a 20-year period on Decem-
ber 7. 1931. still had 10 years to run on Decemh'er
7. l&U, when it ceased to be effective because of
the war. Lf, after the owner made request to the
Supreme Commander and complied with proced-
ure established by him under the terms of the
policy, it were restored on November 15, 1949. it
would remain in effect for 10 years from that date
and expire on November 1-L 1959. The date of
lo8s is considered in the policy to be the date of
- For policy toward pataits. nfiiity models, and designs
in Japan, see Doenimemta and State Papers of Mar 1&49,
PL 7«.
outbreak of hostilities between Japan and the
country of the owner, or where applicable, the
date after which the trade-mark right could no
longer be exercised because of conditions arising
out of World War II. An example of the latter
case would be a Dutch trade-mark registration
which terminated between September 1939 and
December 19il. and could not be renewed because
of the breakdown of communications resulting
from the German occupation of the Xetherland-.
Applications for trade-marks which had been
filed by Allied nationals and were pending at the
outbreak of hostilities will automatically be rein-
stated as pending applications without fee.
An Allied nationaJ who had filed the first appli-
cation for a trade-mark in any coimtry within 6
months previous to the date on which he could no
longer file an application in Japan, may have 1
year from the effective date of this policy in which
to file an application in Japan with a right of
priority based on his first filing.
Prevention of Infringement
by the Japanese
Before the war there was a serious problem in
connection with Japanese copying of foreign de-
signs and mismartang of goods. This included
infringement of trade-mark rights of foreigners in
Japan and in areas in which Japanese goods com-
peted. There were various methods of misleading
buyers into ptirchasing Japanese articles. The
appearance of original models would be repro-
duced in minute detaiL Goods would be sold
under labels which were confusing facsimiles or
outright counterfeits of well-known trade-marks.
Factories sometimes adopted the name of a for-
eign country and marked their goods accordingly.
~^3Iade in Sweden." etc. (Full advantage was
taken of the fact that 'TrSA" is the name of both a
city and a county in Japan. ) To attract Japanese
consumers, established foreign trade names were
sometimes used by Japanese companies on their
own labels, as if they were names of types or mate-
rials.
During the occupation, the Japanese Govern-
ment has on several occasions been directed bv oc-
I
30«
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEJ<
Contintied
cupation authorities to halt infringement of Allied
trade-marks bv Japanese manufacturers in specific
cases.
The new policy requires the Japanese Gorem-
ment to prevent future registration of marks
which are confusingly similar to well-known for-
eign marks, and permits United Nations nationals
to apply for cancellation of any such marks
already registered. Application for cancellation
of infringing marks will be made to the Japanese
Bureau of Patents, which must deal expeditiously
with them and. if the facts submitted are correct,
cancel the contested registration.
The policy further provides that steps should
be taken to assure that goods manufactured in
Japan are not marked in a way that suggests that
they are made in other countries, and that export
goods are not marked so as to misrepresent their
quantity, quality, or content. (Under present
occupation regulations, all export goods are
marked "Made in Occupied Japan".)
The policy concludes with a general provision
requiring the protection of all existing or restored
trade-mark rights in Japan which do not conflict
with policies established by the Fec, and a pro-
vision making the policy applicable not only to
actual trade-marks, but to 'Tirade names and to
commercial or corporate names or marks" as welL
Text of Policy Decision
1. Trade-mark rights in Japan which, at the date of
the ombreat of hostiliries between Japan and the cotin-
trv of the national concerned, belonged to nationals of
countries at war with Japan should be restored npon
request made within such reasonable iteriod and in such
manner as may be provided by the Supreme Commander.
BestoratioQ should be made without payment of any fees
and should give the owners protection from the date of
restoration for a period equivalent to the period of protec-
tion to which they were srill entitled at the date of the
outbreat of hostilities. When, as a result of conditions
growing out of World War II, trade-mark rights or the
national of a country at war with Japan could not be
exercised before the date of outbreak of hostilities between
Japan and the country of the national concerned, sach
rights shall be restored in accordance with the principles
of this paragraph for a period equivalet to the period of
protection to wMch those nationals were still entitled at
the date when their rights could not be exercised.
2. Applications for trade-marks which were filed in
Japan by nationals of countries at war with Japan prior to
the date of the outbreak of hostilities, but final action on
which had not been completed at the time of the outbreak
of hostilities, should, on request of such nationals, be rein-
stated as piending applications under the original filing
date. Xo fees should be required for reinstatement.
3. A national of a country at war with Japan who had
dtily filed in any country the first application for a trade-
mark not earlier than sis months before the effective date
of loss of the rizht to file trade-mark applications in Japan,
or the effective date of loss of OKXJrtunity to exercise that
right as the result of conditions growing out of World
War II, should be entitled, within twelve months after the
date as determined by the Supreme Commander, on which
such nationals are again permitted to aiiply for trade-
marks in Japan and to obtain legal sravices necessary for
this pnri)ose, to apply for corresponding rights in Japan
with a right of priority based upon the previous first
filing of the application.
4. The Japanese Government should adopt and enforce
appropriate regulations to prevent registration in the
future of marks which are confusingly similar to marks
or names of foreign nationals which are used by such for-
eign nationals anywhere and are well-known in Japan.
5. Xationals of countries members of the United Nations
should be permitted, within a reasonable period to be
established by SCAP, to apply to the Japanese Bureau of
Patents for the cancellation of the registration of any
trade-mark registered in Japan which s<3 resembles a
trade-mark or trade name previously used by the ai^U-
cant and which is well-known in Japan as to be likely to
catise confusion or mistake or to dec-eive purchasers. The
Japanese Btireau of Patents should deal expedinoTisly with
these applications and, if the facts presented by the appli-
cant are found to be correct, cancel r^istration of such
trade-marks.
6. Steps should be taken to assure that merchandise
manufactured in Japan should not be marked or adver-
tised so as to suggest that it is made elsewhere than in
Japan.
7. Steps should also be taken to assure that goods ex-
ported from Japan are not so marked or otherwise de-
scribed as to convey a mlse impression of their quantity,
quality or content.
S. Trade-mark rights in Japan which now exist, or which
are restored, or wMch are newly acquired during the
I)eriod of occupa:: l ~L :M be protected, except where
the continued :" - ' - o: such rights is in conflict with
policies est£' - accordance with the Terms of
Bei'erecce of tie Fiir Eastern Comnusion.
9. The fore;r;r? rr -visions shotild apply, wherever ap-
plicable, to tr rs and to commercial or corporate
August 29, 1949
309
Soviet Reaction Sliows Value of Voice of America
hy George V. Allen, Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs ^
Kadio broadcasting inside the United States is
a private industry. I hope it always will be. I
hope the Government never begins to encroach on
this field of private enterprise, for freedom of in-
formation is the most precious possession we have.
This is my answer to the frequent query on why
the Voice of America programs, part of my re-
sponsibility in the State Department's program of
International Information, are not beamed so they
can be conveniently heard in the United States.
Scripts of all of our programs, in English transla-
tion, are available on request, and we have a good
many requests for them.
Reds Try To Choke It
As to the companion inquiry of how effective this
activity is behind the so-called iron curtain, my
best answer at the moment is that the Soviet Gov-
ernment is now devoting approximately four times
the capital equipment in transmitters, monitoring
stations and so forth, and 10 times the manpower
to jam our progi'ams in their effort to block them
off from reception in the critical areas. They
would hardly go to this trouble if the programs
were not effective.
The Voice of America, quite understandably,
seems to have captured the greatest American in-
terest among the many activities of our interna-
tional information and educational j^rogram.
A newsjjaper reporter from my home State of
North Carolina said to me the other day, "I've
heard a lot about the Voice of America, but I've
never really understood it. Please explain who or
what is the Voice? Do you do the broadcasting
yourself? If so, the Voice of America sure has a
good North Carolina accent."
Some time ago, I made a speech in Detroit on
the subject of the Voice of America, and at the
end the chairman of the meeting said: "You've
told us why the Voice, but you haven't yet told us
what it is."
' Reprinted from The Washington Sunday Star of Aug.
7, 1949.
310
It might be worthwhile, therefore, for me to take
advantage of this guest column to try to explain
as clearly as I can just what the Voice of Amer-
ica is.
The Voice of America is the title given to each
of the 35 or more radio programs sent out each
day, in 20 languages, to various parts of the world
by short-wave transmitters.
In 1942, shortly after Pearl Harbor, the seven
corporations and private individuals who owned
shoi't-wave broadcasting transmitters in the
United States sent representatives to Washington
to place their facilities at the disposal of the Gov-
ernment for the war effort.
In 20 Languages
They owned 13 short-wave transmitters, the only
ones capable of broadcasting programs fi'om the
United States which could be heard overseas, but
equally important, each of these transmitters had
an established and internationally recognized
wave length in the restricted short-wave spectrum.
These valuable wave lengths were also offered
freely to the Government.
After a good deal of discussion among various
officials in Washington, the President finally de-
cided to establish two wartime agencies, the Office
of War Information, under Elmer Davis, and the
Office of Inter-American Affairs, under Nelson
Rockefeller, to take charge of all of the American
Government's efforts to win support among for-
eign peoples for the United States and our war
effort.
Mr. Eockefeller's office was responsible for this
work in Latin America and Mr. Davis' office every-
where else.
Wartime Activity
The two offices took over the short-wave facili-
ties, and, in addition, constructed 20 powerful
Government-owned transmitters. But the radio
operation, while perhaps the most widely known,
Department of State Bulletin
^
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
was by no means a major part of the total opera-
tions of these two offices. They established some
70 or 80 offices overseas, including posts in each
of the neutral and friendly capitals of the world.
All the principal means of mass communication
(press, radio, and motion pictures) were used in
an effort to tell foreigners about the United States
and explain to them our war effort. Libraries and
reading rooms were set up in the key cities abroad.
In addition an educational exchange program was
established, under which we encouraged and, to a
limited extent, gave financial assistance to enable
foreign students, journalists, technicians and other
key persons to visit the United States. A number
of American professors, lecturers and technicians
were sent abroad to tell foreigners about the
United States and to assist certain foreign coun-
tries with our technical know-how in the fields of
agriculture, health, education, metallurgy and
other subjects of direct importance to the war
effort. All added purpose was to build good will
and harmony among the Allies.
The only regular means by which our informa-
tion could reach the enemy peoples of Germany,
Italy and Japan was through short-wave broad-
casts. In the theaters of military operations, such
as North Africa, Italy and France, the radio broad-
casts, from temporary or mobile transmitters, were
directed not only toward enemy countries, but
also toward the local populations in areas where
American troops were stationed. In these theaters
the OWI activity was placed under direct control
of the military commanders and became an iin-
poilant arm of military operations.
Functions Transferred
A large majority of these broadcasts were in
foreign languages. As a means of clear identifi-
y cation, in an atmosphere filled with broadcasts, the
speakers began and ended each program with the
announcement, "This is the Voice of America."
I do not know who thought up the name, but it
was a natural, and it has stuck.
Wlien the war was over, the functions of both
OWI and OIAA were transferred to the State
Department, and Secretary Byrnes was given the
job of deciding what to continue and what to liqui-
date. William Benton, appointed iVssistant Sec-
retary of State, found himself serving as executor
and executioner. In 2 years he reduced the num-
ber of employees from 13,000 to 2,000. At one
point Congress suddenly cut off all further ap-
propriations, with hundreds of employees still
overseas.
AVhile the Voice of America never actually went
off the air, it was taken for granted by most Ameri-
cans that once the war had been won, all of our
wartime information activities overseas could
gradually be terminated. The Allies had coop-
August29, 1949
erated harmoniously enough to win the victory,
and it was hoped they would continue to do so
during the peace.
It soon became evident, however, that this hope
would not materialize. Eelations between the
countries of Eastern Europe and the West became
more and more frigid, until a cold war was upon
us in full blast.
Some Americans felt that the programs should
be continued anyway, as a worthwhile adjunct to
the conduct of our foreign relations in peacetime,
but a majority of Congress was not convinced
until it was clear that there was a great deal of
misunderstanding of American motives overseas,
not only in Eastern Europe, but elsewhere as well.
Early in 1948, Congress passed the Smith-Mundt
Act, providing a legal and continuing basis for the
overseas information and educational exchange
programs. The State Department was told to
carry on the work with renewed emphasis.
Today, two separate but closely related activi-
ties are carried on under the Smith-Mundt Act by
the State Department. In the overseas informa-
tion program we not only continue the Voice of
America radio broadcasts but we also use, wher-
ever possible, documentary motion picture films,
posters, pamphlets, photographs, and various
other means to give foreigners correct information
about the United States. In addition, we con-
tinue our important educational exchange activi-
ties. We encourage the increased exchange of stu-
dents, technicians, and other persons between the
United States and foreign countries, we give a
small but significant support to American schools
in Latin America, and we maintain most of the
American libraries established abroad during the
war.
All of this activity adds up to our program of
International Information and Educational Ex-
change. The Voice of America is merely the radio
broadcasts, which is about one-fourth of the total
program in terms of money.
The State Department asked Congress a few
months ago, for $36,000,000 for the entire Infor-
mation and Educational Exchange program for
the fiscal year which began on July 1, 1949. Con-
gress voted $34,000,000 for this purpose. Practi-
cally every newspaper article written on the sub-
ject" at the time carried a headline : "Voice Receives
$2,000,000 Cut." Actually, the whole program
was cut by this amount, and the Voice, i. e., the
radio broadcasts, merely took its proportionate
share along with the other activities.
I am often asked, "Why can't we in the United
States hear the Voice of America broadcasts?"
There are two principal reasons. First, the broad-
casts are beamed on short-wave directional an-
tennae toward particular areas overseas from
transmitters near New York, Boston, Cleveland,
and San Francisco. While it is difficult, it is not
impossible to pick up the program on a short-wave
receiver in the United States. However, 85 per-
311
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
cent of our programs are in foreign languages, by
announcers speaking Polish, Russian, Czech, Chi-
nese, Persian, etc., so if you happen to get the
program, the chances are that you would not rec-
ognize it. The Department is glad to furnish full
schedules and wave lengths on request.
As noted above, scripts of all our programs, in
English translation, are publicly available.
I may add that if private industry again decides
to reenter the short-wave field, I hope it will be
given every encouragement. At present the field
is not financially profitable, and only one such
broadcaster, in Boston, remains on the air. The
State Department continues to lease all the other
private-owned short-wave transmitters for the
time being.
Another frequent inquiry is : "Do you think you
will succeed?" For those who ask the question in
the sense of, "Will you solve the world crisis?" or
even, "Can the Voice alone bring about a lasting
peace?" the answer is, "Very probably not." The
Voice and our other overseas information and edu-
cational activities are merely a part, and by no
means the major part, of the total effort of the
United States to achieve a stable and lasting world
order. But they are an important part of this
effort, and they may be a decisive one.
Additional Appropriations for Improv-
ing VOA Facilities Eiecommended
Statement by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press August IT]
The Appropriations Committee of the House of
Eepresentatives in its report issued August 16 on
the Fourth Deficiency Appropriation Bill has
recommended an additioiial appropriation of
$11,320,000 for the construction and improvement
of "Voice of America" facilities for international
broadcasting.
The Department of State requested additional
funds for this purpose in view of the fact that
since April 25 the U.S.S.R. has been carrying
on an all-out effort to jam Voice of America broad-
casts—particularly, but not exclusively, those in
the Russian language directed to the Soviet
people.i More than 250 different jamming trans-
mitters have been identified in the U.S.S.R., and
many others not yet identified are believed to be
in operation. It is now obvious that setting up
this complex, costly jamming operation took
many months of careful planning and that it must
' BuiXETiN of May 15, 1949, p. 638 and of July 11, 1949,
p. 32.
312
be looked upon as a long-range plan of the
U.S.S.R. for isolating the Russian people even
more completely from access to truth and fact
about the outside world.
This jamming network can be used against
Voice of America broadcasts to other parts of the
world as well as the U.S.S.R. The Department
has therefore had to take all phases of its respon-
sibilities into account in the face of this unex-
pectedly great Soviet potential for jamming.
If the Congress approves the appropriation
recommended by the House Committee, the new
facilities and the improvement of existing facili-
ties provided for will go a long way toward com-
batting and overcoming the current jamming.
This jamming is a direct violation of interna-
tional telecommunications conventions to which,
the U.S.S.R. is a party, including the so-called
Madrid and Cairo conventions.
U.S. Sends Representative j
to Ecuador on Earthquake Situation 1
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press August 11]
Edward G. Miller, Jr., Assistant Secretary for
American Republic Affairs, will go to Ecuador
next week to express personally the sympathy of
this government, to survey the situation brought
about by the recent earthquake disaster ' and to
consult with President Galo Plaza.
The Board of Directors of the Export-Import
Bank has expressed its willingness to consider ex-
tending credits to cover a part of the dollar cost
of materials and equipment to be acquired in the
United States for the needs of Ecuador in the
reconstruction of essential facilities damaged by
the disaster. The exact extent and character of
the reconstruction requirements will need further
investigation. Representatives of the Export-
Import Bank shortly will jsroceed to Ecuador to
study this problem on the spot.
Reports are beginning to be received regarding
the magnitude of the calamity. In a statement
before the Ecuadoran Congress, President Galo
Plaza reported that of 228,000 people in the af-
fected area, 100,000 are homeless and 6,000 are
dead. He placed the total damage at some $55,-
000,000 and estimated that the reconstruction of m
the city of Ambato alone will cost about $7,000,- H
000. The President of Ecuador has appointed
commissions to appraise the damage and recom-
mend reconstruction plans. In addition to the de-
struction of edifices, the extensive system of irri-
gation ditches of the region has been about 75
' Bulletin of Aug. 22, p. 278.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Conlinucd
percent destroj^cd which will affect corn, barley,
and wheat cultivation. In Ambato the largest
textile null was about 60 percent destroyed while
a smaller mill escaped serious damage. A large
proportion of other industries in this city were
destroyed or seriously damaged, while the same is
reported to be true of important small handicraft
industries in three smaller cities.
Through the Caribbean command of the United
States Army, the American Red Cross has sent
to Ecuador ample medical supplies, emergency
sanitation equipment, and tentage for 3,000
homeless. United States Army medical personnel
and American Red Cross disaster experts have
been in the area since August 7. American per-
sonnel with the Institute of Inter-American Af-
fairs Health and Sanitation Mission in Ecuador
have actively participated in emergency relief
activities.
The Department continues to receive reports of
the interest of individual American citizens and
groups in assisting Ecuador by voluntary contri-
butions. I understand that a group of public-
spirited citizens in Washington is appealing for
monetary contributions to be sent to the Ecuador
Relief I'^und, care of the Pan American Union.
It is hoped that similar efforts in other parts of
the country will be coordinated with those of the
Ecuador Relief Fund.
However, Ecuador's needs include not only dis-
aster relief attended to by these efforts, but also
the rehabilitation and reconstruction of roads,
railways, factories, and irrigation systems which
have been so seriously damaged. Imported
equipment and materials will be required to re-
equip and rebuild these facilities.
EC A Displays Information
on European Recovery Program
[Released to the press hy EC A on August 10]
Persons interested in the progress of countries
participating in the European Recovery Program
may obtain up-to-date information in a chart room
opened recently at headquarters of the Economic
Cooperation Administration.
The chart display, located in Room 408, 800 Con-
necticut Ave., NW., gives latest figures on Euro-
pean industrial production and other important
economic data. Much of the material available in
the chart room is similar to information dissemi-
nated by ECA through regular publications.
The chart room will be open to the public every
weekday from 9 a. m. to 5 : 30 p. m.
A\jgusf 29, J 949
Burmese Foreign Minister Visits U.S.
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press Auc/ust 17]
His Excellency the Foreign Minister of the
Union of Burma, U. E. Maung, accompanied by
the Burmese Ambassador at Washington, called
on me Monday morning. I was greatly pleased to
have had this opportunity to meet the Foreign
Minister, who has been in Washington since last
Saturday on a brief official visit.^ During his visit
the Foreign Minister has been engaged in a full
and frank exchange of views with officers of our
government on matters which are of mutual in-
terest and concern to our two countries.
I am confident that the Foreign Minister's visit
to this country will serve to strengthen the bonds
of friendship and the cordial relations which exist
between the Union of Burma and the United
States.
U.S. and IVIexico Sign
Agricultural Workers Agreement
[Released to the press August 1]
An agreement was signed on August 1 by Leslie
A. Wheeler, American Charge d'Affaires in Mexico
City, and Manuel Tello, Acting Minister of
Foreign Affairs of Mexico, setting forth the condi-
tions under which Mexican agricultural workers
may be employed by American growers for tem-
porary periods when the United States Employ-
ment Service, in connection with its over-all re-
sponsibilities for farm labor placement in this
country, determines that there is an inadequate
supply of domestic agricultural workers. Nego-
tiations were conducted in Mexico City by repre-
sentatives of the American Embassy, the Depart-
ment of State, the United States Employment
Service, and the Immigration and Naturalization
Service. The agreement specifically provides that
Mexican nationals shall not be employed to dis-
place domestic agricultural workers nor to de-
press prevailing wage scales.
The new agreement will replace that of February
21, 1948,- which became inoperative after abro-
gation in October 1948, and differs from previous
agricultural workers' agreements between the
United States and Mexico in several important
details. It provides for contracting, for limited
periods of time, certain Mexican agricultural
workers who are already in the United States.
' BuixETiN of Aug. 22, 1949, p. 276.
' Bulletin of Mar. 7, 1948, p. 317. For an article by
Daniel Goott discussing the employment of foreign workers
in the U.S., see Bulletin of July 18, 1949, p. 43.
313
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Their immigration status will be regularized for
the duration of their contracts only. They will
be covered by the protective clauses established in
the agreement, including the payment of prevail-
ing wages, and at the end of the period of their
employment will be returned to specified points in
Mexico. Both governments consider that the
agi'eement represents the most practicable solution
of the problem of illegal entry into the United
States of Mexican workers, as well as establishing
a mutually satisfactory basis for their legal em-
ployment here.
If the need for agricultural workers, as deter-
mined by the United States Employment Service, is
not filled by domestic workers first, and secondly
by persons contracted in accordance with the pro-
cedure outlined above, workers may be contracted
in Mexico and brought to the United States for
temporary periods, at the end of which time they
will be returned to the point of contracting in
Mexico. The cities of Monterrey, Chihuahua, and
Hermosillo have been designated as contracting
centers in Mexico. Previous agricultural workers'
agreements with Mexico did not specify points
of contracting, but permitted Mexico to determine
those points freely. This was often a source of
friction and delay.
Under the new agreement, Mexican workers may
be contracted for agricultural work in any state
of the United States where the supply of domestic
workers is determined to be inadequate. The
agreement also provides a joint conciliation pro-
cedure for investigating cases of alleged noncom-
pliance with the terms of individual work con-
tracts, either on the part of woi-kers or employers.
The agreement will be administered in the
United States by the United States Employment
Service of the Federal Security Agency and the
Immigration and Naturalization Service of the
Department of Justice.
Ireland Lifts Passport
and Visa Restrictions
[Released to the press ly EGA on August 3]
Further increase in travel by American business-
men, tourists, and others to Europe was predicted
on August 3 by the Economic Cooperation Admin-
istration, following announcement that Ireland
has lifted passport visa restrictions.
Ireland is the eleventh Marshall Plan country
to facilitate international travel in this manner.
The others are France, Great Britain, Norway,
Sweden, Switzerland, Denmark, the Netherlands,
Belgium, Luxembourg, and Italy.
314
While the passport is still necessary, the visas —
signatures of inspectors — are no longer required
for American visitors in those countries, elimi-
nating much delay and inconvenience.
American tourist travel supplements the Euro-
pean Recovery Program by helping ERP countries
in their efforts to earn dollars and balance their
trade accounts, ECA pointed out. The Foreign
Assistance Act specifies that the ECA Adminis-
trator, in cooperation with the Secretary of Com-
merce, shall encourage the development of travel
by United States citizens to and within the par-
ticipating countries. The Travel Branch, Office
of International Trade, Department of Commerce,
is directing the travel stimulation program
for ECA.
Control of Persons Entering
or Leaving the United States
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas Proclamation No. 2523 of November
14, 1941, issued under and by virtue of the author-
ity vested in the President by the act of May 22,
1918, 40 Stat. 559, as amended by the act of June
21, 1941, 55 Stat. 252, prescribes regulations which
impose certain restrictions and prohibitions, in ad-
dition to those otherwise provided by law, upon the
departure of persons from and their entry into the
United States; and
Whereas I find that the interests of the United
States, within the meaning of the said act of June
21, 1941, and by reason of the continued existence
of the conditions set forth in section 1 thereof, re-
quire that the said proclamation be amended as
hereinafter set forth :
Now, Therefore, I, Harry S. Truman, Pres-
ident of the United States of America, acting
under and by virtue of the authority vested in the
President by the act of Congress above mentioned,
do proclaiin as follows :
1. The said Proclamation No. 2523 is hereby
amended so that paragraph numbered (3) thereof,
together with the succeeding unnumbered para-
graph, shall read as follows :
"(3) (a) After the effective date of the rules and
regulations hereinafter authorized, no alien shall
enter or attempt to enter the United States unless
he is in possession of a valid unexpired permit to
enter issued by the Secretary of State, or by an
appropriate officer designated by the Secretary of
State, or is exempted from obtaining a permit to
enter, in accordance with rules and regulations
which the Secretary of State, with the concurrence
of the Attorney General, is hereby authorized to
prescribe.
"(b) No permit to enter shall be issued to an
' Amendment of Proc. 2523, 14 Fed. Reg. 5173.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
alien if it appears to the satisfaction of the issuing
ofHcer, or the Secretary of State, that the alien's
entry would be prejudicial to the interests of
the United States -within the meaning of the rules
and regulations hereinbefore authorized to be pre-
scribed by the Secretary of State with the concur-
rence of the Attorney General.
"(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of the
foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b), no alien apply-
ing for admission, even with a valid permit to en-
ter, shall enter or be permitted to enter the United
States if it appears to the satisfaction of the Attor-
ney General that such entry would be prejudicial
to the interests of the United States."
2. All existing regulations promulgated under
or pursuant to the said Proclamation No. 2523 are
1 hereby ratified and confirmed and shall be con-
strued to have the same effect as if included in such
proclamation: Provided, hotoever, that nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to limit lawful
authority to amend or modify such regulations.
In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my
hand and caused the Seal of the United States of
America to be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this l7th day of
August in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred
r -, and forty-nine, and of the Independ-
LSEALJ ^j^^,g ^j ^|-^ United States of America the
one hundred and seventy-fourth.
Harry S. Truman
By the President :
Dean Acheson,
Secretary of State.
Immigration Quotas
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas the Secretary of State, the Secretary
of Commerce, and the Attorney General have re-
ported to the President that pursuant to the duty
imposed and the authority conferred upon them
by sections 11 and 12 of the Immigration Act of
192-i, approved May 26, 192J: (43 Stat. 159-161),
and Reorganization Plan No. V (54 Stat. 1238),
they jointly have made the revision provided for
in section 12 of the said act and have fixed, in
accordance therewith, immigration quotas as here-
i inafter set forth :
Now, Therefore, I, Harry S. Truman, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, acting un-
der and by virtue of the authority vested in me
by the aforesaid act of Congress, do hereby pro-
claim and make known that the annual quotas of
the nationalities indicated for the remainder of
'Proc. 2&46, 14 Fed. Reg. 4707.
Augusf 29, 1949
the fiscal year ending June 30, 1950, and for each
fiscal year thereafter have been determined in ac-
cordance with the law to be, and shall be, as
follows:
Country Quota
Greece 310
Italy STOD
Rumania 291
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 2798
Israel 100
Jordan (formerly Transjordan) 100
Syria 100
Lebanon 100
The combined immigration quota of 123 estab-
lished for Syria and the Lebanon by Proclamation
No. 2283 of April 28, 1938, is hereby abolished.
The immigration quotas proclaimed above are
designed solely for the purpose of compliance
with the pertinent provisions of the said Immigra-
tion Act of 1924 and are not to be regarded as
having any significance extraneous to such
purpose.
Proclamation No. 2283 of April 28, 1938, is
amended accordingly.
In Witness Whereof, I have liereunto set my
hand and caused the Seal of the United States of
America to be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 27th day
of July in the year of our Lord nineteen
[seal] hundred and forty-nine, and of the In-
dependence of the United States of
America the one hundred and seventy-fourth.
Harry S. Truman
By the President :
Dean Acheson,
Secretary of State.
U.S. Delegation to Meeting on Herring — Continued
from page 294
Herring fisheries are as old as the settlements of
northwestern Europe and have played an impor-
tant role in its history. In the period between the
twelfth and seventeenth centuries, wool and lier-
ring were the key industries in this area. The
economic history of England was considerably in-
fluenced by the herring industry, and Holland's
first merchant marine and navy was composed of
ships from the fleets that were in the habit of sail-
ing the North Sea in search of herring. For many
years herring fisheries were essential in the econ-
omy of all Scandinavian countries.
During the late 1930's, Japan, the United States,
and Canada togetlier accounted for more than 50
percent of the world's total landings of herring
and allied species, despite the traditional impor-
tance of European fisheries. With the termina-
tion of Japan's activity in the herring industry as
a result of World War II, the United States has
become the largest producer of herring and her-
ring-like fishes in the world and has a substantial
interest, therefore, in keeping abreast of all devel-
opments affecting production and marketing.
315
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Investment of Capital Abroad-
306
also believe that the underdeveloped areas are en-
titled on their part to expect that private invest-
ments will make a genuine contribution to their
national welfare. This is not a program of exploi-
tation for foreign profit. It is a progi'am for
mutual benefits. We consider that the private
investor has an obligation to give due regard to
the welfare of the persons dependent upon his
enterprises, to contribute his fair share of taxes
to the local community, to conserve as well as to
develop local resources, to observe local laws, and
so to conduct his enterprise that the local economy
will derive full benefit from the enterprise.
Treaties alone, however, cannot give an investor
the assurances which he may legitimately require
in order to risk his capital abroad. With the
best faith in the world a foreign government can-
not guarantee that it will have sufficient dollars
actually available to permit investors to remit their
2)rofits. It cannot guarantee that dollars will be
available to pay promptly for property should it
become necessary in the public interest for it to be
expropriated. It cannot guarantee against the
possibility of confiscation or destruction in the
event of internal disturbance or war. We believe,
therefore, that guaranties by the United States
Government against certain risks peculiar to in-
vestment in foreign countries will have an im-
portant effect on the decisions of potential inves-
tors to send their money abroad. The bill which
you are now considering authorizes the Export-Im-
port Bank to make such guaranties. It is impor-
tant to keep in mind that the legislation does not
permit guaranties covering ordinary business risks.
It does not assure anyone of a profit, it does not
insure anyone against loss. It is also important to
keep in mind that the purpose of the legislation is
not simply to provide an outlet for surplus capital,
but it is intended to stimulate investment which
will be productive and will contribute to economic
development abroad. In issuing guaranties the
Bank will give full consideration to the contribu-
tion that the investment can be expected to make
to economic development. Furthermore, we do
not intend to impose our own plans of economic
development on foreign countries, and we would
not, therefore, guarantee investments if those
countries themselves did not consider that the in-
vestment would make a contribution to their
economic development.
This legislation is a part of a program which
involves cooperative action on our part and on the
part of other countries for our mutual advantage.
I urge you to give it your approval.
President Withdraws Obsolete Treaties
From tlie Senate
-Continued from page rj,^ ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^y ^j^^ jJrdted States:
A number of the treaties now pending in the
Senate have become obsolete because of the signa-
ture of new treaties revising those instruments or
because of other changed conditions affecting their
provisions since they were submitted to the Senate.
One of the older pending instruments, a conven-
tion concerning seafarers' pensions, I transmitted
to the Senate with a statement that I did not re-
quest at that time advice and consent to ratifica-
tion. No basis has since been found for recom-
mending its approval.
With'a view to placing the Calendar of Treaties
on a current basis. I, therefore, desire to withdraw
from the Senate the following treaties :
Notes exchanged at Washington May 3, 1944,
between the Governments of the United States of
America and Canada, amending in its application
article V of the treaty signed on January 11, 1909
between the United States of America and His
Britannic Majesty, to permit an additional diver-
sion of the waters of the Niagara River above the
Falls (Executive E, 78th Congress, 2d Session).
Protocol signed in Ottawa on October 3, 1945.
to be annexed to, and to form a part of, the extra-
dition treaty between the United States of Amer-
ica and Canada, signed in Washington on April
29, 1942 (Executive I, 79th Congress, 1st Session).
Convention (no. 71) concerning seafarers' pen-
sions, adopted by the International Labor Confer-
ence at its twenty-eighth session, held at Seattle,
June 6-29, 1946 (Executive W, 80th Congress, 1st
Session).
Convention (no. 72) concerning vacation holi-
days with pay for seafarers, adopted by the Inter-
national Labor Conference at its twenty-eighth
session, held at Seattle, June 6-29, 1946 (Execu-
tive X, 80th Congress, 1st Session).
Convention (no. 75) concerning crew accommo-
dation on board ship, adopted by the Interna-
tional Labor Conference at its twenty-eighth ses-
sion, held at Seattle, June 6-29, 1946 (Executive
BB, 80th Congress, 1st Session) .
Convention (no. 76) concernmg wages, hours of
work on board ship and manning, adopted by the
International Labor Conference at its twenty-
eighth session, held at Seattle, June 6-29, 1946
(Executive DD, 80th Congress, 1st Session).
International wheat agreement, which was open
for signature in Washington from March 6 until
April 1, 1948 (Executive F, 80th Congress, 2d
Session).
Hakkt S. Trtjman
The White House,
A^igust 10, 19Jf9.
316
Deparfmen/ of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
■( Exchange of Visitors
With Latin America
Chilean Seismology Professor
Hernan Bertling Hederra, Civil Engineer, and
Professol- of Applied Seismology at the Univer-
sity of Chile, has arrived in Washington to begin
a 3-month visit in the United States for the pur-
pose of conferring with officials of the Bureau
of Standards and with specialists in his field in
various cities concerning modern methods in use
in this country in seismology engineering. His
visit was facilitated by a grant-in-aid awarded by
the Department of State in cooperation with the
Bureau of Standards.
Peruvian Agricultural Engineer
Carlos A. Barreda y Ramos, Agricultural En-
gineer, and Chairman of the National Committee
for the Protection of Wildlife in Peru, has arrived
in Washington for a 3-month stay in this country
under the travel-grant program of the Depart-
ment of State. He is interested in familiarizing
himself with various phases of the w6rk of the
Department of Agriculture and with such agencies
as the Fish and Wildlife, the Soil Conservation,
and the Forest Conservation Services, the Audu-
bon Society, and other similar institutions in this
country. He plans to attend the United Nations
Scientific Conference on the Conservation and
Utilization of Natural Resources at Lake Success
from August 17 to September 6, where he is to
read a paper on the natural resources of Peru.
Ecuadoran Pediatrician
Dr. Julio Enrique Toral Vega, Professor of
Pediatrics and Child Care at the School of Medi-
cine, University of Cuenca, Ecuador, has arrived
in Washington to begin a series of visits to chil-
dren's hospitals and schools of pediatrics in this
country. As director of the Anti-tuberculosis
League of Cuenca, he is also interested in observ-
ing the functioning of tuberculosis sanitariums
here. His visit was facilitated by a grant-in-aid
from the Department of State.
Professor of English Visits Brazil
The Reverend Harold F. Ryan, S. J., Associate
Professor of English at Loyola University, Los
Angeles, has been awarded a grant by the Depart-
ment of State to enable him to serve as visiting
professor in American literature at the Catholic
University of Rio de Janeiro, for a period of 3
months beginning in August.
Electrical Engineer Visits Mexico
Commodore Penn Leary Carroll. USN Ret., has
been awarded a grant by the Department of State
to enable him to accept an invitation to serve as
visiting professor of electrical engineering for the
coming year at the Technological Institute of
Monterrey, Mexico. Commodore Carroll, who was
formerly with the Naval War College, has left
Washington for Monterrey, where he will assume
his duties at the Institute early in September.
Graduate Students To Visit Other Americas
Twenty-six American graduate students have
received United States Government scholarships
for study in 10 of the other American Republics
for the coming academic year. These awards are
made by the Department of State under authority
of The International Information and Educa-
tional Exchange Act of 1948, the Act for Co-
operation with the other American Republics, and
the Convention for the Promotion of Inter- Amer-
ican Cultural Relations.
Those receiving awards are :
Harry Lee King, Jr., Virginia, to study literature in
Argentina
Mary Lucy Mendenhall, Washington, D.C., to study polit-
ical science in Argentina
Morris Bernstein, Micliigan, to study economics in Brazil
Edward Irving Colier, Massachusetts, to study entomology
in Brazil
Charles Ekker, Jr., Louisiana, to study sociology in Brazil
Herman B. Slutzkin, New York, to study literature in
Brazil
Marie Pope Wallis, New Mexico, to study literature in
Brazil
Jordan Marten Young, New York, to study political science
in Brazil
Thomas W. Palmer, Jr., New York, to study political
science in Brazil
Albert J. Brouse, North Carolina, to study literature in
Brazil
Emily Frances Brady, New York, to study literature in
Chile
Mary J. Cannizzo, New York, to study political science in
Chile
Thomas Prank Carrol, New York, to study agriculture in
Chile
John Parker Harrison, Jr., California, to study industry
in Colombia
Frank Bruce Lamb, Colorado, to study agricultural eco-
nomics in Costa Rica
Pedro Nicholas Trakas, North Carolina, to study litera-
ture in Cuba
Don G. Groves, New York, to study agricultural economy
in the Dominican Republic
Lucy Axelbank, Washington, D.C., to study political
science in Mexico
Daniel N. Cardena, New York, to study philology in
Mexico
James T. Halpin, Jr., New York, to study agriculture in
Mexico
Lyle Nelson McAlister, California, to study political
science in Mexico
Eldred Joseph Renk, Idaho, to study literature in Mexico
Betty Warren Starr, North Carolina, to study anthro-
pology in Mexico
James Larkin Wyatt, Texas, to study literature in Mexico
Thomas R. Ford, Louisiana, to study sociology in Peru
Philip Bates Taylor, Jr., California, to study political
science in Uruguay.
August 29, 1949
317
statements and Addresses of the Month
Ambassador W. Averell Harriman.
Ambassador W. Averell Harriman.
Francis H. Russell,
Public Affairs.
Director, Office of
On the subject of the Military Assist-
ance Program. Not printed. Text
issued as press release 591 of August
2.
On the subject of the Military Assist-
ance Program. Not printed. Text
issued as press release 619 of August
11.
On the subject of United States policy
toward China. Not printed. Text
issued as press release 620 of August
12.
Address made before the House Foreign
Affairs Committee of the House of
Representatives on August 2.
Address made before Foreign Relations
and Armed Services Committees of
the Senate on August 11.
Address made before the Institute of
International Affairs, University of
Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo., on August
12.
THE CONGRESS
Legislation
Conduct of Use Koch War Crimes Trial. Hearings be-
fore the Investigations Subcommittee of the Committee on
Expenditures in the Executive Departments, United States
Senate, Eightieth Congress, Second Session, pursuant to
S. Res. 189, a resolution authorizing the Committee on
Expenditures in the Executive Departments to carry out
certain duties. Part 5. September 28 ; December 8 and 9,
1948. iv, 281 pp.
Extension of European Recovery Program. Hearings
before the Committee on Foreign Affairs, House of Repre-
sentatives, Eighty-first Congress, First Session, on H. R.
2362 and H. R. 3748, a bill to amend the Economic Coope-
ration Act of 1948. Part 2. February 21, 22, 23, 24, March
11 and 14, 1949. ii, 400 pp.
Amending the Displaced Persons Act of 1948. Hearings
before Subcommittee No. 1 of the Committee on the Ju-
diciary, House of Representatives, Eighty-first Congress,
First Session, on H. R. 1344, a bill to amend the Displaced
Persons Act of 1948. March 2, 4, and 9, 1949. Serial
No. 5. V, 239 pp.
Extension of Reciprocal Trade Agreements Act. Hear-
ings before the Committee on Finance, United States Sen-
ate, Eighty-first Congress, First Session, on H. R. 1211, an
act to extend the authority of the President under Section
350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and for other
purposes. Part 2. February 24, 25, 26, 28, and March 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, and 8, 1949. vii, 615 pp.
The North Atlantic Treaty. Message from the President
of the United States transmitting a copy of the North
Atlantic Treaty signed at Washington on April 4, 1949.
S. Exec. L, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 13 pp.
Requesting Information from the Secretary of State Re-
garding Denial of Visas. H. Rept. 504, 81st Cong., 1st sess.
2 pp.
318
THE DEPARTMENT
Appointment of Officers
Richard R. Brown as Executive Director of Economic
Affairs in the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Eco-
nomic Affairs, effective July 28, 1949.
Harry H. Schwartz as Executive Secretary to the Policy
Planning Staff in the Office of the Secretary, effective
August 8, 1949.
Walter S. Surrey as Deputy Coordinator for Foreign
Military Assistance Programs in the oflSce of the Secretary,
effective April 1, 1949.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Embassy at Canton
Evacuates Staff to Hong Kong ^
In view of the present Communist threat to this
region, the American Embassy is evacuating its
staif to Hong Kong. Officers of the Embassy,
' Printed from telegraphic text.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
however, will commute daily to Canton to carry
out their normal duties so long as the situation
permits.
The American Consulate General, in accordance
with instructions from the Department of State,
will close on August 19 and begin evacuation of its
American staff. Consular officers, however, will
be available to assist American citizens to evacuate
and to perform for them essential consular services
as long as possible. Thereafter the American Con-
sulate General at Hong Kong will assume the func-
tions of this Consulate General.
Confirmations
On July 29, 1949, the Senate confii-med the nomination
of Paul A. Porter to be representative of the United
States on the Conciliation Commission for Palestine
which was established by resolution of the General As-
sembly of the United Nations December 11, 1948.
Resignation of Herman B. Baruch
as Ambassador to the Netherlands
The President accepted the resignation of Herman B.
Baruch as United States Ambassador to the Netherlands.
For the texts of the President's and Mr. Baruch's letters
see White House press release of August 19, 1949.
Consular Offices
The office at Vitoria, Brazil, was raised to the ranl£ of
Consulate, effective June 20, 1949.
The American Consulate at Meshed, Iran, was opened to
the public on July 1, 1949.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale hy the Superintendent of Documents, Oovernment
Printing Oflice, Washington 25, D. C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the
case of free p'Ublications, which may he obtained from the
Department of State.
Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation. Treaty and
Other International Acts Series 1S71. Pub. 3425. 107 pp.
25^.
Treaty and Protocol between the United States and
China — Signed at Nanking November 4, 1946 ; entered
into force November 30, 1948 ; And Exchange of
Notes — Signed at Nanking November 29, 1948.
Mexican Agricultural Workers: Legal Employment of
Certain Workers Who Entered the United States Ille-
gally. Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1857.
Pub. 3432. 10 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Mexico
Replacing Agreements of June 2, 1944, and Jan. 9,
1945 — Effected by exchange of notes signed at Mexico
City March 10, 1947; entered into force March 10,
1947.
Agricultural Experiment Station in Ecuador. Treaties
and Other International Acts Series 1875. Pub. 3434.
18 pp. 200.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador
Superseding Memorandum of Understanding of Au-
gust 12, 1942 — Effected by exchange of notes signed
at Quito January 26 and April 16, 1948 ; entered into
force April 16, 1948.
Participation of the United States Government in Inter-
national Conferences, July 1, 1947-June 30, 1948. Inter-
national Organization and Conference Series 1, 7. Pub.
8443. 375 pp. 65^.
Contains brief accounts of international conferences
and meetings in which the United States Government
participated officially during the period July 1, 1947-
June 30, 1948, including the composition of the United
States delegations.
Selected Publications and Materials Relating to Ameri-
can Foreign Policy. April 1949. Pub. 3495. 22 pp.
Free.
Cumulative list of the Department of State publica-
tions that cover United States participation in the
United Nations and document such significant policies
as those concerned with the maintenance of peace, the
occupation of Germany and Japan, and economic
reconstruction.
Compulsory Jurisdiction of the International Court of
Justice. International Organization and Conference
Series III, 31. Pub. 3540. 21 pp. 15^.
Reprint from Documents and State Paipers, June 1948
with revisions June 1949.
U.S. National UNESCO News, July 1949. Pub. 3554. 12
pp. 100 a copy ; $1 a year domestic, $1.35 foreign.
The monthly publication of the United States National
Commission for Unesco.
The Military Assistance Program. General Foreign Pol-
icy Series 13. Pub. 3503. 41 pp. 150.
Contains explanation of projjosed program ; United
States policy objectives ; cost, impact, administration,
and duration of the program.
Protection of Foreign Interests in the United States, July
1, 1949. General Foreign Policy Series 14. Pub. 3571.
14 pp. Free.
Lists countries whose interests are protected by the
United States and the diplomatic or consular estab-
lishment of United States charged with protection of
foreign interests.
Diplomatic List, July 1949. Pub. 3572. 159 pp. 304 a
copy ; $3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic representatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
August 29, 1949
319
United Nations and Specialized Agencies Page
Harmony To Save Succeeding Generations
From the Scourge of War. By Ambassa-
dor Warren R. Austin 283
Resolutions on the Palestine Question . . . 286
Provisional Agenda of the Fourth Regular
Session of the General Assembly. . . . 287
Two Committees Established by U.N. ... 289
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . 289
The United States in the United Nations . . 290
National Security
Testimony Before the House Foreign Afifairs
Committee on Military Assistance:
Status of Western Union Development . . 295
Aid to Italy, France, and Norway .... 296
Statement by Ambassador James Clem-
ent Dunn 296
Statement by Ambassador James Bruce . 298
Statement by Ambassador Charles Ulrich
Bay 299
Occupation Matters
Germany's Role in World Markets 302
The German Elections:
A Victory for Moderation and Common
Sense. Statement by Secretary Ache-
son 303
Analysis of the Elections 303
Japanese Participation in International Rela-
tions Encouraged 307
Restoration and Protection of Allied-Owned
Trade-Marks in Japan 308
Economic Affairs
EGA Promotes OflF-Season Travel to Europe . 304
U.S.-U.K.-Canadian Economic Discussions
To Be Resumed 307
U.S. Sends Representative to Ecuador on
Earthquake Situation. Statement by
Secretary Acheson 312
EGA Displays Information on European Re-
covery Program 313
Ireland Lifts Passport and Visa Restrictions . 314
Treaty information
U.S. and Mexico Sign Agricultural Workers
Agreement 313
President Withdraws Obsolete Treaties From
the Senate 316
General Policy Page
Burmese Foreign Minister Visits U.S. State-
ment by Secretary Acheson 313
Control of Persons Entering or Leaving the
United States. A Proclamation . . . . 314
Immigration Quotas. A Proclamation . . . 315
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
Soviet Reaction Shows Value of Voice of Amer-
ica. By Assistant Secretary Allen . . . 310
Additional Appropriations for Improving
VOA Facilities Recommended. State-
ment by Secretary Acheson 312
Exchange of Visitors With Latin America . . 317
Technical Assistance
Technical Projects for Bizone of Germany . . 304
Investment of American Private Capital
Abroad. Statement by Under Secre-
tary Webb 305
International Organizations and Con-
ferences
Liiternational Conference on Science Ab-
stracting. By Verner W. Clapp . . . 292
U.S. Delegation:
International Meeting on Herring and
Allied Species 294
The Congress
Additional Appropriations for Improving
VOA Facilities Recommended. State-
ment by Secretary Acheson 312
Legislation 318
The Department
Appointment of Officers 318
The Foreign Service
Embassy at Canton Evacuates Staff to Hong
Kong 318
Resignation of Herman B. Baruch as Am-
bassador to the Netherlands 319
Confirmations 319
Consular Offices 319
Publications
Recent Releases 319
Verner W. Clapp. author of the article on science abstracting,
is Chief Assistant Librarian, Library of Congress. Mr. Clapp
served as chairman of the United States delegation to the
UNESCO international conference on science abstracting.
U. S. GOVERHHENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1949
tJri& ^€ha/)^tm€/n(/ ^ Criai&
VOLUNTARY ASSOCIATION AMONG FREE NATIONS
FOR SECURITY AND LIBERTY • Address by the
President 343
THE FOREIGN POLICY OF A FREE DEMOCRACY •
Address by Ambassador Philip C. Jessup .,..,.■.- o4'5
THE INTERNATIONAL SITUATION • Address by George
F. Kennan . oJiO
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 531
September 5, 1949
^IXT O,
U. S, SUPERimt
%/Ae
~!l)efia/yim.e^ x)^ ^aCe iJ LI. 1 ± \y LIU
Vol. XXI, No. 531 • Publication 3623
September 5, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of DocDinentB
U.S. Ooverament Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $6, foreign SS.CO
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18, 1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
THE INTERNATIONAL SITUATION
hy George F. Kennan, Counselor '
The international situation at the present time
is primarily one of transition. It is a transition
from the immediate posthostilities era, with its
short-term problems and demands, to a new state
of affairs whicli may endui'e for a long time and
many aspects of which we may have to learn to
regard as normal. Nations and peoples have be-
gun to shake clown in the postwar international
context, and the long-term problems and chal-
lenges of a new period are beginning now to coine
to the surface.
Let us look first at Europe. For the past 4
years, life in Europe has been overshadowed by
the aftereffects of the war, the second great war
that has swept that continent during the present
century. Secretary Johnson has described to you
the condition in which that war left our friends
in Europe. We have been trying, in that part of
Europe where we could make our influence felt,
to help people to repair the tremendous damages
of that war, to help them to recover their peace of
mind, their clarity of outlook, and their confi-
dence in themselves and their future. Others
have tried to do something quite different. They
have tried to delay economic recovery. They have
tried to prevent the restoration of normal condi-
tions generally. They have tried to prolong suf-
fering and bewilderment and unrest and insecurity
and to exploit these conditions in order to fasten
a foreign, totalitarian political system on the peo-
ples of Western Europe.
In this first battle, the forces of order and re-
covery have thus far succeeded; the others have
failed. The natural courage and common sense
of the peoples of Western Europe, backed by our
aid, have prevailed. The physical effects of war-
time destruction are being rapidly overcome.
There have I'ecently been important gains in pro-
duction and internal financial stability. Com-
munist parties have generally lost strength. And
' Address made over the Columbia Broadcasting System
on Au^. 22, 1949, and released to the press by the Depart-
ment of Defense on the same date.
beyond the high-water marlv of the Eussian mili-
tary advance in the recent war no European
country has "gone communist."
These are important successes. They ought to
give us courage and confidence to carry on with
the woik we have started. But the framework
in which we must act is rapidly widening. As
people successfully solve the immediate problems
arising out of the recent war, other problems are
coming to the surface which are just as dangerous
and just as important to us. These are the long-
term problems of economic adjustment in the
Western European countries. They were already
recognized as problems long before the war.
They were largely obscured from view during the
war period, and people tended to forget about
them. But they are now coming out in the wash,
and they are more acute than ever before.
Wliat are these problems ? Basically, they boil
down to the question of how Great Britain and
the crowded, industrialized countries of Western
Europe are going to earn the money, even with
their restored production, to buy the food and
raw materials which they require from overseas
areas, and particularly from North America. For
it is one thing to produce; it is another thing to
sell. And so far it has not proved possible for
them, particularly Britain, to sell enough to the
dollar area to pay for their requirements from that
area. Although the Marshall Plan has done much
to strengthen the economies of the European
countries and to increase their productive capacity,
they have not yet been able to gain the new markets
which they require. Without these markets they
cannot secure the wherewithal for all of their es-
sential imports. Several factors have recently
combined to make this problem one of real
urgenc_y, and the coming discussions here in Wash-
ington will be devoted to the exploration of pos-
sible solutions.
Turning from Europe to the Middle East, we see
that the present time also marks a turning point.
Wliy? Because there has recently emerged in
that area a new, vigorous state — the State of
September 5, 1949
323
Israel. This innovation cannot fail to affect pro-
foundly the life of that entire area. It has solved
some problems, but it has created others. It is too
early to tell what the final effect will be. Much
will depend upon the moderation and good will
with which the peoples of that area, both Arabs
and Israelis, succeed in adjusting themselves to
the new situation and upon the firmness and under-
standing which we Americans exercise in attempt-
ing to narrow the area of difference between Israel
and the Arab States.
The friendship and collaboration of the other
American Republics is a constant source of satis-
faction and encouragement to us. The Rio Treaty
of Reciprocal Assistance, which is now in effect,
has been approved by nearly all of them. This
defensive regional agreement, in conformity with
the United Nations Charter, is a strong bulwark
in the nation's defense.
In the Far East, again, the year 1949 is marking
the end of one epoch and the beginning of another.
In China, the authority of the legitimate govern-
ment has continued to disintegrate. In its place,
we have a chaotic situation in which the most
powerful and important role in large areas of
China is now being played by the Chinese Com-
munists. This is a catastrophe not only for the
people of China but also for the prospects for
stability and peace throughout the Far East.
These Chinese Communists, whether sincere or not
sincere, are deeply committed to certain false and
unrealistic doctrines which have nothing what-
soever to do with the interests of the Chinese
people. These doctrines are now being utilized
as a means of deceiving the Chinese people and of
inducing them to accept a disguised form of for-
eign rule.
We do not underestimate the seriousness of this
situation. It calls for the hardest work and
thought, and possibly new approaches and tech-
niques, on our part. But people should be care-
ful not to misinterpret its significance. Despite
all these changes, the United States remains the
greatest commercial and military power in the
Pacific area. The real elements of our strength
in that part of the world have not been invalidated
by what has occurred in the past year or two
in China. People may mislead themselves or their
followers for a certain length of time about this.
But sooner or later, the cold realities are bound to
make themselves felt. The final results of this
Communist experiment in China will not be known
until the Communist leaders have been forced to
face the practical problems of everyday responsi-
bility over a considerable length of time. It re-
mains to be seen whether they can then reconcile
a solution of China's problems with the mainte-
nance of an attitude of offense and defiance toward
the nation which is the traditional friend of China
and which has brought more in the way of help to
the Chinese people than all the rest of the world
put together.
These events in China have helped to make im-
probable for a long time to come the achievement
of political and economic stability in that country.
Years will now probably have to pass before we
can hope to see restored to China settled and peace-
ful conditions, in which people could proceed with-
out fear or hindrance to the normal forms of
international interchange and collaboration.
Meanwhile, in China and throughout the Far East
we will have to guard our own proper interests,
and the interests of international peace, as best
we can, facing frankly the fact that there are forces
at large which are dangerously antagonistic to
both.
It is clear that in this coming phase of interna-
tional life there can be no relaxation of the vig-
ilance and energy with which the foreign affairs
of this government must be conducted.
A political attack of unprecedented cynicism
and intensity is today being directed against this
country and against the free world generally.
Strangely enough, it is not because we are marked
out as the first victims that the edge of this attack
is turned against us. There are others who are
actually more immediately and directly threatened
than we are. This edge is being turned against
us because the attackers know that our strength,
moral and material, is the heart of the strength
of the free world, and that our own self-confidence
and the confidence of others in us, must be broken
before it will be safe to attack the free world
anywhere.
So long as things remain this way, there can
be no normal peace, and world stability will have
to continue to rest on a number of factors which
would otherwise not have to bear so large a part
of this burden. Prominent among these factors
is the maintenance by this country of a powerful
and impressive armed forces establisliment, com-
mensurate with the great responsibilities we are
being forced to assume in the life of the world
community.
324
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Expanded Program of Technical Assistance
for Economic Development
U.N. doc. E/1B46, [222 (IX)]
Adopted Aug. 14 and 15, 1949
A. Resolution of 15 August 1949
The Economic and Social Council
HA\^NG CONSIDERED the report prepared by the Secretary-
General, in consultation with the specialized agencies, on
an expanded programme of technical assistance for eco-
nomic development, pursuant to resolution 180 (VIII),'
Being impressed with the significant contribution to
economic development that can be made by an expansion
of the international interchange of technical knowledge
through international co-operation among countries,
Believing that a sound international programme of this
character must combine and make use of the experience
of many nations, with different social patterns and cul-
tural traditions and at different stages of development, so
as to facilitate progress in the less advanced countries
and to help solve their technical and economic problems.
1. Transmits to the General Assembly the above-men-
tioned report together with the observations and guiding
principles set out in Annex I of this resolution ;
2. Recommends that the General Assembly approve the
draft resolution in Annex II, which provides for an ex-
panded programme of technical assistance for economic
development of under-developed countries;
3. Requests the Secretary-General, subject to such deci-
sion as may be taken by the General Assembly on the draft
resolution in Annex II, to invite the Administrative Com-
mittee on Co-ordination to set up a Technical Assistance
Board (Tab) which shall consist of the executive heads,
or their representatives, of the United Nations and of the
specialized agencies which participate in accordance with
this paragraph in the expanded programme of technical
assistance. The Secretary-General, or his representative,
shall be Chairman of the Board. Within the Tab :
(o) Each participating organization shall inform the
other organizations of requests to it for technical assistance
for economic development ;
^ See U.N. doc. E/1327/Add. 1 [Technical Assistance for
Economic Development, viii, 328 pp., for sale by the Inter-
national Documents Service, Columbia University Press,
2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. for $2.50.]
(&) Important requests for such assistance shall be
promptly discussed ;
(c) The participating organizations shall discuss their
co-ordination efforts under this programme, shall consult
before comprehensive missions and programmes of assist-
ance involving several organizations are arranged, and
each shall be prepared to co-operate fully with the others
in activities involving their common interests ;
(d) The participating organizations shall exchange in-
formation which becomes available to them on current
developments in the field of technical assistance, including
the progress of technical assistance rendered or projected
by them, by Governments and by private organizations ;
(e) The Tab shall inform the Technical Assistance Com-
mittee of the Council (Tag) mentioned below of any re-
quests for technical assistance for economic development
as soon as they have reached the Tab, so that the Tac
shall always be in possession of a list of projects being
discussed or reviewed by the Tab or participating organi-
zations ;
(f) Periodic reports shall be made by the Tab to the
Tac ; these reports shall include an examination of activi-
ties undertaken and results achieved, and a statement on
funds received and committed under this expanded pro-
gramme ;
(ij) Each participating organization shall present an-
nually to the Tab its proposed programme for the next
fiscal year in the light of its experience with the expanded
programme. The programmes of the several participat-
ing organizations shall be examined in relation to each
other, and the Tab shall make recommendations concern-
ing them and the total programme to the Council through
the Tac ;
(h) All decisions other than on procedural matters
shall be taken by general agreement and, when agree-
ment cannot be reached, the issue in dispute shall be re-
ferred for decision to the Tac ;
4. Authorizes the Secretary-General, after consultation
with the other participating organizations, to designate
the Executive Secretary of the Tab who shall :
(a) Convene and service the Tab and prepare the
needed documents ;
Sep/emfaer 5, 1949
325
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
(6) Collect and circulate to members of the Tab:
(t) Information regarding enquiries for technical
assistance received by the participating organizations;
(ii) Programmes of the participating organizations
for technical assistance in the fields for which they are
responsible ;
(in) Information on technical assistance rendered
and projected by the participating organizations and any
other information which becomes available to them con-
cerning such assistance rendered by Governments or by
other public or private bodies ;
(o) Prepare or arrange for such studies in regard to
requests and plans for technical assistance as may be
needed by the Tab, and furnish, when required by the
Tab, information and analyses relating to the needs and
conditions of the various countries requesting assistance ;
id) Prepare for the Tab, with the assistance of the
organizations concerned and on the basis of information
supplied by the Governments concerned, such reports on
the operations carried out under the expanded co-operative
programme of technical assistance as may be necessary ;
(e) Perform such other functions as the efficient opera-
tion of the Tab may require ;
5. Requests the Secretary-General to make appropriate
arrangements whereby the executive heads of the partic-
ipating organizations may assign members of their staff
to the staff of the Tab as necessary ;
6. Decides to establish, subject to such decisions as may
be taken by the General Assembly on the draft resolution
in Annex II and after the conclusion of the Technical
Assistance Conference proposed in paragraph 12, a stand-
ing Technical Assistance Committee of the Council (Tag),
consisting of the members of the Council, which is au-
thorized to sit while the Council is not in session and
which shall have the following terms of reference :
(a) To make for the Council critical examinations of
activities undertaken and results achieved under the
expanded programme of technical assistance ;
(6) To examine each year's programme presented to
it by the Tab and report to the Council concerning it,
making such recommendations as it may deem necessary ;
(c) To interpret this resolution in cases of conflicts or
questions submitted to it by the Tab, through its chair-
man, and decide any such conflicts or questions;
(d) To receive reports from the Tab on progress and
implementation of, and disbursements of funds under the
expanded programme ;
(e) To review the working relationships between the
participating organizations and the effectiveness of the
methods of co-ordination in connection with their tech-
nical assistance programmes, making recommendations
when appropriate ;
if) To perform such other relevant functions as the
Council may assign to it from time to time ;
7. Requests that the Tab and the Tac, in carrying
out their terms of reference, be guided by the "Observa-
tions on and Guiding Principles of an Expanded Pro-
gramme of Technical Assistance for Economic Develop-
ment" (Annex I) and take into account the records of
the debate on the expanded programme which occurred
during the ninth session of the Council ;^
8. Recommends to the General Assembly that it author-
ize the Secretary-General to set up a special account for
technical assistance for economic development to which
contributions of countries shall be credited and from which
transfers shall be made to the participating organizations
exclusively for the expanded technical assistance pro-
gramme to be carried out in the light of the observations
and guiding principles contained in Annex I and for ad-
ministrative expenses connected therewith. The special
account may include an evaluation of services or materials
on the basis of credits in domestic currencies which
Governments are prepared to make available ;
9. Recommends to the Governments attending the Tech-
nical Assistance Conference, provided for in paragraph 12
below, that they approve the following financial arrange-
ments :
(o) Contributions shall be made by Governments in
such forms and subject to such conditions as may be
agreed between the Secretary-General, after consultation
with the Tab, and the contributing Governments, pro-
vided that contributions shall be made without limitation
as to use by a specific agency or in a specific country or for
a specific project ;
(6) The Secretary-General shall allot contributions
received during the first fiscal year as follows :
(i) The first $10,000,000 in contributions shall be
automatically available for distribution to the partici-
pating organizations for the expanded technical assistance
programme ;
(ii) Of the second $10,000,000 of contributions re-
ceived, 70 per cent shall be automatically available for
distribution to the participating organizations and 30 per
cent shall be retained for subsequent allocations, bearing
in mind the desirability of retaining an appropriate
proportion of convertible currencies ;
Uii) All contributions above $20,000,000 shall be simi-
larly retained ;
(c) Contributions automatically available for distri-
bution to the participating organizations, in accordance
with paragraph b (i) and {ii) above, shall be transferred
by the Secretary-General to the organizations in accord-
ance with the following percentages:
Percent
United Nations 23
International Labour Organisation 11
Food and Agriculture Organization 29
United Nations Educational Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization 14
International Civil Aviation Organization ... 1
World Health Organization 22
Total 100
2 See U.N. docs. E/SR.303 and 307-312, E/AC.6/SR.55-
80 and E/SR.340-343.
326
Deparfmsnf of Sfate Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
(d) Contributions retained under paragraph b (ii) and
(tit) above shall be allotted by the Tab in such a manner
as it may decide and at such time as it may decide, taking
into consideration all relevant factors, in particular the
amounts and kinds of resources on hand and receivable, the
technical assistance requests received which fall within
the field of the several participating organizations, the
uncommitted balances held by them, and the need for the
retention of any reserves to meet unforeseen requests
from Governments ;
(e) The Tab shall determine the manner in which dif-
ferent currencies and services or materials can be most
effectively utilized ;
(/) The amounts received by the participating organiza-
tions shall be available to them for the purpose of assum-
ing obligations or commitments during the fiscal year in
which these amounts are received, but actual expenditures
shall be allowed to extend over a period of not more than
the two ensuing fiscal years ;
(g) The Secretary-General and the executive heads
of the other participating organizations shall, after con-
sultation, make appropriate arrangements for the audit
of contributions and expenditures under this programme ;
10. Recommends that the specialized agencies concerned
take such steps as may be necessary to enable them
(a) To participate fully under this programme, to ad-
here to the principles set out in Annex A and to receive
monies and other resources from the special account
established by paragraph 8;
( 6 ) To use these monies and resources for the purposes
set out in paragraph 8, to exercise the required controls
over the technical assistance activities and the monies
and resources received, and to account for their expendi-
ture ; and
(c) To report to the Tac through the Tab on their tech-
nical assistance activities, including those financed from
the special account;
11. Decides that the financial and allocation arrange-
ments shall be reviewed by the Council not later than
its twelfth session in the light of experience during the
first year, taking into account the recommendations of
the Tab to the Tag;
12. Decides, subject to such decision as may be taken by
the General Assembly on the draft resolution in Annex II,
to call, in accordance with the supplementary rule of
procedure of the General Assembly on the calling of inter-
national conferences by the Economic and Social Council
a Technical Assistance Conference for the purpose of
(a) Ascertaining the total amount of contributions
available from participating Governments for the execu-
tion of the Technical assistance programme of the United
Nations and the specialized agencies during the first year
of its operation, and
(6) Giving final consent to the proportionate shares
of the total amount of contributions to be allotted to the
various participating organizations and to the other finan-
cial arrangements as set out in paragraph 9 ;
September 5, 7949
13. Requests the Secretary-General:
(a) To convene the Technical Assistance Conference at
the headquarters of the United Nations at such time as
the Secretary-General finds appropriate but, if possible,
during or immediately following the fourth session of the
General Assembly ;
(6) To invite the said conference, with the right to
vote, all Members of the United Nations and all other
Governments members of any specialized agency par-
ticipating in the programme ; and
(c) Likewise to invite, without the right to vote, repre-
sentatives of the specialized agencies.
ANNEX I
Observations on and Guiding Principles of
an Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance
for Economic Development
The Council recommends the following principles to
serve as guides to the United Nations and specialized
agencies participating in the expanded programme' of
technical assistance, hereinafter called the "participating
organizations" :
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
The participating organizations should, in extending
technical assistance for economic development of under-
developed countries :
1. Regard it as a primary objective to help those coun-
tries to strengthen their national economies through the
development of their industries and agriculture with a
view to promoting their economic and political independ-
ence in the spirit of the Charter of the United Nations
and to ensure the attainment of higher levels of economic
and social welfare for their entire populations ;
2. Observe the following general principles laid down
in General Assembly Resolution 200 (III) :'
(o) Technical assistance for economic development of
under-developed countries shall be rendered by the partic-
ipating organizations only in agreement with the Govern-
ments concerned and on the basis of requests received
from them ;
(6) The kinds of services to be rendered to each country
shall be decided by the Government concerned ;
(c) The countries desiring assistance should perform,
in advance, as much of the work as possible in order to
define the nature and scope of the problem involved ;
' Although the word "programme" is employed in this
connexion, it is not contemplated that all projects de-
scribed in the "programme" would or should be executed ;
rather what is contemplated is that the United Nations
and the specialized agencies should hold themselves ready
to render to the under-developed countries, at their re-
quest, the types of technical services which are described
in the "programme" and which are designed to assist them
in their economic development.
' [Printed in Official Records of the Third Session of the
Oeneral Assembly, Part I, 21 September-12 December 1948,
Resolutions, p. 38.]
327
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
;iES
Continued
(d) The technical assistance furnished shall:
(i) not he a means of foreign economic and political
interference in the internal affairs of the country con-
cerned and not be accompanied by any considerations of a
political nature;
(it) be given only to or through Governments;
(iii) be designed to meet the needs of the country
concerned; and
(iv) be provided as far as possible in the form which
that country desires ;
3. Avoid distinctions arising from the political struc-
ture of the country requesting assistance, or from the
race or religion of its population.
STANDARDS OF WORK AND PERSONNEL
1. Highest professional competence should be main-
tained in all services undertaken by the participating or-
ganizations in rendering technical assistance to request-
ing countries ;
2. Experts should be chosen not only for their technical
competence but also for their sympathetic understanding
of the cultural backgrounds and specific needs of the
countries to be assisted and for their capacity to adapt
methods of work to local conditions, social and material ;
3. Adequate preparation of experts should be provided
before assignments are undertaken ; such preparation
should be designed to give understanding of the broad
objectives of the common effort and to encourage open-
mindedness and adaptability ;
4. Experts and groups of experts visiting a country
should not engage in political, commercial, or any activ-
ities other than those for which they are sent. The scope
of their duties should be strictly defined in each case by
agreement between the country requesting assistance and
the organizations providing assistance.
5. Even when allocations are committed, projects should
not be commenced unless properly qualified experts and
assistants are secured and trained ;
6. All Governments should be invited to co-operate in
the securing and selecting of qualified staff and to fa-
cilitate, when necessary, arrangements for their tem-
porary release and for their continued employment on
return ;
7. Universities, technical schools, foundations, research
institutions and other non-governmental sources from
which experts may be drawn should be encouraged to re-
lease experts for field assignments under the programme,
to arrange for their continued employment on return and
to undertake special research projects on problems re-
lated to economic development.
PARTICIPATION OF REQUESTING GOVERNMENTS
The requesting Governments should be expected to
agree :
1. To facilitate the activities requested from the par-
ticipating organizations by assisting them to obtain the
necessary information about the problems on which they
have been asked to help, such information to be limited
strictly to questions directly related to the concrete re-
quests for technical assistance; and, whenever appro-
priate, facilitate their contacts with individuals and
groups, in addition to Government agencies, concerned
with the same or related problems ;
2. To give full and prompt censideration to the tech-
nical advice they receive as a result of their co-operation
with the participating organizations in response to the
requests they have initiated ;
3. To undertake to maintain or set up as soon as prac-
ticable such governmental co-ordination machinery as may
be needed to ensure that their own technical, natural and
financial resources are mobilized, canalized and utilized
in the interest of economic development designed to im-
prove the standard of living of their peoples and through
which the effective use of any major international tech-
nical assistance resources could be assured ;
4. Normally to assume responsibility for a substantial
part of the costs of technical services with which they
are provided, at least that part which can be paid in their
own currencies ;
5. To undertake the sustained efforts required for eco-
nomic development, including continuing support and
progressive assumption of financial responsibility for the
administration of projects initiated at their request under
international auspices ;
6. To publish information or provide for study and
analysis material suitable for publication regarding the
results of the technical assistance rendered and the ex-
I)erience derived therefrom, so that it may be of value
to other countries and to the international organizations
rendering technical assistance;
7. To inform the participating organizations, whenever
technical assistance is requested, of all assistance which
they are already receiving or requesting from other sources
in the same field of development ;
8. To give publicity to the programme within their
countries.
CO-ORDINATION OF EFFORT
1. The projects falling within the competence of par-
ticipating organizations should be carried out by them
and the co-ordination of their work should be effected
with due regard to their constitutions and the relations
established between them ;
2. The work undertaken by the participating organiza-
tions under the expanded technical assistance programme
should be such as to be suitable for integration with their
normal work ;
3. Arrangements should be made for requests for as-
sistance within the sphere of two or more organizations
to be handled jointly by the organizations concerned ; and
there should be co-ordination among the participating or-
ganizations at the planning level before commitments by
them are entered into with Governments;
4. Technical assistance activities which are not at
the present time the special responsibility of any spe-
cialized agency, such as certain aspects of industrial de-
328
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
i velopment, manufacturing, mining, power and land and
■water transport, sliould be undertaken by the Secretary-
General of the United Nations.
5. All requests for technical assistance which involve
comprehensive or regional development projects falling
within the purview of more than one organization should
first be submitted to joint examination by the organiza-
tions concerned ; such requests should be directed to the
Secretary-General of tlie United Nations ;
6. Programmes of training should be the subject of
co-operative action among participating organizations.
CONCENTRATION AND ECONOMY
AVithin the wide range of activities envisaged, the par-
ticipating organizations should practise, especially at the
initial stages of their programmes, concentration of effort
and economy. The participating organizations should
also ensure the fullest use of any existing facilities.
SELECTION OF PROJECTS
1. The participating organizations, in deciding on a re-
quest for assistance, should be guided solely by the Charter
of the United Nations, by the principles of the United
Nations' programme for technical assistance and by appro-
priate resolutions of the General Assembly and of the
Economic and Social Council. The services envisaged
should aim at increased productivity of material and
human resources and a wide and equitable distribution
of the benefits of such increased productivity, so as to
contribute to the realization of higher standards of living
for the entire populations. Due attention and respect
should be paid to the national sovereignty and national
legislation of the under-developed countries and to the
social conditions which directly affect their economic
development. Requests for technical assistance may there-
fore be approved which will help Governments to take
account of the probable consequences of proposed projects
for economic development in terms of the welfare of the
population as a whole, including the promotion of full
employment, and also to take account of those social condi-
tions, customs and values in a given area which would
directly influence the kinds of economic development that
may be feasible and desirable. Similarly requests may
also be approved for technical assistance to Governments
desiring to undertake the specific social improvements
that are necessary to permit effective economic develop-
ment and to mitigate the social problems, particularly
problems of dislocation of family and community life, that
may arise as a concomitant of economic change. As in any
national programme for economic development any in-
creased services undertaken by the Government can be
maintained, in the long run, only out of national produc-
tion, special attention should be given in timing and
emphasis to activities tending to bring an early increase
in national productivity of material and human resources ;
2. The participating organizations, when reviewing and
placing in order of priority the requests which they re-
ceive, should so far as possible ensure that due regard
is paid to the urgency of the needs of the various applicants
and their geographical distribution;
3. In response to requests from Governments, especially
in connexion with plans for economic development, spe-
cial consideration should be given to resources and meth-
ods of financing the development. It is recommended
therefore that participating organizations, before under-
taking work of an extensive character involving substan-
tial cost, should assure themselves that Governments
requesting such assistance are given full consideration to
major capital investment or large continued governmental
expenditure which may be needed as a result of this techni-
cal assistance. Governments may also require advice con-
cerning conditions and methods of financing appropriate
to such projects. Close co-operation among the partici-
pating organizations in responding to requests for technical
assistance can facilitate the attainment of this objective ;
4. Requests for the furnishing of equipment and sup-
plies may be considered insofar as they form an integral
part of a project of technical assistance.
ANNEX II
Resolution Recommended for Adoption
by the General Assembly
Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance fob
Economic Development
The General Assembly,
Having Considered the Economic and Social Council's
resolution No. 222 (DC) A of 15 August 1949 on an ex-
panded programme of technical assistance for economic
development ;
Approves the observations and guiding principles set out
in Annex I of that resolution and the arrangements made
by the Council for the administration of this programme;
Notes the decision of the Council to call a Technical
Assistance Conference for the purpose of negotiating con-
tributions to this programme ;
Autliortzes the Secretary-General to set up a special
account for technical assistance for economic development,
and ajjproves the recommendations of the Council to
Governments participating in the Technical Assistance
Conference regarding financial arrangements for admin-
istering contributions and authorizes the Secretary-
General to fulfil the responsibilities assigned to him in this
connexion ;
Invites all Governments to make as large voluntary
contributions as possible to the special account for tech-
nical assistance.
Resolutions of 14 August 1949
B. Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance for
Economic Development of Under-developed Areas
Relations Between the United Nations and
Regional Organizations
The Economic and Social Council,
Considering that, in addition to the expanded pro-
gramme of technical assistance to be rendered by the
United Nations and the specialized agencies, facilities for
September 5, J 949
329
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
similar services are being expanded by regional organiza-
tions,
Considering the valuable contribution that these or-
ganizations can make to the successful implementation
of the general programme of technical assistance of the
United Nations,
Recognizing the necessity of avoiding duplication of
efforts and the advantages that the organizations con-
cerned may derive from the interchange of information
and of experience, but
Recognizing further that until programmes have
reached a more concrete form any efforts to arrive at
specific forms of co-ordination would be premature.
Authorizes the Secretary-General, in consultation with
the specialized agencies concerned, to enter into negotia-
tions with the appropriate officers of inter-governmental
regional organizations engaged in the development of
technical assistance programmes with a view to ensuring
the desirable co-ordination for the carrying out of the
technical assistance activities of the organizations con-
cerned ; and
Requests the Secretary-General to report to the Council
on the results achieved so as to enable it, when more
experience is available, to examine the advisability of
establishing other forms of relationship between the
United Nations and the Specialized Agencies on the one
hand, and the regional organizations, on the other.
C. Technical Assistance
For Economic Development Under
General Assembly Resolution 200 (III)
The Economic and Social Council,
Having reviewed the Secretary-General's second report
on the measures which he has taken in compliance with
the terms of the General Assembly's resolution 200 (III)
on technical assistance for economic development,"
Requests the Secretary-General, in consultation with
Member States, to draw up and keep up to date informa-
tion regarding the availability of experts in various fields,
and to place this information at the disposal of Govern-
ments making application for technical assistance;
Requests the Secretary-General to enlist the co-opera-
tion of as many countries as possible to serve as host
countries for fellows and scholars;
Recommends for the General Assembly's approval the
programme proposed in the above-mentioned report by
the Secretary-General for the continuation of these op-
erations and his suggestions for an increased appropria-
tion in 19.'50 to cover the activities authorized by
resolution 200 (III) ; and
Recognising the need for placing such activities on a
continuing basis by making annual provision for them
within the regular budget of the United Nations,
Recommends that the General Assembly take tlie neces-
sary actions to ensure that the regular budget of the
United Nations shall continue to provide the funds neces-
sary to carry on technical assistance for the economic
development of under-developed countries authorized by
resolution 200 (III), and
Recommends that the General Assembly adopt the fol-
lowing resolution :
"The General Assembly
Having considered the Economic and Social Council's
recommendation, in accordance with Paragraph 6 of Gen-
eral Assembly resolution 200 (III), including its recom-
mendations concerning 'budgetary action required by the
General Assembly to carry on the functions instituted'
by resolution 200 (III), and
Having decided in resolution 200 (III) 'to appropriate
the funds necessary to enable the Secretary-General to
perform' certain functions set out in that resolution,
Agrees with the recommendations of the Economic and
Social Council that the activities under resolution 200
(III) should be expanded in 1950 in accordance with
the Secretary-General's proposals, that increased appro-
priations .should be provided therefor and that the regular
budget of the United Nations should continue to provide
for the activities authorized by that resolution ; and
Notes tvith approval that the Secretary-General has in-
cluded an amount for these services in the budget of the
United Nations for the year 1950."
D. Methods of Financing Economic Development of
Under-developed Areas
The Economic and Social Council,
Noting the section of the report of the fourth session
of the Economic and Employment Commission dealing
with the problem of economic development,' and the re-
port of the Secretary-General on methods of financing the
economic development of under-developed countries,'
Recognizing that the economic development of under-
develoi)ed areas requires not only expanded efforts in
technical assistance but also assurances of an expanded
rate of international capital flow for the pui-pose of
financing economic development,
Believing that consideration of measures to expedite
such an expanded flow requires careful study and dis-
cussion by the Council of many problems such as the
effective mobilization of national .savings, the creation of
a favourable investment climate, the fuller utilization of
existing sources of international funds measures to avoid
extreme fluctuations in earnings of foreign exchange, and
others.
Noting that, at the present session, important progress
has been made towards economic development through the
formulation of a procedure for an international adminis-
tration of an expanded technical assistance programme,
and
Noting that, as a result of these steps taken by the
Council, there may be a significant development over the
period ahead in the quantity and nature of project ap-
plications submitted for international financing, and, as
a result of steps initiated by individual Governments,
further knowledge and experience may become available
concerning the effectiveness in stimulating international
■ See U.N. doc. E/1335.
' See U.N. doc. E/1356.
'See U.N. doc. E/i-SSS.
330
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
capital flow of such measures as guarantees and tax
liberalization provisions,
Decides that a comprehensive discussion of actions nec-
essary to stimulate capital investments, whether financed
from domestic or foreign sources, be held if possible at
the next session of the Council ; and
Requests the Secretary-General to prepare, in co-opera-
tion witli the specialized agencies concerned, the follow-
ing studies, and to complete as many as is found possible
in anticipation of the discussion at the next session of the
Council :
(o) Survey of private foreign investments in selected
countries, the factors accounting for these investments,
and the existing conditions governing foreign investments.
A survey of the more imiwrtant types of laws, regula-
tions and economic policies affecting the operations of for-
eign private capital which are most prevalent In capital
exporting countries, on one side, and in less-developed
countries, on the other, with a view to evaluating the
extent to which such laws, regulations and policies affect
the international flow of private capital ;
(6) Methods of increasing domestic savings and of en-
suring their most advantageous use for the purpose of
economic development.
A study to include an examination of the various types
of financial institutions already existing in the less-devel-
oped countries and those whicli could be most effective In
promoting economic development, and of the fiscal and
other means whereby Governments can effect the volume
and use of domestic savings;
(c) Effect of economic; development on volume of sav-
ings.
An examination of the direct effects of various types of
economic development projects, (e. g., heavy industry as
compared with agriculture) on the volume and rate of
savings, as illustrated by the experience of selected under-
developed countries ;
(d) International clearing house of information on
investment.
A study of the possibilities of establishing an interna-
tional clearing house of information by which potential
investing entities or private investors can be brought
together with entities or private persons requiring funds
in under-developed countries.
Resolutions on Reports of the Council Committee
on Non-Governmental Organizations
U.N. doc. E/1452
Adopted July 18 and 22, 1949
Resolutions of 18 July 1949
A
The Economic and Social Council
Takes note of the report of its Committee on Non-Govern-
mental Organizations ' and decides that the following
organizations be placed in the category referred to in
paragraph 1 (6) of Part IV of Council resolution 2/3 of
21, June 1946 ;
International Committee of Scientific Management,
International Federation of Unions of Employees in
Public and Civil Services,
International Society of Criminology,
International Temperance Union,
World Engineering Conference,
World Union for Progressive Judaism.
Considering that the Council Committee on Non-Gov-
ernmental Organizations feels unable to make recom-
mendations concerning the following organizations at the
present time, either because they have been recently
organized or because further information is desired.
Decides that the applications of the following organiza-
tions will be reconsidered at a later date :
International Conference on Large Electric Systems
(postponed pending further information)
International Union of Socialist Youth (postponed until
the tenth session of the Council)
Orient Press International Federation (postponed until
the tenth session of the Council)
Society of Comparative Legislation (postponed until
the tenth session of the Council)
World Alliance for International Friendship through
Religion (postponed until the eleventh session of the
Council)
B
The Economic and Social Council,
' See U.X. doc. E/1390. [For a compilation relating to
this subject see Bulletin of June 12, 1949, p. 739.]
September 5, 1949
The Economic and Social Council
Decides to request the Transport and Communications
Commission to advise the Council on the applications of
the following organizations:
331
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Inter-American Federation of Automobile Clubs
International Road Federation
Permanent International Bureau of Motor Manufac-
turers, and,
Requests the Council Committee on Non-Governmental
OTganizations to consider the report of the Transport
and Communications Commission and forward its recom-
mendations to the Council :
D
The Economic and Social Council
Takes note of the recommendation of the Council Com-
mittee on Non-Governmental Organizations not to grant
consultative status to certain organizations ; ^ and,
Decides not to grant consultative status to those or-
ganizations.
E
The Economic and Social Council,
in the light of paragraph 8 of Part I of Council resolu-
tion 2/3 of 21 June 1946 which reads as follows :
"National organizations should normally present their
views through their respective Governments or through
international non-governmental organizations to which
they belong. It would not, save in exceptional cases, be
appropriate to include national organizations which are
affiliated to an international non-governmental organiza-
tion covering the same subjects on an international basis.
National organizations, however, may be included in the
list after consultation with the Member State concerned
if they cover a field which is not covered by any interna-
tional organization or have special experience upon which
the Council wishes to draw",
and upon the recommendation of the national Government
concerned.
Decides that the following national organization be
placed in the category referred to in paragraph 1 (6) of
Part IV of Council resolution 2/3 of 21 June 1946:
Indian Council of World Affairs (India).
Resolution of 22 JuPy 1949
F
Handbook on non-governmental Organizations
The Economic and Social Council,
Taking note of the intention of the Secretary-General
to publish a handbook on non-governmental organizations
and of the preparatory work already undertaken.
Requests the Secretary-General to postpone publication
of the handbook and to submit to the next session of the
Council detailed plans regarding the possible scope and
content of such a handliook, together with a statement of
the financial Implications of the project.
' These organizations are listed in tlie annex and in the
last paragraph of part II of the report of the Committee
(E/1390).
332
United Nations Day, 1949
A PROCLAMATION!
Whereas throughout the march of civilization
mankind has yearned for security, justice, and
lasting peace; and
Whereas the Charter of the United Nations,
which embodies these aspirations, has instilled in
the peoples of the world a renewed faith that by
cooperative international effort and perseverance
they may succeed in effectuating these ideals
among men ; and
Whereas October 24, 1949, marks the comple-
tion of the fourth year in which the United Na-
tions has been a living force for solving the major
problems involved in transforming a shattered
world into a better habitation for the human race ;
and
Whereas the General Assembly of the United
Nations, by its unanimous resolution of October
31, 1947, established October 24, the anniversary
of the coming into force of the Charter of the
United Nations, as "United Nations Day", to be
devoted each year to acquainting all peoples with
the aims and achievements of the United Nations
and to gaining their support for the work of this
organization :
Now. THEREFORE, I, Harry S. Truman, President
of the United States of America, do hereby urge
the people of the United States to observe October
24, 1949, as United Nations Day with ceremonies
designed to affirm our faith in the objectives of
the United Nations, our appreciation of its accom-
plishments, and our resolve to give active support
to its principles.
I also call upon the officials of the Federal Gov-
ernment, the Governors of States, the mayors of
cities, and other public officials, as well as civic,
educational, and religious organizations; upon the
agencies of the press, radio, and other media of
inf oi'mation ; and iq^on individual citizens to co-
operate fully in public programs dedicated to
strengthening our participation in the work of the
United Nations.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my
hand and caused the Seal of the United States of
America to be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-
fifth day of August in the year of our Lord nine-
teen hundred and forty-nine, and of the
[seal] Independence of the United States of
America the one hundred and seventy-
fourth.
By the President :
Dean Acheson
Secretary of State.
' Proc. 2S53, 14 Fed. Reg. 5363.
Departmenf of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
Gordon R. Clapp Named Chairman
U.N. Economic Survey Mission
to Near East
Statement by the President
[Released to the press by the White Bouse August 26}
The Secretary-General of the United Nations
has today announced the appointment of a dis-
tinguished American, Gordon R. Clapp, Chairman
of the Board of Directors of the Tennessee Valley
Authority, as chairman of an economic survey mis-
sion which is being created on recommendation of
the Palestine Conciliation Commission.
Mr. Clapp will head a mission composed of ex-
perts, recruited on an international basis, which
will examine the economic situation arising from
the recent hostilities in the Near East and will rec-
ommend to the Conciliation Commission means of
ovei'coming resultant economic dislocations, of re-
integrating the refugees into the economic life
of the area, and of creating economic conditions
which will be conducive to the establishment of
permanent peace. In view of the urgency of the
problem, it is expected that the survey mission will
complete its work in a comparatively short time,
and Mr. Clapp will then resume liis duties with the
Tennessee Valley Authority.
The United States Government has attached the
greatest significance to the work of the Concilia-
tion Commission in facilitating settlement of is-
sues outstanding between Israel and the Arab
States. This government now pledges full sup-
port to the newly created economic misison and
stands ready to give careful consideration to such
assistance as we might appropriately render, under
the auspices of the United Nations, in carrying out
the recommendations of the mission. I am con-
fident that the United Nations and its member
states which are in a position to render assistance
will do likewise.
Traditional American cultural interests in the
Near East have in recent years been reinforced
by expanding economic and commercial ties and
by recognition of the important role of that his-
torical cross roads between three continents in the
maintenance of peace and security of the world
of today. This steady expansion of our relations
with the Near East has given rise to a natural
interest on the part of this government in the wel-
fare of the governments and peoples of that area.
In so saying, however, I wish to emphasize that
now as in the past we have no ax of special privilege
to grind. We do, however, have an obvious com-
munity of interest with the countries of the Near
East, and it is proper that we should give that re-
lationship the careful and understanding consid-
eration which it merits.
It is only since the First World War that most of
the states in the Near East began their march
toward self-government and independence. These
states have now become their own masters. There
is no doubt that the long struggles for independ-
ence, as well as the recent hostilities, have made it
difficult for the peoples of the area to achieve pro-
gressive development in their economic and social
institutions. The United States is deeply con-
scious of these needs and of the relationship be-
tween their satisfactory solution and healthy
progress in the political field.
With the termination of the recent Arab-Israeli
hostilities, the governments and the peoples of the
Near East should now be in a position to devote the
full measure of their abilities and resources to their
economic and social betterment. In my inaugural
address of January 20, 1949, 1 expressed the desire
of this government to extend technical assistance
to underdeveloped areas under the so-called Point
4 Program. The application of this program to
the Near East would be of material assistance in
reinforcing any program which might be form-
ulated on the basis of the recommendations of the
economic survey mission.
It would be oversimplifying the problem, how-
ever, to imply that solution of the economic
problems of the Near East depends wholly upon
outside assistance. It is only through the initia-
tive and cooperation of the states of the Near East
that progress can be made toward the solution
of their own grave problems. Progress can be
made only if the states of the Near East collaborate
along harmonious and constructive lines, seeking
no advantage one over the other, but seeking,
through expansion of trade and the exchange of
skills and capital, the development of their re-
sources for their common benefit. Progress can
be made only when basic security is assured
through removal of threats of aggression and full
reliance is placed on peaceful negotiation and on
the United Nations for settlement of disputes.
Progress can be made only if underlying conditions
are modified to permit the people of the Near East
to share, in proportion to their effort, the products
of the soil and factories. All solutions can be
reached in time through democratic and peaceful
processes.
I am convinced that, if the Near Eastern nations
affected by the recent hostilities will put aside
their differences and bend their energies to con-
structive cooperation, they can find a basis on
which to build permanent peace and stability.
The United States stands ready to lend a firm and
helping hand in such an endeavor.
September 5, 1949
333
THE UNITED STATES IN THE UNITED NATIONS
[August 27-September 2]
Supplementary Agenda Items
D.N. doc. A/904
Dated August 26, 1946
1. Problem of the proliferation and overlapping
of the programmes of the United Nations and of
the specialized agencies : item proposed by Brazil.
2. Tribute to the memory of Thomas Woodrow
Wilson and Franklin Delano Roosevelt: item
proposed by Nicaragua.
3. The observance of fundamental freedoms and
human rights in Roumania, including the question
of religious and civil liberty (in conjunction with
the analogous question raised by Australia in con-
nexion with Bulgaria and Hungary) : item pro-
posed by Australia.
4. The observance and implementation of Ar-
ticles 55 and 56 of the Charter, and in particular
of 55a pi'oviding for the achievement of full em-
ployment and higher standards of living : item
proposed by Australia.
5. Action to achieve or maintain full employ-
ment and economic stability : item proposed by
the Economic and Social Council.
6. Economic development of under-developed
countries :*
(a) Technical assistance for economic develop-
ment : report of the Economic and Social Council
(Resolution 200 (III) of 4 December 1948).
(b) Expanded co-operative programme of tech-
nical assistance for economic development through
the United Nations and the specialized agencies:
item proposed by the Economic and Social Council.
7. Draft Convention for the suppression of the
traffic in persons and of the exploitation of the
prostitution of others : item proposed by the Eco-
nomic and Social Council.
8. Refugees and stateless persons : item proposed
by the Economic and Social Council.
9. Freedom of Information. Access for news
personnel to meetings of the United Nations and
the specialized agencies: item proposed by the
Economic and Social Council.
10. Advisory social welfare services: item pro-
posed by the Economic and Social Council.
*See al.so item 28 of the provisional agenda for the
fourth regular session (A/932). Printed In Btjlletin of
Aug. 29, 1949, p. 287.
334
11. Report of the International Children's
Emergency Fund : item proposed by the Economic
and Social Council.
12. Draft Convention on the death of missing
persons: item proposed by the Economic and
Social Council.
Notes
Representatives of the six permanent members
of the Atomic Energy Commission are continuing
their closed consultations to determine whether
there exists "a basis for agreement" on atomic
energy control ... In cooperation with local
health authorities, a campaign to combat the inci-
dence of rickets among German children will be
launched this month by the U.N. International
Children's Emergency Fund, with the expectation
that more than one million children will be as-
sisted during the campaign . . . The Interna-
tional Bank for Reconstruction and Development
granted a loan of 34 million dollars to India for
reconstruction and development of the State-
owned and operated railways . . . The Round
Table Conference which began in The Hague on
August 23 with representatives of the Netherlands,
the Republic of Indonesia, and the Indonesian
Federalists participating, is continuing its discus-
sions leading to the formulation of plans for the
transfer of sovereignty to a United States of
Indonesia . . .
Iceland was the fourth country to ratify the
Genocide Convention, which will come into force
upon ratification by 20 states . . . The Food and
Agriculture Organization has sent two staff spe-
cialists to Ecuador to assist that country in recov-
ering from the heavy damage done to its agricul-
ture by the recent disastrous earthquake . . . The
Security Council's Coimnittee on the Admission of
New Members voted on August 23 to recommend
the admission of Nepal to membership in the
United Nations . . . The U.N. Palestine Concilia-
tion Commission decided on August 24 to nominate
a United Nations representative for Jerusalem, "to
cooperate with the local authorities with respect
to the interim administration of the Jerusalem
area." . . . The World Health Organization has
flown 16 iron lungs to India in response to an
appeal because of the outbreak of polio . . . The
Road Conference meeting in Geneva is continuing
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
the drafting of a -world-wide Convention on Koad
and Motor Transport. . . .
Non-Self-Governing Territories
The Special Committee of the General Assembly
on Information Transmitted under Article 73 (e)
of the United Nations Charter on August 25 began
examination of the summaries and analyses pre-
pared by the Secretary-General on information
transmitted by 8 administering governments dur-
ing 1949 on the economic, social and educational
conditions in 64 non-self-governing territories.
Benjamin Gerig of the United States was elected
chairman.
The question of precisely what territories con-
stituted non-self-governing territories on which
information should be transmitted under Article
73 (e) of the Charter came up in connection with
discussion of cessation of transmission of infor-
mation on certain territories which the admin-
istering powers considered were no longer con-
sidered non-self-governing terirtories within the
meaning of Article 73 (e). In response to an
attack on the United Kingdom and France by the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics representative
for failure to submit information on certain terri-
tories, the United Kingdom representative stated
that in signing the Charter the administering
countries accepted only the limited obligation to
transmit certain technical information and were
not otherwise accountable to either the special com-
mittee or the General Assembly. He supported
the view of the French delegation that the riglit to
determine on what territories information should
be transmitted rested exclusively with the admin-
istering power.
A U.S.S.R. proposal asking that the Committee
withdraw from discussion the information trans-
mitted by the Netherlands Government relating
to the Republic of Indonesia, on the ground that
the Indonesian Republic had become an independ-
ent state, was rejected by the Special Committee
as a question not within its terms of reference.
In Committee examination of the summaries and
analj'ses in relation to selected social welfare prob-
lems in the non-self-governing territories, Mr.
Gerig commended the progress made in the de-
velopment of social-welfare services. He pointed
out that one basic need in this field was funds to
expand existing programs to accelerate their
development.
The Special Committee decided to ask the Gen-
eral Assembly to invite administering members to
take necessary steps to establish equal treatment
in education between inhabitants of the territories
whether they be indigenous or not. Unesco will
be asked to study the question of to what extent the
native languages in the territories can be used as
a vehicle of instruction in the schools.
Commission for India and Pakistan
Because efforts made since January 1, 1949, by
the United Nations Commission for India and
Pakistan, of which the United States is a member,
to negotiate a truce agreement between the Gov-
ernments of India and Pakistan have not been
successful, the Commission has submitted a new
proposal to both governments for the settlement
of the truce in the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
Secretary Acheson in a statement to the press said
that in view of the great interest of the United
States in the peace and stability of the subconti-
nent, the President has addressed a message to
Prime Minister Nehru of India and Prime Min-
ister Liaquat Ali Khan of Pakistan urging that
they accept the Commission's recent proposal for
settlement of the truce issue.
UNSCCUR
Scientists and engineers from 49 countries dur-
ing the second week of the United Nations Scien-
tific Conference for the Conservation and Utiliza-
tion of Resources discussed estimates of undiscov-
ered oil and gas reserves ; conservation and use of
minerals and metals; possibilities in developing
new resources by applied technology ; methods for
appraising resources; utilization of resources to
aid underdeveloped countries; and conservation of
resources to keep the peace.
Warning against overindustrialization, John
Abbink, speaking as a private citizen, told the
conference of the apparent misconception as to the
nature of the problem of economic development
throughout the world in that some people appar-
ently believe that the United States has reached
such a higli point of economic development that
it could dispense with further material improve-
ments at home in its efforts to assist other coun-
tries. The peojile of the United States, he con-
tinued, have come to the conviction that "the most
difficult single problem which faces leaders in
underdeveloped countries is that of convincing
their peoples that economic progress comes from
within ; that it cannot be imposed from without,
or even greatly advanced unless there exists a
widespread desire for national improvement so
strong that the necessary temporary sacrifices will
seem worthwhile to all who will be affected."
Few countries, Mr. Abbink said, are ready for
the degree of industrialization "to which they
seem to aspire." Industrialization could create
more problems than it solves. "To undertake in-
dustrialization at the risk of hungry stomachs, or
in the face of rising imports of food staples
readily produced locally would be uneconomic
development."
Though President Truman's Point Four has
been hailed the world over because of its reference
to financing, actually, Mr. Abbink said, this Point
Four stressed the need for planning in many fields,
including transportation, markets for products,
and a national fiscal policy.
September 5, 1949
335
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings ^
Adjourned during August
Diplomatic Conference for the Drawing up of a New Con-
vention Intended to Protect War Victims.
United Nations:
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council) :
Ninth Session
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization) :
Meeting of Commission on Technical Needs in Press,
Radio and Films.
Fag (Food and Agriculture Organization) :
Meeting of Specialists on Agricultural Extension . . . .
Meeting of Specialists on Improvement of Dairy Produc-
tion and Marketing.
Meeting of Specialists on Foot-and- Mouth Disease Con-
trol.
Fourth Meeting of Technical Committee on Wood Chem-
istrj'.
Meeting of the International Penal and Penitentiary Com-
mission.
Conference for the Revision of the 1945 Bermuda Telecom-
munications Agreement.
Inter- American Commission of Women: Special Assembly .
XIV International Veterinary Congress
Twelfth International Dairy Congress
Fifth International Congress on Microbiology
In Session as of September 1, 1949
Itu (International'Telecommunication Union) :
Region I Frequency Conference
Region III Frequency Conference
Meeting of the Technical Plan Committee of the Inter-
national HighiFrequencyjBroadcasting Conference.
Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference: Second
Session.
Fourth Meeting of the Administrative Council
UnitedjNations :
Commission on Korea
Conciliation Commission for Palestine
Security Council Commission on India and Pakistan . .
Scientific Conference on the Conservation and Utilization
of Resources.
Conference on Road and^Motor Transport
336
Geneva
Geneva
Paris
The Hague . . .
Reading, England
London
Brussels
Bern .
London
Buenos Aires .
London . . .
Stockholm . .
Rio de Janeiro
^'Geneva
Geneva
Paris .
Geneva
Geneva
Seoul
Haifa, Jerusalem, Rhodes
and Lausanne.
New Delhi
Lake'Success
Geneva
1949
Apr. 21-Aug. 12
July 5-Aug. 9
July 25-Aug. 3
Aug. 1-13
Aug. 1-29
Aug. 14-15
Aug. 25-27
Aug. 1-7
Aug. 8-13
Aug. 8-22
Aug. 8-
Aug. 15-19
Aug. 17-
May 18-
May 18-
June 23-
Aug. 1-
Aug. 15-
Dec. 12-
Jan. 17-
February
Aug. 17-
1948
1949
Aug. 23-
Department of Sfate Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings— Continued
In Session as of September 1, 1949 — Continued
Gatt (General Agreement on Tariflfs and Trade) :
Third Session of Contracting Parties
Cfm (Council of Foreign Ministers) :
Deputies for Austria
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization) :
International Congress on Problems of Illiteracy and
Adult Education.
International Technical Conference on the Protection of
Nature.
International Wheat Council:
Advisory Committee on Price Equivalents
Executive Committee
Tenth International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art . .
Izmir International Fair
Conference on Plant and Animal Nutrition in Relation to
Soil and Climatic Factors.
Fag Technical Meeting on Agricultural Extension . . . .
International Association for Research in Income and
Wealth.
Scheduled September 1 to November 30, 1949
Ilo (International Labor Organization):
Permanent Agricultural Committee: Third Session . . . .
Technical Tripartite Conference on Safety in Coal Mines .
Seventh International Conference of Labor Statisticians .
Tripartite Conference on Rhine Navigation
Metal Trades Industrial Committee: Third Session . . .
Industrial Committee on Iron and Steel: Third Session . .
Cannes Film Festival
International Statistical Institute: 26th Session
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization) :
Executive Board: 17th Session
General Conference: Fourth Session
International Seminar on Rural and Adult Education . .
Conference to Consider the Establishment of an Inter-
national Institute of the Arid Zone.
Budapest International Fair
United Nations:
Ecosoc: (Economic and Social Council):
Subcommission on Statistical Sampling
Ecafe-Fao Joint Meeting
EcAFE Meeting of Inland Transport Experts . . . .
EcAFE Meeting of Standing Committee on Industry
and Trade.
Ecafe: Fifth Session
Social Commission: Fifth Session
General Assembly: Fourth Session
Permanent Central Opium Board: 54th Session . . . .
Interim Coordinating Committee for International Com-
modity Arrangements.
Fourth International Congress on Neurology
29th International Congress of Americanists
International Union of Chemistry: 15th General Con-
ference.
Annecy, France . .
London
Rio de Janeiro . . .
New York City . .
London
London
Venice
Ismir, Turkey . . .
Australia
Turrialba, Costa Rica
Cambridge, England
Geneva . . .
Geneva . . .
Geneva . . .
Geneva . . .
Geneva . . .
Geneva . . .
Cannes . . .
Bern ....
Paris ....
Paris ....
New Delhi
Paris ....
Budapest . .
Lake Success
Singapore . .
Singapore . .
Singapore . .
Singapore . .
Lake Success
Lake Success
Geneva . . .
Lake Success
Paris ....
New York City
Amsterdam .
Apr. 8-
June 30-
July 27-Sept. 3
Aug. 22-
Aug. 3-
Aug. 8-
Aug. 11-
Aug. 20-
Aug. 22-
Aug. 23-
Aug. 27-
Sept.
1-
Sept.
12-
Oct.
17-29
October
November
Late November
Sept.
2-
Sept.
3-
Sept.
3-
Sept.
19-
Nov.
2-
Nov.
7-
Sept. 3-18
Sept. 5-
Oct. 1-3
Oct. 5-10
Oct. 10-17
Oct. 20-
Novembor or December
Sept. 20-
Sept. 26-
September
Sept. 5-10
Sept. 5-12
Sept. 6-10
September 5, 1949
852620—49 3
337
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled September 1 to November 30, 1949 — Con.
XVII International Navigation Congress
Vienna International Fair
Lisbon
Sept. 10-
Sept. 11-
Sept. 12-
Vienna
Pan American Institute of Geography and History: First
Rio de Janeiro
Consultation of Commission on Geography.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development:
Washington
Sept. 13-
Fourth Annual Meeting of the Board of Governors.
International Monetary Fund: Fourth Annual Meeting of
Washington
Sept. 13-
the Board of Governors.
Third North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement
Conference.
Montreal
Sept. 13-
International Council of Scientific Unions: General
Copenhagen
Sept. 14-16
Assembly.
Marseilles International Fair
Marseilles
Sept. 25-
IcAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) :
Council: Eighth Session
Montreal
September
Nov. 1-
Air Routes and Ground Aids Divisional Meeting
Montreal
Fao (Food and Agriculture Organization) :
Conference on Locust Control
Central America
September
Meeting of Technical Committee on Food Composition . .
Washington
September
European Forestry and Forest Products Commission . . .
Undetermined
Late September
Near East Regional Meeting on Animal Breeding Under
Cairo
Oct. 3-
Tropical and Subtropical Conditions.
Joint Committee with Who on Nutrition
Geneva
October
Timber Committee (Fao-Ece)
Geneva
October
Meeting of Specialists on Adjusting Livestock Feeding
France or Switzerland . . .
October
Practices to Current Feed Supplies.
Meeting on Control of Infestation in Stored Grain ....
Palmira, Colombia ....
October
Council: Seventh Session
Washington
Nov. 14-
Annual Conference: Fifth Session
Washington
Nov. 21-
Committee on Unexploited Forests
November
November
Meeting of Technical Committee on Physiological Re-
Washington
quirements of Calories and Nutrients.
Netherlands Industry Fair
Utrecht
Rio de Janeiro
September
September
First Session of the Inter-American Council of Jurists. . . .
Pan American Sanitary Organization:
Eighth Meeting of the Executive Committee
Lima
Oct. 3-5
Third Meeting of the Directing Council
Lima
Oct. 6-12
Ninth Meeting of the Executive Committee
Lima
Oct. 13-15
International Council for Exploration of the Sea
Edinburgh
Oct. 3-11
Iro (International Refugee Organization) :
Executive Committee: Sixth Meeting
Oct 6-10
General Council: Fourth Meeting
Geneva
Oct. 11-
International Criminal Police Commission: General As-
Bern
Oct. 10-15
sembly.
It0 (International Telecommunication Union) :
Special Administrative Radio Conference for the Adop-
Geneva
Oct. 17-*
tion of a New Frequency List.
South Pacific Commission: Fourth Session
Noumea
Oct. 22-
Twelfth International Congress of Military Medicine and
Mexico City
Oct. 23-29
Pharmacy.
Inter- American Statistical Institute: Second Session . . . .
Bogotd
Nov. 7-
Third Session of the Committee on the 1950 Census of the
Bogotd.
Nov. 7-
Americas.
Third Inter-American Congress of Radiology
Santiago
Nov. 11-17
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain: Sxith Congress . .
Lima
Nov 15-
' Prepared in the Division of International Conferences, Department of State.
*Tentative.
338
Department of State Bulletin
Revision and Extension of the Geneva Conventions
hy William E. McCahon
Fifty-nine governments, including the Big Four,
sent delegations to Geneva to participate in the
Diplomatic Conference of 1949, which was con-
vened under the auspices of the Swiss Government
for tlie purpose of concluding new treaties for the
protection of the victims of war.^ The conference
began its deliberations on April 21 and concluded
its work August 12.^
Specifically the task of the conference was to re-
vise existing treaties in this field, namely the two
Geneva conventions of 1929 relative to the treat-
ment of prisoners of war and the wounded and
sick, and the Hague convention of 1907 for the
adaptation to maritime warfare of tlie principles
of the Geneva convention (commonly referred to
as the hospital ships convention), and to write a
new convention applicable to civilians in wartime.
Although several attempts had been made follow-
ing World War I and earlier, to bring into being
a civilian convention, all such attempts had been
unsuccessful. Further efforts in this direction
were temporarily interrupted by the outbreak of
World War II.
Two earlier meetings on this subject, one at
Geneva in April 1947, and the second at Stockholm
in August 1948, had resulted in the formulation
of draft conventions which served as the working
documents for the Diplomatic Conference. How-
ever, since these earlier meetings were of short
duration and had not been attended by as inany
governments, considerable revision of the working
documents was necessary and inevitable. The
United States, having actively supported the in-
itiative taken by the International Committee of
the Red Cross in the fall of 1945 to revise these
treaties, officially participated in both the prepara-
tory meetings.^ Although there was from the
very begimiing almost unanimous agreement
among the pai'ties concerned that the job should
' For an account of the earlier meetings on this subject
see BuixETiN of June 22, 1947, p. 1205, and Oct. 10, 1948,
p. 464.
'For members of the U.S. delegation, see Bulletin of
Apr. 24, 1949, p. 522.
%Qp\emh&t 5, 1949
be done as soon as possible and before the experi-
ences of World War II had been forgotten, there
were some who questioned the wisdom of such ac-
tion on the grounds that it would create the im-
pression of preparation for another world conflict.
Max Petitpierre, Vice President of the Swiss Fed-
eral Council and Chief of the Federal Department
of Political Affairs, in his opening address as presi-
dent of the Diplomatic Conference, took cogni-
zance of this line of thought and had the following
pertinent comments to make on the point :
. . . From various quarters it has been claimed that to
set up rules for waifare is to prepare for war. I need
hardl.v say that this conception is completely mistaken. If
it had been adopted by our predecessors, the 1864, 1906,
and 1929 conventions would never have come into being.
Experience has shown that, once a conflict has broken out,
it is useless to attempt a reconciliation between belliger-
ents. It is therefore an imjjerative duty to establish con-
ventions in peacetime for the protection of war victims.
Our recognition of this duty in no way prevents us from
earnestly hoping that war may be detinitively eliminated
from the history of mankind. — Translation from French.
The formulation of the United States position
on the revision of these humanitarian conventions
began earlv in 1946 with the establishment, on in-
vitation of the Secretary of State, of an Interde-
partmental Prisoners of War Committee. Inter-
ested agencies which have participated in and con-
tributed to the formulation of the United States
position on the subject include the Departments of
State, Army, Navy, Air Force, Justice, Treasury
(including Coast Guard), Post Office, Labor, Fed-
eral Security Agency, and the American Red
Cross.
It was fitting that the site of the conference
should be Geneva, for it was in that city, 85 years
earlier, that the first convention for the relief of
the wounded on the battlefield was signed. The
humanitarian principles embodied in the conven-
tion of 1864, first conceived by Henri Dunant, a
citizen of Geneva, have stood the test of time and
' France participated in both. The United Kingdom at-
tended the April 1947 meeting of experts and sent unoffi-
cial observers to the Stockholm meeting. The U.S.S.R.
declined to take part in either of the preparatory meetings.
339
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
have been revised and extended as changing cir-
cumstances required. First revised in 1906, a sec-
ond revision in 1929 added a convention defining
the treatment to be accorded prisoners of war. The
need for a civilian convention having been high-
lighted by the unfortunate experiences of World
War II, the Geneva meeting of 1949 was faced
with the task of endeavoring to extend through
international treaty similar protection to non-
combatant civilians.
Although the conference lasted considerably
longer than planned, almost 4 months instead of
6 weeks, it did fully accomplish the task which had
been set before it. Four complete conventions
were drafted and formally accepted. On August
12, 1949, Leland Harrison, chairman of the U.S.
delegation, and Raymund Tingling, vice-chairman
of the U.S. delegation, acting under the authority
conferred on them by the President, signed in the
name of the United States the revised wounded
and sick, maritime, and prisoners of war conven-
tions. Action by the United States delegation
with respect to the signing of the civilian conven-
tion was deferred to permit a careful reading of
the document by the interested agencies of the gov-
ernment. This deferment was in accordance with
the procedure adopted by the conference regarding
the signature of the conventions. That procedure
permitted those governments which desired to do
so to sign any or all of the conventions immedi-
ately, while holding open the register of signatures
for a period of 6 months for those who wished to
defer signing.
It is expected that the published texts of the four
conventions will be available in the near future.
An objective appraisal of the effectiveness of the
work of the Diplomatic Conference of 1949 will
have to be made by some future observer in the
light of historical developments. It is believed,
however, that the drafts of the three revised con-
ventions represent a considerable improvement
over the ones which they are intended to replace,
and that the new civilian convention marks a step
forward in the effort to mitigate, through inter-
national agreement, the suffering occasioned by
war. Since many of the delegates to the confer-
ence had themselves been prisoners of war or civil-
ian internees and many others had during the last
war been charged with the administrative re-
sponsibility of the practical application of the
conventions, much of the valuable experience
gained thereby has been incorporated into the new
documents. The new texts are consequently based
on practical and realistic considerations while at
the same time retaining the basic humanitarian
objectives on which the first Geneva convention
was founded.
THE CONGRESS
Legislation
International Wheat Agreement of 1949. Message froi
the President of the United States transmitting a certified
copy of the International Wheat Agreement, which 'was
open for signature in Washington from March 23 to Apf-il
15, 1949, and was signed during that period on behalf lof
the Government of the United States of America and llhe
Governments of 40 other countries. S. Exec. M, 81st Cor|g.,
1st sess. 31 pp. !
International Convention for the Safety of Life at S ka,
1948. S. Exec. Kept. 4, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 4 pp.
Convention of the World Meteorological Organizaticp.
S. Exec. Kept. 5, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 2 pp. \
Authorizing Completion of the Processing of the Visa
Cases, and Admission into the United States, of certain
Alien Fiances and Fiancees of Members, or of Former Meif-
bers, of the Armed Forces of the United States, as was
provided in the so-called GI Fiancees Act (60 Stat. 339), £^
amended. S. Kept. 210, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 2 pp.
Persecution of Religious Leaders for Political Purposed
in Certain Countries. S. Rept. 220, 81st Cong., 1st sessl
3 pp.
Amending the Trading With the Enemy Act so as to\
Extend the Time within which Claims may be Filed fori
Return of any Property or interest acquired by the United ]
States on or after December 18, 1941. S. Rept. 242, 81st '
Cong., 1st sess. 2 pp.
Extending an Invitation To hold the 1956 Winter Olym-
pic Games at Lake Placid, N. Y. S. Rept. 272, 81st Cong.,
1st sess. 1 p.
North Atlantic Treaty. Documents Relating to the
North Atlantic Treaty. Prepared by the Staff of the Senate
Foreign Relations Committee. S. Doc. 48, 81st Cong., 1st
sess. vii, 128 pp.
Revised Supplemental Estimate of Appropriations for
Payment of Claims for Damages, Audited Claims, and
.Judgments. Communication from the President of the
United States transmitting revised supplemental estimate
of appropriations for payment of claims for damages,
audited claims, and judgments, amounting to $2,267,869.53.
S. Doc. 52, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 57 pp.
Supplemental Estimate — United Nations for Relief of
Palestine Refugees. Communication from the President
of the United States transmitting supplemental estimate
of appropriation for the United Nations for relief of Pales-
tine refugees, fiscal year 1949, amounting to $16,000,000.
S. Doc. 58, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 2 pp.
Charter for an International Trade Organization. Mes-
sage from The President of the United States transmitting
the charter for International Trade Organization, pre-
pared by a conference of the United Nations, Habana,
1948, together with a memorandum from the Secretary of
State. S, Doc. 61, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 11 po.
Operations of the Department of State Under Section
32 ( B ) ( 2 ) of Public Law 584 ( 79th Cong. ) . Message from
the President of the United States transmitting a report
by the Secretary of State on the operations of the Depart-
ment of State under section 32 (B) (2) of Public Law 584,
Seventy-ninth Congress. H. Doc. 130, 81st Cong., 1st eess.
50 pp.
Amendment of Title 18 and Title 28, United States Code.
H. Rept. 352, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 66 pp.
Amending the Nationality Act of 1940. H. Rept. 432,
81st Cong., 1st sess. 2 pp.
Extension of the European Recovery Program. H. Rept.
440, 81st Cong., 1st sess. 13 pp.
340
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Report on Third CSpecial> Session of General Council of IRO
hy George L. Warren
The General Council of the International Kef-
ugee Organization (Iro) held its third (special)
session at Geneva from June 28 to July 8, 1949.
The Executive Connnittee met concurrently from
June 30 to July 8, 1949.
The session was convened for the special purpose
of considering the revised proposals of the Direc-
tor-General concerning the termination of the serv-
ices of the organization and future international
action for the protection of refugees and displaced
persons in their civil status. These questions had
been considered in a preliminary way at the second
session of the Council in March 1949, at which
time the representatives of government members
of Iro were unprepared to reach definitive de-
cisions. Subsequent to the second session of the
Council in March 1949, the Director-General, Wil-
liam Hallam Tuck, had submitted his resignation
to the chairman of the Executive Committee,
Guerin de Beaumont (France) to take effect no
later than July 31, 1949. In consequence the Coun-
cil at this special session faced the responsibility
of action on the resignation and on the election of
Mr. Tuck's successor.
All 18 members of the Iro were represented at
the meeting :
Australia
Belgium
Canada
China
Denmark;
Dominican Republic
France
Guatemala
Iceland
Italy
Luxembourg
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Switzerland
United Kingdom
United States
Venezuela
Representatives of the United Nations, the Gov-
ernment of Israel, the Vatican, International La-
bor Organization, United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization, World
Health Organization, and Food and Agriculture
Organization were also in attendance as official
observers.
In the absence of J. Desy of Canada, Guerin de
Beaumont of France was elected chairman of the
Council for the session. J. Schneider of Belgium
served as first vice-chairman. Dr. V. Montoya of
Venezuela as second vice-chairman, and Prince del
Drago of Italy as rapporteur.
Tlie Executive Conunittee met solely for the pur-
pose of considering the resignation of Mr. Tuck
and of recommending the election of his successor
to the Council. Persistent efforts were made by
members of the Executive Committee to induce
Mr. Tuck to remain as Director-General. On the
failure of these representations, his resignation
■was accepted with unanimous regret. All repre-
sentatives present expressed their appreciation of
the contribution he had made during his 2 years
of service. A candidate to succeed Mr. Tuck as
Director-General was presented by the United
States representative, who proposed adoption by
the Committee of a recommendation to the Coun-
cil that John Donald Kingsley, Assistant Admin-
istrator of the Federal Security Agency, be elected
to succeed Mr. Tuck. This recommendation was
adopted, and at the final meeting of the General
Council the reconunendations of the Committee ac-
cepting Mr. Tuck's resignation with regret and
electing Mr. Kingsley as Director-General to take
office on July 31, 1949, were unanimously adopted.
The Council devoted the major part of its ses-
sion to consideration of the Director-General's re-
vised pi'oposals for the termination of Iro services.
After full discussion of the Director-General's
recommendations, the Council decided to discon-
tinue the registration of refugees and displaced
persons on August 31, 1949, with the following
exceptions : Unaccompanied children discovered
after August 31, 1949, may be registered after that
date as eligible for services ; refugees in any area
of Iro operations who left their countries of origin
after August 31, 1949, may be registered as eligible
up to October 15, 1949; and finally, refugees and
displaced persons may be registered after that
date solely for the purpose of receiving legal and
political protection in their civil status. In reach-
ing these decisions the Council stressed the urgency
of determining for the information of the Council
September 5, 1949
341
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
at its session in October 1949, the total number of
refugees and displaced persons requiring services
by the organization, and particularly those among
them who may require movement overseas. Only
when this figure is known will the Council be able
to determine the total of the residual assets avail-
able to the organization, which may be devoted to
the continuing care of the aged and infirm refugees
and displaced persons who will not qualify for
resettlement in any country.
Consideration by the Council of the shipping
program of Ieo budgeted for the fiscal year 1949-50
indicated the need for an immediate recanvass of
the receiving countries to determine to what extent
these countries might find it possible to accept for
resettlement an additional 150,000 refugees and
displaced persons not presently budgeted for move-
ment. These refugees and displaced persons an-
ticipated to be awaiting resettlement on June 30,
1950, are in addition to the nonresettlable refugees
and displaced persons who will not qualify for
resettlement in any country because of age, infirm-
ities, or other causes of dependency. The Coun-
cil also decided to discontinue admissions to as-
sembly centers in Germany, Austria, and Italy on
December 31, 1949, and admissions to the cash-
assistance programs chiefly in the Western Euro-
pean countries on March 31, 1950. The Council
decided further that all care and maintenance
should be discontinued on June 30, 1950, except
for refugees and displaced j^ersons in process of
repatriation and resettlement on that date and
those who will require permanent assistance such
as institutional care for whom other satisfactoi'y
arrangements have not been completed prior to
that date.
. The Director-General's proposal that a counsel-
ing program to identify the hard-core group and
those who may for personal reasons desire to re-
main in the countries of present residence be
pressed vigorously was approved by the Council.
This program will determine the numbers, partic-
ularly among those still to be registered, who will
require repatriation or resettlement. As a result
of this counseling program, the Council will have
complete data before it at its October 1949 meeting
on the basis of which final decisions on the termi-
nation of Iro services can be made.
The discussions which resulted in the foregoing
decisions indicated that the Western European
countries are seriously concerned with respect to
provisions ultimately to be made by Ieo for the
continuing care of the hard core of nonresettla-
bles. They fear that unless adequate provision
is made for those remaining in Germany and Aus-
tria after the termination of Iro these persons will
inevitably drift into the Western European coun-
tries and become a burden on the economies of
those countries.
With these problems in mind the Council in-
342
structed the Director-General to formulate in co-
operation with the governments, authorities con-
cerned, and other interested organizations, plans
for future provision for those refugees and dis-
placed persons who require permanent assistance
such as institutional care. The Director-General
was authorized to allocate to such governments
and authorities which undertake permanent pro-
vision for the hard-core refugees the equivalent
of the care and maintenance costs which would
have been incurred by the Iro for such refugees
up to June 30, 1950, and to transfer to them, in his
discretion, Iro right, title, or interest in facilities,
equipment, or such budgeted funds as the Director-
General determines by written order will further
the permanent provision for hard-core refugees.
A report of transfers made to other authorities
both of the responsibility for the care of refugees
and of the funds and capital equipment utilized
for this jjurpose is to be made to the October 1949
meeting of the Council.
The Council also considered plans for the ter-
mination of the International Tracing Service and
instructed the Director-General to undertake nego-
tiations with the International Committee of the
Red Cross with a view to the transfer of the Trac-
ing Service to that organization for permanent
maintenance on a reduced basis.
With respect to future international action con-
cerning refugees the Council adopted a memo-
randum for transmission to the Economic and So-
cial Council already convened at Geneva on July
5, 1949. The memorandum stated the conviction
of the Council that upon the termination of the Iro
there will remain in Eui'ope certain numbers of
refugees and displaced persons who will require
legal protection in their civil status and that inter-
national assistance in the protection of refugees
should continue unbroken preferably under an or-
gan to be created within the framework of the
United Nations. The Council decided specifically
that Iro should not be continued in existence in or-
der to provide the required legal protection for
refugees. The Western European members of the
Council urged that the Council recommend the
setting up of a High Commissioner for Refugees
under the United Nations and the establishment
of an international fund to provide continuing as-
sistance to refugees. Many governments, partic-
ularly Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom, the
United States, and Venezuela, took the position
that decisions on these questions would be pre-
mature and should be left to the Economic and
Social Council and the General Assembly of the
United Nations. The memorandum as finally
adopted cited the differences of views on these two
points.
The Council closed the third (special) session on
Friday, July 8, 1949, and resolved to convene its
fourth session on or about Tuesday, October 11,
1949, at Geneva. It was also decided that the Ex-
ecutive Committee should meet at Geneva for its
sixth session on October 6, 1949.
Department of Slate Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Voluntary Association Among Free Nations for Security and Liberty
Address hy President Truman'^
I am particularly pleased that you have asked
me to be here on the day the Veterans of Foreign
Wars is honoring distinguished representatives
from other countries which have joined in the
North Atlantic Treaty. The presence of veterans
from most of the treaty countries, meeting with
our own veterans, is deeply symbolic of the spirit
that binds together the free nations of the world.
All the countries that signed the treaty have
learned the tragic cost of war. All of us have
learned how weakness invites aggi'ession — how
democratic countries, unless they stand together,
can be taken over one by one. And now, all of us
are determined that, by joint efforts and a common
defense, we shall become strong enough to prevent
another terrible conflict.
A New Phase of Human History
Four years ago, when the war ended, the world
entered a new phase of human history. There were
many who believed that the world would quickly
return to its old ways. Many believed that the
countries of the world would work their way,
peacefully and in cooperation, back to conditions
of stability and prosperity.
But the effects of this last war were too far-
reaching to permit such an easy adjustment. The
destruction had been too great to allow a quick
recovery. The accumulated wealth of generations
had been poured out and lost in the conflict. Con-
ditions of world trade had been fundamentally
altered. As a result of the upheaval, many peoples
' Made at the Golden Jubilee Convention of the Vet-
erans of Foreign Wars, held at Miami on Aug. 22, 1949, and
released to the press by the White House on the same date.
September 5, 1949
demanded new rights and new responsibilities.
Men who had lived for centuries in economic or
political servitude asked for independence and a
fair share of the good things of life.
The war against tyranny was sustained by belief
in the Four Freedoms. Men refused to yield to'
dictatorship because they desired and believed they
could secure conditions of material and spiritual
freedom. When the war ended, they demanded to
be treated as free men. They demanded a world
in which they could attain security and liberty.
This demand cannot be suppressed. It must not
be frustrated. It presents a challenge to us and
to the values of our civilization which will require
all our energies and wisdom to satisfy.
Meeting the Challenge of Communism
One pretended answer to this demand of man
kind is offered by organized Communism. But
that answer is a false one. Communism claims
to satisfy the universal desire for a better life.
But, in fact, it lures men by false promises back
to tyranny and slavery — and more and more
people, all over the world, are learning that fact.
The free nations of the world offer a different
answer to the demand of mankind for security and
liberty. Our answer is based upon voluntary as-
sociation among free nations, mutual adjustment
of our common problems, and combined economic
effort. We are convinced that through these
means the world can achieve economic progress
and at the same time maintain and expand demo-
cratic freedoms. We are convinced that our an-
swer will prevail.
The people of the United States have been meet-
ing this challenge. In 4 short years they have
343
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
done more in the cause of world peace and world
recovery than any nation has ever before been
called upon to do.
We are not alone in this effort. Many nations
which share our democratic values and our tradi-
tions are working with us. Without these allies
in the cause of peace, our task would be hopeless.
We can win a permanent peace only through the
joint efforts of free nations striving toward the
same objectives.
To achieve a better world we must prevent in-
ternational violence. Unless protection against
war can be secured, all eHorts for the advancement
of mankind will fail. One of the most important
aspects of our foreign policy, therefore, is our ef-
fort to establish international order.
To this end, we have joined with other nations
in creating a world organization which would out-
law aggression and establish a means of settling
international disputes.
The principles of the United Nations are still
our goal. We have undertaken to defend and pre-
serve them. We will keep that pledge.
Shortly after the end of the war, however, it
became apparent that the United Nations could
not live up to all our hopes for it until all nations
were united in the desire for peace. It became
necessary, therefore, for the free countries to take
action to defend the principles of that organiza-
tion and to preserve it.
By an overwhelming bipartisan vote, the Con-
gress approved my recommendation early in 1947
that the United States help Greece and Turkey
resist Communist pressures. Our prompt action
preserved the integi'ity of both countries.
By an equally overwhelming vote in 1948. the
Congress approved our joint enterprise with 16
■European nations to achieve economic recovery.
The European Recovery Program has prevented
general collapse in Europe, and has given hope to
all countries who want to see the world resume the
course of economic progress.
While we are working with our friends in Eu-
rope, we are also working with our friends and
neighbors in this hemisphere. The pact of Rio de
Janeiro, signed in September 1947, binds the na-
tions of North and South America together in a
defensive alliance.
The United States and 11 other nations have
now joined in the North Atlantic Treaty. Like
the Rio pact, this is a pledge of mutual assistance
by nations which are determined to protect their
independence. It is based on the principle that
an armed attack on one member nation is an attack
on all.
The Military Assistance Program
The next task is to back up this principle with
military assistance to European nations and to
344
certain other nations which are unable to build
up their defenses without outside help.
I have recommended to the Congress that the
United States supply three kinds of military as-
sistance to friendly democratic nations in need
of our help. First, we should help them increase
their own military production. Second, we
should transfer to them some essential items of
military equipment. Third, we should send some
of our experts abroad to help train and equip their
military forces.
Some people who do not understand the state
of the world very well have tried to make the
Military Assistance Program seem a difficult and
confused issue. On the contrary, it is very simple.
The purpose of the Military Assistance Pro-
gram is to prevent aggression. Our European
partners in the North Atlantic Treaty are not
strong enough today to defend themselves effec-
tively. Since the end of the war they have been
concentrating on rebuilding their war-torn econ-
omies. We can strengthen them, and ourselves,
by transferring some military means to them, and
by joining with them in a common defense plan.
The Military Assistance Program is based on the
same principle of self-help and mutual aid that is
the cornerstone of the European Recovery Pro-
gram and the North Atlantic Treaty.
We are not arming ourselves and our friends
to start a fight with anybody. We are building
defenses so that we won't have to fight.
Our aid will be limited to the material necessary
to equip mobile defense forces. These forces will
constitute no threat to the independence of other
nations. The democratic nations have no desire
for aggression ; they only want to be able to de-
fend their homes.
Most of our assistance under this program will
go to Atlantic Treaty countries, but we will also
help certain other nations whose security is im-
portant to world peace. We must continue our
aid to Greece and Turkey. We should help Iran
maintain its firm stand against Soviet pressure.
And, in the Far East, two young republics — the
Philippines and Korea — need military assistance
if they are to maintain their national security.
If it were possible, we would prefer that these
bulwarks against aggression be established by the
United Nations. We hope the peace of the world
will some day be enforced by security forces under
the control and direction of the United Nations.
We have been working for that.
But the Soviet Union has blocked every effort
to establish an effective international police force
and to free the world from the fear of aggression.
For that reason, we have had to join other friendly
nations in forming regional defense pacts.
The United Nations Charter was wisely drawn
to permit these regional defense pacts and other
collective security arrangements which are con-
sistent with the great principles of the Charter.
The Military Assistance Program will help the
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
United Nations to operate more effectively by in-
creasing the collective as well as the individual
ability of free countries to resist aggression.
The Military Assistance Program and the Eu-
ropean Recovery Program are part and parcel of
the same policy. There is the closest relationship
between economic recovery and military defense.
On the one hand, economic recovery will lag if the
haunting fear of military aggi'ession is wide-
spread. Such fear will prevent new investments
from being made and new industries from being
established. On the other hand, if protection
against aggression is assured, economic recovery
will move forward more rapidly. Sound eco-
nomic recovery and adequate military defense
must be carried forward together in balance.
That is exactly what we propose to do.
Great progress has been made in economic re-
covery in Europe. The production of the West-
ern nations of Europe has been rising steadily.
To continue the momentum of this economic ad-
vance, it is necessary now to remove the obstacles
created by the fear of military aggression.
We should therefore undertake a program of
military assistance without delay. The cost of
such a program is considerable, but it represents
an investment in security that will be worth many
times its cost. It is part of the price of peace.
Combined Efforts for Peace
Peace with freedom and justice cannot be
bought cheaply. No single program can bring
it about, nor can any single nation. It can only
be assured by the combined efforts of the multi-
tudes of people throughout the world who want a
secure peace. They are our friends, and they
are friends worth having. We must keep them
our friends if the world is to be a decent place
for our children and their children to live in.
We must face the fact that we have forever put
behind us the false security of isolationism. We
have done so because we have learned — learned the
hard way — that, in the world of today, isolation-
ism is a futile and vulnerable shield. We have
learned that the defense of the United States and
the defense of other freedom-loving nations are
indivisible. We have learned that we can serve
our country best by joining in the common defense
of the rights of all mankind.
The Congress of the United States in noble
words has set out certain purposes of the Veterans
of Foreign Wars. Our organization is pledged:
To maintain true allegiance to the government of the
United States of America, and fidelity to its Constitution
and laws ; to foster true patriotism ; to maintain and ex-
tend the institutions of American freedom ; to preserve
and defend the United States from all her enemies.
In the fulfillment of those high purposes, I en-
list your support to the end that we may persevere
in the ways of peace with the same vigor and de-
termination with which we fought our country's
wars.
The Foreign Policy of a Free Democracy
by Ambassador Philip 0. Jessup ^
You Veterans of Foreign Wars are on record as
an organization deeply concerned with promoting
the welfare of our country. No group of citizens
has a greater right to be heard on matters of na-
tional interest than those who have served in our
armed forces during war. No group has a greater
responsibility for rendering public service through
an intelligent watchful interest in the future of the
United States. As a veteran of World War I,
I claim a share in that right and acknowledge a
share in that responsibility. Discharge from ac-
tive service did not discharge us from our duties
as citizens. Obviously the kind of service required
in peace is different from that required in war. It
' Address made at the Golden Jubilee National Conven-
tion of Veterans of Foreign Wars, Miami, Fla., on Aug. 24,
1949, and released to the press on the same date.
September 5, 1949
is not generally recognized that it is nevertheless
a vital and an arduous service.
I should be very happy if I could report to you
that peace is safe and secure, but it is not. Peace
is being maintained by the United States and a
large group of like-minded nations. We are fight-
ing for a just and permanent peace on the Atlantic
and Pacific fronts today just as much as we were
between Pearl Harbor and V-E and V-J days.
We cannot relax our efforts for a day, for an hour.
Those efforts must be on an all-out national basis.
You veterans who bore the brunt of World War II
were backed by every resource of your government
and by men and women working in a thousand
different ways throughout this country and abroad.
It was impossible for civilians during the war to
sit back and say, "Let's leave it to the armed
345
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
forces." It is equally impossible for you now to
leave the job of maintaining the peace — which is
the prevention of another war — to those working
full time on the problem in the diplomatic or mili-
tary or other government service. You won't be
drafted, and you aren't asked to enlist in active
service. But your help — the help of your great
organization — is essential.
We know that the job of winning the war in-
cluded not only military effort but also scientific,
economic, and financial effort. Keeping the peace
also requires a multiple effort. If the United
States weakens its military strength, the peace is
not secure. The same is true if we weaken our
foreign policy. It is also true if we do not remain
strong economically, financially, and morally.
It is not bombast to say the United States is the
most powerful country in the world. Some people
in some nations may state that fact with envy;
most people in most nations say it with hope.
Only those who do not want peace say it with
fear. Our national program has been clearly
stated. It is based on national strength to be
used in cooperation with other nations through
the United Nations in the interest and for the well-
being of all the world. That is the program laid
down in the inaugural address of the President
■of the United States. Every Department and
agency of the government has a part to play in
carrying out that program. Every citizen has a
vital stake in its success.
I am not going to talk about the elements of our
economic, financial, and military strength. I do
want to speak of our moral strength and our for-
eign policy.
It is not an American habit to talk much about
moral strength, or those things which are called
spiritual values. I make no apology for raising
that theme. We know that the Communists are
fighting all over the world to capture the mind
and the spirit of men so that they can then enslave
them by the ruthless totalitarian methods which
kill the spirit, darken the mind, and torture the
body. They begin with beautiful promises. They
have cunning and skillful agents trained in cor-
rupting the mind. They have the greatest suc-
cess where there is ignorance or despair. Our job
is to dispel the ignorance and to replace despair
with hope.
On the Atlantic front our chief problem was
the weary despair which the war and its ruin in-
evitably brought. The Marshall Plan, the At-
lantic pact, and the Military Aid Program are
bringing back hope.
On the Pacific front they need hope also, but
the great problem is the vast ignorance of hun-
dreds of millions of people on which Communism
feeds. These people do not know that in coun-
tries ruled by Communists there is no freedom.
346
They do not know that the prophets of Commu-
nism have publicly proclaimed that they will en-
courage national independence merely as a step-
ping stone to a new and terrible slavery. They
do not know what our civilization and political
principles have produced in the way of a free and
prosperous life for the people of a great country.
Our idea of freedom and the good life is some-
thing we have for export. If we don't export it,
the people who do not know it exists will buy the
cheap shoddy promises of Communism. To back
our export we need to have the fire of conviction
which established this country and which in this
generation has brought us to victory in two world
wars. That same fire of conviction can keep us
at peace.
Our peace strategy is global. The Atlantic and
Pacific fronts are only illustrative. As in the war
we have our allies, and our strategy must be a joint
strategy. With our allies we have preponderant
peace forces. We must be constantly alert that no
trickery on the part of those who do not seek peace
and that no error on our own part, brings us to the
loss, or to the abuse, of that great power.
It is true today as it was when spoken 40 years
ago by a great Secretary of War and Secretary of
State — Elihu Koot — that "We wish for no vic-
tories but those of peace ; for no territory except
our own ; for no sovereignty except the sovereignty
over ourselves."
That is our fundamental strength. Unlike the
Soviet Union, we do not want more territory or
subject peoples. We want all peoples to be free
and prosperous because we believe that progress
means a united move upward rather than cliinbing
on the backs of others who are pushed down. We
have acted on that belief, and we are putting it
into practice through the United Nations, the sym-
bol of international cooperation.
The broad outlines of a positive and forward-
looking postwar foreign policy based on that con-
viction began to take form, and the framework
within which it would operate began to emerge,
before the war ended. The guiding principles and
the general methods by which we hoped to build
a better world were developed and enunciated in a
series of United Nations conferences beginning in
1943 and culminating with the establishment of the
United Nations Organization in 1945. We fore-
saw the basic needs of the world for food and set
up the Food and Agriculture Organization. We
knew postwar relief was necessary and established
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Admin-
istration. We anticipated the requirements for
economic and financial help, and created the World
Bank and the International Monetary Fund.
These and other specialized international agencies
have all been brought into the general framework
of the United Nations.
In all these remarkable efforts looking toward
world reconstruction, recovery, and development
in an environment of peace and harmony, there
Department of State Bulletin
i
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
was no animosity or antagonism toward any of
the participating nations. All the plans laid in
that period assumed the continued cooperation of
all the Allied powers in a common endeavor to
create a better world. That assumption has been
proved wrong. The Soviet Union refuses to co-
operate in improving the welfare of mankind and
in insuring international peace and security. This
opposition does not invalidate the strategy of in-
ternational cooperation. It merely increases the
need for united effort on the basis of clear and un-
impeachable principles.
This opposition is not only obstructive, but ag-
gressively so. It not onlj' is a challenge to the
beliefs and aspirations of the free peoples, but also
a threat to their security and welfare. It is a
challenge that must be taken up, a threat that must
be countered. There is no reason for hysteria.
There is need for calm determination.
Let us frankly acknowledge that many of the
actions and much of the effort of the United States
in international affairs in recent months have been
directed toward countering the clear threat to our-
selves and other free peoples. We could not have
done otherwise without betraying all that we stand
for. Let us also frankly acbnit that self-interest,
if we had taken that as the sole guide, would have
dictated the same course.
The realities of the situation have required us
to develop new methods and measures to meet them
successfully, but they have not diverted us from
our long-range, primary objectives. We still seek
a just and enduring peace, in which all peoples will
be free to achieve better living conditions and a
wider enjoyment of human rights. We still firmly
support the United Nations as the most feasible
and effective means by which the nations of the
world can work together to keep the peace and
promote the welfare of their peoples.
The United Nations should not be judged by Uto-
pian standards, but by the world as it is. As long
as deep-seated differences among its members per-
sist, the United Nations is bound to be affected by
that division. Nevertheless, the fact of primary
importance is that the United Nations continues
to function in spite of the East-West conflict, even
though its effectiveness is diminished. It provides
a common meeting ground for all the nations which
genuinely seek the solution of problems by con-
sultation and collaboration. By the continuity
of its operations, the United Nations strengthens
the habit of working together. Above all, it con-
tains the contending forces within a recognized
forum and requires them to justify their actions
to the world in terms of the purposes and pro-
visions of the Charter. The United Nations looms
larger and larger as the manifest conscience of
mankind.
Within the limits of the matters with which the
United Nations was expected to deal, it has grad-
ually and painstakingly achieved a record of real
accomplishment. A look at that record should
caution us against taking an unduly pessimistic
view of the ability of the United Nations to deal
with particular cases. If the representatives of
the United Nations had been as easily discouraged
as some observers, they would not have manifested
the patience and perseverance that eventually
brings success.
Last December, for example, when the Dutch
took military action against the Republicans in
Indonesia, headlines and comments in this coun-
try took the following line :
Once again the world is afforded an excellent illus-
tration of United Nations impotence in such situations.
Revival of the Indonesian war is another challenge to
United Nations authority and world peace.
The United Nations will be holding a post-mortem on
a fait accompli. Its history in Palestine does not suggest
that it will be any more effective in Indonesia in urging
withdrawal to the old lines while arbitration and media-
tion is talked.
Yet the United Nations continued its efforts and
was able a few months later to bring about a cessa-
tion of armed conflict and an agreement of the
parties to resume negotiations. The headlines and
comments following this development reflected a
great change in sentiment, as indicated by these
samples :
The agreement ... Is another victory for the United
Nations.
The United Nations Commission provided the machinery
for arriving at the truce.
The United Nations Commission on Indonesia has been
active and successful.
The parties are now meeting in a round-table
conference at The Hague with the United Nations
Commission participating.
Similarly, the ups and down of the Palestine
case have been accompanied by corresponding vari-
ations in the public evaluation of the United Na-
tions efforts to obtain a peaceful settlement. Last
fall, such statements as these appeared in the press
of this country :
The best thing for the United Nations to do, in the
matter of Palestine, is to withdraw as gracefully as
possible.
Both the prestige and authority of the United Nations
appear to be seriously endangered by the situation in
Palestine.
It has involved the United Nations' greatest admission
of defeat of the purposes of its own existence.
Why doesn't the United Nations admit its inability to
function and pull out of the whole mess?
But Ralph Bunche and his fellow mediators
would not give up so easily. They persisted
through weary weeks of negotiation and finally,
only a month ago, succeeded in obtaining an armis-
tice between Israel and the last of the neighboring
states with which it had been in conflict. This
September 5, 7949
347
THE RECORD OF THE' WEEK
Continued
time the tone of the comments were quite different,
as shown by the following :
To the scoffers . . . who say that the United Nations is
helpless or useless or worse, the story of this phase of
the Palestine problem should give pause, and food for
thought.
The achievement of the United Nations in Palestine is
a great gain for the world and for the prestige and future
effectiveness of the United Nations.
Dr. Bunche succeeded in his task partly because of his
personality, partly because of the framework in which he
operated.
The parties are now discussing final settlements
at Geneva with a United Nations Commission par-
ticipating.
When the decision was made to submit the ques-
tion of the Berlin blockade to the United Nations
during the session of the General Assembly last
fall, some feared that the consequences might be
fatal to the United Nations. Much of the reaction
in this country was along the following lines :
Keference to the United Nations will not bring a solu-
tion.
Do we want to dramatize the fact that we are not suc-
ceeding in using the United Nations as a mechanism for
arriving at agreements?
Reference of the Berlin question to the United
Nations did not bring an immediate solution. Yet
it is generally conceded that the United Nations
contnbutecl significantly to the solution that was
subsequently achieved. This appraisal is reflected
in such press comments as the following :
The agreement concerning Berlin is an accomplishment
of the United Nations of the greatest importance.
Despite the profound differences of principle between
East and West, despite the veto, it remains a great and
useful thing that the United Nations exists to provide a
forum where all these efforts at finding a meeting ground
can take place.
These experiences demonstrate that there is no
justification for discouragement if progress to-
ward the solution of the problems that remain, and
new ones which arise, is slower and less spectacular
than we would like. We have had no days as black
as some of those which preceded victory in the
war. If the majority of the members of the
United Nations persevere in their patient efforts
to achieve an effective system of collective security,
they will win because they are right. This truth
cannot forever be concealed from other peoples
because iron curtains will eventually rust away
when exposed to truth.
The United States has never been afraid to face
the future. Times of peace and prosperity as well
as those of danger and distress need forethought.
If we did not plan ahead for peace, we would be
less likely to reach the goal and less likely to retain
the gains when they are made. It is Communist,
348
and not American doctrine, that enmity and war
are inevitable.
Consistent with our faith and with our word
pledged through the ratification of the United
Nations Charter, we have cooperated in the efforts
of the United Nations to work toward disarma-
ment. Little progress has yet been made because
the Soviet Union has refused to accept the conclu-
sions of the majority in the Commission for Con-
ventional Armaments regarding the essential fea-
tures of an effective plan of regulation. The So-
viet Union tried to shift the blame for this lack of
progress, but the other members recognized their
proposals as a mere propaganda maneuver and
rejected them.
The General Assembly requested the Commis-
sion to give highest priority to the development of
a plan for a census of armaments and armed forces,
with a control organization for verifying the in-
formation to be submitted to the states subscrib-
ing to the plan. This request reflected the belief,
shared by the United States, that disarmament
cannot be based on promises alone but only on duly
certified knowledge of the facts : This means that
the whole international community must have full
information about armaments and armed forces,
checked and double-checked by neutral observers,
as a necessary prerequisite to any actual reduction
and regulation of conventional arms.
It must be emphasized that the plan for an arms
census and verification of the figures will not go
into effect even for those countries which have sup-
ported it unless and until it has been approved in
the Security Council and the General Assembly
and has been subscribed to by the United States
and other governments. In other words, the plan
will become a reality only after each member of
the United Nations has had an opportunity to
review it and decide whether it wishes to accept the
plan. We are not going to exchange arms for
empty promises.
We have gone forward also in the search for
safe control of the most dangerous weapon. The
majority of the United Nations Atomic Energy
Commission has developed a plan for international
control of atomic energy, based largely on pro-
posals made by the United States. We offered to
give up atomic weapons and to transfer to an inter-
national authority atomic activities dangerous to
international security, but only upon the absolutely
essential condition that a system of effective and
enforceable safeguards has first been established
and is in actual operation.
The plan of the majority of the Commission, in-
corporating this condition, has been approved by
the General Assembly as providing "the necessary
basis" for a system which would safeguard inter-
national security. The Commission, however, is
unable to proceed further because the Soviet Union
has refused to accept the plan approved by the
majority of the Commission and by the General
Assembly. In accordance with the provisions of
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
the General Assembly resolution and our standard
policy, we have begun talks among the six spon-
soring powers. We have never closed the door to
the Soviet Union for a discussion of any interna-
tional i)roblem.
One of the plain facts in the present situation is
that the Soviet Union is contemptuous of weakness
but respects strength. It was the strength of the
West which led the Soviet Union to abandon the
Berlin blockade and to make at least some moves
toward agreement in the recent meeting of the
Council of Foreign Ministers in Paris. Our
strength is made up of unity with the free peoples
of the world; of industrial power; of military
power; and of calm confidence in the soundness
of our domestic system and our peaceful foreign
policy.
We had revealed that strength in several ways.
There was the Berlin airlift. That great opera-
tion saved the people of Berlin from the starva-
tion with which the Berlin blockade threatened
them. I want to pay tribute to the men who or-
ganized it and operated it.
Then there was the steady progress toward the
organization of a Western German Government.
Here the basic unity of purpose and of policy be-
tween France, the United Kingdom, and the
United States was a most potent factor. That is
a unity we must preserve, strengthen, and extend.
We have other friends and allies for peace in
all parts of the world. We are closely bound to
our good neighbors south of the Rio Grande and
have formalized that vmity in the defensive pact
of Rio de Janeiro, which was concluded within the
framework of the United Nations Charter. We
have similarly concluded the North Atlantic
Treaty with eleven nations who form the North
Atlantic community, again acting in conformity
with the Charter. We are working closely with
other members of the United Nations for our mu-
tual benefit and strength to promote the common
purpose of maintaining peace and the good life.
These close associations are not and cannot be
the result of domination and dictation. The So-
viet Union believes in that method as did Hitler.
We do not believe in it. There are always differ-
ences of opinion between the closest of friends.
Those differences can be resolved by mutual under-
standing and accommodation because the com-
mon purpose is basic. When the Soviet Union
comes to realize the soundness of that common pur-
pose and the method of achieving it we stand
ready to work equally with them. It must not be
forgotten that we are as friendly to the Russian
people as to other people. We are not trying to
conquer Russia. We are not rivals for the domi-
nation of the world because we do not want to
dominate the world. If their government will
Sepfember 5, ?949
abandon the dream of world domination which
throughout history has destroyed such blind
dreamers, a full share in international cooperation
will be theirs.
At this moment in history we must continue the
process of helping Western Europe to rebuild it-
self in economic stability and in the sense of safety
which comes from a well-planned common defense
if any state should again be misled into contem-
plating the fatal step of committing aggression
against the democratic forces of the world.
The only way the Western European members
of the pact can rapidly acquire an effective defense
is for the United States to supplement what they
are doing for themselves and each other by sup-
plying arms and equipment from this country, as
proposed in the Military Assistance Program.
This aid will enable the pact members in Europe
to turn their shadow armies into effective forc«s
that will become the nucleus of the integrated de-
fense essential to the maintenance of peace in the
North Atlantic area. The development of an ac-
tual defense-in-being in Western Europe will give
the people of those countries the reassurance that
they require for further economic and social prog-
ress, and will prove to be a stabilizing influence in
Europe and the world.
No one regrets more than do the government
and people of the United States that we must de-
.vote to arms and other defense measures part of
our substance and energy, which we would prefer
to use for more productive purposes.
The menace of aggressive Communism to the
liberties and rights of free peoples is the immediate
and pressing problem that must be overcome. We
are confident that the concerted effort of the free
nations will succeed in overcoming it. But we are
well aware that this is not the only problem, nor
in the long perspective of history perhaps, the most
significant. We will not hesitate to do what is
necessary to help the free nations preserve their
independence and integrity. Neither will we lose
sight of the constructive and humane tasks which
we set ourselves while the war was being fought.
The Secretary of State under the President is
charged with the mighty responsibility of waging
peace so that this country will not need to wage
war. He is supported by all the resources of our
government. He acts in consultation with other
officers of the government and within the frame-
work of decisions by the Congress. Like all other
officers of the United States of America he is re-
sponsible, and responsive, to the people. Do not
ever get the idea that the men and women carrying
on our foreign relations are the actors on the stage
and that you, the citizens of the United States, are
just the audience. We are all in this great world
problem together. You have the privilege of the
free citizen to criticize foreign policy. You have
the responsibility of the free citizen to participate
in its formation and execution.
349
Department of State Answers Criticism on Cliina Policy
CHINA WHITE PAPER
FAIR AND HONEST RECORD
Statement hy SecretcDry Acheson
[Released to the press August 24]
A number of statements continue to be publicly
made to the effect that important documents were
omitted from the so-called China White Paper
which, if printed, would have materially altered
the record.^ It is insinuated that documents were
deliberately omitted in order to falsify the record.
These insinuations are not supported by any evi-
dence. They could not be supported because there
is not an iota of truth in them. As I said in my
letter of transmittal to the President, "no avail-
able item has been omitted because it contains
statements critical of our policy or might be the
basis of future criticism." All the Department
files bearing on our relations with China during
the period in question were examined, and a fair
and objective sampling was reproduced in the
White Paper. As I also pointed out, there are
many archives outside the Department which have
not yet been analyzed. I stated plainly that this
volume is not "the full historical record" of the
period covered. I repeat that it is a fair and honest
record.
As I see it, there are certain clear differences of
opinion regarding the wisdom of American for-
eign policy in the Far East during the last few
years. Some of these differences relate to misun-
derstanding of the facts, and some of them remain
in the field of judgment where opinions no doubt
will continue to differ. I think the attacks which
are being made center on the following points :
First, it is believed in some quarters that at least
in certain periods the Department of State did not
understand the nature of tlie Chinese Communist
movement. Personally, I think a fair reading of
the White Paper will be convincing that the De-
partment has throughout understood the true na-
" United States Relations With China, Department of
State publication 3573 (1054 pp.) for sale by the Super-
intendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C., $3 a copy.
ture of that movement, although various individ-
uals in the Department and in its service have
differed in their evaluation of the problem and
the best methods of dealing with it. This is the
kind of argument which could be interminable.
Actually, the important test of our attitude lies
in the field of action. During the period we are
discussing, we were faced with two major decisions
with regard to the Communist movement in China.
The first was whether we should provide them with
arms. Our answer to that was emphatically "no."
The second was whether we would attempt to as-
sist a political arrangement between the National-
ist Government and the Communist movement.
For reasons which have already been set forth,
our decision was that we should assist the efforts
to reach a political settlement which had been
initiated, not by any United States action, but by
the Generalissimo and the leaders of the Commu-
nist movement.
In the second place, it is argued that the Chinese
Communists could have been defeated in the field
if the United States had sent more aid or had
assumed command functions. In the judgment
of our military authorities, including General
Marshall and General Wedemeyer and General
Barr, this could not have been done without very
heavy military involvement. The Congress af-
firmed the Department's judgment that such an
involvement should not be undertaken when it
refused to include in the China Aid Act of 1948
the so-called Greek-Turkey proviso.
The most recent indication of these differences
of opinion is evidenced by the charges made by
Representative Walter Jucld that the Department
had suppressed a number of important documents
including a report on the Chinese Communists
prepared by the Military Intelligence Division of
the War Department in 1944 or 1945. This pre-
sumably refers to a report entitled The Chinese
Communist Mo'vement dated July 1945. I have
obtained the permission of the National Military
Establishment to make that document public.
The report is available for examination. I see
no reason to reprint it. It is one of many intelli-
gence reports and is part of the vast mass of doc-
umentation which would require a large series
of volumes to publish.
350
Departmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
I have just obtained a copy of a so-called sum-
mary of this report, which was never previously
submitted to the Department of State. It is my
understanding that this summary represented the
views of the officer who wrote it and not of the
War Department and was therefore not circulated.
The point of view expressed in the summary ap-
pears to differ in some important respects from
the views expressed in the report itself.
There are only two copies of the full two-volume
report and one copy of the summary, on which
Dr. Judd bases his charges. Those are available
to you for such detailed study as you wish to give
them.
In order that the record may be set straight, I
have had prepared an analysis of all of the points
made by Dr. Judd in his statement before the
House of Representatives on August 19.
I wish to repeat that the Department is deeply
concerned in the task of developing lines of action
which will meet the situation in Cliina and in the
Far East. We are working at that task with a full
sense of its seriousness and urgency and in the hope
that a completely bipartisan approach will facili-
tate the evolution of our national policy. As I
stated on August 5, we do not share the defeatist
attitude which some critics seek to force upon us.
ANALYSIS OF SIXTEEN CHARGES OF
"DISHONESTY" IN THE WHITE PAPER
[Released to the press August 2^]
The report of the Military Intelligence Division
of the War Department entitled The Chinese Com-
munist Movement dated July 1945, states the fact
of which the Department was always aware that
the Chinese Communists were Communists. It
also states that "some of the keenest observers go
so far as to predict the ultimate ascendancy of the
Chinese Commimists in China if the present reac-
tionary groups in Chungking are allowed to con-
tinue in power." It fully confirms the view of
the Department that the conduct of the ruling
clique in the Kuomintang had caused the govern-
ment to lose its popular following. It confirms
the view expressed in the "Wliite Paper that during
the war against Japan, the Government in Chung-
king was devoting more attention to strengthening
its internal position than to fighting the common
enemy. It states that "unity between the Chinese
political parties is the key to a solution of China's
problems." It argues in favor of agreement be-
tween the Chinese National Government and the
Soviet Union.
The second and third charges made by Dr. Judd
relate to alleged documents bearing upon the
Sepf ember 5, ?949
Tehran, Cairo, and Potsdam conferences. There
were no such agi'eements or commitments as these
charges suggest. In the footnote on page 113 of
the Wliite Paper, there is a brief reference to the
discussions at Tehran. The "Cairo commitments"
which it is alleged are omitted from the Wliite
Paper are printed on page 519. As a matter of
fact, the informal discussions at Tehran, which
were not commitments, ranged over a wide variety
of subjects, but it seemed appropriate in this vol-
ume to mention only those dealing with the Far
East. As stated on page 113 there was discussion
at Tehran of the desirability of making Dairen a
free port. Previously this question had been dis-
cussed by President Roosevelt with Chiang Kai-
shek at Cairo. The Generalissimo indicated his
agreement with the suggestion provided the
U.S.S.R. cooperated with China in the Far East
and provided there was no impairment of Chinese
sovereignty. The Yalta agreement, of course, spe-
cifically provided that "China retain full sov-
ereignty in Manchuria."
The fourth, fifth, and sixth points refer to the
Stilwell period. The files for this period are in
the custody of the National Military Establish-
ment. As stated in the footnote on page 70, "It
is the understanding of the Department of State
that the National Military Establishment is pre-
paring a full history of World War II" and that
the Department's publication does not "purport
to be a full and complete account." The charges
refer specifically to the "suppression" of Presi-
dent Roosevelt's telegram to Generalissimo
Chiang Kai-shek delivered by General Stilwell
about September 19, 1944. An extract from what
may be presumed to be the telegram in question,
which gives the essence of the situation, is printed
at pages 67-68. It is difficult to see how the his-
torical record of the entire period would be clari-
fied by going into the question whether General
Stilwell solicited the President's telegram to the
Generalissimo. The extracts from General Stil-
well's report printed on pages 68-70 clearly pre-
sent his point of view. The record also makes
clear that the relations between the Generalissimo
and General Stilwell were so strained that it be-
came necessary to replace General Stilwell by
General Wedemeyer.
The seventh charge is that the Department sup-
pressed President Roosevelt's message to the Gen-
eralissimo in March 1945 requesting him to place
Communists on the Chinese delegation to the San
Francisco conference. On the contrary, the facts
are stated on page 96, namely, that General
Hurley recommended that there should be Com-
munist representation on the delegation, and that
President Roosevelt had supported this recom-
mendation and had so advised the Generalissimo.
The eighth charge of "dishonesty" relates to
the fact that the full texts of reports of Messrs.
Davies, Service, and Ludden are not printed.
These reports are quite voluminous. Twelve
351
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
pages (564-576) are devoted to reproducing ex-
tracts from these reports. The general themes
which the reports bring out are summarized in the
text on pages 64-65.
The essence of the controversy over these re-
ports relates to the question whether the writers
of them revealed a bias in favor of the Com-
munists. The extracts bring out and make no at-
tempt to conceal the fact that many of these
reports do indicate that the writers believed that
the Communists were strong while the Kuomin-
tang and the National Government were disinte-
grating. The extracts bring out and do not
attempt to conceal that the writers of some of
these reports believed that cooperation with the
Chinese Communists was desirable as a part of
the war effort against Japan. Wliat the record
further reveals is tliat these views of junior offi-
cers did not prevail and did not control the action
of the United States Govermnent.
As bearing upon this point, attention may be
called to the fact that on pages 87-92 there is
printed a report of the American Charge at
Chungking under date of February 26, 1945, sug-
gesting that military aid should oe given to the
Chinese Communist forces. It is also stated on
page 92 that this course of action was not ap-
proved and that "it remained the policy of the
United States to supply military materiel and
financial support only to the recognized Chinese
National Government."
The ninth chai-ge is based upon the alleged sup-
pression of directives to Ambassador Hurley and
his reports and recommendations. General Hur-
ley's instructions are explained on page 71 and
most of chapter III is devoted to an exposition of
his points of view and activities including numer-
ous extracts from his reports. This record is
clear and full, and no elaboration of detail could
make it clearer.
The tenth charge insinuates that the State De-
partment has suppressed a report by Vice Presi-
dent Wallace to President Koosevelt on China in
1944, alleged by Dr. Judd to have been written
by Owen Lattimore and John Carter Vincent.
The insinuation is made that tlie note at tlie bottom
of page 56 of the White Paper contains some trick.
That note says that the Department is not aware
of any written record which Mr. Wallace him-
self may have made. It refers to annexes 43 and
44 for notes of Mr. Wallace's conversations. They
are printed in full and were written by John Car-
ter Vincent, an officer of the Department of State,
who accompanied the Vice President to China.
Dr. Judd insists that the alleged report to which
he refers "must be produced from wherever it is
and published." The Department reiterates in
the plainest language that it does not have in its
files and does not know of the existence of any
report of the nature suggested by Dr. Judd.
352
The eleventh charge is that the Department sup-
pressed a telegram to Ambassador Hurley in China
instructing him to disregard the Roosevelt policy
of support for the Chinese Government in favor
of the adoption of Mr. Wallace's view. A further
intensive search of the Department's files has
failed to reveal any such instruction. It is pos-
sible that Dr. Judd has in mind the instructions
sent by Secretary Stettinius to Ambassador Hur-
ley on April 23, 1945, whicli are printed on page
98 but which are not of the nature which Dr. Judd
suggests.
Dr. Judd further demands some explanation
whv no reference is made to the missions to China
of Lauchlin Currie, Owen Lattimore, and Donald
M. Nelson. Mr. Nelson's participation and ex-
tracts from his reports are found on pages 71-72.
Mr. Lattimore was in China at this time not as an
official of the United States Government but as an
adviser to the Generalissimo. As appears in an-
nex 43, Mr. Lattimore had previously accompanied
Mr. Wallace on his mission. A lurther search
of tlie Department's files fails to reveal reports
from Mr. Lattimore or from Mr. Currie.
The thirteenth charge relates to the alleged sup-
pression of directives to the American Military
Advisory Group in Nanking. The history of this
advisory group and the nature of its functions
and activities is fully described on pages 338-351
of the White Paper. Further information on this
general subject is to be found on pages 323-325,
where Secretary Marshall's instructions for Gen-
eral Barr are printed. These instructions frankly
reveal the nature of the authorization given to
General Barr and the limitations placed on the
nature of the services he was authorized to render
to the Chinese armies. There is no suppression
of the facts.
In the fourteenth charge, it is further insin-
uated that Secretary Marshall or other officials
of the Department were guilty of some underhand
maneuvering in altering the presentation of the
views of General Wedemeyer. The idea that Gen-
eral Wedemeyer's press statement "was doctored"
is false and misleading. Following normal prac-
tice. General Wedemeyer submitted a draft state-
ment to Secretary Marshall, who was then in Rio
de Janeiro, for the Secretary's approval. The
Secretary returned the draft with some sugges-
tions. The publication of the full text of General
Wedemeyer's report on China and the full treat-
ment of his views completely disposes of the charge
that there is any attempt to misrepresent or to
distort his views.
The fifteenth demand is for the publication of
the full text of Acting President Li Tsung-jen's
recent letter to President Truman, part of which
is reproduced on page 409. As in many other
cases, full texts of documents were not reproduced
for the obvious reasons of limitations of space and
need for condensation. The insinuation that the
(Continued on page 359)
Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
U.S.-U.K. and Canada Discuss Dollar Earning Problem
Background Memorandum, for the press from the
State and Treasury Departments^ August 26, 19I{9
London Discussions
1. During Secretary Snyder's visit to London
in July, the Secretary, Ambassador Douglas, and
Ambassador Harriman had a general exchange of
views with the Chancellor of the Exchequer, Sir
Stafford Cripps, the President of the Board of
Trade, Harold Wilson, and the Canadian Minister
of Finance, Douglas Abbott, concerning the bal-
ance of payments between the dollar and sterling
areas.^ The conversations reviewed the recent ac-
celeration in the drain on the reserves of the ster-
ling area, and the British representatives outlined
the steps which they felt it necessary to take to
deal with that immediate situation. It was agreed
at that time that further consideration should be
given to the balance-of-payments problem and that
possible remedies would be explored. The discus-
sions now scheduled for September 7 are designed
to examine these matters, in the light of the infor-
mation developed by technical and fact-finding dis-
cussions among the experts of the three countries.
Recent Loss of Reserves
2. The United States Government fully recog-
nizes the serious import of this situation both for
the British Empire and the rest of the world.
While in London, Secretary Snyder was much im-
pressed with the earnest effort being made by the
British Government to deal with a situation which
has proved somewhat more difficult than its earlier
estimates.
During the war years Britain's foreign exchange
deficit totaled nearly 40 billion dollars. Half of
the total was financed through lend-lease, and the
remainder had to be financed by borrowing from
other nations or by liquidating investments and
utilizing reserves. Some 4.5 billion dollars worth
of foreign investments was sold during this period
while the rest of the deficit was met through the
' Bulletin of Aug. 8, 1949, p. 197.
Sepfemfaer 5, J 949
accumulation of sterling by other countries and
by the RFC loan and dollar loans and gifts from
Canada. The British still hold substantial long-
term assets abroad. British investments in the
United States are valued at about 2 billion dollars,
and the value of investments in other areas is
several times that figure.
Since the war, the British Government has
achieved considerable success in many of its eco-
nomic efforts. Industrial production has been
raised to the level of 136 percent of 1938. The
physical volume of imports of the United King-
dom has been reduced to 82 percent of 1938. These
figures are only two indications of the serious ef-
forts being made by the United Kingdom to make
up for the ground lost during the war.
Notwithstanding these fine efforts, the drain on
British reserves of gold and dollars in 1949 has
been larger than anticipated. The central reserves
of the sterling area fell from 1,898 million dollars
on March 31, 1949, to 1,636 million dollars on July
30, 1949. It had been hoped that it would not be
necessary to draw further on these reserves.
Dollar Position in 1946-48
3. During the 3 years 1946-48, the sterling area
paid out gold and dollars in the amount of 6.7
billion dollars in excess of its own current dollar
earnings. This heavy deficit resulted from a num-
ber of factors in the postwar situation which had
not been experienced before. Investment and
shipping income did not contribute as heavily to
earnings as before the war, import prices were
higher, and normal sources of supply, particularly
in Eastern Europe and Southeast Asia, were not
available. During this period, the United States
extended financial assistance in the amount of
more than 4.4 billion dollars. This was equivalent
to more than two-thirds of the over-all shortage
of dollars. In addition, Canada made available
approximately a billion dollars.
353
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
The Trend of Reserves
4. The gold and dollar reserves of the sterling
area, in spite of this assistance, were reduced from
2,466 million dollars on January 1, 1946, to 2,063
million dollars on January 1, 1948. From that
date to June 30 of this year there was a further
decline of 427 millions, of which 262 million oc-
curred during the second quarter of 1949. As of
June 30, the official reserves had fallen therefore
to 1,636 million dollars.
Current and Prospective Dollar Deficit
5. It is this sharp drop in the second quarter of
1949 which has caused concern. Looking at the
picture before making any allowances for foreign
assistance, the dollar deficit of the sterling area
almost doubled, amounting to 633 million dollars
in April-June, as against 330 million dollars in the
first quarter of the year. While the figures of the
second quarter may have been influenced by some
temporary factors, the British Government has
apparently concluded that the downward trend
in reserves must be corrected. The year ending
June 30, 1949, as a whole has cost 271 million dol-
lars in reserves, despite an allocation of 1,239 mil-
lion dollars from ECA for that period. The Brit-
ish Government estimated its dollar requirements
from ECA for the year ending June 30, 1950, at
940 million dollars in its initial submission to
Oeec, but has recently submitted to Oeec a re-
vised estimate of 1,518 million dollars for that
year. This latter estimate, however, does not take
into account the cuts in the import program an-
nounced in July.
Cut in Import Programs
6. The basic reason for the loss of reserves was
the excess of dollar imports of the sterling area
over the amount available to the area from dollar
earnings and from the funds provided by the
United States and Canada under their respective
programs of foreign assistance. To meet this situ-
ation the British Government therefore decided to
cut back the dollar-import program of the United
Kingdom by about 400 million dollars, as compared
with the 1948 level of imports from the dollar area.
This represents a cut of about 25 percent in the
value of dollar imports, but corresponds to less
than 6 percent of total United Kingdom imports
from all sources. It is understood that because of
lower dollar prices for some foods and raw ma-
terials in 1949, as compared with 1948, the physical
volume of dollar imports will not fall by as much
as 25 percent. As a result of the Empire Confer-
ence held in London last July, most of the sterling-
area countries have given general undertakings to
carry out similar reductions of about 25 percent in
[Released to the press August 27]
Technical and fact-finding discussions concerning
the dollar-earning problem opened on August 27 be-
tween representatives of the United States, the
United Kingdom, and Canada at the Department of
State. These discussions will be followed by a con-
ference at the ministerial level opening on Septem-
ber 7.
James E. Webb, Under Secretary of State, will
head the United States delegation during the pre-
liminary discussions. Willard L. Thorp, Assistant
Secretary for Economic Affairs ; William McChesney
Martin, Jr., Assistant Secretary of the Treasury ;
and Richard M. Bissell, Jr., Assistant Deputy Ad-
ministrator of the Economic Cooperation Adminis-
tration, are other members of the United States
delegation. They will be assisted by advisers from
other Departments and Agencies of the Government.
their dollar-import programs. This is designed
to save about 250-300 million dollars per annum
to the sterling area.
Significance of Import Adjustment
7. The significance of this adjustment should
not be exaggerated. As Sir Staif ord Cripps stated
before the House of Commons last July :
"Although this fall in our reserves is a serious
development, yet any comparison with the events
of July and August 1947 would be entirely mis-
leading."
Lender the European Recovery Program it was
anticipated that difficulties would be encountered
from time to time in making the necessary adjust-
ment to the declining level of United States as-
sistance. Unless dollar earnings were to increase
proportionately, it was understood that contrac-
tion of imports from the dollar area would be
necessary. It is hoped that the physical volume
of imports into the sterling area from the dollar
area will be adequate at the reduced level to per-
mit the continuation of economic progress in the
United Kingdom, although the rate of progress
will naturally be somewhat slower. The Chan-
cellor of the Exchequer has indicated his hope that
it will be possible to maintain existing levels of
consumption and investment in many lines of
activity.
Importance of Increased Dollar Earnings
8. The decline of British reserves and the im-
position of these import restrictions does, how-
ever, call attention to the importance of an in-
crease in the dollar earnings of the sterling area.
It is clear that the amount of assistance available
under the Recovery Program for all participants
will be about 30 percent below last year's program.
Unless dollar earnings are increased to oiTset the
declining scale of LTnited States assistance, further
adjustments may have to be made in subsequent
354
Deparfment of Stale Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
import programs. It is expected that in the forth-
coming conference there will be an exchange of
views with respect to measures which may be pro-
posed by the Britisli Govei-nment for this purpose,
and also discussion of related questions concerning
the ability of the United States and Canada to
facilitate an expansion of British dollar earnings.
There is, of coui-se, no easy or ready process by
which this can be accomplished. On the part of
the British Government and the other authorities
in the sterling area the problem involves difficult
and painstaking examination of a wide variety of
economic factors. Policies designed to accomplish
this objective may have to be developed and pur-
sued along many fronts, and their effects may be
felt only gradually in many cases.
Purpose of the Conference
9. It is the primary purpose of the forthcoming
conference to exchange views concerning the Brit-
ish dollar earnings problem, in the light of the
need for adjustment to a declining level of United
States assistance. It is recognized that this prob-
lem involves grave difficulties not susceptible of
quick and easy solution.
The United States expects the problem to be
considered within the existing framework of
United States foreign economic policy as expressed
in such measures as the Reciprocal Trade Pro-
gram, the International Trade Organization, the
European Recovery Program, and the institutions
established at Bretton Woods.
The United States Government is definitely
hopeful that beneficial conclusions may be reached.
It cannot, of course, forecast in any way the re-
sults of the conference.
The Coming Into Effect
of the North Atlantic Treaty
Statement hy the President
[Released to the press hy the White House August 24]
With the deposit of instnunents of ratification
by Denmark, France, Italy, and Portugal, the
North Atlantic Treaty today enters into effect.
This is a momentous occasion not only for all the
signatories of the treaty, but for all peoples who
share our profound desire for stability and peace-
ful development.
By this treaty we are not only seeking to estab-
lish freedom from aggression and from the use
of force in the North Atlantic community, but we
September 5, 1949
are also actively striving to promote and preserve
peace throughout the world. In these endeavors,
we are acting within the framework of the United
Nations Chartei-, which imposes on us all the most
solemn obligations.
These obligations, which bind us to settle inter-
national disputes by peaceful means, to refrain
from the threat or use of force against the terri-
tory or independence of any country, and to sup-
port the United Nations in any action it may take
to preserve peace, are all clearly stated in the
North Atlantic Treaty.
Today, as tliis treaty comes into effect, it seems
particularly appropriate to rededicate ourselves
to the carrying out of the great task we have set
for ourselves — the preservation of stability and
peace. No nation need fear the results of our co-
operation toward this end. On the contrary, the
more closely the nations of the Atlantic com-
munity can work together for j)eace, the better for
all people everywhere.
Three Fisheries Treaties Ratified
[Released to the press August 18]
The Senate has unanimously advised ratification
of three fisheries treaties, the Secretary of State
announced on August 18. Two of these involve the
tuna fisheries of the easterii Pacific Ocean : the
convention between the United States and Mexico
for the establishment of an International Com-
mission for the Scientific Investigation of Tuna,
signed at Mexico City January 25, 19-19 ; ' and the
convention between the United States and Costa
Rica for the establishment of an Inter- American
Tropical Tuna Commission, signed at Washington
May 31, 1949.^ The third, the international con-
vention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries,
signed under date of February 8, 1949,' covers the
species of the Northwest Atlantic Ocean that are
of international interest. Parties to the latter
are: Canada (including Newfoundland), Den-
mark, France, Iceland, Italy, Norway, Portugal,
Spain, United Kingdom, and the United States,
all countries that have a fishing interest in the
area.
All three of the agreements establish com-
missions charged with the duty of scientific investi-
gation of the particular fisheries. No regulatory
powers are involved, although in the case of the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries it is anticipated
that the individual governments may issued regu-
lations upon recommendation of the Commission.
Following the prompt action of the United
States Senate, there is good reason to hope for
early ratification by the other nations involved.
' Bulletin of Feb. 6, 1949, p. 174 ; Mar. 13, 1949, p. 319 ;
and June 12, 1949, p. 766.
355
Sales of Militarized and Demilitarized Surplus Combat Materiel
[Released to the press July 28]
The following is a list of the sales of surplus United States militarized and demilitarized combat materiel effected
by the Department of State in its capacity as foreign surplus disposal agent, during the months of December 1946, May,
June, July, September, October, November, and December 1948, and January, February, March, April, and May 1949, as
reported to the Munitions Division of the Department and not previously announced.
Country
Description of materiel
Procurement
cost
Sales price
Date'of
transfer
Belgium 1 YMS motor mine sweeper and 12 landing
craft to Recimpex, (a Belgian firm) Brussels.
Ex-German vessel P-568 (air rescue) to
Belgian national (demilitarized).
Brazil Spare gun parts
6 C-47A aircraft and 10 T-7 aircraft
Spare parts for B-25J aircraft
3 A-24 aircraft for spare parts to Brazilian
national (demilitarized).
Canada 1 YMS to Canadian national
Spare parts for tanks
Chile 1 damaged C-47 aircraft
1 AT-6D aircraft
China Surplus ammunition and explosives in the
Marianas.
Surplus ammunition and explosives in Bonins,
Ryukyus, and Marianas Islands.
1 PC and 3 SC vessels to Chinese national
(demilitarized).
7 LCM, 1 LCVP, 1 LCP(R) and 2 LCP(L) to
Chinese national (demilitarized).
1 LCT and 1 LCVP, demilitarized, to Board
of Supplies, Executive Yuan.
Colombia 4 C-47A aircraft and 6 F-47D aircraft
2 OA-lOA aircraft
4 C-47A aircraft and 6 F-47D aircraft
Cuba Telescopes, mounts, quadrants
Dominican Republic 3 83' Coast Guard cutters and 1 37' picket
boat.
Ecuador 10 rocket launchers 2.36" M9A1
Spare parts for aircraft
France Ex- German dry dock no. 65 to City of Nantes.
262 vessels (all smaller type craft; no warships
already on loan to the French from wartime
lend-lease) .
Greece Ex-German dry dock
Guatemala Practice bombs and charges
Ordnance spare parts
Honduras Machine guns, rifles, hovntzers
Ammunition, gasmasks, bayonets, pistols
Iran Aircraft spare parts, ammunition, weapon
spare parts.
Grenades, ammunition, pistols, binocular
spare parts.
Italy 9 incomplete, nonflyable F-51 aircraft and 24
C-45 aircraft for use as spare parts.
3 Minesweepers (demilitarized)
30 nonflyable UC 64A aircraft
Mexico 15 flamethrowers, portable
Ordnance spare parts for telescopes, tanks,
fuse setters and periscopes.
Netherlands 1 P-38 aircraft to Netherlands Delft Technical
School (demilitarized).
Peru Weapon spare parts
.30 and .50 caliber ammunition and artillery
shells.
6 83' Coast Guard cutters and 1 LCVP
356
$759, 400. 00
(')
$7, 500. 00 3/25/49
7,050.00 11/29/48
6,
1, 341,
180,
650,
74,
25,
3, 576,
157. 06
312. 00
52.33
861. 00
000. 00
311.04
122. 00
029. 00
608. 12
6, 192, 318. 61
2, 450,
180,
148,
000. 00
100. 00
600. 00
1,019,
443,
1, 019,
7,
454,
604. 00
886. 00
604. 00
381. 84
000. 00
362. 50
629. 28
(')
106, 298, 208. 00
(')
3, 350. 00
10, 882. 86
47, 890. 00
43, 752. 20
1, 142, 371. 57
1, 143, 731. 18
2, 038, 444. 00
(')
1, 135, 650. 00
4, 515. 00
147, 289. 62
105, 362. 00
14, 692. 81
510, 628. 37
190,
3,
4,
10,
3,
35,
615. 71
000. 00
5. 23
700. 00
525. 00
62. 21
000. 00
000. 00
766. 08
61,931.41
11,000.00
550. 00
20, 000. 00
81,
20,
81,
19,
100,
2, 191,
000. 00
000. 00
000. 00
369. 09
700. 00
36.30
62.93
000. 00
915. 00
400, 000. 00
335. 00
873. 47
3, 102. 30
3, 208. 27
286, 903. 53
193, 163. 69
339, 000. 00
390, 000. 00
96, 750. 00
451. 50
51, 645. 59
1, 097. 87
38, 905. 98
1/10/49
4/7/49
4/20/49
12/18/46
10/29/48
2/25/49
5/7/48
4/25/49
March
1949
March
1949
7/22/49
5/29/48
5/7/48
2/21/49
3/1/49
3/9/49
1/14/49
10/15/48
4/12/49
5/6/49
4/13/49
3/21/49
2/9/49
2/17/49
2/7/49
3/28/49
4/29/49
3/29/49
4/29/49
3/18/49
3/21/49
5/13/49
2/18/49
4/28/49
150.00 11/19/48
703, 000. 00 21, 750. 00
Department of State
3/31/49
5/6/49
3/14/49
Bulletin
Country
Description of materiel
Procurement
cost
Sales price
Date of
transfer
Philippines.
Switzerland
United Kingdom.
Uruguay
Venezuela.
1 LCP (L) to Philippine national (demili-
tarized).
1 landing craft to Philippine national (demili-
tarized) .
1 SC-703 (sub-chaser) to Philippine national
(demilitarized).
1 YMS-367 to Philippine national (demili-
tarized) .
2 LCVP's to Philippine national (demilita-
rized).
1 P-768 (air rescue) vessel to Philippine na-
tional.
1 FS-C vessel to Philippine national (demili-
tarized) .
1 SC-637 to Philippine national (demilita-
rized) .
1,000 carbines cal. .30 (MI)
4,500,300 rds carbine ammunition
1 Coast Guard cutter to Philippine national
(demilitarized).
1 C-45 aircraft and spare parts
1 FS-B vessel to British national (demilitar-
ized)
Spare parts for AT-11 aircraft
4 BMG .50 HB and 14 MlAl sub-machine
guns.
1 C-47 aircraft
11 B-25J aircraft and 2 C-47 aircraft
Ordnance spare parts
Spare parts for 40 mm. guns
10 F-47 aircraft
Spare parts for F-47D aircraft
8 F-47D aircraft
12 B-25J aircraft
4 F-47D aircraft
2 AT-7 aircraft
1 AT-7 aircraft
8, 600. 00
200. 00
9/16/48
139, 500. 00
450. 00
6/7/48
400, 000. GO
600. 00
12/27/48
650, 000. 00
10, 000. 00
11/4/48
14, 600. 00
260. 00
2/9/49
18, 500. 00
3, 135. 00
10/13/48
12, 912. 00
1, 295. 00
10/12/48
400, 000. 00
500. 00
12/27/48
71, 500. GO
7, 150. 00
1/11/49
109, 132. 78
10, 935. 73
3/16/49
2, 000, 000. 00
11,000.00
3/16/49
78, 273. 84
27, 660. 52
1/18/49
37, 946. 00
7, 625. 00
10/7/48
190. 43
142. 82
1/28/49
317. 11
31.71
1/10/49
104, 382. 00
32, 500. 00
3/11/49
1, 862, 284. 00
120, 750. 00
3/11/49
15, 915. 69
1, 517. 14
1/18/49
5, 930. 81
296. 54
4/26/49
1, 003, 460. 00
35, 000. 00
3/3/49
71, 112.60
7, 111.26
3/3/49
802, 768. 00
28, 000. 00
3/3/49
1, 803, 840. 00
99, 000. 00
3/3/49
401, 384. 00
14, 000. 00
3/2/49
143, 004. 00
20, 000. 00
5/6/49
71, 502. 00
10, 000. 00
5/6/49
' Captured enemy equipment.
Importation Into U.S. Surplus l^f l,*- ;
Property Located in Foreign Areas ^
Section 508.15 (formerly § 8508.15 of Title 32)
of FLC Regulation 8, as amended (Departmental
Regulations 108.30, 108.50, 108.65; 11 F. R. 13423,
12 F. R. 5963, 13 F. R. 614), is hereby amended
further so that the section will read as follows:
§508.15 Importations into United States. Sur-
plus property sold in foreign areas before July 1,
1949, shall not be imported into the United States
in the same or substantially the same fonn in
which it was exported from the United States if
such property was originally produced in the
United States and is readily identifiable as such,
except to the extent that the Secretary of Com-
merce or his delegated representative specifically
authorizes such importation upon determination
that the importation would relieve domestic short-
ages or otherwise be beneficial to the economy of
' 14 Fed. Reg. 5201.
September 5, 1949
this country: Provided, however, That the pro-
liibition of this section shall not apply to the im-
portation of such property (a) for the purpose of
reconditioning for reexport or (b) by a veteran
(or member of the Armed Forces) upon certifica-
tion by him that the importation is being made for
his personal use or (c) if sold primarily for and
imported for use as scrap metal and the importer
furnishes an undertaking in a form and an amount
to be prescribed by the Treasury Department to
insure that none of the property will be diverted
from use as scrap metal. Nothing in this section
shall prevent the importation of property in
transit to a point in the United States on or before
June 30, 1949, in accordance with the provisions
of FLC Regulation 8, Order 6 (14 F. R. 1283) .
This order shall become effective upon publica-
tion in the Federal Register.
(58 Stat. 765, 59 Stat. 533, 60 Stat. 168, 60 Stat.
754, 50 U. S. C. App. Supp. 1611-1646; Pub. Law
152, 81st Cong.)
August 16, 1949.
[seal] Dean Acheson,
Secretary of State.
357
THE DEPARTMENT
I hope that you will devote as much time as your
other obligations permit to the intensive period of
your studies in Washington and that thereafter
you will be available from time to time for con-
tinuing consultation.
Consultants on Far Eastern Policy
Arrive in Washington
IReleased to the press August 24]
Text of letter sent by Secretary Acheson to
Raymond B. Fosdich
August 23, 191^
Dear Mr. Fosdick: Now that Mr. Case has
arrived in Washington to join you in your joint
service as Consultants on our Far Eastern policy,^
I should like to repeat in this letter what has
already been conveyed to you orally.
I have asked you to make the great personal
sacrifice of coming here to consult with me and my
principal advisers at a time when the situation in
the Far East presents many serious complexities.
We desire every possible assistance in reaching
wise conclusions regarding the policies which the
United States should follow in promoting the
interests of this country. I do not hesitate to
state the matter in terms of our self-interest
because I am convinced that our interest coincides
with the peace and welfare of all countries which,
like our own, are inspired by the principles of the
Charter of the United Nations.
I ask you to consider the problem in all its aspects
entirely free from any sense of being bound by any
preconceived or preestablished policy or directive.
All of the resources and personnel of the Depart-
ment will be at your disposal to facilitate your
task. Ambassador Jessup, who will be working
with you, will make the necessary contacts and
arrangements for you. I hope you will also seek
the views of other competent persons in civilian
and official life and weigh all opinions which you
can assemble within the physical limitations of
the time which you are able to devote to this
problem.
I shall not ask you to present a report, but I do
count on you from time to time as your study
progresses to confer fully and frankly with me and
with the other principal officers of the Department
so that we may have the benefit of your views in
framing recommendations which I shall make to
the Pi'esident and discuss with members of the
Senate and House of Representatives.
First Appointment Under Departmental
and Foreign Service Exchange Program
On August 23 the Department of State an-
nounced that Margaret Joy Tibbetts, divisional
assistant in the Office of British Commonwealth
Affairs, has been selected as the first departmental
officer to be assigned to the Foreign Service under
a recently inaugurated exchange program of the
Department of State and Foreign Service officers.
Objective of the new program, initiated by Deputy
Under Secretary Peurifoy, is to provide further
training and development of qualified officers by
means of an interchange of Foreign Service and
Departmental personnel. Through this exchange,
Department of State officers will be given the op-
portunity to gain experience in the conduct of for-
eign relations overseas, and Foreign Service offi-
cers, in turn, will be brought into closer contact
with foreign-policy developments in Washington.
In her first overseas assignment, Miss Tibbetts
will serve in the political affairs section of the Em-
bassy in London. She will replace David Line-
baugh, a Foreign Service Reserve officer, who is
returning to Washington in the near future.
The exchange program is expected to provide
data on possible meahs of carrying out the Hoover
Commission recommendation that the Department
of State and the Foreign Service be amalgamated
into a single organization, members of which
would be available for assignment to Washington
or any one of the 300 Foreign Service posts scat-
tered throughout the world. Department of State
officials indicate that a considerable number of ap-
plicants will be processed for appointment to over-
seas assignments during the coming months.
Appointment of Officers
John C. Elliott as Chief of the Munitions Division, OflSce
of Controls, effective July 10, 1949.
' Bulletin of Aug. 22, 1949, p. 279. A similar letter was
addressed to Everett Case.
Correction
The Editor of the Bulletin regrets the misspell-
ing of Ambassador Lewis Douglas' name in the
issue of August 15, 1949, both on the cover and on
page 229. Ambassador Douglas spells his first name
"Lewis" leather than "Louis".
358
Department of Stale Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Foreign Relations on Far East, 1933
Released
[Released to the press August 27]
The Department of State released on August 27
Foreign Relations of the United States, Volume
III, The Far East. This is the first volume to be
completed of the five volumes which will comprise
the Foreign Relations series for 1933.
More than half of volume III deals with the
Far Eastern crisis created by Japanese aggression
against China, the earlier stages of which were re-
corded in volumes for 1931 and 1932. At the be-
ginning of 1933 the Japanese seized Shanhaikwan,
later overran Jehol province, extended their mili-
tary activities south of the Great Wall, and with-
drew from the League of Nations when their
actions were condemned by that organization.
Open hostilities were ended by the signing of the
truce at Tangku on May 31, 1933, which was fol-
lowed by shakj- peace lasting until the outbreak
of real though unrecognized war in July 1937.
American policy with regard to the Far East-
em crisis continued to follow the lines laid down
in 1931 and 1932, depending upon the influence of
the pressure of public opinion and the nonrecog-
nition of changes brought about by aggression.
With respect to nonrecognition, Secretary of State
Stimson after consultation with President-elect
Roosevelt was able to assure the British that there
would be no change of policy with the coming
change of administration.
The unwillingness of the American Government
to resort to military or economic sanctions against
Japan is shown in the 1933 record as it was in
1931 and 1932. In a telegram of January 13,
1933, to Geneva, Secretary Stimson stated : "The
present administration has clearly voiced its be-
lief that resort by the world to use of sanctions
would be unwise in principle and would not have
our support." This attitude is expressed in other
documents, most definitely in a letter from Presi-
dent Hoover to Secretary Stimson on February
24, 1933. After the change of administrations,
the Department of State on March 11 informed
the British Embassy that the administration would
press for passage of legislation authorizing the
President to impose embargoes but added that this
government did not perceive that any useful pur-
pose would be served by imposing an embargo on
arms to China and Japan in the existing circum-
stances. Secretary of State Hull, on March 31,
instructed the American representative at Geneva
that the American Government would not be
drawn into any discussion of embargoes before
the League of Nations had made its own decision.
There are warnings in the 1933 record of possible
future war between the United States and Japan.
As reported from Paris on February 7, a French
diplomat mentioned the Philippines as an object
of Japanese aggression and stated that Japan's
preparations for war were aimed directly at the
United States. On March 17 it was reported that
this was the view of the French General Staff.
From Tokyo, Ambassador Grew reported on Feb-
ruary 23 that Japan was not bluffing and tliat mili-
tary propaganda had led many to believe that war
by Japan with the United States or Russia was
inevitable. The same idea from a Russian source
was reported by Ambassador Grew on March 9.
There are, however, a number of reports from
Tokyo on the likelihood or inevitability of a Rus-
sian-Japanese war, and apparently the general
view in Tokyo was that such a war was far more
likely than one in which the United States would
be involved. This view was not shared by the
veteran Minister of the Netherlands, General
Pabst, who warned, as reported on December 12,
that the Japanese naval ambitions pointed toward
the South Pacific with the Philippines as the first
object of attack. Nelson T. Johnson, Minister in
China, had reported on June 12 his personal con-
viction that the departure of the United States
from the Philippines, upon their being granted
independence, would be the signal for the begin-
ning of a Japanese advance southward.
In addition to the section on the Far Eastern
crisis, this volume contains sections on China, Ja-
pan, and Siam covering a variety of subjects.
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1933,
Volume III, The Far East, was compiled by John
Gilbert Reid of the Division of Historical Policy
Research, under the direction of E. R. Perkins,
editor of Foreign Relations. Copies of this vol-
ume (xcviii, 794 pp.) may be purchased from
the Superintendent of Documents. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., for $2.75 each.
Department of State Answers Criticism on China
Policy — Continued from page 352
failure to publish the complete text of this letter
distorts the meaning of the paragraphs printed
is wholly without foundation.
The sixteenth point is directed to a criticism of
the omission of an explanation for the failure to
include the views of General MacArthur or Scap.
In a recent telegi'am to the Secretary of Defense,
which was printed in the Congressional Record of
August 18, General MacArthur pointed out that he
had forwarded his general views on the subject of
China to the chairman of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs, of which Dr. Judd is a mem-
ber, on March 3, 1948.
September 5, 1949
359
^onie^n/i^
General Policy Page
The International Situation. By George F.
Kennan, Counselor 323
Voluntary Association Among Free Nations
for Security and Liberty. Address by
the President 343
The Foreign Policy of a Free Democracy.
By Ambassador Philip C. Jessup . . . 345
Department of State Answers Criticism on
China Policy:
China White Paper Fair and Honest Record.
Statement by Secretary Acheson . . . 350
Analysis of Sixteen Charges of "Dis-
honesty" in the White Paper 351
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
Resolutions on Reports of the Council Com-
mittee on Nongovernmental Organiza-
tions 331
United Nations Day, 1949. A Proclamation . 332
Gordon R. Clapp Named Chairman U.N.
Economic Survey Mission to Near East.
Statement by the President 333
The United States in the United Nations . . 334
Report on Third (Special) Session of General
Council of Ieo. By George L. Warren . 341
Technical Assistance
Expended Program of Technical Assistance
for Economic Development 325
Economic Affairs
U.S.-U.K. and Canada Discuss Dollar Earn-
ing Problem 353
Economic Affairs — Continued Page
Importation Into U. S. Surplus Property
Located in Foreign Areas 357
Treaty Information
Revision and Extension of the Geneva Con-
ventions. By William H. McCahon . . 339
The Coming Into Effect of the North Atlantic
Treaty. Statement by the President . 355
Three Fisheries Treaties Ratified 355
International Organizations
and Conferences
Calendar of International Meetings .... 336
Revision and Extension of the Geneva Con-
ventions. By William H. McCahon . . 339
Report on Third (Special) Session of General
Council of Iro. By George L. Warren . 341
The Congress
Legislation 340
The Department
Sales of Militarized and Demilitarized Sur-
plus Combat Materiel 356
Consultants on Far Eastern Policy Arrive in
Washington. Text of Secretary Ache-
son's Letter 358
First Apportionment Under Departmental
and Foreign Service Exchange Program . 358
Appointment of Officers 358
Publications
Foreign Relations on Far East, 1933, Re-
leased 359
William H. McCahon, author of the article on the revision and
extension of the Geneva Convention, Is Special Assistant to the
Chief of the Division of Protective Services, Department of
State.
Qeorge L. Warren, author of the article on third special ses-
sion of the IRO, is Adviser on Refugees and Displaced Persons,
Department of State. Mr. Warren is United States Representa-
tive to the Executive Committee.
U. 8. GOVERNHEHT PS1NT1N6 OFFICEt I94S
tJAe/ ^e/i€f/}^tmen{/ ^cw t7tat&
INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICY • Address by
the President 400
THE PROBLEM OF THE FORMER ITALIAN COL-
ONIES AT THE THIRD SESSION OF THE GEN-
ERAL ASSEMBLY • Article by David W. Wainhouse
and Philip A. Mangano ••• 363
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 532
September 12, 1949
e-NX o«.
<*>»"■' o»
OCT 5 ^949
^„^,..w^*. bulletin
Vol. XXI, No. 532 • Publication 3632
September 12, 1949
For sale by the Superlnteodent of Documents
U.S. Oovernment PriDtlng Olflce
Washington 26, D.C.
Price:
S2 Issues, domesttc $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18,
1949).
Note; Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the W^hite House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
The Problem of the Former Italian Colonies
at the Third Session of the General Assembly
hy David W. Wainhouse and Philip A. Mangano
I. INTRODUCTION
The General Assembly of the United Nations at
its fourth regular session will resume considera-
tion of the problem of the disposition of the former
Italian colonies. This item will be one of the most
important on its agenda. The settlement of this
difficult and complicated problem has been given
the United Nations as a result of the ihability of
the four great powers — the United States, the
United Kingdom, the U.S.S.R., and France — to
reach agreement on the matter. So wide has been
the range of international opinion on possible so-
lutions that no decision could be reached by the
General Assembly after initial study and debate
last spring. The course of that debate and the
various proposals considered and voted upon are
the subject of extended treatment in this article.
The territories involved are the three former
Italian colonies — Libya, Eritrea, and Italian
Somaliland — comprising a total area of over 1 mil-
lion square miles and a combined population of
over 3 million. Stretching between Egypt on the
east and Tunisia and Algeria on the west, Libya is
by far the largest of the thi'ee former colonies.
Its population, like Eritrea and Italian Somali-
land, is approximately 1 million. The native pop-
ulation, composed mainly of Berbers and Arabs,
is Moslem in religion. Although much of the ter-
ritory is desert, the basis of its economy is agri-
cultural and pastoral, chiefly in the sections along
the Mediterranean coast, along mountain slopes
and at scattered oases in the interior. Since libera-
tion from Axis control in 1943, most of Libya has
been under separate British administrations for
Cyrenaica (the eastern portion) and Tripolitania
(the western part bordering on Tunisia and Al-
geria). There are Italian and Jewish minorities
in the coastal areas of Trijiolitania of approxi-
mately 40 thousand and 15 thousand, respectively.
Cyrenaica, in June of this year, was granted self-
government for internal affairs under the over-all
September 72, 7949
protection and supervision of the British admin-
istration. A third part of Libya, the sparsely
populated Fezzan in the southwest, has been under
French administration since occupation of that
area during the war by French forces pushing up
from West Africa.
In East Africa, Eritrea and Italian Somaliland
border on the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean, re-
spectively. Inland, Eritrea stretches along the
northeastern boundary of Ethiopia and the east-
ern tip of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. With a
mixed population of Christian Copts and Moslems,
together with an Italian community in the towns
of Asmara and Massawa, the inhabitants total over
1 million. Italian Somaliland, with a population
of about 970 thousand, is the least developed of the
former colonies. Its inhabitants are closely re-
lated by race and culture to the Somalis in Brit-
ish and French Somaliland, southeastern Ethi-
opia and northern Kenya. Their religion is the
Moslem faith. Both Eritrea and Italian Somali-
land are poor in natural resources. Though agi'i-
cultural and pastoral in their economies, both must
import a certain amount of their food require-
ments. A considerable proportion of the popula-
tion of each is nomadic or seminomadic, and politi-
cal or social advancement, except in settled areas,
has been slow. Eritrea and Italian Somaliland
have been under British administration since
1941.
According to article 23 of the Treaty of Peace
With Italy, signed February 10, 1947, Italy re-
nounced all right and title to her former colonial
possessions in Africa. It was established that
pending their final disposition they would remain
under their "present," British and French, ad-
ministration. The United States, the United
Kingdom, the U. S. S. R. and France jointly were
to determine the final disposition within 1 year
from the coming into force of the treaty ( Septem-
ber 15, 1947) and in the manner specified in annex
XI of the treaty. Annex XI embodied a Joint
363
Declaration by the four great powers, engaging
themselves to seek a settlement "in the light of the
wishes and welfare of the inhabitants and the in-
terests of peace and security, taking into consider-
ation the views of other interested Governments."
The declaration provided that if, with respect to
any of these territories, the four powers were un-
able to agree within 1 year from the coming into
force of the Treaty of Peace With Italy, "the mat-
ter shall be referred to the General Assembly of
the United Nations for a recommendation, and the
Four Powers agree to accept the recommendation
and to take appropriate measures for giving effect
to it." It was further provided that the deputies
of the (four) Foreign Ministers should continue
consideration of the problem so as to furnish the
Council of Foreign Ministers with recommenda-
tions on this matter. The deputies were also to
send out commissions of investigation to the terri-
tories involved to obtain necessary data and to
ascertain the views of the inhabitants.
The Council of Foreign Ministers and their
deputies labored long and intensively with this
problem before and after conclusion of the treaty.
When the Council met for the first time at London
in September 1945, there was general agreement
that the principle of trusteeship as outlined in the
United Nations Charter, signed a few months
earlier, should be applied. However, there was
little meeting of minds on the form of trusteeship
which might be applied to the three territories,
whether under the administration of a single state,
of a group of states, or of the United Nations or-
ganization itself. Former Secretary of State
Byrnes, on behalf of the United States, proposed
administration of all three areas by the United
Nations, acting through the Trusteeship Council.
Qualified support for this proposal was initially
given by the British who, however, felt that it
might be applied only to Libya. France preferred
single-power trusteeships with Italy as the ad-
ministering power. The Soviet Union also ad-
hered to the idea of individual trusteeships and
advanced a claim to such a trusteeship for itself
in Tripolitania.
The four Foreign Ministers again took up the
problem at a Paris session which was divided into
two parts : April 25-May 20 and June 15-July 12,
1946. The Soviet Union by this time had moved
from a claim to trusteeship in Tripolitania to ad-
vocacy of a joint Soviet-Italian trusteeship for
that area. From that position it shifted to sup-
port for Italian trusteeship in all three territories
along lines that French had already proposed.
Although preferring its own plan for direct LTnited
Nations trusteeships, the United States was jsre-
pared to accept the French plan if the others
could agree and if a definite date were set
for the independence of Eritrea and Libya. Brit-
ain, which had assured the Senussi leaders of
Cyrenaica during the war that they would never
again be allowed to come under Italian rule, could
not agree to the French plan, and the French For-
364
eign Minister could not agree to a time limit for
independence. The British made counterpropos-
als for the immediate independence of all of Libya,
but obtained no general support. The United
States then reverted to its original proposal.
Later, during the June-July meeting of the For-
eign Ministers, it was agreed in principle that if
the four powers could not agree on a solution
within a year after the coming into force of the
peace treaty, they would refer the matter to the
General Assembly for a recommendation, binding
themselves in advance to accept that recommenda-
tion and to put it into effect. This agreement was
accepted by the peace conference at Paris in Octo-
ber 1946, and finally emerged in the four-power
declaration of February 10, 1947 which was incor-
porated as annex XI in the treaty.
The establishment of a Four Power Commission
of Investigation by the deputies of the Foi*eign
Ministers was delayed until the fall of 1947 be-
cause the Soviet Union took the position that it
could not be organized before the Italian treaty
had been ratified. The Commission was finally
sent out to the territories in November 1947, visit-
ing Eritrea, Italian Somaliland and Libya. After
it had completed its investigation, including spe-
cial attention to the views of the inhabitants in so
far as they could be evaluated, the Commission
reported to the Deputy Foreign Ministers in July
1948. The deputies also received the views of the
other interested states including Egypt and Italy.
The deputies made further efforts to reach agree-
ment on the basis of the Commission's report and
other data. By this time the United States had
moved away from advocacy of direct United Na-
tions administration because of lack of support by
the other powers and because the existing state of
East-West relations made it seem unlikely that
such an arrangement could be effectively applied.
France and the U.S.S.R. still favored Italian
trusteeship generally though with variations on
the details. Britain and the United States be-
lieved Italian trusteeship in Italian Somaliland
would be feasible and acceptable to a majority of
the inhabitants but felt that British administra-
tion in at least a part of Libya, particularly in
Cyrenaica, would be more in keeping with the
desires of the inhabitants and in the interests of
international security. The United States and
later the United Kingdom supported the strong
Ethiopian claim to part of the territory of Eritrea
on ethnic and economic grounds and also sup-
ported Ethiopia's need for an outlet to the sea.
With the approach of the deadline for four-
power agreement, September 15, 1948, the U.S.S.K.
called a meeting of the Council of Foreign Minis-
ters, though it seemed apparent that absence of
agreement among the deputies would continue to
be reflected in the Council. This impression was
confirmed when the Council met on September 13
at Paris where the Soviet delegation reversed its
position. It proposed United Nations trustee-
ships for all three territories along lines markedly
Department of State Bulletin
nmilar to the original American proposals of
1945, which were not acceptable to the other three
/governments. The four governments, unable to
agree, addressed a letter to the Secretary-General
3f the United Nations dated September 15, 1948,
informing him that they were referring the prob-
lem to the General Assembly in accordance with
the pertinent provisions of the Italian peace
treaty. The four powers also sent for the in-
formation of the members the report of the Four
Power Commission of Investigation which visited
Libya, Eritrea, and former Italian Somaliland.
Under pressui'e of other business, the General
Assembly did not reach the point of considering
this problem at the first part of its third regular
session at Paris last fall. The matter was sched-
uled for discussion at the second part of that ses-
sion meeting in New York in the spring of 1949.
II. INITIAL DEBATE IN COMMITTEE I
Procedural Matters
Hard upon the election of Fernand van Lang-
enhove (Belgium) as Chairman, Committee I
proceeded, at its 238th meeting, April 6, 1949, to
take up the question of the former Italian col-
onies. Two procedural questions immediately
arose, involving the manner in which Italy and
representatives of substantial political groups of
tlie inhabitants of the African territories might
present tlieir views to the Committee.
The Italian Government in a letter to the Sec-
retary-General dated April 4 ^ formally requested
an opportunity to participate in the discussion
of the problem. John Foster Dulles of the
United States delegation proposed that the Com-
mittee accede to the Italian request and sub-
mitted a draft resolution providing for appro-
priate participation by an Italian representative,
without vote, in the Committee's discussions.
This proposal was immediately adopted.^
The representative of Pakistan, Sir Zafrullah
Khan, wanted to be sure that the Committee would
seek the views of the local inhabitants. He also
suggested that the Italian spokesman should ini-
tially give an account of his country's past co-
lonial policies and aims. The United Kingdom
representative then came forward with a proposal
for a three-member subcommittee which would
screen requests for hearings in the Assembly of
' U.N. doc. A/C.1/4.S0.
'U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.238 and U.N. doc. A/C.1/431.
The resolution, after noting the Italian request, stated
that the Assembly "decides to invite the Government of
Italy to send a representative to sit, without vote, during
the Committee's consideration of the question of the dis-
posal of the former Italian colonies, such representative
to be present for the purpose of answering questions, pro-
viding such assistance as the Committee may require and
making an initial statement, as woU as such further state-
ments as the Committee may require."
September 72, 1949
representatives of parties or organizations in the
territories. The subcommittee would report to
Committee I on "the extent to which these parties
or organizations represent substantial sections of
opinion in the territory in question" and would
make recommendations on whether they should
be heard and if so, how they should be heard.^
After some discussion, in which it was pointed out
that no such group had as yet requested a hearing,
the matter was tem^jorarily laid aside. It was
quite evident that the members fully agreed on the
principle that hearings should be afforded repre-
sentatives of the local population at the proper
time.
At the 240th and 242d meetings of Committee
I, the United Kingdom revised proposal for a
subcommittee to "screen" requests for hearing
representatives of groups of the inhabitants was
taken up. As revised, the British proposal
left open the number of states to be represented
on the subcommittee.* A French amendment
proposed that the subcommittee study and take
into account "the information on political organi-
zations in the respective territories contained in
the Four Power Commission report." ^ At
Egypt's suggestion, it was agreed that a deadline
be set for the receipt of requests for hearings,
with April 23 as the terminal date. A Cuban pro-
posal called for establishment of an eleven-mem-
ber subcommittee to be designated by the Chair-
man according to geographical distribution.'
The first list of possible members of the sub-
committee proposed by Chairman van Langen-
hove named the seven following states to serve
on the subcommittee: Norway, New Zealand,
Egypt, Iran, France, Brazil, and the United King-
dom.^ This proposal was challenged by the repre-
sentatives of Poland and the Ukraine, who asked
for inclusion of one or more Slav states, including
the U.S.S.R.^ The United States indicated that
perhaps neither it nor the U.S.S.R. need be repre-
sented on the subcommittee, since the list proposed
by the Chairman possessed a good balance.
The Chairman was finally asked to prepare a
list of 11 members of a "screening" subcommittee.
The new list, which was adopted without objec-
tion, included Brazil, Egypt, France, Haiti, India,
New Zealand, Norway, Poland, U.S.S.R., United
Kingdom, and the United States.* An informal
Venezuelan suggestion that the subcommittee ar-
range to hear Italian views on the representative
character of groups requesting a hearing was
= U.N. doc. A/C.l/432. The Four-Power Commission
of Investigation, whose report was available to all mem-
bers of the Assembly, had, of course, made a considerable
effort to consult local opinion in Libya, Eritrea, and
former Italian Somaliland and had recorded its views on
the trends of feeling in each territory.
* U.N. doc. A/C.l/-J32/rev.l.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/434.
'U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.242.
'U.N. doc. A/C.1/SK.240.
' Ihid.
' U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.242.
365
called rather sharply into question by Ethiopia,
Haiti, and Pakistan. Disagreement on this point
was resolved with the understanding that the sub-
committee would be free to determine what evi-
dence it wished to hear and whom it should con-
sult.i°
A show of hands vote was then taken on the
United Kingdom draft resolution as amended by
France and Egypt. The proposal was adopted
by 51 votes to 0, with 2 abstentions.^^
Opening Statements by the United States, United
Kingdom, France, and the U.S.S.R.
Between April 6 and 9, the delegates of each of
the four powers which had labored long with the
controversial problem made initial statements on
the views of their respective governments.
Mr. Dulles spoke for the United States on April
6.^- He pointed out that the Assembly was exer-
cising an authority "unique in the history of the
United Nations." The four powers had agreed
in advance to be bound by the Assembly's recom-
mendations. Accordingly, the Assembly would
in effect be a "supreme legislative authority" on
this issue. He emphasized the baffling nature of
the problem, referred to changes in the positions
of the four powers during their efforts to reach
a solution, and described reference of the question
to the Assembly as "an act of faith in the United
Nations."
The interests of the inhabitants and of peace
and security, principles laid down in the Ital-
ian peace treaty and certainly in the Charter, were
governing. The United States had concluded
that Libya should be placed on the road to early
independence under the trusteeship of a state or
states able to promote such independence and to
assure that the territory play its part in the main-
tenance of international peace and security. The
United States favored British administration
under trusteeship for Cyrenaica (eastern part of
Libya) in any case, whether the Assembly dealt
with Libya as a whole or in part. The British
had given concrete evidence of their ability to
guide non-self-governing peoples toward in-
dependence.
With respect to Eritrea, much less advanced
toward self-government, Mr. Dulles pointed to the
close affinity of much of that area with the neigh-
boring Ethiopian people. Because of this affinity,
because of the legitimate desire of Ethiopia for
direct access to the sea, and because of the
demonstrated relationship of eastern Eritrea in
the past to the maintenance of international peace
and security, the United States believed that the
eastern part, including Massawa and Asmara,
might be incorporated into Ethiopia. Provision
could be made for the appropriate protection of
Italian and other minorities. The western
T.N. doc. A/C.1/435.
" Bulletin of Apr. 17, 1949, p. 484.
366
province, closely connected with the people of the
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, should have its future
jjrovided for separately. As for Italian Somali-
land, where progress toward independence or self-
government would require a long period of guid-
ance, the United States believed that Italy could
well be entrusted with the administration under
the trusteeship system. Despite excesses of the
past, Italy had rewon its democratic and peace-
loving character, and the Italian people could ap-
propriately be afforded opportunity to participate
constructively in the development of a part of
Africa in cooperation with the native peoples.
A statement of France's views was given on
April 7 by M. Chauvel, who reviewed briefly the
history of the issue since the end of the war. He
stressed the importance of an early settlement be-
cause provisional military administration was
satisfactory neither to the inhabitants nor to the
occupying powers. He held that Somaliland
was poor and politically backward ; Eritrea had a
Coptic and Moslem population; and that Cyre-
naica, Tripolitania, and the Fezzan constituted
distinct regions of Libya none of which yet quali-
fied for self-government. Administration of all
of these territories under trusteeship had been
favored generally by the four powers after their
study of the matter, allowing for a varying view
on the transfer of Eritrean territory to Etliiopia.
France did not believe that either a direct United
Nations trusteeship (as proposed by the United
States in 1945 and by the Soviet Union just prior
to the third session of the Assembly) nor a col-
lective trusteeship in the hands of several states
would provide a workable or effective administra-
tion. In the case of a direct United Nations trus-
teeship, even if a capable administrator were
chosen, he could not depend on adequate financial
resources from the United Nations budget to meet
local development needs.
M. Chauvel said that France continued to be-
lieve that Italy was qualified to assume the
responsibility for trusteeship even though she was
not a member of the United Nations. Although
Ethiopia had a right to reparations for past Italian
injustices and to guaranties for the future, the new
Italian Republic would know how to act in a spirit
of democracy and j^rogress, and its administra-
tion would be under the over-all scrutiny of the
United Nations.^^
Mr. McNeil (United Kingdom) regretted that
the French view did not coincide with that of the
British Government. Britain, he said, had ad-
ministered the East African territories since 1941
and all of Libya except for the Fezzan since 1943,
and had carried a substantial deficit for those terri-
tories. Provisional military administration un-
der the restrictions of the Hague convention had
not hitherto been able to take important and needed
steps of any far-reaching economic or political
character in the territories. Mr. McNeil was re-
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 239.
Departmenf of State Bulletin
ferring to the restrictions imposed upon a military
occupant under the Hague Regulations Respecting
- the Law and Customs of War on Land (1907).
/ He maintained that the problems and stages of
development of the territories were so different
that each should be dealt with as a separate entity,
not in terms of a common solution. Although
a unified Libya was a legitimate objective,
its inhabited parts were widely separated and
it actually had three separate administrations. If
it were proposed that France be granted certain
rights in the Fezzan, the British would support
the proposal. For Cyrenaica, there was the stand-
ing pledge to the Senussi, who had fought beside
the British, that they would not again come under
Italian rule. This position implied no hostility
toward Italian claims. If Britain were asked to
administer Cyrenaica and prepare its peoples for
early independence, it would faithfully do so. The
relationship was such that, if trusteeship were felt
desirable for that area, and Britain felt that it was,
the Cyrenaicans would naturally look to Great
Britain as the logical trustee. In such case, the
United Kingdom would maintain contact with
other parties in Libya looking toward eventual
unity.
As for Tripolitania, the British had no desire
to retain administrative functions. Substantial
reforms were needed but were difficult under the
current "restrictive" regime. The United King-
dom favored the transfer of eastern Eritrea to
Ethiopia not only because this should benefit the
inhabitants but because Ethiopia deserved com-
pensation. The peoples of the predominantly
Moslem western province would expect some dif-
ferent arrangement. Finally, the United King-
dom agreed that Italian Somaliland was not ready
for independence and that Italy might appro-
priatelv be asked to assume trusteeship there.
Mr. Gromyko (U.S.S.R.) spoke on April 9. He
began by trying to demonstrate that a solution
among the four powers, in the 3 years during
which they considered the problem, had been
thwarted by the United Kingdom and the United
States. According to Mr. Gromyko, the U.S.S.R.,
throughout the four-power negotiations, had con-
sistently sought to achieve agreement by making
concessions to the points of view of the other dele-
gations. It had, however, never been able to ac-
cept British proposals which would further
strengthen the quasi monojiolistic position of the
United Kingdom in the Mediterranean and the
Red Sea area. After the decision that a year
should be allowed for four-power agreement after
the Italian treaty came into force, and that other-
wise the matter would be subject to General As-
sembly decision, the three Western powers, Mr.
Gromyko charged, had tried to drag out discus-
sions, feeling sure that their wishes would obtain
majority support in the Assembly. "Wlien the
year's deadline was approaching, the U.S.S.R. had
made a last effort to obtain agreement by prompt-
September 12, 1949
ing a meeting of the Council of Foreign Ministers,
September 13-15, 1948. This was not, in the So-
viet view, a meeting of the Council, because some
of the other governments had not sent their For-
eign Ministers." Nevertheless, he said, further
Soviet proposals had been submitted, first for
Italian trusteeship in each territory and then for
direct United Nations trusteeship along the lines
of the original American proposal of 1945.^^ Lack
of agreement stemmed, said Mr. Gromyko, from
the attitude of the three Western powers that Ital-
ian Somaliland should be given separate treat-
ment, and from the British pretensions to a spe-
cial position in Cyrenaica and Tripolitania.
Mr. Gromyko asserted that the British and
American delegates in Committee I had, in their
opening statements, been deliberately vague as to
Tripolitania and the western part of Eritrea;
hence, he assumed, there must be some private
agreement between their governments to leave
those areas under British control which, he said,
amounted to United States control.
The Soviet delegate then charged that British
administration had depressed the economic life
of the territories, had kept the peoples from
self-development, and had taken out quanti-
ties of factory equipment and other resources.
French administration in the Fezzan was similarly
criticized. In essence, Mr. Gromyko charged that
the Western powers were seeking to transform the
African territories into "strategic military bases"
for the United States and the United Kingdom,
aimed against the U.S.S.R.
After a self-righteous portrayal of the Soviet
Union as the great friend of non-self-governing
peoples, the Soviet representative concluded by
I^resenting "suggestions" for direct United Na-
tions trusteeship over all the former Italian colo-
nies.^'' For each of the three territories, an ad-
ministrator would be appointed by the Trusteeship
Council and would be assisted by an Advisory
Council, including representatives of the United
Kingdom, U.S.S.R., France, Italy, and the United
States, who would select two representatives of the
European and indigenous residents of each terri-
tory to serve on such Councils. Provision would
be made for the independence of Libya and Eritrea
after 10 years, but no date would be set for the
" The Western powers were agreed that the meeting was
that of the Council, since in eacli case, their representa-
tives liad full powers to act for their Foreign Jlinisters.
'" It ma.v be noted that, at a time when the U.S. delega-
tion was proposing direct U.N. trusteeship during the
Cfm discussions in 1945, the Soviet delegation was ap-
proaching former Secretary Byrnes with a proposal that
Britain, the U.S.S.R., and the U.S. each take over admin-
istration of one of the colonies. Mr. Molotov privately
told Mr. Byrnes that "the Soviet Union should take the
place that is due it . . . and therefore should have bases
in the Mediterranean for its merchant fleet." See James
P. Byrnes, Speaking Frankli/. Harper and Bros. 1947 pp.
95-96. Apparently the U.S.S.R. was not so sensitive about
mentioning the strategic and security importance of Libya
in the Cfm as in the General Assembly.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.240.
367
grant of independence to Italian Somaliland. In
the case of Eritrea, Ethiopia would be granted a
territorial concession providing an outlet to the
sea through the port of Assab."
Mr. McNeil (United Kingdom) immediately-
protested that the U.S.S.R. was making un-
warranted jjropaganda charges and called for a
more constructive spirit. He pointed out that it
was rather extraordinary that the U.S.S.R.
should claim that each of its changes in position
since 1945 was in the interest of promoting agree-
ment while attributing less worthy motives to the
other three powers. Denying the charges of im-
perialistic exploitation of the former colonies by
the British military administration, Mr. McNeil
admitted that equipment had been removed from
Eritrea and Italian Somaliland, during the war
and in order to aid in mounting an offensive
against the Axis in the Middle East. He did not
doubt that the Soviet Union had done the same in
certain parts of Europe during the fighting.
Moreover, the United Kingdom had been carrying
the deficits of these areas. He pointed out that its
efforts to improve native agriculture had been
largely handicapped by drought in North Africa.
Initial Italian Statement
At the 241st meeting of the Committee on April
11, Italy's Foreign Minister, Count Sforza, pre-
sented his government's views. He acknowledged
that the problem was most complicated and that it
involved the reawakening of the peoples of Asia
and Africa. Recalling the struggle of the Italian
people for democracy and the principle of na-
tionality in the nineteenth centui'y, he pointed out
that, after the tragic interlude of Fascism, Italy
had returned to her democratic heritage. He felt
that the new Republic should not be punished for
tlie wrongs of a vanished dictator. Though unfor-
tunately his country had not yet gained admission
to the world organization, most members had
sliown their conviction that it ought to be admitted.
It should follow that Italy be considered quali-
fied to take part in guiding the African peoples
toward independence and self-development. Italy,
"a country of peasants and artisans devoid of any
racial prejudice," would faithfully discharge such
responsibilities entrusted to it and could render
considerable technical and other assistance of the
type required.^^
Count Sforza remarked that broad sentiment
seemed to exist in favor of Italy's trusteeship for
Italian Somaliland. Libya, he felt, should be-
come "one of the pivots of our friendly coopera-
tion with the Arab States." Administrative re-
sponsibility in Tripolitania would enable his coun-
try to help shoulder the burden, which it regarded
as a duty, involved in developing the former col-
onies toward independence. The Libyan problem
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/433.
" U.N. doe. A/C. 1/SR. 241.
368
needed to be settled in its entirety. It need not be i
feared that the natives of Tripolitania would resist ,
Italian administration. Disturbances there since
the war had not been directed against the Italians
who lived on friendly terms with the Arabs. The
elections at Tripoli in January had given evidence,
he claimed, of substantial sympathetic feeling to-
ward Italy.
Eritrea, Count Sforza maintained, had never
been part of Ethiopia, and annexation by the lat-
ter would place too heavy a burden on Ethiopia,
resulting in a decline in Eritrea's economy and in
discouraging the contribution of the Italian com-
munity. Ethiopian security, while important,
could be otherwise assured. Italy requested ad-
ministrative responsibility in Eritrea in the gen-
eral interest, and believed Ethiopia should be
given access to the sea through Assab.
In conclusion. Count Sforza maintained that
the problem should be solved, not on the basis of
annexation or partitions for reasons of military se-
curity, but through reaffirmation of the principles
of collective security and of loyal international
cooperation. Count Sforza felt that Ethiopia
would have no ground to fear for her security if
Italy were to administer Eritrea under United
Nations supervision. He also cited the new "con-
structive and creative spirit of Europe," to which
Italy was contributing and which could augur well
for the development of African peoples.^"
Ethiopia's Attitude
Aklilou Abte Wold (Ethiopia) explained his
country's position on April 7 and 11, before and
after the statement by Count Sforza. In his first
speech, the Ethiopian delegate asserted that his
country was vitally interested, on economic, social
and security grounds, in the disposition of Eri-
trea and Somaliland. The Assembly's decision on
the whole problem was of crucial importance for
the peoples of the Middle East and of Africa. As
far as Ethiopia was concerned, he insisted, pre-
Fascist Italy had, by its policies in the late nine-
teenth century, paved the way for the Fascist in-
vasion of Ethiopia in 1935-36. Italian expansion
into Eritrea had always been resisted by Ethiopia
to which Eritrea was naturally connected by race,
religion, language, and culture. Union of the two
territories would be the right solution. Already
a number of Eritreans were serving in the Ethi-
opian administrative system,"" and Eritrea's im-
ports came chiefly from Ethiopia. In addition,
northern Ethiopia's chief sea outlet was through
the port of Massawa. Prior to Italy's invasion of
Ethiopia, said Mr. Wold, there had never been
more than 5 thousand Italian settlers in Eritrea.
If that territory were transferred to his country,
" lUd.
'" Mr. Wold claimed that as high as 10 percent of the
officials in the Ethiopian administration were Eritreans.
Department of State Bulletin
Ethiopia was ready to assure them all appropriate
civil, cultural, and legal rights.^^
Replying to Count Sforza, Mr. Wold challenged
the former's statement that Eritrea had never been
a part of Ethiopia, and cited a provision of a Brit-
ish treaty of 1884 with his country as evidence that
union had existed. Mr. Wold claimed that 50
years of Italian rule had not changed the back-
ward condition of Eritrea, except for the "show-
windows" of Massawa and Asmara. As evidence
of this he referred to the Four Power Commis-
sion's report, and held that 90 percent of the people
of the territory opposed Italy's return in any form.
Mr. Wold wondered how Italy, a country itself
requiring outside economic aid, would provide the
assistance needed for Eritrea's development, as
the territory was distinctly a deficit area. He
then reverted to the theme that if Italy were again
to be placed "on both sides of his country," Ethi-
opia would feel threatened and would have to do
something about it."
Latin American Views
Between April 7 and 21, most of the Latin
American states, at varying length, explained
their positions. Throughout the entire debate,
Messrs. Arce (Argentina), Belaunde (Peru), and
Santa Cruz (Chile) took a particularly active part.
The Latin American spokesmen, with the excep-
tion of Mr. St. Lot (Haiti), appealed for gener-
osity toward a redeemed Italy, and favored the
establishment of trusteeship for most of the terri-
tories involved, witli Italy generally as the admin-
istering power, alone or in conjunction with others.
Within that general context, differing views were
expressed as to particular details.
The Brazilian view, as stated by Mr. Muniz,
was that individual trusteeships for the terri-
tories would be best, and that Italy was particu-
larly qualified. However, British and French
concern with Cyrenaica and the Fezzan, respec-
tively, should be considered, as well as Ethiopia's
need for an outlet to the sea.^^ Mr. Castro (Uru-
guay) made a rather general statement, calling
for a just decision which would not neglect Italy's
cooperation and capacity.^*
For Argentina, Mr. Arce scored the role of una-
nimity which had blocked four-power agreement
on the colonies and had severely handicapped the
Security Council. He emphasized the freedom
of decision on this and other questions enjoyed
by the General Assembly. Believing independ-
ence for the territories was not feasible, Argen-
tina favored Italian trusteeship for Libya, Somali-
land, and northern Eritrea^'' since democratic
Italy would know how to develop the lands and
guide the peoples toward independence. South-
ern Eritrea with an outlet to the sea could be
transferred to Ethiopia, with a joint Italo-Ethi-
opian boundary commission assisted by a United
Nations mediator to draw the frontiers. The
Peruvian delegate, Mr. Belaunde, paid special
tribute to the colonizing talents of the Italian
people, and called for harmonizing the interests of
Italy, Britain, France, and Ethiopia in a manner
consistent with the welfare of the local popula-
tions. Although favoring transfer of a zone of
Eritrea to Ethiopia with an outlet to the sea,
Peru felt that the rest of the territory, including
Asmara and Massawa, with their Italian minori-
ties, should be placed under Italian trusteeship.
Tripolitania might also be placed under Italian
trusteeship. Mr. Belaunde referred more gen-
erally to the British and French interest in the
other parts of Libya — Cyrenaica and the Fezzan.'"
In a statement of Colombia's view, Mr. Zuleta ad-
vanced ideas similar to those of Argentina and
Peru. Like them, he asserted that a solution of
the whole problem should be reached at one time.
Cuba's representative, Mr. Alvarez, lauded the
principle of having the General Assembly settle
difficult international problems by a majority vote.
The interests of the native inhabitants, he in-
sisted, were paramount, and the Italians must ad-
just to the new situation. Cuba advocated a joint
trusteeship under Britain, France, and Italy for
the western part of Eritrea " and in other re-
spects subscribed to the position of Peru.^^
Chilean representative, Mr. Santa Cruz, be-
lieved that special attention must be given to im-
proving the standard of living in the former
colonies. The problem should be viewed as part
of the over-all need for the economic develop-
ment of non-self-governing territories in Africa
in order to assure social progress. The Assembly
should take this need especially into account in
its resolution. With reasonable adjustment to
Ethiopia's claims to part of Eritrea and to the
logical position of Britain in Cyrenaica, the
Chilean delegation believed Italy should be chosen
to administer the territories.^^ The Paraguayan
delegate, Mr. Acosta, favored French administra-
tion for tlie Fezzan, and British administration
for Cyrenaica ; in other respects he favored Italian
=' U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.239.
^ U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 242. Mr. Wold also decried the
presence on the Italian delegation of a man who had been
Governor of Ethiopia in 1937 when excesses were being
committed.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 239.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 241.
" Some delegations, notably those from Latin American
states, spoke of northern and southern Eritrea ; generally-
speaking such references applied to what the United
States and other delegations termed western and eastern
Eritrea, respectively. The eastern (southern) part is
that including the plateau inhabited by Coptic Christians,
and the towns of Assab. Asmara, and Massawa.
'■' U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.241.
" In defining the western part of Eritrea, the Cuban
delegate included "the Moslem province and the cities of
Asmara and Massawa."
=* U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.242.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.243.
September 12, 1949
369
administration. He was prepared to accept post-
ponement of a decision if that were in the best
interests of peace and security.^
The Dominican Republic spokesman, Mr.
Urena, suggested tlie establishment of a well-
defined advisory body, including representatives
of the inhabitants, to assist the Trusteeship Coun-
cil in its supervision of Italian administration of
Tripolitania.'^ Mr. Stolk (Venezuela) favored
Italian trusteeship in part of Eritrea and in
Somaliland, and thought that consideration
should be given to Italy and France as adminis-
trators of Tripolitania and the Fezzan, as well as
to British administration in Cyrenaica. He
stressed the interests and wishes of the local peo-
ples in working out a settlement.''^
The delegates of El Salvador, Bolivia, Guate-
mala, Panama, Ecuador, Honduras, and Costa
Kica expressed broadly similar views during the
initial debate.^^
Attitudes of India and Pakistan
The representatives of Pakistan and of India
indicated support for the principle of direct
United Nations administration of the territories
in their statements of April 18. Both showed
some interest in the Soviet proposal for such an
arrangement, but each had specific changes in
mind as to details.
For Pakistan, Sir Zafrullah Khan deprecated
the idea of a piecemeal settlement and declared
that, paying heed to the wishes of the populations,
the main objective was complete independence of
all of the territories as soon as possible. Libya,
he maintained, needed only a short period of prep-
aration for independence and could be placed
under United Nations administration for 5 years.
Ethiopia's claim for a part of Eritrea should be
met within proper limits, and the remainder of
Eritrea, if substantial in size, might require trus-
teeship. France, Ethiopia, and the United King-
dom, he thought, should pledge the attainment of
a united and independent Somaliland to right the
ancient wrong of the division of Somali tribes
under foreign rule." Somaliland should become
independent in 10 years. Sir Zafrullah believed
'° U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.244.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.244. To some extent, at least,
this idea was drawn on, so far as Tripolitania was con-
cerned, in tlie draft resolution later developed by a sub-
committee, and adopted bv Committee I.
^ U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.244.
"'U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.245, 246, and 248. Costa Rica's
representative, Mr. Canas, favored maintaining the "es-
sential unit.v of Libya under an Italian trusteeship of
limited duration," if generally acceptable to the inhabit-
ants ; otherwise he coulcT agree to a limited Britisli trus-
teeship for Cyrenaica.
'* Sir Zafrullah indicated that the presence of Somalis
In the Ogaden province of Ethiopia as well as in French
and British Somaliland, and in the frontier sections of
Kenya, should thus be kept in mind in planning the dis-
position of former Italian Somaliland.
370
an advisory committee of nine,^" to assist the
United Nations administrator in each territory,
would be desirable. As for possible Security
Council supervision of strategic points in the terri-
tories, Pakistan could agree provided that, for
such purpose, it be understood that the Security
Council would set aside the use of the veto. In
general, the Pakistan statement was weighted with
sharp criticism of Italy's past record and with
stress on the opposition to that country's return
which might be expected from the inhabitants.
In lower key, Sir Zafrullah also spoke slightingly
of progress toward independence in French North
African territories.^"
India's view, as stated by Mr. Setalvad, was that
the wishes and needs of the inhabitants should
heavily outweigh strategic considerations or the
interests of certain European states.
Since the Four Power Commission had revealed
that the inhabitants were not ready for independ-
ence, a direct United Nations trusteeship would
best serve their interests and help them attain
early independence. Mr. Setalvad then outlined
a number of points which, he said, could be worked
out by the Assembly's Fourth Committee (Trus-
teeship Affairs) if the Assembly adopted the
principle of direct United Nations trusteeship for
the territories. These points included provision
for (a) appointment by the Trusteeship Council
of a Governor for each territory; (b) creation of
a corps of international civil servants to provide
some of the necessary administrati\'e personnel;
(c) transfer of authority from the existing ad-
ministrations to the United Nations after a short
period; (d) establishment of a police force for
local defense and maintenance of law and order;
(e) Advisory Councils made up of representa-
tives of the inhabitants to assist the achiiinistra-
tion in each territory and to take over pro-
gressively more legislative and executive respon-
sibility; (/) the holding of a plebiscite in each
territory after from 10 to 20 years of trusteeship,
to determine whether any of the territories wished
independence or union with an adjacent area.
In view of the Ethiopian position, Mr. Setalvad
advocated an immediate plebiscite, under United
Nations supervision, to determine whether the
people of eastern Eritrea wished union with Ethi-
opia. The Indian delegate recognized that his
whole plan would involve extraordinary expend-
itures by the United Nations, but he argued that
the cause was worth the cost."
Additional Eastern European Views
The delegates of Yugoslavia, Poland, the
Ulcrainian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, and Byelo-
" In comparison with the Soviet proposal for a seven-
member AdvLsory Council, Pakistan favored two more, to
be named by Egypt and one other Middle Eastern state.
™ U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 243.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.244.
Department of State Bulletin
russia, all adhered faithfully to the position of
the Soviet Union. Tliey joined in the latter's
charojes of imperialism on the part of the Western
powers which, they said, stood in contrast to the
sound and wise proposals of the U.S.S.K.
Mr. Vilfan (Yugoslavia) denied tlie fitness of
Ital_v to administer any of the territories, claim-
iiiir that she would be subservient to Anglo-
American military plans and that her treatment of
the Slovene minority was not such as the peace
treaty required.^^ Mr. Tarasenko (Ukraine) ac-
cused Britain and the United States of scheming
a new "colonial partition'' based on military con-
siderations and a desire for profits.'" Poland's
spokesman, Mr. Katz-Suchy, deplored the failure
of great power machinery to settle this and other
postwar problems, blamed the so-called Western
"aggressive bloc" for this failure, and vilified
Britain's record in the administration of dependent
areas. The Polish delegate, who also vilified the
United States, France, and Italy, concluded that
the Soviet proposals were best calculated to meet
the interests of the local peoples. For Byelorus-
sia, Mr. Kisselev joined in attacking the motives
of the United States and Great Britain.'"' Mr.
Hoffmeister (Czechoslovakia) made a somewhat
more moderate statement, not lacking in criticism
of the supposed aims of the Western powers, in
support of the U. S. S. E. position.^^ ,
Arab States' Views
Mr. Khachaba (Egypt) addressed the Commit-
tee on April 19 followed by Messrs. Dajani (Saudi
Arabia) and Sawaidi (Iraq) on April 20. Ex-
pressing special concern with the former colonies
on grounds of neighborhood and friendship, Egypt
asked for the independence and unity of Libya.
During the Ottoman period, said the Egyptian
representative, Libya had been autonomous, and
its peoples had looked to Allied victory in the re-
cent war as their road to freedom. If, neverthe-
less, trusteeship were decided upon for Libya,
Egypt felt strongly that it should be for a short^
period, that unity should be maintained, and that
an Arab state should participate in the aclministra-
tion. In connection with Libya, Egypt would
claim the restoration of several small areas for
economic and strategic reasons.*'^
Egypt favored the transfer to Ethiopia of that
part of Eritrea forming part of the Ethiopian pla-
" r.S. doc. A/C.1/SR.244.
^'Ihid. Thi> Ukrainian spokesman conveniently over-
looked tlie fact tliat any administering authority would
have to make a substantial financial outlay for the im-
provement of conditions in the territories without prospect
of financial returns.
'° U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.245.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.246.
" These were : the Jaghub oasis, athwart two roads
from Cyrenaica into Egypt ; the desert plateau of Solium
and the town of Bardia ; and the oases of Arcona and
Karad in the Siwa area. U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.245.
teau and whose population favored such \niion.
The remainder, Moslem inhabited, could logically
be added to the Sudan. For Somaliland, Egypt
favored a single-power trusteeship leading to in-
dependence. Mr. Khachaba did not suggest an
appropriate state to fill that role."
The representative of Saudi Arabia, Mr. Da-
jani, noted that, according to the Four Power
Connnission's report, the territories were not yet
ready for independence. He questioned such a
judgment with respect to Libya. He did not wish
to see a repetition of the rivalry of various powers
for mandates, as after the First World War.
Probably it would be best to apply the trusteeship
system, but for a fixed period of time, with inde-
pendence the stated goal and with the administer-
ing power to be selected on the basis of the wishes
of the inhabitants. Like Egypt, Saudi Arabia
stressed the maintenance of the unity of Libya and
could not understand an argument put forward by
France that the three parts of Libya were cjuite
separate. Mr. Dajani did not comment directly
on Eritrea or Somaliland."'*
Mr. Sawaidi of Iraq, reemphasized the idea of
Libyan unity and maintained that trusteeship,
where applied, should be transitory and should not
be used as a basis for various powers to retain con-
trol in territories under their administration.
With respect to Eritrea and Somaliland, he ex-
pressed views similar to those of Egypt.*^
South African and Australian Positions
In contrast to the rigid identity of views mani-
fested by the Eastern European states, two British
Dominions, South Africa, and Australia, ap-
proached the matter from somewhat different
points of view.
Asserting his country's special interest in the
problem as an African matter, Mr. Andrews
(Union of South Africa) believed that a stable
and secure settlement required individual trustee-
ship. He favored giving Britain responsibility
in Cyrenaica, France in the Fezzan, and Italy in
Tripolitania, Eritrea, and Somaliland, with an
Eritrean port to be ceded to Ethiopia. South
Africa believed that administration by several
powers led only to friction, while direct United
Nations administration raised serious problems of
authority and financial support. Although Libya
was more nearly ready for independence than the
other territories, the future was too uncertain to
fix a time limit on trusteeship.*'^
Mr. Hood (Australia) felt that unless, after
further consideration, substantial agreement
could be reached, it might be advisable to establish
the Assembly's own special commission to review
all relevant factors and to~report with recommen-
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.245.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.246.
'^Ibid.
''Ibid.
September 12, 1949
371
dations in the fall. Such a commission could
visit the respective territories and prepare a satis-
factory basis for Assembly action. Australia pre-
ferred a comprehensive solution based on the needs
of the inhabitants and on the reasonable interests
of certain states but was not prepared to state her
definite views on each territory.
Other Views
The Belgian and Netherlands delegates favored
individual trusteeship arrangements, taking into
account Italy's experience and capacity and Ethi-
opia's special claims to part of Eritrea. Both felt
that the United Kingdom could appropriately be
responsible in Cyrenaica, and France in the Fez-
zan.*' Liberia and Burma were opposed to vest-
ing Italy with trusteeship responsibility for any
of the territories. Both felt special recognition
of Ethiopia's claims in Eritrea was called for.
Mr. Cooper (Liberia) prefered direct United Na-
tions administration generally, but could accept
a short-term British trusteeship in Cyrenaica and
temporary British administration of the rest of
Libya and Somaliland until a final settlement
there would be reached.^^ Mr. So Nyun (Burma)
also favored direct United Nations administra-
tion except, possibly, in the case of Libya which
seemed ready for independence and should not
have its unity impaired. Colonialism and "frus-
trated nationalism," he remarked, must not be al-
lowed to cause the same kind of trouble in Africa
as they had unfortunately engendered in the
East.^»
Turkey, said Mr. Ussakligil, would have pre-
ferred immediate independence for the territories
but conceded that transitional trusteeships could
be of benefit. The United Kingdom could be
given a 5- to 10-year trusteeship for Cyrenaica, and
regenerated Italy given responsibility in Italian
Somaliland. After reuniting a proper section
of Eritrea with Ethiopia, the remaining portions
of Eritrea and Libya should be administered pro-
visionally by a state with means and the demo-
cratic ideals needed to promote independence.""
China, on the other hand, hoped that, save for a
portion of Eritrea which Ethiopia should have, the
remaining territories might come under direct
United Nations administration. Five years should
suffice to bring Libya to independence, and
the General Assembly should review the progress
of Eritrea and Somaliland toward independence
after 5 and 10 years respectively. The Chinese
delegate, Mr. Koo, contended that article 77, para-
graph 1 (b) of the Charter was designed to meet
such a case as that of the former Italian colonies."
China had been active at San Francisco in seeing
that article 81 of the Charter included provision
that "the Organization itself" could be the ad-
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.244 and 245.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/.SR.245.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.246.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.244.
372
ministering authority for trust territories. Mr.
Koo was not ready to admit that financial and
administrative problems peculiar to a United Na-
tions trusteeship could not be satisfactorily met.''^
First Hearings of Representatives of the Inhabitants
Sub-Committee 14,^^ which had been established
on April 11 to "screen" organizations and groups
claiming to represent substantial sectors of
opinion in the various territories, recommended
initially that the representatives of three such
groups be heard directly by the First Committee.
These were: the Moslem League of Eritrea, the
New Eritrea Pro-Italia Party, and the Somali
Youth League. On April 20 and 21 the spokes-
men for these groups were invited to the Com-
mittee table to make statements and answer ques-
tions.'*
The spokesman for the Moslem League of Eri-
trea "' maintained that Eritrea's population was
predominantly Moslem and that the remainder
was not homogeneous. His grou]) opposed the
transfer of any part of Eritrea to Ethiopia whose
need of a sea outlet could be served through Ji-
buti."^ This group asked for an independent Eri-
trea which would give all necessai-y guaranties to
other nationals living there, such as the Italians.
In reply to a Belgian inquiry. Sultan Ali said that
if independence were not granted immediately,
his group would wish trusteeship under the
United Nations itself."
The New Eritrea Pro-Italia Party ^^ claiming
to represent all elements of the population de-
clared itself opposed to any partitioning of the
territory and favored Italian trusteesliip pre-i
paratoi-y to independence. His grouiD, said Mo-
hammed Abdulla, could not be taken into serious
account at the time of the four-power investiga-
tion because it had just been formed.^' Denying
that there were any Italians in his party, the
" Under the general heading of article 77 which refers
to the categories of territories to wliich trusteeship may
apply, paragraph 1 (b) reads: "Territories which may be
detached from enemy states as a result of the Second
World War."
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.246.
'" Sub-Committee 14 is referred to as the "screening
sub-committee." Between Apr. 19 and May 2 it made
five reports to Committee I, describing the various groups
whose requests for hearings it had examined, and for-
warding its recommendations for a hearing before Com-
mittee I for tlie representatives of certain of those groups.
See U.N. doc. A/C.1/439; U.N. doc. A/C.1/441, 442, and
443 and A/C.1/44.5.
" At the 247th and 248th meetings.
" Ibrahim Sultan Ali.
°° In French Somaliland.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.247. The Ethiopian delegate
challenged Sultan All's estimate of the proportion be-
tween Moslem and non-Moslem residents of Eritrea.
^ Represented by Blatta Mohammed Abdulla.
■" He claimed a current membership of 400 thousand.
Department of State Bulletin
spokesman had no alternative other than Italian
i'rusteeship to suggest. He emphasized the wide-
ipread use of Italian by the population as an
mportant factor. "^^
Sir. Issa (Somali Youth League) who was heard
m April 21 claimed to represent the overwhelming
najority of the people of Italian Somaliland. He
said that administration by Italy would be com-
Dletely unacceptable. That country, he argued,
lad forfeited all claim to return as the administer-
ng power, because of 50 years of misrule and be-
jause of the stipulation of the Italian peace treaty.
A.n outlet for Italy's surplus population never had
seen met and never could be through immigration
;o Somaliland. Replying to a Liberian question,
Mr. Issa said his people would offer physical re-
sistance if Italy should return. He concluded by
asking for any suitable trusteeship arrangement
provided that Italy were excluded. He had in
mind a trusteeship period of 10 years preparatory
to independence.*^
romyko-Dulles Exchange
At the conclusion of these first hearings,
Mr.
i
Gromyko (U.S.S.R.) spoke again and charged
that military plans of the United States and the
United Kingdom were causing difficulties for the
General Assembly, as had been the case during the
four-power discussions. He amplified previous
charges of British maladministration and said
that Italy's interests could be properly met
through participation in the Advisory Councils
provided for in the U.S.S.R. proposal for United
Nations administration. Again accusing Britain
and the United States of seeking to gain control
over the territories for dubious strategic reasons,
he argued that the problem of cost involved in
United Nations trusteeships need not prove in-
soluble.«^
In reply Mr. Dulles (United States) pointed out
that since the U.S.S.R. had not shared in the sacri-
fices of the North African campaigns, it was hardly
qualified to dismiss "the relevancy of this area to
international peace and security." He wondered
when the Soviet Union would submit for the judg-
ment of the United Nations the matter of settle-
ment for certain areas which the Soviet army had
overrun during the war. Until such time, it ill-
behooved Mr. Gromyko to criticize the interna-
tional approach of the Western powers. Since
the United Nations had unfortunately become a
"battle-ground for two different points of view,"
the proposal for direct administration by the or-
ganization, originally made by the United States
in 1945, was not feasible. In addition, the United
Nations budget would hardly be adequate for the
purpose of financing such arrangements. Mr.
" U.N. doe. A/C.1/SR.247.
" U.N. doe. A/C.1/SR.248.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.248.
September 12, 1949
Dulles pointed out that the world could easily
distinguish those nations which wished to co-
operate constructively in solving postwar prob-
lems and those which did not. He decried Soviet
insistence that others were obstructing a solution.*^
At the 249th meeting (April 21) some further
general discussion took place. The representa-
tive of France reviewed the history of the four-
power negotiations so as to correct inaccuracies
in the Soviet version.^ Argentina and Peru re-
stated their earlier positions and described the
U.S.S.R. plan as unrealistic. Mr. McNeil (United
Kingdom) replied vigorously to the Soviet asper-
sions on his country's administration of the terri-
tories and promised to circulate a document giving
details on the extent of the removal of industrial
equipment from Eritrea and Italian Somaliland
during the war.'''' He cited sections of the Four
Power Commission report giving definite figures
on the deficit incurred by the British administra-
tion in the various territories. He also felt that
Britain's colonial experience and record merited
the confidence of the members. He observed that
strategic factors in the North African picture were
quite properly being considered in the world
forum, although the U.S.S.R. had taken what it
wanted in the way of bases, unilaterally, as in
Lithuania.*"
After Poland's representative had again casti-
gated British colonial administration and the al-
leged desire of the United States for world domi-
nation, the Chairman proposed that the Commit-
tee adjourn discussion of the problem a few days
until hearings of additional groups of the inhabi-
tants would be possible. The Committee agreed
to this plan."
Five days later, on April 26, prior to the sec-
ond stage of hearings for groups of the inhabi-
tants, the Polish delegate attempted, on a point of
order, to resurrect discussion of the execution of
the two Greek trade unionists which he had sought
to have considered at the 243d meeting. He was
ruled out of order by the Chairman to the ac-
companiment of protests from the representatives
of Byelorussia and the Ukraine.*^
Mr. Tarchiani "^ then delivered a statement out-
lining what Italy had been able to do in the past
toward the improvement of conditions in the for-
mer colonies. Before Fascism, he related, demo-
cratic Italy had encouraged native participation
in local assemblies and in the administration, had
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.248.
«'U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.249.
"This was duly circulated as a Working Paper, U.N.
doe. A/C.1/W.9, on April 21.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.249.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.249. At this time the only pro-
posals so far submitted were the U.S.S.R. "suggestions"
(A/C.1/433) and the Uruguayan proposal for an 11-mem-
ber subcommittee to prepare a draft resolution on all
the territories for the First Committee's consideration.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1./SR.250.
" Italian Ambassador to the United States.
373
advanced educational facilities, and had improved
transportation and health conditions. Italian set-
tlers had, even more recently, remained on
friendly terms with the indigenous peoples. Italy,
he said, was preparing constructive development
plans in the hope tliat some of the territories might
be entrusted to her charge.'"
In reply to arguments that direct United Na-
tions trusteeshii) would run into financial difficul-
ties, Mr. Setalvad (India) claimed that a United
Nations trusteeship might have to meet a deficit
of only about 5.5 million dollars annually.'^ South
Africa, on the other hand, suggested that it would
be well to decide the question of single or multiple
trusteeship and then determine the choice of ad-
ministering powers. South Africa did not feel
that the cession of an appreciable part of Eritrea
to Ethiopia reflected the wishes of the inhabitants
though it favored an Ethiopian outlet to the sea.
It again urged a positive role for Italy, particu-
larly in Tripolitania, and felt that if agreement
could be reached on British administration in
Cyrenaica, French in the Fezzan, and Italian in
Italian Somaliland, it would then be possible to
deal with Eritrea and Tripolitania where a posi-
tive role for Italy seemed indicated."
In a lengthy speech, Mr. Asha (Syria) then
argued Italy's financial incapacity to carry the
burden of administration and feared rivalry
among Britain, France, and Italy if each were
placed in charge of one of the territories. He sug-
gested that Latin American delegations support-
ing Italian desires were not aware of realities and
that they were too distant to appreciate the feel-
ing in Asia and the Middle East toward colonial-
ism. Syria called for the earliest possible inde-
pendence and unity of Libya.'^
Continued Hearings for Representatives
of tfie Inhabitants
At the recommendation of Sub-Committee 14,
two additional spokesmen representing organiza-
tions of the inhabitants appeared before Commit-
tee I on the afternoon of April 26. These were
Mr. Bairu (Unionist Party of Eritrea) and Mr.
Shenaib (National Congress of Cyrenaica). Mr.
Bairu claimed that since 1941 his party had fa-
vored union with Ethiopia and had at that time
been led to believe that the British would support
such a solution. There were ethnic and linguistic
reasons for such union. He claimed to represent
700 thousand individuals. Mr. Bairu said many
Moslems adhered to his party's view. He sug-
gested that the Pro-Italia Party was inspired
from Kome and minimized the importance of the
Moslem League and its anti-Ethiopian platform.'*
'°U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.250.
" lUd.
'" J bid.
" Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 251.
Mr. Shenaib (of the Cyrenaican National Con-
gress) cited the autonomy enjoyed by Cyrenaica
during its Ottoman period and charged Italy with
oppression and decimation of the population. He
recalled the aid proffered the British by the Emir
Sayid Idris el Senussi, the Cyrenaican leader, dur-
ing the critical campaigns of 1940 and claimed that
that this gave rise to the clear desire for independ-
ence. He deplored the continuance of military ad-
ministration since the war but paid tribute to the
patience and political maturity of the Cyrenaicans.
In response to questions from the Belgian and Aus-
tralian delegates, Mr. Shenaib said that Cyrenai-
ca's independence might be coupled with the unity
of Libya, provided that the Tripolitanians would
accejjt the rule of the Emir. His people, he said,
would not at this stage accept trusteeship although
they acknowledged the benevolent conduct of
Great Britain. They would, if necessary, resist
the return of Italy by force.'^
Mr. Schukry, spokesman for the National
Council for the Liberation of Libya, was heard
on April 27. He appealed at once for unity and
independence, asserting that separate regimes
would be contrary to the wishes of the people.
The people of Cyrenaica and Tripolitania were
clearly opposed to the return of Italian rule, and
it was regrettable that expression of the views of
the people of the Fezzan had been discouraged
by the French. If able to express their wishes, he
believed that the Fezzanese too would claim in-
dependence and unity for Libya. Mr. Schukry
challenged Italy's claim to have advanced the
well-being of African peoples and denied that the
recent municipal elections in Tripoli implied sup-
port of Italy's claims. He also asserted that the
riots in 1948 in Tripoli were in fact directed
against the Italian community. Italian improve-
ments in Libya, he maintained, were solely for
the benefit of Italian settlers. There had been
only a few thousand of these, despite efforts to
persuade more people to emigrate. In conclusion,
Mr. Schukry said that the people of Libya were
in favor of the rule of the Senussi Emir over a free
and united Libya and that this was not a new
attitude.'*
Replying to a question from the Philippine
delegate, Mr. Schukry said that Libyans did not
want any form of trusteeship, not even under the
United Nations. They considered themselves
ready for independence and would know how to
obtain financial assistance on their own if neces-
sary as many other independent countries were
doing."
On April 28 and 29 Committee I listened to
the representatives of five more groups recom-
mended for hearings by Sub-Committee 14. Mr.
Perlzweig (Jewish Community of Tripolitania)
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 251.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 252.
"Ibid.
374
Department of State Bulletin
jappealed for guaranties in the Tripolitanian set-
Jtlement for the Jewisli connnunity and other mi-
norities. The Jewisii connnunity sought no spe-
cial privileges and desiretl to live on amicable
terms with the Arabs but it had been subjected
to violence and discrimination instigated, perhaps,
from outside the country. He advocated no par-
ticular form of administration, but asked that any
new regime be required to protect equal rights,
civil and religious, with some supervision of such
matters by an international body.'*
Mr. Ciccolungo (National Association of Refu-
gees from Libya and East Africa) claimed the
status of "African citizens of Italian language"
for the groups he represented.'" He appealed for
fair treatment of the Italian refugees from Africa
who had worked constructively there in the past
and wished to return. Their lands had been won
by reclamation from the desert, he said, not taken
from the Arabs. Fruitful cooperation between
the former colonies and Italy, if the latter were
to be given trusteeship responsibility generally,
would benefit both the people of the territories
and of Italy.^" A somewhat similar statement
was made by Mr. Sellabi (Association of Libyan
Ex-Servicemen) who opposed a Libyan regime
under the rule of the Senussi and praised Italy's
])ast contribution. He favored Italian trustee-
ship for Libya, followed by early independence.*^
Mr. Casciani (Italo-Eritrean Association) asked
for the immediate independence of Eritrea.
Although his' group included Italian elements
friendly toward Italy, its members regarded Eri-
trea as their homeland. Any division of Eritrea
would injure the territory's economy and cause
social damage. Ethiopia's need for an outlet to
the sea could be met by the granting of free zones
and did not require annexation of territory. If
the Assembly could not agree on immediate in-
dependence, then, said Mr. Casciani, Italian trust-
teeship would be the next best solution. Partition
in any case was to be avoided.'^
A combined group known as the Conference of
Somaliland and the Progressive League of Mijer-
tini presented its views through Mohadalle Mo-
hamed. He maintained that the Somali Youth
League heard earlier had misrepresented the
wishes of the people. The Somali Conference
claimed more than two-thirds support of the entire
population.
What was really needed, said Mohadalle Mo-
hamed, was a period of guidance by a suitable
European nation toward independence as an
Islamic state and w'ith opportunity for admission
of Somalis to the administration as well as to
higher institutions of learning. Italy was fitted,
he said, to discharge such a trusteeship effectively
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.253.
'» ma.
" IMd.
" IMd.
'■ Ihid.
and would be welcomed for that purpose by the
people.*^
All in all, Committee I had now given ear to
the representatives of 12 groups claiming to speak
for the peoples of the territories involved. In view
of the conflicting claims regarding their follow-
ing and their conflicting testimony as to proper
disposition of the territories, it was indeed difficult
for the Committee to reconcile all the views put
forward. The next few days were spent in ex-
ploring the ground with a view to developing a
proposed solution which, if not perfect, might
receive general support.
Resumption of the General Debate
Immediately following the hearings, the repre-
sentative of the Philippines, Mr. Romulo, made a
strong speech against the idea of single-power
trusteeship. The inhabitants of Libya opposed
the return of Italian rule, but Italy and Egypt
could have a voice in the administration of that
area by the United Nations through the Trustee-
ship Council. The Philippines, he said, respected
Latin culture and Italy's democratic tradition, but
could only wonder whether perhaps a "peaceful
and democratic" Japan might not similarly some
day request the restoration of Formosa, Okinawa,
and Korea. The day for such moves was over,
said Mr. Romulo, who reminded the Latin Ameri-
can delegations the crusade for freedom of Simon
Bolivar and Jose Rizal.*-* The Haitian delegate
endorsed Mr. Romulo's views.*° Peru, replying
to Mr. Romulo, asserted that her position took ac-
count of the interests of the inhabitants and rep-
resented a step forward in line with the principle
of indeisendence.*^
III. DRAFT RESOLUTIONS PUT FORWARD
United Kingdom Draft
After the Chairman had declared the end of
the general debate, Mr. McNeil (United Kingdom)
distributed a draft resolution on behalf of his
delegation and outlined its provisions.*' In brief,
it proposed :
(a) that Libya achieve independence after 10 years
if the General Assembly then approved, with an interim
period of advice and assistance under trusteeship ;
(b) that Cyrenaica, without prejudice to subsequent
incorporation in a united Libya, be placed under trustee-
ship with Britain as the administering power, the terms
of trusteeship to be drawn by the Trusteeship Council
and subject to later approval by the Assembly ;
•n.T.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 2.5-1.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.254.
'= Ihid.
"Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/446, May 3, 1949.
Sep/ember 72, 1949
375
(c) that Egypt, France, Italy, the United Kingdom,
and the United States jointly develop a plan for submis-
sion to the Fourth Assembly, for the application of trus-
teeship to the rest of Libya, with attention to adminis-
trative relationships with Cyrenaica ;"
(d) that Eritrea, except for the western province, be
incorporated into Ethiopia, under conditions providing
guaranties for the protection of minorities in Asmara,
Massawa, and elsewhere, and incorporation of the western
province into the adjacent Sudan ;
(e) that Italian Somaliland be placed under trustee-
ship with Italy as the administering authority ;
(f ) that the necessary agreements for putting into effect
the recommendations on Eritrea and Somaliland be ne-
gotiated, on behalf of the Assembly, by the Trusteeship
Council (on trusteeship matters) and the Interim Com-
mittee (on nontrusteeship matters).
Mr. Dulles (United States) expressed general
support for the British draft and felt that it con-
tained a practical basis for further study. He ob-
served that it proposed, in the main, principles for
settlement, not a final solution. The French rep-
resentative, Couve de Murville, objected that the
British draft did not provide a complete settlement
and questioned its provisions on Eritrea and on
Libya as a whole.*"
Latin American Draft
Padilla Nervo (Mexico) then presented a draft
resolution in behalf of the Latin American delega-
tions, in the interests of harmonizing views and
promoting a fair settlement."" The draft pro-
vided for :
(a) Libya to obtain independence 10 years after the
resolution was adopted if the Assembly then approved ;
meanwhile she would be placed under trusteeship with
Egypt, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the United
States who would jointly submit conclusions as to manner
of trusteeship to the Fourth Assembly session ;
(b) Italian Somaliland to be placed under trusteeship
after a similar study by Ethiopia, France, Italy, the
United Kingdom, and the United States;
(c) the same powers as those in the case of Somaliland
to study and recommend appropriate trusteeship for Eri-
trea, leading to independence, subject to the "just claims"
of Ethiopia ;
(d) agreements necessary to give effect to the foregoing
recommendations to be submitted for subsequent approval
by the General Assembly.
Mr. Nervo noted that the Latin American draft
avoided partitioning Eritrea and placed no par-
ticular emphasis on the immediate form of govern-
ment or final destiny of Cyrenaica. It provided a
means for achieving a sound and over-all plan at
the September session.^^
Indian Draft
On behalf of India, Mr. Setalvad next explained
" The five states would also obtain the comments Of
the Trusteship Council on this particular problem.
'" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.256.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.449, May 4, 1949. Co-sponsors
were: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa
Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Guatemala,
Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,
Uruguay, and Venezuela.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SE.256.
376
his delegation's draft resolution.'^ It provided
for:
(a) trusteeship for Libya and Somaliland, with the
United Nations as the administering Authority, for a
period of from 10 to 20 years, to be determined in each
case by the General Assembly on the recommendation of
the Trusteeship Council. Thereafter those territories
would become independent or be joined with adjacent
territories according to the inhabitants' wishes as re-
vealed through a plebiscite ;
(b) the Fourth Committee,"' in consultation with the
Fifth Committee,** to prepare detailed proposals for the
Assembly on appropriate means of administration by the
United Nations and on how and when authority should
be transferred from the existing administrations to that
organization ;
(c) the wishes of Eritrea's people on the matter of
union with Ethiopia to be ascertained through dispatch
of a special commission which could hold a plebiscite or
adopt other appropriate means, and which would report
its finding on whether all "or any part" of Eritrea should
be joined to Ethiopia ; such commission would consist of
7 members of different nationalities appointed to serve
in their individual capacities by the Secretary-General ;
(d) the Fourth Committee to maUe its recommenda-
tions to the Assembly on Libya and Somaliland by
, and the special commission for Eritrea to report
to the Assembly in time for the next session.
The Indian delegate maintained that the ad-
ministrative and budgetary problem could be
solved under India's resolution, and that refer-
ences to a lack of agreed direction in Trieste and
Berlin were irrelevant since the Trusteeship Coun-
cil acted by simple majority."^
Australian Draft
Australia then presented a draft, maintaining
that agreement on a settlement at the present ses-
sion appeared most unlikely. Mr. Hood felt that
the Latin American draft amounted to postpone-
ment of a real decision, but a vote even in principle
at the present stage would be premature. Be-
sides, the hearings of political groups of the in-
habitants had not made clear the true wishes of
the local peoples. On past experience of the
United Nations with such matters, Australia pro-
posed appointment of a 7-member Special Com-
mittee to investigate thoroughly the affairs of any
territories on which the Assembly failed to reach
a decision and to report, with such proposals as
it felt appropriate, to the Secretary-General by
September 1, 1949."* Haiti immediately ex-
pressed interest in the Australian draft, subject
to minor changes."^
The 257th meeting closed after Mr. Tarchiani
(Italy) had observed that of the 12 local organiza-
'= U.N. doc. A/C.1/44S and Corr. 1.
" On Trusteeship Affairs.
■" On Administrative and Budgetary Affairs.
"U.N. doe. A/C.l/SR.2.57.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/447 and A/C.1/SR.257.
"' Mr. St. Lot believed the Special Committee should not
have to produce a report at the time of the foiirth General
Assembly. He also now believed that the matter of Ethi-
opian claims to part of Eritrea might best be settled by
a plebiscite.
Department of State Bulletin
tions which had been heard, 6 had been in favor of
Italian trusteeship while only 4 had strongly op-
posed it, and of these, 3 wanted immediate inde-
pendence. He cautioned against acc€ptance of
the United Kingdom plan for dividing Eritrea as
a dangerous precedent.^** Mr. Ryckmans (Bel-
gium) was not enthusiastic about any of the pro-
posals advanced but was somcwliat disposed
toward the United Kingdom draft, if its defect in
not providing for a simultaneous over-all settle-
ment were remedied. He suggested amendment
of the fourth paragi-aph in order to provide that
the five-power study group for Libya present
specific trusteeship agreements to the next
Assembly.*"
Iraqi Proposals
^\nien discussion was resumed by the Commit-
tee on May 9, Mr. Muntaz (Iraq) strongly objected
to any plan for the dismemberment of Libya or
to any partition or diminution of Eritrean terri-
tory without knowing the real wishes of the in-
habitants. His delegation circulated three sepa-
rate drafts dealing with Libya, Eritrea, and
Italian Somaliland.^ For Libya immediate in-
dependence would be granted. For Italian
Somaliland, a 10-year period of trusteeship would
be provided under the administration of five states
with Egypt, France, Italy, the United Kingdom,
and the United States to consider and propose
suitable terms of trusteeship to the fourth General
Assembly. For Eritrea, a five-nation commission
would ascertain the "real wishes"' of the inhabi-
tants and report its findings to the next Assembly
session.^
Revised Soviet Draft
Proclaiming devotion only to the lofty prin-
ciples of the Charter, and again attributing base
motives to the United States and Great Britain,
Mr. Gromyko then presented his delegation's re-
vised proposal ' which had been modified in an
effort to make it more attractive to certain other
delegations. As revised, the Soviet draft now
called for direct United Nations trusteeship for
Libya, Eritrea, and Somaliland, with independ-
ence for the first two in 5 years and in 10 years for
the latter. An administrator, appointed by the
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.257.
"Ibid., and U.N. doc. A/C.1/451 dated May 0. This
change would be arcomplished by insertion of the words
"including the trusteesliip agreements necessary to im-
plement them," after the words "terms and conditions"
in the fourth paragraph of the United Kingdom draft.
' U.N. doc. A/C.1/4.55, 45(\, and 457.
'Mr. Wold of Ethiopia intervened in the discussion at
this point to reassert that the majority of a large part of
Erltrpa clearly wished union with Ethiopia ; he lipprecated
any idea of an additional fact-finding commission on that
point. He again empha-sized the economic dependence of
eastern Eritrea upon Ethiopia.
•U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.264. U.N. doc. A/C.1/433 rev. 1.
September 12, 1949
Trusteeship Council for each territory, would be
assisted by an Advisory Council of 9 members, 6
of them representatives of States and 3 representa-
tives of the people of the territory." A territorial
concession would be made to provide Ethiopia
with an outlet to the sea. Strategic points in all
three areas, if so designated by the Council, would
be administered by the latter.
Mr. Gromyko asserted that the recruitment of
necessary international personnel need not be
difficult, and the "administrators" would have
authority subject only to the Trusteeship Council
where no veto power prevailed.
Decision to Establish
a Drafting Subcommittee
After the Chinese and Australian delegates had
commented on the various proposals before the
Committee,'' Mr. Dulles ( United States) stated his
belief that the time had come to move toward find-
ing some "common denominators" through ap-
pointment of a subcommittee as earlier suggested
by Uruguay. He urged the importance of makino'
every effort to achieve substantial progress at the
current session, since delay might carry real in-
justice. He submitted a United States draft
resolution « providing for a subcommittee of 15
member states to consider the various proposals
"which have been submitted or may be submitted
to the Committee," and to report with a draft
resolution for the Committee's consideration by
noon of May 12.
While the United States proposal was awaiting'
distribution, the Committee accorded a short final
hearing to Mr. Rossi (Italo-Eritrean Association)
and to Mr. Issa (Somali Youth League). The
former made a renewed plea for the independence
of Eritrea under the protection of Italy and an-
other power to be named by the United Nations
after verifying what second state would be agree-
able to the inhabitants. Mr. Issa now asked for
the immediate independence of Somaliland or a
suitable trusteeship from which Italy would be
excluded.
Discussion then proceeded on the proposal for
' Thus Libya's Advisory Council would have representa-
tives of the United Kingdom, U.S.S.R., France, Italy,
United States, and Egypt, plus 1 European and 2 Arab
residents chosen by the 6 government members ; the 6 for
Eritrea would include the United Kingdom, U.S.S.R.,
France, Italy, United States, and Ethiopia and would
choose 1 European resident and 2 indigenous representa-
tives; the 0 for Somaliland would be the same as for
Eritrea, with the same provision for inclusion of 3 resi-
dents of the area.
'Mr. Koo now believed that the Latin American draft
was appropriate, while Mr. Hood, in anticipation of post-
ponement, renewed the suggestion for study between As-
sembly sessions by a United Nations commission
'U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.264: A/C.1/458, May 9. The
United States draft proposed the following membership:
Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, Egypti
Ethiopia, France, India, Iraq, Mexico, Union of Soutli
Africa, U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, and the United States.
377
establishment of a drafting subcommittee/ Uru-
guay voiced support for the proposal. Mr. Tara-
senko (Ukraine) objected that the procedure was
"impracticable" and the Polish delegate agreed,
complaining that the composition of the proposed
subcommittee needed more representation from
Eastern Europe.
The representative of Czechoslovakia proposed
that Poland be named to replace Chile. Mr.
Gromyko described the proposal for a drafting
subcommittee as a "maneuver" and the representa-
tive of Byelorussia suggested that both Poland
and Czechoslovakia be added.' Separate votes
veere taken on the proposal to add Poland
and Czechoslovakia. The inclusion of Poland
was adopted by 13 to 12, with 27 abstentions. The
inclusion of Czechoslovakia was rejected by 8 to
12, with 32 abstentions. Thus amended the
United States proposal was adopted by 33 to 0,
with 20 abstentions. The Committee had rounded
out a solid month of debate on this issue."
IV. SUB-COMMITTEE 15
The Sub-Committee met on May 10 " elected L.
Padilla Nervo (Mexico) as its chairman and Her-
mond Lannung (Denmark) as its rapporteur and
proceeded forthwith to consider the most desir-
able approach with a view to finding a common
denominator to the different proposals submitted
in the First Committee.
The representatives of Iraq felt that since there
was a proposal to give Libya immediate independ-
ence, the Sub-Committee's consideration of Libya
should be kept separate from its consideration of
Eritrea and Somaliland where, in view of the
draft resolutions, a common denominator existed
already. To the representative of Argentina, the
logical step to be followed by the Sub-Committee
was to decide first whether or not the territories
in question should be granted immediate inde-
pendence ; failing that, whether or not the system
of trusteeship should be applied. Should the Sub-
Committee fail to agree on these approaches, then
the whole question of the disposal of the former
Italian colonies would have to be postponed to
the next session of the General Assembly. With
this view the representatives of Brazil, Chile,
' U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 264.
'Ibid. At 'this point Czechoslovakia withdrew its
anieiiilmeud which called for the addition of Poland only.
' Ibid.
" Representatives on Sub-Committee 15 were : Mr. Arce
(Argentina), Mr. Hood (Australia), Mr. Muniz (Brazil),
Mr. Santa Cruz (Chile), Mr. LannunR (Denmark), Mr.
Abdul Rahim (Egypt), Mr. Aklilou-Wold (Ethiopia), Mr.
Burin des Roziers (France), Mr. Ina (India), Mr. Bakr
(Iraq), Mr. Padilla NeiTo (Mexico), Mr. Katz-Suchy
(Poland), Mr. Jooste (Union of South Africa), Mr. Klimor
(U.S.S.R.), Mr. Glutton (United Kingdom), and Mr.
Dulles (United States). No formal minutes were kept
of the meetings of this Sub-Committee.
378
Egypt, and India seemed to be in general agree-
ment.
The United States representative felt that the
Sub-Committee should first decide whether the so-
lution would be separate for each territory or a
comprehensive one. He was of the opinion that
the representatives could not express their final
views on any separate territory unless they knew
of the over-all views regarding the total settle-
ments. The Chairman, then, suggested that rep-
resentatives could express their views on the sep-
arate territories and would not be obliged to main-
tain them unless they knew the over-all solution.
The Chairman summed up this initial phase of
the Sub-Committee's discussion as follows: it was
proposed to deal separately with each of the terri-
tories concerned with a view to discussing the prin-
ciple of immediate independence; should that
prove unacceptable, the discussion could center on
the principle of trusteeship either under the
auspices of the United Nations or a collective or
single trusteeship. In such an event, the repre-
sentatives would then exchange views on a total
solution. Should there be no agreement, post-
ponement would then be indicated. He made it
clear that the draft resolution, if one was agreed
upon by the Sub-Committee, would in no way
prejudice the right or position of any delegation
in the First Committee.
Libya
At Brazil's suggestion, the Sub-Committee pro-
ceeded to deal with the territory of Libya. Iraq,
supported by India, said that after listening to the
representatives of the indigenous inhabitants of
Libya, his delegation was of the view that the
Libyan people were fit for immediate independ-
ence. Support for this view was also expressed
by Egypt. Although there seemed to be general
agreement about the principle of independence for
Libya, there was a considerable difference of
opinion on whether that independence should be
immediate or whether an interim period should
be fixed. Argentina, Brazil, and the Union of
South Africa favored an interim period since
they felt the area was not ripe for immediate
independence. To the Polish representative it
was not sufficient to discuss the phrases immediate
and interim periods in connection with the prin-
ciple of independence without knowing what was
meant by those two phrases. He was of the opin-
ion that the Sub-Committee should try to estab-
lish the shortest possible period and an interim
administration, the nature of which would be most
conducive to eventual independence. These two
concepts, he contended, were fully covered by the
U.S.S.E. proposal submitted in the First Commit-
tee, both as to the time limit and the nature of the
administration.
The Chairman put to the vote the question
Departmenf of Sfale Bulletin
whether Libya should be granted immediate inde-
pendence or independence after an interim period.
There were 5 in favor of immediate independence,
10 in favor of an interim period, with 1 absten-
tion."
The Sub-Committee, at the suggestion of the
Chairman, then discussed the nature of the in-
terim period agreed upon; i. e., whether that
period should be covered by a United Nations,
a collective, or separate trusteeship. The Egyp-
tian i-epresentative preferred to settle the time
limit question first and then consider the nature of
the trusteeship, while the Polish representative
felt the Sub-Committee was not empowered to dis-
cuss proposals which were not beiore it. In the
view of the representative of Argentina, the terms
of reference of the Sub-Committee did not prevent
it from discussing different solutions. Every
representative on the Sub-Committee had the right
to suggest whatever he deemed fit. The vote on the
principle of direct United Nations administration
for Libya was rejected by 2 in favor, 10 against,
and 4 abstentions."
Following the Sub-Committee's vote rejecting
the principle of United Nations administration for
Libya, the representative of the United Kingdom
stated that ever since his delegation presented its
draft resolution in the Firet Committee, his gov-
ernment had been considering the possibility of
proposing suggestions that might be acceptable
to the Latin American delegations. To this end
his government had been conducting negotiations
with a view to reconciling the Italian and the
United Kingdom views. The United Kingdom
representative assured the Sub-Committee that any
agreement arrived by his government and that of
Italy would in no way prejudice any resolution
to be adopted by the General Assembly. He went
on to suggest a global solution for Libya along the
following lines : Cyrenaica should be administered
by the United Kingdom; Fezzan should be ad-
ministered by France ; and Tripolitania should be
administered by Italy as of 1951. In the mean-
time the United Kingdom administering authori-
ties in Tripolitania would be assisted by an Ad-
visory Council composed of other powers includ-
ing a representative of the local inhabitants. In
addition, the three trust powers administering
Libya would take administrative and coordinative
steps so as not to prejudice eventual Libyan unity.
The United Kingdom representative promised
to circulate a paper embodying these views on the
understanding that they would be mere suggestions
and would in no way amount to a proposal. Both,
the representative of the U.S.S.R. and of Iraq,
" For immediate independence : Egypt, India, Iraq, Po-
land, and U.S.S.R. For an interim period : Argentina,
Brazil, Chile, Denmark, Ethiopia, France, Mexico, Union
of South Africa, United Kingdom, United State-s. Ab-
stention : Australia.
" Report of Sub-Committee 15 to the First Committee
(U.N. doe. A/C.1/466, 11 May 1949, p. 1.)
j Seofember 12, 1949
asserted that the Sub-Committee was exceeding its
terms of reference in entertaining proposals con-
taining new ideas. It was not a matter for the
Sub-Committee but for the First Committee where
all the members of the United Nations are repre-
sented. The Iraqi suggestion that the Sub-Com-
mittee adjourn in order to obtain the authoriza-
tion of the First Committee on the United King-
dom suggestion was, however, rejected by 4 votes
in favor, 8 against, and 4 abstentions.
The United Kingdom suggestions circulated in
the Sub-Committee in its afternoon meeting of
May 10 were as follows :
that it should be agreed in principle that Libya be
granted independence ten years from the date of the
adoption of the resolution by the General Assembly, pro-
vided that the General Assembly then decided that this
step is appropriate.
(a) Cyrenaica should, as already suggested in the
United Kingdom resolution, without prejudice to its incor-
poration in a United Libya, be placed under the Interna-
tional Trusteeship System with the United Kingdom as
the administering authority.
(6) Fezzan should be placed under the International
Trusteeship System with France as the administering
authority, also without prejudice to its incorporation in a
United Litiya.
(c) Tripolitania should, also without prejudice to its
incorporation in a United Libya, be placed under the In-
ternational Trusteeship System at the end of 1951 with
Italy as the administering authority.
During the interim period, the present British temporary
administration should continue, but it is suggested that It
should be assisted by an Advisory Council consisting of
representatives of the United States, United Kingdom,
France, Egypt (or another Arab State) and a representa-
tive of the people of the territory. The scope and duties
of the Advisory Council including its headquarters and
the procedure for the transfer of the administration to
Italy, should be determined by its members in consulta-
tion with the administering authority.
The powers cliarged with the administration of the
three territories sliould talie all necessary measures to
promote the co-ordination of their activities in order that
notliing should be done to prejudice the attainment of an
independent Libyan State. The Trusteeship Council
would be responsible for supervising the execution of this
provision.
Support for the United Kingdom sugges-
tions on Libya was given by Chile, the
Union of South Africa, and Brazil. The
opposition was led by the Polish and Iraqi repre-
sentatives who were joined by the representatives
of the U.S.S.R. and Egypt. Particularly vehe-
ment in opposing the United Kingdom suggestion
was the Polish representative who referred to the
United Kingdom's revised proposals reported in
the morning's press (the Bevin-Sforza agreement)
as "bartering under the table," and as a territorial
deal which had been arrived at outside the United
Nations. The Australian representative cau-
tioned the Sub-Committee to move with care.
The Danish representative wanted United King-
dom administration for Cyrenaica and a joint
United Kingdom, French, Italian, and Egyptian
administration for the remaining part of Libya.
The Iraqi representative reverted to his suggestion
379
that the views of the representatives of the popula-
tions concerned should be ascertained before the
Sub-Committee took a vote on the United King-
dom suggestions, but the Chairman reminded the
representative of Ii"aq that the representatives of
the local population had already stated their views
before the First Committee and that several dele-
gations had been guided by these views. Did the
Iraqi representative intend to move that the Sub-
Committee hold up the proceedings until the local
representatives could be heard again, asked the
Chairman. In that case he would put such a pro-
posal to a vote. The representative of Iraq in-
sisted that the representatives of the local popula-
tion had not been consulted on the form of trustee-
ship in case immediate independence were denied,
whereupon the Chairman put the Iraqi proposal
to a vote, which was defeated by 5 for, 8 against,
and 3 abstentions.
The Chairman then asked for a vote on the four
main principles of the United Kingdom sugges-
tions, namely:
(a) independence after 10 years, provided that the Gen-
eral Assembly agreed to such a step;
(6) during the 10-year period, Cyrenaica, Tripolitania
and the Fezzan should be placed respectively under the
trusteeship of the United Kingdom, Italy, and France;
(e) Tripolitania, during an interim period of 2 years,
should remain under the present British administration
vifhich would be assisted by a Special Advisory Council,
as specified in the United Kingdom suggestions ;
(d) The three administering authorities should co-
ordinate their activities in such a way as not to prejudice
the future unity of Libya.
The four principles were adopted by a vote of 8
for, 5 against, and 3 abstentions.^' The Sub-
Committee voted upon these principles on the un-
derstanding that it was not committing itself to
an exact wording, that this was a "tentative vote,"
and that after the Sub-Committee had seen the
total picture any representative would be free to
change his vote.
Italian Somaliland
No proposal for the independence of Italian
Somaliland had been submitted to the First Com-
mittee. The U.S.S.R. proposal recommended a
transition period of 10 years, that of India a
period of 10 to 20 years, and that of the Latin
American countries recommended that the ter-
ritory be placed under the international trustee-
ship system with a view to its future independ-
ence. The U.S.S.R. favored direct United Na-
tions administration. The Iraqi representative
proposed a five-power trusteeship with a 10-year
transitionary period to independence, and the
United Kingdom recommended a trusteeship with
Italy as the administering authority.
"For: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, France, Mexico, South
Africa, United Kingdom, and the United States. Against:
India, Iraq, Egji)!, U.S.S.R.. and Poland. Abstained:
Australia, Denmark, and Ethiopia.
380
By a vote of 4 in favor, 9 against, and 3 absten-
tions, the Sub-Committee rejected the applica-
tion to Italian Somaliland of the prmciple
of a direct United Nations trusteeship." The
Sub-Committee, by a vote of 3 for, 10 against,
and 3 abstentions, rejected the principle of a col-
lective trusteeship for Italian Somaliland." By a
vote of 9 in favor, 6 against, and 1 abstention, the
Sub-Committee adopted the principle that the
territory be placed under the trusteeship of
Italy."
Eritrea
There were two proposals with regard to Eri-
trea, namely, the U.S.S.R. proposal which en-
visaged the establishment of a trusteeship with a
view to eventual independence, and the United
Kingdom proposal partitioning Eritrea between
Ethiopia and the Sudan.
The representative of E'thopia thought the prin-
ciple of independence should not be discussed since
the territory was not ready for independence. He
again urged that Eritrea minus the western prov-
ince be annexed to Ethiopia. In this position he
was supported by the United Kingdom representa-
tive who stated the belief of his delegation that
Eritrea could not stand by itself. Partition, the
U.S.S.R. representative argued, was an imperialist
concept and was in direct contradiction with the
principles of the Charter. Eritrea, he stated, had
always existed as a single unit.
With the Soviet contention that Eritrea had al-
ways existed as a single unit the representative of
Ethiopia took issue. Pointing out that the name
of Eritrea was given by the Italians after the oc-
cupation of that territory, and that prior thereto
Eritrea had for thousands of years formed a part
of Ethiopia, the Ethiopian representative asserted
that Eritrea could achieve her independence
within Ethiopia in the same manner as Lithuania
had achieved independence within the Soviet
Union.
To the French representative no perfect solu-
tion was possible for the area. But among the
imperfect solutions, the U.S.S.R. proposal was not
acceptable because of the impossibility of imple-
menting it. Although the French delegation ac-
cepted the United Kingdom proposal, it would
reserve its position on the question of Italian com-
munities for which adequate safeguards must be
"For: Ethiopia, India, Poland, and the U.S.S.R.
Against : Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Chile, Denmark,
France, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, and
the United States. Abstained : Egypt, Iraq, and Mexico.
"For: Egypt, Ethiopia, and Iraq. Against: Argentina,
Brazil, Chile, Denmark, France, India, South Africa,
U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, and United States. Abstained :
Australia, Mexico, and Poland.
" For : Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, France, Mex-
ico, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, and United
States. Against : Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Iraq, Poland,
and U.S.S.R. Abstained : Australia.
Department of State Bulletin
provided. Should the United Kingdom pro-
posals be adopted, the Sub-Committee, argued the
French representative, could then proceed to a
consideration of methods to safeguard the inter-
ests of the Italian communities, possibly with the
help of a newly established subcommittee, includ-
ing Ethiopia among its members. With the es-
tablishment of a subcommittee, the Argentine
representative took issue and although he was not
pleased with the U.S.S.K. and United Kingdom
proposals, he deemed it necessary for the Sub-
Committee to vote on both proposals. The United
States representative shared the views of his
Argentine colleague.
The Sub-Committee then voted on the question
whether Eritrea should be placed under the trus-
teeship. The principle of a direct United Nations
Trusteeship was rejected by 2 votes in favor, 8
against, and 6 abstentions.
Before proceeding to a vote on the United King-
dom proposal, the Ethiopian representative, ad-
dressing himself to the French reservations with
respect to guaranteeing the interests of the Italian
communities, stated that his delegation was ready
to give all necessary and adequate guaranties to
safeguard those interests.
The Australian representative seemed irked by
the activities of the Sub-Committee which curi-
ously enough, he said, coincided with an agree-
ment arrived at outside of the United Nations. The
reference to "an agreement" pointed at the Bevin-
Sforza formula for the disposal of the former
Italian Colonies. The French delegation, the
Australian representative pointed out, had in the
First Committee held views different from those
expressed in the Sub-Committee. He was inter-
ested to know the reasons for that reversal of
policy. Should member states resort to agreements
outside the United Nations, the Sub-Committee
would lose its objective charter, since its findings
would not carry the stamp of the responsibility of
its members. He recalled that the draft proposals
presented by Iraq, India, and the Latin American
states provided for a fuller and more thorough
investigation of the question. Again Australia
wondered whether that would not be the best
course to follow.
The representative of the United States recalled
his statement of April 6, 1949, in the First Com-
mittee, in which he stated that Eritrea minus the
western province should be incorporated into
Ethiopia, and that a separate solution should be
found for the western province. He assured the
Sub-Committee that his delegation still main-
tained that position.
Also in answer to the Australian representative,
the French representative said that if delegatioiLS
were to maintain strictly their views upon that
question, no solution would ever be found. The
French delegation was disposed to accept solu-
tions that seemed to be acceptable to all.
The Sub-Committee proceeded to take a vote on
the United Kingdom proposal to incorporate
Eritrea, except for the western province, into
Ethiopia, "under terms and conditions to include
a2:)propriate guarantees for the pi-otection of mi-
norities in Asmara and Massawa and elsewhere."
The proposal was adopted by 10 votes for, 3
against, and 2 abstentions, one representative be-
ing absent."
Another vote was taken on the United Kingdom
proposal to incorporate the western province into
the adjacent Sudan. The proposal was carried by
a vote of 7 for, 2 against, 6 abstentions, and 1
absent.^*
Protection of Minorities
The Chairman invited the representatives to ex-
press their views on the question of the protection
of the Italian minorities in Eritrea. Special trea-
ties could be concluded with a view to guarantee-
ing a special status for the cities or for their popu-
lation, suggested the Chilean representative. The
United Kingdom representative argued that mem-
ber states were under specific obligations through
the United Nations Charter. Since Ethiopia had
ah'eady promised to protect the Italian minorities
in the cities of Asmara and Massawa, a special
status for these cities could be agreed upon be-
tween Ethiopia and the United Nations by
means of a treaty. Bearing in mind the ex-
perience with Danzig and Trieste, the repre-
sentative of the United States declared that
he would vote against giving a special interna-
tional status to the cities in question, since such a
status would have disastrous economic and other
consequences. He felt that the guaranties should be
thought of in terms of persons and not of territo-
ries. The United Kingdom representative ex-
plained that his delegation never contemplated
any solution for the principal cities which would
impair Ethiopia's sovereignty. He had only in
mind a special municipal status for the cities, not
anything approaching an international status as,
for instance, had been gi'anted for Danzig or Tri-
este. To the representative from the Argentine,
the important point was that the cities have their
own special government and not be ruled from
Addis Ababa. The French representative pointed
out that, actually, each city under discussion was
already divided into two distinct administrations :
one European zone and one Eritrean zone. This
fact, he said, was made clear by the report of the
" For : Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, Egypt,
Ethiopia, France, Mexico, U.K., and U.S. Against : Iraq,
Poland, and the U.S. S.R. Abstained: Australia and South
Africa. Absent: India.
" For : Brazil, Chile, Egypt, Ethiopia, France, U.K., and
U.S. Against : Poland and U.S.S.K. Abstained : Argen-
tina, Australia, Denmark, Iraq, Mexico, and South Africa.
Absent : India.
Ill Canfamkor 1 O I OilO
Four Power Commission. The obvious solution,
he said, would seem to be to maintain the status
QUO in that respect.
At this point, the representative of Ethiopia in-
tervened to say that the terminology as to the sta-
tus of the two cities was not clear to him; his
government was prepared to protect and respect
Italian minorities wherever they might happen to
be. If apart from that, special guaranties were
to be required for Massawa and Asmara, that
might be more than was called for, and he ques-
tioned whether such a special regime would be
compatible with his country's sovereignty. He
wanted a concrete formula.
Stating that he appreciated the position taken
by Ethiopia, the United Kingdom representative
proposed by way of compromise that the word
"status" be eliminated so that the language in
paragraph 3 of the United Kingdom draft (U.N.
doc. A/C. 1/446) read, "the establishment of a
special municipal constitution for the cities of
Asmara and Massawa."
After the Chairman had suspended the meeting
for a quarter of an hour to allow representatives
to come to an understanding, the United Kingdom
representative declared that a redraft had been
agreed to as follows : to insert after the words "to
include" in the last line of page 1 of the United
Kingdom draft (U.N. doc. A/C.1/446) : "the pro-
vision of appropriate guarantees for tlie protec-
tion of minorities and, without prejudice to the
sovereignty of Ethiopia, separate municipal char-
ters for the cities of Asmara and Massawa," etc.
The Ethiopian representative stated that he
wanted to consult his government on the new for-
mula before stating his position; the Chairman
asked for clarification of the term "separate
charters." In reply to the Chairman's request
the United Kingdom representative explained
that the charters for the two cities would give them
a status distinct from that of other Ethiopian
cities. In the light of the British explanation the
representative of the United States stated he would
support the amendment but suggested the word
"distinctive" as preferable to the word "separate."
"Distinctive" was agreeable to the United King-
dom representative if it was acceptable to the
Ethiopian delegation. To the Ethiopian repre-
sentative, neither "separate" nor "distinctive" was
acceptable, and he suggested "appropriate." If,
said the representative from Argentina, the mean-
ing of the term "appropriate" implied that the
two charters would be different from all other
municipal charters existing in Ethiopia, then he
would agree. In his opinion, however, the words
"distinctive" or "separate" seemed more fitting
than the word "appropriate." The phrase dealing
with the status of the towns of Massawa and As-
mara, as amended, was adopted by a vote of 9
in favor, 2 against, 4 abstentions, 1 absent.^*
The Sub-Committee then moved on to a consid-
eration of the suggestion, which became paragraph
382
4 of the Sub-Committee's draft resolution, which
was as follows:
That agreements and Instruments designed to give ef-
fect to the foregoing recommendations in accordance with
the purposes and principles of the Charter and the pro-
visions of the Treaty of Peace with Italy be submitted for
the subsequent approval of the Fourth Regular Session
of the General Assembly (except those for Tripolitania,
which shall be submitted to the Sixth Regular Session) ;
that the Trusteeship Council, where trusteeship is con-
cerned, and otherwise the Interim Committee, be author-
ized to represent the General Assembly in working out
such agreements, in cooperation with Italy, where Italian
interests are concerned and that in the case of Libya, the
trusteeship agreements so to be submitted provide for
such adequate inter-territorial administration relation-
ships as will promote the attainment of an independent
unified Libyan State.
The representative of Australia wanted to
know what kind of agreement alluded to in para-
graph 4 was contemplated to give effect to the
Sub-Committee's recommendation to be made re-
garding Eritrea.
The Chairman stated that it was his under-
standing that, in order to give effect to the recom-
mendations referred to, certain prior steps would
have to be taken. Paragraph 4 gave the Trustee-
ship Council the task of studying the phases of the
problem connected with the trusteeships to be cre-
ated, on behalf of the General Assembly. As for
such matters connected with the problem not in-
volving trusteeship, the Interim Committee would
represent the General Assembly in working out
the different aspects.
The vote on paragraph 4 was 10 for, 2 against,
and 3 abstentions, with India absent.^"
By a vote of 10 for, 4 against, and 1 abstention,
one member being absent,^^ the Sub-Committee
finally adopted the following draft resolution:^"
The General Assembly,
In accordance with Annei XI, paragraph 3, of the
Treaty of Peace with Italy,
Having considered the relevant provisions of the Char-
ter
Having studied the question of the disposal of the for-
mer Italian Colonies.
Having taken note In particular of the Report of the
Four Power Commission of Investigation, and having
heard organizations representing substantial sections of
opinion in the territories concerned.
Recommends
1. That Libya he granted independence ten years from
the date of the adoption of this Resolution, provided that
the General Assembly then decides that this step is ap-
propriate ;
" For : Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, France, Mex-
ico, South Africa, U.K., and U.S. Against: Poland and
the U.S.S.R. Abstention : Australia, Egypt, Ethiopia, and
Iraq. Absent : India.
" For : Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, Ethiopia,
France, Mexico, South Africa, U.K., and U.S. Against :
Poland and U.S.S.R. Abstained : Australia, Egypt, and
Iraq. Absent : India.
" For : Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, Ethiopia,
France, Mexico, South Africa, U.K., and U.S. Against:
Egypt, Iraq, Poland, and U.S.S.R. Abstained : Australia. ^
Absent: India.
" Contained in U.N. doc. A/C.1/466.
Department of State Bulletin
(a) that Cyrenaica be placed under the International
Trusteeship System, with the United Kingdom as the
administering authority, without prejudice to its incor-
poration in a united Libya,
(h) tliat the Fezzan he placed under the International
Trusteeship System, with France as the administering
authority, also without prejudice to its incorporation in
a united Libya,
(c) that Tripolitanla be placed under the International
Trusteeship System liy the end of 1951, with Italy as the
administering authority, also without prejudice to its in-
corporation iu a united Libya. During the interim period,
the present British temporary administration shall con-
tinue, with the assistance of an Advisory Council con-
sisting of representatives of Egypt, France, Italy, the
United Kingdom, the United States, and a representative
of the people of the territory. The Advisory Council
should determine its scope and duties in consultation with
the Administering Authority.
That the Powers charged with the administration of
the three territories take all necessary measures to pro-
mote the coordination of their activities in order that
nothing be done to prejudice the attainment of an inde-
pendent Libyan State. The Trusteeship Council will be
responsible for supervising the execution of this provision.
2. That former Italian Somaliland be placed under the
International Trusteeship System, with Italy as the Ad-
ministering Aiithority.
3. That Eritrea, except for the Western Province, be
incorporated into Ethiopia, under terms and conditions
set forth below, to include the provision of appropriate
guarantees for the protection of minorities and, without
prejudice to the sovereignty of Ethiopia, appropriate mu-
nicipal charters for the cities of A.smara and Massawa,
and that the Western Province be incorporated in the
adjacent Sudan.
4. That agreements and instruments designed to give
effect to the foregoing recommendations in accordance
with purposes and principles of the Charter and the pro-
visions of the Treaty of Peace with Italy be submitted
for the subsequent approval of the Fourth Regular Ses-
sion of the General Assembly (except those for Tripoli-
tanla, which shall he submitted to the Sixth Regular
Session) ; that the Trusteeship Council, where trusteeship
is concerned, and otherwise the Interim Committee, be
authorized to represent the General Assembly in working
out such agreements, in cooperation with Italy, where
Italian interests are concerned and that, in the case of
Libya, the trusteeship agreements so to be submitted pro-
vide for such adequate inter-territorial administration
relationships as will promote the attainment of an inde-
pendent, unified Libyan State.
The representative of Ethiopia wanted the re-
port to the First Committee to show that his vote
was given under the reservation of ultimate ap-
proval by his government of the proposed guaran-
ties in respect to Asmara and Massawa. The
representative of Australia desired the report to
the First Committee to show that the Sub-Com-
mittee had not examined all the proposals sub-
mitted to the First Committee, and the representa-
tives of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico
wanted it expressly recorded that the joint Latin
American draft resolution " should not be con-
sidered as withdrawn.
The representative of Egypt pointed out that,
"in case the independence of united Libya should
not be decided upon, a four-power Committee of
which Egypt and the Administering Authority
would be members, be established in order to
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/449.
examine Egyptian claims for the rectification of
her frontiers with Libya, to investigate wherever
necessary and to report to the Secretary-General
before 1 September 1949."
V. FINAL CONSIDERATION IN COMMITTEE i
The Committee devoted its 269th to 272d meet-
ings (May 12-13) to a consideration of the report
and the draft resolution prepared by the Sub-
Committee and to other proposals both old and
new.-* The Iraqi delegation immediately claimed
that the Sub-Committee had exceeded its terms of
reference in that a new draft by the United King-
dom which had served as a basis for the Sub-
Committee resolution had not been considered by
Committee I. The Chairman disallowed this
point.'* In answer to a Polish query about the
circulation of letters to the Secretary-General
from Cyrenaican and Somali representatives, the
Chairman advised that the communications would
be circulated in customary fashion.^" The repre-
sentative of Poland also formally proposed that
the representatives of groups of inhabitants should
again be heard with respect to the various propos-
als now before the Committee. After some dis-
cussion, in which the Arab states and those of
Eastern Europe pressed for additional hearings,
the Committee decided to hear the reactions of
the local representatives to the U.S.S.E.., Iraqi,
and Sub-Committee proposals. The vote was 23
in favor, 15 against, with 17 abstentions.^^ The
rest of the 269th meeting as well as the 270th was
given over to such hearings.^'
Additional Views of Inhabitants' Groups
The National Council for the Liberation of
Libya objected to the Sub-Committee draft as rep-
resenting an imposed partition of Libya. Its
spokeman cited the angry demonstrations in
Tripolitania at the news of the Bevin-Sforza
formula. The Libyans, he said, could not be ex-
pected to submit to such a plan.''
" Section VII of the Sub-Committee's report (U.N. doc.
A/C. 1/466) noted that the First Committee "remained
seized of all the different proposals already submitted."
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.269.
" Ibid. The Cyrenaican communication had made ob-
jection to the placing of Cyrenaica under United Kingdom
or any form of trusteeship.
"U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.269. The vote was as follows:
In favor : Egypt, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Li-
beria, Mexico, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, Saudi Ara-
bia, Syria, Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia,
Afghanistan, Burma, Byelorussia, China, Czechoslovakia.
Against : France, Greece, Honduras, Iceland, Luxembourg,
Peru, South Africa, United Kingdom, Uruguay, Argentina,
Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, and Chile. Abstaining:
Ethiopia, Guatemala, Israel, Netherlands, New Zealand,
Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Sweden, United
States, Venezuela, Australia, Colombia, Cuba, Denmark
and Dominican Republic.
" The delegation of the Cyrenaican National Congress
had already left New York and could not be heard.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.269.
C_A !--_ 10 m^n
Sultan Ali speaking for the New Eritrea Pro-
Italia Party, the Moslem League of Eritrea, and
the Italio-Eritrean Association '" opposed the
adoption of the Sub-Committee draft since it in-
volved partition and annexation. He urged that
further investigation by the United Nations of the
economic and ethnic position of the territory
should be made and advocated direct United Na-
tions trusteeship if independence were not
granted.'^
Mr. Perlzweig (Jewish Community of Tripoli-
tania) felt that Tripolitania ought not to be left
to languish under the existing, provisional admin-
istration for 2 more years. What was needed, he
argued, was a clear and immediate program of
internal improvements, coupled with safeguards
for the equal rights of all inhabitants and the
equal status of the "various communities," such as
the Jews, the Italians, and the Maltese. He said
that the local Jews would prefer trusteeship under
the United Nations.
Mr. Issa (Somali Youth League) said that his
group still considered a 10-year United Nations
trusteeship as the only acceptable alternative to
independence. They would I'esist Italy's return.
Mr. Mohamed (Somali Conference), on the other
hand supported the Sub-Committee proposal on
Somaliland, saying that his group was far more
representative than the Somali Youth League.
Independence, he held, could best be achieved by
a period of guidance under Italian trusteeship
under United Nations auspices. In reply to a
Syrian question, Mr. Mohamed felt that such a
trusteeship might last about 30 years. He re-
jected any intimation that his attitude was in-
spired from Rome and explained that what prog-
ress had been made in Somaliland along educa-
tional and civic lines was due to the pre-Fascist
Italian administration."^
Assembly on the best means of providing for that
territory.^^ Messrs. Santa Cruz (Chde) and
Villagomez (Ecuador) defended the Sub-Com-
mittee draft, though the latter objected to the pro-
vision for the incorporation of western Eritrea
into the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan without knowing
the wishes of its people.""
At the afternoon meeting on May 13, the Polish
delegate queried the Latin American delegations
on how they could reconcile their own tradition
of achieving independence "through revolution
and wars against the colonial powers" with a plan
for dividing Libya and retarding independence
for the territories in question."' Saudi Arabia in-
dicated support for the Iraqi draft proposing im-
mediate independence for Libya and favored
transfer of a part of Eritrea to Ethiopia."* Gen-
eral Romulo (Philippines) felt the Sub-Commit-
tee had fallen short of its responsibilities and
would vote in favor of the Iraqi and Indian reso-
lutions.'* Mr. Kisselev (Byelorussia) claimed
that the Anglo-Italian discussions had "bypassed"
Committee I.*° The delegations of Peru, Den-
mark, and the Union of South Africa felt that
the Sub-Committee plan was the best possible
under the circumstances." Haiti could not sup-
port the Sub-Committee, although Siam was pre-
pared to accept it.*^
Mr. Gromyko (U.S.S.R.) again returned to
the well-worn charge that the United States
and the United Kingdom were pursuing an "ag-
gressive and imperialistic" policy and that they
were trying to railroad other delegations into giv-
ing them a free hand in the former colonies."
When neither Mr. Dulles nor Mr. McNeil chose to
reply, Mr. Arce (Argentina) called for concord
and maintained that the Sub-Committee draft rep-
resented a solution to which all could adjust and
which would insure by peaceful means the achieve-
ment of independence for the former colonies.**
Further Discussion of the Draft Resolutions
The Israeli delegate "" explained that he favored
the earliest possible independence for all of the
territories and an adjustment permitting an
Ethiopian outlet to the sea. He doubted the
advisability of leaving certain parts of the
former colonies under British administration.
On the whole, his delegation, said Mr. Eban,
inclined toward the Indian draft resolution."*
Sir Zafrullah Khan (Pakistan) spoke against
the Sub-Committee draft and felt, in par-
ticular, that a United Nations commission should
be sent to Eritrea to ascertain and report to the
" The three groups coalesced for the purpose of the hear-
ing into the "Eritrean Popular Front."
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.269.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 270.
•" Israel had just been admitted to membership In the
United Nations.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/SR. 270.
384
Vote of the Committee
on the Various Proposals
At the 272d meeting, May 13, Committee I was
at last prepared to proceed to a vote on the sev-
eral drafts before it. It was decided to con-
sider first the Iraqi draft resolution,*^ then the
" Ibid.
"' Ibid.
" lUd.
" Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A.C.1/SR.271.
" IMd.
" IMd.
" Ibid.
" Ibid.
" Ibid.
"U.N. doe. A/C.1/455. This particular Iraqi draftj
dealt only with Libya, for which it advocated independ-
ence. Iraq had broken down its original draft resolu-
tion covering all three territories (U.N. doc. A/C.1/453)
into three separate drafts dealing with each territory
(U.N. doc. A/C.1/455, 456, 457).
Department of State Bulletin
Q.S.S.R. proposals, and thereafter to vote on
the remaining draft resohitions in the order of
their submission.'" The Iraqi draft resolution on
Libj'a was rejected by a roll-call vote of 22 against,
20 in favor, with 8 abstentions.*'
The Soviet draft resolution *' was next voted
on, paragraph by paragraph. The first paragraph
was rejected with 30 votes against, 13 in favor, and
10 abstentions.'"' The second paragraph (on
Eritrea) was rejected with 31 votes against, 12 iii
favor, and 11 abstentions.'*" The third paragraph
(on Somaliland) was rejected, with 33 votes
against, 14 in favor, and 10 abstentions.*^ The
fourth paragraph, that providing for possible Se-
curity Council administration ot strategic points
in the territories was turned down by 33 votes to
7, with 17 abstentions.'*- Since each paragraph
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.272.
" In favor : Philippines, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria,
Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia,
Afghanistan, Burma, Byelorussia, China, Costa Rica,
Czechoslovakia, Egypt, India, Iran, Iraq, Pakistan.
Against : Peru, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom,
United States, Uruguay, Venezuela, Argentina, Australia,
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Denmark, France, Greece,
Ireland, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nor-
way, Panama, Paraguay. Abstaining: Siam, Sweden,
Colombia, Ethiopia, Guatemala, Israel, Liberia, Mexico.
(Sweden announced shortly before the voting began that
it would abstain throughout as it had neither taken part
in the war on the side of the Allies, nor in the drafting of
the Italian peace treaty.)
"U.N. doc. A/C.l/433/rev. 1.
"Providing for a 5-year U.N. trusteeship for Libya,
followed by independence. The vote on the first para-
graph was: In favor: U.S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia,
B.velorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, Egypt, Iraq, Leb-
anon, Pakistan, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian
S.S.R. Against: Union of South Africa, United Kingdom,
United States, Uruguay, Venezuela, Argentina, Australia,
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Denmark, Etliiopia, France, Greece, Guatemala, Hon-
duras, Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,
Turkey. Abstaining: Afghanistan, Burma, China, India,
Iran, Israel, Liberia, Philippines. Siam, Sweden.
"In favor: Byelorussian S.S.R. Czechoslovakia, Iraq,
Liberia, Pakistan, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian
S.S.R., U. S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia. Against: Bolivia,
Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Denmark,
France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Luxem-
bourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua,
Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Turkey, LTnion of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Ven-
ezuela, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Ethiopia. Ab-
staining: Burma, China, Egypt, India, Iran, Israel, Leb-
anon, Philippines, Siam, Sweden, Afghanistan.
" In favor : Lebanon, Pakistan, Poland, Saudi Arabia,
Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia,
Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, Egypt, Ethiopia,
Iraq. Against: Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,
Turkey, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, United
States, Uruguay, 'Venezuela, Argentina, Australia, Bel-
gium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa
Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Greece, Guate-
mala, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland. Abstaining: Liberia,
Philippines, Siam, Sweden, Afghanistan, Burma, China,
India, Iran, Israel.
"In favor: Iraq, Poland, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R.,
Yugoslavia, Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia.
Against: France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras,
Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand,
of the Soviet draft was rejected, a vote on the
resolution as a whole was not needed.
Voting next took place on the Indian draft reso-
lution. The preamble was rejected by 26 votes
to 19, with 12 abstentions.'*^ Subparagraph (a) of
the operative part, providing for direct United
Nations trusteeship in Libya and Somaliland, lost
by 29 votes to 19, with 9 abstentions." Subpara-
graph (b), on a 10- to 20-year period to determine
independence or union with adjacent territories for
Libya and Somaliland, after plebiscites, was re-
jected by 33 votes to 4, with 20 aDstentions." Sub-
paragraph (c), on Fourth and Fifth Committee
planning for the transfer of administration of
Libya and Somaliland to the Organization, was de-
feated by 34 votes to 13, with 9 abstentions.''"' Sub-
paragraph (d) on a plebiscite or other means to
Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Turkey,
Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, United States,
Uruguay, Venezuela, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bo-
livia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Denmark, Ecuador. Abstaining : India, Iran, Israel, Leb-
anon, Liberia, Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Siam,
Sweden, Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan, Burma, China,
Egvpt, Ethiopia.
'= U.N. doe. A/C.1/448 and Corr. 1 ; A/C.1/SR.272. For :
Egypt, Etliiopia, Guatemala, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Is-
rael, Lebanon, Mexico, Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Arabia,
Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan, Burma, China, Costa Rica.
Against : Ecuador, France, Greece, Honduras, Iceland,
Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Nor-
way, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Turkey, Union of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Vene-
zuela, Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile,
Denmark. Abstaining: Liberia, Poland, Siam, Sweden,
Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Australia, Byelorussian S.S.R.,
Colombia, Cuba, Czechoslovakia.
" Ibid. For : Yemen, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Burma,
China, Czechoslovakia, Egypt, India, Iran, Iraq, Israel,
Lei)anon, Pakistan, Philipinnes, Poland, Saudi Arabia,
Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R.. U.S.S.R. Against : Venezuela,
Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Co-
lombia, Denmark, Ecuador, France. Greece, Guatemala,
Honduras, Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands,
New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay,
Peru, Turkey, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom,
United States, Uruguay. Abstaining: Australia, Byelo-
russian S.S.R., Costa Rica, Cuba, Ethiopia, Haiti, Liberia,
Siam, Sweden.
"' I1)U!. For : Philippines, Burma, India, Iran. Against :
Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Pakistan,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R.,
Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, United States,
Uruguay, Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Belgium, Bo-
livia, Brazil, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Cuba,
Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Greece, Hon-
duras, Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico. Abstaining: Po-
land, Saudi Arabia, Siam, Sweden, Syria, Turkey, Yemen,
Afghanistan, Australia, China, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Egypt, Ethiopia, Guatemala, Haiti, Iraq, Israel, Lebanon,
Liberia.
" Ibid. For : India, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Pakistan,
Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan,
Burma, China, Egypt. Against: Greece, Guatemala, Hon-
duras, Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Poland,
Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R., Union of South Africa,
U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay,
■Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Bra-
zil, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Colombia, Czecho-
slovaiiia, Denmark, Ecuador, France. Abstaining: Haiti,
Israel, Liberia, Siam, Sweden, Australia, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Ethiopia.
September 12, 1949
385
determine the wishes of Eritrea's people, was re-
jected by 32 votes to 15, with 10 abstentions."
At that point, the Indian delegation disclaimed
any need for voting on the remaming text.
The Iraqi draft on Italian Somaliland was then
voted upon, by the roll-call method, as requested
by Ethiopia. The preamble and paragraph (a)
were rejected by 36 votes to 12, with 10 absten-
tions.'** Paragraph (b) was turned down by 40
to 4, with 5 abstentions ."^ Next, the draft resolu-
tion of Iraq on Eritrea was defeated by 35 to 12,
with 12 abstentions.^"
At this point, several amendments to the Sub-
Committee s draft resolution were successively put
to the vote. An Egyptian amendment, designed
to exclude any review by the Assembly of Libya's
preparedness for independence after 10 years, was
rejected by 20 votes to 17, with 21 abstentions."^
Instead, a Norwegian amendment to the first para-
graph of Sub-Committee 15's draft, providing
that independence for Libya after 10 years would
be granted "unless the General Assembly then de-
cides that this step is not appropriate at that time,"
was adopted by 33 votes to 15, with 10 abstentions.*^
An Egyptian amendment to subparagraph 1 (a)
" IhH. For : Liberia, Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Ara-
bia, Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan, Australia, Burma, Cuba,
Guatemala, Haiti, India, Iraq, Lebanon. Against : Luxem-
bourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Nor-
way, Panama, Paraguay, Poland, Ukrainian S.S.R., Union
of South Africa, U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, United States,
Uruguay, Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Belgium, Bo-
livia, Brazil, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Czecho-
slovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, Ethiopia, France, Greece,
Honduras, Iceland. Abstaining:
"Ibid. For: Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Arabia,
Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan, Burma, Egj-pt, Ethiopia, Iran,
Iraq, Lebanon. Against: Nicaragua, Norway, Panama,
Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Ukrainian S.S.R., Union of South
Africa, U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay,
Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Bra-
zil, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Colombia, Czecho-
slovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, El Salvador, France, Greece,
Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland, Luxembourg,
Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand. Abstaining: Siam,
Sweden, Turkey, Australia, China, Costa Rica, Cuba, India,
Israel, Liberia.
"Ibid. For: Iraq, Lebanon, Philippines, Egypt.
Against : El Salvador, Ethiopia, France, Greece, Guate-
mala, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico, Neth-
erlands. New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Para-
guay, Peru, Poland, Ukrainian U.S.R., Union of South
Africa, U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay,
Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Bra-
zil, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Dominican Repub-
lic, Ecuador. Abstaining: India, Iran, Israel, Liberia,
Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Siam, Sweden, Syria, Turkey,
Yemen, Afghanistan, Australia, China, Cuba.
"Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/468 and A/C.1/SR.272. For : Yemen,
Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, China, Costa Rica, Egypt, Gua-
temala, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Mexico, Paki-
stan, Saudi Arabia, Siam, Syria. Against: Venezuela,
Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Canada, Chile, Cuba, France,
Greece, Honduras, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zea-
land, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Union of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay. Ab-
staining: Australia, BrazU, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R.,
Colombia, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El
386
of the Sub-Committee's draft seeking establish-
ment of a multiple trusteeship over a united Libya
was then rejected by 32 votes to 10, with 17 absten-
tions.®^ Egypt then reminded the Committee
that it could not serve on the proposed Advisory
Council for Tripolitania which it was unwilling
to see replaced "under the yoke of a European
nation."" Another amendment, designed to have
a four-power commission examine Egypt's claims
to rectification of her frontiers with Libya was
turned down (33 to 8, with 18 abstentions), as
was Egypt's proposal for a five-power, collective
trusteeship in Somaliland (42 to 9, with 8 absten-
tions) .®°
Consideration was next given to a Costa Rican
amendment referring to independence as the ulti-
mate goal for Italian Somaliland. This was
adopted by 41 to 0, with 15 abstentions. A joint
Costa Rican-Cuban-Dominican Republic amend-
ment, providing that the western province of
Eritrea be placed under Anglo-Egyptian trustee-
ship, was rejected by 22 to 15, with 19 abstentions."'
Finally, an Ethiopian amendment, designed to
insure Ethiopian participation in the determina-
tion of any new boundaries by which that country
Salvador, Ethiopia, Iceland, Israel, Liberia, Norway, Pern,
Philippines, Poland, Sweden, Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R.,
U.S.S.R.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/473 and A/C.1/SR.272.
"U.N. doe. A/C.1/SR.272. For: Saudi Arabia, Syria,
Yemen, China, Egypt, Guatemala, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon,
Paki.stan. Against : Peru, Poland, Ukrainian S.S.R., Union
of South Africa, U.S.S.R., United Kingdom, United States,
Uruguay, Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Australia,
Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada,
Chile, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, France,
Greece, Honduras, Iceland, Luxembourg, Mexico, Nether-
lands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway. Abstaining:
Panama, Paraguay, Philippines, Siam, Sweden, Turkey,
Afghanistan, Burma, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican
Republic, El Salvador, Ethopia, Haiti, India, Israel,
Liberia.
" Ibid. Greece had already proposed the addition of
Australia to the Advisory Council for Tripolitania, but
that proposal was later withdrawn at Australia's request.
'" Ibid. All of the Egyptian amendments to the Sub-
Committee's draft were contained in U.N. doc. A/C.1/468.
For : Saudi Arabia, Syria, Yemen, Egypt, Guatemala,
Iraq, Lebanon, Pakistan. Against : Poland, Turkey,
Ukranian S.S.R., Union of South Africa, U.S.S.R., United
States, Uruguay, Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Aus-
tralia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Byelorussian S.S.R., Can-
ada, Chile, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Dominican Republic,
Prance, Greece, Honduras, Iceland, India, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama,
Paraguay. Abstaining : Philippines, Siam, Sweden, Af-
ghanistan, Burma, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Denmark,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Israel, Li-
beria, Mexico, Peru. For : Lebanon, Liberia, Pakistan,
Saudi Arabia, Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan, Egypt, Iraq.
Against : Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand,
Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Poland,
Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R., Union of South Africa, U.S.S.R.,
United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Venezuela,
Yugoslavia, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Bra-
zil, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Dominican
Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Prance, Greece, Guate-
mala, Honduras, Iceland, India. Abstaining : Israel,
Philippines, Siam, Sweden, China, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran.
" U.N. doe. A/C.1/471 ; and A/C.1/SR.272.
Department of State Bulletin
■would be affected, was adopted by 30 votes to 4,
with 21 abstentions." At the suggestion of the
British delegation, the Committee agreed that
Turkey, another Islamic state, could replace
Egypt on the proposed Advisory Council for Tri-
politania.^ As amended, the draft resolution of
Sub-Committee 15 was then ready for the vote in
Committee I.
Vote on Amended Sub-Committee 15 Draft
The preamble and the first paragraph passed
by 38 to 15, with 4 abstentions, by a show of hands.
Subparagraph 1 (a) was approved by 35 to 17,
with 5 abstentions." Subparagraph 1 (b) passed
by 32 to 16, with 9 abstentions, while subpara-
graph 1 (c) was accepted by 32 to 17, with 8 ab-
stentions."" The final subparagraph of para-
graph 1 went through by 36 to 17, with 5 absten-
tions.'^ Paragraph 2, as amended by Costa Rica,
was adopted by 36 to 17, with 5 abstentions. Para-
graph 3, up to and including the word "Massawa"
passed by 36 to 6, with 15 abstentions." The re-
mainderof that paragraph, providing for incor-
poration of western Eritrea into the Sudan, was
rejected by 19 votes against, 16 in favor, with 21
abstentions.'^ The fourth and final paragraph, as
" U.N. doe. A/C.1/470. Wbere the Sub-Committee draft
had provided that the Trusteeship Council or the Interim
Committee, as appropriate, work out necessary implemen-
tative agreements "in cooperation with Italy, where Ital-
ian Interests are concerned," Ethiopia secured the addi-
tion of the words, "and with the states involved where
boundaries are concerned."
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.272.
'^ Ibid. For: Union of South Africa, United Kingdom,
United States, Uruguay, Venezuela, Argentina, Australia,
Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia. Costa
Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
Ethiopia, France, Greece, Honduras, Iceland, Liberia,
Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicara-
gua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Siam, Turkey.
Against : Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Yemen,
Yugoslavia, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia,
Egypt, Guatemala, Haiti, Iraq, Israel, Lebanon, Pakistan,
Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian S. S. R. Abstain-
ing: China. El Salvador, India, Philippines, Sweden.
'"Ibid. Subparagraph 1 (c) provided for Italian Trus-
teeship in Tripolitania at the end of 19.51. It will be noted
that it did not obtain the two-thirds needed to ensure
eventual passage in the plenary. For : Luxembourg,
Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Union of South Africa, United
Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Venezuela, Argentina,
Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa
Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
Ethiopia, France, Greece, Guatemala, Honduras, Iceland.
Against: Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Pakistan, Philippines,
Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R.,
Yemen, Yugoslavia, Burma, Byeloru.ssian S.S.R., Czecho-
slovakia, Egypt. Abstaining: Israel, Slam, Sweden, Tur-
key, Australia, China, Bl Salvador, Haiti, India. For:
Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicara-
gua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Union of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Vene-
zuela, Argentina, Belgium, Boli\ia, Brazil, Canada, Chile,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Re-
public, Ecuador, El Salvador, France, Greece, Guatemala,
Honduras, Iceland. Against: Iraq, Lebanon, Pakistan,
Philippines, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Siam, Syria, Ukrainian
amended by Ethiopia, was then approved by 36 to
14, with 7 abstentions on a show of hands vote.
Thereafter, the resolution as a whole obtained
Committee endorsement by 34 votes to 16, with
7 abstentions, or barely over two-thirds.'*
As its final act. Committee I then approved, by
a vote of 34 to 0, with 15 abstentions, the Chilean
resolution,'^ providing that the Economic and
Social Council give appropriate attention to the
"economic development and social progress" of
the former Italian colonies. Over a month of in-
tensive work on this subject by the Committee
had reached an end.
VI. CONSIDERATION IN PLENARY MEETINGS
On May 17 the Assembly began consideration
of the issue in its concluding plenary sessions.
After Mr. Sarper (Turkey), rapporteur of the
First Committee, had presented the Committee's
report " with its accompanying resolutions, a con-
siderable discussion took place with various dele-
gations reasserting in the main the positions they
had maintained in the Committee.
Mr. Drohojowski (Poland) led off by assailing
the procedure of the Sub-Committee, the decision
S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia, Burma, Byelorussian
S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, Egypt, Ethiopia. Abstaining:
Israel, Liberia, Sweden, Turkey, Australia, China, Haiti,
India.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/SR.272.
" Ibid. For : Iceland, Lebanon, Liberia, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama,
Paraguay, Peru, Slam, Turkey, Union of South Africa,
United Kingdom, United States, Venezuela, Argentina,
Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa
Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
Egypt, El Salvador, Ethiopia, France, Greece, Haiti, Hon-
duras. Against: Poland, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yu-
goslavia, Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia. Abstain-
ing : India, Iraq, Israel, Mexico, Pakistan, Philippines,
Saudi Arabia, Sweden, Syria, Uruguay, Yemen, Australia,
Burma, China, Guatemala.
" Ibid. For : Denmark, Egypt, Ethiopia, France, Ice-
land, Lebanon, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand,
Turkey, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom, United
States, Belgium, Canada, Chile. Against: Ecuador, El
Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Israel, Mexico, Paraguay,
Philippines, Poland, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yugo-
slavia, Argentina, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., China,
Costa Rica, Cuba, Czechoslovakia. Abstaining : Dominican
Republic, Honduras, India, Iraq, Liberia, Nicaragua, Nor-
way, Pakistan, Panama, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Slam, Swe-
den, Syria, Uruguay, Venezuela, Yemen, Australia, Bolivia,
Brazil, Colombia.
"Ibid. For: Venezuela, Argentina, Australia, Belgium,
Bolivia. Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador,
Ethiopia, France, Greece, Guatemala, Honduras, Iceland,
Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicara-
gua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Union of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay.
Against: Yemen, Yugoslavia, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R.,
Czechoslovakia, Egypt, India. Iraq, Lebanon, Pakistan,
Philippines, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R.,
U.S.S.R. -Abstaining: China, Haiti, Israel, Liberia, Siam,
Sweden, Turkey.
"Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A/873, May 14, 1949.
September 72, 1949
387
of Committee I, and the so-called "Bevin-Sforza
agreement" which had facilitated the development
of the Sub-Committee's draft. Mr. Drohojow-
ski's lengthy statement was sprinkled liberally
with accusations of bad faith and hyprocritical
behavior against the United Kingdom and the
United States. He argued that the Bevin-Sforza
formula could have no legal basis and that the As-
sembly should ignore it or any proposals of a sim-
ilar nature." Not content with that, Mr. Droho-
jowski then launched into an unrestrained denun-
ciation of Britain's whole colonial record, of the
supposed resurgence of Fascism in Italy, and of
the allegedly suspicious interest of the United
States in the Mediterranean. Poland, he said,
wanted to be sure that the peoples of these terri-
tories would obtain independence and would "take
a strong stand on behalf of peoples who are still
under colonial or semi-colonial rule.'*"
General Romulo (Philippines), making it clear
that his delegation had no intention of making
propaganda or whipping up hatreds, regarded the
issue as one of "moral imperatives," since posterity
would inexorably judge the decision affecting the
destiny of human beings. Although his first pref-
erence would have been for the immediate inde-
pendence of a unified Libya and his second pref-
erence for a direct United Nations trusteeship for
that entire area. General Romulo said that his dele-
gation was willing to see a single-power trustee-
ship for that whole territory under the United
Kingdom "which had liberated India, Burma and
Ceylon." The Philippines would also support a
form of trusteeship agreeable to the inhabitants
of Somaliland and would favor recognition of
Ethiopia's claims to a part of Eritrea where ethnic
and religious factors warranted."
The delegate of Pakistan, Sir Zafrullah Khan,
applauded the Philippine statement and main-
tained that the First Committee's resolution ran
counter to the wishes of the inhabitants as ex-
pressed before the Committee. He wondered what
would be the role of British forces in Tripolitania
if, at the time of transfer of administration to
Italy, the inhabitants were prepared to resist the
latter. He opposed anything which might leave
the door open to eventual partition of Libya or
Eritrea and said that the United Nations should
try to settle problems, not start new ones. In con-
clusion Sir Zafrullah submitted a proposal amount-
ing to an altered version of one made earlier by
Australia. His suggestion was to defer a final
decision until the September session when the
Assembly could act on a report prepared by a spe-
cial committee of investigation of seven members
to be appointed by the President of the Assembly.*"
The representatives of Syria, Iraq, and Saudi
Arabia took the floor at the 2l7th plenary meeting,
" No one, of course, had claimed that the Bevin-Sforza
formula had any "legal basis" before the Assembly.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.216.
" U. N. doc A/PV.216.
" U. N. doc. A/PV.216 and A/889.
May 17, to voice their opposition to the Committee '
proposals. Rafik Asha (Syria) feared that adop- 1
tion of the Committee plan would "aggravate and
widen the gulf," observing that on the colonies
issue the delegations of Asia had ranged them-
selves on one side, the delegations of Western
Europe and of the American continents on the
other. He would support the Iraqi proposal."
Mr. Bakr (Iraq) said that it would run counter to
the march of events "if a desperate return is now
staged to the discarded methods of the unhappy
past." If the United Nations "were directed to-
wards a perilous course of daring the inevitable
currents of history," which were bound up with
the awakening of peoples everywhere to their
rights, that would represent a grave lack of states-
manship.'^ Mr. Bakr said his delegation had al-
ready submitted to the Assembly its draft resolu-
tion for the immediate independence of a unified
Libya.*^ Mr. Dajani (Saudi Arabia) expressed
similar views " and said that his delegation be-
lieved that the Pakistan proposal for study by a
special committee would pave the way for a cor-
rect solution. In a passing reference to Palestine,
he warned against any step by the General As-
sembly which might create "another area of strife
in the Middle East."
The Soviet, Czechoslovak, and Ukrainian dele-
gates also made statements at the 2l7th plenary
meeting. In a very lengthy address, Mr. MaliK
(U.S.S.K.), like the delegate of Poland, charged
that the First Committee's resolution had been
"cooked up behind the backs of the Assembly."
The Soviet delegate again heaped blame on the
United States and the United Kingdom for lack
of four-power agreement on the colonies and ac-
cused them of trying to "lay their hands" on the
territories. The Soviet resolution, he said, would
be put forward in the Assembly as it had been in
the Committee. According to Mr. Malik, the
Committee resolution represented an attempt by
the "Anglo-American bloc" to impose its will on
the Assembly.*'
Mr. Houdek (Czechoslovakia), in less flamboy-
ant language, argued along similar lines and de-
clared against any "redistribution of the non-self-
governing territories after the fashion of the set-
tlement which had followed the First World
War."*" Mr. Tarasenko (Ufa-ainian S.S.R.) ad-
hered to the same themes and extolled the alleged
virtues of the Soviet proposals.
It should not be forgotten, said the Chilean
delegate, that the Charter provides, under the trus-
teeship system, a period of preparation and guid-
ance for peoples approaching but not ready for
independence. Mr. Santa Cruz repudiated the
suggestion that British and American pressure had
" U.N. doc. A/PV.217.
" Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A/875.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.217.
" Ibid.
" Ibid.
388
Deparlmenl of State Bulletin
been exerted on the Latin Amei-ican delegations to
gain their acceptance of the Committee's draft
resokition. Ahhough willing, between Assembly
sessions, to have a commission examine the matter
of the disposition of western Eritrea on which the
Committee draft was silent, he otherwise sup-
ported that draft.*^ The Belgian delegate then
pointed out that the Committee draft admittedly
represented a compromise involving concessions on
the part of all the interested parties and therefore
could not give full satisfaction to anyone. In
choosing between the Committee proposals and the
prolongation of regimes of military occupation,
which was apparently the alternative, both the
provisions of the Charter and the interests of the
inhabitants would be better served by adopting
the Committee draft. Mr. van Langenhove (Bel-
gium) also pointed out that trusteeship adminis-
tra by a single state was just as correct under the
Charter as one by several states or by the
Organization.^
In the name of the peoples of Africa, said Mr.
Cooper (Liberia) , his delegation appealed for rec-
ognition of the right to self-determination for the
])opulations concerned. ^^ Although the idea oi
Italian trusteeship in Tripolitania even for a few
years after 1951 was distasteful to his delegation.
it could accept the Committee draft provided that
1.5 years be set as a time limit on Italian trustee-
ship for Somaliland, "after which time the General
Assembly will consider whether the inhabitants
liave made sufficient progress toward independ-
ence." ""
In summing up the United States attitude, Mr.
Austin emphasized the need to assure the peoples
of the territories in question "a prompt transition
from war-time to peace-time administration." The
Committee proposals sought to attain major Char-
ter objectives, while reconciling as far as possible
the conflicting views expressed in the Assembly.
This was not colonization or colonialism, overt or
concealed. To those who had questioned the prob-
ability of early Libyan independence, Mr. Austin
pointed out that the resolution required such in-
dependence in 10 years unless, at that time, the
Assembly should decide otherwise by a two-thirds
vote. Thus, any state attempting to challenge
~uch independence 10 years later would have a
heavy burden of proof placed upon it.
The references to unity, said Mr. Austin, were
not taken lightly by his delegation. The trustee-
ship agreements to be worked out would require
the approval of the Assembly which would surely
satisfy itself that the basic objectives of the trustee-
ship system and especially the interests of the in-
luibitants would be properly served. Agreements
to implement a decision transferring Eritrea minus
the western province to Ethiopia would be worked
" U.N. doc. A/PV.217.
'"Ibid.
" Jhid.
"Ibid.
September 12, 1949
out by a United Nations body, the Interim Com-
mittee, and would be reviewed by the Assembly.
Mr. Austin wondered how such action could be
called "imperialism." He then stated that the
United States would support an Egyptian amend-
ment ^^ which would provide unqualifiedly for the
independence of Libya 10 years after the date of
the adoption of the resolution. The United States
also fully agreed with the spirit of the Liberian
amendment but suggested that a period of about
25 years ^- woidd be needed before independence
could be anticipated for Somaliland. Fjnally, Mr.
.Austin expressed support for the Egj'ptian amend-
ment ^^ which would restore the provision, origin-
ally contained in the Sub-Committee 15 draft but
eliminated during Committee I voting, for the in-
corporation of the western province of Eritrea into
the Sudan.^*
China's summation included a comparative eval-
uation of the merits of single power, multipower,
and direct United Nations trusteeship. Mr. Koo
again stated his government's preference for the
latter. China could not feel that the wishes of
the inhabitants were reflected in the choice of the
states for whom individual trusteeships were pro-
vided in the Committee proposals.^^
Defending the Committee draft resolution, Mr.,
Chauvel (France) said that its main lines were
in accord with the welfare of the population, the
improvement of their conditions, and the main-
tenance of international peace and security. The
territories all needed further preparation, he be-
lieved, for independence although Libya was more
advanced than the others. Libyan unity, though
not a fact historically, would nevertheless be pro-
moted by adoption of the Committee proposals
since coordination of the administration of its
three parts would take place. Adoption of the
Committee plan or postponement appeared the
only alternatives and France believed postpone-
ment would bar early steps to place the territories
on the road to sound development. France, said
Mr. Chauvel, "would have taken a categorical stand
against any resolution which proved unacceptable
to the Italian people." However, a compromise
had emerged which would serve the cause of peace
and settle one of the most controversial questions
of international politics.^®
The last of the great power delegates to sum up
his country's position was Sir Alexander Cadogan
(United Kingdom). Like others, he admitted
that the Committee plan was not perfect but
thought that it represented the best solution on
which agreement might possibly be reached. He
repudiated the Soviet intimation that the Commit-
" This was the first of a number of proposed Egyptian
amendments to the Committee draft and appears in U.N.
doc. A/885.
"Argentina, Brazil and Peru had also suggested ap-
proximately 2.") years.
'* .\lso contained in U.N. doe. A/S85.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.217.
'= U.N. doc. A/PV.217.
"Ibid.
389
tee proposals represented a maneuver or an at-
tempt to impose a solution on the Assembly. He
pointed out that examination of the record of the
First Committee would show that many delega-
tions had supported ideas now embodied in the
Committee draft. Sir Alexander justified the
development of a compromise between the orig-
inal British draft and the Latin American pro-
posals, pointing out that a suitable arrangement
for Tripolitania had presented the greatest diffi-
culty. Britain felt that Italy, by immediately
showing her capacity and benevolence in Somali-
land, could dissipate any apprehension among the
Tripolitanians over her anticipated trust adminis-
tration in their territory after 1951. In conclu-
sion, the British delegate said that there was an
imperative need to encourage the growth of a
native administration in Tripolitania by placing
native officials into a number of administrative
posts. He was sure the proposed Advisory Coun-
cil would concur. Britain had, hitherto, labored
under restrictions imposed by the Hague Conven-
tion, but after the Assembly's decision, if British
administration continued there, more constructive
steps would be taken to provide for the well-being
and political development of the territory."^
At the 218th meeting. May 17, the delegations
of Egypt, Peru, Byelorussia, Cuba, and Turkey
made statements before the voting began. Mr.
Fawzi Bey (Egypt) spoke particularly in behalf
of his delegation's amendments for a five-power
collective trusteeship in Libya as a whole and for
a similar trusteeship of 7 states in Somaliland."^
Mr. Sarper (Turkey) explained that, after care-
ful consideration, his government would not wish
to serve on the Advisory Council for Tripolitania,
as provided for in the Committee resolution."*'
Turkey had abstained in the Committee vote on
that part of the resolution and felt that a state
which had voted affirmatively would be better
fitted to serve on the Advisory Council.^ The
Cuban delegate, Mr. Gutierrez, defended the Com-
mittee resolution but again raised the question of
making clear provision for the western province
of Eritrea.
Cuba joined with Uruguay and Costa Rica in
proposing an amendment in the form of an adden-
dum calling for Interim Committee study of the
future of the western province, with that area
to continue in the status quo, pending the As-
sembly's consideration of the Interim Committee
report.- The Peruvian delegate, Mr. Belaunde,
■" Ibid.
" See U.N, doc. A/8S5. The amendment on Libya siig-
ge.sted Egypt. France, Saudi Arabia, the United King-
dom, and the United States. For Somaliland Egypt sug-
gested herself, Etliiopia, France, Italy, Pakistan, United
Kincdom, and the United States.
•"In par. 1 (c).
' U.N. doc. A/PV. 218.
' U.N. doc. A/892. After the defeat of the emasculated
Committee draft, Cuba, Costa Rica, and Uruguay ex-
panded their proposal into a draft resolution calling for
reference of the entire colonies problem to the Interim
Committee (Little Assembly).
urged adoption of the Committee draft, maintain-
ing that a collective trusteeship would excessively
diffuse responsibility and that it would require "a
world situation of the kind which we do not enjoy
now." ^ On the other hand, the Byelorussian
representative, Mr. Kisselev, indulged in a final
denunciation of "colonialism" and of the Com-
mittee draft which, he declared, amounted to that.*
The debate on the entire question was then closed,
and the Assembly began to vote on the several
draft resolutions and amendments before it.
General Assembly Voting
Assembly President Evatt reminded the dele-
gates that, as an "important question," indeed one
of the most important ever to come before tlie As-
sembly, any resolution on the disposition of the
former Italian colonies would require a two-thirds
majority of those present and voting. He then
explained that he proposed to take the recommen-
dations of Committee I as "the basic document for
tlie purpose of reaching a decision." Suggested
amendments to various parts of the Committee
draft would be voted on before the particular par-
agraph or subparagraph in question, but other
draft resolutions on the entire problem would be
voted upon later.^
As it emerged from Committee I, the draft reso-
lution under consideration read as follows : ^
The General Assembly,
In accordance with Annex XI, paragraph 3, of the
Treaty of Peace with Italy,
Having consideked the relevant provisions of the Char-
ter,
H.wiNQ STUDIED the question of the disposal of the for-
mer Italian Colonies,
H.\vi.NQ TAKEN note in particular of the Report of the
Four Power Commission of Investigation, and having heard
organizations representing substantial sections of opinion
in the territories concerned,
Recommends
1. That Lib.va be granted independence ten years from
the date of the adoption of this Resolution, unless the
General Assembly then decides that this step is not ap-
propriate at this time.
(«) that Cyrenaica be placed under the International
Trusteeship System, with the United Kingdom as the ad-
ministering autliority, without prejudice to its incorpora-
tion in a united Libya,
(6) tliat the Fezzan be placed under the International
Trusteeship System, with France as the administering au-
thority also without prejudice to its incorporation in a
united Libya,
(e) that Tripolitania be placed under the Interna-
tional Trusteeship System by the end of 1951, with Italy
' U.N. doe. A/PV. 218.
*Ibid.
^ Ibid. Dr. Evatt carefully outlined the intended pro-
cedure after the Soviet delegate had maintained that tlie
Soviet draft resolution should be voted upon before the
Committee I draft. In accordance with Assembly pro-
cedure, when more than one amendment to a particular
portion of the draft resolution had been advanced, the
amendment furthest removed in substance from the basic
draft would be voted on first.
' U. N. doc. A/C.1/476.
11
390
Department of State Bulletin
as the administering authority, also withont prejudice
> to its incorporation in a united Libya. During the interim
). period, tlie present British temporary administration shall
, continue, with the assistance of an Advisory Council con-
I sisting of representatives of Turkey, France, Italy, the
( United Kingdom, the United States, and a representative
of the people of the territory. The Advisory Council
should determine its scope and duties in consultation with
the Administering Authority.
That the Powers charged with the administration of
the three territories take all necessary measures to pro-
mote the co-ordination of their activities in order that
nothing be done to prejudice tlie attainment of an inde-
pendent Libyan State. The Trusteeship Council will be
responsible for supervising the execution of this provision.
2. Tliat former Italian Somaliland be placed under the
International Trusteeship System with a view to its inde-
li'iideiice with Italy as the Administering Authority.
3. That Eritrea, except for the Western Province, be
incorporated into Ethiopia, under terms and conditions
set forth below, to include the provision of appropriate
guarantees for the protection of minorities and, witliout
prejudice to the sovereignty of Ethiopia, appropriate muni-
cipal charters for the cities of Asmara and Massawa.
4. That a.areements and instruments designed to give
effect to the foregoing recommendations in accordance with
the purposes and principles of the Charter and the provi-
sions of the Treaty of Peace with Italy be submitted for
tlie subsequent approval of the Fourth Regular Session
of the General Assembly (except those for Tripolitania,
wliich shall be submitted to the Sixth Regular Session) ;
that the Trusteeship Council, where trusteeship is con-
rcrned, and otherwise the Interim Committee, be author-
ized to represent the General Assembly in working out
such agreements, in cooperation with Italy, where Ital-
ian interests are concerned and witli the States involved
where boundaries are concerned, and tliat, in the case of
Libya, the trusteeship agreements so to be sulimitted
provide for such adequate inter-territorial administration
relationships as will promote the attainment of an inde-
pendent, unified Libyan State.
In voting on the Committee draft, the General
A.-^sembh' also had to vote on several written
amendments to portions of that draft, submitted
respectively by Iraq, Egypt, and Liberia. Addi-
tional amendments, advanced orally during the
actual voting jDrocess, were also considered.
The Iraqi amendment sought entirely to change
paragraph 1 of the Committee draft into a simple
recommendation that, "in view of the fact that
Libya has reached an adequate stage of develop-
ment enabling her to become a sovereign State, it
be granted immediate independence." '
The document containing the Egyptian amend-
ments * called for five distinct changes in language
in various paragraphs of the Committee draft.
The first Egyptian amendment asked deletion
from paragraph 1 of the phrase "unless the Gen-
eral Assembly then decides that this step is not
appropriate at this time." In effect, this amend-
ment would have meant a categorical and unquali-
fied Assembly decision for the independence of
Libya at the end of 10 years. Secondly, Egypt
sought elimination of all the rest of paragraph 1
which dealt with various arrangements for Cyr-
enaica, the Fezzan, and Tripolitania. She asked
instead that a united Libya be placed under the
'U.N. doe. A/875/Corr.l.
" U.N. doc. A/885.
Sepiember 12, J949
international trusteeship system with Egj'pt,
France, Saudi Arabia, the United Kingdom, and
the United States as the administering authorities.
A third Egyptian amendment sought to provide
that a similar multipower trust administration for
10 years be applied to Italian Somaliland, with
Egypt, Ethioina, France, Italy, Pakistan, the
United Kingdom, and the United States as the
administering authorities. By the fourth amend-
ment, Egypt sought to restore, at the end of
paragraph 3 of the Cimmittee draft, a phrase pro-
viding that the western province of Eritrea "be
incorporated in the adjacent Sudan." The fifth
Egyption amendment called for the deletion from
paragraph 4 of the Committee draft of language
reflecting the contemplated special treatment of
Tripolitania and of other language providing that,
in the working out of necessary agreements, the
Trusteeship Council or the Interim Committee
would do so "in cooperation with Italy where
Italian interests are concerned."
The Liberian amendment ^ sought to revise the
provisions on Italian Somaliland by a plan for
15 years of Italian trusteeship administration,
after which the Assembly would "consider
whether the inhabitants have made sufficient prog-
ress to warrant their independence."
These amendments were taken up in the proper
order in connection with voting, paragraph by
paragraph, on the text of the basic Committee
draft resolution. The Iraqi amendment, for the
immediate independence of Libya, was voted on
first. It failed of adoption by a vote of 23 in
favor. 27 against, and 9 abstentions.^" Next, the
first Egyptian amendment, providing for the un-
conditional independence of Libya after 10 years,
without further review by the Gfeneral Assembly,
was put to the vote. It was adopted, having ob-
tained 35 votes in favor, 16 against, with 8 ab-
stentions."
" U.N. doc. A/SS6.
"U.N. doe. A/PV.218. For: Philippines, Poland, Saudi
Arabia, Syria, Turkey, Ukranian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen,
Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R.,
China, Costa Rica, Czechoslovakia, Egypt, Haiti, India,
Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia. Pakistan. Against: Pana-
ma, Paraguay, Peru, Union of South Africa, United King-
dom, United States, Uruguay, Venezuela, Argentina,
Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colom-
bia. Denmark, France, Greece, Honduras, Iceland, Luxem-
bourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nic;iragua,
Norway. Abstaining: Siam, Sweden, Cuba, Dominican
Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Ethiopia, Guatemala,
Israel.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.218. For : Egypt, Ethiopia, Greece,
Guatemala, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Lebanon, Li-
beria, Mexico, Norway, Pakistan. Philippines, Poland,
Saudi Arabia, Siam, Syria, Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R.,
U.S.S.R., United States, Yemen, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan,
Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., China, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Dominican Republic.
Against : Ecuador, France, Honduras, Iceland, Luxem-
bourg, Netherlands. New Zealand, Paraguay, Peru, Union
of South Africa, United Kingdom, Argentina, Australia,
Belgium, Bolivia, Canada. Abstaining: El Salvador,
Nicaragua, Panama, Sweden, Uruguay, Venezuela, Brazil,
Chile.
391
The second Egj'ptian amendment, providing for
a 10-year trusteeship over a united Libya, with a
five-power administration, was then voted upon.
It obtained only limited support, failing of adop-
tion by 10 in favor, 41 against, and 8 abstentions.^^
The Assembly then turned to the first operative
paragraph of the First Committee resolution, as
amended by Egypt. Since the first Egyptian
amendment had already obtained Assembly ap-
proval. Dr. Evatt did not feel it necessary to take
a roll-call vote on the same language now incorpo-
rated in the basic text. The revised paragraph 1
of the Committee draft therefore was voted on by
a show of hands, and passed by 48 to 8, with 1
abstention."
Voting then took place on paragi'aphs 1 (a) and
1 (b) of the Committee draft, the former provid-
ing for a British trusteeship in Cyrenaica "without
prejudice to its incorporation in a united Libya,"
the latter recommending a French trusteeship in
the Fezzan, similarly without prejudice to the ulti-
mate unity of Libya. Paragraph 1 (a) was
adopted by 36 in favor, 17 against, with 6 absten-
tions." Paragraph 1 (b) was approved by
nearly the same vote, obtaining 36 in favor, 15
against, and 7 abstentions."
Prior to voting on paragraph 1 (c),'" there was
some discussion as to the composition of the pro-
"" U.N. doc. A/PV.218. For : Pakistan, PhiUppines. Saudi
Arabia, Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan. Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Leb-
anon. Against: Norway, Panama, Parag:iiay, Peru, Poland,
Ulvrainian S.S.R., Union of South Africa, U.S.S.R., United
Kingdom, United States. Uruguay. Venezuela, Yugoslavia,
Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Burma,
B.velorussian S.S.R., Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, France, Greece, Guatemala, Hon-
duras, Iceland, India, Luxembourg. Mexico, Netherlands,
New Zealand, Nicaragua. Abstaining : Siam, Sweden,
Turkey, China, Ethiopia, Haiti, Israel, Liberia.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.218.
"Ibid. For: Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador. Ethiopia,
France, Greece, Honduras, Iceland, Liberia, Luxembourg,
Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Siam, Turkey, Union of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Ven-
ezuela, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil,
Canada, Chile. Against : Czechoslovakia, Egypt, Guate-
mala, Haiti, Iraq, Israel, Lebanon, Pakistan, Poland,
Saudi Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen,
Yugoslavia, Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R. Abstaining:
China, India, Iran, Philippines, Sweden, Afghanistan.
" Ibiil. For: United Kingdom, United States, Urugtiay,
Venezuela, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil,
Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Do-
minican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Ethiopia,
France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland,
Liberia, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand,
Nicaragua. Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Union of
South Africa. Against : Yemen, Yugoslavia, Burma,
Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, Egj'pt, Iraq, Leb-
anon, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Syria,
Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R. Abstaining: China, India,
Iran, Israel, Siam, Sweden, Turkey.
" Dealing with a proposed Italian trusteeship in Tripoli-
tania after 1951 and providing a six-member Advisory
Council to assist the Italian administration in that
territory.
jected Advisory Council, in view of Turkey's state-
ment of nonavailability. President Evatt sug-
gested, and Argentina's Mr. Arce formally moved,
that the proposed Council be reduced to five mem-
bers, simply omitting Turkey." This proposal
was approved by 26 to 10, with 13 abstentions.'*
The paragraph was then further amended, at
the suggestion of Iran, so that the Advisory Coun-
cil would consist of representatives of France,
Italy, the United Kingdom, and the United States
and two representatives of the people of the ter-
ritory. The latter suggestion was declared
adopted by 20 to 12, with 22 abstentions, Presi-
dent Evatt ruling that a mere majority for such
an amendment was sufficient, since the Assembly
would still have to pass on the entire proposal
with the amendment added.^^
As amended, paragraph 1 (c) , dealing with Tri-
politania, was then put to the vote. The vote was
33 in favor, 17 against, with 8 abstentions.^" It
thus failed of adoption because the necessary two-
thirds was lacking.
A problem then arose of how to treat the last
subparagraph of paragraph 1 which spoke of co-
ordination of activities among the powers which
would administer the three parts of Libya so as
not to prejudice ultimate unity. Since the Assem-
bly had rejected the subparagraph on Tripolita-
nia, several delegations maintained that it would
be improper to speak of coordination among the
powers administering the three parts of Libya
when the Assembly was actually designating ad-
ministering powers for only Cyrenaica and the
Fezzan.-^
Mr. Austin (United States) reasoned that the
intended coordination would still apply to all
three areas since the temporary British adminis-
tration in Tripolitania would have to continue un-
" U.N. doc. A/PV.218. In that connection, there was a
rather acid exchange between Mr. Drohojowski (Poland)
and Mr. Sarper (Turkey). The former claimed that Tur-
key's withdrawal from candidacy for membership on the
Advisory Council caused the whole plan to fall to the
ground ; Mr. Drohojowski sought to read into Mr. Sarper's
statement of his country's nonavailability a distaste for
what he called "the dirty work." Mr. Sarper sharply re-
minded the Polish delegate that he received instructions
from the Turkish Government and needed no one to inter-
pret for him his earlier statement on the matter.
" Ibid.
" Ibid.
"U.N. doc. A/PV.218. For: United States, Uruguay,
Venezuela, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil,
Canada, (ihile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, France,
Greece, Guatemala, Honduras. Iceland, Luxembourg,
Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Union of South Africa, United
Kingdom. Against : Yemen, Yugoslavia, Burma, Byelo-
russian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, Egypt, Haiti, India, Iraq,
Lebanon, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, Saudi Arabia,
Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R. Abstaining: China,
Ethiopia, Iran, Israel, Liberia, Siam, Sweden, Turkey.
"This meant that the British administration In Tripoli-
tania would continue until some later Assembly decision
hut solely under peace treaty authorization and not as a
definitive settlement by the General Assembly.
392
Department of State Bulletin
. til the Assembly found a suitable solution." Tecli-
, nical objections, however, were still raised by Gua-
) temala and Iran, while the Soviet delegation as-
serted that the controversial paragraph could not
be voted upon at all because it no longer corres-
ponded with the preceding parts of paragraph 1."
The problem was met by an amendment proposed
by the Mexican representative, Padilla Nervo,
making it plain that, although the Assembly was
not granting the United Kingdom the administra-
tion of Tripolitania, it would recognize the actual
responsibility of Britain in that territory and
would require coordination of Tripolitanian af-
fairs with those of Cyrenaica and the Fezzan.^*
The Mexican amendment was approved by a vote
of 21 in favor, 8 against, and 29 abstentions.-^ The
paragraph on coordination, as amended, was then
put to the vote and was adopted by practically an
identical vote of 21 to 9, with 28 abstentions.^''
Tlie Assembly now approached paragraph 2 of
the Committee draft providing for Italian trustee-
ship over Italian Somaliland. It first rejected, by
a show of hands, a vote of 11 in favor, 40 against,
and 6 abstentions, an Egyptian amendment calling
for a 7-power trust administration of that terri-
tory for a 10-year period.^' Next, a joint amend-
ment by Argentina, Brazil, and Peru, proposing
a 25-_year period of trusteeship in Somaliland, in-
! stead of 15 years as suggested in the Liberian
(! amendment, was defeated by 3 in favor, 39 against,
and 16 abstentions.^' The Liberian amendment,
= U.X. doc. A/PV.218.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.218. The Mexican amendment cast the
final subparagraph of paragraph 1 in the ■following lan-
guage: "That the powers charged with the administration
of Cyrenaica and the Fezzan, and the power administering
Tripolitania take all necessary measures to promote the
coordination of their activities in order that nothing be
done to prejudice the attainment of an independent Libyan
fetate. The Trusteeship Council will be responsible for
supervising the execution of this provision."
~' U.N. doc. A/PV.218. For : Turkey, Union of South Af-
rica, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Australia,
Belgium, Canada, Costa Rica, Denmark, Ethiopia, Greece,
Guatemala, Honduras, Iceland, Liberia, Luxembourg,
Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway. Against :
Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Venezuela, Yugoslavia, Ar-
;entina, Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia, Poland.
Abstaining: Sweden, Syria, Temen, Bolivia, Brazil,
Burma, Chile, China, Colombia, Cuba, Dominican Repub-
lic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, France, Haiti, India,
Iran, Iraq, Israel, Lebanon, Nicaragua, Pakistan, Panama,
Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Siam.
° This time Ecuador changed from an abstention to a
negative vote.
■ U.N. doc. A/PV.218.
'U.N. doc. A/PV.218. For: Peru, Argentina, Brazil.
.\gainst : Byelorussian S.S.R., Canada, China, Colombia,
osta Rica, Czechoslovakia, Cuba, Denmark, Egypt, El
Salvador, Ethiopia, Guatemala, Iceland, India, Iraq, Israel,
Lebanon, Liberia, Mexico, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Nor-
way, Pakistan, Panama, Paraguay, Philippines, Poland,
Saudi Arabia, Siam, Syria, Turkey, Ukrainian S.S.R.,
L'.S.S.R., United Kingdom, Venezuela, Yemen, Yugoslavia,
Australia, Burma. Abstaining : Chile, Dominican Re-
public, Ecuador, France, Greece, Haiti, Honduras, Iran,
>epfember 12, 1949
specifying a 15-year time limit on trusteeship, ob-
tained greater support but failed by a vote of 19
in favor, 23 against, with 9 abstentions.^^ The
text of paragraph 2 as contained in the original
Committee I draft was then put to the vote. A.s
had been the case with the paragraph on Tripoli-
tania, the paragraph on Italian Somaliland failed
rather narrowly to obtain two-thirds approval by
a vote of 35 in favor, 19 against, with 4 ab-
stentions.^"
The third paragraph of the First Committee's
draft was next to be voted upon. It provided for
incorporation of all of Eritrea except the "west-
ern" province into Ethiopia, with guaranties for
the protection of minorities and municipal char-
ters for Asmara and Massawa. Paragraph 3 was
adopted with 37 affirmative votes, 11 against, and
10 abstentions.^^ By a vote of 22 in favor, 28
against, and 8 abstentions, the Assembly rejected
the Egyptian amendment which sought to provide
for incorporation of the western province into the
"adjacent Sudan." ^^
There remained for consideration paragraph 4
of the basic draft resolution, providing for Trus-
teeship Council or Interim Committee negotiation,
as appropriate, of the agreements and instruments
designed to give effect to the Assembly's recom-
mendations on the several territories. One of
three amendments proposed by Egypt to this para-
graph was withdrawn by that country's delega-
Luxembourg, Netherlands, Sweden, Union of South
Africa, United States, Uruguay, Belgium, Bolivia.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.218. The vote was by show of hands.
'° Ihid. For: Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia,
Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Den-
mark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, France,
Greece, Guatemala, Honduras, Iceland, Luxembourg,
Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Siam, Turkey, Union of South
Africa, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Vene-
zuela. Against : Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslo-
vakia, Egypt, Ethiopia, Haiti, India, Iraq. Lebanon,
Liberia, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, Saudi Arabia,
Svria. Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen, Yugoslavia.
^' U.N. iloc. A/PV.218. For: .Argentina, Australia, Bel-
gium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Kica,
Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Egypt, El Salvador,
Ethiopia, France, Greece, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland, Iran,
Lebanon, Liberia, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,
Philippines, Siam, Turkey, United Kingdom, United States.
Against: Burma, Byelorussian S.S.R., Czechoslovakia,
Iraq, Pakistan, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Ukrainian S.S.R.,
Union of South Africa, U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia. Abstain-
ing: China, Ecuador, Guatemala, India, Israel, Sweden,
Syria, Uruguay, Venezuela, Yemen.
"Ibid. For: Iceland, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Luxem-
bourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Pakistan, Philippines,
Saudi Arabia, Syria, Turkey, United Kingdom, United
States, Yemen, Australia, Belgium, Canada, Egypt, Ethi-
opia, France, Greece. Against : Honduras, Israel. Mexico,
Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Ukrainian
S.S.R., Union of South Africa, U.S.S.R., Uruguay, Ven-
ezuela. I'ugoslavia, Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Burma,
Byelorussian S.S.R., China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Czechoslovakia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salva-
dor, Guatemala. Abstaining: India, Iran, Norway, Siam,
Sweden, Chile, Denmark, Haiti.
393
tion.^^ Two additional Egyptian amendments ^*
were rejected by a counting of hands, by votes of 7
in favor, 20 opposed, and 21 abstentions, and 7 in
favor, 19 against, with 21 abstentions, respec-
tively.^' President Evatt then put the original
paragraph 4 to the vote; it obtained the required
two-thirds with 29 in favor, 9 opposed, and 14 ab-
stentions.^® A brief discussion ensued in which
several Latin American delegations, France, and
the Union of South Africa announced their inten-
tion of voting against the resolution as a whole,
because of its loss of balance with the absence of
the original plan for Italian trusteeship of Tripol-
itania as an integral part of the solution for
Libya.^' The draft resolution, minus portions re-
ferring to Tripolitania or Italian Somaliland, was
then voted upon. It was decisively defeated by a
vote of only 14 in favor, 37 opposed, with 7 absten-
tions.^'* In the vote, 18 Latin American states
which had supported the Committee draft more or
less consistently at every stage now opposed the
emasculated resolution. In contrast, Haiti felt
able to vote for the revised Committee draft, hav-
ing opposed the deleted sections consistently.
Thereafter, the Assembly overwhelmingly ap-
proved resolution B (based on a Chilean draft
approved by Committee I), calling for due atten-
tion by the Economic and Social Council to prob-
lems of "economic development and social prog-
ress" in the former Italian colonies. The vote was
44 in favor, 0 opposed, and 7 abstentions.^" With
the defeat of the now incomplete Committee draft
resolution, the Assembly turned to other proposals,
some old and some new, designed to achieve some
kind of a solution — or means of solution — for
the entire problem.
The Soviet draft resolution, which had earlier
been rejected in a paragraph by paragraph vote in
^ The amendment withdrawn sought deletion of the
phrase "(except for Tripolitania, which shall be submitted
to the sixth regular session)" from paragraph 4 on the
ground that the earlier parts of the resolution were now
silent on Tripolitania.
" These were designed to remove any special reference
to "Italian interests" and to eliminate the words "inter-
territorial" and "relationships" in the last part of para-
graph 4 which related to projected trusteeship agreements
for Libya.
" U.N. doc. A/PV.218.
" By show of hands.
''U.N. doc. A/PV.21S. The South African delegation
also explained that it had earlier accepted union for mo.st
of Eritrea with Ethiopia reluctantly and on the supposi-
tion that the rest of the original resolution would remain
intact.
" Ihid. For : Iceland, Liberia, Netherlands, New Zea-
land, Norway, Turkey, United Kingdom, United States,
Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ethiopia, Greece, Haiti.
Against : India, Iran, Israel, Lebanon, Mexico, Pakistan,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Pliilippines, Poland, Saudi
Arabia, Syria, Ukrainian S.S.R., Uruguay, Venezuela,
Yemen, Yugoslavia, Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Burma,
Byelorussian S.S.R., Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Czechoslovakia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, EI
Salvador, France, Guatemala, Honduras. Abstaining :
Iran, Luxembourg, Nicaragua, Siam, Sweden, Belgium,
China.
" U.N. doc. A/PV. 218.
Committee I, was still formally before the As- J
sembly." At the request of Mr. Malik
(U.S.S.R.), the Assembly voted separately on the
first paragraph which dealt with Libya. This
was rejected by a show-of-hands vote of 14 in
favor, 33 opposed, and 6 abstentions." The re-
maining portions of the Soviet plan were then i
voted upon together, also by a show of hands. :
They were also rejected with 12 in favor, 33 ■
against, and 5 abstentions.''^ Though at first in- i
clining to insist on a vote on his delegation's draft i
resolution as a whole, despite the negative vote i
on its parts, Mr. Malik did not press the point |
when Dr. Evatt explained that Assembly rules of I
procedure did not warrant such a course.*^ j
Two additional draft resolutions remained for '
consideration, that of Pakistan and that presented j
jointly by 18 Latin American delegations. The
Pakistan proposal " suggested means of prepar- ;
ing a basis for Assembly action at its next regular i
session. It called for establishment of a 7-mera- ;
ber Special Committee to examine and investigate '
the entire problem and to report suclt proposals I
as it felt appropriate to the Secretary-General by
September 1, 1949. The Latin American pro-;
posal, formally submitted by the Argentine clele-;
gation on behalf of its other co-sponsors, was the
same as the Latin American draft presented dur- ;
ing the First Committee deliberations but not
voted upon at that stage.^'^ It provided for sep-
arate, five-power study groups to develop pro-
posals, for consideration by the Fourth Assembly,
on suitable trusteeship administration of the three
territories for varying periods of time. In the
case of Libya, the Latin American draft specified
independence after 10 years, subject to review by
tlte Assembly. In the case of Eritrea and Italian
Somaliland, the Latin American draft cited in-
dependence as the ultimate goal, with the implica-
tion that Eritrea might attain such status some-
what earlier than Somaliland. The draft alsc
laid down the condition that, in developing pro
posals for the application of international trustee
ship in Eritrea, the "just claims" of Ethiopif
"U.N. doc. A/881. The Soviet draft, it will b(
recalled, provided for direct United Nations trusteeship;
for all three of the former colonies, for 5 years in Libys
and Eritrea, and for 10 years in Italian Somaliland. Ii
each territory, there was to be an Advisory Council o
9 members, consisting of representatives of G states ant
1 European and 2 indigenous residents of the partlcula
territory. The Soviet plan called for the United King
dom, U.S.S.R., France, Italy, United States, and Egypt t(
serve on tlie Advisory Council for Libya ; it would havi
placed the same states, with the substitution of Ethiopi;
for Egypt, on Advi.sory Councils for Eritrea and Italiai
Somaliland. The plan envisaged an Ethiopian outlet b
the sea through A.ssab and provided for Security Counci
administration of such strategic points in the territorie
as the Council might so designate.
" U.N. doc. A/PV. 218.
" Ibid.
" U.N. doc. A/PV. 218.
" U.N. doc. A/SS9.
" U.N. doc. A/C.iy499 and A/S!13.
394
Departmenf of State Bulleth
hould be taken into consideration.^'' Wlien Mr.
Arce (Argentina) maintained that this Latin
A-merican draft had never been withdrawn, even
though not voted on in Conuuittee I, President
iEvatt pointed out that it would have to be circu-
hxted as an Assembly document and considered
I he next daj'.*'
There followed a brief discussion of the Pakistan
proposal for the Assembly's own investigating
commission. Poland, Turkey, Iran, and Argen-
tina called attention to difficulties in accepting a
proposal for such a commission without knowing
what countries would be represented and how they
were to be chosen. As the 218th plenary meeting
moved toward adjournment, the Pakistan draft
was finally put to a roll-call vote. It failed of ac-
ceptance by 21 votes in favor, 28 against, and 9
abstentions.** At 2 : 30 in the morning, the meeting
adjourned, with the Latin American draft sched-
uled for consideration the next afternoon.
Early in the 219th plenary meeting, the dele-
igations of Cuba, Uruguay, and Costa Rica pre-
Isented a revised proposal for submission of the
entire problem of the disposition of the colonies
to the Interim Committee which could then ap-
point an investigating committee and which would
' report with recommendations to the next regular
i General Assembly session.*" This proposal oc-
casioned a harsh attack on the Interim Committee,
as such, by the Soviet and Polish delegations. Mr.
Malik (U.S.S.R.) launched into yet another ha-
rangue, professing to believe that the reason for
I the Assembly's inability to reach a final decision
I had been the unwillingness of the United States
1 and the United Kingdom to accept the Soviet pro-
I posals. Once more the Soviet spokesman flamboy-
' antly accused the two Western powers of peace
1 treaty violations, of sabotaging great-power agree-
ment on this and other problems, of conspiring
to promote expansionist schemes, and of planning
for the "looting and exploitation" of the colonies.'^"
" Under the Latin American plan, the study and in-
vestigating croups would be composed as follows : For
Libya — Esjpt, France, Italy, United Kingdom, United
States; For Italian Somaliland — Ethiopia, France, Italy,
United Kingdom, and United States; For Eritrea — Etlii-
opia, France, Italy, United Kingdom, and the United
States.
" U.N. doc. A/PV. 218.
" U.N. doc. A/PV. 218. For : Yemen, Australia, Burma,
Denmark, Egypt, Haiti, India, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Lebanon,
Liberia, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Philippines,
Saudi Arabia, Siam, Syria, United Kingdom, United States.
Against : Yugoslavia. Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil,
Byelorussian S.S.R., Chile, China, Colombia, Cuba, Czecho-
slovakia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador,
France. Guatemala, Honduras, Luxembourg, Mexico,
Netherlands, Nicaragua. Paraguay, Peru, Poland. Ukrain-
ian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Uruguay, Venezuela. Abstaining:
Canada, Costa Rica, Ethiopia, Greece, Iceland, Panama,
Sweden, Turkey, Union of South Africa.
"U.N. doc. A/8 12. Since Cuba. Uruguay, and Costa
Rica were listed among the original co-sponsors of the
principal Latin American draft resolution, they were, in
effect, advocating two separate means of developing a
solution.
"U.N. doc. A/PV. 219. In making these charges, Mr.
Malik apparently felt in no way inconvenienced t>y the
September 12, 7949
The Soviet delegate concluded by advocating
postponement of further discussion until the
Fourth Assembly session. Further study of the
issue by a particular body, he said, was useless and
inappropriate.
On the other hand, the delegation of Haiti,
which had consistently opposed both the Commit-
tee I draft and the principal Latin American pro-
posal, stated its readiness to support reference of
the problem to the Interim Committee.''^ Mean-
while, Poland had formally presented a draft ac-
cording to which the Assembly would decide to
postpone further consideration of the problem un-
til its fourth session.*^
It remained for the Assembly to vote on the
draft resolution of Cuba, Uruguay, and Costa
Rica, on the draft Polish resolution, and — if neces-
sary, the 19-nation Latin American draft. The
first of these, providing for Interim Committee
study, was voted upon by roll call. It was rejected
with 21 in favor, 27 against, and 11 abstentions.^^
Immediately thereafter the Polish proposal, for
postponement of further consideration until the
next Assembly, was adopted without opposition.
There were 51 votes in favor, 0 against, and 6 ab-
stentions." In view of this decision, there was no
need of considering any other proposals such as the
Latin American draft. Somewhat later in the
afternoon of May 18, the second part of the Third
Assembly session adjourned.
VII. Conclusion
The Assembly had devoted a month and a half
of solid and intensive work to consideration of this
complicated question. The record unquestionably
showed a considerable range of varying opinions
on both major and minor facets of the problem.
Nevertheless, the discussion served to bring out ad-
ditional information and to suggest ways in which
a greater adjustment of views might take place
when consideration of the problem is resumed this
fall. Member states previously without much
contact wuth, or knowledge of, the former Italian
colonies are now considerably better informed and
better able to form balanced judgments on the is-
sue. Member states more intimately connected
with the problem and which entered the Assembly
with more or less well-defined positions are better
able to make necessary adjustments of their views
fact that the Assembly had rejected tlie Soviet Union's
own proposals by very large majorities. Mr. Malik seemed
cliicfly interested in claiming some kind of Soviet success
in blocking acceptance of the Western position, whereas
developments at the Assembly showed that nonacceptance
of that position was due predominately to other factors
and the positions of other states.
" An argument stressed by the Haitian delegation was
that the consultation by the Assembly of the views of the
inhabitants of the former colonies had been incomplete
and only of a preliminary nature.
"U.N.doe.A/PV.219.
■" U.N. doc. A/PV.219.
"Ihid.
395
in the light of prevailing sentiment expressed in
the Assembly on particular phases of the problem.
That the Assembly was unable to reach a settle-
ment last spring should occasion less surprise
when the proportions and implications of the
problem are squarely faced. Since it is being
asked, in effect, to legislate on the disposition of
sizable and important areas, the Assembly's ulti-
mate decision may well be the wiser for the addi-
tional time needed to reach agreement. That de-
cision will require the harmonizing of three broad
and vital principles as originally laid down in
amiex XI of the Italian peace treaty. These are :
(a) that due regard be shown for the wishes and
welfare of the inhabitants of the territories; (b)
that the settlement be in the interests of peace and
security; and (c) that the views of interested
governments be adequately considered. The Gov-
ernments of the Big Four, during their efforts to
reach agreement, were, therefore, under a treaty
injmiction to be guided by those principles. The
General Assembly is bound only by the Charter,
and in chapter XI of that instrument there is a
far more comprehensive statement of principles
by which the Organization and its members are to
be guided in dealing with problems affecting the
peoples of non-self-governing territories. Thus,
the treaty language on these points is reinforced
and amplified by the Charter's "Declaration Ke-
garding Non-Self-Governing Territories" to which
every member has subscribed and with which the
Assembly, in dealing with the former Italian col-
onies question, must make every effort to square
its final decision.
The task is enormously difficult, especially in
the uncertain atmosphere prevailing in the world
today. But if, as may be hoped, the General As-
sembly is able to achieve a sound and wholesome
balance between these vitally important princi-
ples, without unduly subordinating any one of
them to the others, it will have taken an historic
step forward on the path of better international
dealings and toward a stronger and more effective
world organization for peace and security.
United Nations Releases Economic
Survey of Asia and tlie Far East
The United Nations released in June a publica-
tion entitled Economic Survey of Ash and the Far
East 19^8. The survey contains chapters on char-
acteristics of Asian economy, population trends,
and salient changes since the war ; food and agri-
culture, industry and mining, transport, and labor ;
currency, banking, public finance, inflation and
price movements ; international trade, and balance
of payments.
Copies of this publication (290 pp.) may be pur-
chased from the International Documents Service,
Columbia University Press, 2960 Broadway, New
York 27, New York, for $2.00.
The U. S. in the U.N. |
This feature will not appear in this or the |
next issue of the Bulletin, but will be re- |
sumed after the opening of the General }
Assembly on September 20. t
United Nations Documents: I
A Selected Bibliography ^
Security Council |
Cablegram dated 17 January 1949 from the Actin!
Mediator to the Secretary-General transmitting
communication to the President of the Securit
Council concerning the Palestine Conciliation Codj
mission. S/1215, January 18, 1949. 2 pp. mimeo.
Cablegram dated 25 January 1949 from the Acting Medial
tor to the Secretary-General transmitting a CeasJ
Fire Agreement approved by Egypt and the Pre
visional Government of Israel. S/1225, January 2t\
1949. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 24 January 1949 from the Secretary-Gen
eral to the President of the Security Council trans^
mitting the text of a resolution concerning thJ
Palestine Question adopted by the General Assembl
at its 186th Meeting on 11 December 1948. S/122f:i
January 26, 1949. 4 pp. mimeo.
Resolution adopted at the Four Hundred and Fourteenth
Meeting of the Security Council on 4 March 1949 cod,
cerning the Application of Israel for Membership ii
the United Nations. S/1277, March 7, 1949. 1 ij
mimeo.
Cablegram dated 11 March 1949 from the Acting Mediator
■ to the Secretary-General transmitting the Text of i
general Cease-Fire Agreement between Israel an(
Transjordan. S/1284, March 11, 1949. 2 pp. mimeo'
Letter dated 14 March 1949 from the Secretary -General oi
the United Nations to the President of the Securit;
Council transmitting the First Progress Report of thi
United Nations Conciliation Commission for Palestin(
[A/819.] S/1290, March 14, 1949. 1 p. mimeo.
Cablegram dated 22 March 1949 from the Acting Media
tor to the Secretary-General transmitting a Supple
mentary Report on the Situation in the Southerrj
Negev. S/1295, March 23, 1949. 4 pp. mimeo. 1
Letter dated 19 April 1949 from the Secretary-General o)
the United Nations to the President of the Securitj
Council transmitting the Second Progress Report o!
the United Nations Conciliation Commission foi
Palestine. [A/838.] S/1310, April 20, 1949. 1 p
mimeo.
Letter dated 3 May 1949 from the Representative of Israel
addressed to the President of the Security Conner
transmitting a Report on the assassination of Count
Folke Bernadotte and Colonel Andre Serot. S/1315
May 3, 1949. 5 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 21 June 1949 from the Secretary-General to
the President of the Security Council transmitting
the Third Progress Report of the United Nations Con-
ciliation Commission for Palestine. S/1341, June 22,
1949. 1 p. mimeo.
'Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
396
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
I.S. Delegations to International Conferences
^ i^ourth Session of UNESCO
^ I On September 2 the Department of State an-
fiounced that President Truman has nominated
}: ive United States Representatives and two Con-
11 jressional Advisers to the Fourth Session of the
J 'jeneral Conference of the United Nations Educa-
1, j-ional, Scientific and CuUural Organization
" (Unesco), scheduled to be held at Paris, Septem-
1 Jjer 19-October 5, 1949.
i I The United States Representatives are :
George V. Allen (Chainiian of the U.S. Delegation), A.s-
j j sistant Secretary for Public Affairs, Department of
' J State
I jMilton S. Eisenhower (Vice Chairman), President, Kansas
I j State College. Manhattan, Kansas
I (Luther H. Evans, Librarian of Congress
'Martha B. Lucas, President, Sweet Briar College, Sweet
' ' Briar, Virginia
' iReinhold Niebuhr, Professor of Applied Christianity,
j j Union Theological Seminary, New York, New York
H The Congressional Advisers are:
'!
Brien McMahon, United States Senate
Mike Mansfield, House of Representatives
; Other members of the delegation, named by the
I Department of State, are the following :
Special Advisers
j Ellis Arnall, President, Society of Independent Motion
Picture Producers of America ; Former Governor of
Georgia
; Paul M. Gross, Vice President, Duke University, Durham,
North Carolina; President of Oak Ridge Institute of
Nuclear Science
Howard Hanson, Composer, Director, Eastman School of
1 Music, Rochester, New York
William Hastie, Governor, Virgin Islands
Oscar Hild, President, Cincinnati Musicians Association ;
Executive Oflicer, American Federation of Musicians,
AFL
Eric Johnston, President, Motion Picture Association of
America
Sepfember 72, 7949
Earl J. McGrath, Commissioner of Education, United
States Office of Education
Stanley Ruttenberg, Director of Education and Research,
CIO
George Stoddard, President of tlie University of Illinois,
Urbana, Illinois
Gladys Tillett (Mrs. Charles W.), Vice Chairman, Demo-
cratic National Committee, Washington, D.C.
Advisers
Herbert .1. Abraham, Unesco Relations Staff, Department
of State
Artliur Compton, American Embassy, Paris
Kenneth Holland, American Embassy, Paris, Counselor
for UNESCO Affairs
Max McCullough, Unesco Relations Staff, Department of
State
Otis MuUiken, Division of United Nations Economic and
Social Affairs, Department of State
Constance Roach, Unesco Relations Staff, Department of
State
Special Asfiistant to the Chairman
Alice T. Curran, Office of Assistant Secretary for Public
Affairs, Department of State
The draft agenda for the Fourth Session of the
General Conference was prepared in accordance
with the Unesco constitution by the Executive
Board of Unesco at its meeting at Paris in June.
Among approximately 20 agenda items are in-
cluded: (1) the Director-General's report on the
activities of Unesco during 1949 ; (2) study of the
reports presented by member states for 1949; (3)
consideration of the recommendations of the Exec-
utive Board concerning the admission of new mem-
bers; (4) discussion of the duties of the state in
regard to education, science, and culture for the
purpose of insuring a better understanding be-
tween peoples and the practical steps the state
should take to discharge these duties; (5) adop-
tion of the program and budget for 1950 ; (6) con-
sideration of official and external relations of the
organization, including liaison with member states
and National Commissions and activities of
397
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
Unesco in occupied territories; and (7) election
of six members of the Executive Board.
The First Session of the Unesco Conference was
held at Paris in 1946, the Second at Mexico City
in 1947, and the Third at Beirut, Lebanon, in 1948.
Forty-seven member countries are entitled to send
representatives to the Fourth Session.
The Unesco program in the United States is
largely the responsibility of the United States Na-
tional Commission for Unesco, established by law
to advise the Department of State on matters I'e-
lating to Unesco. Milton S. Eisenhower is chair-
man of the National Commission, which is com-
posed of representatives of 60 national organiza-
tions and about 40 other members selected as lead-
ers in the fields of education, science, and cultui-e.
Twenty-sixth Session
International Statistical Institute
The Department of State announced on August
26 that Stuart A. Rice, Assistant Director in
Charge of Statistical Standards, Bureau of the
Budget, has been named chairman of the United
States delegation to the twenty-sixth session of the
International Statistical Institute. This meeting
is scheduled to be held at Bern, September 3-1(3,
1949. Named to serve as advisers of the United
States delegation are the following:
James P. Cavin, Head, Division of Statistical and Histori-
cal Research, Bureau of Agricultural Economics,
Department of Agriculture
W. Edwards Deming, Adviser in Sampling, Division of
Statistical Standards, Bureau of the Budget
M. Joseph Meehan, Director, Office of Business Economics,
Department of Commerce
Henry S. Shr.vock, Jr., Assistant Chief, Population Divi-
sion, Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce
Samuel Weiss, Chief, Division of Employment Statistics,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor
The International Statistical Institute is a non-
governmental professional organization of statis-
ticians, maintaining a permanent office at The
Hague. The objectives of the Institute include:
(1) more rapid progress in developing the various
branches of the science of statistics, (2) greater
efficiency and economy in professional statistical
organizations, and (3) greater service to the
United Nations and its constituent organs and
agencies.
The last session of the Institute, the twenty -fifth,
was held at Washington, D.C., in September 1947.
Fourth International Congress of Neurology
The Department of State announced on Au-
gust 31 that the United States will be represented
at the Fourth International Congress of Neurol-
ogy, scheduled to be held at Paris, September 5-10,
1949, by the following delegation :
Chairman
John F. Fulton, Sterling Professor of Physiology, YaS
University j
Delegates
Pearce Bailey, Assistant Chief, Psychiatry and NeurologjI
Division, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Vet
erans Administration
Derek E. Denny-Brown, Professor of Neurology, Harvarc
Medical School, Harvard University |
Hannibal Hamlin, Commander, MCS, USNR, Consultanr
in Neurological Surgery, United States Naval Hos
pital, Chelsea, Massachusetts
Webb E. Haymaker, Armed Forces Institute of Pathology
Representing the Air Surgeon, Department of the
Air Force
Stephen W. Ranson, Lt. Colonel, MC, U.S.A., Office of the
Surgeon General, Department of the Army
Seymour D. Vestermark, Medical Director, Chief, Train-
ing and Standards Branch, National Institute ol
Mental Health, Public Health Service
Harold G. Wolff, Associate Professor of Medicine, Cornell
University Medical College, Cornell University !
The Neurology Congress is designed to bring'
together the principal neurologists, neurosurgeonsi
and psychiatrists of the world. The program will
consist of discussions of the following topics: (l)i'
the thalmus and its pathology; (2) electroence-i
phalography and electromyography; (3) ultra-;
virus maladies of the nervous system; and (4)1
pain surgery. j
Previous congresses were held at Bern in 19311
at London in 1938, and at Copenhagen in 1939.'^
This is the first meeting of this series at which the'
United States Government has been officially!]
represented. i
Interparliamentary Union
On September 2 the Department of State an-
nounced that the Congi-ess of the United States
will be represented at the XXXVIIIth Regular
Conference of the Interparliamentary Union at
Stockholm, beginning September 6 and closing
September 12. The Union is composed of na-
tional groups of 42 nations having representative
forms of government. Each national group,
limited to members of parliament, possesses its
own organization, with its bylaws, officers, and
committees. Vice President of the United States
Alben W. Barkley is president of the United
States group, and every member of the Congress
of the United States is ipso facto a member of the
group.
The United States group will be represented at
this year's conference by a joint Senate and House
delegation; the majority left September 3. Sena-
tor Homer E. Ferguson of Michigan will serve as
chairman of the delegation. The party includes
Congressmen Harold D. Cooley of North Caro-
lina ; Robert Poage of Texas ; Hale Boggs of Lou-
isiana; Albert Gore of Tennessee; Henry O. Talle
of Iowa; Clifford R. Hope of Kansas; and Frank-
lin Dunham, executive secretary of the American
group.
398
Department of State Bulletin
; NTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
The Congressmen will be joined in Europe later
y Senators Homer E. Ferguson ; Estes Kefauver
( Tennessee; Lester C. Hunt of Wyoming; Owen
Jrewster of Maine; and Raymond E. Baldwin of
(innecticut ; Congressmen John D. Dingell of
lichigan, and Daniel A. Reed of New York.
The object of the Interparliamentary Union is
£ study all questions of an international character
itable for settlement by parliamentary action.
?he last conference of the Union, the XXXVHth,
\as held at Rome in September 1948.
Council Established by
North Atlantic Treaty To Convene
[Released to the press August 31]
The Department of State announced on August
|31 that it has been agreed that the first session
of the Council established by the North Atlantic
Treaty will convene in Washington on September
17, 1949. It is expected that the Foreign Alinisters
of all parties to the treaty will attend.
Article 9
The Parties hereby establish a council, on whicli eacli
of tliem shall be represented, to consider matters concern-
ling the implementation of this Treaty. The council shall
.be so organized as to be able to meet promptly at any time.
The council shall set up such subsidiary bodies as may be
iriessary; in particular it shall establish immediately
a defense committee which shall recommend measures
for the implementation of Articles 3 and 5.
Deputies on Austrian Treaty
To Reconvene in New York
[Released to the press September 2]
Among 22 treaty articles discussed at the Aus-
trian treaty talks in London, the deputies have
reached agreement on 13. The 9 still in disagree-
ment include some of the most important issues,
including those on which Soviet demands for eco-
nomic advantages to be derived at Austria's ex-
pense exceed the principles which had been agreed
at the Paris Council of Foreign Ministers.
Nevertheless, the Western deputies have voiced
their willingness to reconvene in New York for the
purpose of continuing the treaty talks, after a re-
cess of 3 weeks. The Soviet representative, G.
Zarubin, had no proposal to make on the subject,
nor would he agree to the United States proposal
to reconvene the deputies. In the end, Zarubin
merely agreed to refer the United States proposal
to Moscow.
The Soviets pretend to have made concessions in
London but actually these involved no reduction
whatever in their excessive claims. They were for
the most part made at the expense of the Yugo-
slavs, in direct consequence of their relinquishment
of Yugoslav claims at the Paris Council of For-
eign Ministers.
Among the remaining articles in disagreement is
the one on German assets in Austria (article 35).
Under this article the Soviets are seeking to re-
serve to themselves war booty which they had pre-
viously agreed to relinquish, as well as the greater
share of Austria's oil refining capacity and oil
exploration areas, of which they were to have re-
ceived only some 60 percent under the treaty
document.
New Truce Proposal
for Jammu and Kashmir Submitted
Statement hy Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press August SI]
Since January 1, 1949, the United Nations Com-
mission for India and Pakistan, of which the
United States is a member has been attempting
to negotiate a truce agreement between the Gov-
ernments of India and Pakistan. These efforts
to date have not been successful and the Commis-
sion, within the past few days, has submitted a
new proposal to both governments for the settle-
ment of the truce in the State of Jammu and
Kashmir. In view of the great interest of this
government in the peace and stability of the sub-
continent, the President has addressed a message
to Prime Minister Nehru of India and Prime Min-
ister Liaquat Ali Khan of Pakistan urging that
they accept the Commission's recent proposal for
settlement of the truce issue.
CORRECTION
The title of Annex III under "The Franco-
Italian Customs Union" in the Bulletin of
August 22, 1949, page 244, should read :
"Decision Taken by the Contracting Parties
at the First Session, Havana, March 20,
1948."
Sepf ember ?2, 7949
399
International Economic Policy
Address hy President Truman ^
I find that there is a good deal of misunderstand-
ing and misinformation about our international
economic policy. Some of this is deliberately
stirred up by certain newspapers and politicians
for political reasons. Some of it is due to the fact
that the economic problems of the world seem to be
distant from our daily lives and hard to under-
stand.
World economic problems are undoubtedly com-
plex. But their importance to us is very clear.
World prosperity' is necessary to world peace.
Furthermore, world prosperity is necessary to our
own prosperity in the United States. If these
facts are kept in mind, it will be easier to under-
stand what this country is trying to do.
In working for prosperity in the postwar world,
the nations of the world face new problems — and
greater ones than they have ever faced before.
They are suffering fiom the terrible aftereffects
of the war, which caused an almost complete break-
down of European industry and of world trade.
There is also the rising demand of men all over
the world for independence, and for a greater
share of the good things of life which only a
restored and expanding economic system can bring.
Added to these two problems there is a third. That
is the attempt of organized Communism to achieve
economic and political domination of the world
through the misuse of the desires and aspirations
of mankind.
These problems require the combined efforts of
the free nations. Together, we must repair the
damage of war, complete the restoration of the
economy of Europe, and revive world trade. We
' Made at the Annual Convention of the American Legion
in Philadelphia, on Aug. 29, 1949, and released to the press
by the White House on the same date.
400
must go forward to establish an expanding world
economy in which men everywhere can work to
satisfy their desire for freedom and a better life.'i
We must demonstrate that the economic system of
the free nations is better than the system of Com-
munism.
Mistakes After First World War
The free nations are determined to avoid the;i;
mistakes of the past. The roots of the present !
economic problems go back to the First World
AVar. After that war, the nations of the world
made the mistake of following narrow and short-
sighted policies of economic nationalism. Each
country, working for its own selfish interest, tried
to get the best of the others. Each nation erected
trade barriers to keep out the products of other
nations. Each nation tried to dump its own prod-
ucts in foreign markets.
These policies were self-defeating. They
achieved neither national nor international pros-
perity. Instead, they helped to bring on the worst
depression the world has ever seen.
Factories closed down all over the world. Ships
lay idle in harbors. Surplus crops rotted in the
fields. Unemployment grew, and hunger became
widespread.
In every country, there were hundreds of thou-
sands of young men and women without jobs and
without hope for the future. Many of these young
people became the prey of unscrupulous dema-
gogues. They joined the Black Shirts of Italy
and the Storm Troopers of Germany. They were
the tools of the Japanese militarists. In the end,
they marched to war under the bloody banners of
those dictatorships.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
iternational Action During World War II
Before the end of World AVar II, we resolved
iuit the international economic chaos which had
pd to war should not occur again. We knew that
fermanent peace could not exist if the nations of
!he world resumed the policy of dog-eat-dog.
Consequently, the United States joined with
jither nations to prepare for a peaceful economic
porld. The International Monetary Fund was
et up to deal with exchange and monetary prob-
ems among nations. The International Bank was
istablished to provide investment capital for re-
;onstruction and development. In our proposals
for a world trade organization, the United States
putlined a method for" breaking down the trade
fjarriers which had strangled world commerce in
the period between the wars. As the war ended,
we made billions of dollars available to relieve
suffering and repair the damage of war.
These were good beginnings. Never before in
history had nations made such careful, long-range
plans for a better economic future.
Shortly after the war ended, however, it became
apparent that the economic life of the world was
more badlj' disrupted than any one had expected.
jHostility of the Soviet Union
Still further difficulties were created when it
became clear that the Soviet Union would not join
iin working for world economic recovery. The
j Soviet Union was hostile to European economic
I cooperation. It refused to join in the European
; Recovery Program, and prevented its satellites
I from joining. Its aggressive foreign policy cre-
I ated alarms and fears that hampered I'ecovery.
On every hand, there was evidence that the policy
of the Soviet Union was aimed at prolonging the
distress and suffering of the free nations.
If we had been discouraged by these difficulties
and had abandoned our efforts, the results would
have been disastrous. Once again the streets of
Europe would have been filled with crowds of
hungry and hopeless men and women. Once
again, unscrupulous agitators would have used
these angry millions to create tyranny and
slavery.
But the fi'ee nations did not let this happen.
We went ahead with our recovery programs. As
a result, production has risen greatly in Europe.
Men and women there have jobs and food and a
belief in the future. They know that the demo-
cratic way is the way of hope.
Expanding World Economy Needed
The free nations have overcome the danger of
immediate postwar collapse, but we have not yet
achieved the sound and expanding world economy
September 72, 1949
that is necessary for lasting prosperity and peace.
This larger task is the one that now confronts
us.
The free nations have the resources and the
means to accomplish that task.
Together, they have most of the industrial
capacity of the world. They have vast supplies
of raw materials. They have industrious and
skillful populations. The free nations together
have all the elements necessary to provide a better
way of life for mankind. What is needed is to
draw these elements together into a continually
expanding and productive international economy.
Such a world economy is vital, not only to the
cause of world peace, but also to our own national
prosperity and security. We in the United States
depend upon foreign countries for many vital
minerals and other raw materials. Without for-
eign trade, many of our industries would suffer.
Without foreign trade, for example, it would be
difficult, if not impossible, for us to develop atomic
energy. Moreover, we need to sell many things
abroad. Our cotton, our wheat, and our tobacco,
for example, must have foreign markets. Our
prosperity would be seriously damaged if the ex-
port of our products were cut off.
We cannot, therefore, fall back into economic
isolationism. Instead, we must take every action
we can to bring about more trade, expanding
markets, and growth and development in other
countries as well as our own.
Difficulties Faced
One of the most serious difficulties we face is
the fact that, at present, foreign nations need to
buy more things from us than we need to buy from
them. They have called upon us for food and
raw materials in unprecedented amounts. Fur-
thermore, many countries need equipment and ma-
chinery, which only we can supply, if they are to
develop their own resources and raise their own
standards of living.
The urgent demand which foreign countries
have for these things far exceeds their present
capacity to pay for them. As a result, world
trade is now seriously out of balance.
We have both short-range and long-range plans
for meeting these difficulties. We will continue
the European Recovery Program as our principal
means of meeting emergency needs for the next
3 years. At the same time, we are moving ahead
with long-range measures.
We are encouraging American business to make
productive investments abroad in increasing vol-
urne. Through such investments, foreign coun-
tries— particularly underdeveloped areas — will be
able to obtain the equipment they so desperately
need.
We are also planning to help the people in
underdeveloped areas learn modern industrial and
agricultural methods. By this means, they will be
able to double and redouble their production. By
401
1
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
this means, they will be able to make an increased
contribution to an expanding world economy and
a balanced world trade.
In addition, we must continue our well-estab-
lished policy of negotiating reciprocal trade agree-
ments in order to reduce bai-riers to international
trade. These agreements enable us to buy more
from other nations at the same time that they help
to maintain new markets abroad for our products.
We must increase our buying abi'oad if we are
to achieve a balanced world trade.
Furthermore, we are encouraging closer re-
gional ties among nations in order to lower trade
barriers and increase production.
The nations of Europe, under the stimulus of
our aid, are working toward closer ties of economic
union. Already, tlirough the Organization for
European Economic Cooperation, they have begun
to make joint decisions that affect their basic eco-
nomic policies. In the Council of Europe, now
meeting at Strasbourg, more far-reaching meas-
ures of European union are being considered.
Closer economic union means a difficult period
of transition for the countries that enter into it,
but it is essential for a better world. The United
States will do what it can to aid the European na-
tions to achieve greater unity.
As we go ahead with these long-range measures
for a stable and growing world economy, we shall
have to adjust our actions to changing conditions.
We shall need to be alert to new developments, and
turn to advantage every possible resource.
Discussions of Economic Problems
With U.K. and Canada
We shall be concerned in the months immedi-
ately ahead with certain special and urgent prob-
lems arising out of the present unbalanced state
of world trade. Representatives of the United
Kingdom and Canada will soon be here to discuss
some of these problems. We look upon these tallvs
as discussions among friends about problems which
affect all of us, and in the solution of which we
all have a common interest. The people of this
country are well aware of what the war meant
to Great Britain and of the stresses and strains
which have been laid upon the British people in
recent years. The representatives of the United
Kingdom will find here a warm personal welcome
and may be assured that these mutual problems
will be examined by us in a spirit of friendliness
and helpfulness.
Principles for an Economic Policy
of Free Nations
In our discussions with the representatives of the
United Kingdom and Canada, as in our approach
402
to problems with other nations, we must keep
clearly in mind the basic underlying principles
upon which the economic policy of the free na-
tions must be based.
The first principle which we should clearly
understand is that a sound and expanding world
economy is essential to world peace. Literna-
tional economic discussions revolve around such
prosaic things as tobacco and rubber and rates of
interest and the value of currencies. But, behind
all these, lie the great objectives of satisfying the
material and spiritual needs of mankind and pre-
serving democratic freedom.
The second principle which should be clearly
understood is that we are trying to expand the
exchange of goods and services among nations.
Sound and prosperous relations among nations
rest upon the exchange of goods and services on
a business basis. We are not engaged in a chain-
table enterprise. We are not looking for trick
solutions to deep-seated problems.
The third principle is that we cannot succeed in
creating a sound and expanding world economy
unless we keep everlastingly at it. There are times,
no doubt, when we shall become impatient or an-
noyed by delays and obstacles. But we cannot
throw in our hand and walk out of the game. Nor
can any other nation afford to do so. The path
of mutual adjustment and combined economic ef-
foi't is not an easy one. The economic interests of
nations are not easily reconciled. No group can
get all it wants. But there is no other way to the
solution of our difficulties than the way of mutual
concession and cooperation.
The fourth jjrinciple is that the democratic na-
tions are not proposing to interfere with one
another's internal politics. We know very well
how we would feel if some foreign nation tried to
tell us how to vote. We recognize that each nation
has its own political problems and that it uses dif-
ferent political labels and different slogans from
those we use at home. In the same way, nations
have different business practices and different
governmental devices for achieving the same eco-
nomic ends.
A community of democratic nations cannot exist
on uniformity in matters of politics or business.
The only uniformity on which they can insist —
and this is what binds them together as free na-
tions— is a firm adherence to democracy, coupled
with a common desire to improve the standard of
living of all their citizens.
On the basis of these four principles, the free
nations of the world can solve the difficulties which
confront them. On the basis of these principles,
they can achieve their goal of a sound and expand-
ing world economy.
There is one more thing for us, as Americans, to
remember. Our country is the most important
economic unit in the world today. The future of
the world depends upon the continuation of our
own economic growth and development. If we
Department of Slate Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
n continue to increase our national income, and
raise our standards of living, the solution of in-
rnational economic problems will be far less
fficult.
Every one of us has a responsibility in building
peaceful world. We can contribute to that cause
our daily lives, in our jobs, in our thinking.
e contribute to peace when we work for the pros-
rity and growth of the United States. We con-
ibute to peace when we reject the claims of those
Ifish interests, here and abroad, that would turn
against the cause of international cooperation,
e conti'ibute to peace when we ask for Divine
idance and help for the efforts of mankind to
tablish understanding and good will among the
tions of the world.
DA Gets Powerful New
edium-Wave Relay in Munich
eleased to the press August 31] ,
Voice of America broadcasts in Europe will be
■engthened, beginning September 1, with the ad-
:ion to its relay facilities of a new high-powered
!dium-wave relay station, located in Munich.
The new station is designed to provide a power-
1 medium wave relay outlet for Voice of America
ograms into all parts of Europe including
iropean Russia and the satellite regions. It will
us augment the present coverage of these areas
the short-wave relays of the "Voice."
The new transmitter will start its schedule by
laying "Voice" programs for 12^^ hours daily
ring the peak listening hours in Europe. In
tier hours, it will be used to supplement the
oadcasts of the Armed Forces Netwoi'k in
irope wjiich has a large local audience in addi-
•n to its GI listeners.
The new station has a power of 150 kilowatts,
lich is considerably increased in terms of effec-
'e radiated power through use of special anten-
e and other technical improvements. It has
en running tests for some weeks, with reports of
ery good" reception from many points in
irope.
During these tests, reports indicate that Eussian
oadcasting stations have attempted to "jam" the
w transmitter, but these efforts have proved only
rtially successful.
Charles W. Thayer, head of the Department's
ternational Broadcasting Division, said the new
insmitter is not intended and cannot be consid-
sd the answer to the Russian jamming campaign.
The majority of the Soviet audience, he pointed
t, is accustomed to short-wave listening. Dis-
tances are so great in Russia, and the population
so dispersed, that the Russians themselves use
short wave, with its greater range, to reach most
areas of the Soviet Union. Thus, to keep their
own people from hearing our programs, they must
jam our short-wave transmissions. The Soviet
jamming campaign, which began on a large scale
on April 24 and which now uses over 250 "sky
wave" and several hundred "around wave" trans-
mitters, is still extremely effective, and further
counterjamming measures by the Voice of
America are planned.
Construction of the new transmitter was part
of the normal expansion program of the Interna-
tional Broadcasting Division and would have en-
tered into operation even if the Soviet Government
had not seen fit to try to blanket all VGA and
BBC broadcasts to Russia.
Until the new station was completed. Voice of
America programs originating in this country were
relayed full or part time by more than 20 trans-
mitters in various parts of Europe, a great ma-
jority of them short wave. The new Munich
transmitter was intended to provide a strong,
medium-wave signal and tlius to expand the listen-
ing audience beyond owners of short-wave sets.
The new Munich transmitter will operate on
1195 kilocycles, 251 meters. It will relay Voice of
America broadcasts each day from 3 : 30 p. m.
G. m. t. (11 : 30 a. m., e. d. t.) to 4: 00 a. m. G. m. t.
(midnight e. d. t.). These are considered the
best listening hours in Europe. During this
period it will broadcast 15 minutes each in Serbo-
Croat, Bulgarian, Czech, Slovak and German (to
Austria) ; 30 minutes each in Slovene, Hungarian,
Rumanian, Polish and Spanish; 45 minutes in
English, 1 hour in Italian and 6 hours Russian,
much of the last being recorded re^^eats to counter-
act jamming.
Italy Presents
Bronze Equestrian Sculptural Group
The Department of State and the Department of
the Interior announced in a joint statement on
August 26 that final completion of the equestrian
sculptural groups for the Arlington Memorial
Bridge Plaza, Washington, D.C., the design for
which was approved in 1931, may be made possible
as the result of the offer of the Italian Govern-
ment to cast the groups in bronze in Italy and
present them to the United States as a gesture of
good will and as a token of the gratitude of the
people of Italy to the American people.
The offer, made in a communication to the Sec-
retary of State by the Charge d'Affaires of the
Italian Embassy in Washington, has been trans-
mitted to the Secretary of the Interior and is in
process of being accepted.
!pf ember 12, 1949
403
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
The Problem of the Former Italian Colonies
at the Third Session of the General As-
sembly. By David W. Wainhouse and
Philip A. Mangano
United Nations Releases Economic Survey
of Asia and the Far East
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography .
New Truce Proposal for Jammu and Kashmir
Submitted. Statement by Secretary
Aclieson
Economic Affairs
International Economic Policy. Address by
President Truman
Page
363
396
396
399
400
International Organizations page
and Conferences
U.S. Delegations:
Fourth Session of Unesco 397
Twenty-sixth Session International Statis-
tical Institute 398
Fourth International Congress of Neurol-
ogy 398
Interparliamentary Union 398
Council Established by North Atlantic Treaty
To Convene 399
Deputies on Austrian Treaty To Reconvene
in New York 399
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
VOA Gets Powerful New Medium-Wave
Relay in Munich 403
Italy Presents Bronze Equestrian Sculptural
Group 403
mm/i^muic^
David, W. "Wainhouse and Pliilip A. Mangano, authors of the
article on the former Italian oclunies, are officers in the Divi-
sion of United Nations Political Affairs, Office of United Nations
Affairs, Department of State. Mr. Wainhouse is Associate Chief
of the Divi.sion ; Mr. Mangano is a specialist on international
security affairs.
U. 3. eOVERHUENT PRINTING OFFICE! 1949
Uie/ ^eha^t^7tenf/ xw t/tate/
THE CONQUERING MARCH OF AN IDEA • By
Ambassador Philip C Jessup 432
GREECE AND THE UNITED NATIONS 1946-49 •
A Summary Record by Harry N. Howard 407
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XXI, No. 533
September 19, 1949
VieN-i- Oft.
M. S. 8UPEK1KTE['10£NT OF DUCUMEMb
0CI.5. 1949
^Ae z/Jefia/yi^e^ /)L t/uz^ VJ LI i 1 \j L 1 i 1
Vol. XXI, No. 533 • Publication 3637 I |j
September 19, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price;
52 issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18, 1949).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
ruitional interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
GREECE AND THE UNITED NATIONS, 1946-49
A SUMMARY ACCOUNT
hy Harry N. Howard
I. General
Since 1946-47, the United States has been con-
cerned with the problem of threats to the political
independence and territorial integrity of Greece.
Through the United Nations it has sought to pre-
serve the integrity of Greece against the actions
of her northern neighbors and to find some solu-
tion of the problems therein involved. Through
its aid missions, American Aid to Greece and the
Economic Cooperation Administration, it has
sought to help Greece to regain the capacity to
cope with the Communist attempt to overthrow
the constitutional system in Greece, and to assist
that country along the road toward social and
economic reconstruction.
II. The Greek Problem
in the Security Council, 1946-47
CONSIDERATION OF THE GREEK PROBLEM IN THE
SECURITY COUNCIL
The Security Council first considered the prob-
lem of Greece as a result of a letter of the repre-
sentative of the U.S.S.R. on January 21, 1946 under
article 35 of the Charter which charged that the
presence of British troops in Greece was a threat
to international peace and security.^ Since no
disposition was made on the j^art of the Security
Council, however, to agree with the Soviet thesis,
the charge was not sustained. The Greek question
came before the Security Council for a second time
in August 1947 as a result of a cable from the
Ukrainian Minister of Foreign Affairs on August
24, 1946, under article 34 of the Charter which
'For details see The United 'Nations inul the ProWem of
Greece, Department of State pHblication 2000, jip. 1-3.
charged this time that the policy of the Greek Gov-
ernment had produced a situation in the Balkans
endangering international peace and security.
The question was discussed between August 28 and
September 30, 1946, but once more the Security
Council declined to accept the Soviet thesis.
Since December 1946, the United Nations has
been especially concerned with the problems of
threats to the political independence and terri-
torial integrity of Greece. The problem of Greece
was brought to the attention of the Security Coun-
cil for the third time when, on December 3, 1946,
the representative of Greece, under articles 34 and
35 ( 1 ) of the Charter, requested that the Security
Council give early consideration to a situation
wliich, it was charged, was leading to friction
between Greece, on the one hand, and Albania,
Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia on the other. The
Greek Government declared that the guerrilla
movement in Greece was receiving support from
Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia, that groups
of men were trained for guerrilla activities in
Greece, and that foreign assistance had been given
to the guerrillas.
THE UNITED NATIONS COMMISSION OF INVESTIGATION
On December 19 the Security Council unani-
mously approved a resolution establishing a Com-
mission of Investigation ^ on which the 11 members
of that body were represented and to which liaison
representatives of Albania, Bulgaria, Greece, and
Yugoslavia were attached. This Commission
whicli was to make an on-the-spot investigation in
order to ascertain the facts as to the disturbed
situation along the northern frontiers of Greece,
' For the work of this Commission see particularly U.N.
doc. S/360 : Report hy the Commission of Investigation
Concerning Greek Frontier Incidents to the Security
Council, May 23, 1947, vs. I-III ; and The United Nations
and the Problem of Greece, cited, pp. 3-26.
Sepfember 19, 7949
407
signed its report in Geneva on May 23, 1947.
Among other things, it found that Albania, Bul-
garia, and Yugoslavia had, in fact, been assisting
the Greek guerrilla movement, as charged, and it
proposed that the Security Council recommend
that the four parties concerned do their best to
establish normal and good neighborly relations,
abstain from any action likely to maintain or in-
crease the tension in the frontier region, and re-
frain from any support of elements in neighboring
countries aiming at the overthrow of the lawful
governments of those countries. Secondly, the
Commission proposed that the four parties enter
into new frontier conventions along the lines of the
Greek-Bulgarian convention of 1931. It was also
suggested that a body be established to investigate
frontier violations or complaints, use its good
offices, make studies and investigations, and report
to the Security Council. Finally it was suggested
that the proposed commission study the question
of international refugees and the practicability of
the voluntary transfer of minorities.
The representatives of the U.S.S.R. and Poland,
who held the Government of Greece solely respon-
sible for the troubled situation along the northern
frontiers, subscribed neither to the conclusions of
the Commission nor to its recommendations.
III. The General Assembly and
the Problem of Greece, 1947-49
THE QUESTION OF THE "THREAT TO POLITICAL INDEPEND-
ENCE AND TERRITORIAL INTEGRITY OF GREECE,"
SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER 1947
The Security Council discussed the Greek prob-
lem during June, July, and August 1947, but be-
cause of five Soviet vetoes, it was unable to reach
any decision. The question was taken off the
agenda of the Security Council on September 15
on the motion of the United States representative,
and on September 23 the General Assembly de-
cided to place the question of "threats to the politi-
cal independence and territorial integrity of
Greece" on its agenda.^* On October 21, 1947, the
General Assembly, by a vote of 40 to 6, with 11
abstentions, approved a resolution establishing the
United Nations Special Committee on the Balkans,
with representatives of 11 nations, although the
U.S.S.R. and Poland refused to serve, and endowed
it with powers of observation and conciliation, in
' E'or convenient reference see The General Assembly
and the Problem of Greece, The Department of State
Bulletin Supplement, Dec. 7, 1947.
general accord with the recommendations of the''
original Commission of Investigation. Albania,
Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia were called upon forth-
with to cease giving assistance to the Greek guer-
rilla movement and Albania, Bulgaria, Greece, and
Yugoslavia were called upon to cooperate in the
settlement of their disputes by peaceful means.
To that end it was recommended that the four
parties concerned :
(1) Establish normal diplomatic and good
neighborly relations among themselves as soon
as possible ;
(2) Establish frontier conventions providing
for effective machinery for the regulation and con-
trol of their common frontiers and the pacific
settlement of frontier incidents and disputes ;
(3) Cooperate in the settlement of the problems
arising out of the presence of refugees in the four
states concerned;
(4) Study the practicability for concluding
agreements for the voluntary transfer of mi-
norities.^
THE UNITED NATIONS SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON THE
BALKANS, 1947-48
The United Nations Special Committee on the
Balkans, composed of the active representation of
Australia, Brazil, China, France, Mexico, the
Netherlands, Pakistan, the United Kingdom, and
the United States, began its work in Greece in
November 1947, and has continued to sit in that
country, either in Salonika (December 1947-July
1948) or in Athens (July 1948-49).
In its first report to the General Assembly,^
signed at Geneva on June 30, 1948, the Special
^ For text see Ibid., pp. 1121-1122, and resolution 109
(11).
° See U.N. doc. A/574 : Report of the United Nations
Special Committee, on the Balkans, p. 36. The Special
Committee had previously submitted two interim reports
to the Secretary-General, on Dec. 31, 1947 (U.N. doc.
A/521) and Jan. 10, 1948 (U.N. doc. A/522). For con-
venience these reports, together with that of June 30,
1948, may be found in Documents and State Papers, Sep-
tember 1948, pp. 373-375, and 376-412. It may also be
noted that a supplementary report of the Special Com-
mittee on the Ballians was signed on Sept. 10, 1948 (U.N.
doc. A/644) and an interim report was signed on Oct. 22,
1948 (U.N. doc. A/692). The supplementary report and
the third interim report which gave further details and
confirmed the conclusions reached on June 30, 1948, may
be found respectively in Documents and State Papers,
September 1948, pp. 413-423, and January 1949, pp. 603-
608.
408
Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Committee unanimously reached a number of
anclusions. Altliough it had consistently endeav-
red to establish normal diplomatic and good
eifrhborly relations between Greece and its north-
rn neiglibors, only the Government of Greece co-
perated with it in any way. Albania, Bulgaria,
iid Yugoslavia not only refused to cooperate with
; but also refused to recognize it as a legitimate
ody of the United Nations. The Special Com-
littee was therefore unable substantially to assist
le four governments concerning (1) the establish-
lent of normal relations, (2) frontier conventions,
3) political refugees, and (4) voluntary transfer
f minorities. It was evident to the Committee
aat good neighborly relations did not exist be-
rt-een Greece and her northern neighbors. More-
ver it appeared to the Special Committee that the
rreek guerrillas were receiving assistance from
Jbania, Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia. Because of
le character and scale of the support, it was the
iew of the Special Committee that it had been
iven "with the knowledge of the Governments of
-Ibania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia." The Com-
littee was convinced that as long as the situation
long the northern frontiers indicated such sup-
ort, a threat to the political independence and
^rritorial integrity of Greece would exist and in-
'rnational peace and security in the Balkans
'ould be endangered. Despite the refusal of the
orthern neighbors of Greece to cooperate with
, the Special Committee was also convinced that
: would be possible to assist the four governments
oncerned toward a peaceful settlement in the
iterest of all if Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugo-
lavia. like Greece, were prepared to act in accord-
nce with the resolution of October 21, 1947, and
1 the spirit of the United Nations Charter.
The Special Committee made a number of
ecommendations in its report of June 30, 1948.
'he first of these stated that as long as the dis-
arbed conditions continued it was essential that
n agency of the United Nations be entrusted with
le functions of "exercising vigilance" along the
orthern frontiers of Greece and of endeavorins: to
ring about a peaceful settlement. It also rec-
mmended that the General Assembly consider
ways and means of obtaining the cooperation of
dbania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia with the Spe-
ial Committee."
° For a summary of the discussion see "The Problem
f Greece in the General Assembly," Documents and State
'aprrs, January 1949.
THE THIRD GENERAL ASSEMBLY AND THE
GREEK PROBLEM, 1948
The General Assembly again considered the
Greek question at its third session in Paris in the
autumn of 1948.'' After a long discussion, by a
vote of 47 to 6, with no abstentions, on November
27, 1948, the General Assembly adopted a resolu-
tion continuing the United Nations Special Com-
mittee on the Balkans with clarified terms of
reference concerning its work of observation and
conciliation. The General Assembly took note of
the conclusions of the Special Committee as to the
assistance of Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia
to the Greek guerrillas and that a continuation
of this situation constituted a threat to the inde-
pendence and integrity of Greece and to peace in
the Balkans and that the conduct of these coun-
tries had been "inconsistent with the principles
and purposes of the Charter of the United Na-
tions." A second resolution, unanimously ap-
proved, also recommended resumption of diplo-
matic relations between Greece and her northern
neighbors, the drafting or renewal of frontier con-
ventions, and the settlement of the refugee prob-
lem. Finally, the General Assembly unanimously
approved a resolution concerning the repatriation
of some 25 thousand Greek children who had been
removed primarily to the territories of the north-
ern neighbors of Greece.
It should also be noted that the First Committee
(Political and Security) of the General Assembly,
on November 10, 1948, established a "Conciliation
Committee" under the chairmanship of Dr. H. V.
Evatt, President of the General Assembly, to ex-
plore methods and procedure with the representa-
tives of Albania, Bulgaria, Greece, and Yugo-
slavia, looking toward a settlement of their diffi-
culties. By the close of the session in December,
draft agreements had been prepared and Dr.
Evatt had reported some progress, especially as
to the possible establishment of mixed frontier
commissions and the drafting of frontier conven-
tions, although the Albanian Government refused
to sign any agreement unless Greece gave a formal
renunciation to her long-standing claim to north-
ern Epirus, and the Bulgarian and Yugoslav Gov-
ernments refused to sign unless the Albanian Gov-
ernment signed. Subsequently,^uring the second
part of the third session at New York, the Greek
Government, on May 11, 1949, substantially ac-
cepted Dr. Evatt's proposals, but no reply was
received from the other governments concerned.
eptember 79, 1949
409
THE ACTIVITIES OF UNSCOB IN 1949
Meanwhile the United Nations Special Commit-
tee on the Balkans continued its work although
it suspended its conciliation role until the "Con-
ciliation Committee" headed by Dr. Evatt had
terminated its work and submitted a report. In
its unanimous report to the fourth session of the
General Assembly ^ signed on August 2, 1949, in
Athens, the Special Committee notes that "Al-
bania is the principal source of material assistance"
to the Greek guerrillas. The report declares that
Albanian support has been "vital to the contin-
uance of the Greek guerrilla movement since all
the main guerrilla concentrations are found on the
Albanian frontier." * It also points out that Bul-
garia has continued to assist the Greek guerrillas,
moral assistance to whom has been openly pro-
claimed by the Bulgarian Government.®
On the other hand, it is indicated that Yugoslav
assistance has recently declined if it has not ceased,
following the Yugoslav-Coniinform rift in 1948,
and note is made of Marshal Tito's speech of July
10, 1949, concerning closure of the Greek- Yugoslav
frontier.^" The report stresses the very important
assistance of Eumania to the Greek guerrillas, in-
cluding the fact that the "Free Greece" radio has
been moved from the neighborhood of Belgi-ade to
the vicinity of Bucharest, and states that this as-
sistance— together with that of the other Soviet
satellites, points toward "the existence of a lughly
coordinated system of support" to the Greek guer-
rilla movement.^^ As the report declares, on a
number of occasions the Greek guerrillas have
openly acknowledged their foreign support, as
stated by the Greek Communist Party itself on
January 30-31, 1949, when it proclaimed "in the
Popular Democracies we found great and whole-
hearted support without which we could not have
made progress." ^^
Aniong other things, the report calls attention
to the fact that none of the approximately 25 thou-
sand Greek children removed from Greece to the
territories of her northern neighbors during 1948
have been returned to Greece in accordance with
the unanimous resolution of the General Assembly
'See U.N. doe. A/935: Report of the United Nations
Special Committee on the Balkans, pp. 1-25, with four
maps.
'Ibid., par. 56.
'Ibid., pars. 88-139.
"/6i<J., pars. 41, 52, and 152.
" Ibid., par. 145.
" Ibid., par. 67.
on November 27, 1948. Nevertheless, thousands of
Greek children, contrary to the spirit of that reso-
lution, have been transferred from one Soviet
satellite state to another." Moreover "in viola-
tion of fundamental humanitarian principles,
some of these children, both boys and girls of
adolescent age, have been sent back to Greece to
fight in the ranks of the guerrillas." " The re-
port outlines the conciliatory efforts of the Special
Committee, noting that its conciliatory role was
suspended for 5 months during 1949 to avoid dupli-
cating the efforts of the Conciliation Committee,
of which Dr. H. V. Evatt was chairman.^'* The
Special Committee, however, immediately resumed
this role after the termination of Dr. Evatt's ac-
tivities. Although the Soviet Union and Poland
refused to cooperate in the work of the Special
Committee and Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia
refused to cooperate or even to recognize it, docu-
ments of the Committee were sent regularly to
these governments, and the Committee remained
available to assist Albania, Bulgaria, Greece, and
Yugoslavia in the solution of their difficulties.
The report concludes that "the continuance of
the present situation 'constitutes a threat to the
political independence and territorial integrity
of Greece and to peace in the Balkans' ", reaffirm-
ing conclusions which the Special Committee had
reached in 1948. The report contains no recom-
mendations which are to be the subject of a supple-
mentary report before the General Assembly takes
up the Greek problem in the autumn of 1949.
I
TEXT OF REPORT OF U. N. SPECIAL
COMMITTEE ON THE BALKANS
General Assembly Official Records :
Fourth Session
Supplement No. 8 (A/935)
Chapter I. Creation, Function and Organization
of the United Nations Special Committee
on the Balkans
A. THE GREEK QUESTION BEFORE THE THIRD REGULAR
SESSION OF THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY
[EDITOR'S NOTE: The six annexes that appear in
Supplement No. 8 (A/935) are not printed here; annexes
3, 4, and 5 will, however, appear in a separate print of
Dr. Howard's article and the report. The separate also
will include a complete chronology of the Greek case from
1946 to the present. ]
'^Ibid., par. 136.
"/6i(?.. par. 144.
"Ibid., pars. 27, 31, 33, and annex 5.
410
Department of State Bulletin
1. The problem of Greece has been one of the
iiost persistent oonfrontiiip the United Nations.
When it came before tlie Security Council for the
;hird time in the year 1946, a Commission of In-
•esti^ation was established to ascertain the causes
vnd tlie nature of the border violations and dis-
:urbances reported along the northern frontiers of
jreece. The Security Council was unable, how-
ever, to reach any decision ' and finally, on 15
September 1947, removed the question from its
igcnda. The problem was immediately submitted
3y the United States of America to the General
Assembly at its second regular session under the
:itle '"Threats to the political independence and
:erritorial integrity of Greece". On 21 October
1947. after prolonged debate, the General Assem-
Dly adopted, by 40 votes to 6, with 11 abstentions,
resolution 109"^ (II), = the terms of which were
similar in many respects to the proposals con-
tained in the report of the Security Council's Com-
mission of Investigation.^ This resolution estab-
lished the United Nations Special Committee on
the Balkans to assist Greece on the one hand, and
A.lbania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia on the other, to
ichieve a peaceful solution of their disputes and to
sbserve their compliance with the recommenda-
tions of the General Assembly.
•2. In accordance with its mandate the Special
Committee reported^ to the General Assembly
which, at the first part of its third regular session
held in Paris, again debated the question of Greece
it great length. On 27 November 1948, by 47
votes to 6, with no abstentions, the General As-
sembly adopted resolution 193 (III) A,^ which
maintained the Special Committee in being with
its functions of conciliation and observation, con-
firming in more explicit terms the substance of the
resolution of 1947 and supplementing it by the
introduction of new elements.
3. In 1947 the General Assembly had limited
itself, in the preface of its resolution, to noting that
the Commission of Investigation had found "by a
majority vote" that Albania, Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia had given assistance and support to the
guerrillas fighting against the Greek Government."
In 1948. however, the General Assembly was more
' For report of the Commission of Investigation, see S/-
360 ; for summary of Security Council proceedings, see
A/366, pp. 24-32.
' For the texts of resolutions adopted during the second
and third regular sessions of the General Assembly on 21
October 1947. 10 November 1948 and 27 November 1948,
see annex 1 to the present report. [EDITOR'S NOTE :
For references to annex 1. see the following : resolution 109
( II) , adopted Oct. 21, 1947, see Bxtlletin of Oct. 26, 1947,
p. 823; Resolution Establishing a Conciliation Committee,
adopted on Nov. 10. 1048, see BtTX-LEnx of Dec. 5, 1948,
p. 698; re.solution 193 (III) parts A, B, and C, adopted
on Nov. 27, 1948, see Bulletin of Dec. 5, 1948, p. 697, and
Bti-LETiN of Dec. 12, 1948, p. 722.]
' See S/360, pp. 248-251.
*A/o74, A/644, A/692.
"Annex 1. res. 193 (III) A.
'Ibid., res. 109 (II). par. 3.
September 19, 1949
explicit. It noted the unanimous conclusions of
the Special Committee that the Greek guerrillas
had "continued to receive aid and assistance on a
large scale from Albania, Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia, with the knowledge of the Governments of
those countries"' ; that the guerrillas in the frontier
zones had "been largely dependent on external sup-
ply", had "frequently moved at will in territory
across the frontier for tactical reasons" and had
"frequently retired safely into the territory of
Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia when the Greek
Army exerted great pressure".^ The General As-
sembly noted further the Special Committee's con-
clusion that the continued aid given by Albania,
Bulgaria and Yugoslavia "endangers peace in the
Balkans and is inconsistent with the purposes and
principles of the Charter of the United Nations".*
4. Similarly, while in 1947 the General Assem-
bly had simply called upon "Albania, Bulgaria and
Yugoslavia to do nothing which would furnish aid
and assistance to the said guerrillas" " the injunc-
tion was made more positive in November 1948
when Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia were
called upon "to cease forthwith rendering any
assistance or support in any form to the guerrillas
in fighting against the Greek Government, includ-
ing the use of their territories as a base for the
preparation or launching of armed action"."
5. In 1948, Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia
were called upon "to co-operate with Greece in
the settlement of their dispute by peaceful means"
in accordance with the original recommendations
of 1947. These recommendations were:
" ( 1 ) That they establish normal diplomatic and
good neighbourly relations among themselves as
soon as possible;
"(2) That they establish frontier conventions
providing for effective machinery for the regula-
tion and control of their common frontiers and for
the pacific settlement of frontier incidents and
disputes,
"(3) That they co-operate in the settlement of
the problems arising out of the presence of refu-
gees in the four States concerned through volun-
tary repatriation wherever possible and that they
take effective measures to prevent the participa-
tion of such refugees in political or military
activity ;
"(4) That they study the practicability of con-
cluding agreements for the voluntary transfer of
minorities." "
6. In addition to calling upon the three Govern-
ments concerned to cease rendering aid to the
guerrillas, the General Assembly reconmiended
' Annex 1, res. 193 (III) A, par. 2.
' Ihid., par. 5.
' Ihid., res. 109 (II), par. 4.
'"Ibid., res. 193 (III) A, par. 6.
"Ibid., res. 109 (II), par. 5.
411
"to all Members of the United Nations and to all
other States that their Governments refrain from
any action designed to assist directly or through
any other Government any armed group fighting
against the Greek Government".^^
7. The Special Committee was not only main-
tained in being with the functions of conciliation
and observation conferred upon it by the resolu-
tion of 1947, but express authorization was also
given to continue to utilize the observation
groups ^^ which had been established by the Spe-
cial Committee early in 1948 to enable it to carry
out its task of observing and reporting on the
response of Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia to
the injunction of the General Assembly not to
furnish aid to the Greek guerrillas."
8. Furthermore, the Special Committee was
authorized, in assisting the Governments of Al-
bania, Bulgaria, Greece and Yugoslavia to imple-
ment the two resolutions,^'' to appoint at its dis-
cretion and "utilize the services and good offices of
one or more persons whether or not members of the
Special Committee".^"
9. The General Assembly, on 27 November 1948,
adopted unanimoiisly two further resolutions con-
cerning the Greek question but these did not men-
tion the Special Committee. The first not only
recommended to Albania and Bulgaria on the one
hand 'and Greece on the other' the resumption of
diplomatic relations and to all four Governments
concerned the renewal or drafting of frontier con-
ventions and the settlement of the refugee prob-
lem, but also i-equested that they inform the Secre-
tary-General at the end of six months on the ful-
filment of these recommendations.^'
10. The second resolution recommended the
repatriation, through the medium of national and
international Eed Cross organizations, "of Greek
children at present away from their homes, when
the children, their father or mother, or in his or
her absence, their closest relative, express a wish to
that effect".^^ This resolution originated from the
anxiety expressed by the Special Committee in its
report concerning the removal of a large number
of Greek children from Greece to other countries,
a fact which is considered a serious obstacle to the
re-establishment of good neighbourly relations be-
tween Greece and her northern neighbours.^'
"/Me?., res. 193 (III) A, par. 9.
" See annex 3 for a brief survey of the Special Commit-
tee's organization of the observation group system.
"Annex 1, res. 109 (II) and 193 (III) A, par. 10.
^'Ibid., res. 109 (II) and 193 (III) A.
"Ibid., res. 193 (III) A, par. 10.
"Ibid., B; see also A/C.l/358/Corr. 1. The reports
submitted by the Governments of Albania, Bulgaria, Greece
and Yugoslavia to the Secretary-General have been re-
produced as A/AC.16/737, A/AC.16/7S0, A/AC.16/741 and
A/AC.16/75S respectively.
"Annex 1, res. 193 (III) C.
"A/574, pars. 121-122.
412
B. ORGANIZATION OF THE WORK
OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE
11. The Special Committee's work has now con-
tinued without interruption since November 1947.
During that period the Special Committee has
consisted of representatives of Australia, Brazil,
China, France, Mexico, the Netherlands, Pakistan,
the United Kingdom and the United States of
America.
12. The Special Committee regrets that the Gov-
ernments of Poland and the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics have not, as yet, appointed rep-
resentatives to the seats held open for them. On
11 January 1949, the Special Committee requested
the Secretary-General to invite the attention of
those Governments to the fact that, since the Spe-
cial Committee had been continued in being with
the functions conferred on it by resolution 109
(II), seats were still held open for their repre-
sentatives, and expressed its hope that those Gov-
ernments would see fit to participate in the work
of the Special Committee.-"
13. On 2 February 1949, the Permanent Repre-
sentative of the Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics to the United Nations informed the Secretary-
General that the attitude of his Government on
this question had already been stated by its rep-
resentative to the General Assembly.-^ No re-
sponse from the Government of Poland was re-
ceived. At the first part of the third regular
session of the General Assembly in Paris, both
Governments had repeated their point of view of
the previous year that the Special Committee was
"illegal"." However, copies of all Special Com-
mittee documents have been transmitted regularly
to the two Governments.-'
14. In order to fulfil its two functions of con-
ciliation and observation, the Special Committee
established two Sub-Committees, the first to deal
with the work of tlie observation groups," the
second to handle political questions.-^
15. Before drafting the present report, the Spe-
cial Committee decided to make a detailed inspec-
tion of the frontier areas.^'' Accordingly, in May
1949, three ad hoc committees, each comiJosed of
three delegations, toured the frontier areas of
Greece facing Albania, Yugoslavia and Bulgaria
respectively, and presented preliminary surveys
at a meeting of the Special Committee held on 23
May 1949 in Salonika, the headquarters of the
'■° A/AC.16/W.78 ; A/AC.16/SR.133, pp. 5-6 ; see par. 9 of
res. 109 (II).
^ A/AC.16/597 ; see A/A0.16/SC.l/Min.43.
" See Official Records of the third session of the
General Assembly, Part I, Plenary Meetings, pp. JM-95
and p. 121.
■' In addition, the Special Committee has provided the
Governments of Albania, Bulgaria, Greece and Yugoslavia
with all unrestricted documents.
" For details of the observation group system, see
annex 3.
'°A/AC.16/555; A/AC.16/SR.134.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/62 ; A/AC.16/SC.l/Min.62.
Department of Stale Bulletin
g^:
- observirion ZT'^ar' sr^teirL^
^h^
Id. On 13" April li^i;
■farmed t
- ;al meniter? or vi.r".C":L5 aeie-
i»c iiiade frequent visits lo Salc'Vt ini
on grocp bases.
~cec:il Conunittee
' lijkz it h.id de-
ry reas«3cs and in
.: under
- h-id au-
7 ^ its
;__ — __ --. re-
rovide the neces-
-i-. til'-" -tiTT-
leco- ; :ede
1. lor p-;
report ■: -
The Srec:i- l
pangripi: 11 c:
ihoritT t"j dec: i
task and accijr^__;._ .
quested the Secretarv-G-
arv facilities.^ Cfe o ^^-:.. ^
General replied regrettins- chat
to the C::::iniitTee"i ^ - - ' _
lory la-ir: \r- rr : ~ _ 'I : -
eral A^f ~ x.tjt for
the ni-:~: .._;._^ :. „_:_.^_ze nraTel
of an V United Nations organ away from its regular
head^^uarters.^
IT. Consequently, the Special C«Dinittee re-
mained in A _- " ,_ ;
as regards : -
of the attituae "
Chapter II. C— fgiHory Role of the United
Nations Special C*«iniitte« oa the Balkans
A. *TTrRJD€S OF THE
BULGARIA. G
OF Ai_BA>UA.
I. I-..:,-
-?- The Soecial Connnittee Tia.g alwaTs reeoff-
Ali ^
Special C'
ing thr~e
secrliniT ::
imirtee in l^S ^ prevented its asssc-
- -- -------- :-•- '^Tiee^^ fiT^
-s^. the
AiOama. B.i-g-jjria ±na Yii^isiavia to co-op^erate,
and upjn Greece to concinne to -■----.^---^ ^th
the Commitiee in carrrin^ oat i: r
- A ACae. SBJ.5T: A ACjeTtL
^Aeiki !.-«.: : A AC-16, &®:A.'AC16 S."«:
A/AC J-? SKIJ^' . Saj.50.
= A A
- Its ::ir. ^ :
: the General As-
a represenranve
cial Committee i
its observation j
and eixressed the hope that they
representatives to the Spec:" ' ~
capacity of liaison o^cers.^
vi V -
Conmi: '
Xc :
Gc. ._: -: - ^ - -- -.-
eo- "■? f'P^cijie i'
2£. i: ■ - - - - _•_
and T': .
tee as I _
the Spe
nity fc:
ne3ion~.__ -.,„-_:
bv the S€crecarv-&-
Ihe Greek Government's
tier-
_- tries of
-_ .cmmitted
"WM."mei" ' - - ''z
investisatioiu ' -s:Lz:7-r,
United Nations . _--_-•_,- _-^ — _, _ ; , :_i j^ t_:cy
were able within Greek territorv. a tvpicai series
'A A'_-t-.
'AA
«-T.T A
150 A AL
5<?e A o - - . ■
r. 6T
Ses'e-t;- 79, T949
--J, see A -
413
garian territory and that a Bulgarian frontier
guard had been wounded by fire from Greek ter-
ritory.^ Two of these incidents had been the
subjects of unsuccessful meetings between Bulgar-
ian and Greek officers which had produced recrim-
ination on both sides.
25. The Special Committee accepted the ob-
servers' recommendation that a meeting be held,
in the presence of observers, between Bulgarian
and Greek frontier authorities in order to clarify
the facts. However, its proposal to the Bulgarian
Minister of Foreign Affairs for such a meeting
brought no result.^'' On numerous other occasions
observation groups attempted in vain to attend
meetings held between Greek and Bulgarian and
between Greek and Yugoslav frontier authorities
concerning alleged frontier violations. Neverthe-
less, the Governments of Albania, Bulgaria and
Yugoslavia continued to submit to the Secretary-
General complaints of violations of their borders
by Greece.
B. EFFORTS OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE
TO ASSIST THE FOUR GOVERNMENTS CONCERNED
IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE GENERAL
ASSEMBLY'S RECOMMENDATIONS
1. The 'problem of normal diplom^atic and good
neighbourly relations between Greece on the one
hand and Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia on
the other
(a) Effect of the Conciliation Committee on the
work of the Special Committee
26. During the first part of the third regular
session of the General Assembly the First Com-
mittee attempted to establish direct contact be-
tween the Governments of Albania, Bulgaria,
Greece and Yugoslavia. To this end the First
Committee, on 10 November 1948, unanimously
approved a resolution asking the President of the
General Assembly, the Secretary-General and the
Chairman and Rapporteur of the First Committee
to act in the capacity of conciliators jointly and "to
explore", at meetings in Paris with the representa-
tives of the four Governments concerned, "the
possibilities of reaching agreement amongst them-
selves as to the methods and procedure to be
adopted with a view to resolving present differ-
ences between them".*" The Conciliation Commit-
"'See A/AC.16/483: A/AC.16/484: A/AC.16/510; A/-
AC.16/530; A/AC.16/543; A/AC.16/562 and A/AC.16/-
SC.l/OG.4/15, OG.4/7, annex B, and OG.4/17/S-1 ;
00.4/18.
^ A/AC.16/557 ; A/AC.16/SR.135 ; A/AC.16/SC.1/-
Min.88, p. 7. See also A/574, pars. 40-51; A/644, pars.
7-10 ; A/692, pars. 4 and 10, for examples of similar unsuc-
cessful efforts by the Special Committee to secure coopera-
tion from Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia in 1948.
"A/C.1/380.
tee " continued its efforts during the second part
of the session of the General Assembly at Lake
Success in April 1949.
27. In order to avoid prejudicing the efforts of
the Conciliation Committee, the Special Commit-
tee suspended its conciliatoi-y role.''- For similar .
reasons, the SiJecial Committee did not exercise its ;
discretion mider paragraph 10 (c) of resolution'
193 (III) A " of the General Assembly to appoint
and utilize the good offices of one or more indi-
viduals since, in its view, the Conciliation Com- '<
mittee was in fact exei'cising such functions.
28. On 19 May 1949, when the close of the third j
regular session of the General Assembly had ter- i
minated the Conciliation Committee, the Chair- i
man announced that, subject to one point only, full \
accord had been reached at Paris in December 1948 \
on a draft agreement establishing procedures for ;
resolving the differences between Greece and her !
three northern neighbours : ',
"Full accord was reached for the renewal of '
diplomatic relations, for the revision or making of
frontier conventions in order to prevent frontier
incidents and for the establishment of joint fron-
tier commissions to act as conciliatory bodies in the
event of disputes arising from incidents at the
border." **
29. The one point of disagi-eement had been
"the demand by Albania that Greece should for-
mally {de jure) recognize the existing boundaries
between the two countries as definitive. This
specific demand *^ was not acceded to by the Greek
Government". Consequently, the draft agreement
had been amended at New York to make it "rea-
sonably plain that there would be an acceptance by
both Albania and Greece of the existing bound-
aries".*"
30. The President of the General Assembly
pointed out that, although the Greek Government
" The Conciliation Committee consisted of its chairman,
Mr. Evatt (Australia), President of the General Assem-
bly ; Trygve Lie, Secretary-General ; Paul-Henri Spaak (in
Paris) ; Fernand van Langenhove (in New Yorlc) both
of Belgium and Chairman of the First Committee at the
first and second parts of the session respectively and Selim
Sarper (Turkey), rapporteur of that Committee.
*^ For Special Committee consideration of its conciliatory
role in connexion with the work of the Conciliatory Com-
mittee, see the following : A/AC.16/SB.129, p. 1 ; A/AC.16/
SR.130. pp. 1^; A/AC.16/SR.131, pp. 1-2; A/AC.16/
SR.136, p. 1; also A/AC.16/SC.2/Min. 39, pp. 2-3: Min.
44, pp. 6-7 ; A/AC.16/SC.2/PV.44. pp. 4-8 : A/AC.16/SC.2/
PV.45, pp. 2-4. The Special Committee requested informa-
tion concerning the work of the Conciliation Committee on
13 May 1949; see A/AC.16/SR.156, p. 5; A/AC.16/690.
See also A/AC.16/SR.137, A/AC.16/SC.2/Min. 40, A/
AC.16/563, A/AC.16/565.
" See annex 1.
" See annex 5 for texts of the chairman's statement and
the draft agreement.
*' Involving for Greece, renunciation of her claim to
Northern Epirus. For fuller discussion of the Northern
Epirus problem, see pars. 39 and 47 below.
*^ See annex 5.
414
Department of State Bulletin
rhad accepted the new formula in substance.*" there
'had been, in spite of ample time, no reply from
Albania, upon whose acceptance depended, in his
opinion, that of Bulgaria and Yugoslavia. He
concluded by declaring that having regard to "the
very close approximation to full agreement which
has already been reached, an early attempt to com-
plete its (the Conciliation Committee's) work
might well be successful".**
31. The Special Committee, resuming its active
conciliatory role, on 27 May 1949 addressed com-
munications to the Governments of Albania, Bul-
garia and Yugoslavia, as well as Greece, calling
their attention in particular to "the recommenda-
tions contained in the General Assembly's resolu-
tion of 21 October 1947, which were renewed in
two of the resolutions adopted by the General
Assembly on 27 November 194S. for the establish-
ment of normal diplomatic relations and the re-
newal of conventions for the settlement of frontier
questions or the conclusion of new ones between
the Government of Greece and the Governments of
Albania. Bulgaria and Yugoslavia, as well as the
settlement of the question of refugees".*^ The let-
ters also referred to the statement of the President
of the General Assembly, dated 19 May 1949, that
the Governments of those countries had under con-
sideration the draft agreement prepared by the
Conciliation Committee. The Special Committee
reminded them that its good offices continued to
be available to assist in the implementation of the
resolutions of the General Assembly. Copies of
the letters were sent to the Governments of Po-
land and the Union of Soviet Socialist Eepublics.
32. The Government of Greece has replied, re-
ferring to its report to the Secretary-General
concerning resolution 193 (HI) B for an explana-
tion of its point of view.^ While the Governments
of Albania. Bulgaria and Yugoslavia have not
replied directly, their reports to the Secretary-
General in June and July 1949 do constitute, in
effect, indirect replies to the Special Committee.^^
33. Since the Government of Albania had not
yet made any statement on the draft agreement
submitted by the Conciliation Committee, the Spe-
cial Committee on 19 July 1949 requested the
Secretary-General to inquire by any means he con-
sidered appropriate what reply the Government
of Albania intended to make."
(b) Some general factors in the problem
34. Although the Special Committee appre-
ciated that the function of the Conciliation Com-
'^ See annex 5 for text of statement and draft agree-
ment. See also par. 39 below.
" See annex 5.
"A/AC.16/716 and annexes A-E; A/AC.16/SR. 15S,
pp. 1-2 ; A/AC.16A12.
" A/AC.16/741. See reports of the Government of
Greece to the Secretary-General, A/AC.16/61S and A/
AC.16A22.
" See A/AC.16/737 ; A/AC.16A58 and A/AC.16/780
respectively.
" A/AC.16/SR. 16.5 : see also par. 30 above.
mittee had been confined to studying "possibilities
for an agreement between the four Governments
concerned on the methods and the procedure to
be pursued for solving their present differences","
it studied with care the draft agreement and
official statements of the Governments in the hope
of finding indications that some of the basic ob-
stacles to good neighbourly relations had been re-
moved in the course of the numerous meetings of
the Conciliation Committee."
35. In its report of 30 June 1948 to the Gen-
eral Assembly, the Special Committee noted cer-
tain basic issues between Greece and her three
northern neighbours, many of which have been of
long duration.^' More recently, it has taken note
of certain recent developments in the Macedonian
question. Radio broadcasts, newspapers and
statements of public officials in Bulgaria and
Yugoslavia have continued to support conflicting
claims for the detaclunent of '"Greek" or "Aegean
Macedonia from Greece and for the establishinent
of a unified Macedonia in some form or another.^
The Special Committee also noted the statement of
the Slavo-Macedonian National Liberation Front
(NOF) of 3 February 1949. favouring the "union
of Macedonia" as an "independent and equal
Macedonian State" within "the confederation of
democratic Balkan peoples".^"
36. The radio. Press and public statements of
officials of Albania. Bulgaria and Yugoslavia have
remained generally hostile towards the Govern-
ment of Greece. If the Greek Press has not in
return been as restrained as genuine goodwill
would have indicated, the assistance from Albania,
Bulgaria and Yugoslavia, especially Albania and
Bulgaria, to the guerrillas in fighting against the
Greek Government has hardly been calculated to
foster goodwill.^* The mutually unfriendly Press
constitutes one of the factors militating against the
resimiption of good neighbourly relations.
(c) Attitude of the Government of Greece
37. On several occasions during 1949 the Gov-
*■ A/C.1/3S0.
** The Special Committee, in its 1948 reports, called
attention to the gravity of the situation : A/574, pars. 63-
65 : A/644, pars. 7-8.
" For a brief survey, see A/574, pars. 66-68, SO-Sl.
*■ The United Nations Commission of Investigation con-
cerning Greek Frontier Incidents was unable to clarify the
attitude of the Governments of Bulgaria and Yugoslavia
as to the problem of a "unified Macedonia" during March-
AprU 1947. See S/AC.4/PV.70. pp. 1-10: S/AC.4/-
146, S/AC.4/174. S/AC.4/175, S/AC.4/192, S/AC.4/191
For recent statements see that of Premier Dimitrov, 18
December 194S, IV. Free Bulgaria. 1 (1 January 1949),
pp. .3-11, part VI, and For a Lasting Peace, for a People's
Democracy. No. 2S (1 January 1949) ; Vice-Premier Moshe
Pijade. Borba. 6 March 1949 : Premier Lazar Kulishevsky,
10 April 1949, A/AC.16/662, annex 1, pp. 1-4 ; V. Poptomov,
"Political Provocateurs," For a Lasting Peace, for a
People's Democracy, No. 12 (39), 15 June 1949.
" On 2S March 1949. the Second NOF Congress reaffirmed
the "right" of the "Slavo-Macedonian" i)eople of Greek
Macedonia to decide as to their state existence.
" See A/AC.16/W.90 ; A/AC.16/W.92.
Sepismber 79, 7949
415
ernment of Greece has stated its willingness to
resume diplomatic relations with Albania and Bul-
garia and its "readiness for the re-establishment
of normal relations with its northern neigh-
bours".^^ It has also said that "Greece has . . .
attempted to settle all differences with her neigh-
bours in the spirit of the Charter and of the
resolution of the General Assembly, asking only
that they (the northern neighbours) make a sim-
ilar effort and display a similar goodwill".*"'
38. The essential condition, in the Greek Gov-
ernment's opinion, for resumption of normal rela-
tions with Albania still remains the cessation of
aid to Greek guerrillas from Albania," and ob-
servance of , the obligation under international law
to disarm guerrillas seeking refuge in Albania and
to take the necessary measures to prevent such
refugees from resuming guerrilla activities in
Greece."-
39. The Greek Government also maintains its
claim to Northern Epirus. However, it has stated
that the settlement of the claim rests with the
Council of Foreign Ministers and that Greece does
not seek to alter her frontiers "contrary to the
principles and aims of the United Nations Char-
ter". The Greek Foreign Minister, in December
1948, declared that "Greece's lawful claims to her
rights do not prevent the restoration of peaceful
neighbourly relations with Albania, as this claim
had not prevented such relations in the past".^^
Acceptance by the Gi'eek Government of the final
draft agreement with only one slight change^*
appeared to the Chairman of the Conciliation
Committee to show a conciliatory spirit and offer
prospects of settling the boundary dispute."'^
40. The Special Committee's earlier reports
have recorded the willingness of the Government
of Greece, officially expressed in 1948, to resume
diplomatic relations with the Government of Bul-
"' A/AC.16/722 ; A/AC.16/618. Similar declarations had
been made in 1948 (A/.')74, par. 70), but in September
1948, the Special Committee had found no evidence of real
progre.ss toward better relations. (For a survey of the
position up to 22 October 1948, see A/574, pars. 64-81 ;
A/644, pars. 12-19 ; A/692, pars. 7-10) . In fact, it became
convinced that the continuation of large-scale assistance
to the guerrillas constituted "an insurmountable obstacle
to the establishment of good neighbourly relations between
Greece and her northern neighbours" (A/644, pars. 62-64).
" Letter dated 11 May 1949 to the Conciliation Commit-
tee, A/AC.16/712.
"A/644, par. 12. For a general survey of relations be-
tween Albania and Greece up to 22 October 1948 see A/574,
pars. 64, 67, 79-81 ; A/644, pars. 12-13 ; and A/692, pars.
7-:8.
°^ See pars. 44-49 below and compare A/692, par. 30.
" Press communique of the Foreign Minister of Greece,
16 December 1948, Oreck Government Secretariat of State
for Press and Information, Daily News Bulletin, Third
Year, No. 743, p. 2.
"' See annex 5, text of the draft agreement, par. 4, for
this change.
" See also A/AC.16/712. Among concessions made by
the Greek Government to find common ground was the
elimination of the original draft proposal for neutral chair-
men of the proposed mixed frontier commissions.
416
garia.*"^ The Government of Greece, however, ha^
that the Government of
Bulgaria
demanded
should :
(i) "Ensure that the Greek guerrillas receiv^
710 assistance from Bulgarian territory ;
(ii) "Undertake to carry out the peace treatj
of 10 February 1947 ;
(iii) "Simultaneously undertake" with the
Greek Government "to respect the frontiers estab-]
lished by the peace treaty".^'
It also demands assurances from the Govern-i
ment of Bulgaria that the Greek children in Bui-!
garia will be repatriated.'
41. The Government of Greece considers that
there is no question outstanding between Yugo-|
slavia and Greece that could not be settledj
amicably.
(d) Attitude of the Goverrunent of Albania
42. In August 1948, the Government of Albania
.stated its willingness to resume diplomatic rela-i
tions with the Government of Greece on the follow-
ing conditions : '^^
(i) The renunciation by Greece of the claim j
to Northern Epirus ;
(ii) The cessation of Greece's "provocative and]
aggressive attitude and criminal and lawless acts '
against the People's Eepublic of Albania".^
43. From the time of the first part of the thirdj
regular session of the General Assembly in Paris|
up to 8 May 1949, the Government of Albania has
reported "160 acts of armed provocation at the
frontier by air, land and sea".'^ The lack of con-
tact between the Albanian and Greek authorities
along the whole length of the frontier has rendered
any joint investigation impossible. In addition,
the Special Committee, in the absence of any co-
operation from Albania, has not been able itself
or through its observation groups to investigate
these allegations on Albanian territory. Opera-
tions by the Greek Army against guerrillas fight-
ing on the frontier and escaping into Albania have
in fact occasioned frequent border incidents and
™ For a general survey of the relations between Greece
and Bulgaria up to 22 October 1948, see A/574, pars.
69-77; A/644, pars. 1.5-18; A/692, par. 9. Similar state-
ments have been made in 1949 (see A/AC.16/722). Nego-
tiations in 1948 brought no positive result. For the failure
of the last d&marche of the Greek Government before the
establishment of the Conciliation Committee, see A/092,
par. 9 ; A/574, par. 72 ; A/644, par. 17.
°' A/644, par. 18.
"See ch. IV, pars. 131-136 below and ch. Ill, pars.
120-123.
'"This statement to the Secretary-General is the latest
available to the Special Committee (A/644, par. 13).
™ For f urtlier discussion of Northern Epirus problem,
see pars. 29 and 39 above and 47 below.
" A/644, par. 13. Cf. the Government of .Mliania's com-
munication to the Secretary-General concerning res. 193
(III) B, A/AC.16/737.
" A/AC.16/737 ; see A/AC.16/W.91 for a list of alleged
border violations of the Albanian-Greek frontier brought
to the attention of the Special Committee.
Department of State Bulletin
linor violations of Albanian territory by Greek
ones, thus tending to exacerbate frontier rela-
ions.
44. In order to minimise such friction, the Spe-
iul Committee, on 12 August 1948, recommended
o the Governments of Albania, Bulgaria and
fugoslavia the disarmament and internment of
Jreek guerrillas entering their territories." The
epresentative of Albania told the First Commit-
ee of the General Assembly on 29 October 1948
hat his Government had "never permitted nor
\o(dd ever pei-mit refugees of Greek nationality
o return to Greece with the knowledge of the Al-
)anian Government for the purpose of taking part
n the civil war in Greece".'* The evidence ob-
ained by the Special Committee has indicated,
lowever, that large numbers of guerrillas have
)een allowed to return to fight in Greece."^
45. Tlie Special Committee cannot accept the
'lew of the Government of Albania, expressed in
ts report of 7 June 1949 to the Secretary-General
loncerning resolution 193 (III) B of the General
Assembly, "that it has always carefully observed
he fulfihnent of international obligations" and
hat the responsibility for the abnormal situation
ies with the Government of Greece.'" If Albania
lontinues to aid the Greek guerrillas " and to
ef use co-operation with it, the Special Committee
las little hope of assisting in the establishment of
lormal diplomatic and good neiglibourly relations
jetween the Governments of Albania and Greece.
[e) Attitude of the Government of Bulgaria
46. In its earlier reports the Special Committee
las described the conditions upon which the Gov-
srnment of Bulgaria has stated that it would be
villing to resume diplomatic relations with the
jovernment of Greece. These conditions are that
he Government of Greece should :
(i) Ken ounce its territorial aims against Bul-
(ii) End the "violations of the Bulgarian fron-
tier and the war-mongering campaign carried on
n Greece against the Bulgarian people"."
47. In the first place, certain frontier rectifica-
;ions demanded by the Government of Greece at
;he close of the Second World War were not made
3y the Treaty of Peace of 1947 with Bulgaria.
5ince then, both Bulgaria and Greece have insisted
)n the necessity of recognizing the frontier exist-
ing between them as established by the Treaty, but
?ach Government has disputed the other's willing-
"A/G44, par. 7.
^'Official Records of the Third Session of the General
issemhly. Part I, First Committee, p. 335.
" Ch. ill, par. 84 below. Cf. A/692, par. 30.
"" A/AC.16/737.
"See General Assembly res. 100 (II) and 193 (III) ;
reports of the Special Committee, A/574, A/644, A/692;
ind ch. Ill below.
" A/574, par. 72 ; A/644, par. 17
ness to do so.'" In addition, the Government of
Bulgaria, in its report to the Secretary-General of
28 June 1949 concerning resolution 193 (III) B,
introduced a new factor when it ascribed the fail-
ure of the Conciliation Committee to the refusal
of Greece to recognize the existing Albanian-Greek
frontier as final.*' The Draft Agreement prepared
by the Conciliation Committee and "accepted in
substance"*"^ by Greece was intended to resolve
both boundary questions by providing for simul-
taneous recognition of existing frontiers. The
Special Committee has also noted that propaganda
in Bulgaria has continued to support that country's
old claim to Western Thrace with its outlet to the
Aegean Sea.*-
48. Constant friction along parts of the Bul-
garian-Greek frontier has resulted in frequent
complaints to the Secretary-General by both Bul-
garia and Greece of violations of their territory.
A sliarp increase in Bulgarian complaints coin-
cided with the operations of the Greek Army in
Ajjril and May 1949 again.st guerrilla positions in
the Angistron-Krasokhori and Ali Butus frontier
areas.**-' Strong attacks against those positions,
near or astride the border, from which escape
routes into Bulgaria were open, led to frontier
incidents when Greek Army fire fell on Bulgarian
territory.^*
49. The evidence obtained by the Special Com-
mittee has in no way supported the statement made
by the Bulgarian representative to the First Com-
mittee of the General Assembly on 28 October 1948
that the Bulgarian authorities had always dis-
armed and interned guerrillas entering Bulgarian
territory and jn-evented them from taking political
or military action, in the manner recommended by
the Special Committee in its resolution of 12 Au-
gust 194-8.*** Nor has it indicated any disposition
to cease rendering assistance to the guerrillas fight-
ing against the Greek Government.'*"
.^lO. In short, the evidence ^' does not sustain
the Bulgarian Government's view that Greece is
"alone responsible for the abnormal situation in
tlie Balkans".*"' On account of the lack of co-op-
"See A/AC.16/612; A/AC.16/619 ; A/AC.16/712 ;
A/AC.lfi/722; A/AC.16/780.
* A/AC.16/780.
" See annex 5.
'=See A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.6/18, witnesses 6/W/129, 130,
131, 133; OG.6/32, 6/W/243, concerning the existence in
Bulgaria of a Government sponsored "Thrace Organiza-
tion," composed of Bulgarians who emigrated from Greek
or Turkish Thrace, wliose purpose is to unite all Thrace
under the Bulgarian flag. Also see A/574, par. 67.
" See A/AC.16/W.91.
" See ch. Ill, par. 92 below. The one instance in which
an observation group saw Greek Army units move 1,000
metres into Bulgaria in pursuit of tighting guerrillas was,
curiously, not the subject of a Bulgarian comiilaint.
*° A/C.1/SR.175, p. 11. For a similar recent assertion
by the Bulgarian Government, see its communication to
the Secretary-Gener.ll of 13 .July 1949, A/AC.16/787.
" See ch. Ill, par. 102 below.
" See also ch. Ill, pars. 91-102 below.
" A/AC.16/612.
September 19, J 949
417
eration by Bulgaria, the Special Committee has
not been able to assist Bulgaria and Greece to
re-establish diplomatic relations. It considers that
their resumption would not be sufficient to normal-
ize existing relations so long as Bulgaria continues
to aid the Greek guerrillas.
(/) Attitude of the Government of Yugoslavia
51. The Special Committee has been imable so
far to assist in developing the official diplomatic
relations between Greece and Yugoslavia into
"good neighbourly" relations.*^ There have been
recently, however, some signs of possible improve-
ment in the relations between the two countries.
52. Although hostile statements by public offi-
cials of Yugoslavia have continued up to this date,
as well as mutual charges of frontier provocations
by Greece and Yugoslavia, the Special Committee
has received during 1949 less evidence of assist-
ance by Yugoslavia to the Greek guerrillas. Since
a close connexion has existed between aid to the
Greek guerrillas and the incidents of alleged fron-
tier violations resulting from Greek Army opera-
tions against guerrillas close to the border, the
Special Committee looks forward to a diminution,
or possibly the cessation, of frontier incidents,
especially in view of the announced closing of the
Greek- Yugoslav border on 10 July 1949.®" Again,
the transfer of the "Free Greece" radio station
from Yugoslavia to Romania has removed a
serious ground for complaint and oifers further
hope for improved relations between Greece and
Yugoslavia.®^
S. Problem of Frontier Conventions ®^
53. Previously operative frontier conventions
regulating border incidents between Greece and
her three northern neighbours ®^ in the inter-war
period have been rendered ineffective by the
present disturbed conditions.®* Nevertheless,
meetings concerning frontier incidents have been
held on occasion in 1948 and 1949 between the
frontier authorities of Greece and those of Bul-
garia and Yugoslavia. There has been, however,
a complete absence of frontier relations between
Albania and Greece.
™ For the Special Committee's opinion on those relations
in 104S, see A/574, par. 78; see also par. 66.
°° See A/AC.16/771, extract from speech of Marshal Tito
at Pola on 10 July 1949.
" In its first report to the General Assembly, the Special
Committee found that the "Free Greece" radio was located
In Yugoslavia (A/574, par. 116). For report on present
location in Romania, see A/AC.16/772 and ch. Ill, par.
105 below.
"- See annex 1, res. 109 (II), par. 5 (2) for Special Com-
mittee's mandate concerning frontier conventions.
" Greek-Bulgarian Frontier Convention of 1931 (A/-
AC.16/114, annex A) , Greek-Yugoslav Treaty of Com-
merce and Navigation of 1927, annex containing Agree-
ment of Frontier Traffic (A/AC.16/114, annex B) and
Greek-Albanian Treaty of Commerce and Navigation of
1926, Additional Protocol concerning frontier traffic.
" See A/574, pars. 82-86, A/644, pars. 20-22, for views
expressed by the Special Committee in previous reports on
the problem of frontier conventions.
54. Tlie meeting between Bulgarian and Greet
frontier authorities have taken place in spite Oi
disagreement as to whether the Frontier Con-
vention of 1931 is in force.®^ The Bulgarian
frontier authorities have always refused i:)ermis-
sion to the United Nations observation groups to
attend such meetings.®^
55. Although diplomatic relations exist between
Greece and Yugoslavia, meetings have not reg-
ularly taken place even concerning serious frontier
incidents.®' Sometimes strong charges have been
made by both sides without any joint investigation
or meeting taking place on the spot.®' The more
usual practice has been to employ diplomatic
chamiels. However, at four jjoints along the
Greek- Yugoslav frontier, posts located opposite
each other are permanently occupied by both
Greek and Yugoslav authorities ®® and offer oppor-
tunities for contact.
Chapter III. External Support of the Greek
Guerrilla Movement'
A. GENERAL
56. All the information obtained by the Special
Committee since the date of its last report and its
experience during the past eighteen months indi-
cate that Albania and Bulgaria have continued to
" The Greek Government considers the convention in
force; the Bulgarian Government does not. The latter
also considers the convention no longer answers existing
needs but has stated its willingness to negotiate a new one
(A/574, par. 83 and A/692, par. 11; A/AC.16/246, A/-
AC.16/722 ; see also terms of Conciliation Committee's
draft agreement, annex 5).
" Meetings liave been frequently difficult to arrange be-
cause at only one point on the border are there manned
Greek and Bulgarian frontier posts opposite each other.
See for example A/AC.16/SC.l/OG.6/^6, incident of 10
February 1949, and OG.4/22, OG.4/23 and OG.4/24 con-
cerning vain effort to make contact at Frontier Post No.
128. For example of meetings, see OG.6/24, OG.6/25,
OG.6/26. OG.6/27, OG.6/28. OG.6/32. For observation
group comment on effectiveness of meetings, see OG.4/30/-
S-2. For examples of meetings, see OG.6/30 (6/W/175)
and A/AC.16/721 ; OG.3/31 (3/W/2.^2.253) and A/AC.16/-
698, A/AC.16/717, A/AC.16/720 ; OG.4/31.
" For examples of meetings, see the important Koutsou-
bei incident. A/AC.16/SC.l/06.3/15/S-l/Concl. and
OG.3/16/Concl. and the minor incident of Niki on 28
April 1949 of straying animals, OG.5/14, 5/W/15S. For
occasions when Greek requests for meetings were refused,
see case of alleged border violations at Frontier Post No.
60, A/AC.16/695 and OG.5/10, and at Koula, OG.5/14.
"' See incident of Skocivir on 80 May 1049 involving
alleged killing of three Yugoslavs by Greek planes (A/-
AC.16/726, A/AC.16/728, A/AC.16/740 and A/AC.16/758)
and contradictory Greek and Yugoslav charges concerning
28 .June 1949 Skra incident involving killing of a Greek
soldier near the frontier (A/AC.16/753, A/AC.16/758,
A/AC.16/776, A/AC.16/777 and OG.3/33). These inci-
dents were referred to in the Yugoslav Government's re-
port to the Secretary-General concerning resolution 193
(III) B (A/AC.16/758).
" Niki, Paraskevi, Evzonoi, Doiran.
^ Attention is called to the maps in annex 6 which show
the terrain and all the localities and routes mentioned in
this chapter.
418
Department of Slate Bulletin
- it the Greek guerrilla movement : and, further,
.hat the support given by Albania is vital to the
' ontinuance of the Greek guerrilla movement since
11 the main guerrilla concentrations are found on
he Albanian frontier. From the evidence avail-
ible to it. the Special Committee believes that aid
from Yugoslavia has diminished.
?. Charges by Greece against Albania. Bulgaria
jnd Tugoslaina and Charges by Albania, Bulgaria
■md Yugoslavia against Greece
57. The main charge made by the Government
of Greece against Albania. Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia ^as that they, particularly Albania and
Bulgaria, were increasing their systematic aid to
the Greek guerrillas.^ Moreover the Greek liaison
representative has continued to submit to the Spe-
cial Committee commimications alleging frontier
violations by those countries.
58. The Governments of Albania. Bulgaria and
Yugoslavia, although still refusing to co-operate
in any way with the Special Committee, have con-
tinued to submit to the Secretary-General com-
munications alleging violations of the frontier by
the Greek armed forces. The Secretary-General
transmitted these communications to the Special
Committee for information.^ They had been
given publicity through United Nations channels
before the Special Committee itself had had the
opportunity to investigate the charges or consider
their merits.
i. Xature of the evidence
59. The Special Committee has been seriously
handicapped in its task by the refusal of the
Governments of Albania, Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia to permit it or its observers to enter their
territories to investigate charges, and by the fact
that the Albanian. Btdgarian and Yugoslav au-
thorities have not availed themselves of the oppor-
ttmity to present witnesses for interrogation. The
result has been to circtunscribe the information
available to the Special Committee.
60. The Special Committee has obtained infor-
mation from a variety of sources, especially :
(a) Direct observation carried out by the ob-
servation groups and members of the Special
Committee :*
(b) The testimony of witnesses interrogated
by the observation groups or by the Special Com-
mittee:
(c) Various objects, such as captured war ma-
terial, examined by the observation groups and
the Special Committee;
= See especially A./ACS6/746 : A'ACJ.6A63: A/-
AC.16 770.
' For full detaUs of the communications relating to
frontier violations, all of which were referred to the ap-
propriate observation sroups by the Special Conunirtee,
see A AC.16 TV.91.
* See A AC.16 711 for reports of the ad hoc committees
established to conduct surveys of conditions on the north-
ern frontiers of Greece.
(d) The text of numerous official statements,
monitored radio broadcasts and newspaper
articles.^
61. The testimony of 1.105 witnesses is recorded
in 101 reports submitted by the observation groups
and covering the period 15 October 19iS to 30
Jime 1&49. In the present report, owing to the
very large number of witnesses, reference has
been made only to representative or especially
significant witnesses.
62. Most witnesses have been Greek nationals,
but testimony has also been taken from refugees
and nationals of Albania. Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia. Witnesses have usually been presented by
the Greek Liaison Service and many have been
previously interrogated by Greek authorities. Of
the capttired or surrendered guerrillas examined
by the Special Committee's oBservation groups, a
number have been under detention pending further
investigation bv Greek authorities, but very many
have been at liberty.
63. In view of the importance of information
from witnesses, the Special Committee established
a standardized procedure for their interrosation.*
64. The Special Committee has taken into ac-
count all the circimistances under which the testi-
mony of witnesses has been obtained and is firmly
of the opinion that the statements recorded in
observation group reports in accordance with the
standardized procedure faithfully reproduce the
facts as described by the witnesses. Nevertheless.
no single statement has been used by the Special
Committee as a conclusive basis for any of its find-
ings. The Special Committee has subjected the
evidence of witnesses to close analysis and has
careftilly cros-checked statements made on the
same subject by witnesses examined independently
of each other. From consideration of the cumtila'-
tive evidence in the statements of witnesses, from
direct observation which corroborates this evidence
and from the other types of information referred
to in paragraph 60, the Special Committee has been
able to reach its conclusions.**
■3. Acknowledgment by the Greek Guerrillas of
Foreign Support
65. It is significant that the leaders of the Greek
guerrillas themselves have publicly acknowledged
that assistance from outside Greece has been es-
sential to the continuance of their struggle. On
15 November 1&4S. Mr. Porphyrogennis. "Minister
of Justice" in the "Provisional Democratic Gxiv-
erimaent of Greece", wrote in the Cominfonn Jour-
nal that "Greek guerrillas were supported by the
freedom-loving peoples of the world headed by our
great friend and defender, by the land of socisdism,
the Soviet Union"."
= See A AC16 W.90: A/ACJ^6/W.92.
' For the text of this procedure, see annes 4.
'•See A ACae SC.l/53/revX
■For a Lasting Peace, for a People's Democracy. Bu-
charest. >o. 22 (25) 13 November 1&4S ; see A/ACa6/W50,
p. 17, par. VI.
September 19, J 949
419
66. At a meeting of the "National Movement
for Aid to the Greek people" held on 23 December
1948 in Bucharest to celebrate the first anniver-
sary of the "Provisional Democratic Government
of Greece", at which members of the Komanian
Government were present, Mr. Grozos, member of
the Central Committee of the Greek Communist
Party, stated: "The aid given by the democratic
peoples to the fight of the Greek people will never
be forgotten".^
67. The report of the Fifth Plenum of the Greek
Communist Party (30 to 31 January 1949) , stated :
"All democratic forces of the world whose soli-
darity is an important factor for our struggle
stand at our side ... In the popular democracies
we found great and wholehearted support without
which we could not have made progress." ®
68. Mr. Zachariades, Secretary-General of the
Greek Communist Party, told the second congress
of the Slav-Macedonian National Liberation
Front (NOF), held in "Free Greece" from 25 to
28 March 1949: "All the democratic powers are
with us and their moral and material support in
our struggle is plain".'"
B. NATURE OF THL SUPPORT
Albania
1. Moral support
69. There have been continuous broadcasts and
articles in the Albanian Press in support of the
Greek guerrilla movement. The Special Commit-
tee has also received information concerning visits
by Albanian officials to camps for Greek guerrillas
in Albania " and the continued activities of the
"Aid Committees" on behalf of the Greek guerril-
las, which have included the compulsory collec-
tion of money, food and clothing.'^
2. Material assistance
(a) Introduction
70. Since the spring of 1949 more than half the
guerrilla strength in Greece has been based on the
Albanian border in the Vitsi, Grammos and Po-
goniani areas. These mountainous regions are not
self-sufficient and on the Greek side of the border
are devoid of roads from north to south. An
important road in Albania, however, runs from
Korce to Leskovik, roughly parallel and close to
the border, and affords excellent north-south lat-
eral communication. Minor roads and mule tracks
' A/AC.16/W.90, p. 10.
" A/AC.16/W.90, p. 18 ; A/AC.16/573.
" A/AC.16/645.
" For a description of a visit to Sukth camp, Albania,
during the latter part of December 1948 see A/AC.16/-
SC.l/OG.]y34, l/W/391; OG.2/34, 2/W/420.
"A/574, pars. 105, 112 and 113. See especially A/-
AC.16/654; A/AC.lO/SC.l/OG.1/25, l/W/314 and 317;
OG.1/27, 1/W/32G and 327.
branching from this road make access to these,
areas from Albania comparatively easy. All the •
evidence obtained by the Special Committee indi-
cates that the whole strategy of the guerrillas in
the Albanian-Greek border area has been based on
the unrestricted use of this main lateral road
through Albania ; " and that, with the use of Al-
banian trucks and drivers, the guerrillas have been
able to bring up supplies from Albania and to by-
pass Greek Army units." In particular, evidence
indicates that, in January 1949, Albania permitted
the guerrillas to reconstruct a bridge on the main '
route from Bilishte into the Vitsi area ; ^^ and that,
on 1 April 1949, sixteen large guns were towed
from Albania into Greece along this route."' On
13 May 1949, the guerrillas bombarded Fiorina
from Vitsi with more and bigger guns than they
had previously used."
(b) Tactical use of territory
71. On 1 April 1949, the guerrillas launched a
major attack in the Grammos area. Three main
groups, all of which came from the Vitsi area, took
part. One of the groups did not leave Greek terri-
tory. The other two groups, however, estimated
at a total of over two thousand strong, entered
Albanian territory in the Bilishte area and pro-
ceeded southward, for the most part by truck. One
group re-entered Greece near Slimnitsa and the
other furtlier south at points between Khionadhes
and Mt. Kamenik. These two groups, by this use
of Albanian territory, were able to attack the
flanks of the Greek Army. The movement of these
large forces was assisted by Albanian border per-
sonnel and, in the opinion of the Special Commit-
tee, could have been carried out only with the
consent of the Albanian Government.'*
72. United Nations observers and witnesses
have repeatedly seen Greek guerillas passing back
and forth across the border with complete freedom
and making use of Albanian territory for tactical
purposes. In the Mt. Alevitsa area, where guer-
" See map, annex 6. The principal routes between
Albania and Greece used by the guerrillas are: A, the
main road Korce-Leskovik ; B, the main road from
Korce via Cerje, thence between Lakes Prespa and
Mikra Prespa-Laimos-Kariai-Trigonon, or alternatively
across Lake Mikra Prespa to Mikrolirani ; C, the main
road from Korce via Bilishte to Kroustalopiyi-Katokhori
and Pishodherion, and the branch road from Bilishte to
Ayios Dhimitrios and leropiyi ; D, the main link road from
Korce via Dardha-Bozhigrad and Bilishte; E, a newly
constructed road from Bozhigrad via Qyteze to Videhove
and thence across the frontier ; P, three mule paths over
the Kazahit Pass, the Pushes Pass and the Badra Pass;
G, a track over Kruqit Pass-Slimnitsa-Monopilon ; H, the
road from Argyrokastron leading to the Pogoniani area.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/31/S-1 and ()G.l/32.
"' A/AC.lO/SC.l/OG.2/32, 2/W/407.
"A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/32, 2/W/404.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/15.
" For evidence regarding this whole operation see A/-
AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/31/S-1 ; OG.1/32, and Special Com-
mittee's conclusions thereon.
420
Department of State Bulletin
rilla positions straddle the border," United Na-
tions observers saw, on various occasions, an
anti-tank gun, mortars, and machine guns firing
from Albania into Greece.^" On 6 July 1949,
United Nations observers flying over Greek terri-
tory in an observation aircraft bearing United
Nations markings were fired on from gun posi-
tions clearly located in Albania.^^
(c) Supplies
73. The areas occupied by the guerrilla forces
along the Albanian-Greek frontier are for the most
part uncultivated and deserted." Yet large num-
bers of guerrillas have been maintained m these
areas. The inference that their supplies must have
come from Albania is sustained not only by ample
evidence from witnesses ^ but also by the results
of direct observation by United Nations observers
of certain routes leading into Greece. All the routes
referred to in paragraph 70 above have been freely
and continuously used. The heaviest traffic was on
routes leading into the Vitsi area and was, in the
opinion of the Special Committee, far in excess of
that required to supply the local population on the
Albanian side of the border.
74. Observation from the ground of the exact
points of crossing the border was impossible be-
cause of the terrain. However, on the nights of 13
and 14 April 1949, United Nations observers saw,
from Mt. Alevitsa, lights of motor vehicles moving
in the Bilishte area of Albania towards Greece.-^
On 30 April 1949, the observers saw lights of
motor vehicles moving from Albania towards
Greece on the Bilishte-Kapestice-Ayios Dhimitrios
route. -^ Again, on five occasions during the first
half of June 1949, the observers saw, from Mt.
Flatsata, vehicle lights moving on the Albanian
roads leading from Bilishte to Bozhigrad and from
Bilishte towards Kroustalopiyi.-^ On numerous
occasions between 15 and 30 June 1949, obser-
vation of similar traffic was made from the
ground." Finally, on the nights of 26 and 30
June and 6 July 1949, United Nations observers
saw, from the air, the lights of truck convoys cross-
ing from Albania into Greece on the Bilishte-
Kroustalopiyi road, and established beyond ques-
tion that guerrillas in the Vitsi area were being
maintained from Albania.-'
75. Witnesses have described the transfer of
supplies to guerrilla units in the border regions
and the kind of supplies received by the guerrillas
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/37/S-2.
=° A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/31, OG.2/33 and OG.2/3o.
=■ A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/37/S-1.
""A/AC.ie/Tll, part I.
"For evidence relating to 1 to 2 Julv 1949, see A/-
AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/37, 2/W/439.
''A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/31.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/33.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/35.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/36.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/36 ; OG.2/37 ; OG.2/37/S-1.
Sepfember 19, 1949
854238 — 19 3
from Albania, including food, clothing, timber,
tools, field and anti-aircraft artillery, mortars,
machine guns, rifles, mines and ammunition.-^
(d) Return of Greek guerrillas after hospitali-
zation
76. The Special Committee has received abun-
dant evidence that Albania has maintained a high-
ly organized system for the return to Greece of
guerrillas after hospitalization.^" A large number
of the guerrillas who were captured or who sur-
rendered on Greek territory had been hospitalized
in Albania and gave evidence of their experience
there.^^ From that evidence it is clear that the
main hospital centre for seriously wounded cases
is Korce. Here, in February 1949, a medical board
was in operation which certified the fitness of
guerrillas for further field service.^- Other hos-
pitals are located at Elbasan ^^ and Moskliopolis.^*
Special surgery, eye tests and X-ray examinations
are provided at Tirana.^^
77. AVounded guerrillas evacuated from Greece
were usually met and guided away from the fron-
tier zone by Albanian soldiers. They were then
transferred to trucks, often driven by uniformed
Albanian soldiers, and taken to hospitals. The
internal security of these centres was maintained
by guerrillas, the external security usually by
Albanian soldiers. Guerrillas when recovered
were generally sent to the main convalescent deiDot
and rest camp at Sukth. From Sukth the guerril-
las, again transported and escorted by Albanian
soldiers, were sent back to fight in Greece.^''
(e) Camps for guerrillas
78. In addition to hospital and convalescent
facilities, Albania maintained large camps for
Greeks at Skodra, Sukth and Burrelli, and smaller
^See especially A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/26, l/W/319;
OG.1/28, l/W/328 ; OG.1/32. l/W/372 ; OG.1/33, l/W/379,
382 ; OG.1/34, l/W/394 ; OG.1/35, l/W/398, 400 ; OG.2/24,
2/W/345 ; OG.2/26, 2/\V/361 ; OG.2/29, 2/W/372 : OG.2/30,
2/W/383 ; OG.2/31, 2/W/393, 400 ; OG.5/17, 5/W/175 and
176. On 26 Ma.v 1949, in the Grammes area, the Greek
Army ambushed a guerrilla column, capturing 104 mule-
loads of military stores. With these stores was a receipt
for food which had evidently been made out in Albania.
Two witnesses captured at the same time stated that the
supplies had been loaded in Albania. ( A/AC.16/SC.1/-
OG.2/34, 2/W/425, 426).
^ Most of the evidence on which the Special Committee
has based its views on this matter has been given by guer-
rillas who, after treatment outside Greece, have been cap-
tured or have surrendered on Greek soil.
=' See especially A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/36, 2/W/433, 436,
437; OG.5/17, 5/nVl 72, 17.5 ; OG.1/33, 1/W/3S0.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/32, l/W/373 ; OG.5/17, 5/W/172 ;
OG.1/33, exhibit 1.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/35, l/W/401 ; OG.2/22, 2/W/315 ;
OG.2/24, 2/W/330 ; OG.2/33, 2/VV/414.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/7, 5/W/46 ; OG.5/10, 5/W/84.
» A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/23, 2/W/328 ; OG.2/33, 2/W/417 ;
OG.5/8, 5/W/49.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/22, 2/W31S ; OG.2/30, 2/W/381
and 383 ; OG.2/33, 2/W/417 ; OG.2/36, 2/\V/433 ; OG.5/9,
5/W/64.
421
camps at Prens, Elbasan and Fier. The camps,
guarded by Albanian gendarmes, were used as
transit and training centres for guerrillas, as
permanent centres for non-combatants who had
been evacuated from Greece, as clearing centres
for children en route to other countries, and some-
times as detention camps for Greeks forcibly
evacuated from Greece and hostile to the guerrilla
cause. The following examples have been taken
from the very large number of statements of wit-
nesses giving detailed evidence of this system.
79. The camp at Skodra, a former Italian bar-
racks, was a centre for women, children and civil-
ians and also a military camp for guerrillas.
Estimates by witnesses as to the number of people
there ran as high as 3,500."
80. Military training courses were established
at the camp at Sukth, beginning with fifty students
in November 19-i8 and increasing to more than
600 by February 1949. One witness stated that
this training was given both by Albanian and by
guerrilla officers.^
81. At the beginning of March 1949, there were
about 1,000 persons at the camp of Burrelli. Mr.
Stringos, a member of the "Provisional Demo-
cratic Government of Greece" visited this camp
at the end of February 1949.^^
82. At the camp at Prens there were Greek fam-
ilies, forcibly removed by the guerrillas from the
Grammos area, living in a former barracks. Two
witnesses who had been in the camp stated that in
it there were some 3,000 civilians and wounded
guerrillas.^" The camp at Elbasan, in a former
Italian barracks, is a collecting centre and rein-
forcement deiDot.''^ One witness testified that at
the camp at Fier, in December 1948, he had seen
some 400 Greek children who were being taken in
a 30-truck convoy to Czechoslovakia.^^
83. It is particularly noteworthy that the num-
bers in the various Albanian camps decrease just
before any major military operation by the Greek
guerrillas. For instance, in March 1949, accoi'd-
ing to testimony, large numbers of guerrillas were
transported from various Albanian camps, partic-
ularly from Skodra, to the Greek frontier to take
part in spring operations.*^
(f) RecruitTnent of guerrillas
84. Evidence was given by a number of wit-
nesses that the Albanian authorities actively as-
sisted the guerrillas to recruit Greeks in Albania.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/32, l/W/370 ; OG.2/25, 2/W/354 ;
OG.2/32, 2/W/-t05 ; OG.2/36, 2/W/436 ; OG.5/14, 5/W/140,
152.
'^ A/A0.16/SC.1/OG.1/32, l/W/363; OG.1/33, 1/W/3S0;
OG.1/35, l/W/402: OG.5/12, 5/W/llO; OG.fi/16, 5/\V/ies.
™ A/A0.16/SC.1/OG.1/34, l/W/394 ; OG.2/32, 2/W/403 ;
OG.5/14, 5/W/151.
"A/AC.lG/SC.l/OG.5/12, 5/W/98; OG.5/14, 5/W/127;
OG.1/30, l/W/344.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/17, 5/W/172, 179 ; OG.2/34, 2/W/-
420, 424.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/33, 2/W/416; ch. IV, par. 135,
footnote 54.
In March 1949 the Albanian police had lists of
those who were to be conscripted, and enforced
compliance with the order for their recruitment.
Eeci'uiting meetings were held, particularly in
March and April 1949, in several Albanian towns
by guerrilla and Albanian officers. Albanian
newspapers carried an order for all Greek refu-
gees, including the Chams, to enroll and fight with
the guerrillas. In the region of Delvine the re-
cruiting order applied to men between 15 and 40
years of age and women between 15 and 25 years
of age. One witness, a Cham who attempted to
avoid conscription, was arrested by the Albanian
police, turned over to the guerrillas and taken to
Greece where he was trained and armed to fight.**
(g) Summary
85. To recapitulate, the Special Committee ob-
tained evidence that Albania has furnished the
guerrillas with war materials of great quantity and
diversity, has returned guerrillas to fight after
hospitalization, has assisted in recruiting Greeks
in Albania to swell the guerrilla ranks; has per-
mitted the guerrillas to build in Albania and
within sight of Albanian guard posts, positions
from which they have fired on Greek troops; has
allowed them to use her territory for tactical pur-
poses and, on one occasion, for strategic purposes
in a large-scale operation against the Greek
Army.*'*
Bulgaria
1. Moral support
86. Bulgaria also has openly proclaimed its en-
couragement of the guerrilla movement. For in-
stance, on 14 February 1949, Tnid., the organ of the
Bulgarian Workers (communist) Party, wished
the Greek guerrillas "still greater success in the
struggle for democratic Greece", declaring that
"their cause is the cause of all Balkan peoples".**
87. At the beginning of March 1949, Mrs.
Zigouleka, member of the Bulgarian Parliament,
at the Congress of the Panhellenic Democratic
Union of Women, held "somewhere in Free
Greece", speaking in the name of the Central Com-
mittee of the Bulgarian Communist Party, stated :
"I wish to tell you that we support you and shall
continue to support you morally and politically".*'
88. Again, on 16 March 1949, Mr. Kolarov,
Foreign Minister of Bulgaria, publicly declared:
"We must admit the truth of one accusation,
namely, that the Bulgarian people desire to see the
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/14, 5/W/121, 137, 138, 140, 145.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/29, l/W/331 ; OG.1/33, l/W/377,
383, 385; OG.1/34, l/W/394, 396; OG.5/14, 5/W/149;
OG.5/16, 5/W/166 ; OG.5/17, 5/W/174, 176, 177 ; A/AC.16/
WS9 ; A/AM.16/715, annex 1.
« A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/31/S-1 ; OG.1/32.
" A/AC.16/W.90, pp. 5-6.
" "Free Greece" Radio, 8 March 1949 ; Budapest Radio,
9 Marcli 1949, and Bulgarian broadcast, 28 April 1949.
422
Department of State Bulletin
Greek people free and independent. The Bulgar-
ian people are e.\tendin<j; moral support to the
GrecK peoi)lc for the realization of this goal. . . .
If this wish of ours is a sin, we gladly plead
guilty".^^
89. Moreover, on 25 March 1949, according to a
witness," a member of the Bulgarian Government
stated to Greeks in the camp at Berkovitsa :
"All the democratic countries are by your side
and will sacrifice everything to help you and to
send you back victoriously to your homes . . .". ^"
90. "Aid Committees" have continued to work
in Bulgaria on behalf of the Greek guerilla move-
ment. There have been reports as to the sale of
stamps and coupons on which were printed pic-
tures of a Greek guerrilla, and such words as
''Help for the Greek guerrillas". Propaganda
posters were also displayed. Shops were required
to give one day's profit and to collect sales taxes,
travel taxes were levied on journeys between vil-
lages, and collections were made at schools and
from house to house. In some cases the collections
were alleged to be for Greek refugees. Often the
mayors of Bulgarian villages and towns served as
chairmen of the "Aid Committees". °^
2. M^iTEKIAL ASSISTANCE
(a) Introduction
91. A large part of the Bulgarian-Greek border
runs along the top of mountain ranges which slope
gradually into Bulgaria but steeply into Greece.
Communications on the Bulgarian side of the
frontier are easy, whereas those on the Greek side
are difficult. This difference in terrain has been
exploited by the guerrillas with the permission and
assistance of Bulgaria. The guerrillas have con-
structed positions on the border and have used
Bulgarian territory for passing from one area
within Greece to another.
(b) Tactical use of territory
92. In early May 1949, the Greek Army launched
an attack against the guen-illas in the Ali Butus
area. United Nations obsei'vers saw the course of
the attack at close range. The Gi'eek Army, as it
advanced along the frontier, was pinned down by
"IV, Free Bulgaria, 7—1 April 19-19, pp. 101, 102,
A/AC.16/W.90, p. C. See also A/AC.10/545.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/26, annex A, 4/W/294.
" For visits of other Bulgarian officials to camps and for
propaganda in support of guerrilla movement, see wit-
nesses 3/W/189, A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/28; 4/W/241,
OG.4/23 ; 4/^V/271, ()G.4/24 ; 4/W/348, OG.4/28 ; 4/W/205,
OG.4/19 ; 5/W/115, OG.5/13 ; 6/W/174, OG.6/30.
" A/AC.16/471 ; see 4/W/291, A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/25 ;
4/W/290, OG.4/26; 4/W/314, OG,4/27; 4/W/352, 353,
OG.4/28; 6/W/174, OG.6/30; see also Bulgarian radio
broadcast 07.00 hours, 28 April 1949.
fire coming from guerrilla positions within Bul-
garia. A ft or suffering casualties, the Greek Army
made a thinking move of about 1,000 metres into
Bulgaria and neutralized the guerrilla positions.
Ob.scrvers found that the guerrilla positions ran
astride the border and then turned into Bulgaria
to a depth of 500 meters; that the guerrillas had
living quarters within Bulgaria; that they had
been supplied with ample munitions including gre-
nades with Bulgarian markings; and that tele-
Shone wires ran from the guerrilla positions into
ulgaria.^-
93. The testimony of witnesses showed that
later in May 1949, a force of some 700 guerrillas
crossed and re-crossed the frontier during a march
eastwards from the Haidu area to attack Metaxa-
dhes and after the failure of the attack, withdrew
into Bulgarian territory.''^ Guerrillas have con-
stantly marched through Bulgarian territory when
moving between the Evros and the Belles areas
and have often spoken to the Bulgarian frontier
guards. ^^ Guerrilla forces have several times
withdrawn into Bulgaria under pressure from the
Greek Army, with the knowledge of the local Bid-
garian authorities.^'^ United Nations observers
reported that, on 15 June 1949, they had watched
a party of guerrillas withdraw into Bulgaria near
a manned Bulgarian frontier post when pressed
by the Greek Army.''''
(c) Supplies
94. All the evidence indicates that large quanti-
ties of military stores have been supplied to the
guerrillas by Bulgaria and that the forwarding of
sujiplies has been highly organized. Supplies were
brought to central depots in the frontier zone with-
in Bulgaria by train and truck. One large depot
north of Ali Butus was operated by guerrilla per-
sonnel, comprised of one section dealing with
small arms and anununition, a second with food,
and a third with artillery and shells." Another
depot supplied the headquarters of a large guer-
rilla force north of Drama.^*
95. From such depots, supplies were taken to
the border, usually in the charge of Bulgarian
soldiers, and turned over to the guerrillas. An
effort was made to check the stores in order to
prevent those with Bulgarian markings from en-
tering Greece.^'* The main points of deliverj^ into
Greece have been at Krasokhori, in the east Belles
region, in Haidu and in the vicinity of Sarpidho-
'' A/AC.1G/SC.1/OG.4/27/S-1.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.6/31.
"See especially A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, 3/W/221;
OG.3/32, 3/W/201; OG.4/18, 4/W/186; OG.4/21, 4/W/-
215; cf. OG.4/25, 4/W/289; OG.4/26, 4/W/297.
"' A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/29, 3/W/217; OG.6/29, 6/W/-
170.
•» A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/30/S-1.
■" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/24, 4/W/271.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/2.5, 3/W/160.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/19, 4/W/204.
September 19, J 949
423
nia. All along the frontier, however, supplies of
food, arms and ammunition have been delivered to
the guerrillas at convenient points.""
96. For many months the guerrillas maintained
one of their main centres of resistance in the Angi-
stron-Krasokhori area, until it was eliminated by
operations of the Greek Army in March 1949. The
village of Krasokhori is on the border, and there
was constant communication between it and the
Bulgarian village of Lehovo." Supplies came by
train to Marikostenovo, then by truck to Katun-
tsi, where there was a large storehouse. From
here deliveries were made by night to the guerrillas
in Krasokhori by convoys of mules with Bulgarian
soldiers in charge."- Wlien the guerrillas were
firmly in possession of this area, Bulgarian trucks
crossed the border into Greece to deliver supplies
of arms, ammunition and food to Angistron."^
United Nations observers, on the night of 4 March
1949, saw from Mt. Terbelar truck traffic approach-
ing Angistron from Bulgaria."''
97. Members of the Special Committee who
visited this area in May 1949 were convinced that
supplies could have reached the guerrillas there
only from Bulgaria, since the Greek side of the
guerrilla perimeter was closely controlled by the
Greek Army."^
(d) Return of Greek gu&rrillas after
hospitalization
98. Many witnesses testified to the existence in
Bulgaria of a highly organized system for return-
ing guerrillas to fight after hospitalization.
Wounded guerrillas were evacuated from Greece
to first aid or clearing stations near the border.""
They were then transferred by truck, train, and
sometimes by plane, to large hospitals at Sofia *^
and at Bankia."* Many of them were sent on to
hospitals at Sinaia and Bucharest in Romania.
99. Convalescent guerrillas were sent to Berko-
vitsa,"** which was used as a staging camp for
returning guerrillas to fight in Greece.'" Espe-
^ A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/32, 3/W/261; OG.4/25, 4/W/-
286, 293; OG.4/28, 4/W/351 ; OG.4/29, 4/W/356; 0G.6/-
31, 6/W/194 ; OG.6/32, 6/W/240.
'" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/17 ; 4/W/175.
"= A/AC.lG/SC.l/OG.4/20, 4/W/211.
"A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/22, 4/W/222 ; OG.4/24, 4/W/-
275 ; OG.3/2.5, 3/W/160 ; OG.3/33, 3/W/264.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/23.
" A/AC.16/711.
"' Nevrokop, A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, 3/W/224, 250;
Marikostenovo, A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, 3/W/231 ; OG.3/31,
3/W/251; Ortakioi, OG.6/32, 6/W/241 ; Tchekalarova,
OG.4/28, 4/W/350 ; Rodozem, OG.4/28, 4/W/351 ; Koli Bar-
dje.sme, OG.6/30, 6/W/175; Loftsa, OG.4/20, 4/W/211;
Petritch, OG.3/30, 3/W/223, OG.3/32, 3/W/261.
•' A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/14, 5/W/135.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, 3/W/224.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/35, 2/W/429 ; OG.3/25, 3/W/160
OG.3/30, 3/W/222.
'°A/AC.16/SC.l/OG.2/35, 2/W/429 ; OG.3/25, 3/W/160
OG.3/27, 8/W/169, 177; OG.3/30. 3/W/235; OG.3/32, 3/
W/260; OG.4/22, 4/W/224; OG.4/23, 4/W/256, 266
OG.4/25, 4/W/287 ; OG.4/27, 4/W/309, 315, 316 ; OG.5/15,
5/W/159 ; OG.6/29, 6/W/167 ; OG.6/11, 6/W/1S8, 194, 220,
cially noteworthy was the large number of guer-
rillas who were returned from hospitals in Bul-
garia or Romania through Yugoslavia to the Ko-
rona salient." Evidence of the participation of
the Government of Bulgaria in the movement of
guerrillas is found in the highly co-ordinated use
of trucks and trains for their transportation."
(e) Camps for guerrillas
100. The Greek guerrillas continue to use the
camp at Berkovitsa as the principal centre in Bul-
garia for mustering, equipping and training their
forces." Evidence shows that, in March 1949,
there were over 2,000 Greeks there, mostly of
military age, as persons over fifty or otherwise
unsuitable for military service had been segregated
since June 1948 in a camp at Byelogradchick.'*
The Berkovitsa organization has steadily supplied
very considerable reinforcements to the guerrillas
in Greece, particularly in the Haidu, Krasokhori
and Korona areas. For example, evidence indi-
cates that between mid-March and mid- April 1949
at least 750 guerrillas were returned to Greece
from this camp. There is also ample evidence to
show that these military movements have been
carried out with the knowledge and active assist-
ance of the Bulgarian authorities."*
(f) Recruitment of guerrillas
101. There is evidence that the Bulgarian au-
thorities have given every assistance in the recruit-
ment of Greeks in Bulgaria for the guerrilla
forces. Several groups of Greeks living in the
Petritch-Svetivrats area in Bulgaria were com-
pelled to join the guerrilla ranks between Febru-
ary and April 1949.'" Furthermore, many chil-
dren, some as young as fourteen, previously re-
moved by the Greek guerrillas from Greece to
Bulgaria, have been sent as recruits to the guerrilla
forces in Greece."
(g) Summary
102. To recapitulate, the Special Committee has
obtained evidence that Bulgaria has furnished the
guerrillas with great quantities of military sup-
plies, allowed them use of its territory for tactical
purposes, maintained camps for them and returned
" See especially A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/27, 3/W/170, 172,
182; OG.3/28, 3/W/209; and, for Komania, pars. 116-119
below.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/24, 4/W/270, 271 ; A/AC.16/S0.1/-
OG.4/25, 4AV/290.
" A/AC.16/SC,l/OG.4/27, 4/W/312, 327 ; OG.4/28, 4/W/-
348 ; OG.5/14, 5/W/135.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, 3/W/227, 232 ; OG.3/32, 3/W/-
258; OG.4/25, 4/W/294; OG.6/30, 6/W/179; OG.6/31,
6/W/221.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/28, 3/W/188; OG.3/30, 3/W/226;
OG.4/25, 4/W/284; OG.4/27, 4/W/324, 327; OG.6/31, 6/-
W/180, 181, 182, 183, 223.
™ A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/28, 3/W/194; OG.3/29, 3/W/218;
OG.4/25, 4/W/295 ; OG.4/27, 4/W/314, 322.
" See par. 122 below.
424
Department of State Bulletin
them to fight after hospitalization. It has also
civen assistance in recruitment for the guerrilla
forces.
Yugoslavia
1. Moral support
103. There have been many statements in the
Yugoslav Press and in radio broadcasts from
Yugoslavia indicating moral support of the Greek
guerrilla movement. For example, on 20 March
1949, Borha, the official organ of the Yugoslav
Communist Party, in an article which was also
broadcast during the "week of solidarity with the
fighting Greek people"', stated that "in this coun-
try that week will pass in a spirit of solidarity on
the part of our people with the struggle of the
Greek people who have revolted against the Athens
regime and against the monarcho-fascists main-
taining power with the aid of foreign intervention
and terror"."
104. Mr. Kulishevsky, Premier of the People's
Republic of Yugoslav Macedonia, stated on 10
April 1949. during the third congress of the Yugo-
slav Popular Front :
'"Our attitude as regards the fight of our people
in Aegean Macedonia and the struggle of the
Greek people in general has not been changed by
the Cominform's decision. Our greatest sympa-
thies are with the heroic Greek people and with
the Macedonian people who are still engaged in
their fight and they will continue to have our moral
support as they have had it until now." ™
105. The Special Committee has noted, how-
ever, a recent change in the situation. On 6 July
1949, the "Free Greece" radio, which had some
time before July 1949 been transferred from the
vicinity of Belgrade to that of Bucharest,*" ac-
cused Yugoslavia of permitting tactical use of
Yugoslav territory in the Kaimakchalan area by
the Greek Army in operations against the Greek
guerrillas and, on 7 July 1949 declared that Yugo-
slavia had ambitions to annex "Aegean" Mace-
donia to Yugoslavia. On 10 July 1949, Marshal
Tito, in an address at Pola, stated that "Demo-
cratic Greece" had fallen "into a trap" in making
these accusations, and that this "treachery" might
have "fatal consequences for the Greek liberation
movement". Mai*shal Tito, at the same time, de-
clared that Yugoslavia must close the Greek-
Yugoslav frontier.*'
" A/AC.16/621.
" A/AC.16/662, annex A, pp. 1-4 ; for other statements
of support, see Vice-Premier Moshe Pijarte In Boria, 6
Marrh 1949, .anrl A/AC.16/59G (Radio Belgrade), 627
(Borba) and 724 (Nova Makedonia — Yugoslav news-
paper) and Radio Belsrade, 29 April 1949, broadcasting
in the Romanian language that Yugoslavia "had always
defended the just cause of the Greek people and had fully
supported it".
"° A/AC.16/772, and par. 117 below.
" A/AC.16/771 ; see also A/AC.16/773 and A/AC.16/-
SC.l/OG.3/34/S-l/rev. 1 and S-2.
Sep/emfaer 19, 1949
106. The Special Committee has received little
evidence concerning the continued activities after
January 1949 of the "Aid Committees" in Yugo-
slavia mentioned in the Special Committee's report
of 1948.82
2. Material ASSISTANCE
(a) Introduction
107. Although the Greek guerrillas have main-
tained concentrations on the Greek- Yugoslav f I'on-
tier, the evidence available to the Special Com-
mittee indicates that material assistance from
Yugoslavia to the Greek guerrillas has diminished.
(b) Tactical use of territory
108. There is no evidence that Greek guerrillas
have used Yugoslav territory for tactical purposes
during important military operations. There is,
however, some evidence that, in the course of minor
operations in the Fiorina area, Greek guerrillas
made use of Yugoslav territory. On 16 February
1949, a small guerrilla group made a surprise at-
tack from Yugoslav territory against a Greek
frontier post.*^ Furthermore, on 17 February
1949, United Nations observers saw guerrillas,
when hard pressed by the Greek Army, retreat into
Yugoslavia."
109. More important, however, was the move-
ment of guerrilla transport and personnel from
Bulgaria through southern Yugoslavia into the
Vitsi area '° and the Korona salient.*" Members
of the Special Committee who visited the Yugo-
slav border on 18 May 1949 formed the opinion
that the configuration of the land and the disposi-
tion of the Greek Army made it impossible for
supplies to have reached this salient except
through Yugoslavia."
(c) Supplies
110. The evidence indicates that three routes
have been used for the transport of supplies from
Yugoslavia to the guerrillas fighting in Greece.
One has been along the east shore of Lake Prespa
to Laimos and thence to the Vitsi area, Ayios Ger-
manos and Plati.'* Along this route, in the region
where the frontiers of Albania, Greece and Yugo-
slavia meet, supplies coming from Albania, and to
a lesser degree from Yugoslavia, have maintained
*^ A/574, par. 110; see, however, witness 5/W/116,
A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/13, annex A, p. 3.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/10.
** A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/10 ; see also witness evidence in
OG.5/14 for incident of 22 April 1949, when a group of 12
or 14 guerrillas crossed the frontier into Yugoslavia, well
within the visual range of three Yugoslav frontier posts:
5/W/153, 154, OG.5/14, annex B, pp. 28 to 30.
'^ A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/26. 4/W/296; OG.5/16, 5/W/159,
167; OG.3/28, 3/W/209, 212; OG.3/27, 3/W/177.
* A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/80, 3/W/221 ; OG.4/24, 4/W/270.
" A/AC.16/711.
"A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/26, 2/W/359; OG.2/31, 2/W/385,
392, 395 ; OG.5/10, 5/W/78 ; OG.5/14, 5/W/129.
425
a considerable guerrilla force in the field in the
Vitsi area/°
111. The second has been across Kaimakchalan,
where mule paths have been used to supply small
groups of guerrillas in the western part of the
Ardhea plain around Loutraki."" Thirdly, sup-
plies and personnel have moved from the Belles
region, in an area where the Bulgarian, Greek and
Yugoslav frontiers meet, to Lithoto and Kavalaris,
and also round the north shore of Lake Doiran to
the Korona salient.'^
112. Before March 1949, supplies of a varied
nature apparently sent through Yugoslavia were
received by the guerrillas. They included motor
vehicles, anti-aircraft guns, machine guns, rifles,
mines, ammunition, food, clothing and timber.^-
Evidence regarding supplies from Yugoslavia
since March 1949 is scanty .^^
(d) Return of Greek guerrillas after hospital-
ization
113. The principal hospital centre for Greek
guerrillas in Yugoslavia was at Katlanska Banya,
near Skoplje,*^ where the building of a spa furn-
ished important hospital facilities."^ During the
latter part of 1948 and early in 1949, guerrillas
treated at this centre were regularly returned to
Greece to light."' More recently, however, the
majority of wounded guerrillas evacuated to
Yugoslavia remained there only a short time be-
fore being sent to Bulgaria or Koumania."' Very
few guerrillas were returned from Yugoslavia di-
rectly to Greece after February 1949, although
some guerrillas were returned through Yugoslavia
after treatment in other countries."*
(e) Cmnps for guerrillas
114. There is some evidence to show that up to
March 1949 there were movements of guerrillas
from Yugoslavia to Greece,"" but that there has
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/22, 4/W/229; OG.5/13, 5/W/115,
119 ; OG.5/14, 5/W/136.
•" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/33, 3/W/363.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/27, 3/W/174, 175, 184; OG.3/28,
3/W/191; OG.4/23, 4/W/252 ; OG.4/24, 4/W/269.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/24, 2/W/341 ; OG.2/26, 2/W/3.'-i9 ;
OG.2/27, 2/W/363; OG.2/28, 2/W/364, 305; OG.5/12,
5/W/104 ; OG.4/22, 4/W/229 ; OG.3/27, 3/W/171 ; 0G.5/-
13, 5/W/115 ; OG.5/14, 5/W/129.
"Except in the area of Korona where up to April 1949
food, clothing and ammunition are reported to have been
received (A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/16, 5/W/171).
" A/AC.16/SC.l/OG.4/31,4/W/372.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/31, 2/W/384, 393 ; OG.2/32, 2/W/-
408; OG.2/35, 2/W/428 ; OG.3/29, 3/W/219; OG.5/14,
5/W/139.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/36, l/W/403 ; OG.2/32, 2/W/408 ;
OG.2/35, 2/W/428 ; OG.5/14, 5/W/136, 157.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/35, 2/W/428 ; OG.3/28, 3/W/213 ;
OG.3/30, 3/W/222 ; OG.3/31, 3/W/242.
"' A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/31, 2/W/395, 399; OQ.2/35, 2/-
W/428.
»• A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/31, 2/W/393 ; OG.3/29, 3/W/219 ;
OG.5/14, 5/W/139 ; OG.5/10, 5/W/78 ; OG.2/31, 2/W/385,
392.
426
been a steady diminution during 1949 in the flow ,
of replacements for the Greek guerrilla forces
from camps in Yugoslavia, particularly from
Bulkes.
(f) Sumimary
115. To recapitulate, the Special Committee
has obtained evidence that aid from Bulgaria to
the guerrillas in the Korona salient has passed
througli Yugoslav territory, along certain fixed
routes. During the Special Committee's survey
of northern Greece in late May 1949, members
who visited the Yugoslav border formed the opin-
ion that aid by Yugoslavia, particularly the use of
her territory by Greek guerrillas, had been lim-
ited.^ Evidence received early in July 1949 indi-
cated that the Yugoslav frontier authorities had
received instructions to close the frontier.^ Since
then, attacks on the Yugoslav regime over the
"Free Greece" radio, public statements by Yugo-
slav officials, and in particular the statement by
Marshal Tito on 10 July 1949 ^ that the Yugoslav
frontier would be closed, have indicated a situa-
tion which the Special Committee is not at present
in a position to evaluate.
C. SUPPORT OF THE GREEK GUERRILLA MOVEMENT
BY ROMANIA '
116. In the light of paragraph 9 on the resolu- ^
tion of the General Assembly of 27 November |
1948 ^ which recommended that all Members of |
the United Nations and all other States "refrain i
from any action designed to assist directly or
through any other government any armed group |
fighting against the Greek Government", the Spe- |
cial Committee has taken note of certain activities ;
in countries other than the northern neighbours ;
of Greece, particularly Romania, in support of the
Greek guerrilla movement.
1. Location of the ^''Free Greece'''' radio station
117. In its first report to the General Assembly,
the Special Committee stated that the "Free
Greece" radio station was located in Yugoslavia
in the vicinity of Belgrade.^ The radio direction
finder tests carried out by the Special Committee
in July 1949 " have conclusively established ' that
this station is now in Romania in the vicinity of
Bucharest. This station continues to incite the
Greek people to rebel against the Govermnent of
Greece.
' A/AC.16/711.
= A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/34/S-2.
' A/AC.16/771.
' See annex 1, res. 193 (III) A.
' A/574, par. 116.
° A/AC.lG/772.
' The radio direction finder tests were conducted under
extremely favourable technical conditions which guaran-
tee the accuracy of the results.
Departmenf of State Bulletin
2. Other sitpport
118. The evidence obtained by the Special Com-
mittee indicates that during the period covered
by this report, Komania has supported the Greek
guerrilla movement in other ways. Much pub-
licity has been given in Romania to the activities
of the ''National Committee for Aid to the Greek
People". Radio Bucharest has frequently an-
nounced details of collections "in aid of the Greek
Democratic Army", and vs'itnesses have given evi-
dence of such activities.*
119. Furthermore, evidence obtained from many
witnesses has indicated that, since November 19-18,
large numbers of wounded Greek guerrillas have
been sent to Romania for treatment in Bucharest,
Sinaia, Kasimovo and Moniassa.^ These guer-
rillas have been systematically sent, after treat-
ment, to Berkovitsa and thence back to the guer-
rilla ranks in Greece. There is also considerable
evidence that Greek children previously removed
from Greece by the Greek guerrillas have been
sent from Romania to Berkovitsa on their way
back to Greece, as recruits for the guerrilla
forces.^" A witness " spoke of supply dumps in
Romania and of one in particular located in a
forest between Ploesti and Campian, from which
weapons captured from the Germans were regii-
larly despatched by rail to the guerrillas.
D. RECRUITMENT OF CHILDREN
TO FIGHT WITH THE GREEK GUERRILLAS"
120. In March 1949, the Special Committee be-
gan to receive reports of the presence of Greek
children in the combat units of the guerrillas.
These children, who for the most part had been
removed from their homes in Greece by the guer-
rillas in 1948 and ta'ken to Albania, Bulgaria and
Yugoslavia, allegedly for humanitarian reasons,
have been compelled by the guerrillas to return to
fight.'^ Since March 1919, the Special Committee
has received overwhelming evidence that the
Greek guerrilla movement is utilizing children
down to fourteen years of age, both boys and girls,
in fighting groups. The following examples have
' See in particular Radio Bucharest on 7, 18, 19 and 20
January and 14 June 1949; A/AC.16/5ol, A/AC.16/559;
witnesses 5/W/51, A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/8, annex A, p. 4 ;
3/W/236, A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, annex C, p. 2; A/AC.
16/W.90.
"See especially A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/27, 3/W/181;
OG.3/28, 3/W/212, 214 ; OG..3/30, 3/W/22.5, 229, 230, 233 ;
OG.3/31, 3/W/247; OG.4/24, 4/W/269; OG.4/27, 4/W/-
345.
" See especially A/AC.16/W.88 ; par. 122 below ; A/AC-
16/SC.1/OG.2/2.5, 2/W/431 ; OG.3/27, 3/W/172 ; OG.3/30,
3/W/227, 230; OG.3/32, 3/W/259; OG.4/26, 4/W/294;
OG.5/17, 5/W/172.
"A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/30, annex C, 3/W/236.
" See eh. IV, pars. 131-136.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/36, 2/W/434, 435; OG.4/27, 4/-
W/325 ; OG.5/12, 5/^7112.
Sepfember J 9, 1949
been taken from the evidence on this subject ob-
tained from witnesses."
1. Albania
121. Greek children in Elbasan, in November
1948, received instruction in military drill before
being sent to Greece on reaching the age of fif-
teen.^^ Here in January 1949, the older children
of a group of 600, aged from five to seventeen,
were being drafted to fighting units, five or ten to
a company.i^ A Greek girl of sixteen, who sur-
rendered on 17 April 1949, had been sent back
from Albania on 15 March 1949 for military train-
ing to Plati in Greece." At the end of March
1949, a general order was issued at Delvine for
the conscription of all Greeks over fifteen.'* On
18 April 1949, the Government of Albania stated
that there were no Greek children in Albania.'^
2. Bulgaria
122. Groups of children have repeatedly been
assembled at Berkovitsa,^" and sent back from
Bulgaria to Greece to train for combat units.-'
Their arrival at guerrilla centres and at training
camps in Greece, at Kallithea, Andartikon, Plati,
Dhipotoma and Khloi, has been repeatedly men-
tioned by witnesses.^- In particular, one boy of
fifteen who was woimded and captured on 24 June
1949 described how, when he arrived at the train-
ing camp of Kallithea on 23 March 1949, he found
about 200 Greek children between the ages of
fourteen and fifteen. They spent six weeks doing
military training before being sent to military
units at Andartikon." Another boy of fifteen
who surrendered in April 1949 told how he had
been taken from Bei'kovitsa on 16 April 1949,
along with thirty other children, to Kliloi for
training."'' Another boy of fourteen, forcibly re-
cruited in Greece in February 1949, was taken to
Berkovitsa, from where he was conducted in a
convoy by Bulgarian soldiers to the Yugoslav bor-
der and thence to the Prespa area in Greece. He
was wounded and captured on 15 May 1949.^'*
" A/AC.16/W.88 gives a comprehensive summary of
evidence up to 15 May 1949.
"A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/22, 2/W/322; OG.2/80, 2/W/383.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/18, 5/W/192.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/14, 5/W/141.
■' A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.1/33, l/W/385. Cf. OG.5/17, 5/-
W/178.
" A/AC.16/678 and ch. IV, par. 135 below.
"° See ch. Ill C for evidence regarding the return
of Greek children to Berkovitsa from Romania.
"See especially A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/35, 2/W/429;
OG.3/31, 3/W/247; OG.4/26, 4/W/294; OG.4/27, 4/W/-
342; OG.4/28, 4/W/347; OG.5/19, 5/W/199; OG.6/30,
6/W/179.
='A/AC.16/SC.l/OG.2/31, 2/W/393; OG.2/35, 2/W/432;
OG.4/25, 4/W/293 ; OG.4/26, 4/W/303 ; OG.5/17, 5/W/173,
174.
=^ A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/36, 2/W/435.
'" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.4/27, 4/W/325.
"A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/16, 5/W/169.
427
S. Yugoslavia
123. One witness spoke of childi'en sent to Yugo-
slavia in 1947 being returned to the Korona salient
in October 1948/" but no other evidence has come
to the Committee's attention concerning the return
from Yugoslavia of children previously removed
from Greece. Yugoslav territory, however, has
been used for the passage of children between
Albania, Bulgaria and Greece, the last reported
instance being in April 1949, when 200 children
on their way from Skodra to Berkovitsa crossed
Yugoslavia by road."
Chapter IV. Co-operation of the United Nations
Special Committee on the Balkans
With Other international Organizations
A. PROBLEM OF INTERNATIONAL REFUGEES
124. Because of the lack of co-operation of Al-
bania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia, the Special Com-
mittee has still been unable to assist those Govern-
ments to settle problems arising from the presence
of refugees in those three States.'^ The Special
Committee studied, however, tlie pi'oblem of the
Albanian, Bulgarian and Yugoslav refugees in
Greece and recommended that this problem be
turned over to a competent agency of the United
Nations. It has watched with interest the prog-
ress made by the International Refugee Organiza-
tion in providing for these refugees.^ Liaison
has been maintained through the Athens office of
Iko, which has kept the Special Committee in-
formed of all important developments.'"
125. The latest information makes the Special
Committee hopeful that the international refugee
problem in Greece is well on the road to solution. ^^
It appears that 1,080 of the Albanian, Bulgarian
and Yugoslav refugees in Greece at the time of the
Special Committee's arrival in November 1947
have been transferred from Greece to re-settlement
camps in Italy (320 Albanians, 283 Bulgarians
and 477 Yugoslavs). ^^ A further 159 cases of
Albanian, Bulgarian and Yugoslav refugees are
awaiting final action in Greece.^' Only eighty-
=" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.3/27, 3/W/175.
" A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.5/18, 5/W/182.
"See res. 109 (II), pars. 5 (3) and 6 for the Special
Committee's mandate. For action of Special Committee
in 1948, see A/574, pars. 87 to 97 ; A/692, par. 12 ; A/644,
pars. 23-24.
" The Ibo informed the Special Committee on 8 July
1948 that it had signed an agreement with the Greek Gov-
ernment to undertake this task (A/644, par. 24).
=° See A/AC.16/W.72, A/AC.16/SR.124, A/AC.16/SR.138,
pp. 1-5; A/AC.16/660, A/AC.16/747; A/AC.16/PV.162.
" Letter dated 20 June 1949 from local Athens repre-
sentative of the Iro, A/AC.16/747 and A/AC.16/PV.162.
^^At the time of its original study, 29 December 1947,
the Special Committee had been informed there were 1,236
such refugees in Greece.
" The lEo has found 2,212 international refugees, other
than the Albanians, Bulgarians and Yugoslavs referred to
428
eight of the original refugee applicants have been
found ineligible for aid by Iro and remain in
Greece. However, the international refugee prob-
lem in Greece is a continuing one and the Inter-
national Refugee Organization has received new
applicants for aid each month.
B. INTERNAL REFUGEES IN GREECE
126. While carrying out in Greece in 1948 and
1949 the task entrusted to them by the General
Assembly, the members of the Special Committee
have noted with anxiety the serious social and
humanitarian problem created by the number of
internal Greek refugees uprooted from their
homes, which has increased from approximately
18,600 in January 1947 to nearly a million in Janu-
ary 1949, or approximately one-seventh of the
population of Greece.'*
127. Representatives in Greece of agencies of
the United Nations charged with providing ad-
visory services and material aid to the Greek Gov-
ernment.'' warned the Prime Minister of Greece,
in a joint letter in November 1948, of the gravity
of the problem, which was of "such magnitude that
it was far beyond the scope of programmes which
had been planned and far beyond the resources
which Greece had itself or had available to it
from any other source".'"
128. After receiving detailed current informa-
tion from representatives of these agencies,"
the Special Committee, on 3 March 1949, request-
ed its Principal Secretary to draw the attention of
the Secretary-General to the plight of these refu-
gees and the humanitarian problem involved."
The Secretary-General informed the Principal
Secretary, on 4 April 1949, that in his opinion no
basis existed at that time for any formal action by
the United Nations."
129. Subsequently, on 13 May 1949, the Special
Committee heard further statements on the gravity
of the problem from representatives of the United
Nations welfare mission and the Greek Red Cross."
above, eligible for aid. They are being processed in a sim-
ilar manner (A/AC.16/747).
=* See A/AC.16/53S, A/AC.16/601, annex ; A/AC.16/691
and especially A/AC.16/PV.139, p. 2. The total number of
persons who had proved their eligibility and were receiv-
ing state aid was, at the end of January 1949, (566,000 ; on
1 April 1949, 700,000; on 30 June 1949, 560.899 (see par.
130 above). This figure, however, did not represent the
full total of refugees.
"* World Health Organization, United Nations Welfare
Mission, Food and Agriculture Organization, United Na-
tions International Children's Emergency Fund.
''•'A/AC.16/SR.139; A/AC.16/PV.139, p. 4.
'' A/AC.16/SR.139 ; A/AC.16/PV.139.
''A/AC.16/601 and annexed memorandum concerning
the internal refugee situation in Greece; also A/AC.16/
SR.141, pp. 1-2.
"A/AC.16/665.
^ A/AC.16/PV.156 ; see also A/AC.16/686, A/AC.16/691,
A/AC.16/700.
Deparfment of Hate Bulletin
In consequence, it requested the Principal Secre-
tary to submit to the Secretary-General all recent
information on the subject.''^ On the basis of
this information, the Executive Board of the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization, on 15 June 1949, decided to
send to Greece Mr. Carneiro, Brazilian member of
the Board, to conduct an enquiry into the educa-
tional and cultural needs of children of refugees
and to allocate funds voted by the Board to aid
these cliildren. Mr. Carneiro made a statement
before the Special Committee on 19 July 1949.
130. On 28 June 1949, the Special Committee,
in response to a request from the Secretary Gen-
eral for its advice, sent a telegi-am stating that
"the plight of tlie refugees represents a humani-
tarian problem of such proportions that the Eco-
nomic and Social Council might appropriately
consider a resolution urging the specialized agen-
cies and non-governmental organizations to extend
all appropriate assistance within the scope of their
responsibilities and the limits of their resources".^^
On 13 July 1949, the Greek Minister of Welfare an-
nounced that improved security conditions had
permitted the re-settlement of 130,000 refugees.
The problems of their physical re-settlement and
economic rehabilitation are of serious concern to
the Greek Government.
C. GREEK CHILDREN REMOVED FROM GREECE
131. In the course of 1948, some 25,000 Greek
children were removed from Greece and retained
in the territories of the northern neighbours of
Greece and other countries.''^ In its resolution
193 (III) C of 27 November 1948, the General
Assembly recommended "the return to Greece of
Greek children at present away from their homes
when the children, their father or mother or, in
his or her absence, their closest relative, express
a wish to that effect." All Members of the United
Nations and other States, on the territories of
which those children were to be found, were invited
to take the necessary measures for the implementa-
tion of the recommendation. The Secretary-Gen-
eral was instructed to request the International
Committee of the Red Cross and the League of
Red Crescent Societies to organize and ensure
liaison with the national Red Cross organizations
of the States concerned with a view to adopting
measures in the respective countries for imple-
menting the recommendation.
132. in view of this resolution the Special Com-
mittee has confined its work to gathering supple-
mentary information from witnesses interrogated
by its observation groups concerning the removal
of the children and their subsequent living con-
ditions.^'^ At the same time, it has followed with
interest the work of the various international and
national Red Cross organizations ^ and has main-
tained liaison with the Secretary-General.*^
133. The Special Committee has not yet re-
ceived information from the International Red
Cross indicating that any of the Greek children
have been returned through the good offices of
that organization.^^ Petitions, however, for the
return of 5,748 children had been submitted by
the Greek Red Cross by 5 July 1949." Tlie latest
detailed information received concerning the prob-
lem is contained in a report of 3 June 1949 to the
Secretary-General from the International Com-
mittee of the Red Cross and the League of Red
Cross Societies. The report indicates that the Red
Cross had not at that date been able to attain its
preliminary objective before preparing actual
measures for repatriation, namely, that of obtain-
ing lists of the names of the Greek children in
camps abroad. Through its representatives, the
International Red Cross has investigated the liv-
ing conditions in some of the camps for these
children in Bulgaria,^" Czechoslovakia,^^ and
Yugoslavia. Conditions in these camps have been
found to be satisfactory. The International Red
Cross has not, however, received permission to
visit all the countries taking care of Greek children
away from their homes.^-
134. The report also states inter alia, that at
the end of April 1949, 11,845 Greek children were
in eight Yugoslav Red Cross hostels, and that
3,347 were living with their parents or Greek
refugee families in Yugoslavia. It added that,
between April 1948 and March 1949, the approx-
" A/AC.16/714.
"A/AC.16/SR.163.
"A/.074, pars. 117-123; A/692, par. 14: A/AC.16/514.
" Sep ch. I, par. 10 ; see also annex 1 for full text of
res. 193 (III) C.
"See, for example, A/AC.16/W.71 ; A/AC.16/SC.1/-
OG.1/23/S-1; A/AC.16/SC.1/OG.2/18 K, annex 3, and
other reports paasini. Also A/AC.16/SC.1/57, annex F,
for Special Committee's instructions to its observation
groups.
'" See especially A/AC.16/SR.131, p. 6 ; A/AC.16/SR.133,
p. 5; A/AC.16/S0.2/Min. 40, pp. 1-4; A/AC.16/606,
A/AC.16/607, A/AC.16/6S6 and A/AC.16/696. See also
A/AC.16/PV.156 for discussion with representatives of
the Greek Red Cross Society and United Nations agencies
in Greece concerning Greek children and Greek refugees.
" See in particular A/AC.16/625/rev. 1.
'" A/836.
"See A/AC.16/623; A/AC.16/625/rev. 1, and informa-
tion received from the Greek Red Cross, 22 July 1949.
'"On 6 April 1940, in a report to the Secretary-General,
the International Committee of the Red Cross and the
League of Red Cross Societies stated that there were then
1,972 Greek children in Bulgaria (A/836, p. 3).
"The number of Greek children in Czechoslovakia is
unknown to the Special Committee. The latest official
figure is 2,235, given by the League of Red Cross Societies
In a letter to the Special Committee dated 24 November
1948 (xV/AC.16/514) but see par. 134 above.
" Among those countries is Romania. The latest official
figures (24 November 194S) available to the Special Com-
mittee show a total of 3,801 Greek children in that country
(AA\C. 16/514). Since that time additional children have
arrived from Albania (see footnote 54 following) and
Yugoslavia (see par. 134) while other children have been
transferred to Berkovitsa in Bulgaria (see ch. Ill, par.
122).
September 19, 1949
429
imate number of Greek children transferred from
Yugoslavia was as follows: to Czechoslovakia,
3.550: to Hungarv. 3,050: to Romania, 6,400;
and to Poland, 500*^; the total being 13,500. The
Yugoslav Red Cross has also informed the Inter-
national Red Cross representatives that since it
was in direct contact with the Greek Red Cross
the intervention of the International Red Cross
was not essential. "Greek parents could apply
directly to the Yugoslav Red Cross for the repa-
triation of the children. The Yugoslav Red Cross
was also ready to act upon requests for repatri-
ation already received by the International Red
Cross."
135. Moreover, the report notes that the Gov-
ernment of Albania informed the Secretary-
General on 18 April 1919 that the question of the
repatriation of Greek children no longer concerned
Albania, owing to the fact that there were no
Greek children in Albania at that time.=*
136. The transfer of Greek children by Albania,
Yugoslavia and Romania ^ to countries other than
Greece appears contrary to the spirit of the resolu-
tion unanimously approved by the General Assem-
bly. Implementation of tha't resolution implied
that children would be retained where they were
until the question of their return to Greece had
been settled.
Chapter V. Conclusions
A. ALBANIA, BULGARIA AND YUGOSLAVIA
137. In compliance with the mandate conferred
upon it by the General Assembly, the Special
Coromittee has constantly endeavoured to promote
the establishment of normal diplomatic and good
neighbourly relations between Albania, Bulgaria
and Yugoslavia on the one hand and Greece on
the other. The Special Committee has repeat-
edly drawn the attention of the interested Gov-
ernments to the recommendations made by the
General Assembly in its resolutions of 21 October
1947 and 27 November 1948. The Goverimients
of Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia have never-
theless continued to disregard them.
138. The Government of Greece has continued
to extend its co-operation to the Special Commit-
tee. Despite renewed efforts on the part of the
" On 9 June 1948, the Government of Poland informed
the Government of Greece that there were no Greek chil-
dren in Poland f A/AC.16/296).
" A/AC.16/678. Witnesses before Observation Group 1
on 18 Hay 1949 stated, however, that 40 children were
concentrated at Delvine (southern Albania) on 1 May
1949 awaiting transfer to an unknown destination CA/AC-
16/SC.1/OG.1/34, p. 10, l/W/394, 395). Witnesses have
reported children being sent from Albania to Bulgaria,
Czechoslovakia and Romania as late as April 1949
(A/AC.16/SC.1/OG..5/8, 5/W/182, 184. 18.5 and 2/W/416).
" See ch. Ill C for details on transfer of children from
Romania. Ch. Ill also summarizes information received
by the Special Committee that some children removed
from Greece have been compelled to return to Greece to
fight in the forces of the Greek guerrillas.
430
Special Committee to obtain the co-operation of
the Govermnents of Albania, Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia, those Governments have continued to re-
fuse to recognize it in any way.
B. ALBANIA AND BULGARIA
139. Albania and Bulgaria have continued to
give moral and material assistance to the Greek
guerrilla movement. Albania is the principal
source of material assistance.
140. Albania and Bulgaria have directly encour-
aged and incited the Greek guerrillas in their at-
tempts to overtlu'ow the Greek Govermnent by
official declarations in the Press and in radio
broadcasts from Government-controlled stations,
by visits of officials to the camps for guerrillas
and b}- the continued activities of "Aid Commit-
tees", "which were established in 1947 and 1948 for
the collection of money, food and clothing.
141. Of far greater moment, however, has been
the material assistance which Albania and Bul-
garia have given to the Greek guerrillas. These
countries have provided large quantities of war
material and other supplies, thus enabling them to
continue fighting. Albania and Bulgaria have al-
lowed them extensive use of their territories to
escape from the Greek Army and for other tactical
purposes. These countries have also actively as-
sisted the guerrillas in the recruitment of Greeks in
their territories. Furthermore, a system has been
in operation in their territories for the return of
guerrillas to fight in Greece after treatment in hos-
pitals and convalescent centres. Although there
can be no objection on hiunanitarian grounds to the
care of sick and wounded guerrillas in those terri-
tories, such a system for their return to Greece
after hospitalization constitutes a use of those ter-
ritories "as a base for the preparation or launching
of armed action", and is therefore in direct contra-
vention of paragraph 6 of resolution 193 (III) A
of the General Assembly.
C. YUGOSLAVIA
142. Yugoslavia continued to give moral and
material aid to the guerrillas during the early part
of the period covered by the present report. This
country allowed the use of its territory for the
passage of guerrillas to and from Greece, facili-
tated the return to Greece of guerrillas after hos-
pitalization, and furnished some supplies of war
materials. However, this aid has diminished and
may have ceased.
D. GENERAL
143. The Governments which received Greek
children removed from Greece have not complied
with the General Assembly resolution of 27 No-
vember 1948 calling on them to co-operate in the
return of the children to their families.
Department of State Bulletin
144. In violation of fundamental humanitarian
principles, some of these children, both bovs and
girls, of adolescent age. have been sent back to
(jrreece to tight in the ranks of the guerrillas.
145. The Special Committee has noted during
the period under review that, contrary to the reso-
lution of the General Assembly of 27 November
194S, there has been an increase in the support
afforded to the guerrillas from certain States not
bordering upon Greece, particularly Komania.
The existence of a highly co-ordinated system of
support is apparent in. for example, the return of
guerrillas to Greece after hospitalization in Eo-
mania. the transfer from one State to another of
Greek children, and the fact that the guerrilla
radio station now operates from Komania and not
from Yugoslavia.
146. The Special Committee reaffirms the con-
clusions set forth in its previous reports to the
General Assembly and, in particidar, the conclu-
sion that the continuance of the present situation
"constitutes a threat to the political independence
and territorial integrity of Greece and to peace in
the Balkans".
Done at 3 Marasli Street. Athens, in the English
and French langtuiges, this second day of August,
one thousand nine hundred and forty-nine.
Kepresentative of : {Signed)
Australia
Brazil
China
France
MeJfico
Netherlands
Pakistan
Poland
Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics
United Kingdom
United States of America
The Principal Secretary
Sam L. Atteo
Raxgel de Casteo
Wex Yuax-xen't
Emile Chabveeiat
Omak Josefe
J. J. A. Keuchexius
Ali Haideb Abbasi
HoBACE SeT^IOTTB
Gebald a. Dbew
RAorii Agiiox-
Sepfemfaer 19, 1949
431
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
The Conquering March of an Idea
hy Ambassador Philip C. Jessuf ^
The Universal Declaration of Human Eights
adopted by the General Assembly of the United
Nations on December 10, 1948, has been much dis-
cussed. The proposed convention designed to sup-
plement the declaration is also under debate. The
columns of the American Bar Association Journal
contain numerous contributions to the study of the
question. I do not propose further to analyze the
text or to defend or attack the drafting.
At this time the American Bar Association is
faced with a larger question. The question is
whether this association of leaders of the American
legal profession will earnestly support or vigor-
ously challenge this world-wide effort to consoli-
date and to spread our political and legal philoso-
phy of the position of the individual in human
society. I reject the possibility of a third alter-
nation of neutrality, benevolent or otherwise. The
American Bar can not be indifferent to the out-
come of this campaign.
No one would be so Utopian as to expect to find
a text on any legal subject which would be incapa-
ble of improvement through revision by any com-
petent group of lawyers. All legislation, every
resolution, every treaty, represents a final compro-
mise. Stylistic and substantive preferences are
subordinated or blended in the agreed text. The
process of accommodation of views is difficult in a
resolutions committee of an association such as
this, in the convention of a political party and in a
state or federal legislature. It is infinitely more
difficult when the process is international. Here
differences of language are physical hurdles. Dif-
ferences of ideas rooted in widely divergent cul-
' An address delivered before the 72d Annual Meeting
of the American Bar Association in St. Louis, Mo., on Sept.
6, 1949, and released to the press on the same date.
tures are mountain ranges which must be climbed
before the plateau of agreement is reached.
Francis Wellman entitled his book published in
1903 The Art of Cross-Examination. He consid-
ered it a branch of the art of advocacy. The nego-
tiation of international accommodation is equally
an art. It involves tolerance and a degree of na-
tional modesty. We are not — and I hope never
will be — engaged in the business of ruling the
world. It is not true that the fiat of the United
States is law upon the subjects to which it confines
its interposition. It is true that our system has
demonstrated its success, and that success has
brought us the opportunity and responsibility for
leadership. International leadership is controlled
by an innate antitrust law. The sanction of the
law is the loss of the confidence of other nations
upon which confidence true international leader-
ship depends. Monopolistic practices defeat
themselves as the Germans and Japanese have
found in our own time, and as others may find to
their cost. On the other hand, contributing pro-
fessional, technical, and managerial skill to an in-
ternational cooperation pays dividends.
A very large part of international affairs and
thus of the process of international accommoda-
tion, concerns the relations between legal persons
known as states. This is necessarily so. But it
is no longer novel for the particular interest of
the individual human being to break through the
mass of interstate relationships. Jefferson could
see the struggle between the colonies and the
mother country in terms of individuals as well as
of their political groupings. Wilson appealed to
the Italian people over the heads of their govern-
ment. Franklin Koosevelt is a symbol in many
countries today because he felt and conveyed an
interest in the living man and woman. The Com-
432
Department of Stale Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
muiiisls pervert the process by seeking to subvert
irovernments, alleging un interest in the common
man whom they blatantly ignore when they suc-
ceed in imposing the power of their small elite
governing class.
When the representatives of 51 states met at
San Francisco in 1945 to frame a world constitu-
tion, they too had a declaration of independence
from tyranny as the background for their work.
This was the Atlantic Charter incorporated in
the United Nations declaration of January 1,
194:2. They could not have ignored, if thej- had
wished to do so, the need to provide for a decent
respect for the welfare of mankind. Thus the
Charter begins with its declaration that "'We, the
Peoples of the United Xations," (have) "deter-
mined to reaffirm faith in fundamental human
rights, in the dignity and worth of the human
person, in the equal rights of men and women . . ."
It recites that the peoples have drawn the Charter
through the agency of their representatives.
These representatives selected the promotion and
encouragement of respect for human rights and
fundamental freedoms as one of the purposes of
the United Xations. They charged tlie General
Assembly with the duty of assisting in the realiza-
tion of these rights and freedoms. They devoted
a chapter to international economic and social co-
operation and therein made it mandatory that
"the United Xations shall promote : . . . uni-
versal respect for, and observance of human rights
and fundamental freedoms . . ." For the
achievement of this specific purpose as well as
other's, all members pledged themselves ''to take
joint and separate action in cooperation with the
Organization . . ." They directed the Economic
and Social Council to set up a commission on
human rights. Thus, as John Foster Dulles has
said, the United Xations was created "not merely
to protect State against State, but to protect
individuals."
Xow in due course of international events we
are confronted with the normal task of translating
into more definite terms the general principles
which the Charter enunciates. Xo constitutional
document operates without the supplement of
legislation. It was a pity that some regarded the
United Xations Charter as an end and not a be-
ginning, as a finished structure rather than the
architectural blueprints. Line upon line, precept
upon precept, the Charter is now building its
practical reality. In the words of a great Amer-
ican lawyer, the process is "slow as measured by
our lives but not slow as measured by the lives of
nations."
The present effort to put content into the Char-
ter provisions for human rights takes on a double
aspect as we consider it here in the American Bar
September ?9, 7949
Association. There is first the aspect which con-
fronts American lawyers who must ever be con-
cerned to see that the international obligations of
the United States are discharged in full good faith.
The Charter is a treaty and as such, under the
Constitution, part of the supreme law of the land.
The provisions of this treaty with respect to hu-
man rights are not wholly self-operative. This
fact provides us as a country not with an alibi but
with an obligation. The obligation is to trans-
form the promise and the hope into reality.
The second aspect which confronts the Ameri-
can lawyer is to contribute the skills of the legal
profession to the effective discharge of the national
obligation. There is no place in this task for fac-
tional interest or for arrogance. We have
achieved much in this country in contributing to
the philosophy and to the reality of human rights.
We do not pretend to have attained perfection.
We recognize in our own legal development the
importance of environmental factors. The law
of water rights in the Southwest is not used or
useful in Xew England. A zoning ordinance
suited to Xew York City is not applicable to a
small town in Iowa. The American system of
political parties or even the jury system may have
no reality for hundreds of millions of people in
Asia.
Yet there is a unity of law. It is a unity which
overrides divergencies of substance and pro-
cedure. The doctrine of consideration is not a
universal nor is our concept of a trust. Yet there
are great legal maxims which express general
lesal truths. We recognize their universality by
naturalizing them without anglicizing their labels.
So it is that the fundamental writ of habeas corpus
itself retains its Latin name as do the equitable
rule sic utere tuo and the de minimis doctrine. So
it is that article 38 of the Statute of the Interna-
tional Court of Justice — which forms an integral
part of the Charter— can refer to "the general
principles of law recognized by civilized nations."
It is the opportunity of this and succeeding
generations of lawyers to extend the range and
volume of these general principles of law to the
end envisaged by Cicero when :
There will not be one law for Rome and another law
for Athens, nor one law today and another tomorrow, but
among all peoples and for all time one and the same law
will apply.
The Declaration of Human Eights and the pro-
posed convention are steps along this road. The
declaration is a standard. By adding it to the
Charter we repeat the process by which our Bill
of Eights was added to the Constitution. Again
we haA-e not reached finality. The convention is
the next step — a step which will transmute the
general guiding principle into definite legal rule.
When we have the rule we shall need machinery
for its effective implementation. Xeither the
principle nor the rule nor the machinery will elim-
433
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
inate injustice or assure respect for rights. Our
own history and the history of every country
teaches us this. The machinery may be abused
even as tlie men and women it is designed to pro-
tect may be abused.
We are attacked by the false prophets because
individual cases of injustice exist even in this
country and are reported in the press. The slur-
ring propaganda seeks to conceal two important
truths. The first of these is the fact that injustice
in this country is headline news because it is the
exception, because it is a striking departure from
the general high level of our standards of conduct.
The second important truth is that these excep-
tional cases can be reported because we have a
free press which appeals to a highly developed
social conscience.
On the other hand in countries shrouded by an
iron curtain, or we may well say curtained by an
iron shroud, it is not news that an individual is
deprived of life or liberty, is imprisoned and tor-
tured. This is not novel, it is normal to their
unhappy way of life. In that way of life the in-
dividual is nothing; the state, embodied in a small
ruling clique, is everything. Even if an atrocity
were news in our sense of the term, it could not be
printed in those countries because there is no free
press. These denials of the inherent rights of the
human being reach the press only when they pierce
the veil and reach the free world outside.
If we had already attained a Ciceronian unity
of law and a spiritual unity in our philosophical
concept of the place of the individual in human
society, it could be argued that respect for human
rights is not a matter for international concern.
The ordinary processes of law enforcement are
indeed matters within the domestic jurisdiction.
Yet even here international law has long recog-
nized and our government and international tri-
bunals have long asserted that there is a standard
of civilized justice. Failure to live up to that
standard resulting in injury to an alien individual
has long been acknowledged to engage a state's
international responsibility to pay damages.
The international society has come more slowly
to recognize that what is involved is really a con-
cern for the individual who has been the victim
of barbarous treatment. In our traditional inter-
national system of interstate relationships we were
impelled to confine ourselves largely to the legal
fiction that the state was injured through the in-
jury inflicted upon its citizen. But this was a
procedural, not a substantive problem. The rule
developed in the era of essentially bilateral rela-
tions between states and is still law. Interna-
tional law has not yet been fully modernized but
it has progressed. We have progressed into a
multilateral era. We have learned that interna-
434
tional organization and international cooperation
need not be confined to postage and statistics and
weights and measures. The United States not only
accepts this concept of international cooperation,
it glories in it. We affirm and take pride in our
leadership. I repeat it is not the leadership of
monopoly or of domination but a participating
and shared leadership.
I repeat also that in ratifying the Charter of
the United Nations we have pledged ourselves to
cooperate in promoting "universal respect for and
observance of human rights and fundamental
freedoms." In 1945 we were free to choose. We
could have chosen to go on down the isolationist
path. Thank God we chose instead the upward
path of cooperation.
That choice lias in a new sense set us free. We
are now free to act internationally upon our deep
convictions that the welfare of the individual is
something we care about not just when that indi-
vidual is an American citizen but because he is a
human being.
The law of the international society is catching
up with the conscience of mankind. Four and
five decades ago when American hearts were wrung
and American sympathies went out to persecuted
minorities in other lands, our government was
hampered by the restrictive rules of the era.
Jurists strove to grapple with the human problem
and sought to develop the doctrine of humani-
tarian intervention. That doctrine failed to pros-
per not because it was humanitarian but because
it was unilateral and unilateralism contained the
germs of its own fatal malady.
It is not a new thing in American history that
we care and care deeply what happens to human
beings throughout the world. What is new is our
acceptance, along with that of the great major-
ity of other members of the family of nations, of
the principles which give us a legal as well as a
moral interest in human happiness.
There is not one shred of juridical support for
the argument that we have no legal interest in
human rights. There is no factual evidence that
we have no concern about them. We as people
here do care what happens to other people else-
where.
Would this Association adopt a resolution read-
ing :
Resolved: That the American Bar Association finds
that the people of the United States have no interest in
and are indifferent to the suffering of any Individual
deprived of basic human rights unless such individual is
a citizen of the United States.
Would it adopt any resolution which in effect
embodied such a false and obnoxious conclusion
even though the meaning were cloaked instead of
patent? Nor could this Association of lawyers
find that there is no legal justification for our
evincing our concern in the denial of the basic
human rights of any individuals anywhere.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
We start then with the premise that we have an
actual and a legal interest in the preservation of
liuniun rights. Neither the law nor the fact be-
liind that premise can be successfully cliallenged.
Our problem is then a problem of method.
Some hearts may not be stout enough to face the
difficulties of international relations in the world
IS it exists today. I need not describe the basic
nature of those clifficulties or their source. We all
know what they are. The difficulties are not con-
fined to the consideration of a declaration and a
covenant of human rights. They beset us through-
3ut the social, economic and political fields. Some
may wish to surrender without a fight but that is
aoi the policy of the Government of the United
States. It is not the American tradition or the
spirit of the American Bar Association.
Some are discouraged by the jjrospect that
;reaties will be broken or ignored. Unfortu-
lately they will be. Man is still so imperfect that
Droken treaties like broken contracts are part of
;he conmion phenomena of life. Life goes on be-
cause civilization has advanced far enough to
provide a legion of law-abiding, promise-respect-
ing states and individuals. We belong to that
legion. We shall continue to make treaties and
:o respect tliem because we believe in law and not
m anarchy. I see no reason to lapse into either
barbarism or defeatism because there are still
Darbarians at large.
A hea\'V' responsibility rests upon us and upon
the like-minded peoples of the world. Openly and
covertly the dignity and worth of the human
person is being assailed. We care about that and
sve are not ashamed to admit or afraid to pro-
■laim it.
We have an opportunity to participate, to lead
in participating in the long process of realizing
Jie aims and aspirations embodied in the Uni-
rersal Declaration of Human Rights. Wliy
Bhould we neglect this opportunity because this
IS the beginning rather than the end? We are
(vorking with an idea and ideas take time to ma-
:ure and bear fruit. Is it not worth while to
recapture the spirit of a former president of the
A^merican Bar Association who said :
Tlie triumphant march of the conquering hero is ad-
mirable and to be greeted with huzzas, but the conquering
inarch of an idea wliich makes for humanity is more ad-
mirable and more to be applauded.
United Nations Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
Jviuth Session
Report of the United Nations International Chil-
dren's Emergency Fund. E/1406, July 14, 1949. 56
PI), mimeo.
Trade Union Rights (Freedom of Association) Re-
port by the Secretary-General. E/1405, July 14, 1949.
59 PI), mimeo.
^Report of the Fourth Session of the Social Commis-
sion. Report of the Social Committee. E/1402, July
13, 1949. 1!1 pp. mimeo.
Refugees : Communication from the International
Refugee Organization. E/1392, July 11, 1949. 84 pp.
mimeo.
National and International Action To Achieve or
Maintain Full Employment and Economic Stability.
E/137S, July 7, 1949. 52 pp. mimeo.
Report of the Fifth Session of the Commission on
Hunjan Rights to the Economic and Social Council.
E/1371, June 23, 1949. 112 pp. mimeo.
Report of the Ad Hoc Committee on Declaration of
Death of Missing Persons. E/1368, June 21, 1949.
23 pp. mimeo.
Report of the International Labour Organisation.
E/1362, June 9, 1949. 1 p. mimeo.
Report of the Fourth Session of the Commission on
Narcotic Drugs. E/1361, June 7, 1949. 81 pp.
mimeo.
Report of the Fourth Se.ssion of the Social Commis-
sion to the Economic and Social Council. E/1359,
May 31, 1949. 60 pp. mimeo.
Report of the Fourth Session of the Economic and
Employment Commission to the Economic and Social
Council. E/1356, May 27, 1949. 35 pp. mimeo.
Freedom of Information : Resolutions from the
Final Act of the United Nations Conference on Free-
dom of Information. E/1352, June 7, 1949. 12 pp.
mimeo.
Comparative Review of the Activities and Work
Programmes of the United Nations and the Specialized
Agencies in the Economic and Social Fields. E/1351/
rev. 1. 151 pp. mimeo.
—Report of the World Health Organization. E/1350,
May 26, 1949. 1 p. mimeo.
Report of the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. E/1349, May 26, 1949. 1
p. mimeo.
Report of the Secretary-General on Work Pro-
grammes of the Economic and Social Departments
and of Commissions of the Council for 1949-1950.
E/1344/add.l. 75 pp. mimeo.
Housing and Town and Country Planning. E/1343.
June 8, 1949. 59 pp. mimeo.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
September J 9, J 949
435
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Ecuador g^elieff
hy Edward G. Miller, Assistant Secretary for Am erican Republic Affairs '
I shall never forget my trip to the stricken area
of Ecuador. Like other Americans, when news of
the earthquake first reached this country I was
shocked. But, in spite of the eyewitness and other
accounts of the disaster, the newsreels and the
many pictures that our press published, it was im-
possible for me to visualize conditions as they
actually are. I could not comprehend the extent
and the completeness of the devastation and the
untold misery that was visited in a few hours time
on the people of that unfortunate country.
I went to Ecuador in an official capacity, to
express personally the sympathy of our govern-
ment to the government and to the people of our
neighbor republic. I have returned to Washing-
ton appalled by what I saw and by the tremendous
job of reconstruction and rehabilitation that must
be done. But I returned inspired, at the same
time, by the spirit and the determination of the
survivors, the courage with which they are strug-
gling out of the wreckage not only of their cities
and towns, their homes, but of their family life as
well.
I made an extended tour of the devastated area
to survey conditions and bring back a report to our
government. After a brief stay in Quito to confer
with government officials, my tour began with
Arnbato, the capital of Tungurahua Province.
This was an important industrial center with close
to 40 thousand inhabitants. It is 80 percent de-
stroyed. Fortunately, the quake occurred in the
early afternoon and the loss of life, though con-
siderable, was proportionately small. After two
and a half weeks of toil, however, we saw rescue
' An address delivered over the National Broadcasting
Company on Sept. 8, 1&49, and released to the press on the
same date.
436
parties still digging corpses from the rubble of the
beautiful stone cathedral, which was completely
razed.
We walked over what once had been the town
of Pelileo, located in the center of the earthquake
zone. This had been a town of 6 thousand people,
the thriving capital of a rich agricultural region.
Today one lone wall remains partially standing
there and an estimated 4 thousand bo'dies still lay
buried in the ruins. The death toll would have
been considerably larger had not a great number
of the inhabitants been at their work in the sur-
rounding countryside.
In the area surrounding Pelileo sections of
the countryside, including settlements of various
sizes, completely disappeared from the face of the
earth. As the angle of rest of the sloping land
was disturbed by the quake, thousands of acres
of the mountainside caved in and settled. Here
the loss of life was especially great as there was
no escape.
Wherever I went — to the towns of Patate, Pil-
laro and Guano — the story was the same — death,
destruction and desolation. Tales of individual
horror and grief were repeated over and over
again. In one locality I saw a child still digging
in the ruins looking for his mother. In another,
a disconsolate father unwilling to accept the ob-
vious as true, hoping against hope to find his wife
and children still among the living.
But if the catastrophe was a horrible thing to
contemplate, it served at the same time to renew
man's faith in his fellow men, in the principles
of democratic government that are cherished in
the Americas and in the solidarity of the Western j
Hemisphere.
For one thing, the government of President
Galo Plaza, who was chosen only 14 months ago
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
in an election that represented the free will of
the people, responded in a most courageous man-
ner to the emergency. With sureness and dis-
patch relief measures were taken and put into
effect, reducing considerably the sufferings of the
survivors. Like their government, the survivors
themselves rose to the occasion with great heart
and a display of spirit that is truly an inspira-
tion. The courage of the people and the self-
reliance of their government are, to me, striking
evidences of the real worth and dignity of the
individual human being and of the fundamental
strength of democracy.
Another fact that my survey brought forcefully
home to me is the compassion that the disaster
evoked from Ecuador's sister republics. Thei'e
was an immediate and generous reaction among
them to help the victim nation. If there remain
any who question inter-American solidarity and
the concepts of interdependence and cooperation
which are its rock-bed, let them take note of the
swiftness with which response to the emergency
came.
The facts are that within a few hours of the
disaster virtually every country in the Western
Hemisphere was taking measures to come to the
immediate assistance of the stricken nation.
When I arrived in Ambato we saw Ecuadoran and
American doctors and nurses working side by
side with a team of nurses from Colonibia and a
team of doctors from Venezuela. Their joint ef-
forts succeeded in eliminating fears of epidemic
from typhus and typhoid.
Response from the family of American nations
has not been limited to sending emergency relief
supplies and personnel. Several substantial con-
tributions of funds have been made as well. The
Government of Venezuela showed the way with a
donation of 1 million dollars. The Uruguayan
Congress has approved an allocation of 1 million
pesos, more than half a million dollars, from its
foreign-exchange fund as a gift to Ecuador. Sim-
ilar gifts have been made or are under considera-
tion by other governments and agencies. Among
the latter, the International Children's Emergency
Fund of the United Nations proposes to allocate
200 tliousand dollars for the specific purpose of
taking care of the needs of children. The Coun-
cil of the Organization of American States has
made a gift of 250 thousand dollars to cover the
cost of survey of reconstruction problems of the
area.
The amounts of contributions from sister re-
publics do not at first glance reflect their magni-
tude. If we consider that each of the nations to
the south is facing domestic problems of its own
and devoting as much of its income as possible to
economic development, we will get a more accur-
ate appraisal of the sacrifices these nations are
makiner.
I was gratified to see the effects of United States
aid to Ecuador. The American Red Cross alone
has extended emergency relief amounting to 135
thousand dollars in the form of cash, medical sup-
plies, sanitation equipment, blankets and large
supplies of tents for temporary shelter against
the rainy season which has already begun.
In addition, the Red Cross sent to Ecuador two
of its most experienced disaster relief technicians,
Maurice Reddy of Washington, D. C, and H.
Edward Russell of St. Louis, who did able and
creditable work in organizing and directing re-
lief measures. On my trip to Ecuador I was ac-
companied by Frank T. Cleverly of Alexandria,
Virginia, Administrator for Foreign Operations
of the Red Cross.
The United States Department of National De-
fense, likewise, made an important contribution in
the form of air transportation of the supplies it
made available to the Red Cross and participation
in emergency operations. For the 2 weeks after
the quake, a veritable air lift was in operation be-
tween the Canal Zone, Quito and Ambato.
United States representatives of the Institute
of Inter- American Affairs who were on the scene
and other sanitary engineers of that organization
sent from Peru and Bolivia contributed measur-
ably to the success of antiepidemic activities and
other work in the stricken area. Within 48 hours
after the quake for example, a portable water sup-
ply system had been installed in Ambato and is
in full operation.
Dr. C. Glenn Curtis, of Pasadena, California,
chief of the Institute's mission to Ecuador, was
designated by President Plaza to be in charge of
all medical and antiepidemic activities, testify-
ing to Ecuadoran confidence in Dr. Curtis and in
the ability of his mission. Within a few hours
of the news of the earthquake, Preston Blanks,
formerly of Meridian. Mississippi, was sent to the
disaster" area by Dr. Curtis along with a group of
assistants. They have been hard at work ever
since. "Wlien I "arrived at the town of Ambato
I found Mr. Blanks to be the most popular man
there.
I cannot let this occasion go by without a men-
tion of the personal devotion of Mrs. Betty Bern-
baum of Chicago, the wife of the Charge d'Af-
faires of the United States Embassy in Quito,
Maurice M. Bernbaum. For 6 days and 6 nights,
without let-up, Mrs. Bernbaum operated a port-
able hand radio transmitting set, relaying to the
Canal Zone information about relief supplies that
were most urgently needed. Her performance
was outstanding, but at the same time typical of
the reaction of the entire United States mission
to Ecuador.
All in all, immediate relief measures that were
taken in Ecuador were spectacular and they have
more than amply met the requirements of the sit-
uation. Present physical needs are adequately
taken care of and other emergency measures to
September 19, 1949
437
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
preveiit postdisaster epidemics have been effec-
tively taken. Supplies of food and clothing ap-
pear ample.
Tlie basic problem that now confronts the Ecua-
doian nation is one of reconstruction, especially
in housing. No more than a passing survey of
the situation is sufficient to demonstrate that the
extent of the disaster is far out of proportion to
the capaciy of Ecuador to cope with it. Essen-
tially, Ecuador is an agricultural country. It has
some manufacturing capacity but much of that
in the earthquake region is inoperative now.
In the disaster area more than 100 thousand
people are homeless. In various localities from
80 to 100 percent of the housing, schools, churches,
hospital facilities, transportation systems and san-
itation installations were destroyed. This applies
to the rural areas as well as to the cities and towns.
Consider the housing problem alone. In the
destroyed area the homes had been handicrafted
over hundreds of years. Compare a situation
where 80 jiercent of the living quarters were al-
most instantly wiped out with our own housing
problem in this country.
The Government of Ecuador estimated that on
the basis of present national income it would take
more than 25 years to bring about adequate resto-
ration. Wliile the emergency has passed, the pres-
ent situation cannot be allowed to persist. Misery
is the prevalent condition. The unemployment
problem resulting from destruction of industrial
establishments will become more and more serious.
Coupled with other aftereffects of the earthquake
it threatens to present a dangerous political sit-
uation, breeding unrest and discontent.
The Ecuadoran Government looks to us in this
country for assistance. We as individuals, as
groups, as a nation must do whatever is in our
power to help. Our relations with Ecuador have
always been close and friendly. Wlien war came
in 1941, Ecuador was prompt to join on our side
and made an important contribution to the war
effort by making available bases on its territory
at Salinas and in the Galapagos Islands.
The Export-Import Bank is sending a technical
mission to Ecuador to consider extending a loan
for reconstruction purposes. Such a loan would
be an important contribution to the problem, but
we must remember, too, that the Ecuadoran Gov-
ernment is limited in its ability to service foreign
loans.
I note with interest, too. that a bill has be«n
introduced in Congress calling for assistance to
Ecuador. I am sure that action along this line
would be deeply appreciated in that country.
There has also been considerable interest shown
in Ecuador by private United States citizens and
groups. Some national organizations such as the
American Legion have taken cognizance of the
situation and passed resolutions urging help.
438
Others like the National War Relief Service of
the National Catholic Welfare Conference, the
Congress of Industrial Organization, the Free
Trade Union Committee of the Labor League for
Human Rights of the American Federation of
Labor have made substantial donations of funds.
Some private industries have added contribu-
tions in the form of foodstuffs and sanitation
equi]3ment and services which were transported
free of charge by public cai-riers. Several cities
have taken the initiative and launched fund-rais-
ing campaigns. Among them are Miami, New
Orleans, San Francisco, and New York. In addi-
tion numerous private contributions are being
made to the Ecuador Relief Fund of the Pan
American Union.
I wish to extend to all private contributors the
thanks and the appreciation of the Department of
State.
I am confident that this report I have given
you tonight will spur you as individuals and as
organizations to a greater effort. The subsequent
turn of events in Ecuador may well depend upon
United States generosity. A helping hand to our
stricken neighbor will serve the cause of human-
ity, strengthen the bonds of Western Hemisphere
cooperation and help preserve the free institu-
tions that we cherish.
IIAA Program a Major Expression of
the Good-Neighbor Policy in Action
[Released to the press September 6]
The United States Government's program of co-
operation with other American Republics in the
fields of agriculture, education, and health and
sanitation through the Institute of Inter- American
Affairs is a major expression of the good-neighbor
policy in action, Secretary of State Acheson said
today.
The Secretary's remark was prompted by Presi-
dent Truman's signing of legislation which ex-
tends the active life of the Institute to June 30,
1955. Under previous legislation the Institute
would have gone into liquidation in August 1950.
"The achievements of this program since 1942
in improving the quality of elementary and voca-
tional education, in raising the level of basic food
production, and in creating more healthful
environments for millions of people in Latin
America," Secretary Acheson added, "have dem-
onstrated its effectiveness as a means for attaining
the objectives of the good-neighbor policy. It is
reassuring to know that this work will go forward,
not just for one more year but for five additional
years."
The Institute of Inter- American Affairs is cur-
rently active in 16 Latin American countries and
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
is conductinfj a total of :^5 work programs in co-
operation with the local governments. Four of
these programs are in the field of agriculture, 7
in education, and 14 in health and sanitation.
Financial contributions of the United States to
these activities, which ran as high as 90 and 95
percent of total project costs in the early days of
the program, have recently been overshadowed by
the steadily increasing contributions of the co-
operating countries. In most cases the share of
total project costs now being borne by the cooper-
ating governments runs three and four times as
great as the share borne by the United States.
Under previous legislation the Institute was
authorized to receive apjDropriations up to a maxi-
mum of 5 million dollars in any one year for its
total ^\ ork. Under the new law signed by Presi-
dent Truman, aggregate expenditures up to a max-
imum of 35 million dollars are authorized for the
5-year period from July 1, 1950, to June 30, 1955.
This will permit, according to Institute Presi-
dent Dillon S. Myer, continuation of 25 work pro-
grams now under way, establishment of new pro-
grams in countries where only one or two types of
activity are now being carried forward, and exten-
sion of the Institute's work to some of the Latin
American countries where it is not now in opera-
tion.
Announcements on Negotiations for
Reciprocal Tariff Concessions
[Released to the press September 6]
The following statements have heen released to the
press at Annecy, France, where delegations from
the United States and 33 other countries have
been engaged, since April 11, 19^9, in negotia-
tions for reciprocal tariff concessions and for ac-
cession of additional countries to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade negotiated at
Geneva in 191^11.
COMPLETION OF DIRECT
BILATERAL TARIFF NEGOTIATIONS
By August 27 the various negotiating teams
had completed their direct negotiations at Annecy
in accordance with the timetable which the partici-
pating countries had laid down in July. The re-
sults of these negotiations will now be distributed
to the participating governments for evaluation in
the light of accomplishments of the conference as
Sepfember 79, J949
a whole and will be collated and incorporated in
the appropriate documents. It is expected that
this process will be completed in time for the ap-
propriate documents to be opened for signature at
Lake Success in the early part of October. The
results of the negotiations will also be made public
at that time.
U.S.-COLOMBIAN NEGOTIATIONS
UNCOMPLETED
The delegates of Colombia and the United States
today issued the following statement at the close of
the Annecy tariff negotiations:
The Colombian and United States delegations
have jointly notified the Secretariat that, in view
of the basic difficulties underlying their Annecy
tariff negotiations, as well as their scope and com-
plexity, it was not possible to conclucle them and
they will therefore remain as "uncompleted nego-
tiations" which both delegations hope may be con-
cluded at a later date. In the circumstances the
delegation of Colombia is withdrawing its applica-
tion to accede to the General Agreement at this
time, on the understanding that the Government
of Colombia may possibly wish to renew their ap-
plication to accede at a future date. Tariff con-
cessions agreed upon at Annecy between Colombia
and other participating countries will probably re-
main in suspense. The countries involved are
Brazil, Canada, Chile, Czechoslovakia, France,
Greece, India, Italy, Norway, Sweden, United
Kingdom and Uruguay.
Both delegations are pleased to report that the
negotiations between the two countries were car-
ried out at Annecy in a cordial and friendy
manner and with a mutual desire to arrive at a
satisfactory agreement and regret their inability
to carry them to a conclusion.
In view of the special problems which arise
from the application of the present commercial
agreement between the two countries, in force
since 1936, and entered into when economic, mone-
tary, and fiscal conditions were completely differ-
ent from today, the delegations of both countries
have agreed to recommend to their respective
countries that the agreement be jointly terminated,
through normal diplomatic channels.
The United States delegation recognized Co-
lombia's need to make a revision of its customs
tariff in order to adjust it to present day conditions,
but found that the level of a number of proposed
rates of the Colombian tariff was a major obstacle
that could not be completely overcome.
The chiefs of the respective negotiating teams
believe that the negotiations were fruitful since
they afforded an opportunity for making a care-
ful study of the commercial problems and customs
duties involved.
439
U.S. Protests Siege of Consulate General at Shanghai
[Released to the press September 8]
The Department of State announced today that
the following letter dated August 22 protesting
the siege of the American consulate general at
Shanghai iy alien former employees of the
United States Navy during the period July 29
to August 2 has been sent by Acting American
Consul General Walter P. McConaughy in
Shanghai to Chang Han-fu, Aliens Affairs Bu-
reau^ Shanghai Military Control Commission :
On Fi-iday, July 29, at 7 : 30 a. m. a group of
approximately 30 to 40 workers representing
themselves as delegates of the former employees
of the United States Navy forced their way into
the premises of No. 2 Peking Road, which is owned
by the Government of the United States, and an-
nounced their intention of remaining in occu-
pancy of the building indefinitely until satisfac-
tory settlement of their demands regarding sep-
aration pay and severance bonuses had been agreed
upon. Since this action constituted an illegal in-
vasion of United States Government property and
was also in contravention of our understanding of
point 8 of Chairman Mao Tse-tung's proclamation
regarding the protection of foreign property, we
protested this action to the Alien Affairs Depart-
ment of the Shanghai Military Control Commis-
sion. Furthermore, since the continued unau-
thorized presence of crowds varying from 20 to 80
within the premises of the building constituted a
continuing threat to the maintenance of law and
order, we also protested this potential violation
of the peace to the local public safety officials.
Below is set forth a record of the attempts
which were n^ade to secure intervention by the
proper authorities :
1. At 7:30 a. m., on July 29 the Bureau of
Public Security of the 'VNHiangpoo police station
was informed of the invasion of our premises and
the officer on duty indicated that police would
be sent over.
2. At 9:35 a. m., on July 29 Mr. Eeuben R.
Thomas called upon Mr. Feng of your office and
infoi'med him of the developments. He called
attention to the fact that the dispute between the
workers and the United States Navy, in which the
representatives of this office were acting merely
440
as go between, had been fully laid before the Alien
Affairs Department in our letter of July 12 and
that we had been requested to take no further
steps pending advice from your office; and had
been assured that no violence would be permitted
pending the receipt of such advice. Mr. Feng de-
fended the action of the workers by insisting that,
as ex-employees of a former occupant of 2 Peking
Road, they had a legitimate right within the prem-
ises. Mr. Feng's attention was also called to the
fact that invasion of the premises of 2 Peking
Road constituted a violation of the most elemen-
tai-y principles of international law and universal
practice, since the premises in question were the
property of the United States Government and
used for official purposes.
3. At approximately 10 o'clock on July 29 a
second call to the Whangpoo police station inquir-
ing why police had not arrived was answered by
the statement that the police could not intervene
in what they tei-med a labor dispute.
4. At approximately 11 a. m., on July 29, 2
officers from the Whangpoo police station came to
the premises and talkecl with the workers' dele-
gates, but refused to discuss matters with personnel
of this office.
5. At approximately 2 p. m., on July 29, the
Wliangpoo police station was again called and
again refused to intervene in what they termed a
labor dispute.
6. At approximately 2 : 30 p. m., the Alien Con-
trol Department of the Bureau of Public Security
at the Foochow Road central police station was in-
formed of the situation and likewise refused to
intervene in what they termed a labor dispute.
7. At approximately 2 : 30 p. m., on Saturday
July 30, a representative of this office delivered
to an official of the Alien Affairs Department in its
new offices at Broadway Mansions a communica-
tion which set forth the urgency and danger of
this situation, and was informed that the com-
munication was provisionally accepted although
responsible officials were not available at the
moment.
8. At approximately 8 : 30 p. m., on Saturday
July 30, when the situation within the premises of
2 Peking Road had become critical due to threats
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
)f violence by the workers, tlie Whangpoo police
itation was again informed of this threat to law
ind order and again refused to intervene.
9. At 11 : 30 a. m., on Sundaj^ Jnly 31, 2 repre-
entativcs of this office discussed tlie matter per-
onally with an official of the Foochow Eoad police
tation who contended that the police could not
nterfere on the grounds that no violence had oc-
urred which he interpreted to mean no one had
leen subjected to bodily violence or had been
hreatened with a gun. He finally agreed to send
onieone to investigate, but reiterated that the po-
ice could not interfere in a labor dispute and could
inlj' take action in case of violence. To the best
if our knowledge no investigator ever appeared.
The final withdrawal of the workers from our
iremises was not efi'ected until 5 : 50 p. m., on Tues-
iay August 2, after they had occupied the build-
ug for more than 4i/^ days. They were appar-
ntly persuaded to withdraw as a result of their
laving at last been made to realize the fact that
heir continued presence in the building, implying
oercion and intimidation, made it impossible for
s to refer to Washington, for the Navy Depart-
lent's consideration, the terras of settlement pro-
losed by the Shanghai General Labor Union me-
iator at the meeting between representatives of
he workers and our office held on the afternoon of
Lugust 1. This office has reason to believe that
lie final persuasion of the workers to withdraw
; attributable to the help of your office.
This office has recently also been given to under-
tand that the workers had been cautioned from
lie beginning against violence; that your office
■as prepared at all times to have assistance ren-
ered to us had actual bodily violence been in-
icted by the workers upon officers of our staff;
nd that j'our office took steps to keep informed
1 regard to developments in the situation from
fiat standpoint. I have welcomed these indica-
lons that your office took cognizance of the situa-
ion and eventually undertook remedial action.
I must, however, place on record the following
oints :
(1). As the above chronology of events makes
bundantly clear, no effort was spared by this
ffice to bring the developments noted to the at-
mtion of the proper authorities, despite which for
ver 4 days no positive action was taken by the au-
lorities to protect property or to remove the
nauthorized occupants from our premises.
(2). As it hardly seems necessary for me to
repeat, this office had at all times exercised its good
offices within the limit of its role as a go-between
to reach an amicable and mutually agreeable so-
lution to the problem. On the other hand, this
office had from the very beginning also made it
clear that it would not negotiate or discuss such
problems under threats of force and intimidation.
(3) . In my view, the failure of the local author-
ities for over 4 days, to take effective action to ter-
minate the illegal occupation of the premises at 2
Peking Eoad constitutes a serious repudiation of
the minimum standards of international law and
comity by condoning the invasion of the property
of a sovereign state situated within territory pur-
portedly controlled by those authorities.
(4). While prepared to recognize the authori-
ties' reported readiness to stop any actual bodily
violence which might be employed by the workers
against members of our staff, I must point out
that :
(a). Had actual violence been inflicted upon
members of our staff by the workers (as easily
could have happened in view of their large num-
bers and high pitch excitement), the harm would
have been done before police could have reached
the building:
(b). The treatment to which Mi\ Thomas was
subjected by the workers, involving, as it did, un-
remitting verbal pressure (including threats) and
forcing him to go with very little food and sleep
for over 24 hours, brought him to a point of ner-
vous and physical exhaustion which was no less
serious than bodily injury, and, in our opinion, is
isroperly to be regarded as a form of violence.
The failure of the authorities to take timely
positive steps to insure against violence which
might easily have occurred and to rescue Mr.
Thomas from the cruel and unusual treatment to
which he was actually subject is a further serious
breach, not only of international law and comity,
but also of universally accepted humanitarian
standards.
In reviewing these points for your attention, I
must accordingly protest in the gravest terms the
failure of the local authorities to fulfill, in the
serious respects noted above, obligations towards
protection of life and property which are uni-
versally recognized under international law and
practice, and which, moreover, the authorities
themselves have appeared clearly to recognize in
publishing specific assurances by Chairman Mao
Tze-tung and in other public pronouncements.
epfemfaer 19, 7949
441
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Two American Servicemen
Missing in Cliina
[Released to the press August 31]
On October 19, 1948, two American servicemen,
"William C. Smith, Chief Construction Electrician,
USN, of Long Beach, California, and Elmer C.
Bender, Master Sergeant, USMC, of Cincinnati,
Ohio, failed to return from a routine training
flight over territory in the Tsingtao area of Shan-
tung Province, China. The two men were mem-
bers of the United States Naval Headquarters
which was established at Tsingtao at the request
of the Government of the Republic of China.
Since receiving reports that the flyers were in
territory controlled by the Chinese Communists,
the Department of the Navy, through the United
States Naval Headquarters at Tsingtao, and the
Department of State, through its representatives
at Nanking, Peiping, and Tsingtao, have made re-
peated attempts to obtain from the Chinese Com-
munists information concerning the men and to
secure their release. These initial ap^jroaches
have been unsuccessful although Smith and Ben-
der have been reported to be safe and well. The
matter is again being brought to the attention of
the highest Chinese Communist authorities at
Peiping.
The Departments of State and Navy remain in
contact with the relatives of the two servicemen
and will convey to them any additional informa-
tion which is received.
Consulate General in Hankow
To Close
[Released to the press September 9]
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 9 that the American consulate general in
Hankow has been instructed to close and withdraw
all personnel and that the staffs of the American
Embassy in Nanking and of the American con-
sulate general in Shanghai are to be reduced by
about one-half. These reductions will be carried
out when arrangements have been completed for
the transportation from China of Americans and
other foreigners who wish to depart.
The decision to take these actions is based upon
the same factors which led to a decision to close
the American consulate general in Canton.^
Through the generous agreement of the British
' Bulletin of Aug. 29, 1949, p. 318.
442
Government, the custody of United States official
property in areas of China in which American con-
sular establishments are closed will be assumed by
the local British consulate, which will also extend
to American citizens the same protection afforded
British subjects. The local American communi-
ties will form committees with which the British
consular offices will deal in routine matters affect-
ing American nationals in order that the added
burdens imposed upon the British officers will be
no greater than necessary.
These ai'rangements are already in effect in the
Canton and Tihwa consular districts and will take
effect in the Hankow district when the American
consular establishment in that city is closed.
Should other American consular establishments
in China be confronted by a situation similar to
that which led to the decision to close the American
consulate general in Canton, it is expected that
such establishments will also be closed and the cus-
tody of United States official property and the pro-
tection of American nationals be assumed by the
local British consulates.
Howard University Players
Leave for Scandinavian Tour
Twenty-one Howard University students ac-
companied by three faculty members will leave
New York on the S. S. Stavanger fjord on August
31 to make a series of guest performances in Nor-
way, Denmark, and Sweden at the invitation of the
Norwegian Government. Appearances will be on
a nonprofit basis with income from ticket sales
covering all of the group's expenses while in
Scandinavia. Transportation costs have been met
by funds made available through the offices of the
Norwegian cultural attache and through the gen-
erosity of a 2>rivate donor, Blevins Davis, who
sponsored the first appearance of American actors
at Denmai'k's International Hamlet Festival at
Elsinore, Denmark, in June of this year.
The plays which will be presented are The Wild
Duck by Henrik Ibsen and Mamha''s Daughters by
DuBose Heyward. Under the direction of Dr.
Anne Cooke, the Howard University Players will
open their tour in mid-September with a 6-day
appeai'ance at the New Theater in Oslo. On Sep-
tember 19, they will go to Copenhagen to play
there and then tour the provinces. The first 2
weeks in October the company will play in Stock-
holm. During the last 2 weeks of October and
the first 2 weeks of November, they will perform in
Trondheim, Stavanger, and Bergen.
The University of Bergen has invited the Amer-
ican group to visit the school, and Dr. Cooke
reports that the Players are rehearsing Strind-
berg's Miss Julie for a possible informal presenta-
tion there. |
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Iran Signs
Educational Exchange Agreement
[Released to the press September 1]
Iran and tlie United States on Septembei- 1
signed an agreement under tlie Fulbright Act,
jutting into operation the program of educational
ixclianges authorized by Public Law 584 (79tli
I^ongress).
The signing took place in Tehran, with Foreign
Vlinister Ali Asghar Hekmat representing tlie
jrovernment of Iran and Ambassador John C.
►Viley representing the United States.
This agreement was the twelftli signed imder
he act, previous agreements having been signed
vitli tlie Governments of China, Burma, the Phil-
ppines, Greece, New Zealand, the United King-
lom, Belgium and Luxembourg, France, Italy,
lie Netherlands, and Norway.
Tlie agreement provides for a United States
Commission for Cultural Exchange between Iran
md the United States to assist in the administra-
ion of the educational program financed from
;ertain funds resulting from the sale of United
jtates surplus property to that country. It pro-
'ides for an annual progi-am of the equivalent of
ipproximately 30(1 tliousand dollars in rials for
ertain educational purposes. These pui'i^oses in-
lude tlie financing of studies, research, instruc-
ion, and other educational activities of or for citi-
;ens of the United States of America in schools
nd institutions of higher learning located in Iran
ir of nationals of Iran in United States schools
nd institutions of higher learning located out-
ide the continental United States . . . including
)ayment for transportation, tuition, maintenance,
nd otlier expenses incident to scholastic activi-
ies: or furnishing transportation for nationals of
ran who desire to attend United States schools
nd institutions of higher learning in the continen-
al United States . . . whose attendance will not
leprive citizens of the United States of America
if an opportunity to attend such schools and
nstitutions."
Tlie Commission in Iran will consist of six meni-
ier.s. the honorary chairman of which will be the
Jnited States Ambassador to Iran. The members
f the Foundation will include three citizens of
ran and three citizens of the United States.
After the members of the Commission in Iran
lave been appointed, information about specific
pportunities for American citizens to pursue
tudy, teaching, or research in that country will be
made public. Further inquiries about those oppor-
tunities and requests for application forms should
be addressed to the following three agencies : In-
stitute of International Education, 2' West 45th
Street, New York 19, N.Y. (for graduate study) ;
United States Office of Education, Washington 25,
D.C. (for teaching in national elementary and sec-
ondary schools) ; and the Conference Board of As-
sociated Research Councils, 2101 Constitution
Avenue, NW., Washington 25, D. C. (for teaching
at the college level, for postdoctoral research, and
for teaching in American elementary and secon-
dary schools in Iran) .
U. S. Navy Vessels Sent in Support
of Joint Weather Station Program
[Released to the press September 6]
It was announced in Ottawa and Washington
on June 29 that three United States Navy vessels
with Canadian representatives aboard would
shortly be sailing to the Canadian Arctic regions
in support of the Joint Weather Station Program
which is being carried out by the Governments of
Canada and the United States.
These three ships, the icebreaker LT.S.S. Edisto,
the cargo vessels U.S.S. Wyandot and the U.S.S.
LST 53S, which served as a cargo vessel have now
returned to east coast ports.
During the summer they resupplied the Joint
Weather Station established in 1947 on Cornwallis
Island, Northwest Territories, for redistribution
to other joint weather stations at Prince Pat-
rick Island, Ellef Eingnes Island, and Ellesmere
Island. The cargo was unloaded by naval per-
sonnel in 89 hours in spite of the difficulties im-
posed through the necessity of running the cargo
ashore over a 2-mile stretch of open sea by means
of small landing craft.
The U.S.S. Edisto carried two helicopters,
which were used extensively and to great advantage
on ice reconnaissance missions.
The ships which participated in the supply mis-
sion were under the command of Capt. Basil Rit-
tenhouse, United States Navy, embarked in the
U.S.S. Edisto. The Edisto was commanded by
Commander W. F. Morrison, United States Navy,
the Wyandot by Capt. T. S. Webb, United States
Navy, and the LST 533 by Lt. J. E. Vautrot,
United States Navy. The senior Canadian repre-
sentative who participated in the supply mission
was J. W. Burton of the Arctic Division of the
Northwest Territories Administration, Ottawa.
eptemher 19, 1949
443
•I
The United Nations and Page
Specialized Agencies
Greece and the United Nations, 1946-1949:
A Summary Account. By Harry N.
Howard 407
Text of Report of U.N. Special Com-
mittee on the Balkans 410
The Conquering March of an Idea. By
Ambassador Philip C. Jessup .... 432
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliog-
raphy 435
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
Ecuador Relief. By Edward G. Miller . 436
IiAA Program a Major Expression of the
Good-Neighbor Policy in Action . . 438
Howard University Players Leave for
Scandinavian Tour 442
Iran Signs Educational Exchange Agree-
ment 443
Treaty Information page
Announcements on Negotiations for Re-
ciprocal Tariff Concessions 439
General Policy
U.S. Protests Siege of Consulate General
at Shanghai 440
Two American Servicemen Missing in
China 442
Economic Affairs
U.S. Navy Vessels Sent in Support of Joint
Weather Station Program 443
The Foreign Service
Consulate General in Hankow To Close
442
Harry N. Hotoard, author of the summary account on Greece and
the United Nations, 1946-49, is Adviser to the Division of Greek,
Turkish, and Iranian Affairs, Department of State. Dr. Howard has
served as Adviser to the United States delegation on the United
Nations Special Committee on the Balkans from 1947 to the present.
U S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: r949
I
tJne/ ^eha^t'meTii/ ^ t/taie/
WAGING PEACE IN THE AMERICAS .
Secretary Acheson
iildreas by
NORTH \TF. ANTIC COUNCIL : Coniimiiii<nH .
162
1(A)
THE CARIBBEAN SITUATION : I .S. Mern.>ra..<lum
to the Inter-American Peace Commilte*- 450
THE LTNTTED STATES POLICY IN INDONESIA • o.
irtUle t I
For I omplete contents see bach cover
I ol. \A/, No. 534
September 26, 1949
'<SL°*».
e z^e/ia/yim^e^ x)k
o/ytaie bulletin
Vol. XXI. No. 534 • Publication 3639
September 26, 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price :
52 issues, domestic $6, foreign $8.50
Single copy 20 cents
The printing of this publication has
been approved by the Director of the
Bureau of the Budget (February 18, 1949)
Note! Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States isf or may, become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
UNITED STATES POLICY IN INDONESIA
The dispute between the Netherlands and the
Republic of Indonesia grew primarily out of the
desire of the Indonesian nationalists to achieve
political independence and of the Dutch to pro-
tect their political and economic investments dur-
ing 300 years of economic development of the
archipelago. United States policy in Indonesia
is based on sympathy with these interests of the
two parties and seeks the harmonious attainment
of both objectives.
On June 25, 1948, the Deputy Director of the
Department of State's Office of Far Eastern Af-
fairs told the American people in a radio address:
First and foremost your government is determined to
do ererytliing it can to bring peace, prosperity, and the
freedoms of a democratic system to the peoples of Indo-
nesia as to peoples everywhere in the world. Secondly,
your government, in this particular instance, seeks to
assist the Indonesian and Dutch people to rediscover their
dependence on each other and learn anew the great con-
tribution that each can make to the welfare and security
of the other. Tliirdly, your government realizes as do
the peoples of the Netherlands and Indonesia, that the
rest of the world desperately needs what the two of
them, working together, can provide. Finally, your gov-
ernment is determined that the efforts of totalitarianism
to defeat these purposes shall not succeed.
After 3 years of intermittent warfare and un-
successful negotiations between the Netherlands
and the Eepublic of Indonesia, an event has oc-
curred which offers the possibility of a happy so-
lution. On August 23, a round-table conference
began at The Hague between representatives of
the Indonesian peoples, the Dutch, and the United
Nations Commission for Indonesia. The goal is
the granting of sovereignty to an independent,
democratic United States of Indonesia and the
linking of the new sovereign state into a Nether-
lands-Indonesian Union.
The achievement of these goals will satisfy the
legitimate desire of the Indonesians for political
independence and satisfy the legitimate desire of
the Dutch to protect their economic and political
interests. It is, intleed, essential to the economic
well-being of both Indonesia and the Netherlands
that Dutch participation be continued. The
Netherlands derives between 200 million dollars
and 300 million dollars annually from its East
Indies investments and could not lose this income
without crucial injury to its national economy.
The Indonesians, in turn, must continue to profit
from the experience and technical skills of the
Dutch to assure their own continued economic
development.
All the free nations of the world have a stake
in the voluntary, cooperative, peaceful settle-
ment of the Netherlands-Indonesian problem:
Many of them require the oil, tin, rubber, and
other products which Indonesia can provide in
abundance and on which the success of the Euro-
pean Recovery Program is considerably depend-
ent; European stability will be best served by
the maintenance of Netherlands economic
strength; and international tranquillity and re-
sistance to the spread of Communism in Southeast
Asia will be served by the attainment of a demo-
cratic, stable Indonesian government.
History of the Dispute
Tlie mid-1930's saw a developing movement for
Indonesian independence. This movement did
not arise from dissatisfaction with the nature of
Dutch rule but with the fact of Dutch rule. The
Dutch administration of Indonesia was vigorous
and efficient, and their achievements in develop-
ing the rich economic resources of the archipel-
ago were great.
Indonesian nationalism increased in intensity
during the war when Japanese aggression ended
Dutch control. In 1942, Java, Sumatra, and
Madura — containing about 55 million of the total
72 million population — began to practice self-
Sepfember 26, 7949
447
government on lower levels. In August 1945, 2
days after the collapse of Japan and a month
before Allied occupation forces arrived to receive
the surrender of occupying Japanese forces, the
Kepublic of Indonesia proclaimed its independ-
ence and its jurisdiction over the entire archipel-
ago.
This declaration precipitated hostilities and
negotiations between the Netherlands and the Re-
public of Indonesia. In November 1946, the two
disputants over Indonesian independence initialed
the Linggadjati agreement and formally signed
it in March 1947. This agreement recognized the
de facto authority of the Republic in Java, Su-
matra, and Madura; provided for establisliment
by January 1, 1949, of a sovereign, democratic,
federal United States of Indonesia (USI) com-
posed of the Republic and at least two other states
to be formed in Borneo and the eastern islands,
and for the linking of the USI to the Netherlands
in a Netherlands-Indonesian Union. The United
States welcomed the agreement and recognized the
Republic's de facto authority.
Efforts to implement the agreement, however,
renewed the conflict. The Republic agreed to
Netherlands proposals for an interim government
for all Indonesia but balked at letting Dutch forces
share in the policing of Republican territory. On
July 21, the Netherlands began a "police action"
against Republican troops which brought under
its control economically impoi'tant areas of Java,
Madura, and Sumatra and reduced the Republic
to three noncontiguous areas : central Java, west-
ernmost Java, and parts of Sumatra.
Australia and India brought the conflict to the
attention of the Security Council of the United
Nations, and on August 1, the Council called ujJon
both parties to cease-fire and to settle their dis-
pute by peaceful means. On August 25, the
Council offered its good offices which both parties
accepted, though the Netherlands maintained that
the dispute was a domestic matter and denied the
Council's competence to deal with it.
Though fighting continued, a conference be-
tween the Good Offices Committee (Belgium,
Australia, and United States) and the disputants
aboard the U.S.S. Renville produced the Renville
agreement which both parties accepted on Janu-
ary 17, 1948.
This new agreement provided for a truce, es-
tablislmient of United States of Indonesia with
the Republic a component, and transfer of Neth-
erlands sovereignty to the USI after a "stated
interval." Netherlands sovereignty would be rec-
ognized meanwhile, and a central interim gov-
ernment formed with the Republic and all other
states granted fair representation. Plebiscites
would determine final delineation of the states
and elect a constitutional convention to frame a
USI constitution. Wlien formed, the USI would
be joined in a Netherlands-Indonesian Union un-
der the Kingdom of the Netherlands. The dis-
putants agreed to assistance of the Good Offices
Committee in arriving at a political agi'eement
and also agreed to serve advance notice of intent
to terminate the truce.
It soon became evident that the Netherlands
and the Republic put differing interpretations
upon the terms of the Renville agreement. Both
parties accused the other of violations. The Re-
public protested Dutch creation of new states by
decree and formation of a provisional federal
government in which the Republic had no part,
contrary to the Renville agreement. The Repub-
lic also charged Dutch efforts to strangle it eco-
nomically by a trade blockade. In turn, the
Netherlands charged the Republic with incite-
ment of guerrilla activity and sabotage in Dutch-
held territory, also with refusal to accept Nether-
lands sovereignty in the interim period.
In June 1948 and again in September, the
United States and Australian delegations on the
Good Offices Committee put forward a compro-
mise plan as a basis for renewing the deadlocked
negotiations. The Republic agreed to both plans,
but the Netherlands refused to discuss the first
and in agreeing to the second, insisted upon
changes which rejected the substance of the
United States-Australian proposal.
In mid-September, taking advantage of the
stalemated negotiations, a Moscow-trained Indo-
nesian Communist named Muso led a well-
planned, large-scale Communist revolt, captured
the city of Madiun, and proclaimed a "Soviet
government." The Government of the Indone-
sian ReiJublic promptly invoked martial law and
ruthlessly liquidated the rebellion with the vigor-
ous cooperation of loyal government troops and
the local population. The Communist leaders
were killed or imprisoned, and all known Com-
munists or leftists suspected of complicity in the
plot to overthi'ow the government were arrested.
Official Republican statements described the Com-
munist rebellion as "part of the Moscow plan for
448
Department of State Bulletin
Southeast Asia." For the Republican govern-
ment to eliminate or antagonize the Indonesian
Communist Party was automatically and immedi-
ately to deprive itself of the support of one of the
most effective anticolonial forces in the archipel-
ago. Nonetheless, the Republic's leaders liqui-
dated the Communist rebellion without outside
aid, thereby earning the implacable hatz-ed not
only of the Indonesian Communist Party but also
of world Communism as well.
The United States made further efforts to re-
vive negotiations for a compromise agreement on
political principles between the Netherlands and
the anti-Communist nationalist movement, repre-
sented primarily by the Indonesian Republic.
The Netherlands instituted direct talks with the
Republic, but these failed to produce a solution.
The Netherlands launched military action on De-
cember 18, and the following day the Republican
capital Jogjakarta, was bombed and attacked by
Dutch paratroops. President Sukarno, Prime
Minister Hatta, the Minister of Foreign Affairs,
and other high-ranking officials of the Republic
were captured and later interned in two separate
groups, one on Bangka Island, the other on Su-
matra. Dutch land forces quickly penetrated
Republican territory, capturing the major cities.
Coinciding with this abrupt termination of the
truce, the Netherlands promulgated a decree of an
interim government of Indonesia which had been
previously framed by the Netherlands and leaders
of the Federal (Dutch-occupied) areas of
Indonesia.
Within a few days, the ECA Administrator an-
nounced suspension of issuance of authorizations
for tlie procurement of supplies destined for use
in Indonesia, which since mid-1948 had been made
available to the Netherlands to aid in the economic
recovery of Dutch-held areas of Indonesia. The
Administrator stated that conditions necessary
for continuation of an effective economic program
no longer existed in Indonesia.
Progress Toward Settlement
The Security Council, concerned over the in-
creased gravity of the situation, converted its
Good Offices Committee into the United Nations
Commission for Indonesia (Uncfi) and passed
a resolution on January 28, 19-19, calling upon
both parties to cease-fire, to release all political
prisoners, and to restore the Republican Govern-
Sep/ember 26, 1949
ment at Jogjakarta, to be followed by staged
withdrawals of Netherlands forces from areas
occupied by them after December 18.
At this juncture, the Netherlands announced
to the Uncfi its decision to speed up the transfer
of sovereignty to a federal Indonesian govern-
ment. The Netherlands Government invited Re-
publican leaders. Federalist leaders, Indonesian
minority groups, and the members of the Com-
mission to meet in a round-table conference at The
Hague on March 12 to work out an agi'eement on
the transfer of sovereignty and on a union stat-
ute. However, the Netherlands Government said
it could not concur in restoration of the Republican
Government. The Republican leaders, therefore,
declared their inability to cooperate.
Largely through the energetic efforts of the
United States delegate, the United Nations Com-
mission for Indonesia obtained on May 7 agree-
ment of both parties to the following four points :
the restoration of the Republican Government to
the residency of Jogjakarta, the issuance of a
cease-fire order, the release of Republican pris-
oners by the Dutch, and the holding of a confer-
ence at The Hague leading to a definitive political
settlement. Indonesian Federalist leaders, rep-
resenting states of the Dutch-occupied areas,
agreed to the Hague conference when they were
assured of the restoration of the Republican Gov-
ernment and participation of the Republican
leaders at The Hague.
Prospects for success of the conference — re-
scheduled for August— were heightened by a re-
ported agreement between representatives of the
Republic and of the Federalist movement at Jog-
jakarta and at Batavia. According to reports,
the Indonesians agree on: (1) the institution of
a federal system of government in Indonesia —
to be called the Republic of the United States of
Indonesia — of which the present Republican and
Federalist states will be constituent parts; (2)
the institution during the Hague conference of a
provisional Federal government which will under-
take administration of the entire archipelago un-
til a popularly elected goverimient can take over ;
and (3) the holding of free elections by secret
ballot under the auspices of the provisional gov-
ernment to delineate the states comprising the
Federal Union and to select representatives of
those states to a bicameral legislature. Agree-
ment on a cabinet form of government was indi-
cated.
449
The Outlook
United States believes that it is not unreason-
able to expect a successful outcome of the round-
table conference. Should success be realized, it
will be our aim to assist the Indonesians to achieve
coherent and effective government and, if re-
quested, to supply technical aid as permitted by
budgetary considerations.
It will be clearly advisable for the Indonesians
to makes the fullest use of Dutch technical and
administrative ability and skill. The Netherlands
has thousands of highly trained, experienced per-
sonnel to offer a new sovereign government of
Indonesia. The employment of Netherlanders
by the United States of Indonesia would benefit
not only the Indonesian people but would also
help to preserve Dutch beneficial interests in the
archipelago.
With Netherlanders and Indonesians rediscov-
ering the great benefits which each may offer the
other, an association of the Kingdom of the
Netherlands and a United States of Indonesia
should become stronger as time goes on.
THE CARIBBEAN SITUATION
U.S. Memorandum to the Inter-American Peace Committee
On August 3, lOlO, the Inter- American Peace
Committee met to consider the situation in the
Caribbean area which has resulted in conflicts and
international tension over a considerable period
of time. The Committee decided at this meeting
that it would address a letter to all of the Ameri-
can governments, through their representatives on
the Council of the Organization of American
States, requesting information and suggestions
pertinent to this situation. On August 18, 1949,
the United States representative. Ambassador
Paul C. Daniels, presented a memorandum, the
text of which is printed below, for the information
and use of the Committee in its consideration of
the problem. At its meeting on September 2, 1949,
the Committee decided, with the approval of the
United States representative, to make the text of
the United States Government's' memorandum
available to the public.
The Inter- American Peace Committee is a five-
member group which was established in con-
formity with Resolution XIV of the second meet-
ing of Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the Ameri-
can Republics, Habana, 1940. Its functions, as
set forth in that resolution, are to maintain con-
stant vigilance to insure that American states be-
tween which a dispute exists or may arise may
solve it as quickly as possible and to suggest
450
measures and steps which may be conducive to a
settlement of such disputes. Members of the
Committee at present are Ambassador Quintanilla,
Mexico, Chairman; Ambassador Corominas, Ar-
gentina; Ambassador Accioly, Brazil; Ambassa-
dor Guell, Cuba, and Ambassador Daniels, United
States.
TEXT OF MEMORANDUM
August 18, 19Jf9
<
The situation existing in the political areas of
the Caribbean, on which the Inter-American Peace
Committee has requested information and sugges-
tions from all of the American states, contains a
number of elements which warrant close examina-
tion by that Committee, in order that it shall ful-
fill its continuing responsibility, under Resolution
XIV of the Second Meeting of Ministers of For-
eign Affairs, of keeping constant vigilance to in-
sure that states between which any dispute exists or
may arise may solve it as quickly as possible. Fur-
thermore, this study deserves the full cooperation
of all of the American governments which are in
a position to contribute to the success of the Com-
mittee's work.
Department of State Bulletin
Although a few striking and well-publicized in-
cidents have attracted general attention, long-
continued tensions and evitlcnces of political un-
rest have threatened to produce, or have actually
produced, conflicts which have a deeper signifi-
cance than would appear from the surface mani-
festations of isolated instances of plotting or
revolutionary activity.
In the period since the cessation of hostilities
of World War II, citizens of one or another of
the countries in the Caribbean area have engaged
in preparations for, and have participated in,
movements whose purpose has Ijeen to accomplish
by intimidation or armed invasion political
changes in governments of the area. Despite the
exercise of vigilance by the Government of the
United States to prevent the violation of appli-
cable United States laws, citizens of the United
States have from time to time been involved in
activities aimed at other governments. These
movements have been inspired and carried on, at
least in part, by political exiles whose aim is to
return, by force if necessary, to active political
life in the countries of their origin. Whatever
may be the motivation of these individuals, some
of whom declare that the cause of their exile is
the absence of democratic practices in their home
countries, the methods they have chosen may in-
volve violation by established governments of their
international obligations witli consequent disrup-
tion of friendly relations among the countries in
the area.
In some instances, the real, apparent or rumored
threat of revolutionary activities has served to
! create international tensions, and there have even
been open accusations from government to govern-
ment. Three times, within a period of a year, the
procedures of inter-American peaceful settlement
have been called upon to deal with situations thus
created. While the success of these instruments in
improving the atmosphere for amicable negotia-
tion, or in actually achieving pacific settlement of
the specific situations which gave rise to the use
of inter-American machinery, has been conspicu-
ous, other situations have continued or new ones
have appeared which indicate that all tensions
have not been removed, and that means must still
be sought for achieving a renewal of international
confidence and a feeling of security among mem-
bers of the American comnumity.
The unfortunate results of these conditions can-
not fail to be a matter of concern to the states in-
volved as well as to all the American nations. It
is obvious that recurring suspicion and lack of con-
fidence among governments do not provide a
l^roper climate for those mutually beneficial re-
lationships, including economic relationships,
which are of importance to the fullest development
of the American states. Some of the governments
concerned have found the situation sufficiently
disturbing to cause them to acquire considerable
amounts of armament, which they feel to be neces-
sary for their self-defense, as well as to institute
rigorous measures of internal control. Heavy ex-
penditures for armaments for these purposes
hinder economic improvement in the area and con-
tribute to an accentuation of discord. The proper
functioning of the Organization of American
States and the effort to realize the ideals and prin-
cii^les to which all have subscribed in the charter
require that methods be found for getting at, and
eliminating if possible, the causes of international
friction and discord.
In searching for these methods, the Inter- Amer-
ican Peace Committee has wisely chosen to seek
full information on those matters which will con-
tribute to its better appreciation of the problem.
In fulfillment of its desire to cooperate with the
Connnittee in every appropriate way, the Govern-
ment of the United States herewith furnishes cer-
tain items of information which relate to the acti-
vities of its citizens or which have come to its
attention in the course of official investigations of
activities alleged to have been carried on by its
citizens or within its jurisdiction. If further per-
tinent information which the United States is able
to make available is developed, this will be fur-
nished to the Committee.
Browder-Eisenhardt Case
Early in 1947 the theft of certain United States
Government-owned arms was discovered. United
States citizens Edward Browder and Karl J.
Eisenhardt subsequently pleaded guilty to the
theft. Browder received 18 months in prison and
Eisenhardt was fined 10 thousand dollars. Dur-
ing the investigation and court proceedings in
this case it was brought out that the arms in ques-
tion were destined for revolutionary purposes in
the Caribbean area, particularly against the then
Government of Venezuela ; and that the movement
was financed in considerable part by foreign
sources. It was also publicly asserted during these
proceedings that a Dominican consular officer in
September 26, 7949
451
the United States was involved in the movement.
The officer concerned was subsequently recalled by
his government.
Cayo Confites Plot
In connection with the revolutionary expedition
organized in Cayo Confites in Cuba in July-
August-September 1947 against the Dominican
Kepublic, the United States Government took the
following action :
1. Kevocation in August 1947 of the export
license granted for the export of the LGl Patria to
one Cruz Alonzo in Cuba, when it became kiaown
that the ship was destined for the use of the revo-
lutionaries.
2. Recommendation by the United States Em-
bassy in Habana in September 1947 to American
pilots recruited to participate in the revolution
that they abandon this undertaking and return to
the United States.
3. Statements to the United States press on
August 2 and September 20, 1947, of the intention
of the United States Government to meet its in-
ternational obligations in connection with revolu-
tionary activities in other countries. This in-
cluded a statement that as early as January 1947
the approj^riate law-enforcing agencies of this
government had been taking special precautions to
prevent violation of United States neutrality and
export control statutes with reference to possible
revolutionary activity in the Caribbean.
4. Indictment by a Federal grand juiy in Flori-
da on November 25, 1947, of Manolo Castro (who
was the then Cuban Government Director of
Sports), Miguel Angel Ramirez (Dominican),
Mollis B. Smith (American), and two American
fliers, on a charge of conspiracy to violate the ex-
port control act. Manolo Castro was killed in
Habana before the trial began; Miguel Angel
Ramirez has never returned to the United States to
stand trial; Hollis B. Smith was given a 2-year
suspended sentence and put on probation for 3
years by a Federal court in Jacksonville. Florida,
in March 1948.
5. On another charge of conspiracy to violate
the export control laws in connection with the ex-
port of arms to Cuba during the Cayo Confites
activity, Reinaldo Rosell (Cuban), and United
States citizens Louis Dell, Frank Adkins, and Luis
Bordas were given 2-year suspended sentences and
were placed on probation for 3 years by a Federal
court in Miami, Florida, in May 1948.
James G. Hurst Jr.
Hurst, a United States Air Force pilot during
the recent "World War, arrived in Guatemala City
on January 1, 1948, in a war surplus bombing
plane which he had flown out of the United States
without obtaining an export license as required by
law. In the investigation it was brought out that
the plane had been purchased by him with funds
made available from foreign sources for use in
connection with plans for a revolution against
the Government of Nicaragua. In response to
a request of the United States Embassy, the Guate-
malan Government impounded the bomber, which
was later returned to the United States. In May
1949, Hurst was found guilty of violation of Sec-
tion 452, Title 22, United States Code (Neutrality
Act). He was sentenced to 2 years in the peni-
tentiary and fined one thousand dollars. The
penitentiary sentence was suspended for a period
of 5 years to be conditioned on Hurst's good be-
havior.
Edward Browder, Jr., Harry A. Snow
Olin D. Mason, and Others
In January 1948, two military aircraft were
illegally flown out of the United States by Snow,
Mason, and three other United States citizens t(
Puerto Cabezas, Nicaragua. Investigation re^
vealed that Browder, who, as reported above, had
previously been involved in the theft of United
States Government property in connection with
a revolutionary plot against the Venezuelan Gov-
ernment, was attempting in January 1948 to en-
gage pilots to fly "to an unknown spot" outside the
United States to load bombs and then to fly to
Venezuela to bomb the city of Caracas. The
American pilots stated to investigating authorities
that, upon their arrival at the Nicaraguan airport,
they were met by 33 Venezuelan citizens who had
arrived that same week from the Dominican Re-
public. In addition to the Venezuelan citizens
who had arrived from the Dominican Republic,
subsequent investigation revealed that other indi-
viduals connected with the same movement had
arrived in Nicaragua during January 1948, from
Costa Rica, Panama, and the United States.
Following urgent action by United States Em-
bassy officials in Nicaragua, the American airmen
were transferred from their hotel in Managua to
the United States Air Force Base at Managua and
returned at an early date to the Canal Zone and
the United States. Legal action was promptly
\
452
Departmenf of State Bulletin
taken against them in the United States Federal
courts. Browder pleaded guilty to separate in-
dictments involving organizing a military expedi-
tion and violating the United States Neutrality
Act. He was sentenced to 18 months imprison-
ment on each charge, the sentences to run con-
currently. Snow, Mason, and the other individ-
uals involved pleaded either guilty or nolo con-
tendere to one or both of the above charges and re-
ceived approjjriate sentences.
Paul W. Warren
Paul Warren, a citizen of the United States, has
for sometime resided in Costa Eica, where he has
engaged in the business of obtaining animals for
sale in the United States. In 1948, Mr. Warren
became a vigorous partisan of the Caribbean
Legion and an active participant in certain of its
activities. On various occasions during Septem-
ber, October and November 1948, Warren made
trips to Cuba, Guatemala and Honduras. In re-
sponse to questions of United States authorities,
he indicated that his travels were connected with
activities of the Caribbean Legion. United States
obligations under the Habana convention of 1928
and information as to certain United States stat-
utes were communicated by United States officials
to Warren. When it proved difficult to dissuade
Warren from his activities, the United States Em-
bassy at San Jose was directed to take up War-
ren's passport and inform him that it would be
made valid only for his return to the United States.
It was made clear to Warren that this government
did not object to his remaining in Costa Rica for
the carrying on of legitimate business but that the
United States is strongly opposed to interference
by its citizens in the internal political affairs of
other nations.
Costa Rican-Nicaraguan Incident
The invasion of Costa Rica from Nicaraguan
1 territory in December 1948 and the resulting ac-
, tion by the American states is a matter of recent
' record. This government sn^Dported wholeheart-
edly the inter-American action taken in solution
, of that controversy and is of the opinion that the
i course followed in connection with the Costa
Rican-Nicaraguan incident offers a valuable prec-
edent for problems of a similar nature. In that
comiection, the resolution of the Provisional Or-
gan of Consultation of December 24, 1948, is con-
Sepfember 26, 1949
sidered by this government to have pertinence to
the current problem. The United States has been
happy to note the improved relations which have
existed between Costa Rica and Nicaragua since
the signing by the two governments on February
21, 1949, of the pact of friendship which termi-
nated the incident, and which has subsequently
been ratified by both governments.
The Luperon Incident
Information available to this government indi-
cates that on the night of June 19, 1949, a PBY
Catalina aircraft bearing United States registra-
tion No. N-1096-M was destroyed at Luperon on
the north coast of the Dominican Republic after
tlie persons on board endeavored to disembark
munitions and attack the local authorities. All 15
persons aboard were either killed or captured. Of
those killed, three were identified as American
citizens, namely, John W. Chewning, Habet Joseph
Maroot, and George R. Scruggs. The plane was
registered in the United States in the name of
Jesse A. Vickers of Miami Springs, Florida, who
had applied for a license in May to export it to
Mexico. This application was not approved by
tlie United States Government. On June 4, how-
ever, the plane departed for Vera Cruz, and the
circumstances surrounding the departure are now
under investigation by the proper agencies of the
United States Goverimient to obtain information
as to possible violations of LTnited States statutes
in this connection.
Reports received by United States officials in the
course of this investigation indicate that other air-
craft landed in Yucatan on June 18 and 19,
destined for the Dominican Republic. According
to these reports, two of these, which landed in
Yucatan on June 18, were transports of Mexican
registry, C-46 XB-HUV and C-47 XA-HOS.
They are known to have been at the Air Force Base
at San Jose, Guatemala, for several weeks prior to
June 19, their presence there having been con-
firmed by the Guatemalan Government in a note
to the United States Embassy. Two other air-
craft, which landed on June 19, were Guatemalan
army transports T-1 and T-2 ; they were reported
to have returned to Guatemala on June 26.
Tlie Chief of the Guatemalan Air Force subse-
quently informed the press that Air Force plane
T-1 had not been outside Guatemala and that T-2
had just returned from Houston, Texas. Official
United States Government records disclose that
45.3
T-2 did not have permission to enter the United
States, nor was it reported at or in the vicinity of
Houston during this period.
The reports also indicate that there were disem-
barked from these planes in Yucatan some 50
armed persons, several of whom made statements
that they were destined for the Dominican Ee-
public to overthrow the Dominican Government.
Among the persons disembarked were two indi-
viduals who said they were United States citizens
and gave their names as Marion R. Finley and
Earl G. Adams. Also disembarked were the re-
ported leaders of the expedition, Juan Eodriguez
Garcia and Miguel Angel Ramirez (Dominicans),
and Eufemio Fernandez (Cuban). Action by
Mexican Government officials in taking into cus-
tody these armed men and military equipment
prevented further movement of this group.
Conclusions
The formulation of recommendations for
methods of dealing with the situation in the
Caribbean area which fall within the duties and
competence of the Inter- American Peace Commit-
tee would appear to depend to a very large extent
upon the results of its study of the information
which will be received in response to its request
for cooperation from the American governments.
In the meantime, however, this government calls
attention to the relevance to this situation of inter-
American and other international agreements on
nonintervention, and, specifically, to the 1928 Con-
vention on the Rights and Duties of States in the
Event of Civil Strife. It is suggested that the
Committee may wish to give consideration to the
question of whether obligations assumed in the
1928 convention and other agreements are being
observed with sufficient positiveness by all states
which have ratified them. It may wish also to
consider whether a recommendation should be
made that all states which have signed pertinent
international agreements should take the steps
necessary to complete their ratification. Such sug-
gestions might also include reference to the de-
sirability of there being domestic laws and enforce-
ment machinery adequate to insure compliance
with international obligations.
In view of the lapse of time and on the
basis of experience regarding its applicability over
intervening years, it is conceivable that the terms
of the 1928 Convention may not be sufficiently
clear or precise to cover situations to which it
was intended to apply, or situations of a kind
which could not have been fully foreseen when
that Convention was negotiated. The Committee
may, therefore, wish to consider the desirability of
recommending that the Convention should be re-
viewed, with a view to its being clarified and
strengthened, as necessary, or to determining
whether a new convention should be drafted.
It is pertinent to recall that, during considera-
tion of the Costa Rican-Nicaraguan case by the
CoAS, acting as Provisional Organ of Consulta-
tion, the Committee of Information designated
by that body presented a report which included,
among other conclusions, the following which are
particularly relevant to the broader problem :
"7. The existence of active military centers of
international agitation constitutes, as it is natural
to suppose, a justifiable ground for preoccupation
on the part of the Governments affected.
"8. This situation, which is abnormal and dan-
gerous for American international peace, explains
why the majority of the Central American and
Caribbean Rej^ublics have been living in an at-
mosphere of mutual distrust, constant anxiety,
and open hostility for some time.
"9. The situation is all the more regrettable
since, because of the characteristics which we have
pointed out, the international relations of the re-
publics involved must, of necessity, become more
strained each day, as the fear of the intentions
of one neighboring country obliges the other to
take the precautions which it considers necessary,
with serious detriment to its own economy and
with grave danger to institutional life."
Furthermore, the Provisional Organ of Consul-
tation approved, on December 24, 1948, a resolu-
tion which contains the following particularly
relevant articles :
"IV. To request both Governments very earn-
estly to observe loyally by all the means in their
power the principles and rules of non-intervention
and solidarity contained in the various Inter-
American instruments signed by them.
"VI. To recommend to all American Govern-
ments that they actively collaborate for the better
fulfilment of the principles by which this Resolu-
tion is inspired."
It is suggested that the Committee may wish to
invite the attention of all of the American states
to the action which was taken at that time.
4
454
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Fourth Anniversary of the United Nations
Statement hy Secretary Acheson ^
A few days ago representatives of our govern-
ment held an economic conference with officials
of the British and Canadian Governments. This
week I am conferring with the Foreign Ministers
of Great Britain and France. Simultaneously,
the delegates of 48 countries have been attending
meetings of the International Bank and the Mon-
etary Fund. Day after tomorrow, representa-
tives of the 12 members of the North Atlantic
Treaty will meet here in Washington. Next Tues-
day the delegation of the United States will join
representatives of the other members of the
United Nations in the fourth session of the Gen-
eral Assembly at Lake Success.
There is a common link between all these meet-
ings that should not go unnoticed. The theme
that runs through them all, the single thread that
ties them all together, is that cooperation among
nations is a living, practical reality — that it is
constantly growing in strength and eifectiveness
despite all obstacles. Our government, and the
friendly governments with which we are closely
associated, are resolutely carrying forward the
tremendous etfort to achieve economic stability
and political tranquillity in the world, so that free
peoples can keep their freedom and have a real
opportunity to improve their conditions of life.
Much of the eilort to achieve that purpose is
being exerted through the United Nations and its
related agencies. The part of the effort being put
forth outside the structure of the United Nations
is being carried forward in the spirit of the United
Nations Charter and in the furtherance of its
principles and purposes.
' Made before the National Citizens' Committee for
tr.N. Day on Sept. 15, 1949, and released to the press on
the same date.
The United States delegation will enter into
the deliberations of the General Assembly with
the intention of making a determined, patient,
conscientious effort to reconcile conflicting inter-
ests and to reach agi'eement on a basis for common
action with other members under the auspices of
the United Nations.
There is no doubt about the widespread support
of the United Nations on the part of the Ameri-
can people. That support, I am sure, will con-
tinue unabated. But it must be an intelligent,
a reasoned support, and one inspired by an under-
standing of what it can and cannot be expected to
accomplish. We can do this without lessening one
whit our devotion to the United Nations based on
deeply felt conviction. We need more and more
to realize that the United Nations is not a mech-
anism that operates automatically and perfectly,
but an organization which can grow and that its
growth and effectiveness depend upon the support
of its member nations and upon the extent to which
they use its organs and procedures.
This year marks the fourth anniversary of the
United "Nations — a very short period of history.
The record shows that these have been years of
achievement. This year alone, the United
Nations dealt with conflicts affecting nearly one-
quarter of the world's population. Within 12
months it has been possible, because of the United
Nations, to make sure that forces of moderation
and restraint could operate. That is a significant
accomplishment. The United Nations is getting
positive results in its effort to get people into the
habit of reconciling their differences through rea-
son and compromise, instead of fighting over them.
The United Nations is beginning to get results
in its effort to alleviate the hunger, disease, pov-
Sepfember 26, 1949
455
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
erty, and ignorance that are such a tragic burden
to the people of the world.
There is a hopeful and inspiring message for our
people in the observance of United Nations Day.
We shall be celebrating the increasing success of
a cause to which the United States is contributing
much — the cause of international cooperation as
a practical, effective way of carrying on the world's
business. We must not expect to achieve dra-
matic, conclusive results by this method, but if we
apply ourselves we can accomplish something
much more valuable — a steady, progressive im-
provement in the ability of the peoples of the
world to live with each other in peace and mutual
helpfulness.
the United Nations. The Assembly passed a reso-
lution urgently drawing the attention of those
governments to their obligations under the trea-
ties, including the obligation to cooperate in the
settlement of these disputes. This item has been
placed on the agenda of the forthcoming session
of the General Assembly, and it has been proposed
(by Australia) that the case of Kumania also be
discussed. The Assembly will have before it the
full record of the disputes and will be able to judge
for itself what further action to take.
Resolutions on Relations With
Intergovernmental Organizations
Violation of Human Rights
by Bulgaria and Hungary
Placed on General Assembly Agenda
Statement by Secretary Acheson
[Released to the press September 14]
This government has now received replies from
Bulgaria, Hungary and Rumania to its notes of
August 1 asking those governments to join in
naming commissions, under the peace-treaty pro-
cedure, in order to reach a settlement of the dis-
putes over violation of the human rights clauses
of the treaties.' In their replies, the three gov-
ernments have refused to cooperate in establishing
these commissions. They continue to insist that
they have not violated the human rights clauses
of the treaties, but they are unwilling to apply
the procedures specifically provided in the treaties
for just such cases of disputes over whether or not
violations have taken place. In the view of this
government they have compounded their earlier
violations by this subsequent refusal to carry out
the procedures for the settlement of disputes,
obligations which they specifically assumed in the
peace treaties themselves. The attitude shown
by these three governments in their recent notes,
as in their earlier notes replying to the charges
made against them, calls into question their good
faith in signing the treaties and provides further
illustration of their callous disregard of clear in-
ternational obligations.
The violation of human rights on the part of
the Governments of Bulgaria and Hungary was
discussed last April by the General Assembly of
' Bulletin of Aug. 15, 1949, p. 238.
456
The Economic and Social Council
Recommends Member Governments, whicb are also mem-
bers of the International Chemistry Office, to take steps
within that body to bring about its dissolution and trans-
fer its assets and functions if appropriate to other organi-
zations ;
Recommends Member Governments, which are also
members of the International Bureau for Technical Train-
ing, to take steps within that body to bring about Its
dissolution and transfer its assets and functions to the
International Labour Organization ; and
Requests the Secretary-General to render whatever as-
sistance may be appropriate in connexion with the fore-
going recommendations.
The Economic and Social Council,
Having considered the resolution adopted on 3 August
1949 by the International Penal and Penitentiary Com-
mission on its relations with the United Nations,
Continues to ieUeve that the purposes of the Commission
as set forth in article 1 of its Constitutional Regulations
can be carried out within the United Nations wliile fully
safeguarding the expert and professional character of the
work undertaken in this field ;
Requests the Secretary-General to enter into consulta-
tion with the Commission with a view to submitting to an
early session of the Council a plan for the eventual inte-
gration within the United Nations of the Commission
taking into account the principles set forth in section II
of the above-mentioned resolution of the Commission and
the views expressed at the ninth session of the Council;
and
Invites Member Governments of the United Nations or
of the Commission to transmit to the Secretary-General
by 31 December 1949 any comments they may wish to
make on this subject.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
The Economic and Social Council
Noting that discussions have been initiated on the pos-
sible absorption or integration of the International Co-
ordination Committee for European Jligratory Movements
Into the International Labour Organization, and
Noting that discussions have been initiated on the pos-
sible absorption or integration of the International Cus-
toms Tariffs Bureau into the future International Trade
Organization ;
Requests the Secretary-General to report in due course
to the Council on the progress of the foregoing discussions.
D
The Economic and Social Council
Requests the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization to consult with tlie Interna-
tional Union for the Protection of the Rights of Authors
and their Literary and Artistic Works on the question of
the future relationship of the two bodies, and to Include
in its next report to the Council an account of the results
of such consultations ; and
Further requests the Secretary-General to submit a re-
port on the matter to the eleventh session of the Council.
E
The Economic and Social Council
Recommends that working relationships be established
by the Food and Agriculture Organization with the Inter-
national Institute of Refrigeration ;
Requests the Secretary-General to render whatever as-
sistance may be appropriate.
F
The Economic and Social Council
Notes the understanding reached by the Food and Agri-
culture Organization with the International OflBee of
Epizootics and approves the establishment of such rela-
tionships between them ; and
Requests the Fao to examine the possibilities of es-
tablishing closer collaboration in this field and to include
in its next report to the Council an account of the co-opera-
tion achieved.
tablished by the Economic Commission for Europe with
the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine;
Notes with approval that relationships have been es-
tablished by the appropriate bodies of the United Nations
and the specialized agencies with the Caribbean Com-
mission ;
Notes with approval that relationships are being es-
tablished by the appropriate bodies of the United Nations
with the South Pacific Commission.
The Economic and Social Council
Notes with approval that relationships have been es-
tablished by the Food and Agriculture Organization with
the following Organizations ;
International Commission of Agricultural Industries,
Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux,
International Council for the Exploration of the Sea,
Permanent International Bureau of Analytical Chem-
istry of Human and Animal Foods,
International Wine Office.
The Economic and Social Council
Considers it is not appropriate at the pr sent time to take
any steps towards the termination, absorption or inte-
gration into the United Nations or a specialized agency
of the Inter-National Bureau of Weights and Measures;
and
Notes with approval the establishment of working rela-
tions by the appropriate specialized agencies with that
body.
K
The Economic and Social Council,
Having noted the fact that a meeting will be held in
September 1949 to consider the establishment of a Council
for the Mediterranean Sea and Contiguous Waters,
Considers that no decision can be taken, at the present
time, on the possible termination, absorption or Integration
into another body of the International Commission for
the Scientific Exploration of the Mediterranean Sea ; and
Requests the Secretary-General to report on the matter
to the next session of the Council.
G
The Economic and Social Council
Notes with approval the relationship established by the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization wtih the International Bureau of Education;
and
Requests Unesco to include in its next report to the
Council an account of the co-operation achieved.
H
The Economic and Social Council
Notes with approval that relationships have been es-
The Economic and Social Council,
Having noted the letter from the President of the In-
ternational Red Cross Committee to the Secretary-General
dated 3 August 1949,'
Decides to defer consideration in regard to the Interna-
tional Relief Union until the next session of the Council;
and
Requests the Secretary-General to study the question
and to report to the next session of the Council.
' See U.N. doc. E/AC.24/7.
September 26, 7949
457
'I
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Continued
M
The Economic and Social Council
Decides to make no recommendations at the present
time on the possible termination, absorption or integration
into another body of the following organizations ;
Central International Railway Transport Office,
International Commission of the Cape Spartel Light,
International Conference for Promoting Technical Uni-
formity in Railways,
International Hydrographic Bureau,
European Conference on Time-Tables,
International Union for the Protection of Industrial
Property,
International Cotton Advisory Committee,
International Rubber Study Group,
International Sugar Council,
International Tin Study Group,
Combined Tin Committee,
International Wheat Council,
International Wool Study Group ; and
Requests the Secretary-General to submit a report on
any new developments regarding these organizations to
a later session of the Council.
N
The Economic and Social Council
Decides to take no action at present in regard to the
Permanent Committee of the International Congress of
Military Medicine and Pharmacy ; and
Requests the Secretary-General to submit a report to
the eleventh session of the Council on the possibility and
desirability of closer relations and integration between
that body, the World Health Organization and other
international bodies.
The Economic and Social Council
Considers that no action at the present time is required
regarding the possible termination, absorption or inte-
gration of, or tlie possible establishment of relationships,
with, the following organizations ;
International Union for the Protection of Nature,
Bank for International Settlements,
International Exhibition Bureau,
International Central OflBce for the Control of the Liquor
Traffic in Africa.
The Economic and Social Council
Requests the Secretary-General to undertake discus-
sions with the Director-General of the Organization of
American States on the future status of the following
bodies, including possible relationships with the United
Nations or a specialized agency, and to report on the
results of these discussions to the next session of the
Council ;
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences,
Inter-American Indian Institute,
Pan-American Institute of Geography and History,
Office of Inter-American Telecommunications,
Pan-American Railway Committee,
Permanent American Aeronautical Commission,
Pan-American Sanitary Bureau,
Central Pan-American Bureau of Eugenics and Homi-
culture,
Inter-American Juridical Committee,
Inter-American Trademark Bureau,
American International Institute for the Protection of
Childhood,
Nutrition Institute of Central America and Panama.
Q I
The Economic and Social Council
Requests the Secretary-General to submit periodically ,
to the Council the list of inter-governmental organiza-
tions ^ as revised from time to time ;
Directs that the following organizations be deleted from
that list ; j
International Office of Whaling Statistics, |
International Fisheries Commission, i
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission,
International Ice Observation and Ice Patrol Service in j
the North Atlantic Ocean, i
Far Eastern Commission, j
International Criminal Police Commission,
International Institute for the Unification of Private ij
Law, 1
United Nations War Crimes Commission,
Inter-American Commission for Territorial Administra-
tion,
Committee of Experts on the Codification of Interna-
tional Law,
Permanent Committee of Jurists on the Unification of
the Civil and Commercial Laws of America,
Permanent Committee of Havana on the Comparative
Legislation and the Unification of Law,
Permanent Committee of Montevideo on the Codification
of Private International Law,
Permanent Committee of Rio de Janeiro ou the Codi-
fication of Public International Law,
Inter-American Coffee Board,
Inter-Allied Reparation Agency,
Commissioner-General's Economic Organization (for
South East Asia),
Inter-American Commission of Women ;
and that the following organizations be added to that
List:
International Whaling Commission,
Indo-Paciflc Fisheries Council,
International Committee for Colorado Beetle Control,
Nutrition Institute of Central America and Panama.
458
' See U.N. doc. E/818/Rev. 1.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED STATES IN THE UNITED NATIONS
[September 17-24]
General Assembly
The fourth regular session of the General As-
sembly opened at Flushing Meadows on Septem-
ber 20 with 23 of the 59 delegations headed by
their countries' foreign ministers. The first
week's sessions were devoted to organizational
matters — the election of Ambassador Carlos P.
Eomulo of the Philippines as president and the
election of seven vice presidents and the chairmen
of the six main committees.
The Assembly adopted a formidable agenda of
69 old and new questions, including problems of
wide international interest such as international
control of atomic energy; regulation and reduc-
tion of armaments; alleged violations of human
rights in Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania;
Palestine; the Indonesian question; the Korean
problem; disposition of the former Italian
colonies ; threats to the political independence and
territorial integrity of Greece; proposals for an
expanded program of economic aid to under-
developed countries; and the admission of new
members to the United Nations.
The Assembly will have before it two resolutions
of the Atomic Energy Commission which the
Security Council decided September 16 to pass to
the Assembly. One of these suspends meetings
of the Atomic Energy Commission "until such time
as the sponsoring powers have reported there exists
a basis for agreement." The other states that no
useful purpose would be served by further dis-
cussion of the Soviet proposal for the drafting of
two conventions on the prohibition of atomic
weapons and on atomic energy control.
The Commission for Conventional Armaments,
in accordance with a resolution of last Assembly,
has worked out a proposal for a census and verifi-
cation of the armaments and armed forces of
United Nations member states, but the Security
Council has not yet taken action on the Commis-
sion's report.
Since the Assembly discussed the alleged viola-
tions of human rights by Bulgaria and Hungary,
efforts have continued to resolve the problem
under procedures set forth in the peace treaties
with the respective countries, including Rumania,
but all three countries have shown themselves un-
willing to apply such procedures. The Assembly
must determine what further action to recommend
in respect to the alleged violations.
The main aspects of the Palestine question fac-
ing the Assembly include the relief of refugees,
internationalization of Jei-usalem, and protection
of the Holy Places. The Assembly will consider
a report of the Economic Survey Mission now in
the Middle East to study and recommend means
of resettling the refugees and to plan the general
economic development of the area.
The question of Indonesia was on the agenda of
the last Assembly session but discussion was de-
ferred in view of the encouraging negotiations
between the Netherlands and the Indonesian Re-
public. United Nations machinery is still at work
assisting in settlement of the dispute, and the
round-table conference in session in The Hague
has announced agreement in principle on several
points working toward association of a proposed
United States of Indonesia with the Dutch Crown.
The Korean Commission report before the As-
sembly places the main responsibility for block-
ing Korean unification on the Soviet Union, which
has refused to comply with United Nations recom-
mendations on Korea and to cooperate with the
Commission.
The disposition of the former Italian colonies is
another question held over from the last session
where agreement could not be reached. The prob-
lem is before the United Nations in accordance
with the Italian peace treaty provision to refer the
matter to the United Nations if the Big Four na-
tions could not reach agi'eement before September
15, 1948.
The Assembly will consider the report of the
Special Commit^tee on the Balkans which declares
that Bulgaria and Albania have continued to give
both moral and material assistance to the Greek
guerillas and that there has been an increase in aid
from Rumania and a decrease, or possible cessa-
tion, of aid from Yugoslavia. The report also
notes the continued refusal of the bordering states
to cooperate with the Special Committee and the
refusal of Poland and the Soviet Union to take
their seats as commission members.
The question of the admission of new members
to the United Nations is also on the Assembly
agenda. Seven applicants — Portugal, Jordan,
Italy, Finland, Ireland, Austria, and Ceylon — re-
ceived a majority vote in the Security Council
again on September 13, but a negative vote of the
U.S.S.R., as a permanent member of the Council,
blocked their admission. On September 15 the
Security Council again failed to admit Albania,
the Mongolian People's Republic, Bulgaria, Ru-
mania, and Hungary.
September 26, 1949
459
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
Third North American
Regional Broadcasting Conference
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 14 that the President named Eosel H.
Hyde, Commissioner, Federal Communications
Commission, and Fletcher Warren, United States
Ambassador to Paraguay, chairman and special
consultant, respectively, of the United States dele-
gation to the Third North American Regional
Broadcasting Conference. The Conference con-
vened at Montreal, September 13.
The otlier members of the United States delega-
tion are as follows :
Chief Technical Adviser
John A. Willoughby, Acting Chief Engineer, Federal Com-
munications Commission
Advisers
James E. Barr, Chief, Standard Broadcast Division,
Bureau of Engineering, Federal Communications
Commission
Raymond L. Harrell, Telecommunications Attache, Amer-
ican Embassy, Habana
H. Underwood Graham, Chief, Allocations Branch, Stand-
ard Broadcast Division, Federal Communications
Commission
Florence C. Kirlln, Special Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary of State, Congressional Relations, Depart-
ment of State
Joseph M. Klttner, Assistant to the General Counsel, Fed-
eral Communications Commission
Bruce S. Longfellow, Assistant Chief, Allocations Branch,
Standard Broadcast Division, Federal Communica-
tions Commission
Donald "i{. MacQuivey, Divisional Assistant, Telecom-
munications Division, Department of State
Charles P. Nolan, Adviser, Transport and Communications
Policy, Office of American Republic Affairs, Depart-
ment of State.
Ralph J. Renton, Radio Engineer, Office of Chief Engineer,
Federal Communications Commission
Edgar F. Vandivere, Chief, Information Analysis Branch,
Technical Information Division, Bureau of Engineer-
ing, Federal Communications Commission.
Julius Brauner, General Counsel, Columbia Broadcasting
System, New York
Louis G. Caldwell, Attorney, Clear Channel Broadcasting
Service, Washington, D.C.
Commander T. A. M. Craven, Consulting Radio EJogineer,
Craven Lohnes and Culver, Washington, D.C.
William F. Duttera, Staff Allocations Engineer, National
Broadca.stlng Company, New Tork
R. Rus.sell Eagan, Attorney, Klrkland, Fleming, Green,
Martin & Ellis, Washington, D.C.
Raymond F. Guy, Manager, Radio and Allocations Engi-
neering, National Broadcasting Company, New York
Andrew G. Haley, Consulting Attorney, American Broad-
casting Company, New York
Ralph N. Harmon, Engineering Manager, Westinghouse
Radio Stations, Inc., Washington, D.C.
Royal V. Howard, Engineering Consultant, San Francisco
E. M. Johnson, Vice President, Mutual Broadcasting Sys-
tem, New York
William B. Lodge, Vice President In charge of General
Engineering, Columbia Broadcasting System, New
York
Gustav B. Marsraf, Vice President and General Attorney,
National Broadcasting Company, New York
Leonard H. Marks, General Counsel, Daytime Petitioners
Association, Alexandria, Va.
Frank Marx, Vice President and Chief, American Broad-
casting Company, New York
Neal McNaughton, Director, Department of Engineering
National Association of Broadcasters, Washington,
D.C.
Dwight A. Myer, Technical Field Director, Westinghouse
Radio Stations, Inc., Washington, D.C.
Esterly Chase Page, Consulting Radio Engineer, Wash-
ington, D.C.
James D. Parker, Staff Radio Engineer, Columbia Broad-
casting System, New York
Forney A. Rankin, Director, Department of Government
Relations, National Association of Broadcasters,
Washington, D.C.
Oscar W. B. Reed, Jr., Engineer, Jansky and Bailey, Wash-
ington, D.C.
Jay W. Wright, Cliief Radio Engineer, Columbia Broad-
casting System, New York
The Conference will bring together representa-
tives of the Governments of Canada, Cuba, the
Dominican Republic, Haiti, Mexico, and the
United States for the purpose of endeavoring to
produce a new agreement to regulate and estab-
lish principles governing the use of the standard
broadcast band in the North American region.
The original North American Regional Broad-
casting Agreement, signed at Habana, in 1937,
460
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continued
became effective in 1941 to continue in force for
5 years. In 1946 it was extended for an addi-
tional 3 years, expiring March 29 of this year.
Meeting of South Pacific Commission
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 13 that the four United States Commission-
ers on tlie South Pacific Commission will arrive
this afternoon in Washington for a three-day
period of consukation.
Those attending the series of meetings are:
Senior Co»itnissi07ier — Dr. Felix M. Keesing, professor of
anthropology at Stanford University, authority and
author on the South Pacific area
Co7nmiSf;io)wr — Milton Shalleck, lawyer of New York
Altetmate Commissioner — Dr. Karl C. Leebrick, vice-
president of the University of Hawaii
Alternate Commissioner — Orsen N. Nielsen, American
consul general, Sydney, Australia
This will be the second meeting in Washington
of United States Commissioners, who were ap-
pointed by the President on April 28, 1948. This
meeting has been arranged in order that tlie Com-
missioners may confer with officers of this govern-
ment on matters relating to tlie South Pacific
Commission. Among other problems which the
Commissioners will discuss are items on the agenda
of the fourth session of the Commission, which will
be convened at Noumea, New Caledonia, on October
22, 1949.
The South Pacific Commission was established
in May 1948 as a regional advisory and consulta-
tive body on social and economic matters to the
Governments of Australia, France, the Nether-
lands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the
United States. The territorial scope of the Com-
mission comprises 15 non-self-governing terri-
tories in the Pacific Ocean which are administered
by these participating governments and which lie
wholly or in part south of the Equator and east
from and including Netherlands New Guinea.
The Commission is designed to encourage and to
strengthen international cooperation in advanc-
ing the economic and social rights and welfare of
the inhabitants of the territories within its scope.
The first and second sessions were held at Sydney,
Australia, in 1948, and the third session was held
in May 1949 at Noumea, New Caledonia, the head-
quarters of the Commission. William D. Forsyth
is the secretary general of the Commission.
The Commission, which is assisted by a research
council and periodic conferences of representatives
of the local inhabitants, will be an important
means of promoting the economic and social well-
being of the two millions of peoples of the islands
of the South Pacific region. The first South
Pacific Conference will be held at Suva, Fiji
Islands, in April 1950. Although the Commis-
Sepfemfaer 26, J949
855353—49 3
sion does not have any organic connection with
the United Nations, its charter makes provision
for full cooperation with the United Nations and
its specialized agencies.
ILO: Asian Conference of Experts
on Technical Training
On September 12 the Department of State an-
nounced that Duncan Campbell, labor attache, sta-
tioned at the American consulate general at Ba-
tavia, Java, Indonesia, will represent the United
States Government as an official observer at the
Asian Conference of Experts on Technical Train-
ing of the International Labor Organization
(Ilo). This meeting is scheduled to be held at
Singapore, September 12-24, 1949.
The Ilo believes that the Singapore conference
will have particular importance for its Asian man-
power program and that it will lay the ground
work for practical operations by the Ilo Asian
field office in vocational and technical training.
Pan American Institute
of Geography and History
The Department of State announced on Septem-
ber 6 that Dr. Preston E. James, professor of
geography at Syracuse University and United
States member of the Commission on Geogra-
phy of the Pan American Institute of Geography
and History, will attend the First Meeting of the
Commission which is scheduled to open at Rio de
Janeiro on September 12.
Dr. James will also serve as chairman of the
United States delegation to the First Pan Ameri-
can Consultation on Geography of the Institute
which will be convened concurrently with the
First Meeting of the Commission at the invitation
of the Brazilian Government. Others named to
serve as members of the United States delegation
are : Dr. Arthur P. Biggs, assistant attache, Amer-
ican Embassy, Buenos Aires; Dr. Samuel W.
Boggs, special adviser on geography. Department
of State ; Dr. Clarence F. Jones, professor of geog-
raphy. Northwestern University, Evanston, Illi-
nois ; and Betty Didcoct, Department of State.
The Consultation has been called to aid the Com-
mission in promoting the interchange of technical
and scientific information among leading geogra-
phers of the Americas. Subjects to be discussed
by the Consultation are under the following gen-
eral headings: (1) physical geography; (2) bio-
geography; (3) human geography; (4) regional
geography; and (5) the teaching of geography.
As part of the meeting there will be held also an
exhibit of the geographic publications and similar
studies carried out by the various American gov-
ernments.
The United States has supported the activities
of the Pan American Institute of Geography and
History since it was established in 1929.
461
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Waging Peace in tlie Americas
Address iy Secretary Acheson ^
I am grateful to the Pan American Society for
this welcome opportunity to meet with its distin-
guished membership and with so many friends
from throughout the Western Hemisphere. It is
a most appropriate setting in which to discuss the
relations within our community of American Re-
publics. There are two reasons in particular why
I am glad to be able to discuss this subject tonight.
The first is so obvious that we tend to take it for
granted. It is that our countries are close neigh-
bors, bound together by a common heritage of
struggles for liberty and freedom.
The second reason is that the community be-
tween our countries presents us with a unique op-
portunity to press forward toward the positive ob-
jectives of our foreign policy. Much of our effort
in other parts of the world has had to be devoted
to repairing the destruction caused by war and to
strengthening the free nations against aggression.
We in this hemisphere have fortunately been
spared the terrible destruction of war, and we are
relatively remote from any direct threat against
our independence. The prospects are, therefore,
bright that we can continue to work together in
an atmosphere of relative peace and stability. We
are in a real sense waging peace in the Americas.
Basic Principles
Before discussing specific policies, it seems well
to restate once more the basic principles on which
our policy in this hemisphere must rest. They
are:
Our essential faith in the worth of the in-
dividual ;
' Made before the Pan American Society of the United
States in New York, N. Y., on Sept. 19, 1949, and released
to the press on the same date.
the preservation of our way of life without
trying to impose it on others;
the observance by all governments of ethical
standards based on justice and respect for fi'eely
accepted international obligations;
protection of the legitimate interests of our
people and government, together with respect for
the legitimate interests of all other peoples and
governments ;
the juridical equality of all the American
Republics ;
nonintervention in the internal or external af-
fairs of any American Republic ;
the stimulation of private effort as the most
important factor in political, economic, and so-
cial purposes;
freedom of information and the development of
free exchanges in all fields ;
the perfection, with the other American coun-
tries, of regional and universal arrangements for
maintaining international peace; and
the promotion of the economic, social, and po-
litical welfare of the people of the Aanerican
Republics.
These then are our guiding principles. A
statement of the specific policies which rest on
these principles can best be made in conjunction
with a review of our long-term objective.
National and Hemisphere Security
The primary objective of any government is
necessarily the security of its territory and people.
The Monroe Doctrine is an acknowledgement that
the security of this hemisphere is indivisible.
With the development of the inter- American sys-
462
Department of Stale Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
tem, our countries have jointly created an effec-
tive security organization consistent with the
Charter of the United Nations.
The Rio de Janeiro treaty of 1947 provides that
in case of armed attack on an American Repub-
lic, each partv pledges itself to assist in meeting
the attack. One of the foremost policies of our
country in foreign affairs is to fulfill its obliga-
tions under the Rio treaty and to seek the maxi-
mum cooperation among the American nations in
achieving the objective of a secure and peaceful
continent.
I stress this point because the security system
which has culminated in the Rio treaty is now
facing a crucial test.
For more than 2 years the Caribbean area has
been disturbed by plots and counterplots. These
plots have in themselves been inconsistent with
our common commitments not to intervene in each
other's affairs. Increasingly, however, denunci-
ations have been succeeded by overt attempts at
military adventure. Since 1945 few nations in the
Caribbean area have escaped involvement, and at
times the entire area has approached a state of
political turmoil.
This situation is repugnant to the entire fabric
of the inter- American system. The United States
could not be faithful to its international obliga-
tions if it did not condemn it in the strongest
terms. The energies spent in these adventures
could much better have been put to use for peace-
ful purposes and improving the lot of the ordi-
nary citizen. Aggression or plotting against any
nation of this hemisphere is of concern to us.
TVlierever it occurs, or may be threatened, we shall
use our strongest efforts, in keeping with our in-
ternational commitments, to oppose it and to de-
fend the peace of the hemisphere.
Only last Wednesday the Inter- American Peace
Committee, meeting at the Pan American Union,
set forth the principles and standards that bear
on this situation. It is my hope that rigorous ad-
herence to these principles and standards by all
American governments will assure peace, not only
in the Caribbean area, but also throughout the
hemisphere.
We, the nations of this hemisphere, have a re-
sponsibility not only to ourselves but also to the
rest of the world to live together in peace and
harmony. Together we have played an important
part in creating the United Nations. We must
live up to the responsibilities which we have thus
assumed toward the other member nations. This
means, among other things, that we must abide
by our regional commitments and maintain peace
in our own midst. If all of the countries of the
hemisphere proceed along these lines, as we in
this country intend to do, there is no reason why
any nation in the hemisphere should fear
aggression.
Development of Representative Democracy
What I have said, however, should not be con-
strued as blind adherence to the status quo. We
oppose aggression ; we do not oppose change. In-
deed, we welcome and encourage change where it
is in the direction of liberty and democracy. We
have worked long and persistently in common
with our neighbors toward this end".
We would like to see a world in which each
citizen participates freely in determining periodi-
cally the identity of the members of his govern-
ment. This is an objective for which we will
continue to work, subject always to our common
policy of nonintervention.
In the Americas we have had periods of high
hope and periods of bitter discouragement as we
have seen democratic institutions flourish in some
countries, only to see them subverted in others.
We always deplore the action of any group in
substituting its judgment for that of "the elector-
ate. We especially deplore the overthrow by force
of a freely elected government. In such situations
we do not: cease to hope that the people will re-
gain the right to choose their leaders.
We realize, however, that the attainment of the
democratic ideal in any country depends funda-
mentally upon the desires and efforts of the peo-
ple of that country. The nature of democracy
is such that it can be achieved only from within.
Democracy as we endeavor to practice it is a
continuing development toward political ma-
turity— not a formula to be imposed upon a nation
by a self-appointed ruling class, as is the case
with certain other forms of government. Its at-
tainment is essentially a spiritual and personal
problem to be solved by the people of each country
for themselves.
We are encouraged in our purpose by the real-
ization that the strength of democratic institutions
throughout the hemisphere today is measurably
greater than a generation ago. In spite of oc-
casional disappointments, we note a steady for-
ward progress. The spirit of democracy is alive
and bearing fruit.
Recognition
Our policy with respect to recognizing new gov-
ernments in the hemisphere is not inconsistent with
our encouragement of democracy. We maintain
diplomatic relations with other countries primar-
ily because we are all on the same planet and
must do business with each other. We do not es-
tablish an embassy or legation in a foreign country
to show approval of its government. We do so to
have a channel thi'ough which to conduct essen-
tial governmental relations and to protect legiti-
mate United States interests.
"Wlien a freely elected government is over-
thrown and a new and perhaps militaristic gov-
ernment takes over, we do not need to recognize
the new government automatically and immedi-
Sepfember 26, 1949
463
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
ately. We can wait to see if it really controls its
territory and intends to live up to its international
commitments. We can consult with other gov-
ernments, as we have often done.
But if and when we do recognize a government
under these circumstances, our act of recognition
need not be taken to imply approval of it or its
policies. It is recognition of a set of facts, noth-
ing more. We may have the gravest reservations
as to the manner in whicli it has come into power.
We may deplore its attitude toward civil liber-
ties. Yet our long-range objectives in the promo-
tion of democratic institutions may, in tact, be
best served by recognizing it and thus maintain-
ing a channel of communication with the country
involved. In this way we are also able to dis-
charge our basic function of protecting the in-
terests of our govermnent and our citizens there.
Since recognition is not synonymous witli approv-
al, however, our act of recognition need not nec-
essarily be understood as the forerunner of a
policy of intimate cooperation with the govern-
ment concerned.
Economic Policy
The economic field offers the greatest oppor-
tunity for constructive action. Two sets of prob-
lems arise. The first are derived largely from the
disruptions of the war, and we hope may be de-
scribed as short-run problems. The second results
from the fact that in wide areas the standard of
living is still miserably low. This is a long-run
problem, although no less urgent.
It was apparent that the war would be followed
by a period of economic stress. In some areas
the effectiveness of the economic machine had been
destroyed. The effect of the war on various re-
lationships which previously had been the basis
of world trade — for example, the reduction in
earnings on overseas investment by European
countries — raised new issues with respect to
achieving equilibrium. Although the heaviest
initial impact of this problem fell on Europe, the
fundamental disequilibrium has now extended
around the world so that for every country the
maintenance of trade and the balance of payments
has become a major problem of foreign relations.
It was obvious in its initial stage that there could
be no real recovery in trade without the revival of
production in Europe. Therefore, the European
Kecovery Program must be regarded not merely
as a program to meet the individual problems of
the European countries but also to revive the flow
of goods to and from Europe. We are all aware
of the serious character of the present balance-of-
payments problems, and it is one to which we
must direct our thoughts in the most constructive
way possible.
Wliile material well-being is no guaranty that
democracy will flourish, a healthy and prosperous
people is a far more fertile field for the develop-
ment of democracy than one which is undernour-
ished and unproductive. That is why we are
and must be preoccupied with the long-term prob-
lem of economic development.
The record of our economic cooperation in this
hemisphere is substantial. It is one of such
proved soundness that it forms the precedent and
the basis for the more constructive labor ahead.
For 10 years past a large work of technical co-
operation has been under way throughout our
countries. Our government participates in this
work through many of its agencies, such as the
Department of Agriculture and the Public Health
Service. Our Institute of Inter-American Af-
fairs is cooperating with agencies of the other
governments in outstandingly successful pro-
grams to improve basic living conditions. Tech-
nicians and administrators from the United
States and from the host countries work side by
side in partnership with each other. They work
among the peoples in the remote countryside as
well as in the cities. The Institute of Inter-
American Affairs has now been authorized by
Congress to continue and to expand this work.
These programs have furnished the inspiration
and the proving ground for the world-wide pro-
gram of technical cooperation envisaged in Point
4 of President Truman's inaugural address.
In 1935, we created the Export-Import Bank
which has become a uniquely successful institu-
tion in the field of economic development. The
steel mill at Volta Redonda in Brazil is in full
operation and a lifelong desire of many Brazil-
ian statesmen and businessmen has become a real-
ity with a plentiful supply of steel products to
complement the vigorous growth of industry in
that country. At Concepcion in Chile we shall
soon see the realization of another project which
has been brought about by the combination of
energy on the part of Cliilean leaders and coop-
eration by the Export-Import Bank in supplying
the material needs to bring the idea into fruit.
There are constructive evidences throughout the ;
Americas of the good use to which Export-Im-
port credits have been put — in the Artibonite Val-
ley in Haiti, in meat packing plants in Mexico — ■
in highways in many countries, in ships, power
systems, public works, agricultural projects, large
and small industrial undertakings. The total
amount of loans advanced by the Bank to the i
other American Republics is over 700 million dol- '
lars. Defaults on these loans are insignificant.
The International Bank and the International
Monetary Fund created at Bretton Woods in 1944
largely on the initiative of the United States, to-
day are actively contributing to economic devel-
opment and fiscal stability in this hemisphere.
The Bank already has made loans to several
American nations for basic development, and the
464
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Fund has assisted in the sohition of currency
problems. Throngli our representation in both
institutions, we shall continue our vigorous sup-
port of these constructive policies.
These specific programs represent actual
deeds — not merely words. Nor are they isolated
examples, but rather parts of a broad program
of economic cooperation which, while reflecting
our national self-interest, can leave no doubt as
to our deep and lasting concern with the economic
welfare of the other American Eepublics.
Private Capital and Public Funds
Loans of public funds, however, can only be
supplementary to the efforts of private capital,
both local and foreign. This country has been
built by private initiative, and it remains a land
of private initiative. The preponderance of our
economic strength depends today as in the past
upon the technical and financial resources and,
even more, upon the abilities and morale of private
citizens. I venture to say that the same thing is
true of the other American nations.
In providing assistance for economic develop-
ment, it would be contrary to our traditions to
place our government's public funds in direct and
wasteful competition with private funds. There-
fore, it will be our policy, in general, not to extend
loans of public funds for projects for which
private capital is available. It is our purpose,
also, to emphasize the desirability of loans which
increase productivity.
Nor do we necessarily believe that rapid indus-
tralization is good per se. Industrial develop-
ment is an important factor in raising living stand-
ards, and therefore we have cooperated actively to
this end. However, we feel that a balance should
be achieved between industry, agriculture, and
other elements of economic life. In many coun-
tries, large and small, the greatest immediate
progress toward material well-being may be made
through modern and diversified cultivation of the
land. Irrigation projects, the use of agricultural
machinery, the restoration of old land through fer-
tilizers— these simple measures may do more to
raise the standard of living than a dozen new
industries.
We have had these principles in mind in
elaborating the Point 4 program. Because we
believe that the job ahead should be done pri-
marily through private initiative, we have re-
quested Congress to authorize the Export-Import
Bank to offer certain guaranties against risks pe-
culiar to foreign private investment.
We hope that the flow of private capital can
be stimulated also by the negotiation of treaties
to create an atmosphere favorable to increased
private investment abroad. We are concerned
with two types of treaties : first, treaties to avoid
double taxation ; second, treaties to define our eco-
nomic relations and give reasonable assurances
to our investors while safeguarding the interests
and integrity of the other country.
Special Needs of Countries
We believe that this general program can best
be developed in full consideration of the special
needs of individual countries. The conditions of
the various nations of the hemisphere differ widely.
Nor can all of our international problems be
dealt with in the same way. In the field of eco-
nomic development we have a common goal of
high living standards and increased trade — just
as in the political field we have a common goal of
security and individual fi-eedom. However, the
process of economic development depends upon
the efforts and resources of each individual coun-
try. There is no common formula. To be sure,
the process can be facilitated in various ways by
international organizations, such as the United
Nations and its specialized agencies and the Or-
ganization of American States. But, in the last
analysis, it depends upon the energy and resources
of the individual countries themselves. The
United States is prepared to lend its assistance,
both directly and through international bodies, to
working out specific programs with individual
countries. Possibly this principle might be ex-
panded to the working out of regional programs
if two or more countries should seek to plan
jointly for economic development.
I cannot stress too strongly that progress will
come most rapidly in countries that help them-
selves vigorously. Economic development, like
democracy, cannot be imposed from outside.
Positive self-help is also essential to establishing
conditions of economic stability and of fair treat-
ment for private investment and the rights of
labor. In countries where such conditions are
provided, it will follow that we can collaborate
more effectively in working out development pro-
grams. Public and private capital will be at-
tracted more readily to such countries. Wliile
this is dictated by logic rather than emotion, it
has been our experience that these conditions are
generally founded in countries where constitu-
tional and political democracy exists.
Conclusion
These then are our three major objectives — the
security of our nation and of the hemisphere; the
encouragement of democratic representative in-
stitutions; and positive cooperation in the eco-
nomic field to help in the attainment of our first
two objectives.
If I have said nothing new tonight, it may well
be because, in a family of nations as in families
of individuals we should expect nothing more
sensational than growth.
September 26, 1949
465
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
We can take satisfaction in the stability of our
policy in the hemisphere. The good-neighbor
policy as we practice it today is, for us, an historic,
bipartisan, national policy. It has been wrought
by democrats at both ends of Pennsylvania Ave-
nue— President Roosevelt, Secretary Hull, and
Senator Connally, and also by Eepublicans at both
ends of the Avenue — President Hoover, Secretary
Stimson, and Senator Vandenberg. And this by
no means exhausts the distinguished list who have
contributed to this great policy.
It is the firm intention of President Truman,
as it is of myself as Secretary of State — of the
entire personnel of my Department and, I believe,
of the people of my country — to work for ever
closer relations between the nations of this hemi-
sphere. We seek by positive good will and effort
to strengthen the Organization of American
States, within the more extensive design of the
United Nations, as the most effective expression of
law and order in this hemisphere.
We and the other American Republics have de-
termined and pledged ourselves to carry on our
common policy of the Good Neighbor as a living
and constantly growing reality.
Inter-American Faith in United Nations
Remarks hy Assistant Secretary Miller'^
This is an outstanding occasion for anyone who
is interested in inter- American affairs. It occurs
in the midst of a momentous period in the devel-
opment of our country's foreign policy as a sym-
bol of our country's unflagging interest in our
inter-American relations. During this period,
the financial discussions with Great Britain and
Canada have been going on and have demon-
strated again the common purpose of the govern-
ments concerned to surmount problems of post-
war readjustment which are of concern to all of
the world. The meetings of the Governors of
tlie International Bank and Fund have shown the
strength and the continuing progress of these two
great examples of international economic coop-
eration. Only last week in Washington there was
created the organization which will give effect to
the understanding set forth in the North Atlantic
Treaty. Tomorrow, the General Assembly of the
United Nations opens its fourth session at Lake
Success. For the next few weeks the hopes of free
people everywhere will be focused on its delib-
erations.
That all of these great events should take place
in this country during such a brief period is, in
perspective, dramatic proof of the deep interest
and the active participation of the United States
in the solution of international problems. This
interest and this desire to participate would not
be nearly as pronounced, however, if we had not
behind us already an encouraging record of ac-
complishment in the field of international coop-
' Made before the Pan American Society of the United
States at New York, N. Y., on Sept. 19, 1949, and released
to the press on the same date.
eration. We have no more inspiring single ex-
ample of effective international cooperation than
our inter-American system with its Organization
of American States, for which all of the nations
represented here tonight, have worked with zeal
and persistence. This vigorous, functioning Or-
ganization is a source of pride for all of us.
It is entirely fitting, therefore, that during this
series of international events which have been tak-
ing place we from the Department of State should
be privileged to meet here tonight with this dis-
tinguished company to mark the deep and contin-
uing interest which we all have in the welfare of
our inter-American system. I wish to thank the
Pan American Society for this opportunity to
join in welcoming the distinguished representa-
tives of our fellow American Republics who have
met with us here tonight. It is pleasant to see
here this evening many of the permanent repre-
sentatives of those countries who live in our midst.
A special welcome is felt by all of us for those who
have newly come for the meeting of the General
Assembly. We also are glad to have in our midst
the Governors and Executive Directors on the In-
ternational Fund and the International Bank.
Finally, Dr. Alberto Lleras, Secretary General of
the Organization of American States, occupies a
unique position in that he represents our entire
community of 21 nations.
An assemblage such as this of friends from
throughout the hemisphere is in itself an inspir-
ing event. It is an expression of our common
faith in inter- American cooperation. We shall
all, I am sure, leave here tonight with a renewed
sense of dedication to press forward for the reali-
zation of our common purpose.
«
466
Department of State Bulletin
Joint Statements on Developments and Problems
Facing U.S., U.K., Canada, France, and Italy
U.K.— FAR AND MIDDLE EAST
[Released to the press September IS]
Secretary of State Acheson and the Foreign
Secretary of Great Britain, Mr. Bevin, met this
afternoon to discuss matters of concern to their
two countries, particularly in the Far East and
the Middle East. They were assisted in their dis-
cussions by the following :
For the United States
Philip C. Jessup, Ambassador at Large
George C. McGhee, Assistant Secretary for Near Eastern
and African Affairs
W. Walton Butterworth, Director, Office of Far Eastern
Affairs
Lewis W. Douglas, Ambassador to Great Britain
Livingston L. Satterthwaite, Chief, Division of British
Commonwealth Affairs
For the United Kingdom
Sir Oliver Franks, British Ambassador
Roderick E. Barclay, Private Secretary to Foreign Sec-
retary Bevin
M. E. Dening, Assistant Under Secretary of State
The discussion, which was a lengthy one, was
primarily directed to an analysis of developments
and of the problems facing their two govern-
ments. The discussion developed a community of
views in regard to the nature of the developments
and problems. In some areas which were under
discussion the situation as it aflPected the two
countries was, of course, not identical, but the dis-
cussion revealed similarity of opinion regarding
objectives to be sought and the policies which
would be most effective in reaching them.
It was not the purpose of the meeting to reach
specific agreements on these matters. The meet-
ing was regarded by the Secretary and the For-
eign Secretary, as well as by their associates, as
bemg of the greatest help in developing common
understanding of the situation and the develop-
ment of policy along parallel lines.
The conference tliis afternoon, which was the
continuation of similar talks held when Mr. Ache-
son and Mr. Bevin met in Paris, was the first of
several to be held in Washington on this and other
subjects. The closest consultation between the
governments will continue after the Foreign Sec-
retary returns to London.
FRANCE— EUROPE
[Released to the press September m
Secretary of State Acheson and the Foreign
Secretary of Great Britain, Mr. Bevin, met again
at 12 noon today to continue their discussion of
various matters of concern to their two countries.
The discussion today was largely on political de-
velopments in Europe, including the Balkans.
The group considered briefly organization prob-
lems connected with the formation of the North
Atlantic Pact Council. This discussion continued
the mutually satisfactory exchange of views which
were described after the conversations yesterday
afternoon.
Others present for the meeting were the fol-
lowing :
For the United States
Philip C. Jessup, Ambassador at Large
George C. McGhee, Assistant Secretary, for Near Eastern
and African Affairs
Llewellyn Thompson, Deputy Assistant Secretary for
European Affairs
Theodore C. Achilles, Deputy Director of the Office of
European Affairs
Livingston Satterthwaite, Chief, Division of British Com-
monwealth Affairs
For the United Kingdom
Sir Oliver Franks, British Ambassador
Sir Gladwyn Jebb, Deputy Under Secretary of State
Roderick E. Barclay, Private Secretary to Foreign Sec-
retary Bevin
Tlie meeting adjourned at 1 : 05 p. m.
September 26, 1949
467
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
U.K., CANADA— PETROLEUM
[Released to the press September 15]
Meetings between representatives of the Gov-
ernments of the United States, the United King-
dom, and Canada started today to consider the
special problems arising in connection with the
production, refining, and geographical distribu-
tion of petroleum and petroleum products. The
communique, issued at the conclusion of the U.S.-
British-Canadian financial discussions on Sep-
tember 12, 1949, refers to these problems. The
present discussions are those foreshadowed in that
communique and will analyze oil transactions af-
fecting the sterling area in the light of the legiti-
mate interests of the countries and companies
concerned.
The United States i-epresentatives will be under
the leadership of Assistant Secretary of State,
George W. Perkins. The British representatives
will be led by Sir Henry Wilson-Smith and the
Canadian representatives by R. M. Keith. It is
anticipated that the complexity of the problem
will require that the discussions continue for some
time.
U.K., FRANCE— GERMANY AND AUSTRIA
[Released to the press September 15]
The Secretary of State and the British and
French Foreign Ministers met this afternoon to
discuss several matters of concern to the three
governments. Among the subjects discussed was
the question of Germany. The three ministers
are pleased that the agreements reached in Lon-
don m 1948 and in Washington in 1949 have now
so successfully culminated in the establishment
of the Federal Republic of Germany. They have
examined some of the problems of working rela-
tionships which may be expected to arise from the
new arrangements in Western Germany.
The three ministers also discussed the outstand-
ing unresolved issues in the Austrian treaty and
reaffirmed their desire to fulfill the obligations as-
sumed in the Moscow Declaration of 1943 to re-
establish an independent Austria. They coordi-
nated their plans for the conclusion of a satisfac-
tory treaty at an early date and again expressed
their willingness to proceed with the negotiations
by the deputies for a treaty in New York on Sep-
tember 22. The ministers hope that a reply will
be received from the Soviet Government accept-
ing this proposal which was made by the United
States deputy at the close of the conference of the
deputies in London on September 1.
The three ministers also exchanged views on
current developments in Yugoslavia and the
Balkans.
FRANCE— ECONOMIC RECOVERY
[Released to the press September 15]
Secretary of State Acheson and Secretary of
the Treasury Snyder, assisted by ECA Adminis-
trator Paul Hoffman, and by Ambassador W.
Averell Harriman, conferred today with the Min-
ister of Foreign Affairs of France, Robert Schu-
man ; Minister of Finance and Economic Affairs,
Maurice Petsche ; and Ambassador Bonnet.
These conversations continued those held with
Mr. Snyder in Paris during the month of July.
Economic and financial problems of common in-
terest were reviewed within the spirit of the in-
ternational agreements, to which the two coun-
tries have adhered, with a view to the development
of a flow of international commerce as large and
as free as possible.
The re]3resentatives of France were informed
that the arrangements for working out conditions
under which world trade can develop steadily and
with increasing freedom, recently discussed be-
tween the United Kingdom, Canada, and the
United States, would be equally applicable to
France and the other ECA countries. In par-
ticular, this would apply to customs regulations,
eligibility requirements within the limits set by
the Economic Cooperation Act, and the review of
the stock-piling program.
Special attention was given to the important
and urgent problem of the liberalization of trade
and payments within Europe.
Tlie officials of the two countries reaffimaed
their confidence in the Oeec and their common
desire tliat none of the problems which fall within
the area of competence of the Oeec be dealt with
outside of that organization.
It was agreed that the various questions raised
during the course of the conversation would con-
tinue to be followed by experts of the two
governments. ,
ITALY— FORMER ITALIAN COLONIES
[Released to the press September 14]
This afternoon the Secretary of State and the!
Italian Foreign Minister, Count Carlo Sforza,]
met and discussed a number of problems, includ- <
ing the organization under the North Atlantic
Treaty, the disposition of the former Italian col-
onies, and other questions of mutual interest to
the United States and Italy. Accompanying
Count Sforza was the Italian Ambassador to the
United States, Alberto Tarchiani.
Participating for the State Department were :
Theodore Achilles, Deputy Director of the Office of Euro-
pean Affairs
Livingston Satterthwaite, Chief of the Division of Brit-
ish Commonwealth Affairs
Leonard Unger, Acting Chief of the Division of South-
west European Affairs
468
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
BELGIUM— EUROPEAN INTEGRATION
[Released to ike pr-ess September IG]
Secretary Acheson met this afternoon witli the
Foreign Minister of Belgium, Mr. van Zeeland,
to discuss problems of mutual interest to their
two countries.
Among subjects discussed was the question of
European political and economic cooperation and
integration. Secretary Acheson and Mr. van
Zeeland were in agreement as to the opportunities
oifered at the present time in this direction. The
role and the possibilities of Oeec, of which Mr.
van Zeeland is at present the chairman, were
discussed and reviewed.
Mr. van Zeeland also outlined the recent work
of the Council of Europe at Strasbourg, where
he served as President of the Committee of
Ministers.
North Atlantic Council
COMMUNIQUE
[Felcased to the press September 17]
The Council established by Article 9 of the North At-
lantic Treaty held its first session in Washington on
September 17, 1949. Representatives of the Parties to
the Treaty attending this first session were : For Belgium,
the Minister of Foreign Affairs, M. Paul van Zeeland ;
for Canada, the Secretary of State for External Affairs,
Mr. Lester B. Pearson ; for Denmark, the Minister of
Foreign Affairs, Mr. Gustav Rasmussen ; for France, the
Minister of Foreign Afi:airs, M. Robert Schuman ; for Ice-
land, the Minister to the United States Mr. Thor Thors ;
for Italy, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Count Sforza ;
for Luxembourg, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Mr.
Josef Bech ; for the Netherlands, the Minister of Foreign
Affairs, Mr. Dirk U. Stikker; for Norway, the Minister
of Foreign AiTairs, Mr. Halvard M. Lange ; for Portugal,
the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Mr. Jos6 Caeiro da Matta ;
for the United Kingdom, the Secretary of State for For-
eign Affairs, Mr. Ernest Bevin ; for the United States, the
Secretary of State, Mr. Dean Acheson.
The task of the Council is to assist the Parties in im-
plementing the Treaty and particularly in attaining its
basic objective. That objective is to assist, in accordance
with the Charter, in achieving the primary purpose of the
United Nations — the maintenance of international peace
and security. The Treaty is designed to do so by making
clear the determination of the Parties collectively to pre-
serve their common heritage of freedom and to defend
themselves against aggression while emphasizing at the
same time their desire to live in peace with all governments
and all peoples.
It is in this spirit that the Foreign Ministers of the
Parties have met in Washington and have taken steps
to implement the Treaty. The meetings of the Council
showed that all parties are united in their resolve to
integrate their efforts for the promotion of lasting peace,
the preservation of their common heritage and the
strengthening of their common defense.
The main purpose of the Council during this first session
was to provide for its own future operation and, in ac-
cordance with Article 9, to establish a Defense Commit-
tee and such other subsidiary bodies as are deemed neces-
sary to assist the Council in considering matters concern-
ing the implementation of the North Atlantic Treaty.
II. Organization
The Council is the principal body in the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization. In accordance with the Treaty,
the Council is charged with the responsibility of consid-
ering all matters concerning the implementation of the
provisions of the Treaty. Such subsidiary bodies as are
set up under Article 9 of the Treaty are subordinate to
the Council.
The organization established under the North Atlantic
Treaty should be operated with as much flexibility as pos-
sible and be subject to review from time to time. The
establishment of this machinery does not preclude the use
of other means for consultation and cooperation between
any or all of the Parties on matters relating to the Treaty.
III. Council
As regards its own organization, the Council agreed
as follows :
As decided on April 2, the Council will normally be
composed of Foreign Ministers. Should the latter be un-
able to attend, their places shall be taken by plenipoten-
tiary representatives designated by the Parties. To en-
able the Council to meet promptly at any time the diplo-
matic representatives in Washington of the Partie.i shall
September 26, 1949
469
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
be empowered to act as their Government's representatives
whenever necessary.
Terms of Reference
The North Atlantic Treaty shall constitute the terms
of reference of the Council.
Time and Frequency of Sessions
The Council sliall be convened by the Chairman and
shall meet in ordinary session annually and at such other
times as may be deemed desirable by the majority of the
Parties. Extraordinary sessions under Articles 4 and 5
of tlie Treaty may be called at the request of any Party
invoking one of these Articles.
liocation of the Council Sessions
The location of each session of the Council shall be de-
termined by the Chairman after consultation with the
other members of the Council. For general convenience
the ordinary annual session should normally be held at
about the same time and in the same general geograpliical
area as the annual session of the General Assembly.
Otlier ordinary sessions should whenever practicable be
held at some convenient location in Europe.
Chairmanship
Chairmanship shall be held in turn by the Parties ac-
cording to the alphabetical order in the English language
beginning with the United States. Each Party shall hold
the office from the beginning of one ordinary annual ses-
sion until the aispolntment of the new Cliairman at the
following ordinary annual session. If any Party does not
wish to accept the Chairmanship, it shall pass to the next
Party in alphabetical order.
Languages
English and French shall be the official languages for
the entire North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
Permanent Coordination
Additional political bodies shall not be established un-
less and until experience has demonstrated their need.
However, the existing informal arrangement for consul-
tation between representatives in Washington of the
Parties shall be maintained.
IV. Defense Committee
The Council established a Defense Committee.
The Council reaffirmed that ensuring the security of
the North Atlantic area is a primary objective of tlie
North Atlantic Treaty and is vital to the security of each
of the Parties. It is therefore of paramount importance
that the Parties, separately and jointly, by means of con-
tinuous and effective self-help and mutual aid, maintain
and develop their individual and collective capacity to
resist armed attack. The Defense Committee should
tlierefore immediately take the requisite steps to have
drawn up unified defense plans for the North Atlantilr
area.
As regards the organization of the Defense Committee
the Council agreed as follows :
The Defense Committee will be composed of one repre
sentative from each Party. These representatives will
normally be Defense Ministers. In any case where this
is not possible, another representative may be designated,
Terms of Reference
The Defense Committee shall recommend measures for
the implementation of Articles 3 and 5 in accordance with
general policy guidance given by the Council.
Titne and Frequency of Sessions
The Defense Committee shall be convened by the Chair-
man and shall meet in ordinary session annually and
at sucli other times as it may be requested to meet by
the Council or as may be deemed desirable by the ma-
jority of the members of the Defense Committee.
Location
The location of each session of the Defense Committee
shall be determined by the Chairman in consultation withi
the members of the Committee.
Chairmanship
Chairmanship shall be held in turn by tlie Parties
according to the alphabetical order in the English lan-
guage beginning with the United States. Each Partyi
shall hold the office from the beginning of one ordinary
annual session until the appointment of the new Cliair-
man at the following ordinary annual session. If any
Party does not wish to accept the Chairmanship, it shall
pass to the next Party in alphabetical order.
The Council suggested to the Defense Committee the
general outline of those subsidiary military bodies which
it considered appropriate for tlie task of aiding the De-
fense Committee in recommending measures for the im-
plementation of Articles 3 and 5 of the Treaty. The De-
fense Committee was invited, among other things, to con-i
sider the question of these subsidiary bodies in detail
and to elaborate on the general provisions suggested by
the Council for each body.
V. Military Committee
The Council suggested in general terms that the mili-
tary organization should include the following :
The Defense Committee should establish a Military
Committee composed of one military representative fromi
each Party. These representatives should be Chiefs of
Staff or their representatives. (Iceland, having no mili-
tary establishment, may, if it so desires, be represented
by a civilian official.)
Terms of Reference
The Military Committee should :
provide general policy guidance of a military nature
to its Standing Group ;
470
Deparimenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
ailvise tlio Defense t'oimuittee and other agencies on
military matters as appropriate;
reeouinieuii to the Defense Committee military meas-
ures for the unititHl defense of the North Atlantic area.
Location
The Military Committee should normally meet in Wash-
ington.
Standing Group
In order to facilitate the rapid and efficient conduct of
the work of the Military Committee, there should he set
up a sub-committee of that body to be known as the
"Standing Group". The Standing Group should be com-
posed of one representative each of France, the United
Kingdom, and the United States.
Tc7"nis of Reference
The Standing Group, in accordance with general policy
guidance provided by the Military Committee, should pro-
vide such specific policy guidance and information of a
military nature to the Regional Planning Groups and any
other bodies of the organization as is necessary for their
work.
To achieve the unified defense of the North Atlantic
area, the Standing Group should coordinate and integrate
the defense plans originating in the Regional Planning
Groups, and should make appropriate recommendations
thereon to the Military Committee.
The Standing Group should recommend to the Military
Committee those matters on which the Standing Group
should be authorized to take action in the name of the
Military Committee within the framework of approved
policy.
It is recognized that it is the responsibility of indi-
vidual governments to provide for the implementation
of plans to which they have agreed. It is further recog-
nized that it is the primary responsibility of the Regional
Planning Groups to prepare plans for the defense of their
respective regions. Subject to these principles, it is un-
derstood that before the Standing Group makes recom-
mendations on any plan or course of action involving the
use of forces, facilities, or resources of a Party not
represented on the Standing Group, going beyond or dif-
fering from arrangements previously agreed by the Party
concerned, the Party should have the right to participate
in the Standing Group in the work of formulating such
recommendations. It is also understood that when com-
municating their regional plans to the Standing Group,
the Regional Planning Groups should be entitled to have
their plans presented and explained by any one of their
members and not necessarily by a member of the Stand-
ing Group.
Time and Frequency of Sessions
The Standing Group should be so organized as to func-
tion continuously.
September 26, 7949
Location
The permanent site of tiie Standing Group should be in
Washington.
Permanent Representation
In order to maintain close contact with the Standing
Group, a Party not rei)re.sented thereon may appoint a
special representative to provide permanent liaison with
the Standing Group.
VI. Regional Planning Groups
In order to ensure speedy and efficient planning of the
unified defense of the whole North Atlantic area there
should be established Regional Planning Groups on a
geographical basis. It should be provided that :
(1) before any Regional Planning Group makes any
recommendations affecting the defense of the territory
or involving the use of forces, facilities, or resources
of any Party not a member of that Group, that Party
should have the right to participate in the Group in
the work of formulating such recommendations ;
(2) any Group which considers that a Party not a
member of the Group can contribute to the defense
planning of that Group's region, can call upon that
Party to join in the planning as appropriate.
Composition
NoETHEEN European Regionai, Planning Gboup
Denmark, Norway, and the United Kingdom.
The United States has been requested and has agreed
to participate actively in the defense planning as appro-
priate.
Other Parties may participate under the provisions
listed above.
Westekn European Regional Planning Group
Belgium, France, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, and
the United Kingdom.
Canada and the United States have been requested and
have agreed to participate actively in the defense plan-
ning as appropriate.
Other Parties may, and in particular Denmark and
Italy will, participate under the provisions listed above.
Southern European-Western Mediterranean Regional
Planning Group
France, Italy, and the United Kingdom.
The United States has been requested and has agreed
to participate actively in the defense planning as appro-
priate.
Other Parties may participate under the provisions
listed above.
It is recognized that there are problems which are
clearly common to the defense of the areas covered by
the three European regional groups. It is therefore im-
portant that arrangements be made by the Defense Com-
mittee with a view to ensuring full cooperation between
two, or if the need arises, all three groups.
471
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
Canadian-United States Regional Planning Geoup
Canada and the United States.
• Other Parties may participate under the provisions
listed above.
North Atlantic Ocean Regional Planning Group
Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Iceland, the Nether-
lands, Norway, Portugal, the United Kingdom and the
United States.
The responsibilities for planning the defenses in the
North Atlantic Ocean cannot be .shared equally by all mem-
bers of the Group. On the other hand, these responsibili-
ties can to some extent be divided along functional lines
and allocated to those Parties who are best able to perform
the respective defense functions. Therefore, the North
Atlantic Ocean Regional Planning Group, when it meets,
should establish a series of planning sub-groups related to
specific functions of defense. The Group should deter-
mine on which sub-group or sub-groups each Party should
sit, and the arrangements necessary to ensure coordina-
tion between these sub-groups in the interest of speedy
and effective planning.
Terms of Reference
Each Regional Planning Group should :
develop and recommend to the Military Committee
through the Standing Group plans for the defense of
the region ;
cooperate with the other Regional Planning Groups
with a view to eliminating conflict in, and ensuring
harmony among, the various regional plans.
Location
The Defense Committee should consider the question of
the location of the Regional Planning Groups.
Vli
The Council recognizes that the question of military
production and supply is an Integral part of the whole
problem of the defense of the North Atlantic area. Con-
sequently, there shall be established as soon as possible
appropriate machinery to consider these matters. The
details of organization of this machinery, terms of ref-
erence, etc., shall be studied forthwith by a worliing group
which shall submit recommendations to the Defense Com-
mittee or to the Council.
VIII
The Council recognizes the importance of economic and
financial factors in the development and implementation
of military plans for the defense of the North Atlantic
area. Consequently, there shall be established as soon
as possible appropriate machinery to consider these mat-
ters. The details of organization of this machinery,
terms of reference, etc., shall be studied forthwith by a
working group which shall submit recommendations to
the Council.
U.S. Concern Regarding
Recent Developments in Bolivia J
On September 8 Michael J. McDermott, Special
Assistant to the Secretary, Press Relations, made
the following statement :
The United States Government has been and is
deeply concerned about the events which have been
taking place in the friendly American Republic
of Bolivia. The freedom-loving citizens of the
United States whose representative government is
based on periodic free elections cannot fail to be
disturbed when a minority political group in any
country attempts )/y force of arms to overthrow a
government which has gained its right to author-
ity through genuine elective processes.
U.S.-U.K.-Canadian Discussions
on Atomic Energy Begun
[Released to the press September 15]
The exploratory talks referred to by the Presi
dent in his statement of July 28, 1949, regarding
American, British, and Canadian relations in the
field of atomic energy, will commence on Sep-
tember 20, 1949.' The talks will be conducted by
the Combined Policy Committee, which supervises
Anglo-American-Canadian relations in this field.
Members of the Committee are :
The United States
The Secretary of State, Dean Acheson, Chairman
The Secretary of Defense, Louis Johnson
The Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission, David
E. Lilienthal
The United Kingdom
The British Ambassador, Sir Oliver S. Franks
The British Minister, Sir Derick Hoyer-Millar
Canada
The Minister of Trade and Commerce, C. D. Howe
As the President has stated, no new arrangement
will be made in these conversations as regards
future relations among the three countries, pend-
ing further consultations with the Congress.
• Bulletin of Aug. 8, 1949, p. 185.
472
Department of Stale Bulletin
fripartite Economic Conference Ends
U.S., U.K., AND CANADA AGREE ON MEASURES TO EXPAND DOLLAR EARNINGS
OF STERLING AREA
Anglo-American-Canadian financial talks were
oncluded liere on September 12. with the three
lations agreeing to work together to enable Bri-
ain and the entire sterling area to increase their
lollar earnings so as to pay their way by 1952.
In a joint communique issued by conference rep-
esentatives, methods of easing the present eco-
Lomic crisis wei'e proposed.
Tlie following is the text of the communique as
ssued on September 12 :
1. Representatives of the United States, tbe United
ungdiim, and Canada have met during tlie past week to
xamine tlie trade and financial relationsliips between
he sterling area and the dollar area. The pound and
he dollar are the two principal world trading currencies.
Vhile the development of a satisfactory balance of pay-
aents between the two areas is a matter of fundamental
oncern to the democratic world, it involves many prob-
ems which concern in the first instance the governments
rhich are the centers of these two currency systems.
rhe present discussions were held to examine these prob-
ems. It was recognized that the task of working out
onditions under which world trade can develop steadily
md in increasing freedom will require a strenuous and
ustained effort, not only on the part of the United States,
he United Kingdom, and Canada, but also by all other
ountries desiring the same objectives.
2. It was agreed that the common aim is to work
oward an ultimate solution which will maintain employ-
aent and establish equilibrium of international trade on
1 mutually profitable basis at high levels. These ob-
ectives and general course of action have already been
et forth in the United Nations Charter, the Bretton Woods
Igreements, and the Havana Charter for an International
Crade Organization. It was the broad purpose of the
(resent meetings to explore, within this general frame-
rork. various specific measures which the three govern-
nents might take to prevent a serious breakdown in the
loUar-sterling relationships which would have led to a
Tippling limitation of dollar imports into the sterling
irea and to hasten the achievement of those objectives.
3. These conversations have carried forward the con-
;ultations initiated in London during .July 8-10. They
lave resulted in a clear understanding of the character of
he difficulties to be faced and an increasing realization
hat a fully satisfactory solution will necessitate continu-
ng efforts in many directions. In the course of these
conversations it has become possible to discuss with
complete frankness specific problems and the types of
measures which will have to be taken if the three coun-
tries are to achieve their common purpose.
4. In the early stages of the discussion, attention was
given to the immediate problem confronting the United
Kingdom and the rest of the sterling area as a result of
the rapid decline of gold and dollar reserves. Note was
taken by the three governments of the emergency action
which sterling area countries have decided to take to meet
this situation. These measures are not pleasant ones;
they will cause difficulties and sacrifices for everyone con-
cerned. Nevertheless, they are a temporary necessity, and
are recognized as such by all three governments.
5. The Ministers were in complete agreement that no
permanent solution to the problem could be found in the
emergency steps contemplated. A more fundamental at-
tempt would have to be made by all concerned to expand
the dollar earnings of the sterling area and to increase
the flow of investment from the North American Con-
tinent to the rest of the world, including the sterling area.
6. This more fundamental attempt would involve both
separate actions of the three countries operating indi-
vidually, and joint action by the three acting in coopera-
tion with each other. In approaching these possibilities
of individual and joint action on the sterling-dollar prob-
lem, there was common agreement that this action should
be based on the assumption that extraordinary aid from
the North American Continent would have come to an
end by the middle of 19.52. This would require that the
sterling area increase its dollar earnings so as to pay
its way by 1952. This would require in the sterling area
tbe creation of appropriate incentives to exporters to the
dollar area and a vij;orous attack upon costs of production
to enhance the competitive position of sterling area prod-
ucts. Maximum efforts would be made to direct exports
to the dollar area and build up earnings from tourism and
other services. As a part of this export campaign by the
sterling area countries, it was recognized that an essential
element was the creation of a feeling of conlidence on the
part of sterling area exporters. They must feel that they
will be afforded the opportunity to remain in the markets
of the United States and Canada in which they will have
gained a place, and that the minimum of ditticalties will
be placed in their way in entering those markets.
On their part the creditor countries undertook to facili-
tate, to the greatest extent feasible, an expansion of dollar
earnings by debtor countries, including the sterling area.
It was agreed that the United States and Canada should
lepfember 26, J 949
473
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
reduce obstacles to the entry of goods and services from
debtor countries, in order to provide as wide an oppor-
tunity as possible for those countries to earn dollars
through the export of goods and the provision of services,
including tourism. It was recognized that such a policy
would be in the interest of producers in the United States
and Canada, for only in this way can the future level of
trade provide adequately for those sectors of the Amer-
ican and Canadian economies which depend in consider-
able part upon foreign markets.
7. The discussion of possible individual and joint ac-
tions, both long-run and short-run, ranged over a wide
field. In addition to the question of dollar earnings of
the United Kingdom and the rest of the sterling area,
mentioned above, the Ministers gave special attention to
the following subjects :
1. Overseas investment
2. Commodity arrangements and stockpiling
3. Limitations on items which may be financed under
present EGA procedures
4. Customs procedures
5. Tariff policy
6. Liberalization of intra-European trade and pay-
ments
Sterling balances
Petroleum
9. Shipping
10. Provisions for continuing consultation
8.
8. A working group on overseas investment reviewed
both recent experience and future prospects for the flow
of productive investment, both private and public, from
North America to overseas areas, especially underde-
veloped countries. It was agreed that a high level of such
investment could make an important contribution toward
reducing the sterling-dollar disequilibrium and that every
aspect of this problem should be explored on a continuing
basis. In order to initiate this work, the President's
Committee for Financing Foreign Trade will be asked im-
mediately to explore possible lines of action in coopera-
tion with corresponding groups of British and Canadian
financial and business representatives.^ While dealing
with all aspects of private and public investment, the
Committee will be expected to address itself especially to
the problem of incentives and of providing a suitable en-
vironment for a high level of private investment.
9. A working group on commodity arrangements and
stockpiling gave special attention to rubber and tin. The
Canadian representatives stated that the Canadian Gov-
evrnment was prepared to take steps to increase reserve
stocks of tin and rubber in Canada. The United States
representatives reported that the United States Govern-
ment was prepared to open to natural rubber a substantial
' Tlie following is the membership of the President's
Committee for Financing Foreign Trade which was estab-
lished June 26, 194fi : Winthrop W. Aldrich, chairman
The Chase National Bank of the City of New York, New
York, N. Y., Champ Carry, president Pullman-Standard
Car Manufacturing Corp., Chicago, 111., Walter J. Cum-
mings, chairman Continental-Illinois National Bank and
Trust Co., Chicago, 111., L. M. Giannini, president Bank
of America, San Francisco, Calif.. Edward Hopkinson, Jr.,
partner, Drexel and Company, Philadelphia, Pa., Irving
S. Olds, chairman. U. S. Steel Corporation, New York,
N. Y,, Herbert H. Pea.se, president New Britain Machine
Co., New Britain, Conn., A. W. Robertson, chairman West-
inghouse Electric Corp., Pittsburgh, Pa., Tom K. Smith,
president The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis, St.
Louis, Mo., Charles Deere Winian, president Deere and
Company, Moline, 111.
additional area of competition, including a modification i
of the Government order relating to the consumption of
synthetic rubber. The United States would review its
stockpiling program, with particular reference to rubber
and tin.
10. Special attention was given by another group to the
practical difiiculty being experienced by the United King-
dom in making fully effective use of its ECA aid to cover
its dollar deficit. This difficulty arises out of the fact
that, although the United Kingdom needs dollars to pay
for goods in the United States, to make settlements with
other countries, to pay for services, and for other purposes,
the types of transactions which may be financed by ECA
dollars have been definitely limited. It has been agreed
that, in order to carry out the basic purposes of the Eco-
nomic Cooperation Act, it will be necessary for the United
Kingdom to finance with its share of ECA funds a wider
range of dollar expenditures than has hitherto been
eligible, both within and outside of the United States.
After careful examination of the dollar expenditures pro-
posed to be made or authorized by the LTnited Kingdom, it
appears that eligibility requirements can be broadened to
the extent required within the limits set by the Economic
Cooperation Act. This would broaden the use but not
increase the amount of ECA funds allocated to the United
Kingdom.
11. In the consideration of measures which creditor
countries might take to reduce barriers to trade, it was
recognized that customs procedures may create obstacles,
psychological as well as actual. Technical discussions of
this subject disclosed that the United States, through ad-
ministrative action and proposed legislation, was already
contemplating constructive steps in this field. Canadian
representatives stated that the Canadian Government
would undertake a further review of the administrative
operation of its Customs Act in the light of these discus-
sions. As to tariff rates, it was noted that high tariffs
were clearly Inconsistent with the position of creditor
countries. There had already been significant and sub-
stantial reductions in U. S. tariffs during the last fifteen
years. The policy of the United States Government was
to seek further negotiation of trade agreements through
which additional reductions might be made, within the
framework of the Reciprocal Trade Agreements Act.
12. There was agreement that one of the ways in which
the competitive position of United Kingdom products
might be improved was by a widening of the area in
which such products competed freely with those of other
countries. In this connection as an initial step toward
a more general liberalization the United Kingdom dele-
gation outlined its proposals for liberalizing trade with
countries with which it did not have balance of payments
difflculties, and raised the question whether the provisions
of Section 9 of the Anglo-American Financial Agreement,
and Article 5 of the Anglo-Canadian Financial Agreement
presented an obstacle to such a plan. It was the view of
the United States and Canadian delegations that such
liberalization of United Kingdom import regulations
should be considered since the United Kingdom shortage
of dollars should not in itself force the United Kingdom to
reduce its purchases from areas with which it does not
have a shortage of means of payment. It was agreed
that any United Kingdom import regulations as they
affect United States and Canadian products would be the
subject of continuing review by representatives of the
three governments through continuing facilities for
consultation.
13. (a) A further subject which was discussed was
the United Kingdom liability represented by the sterling
balances of other countries. A large number of countries
has been accustomed to hold either all or a part of their
foreign exchange reserves in the form of sterling. The
474
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
iistcncf Mild availability of sucli boldinps is an integral
■atiirc of the widespread multilateral use of sterling for
le purpose of financing international trade. One of the
■oblems of the postwar period has been the existence
' exceptionally large accumulations of sterling which
ere built up. mainly during the war, as tlie result of
lyments by the United Kingdom for goods and services
iircbased overseas in furtherance of the common war
fort. In June 1945 these balances amounted to ^IZVz
llion. Since then there have been considerable tluctua-
ons both in the total and in the holdings of individual
luntries. though the amount outstanding at the end of
)-lS was approximately the same as at .Tune 1945.
(b) In principle the whole of these balances represents
charge on United Kingdom production of goods and
■rvices. In practice, however, a substantial proportion
ill continue to be held as reserves by the countries con-
>rued. To the extent that the balances are liquidated,
)me proportion of United Kingdom production of goods
ad services is used to discharge this liability instead of
) pay for current imports of goods and services.
(c) This whole problem in its various aspects, includ-
ig the necessity to provide capital goods for development,
as discussed in a preliminary way on the basis of prior
jchnical examination by the experts of the three govern-
lents. It was agi-eed that this was one of the subjects
hich concerned other countries and would require fur-
ler study.
14. Investigation of the ways in which the sterling area
Kild move toward a position in which it could earn its
(vn way led to the discussion of other special problems,
icluding petroleum and shipping — two important ele-
lents in the sterling area balance of payments picture,
he United Kingdom representatives set forth the facts
f the very large dollar deficit which the sterling area
resentl.v incurs because of oil transactions, and their
esire to reduce this deficit to the minimum possible level.
t was mutually recognized that the question of oil pro-
uction and refining, and geographical distribution raised
roblems of extreme complexity involving the protection
f legitimate interests of the major producing countries
nd companies. The Ministers recognized that these two
uestions of petroleum and shipping could not be resolved
1 the short time availalile to them, and that further study
•ould be required. In the case of petroleum they agreed
3 appoint representatives to analyze the facts and to pro-
ide the basis for subsequent discussions.
15. There has been agreement on the objective toward
rhich policies should be directed and agreement on cer-
aln immediate steps which will be taken to bring that ob-
ective nearer. There are, however, as has been empha-
ized, a number of questions requiring closer examination
han this short conference has allowed. It is proposed,
herefore, to continue the examinations, initiated during
he conference, of questions on which it is hoped that use-
ul understanding can be reached under the direction of
he present Ministerial group. These arrangements for
ontinuing consultation — supplementing the usual chan-
lels of comnmnication between governments — will be used
0 keep under review the effectiveness of actions already
igreed upon and to prepare, for governmental considera-
ion, measures which could carry further those adjust-
aents which are considered to be necessary. In estab-
ishing these arrangements for continuing consultation,
he three Governments wish to emphasize that these ar-
angements underline rather than diminish their interest
n the. development of economic cooperation within the
■ntire community of western nations. The tripartite
irrangements will not in any way encroach upon, or de-
ract from, the area of competence of the Oeec and other
ixisting organs of international economic collaboration.
Sepfember 26, 7949
On file contrary, these arrangements for continuing con-
sultation, by contributing materially to the solution of
problems which today adversely affect the working of the
entire Ofa?c group and yet are not susceptible of solution
within that group, will facilitate the progress of economic
collaboration in the wider field.
16. In summary the Ministers of the three countries
concerned are satisfied fhat a real contribution to the
solution of the sterling-dollar difticulties has been made by
the conclusions recorded above. They are confident that,
with sustained efforts on all sides and with the seizure of
every opportunity by sterling area exporters to enter into
and remain in dollar markets which are open to them,
there is the prospect of reaching a satisfactory equilibrium
between the sterling and dollar areas by the time excep-
tional dollar aid comes to an end.
At the close of the ministers' conference, Sir
Stafford Cripps, British Chancellor of the Ex-
chequer, said, "as a result of these consultations
and conversations, we feel that we have brought
our reserve position into a manageable condition."
He expressed the view that Britain would be able
to block farther dangerous drains on gold and
dollar holdings.
The need for the tripartite economic discussions
became evident during Secretary Snyder's visit to
London in July, when the Secretary, Ambassador
Douglas, and Ambassador Harriman had a general
exchange of views with the Chancellor of the
Exchequer, Sir Stafford Cripps, the President of
the Board of Trade, Harold Wilson, and the Cana-
dian Minister of Finance, Douglas Abbott, con-
cerning the balance of payments between the dollar
and sterling areas.^
It was agreed at that time that further con-
sideration should be given to the balance-of-
payments problem and that possible remedies
would be explored.
British, Canadian, and American financial and
economic experts conducted preliminary technical
and fact-finding discussions in Washington from
August 27 to September 2, in preparation for min-
isterial talks which were to begin on September 7.
United States representatives to the preliminary
technical discussions were : Under Secretary James
E. Webb, chairman and head of the United States
group; Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs
Willard L. Thorp; Assistant Secretary of the
Treasury William McChesney Martin, Jr.; and
Assistant Deputy Administrator of ECA Richard
M. Bissell, Jr.
Mifiisters to the tripartite economic talks in-
cluded : United States— Secretary of the Treasury,
John W. Snyder, chairman; Secretary of State,
Dean Acheson ; and the Administrator of the ECA,
Paul Hoffman.
Britain — Minister for Foreign Affairs, Ernest
Bevin ; Chancellor of the Exchequer, Sir Stafford
Cripps; and Ambassador Sir Oliver Franks.
Canada — Secretary of State for External Af-
fairs, Lester Pearson; Minister of Finance, Doug-
las C. Abbott; and Ambassador Hume Wrong.
' Bdixetin of Sept. 5, 1949, p. 353.
475
Answers to Questions on Military Assistance
EXCHANGE OF LETTERS
BETWEEN SECRETARY ACHESON
AND REPRESENTATIVE LODGED
July 27, 191,9.
Dear Mr. Secretart: In connection with the
proposed Military Assistance Progi'am, the prin-
ciple of which I support and advocated in a speech
on the floor of the House on August 6, 1948, I
should like to propound a few questions. I real-
ize that these questions cover only a few of the
vast and complex implications of this undertaking.
They seem to me to be vital.
1. Is it the view of the Department of State that
the military plan for Western Europe should be
based on European rather than on national con-
siderations, thereby effecting significant economies,
and furthering the goal of a European federation,
which is also a principle objective of the European
Recovery Program?
2. Is it proposed that insofar as practicable
there should be a gradual standardization of arms
in the countries receiving military aid from the
United States in order to work toward (a) sub-
stantial economies in military budgets; (b) a sim-
plification of the problem of rearmament, logistics,
and the furnishing of spare parts ; (c) greater stra-
tegical strength of the nations involved and par-
ticularly of "uniforce"; and (d) a European fed-
eration ?
3. Is it the view of the De]3artment that military
aid to Korea is more important and urgent with
relation to American national security than mili-
tary aid to China ?
4. Are the nations which are to receive military
aid making a military effort comparable to that of
the Soviet Union, taking into consideration their
relative size and population, their economic
strength, and the over-all objectives of the Euro-
pean Recovery Program?
5. Has the Council of Western Europe, acting
under the Brussels pact, evolved plans which make
it appropriate that we should proceed at once with
the full amount of the military aid required rather
than, as has been proposed by certain Members
of Congress, notably Senators Vandenberg and
' Reprinted from the Conyrcssional Record of Aug. 17,
1949.
Dulles and Congressman Vorys, proceed with an
interim aid bill until the Council, to be established
under article 9 of the Atlantic Treaty, shall have
developed a comprehensive logistics, tactical, and
strategical plan involving specific assignments ?
6. Will the military aid to be furnished result
within the period of the proposed legislation in a
corresponding or substantial reduction of our do-
mestic military budget as advocated by Dr.
Nourse, Chairman of the Council of Economic
Advisers, or will MAP be, in his words, "a simple
addition to other military plans as they stood be-
fore the new alinement"?
It is my conviction that while the will of the
Europeans to resist aggression must be stimulated
by this tangible expression of our resolve to pre-
serve the peace, MAP must be based on a pruclent
regard for our own resources and must be the im-
Ijlement of a global rather than a piecemeal for-
eign policj'.
I believe that answers to the above questions
will be helpful to the Congress in passing on this
important measure.
With kind personal regards.
Sincerely yours,
John Davis Lodge.
August 15, 191,9.
Hon. John Da-\t:s Lodge,
Hou^e of Representatives.
My Dear Mr. Lodge: I refer to your letter of
July 27, 1949, in which you raise certain important
questions with regard to the proposed Military
Assistance Program now under consideration by
the Congress. The questions which you have
raised are indeed vital, and I am grateful to you
for the opportunity of expressing views with re-
spect to them.
In your letter you ask :
1. Is it the view of the Department of State
that the military plan for Western Europe should
be based on European rather than on national
considerations, thereby effecting significant econ-
omies, and furthering the goal of a European fed-
eration, which is also a principal objective of the
European Recovery Progi-am?
476
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
The Department is convinced that military
strength in Europe must be developed on a collec-
;ive rather than on an individual basis. The Mil-
iary Assistance Program which is proposed is
lot designed to build up separate balanced mili-
;ar}' establishments. It is designed to strengthen
;he collective defense capacity of the nations asso-
;iated in the North Atlantic Treaty by providing
issistance to those European members which re-
juire sucli aid, in kind and amount appropriate
;o the role which each would play in a common
jollective defense. It is our belief that tliis pro-
;edure will make possible significant economies
md that it should contribute materially to the
ireation of an atmosphere and experience of col-
aboration and cooperation which will further the
levelopment of a closer political and economic as-
lociation in Europe.
2. Is it proposed that insofar as practicable
here should be a gi'adual standardization of arms
n the countries receiving military aid from the
Jnited States in order to work toward (a) sub-
itantial economies in military budgets; (b) a sim-
jlification of the problem of rearmament, logis-
ics, and the furnishing of spare parts; (c) greater
itrategical strength of the nations involved and
particularly of "Uniforce"; and (d) a European
'ederation ?
The provision of military assistance as has been
proposed to the Congress is in itself a major con-
.ribution toward the goal of standardization to-
vard which we must all work. In particular the
jrovision of assistance which will enable the Eu-
opean countries to undertake additional military
aroduction affords an exceptional opportunity
'or achieving standardization on the production
)f new equipment.
Considerable success has already been achieved
n reaching agreement on standardized procedures
specially in the command and conimimications
ields. It is our earnest intention to work as stead-
ly and as rapidly as possible toward the achieve-
nent of the maximum degree of standardization.
It must be borne in mind, however, that in the
)resent extremely weak condition of the Euro-
)ean nations, insistence upon complete standardi-
lation might well result in a serious and extremely
langerous lessening of strength. It must also be
)ornc in mind that standardization can never be
;ompletely achieved since, as each new develop-
nent in research makes it possible to improve upon
he equipment in existence, it becomes necessary
o effect changes in order to be certain that the
)enefits of these developments is fully utilized.
3. Is it the view of the Department that mili-
ary aid to Korea is more important and urgent
vith relation to American national security than
nilitary aid to China ?
If military assistance to China could be made
effective at tliis time, it would be more important
to American national security to send such aid
than to send aid to Korea. However, as has been
stated, the executive branch of the government is
firmly convinced that further provision of mili-
tary assistance to the Chinese National Govern-
ment is impractical and unlikely to be effective.
It believes that the white paper recently published,
which documents the record of assistance previ-
ously given to China, fully supports this conclu-
sion.
It is the Department's belief that the provision
of military assistance to Korea will enable the
Korean Government to maintain internal security
ancl to deal with external pressures short of an all-
out attack. In view of the policy of this govern-
ment of supporting the United Nations and its
clecisions with respect to Korea and since there is
in Korea a responsible government capable of
utilizing the assistance provided, it is both impor-
tant and necessary that such aid be granted.
4. Are the nations which are to receive military
aid making a military effort comparable to that
of the Soviet Union, taking into consideration
their relative size and population, their economic
strength, and the over-all objectives of the Euro-
pean recovery program?
The military effort being made by the European
nations and other countries to whom military as-
sistance is proposed is, in the opinion of the execu-
tive branch, the maximum effort feasible without
the sacrifice of economic recovery and the main-
tenance of a stable economic system. Details with
regard to the size and scope of military effort
being made by these countries have been provided
to the Foreign Affairs Committee.
5. Has the Council of Western Europe, acting
under the Brussels pact, evolved plans which make
it appropriate that we should proceed at once
with the full amount of the military aid requested
rather than as has been proposed by certain Mem-
bers of Congress, notably Senators Vandenberg
and Dulles and Congressman V017S, proceed with
an interim aid bill until the council, to be estab-
lished under article 9 of the Atlantic Treaty, shall
have developed a comprehensive logistics, tactical,
ancl strategical plan involving specific assign-
ments ?
The executive branch of the government is in
complete accord with the view that assistance
should be provided to the European members of
the North Atlantic Treaty only if thereby the
collective defense capacity of the group can be
improved. It believes that there does now exist
in fact a sound and adequate basis for the pro-
vision of assistance which will assure the accom-
plishment of this purpose, and it further believes
that it is by no means necessary or desirable to
delay the provision of such aid.
The Brussels treaty powers — the United King-
>epfember 26, 1949
477
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
dom, France, Belgium, the Netherlands, and
Luxemburg — have already agi-eed upon a plan for
the defense of Western Europe and, subject to the
limitations imposed by the agreed i^riority to be
given economic recovery, are jointly engaged to the
limit of their abilities in the creation of the de-
fensive strength required by the plan. It is highly
significant that by invitation of these powers,
representatives of both Canada and the United
States have observed and participated in the dis-
cussions which resulted in the agreement on a de-
fense plan and in the discussions dealing with
measures required in support of that plan. It is
even more significant that the United States Joint
Chiefs of Staff have examined this plan in detail
and have found it to be in consonance with United
States strategic thinking.
Norway and Denmark, in their requests for mili-
tary assistance and in the discussions which have
taken place with them regarding their require-
ments, have clearly indicated their acceptance of
the principle enunciated by General Bradley in
his testimony before the iHouse Committee on
Foreign Affairs that the man in the best position
and with the capability should do the job for
which he is best suited. The emphasis placed by
these countries on the types of equipment most ur-
gently neeeded clearly demonstrate a determina-
tion to improve and strengthen their capabilities
for the roles which would inevitably be theirs in
the collective defense effort. Tlie Ttalian request
for assistance and the informal discussions regard-
ing it likewise show Italian plans to be in con-
formity with the necessary role of Italy in col-
lective defense which is of course limited by the
provisions of the peace treaty regarding Italian
military strength.
In his testimony, General Bradley pointed out
clearly that a sound strategic plan must be based
on considerations of geographical position, indus-
trial capacity, populations, the will of the peoples,
and their military capabilities. It is the firm
conviction of the executive branch that the Mili-
tary Assistance Program has been so planned and
will be so executed as to assure that it will aid in
the development of that kind and amount of
strength appropriate to the role which each coun-
try should play in a collective defense effort based
upon the principles enunciated above.
It is also the firm conviction of the executive
branch that the solemn commitments undertaken
by these European nations in joining with us in
the North Atlantic Treaty, taken with the tangi-
ble evidence of the common plan of the Brussels
treaty powers and the plans of the Norwegian,
Danish, and Italian Governments, provide a max-
imiun of assurance that further common defense
plamiing will progress as rapidly as can be de-
sired. To refrain from aiding in the creation of
the strength which will be essential to the execu-
tion of that planning, until the planning has bee .
completely perfected, serves only to delay in im!
proving the security of the area and to prolon;]
the i^eriod during which our ability to resist atj
tack is not commensurate with our stated deterj
mination to do so. Such delay will be likely t(
be interpreted as indicative of suspicion and dis]
trust of our allies, and may serve to create doubti'
both in their minds and in the minds of the Sovie!
Union as to the sincerity and stability of Unitecj
States policy. Thus, delay in taking action
which is actually required in our own interesbl
instead of stimulating common agreement anc!
effort may well make cooperation more difficuli'
and less effective. '
6. Will the military aid to be furnished result!
within the period of the proposed legislation irl
a corresponding or substantial reduction of oui'
domestic military budget as advocated by Drj
Nourse, Chairman of the Council of Economic;
Advisers, or will the Military Assistance Programi
be. in his words, "a simple addition to other mili-
tary plans as they stood before the new;
alinement"? ;
The Military Assistance Program which has
been j^roposed is a program for the fiscal yeail
1950. A considerable period of time will be re'
quired for equipment to be rehabilitated or pro-;
chiced, for it to be packed, shipped, and put in,
the hands of men who are to use it, and for themi
to be trained in its operation and maintenance.!
It is clear that a degree of strength which would i
diminish our own security-expenditure require-
ments will not be achieved within this period., £
However, as the Secretary of Defense has testi-
fied, it is anticipated that the development of a
balanced and effective defensive military estab-
lishment in Europe will in the long term make
possible a reduction in our own national defense
budget. If, as we hope, the program, together
with other parts of our foreign policy, succeeds
in convincing the Soviet Union that a policy of
aggression should be abandoned and it is, in fact, ,
abandoned, it will then be possible to effect a sub-
stantial reduction in the military expenditures of
the pact nations.
The proposed program of military assistance is
designed to suppoi't and strengthen other elements
of our foreign policy with a view to achieving
peace and security. We seek to assist in creating
world conditions that will make it possible for '
the United States to preserve and to continue to
develop its way of life. The Military Assistance
Program is but one of the courses of action which ^
must be pui'sued toward this aim. Its principal
contribution will result from the extent to which
it serves to deter aggression and to promote that
sense of secvirity which is essential to the estab-
lishment and maintenance of economic and politi-
cal stability.
Sincerely yours,
Dean Acheson.
478
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
REPORT ON MILITARY ASSISTANCE
RENDERED TO FOREIGN
COUNTRIES SINCE V-J DAY ^
The following qualifications of the report should
be noted :
(a) The data generallj' includes only combat
material; i.e., arms, ammunition, and implements
of war as defined in the President's Proclamation
2776, dated March 26, 1948. In some cases, how-
ever, it has not been possible to exclude military
equipment not strictly definable as combat mate-
rial.
(b) Although not included in this report, mili-
tary equipment other than combat material has
also been supplied to foreign governments under
various congressional authorities; e.g., trucks,
military clothing, communications equipment, etc.
(c) No attempt has been made in this report
to distinguish between combat material trans-
ferred to foreign governments for the specific pur-
pose of augmenting the military establishments of
those governments and that transferred for other
purposes; e.g., for internal police purposes for
demilitarization and use in the civilian economy
(generally, ammunition) .
Military assistance has been extended to foreign
countries under the following procedures :
(a) Direct sales of United States military sur-
plus.
(b) Transfers from either military surplus or
government stocks but financed or facilitated by
special congressional authorization.
(c) Transfers from government stocks under
the plenary powei-s of the President.
It should be noted that military assistance
within the meaning of the statement in the pre-
ceding paragraph is considered to embrace gen-
erally only combat material (arms, ammunition,
implements of war). In some cases, however, it
has not been possible to exclude from the data
in this report military equipment not strictly de-
finable as combat material.
A. Direct Sales of United States Military
Surplus (See Table A)
This government has continued to dispose of
United States military surplus to foreign govern-
ments under the authority of the Surplus Property
Act of 1944 (Public Law 457, 75th Cong. 2d sess.)
as amended. These sales have consisted of limited
quantities of aircraft, weapons, vessels, ammuni-
' .'Submitted on Aug. 8, 1949, to John Davis Lodge, House
of Eepresentatives, In reply to his request on July 28 for
information on military assistance and the "revolving
fund." Reprinted from the Congressional Record of Aug.
9, 1949.
September 26, 1949
tion, and spare parts therefor, which in most cases
were needed by the recipient countries for the re-
placement or maintenance of United States equip-
ment already in their possession. A number of
sales involved large quantities of ammunition sold
for scrap or salvage purposes. Information on
sales under this authority is identifiable in the at-
tached table by the term "P. L. 457" in the last
column, and reflects sales completed through May
15, 1949.
Iran: Sales of surplus United States military
equipment have been made to Iran under the
general authority of the Surplus Property Act of
1944, and have been facilitated by funds made
available by Public Law 785, Eightieth Congress,
second session, which, among other provisions,
provides funds for defraying expenses for the care,
handling, and disposal of surplus property abroad.
Data reflected in the attached table under this
authority are as of May 15, 1949.
Korea: Under the authority of the Surplus
Property Act, this government has transferred to
the Government of the Republic of Korea, ap-
proximately $40,000,000 in military equipment and
supplies. Of this amount, which is based on ac-
quisition cost, approximately $13,000,000 has been
for vessels for the Korean Coast Guard, while the
remainder has consisted principally of equipment
and supplies, including small arms and ammuni-
tion, for the Korean Army and police. The trans-
fer of this material has been effected without
monetary compensation in consideration of other
benefits derived.
B. Transfers From Either Military Surplus of Gov-
ernment Stocks but Financed or Facilitated by
Special Congressional Authorization (See Table B>
Greece and Turkey: Assistance has been ren-
dered to Greece and Turkey under the authority of
Public Law 75, Eightieth Congress, first session,
and Public Law 472, title III, Eightieth Congress,
second session (the Greek and Turkish Assistance
Act of 1948). Information on sales under this
authority is identifiable in the attached table by
the term "P. L. 75 and 472" in the last column,
and reflects Army shipments as of April 30, 1949,
and Navy shipments as of May 20, 1949.
Latin America : In addition to sales under the
authority of the Surplus Property Act, military
assistance has been rendered to certain Latin
American nations under the specific authority of
Public Eesolution 83, Seventy-sixth Congress,
third session, which provides the National Mili-
tary Establishment with limited authority to
assist the governments of American Republics to
increase their military and naval establishments.
Information in the attached table reflecting Army
shipments under this authority is as of April 30,
1949 ; Navv information is as of May 20, 1949.
China : Under the authority of Public Law 512,
Seventy-ninth Congress, second session, and fol-
lowing an agreement between the United States
479
and China signed on December 8, 1947, there have
been authorized for transfer to China on a great
basis 271 naval vessels.
Under the authority of Public Law 472, title IV,
Eightieth CongTess, second session (the China Aid
Act of 1948) there has been allocated to the Chi-
nese Government $125,000,000 which has been used
by that government for the purchase of aircraft
and other military equipment from both Govern-
ment and commercial sources in the United States.
The Philippines: In addition to direct sales of
surplus property under the general authority of
the Surplus Property Act military assistance has
been rendered to the Republic of the Philippines;
under the specific authority of Public Law 454, j
Seventy-ninth Congress, second session (the Re-j
public of the Philippines Military Assistance j
Act). Information in the attached table on;
Army shipments is as of January 31, 1949 ; Navy |
sliipments include data through May 20, 1949.
1
!
C. Transfers From Government Stocks Under the'.
Plenary Powers of the President {
I
The President, acting under his plenary powers |
as Chief Executive and Commander in Chief, for '
Table A. — Direct sales of United States military surplus under authority of Public Law 457
Country
Procure-
ment cost
Selling
price
Type of equipment
Thousands Thousands
of dollars of dollars
Argentina 6,673 748
Australia 4
Belgium 44,845
Brazil 25, 191
Canada 29, 626
Chile 22,265
Cliina 102,072
Colombia 7,570
Cuba 15,632
Denmark (3)
Dominican Republic 501
Ecuador 4,964
Egypt 5,240
El Salvador 318
Ethiopia 11
Finland _ * 2, 911
France 6 il6, 720
Greece 15,050
Guatemala '2,343
Haiti 319
Honduras 92
Iceland _ 85
Iran 26,469 '5,298
Italy 8 141,357 8 22,125
Korea 40,000 (»)
Mexico 21,286 644
Netherlands I._. 7,216 680
Norway ■'7,739 169
Paraguay 16 7
Peru 13,870 1,021
Philippines 634 340
Poland 2,600 240
Portugal 2,500 562
Sweden 7,632 1,758
Switzerland 6,903 549
Turkey 24,748 1,161
United Kingdom « 70, 410 "> 100
Uruguay 6,801 831
Venezuela 9,339 983
1
210
3
488
1
242
1
647
2 6,
740
632
504
1
031
23
414
540
43
1
190
10
527
1
960
20
34
6
Aircraft, ammunition, small arms, explosives, artillery, spare
parts.
Machine guns. Part of bulk sale.
Ammunition, armored vehicles.
Small arms, ammunition, aircraft, artillery.
Aircraft, radar, light artillery, armored vehicles, spare parts.
Aircraft, ammunition, vessels.
Ammunition, aircraft, ordnance and Air Force mat6riel.
Aircraft, armored vehicles, small arms, artillery.
Vessels, aircraft, ammunition, spare parts.
Vessels.
Vessels, small arms, artillery.
Vessels, aircraft, ammunition, spare parts.
Vessels.
Aircraft, ammunition, spare parts.
Ammunition, artillery.
Trawler and demilitarized mine sweepers.
Vessels, ammunition, aircraft.
Vessels.
Ammunition, artillery, aircraft, small arms.
Aircraft, small arms, ammunition, vessels.
Small arms, artillery, ammunition.
Aircraft materiel. Part of bulk sale.
Ammunition, small arms, aircraft parts, artillery.
Vessels, aircraft, ammunition, explosives, tanks.
Small arms, ammunition, vessels, miscellaneous ordnance materiel.
Aircraft, armored veliicles, vessels, small arms, artillery, spare
parts.
Aircraft, vessels, small arms, ammunition, spare parts.
Vessels, ammunition.
Aircraft, spare parts.
Aircraft, vessels, small arms, artillery, spare parts.
Small arms, ammunition, aircraft, spare parts.
Demilitarized mine sweepers.
Aircraft, spare parts.
Aircraft, ammunition.
Aircraft, ammunition.
Vessels, armored vehicle parts.
Miscellaneous military equipment.
Aircraft, ammunition, vessels, small arms, artillery, spare parts.
Aircraft, ammunition, vessels, small arms, spare parts.
' Includes a large quantity of surplus ammunition for demilitarization,
60 percent of the profits therefrom to accrue to the United States.
» Includes $3,736,604 in military surplus financed by Chinese Government
from the $125,000,000 grant authorized by the China Aid Act of 1948.
> Captured enemy equipment.
' Plus captured enemy equipment.
' Plus unestimated value of ammunition included in bulk sale.
• Includes Army and .\ir Force equipment valued at $2,041,000 transferred
gratis due to reverse lend-lease credit built up by Guatemala.
^ Facilitated by funds made available by Public Law 785.
8 Data not complete, since certain figures with respect to aircraft materiel*
aircraft, and ammunition are not available at this time.
* This transfer was effected without monetary compensation in considers*
tion of other benefits involved.
10 Plus portion of proceeds included in bulk sale.
480
Department of State Bulletin
the purpose of protecting primary security in-
terests of tlie United States, has authorized the
ti'ansfer of combat material from United States
Government stocks to France and Italy. The
transfer to France under this authority consisted
of certain spare parts and replacement items, ex-
cess to the needs of United States occupation
forces in Germany.
The transfer to Italy consisted of small quanti-
ties of military equipment and supplies, primarily
small arms and ammunition, which Avere needed
to complete the reequipraent of Italian security
forces which had been rearmed mainly with sur-
plus allied material in Italy. In authorizing this
transfer the limitations imposed upon Italy by the
treaty of peace were scrupulously observed.
Section 4 (b) of the proposed legislation creates
a mechanism for the disposition of property or
money received from foi'eign countries in connec-
tion with the operation of the Military Assistance
Program.
Such money or property may be accepted by
the President either as payment for particular
items of assistance so that the money or property
may be said to be the proceeds of a sale to a for-
eign country. On the other hand, money or prop-
Table'B. — Transfers from either military surplus or Government stocks but financed or facilitated by special
congressional authorization
UNDER PUBLIC LAWS 75 AND 472
Country
Authorized
Shipped
Type of equipment
Greece -
Turkey.
Thousands
Thousands
of dollars
of dollars
295, 510
270, 5fi2
Unljnown
11,358
103, 331
87, 651
Unknown
13, 840
Army and Air Force equipment.
Navy equipment, including vessels.
Army and Air Force equipment.
Navy equipment, including vessels.
UNDER PUBLIC RESOLUTION 83
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Dominican Republic.
Haiti
Mexico
1,709
1,412
Army and Air Force: Ammunition,
artillery, spare parts.
2,333
2,333
Naval ordnance.
135
135
Do.
28
28
Do.
41
41
Do.
166
166
Do.
246
246
Do.
small arms, explosives,
MISCELLANEOUS TRANSFERS
Country
Procure-
ment cost
Selling
price
Type of equipment
Authority
Ihina.
Philippines
Thousands Thousands
of dollars of dollars
141,315 (') Naval vessels Public Law 512.
(2) 3 25, 000 Wide range United States military equipment left Military operations.
in west China by United States troops.
(2) None Ammunition abandoned to Chinese Government Do.
by U.S. Marines in north China.
* 694, 700 (^) Ordnance and aircraft materiel, vessels, tanks, Post V-J lend-lease.
miscellaneous service equipment.
17,667 (°) Ordnance and other supplies Sino- American Cooper-
ative Organization.'
$125,000,000disbursed to China for direct procure- Public Law 472.
ment or through U.S. Government agencies.
72,556 1,875 Army and Air Force equipment Public Law 454.
59,129 (') Navy equipment, largely vessels Do.
' Grant basis. ' Unknown.
'Plus 5.16 billion Chinese dollars. Includes US$5,000,000 in bulk sale
igreement.
' Includes $336,000,000 in services, the largest part of which involved the
novement of Chinese armies by air to reoccupation assignments.
' Under negotiation. ' Services.
' Transferred in exchange for services by U.S. Navy under Sino- American
Cooperative Organization agreement.
« Gratis.
September 26, 7949
481
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Continued
erty may be received not in payment for particu-
lar items but as part of the general scheme of
mutual aid.
If money is received merely as general mutual
aid, without relationship to specific items trans-
ferred to the other country, such funds will be
covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous re-
ceipts and are not available for the purposes of
the program. The same disposition will be made
of the proceeds of the disposal of any property
received as general mutual aid. However, the
President is not required to sell such property,
but may transfer it directly to the armed services,
without any charge to the armed services appro-
priation.
If money or property is received in direct pay-
ment for particular items of assistance, money,
the proceeds of the property, or the property it-
self may be used to reimburse the armed services
for the items transferred out of their stocks. If
such funds are not used as reimbursement to the
armed services for items drawn from their stocks,
they remain available for the purposes of the
program until spent.
Visa Requests for Americans
in Multden Refused
[Released to the press September /5]
Consul General Angus Ward has on several
occasions since the announced closure of the Amer-
ican consulate general in Mukden on ISIay 18,
1949, requested exit visas, travel passes, and rail
transportation from Mukden to Peipmg and
Tientsin for the consulate general stall. -Kail
freight facilities for government property and
personal effects now packed and awaiting ship-
ment out of Mukden have also been requested.
The Chinese Comnnmist authorities m Mukden
have so far refused or failed to acknowledge all
such requests. While no reason has been given
bv them, it is assumed from reports available to
the Department of State that floods during August
and early September, resulting m the disruption of
rail service south of Mukden, have contributed to
the delays encountered by Consul General Ward.
The Department of State has instructed Con-
sul General Ward to continue to make every effort
to obtain from the local authorities the necessary
permission and facilities to depart immediately
and confidently expects that as soon as normal
rail traffic between Mukden and Tientsin is re-
sumed, the Communist authorities will, in
accordance with generally recognized obligations
of international law and comity, facilitate the
departure of the consulate general staff.
482
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Resignation of James Bruce
as Ambassador to Argentina
The President on September 9, 1949, accepted the resig-
nation of James Bruce as American Ambassador to
Argentina. For the texts of tlie President's and Mr.
Bruce's letters, see White House press release of Sep-
tember 9, 1949.
Consular Offices
The liraiieli office of tlie Consular Section of the Ameri-
can Emliassy at Vienna, located in Salzburg, Austria, was
designated a Special Purpose Post with the rank of Con-
sulate, effective August 15, 1949.
1^:
THE DEPARTMENT
t
I..
ks
First Official intern Program Started
[Released to the press September 6]
The Department of State today announced that
33 young men and women, selected from more than
700 applicants, will begin training this week for
careers in the Department of State and in the
Foreign Service under tlie first official intern
program conducted by the Department.
John E. Peurifoy, Deputy Under Secretary of
State, explained that over 321 colleges were each
invited to nominate not more than three outstand-
ing students with particular interests or abilit^ies
in fields pertaining to foreign affairs. A selection
board, set up to screen the applications, chose
147 from educational institutions for personal
interviews, and selected 22 to take part in the in-
tern program. In addition, 11 candidates were
selected from sources within the Department and
the Foreign Service. The selection board con-
sisted of Dr. Karl Stromsen, of the National In-
stitute of Public Affairs ; Franklin Conner, United
States Civil Service Commission; and three rep-
resentatives of the Department's Office of
Personnel.
Under the direction of the Foreign Service In-
stitute, these interns will participate in planned
course work as well as in on-the-job training. The
program will run until June 30, 1950, and upon
successful completion of the course interns will be
assigned to jobs in Washington or at foreign posts.
Department of State Bulletin
'M
HI'
PUBLICATIONS
Booklet on ECA
and Small Business Released
[Released to the press by ECA September 12]
The Economic Cooperation Administration to-
day issued a new booklet designed to assist Amer-
ican small businessmen who plan to enter the ex-
port market under the Marehall Plan.
Entitled The ECA and Small Business^ the
booklet explains the various methods of organiz-
ing for overseas trade, listing the advantages and
disadvantages of each method.
It answers many of the questions the newcomer
to export would ask, enabling him to avoid lost
motion and unnecessary expense. Explaining the
necessity for an overseas market analysis, it di-
rects the small businessman to sources of helpful
information and guidance.
Copies of the booklet may be obtained at the
Economic Cooperation Administration, 800 Con-
necticut Avenue, NW., Washington 25, D.C., free
of charge.
Publication on Inter-American Conference
on Conservation of Natural Resources
[Released to the pi'ess September 16]
The Department of State announces the pub-
lication of the proceedings of the Inter-Ameri-
can Conference on Conservation of Renewal)le
Natural Resources held at Denver, September
7-20, 19-18. This 782-page volume contains a
complete account of the Conference, including
co]iies of all the speeches and papers given.
The main themes stressed in both the speeches
and papers were: (1) human populations and
productive capacity of the land; (2) renewable
resources and international relations; (3) land
use and the social sciences; (4) the dynamics of
renewable resources; (5) education in conserva-
tion dynamics; and (6) making conservation
effective.
The volume also describes the field trips con-
ducted for the participants, including those to
the Arapahoe National Forest, the Rocky Moun-
tain National Park, and the Cherry Creek drain-
age area. One of the most spectacular of the field
trips was the conservation demonstration carried
out on a farm 12 miles southeast of Denver.
Equipment manufacturers and dealers, business
people, local and State organizations, neighbors.
and others worked together to remake the farm
in a single day. It was completely transformed
and changed so that the land would be used ac-
cording to its capabilities and its productivity
maintained for many years to come.
Brief sections of the volume are devoted to the
outstanding exhibits prepared especially for the
Conference and to the documentary films that
were shown to the participants.
This publication provides the most comprehen-
sive body of material available on conservation
in the Western Hemisphere.
Copies of this volume may be purchased from
the Superintendent of Documents, United States
Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for $2.25 each.
Recent Releases
Foreign Consular OfiSces in the United States, April 1,
1949. Pub. 3476. 56 pp. 20?f.
Annual list of foreign consular offices and representa-
tives in the United States, its territories and insular
possessions, and the Canal Zone.
United States Relations With China With Special Refer-
ence to the Period 1944-1949. Far Eastern Series 30.
Pub. 3573. 1054 pp. $3.
Based on the files of the Department of State and
includes the letter of transmittal from the Secretary
of State to the President.
International Protection of Works of Art and Historic
Monuments. International Information and Cultural Se-
ries S. Pub. 3590. 50 pp. 25(;.
Reprint from Documents and State Papers for June
1949. These essays were written by Charles De
Visseher. Judge on the International Court of Jus-
tice. The English translation was edited and related
appendixes were compiled by Ardelia Ripley Hall,
Arts and Monuments Officer, Department of State.
U.S. National Commission UNESCO News, August 1949.
Pub. 3596. 12 pp. 10^ a copy ; $1 a year domestic, $1.35
a year foreign.
The monthly publication of the United States Na-
tional Commission for UNESCO.
Diplomatic List, August 1949. Pub. 3605. 157 pp. 30«« a
copy ; $3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic representatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
The Military Assistance Program. General Foreign Pol-
icy Series 16. Pub. 3606. .50 pp. Free.
Message of the President to the Congress and state-
ments of the Secretary of State and Ambassadors
Douglas and Grady. Reprint from Bulletin of
Aug. S. 1949.
A Summary of American-Chinese Relations. Far Eastern
Series 31. Pub. 3608. 16 pp. Free.
Letter from the Secretary of State to the President
transmitting the record of United States Relations
with China.
September 26, 1949
483
'Sj^,:!'''^8uc
i'Sa?i|ii
n
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11